remove lib/libsqlite3, it has moved back to ports

147 files changed, 0 insertions, 178254 deletions

diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/alter.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/alter.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b043ef158b..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/alter.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,832 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 February 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
-** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
-** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
-** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
-** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
-** argument and the result returned. Examples:
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
-**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
-**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
-*/
-static void renameTableFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  int token;
-  Token tname;
-  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
-  int len = 0;
-  char *zRet;
-
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
-  ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
-  ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
-  */
-  if( zSql ){
-    do {
-      if( !*zCsr ){
-        /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
-      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
-      tname.n = len;
-
-      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
-      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
-      */
-      do {
-        zCsr += len;
-        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
-      } while( token==TK_SPACE );
-      assert( len>0 );
-    } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
-
-    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql),
-       zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code
-** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition
-** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the 
-** parent table. It is passed three arguments:
-**
-**   1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified,
-**   2) The old name of the table being renamed, and
-**   3) The new name of the table being renamed.
-**
-** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example:
-**
-**   sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3')
-**       -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)'
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-static void renameParentFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  char *zOutput = 0;
-  char *zResult;
-  unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-
-  unsigned const char *z;         /* Pointer to token */
-  int n;                          /* Length of token z */
-  int token;                      /* Type of token */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  if( zInput==0 || zOld==0 ) return;
-  for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){
-    n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
-    if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){
-      char *zParent;
-      do {
-        z += n;
-        n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
-      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
-
-      if( token==TK_ILLEGAL ) break;
-      zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n);
-      if( zParent==0 ) break;
-      sqlite3Dequote(zParent);
-      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){
-        char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", 
-            (zOutput?zOutput:""), (int)(z-zInput), zInput, (const char *)zNew
-        );
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
-        zOutput = zOut;
-        zInput = &z[n];
-      }
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent);
-    }
-  }
-
-  zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), 
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
-** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
-** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result 
-** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
-** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
-*/
-static void renameTriggerFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  int token;
-  Token tname;
-  int dist = 3;
-  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
-  int len = 0;
-  char *zRet;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
-  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediately
-  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediately followed by one
-  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
-  */
-  if( zSql ){
-    do {
-
-      if( !*zCsr ){
-        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
-      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
-      tname.n = len;
-
-      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
-      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
-      */
-      do {
-        zCsr += len;
-        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
-      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
-      assert( len>0 );
-
-      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
-      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
-      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
-      ** to be met.
-      **
-      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
-      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
-      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
-      */
-      dist++;
-      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
-        dist = 0;
-      }
-    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
-
-    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
-    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
-    */
-    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql),
-       zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-#endif   /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-/*
-** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){
-  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = {
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table,   2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc),
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc),
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent,  3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc),
-#endif
-  };
-  int i;
-  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs);
-
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs); i++){
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form:
-**
-**   name=<constant1> OR name=<constant2> OR ...
-**
-** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text 
-** "name=<constant>" is returned, where <constant> is the quoted version
-** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is
-** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the
-** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed.
-**
-** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is 
-** "<where> OR name=<constant>", where <where> is the contents of zWhere.
-** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning.
-** 
-*/
-static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){
-  char *zNew;
-  if( !zWhere ){
-    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant);
-  }else{
-    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
-  }
-  return zNew;
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-/*
-** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
-** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e.
-** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master
-** table.
-*/
-static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  FKey *p;
-  char *zWhere = 0;
-  for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
-    zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName);
-  }
-  return zWhere;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
-** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
-** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
-** temporary database, NULL is returned.
-*/
-static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Trigger *pTrig;
-  char *zWhere = 0;
-  const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
-
-  /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is 
-  ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
-  ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE 
-  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
-  */
-  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
-      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
-        zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( zWhere ){
-    char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere);
-    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere);
-    zWhere = zNew;
-  }
-  return zWhere;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
-** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
-** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
-** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
-** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
-** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
-*/
-static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  char *zWhere;
-  int iDb;                   /* Index of database containing pTab */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  Trigger *pTrig;
-#endif
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
-  for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
-    int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
-    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema.  */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-
-  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
-  zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
-  if( !zWhere ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
-  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
-  */
-  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered
-** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN).
-** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message
-** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero.
-**
-** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned.
-*/
-static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
-  if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
-** command. 
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
-  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
-){
-  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
-  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
-  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
-  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
-  int nTabName;             /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
-  const char *zTabName;     /* Original name of the table */
-  Vdbe *v;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
-#endif
-  VTable *pVTab = 0;        /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
-  int savedDbFlags;         /* Saved value of db->flags */
-
-  savedDbFlags = db->flags;  
-  if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
-  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]);
-  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
-
-  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
-
-  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
-  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
-  ** that the table is being renamed to.
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto
-    exit_rename_table;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
-    if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){
-      pVTab = 0;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. 
-  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
-  ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
-  ** table.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb);
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
-  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
-  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
-  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pVTab ){
-    int i = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, i, zName);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB);
-    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
-  zTabName = pTab->zName;
-  nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-    /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE 
-    ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints
-    ** for which the renamed table is the parent table.  */
-    if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
-      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-          "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
-              "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) "
-              "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
-#else
-          "sql = CASE "
-            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
-            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
-#endif
-          "tbl_name = %Q, "
-          "name = CASE "
-            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
-            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
-             "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
-            "ELSE name END "
-      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND "
-          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
-      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-      zName,
-#endif
-      zName, nTabName, zTabName
-  );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
-  ** it with the new table name.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
-        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
-  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
-  ** the temp database.
-  */
-  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
-            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
-            "tbl_name = %Q "
-            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-    FKey *p;
-    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
-      Table *pFrom = p->pFrom;
-      if( pFrom!=pTab ){
-        reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
-  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
-
-exit_rename_table:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  db->flags = savedDbFlags;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
-** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
-*/
-void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called.
-  ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this
-  ** point */
-  if( ALWAYS(v) ){
-    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    int addr1;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2);
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
-** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
-** column definition.
-**
-** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
-** the new column during parsing.
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
-  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
-  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
-  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
-  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
-  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
-  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
-  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
-  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */
-  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection; */
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
-  assert( pNew );
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  zTab = &pNew->zName[16];  /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */
-  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
-  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
-  assert( pTab );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
-  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
-  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
-  */
-  if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
-    pDflt = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
-  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
-  ** column must not be NULL.
-  */
-  if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pNew->pIndex ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
-  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
-  */
-  if( pDflt ){
-    sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
-    int rc;
-    rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pVal);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-    if( !pVal ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  }
-
-  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
-  zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
-  if( zCol ){
-    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
-    int savedDbFlags = db->flags;
-    while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){
-      *zEnd-- = '\0';
-    }
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
-          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
-        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
-      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
-      zTab
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
-    db->flags = savedDbFlags;
-  }
-
-  /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
-  ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
-  ** the file format becomes 3.
-  */
-  sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
-
-  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
-  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
-** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
-** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
-**
-** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
-** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
-** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
-** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
-** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
-** after parsing is finished.
-**
-** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
-** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
-  Table *pNew;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int iDb;
-  int i;
-  int nAlloc;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Look up the table being altered. */
-  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]);
-  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-
-  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
-  ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.  But modify
-  ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix.  By adding this
-  ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing
-  ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_"
-  ** prefix on their name.
-  */
-  pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
-  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
-  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
-  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
-  pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
-  pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName);
-  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
-  for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
-    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
-    pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
-    pCol->zColl = 0;
-    pCol->zType = 0;
-    pCol->pDflt = 0;
-    pCol->zDflt = 0;
-  }
-  pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-
-  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-exit_begin_add_column:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
-  return;
-}
-#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/analyze.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/analyze.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ad752d2c0e7..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/analyze.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1891 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005-07-08
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables
-** and indices.  These statistics are made available to the query planner
-** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries.
-**
-** The following system tables are or have been supported:
-**
-**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat);
-**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample);
-**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
-**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
-**
-** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version
-** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled
-** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2.  The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated.
-** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only
-** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined.  The functionality of sqlite_stat3
-** is a superset of sqlite_stat2.  The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced
-** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later.  It is
-** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time.  If they
-** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence.
-**
-** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statistics required
-** for the query planner to make good choices.
-**
-** Format of sqlite_stat1:
-**
-** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the
-** name in the idx column.  The tbl column is the name of the table to
-** which the index belongs.  In each such row, the stat column will be
-** a string consisting of a list of integers.  The first integer in this
-** list is the number of rows in the index.  (This is the same as the
-** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.)  The second
-** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same
-** value in the first column of the index.  The third integer is the average
-** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two
-** columns.  The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in 
-** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns.  For
-** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column.  If
-** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1.
-**
-** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed
-** by the keyword "unordered".  The "unordered" keyword, if it is present,
-** must be separated from the last integer by a single space.  If the
-** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that
-** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query.
-** 
-** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat
-** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of
-** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl.
-**
-** Format of sqlite_stat2:
-**
-** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled
-** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between
-** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8.  The "stat2" table contains additional information
-** about the distribution of keys within an index.  The index is identified by
-** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which
-** the index belongs.  There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2
-** table for each index.
-**
-** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9
-** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at
-** evenly spaced points along the index.  Let the number of samples be S
-** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index.
-** Then the sampled rows are given by:
-**
-**     rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2)
-**
-** For i between 0 and S-1.  Conceptually, the index space is divided into
-** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket.
-**
-** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference.  This
-** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2.  It neither reads nor
-** writes the sqlite_stat2 table.  This version of SQLite only supports
-** sqlite_stat3.
-**
-** Format for sqlite_stat3:
-**
-** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4.  Hence, the
-** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first.  Further information
-** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description.
-**
-** Format for sqlite_stat4:
-**
-** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data
-** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values
-** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of
-** queries.
-**
-** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index.
-** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the
-** index.  If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is
-** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  The sample column is a blob which is the
-** binary encoding of a key from the index.  The nEq column is a
-** list of integers.  The first integer is the approximate number
-** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches
-** the left-most column of the sample.  The second integer in nEq
-** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the
-** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample.
-** And so forth.  nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate
-** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample.  The first
-** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the
-** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample.
-** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries 
-** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the
-** sample.  The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the 
-** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the
-** sample.
-**
-** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index.
-** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables
-** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across
-** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with
-** large nEq values.
-**
-** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux:
-**
-** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only
-** looks at the left-most column of the index.  The sqlite_stat3.sample
-** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead
-** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in
-** sqlite_stat4.sample.  The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3
-** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first
-** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-# define IsStat4     1
-# define IsStat3     0
-#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
-# define IsStat4     0
-# define IsStat3     1
-#else
-# define IsStat4     0
-# define IsStat3     0
-# undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
-# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1
-#endif
-#define IsStat34    (IsStat3+IsStat4)  /* 1 for STAT3 or STAT4. 0 otherwise */
-
-/*
-** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables.
-** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant.  sqlite_stat2 is now
-** obsolete.  sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when
-** appropriate compile-time options are provided.
-**
-** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created.
-**
-** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name,
-** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in
-** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted.
-** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries.
-*/
-static void openStatTable(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
-  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
-  const char *zWhere,     /* Delete entries for this table or index */
-  const char *zWhereType  /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */
-){
-  static const struct {
-    const char *zName;
-    const char *zCols;
-  } aTable[] = {
-    { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" },
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-    { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
-    { "sqlite_stat3", 0 },
-#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
-    { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
-    { "sqlite_stat4", 0 },
-#else
-    { "sqlite_stat3", 0 },
-    { "sqlite_stat4", 0 },
-#endif
-  };
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Db *pDb;
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)];
-  u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)];
-
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
-  /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them
-  ** if they do already exist.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){
-    const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName;
-    Table *pStat;
-    if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zName))==0 ){
-      if( aTable[i].zCols ){
-        /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a 
-        ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage 
-        ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important 
-        ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
-        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-            "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
-        );
-        aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot;
-        aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG;
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries 
-      ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
-      ** entire contents of the table. */
-      aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum;
-      aCreateTbl[i] = 0;
-      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
-      if( zWhere ){
-        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-           "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
-           pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere
-        );
-      }else{
-        /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */
-  for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){
-    assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);
-    VdbeComment((v, aTable[i].zName));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Recommended number of samples for sqlite_stat4
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
-# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 24
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Three SQL functions - stat_init(), stat_push(), and stat_get() -
-** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state
-** information.
-*/
-typedef struct Stat4Accum Stat4Accum;
-typedef struct Stat4Sample Stat4Sample;
-struct Stat4Sample {
-  tRowcnt *anEq;                  /* sqlite_stat4.nEq */
-  tRowcnt *anDLt;                 /* sqlite_stat4.nDLt */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  tRowcnt *anLt;                  /* sqlite_stat4.nLt */
-  union {
-    i64 iRowid;                     /* Rowid in main table of the key */
-    u8 *aRowid;                     /* Key for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
-  } u;
-  u32 nRowid;                     /* Sizeof aRowid[] */
-  u8 isPSample;                   /* True if a periodic sample */
-  int iCol;                       /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */
-  u32 iHash;                      /* Tiebreaker hash */
-#endif
-};                                                    
-struct Stat4Accum {
-  tRowcnt nRow;             /* Number of rows in the entire table */
-  tRowcnt nPSample;         /* How often to do a periodic sample */
-  int nCol;                 /* Number of columns in index + pk/rowid */
-  int nKeyCol;              /* Number of index columns w/o the pk/rowid */
-  int mxSample;             /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */
-  Stat4Sample current;      /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */
-  u32 iPrn;                 /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */
-  Stat4Sample *aBest;       /* Array of nCol best samples */
-  int iMin;                 /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */
-  int nSample;              /* Current number of samples */
-  int iGet;                 /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */
-  Stat4Sample *a;           /* Array of mxSample Stat4Sample objects */
-  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection, for malloc() */
-};
-
-/* Reclaim memory used by a Stat4Sample
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p){
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  if( p->nRowid ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
-    p->nRowid = 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
-  p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-  if( p->u.aRowid ){
-    p->nRowid = n;
-    memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n);
-  }else{
-    p->nRowid = 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
-  p->nRowid = 0;
-  p->u.iRowid = iRowid;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo).
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){
-  pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample;
-  pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol;
-  pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash;
-  memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
-  memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
-  memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
-  if( pFrom->nRowid ){
-    sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid);
-  }else{
-    sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure.
-*/
-static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){
-  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i);
-  for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i);
-  sampleClear(p->db, &p->current);
-#endif
-  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters
-** are:
-**     N:    The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1)
-**     K:    The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk.
-**     C:    The number of rows in the index (note 2)
-**
-** Note 1:  In the special case of the covering index that implements a
-** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the
-** total number of columns in the table.
-**
-** Note 2:  C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
-**
-** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1.  But for indexes on
-** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the
-** PRIMARY KEY of the table.  The covering index that implements the
-** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
-**
-** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
-** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object.  The datatype of the
-** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum
-** object.
-*/
-static void statInit(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Stat4Accum *p;
-  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in index being sampled */
-  int nKeyCol;                    /* Number of key columns */
-  int nColUp;                     /* nCol rounded up for alignment */
-  int n;                          /* Bytes of space to allocate */
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES;
-#endif
-
-  /* Decode the three function arguments */
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  assert( nCol>0 );
-  nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol;
-  nKeyCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-  assert( nKeyCol<=nCol );
-  assert( nKeyCol>0 );
-
-  /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */
-  n = sizeof(*p) 
-    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anEq */
-    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anLt */
-    + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample)     /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */
-    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample)
-#endif
-  ;
-  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  p->db = db;
-  p->nRow = 0;
-  p->nCol = nCol;
-  p->nKeyCol = nKeyCol;
-  p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1];
-  p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp];
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  {
-    u8 *pSpace;                     /* Allocated space not yet assigned */
-    int i;                          /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */
-
-    p->iGet = -1;
-    p->mxSample = mxSample;
-    p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1);
-    p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp];
-    p->iPrn = 0x689e962d*(u32)nCol ^ 0xd0944565*(u32)sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
-  
-    /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
-    p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp];
-    p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample];
-    pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]);
-    for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){
-      p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
-      p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
-      p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
-    }
-    assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n );
-  
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      p->aBest[i].iCol = i;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller.  Note that
-  ** only the pointer (the 2nd parameter) matters.  The size of the object
-  ** (given by the 3rd parameter) is never used and can be any positive
-  ** value. */
-  sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), stat4Destructor);
-}
-static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = {
-  2+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
-  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
-  0,               /* pUserData */
-  0,               /* pNext */
-  statInit,        /* xFunc */
-  0,               /* xStep */
-  0,               /* xFinalize */
-  "stat_init",     /* zName */
-  0,               /* pHash */
-  0                /* pDestructor */
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-/*
-** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for 
-** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and 
-** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this
-** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
-** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected
-** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld.
-**
-** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
-** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. 
-*/
-static int sampleIsBetterPost(
-  Stat4Accum *pAccum, 
-  Stat4Sample *pNew, 
-  Stat4Sample *pOld
-){
-  int nCol = pAccum->nCol;
-  int i;
-  assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol );
-  for(i=pNew->iCol+1; i<nCol; i++){
-    if( pNew->anEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1;
-    if( pNew->anEq[i]<pOld->anEq[i] ) return 0;
-  }
-  if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
-**
-** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
-** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. 
-*/
-static int sampleIsBetter(
-  Stat4Accum *pAccum, 
-  Stat4Sample *pNew, 
-  Stat4Sample *pOld
-){
-  tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol];
-  tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol];
-
-  assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 );
-  assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) );
-
-  if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){
-    if( pNew->iCol<pOld->iCol ) return 1;
-    return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld));
-  }
-  return 0;
-#else
-  return (nEqNew==nEqOld && pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary,
-** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room.
-*/
-static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){
-  Stat4Sample *pSample = 0;
-  int i;
-
-  assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){
-    Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0;
-    assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 );
-
-    /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column 
-    ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already
-    ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add
-    ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority
-    ** existing sample that shares this prefix.  */
-    for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
-      Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i];
-      if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){
-        if( pOld->isPSample ) return;
-        assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol );
-        assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) );
-        if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){
-          pUpgrade = pOld;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( pUpgrade ){
-      pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol;
-      pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol];
-      goto find_new_min;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */
-  if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
-    Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin];
-    tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq;
-    tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt;
-    tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt;
-    sampleClear(p->db, pMin);
-    memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1));
-    pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1];
-    pSample->nRowid = 0;
-    pSample->anEq = anEq;
-    pSample->anDLt = anDLt;
-    pSample->anLt = anLt;
-    p->nSample = p->mxSample-1;
-  }
-
-  /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that
-  ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would
-  ** be out of order. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  assert( p->nSample==0 
-       || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] );
-#endif
-
-  /* Insert the new sample */
-  pSample = &p->a[p->nSample];
-  sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew);
-  p->nSample++;
-
-  /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */
-  memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- find_new_min:
-#endif
-  if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
-    int iMin = -1;
-    for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++){
-      if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue;
-      if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){
-        iMin = i;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( iMin>=0 );
-    p->iMin = iMin;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-/*
-** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point
-** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the
-** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are
-** correct at this point.
-*/
-static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  int i;
-
-  /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed
-  ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point.  */
-  for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){
-    Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i];
-    pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i];
-    if( p->nSample<p->mxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){
-      sampleInsert(p, pBest, i);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */
-  for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
-    int j;
-    for(j=iChng; j<p->nCol; j++){
-      if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j];
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-  if( iChng==0 ){
-    tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[0];
-    tRowcnt nEq = p->current.anEq[0];
-
-    /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
-    if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+nEq)/p->nPSample ){
-      p->current.isPSample = 1;
-      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
-      p->current.isPSample = 0;
-    }else 
-
-    /* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */
-    if( p->nSample<p->mxSample 
-     || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin]) 
-    ){
-      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( p );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng );
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function:  stat_push(P,C,R)
-** Arguments:
-**
-**    P     Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
-**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
-**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
-**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
-**
-** This SQL function always returns NULL.  It's purpose it to accumulate
-** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the
-** index being analyzed.  The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to
-** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables.
-**
-** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
-*/
-static void statPush(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-
-  /* The three function arguments */
-  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-  int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( context );
-  assert( p->nCol>0 );
-  assert( iChng<p->nCol );
-
-  if( p->nRow==0 ){
-    /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */
-    for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
-  }else{
-    /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */
-    samplePushPrevious(p, iChng);
-
-    /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply
-    ** to the current row of the index. */
-    for(i=0; i<iChng; i++){
-      p->current.anEq[i]++;
-    }
-    for(i=iChng; i<p->nCol; i++){
-      p->current.anDLt[i]++;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-      p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i];
-#endif
-      p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  p->nRow++;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-    sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]));
-  }else{
-    sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]),
-                                       sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]));
-  }
-  p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  {
-    tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1];
-
-    /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
-    if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){
-      p->current.isPSample = 1;
-      p->current.iCol = 0;
-      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1);
-      p->current.isPSample = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Update the aBest[] array. */
-    for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){
-      p->current.iCol = i;
-      if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){
-        sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-}
-static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = {
-  2+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
-  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
-  0,               /* pUserData */
-  0,               /* pNext */
-  statPush,        /* xFunc */
-  0,               /* xStep */
-  0,               /* xFinalize */
-  "stat_push",     /* zName */
-  0,               /* pHash */
-  0                /* pDestructor */
-};
-
-#define STAT_GET_STAT1 0          /* "stat" column of stat1 table */
-#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1          /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
-#define STAT_GET_NEQ   2          /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
-#define STAT_GET_NLT   3          /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
-#define STAT_GET_NDLT  4          /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
-** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into
-** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push().  The P parameter
-** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum object.
-** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J
-** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
-**
-** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
-** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
-** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
-** stat1 table entry information.
-*/
-static void statGet(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  /* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */
-  int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-  assert( argc==2 );
-  assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ 
-       || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT
-       || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT 
-  );
-  if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 )
-#else
-  assert( argc==1 );
-#endif
-  {
-    /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1
-    ** table for this index.
-    **
-    ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing 
-    ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of 
-    ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list 
-    ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of
-    ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using
-    ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words,
-    ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is 
-    ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that:
-    **
-    **   * the index contains 100 rows,
-    **   * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and
-    **   * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows.
-    **
-    ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of 
-    ** rows, then each estimate is computed as:
-    **
-    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
-    */
-    char *z;
-    int i;
-
-    char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero( (p->nKeyCol+1)*25 );
-    if( zRet==0 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-      return;
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow);
-    z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet);
-    for(i=0; i<p->nKeyCol; i++){
-      u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1;
-      u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal);
-      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-      assert( p->current.anEq[i] );
-    }
-    assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
-
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){
-    if( p->iGet<0 ){
-      samplePushPrevious(p, 0);
-      p->iGet = 0;
-    }
-    if( p->iGet<p->nSample ){
-      Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet;
-      if( pS->nRowid==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid,
-                            SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    tRowcnt *aCnt = 0;
-
-    assert( p->iGet<p->nSample );
-    switch( eCall ){
-      case STAT_GET_NEQ:  aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break;
-      case STAT_GET_NLT:  aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break;
-      default: {
-        aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; 
-        p->iGet++;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( IsStat3 ){
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, (i64)aCnt[0]);
-    }else{
-      char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25);
-      if( zRet==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-      }else{
-        int i;
-        char *z = zRet;
-        for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]);
-          z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-        }
-        assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
-        z[-1] = '\0';
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
-#endif
-}
-static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = {
-  1+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
-  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
-  0,               /* pUserData */
-  0,               /* pNext */
-  statGet,         /* xFunc */
-  0,               /* xStep */
-  0,               /* xFinalize */
-  "stat_get",      /* zName */
-  0,               /* pHash */
-  0                /* pDestructor */
-};
-
-static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){
-  assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 );
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1);
-#elif SQLITE_DEBUG
-  assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 );
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam );
-#endif
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function0, 0, regStat4, regOut);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat34);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
-** a single table.
-*/
-static void analyzeOneTable(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
-  Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */
-  int iStatCur,    /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
-  int iMem,        /* Available memory locations begin here */
-  int iTab         /* Next available cursor */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* Database handle */
-  Index *pIdx;                 /* An index to being analyzed */
-  int iIdxCur;                 /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */
-  int iTabCur;                 /* Table cursor */
-  Vdbe *v;                     /* The virtual machine being built up */
-  int i;                       /* Loop counter */
-  int jZeroRows = -1;          /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */
-  int iDb;                     /* Index of database containing pTab */
-  u8 needTableCnt = 1;         /* True to count the table */
-  int regNewRowid = iMem++;    /* Rowid for the inserted record */
-  int regStat4 = iMem++;       /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */
-  int regChng = iMem++;        /* Index of changed index field */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  int regRowid = iMem++;       /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */
-#endif
-  int regTemp = iMem++;        /* Temporary use register */
-  int regTabname = iMem++;     /* Register containing table name */
-  int regIdxname = iMem++;     /* Register containing index name */
-  int regStat1 = iMem++;       /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */
-  int regPrev = iMem;          /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */
-
-  pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pTab->tnum==0 ){
-    /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */
-    return;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
-    /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. 
-  ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number
-  ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at
-  ** this time though.  */
-  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-  iTabCur = iTab++;
-  iIdxCur = iTab++;
-  pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-  sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regTabname, pTab->zName);
-
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */
-    int addrRewind;               /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */
-    int addrNextRow;              /* Address of "next_row:" */
-    const char *zIdxName;         /* Name of the index */
-    int nColTest;                 /* Number of columns to test for changes */
-
-    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
-    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
-    if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
-      nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
-      zIdxName = pTab->zName;
-      nColTest = nCol - 1;
-    }else{
-      nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
-      zIdxName = pIdx->zName;
-      nColTest = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol-1 : nCol-1;
-    }
-
-    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
-    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regIdxname, zIdxName);
-    VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName));
-
-    /*
-    ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():
-    **
-    **   Rewind csr
-    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
-    **   regChng = 0
-    **   goto chng_addr_0;
-    **
-    **  next_row:
-    **   regChng = 0
-    **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
-    **   regChng = 1
-    **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
-    **   ...
-    **   regChng = N
-    **   goto chng_addr_N
-    **
-    **  chng_addr_0:
-    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
-    **  chng_addr_1:
-    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
-    **  ...
-    **
-    **  endDistinctTest:
-    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)
-    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
-    **   Next csr
-    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
-    **
-    **  end_of_scan:
-    */
-
-    /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate 
-    ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
-    ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of 
-    ** the sqlite_stat4 table.  */
-    pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest);
-
-    /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
-    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-
-    /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
-    ** 
-    **    (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid
-    **        (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns),
-    **    (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk
-    **    (3) the number of rows in the index,
-    **
-    **
-    ** The third argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3);
-#endif
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function0, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
-
-    /* Implementation of the following:
-    **
-    **   Rewind csr
-    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
-    **   regChng = 0
-    **   goto next_push_0;
-    **
-    */
-    addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
-    addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-
-    if( nColTest>0 ){
-      int endDistinctTest = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      int *aGotoChng;               /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
-      aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nColTest);
-      if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;
-
-      /*
-      **  next_row:
-      **   regChng = 0
-      **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
-      **   regChng = 1
-      **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
-      **   ...
-      **   regChng = N
-      **   goto endDistinctTest
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-      addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
-        /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL
-        ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip 
-        ** subsequent distinctness tests. */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
-        char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
-        aGotoChng[i] = 
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng);
-      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endDistinctTest);
-  
-  
-      /*
-      **  chng_addr_0:
-      **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
-      **  chng_addr_1:
-      **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
-      **  ...
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNextRow-1);
-      for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
-    }
-  
-    /*
-    **  chng_addr_N:
-    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)            // STAT34 only
-    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)  // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
-    **   Next csr
-    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
-    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
-      int j, k, regKey;
-      regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
-      for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
-        k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
-        assert( k>=0 && k<pTab->nCol );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j);
-        VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName));
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol);
-    }
-#endif
-    assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function0, 1, regStat4, regTemp);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-    /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */
-    callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);
-    assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-
-    /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    {
-      int regEq = regStat1;
-      int regLt = regStat1+1;
-      int regDLt = regStat1+2;
-      int regSample = regStat1+3;
-      int regCol = regStat1+4;
-      int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol;
-      int addrNext;
-      int addrIsNull;
-      u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
-
-      pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol);
-
-      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid);
-      addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq);
-      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt);
-      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0);
-      /* We know that the regSampleRowid row exists because it was read by
-      ** the previous loop.  Thus the not-found jump of seekOp will never
-      ** be taken */
-      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
-      sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iTabCur, 0, regSample);
-#else
-      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iTabCur, i, regCol+i);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol, regSample);
-#endif
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-    /* End of analysis */
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
-  ** name and the row count as the content.
-  */
-  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1);
-    jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);
-    assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
-** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
-*/
-static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
-*/
-static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
-  HashElem *k;
-  int iStatCur;
-  int iMem;
-  int iTab;
-
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
-  pParse->nTab += 3;
-  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0);
-  iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
-  iTab = pParse->nTab;
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
-    Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab);
-  }
-  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
-** a database.  If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index
-** in pTab that should be analyzed.
-*/
-static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){
-  int iDb;
-  int iStatCur;
-
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
-  pParse->nTab += 3;
-  if( pOnlyIdx ){
-    openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx");
-  }else{
-    openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl");
-  }
-  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab);
-  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
-** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
-**
-**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
-**        ANALYZE  <database>                -- 2
-**        ANALYZE  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
-**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
-** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
-** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
-*/
-void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-  int i;
-  char *z, *zDb;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  Token *pTableName;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 );
-  if( pName1==0 ){
-    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
-      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
-    }
-  }else if( pName2->n==0 ){
-    /* Form 2:  Analyze the database or table named */
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
-    if( iDb>=0 ){
-      analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
-    }else{
-      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
-      if( z ){
-        if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
-        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
-        }
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
-    if( iDb>=0 ){
-      zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
-      if( z ){
-        if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
-        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
-        }
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-      }
-    }   
-  }
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire);
-}
-
-/*
-** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
-** callback routine.
-*/
-typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
-struct analysisInfo {
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zDatabase;
-};
-
-/*
-** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a
-** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into
-** the array aOut[].
-*/
-static void decodeIntArray(
-  char *zIntArray,       /* String containing int array to decode */
-  int nOut,              /* Number of slots in aOut[] */
-  tRowcnt *aOut,         /* Store integers here */
-  LogEst *aLog,          /* Or, if aOut==0, here */
-  Index *pIndex          /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */
-){
-  char *z = zIntArray;
-  int c;
-  int i;
-  tRowcnt v;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( z==0 ) z = "";
-#else
-  assert( z!=0 );
-#endif
-  for(i=0; *z && i<nOut; i++){
-    v = 0;
-    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
-      v = v*10 + c - '0';
-      z++;
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    if( aOut ) aOut[i] = v;
-    if( aLog ) aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);
-#else
-    assert( aOut==0 );
-    UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut);
-    assert( aLog!=0 );
-    aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);
-#endif
-    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  assert( pIndex!=0 ); {
-#else
-  if( pIndex ){
-#endif
-    pIndex->bUnordered = 0;
-    pIndex->noSkipScan = 0;
-    while( z[0] ){
-      if( sqlite3_strglob("unordered*", z)==0 ){
-        pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
-      }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){
-        pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+3));
-      }else if( sqlite3_strglob("noskipscan*", z)==0 ){
-        pIndex->noSkipScan = 1;
-      }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
-      else if( sqlite3_strglob("costmult=[0-9]*",z)==0 ){
-        pIndex->pTable->costMult = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+9));
-      }
-#endif
-      while( z[0]!=0 && z[0]!=' ' ) z++;
-      while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
-** sqlite_stat1 table.  
-**
-**     argv[0] = name of the table
-**     argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
-**     argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
-**
-** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in
-** the table.
-*/
-static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
-  analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
-  Index *pIndex;
-  Table *pTable;
-  const char *z;
-
-  assert( argc==3 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
-
-  if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
-  if( pTable==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( argv[1]==0 ){
-    pIndex = 0;
-  }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){
-    pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable);
-  }else{
-    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
-  }
-  z = argv[2];
-
-  if( pIndex ){
-    tRowcnt *aiRowEst = 0;
-    int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate 
-    ** sqlite_stat1 entries for this index. In that case just clobber
-    ** the old data with the new instead of allocating a new array.  */
-    if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ){
-      pIndex->aiRowEst = (tRowcnt*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(tRowcnt) * nCol);
-      if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ) pInfo->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }
-    aiRowEst = pIndex->aiRowEst;
-#endif
-    pIndex->bUnordered = 0;
-    decodeIntArray((char*)z, nCol, aiRowEst, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex);
-    if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0];
-  }else{
-    Index fakeIdx;
-    fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
-    fakeIdx.pTable = pTable;
-#endif
-    decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx);
-    pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow;
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array
-** and its contents.
-*/
-void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( pIdx->aSample ){
-    int j;
-    for(j=0; j<pIdx->nSample; j++){
-      IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j];
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample);
-  }
-  if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
-    pIdx->nSample = 0;
-    pIdx->aSample = 0;
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx);
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently
-** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. 
-*/
-static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){
-  if( pIdx ){
-    IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
-    IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1];
-    int iCol;
-    int nCol = 1;
-    if( pIdx->nSampleCol>1 ){
-      /* If this is stat4 data, then calculate aAvgEq[] values for all
-      ** sample columns except the last. The last is always set to 1, as
-      ** once the trailing PK fields are considered all index keys are
-      ** unique.  */
-      nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol-1;
-      pIdx->aAvgEq[nCol] = 1;
-    }
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
-      int nSample = pIdx->nSample;
-      int i;                    /* Used to iterate through samples */
-      tRowcnt sumEq = 0;        /* Sum of the nEq values */
-      tRowcnt avgEq = 0;
-      tRowcnt nRow;             /* Number of rows in index */
-      i64 nSum100 = 0;          /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */
-      i64 nDist100;             /* Number of distinct values in index */
-
-      if( !pIdx->aiRowEst || iCol>=pIdx->nKeyCol || pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1]==0 ){
-        nRow = pFinal->anLt[iCol];
-        nDist100 = (i64)100 * pFinal->anDLt[iCol];
-        nSample--;
-      }else{
-        nRow = pIdx->aiRowEst[0];
-        nDist100 = ((i64)100 * pIdx->aiRowEst[0]) / pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1];
-      }
-      pIdx->nRowEst0 = nRow;
-
-      /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
-      ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of 
-      ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value 
-      ** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes).  */
-      for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
-        if( i==(pIdx->nSample-1)
-         || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] 
-        ){
-          sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
-          nSum100 += 100;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( nDist100>nSum100 ){
-        avgEq = ((i64)100 * (nRow - sumEq))/(nDist100 - nSum100);
-      }
-      if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1;
-      pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Look up an index by name.  Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table
-** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table.
-*/
-static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  const char *zDb
-){
-  Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb);
-  if( pIdx==0 ){
-    Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
-    if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-  }
-  return pIdx;
-}
-
-/*
-** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table 
-** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays.
-**
-** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return
-** data equivalent to the following (statements are different for stat3,
-** see the caller of this function for details):
-**
-**    zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx
-**    zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4
-**
-** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed.
-*/
-static int loadStatTbl(
-  sqlite3 *db,                  /* Database handle */
-  int bStat3,                   /* Assume single column records only */
-  const char *zSql1,            /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */
-  const char *zSql2,            /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */
-  const char *zDb               /* Database name (e.g. "main") */
-){
-  int rc;                       /* Result codes from subroutines */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;      /* An SQL statement being run */
-  char *zSql;                   /* Text of the SQL statement */
-  Index *pPrevIdx = 0;          /* Previous index in the loop */
-  IndexSample *pSample;         /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */
-
-  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
-  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb);
-  if( !zSql ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    int nIdxCol = 1;              /* Number of columns in stat4 records */
-
-    char *zIndex;   /* Index name */
-    Index *pIdx;    /* Pointer to the index object */
-    int nSample;    /* Number of samples */
-    int nByte;      /* Bytes of space required */
-    int i;          /* Bytes of space required */
-    tRowcnt *pSpace;
-
-    zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
-    if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
-    nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
-    pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
-    assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 );
-    /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been
-    ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data.  */
-    if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue;
-    if( bStat3==0 ){
-      assert( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) || pIdx->nColumn==pIdx->nKeyCol+1 );
-      if( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
-        nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
-      }else{
-        nIdxCol = pIdx->nColumn;
-      }
-    }
-    pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol;
-    nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample;
-    nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample;
-    nByte += nIdxCol * sizeof(tRowcnt);     /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */
-
-    pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-    if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
-      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample];
-    pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
-    for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
-      pIdx->aSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
-      pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
-      pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
-    }
-    assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) );
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb);
-  if( !zSql ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    char *zIndex;                 /* Index name */
-    Index *pIdx;                  /* Pointer to the index object */
-    int nCol = 1;                 /* Number of columns in index */
-
-    zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
-    if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
-    pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
-    if( pIdx==0 ) continue;
-    /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from 
-    ** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data.  */
-    nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol;
-    if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue;
-    if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){
-      initAvgEq(pPrevIdx);
-      pPrevIdx = pIdx;
-    }
-    pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample];
-    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0);
-    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0);
-    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0);
-
-    /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer.
-    ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the
-    ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the
-    ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with
-    ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing
-    ** a buffer overread.  */
-    pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
-    pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2);
-    if( pSample->p==0 ){
-      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n);
-    pIdx->nSample++;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into 
-** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices.
-*/
-static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Result codes from subroutines */
-
-  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){
-    rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0,
-      "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", 
-      "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4",
-      zDb
-    );
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){
-    rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1,
-      "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx", 
-      "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3",
-      zDb
-    );
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-/*
-** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3/4 tables. The
-** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[]
-** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3/4 are used to populate the
-** Index.aSample[] arrays.
-**
-** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR
-** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined 
-** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is 
-** read from it.
-**
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the 
-** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is
-** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1
-** table (if it is present) before returning.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed.
-** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return
-** code may be ignored.
-*/
-int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
-  analysisInfo sInfo;
-  HashElem *i;
-  char *zSql;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
-
-  /* Clear any prior statistics */
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
-    sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx);
-    pIdx->aSample = 0;
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */
-  sInfo.db = db;
-  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
-  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-      "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
-  if( zSql==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  }
-
-
-  /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat34) ){
-    int lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-    rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase);
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled;
-  }
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
-    sqlite3_free(pIdx->aiRowEst);
-    pIdx->aiRowEst = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/attach.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/attach.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ab55e6ed62..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/attach.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,584 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-/*
-** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
-** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
-** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
-**
-** i.e. if the parser sees:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
-**
-** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
-** looking for columns of the same name.
-**
-** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
-**
-** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
-*/
-static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
-{
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pExpr ){
-    if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
-      rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
-    }else{
-      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
-**
-**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
-**
-** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
-** third argument.
-*/
-static void attachFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  int rc = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  const char *zName;
-  const char *zFile;
-  char *zPath = 0;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  unsigned int flags;
-  Db *aNew;
-  char *zErrDyn = 0;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
-  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
-
-  /* Check for the following errors:
-  **
-  **     * Too many attached databases,
-  **     * Transaction currently open
-  **     * Specified database name already being used.
-  */
-  if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
-    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
-      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
-    );
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
-    assert( z && zName );
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
-      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
-      goto attach_error;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema
-  ** hash tables.
-  */
-  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
-    aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
-    if( aNew==0 ) return;
-    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
-  }else{
-    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
-    if( aNew==0 ) return;
-  }
-  db->aDb = aNew;
-  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
-  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
-
-  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
-  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
-  ** or may not be initialized.
-  */
-  flags = db->openFlags;
-  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErr);
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( pVfs );
-  flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags);
-  sqlite3_free( zPath );
-  db->nDb++;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    Pager *pPager;
-    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
-    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
-      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(aNew->pBt);
-    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
-    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
-    sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt,
-                             sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-    sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt, 3 | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK));
-#endif
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(aNew->pBt);
-  }
-  aNew->safety_level = 3;
-  aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
-    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
-    int nKey;
-    char *zKey;
-    int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
-    switch( t ){
-      case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
-        zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        break;
-        
-      case SQLITE_TEXT:
-      case SQLITE_BLOB:
-        nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
-        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
-        rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
-        break;
-
-      case SQLITE_NULL:
-        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
-        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
-        if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
-          rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
-  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
-  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
-  ** we found it.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u8 newAuth = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, zName, &newAuth);
-    if( newAuth<db->auth.authLevel ){
-      rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  if( rc ){
-    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
-    assert( iDb>=2 );
-    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
-      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
-      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
-      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-    db->nDb = iDb;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
-      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory");
-    }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){
-      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
-    }
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  
-  return;
-
-attach_error:
-  /* Return an error if we get here */
-  if( zErrDyn ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
-  }
-  if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
-**
-**     DETACH DATABASE x
-**
-**     SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
-*/
-static void detachFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  int i;
-  Db *pDb = 0;
-  char zErr[128];
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
-  }
-
-  if( i>=db->nDb ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( i<2 ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-                     "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-  pDb->pBt = 0;
-  pDb->pSchema = 0;
-  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
-  return;
-
-detach_error:
-  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
-** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
-*/
-static void codeAttach(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
-  int type,            /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
-  FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
-  Expr *pAuthArg,      /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
-  Expr *pFilename,     /* Name of database file */
-  Expr *pDbname,       /* Name of the database to use internally */
-  Expr *pKey           /* Database key for encryption extension */
-){
-  int rc;
-  NameContext sName;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
-  int regArgs;
-
-  memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
-  sName.pParse = pParse;
-
-  if( 
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
-  ){
-    goto attach_end;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( pAuthArg ){
-    char *zAuthArg;
-    if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){
-      zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken;
-    }else{
-      zAuthArg = 0;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
-    if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto attach_end;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
-
-  assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function0, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3);
-    assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-
-    /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
-    ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
-    ** statements).
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
-  }
-  
-attach_end:
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
-**
-**     DETACH pDbname
-*/
-void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
-  static const FuncDef detach_func = {
-    1,                /* nArg */
-    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* funcFlags */
-    0,                /* pUserData */
-    0,                /* pNext */
-    detachFunc,       /* xFunc */
-    0,                /* xStep */
-    0,                /* xFinalize */
-    "sqlite_detach",  /* zName */
-    0,                /* pHash */
-    0                 /* pDestructor */
-  };
-  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
-**
-**     ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
-*/
-void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
-  static const FuncDef attach_func = {
-    3,                /* nArg */
-    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* funcFlags */
-    0,                /* pUserData */
-    0,                /* pNext */
-    attachFunc,       /* xFunc */
-    0,                /* xStep */
-    0,                /* xFinalize */
-    "sqlite_attach",  /* zName */
-    0,                /* pHash */
-    0                 /* pDestructor */
-  };
-  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
-
-/*
-** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
-** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
-*/
-void sqlite3FixInit(
-  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
-  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
-  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
-  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
-  pFix->pParse = pParse;
-  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pFix->zType = zType;
-  pFix->pName = pName;
-  pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
-** a specific database to all table references where the database name
-** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
-** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
-**
-** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
-** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
-** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
-** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
-** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
-** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
-** checks out, these routines return 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3FixSrcList(
-  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
-  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zDb;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-
-  if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0;
-  zDb = pFix->zDb;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){
-      if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
-            "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
-            pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase);
-      pItem->zDatabase = 0;
-      pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema;
-    }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
-#endif
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-int sqlite3FixSelect(
-  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
-  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pSelect ){
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pOffset) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-int sqlite3FixExpr(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pExpr ){
-    if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){
-      if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){
-        pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType);
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break;
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-      if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1;
-    }else{
-      if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-int sqlite3FixExprList(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pStep ){
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pStep = pStep->pNext;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/auth.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/auth.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9768fc2fc0e..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/auth.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 January 11
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
-** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
-** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
-** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
-** macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-
-/*
-** Set or clear the access authorization function.
-**
-** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
-** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
-** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
-** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
-** to the auth function is one of these constants:
-**
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_DELETE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_INSERT
-**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
-**       SQLITE_READ
-**       SQLITE_SELECT
-**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
-**       SQLITE_UPDATE
-**
-** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
-** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
-** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
-** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
-** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
-** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
-** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
-** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
-**
-** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
-** setting of the auth function is NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pArg
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xAuth = (sqlite3_xauth)xAuth;
-  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
-** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
-*/
-static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction");
-  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from
-** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization
-** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL).
-**
-** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed
-** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE
-** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse.
-*/
-int sqlite3AuthReadCol(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* The parser context */
-  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
-  const char *zCol,               /* Column name */
-  int iDb                         /* Index of containing database. */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
-  char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
-  int rc;                         /* Auth callback return code */
-
-  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-                 ,db->auth.zAuthUser
-#endif
-                );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
-    }
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
-** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
-** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
-**
-** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
-** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
-** then generate an error.
-*/
-void sqlite3AuthRead(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
-  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
-  Schema *pSchema,      /* The schema of the expression */
-  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Table *pTab = 0;      /* The table being read */
-  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
-  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
-  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
-  int iCol;             /* Index of column in table */
-
-  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
-  if( iDb<0 ){
-    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
-    ** temporary table. */
-    return;
-  }
-
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER );
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){
-    pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
-  }else{
-    assert( pTabList );
-    for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrc<pTabList->nSrc); iSrc++){
-      if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){
-        pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
-  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return;
-
-  if( iCol>=0 ){
-    assert( iCol<pTab->nCol );
-    zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
-  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
-    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
-    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
-  }else{
-    zCol = "ROWID";
-  }
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){
-    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
-** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
-** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
-** modified appropriately.
-*/
-int sqlite3AuthCheck(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  int code,
-  const char *zArg1,
-  const char *zArg2,
-  const char *zArg3
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
-  ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-                 ,db->auth.zAuthUser
-#endif
-                );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
-    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
-** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
-** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  AuthContext *pContext, 
-  const char *zContext
-){
-  assert( pParse );
-  pContext->pParse = pParse;
-  pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-  pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
-}
-
-/*
-** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
-** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
-*/
-void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
-  if( pContext->pParse ){
-    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
-    pContext->pParse = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/backup.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/backup.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 69e3c528228..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/backup.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,798 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2009 January 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() 
-** API functions and the related features.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "btreeInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_backup {
-  sqlite3* pDestDb;        /* Destination database handle */
-  Btree *pDest;            /* Destination b-tree file */
-  u32 iDestSchema;         /* Original schema cookie in destination */
-  int bDestLocked;         /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
-
-  Pgno iNext;              /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
-  sqlite3* pSrcDb;         /* Source database handle */
-  Btree *pSrc;             /* Source b-tree file */
-
-  int rc;                  /* Backup process error code */
-
-  /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
-  ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
-  */
-  Pgno nRemaining;         /* Number of pages left to copy */
-  Pgno nPagecount;         /* Total number of pages to copy */
-
-  int isAttached;          /* True once backup has been registered with pager */
-  sqlite3_backup *pNext;   /* Next backup associated with source pager */
-};
-
-/*
-** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
-**
-**   Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
-**   structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
-**
-**     * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and 
-**       backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
-**       handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared 
-**       structure, in that order.
-**
-**     * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
-**       invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
-**       the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
-**       associated with the source database BtShared structure will always 
-**       be held when either of these functions are invoked.
-**
-**   The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
-**   backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
-**   while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
-**   the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
-**   BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
-**   or backup_pagecount().
-**
-**   Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
-**   the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
-**   Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
-**   associated mutexes.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
-** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
-** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
-**
-** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this 
-** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an 
-** error message to pErrorDb.
-*/
-static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
-  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
-
-  if( i==1 ){
-    Parse *pParse;
-    int rc = 0;
-    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
-    if( pParse==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      pParse->db = pDb;
-      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
-        sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
-      sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
-      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
-    }
-    if( rc ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( i<0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size
-** of the source.
-*/
-static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check that there is no open read-transaction on the b-tree passed as the
-** second argument. If there is not, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if there
-** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error 
-** message in database handle db.
-*/
-static int checkReadTransaction(sqlite3 *db, Btree *p){
-  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "destination database is in use");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
-** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
-** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
-**
-** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
-** stored in database handle pDestDb.
-*/
-sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
-  sqlite3* pDestDb,                     /* Database to write to */
-  const char *zDestDb,                  /* Name of database within pDestDb */
-  sqlite3* pSrcDb,                      /* Database connection to read from */
-  const char *zSrcDb                    /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
-){
-  sqlite3_backup *p;                    /* Value to return */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pSrcDb)||!sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pDestDb) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
-  ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
-  ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
-  ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
-  ** of the backup operation.  Any attempt to use the destination
-  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
-  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
-
-  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
-    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(
-        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
-    );
-    p = 0;
-  }else {
-    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
-    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
-    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
-    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
-    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
-    if( !p ){
-      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
-  if( p ){
-    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
-    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
-    p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
-    p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
-    p->iNext = 1;
-    p->isAttached = 0;
-
-    if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest 
-     || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM 
-     || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK 
-     ){
-      /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
-      ** error was hit. Or there is a transaction open on the destination
-      ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb 
-      ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup 
-      ** structure.  */
-      sqlite3_free(p);
-      p = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  if( p ){
-    p->pSrc->nBackup++;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is 
-** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
-** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
-*/
-static int isFatalError(int rc){
-  return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED));
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for 
-** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the 
-** destination database.
-*/
-static int backupOnePage(
-  sqlite3_backup *p,              /* Backup handle */
-  Pgno iSrcPg,                    /* Source database page to backup */
-  const u8 *zSrcData,             /* Source database page data */
-  int bUpdate                     /* True for an update, false otherwise */
-){
-  Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
-  const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
-  int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
-  const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
-  const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is
-  ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle
-  ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner.  */
-  int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc);
-  int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(p->pDest);
-#endif
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  i64 iOff;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 );
-  assert( p->bDestLocked );
-  assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
-  assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
-  assert( zSrcData );
-
-  /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
-  ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. 
-  */
-  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing
-  ** and a codec is in use.
-  */
-  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-
-  /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ
-  ** between source and destination.  If there is a difference, try to
-  ** fix the destination to agree with the source.  If that is not possible,
-  ** then the backup cannot proceed.
-  */
-  if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){
-    u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source 
-  ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
-  ** of the destination page.
-  */
-  for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
-    DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
-    Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
-    if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
-    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
-     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
-    ){
-      const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
-      u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
-      u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
-
-      /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
-      ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
-      ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
-      ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
-      ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked 
-      ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
-      */
-      memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
-      ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
-      if( iOff==0 && bUpdate==0 ){
-        sqlite3Put4byte(&zOut[28], sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc));
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
-** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
-** this function is a no-op.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error 
-** code if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
-  i64 iCurrent;
-  int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for
-** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated.
-*/
-static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){
-  sqlite3_backup **pp;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) );
-  pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
-  p->pNext = *pp;
-  *pp = p;
-  p->isAttached = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
-*/
-int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
-  int rc;
-  int destMode;       /* Destination journal mode */
-  int pgszSrc = 0;    /* Source page size */
-  int pgszDest = 0;   /* Destination page size */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
-  }
-
-  rc = p->rc;
-  if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
-    Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc);     /* Source pager */
-    Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);   /* Dest pager */
-    int ii;                            /* Iterator variable */
-    int nSrcPage = -1;                 /* Size of source db in pages */
-    int bCloseTrans = 0;               /* True if src db requires unlocking */
-
-    /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
-    ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
-    */
-    if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
-    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
-     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) 
-    ){
-      p->bDestLocked = 1;
-      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
-    }
-
-    /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
-    ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
-    ** before this function exits.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
-      bCloseTrans = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode
-    ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */
-    pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
-    pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
-    destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest));
-    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){
-      rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-    }
-  
-    /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
-    ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
-    */
-    nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc);
-    assert( nSrcPage>=0 );
-    for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
-      const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext;                 /* Source page number */
-      if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
-        DbPage *pSrcPg;                             /* Source page object */
-        rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg,
-                                 PAGER_GET_READONLY);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0);
-          sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
-        }
-      }
-      p->iNext++;
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
-      p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
-      if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
-        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-      }else if( !p->isAttached ){
-        attachBackupObject(p);
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
-    ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
-    ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
-    ** same schema version.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      if( nSrcPage==0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeNewDb(p->pDest);
-        nSrcPage = 1;
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( p->pDestDb ){
-          sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(p->pDestDb);
-        }
-        if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
-          rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2);
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        int nDestTruncate;
-        /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
-        ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
-        ** size may be different to the source page size. 
-        **
-        ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, 
-        ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
-        ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
-        ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the 
-        ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
-        ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
-        ** by the file truncation.
-        */
-        assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) );
-        assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) );
-        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
-          int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc;
-          nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
-          if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
-            nDestTruncate--;
-          }
-        }else{
-          nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest);
-        }
-        assert( nDestTruncate>0 );
-
-        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
-          /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
-          ** two extra things may need to happen:
-          **
-          **   * The destination may need to be truncated, and
-          **
-          **   * Data stored on the pages immediately following the 
-          **     pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
-          **     copied into the destination database.
-          */
-          const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage;
-          sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
-          Pgno iPg;
-          int nDstPage;
-          i64 iOff;
-          i64 iEnd;
-
-          assert( pFile );
-          assert( nDestTruncate==0 
-              || (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
-                nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
-             && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
-          ));
-
-          /* This block ensures that all data required to recreate the original
-          ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
-          ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
-          ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
-          ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the 
-          ** journal file.  */
-          sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage);
-          for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){
-            if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
-              DbPage *pPg;
-              rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg);
-              if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-                rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
-                sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-              }
-            }
-          }
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1);
-          }
-
-          /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */
-          iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
-          for(
-            iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; 
-            rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; 
-            iOff+=pgszSrc
-          ){
-            PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
-            const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
-            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
-            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-              u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
-              rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
-            }
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
-          }
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize);
-          }
-
-          /* Sync the database file to disk. */
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager, 0);
-          }
-        }else{
-          sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
-          rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
-        }
-    
-        /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
-        if( SQLITE_OK==rc
-         && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
-        ){
-          rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
-    ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
-    ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
-    ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
-    */
-    if( bCloseTrans ){
-      TESTONLY( int rc2 );
-      TESTONLY( rc2  = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
-      TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0);
-      assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
-    }
-  
-    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    p->rc = rc;
-  }
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
-*/
-int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
-  sqlite3_backup **pp;                 /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
-  sqlite3 *pSrcDb;                     /* Source database connection */
-  int rc;                              /* Value to return */
-
-  /* Enter the mutexes */
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pSrcDb = p->pSrcDb;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
-  }
-
-  /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    p->pSrc->nBackup--;
-  }
-  if( p->isAttached ){
-    pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
-    while( *pp!=p ){
-      pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
-    }
-    *pp = p->pNext;
-  }
-
-  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
-  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-
-  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
-  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc);
-
-    /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
-    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
-    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
-    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(pSrcDb);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
-** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
-*/
-int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( p==0 ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  return p->nRemaining;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most 
-** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
-*/
-int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( p==0 ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  return p->nPagecount;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
-** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been 
-** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
-** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
-** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
-** complete.
-**
-** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
-** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
-** called.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void backupUpdate(
-  sqlite3_backup *p,
-  Pgno iPage,
-  const u8 *aData
-){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  do{
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
-    if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
-      /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
-      ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
-      ** the new data into the backup.
-      */
-      int rc;
-      assert( p->pDestDb );
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
-      rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData, 1);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        p->rc = rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }while( (p = p->pNext)!=0 );
-}
-void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
-  if( pBackup ) backupUpdate(pBackup, iPage, aData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
-** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
-** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
-** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still 
-** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
-**
-** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
-** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
-** called.
-*/
-void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
-  sqlite3_backup *p;                   /* Iterator variable */
-  for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
-    p->iNext = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-/*
-** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
-** must be active for both files.
-**
-** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything 
-** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the 
-** transaction is committed before returning.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pFd;              /* File descriptor for database pTo */
-  sqlite3_backup b;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) );
-  pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo));
-  if( pFd->pMethods ){
-    i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom);
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    if( rc ) goto copy_finished;
-  }
-
-  /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
-  ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
-  ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
-  ** from this function, not directly by the user.
-  */
-  memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
-  b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
-  b.pSrc = pFrom;
-  b.pDest = pTo;
-  b.iNext = 1;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo), sqlite3BtreePager(pFrom));
-#endif
-
-  /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
-  ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
-  ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes 
-  ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
-  ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE 
-  ** or an error code.
-  */
-  sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
-  assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest));
-  }
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 );
-copy_finished:
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/bitvec.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/bitvec.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fd908f791b3..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/bitvec.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,410 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 February 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
-** bitmap.  Bits are numbered starting with 1.
-**
-** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
-** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
-** property.  Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
-** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
-** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
-** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled.  In those cases, 
-** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality.  The algorithm needs 
-** to handle both cases well.
-**
-** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
-**
-** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created.  Individual bits
-** may be set or cleared one at a time.
-**
-** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
-** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
-** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
-** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
-** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
-** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
-** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
-#define BITVEC_SZ        512
-
-/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
-** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
-#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
-
-/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. 
-** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. 
-** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
-** performance. */
-#define BITVEC_TELEM     u8
-/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
-#define BITVEC_SZELEM    8
-/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
-#define BITVEC_NELEM     (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
-/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
-#define BITVEC_NBIT      (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)
-
-/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
-#define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
-/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before 
-** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
-#define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
-/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
-** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier 
-** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided 
-** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
-#define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
-
-#define BITVEC_NPTR      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
-
-
-/*
-** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** This bitmap records the existence of zero or more bits
-** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
-**
-** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
-** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
-** bitmap.  The least significant bit is bit 1.
-**
-** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
-** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
-**
-** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
-** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[].  Each subbitmap
-** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i.  apSub[0] holds
-** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
-** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
-** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
-** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
-*/
-struct Bitvec {
-  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index.  Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
-  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
-                  ** element.  Max is BITVEC_NINT.  For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
-                  ** this would be 125. */
-  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
-                  /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
-                  /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1.  */
-                  /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
-  union {
-    BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM];    /* Bitmap representation */
-    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
-    Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR];  /* Recursive representation */
-  } u;
-};
-
-/*
-** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
-** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
-** malloc fails.
-*/
-Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
-  Bitvec *p;
-  assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
-  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-  if( p ){
-    p->iSize = iSize;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
-** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
-** i is out of range, then return false.
-*/
-int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  i--;
-  if( i>=p->iSize ) return 0;
-  while( p->iDivisor ){
-    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
-    i = i%p->iDivisor;
-    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
-    if (!p) {
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
-  } else{
-    u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
-    while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
-      if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
-      h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  return p!=0 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p,i);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.
-**
-** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated.  Failing
-** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
-** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
-**
-** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
-** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
-** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  u32 h;
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( i>0 );
-  assert( i<=p->iSize );
-  i--;
-  while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
-    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
-    i = i%p->iDivisor;
-    if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
-      p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
-      if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
-  }
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
-  /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
-  /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
-  /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
-  if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
-    if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
-      goto bitvec_set_end;
-    } else {
-      goto bitvec_set_rehash;
-    }
-  }
-  /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
-  /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
-  do {
-    if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
-    h++;
-    if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
-  } while( p->u.aHash[h] );
-  /* we didn't find it in the hash.  h points to the first */
-  /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
-  /* make our hash too "full".  */
-bitvec_set_rehash:
-  if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
-    unsigned int j;
-    int rc;
-    u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
-    if( aiValues==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
-      memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub));
-      p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
-      rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
-      for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
-        if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
-      }
-      sqlite3StackFree(0, aiValues);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-bitvec_set_end:
-  p->nSet++;
-  p->u.aHash[h] = i;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the i-th bit.
-**
-** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage
-** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table.
-*/
-void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  assert( i>0 );
-  i--;
-  while( p->iDivisor ){
-    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
-    i = i%p->iDivisor;
-    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
-    if (!p) {
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
-  }else{
-    unsigned int j;
-    u32 *aiValues = pBuf;
-    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
-    memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
-    p->nSet = 0;
-    for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
-      if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){
-        u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1);
-        p->nSet++;
-        while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
-          h++;
-          if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
-        }
-        p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy a bitmap object.  Reclaim all memory used.
-*/
-void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( p->iDivisor ){
-    unsigned int i;
-    for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
-      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
-** was created.
-*/
-u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
-  return p->iSize;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-/*
-** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
-** up to N bits.  Let I be an integer between 0 and N.  0<=I<N.
-** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
-** individual bits within V.
-*/
-#define SETBIT(V,I)      V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
-#define CLEARBIT(V,I)    V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
-#define TESTBIT(V,I)     (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
-
-/*
-** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
-**
-** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
-** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
-** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
-** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
-**
-** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5.  0 is the
-** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
-**
-**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
-**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
-**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
-**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
-**
-** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
-** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
-** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
-** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
-** confirm that error detection works.
-**
-** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
-** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
-** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
-*/
-int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
-  Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
-  unsigned char *pV = 0;
-  int rc = -1;
-  int i, nx, pc, op;
-  void *pTmpSpace;
-
-  /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
-  ** bits to act as the reference */
-  pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
-  pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
-  pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc64(BITVEC_SZ);
-  if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0  ) goto bitvec_end;
-
-  /* NULL pBitvec tests */
-  sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1);
-  sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace);
-
-  /* Run the program */
-  pc = 0;
-  while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
-    switch( op ){
-      case 1:
-      case 2:
-      case 5: {
-        nx = 4;
-        i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
-        aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
-        break;
-      }
-      case 3:
-      case 4: 
-      default: {
-        nx = 2;
-        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
-    pc += nx;
-    i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
-    if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
-      SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
-      if( op!=5 ){
-        if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
-      }
-    }else{
-      CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
-      sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
-  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
-  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
-  ** is found.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
-          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
-          + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
-  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
-    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
-      rc = i;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Free allocated structure */
-bitvec_end:
-  sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace);
-  sqlite3_free(pV);
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/btmutex.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/btmutex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c9c8572dfb2..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/btmutex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 August 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
-** This code really belongs in btree.c.  But btree.c is getting too
-** big and we want to break it down some.  This packaged seemed like
-** a good breakout.
-*/
-#include "btreeInt.h"
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-
-/*
-** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
-** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
-** p->locked boolean to true.
-*/
-static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->locked==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
-  p->pBt->db = p->db;
-  p->locked = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
-** clear the p->locked boolean.
-*/
-static void SQLITE_NOINLINE unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( p->locked==1 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  assert( p->db==pBt->db );
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
-  p->locked = 0;
-}
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p);
-
-/*
-** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
-**
-** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
-** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
-** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
-** of this interface is recursive.
-**
-** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
-** by all database connections.  The p->pNext is a list of other
-** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
-** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
-** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
-** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
-** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
-  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
-  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
-  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
-  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
-  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
-  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
-  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
-  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
-  assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
-
-  /* Check for locking consistency */
-  assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
-  assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
-
-  /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
-  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
-  ** should already be set correctly. */
-  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
-
-  if( !p->sharable ) return;
-  p->wantToLock++;
-  if( p->locked ) return;
-  btreeLockCarefully(p);
-}
-
-/* This is a helper function for sqlite3BtreeLock(). By moving
-** complex, but seldom used logic, out of sqlite3BtreeLock() and
-** into this routine, we avoid unnecessary stack pointer changes
-** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster
-** in the common case.
-*/
-static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){
-  Btree *pLater;
-
-  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
-  ** want without having to go through the ascending lock
-  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    p->pBt->db = p->db;
-    p->locked = 1;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
-  ** BtShared address.  Then acquire our lock.  Then reacquire
-  ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
-  ** order.
-  */
-  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
-    assert( pLater->sharable );
-    assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
-    assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
-    if( pLater->locked ){
-      unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
-    }
-  }
-  lockBtreeMutex(p);
-  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
-    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
-      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
-    p->wantToLock--;
-    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
-      unlockBtreeMutex(p);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
-** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
-**
-** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
-  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
-  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
-  return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
-** Btree.  These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
-** omitted if that module is not used.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-
-
-/*
-** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
-** connection.  This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
-** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
-** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
-** reset out from under us.
-**
-** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
-**
-** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
-** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
-** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
-** at the same instant.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  Btree *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  }
-}
-void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  Btree *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock.  Return FALSE if
-** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){
-  return p->sharable;
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
-** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
-**
-** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *p;
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p && p->sharable &&
-         (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the
-** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure.  The mutexes required for schema
-** access are:
-**
-**   (1) The mutex on db
-**   (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt.
-**
-** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and
-** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex().
-*/
-int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){
-  Btree *p;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0;
-  if( iDb==1 ) return 1;
-  p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above.  SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */
-/*
-** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use
-** in single threaded applications that use shared cache.  Except for
-** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and
-** are null #defines in btree.h.
-**
-** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including
-** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h.
-*/
-
-void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
-  p->pBt->db = p->db;
-}
-void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p ){
-      p->pBt->db = p->db;
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/btree.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/btree.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c1a9983e5b..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/btree.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9653 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
-** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
-*/
-#include "btreeInt.h"
-
-/*
-** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database.
-*/
-static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
-
-/*
-** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
-** macro.
-*/
-#if 0
-int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
-# define TRACE(X)  if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
-#else
-# define TRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes.
-** But if the value is zero, make it 65536.
-**
-** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value
-** from the header of a btree page.  If the page size is 65536 and the page
-** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero.
-** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536.
-*/
-#define get2byteNotZero(X)  (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1)
-
-/*
-** Values passed as the 5th argument to allocateBtreePage()
-*/
-#define BTALLOC_ANY   0           /* Allocate any page */
-#define BTALLOC_EXACT 1           /* Allocate exact page if possible */
-#define BTALLOC_LE    2           /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */
-
-/*
-** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not 
-** defined, or 0 if it is. For example:
-**
-**   bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum);
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) (expr)
-#else
-#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
-** in shared cache.  This variable has file scope during normal builds,
-** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for 
-** test builds.
-**
-** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-#else
-static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
-**
-** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
-** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
-** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
-*/
-int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  /*
-  ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(),
-  ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks()
-  ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
-  ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
-  ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
-  ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. 
-  ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
-  */
-  #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
-  #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
-  #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
-  #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
-  #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1
-  #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. ***
-**
-** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the 
-** table with root page iRoot.   Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
-**
-** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via 
-** Btree connection pBtree:
-**
-**    assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
-**
-** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the 
-** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
-** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated,
-** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine
-** the table corresponding to the index being written, this
-** function has to search through the database schema.
-**
-** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may
-** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also
-** acceptable.
-*/
-static int hasSharedCacheTableLock(
-  Btree *pBtree,         /* Handle that must hold lock */
-  Pgno iRoot,            /* Root page of b-tree */
-  int isIndex,           /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */
-  int eLockType          /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */
-){
-  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema;
-  Pgno iTab = 0;
-  BtLock *pLock;
-
-  /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
-  ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. 
-  ** Return true immediately.
-  */
-  if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
-   || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted))
-  ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* If the client is reading  or writing an index and the schema is
-  ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
-  ** the correct locks are held.  So do not bother - just return true.
-  ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
-  */
-  if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->schemaFlags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
-  ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
-  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
-  ** table.  */
-  if( isIndex ){
-    HashElem *p;
-    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-      Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
-      if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
-        if( iTab ){
-          /* Two or more indexes share the same root page.  There must
-          ** be imposter tables.  So just return true.  The assert is not
-          ** useful in that case. */
-          return 1;
-        }
-        iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    iTab = iRoot;
-  }
-
-  /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a 
-  ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
-  ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found.  */
-  for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
-    if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree 
-     && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
-     && pLock->eLock>=eLockType 
-    ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Failed to find the required lock. */
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. ****
-**
-** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the
-** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are
-** simultaneously reading that same table or index.
-**
-** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that
-** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing
-** the iRoot table.  Except, if the other Btree object has the
-** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to
-** have a read cursor.
-**
-** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index
-** rooted at page iRoot, one should call:
-**
-**    assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
-*/
-static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot 
-     && p->pBtree!=pBtree
-     && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)
-    ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif    /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock 
-** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
-** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
-*/
-static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock *pIter;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
-  assert( p->db!=0 );
-  assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
-  
-  /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
-  ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there 
-  ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
-  */
-  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
-  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  
-  /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
-  if( !p->sharable ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
-  ** requested lock may not be obtained.
-  */
-  if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db);
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
-  }
-
-  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-    /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) 
-    ** statement is a simplification of:
-    **
-    **   (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
-    **
-    ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
-    ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
-    ** only be a single writer).
-    */
-    assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
-    assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
-    if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){
-      sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
-      if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
-        assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
-        pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING;
-      }
-      return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
-** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or 
-** WRITE_LOCK.
-**
-** This function assumes the following:
-**
-**   (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable
-**       database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and
-**
-**   (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts
-**       with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
-**       already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM 
-** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
-*/
-static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock *pLock = 0;
-  BtLock *pIter;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
-  assert( p->db!=0 );
-
-  /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
-  ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
-  ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master 
-  ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans().  */
-  assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
-
-  /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it 
-  ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock.  */
-  assert( p->sharable );
-  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
-
-  /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
-  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-    if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
-      pLock = pIter;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
-  ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
-  */
-  if( !pLock ){
-    pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
-    if( !pLock ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pLock->iTable = iTable;
-    pLock->pBtree = p;
-    pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
-    pBt->pLock = pLock;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
-  ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
-  ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
-  */
-  assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
-  if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
-    pLock->eLock = eLock;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
-** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p.
-**
-** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write 
-** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag
-** may be incorrectly cleared.
-*/
-static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
-  assert( p->inTrans>0 );
-
-  while( *ppIter ){
-    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
-    assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
-    assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
-    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
-      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
-      assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock );
-      if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){
-        sqlite3_free(pLock);
-      }
-    }else{
-      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter );
-  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
-    pBt->pWriter = 0;
-    pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
-  }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
-    /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its 
-    ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
-    ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
-    ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
-    ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0.
-    **
-    ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must
-    ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case.
-    */
-    pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks.
-*/
-static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
-    BtLock *pLock;
-    pBt->pWriter = 0;
-    pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
-    for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
-      assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p );
-      pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage);  /* Forward reference */
-
-/*
-***** This routine is used inside of assert() only ****
-**
-** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
-  return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument.
-** on the shared btree structure pBt.
-*/
-#define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl)
-
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
-** on the shared btree structure pBt.
-*/
-static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    invalidateOverflowCache(p);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
-** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
-** row or one of the rows being modified.
-**
-** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
-** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
-** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
-**
-** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
-** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
-** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row.
-*/
-static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
-  Btree *pBtree,          /* The database file to check */
-  i64 iRow,               /* The rowid that might be changing */
-  int isClearTable        /* True if all rows are being deleted */
-){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  if( pBtree->hasIncrblobCur==0 ) return;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
-  pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 0;
-  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0 ){
-      pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1;
-      if( isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow ){
-        p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#else
-  /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */
-  #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-
-/*
-** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called 
-** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf 
-** page.
-**
-** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
-** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
-** free-list leaf pages:
-**
-**   1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
-**      a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
-**      (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
-**      such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
-**      why bother journalling it?).
-**
-**   2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
-**      from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
-**      be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
-**
-** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
-** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
-** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
-** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
-** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
-** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
-** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
-** to restore the database to its original configuration.
-**
-** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is 
-** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
-** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
-** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already
-** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
-** at the end of every transaction.
-*/
-static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
-    assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage );
-    pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage);
-    if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
-    rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
-**
-** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
-** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
-** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
-*/
-static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
-  Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
-  return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
-** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
-*/
-static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
-  pBt->pHasContent = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor.
-*/
-static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
-    releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
-    pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
-  }
-  pCur->iPage = -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry
-** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This
-** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and
-** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error 
-** code otherwise.
-**
-** If the cursor is open on an intkey table, then the integer key
-** (the rowid) is stored in pCur->nKey and pCur->pKey is left set to
-** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is 
-** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing 
-** the key.
-*/
-static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc;
-  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
-  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* KeySize() cannot fail */
-
-  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
-  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
-  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
-  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
-  ** data.  */
-  if( 0==pCur->curIntKey ){
-    void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pCur->nKey );
-    if( pKey ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pCur->pKey = pKey;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_free(pKey);
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( !pCur->curIntKey || !pCur->pKey );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey 
-** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
-**
-** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
-** prior to calling this routine.  
-*/
-static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState || CURSOR_SKIPNEXT==pCur->eState );
-  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-  }else{
-    pCur->skipNext = 0;
-  }
-
-  rc = saveCursorKey(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur);
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
-  }
-
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_AtLast);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*);
-
-/*
-** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
-** the table with root-page iRoot.  "Saving the cursor position" means that
-** the location in the btree is remembered in such a way that it can be
-** moved back to the same spot after the btree has been modified.  This
-** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the
-** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert().
-**
-** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such 
-** cursors should have their BTCF_Multiple flag set.  The btreeCursor()
-** routine enforces that rule.  This routine only needs to be called in
-** the uncommon case when pExpect has the BTCF_Multiple flag set.
-**
-** If pExpect!=NULL and if no other cursors are found on the same root-page,
-** then the BTCF_Multiple flag on pExpect is cleared, to avoid another
-** pointless call to this routine.
-**
-** Implementation note:  This routine merely checks to see if any cursors
-** need to be saved.  It calls out to saveCursorsOnList() in the (unusual)
-** event that cursors are in need to being saved.
-*/
-static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ) break;
-  }
-  if( p ) return saveCursorsOnList(p, iRoot, pExcept);
-  if( pExcept ) pExcept->curFlags &= ~BTCF_Multiple;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving
-** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving.
-** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is
-** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement.
-*/
-static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(
-  BtCursor *p,         /* The first cursor that needs saving */
-  Pgno iRoot,          /* Only save cursor with this iRoot. Save all if zero */
-  BtCursor *pExcept    /* Do not save this cursor */
-){
-  do{
-    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
-      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){
-        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
-        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }else{
-        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
-        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
-      }
-    }
-    p = p->pNext;
-  }while( p );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the current cursor position.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
-  pCur->pKey = 0;
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-}
-
-/*
-** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
-** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode.  Unpack the
-** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
-*/
-static int btreeMoveto(
-  BtCursor *pCur,     /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
-  const void *pKey,   /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
-  i64 nKey,           /* Integer key for tables.  Size of pKey for indices */
-  int bias,           /* Bias search to the high end */
-  int *pRes           /* Write search results here */
-){
-  int rc;                    /* Status code */
-  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked index key */
-  char aSpace[200];          /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
-  char *pFree = 0;
-
-  if( pKey ){
-    assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
-    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
-        pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree
-    );
-    if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey);
-    if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree);
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pIdxKey = 0;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
-  if( pFree ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
-** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the 
-** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
-** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each 
-** saveCursorPosition().
-*/
-static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc;
-  int skipNext;
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-    return pCur->skipNext;
-  }
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-  rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &skipNext);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
-    pCur->pKey = 0;
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
-    pCur->skipNext |= skipNext;
-    if( pCur->skipNext && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
-  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
-         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
-         SQLITE_OK)
-
-/*
-** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where
-** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason.
-** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out
-** from under them, for example.  Cursor might also move if a btree
-** is rebalanced.
-**
-** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false.
-**
-** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor
-** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){
-  return pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
-** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
-** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).  
-**
-** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
-** pointing at exactly the same row.  *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor
-** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some
-** nearby row.
-**
-** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned
-** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved().
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor *pCur, int *pDifferentRow){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( pCur!=0 );
-  assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc ){
-    *pDifferentRow = 1;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
-    *pDifferentRow = 1;
-  }else{
-    assert( pCur->skipNext==0 );
-    *pDifferentRow = 0;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
-** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
-** input page number.
-**
-** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is
-** no pointer map associated with page 1.  The integrity_check logic
-** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1.
-*/
-static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
-  int nPagesPerMapPage;
-  Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pgno<2 ) return 0;
-  nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
-  iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
-  ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; 
-  if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    ret++;
-  }
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write an entry into the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
-** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
-**
-** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is
-** a no-op.  If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written
-** into *pRC.
-*/
-static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;  /* The pointer map page */
-  u8 *pPtrmap;      /* The pointer map data */
-  Pgno iPtrmap;     /* The pointer map page number */
-  int offset;       /* Offset in pointer map page */
-  int rc;           /* Return code from subfunctions */
-
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
-  assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
-
-  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
-  if( key==0 ){
-    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    return;
-  }
-  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pRC = rc;
-    return;
-  }
-  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
-  if( offset<0 ){
-    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    goto ptrmap_exit;
-  }
-  assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
-  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-
-  if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
-    TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
-    *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
-      put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
-    }
-  }
-
-ptrmap_exit:
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read an entry from the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
-** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;   /* The pointer map page */
-  int iPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page index */
-  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
-  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-
-  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-
-  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
-  if( offset<0 ){
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
-  assert( pEType!=0 );
-  *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
-  if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
-
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-  if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-  #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc)
-  #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
-  #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
-** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
-** to the cell content.
-**
-** findCellPastPtr() does the same except it skips past the initial
-** 4-byte child pointer found on interior pages, if there is one.
-**
-** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
-*/
-#define findCell(P,I) \
-  ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byteAligned(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)])))
-#define findCellPastPtr(P,I) \
-  ((P)->aDataOfst + ((P)->maskPage & get2byteAligned(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)])))
-
-
-/*
-** This is common tail processing for btreeParseCellPtr() and
-** btreeParseCellPtrIndex() for the case when the cell does not fit entirely
-** on a single B-tree page.  Make necessary adjustments to the CellInfo
-** structure.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
-  ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
-  ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
-  ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
-  ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
-  **
-  ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
-  ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
-  */
-  int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
-  int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
-  int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
-
-  minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
-  maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
-  surplus = minLocal + (pInfo->nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize-4);
-  testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
-  testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
-  if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
-    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
-  }else{
-    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
-  }
-  pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(&pInfo->pPayload[pInfo->nLocal] - pCell);
-  pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xParseCell()
-** method.
-**
-** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.
-**
-** btreeParseCellPtr()        =>   table btree leaf nodes
-** btreeParseCellNoPayload()  =>   table btree internal nodes
-** btreeParseCellPtrIndex()   =>   index btree nodes
-**
-** There is also a wrapper function btreeParseCell() that works for
-** all MemPage types and that references the cell by index rather than
-** by pointer.
-*/
-static void btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pPage->leaf==0 );
-  assert( pPage->noPayload );
-  assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPage);
-#endif
-  pInfo->nSize = 4 + getVarint(&pCell[4], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
-  pInfo->nPayload = 0;
-  pInfo->nLocal = 0;
-  pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
-  pInfo->pPayload = 0;
-  return;
-}
-static void btreeParseCellPtr(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  u8 *pIter;              /* For scanning through pCell */
-  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
-  u64 iKey;               /* Extracted Key value */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
-  assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf || pPage->noPayload );
-  assert( pPage->noPayload==0 );
-  assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf );
-  assert( pPage->childPtrSize==0 );
-  pIter = pCell;
-
-  /* The next block of code is equivalent to:
-  **
-  **     pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nPayload);
-  **
-  ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call.
-  */
-  nPayload = *pIter;
-  if( nPayload>=0x80 ){
-    u8 *pEnd = &pIter[8];
-    nPayload &= 0x7f;
-    do{
-      nPayload = (nPayload<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f);
-    }while( (*pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
-  }
-  pIter++;
-
-  /* The next block of code is equivalent to:
-  **
-  **     pIter += getVarint(pIter, (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
-  **
-  ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call.
-  */
-  iKey = *pIter;
-  if( iKey>=0x80 ){
-    u8 *pEnd = &pIter[7];
-    iKey &= 0x7f;
-    while(1){
-      iKey = (iKey<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f);
-      if( (*pIter)<0x80 ) break;
-      if( pIter>=pEnd ){
-        iKey = (iKey<<8) | *++pIter;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  pIter++;
-
-  pInfo->nKey = *(i64*)&iKey;
-  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
-  pInfo->pPayload = pIter;
-  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
-  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
-  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
-    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
-    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
-    */
-    pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell);
-    if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
-    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
-    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
-  }else{
-    btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(pPage, pCell, pInfo);
-  }
-}
-static void btreeParseCellPtrIndex(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  u8 *pIter;              /* For scanning through pCell */
-  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
-  assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf==0 );
-  assert( pPage->noPayload==0 );
-  pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize;
-  nPayload = *pIter;
-  if( nPayload>=0x80 ){
-    u8 *pEnd = &pIter[8];
-    nPayload &= 0x7f;
-    do{
-      nPayload = (nPayload<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f);
-    }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
-  }
-  pIter++;
-  pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
-  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
-  pInfo->pPayload = pIter;
-  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
-  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
-  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
-    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
-    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
-    */
-    pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell);
-    if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
-    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
-    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
-  }else{
-    btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(pPage, pCell, pInfo);
-  }
-}
-static void btreeParseCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  pPage->xParseCell(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xCellSize
-** method.
-**
-** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
-** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
-** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
-** the space used by the cell pointer.
-**
-** cellSizePtrNoPayload()    =>   table internal nodes
-** cellSizePtr()             =>   all index nodes & table leaf nodes
-*/
-static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
-  u8 *pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */
-  u8 *pEnd;                                /* End mark for a varint */
-  u32 nSize;                               /* Size value to return */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
-  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
-  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
-  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
-  CellInfo debuginfo;
-  pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
-#endif
-
-  assert( pPage->noPayload==0 );
-  nSize = *pIter;
-  if( nSize>=0x80 ){
-    pEnd = &pIter[8];
-    nSize &= 0x7f;
-    do{
-      nSize = (nSize<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f);
-    }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
-  }
-  pIter++;
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length 
-    ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
-    ** past the end of the key value. */
-    pEnd = &pIter[9];
-    while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
-  }
-  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
-  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
-  if( nSize<=pPage->maxLocal ){
-    nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
-    if( nSize<4 ) nSize = 4;
-  }else{
-    int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
-    nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
-    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
-    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
-    if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
-      nSize = minLocal;
-    }
-    nSize += 4 + (u16)(pIter - pCell);
-  }
-  assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize || CORRUPT_DB );
-  return (u16)nSize;
-}
-static u16 cellSizePtrNoPayload(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
-  u8 *pIter = pCell + 4; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */
-  u8 *pEnd;              /* End mark for a varint */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
-  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
-  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
-  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
-  CellInfo debuginfo;
-  pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPage);
-#endif
-
-  assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 );
-  pEnd = pIter + 9;
-  while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
-  assert( debuginfo.nSize==(u16)(pIter - pCell) || CORRUPT_DB );
-  return (u16)(pIter - pCell);
-}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements
-** only. */
-static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
-  return pPage->xCellSize(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
-*/
-static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
-  CellInfo info;
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-  assert( pCell!=0 );
-  pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  if( info.iOverflow ){
-    Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-    ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
-** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
-** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
-** pointer array and the cell content area.
-**
-** EVIDENCE-OF: R-44582-60138 SQLite may from time to time reorganize a
-** b-tree page so that there are no freeblocks or fragment bytes, all
-** unused bytes are contained in the unallocated space region, and all
-** cells are packed tightly at the end of the page.
-*/
-static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
-  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
-  int pc;                    /* Address of the i-th cell */
-  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
-  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
-  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
-  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
-  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
-  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
-  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
-  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
-  unsigned char *src;        /* Source of content */
-  int iCellFirst;            /* First allowable cell index */
-  int iCellLast;             /* Last possible cell index */
-
-
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  temp = 0;
-  src = data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
-  nCell = pPage->nCell;
-  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
-  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
-  cbrk = usableSize;
-  iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
-  iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
-  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
-    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
-    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
-    testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
-    testcase( pc==iCellLast );
-    /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage()
-    ** if PRAGMA cell_size_check=ON.
-    */
-    if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
-    size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &src[pc]);
-    cbrk -= size;
-    if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
-    testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
-    testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
-    put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
-    if( temp==0 ){
-      int x;
-      if( cbrk==pc ) continue;
-      temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
-      x = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-      memcpy(&temp[x], &data[x], (cbrk+size) - x);
-      src = temp;
-    }
-    memcpy(&data[cbrk], &src[pc], size);
-  }
-  assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
-  data[hdr+1] = 0;
-  data[hdr+2] = 0;
-  data[hdr+7] = 0;
-  memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Search the free-list on page pPg for space to store a cell nByte bytes in
-** size. If one can be found, return a pointer to the space and remove it
-** from the free-list.
-**
-** If no suitable space can be found on the free-list, return NULL.
-**
-** This function may detect corruption within pPg.  If corruption is
-** detected then *pRc is set to SQLITE_CORRUPT and NULL is returned.
-**
-** Slots on the free list that are between 1 and 3 bytes larger than nByte
-** will be ignored if adding the extra space to the fragmentation count
-** causes the fragmentation count to exceed 60.
-*/
-static u8 *pageFindSlot(MemPage *pPg, int nByte, int *pRc){
-  const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset;
-  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;
-  int iAddr = hdr + 1;
-  int pc = get2byte(&aData[iAddr]);
-  int x;
-  int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize;
-
-  assert( pc>0 );
-  do{
-    int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of
-    ** increasing offset. */
-    if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<iAddr+4 ){
-      *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22710-53328 The third and fourth bytes of each
-    ** freeblock form a big-endian integer which is the size of the freeblock
-    ** in bytes, including the 4-byte header. */
-    size = get2byte(&aData[pc+2]);
-    if( (x = size - nByte)>=0 ){
-      testcase( x==4 );
-      testcase( x==3 );
-      if( pc < pPg->cellOffset+2*pPg->nCell || size+pc > usableSize ){
-        *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        return 0;
-      }else if( x<4 ){
-        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-11498-58022 In a well-formed b-tree page, the total
-        ** number of bytes in fragments may not exceed 60. */
-        if( aData[hdr+7]>57 ) return 0;
-
-        /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
-        ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
-        memcpy(&aData[iAddr], &aData[pc], 2);
-        aData[hdr+7] += (u8)x;
-      }else{
-        /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
-         ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
-        put2byte(&aData[pc+2], x);
-      }
-      return &aData[pc + x];
-    }
-    iAddr = pc;
-    pc = get2byte(&aData[pc]);
-  }while( pc );
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
-** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
-** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
-** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
-**
-** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
-** allocation.  This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
-** all the space together, however.  This routine will avoid using
-** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
-** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
-** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
-*/
-static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
-  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
-  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
-  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Integer return code */
-  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
-  
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->pBt );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
-  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-  assert( nByte < (int)(pPage->pBt->usableSize-8) );
-
-  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
-  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
-  assert( gap<=65536 );
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29356-02391 If the database uses a 65536-byte page size
-  ** and the reserved space is zero (the usual value for reserved space)
-  ** then the cell content offset of an empty page wants to be 65536.
-  ** However, that integer is too large to be stored in a 2-byte unsigned
-  ** integer, so a value of 0 is used in its place. */
-  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-  assert( top<=(int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); /* Prevent by getAndInitPage() */
-  if( gap>top ){
-    if( top==0 && pPage->pBt->usableSize==65536 ){
-      top = 65536;
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If there is enough space between gap and top for one more cell pointer
-  ** array entry offset, and if the freelist is not empty, then search the
-  ** freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy the request.
-  */
-  testcase( gap+2==top );
-  testcase( gap+1==top );
-  testcase( gap==top );
-  if( (data[hdr+2] || data[hdr+1]) && gap+2<=top ){
-    u8 *pSpace = pageFindSlot(pPage, nByte, &rc);
-    if( pSpace ){
-      assert( pSpace>=data && (pSpace - data)<65536 );
-      *pIdx = (int)(pSpace - data);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else if( rc ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The request could not be fulfilled using a freelist slot.  Check
-  ** to see if defragmentation is necessary.
-  */
-  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
-  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
-    assert( pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB );
-    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
-    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
-  }
-
-
-  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
-  ** and the cell content area.  The btreeInitPage() call has already
-  ** validated the freelist.  Given that the freelist is valid, there
-  ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
-  ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
-  */
-  top -= nByte;
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
-  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  *pIdx = top;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
-** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aData[iStart]
-** and the size of the block is iSize bytes.
-**
-** Adjacent freeblocks are coalesced.
-**
-** Note that even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
-** that routine will not detect overlap between cells or freeblocks.  Nor
-** does it detect cells or freeblocks that encrouch into the reserved bytes
-** at the end of the page.  So do additional corruption checks inside this
-** routine and return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any problems are found.
-*/
-static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){
-  u16 iPtr;                             /* Address of ptr to next freeblock */
-  u16 iFreeBlk;                         /* Address of the next freeblock */
-  u8 hdr;                               /* Page header size.  0 or 100 */
-  u8 nFrag = 0;                         /* Reduction in fragmentation */
-  u16 iOrigSize = iSize;                /* Original value of iSize */
-  u32 iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize-4; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
-  u32 iEnd = iStart + iSize;            /* First byte past the iStart buffer */
-  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;   /* Page content */
-
-  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( CORRUPT_DB || iStart>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
-  assert( CORRUPT_DB || iEnd <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( iSize>=4 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
-  assert( iStart<=iLast );
-
-  /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
-  ** option is enabled */
-  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
-    memset(&data[iStart], 0, iSize);
-  }
-
-  /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order.  Find the 
-  ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted.
-  */
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  iPtr = hdr + 1;
-  if( data[iPtr+1]==0 && data[iPtr]==0 ){
-    iFreeBlk = 0;  /* Shortcut for the case when the freelist is empty */
-  }else{
-    while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))>0 && iFreeBlk<iStart ){
-      if( iFreeBlk<iPtr+4 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      iPtr = iFreeBlk;
-    }
-    if( iFreeBlk>iLast ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 );
-  
-    /* At this point:
-    **    iFreeBlk:   First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none
-    **    iPtr:       The address of a pointer to iFreeBlk
-    **
-    ** Check to see if iFreeBlk should be coalesced onto the end of iStart.
-    */
-    if( iFreeBlk && iEnd+3>=iFreeBlk ){
-      nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd;
-      if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]);
-      if( iEnd > pPage->pBt->usableSize ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      iSize = iEnd - iStart;
-      iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]);
-    }
-  
-    /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist
-    ** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be
-    ** coalesced onto the end of iPtr.
-    */
-    if( iPtr>hdr+1 ){
-      int iPtrEnd = iPtr + get2byte(&data[iPtr+2]);
-      if( iPtrEnd+3>=iStart ){
-        if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        nFrag += iStart - iPtrEnd;
-        iSize = iEnd - iPtr;
-        iStart = iPtr;
-      }
-    }
-    if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    data[hdr+7] -= nFrag;
-  }
-  if( iStart==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ){
-    /* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area,
-    ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another
-    ** freelist entry */
-    if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk);
-    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd);
-  }else{
-    /* Insert the new freeblock into the freelist */
-    put2byte(&data[iPtr], iStart);
-    put2byte(&data[iStart], iFreeBlk);
-    put2byte(&data[iStart+2], iSize);
-  }
-  pPage->nFree += iOrigSize;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
-** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
-**
-** Only the following combinations are supported.  Anything different
-** indicates a corrupt database files:
-**
-**         PTF_ZERODATA
-**         PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
-**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
-**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
-*/
-static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
-  BtShared *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
-
-  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3);  assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
-  flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
-  pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
-  pPage->xCellSize = cellSizePtr;
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-03640-13415 A value of 5 means the page is an interior
-    ** table b-tree page. */
-    assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY)==5 );
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-20501-61796 A value of 13 means the page is a leaf
-    ** table b-tree page. */
-    assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF)==13 );
-    pPage->intKey = 1;
-    if( pPage->leaf ){
-      pPage->intKeyLeaf = 1;
-      pPage->noPayload = 0;
-      pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtr;
-    }else{
-      pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0;
-      pPage->noPayload = 1;
-      pPage->xCellSize = cellSizePtrNoPayload;
-      pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload;
-    }
-    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
-    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
-  }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-27225-53936 A value of 2 means the page is an interior
-    ** index b-tree page. */
-    assert( (PTF_ZERODATA)==2 );
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-16571-11615 A value of 10 means the page is a leaf
-    ** index b-tree page. */
-    assert( (PTF_ZERODATA|PTF_LEAF)==10 );
-    pPage->intKey = 0;
-    pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0;
-    pPage->noPayload = 0;
-    pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtrIndex;
-    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
-    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
-  }else{
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-47608-56469 Any other value for the b-tree page type is
-    ** an error. */
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
-** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
-** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
-** we failed to detect any corruption.
-*/
-static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
-
-  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( pPage->pBt->db!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
-  if( !pPage->isInit ){
-    u16 pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
-    u8 hdr;            /* Offset to beginning of page header */
-    u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
-    BtShared *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
-    int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
-    u16 cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
-    int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
-    int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
-    int iCellFirst;    /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
-    int iCellLast;     /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
-
-    pBt = pPage->pBt;
-
-    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-    data = pPage->aData;
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28594-02890 The one-byte flag at offset 0 indicating
-    ** the b-tree page type. */
-    if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
-    pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
-    pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-    usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-    pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 8 + pPage->childPtrSize;
-    pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize];
-    pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset];
-    pPage->aDataOfst = &data[pPage->childPtrSize];
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58015-48175 The two-byte integer at offset 5 designates
-    ** the start of the cell content area. A zero value for this integer is
-    ** interpreted as 65536. */
-    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the
-    ** number of cells on the page. */
-    pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
-    if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
-      /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24089-57979 If a page contains no cells (which is only
-    ** possible for a root page of a table that contains no rows) then the
-    ** offset to the cell content area will equal the page size minus the
-    ** bytes of reserved space. */
-    assert( pPage->nCell>0 || top==usableSize || CORRUPT_DB );
-
-    /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
-    ** of page when parsing a cell.  
-    **
-    ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
-    ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be 
-    ** returned if it does.
-    */
-    iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
-    iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
-    if( pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk ){
-      int i;            /* Index into the cell pointer array */
-      int sz;           /* Size of a cell */
-
-      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--;
-      for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
-        pc = get2byteAligned(&data[cellOffset+i*2]);
-        testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
-        testcase( pc==iCellLast );
-        if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
-          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        }
-        sz = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]);
-        testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
-        if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
-          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        }
-      }
-      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
-    }  
-
-    /* Compute the total free space on the page
-    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-23588-34450 The two-byte integer at offset 1 gives the
-    ** start of the first freeblock on the page, or is zero if there are no
-    ** freeblocks. */
-    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
-    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;  /* Init nFree to non-freeblock free space */
-    while( pc>0 ){
-      u16 next, size;
-      if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
-        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55530-52930 In a well-formed b-tree page, there will
-        ** always be at least one cell before the first freeblock.
-        **
-        ** Or, the freeblock is off the end of the page
-        */
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-      }
-      next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
-      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
-      if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
-        /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
-        ** the free-block must lie on the database page.  */
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-      }
-      nFree = nFree + size;
-      pc = next;
-    }
-
-    /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
-    ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
-    ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
-    ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
-    ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
-    ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
-    */
-    if( nFree>usableSize ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-    }
-    pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
-    pPage->isInit = 1;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
-** no entries.
-*/
-static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
-  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  u16 first;
-
-  assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
-    memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
-  }
-  data[hdr] = (char)flags;
-  first = hdr + ((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ? 12 : 8);
-  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
-  data[hdr+7] = 0;
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
-  pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first);
-  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
-  pPage->cellOffset = first;
-  pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize];
-  pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first];
-  pPage->aDataOfst = &data[pPage->childPtrSize];
-  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-  assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
-  pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
-  pPage->nCell = 0;
-  pPage->isInit = 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
-** the btree layer.
-*/
-static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
-  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
-  pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-  pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
-  pPage->pBt = pBt;
-  pPage->pgno = pgno;
-  pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
-  return pPage; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.  See also: btreeGetUnusedPage().
-**
-** If the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT flag is set, it means that we do not care
-** about the content of the page at this time.  So do not go to the disk
-** to fetch the content.  Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
-** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
-** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
-** read should occur at that point.
-*/
-static int btreeGetPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
-  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
-  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
-  int flags            /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */
-){
-  int rc;
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
-
-  assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
-** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
-*/
-static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
-  if( pDbPage ){
-    return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
-** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
-*/
-static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
-  return pBt->nPage;
-}
-u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
-  return btreePagecount(p->pBt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.
-**
-** If pCur!=0 then the page is being fetched as part of a moveToChild()
-** call.  Do additional sanity checking on the page in this case.
-** And if the fetch fails, this routine must decrement pCur->iPage.
-**
-** The page is fetched as read-write unless pCur is not NULL and is
-** a read-only cursor.
-**
-** If an error occurs, then *ppPage is undefined. It
-** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
-*/
-static int getAndInitPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,                  /* The database file */
-  Pgno pgno,                      /* Number of the page to get */
-  MemPage **ppPage,               /* Write the page pointer here */
-  BtCursor *pCur,                 /* Cursor to receive the page, or NULL */
-  int bReadOnly                   /* True for a read-only page */
-){
-  int rc;
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pCur==0 || ppPage==&pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
-  assert( pCur==0 || bReadOnly==pCur->curPagerFlags );
-  assert( pCur==0 || pCur->iPage>0 );
-
-  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    goto getAndInitPage_error;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, bReadOnly);
-  if( rc ){
-    goto getAndInitPage_error;
-  }
-  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
-  if( (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
-    rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(*ppPage);
-      goto getAndInitPage_error;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If obtaining a child page for a cursor, we must verify that the page is
-  ** compatible with the root page. */
-  if( pCur
-   && ((*ppPage)->nCell<1 || (*ppPage)->intKey!=pCur->curIntKey)
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    releasePage(*ppPage);
-    goto getAndInitPage_error;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-getAndInitPage_error:
-  if( pCur ) pCur->iPage--;
-  testcase( pgno==0 );
-  assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
-** call to btreeGetPage.
-*/
-static void releasePageNotNull(MemPage *pPage){
-  assert( pPage->aData );
-  assert( pPage->pBt );
-  assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage->pDbPage);
-}
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
-  if( pPage ) releasePageNotNull(pPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** Get an unused page.
-**
-** This works just like btreeGetPage() with the addition:
-**
-**   *  If the page is already in use for some other purpose, immediately
-**      release it and return an SQLITE_CURRUPT error.
-**   *  Make sure the isInit flag is clear
-*/
-static int btreeGetUnusedPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
-  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
-  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
-  int flags            /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */
-){
-  int rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, flags);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
-      releasePage(*ppPage);
-      *ppPage = 0;
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
-  }else{
-    *ppPage = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
-** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
-** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
-**
-** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
-** page to agree with the restored data.
-*/
-static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
-  assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
-  if( pPage->isInit ){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-    pPage->isInit = 0;
-    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
-      /* pPage might not be a btree page;  it might be an overflow page
-      ** or ptrmap page or a free page.  In those cases, the following
-      ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
-      ** But no harm is done by this.  And it is very important that
-      ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
-      ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
-      btreeInitPage(pPage);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
-*/
-static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
-  BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
-  assert( pBt->db );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
-  return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a database file.
-** 
-** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
-** then an ephemeral database is created.  The ephemeral database might
-** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache.
-** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted 
-** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
-**
-** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
-** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
-**
-** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like
-** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY.
-**
-** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
-** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error.  We cannot allow two or more BtShared
-** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
-** to problems with locking.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* VFS to use for this b-tree */
-  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Associated database handle */
-  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
-  int flags,              /* Options */
-  int vfsFlags            /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-){
-  BtShared *pBt = 0;             /* Shared part of btree structure */
-  Btree *p;                      /* Handle to return */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0;  /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Result code from this function */
-  u8 nReserve;                   /* Byte of unused space on each page */
-  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];  /* Database header content */
-
-  /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */
-  const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0;
-
-  /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or 
-  ** false for a file-based database.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-  const int isMemdb = 0;
-#else
-  const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0)
-                       || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db))
-                       || (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
-#endif
-
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( pVfs!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( (flags&0xff)==flags );   /* flags fit in 8 bits */
-
-  /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */
-  assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 );
-
-  /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */
-  assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb );
-
-  if( isMemdb ){
-    flags |= BTREE_MEMORY;
-  }
-  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){
-    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-  p->db = db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  p->lock.pBtree = p;
-  p->lock.iTable = 1;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-  /*
-  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
-  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
-  */
-  if( isTempDb==0 && (isMemdb==0 || (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0) ){
-    if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
-      int nFilename = sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1;
-      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(MAX(nFullPathname,nFilename));
-      MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
-
-      p->sharable = 1;
-      if( !zFullPathname ){
-        sqlite3_free(p);
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      if( isMemdb ){
-        memcpy(zFullPathname, zFilename, nFilename);
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename,
-                                   nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
-        if( rc ){
-          sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
-          sqlite3_free(p);
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-      mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
-      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
-#endif
-      for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
-        assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
-        if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0))
-                 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
-          int iDb;
-          for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
-            Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
-            if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
-              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
-              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
-              sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
-              sqlite3_free(p);
-              return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-            }
-          }
-          p->pBt = pBt;
-          pBt->nRef++;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
-      sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    else{
-      /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
-      ** even when they are not.  This exercises the locking code and
-      ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
-      ** statements to find locking problems.
-      */
-      p->sharable = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pBt==0 ){
-    /*
-    ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
-    ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
-    ** when compiling on a different architecture.
-    */
-    assert( sizeof(i64)==8 );
-    assert( sizeof(u64)==8 );
-    assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
-    assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
-    assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
-  
-    pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
-    if( pBt==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto btree_open_out;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
-                          EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, db->szMmap);
-      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto btree_open_out;
-    }
-    pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags;
-    pBt->db = db;
-    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
-    p->pBt = pBt;
-  
-    pBt->pCursor = 0;
-    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-    if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
-#endif
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is
-    ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from
-    ** the beginning of the database file. */
-    pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16);
-    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
-      pBt->pageSize = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
-      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
-      ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
-      ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
-      ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
-      */
-      if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
-        pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
-        pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
-      }
-#endif
-      nReserve = 0;
-    }else{
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is
-      ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20
-      ** into the database file header. */
-      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
-      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
-      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
-    if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
-    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
-    assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
-   
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-    /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
-    */
-    if( p->sharable ){
-      MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
-      pBt->nRef = 1;
-      MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);)
-      if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-        pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-        if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          db->mallocFailed = 0;
-          goto btree_open_out;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
-      pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
-      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-  /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
-  ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
-  ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
-  */
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    int i;
-    Btree *pSib;
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
-        while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
-        if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
-          p->pNext = pSib;
-          p->pPrev = 0;
-          pSib->pPrev = p;
-        }else{
-          while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
-            pSib = pSib->pNext;
-          }
-          p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
-          p->pPrev = pSib;
-          if( p->pNext ){
-            p->pNext->pPrev = p;
-          }
-          pSib->pNext = p;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  *ppBtree = p;
-
-btree_open_out:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
-      sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pBt);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-    *ppBtree = 0;
-  }else{
-    /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
-    ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache,
-    ** do not change the pager-cache size.
-    */
-    if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){
-      sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
-    }
-  }
-  if( mutexOpen ){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter.  When it reaches zero,
-** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list.  Return
-** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
-** false if it is still positive.
-*/
-static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )
-  BtShared *pList;
-  int removed = 0;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  pBt->nRef--;
-  if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
-    if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
-      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
-    }else{
-      pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
-      while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
-        pList=pList->pNext;
-      }
-      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
-        pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
-      }
-    }
-    if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
-    }
-    removed = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-  return removed;
-#else
-  return 1;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 
-** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child
-** pointer.
-*/
-static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
-  if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
-    pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
-
-    /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before
-    ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If
-    ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes
-    ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which
-    ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3
-    ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from
-    ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it
-    ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized 
-    ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error,
-    ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here.
-    **
-    ** Also:  Provide four bytes of initialized space before the
-    ** beginning of pTmpSpace as an area available to prepend the
-    ** left-child pointer to the beginning of a cell.
-    */
-    if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){
-      memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 8);
-      pBt->pTmpSpace += 4;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
-*/
-static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
-  if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){
-    pBt->pTmpSpace -= 4;
-    sqlite3PageFree(pBt->pTmpSpace);
-    pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-
-  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
-  while( pCur ){
-    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
-    pCur = pCur->pNext;
-    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
-      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
-  ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
-  ** this handle.
-  */
-  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-
-  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
-  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
-  ** up the shared-btree.
-  */
-  assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
-  if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
-    /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
-    ** it without having to hold the mutex.
-    **
-    ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
-    */
-    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
-    sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
-    if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
-      pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema);
-    freeTempSpace(pBt);
-    sqlite3_free(pBt);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
-  assert( p->locked==0 );
-  if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
-  if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
-**
-** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
-** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
-** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
-** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
-** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
-** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
-** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
-** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
-** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
-** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
-** normally a worry.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-/*
-** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be
-** memory mapped.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, szMmap);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
-
-/*
-** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
-** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
-** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
-** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
-** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
-** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(
-  Btree *p,              /* The btree to set the safety level on */
-  unsigned pgFlags       /* Various PAGER_* flags */
-){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pgFlags);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1.  In other
-** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );  
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
-** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY 
-** without changing anything.
-**
-** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
-** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
-** changed.
-**
-** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
-** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
-** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
-** at the beginning of a page.
-**
-** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
-** bytes per page is left unchanged.
-**
-** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size
-** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( nReserve>pBt->optimalReserve ) pBt->optimalReserve = (u8)nReserve;
-#endif
-  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-  if( nReserve<0 ){
-    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
-  }
-  assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
-  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
-        ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
-    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
-    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
-    pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize;
-    freeTempSpace(pBt);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
-  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
-  if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the currently defined page size
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
-  return p->pBt->pageSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it
-** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already
-** held.
-**
-** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is
-** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the 
-** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter()
-** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the
-** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){
-  int n;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
-  n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
-** are intentually left unused.  This is the "reserved" space that is
-** sometimes used by extensions.
-**
-** If SQLITE_HAS_MUTEX is defined then the number returned is the
-** greater of the current reserved space and the maximum requested
-** reserve space.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree *p){
-  int n;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  n = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( n<p->pBt->optimalReserve ) n = p->pBt->optimalReserve;
-#endif
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return n;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
-** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
-** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
-  int n;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1.  If newFlag is -1,
-** then make no changes.  Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE
-** setting after the change.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){
-  int b;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( newFlag>=0 ){
-    p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
-    if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
-  } 
-  b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return b;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
-** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
-** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
-** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  return SQLITE_READONLY;
-#else
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }else{
-    pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0;
-    pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is 
-** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-#else
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = (
-    (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
-    (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
-    BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
-  );
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
-** also acquire a readlock on that file.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
-** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if we run out of memory. 
-*/
-static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
-  int rc;              /* Result code from subfunctions */
-  MemPage *pPage1;     /* Page 1 of the database file */
-  int nPage;           /* Number of pages in the database */
-  int nPageFile = 0;   /* Number of pages in the database file */
-  int nPageHeader;     /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
-  ** a valid database file. 
-  */
-  nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
-  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile);
-  if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){
-    nPage = nPageFile;
-  }
-  if( nPage>0 ){
-    u32 pageSize;
-    u32 usableSize;
-    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
-    rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43737-39999 Every valid SQLite database file begins
-    ** with the following 16 bytes (in hex): 53 51 4c 69 74 65 20 66 6f 72 6d
-    ** 61 74 20 33 00. */
-    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-    if( page1[18]>1 ){
-      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
-    }
-    if( page1[19]>1 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-#else
-    if( page1[18]>2 ){
-      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
-    }
-    if( page1[19]>2 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-
-    /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed
-    ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then 
-    ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1.
-    ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is
-    ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer
-    ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log
-    ** file.
-    */
-    if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){
-      int isOpen = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto page1_init_failed;
-      }else if( isOpen==0 ){
-        releasePage(pPage1);
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-15465-20813 The maximum and minimum embedded payload
-    ** fractions and the leaf payload fraction values must be 64, 32, and 32.
-    **
-    ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
-    ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
-    */
-    if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is
-    ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from
-    ** the beginning of the database file. */
-    pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16);
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25008-21688 The size of a page is a power of two
-    ** between 512 and 65536 inclusive. */
-    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
-     || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
-     || pageSize<=256 
-    ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59310-51205 The "reserved space" size in the 1-byte
-    ** integer at offset 20 is the number of bytes of space at the end of
-    ** each page to reserve for extensions. 
-    **
-    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is
-    ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20
-    ** into the database file header. */
-    usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
-    if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
-      /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
-      ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
-      ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
-      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
-      ** again with the correct page-size.
-      */
-      releasePage(pPage1);
-      pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
-      pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
-      freeTempSpace(pBt);
-      rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize,
-                                   pageSize-usableSize);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28312-64704 However, the usable size is not allowed to
-    ** be less than 480. In other words, if the page size is 512, then the
-    ** reserved space size cannot exceed 32. */
-    if( usableSize<480 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
-    pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
-    pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
-  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
-  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
-  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
-  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
-  **     4-byte child pointer
-  **     9-byte nKey value
-  **     4-byte nData value
-  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
-  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as
-  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
-  ** page pointer.
-  */
-  pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23);
-  pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
-  pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35);
-  pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
-  if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){
-    pBt->max1bytePayload = 127;
-  }else{
-    pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal;
-  }
-  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
-  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
-  pBt->nPage = nPage;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-page1_init_failed:
-  releasePage(pPage1);
-  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use
-** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
-** defined.
-**
-** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true.  If wrOnly is
-** false then all cursors are counted.
-**
-** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that
-** is capable of reading or writing to the database.  Cursors that
-** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted.
-*/
-static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  int r = 0;
-  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
-    if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
-     && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; 
-  }
-  return r;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
-** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
-** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
-** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
-**
-** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
-  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
-    MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
-    assert( pPage1->aData );
-    assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
-    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-    releasePageNotNull(pPage1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
-** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
-** the database.
-*/
-static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
-  MemPage *pP1;
-  unsigned char *data;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pBt->nPage>0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
-  assert( pP1!=0 );
-  data = pP1->aData;
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
-  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
-  data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff);
-  data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff);
-  data[18] = 1;
-  data[19] = 1;
-  assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
-  data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
-  data[21] = 64;
-  data[22] = 32;
-  data[23] = 32;
-  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
-  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
-  pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
-  assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
-  put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
-  put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
-#endif
-  pBt->nPage = 1;
-  data[31] = 1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the first page of the database file (creating a database
-** consisting of a single page and no schema objects). Return SQLITE_OK
-** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  p->pBt->nPage = 0;
-  rc = newDatabase(p->pBt);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
-** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
-** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
-** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
-** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
-** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
-** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
-**
-** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
-** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
-** will work unless a transaction is started first:
-**
-**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
-**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
-**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
-**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
-**
-** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
-** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
-** if there is one.  But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
-** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY.  SQLITE_BUSY is 
-** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
-**
-** Suppose there are two processes A and B.  A has a read lock and B has
-** a reserved lock.  B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
-** of A's read lock.  A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
-** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
-** no progress.  By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
-** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
-** proceed.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
-  sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-
-  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
-  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
-  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
-  */
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 );
-
-  /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
-  if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction 
-  ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
-  ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
-  */
-  if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE)
-   || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0
-  ){
-    pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db;
-  }else if( wrflag>1 ){
-    BtLock *pIter;
-    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-      if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
-        pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( pBlock ){
-    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
-    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on 
-  ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock 
-  ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
-  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
-
-  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
-  if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
-  do {
-    /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
-    ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
-    ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
-    ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database 
-    ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
-    ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
-    */
-    while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
-      if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    }
-  }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
-          btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
-      pBt->nTransaction++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-      if( p->sharable ){
-        assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
-        p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK;
-        p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock;
-        pBt->pLock = &p->lock;
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-    p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
-    if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
-      pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
-    }
-    if( wrflag ){
-      MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-      assert( !pBt->pWriter );
-      pBt->pWriter = p;
-      pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
-      if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
-#endif
-
-      /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
-      ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
-      ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely 
-      ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
-      ** rollback occurs within the transaction.
-      */
-      if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-trans_begun:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
-    /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
-    ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
-    ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
-  }
-
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-
-/*
-** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
-** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
-** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
-*/
-static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
-  int i;                             /* Counter variable */
-  int nCell;                         /* Number of cells in page pPage */
-  int rc;                            /* Return code */
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
-  Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
-  }
-  nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
-  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-
-    ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc);
-
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
-  }
-
-set_child_ptrmaps_out:
-  pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom.  Modify this pointer so
-** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
-** be modified, as  follows:
-**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
-**                   page of pPage.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
-**                   page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
-**                   overflow page in the list.
-*/
-static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
-    /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case.  */
-    if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
-  }else{
-    u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
-    int i;
-    int nCell;
-    int rc;
-
-    rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
-    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
-        CellInfo info;
-        pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
-        if( info.iOverflow
-         && pCell+info.iOverflow+3<=pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage
-         && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow])
-        ){
-          put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
-          break;
-        }
-      }else{
-        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
-          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    if( i==nCell ){
-      if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || 
-          get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-      put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
-    }
-
-    pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the 
-** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
-**
-** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
-** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno 
-** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
-** page.
-*/
-static int relocatePage(
-  BtShared *pBt,           /* Btree */
-  MemPage *pDbPage,        /* Open page to move */
-  u8 eType,                /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
-  Pgno iPtrPage,           /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
-  Pgno iFreePage,          /* The location to move pDbPage to */
-  int isCommit             /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */
-){
-  MemPage *pPtrPage;   /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
-  Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
-  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || 
-      eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
-
-  /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
-  TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", 
-      iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
-  rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
-
-  /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
-  ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
-  ** pages need to be changed.
-  **
-  ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
-  ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
-  ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
-  */
-  if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-    rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }else{
-    Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
-    if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
-  ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
-  ** iPtrPage.
-  */
-  if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(pPtrPage);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
-    releasePage(pPtrPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
-static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
-
-/*
-** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
-** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in 
-** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error 
-** occurs, return some other error code.
-**
-** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so 
-** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
-**
-** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
-** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
-**
-** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the 
-** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE 
-** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit 
-** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
-*/
-static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
-  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( iLastPg>nFin );
-
-  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    u8 eType;
-    Pgno iPtrPage;
-
-    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
-    if( nFreeList==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-
-    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-
-    if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-      if( bCommit==0 ){
-        /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
-        ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
-        ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't 
-        ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
-        */
-        Pgno iFreePg;
-        MemPage *pFreePg;
-        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, BTALLOC_EXACT);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
-        releasePage(pFreePg);
-      }
-    } else {
-      Pgno iFreePg;             /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
-      MemPage *pLastPg;
-      u8 eMode = BTALLOC_ANY;   /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
-      Pgno iNear = 0;           /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
-
-      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-
-      /* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
-      ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
-      **
-      ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep
-      ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
-      ** of the file is found.
-      */
-      if( bCommit==0 ){
-        eMode = BTALLOC_LE;
-        iNear = nFin;
-      }
-      do {
-        MemPage *pFreePg;
-        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iNear, eMode);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          releasePage(pLastPg);
-          return rc;
-        }
-        releasePage(pFreePg);
-      }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin );
-      assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
-      
-      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, bCommit);
-      releasePage(pLastPg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( bCommit==0 ){
-    do {
-      iLastPg--;
-    }while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) );
-    pBt->bDoTruncate = 1;
-    pBt->nPage = iLastPg;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database
-** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected 
-** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation.
-*/
-static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){
-  int nEntry;                     /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */
-  Pgno nPtrmap;                   /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */
-  Pgno nFin;                      /* Return value */
-
-  nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5;
-  nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry;
-  nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
-  if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    nFin--;
-  }
-  while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    nFin--;
-  }
-
-  return nFin;
-}
-
-/*
-** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
-** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
-**
-** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
-** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-  }else{
-    Pgno nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
-    Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
-    Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
-
-    if( nOrig<nFin ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }else if( nFree>0 ){
-      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-        rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, nOrig, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-        put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
-** is committed for an auto-vacuum database.
-**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
-** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. 
-** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
-** pages are in use.
-*/
-static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
-  VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager); )
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-  assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
-  if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
-    Pgno nFin;         /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */
-    Pgno nFree;        /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */
-    Pgno iFree;        /* The next page to be freed */
-    Pgno nOrig;        /* Database size before freeing */
-
-    nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
-    if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-      /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
-      ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
-      ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
-      */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-
-    nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
-    nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
-    if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    if( nFin<nOrig ){
-      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-    }
-    for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
-      rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree, 1);
-    }
-    if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
-      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
-      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin);
-      pBt->bDoTruncate = 1;
-      pBt->nPage = nFin;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( nRef>=sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit.  This routine
-** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
-** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
-** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
-** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
-** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
-** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
-** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
-** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
-** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
-** commit process.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
-**
-** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
-** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
-** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
-** (single database transaction).
-**
-** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
-** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
-**
-** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
-** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pBt->bDoTruncate ){
-      sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage);
-    }
-#endif
-    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
-** at the conclusion of a transaction.
-*/
-static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  pBt->bDoTruncate = 0;
-#endif
-  if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && db->nVdbeRead>1 ){
-    /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database
-    ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements
-    ** may still be reading from the database.  */
-    downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
-    p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
-  }else{
-    /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the 
-    ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count 
-    ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
-    ** call below will unlock the pager.  */
-    if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
-      clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
-      pBt->nTransaction--;
-      if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
-        pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the 
-    ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.  */
-    p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-  }
-
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
-**
-** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
-** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
-** be invoked prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
-** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
-** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
-** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
-** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
-** drop locks.
-**
-** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to 
-** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
-** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
-** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file 
-** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed 
-** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this 
-** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
-** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
-** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
-** transitioned to the error state.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){
-
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-
-  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
-  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
-  */
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    int rc;
-    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    p->iDataVersion--;  /* Compensate for pPager->iDataVersion++; */
-    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
-    btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
-  }
-
-  btreeEndTransaction(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Do both phases of a commit.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
-** code to errCode for every cursor on any BtShared that pBtree
-** references.  Or if the writeOnly flag is set to 1, then only
-** trip write cursors and leave read cursors unchanged.
-**
-** Every cursor is a candidate to be tripped, including cursors
-** that belong to other database connections that happen to be
-** sharing the cache with pBtree.
-**
-** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly
-** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only
-** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue 
-** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are 
-** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being
-** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root
-** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making
-** it unsafe for read cursors to continue.
-**
-** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while 
-** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors, 
-** including all read-cursors are tripped.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while
-** saving a cursor position, an SQLite error code.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode, int writeOnly){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( (writeOnly==0 || writeOnly==1) && BTCF_WriteFlag==1 );
-  if( pBtree ){
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-    for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-      int i;
-      if( writeOnly && (p->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
-        if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){
-          rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            (void)sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(pBtree, rc, 0);
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }else{
-        sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
-        p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
-        p->skipNext = errCode;
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
-        releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
-        p->apPage[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback the transaction in progress.
-**
-** If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK then cursors will be invalidated (tripped).
-** Only write cursors are tripped if writeOnly is true but all cursors are
-** tripped if writeOnly is false.  Any attempt to use
-** a tripped cursor will result in an error.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode, int writeOnly){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  MemPage *pPage1;
-
-  assert( writeOnly==1 || writeOnly==0 );
-  assert( tripCode==SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK || tripCode==SQLITE_OK );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-    if( rc ) writeOnly = 0;
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( tripCode ){
-    int rc2 = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode, writeOnly);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (writeOnly==0 && rc2==SQLITE_OK) );
-    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    int rc2;
-
-    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
-    rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
-    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = rc2;
-    }
-
-    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
-    ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
-    ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
-    if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
-      testcase( nPage==0 );
-      if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
-      testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage );
-      pBt->nPage = nPage;
-      releasePage(pPage1);
-    }
-    assert( countValidCursors(pBt, 1)==0 );
-    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
-    btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
-  }
-
-  btreeEndTransaction(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled
-** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 
-** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 
-** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
-**
-** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
-** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
-** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
-** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
-**
-** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The
-** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints,
-** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there
-** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open,
-** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
-** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
-  assert( iStatement>0 );
-  assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
-  ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
-  ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
-  ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
-** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
-** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value 
-** of op.
-**
-** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the 
-** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
-** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
-** transaction remains open.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-    assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
-    assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){
-        pBt->nPage = 0;
-      }
-      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
-      pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData);
-
-      /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header
-      ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset
-      ** 28 is nonzero. */
-      assert( pBt->nPage>0 );
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
-** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
-** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
-** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
-** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
-**
-** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
-** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
-** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
-** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
-** be allowed:
-**
-** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
-**
-** 2:  Other database connections that share the same pager cache
-**     but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
-**     cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table.  Otherwise
-**     the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
-**     the read cursors in the other database connection.
-**
-** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
-**
-** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
-**
-** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
-** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
-** will not work correctly.
-**
-** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called
-** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine.
-*/
-static int btreeCursor(
-  Btree *p,                              /* The btree */
-  int iTable,                            /* Root page of table to open */
-  int wrFlag,                            /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* First arg to comparison function */
-  BtCursor *pCur                         /* Space for new cursor */
-){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;                /* Shared b-tree handle */
-  BtCursor *pX;                          /* Looping over other all cursors */
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 );
-
-  /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable 
-  ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, 
-  ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with 
-  ** this lock.  */
-  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) );
-  assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
-
-  /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
-  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
-  assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
-  assert( wrFlag==0 || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
-
-  if( wrFlag ){
-    allocateTempSpace(pBt);
-    if( pBt->pTmpSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
-    assert( wrFlag==0 );
-    iTable = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
-  ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list.  */
-  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
-  pCur->iPage = -1;
-  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-  pCur->pBtree = p;
-  pCur->pBt = pBt;
-  assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==BTCF_WriteFlag );
-  pCur->curFlags = wrFlag;
-  pCur->curPagerFlags = wrFlag ? 0 : PAGER_GET_READONLY;
-  /* If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such
-  ** cursors *must* have the BTCF_Multiple flag set. */
-  for(pX=pBt->pCursor; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-    if( pX->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){
-      pX->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple;
-      pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple;
-    }
-  }
-  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
-  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
-  Btree *p,                                   /* The btree */
-  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
-  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,                   /* First arg to xCompare() */
-  BtCursor *pCur                              /* Write new cursor here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  if( iTable<1 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
-**
-** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
-** sufficient storage to hold a cursor.  The BtCursor object is opaque
-** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
-** this routine.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
-  return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor));
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object.
-**
-** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
-** to zero.  But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
-** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
-** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
-  memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage));
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
-** when the last cursor is closed.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
-  if( pBtree ){
-    int i;
-    BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
-    assert( pBt->pCursor!=0 );
-    if( pBt->pCursor==pCur ){
-      pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
-    }else{
-      BtCursor *pPrev = pBt->pCursor;
-      do{
-        if( pPrev->pNext==pCur ){
-          pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
-          break;
-        }
-        pPrev = pPrev->pNext;
-      }while( ALWAYS(pPrev) );
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
-      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
-    }
-    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
-    /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
-** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
-** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
-**
-** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
-** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
-    CellInfo info;
-    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
-    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
-    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
-    assert( CORRUPT_DB || memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
-  }
-#else
-  #define assertCellInfo(x)
-#endif
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
-  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
-    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
-    pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
-    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
-  }else{
-    assertCellInfo(pCur);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG  /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
-/*
-** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid.  A valid cursor is one
-** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
-** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
-  return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
-** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
-** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
-**
-** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
-** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
-**
-** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
-** 
-** This routine cannot fail.  It always returns SQLITE_OK.  
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  getCellInfo(pCur);
-  *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
-** cursor currently points to.
-**
-** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
-** valid entry.  In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
-** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
-**
-** Failure is not possible.  This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
-** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
-** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 );
-  assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
-  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->intKeyLeaf==1 );
-  getCellInfo(pCur);
-  *pSize = pCur->info.nPayload;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
-** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
-** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
-** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. 
-**
-** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
-**
-** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is 
-** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked 
-** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. 
-**
-** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
-** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
-** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
-** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
-** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
-** *ppPage is set to zero.
-*/
-static int getOverflowPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,               /* The database file */
-  Pgno ovfl,                   /* Current overflow page number */
-  MemPage **ppPage,            /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
-  Pgno *pPgnoNext              /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
-){
-  Pgno next = 0;
-  MemPage *pPage = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert(pPgnoNext);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
-  ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in 
-  ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns 
-  ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page 
-  ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
-  */
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    Pgno pgno;
-    Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
-    u8 eType;
-
-    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-      iGuess++;
-    }
-
-    if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){
-      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
-        next = iGuess;
-        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, (ppPage==0) ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
-    }
-  }
-
-  *pPgnoNext = next;
-  if( ppPage ){
-    *ppPage = pPage;
-  }else{
-    releasePage(pPage);
-  }
-  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
-**
-** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
-** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
-** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
-** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
-** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
-*/
-static int copyPayload(
-  void *pPayload,           /* Pointer to page data */
-  void *pBuf,               /* Pointer to buffer */
-  int nByte,                /* Number of bytes to copy */
-  int eOp,                  /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
-  DbPage *pDbPage           /* Page containing pPayload */
-){
-  if( eOp ){
-    /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
-    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
-  }else{
-    /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
-    memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
-** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp
-** argument is interpreted as follows:
-**
-**   0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache.
-**   1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache.
-**   2: The operation is a read. Do not populate the overflow cache.
-**
-** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
-** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
-**
-** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
-** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
-**
-** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the
-** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily 
-** populates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). 
-** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset 
-** more efficient.
-**
-** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
-** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
-** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
-** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
-**
-**   * An incremental vacuum,
-**   * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
-**   * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
-*/
-static int accessPayload(
-  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
-  u32 offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
-  u32 amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
-  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
-  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
-){
-  unsigned char *aPayload;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int iIdx = 0;
-  MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
-  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;                  /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-  unsigned char * const pBufStart = pBuf;
-  int bEnd;                                 /* True if reading to end of data */
-#endif
-
-  assert( pPage );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 );    /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */
-
-  getCellInfo(pCur);
-  aPayload = pCur->info.pPayload;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-  bEnd = offset+amt==pCur->info.nPayload;
-#endif
-  assert( offset+amt <= pCur->info.nPayload );
-
-  if( &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] ){
-    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
-  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
-    int a = amt;
-    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
-      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
-    }
-    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage);
-    offset = 0;
-    pBuf += a;
-    amt -= a;
-  }else{
-    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
-  }
-
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
-    const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
-    Pgno nextPage;
-
-    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
-
-    /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now.
-    ** Except, do not allocate aOverflow[] for eOp==2.
-    **
-    ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page
-    ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is
-    ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array
-    ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated).
-    */
-    if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
-      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
-      if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){
-        Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3Realloc(
-            pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno)
-        );
-        if( aNew==0 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        }else{
-          pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2;
-          pCur->aOverflow = aNew;
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno));
-        pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
-    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
-    ** directly to it.
-    */
-    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0
-     && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize]
-    ){
-      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
-      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
-      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
-    }
-
-    for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
-
-      /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
-      if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 ){
-        assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
-        pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
-      }
-
-      if( offset>=ovflSize ){
-        /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
-        ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
-        ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
-        ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
-        ** function.
-        **
-        ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2
-        ** here.  If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken.
-        */
-        assert( eOp!=2 );
-        assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl );
-        assert( pCur->pBtree->db==pBt->db );
-        if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
-          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
-        }else{
-          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
-        }
-        offset -= ovflSize;
-      }else{
-        /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
-        ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
-        */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-        sqlite3_file *fd;
-#endif
-        int a = amt;
-        if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
-          a = ovflSize - offset;
-        }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-        /* If all the following are true:
-        **
-        **   1) this is a read operation, and 
-        **   2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
-        **   3) the database is file-backed, and
-        **   4) there is no open write-transaction, and
-        **   5) the database is not a WAL database,
-        **   6) all data from the page is being read.
-        **   7) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer 
-        **
-        ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
-        ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
-        ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
-        */
-        if( (eOp&0x01)==0                                      /* (1) */
-         && offset==0                                          /* (2) */
-         && (bEnd || a==ovflSize)                              /* (6) */
-         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (4) */
-         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (3) */
-         && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01                       /* (5) */
-         && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart                               /* (7) */
-        ){
-          u8 aSave[4];
-          u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];
-          assert( aWrite>=pBufStart );                         /* hence (7) */
-          memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
-          rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
-          nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
-          memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
-        }else
-#endif
-
-        {
-          DbPage *pDbPage;
-          rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage,
-              ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0)
-          );
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-            nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
-            rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage);
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-            offset = 0;
-          }
-        }
-        amt -= a;
-        pBuf += a;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transferred into pBuf[].  The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
-** in the table.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
-  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-  return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
-  int rc;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-    return SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-    assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
-    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
-** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
-** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for
-** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available
-** key/data is written into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value
-** returned will not be a valid pointer.
-**
-** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
-** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
-** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
-** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
-** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
-** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
-**
-** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
-** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
-** any btree routine is called.
-*/
-static const void *fetchPayload(
-  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
-  u32 *pAmt            /* Write the number of available bytes here */
-){
-  u32 amt;
-  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-  assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 );
-  assert( pCur->info.pPayload>pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aData || CORRUPT_DB );
-  assert( pCur->info.pPayload<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aDataEnd ||CORRUPT_DB);
-  amt = (int)(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aDataEnd - pCur->info.pPayload);
-  if( pCur->info.nLocal<amt ) amt = pCur->info.nLocal;
-  *pAmt = amt;
-  return (void*)pCur->info.pPayload;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
-** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
-** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
-**
-** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
-** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
-** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
-** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
-** this routine.
-**
-** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
-** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){
-  return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt);
-}
-const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){
-  return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
-** page number of the child page to move to.
-**
-** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
-** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
-** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
-** vice-versa).
-*/
-static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
-  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
-  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 );
-  if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-  pCur->iPage++;
-  pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = 0;
-  return getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage],
-                        pCur, pCur->curPagerFlags);
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function 
-** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
-** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
-** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
-** the page.
-*/
-static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
-  if( CORRUPT_DB ) return;  /* The conditions tested below might not be true
-                            ** in a corrupt database */
-  assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
-  if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
-    assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
-  }else{
-    assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
-  }
-}
-#else
-#  define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) 
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
-**
-** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
-** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
-** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
-** the largest cell index.
-*/
-static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
-  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
-  assertParentIndex(
-    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], 
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], 
-    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
-  );
-  testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell );
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-  releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
-**
-** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
-** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
-** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a 
-** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
-**
-** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to 
-** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first
-** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state
-** is set to CURSOR_VALID.
-**
-** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
-** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected 
-** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
-** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
-** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo 
-** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
-** b-tree).
-*/
-static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
-  MemPage *pRoot;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  assert( CURSOR_VALID   < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  assert( CURSOR_FAULT   > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-      assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
-      return pCur->skipNext;
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
-  }
-
-  if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
-    while( pCur->iPage ){
-      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]!=0 );
-      releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
-    }
-  }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    assert( pCur->iPage==(-1) );
-    rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0],
-                        0, pCur->curPagerFlags);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-      return rc;
-    }
-    pCur->iPage = 0;
-    pCur->curIntKey = pCur->apPage[0]->intKey;
-  }
-  pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
-  assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
-
-  /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
-  ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
-  ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
-  ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. 
-  **
-  ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail
-  ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e.
-  ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted 
-  ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table 
-  ** (or the freelist).  */
-  assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 );
-  if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-
-  if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-  }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){
-    Pgno subpage;
-    if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
-  }else{
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
-** entry to which it is currently pointing.
-**
-** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
-** in ascending order.
-*/
-static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Pgno pgno;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
-    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
-    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
-** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
-** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
-** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
-** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
-**
-** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
-** key in ascending order.
-*/
-static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Pgno pgno;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  MemPage *pPage = 0;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  while( !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
-    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-  pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
-  assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
-  assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)==0 );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
-      *pRes = 1;
-    }else{
-      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
-      *pRes = 0;
-      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
- 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-
-  /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
-  if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point 
-    ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
-    int ii;
-    for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
-      assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
-    }
-    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
-    assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
-#endif
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
-      *pRes = 1;
-    }else{
-      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-      *pRes = 0;
-      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_AtLast;
-      }else{
-        pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast;
-      }
-   
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 
-** specified by pIdxKey or intKey.   Return a success code.
-**
-** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used.  pIdxKey 
-** must be NULL.  For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
-** is ignored.
-**
-** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
-** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
-** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
-** before or after the key.
-**
-** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
-** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is 
-** pointing.  The meaning of the integer written into
-** *pRes is as follows:
-**
-**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
-**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
-**
-**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
-**
-**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
-**
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
-  BtCursor *pCur,          /* The cursor to be moved */
-  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
-  i64 intKey,              /* The table key */
-  int biasRight,           /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
-  int *pRes                /* Write search results here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  RecordCompare xRecordCompare;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pRes );
-  assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
-
-  /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
-  ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0
-   && pCur->curIntKey 
-  ){
-    if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
-      *pRes = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
-      *pRes = -1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pIdxKey ){
-    xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey);
-    pIdxKey->errCode = 0;
-    assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 
-         || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 
-         || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1
-    );
-  }else{
-    xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */
-  }
-
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
-  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-    *pRes = -1;
-    assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==pCur->curIntKey );
-  assert( pCur->curIntKey || pIdxKey );
-  for(;;){
-    int lwr, upr, idx, c;
-    Pgno chldPg;
-    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    u8 *pCell;                          /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
-
-    /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
-    ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
-    ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
-    ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
-    ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
-    ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption.  */
-    assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
-    assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
-    lwr = 0;
-    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
-    assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 );
-    idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
-    if( xRecordCompare==0 ){
-      for(;;){
-        i64 nCellKey;
-        pCell = findCellPastPtr(pPage, idx);
-        if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){
-          while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){
-            if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-          }
-        }
-        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
-        if( nCellKey<intKey ){
-          lwr = idx+1;
-          if( lwr>upr ){ c = -1; break; }
-        }else if( nCellKey>intKey ){
-          upr = idx-1;
-          if( lwr>upr ){ c = +1; break; }
-        }else{
-          assert( nCellKey==intKey );
-          pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
-          pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
-          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
-          if( !pPage->leaf ){
-            lwr = idx;
-            goto moveto_next_layer;
-          }else{
-            *pRes = 0;
-            rc = SQLITE_OK;
-            goto moveto_finish;
-          }
-        }
-        assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
-        idx = (lwr+upr)>>1;  /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2; */
-      }
-    }else{
-      for(;;){
-        int nCell;  /* Size of the pCell cell in bytes */
-        pCell = findCellPastPtr(pPage, idx);
-
-        /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that
-        ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
-        ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte
-        ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing 
-        ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is 
-        ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first 
-        ** 2 bytes of the cell.
-        */
-        nCell = pCell[0];
-        if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){
-          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
-          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
-          ** b-tree page.  */
-          testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
-          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
-        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
-          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
-        ){
-          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
-          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
-          testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
-          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
-        }else{
-          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
-          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
-          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
-          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. 
-          **
-          ** If the record is corrupt, the xRecordCompare routine may read
-          ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18 
-          ** bytes of padding is allocated at the end of the buffer in
-          ** case this happens.  */
-          void *pCellKey;
-          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
-          pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
-          nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
-          testcase( nCell<0 );   /* True if key size is 2^32 or more */
-          testcase( nCell==0 );  /* Invalid key size:  0x80 0x80 0x00 */
-          testcase( nCell==1 );  /* Invalid key size:  0x80 0x80 0x01 */
-          testcase( nCell==2 );  /* Minimum legal index key size */
-          if( nCell<2 ){
-            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-            goto moveto_finish;
-          }
-          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell+18 );
-          if( pCellKey==0 ){
-            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-            goto moveto_finish;
-          }
-          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
-          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2);
-          if( rc ){
-            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
-            goto moveto_finish;
-          }
-          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
-          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
-        }
-        assert( 
-            (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0)
-         && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed)
-        );
-        if( c<0 ){
-          lwr = idx+1;
-        }else if( c>0 ){
-          upr = idx-1;
-        }else{
-          assert( c==0 );
-          *pRes = 0;
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
-          if( pIdxKey->errCode ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-          goto moveto_finish;
-        }
-        if( lwr>upr ) break;
-        assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
-        idx = (lwr+upr)>>1;  /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */
-      }
-    }
-    assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) );
-    assert( pPage->isInit );
-    if( pPage->leaf ){
-      assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
-      *pRes = c;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      goto moveto_finish;
-    }
-moveto_next_layer:
-    if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
-      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    }else{
-      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
-    }
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
-    if( rc ) break;
-  }
-moveto_finish:
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
-**
-** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
-** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
-** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
-  /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
-  ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
-  ** as well as the boolean result value.
-  */
-  return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
-** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
-**
-** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreeNext().  That routine is optimized
-** for the common case of merely incrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
-** to the next cell on the current page.  The (slower) btreeNext() helper
-** routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page or
-** to restore the cursor.
-**
-** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
-** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
-** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
-** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
-** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
-** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
-** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
-** implementation does use this hint, however.)
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
-  int idx;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( *pRes==0 );
-  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
-    assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 );
-    rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-      *pRes = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( pCur->skipNext ){
-      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-      if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
-        pCur->skipNext = 0;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      pCur->skipNext = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-  idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-
-  /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx 
-  ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
-  ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
-  ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
-  ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */
-  testcase( idx>pPage->nCell );
-
-  if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-    }
-    do{
-      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
-        *pRes = 1;
-        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      moveToParent(pCur);
-      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
-    if( pPage->intKey ){
-      return sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pPage->leaf ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-  }
-}
-int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pRes!=0 );
-  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
-  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-  *pRes = 0;
-  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) return btreeNext(pCur, pRes);
-  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-  if( (++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])>=pPage->nCell ){
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
-    return btreeNext(pCur, pRes);
-  }
-  if( pPage->leaf ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
-** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
-**
-** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreePrevious().  That routine is optimized
-** for the common case of merely decrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
-** to the previous cell on the current page.  The (slower) btreePrevious()
-** helper routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page
-** or to restore the cursor.
-**
-** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
-** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
-** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
-** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
-** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
-** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
-** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
-** implementation does use this hint, however.)
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pRes!=0 );
-  assert( *pRes==0 );
-  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey))==0 );
-  assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
-  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
-    rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-      *pRes = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( pCur->skipNext ){
-      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-      if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
-        pCur->skipNext = 0;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      pCur->skipNext = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
-  }else{
-    while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
-      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
-        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-        *pRes = 1;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      moveToParent(pCur);
-    }
-    assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
-    assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl))==0 );
-
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
-    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pRes!=0 );
-  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
-  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
-  *pRes = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey);
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID
-   || pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0
-   || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf==0
-  ){
-    return btreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
-  }
-  pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new page from the database file.
-**
-** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
-** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
-** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
-** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
-** an error.  *ppPage is set to NULL in the event of an error.
-**
-** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to 
-** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
-** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
-** which in turn can make database access faster.
-**
-** If the eMode parameter is BTALLOC_EXACT and the nearby page exists
-** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guaranteed to be returned.  If
-** eMode is BTALLOC_LT then the page returned will be less than or equal
-** to nearby if any such page exists.  If eMode is BTALLOC_ANY then there
-** are no restrictions on which page is returned.
-*/
-static int allocateBtreePage(
-  BtShared *pBt,         /* The btree */
-  MemPage **ppPage,      /* Store pointer to the allocated page here */
-  Pgno *pPgno,           /* Store the page number here */
-  Pgno nearby,           /* Search for a page near this one */
-  u8 eMode               /* BTALLOC_EXACT, BTALLOC_LT, or BTALLOC_ANY */
-){
-  MemPage *pPage1;
-  int rc;
-  u32 n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
-  u32 k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
-  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
-  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
-  Pgno mxPage;     /* Total size of the database file */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) );
-  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
-  mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt);
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-05119-02637 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 36
-  ** stores stores the total number of pages on the freelist. */
-  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
-  testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
-  if( n>=mxPage ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( n>0 ){
-    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
-    Pgno iTrunk;
-    u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
-    u32 nSearch = 0;   /* Count of the number of search attempts */
-    
-    /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map
-    ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
-    ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT ){
-      if( nearby<=mxPage ){
-        u8 eType;
-        assert( nearby>0 );
-        assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
-        rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
-        if( rc ) return rc;
-        if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-          searchList = 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }else if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){
-      searchList = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
-    ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
-
-    /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
-    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
-    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT)
-    ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT)
-    */
-    do {
-      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
-      if( pPrevTrunk ){
-        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01506-11053 The first integer on a freelist trunk page
-        ** is the page number of the next freelist trunk page in the list or
-        ** zero if this is the last freelist trunk page. */
-        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
-      }else{
-        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59841-13798 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 32
-        ** stores the page number of the first page of the freelist, or zero if
-        ** the freelist is empty. */
-        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
-      }
-      testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
-      if( iTrunk>mxPage || nSearch++ > n ){
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }else{
-        rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc ){
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        goto end_allocate_page;
-      }
-      assert( pTrunk!=0 );
-      assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 );
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-13523-04394 The second integer on a freelist trunk page
-      ** is the number of leaf page pointers to follow. */
-      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
-      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
-        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
-        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
-        ** allocated page */
-        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-        if( rc ){
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        *pPgno = iTrunk;
-        memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-        *ppPage = pTrunk;
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-      }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){
-        /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto end_allocate_page;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      }else if( searchList 
-            && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) 
-      ){
-        /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
-        ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
-        */
-        *pPgno = iTrunk;
-        *ppPage = pTrunk;
-        searchList = 0;
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-        if( rc ){
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        if( k==0 ){
-          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
-            memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          }else{
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-              goto end_allocate_page;
-            }
-            memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          }
-        }else{
-          /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains 
-          ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
-          ** page in this case.
-          */
-          MemPage *pNewTrunk;
-          Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
-          if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ 
-            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage );
-          rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            releasePage(pNewTrunk);
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
-          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
-          releasePage(pNewTrunk);
-          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
-            assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
-            put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
-          }else{
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
-            if( rc ){
-              goto end_allocate_page;
-            }
-            put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
-          }
-        }
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-#endif
-      }else if( k>0 ){
-        /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
-        u32 closest;
-        Pgno iPage;
-        unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
-        if( nearby>0 ){
-          u32 i;
-          closest = 0;
-          if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){
-            for(i=0; i<k; i++){
-              iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]);
-              if( iPage<=nearby ){
-                closest = i;
-                break;
-              }
-            }
-          }else{
-            int dist;
-            dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby);
-            for(i=1; i<k; i++){
-              int d2 = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby);
-              if( d2<dist ){
-                closest = i;
-                dist = d2;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }else{
-          closest = 0;
-        }
-
-        iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
-        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
-        if( iPage>mxPage ){
-          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
-        if( !searchList 
-         || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) 
-        ){
-          int noContent;
-          *pPgno = iPage;
-          TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
-                 ": %d more free pages\n",
-                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
-          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-          if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page;
-          if( closest<k-1 ){
-            memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
-          }
-          put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
-          noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno)? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0;
-          rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-              releasePage(*ppPage);
-              *ppPage = 0;
-            }
-          }
-          searchList = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
-      pPrevTrunk = 0;
-    }while( searchList );
-  }else{
-    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so append a new page to the
-    ** database image.
-    **
-    ** Normally, new pages allocated by this block can be requested from the
-    ** pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. This prevents the pager
-    ** from trying to read the pages content from disk. However, if the
-    ** current transaction has already run one or more incremental-vacuum
-    ** steps, then the page we are about to allocate may contain content
-    ** that is required in the event of a rollback. In this case, do
-    ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal
-    ** the current page content before overwriting it.
-    **
-    ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal 
-    ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database
-    ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization
-    ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the
-    ** database image and the end of the database file.
-    */
-    int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate))? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT:0;
-
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    pBt->nPage++;
-    if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){
-      /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
-      ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
-      ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
-      */
-      MemPage *pPg = 0;
-      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage));
-      assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-      rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, bNoContent);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
-        releasePage(pPg);
-      }
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      pBt->nPage++;
-      if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; }
-    }
-#endif
-    put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage);
-    *pPgno = pBt->nPage;
-
-    assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-    rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, bNoContent);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(*ppPage);
-      *ppPage = 0;
-    }
-    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
-  }
-
-  assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-
-end_allocate_page:
-  releasePage(pTrunk);
-  releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)<=1 );
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*ppPage)->isInit==0 );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. 
-** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
-**
-** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
-** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object 
-** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. 
-** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
-**
-** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
-** its reference count is not altered by this function.
-*/
-static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
-  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;                /* Free-list trunk page */
-  Pgno iTrunk = 0;                    /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ 
-  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;      /* Local reference to page 1 */
-  MemPage *pPage;                     /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
-  int rc;                             /* Return Code */
-  int nFree;                          /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( CORRUPT_DB || iPage>1 );
-  assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
-
-  if( iPage<2 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  if( pMemPage ){
-    pPage = pMemPage;
-    sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
-  }else{
-    pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
-  }
-
-  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
-  nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
-  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
-
-  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
-    /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then
-    ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
-    */
-    if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) )
-     ||            ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0)
-    ){
-      goto freepage_out;
-    }
-    memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
-  }
-
-  /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
-  ** to indicate that the page is free.
-  */
-  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-    ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc);
-    if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
-  ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
-  ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
-  ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
-  ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
-  ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
-  */
-  if( nFree!=0 ){
-    u32 nLeaf;                /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
-
-    iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
-    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto freepage_out;
-    }
-
-    nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
-    assert( pBt->usableSize>32 );
-    if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto freepage_out;
-    }
-    if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
-      /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
-      ** being freed as a new leaf.
-      **
-      ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
-      ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
-      ** coded.  But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
-      ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
-      ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt.  In order
-      ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
-      ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
-      ** for now.  At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
-      ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
-      ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
-      **
-      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-19920-11576 However, newer versions of SQLite still
-      ** avoid using the last six entries in the freelist trunk page array in
-      ** order that database files created by newer versions of SQLite can be
-      ** read by older versions of SQLite.
-      */
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
-        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
-        if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){
-          sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-        }
-        rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
-      }
-      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
-      goto freepage_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
-  ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
-  ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the 
-  ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
-  ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
-  */
-  if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){
-    goto freepage_out;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto freepage_out;
-  }
-  put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
-  put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
-  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
-  TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
-
-freepage_out:
-  if( pPage ){
-    pPage->isInit = 0;
-  }
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  releasePage(pTrunk);
-  return rc;
-}
-static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
-  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.  Write the
-** local Cell size (the number of bytes on the original page, omitting
-** overflow) into *pnSize.
-*/
-static int clearCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,          /* The page that contains the Cell */
-  unsigned char *pCell,    /* First byte of the Cell */
-  u16 *pnSize              /* Write the size of the Cell here */
-){
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  CellInfo info;
-  Pgno ovflPgno;
-  int rc;
-  int nOvfl;
-  u32 ovflPageSize;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  *pnSize = info.nSize;
-  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
-  }
-  if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;  /* Cell extends past end of page */
-  }
-  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-  assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
-  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
-  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
-  assert( nOvfl>0 || 
-    (CORRUPT_DB && (info.nPayload + ovflPageSize)<ovflPageSize)
-  );
-  while( nOvfl-- ){
-    Pgno iNext = 0;
-    MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
-    if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
-      /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an 
-      ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the 
-      ** file the database must be corrupt. */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    if( nOvfl ){
-      rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-    }
-
-    if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
-     && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
-    ){
-      /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference 
-      ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
-      ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it 
-      ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. 
-      ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as 
-      ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
-      ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
-      ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
-      ** can be problematic.
-      */
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }else{
-      rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
-    }
-
-    if( pOvfl ){
-      sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
-    }
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    ovflPgno = iNext;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
-** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
-** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
-** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
-** for pCell[].
-**
-** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
-** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
-** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
-** later.
-*/
-static int fillInCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
-  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
-  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
-  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
-  int nZero,                     /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
-  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
-){
-  int nPayload;
-  const u8 *pSrc;
-  int nSrc, n, rc;
-  int spaceLeft;
-  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
-  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
-  unsigned char *pPrior;
-  unsigned char *pPayload;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
-  int nHeader;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
-  /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
-  ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
-  assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
-            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
-  /* Fill in the header. */
-  nHeader = pPage->childPtrSize;
-  nPayload = nData + nZero;
-  if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){
-    nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload);
-  }else{
-    assert( nData==0 );
-    assert( nZero==0 );
-  }
-  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
-  
-  /* Fill in the payload size */
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    pSrc = pData;
-    nSrc = nData;
-    nData = 0;
-  }else{ 
-    assert( nKey<=0x7fffffff && pKey!=0 );
-    nPayload = (int)nKey;
-    pSrc = pKey;
-    nSrc = (int)nKey;
-  }
-  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
-    n = nHeader + nPayload;
-    testcase( n==3 );
-    testcase( n==4 );
-    if( n<4 ) n = 4;
-    *pnSize = n;
-    spaceLeft = nPayload;
-    pPrior = pCell;
-  }else{
-    int mn = pPage->minLocal;
-    n = mn + (nPayload - mn) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
-    testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal );
-    testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
-    if( n > pPage->maxLocal ) n = mn;
-    spaceLeft = n;
-    *pnSize = n + nHeader + 4;
-    pPrior = &pCell[nHeader+n];
-  }
-  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
-
-  /* At this point variables should be set as follows:
-  **
-  **   nPayload           Total payload size in bytes
-  **   pPayload           Begin writing payload here
-  **   spaceLeft          Space available at pPayload.  If nPayload>spaceLeft,
-  **                      that means content must spill into overflow pages.
-  **   *pnSize            Size of the local cell (not counting overflow pages)
-  **   pPrior             Where to write the pgno of the first overflow page
-  **
-  ** Use a call to btreeParseCellPtr() to verify that the values above
-  ** were computed correctly.
-  */
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-  {
-    CellInfo info;
-    pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
-    assert( nHeader=(int)(info.pPayload - pCell) );
-    assert( info.nKey==nKey );
-    assert( *pnSize == info.nSize );
-    assert( spaceLeft == info.nLocal );
-    assert( pPrior == &pCell[info.iOverflow] );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Write the payload into the local Cell and any extra into overflow pages */
-  while( nPayload>0 ){
-    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        do{
-          pgnoOvfl++;
-        } while( 
-          PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 
-        );
-      }
-#endif
-      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
-      ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
-      ** for that page now. 
-      **
-      ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry 
-      ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
-      ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
-      ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the
-      ** wrong pages from the database.
-      */
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
-        ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc);
-        if( rc ){
-          releasePage(pOvfl);
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-      if( rc ){
-        releasePage(pToRelease);
-        return rc;
-      }
-
-      /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
-      ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
-      assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
-
-      /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
-      ** is still writeable */
-      assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
-            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
-      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
-      releasePage(pToRelease);
-      pToRelease = pOvfl;
-      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
-      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
-      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
-      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
-    }
-    n = nPayload;
-    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
-
-    /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
-    ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
-    assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
-
-    /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
-    ** is still writeable */
-    assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
-            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
-    if( nSrc>0 ){
-      if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
-      assert( pSrc );
-      memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
-    }else{
-      memset(pPayload, 0, n);
-    }
-    nPayload -= n;
-    pPayload += n;
-    pSrc += n;
-    nSrc -= n;
-    spaceLeft -= n;
-    if( nSrc==0 ){
-      nSrc = nData;
-      pSrc = pData;
-    }
-  }
-  releasePage(pToRelease);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
-** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
-** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
-** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
-**
-** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
-*/
-static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){
-  u32 pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
-  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
-  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
-  int rc;         /* The return code */
-  int hdr;        /* Beginning of the header.  0 most pages.  100 page 1 */
-
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-
-  assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
-  assert( CORRUPT_DB || sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx];
-  pc = get2byte(ptr);
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
-  testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
-    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    return;
-  }
-  rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
-  if( rc ){
-    *pRC = rc;
-    return;
-  }
-  pPage->nCell--;
-  if( pPage->nCell==0 ){
-    memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
-    data[hdr+7] = 0;
-    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pPage->pBt->usableSize);
-    pPage->nFree = pPage->pBt->usableSize - pPage->hdrOffset
-                       - pPage->childPtrSize - 8;
-  }else{
-    memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx));
-    put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
-    pPage->nFree += 2;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
-** content of the cell.
-**
-** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
-** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
-** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
-** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
-** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
-** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
-** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
-*/
-static void insertCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
-  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
-  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
-  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
-  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
-  Pgno iChild,      /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */
-  int *pRC          /* Read and write return code from here */
-){
-  int idx = 0;      /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
-  int j;            /* Loop counter */
-  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
-  u8 *pIns;         /* The point in pPage->aCellIdx[] where no cell inserted */
-
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
-  assert( MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
-  assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) || CORRUPT_DB );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) );
-  assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  /* The cell should normally be sized correctly.  However, when moving a
-  ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
-  ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
-  ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node.  Hence
-  ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */
-  assert( sz==pPage->xCellSize(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) );
-  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
-    if( pTemp ){
-      memcpy(pTemp, pCell, sz);
-      pCell = pTemp;
-    }
-    if( iChild ){
-      put4byte(pCell, iChild);
-    }
-    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
-    assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) );
-    pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell;
-    pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i;
-
-    /* When multiple overflows occur, they are always sequential and in
-    ** sorted order.  This invariants arise because multiple overflows can
-    ** only occur when inserting divider cells into the parent page during
-    ** balancing, and the dividers are adjacent and sorted.
-    */
-    assert( j==0 || pPage->aiOvfl[j-1]<(u16)i ); /* Overflows in sorted order */
-    assert( j==0 || i==pPage->aiOvfl[j-1]+1 );   /* Overflows are sequential */
-  }else{
-    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      *pRC = rc;
-      return;
-    }
-    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-    data = pPage->aData;
-    assert( &data[pPage->cellOffset]==pPage->aCellIdx );
-    rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx);
-    if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
-    /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following properties
-    ** if it returns successfully */
-    assert( idx >= 0 );
-    assert( idx >= pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell+2 || CORRUPT_DB );
-    assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-    pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
-    memcpy(&data[idx], pCell, sz);
-    if( iChild ){
-      put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
-    }
-    pIns = pPage->aCellIdx + i*2;
-    memmove(pIns+2, pIns, 2*(pPage->nCell - i));
-    put2byte(pIns, idx);
-    pPage->nCell++;
-    /* increment the cell count */
-    if( (++data[pPage->hdrOffset+4])==0 ) data[pPage->hdrOffset+3]++;
-    assert( get2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3])==pPage->nCell );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
-      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
-      */
-      ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** A CellArray object contains a cache of pointers and sizes for a
-** consecutive sequence of cells that might be held multiple pages.
-*/
-typedef struct CellArray CellArray;
-struct CellArray {
-  int nCell;              /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
-  MemPage *pRef;          /* Reference page */
-  u8 **apCell;            /* All cells begin balanced */
-  u16 *szCell;            /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
-};
-
-/*
-** Make sure the cell sizes at idx, idx+1, ..., idx+N-1 have been
-** computed.
-*/
-static void populateCellCache(CellArray *p, int idx, int N){
-  assert( idx>=0 && idx+N<=p->nCell );
-  while( N>0 ){
-    assert( p->apCell[idx]!=0 );
-    if( p->szCell[idx]==0 ){
-      p->szCell[idx] = p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[idx]);
-    }else{
-      assert( CORRUPT_DB ||
-              p->szCell[idx]==p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[idx]) );
-    }
-    idx++;
-    N--;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the Nth element of the cell array
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE u16 computeCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){
-  assert( N>=0 && N<p->nCell );
-  assert( p->szCell[N]==0 );
-  p->szCell[N] = p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[N]);
-  return p->szCell[N];
-}
-static u16 cachedCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){
-  assert( N>=0 && N<p->nCell );
-  if( p->szCell[N] ) return p->szCell[N];
-  return computeCellSize(p, N);
-}
-
-/*
-** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The 
-** szCell[] array contains the size in bytes of each cell. This function
-** replaces the current contents of page pPg with the contents of the cell
-** array.
-**
-** Some of the cells in apCell[] may currently be stored in pPg. This
-** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any 
-** such cells before overwriting the page data.
-**
-** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the 
-** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly.
-*/
-static int rebuildPage(
-  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Edit this page */
-  int nCell,                      /* Final number of cells on page */
-  u8 **apCell,                    /* Array of cells */
-  u16 *szCell                     /* Array of cell sizes */
-){
-  const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset;          /* Offset of header on pPg */
-  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;           /* Pointer to data for pPg */
-  const int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize;
-  u8 * const pEnd = &aData[usableSize];
-  int i;
-  u8 *pCellptr = pPg->aCellIdx;
-  u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager);
-  u8 *pData;
-
-  i = get2byte(&aData[hdr+5]);
-  memcpy(&pTmp[i], &aData[i], usableSize - i);
-
-  pData = pEnd;
-  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    u8 *pCell = apCell[i];
-    if( pCell>aData && pCell<pEnd ){
-      pCell = &pTmp[pCell - aData];
-    }
-    pData -= szCell[i];
-    put2byte(pCellptr, (pData - aData));
-    pCellptr += 2;
-    if( pData < pCellptr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    memcpy(pData, pCell, szCell[i]);
-    assert( szCell[i]==pPg->xCellSize(pPg, pCell) || CORRUPT_DB );
-    testcase( szCell[i]!=pPg->xCellSize(pPg,pCell) );
-  }
-
-  /* The pPg->nFree field is now set incorrectly. The caller will fix it. */
-  pPg->nCell = nCell;
-  pPg->nOverflow = 0;
-
-  put2byte(&aData[hdr+1], 0);
-  put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell);
-  put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData);
-  aData[hdr+7] = 0x00;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell
-** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function attempts to 
-** add the cells stored in the array to page pPg. If it cannot (because 
-** the page needs to be defragmented before the cells will fit), non-zero
-** is returned. Otherwise, if the cells are added successfully, zero is
-** returned.
-**
-** Argument pCellptr points to the first entry in the cell-pointer array
-** (part of page pPg) to populate. After cell apCell[0] is written to the
-** page body, a 16-bit offset is written to pCellptr. And so on, for each
-** cell in the array. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure
-** that it is safe to overwrite this part of the cell-pointer array.
-**
-** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the 
-** content area on page pPg. If the size of the content area is extended,
-** *ppData is updated to point to the new start of the content area
-** before returning.
-**
-** Finally, argument pBegin points to the byte immediately following the
-** end of the space required by this page for the cell-pointer area (for
-** all cells - not just those inserted by the current call). If the content
-** area must be extended to before this point in order to accomodate all
-** cells in apCell[], then the cells do not fit and non-zero is returned.
-*/
-static int pageInsertArray(
-  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Page to add cells to */
-  u8 *pBegin,                     /* End of cell-pointer array */
-  u8 **ppData,                    /* IN/OUT: Page content -area pointer */
-  u8 *pCellptr,                   /* Pointer to cell-pointer area */
-  int iFirst,                     /* Index of first cell to add */
-  int nCell,                      /* Number of cells to add to pPg */
-  CellArray *pCArray              /* Array of cells */
-){
-  int i;
-  u8 *aData = pPg->aData;
-  u8 *pData = *ppData;
-  int iEnd = iFirst + nCell;
-  assert( CORRUPT_DB || pPg->hdrOffset==0 );    /* Never called on page 1 */
-  for(i=iFirst; i<iEnd; i++){
-    int sz, rc;
-    u8 *pSlot;
-    sz = cachedCellSize(pCArray, i);
-    if( (aData[1]==0 && aData[2]==0) || (pSlot = pageFindSlot(pPg,sz,&rc))==0 ){
-      pData -= sz;
-      if( pData<pBegin ) return 1;
-      pSlot = pData;
-    }
-    /* pSlot and pCArray->apCell[i] will never overlap on a well-formed
-    ** database.  But they might for a corrupt database.  Hence use memmove()
-    ** since memcpy() sends SIGABORT with overlapping buffers on OpenBSD */
-    assert( (pSlot+sz)<=pCArray->apCell[i]
-         || pSlot>=(pCArray->apCell[i]+sz)
-         || CORRUPT_DB );
-    memmove(pSlot, pCArray->apCell[i], sz);
-    put2byte(pCellptr, (pSlot - aData));
-    pCellptr += 2;
-  }
-  *ppData = pData;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell 
-** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function adds the
-** space associated with each cell in the array that is currently stored 
-** within the body of pPg to the pPg free-list. The cell-pointers and other
-** fields of the page are not updated.
-**
-** This function returns the total number of cells added to the free-list.
-*/
-static int pageFreeArray(
-  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Page to edit */
-  int iFirst,                     /* First cell to delete */
-  int nCell,                      /* Cells to delete */
-  CellArray *pCArray              /* Array of cells */
-){
-  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;
-  u8 * const pEnd = &aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize];
-  u8 * const pStart = &aData[pPg->hdrOffset + 8 + pPg->childPtrSize];
-  int nRet = 0;
-  int i;
-  int iEnd = iFirst + nCell;
-  u8 *pFree = 0;
-  int szFree = 0;
-
-  for(i=iFirst; i<iEnd; i++){
-    u8 *pCell = pCArray->apCell[i];
-    if( pCell>=pStart && pCell<pEnd ){
-      int sz;
-      /* No need to use cachedCellSize() here.  The sizes of all cells that
-      ** are to be freed have already been computing while deciding which
-      ** cells need freeing */
-      sz = pCArray->szCell[i];  assert( sz>0 );
-      if( pFree!=(pCell + sz) ){
-        if( pFree ){
-          assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 );
-          freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree);
-        }
-        pFree = pCell;
-        szFree = sz;
-        if( pFree+sz>pEnd ) return 0;
-      }else{
-        pFree = pCell;
-        szFree += sz;
-      }
-      nRet++;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pFree ){
-    assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 );
-    freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree);
-  }
-  return nRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** apCell[] and szCell[] contains pointers to and sizes of all cells in the
-** pages being balanced.  The current page, pPg, has pPg->nCell cells starting
-** with apCell[iOld].  After balancing, this page should hold nNew cells
-** starting at apCell[iNew].
-**
-** This routine makes the necessary adjustments to pPg so that it contains
-** the correct cells after being balanced.
-**
-** The pPg->nFree field is invalid when this function returns. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly.
-*/
-static int editPage(
-  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Edit this page */
-  int iOld,                       /* Index of first cell currently on page */
-  int iNew,                       /* Index of new first cell on page */
-  int nNew,                       /* Final number of cells on page */
-  CellArray *pCArray              /* Array of cells and sizes */
-){
-  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;
-  const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset;
-  u8 *pBegin = &pPg->aCellIdx[nNew * 2];
-  int nCell = pPg->nCell;       /* Cells stored on pPg */
-  u8 *pData;
-  u8 *pCellptr;
-  int i;
-  int iOldEnd = iOld + pPg->nCell + pPg->nOverflow;
-  int iNewEnd = iNew + nNew;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager);
-  memcpy(pTmp, aData, pPg->pBt->usableSize);
-#endif
-
-  /* Remove cells from the start and end of the page */
-  if( iOld<iNew ){
-    int nShift = pageFreeArray(pPg, iOld, iNew-iOld, pCArray);
-    memmove(pPg->aCellIdx, &pPg->aCellIdx[nShift*2], nCell*2);
-    nCell -= nShift;
-  }
-  if( iNewEnd < iOldEnd ){
-    nCell -= pageFreeArray(pPg, iNewEnd, iOldEnd - iNewEnd, pCArray);
-  }
-
-  pData = &aData[get2byteNotZero(&aData[hdr+5])];
-  if( pData<pBegin ) goto editpage_fail;
-
-  /* Add cells to the start of the page */
-  if( iNew<iOld ){
-    int nAdd = MIN(nNew,iOld-iNew);
-    assert( (iOld-iNew)<nNew || nCell==0 || CORRUPT_DB );
-    pCellptr = pPg->aCellIdx;
-    memmove(&pCellptr[nAdd*2], pCellptr, nCell*2);
-    if( pageInsertArray(
-          pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr,
-          iNew, nAdd, pCArray
-    ) ) goto editpage_fail;
-    nCell += nAdd;
-  }
-
-  /* Add any overflow cells */
-  for(i=0; i<pPg->nOverflow; i++){
-    int iCell = (iOld + pPg->aiOvfl[i]) - iNew;
-    if( iCell>=0 && iCell<nNew ){
-      pCellptr = &pPg->aCellIdx[iCell * 2];
-      memmove(&pCellptr[2], pCellptr, (nCell - iCell) * 2);
-      nCell++;
-      if( pageInsertArray(
-            pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr,
-            iCell+iNew, 1, pCArray
-      ) ) goto editpage_fail;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Append cells to the end of the page */
-  pCellptr = &pPg->aCellIdx[nCell*2];
-  if( pageInsertArray(
-        pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr,
-        iNew+nCell, nNew-nCell, pCArray
-  ) ) goto editpage_fail;
-
-  pPg->nCell = nNew;
-  pPg->nOverflow = 0;
-
-  put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell);
-  put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  for(i=0; i<nNew && !CORRUPT_DB; i++){
-    u8 *pCell = pCArray->apCell[i+iNew];
-    int iOff = get2byteAligned(&pPg->aCellIdx[i*2]);
-    if( pCell>=aData && pCell<&aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize] ){
-      pCell = &pTmp[pCell - aData];
-    }
-    assert( 0==memcmp(pCell, &aData[iOff],
-            pCArray->pRef->xCellSize(pCArray->pRef, pCArray->apCell[i+iNew])) );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
- editpage_fail:
-  /* Unable to edit this page. Rebuild it from scratch instead. */
-  populateCellCache(pCArray, iNew, nNew);
-  return rebuildPage(pPg, nNew, &pCArray->apCell[iNew], &pCArray->szCell[iNew]);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
-** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
-** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
-** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
-** NN neighbors on either side.
-**
-** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
-** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
-** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
-** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
-*/
-#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
-#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
-/*
-** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
-** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
-** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
-** entry in the tree.
-**
-** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
-** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
-** that page.  This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
-** unbalanced.  But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
-** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
-** fill up.  On average.
-**
-** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
-** pParent is its parent.  pPage must have a single overflow entry
-** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
-**
-** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider
-** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4
-** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other
-** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at
-** least 13 bytes in size.
-*/
-static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){
-  BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt;    /* B-Tree Database */
-  MemPage *pNew;                       /* Newly allocated page */
-  int rc;                              /* Return Code */
-  Pgno pgnoNew;                        /* Page number of pNew */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
-
-  /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
-  if( NEVER(pPage->nCell==0) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-
-  /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 
-  ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
-  ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
-  */
-  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-
-    u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4];
-    u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0];
-    u16 szCell = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, pCell);
-    u8 *pStop;
-
-    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
-    assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
-    zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
-    rc = rebuildPage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
-    if( NEVER(rc) ) return rc;
-    pNew->nFree = pBt->usableSize - pNew->cellOffset - 2 - szCell;
-
-    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
-    ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
-    ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
-    ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
-    ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
-    ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
-    ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a
-    ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page.
-    */
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
-      if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){
-        ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
-    ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
-    ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
-    ** largest key on pPage).
-    **
-    ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most 
-    ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the 
-    ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
-    ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
-    ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
-    ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the
-    ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer.
-    */
-    pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
-    pStop = &pCell[9];
-    while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
-    pStop = &pCell[9];
-    while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
-
-    /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */
-    insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace),
-               0, pPage->pgno, &rc);
-
-    /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
-    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
-  
-    /* Release the reference to the new page. */
-    releasePage(pNew);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
-
-#if 0
-/*
-** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
-** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible 
-** for setting pointer-map entries.
-*/
-static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
-  int i, j;
-  for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){
-    Pgno n;
-    u8 e;
-    MemPage *pPage = apPage[i];
-    BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-    assert( pPage->isInit );
-
-    for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
-      CellInfo info;
-      u8 *z;
-     
-      z = findCell(pPage, j);
-      pPage->xParseCell(pPage, z, &info);
-      if( info.iOverflow ){
-        Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]);
-        ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n);
-        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 );
-      }
-      if( !pPage->leaf ){
-        Pgno child = get4byte(z);
-        ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
-        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
-      }
-    }
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-      ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
-      assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
-    }
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored 
-** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
-** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
-** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
-** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer
-** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
-**
-** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
-** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. 
-**
-** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
-**
-** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by 
-** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
-** which are called often under normal circumstances.
-*/
-static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){
-  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt;
-    u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData;
-    u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData;
-    int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset;
-    int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
-    int rc;
-    int iData;
-  
-  
-    assert( pFrom->isInit );
-    assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
-    assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize );
-  
-    /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
-    iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
-    memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
-    memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
-  
-    /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
-    ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under
-    ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized 
-    ** page pFrom.
-    */
-    pTo->isInit = 0;
-    rc = btreeInitPage(pTo);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      *pRC = rc;
-      return;
-    }
-  
-    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
-    ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
-    */
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent
-** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
-** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
-** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
-** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page 
-** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
-** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
-** participate in the balancing.
-**
-** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by 
-** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. 
-**
-** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
-** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
-** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated
-** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning.
-**
-** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be
-** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
-** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
-** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
-** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). 
-**
-** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
-** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
-** be rolled back.
-**
-** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a
-** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent
-** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is
-** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts
-** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum
-** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
-** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
-** enough for all overflow cells.
-**
-** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns 
-** SQLITE_NOMEM.
-*/
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
-#pragma optimize("", off)
-#endif
-static int balance_nonroot(
-  MemPage *pParent,               /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
-  int iParentIdx,                 /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
-  u8 *aOvflSpace,                 /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
-  int isRoot,                     /* True if pParent is a root-page */
-  int bBulk                       /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */
-){
-  BtShared *pBt;               /* The whole database */
-  int nMaxCells = 0;           /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
-  int nNew = 0;                /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
-  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
-  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
-  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* The return code */
-  u16 leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
-  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
-  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
-  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
-  int iSpace1 = 0;             /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
-  int iOvflSpace = 0;          /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
-  int szScratch;               /* Size of scratch memory requested */
-  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
-  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
-  u8 *pRight;                  /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
-  u8 *apDiv[NB-1];             /* Divider cells in pParent */
-  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in b.paCell[] of cell after i-th page */
-  int cntOld[NB+2];            /* Old index in b.apCell[] */
-  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells placed on i-th page */
-  u8 *aSpace1;                 /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
-  Pgno pgno;                   /* Temp var to store a page number in */
-  u8 abDone[NB+2];             /* True after i'th new page is populated */
-  Pgno aPgno[NB+2];            /* Page numbers of new pages before shuffling */
-  Pgno aPgOrder[NB+2];         /* Copy of aPgno[] used for sorting pages */
-  u16 aPgFlags[NB+2];          /* flags field of new pages before shuffling */
-  CellArray b;                  /* Parsed information on cells being balanced */
-
-  memset(abDone, 0, sizeof(abDone));
-  b.nCell = 0;
-  b.apCell = 0;
-  pBt = pParent->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-
-#if 0
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
-#endif
-
-  /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
-  ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with 
-  ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
-  ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
-  */
-  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 );
-  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx );
-
-  if( !aOvflSpace ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent 
-  ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on 
-  ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, 
-  ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
-  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.  
-  **
-  ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
-  ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
-  ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will
-  ** have already been removed.
-  */
-  i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell;
-  if( i<2 ){
-    nxDiv = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 );
-    if( iParentIdx==0 ){                 
-      nxDiv = 0;
-    }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
-      nxDiv = i-2+bBulk;
-    }else{
-      nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
-    }
-    i = 2-bBulk;
-  }
-  nOld = i+1;
-  if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
-    pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];
-  }else{
-    pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
-  }
-  pgno = get4byte(pRight);
-  while( 1 ){
-    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i], 0, 0);
-    if( rc ){
-      memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
-      goto balance_cleanup;
-    }
-    nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
-    if( (i--)==0 ) break;
-
-    if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] && pParent->nOverflow ){
-      apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0];
-      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
-      szNew[i] = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, apDiv[i]);
-      pParent->nOverflow = 0;
-    }else{
-      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
-      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
-      szNew[i] = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, apDiv[i]);
-
-      /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to
-      ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped.
-      ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
-      ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
-      ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
-      ** later on.  
-      **
-      ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode,
-      ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
-      ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[]
-      ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer
-      ** is allocated.  */
-      if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
-        int iOff;
-
-        iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData);
-        if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){
-          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-          memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
-          goto balance_cleanup;
-        }else{
-          memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]);
-          apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData];
-        }
-      }
-      dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
-  ** alignment */
-  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
-
-  /*
-  ** Allocate space for memory structures
-  */
-  szScratch =
-       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                       /* b.apCell */
-     + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16)                       /* b.szCell */
-     + pBt->pageSize;                              /* aSpace1 */
-
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28375-38319 SQLite will never request a scratch buffer
-  ** that is more than 6 times the database page size. */
-  assert( szScratch<=6*(int)pBt->pageSize );
-  b.apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
-  if( b.apCell==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto balance_cleanup;
-  }
-  b.szCell = (u16*)&b.apCell[nMaxCells];
-  aSpace1 = (u8*)&b.szCell[nMaxCells];
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
-
-  /*
-  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
-  ** into the local b.apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
-  ** into space obtained from aSpace1[]. The divider cells have already
-  ** been removed from pParent.
-  **
-  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
-  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
-  ** into aSpace1[].  In this way, all cells in b.apCell[] are without
-  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
-  ** b.apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in b.apCell[]
-  ** are alike.
-  **
-  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
-  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
-  */
-  b.pRef = apOld[0];
-  leafCorrection = b.pRef->leaf*4;
-  leafData = b.pRef->intKeyLeaf;
-  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
-    MemPage *pOld = apOld[i];
-    int limit = pOld->nCell;
-    u8 *aData = pOld->aData;
-    u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage;
-    u8 *piCell = aData + pOld->cellOffset;
-    u8 *piEnd;
-
-    /* Verify that all sibling pages are of the same "type" (table-leaf,
-    ** table-interior, index-leaf, or index-interior).
-    */
-    if( pOld->aData[0]!=apOld[0]->aData[0] ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto balance_cleanup;
-    }
-
-    /* Load b.apCell[] with pointers to all cells in pOld.  If pOld
-    ** constains overflow cells, include them in the b.apCell[] array
-    ** in the correct spot.
-    **
-    ** Note that when there are multiple overflow cells, it is always the
-    ** case that they are sequential and adjacent.  This invariant arises
-    ** because multiple overflows can only occurs when inserting divider
-    ** cells into a parent on a prior balance, and divider cells are always
-    ** adjacent and are inserted in order.  There is an assert() tagged
-    ** with "NOTE 1" in the overflow cell insertion loop to prove this
-    ** invariant.
-    **
-    ** This must be done in advance.  Once the balance starts, the cell
-    ** offset section of the btree page will be overwritten and we will no
-    ** long be able to find the cells if a pointer to each cell is not saved
-    ** first.
-    */
-    memset(&b.szCell[b.nCell], 0, sizeof(b.szCell[0])*limit);
-    if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){
-      memset(&b.szCell[b.nCell+limit], 0, sizeof(b.szCell[0])*pOld->nOverflow);
-      limit = pOld->aiOvfl[0];
-      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
-        b.apCell[b.nCell] = aData + (maskPage & get2byteAligned(piCell));
-        piCell += 2;
-        b.nCell++;
-      }
-      for(k=0; k<pOld->nOverflow; k++){
-        assert( k==0 || pOld->aiOvfl[k-1]+1==pOld->aiOvfl[k] );/* NOTE 1 */
-        b.apCell[b.nCell] = pOld->apOvfl[k];
-        b.nCell++;
-      }
-    }
-    piEnd = aData + pOld->cellOffset + 2*pOld->nCell;
-    while( piCell<piEnd ){
-      assert( b.nCell<nMaxCells );
-      b.apCell[b.nCell] = aData + (maskPage & get2byteAligned(piCell));
-      piCell += 2;
-      b.nCell++;
-    }
-
-    cntOld[i] = b.nCell;
-    if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
-      u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
-      u8 *pTemp;
-      assert( b.nCell<nMaxCells );
-      b.szCell[b.nCell] = sz;
-      pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
-      iSpace1 += sz;
-      assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
-      assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
-      memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
-      b.apCell[b.nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
-      assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
-      b.szCell[b.nCell] = b.szCell[b.nCell] - leafCorrection;
-      if( !pOld->leaf ){
-        assert( leafCorrection==0 );
-        assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
-        /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
-        ** pointer of the divider cell */
-        memcpy(b.apCell[b.nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
-      }else{
-        assert( leafCorrection==4 );
-        while( b.szCell[b.nCell]<4 ){
-          /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. If a smaller cell
-          ** does exist, pad it with 0x00 bytes. */
-          assert( b.szCell[b.nCell]==3 || CORRUPT_DB );
-          assert( b.apCell[b.nCell]==&aSpace1[iSpace1-3] || CORRUPT_DB );
-          aSpace1[iSpace1++] = 0x00;
-          b.szCell[b.nCell]++;
-        }
-      }
-      b.nCell++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all b.nCell cells.
-  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
-  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
-  ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
-  ** cntNew[k] should equal b.nCell.
-  **
-  ** Values computed by this block:
-  **
-  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
-  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
-  **   cntNew[i]: Index in b.apCell[] and b.szCell[] for the first cell to
-  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
-  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
-  ** 
-  */
-  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
-  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
-    MemPage *p = apOld[i];
-    szNew[i] = usableSpace - p->nFree;
-    if( szNew[i]<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
-    for(j=0; j<p->nOverflow; j++){
-      szNew[i] += 2 + p->xCellSize(p, p->apOvfl[j]);
-    }
-    cntNew[i] = cntOld[i];
-  }
-  k = nOld;
-  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
-    int sz;
-    while( szNew[i]>usableSpace ){
-      if( i+1>=k ){
-        k = i+2;
-        if( k>NB+2 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
-        szNew[k-1] = 0;
-        cntNew[k-1] = b.nCell;
-      }
-      sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]-1);
-      szNew[i] -= sz;
-      if( !leafData ){
-        if( cntNew[i]<b.nCell ){
-          sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]);
-        }else{
-          sz = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      szNew[i+1] += sz;
-      cntNew[i]--;
-    }
-    while( cntNew[i]<b.nCell ){
-      sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]);
-      if( szNew[i]+sz>usableSpace ) break;
-      szNew[i] += sz;
-      cntNew[i]++;
-      if( !leafData ){
-        if( cntNew[i]<b.nCell ){
-          sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]);
-        }else{
-          sz = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      szNew[i+1] -= sz;
-    }
-    if( cntNew[i]>=b.nCell ){
-      k = i+1;
-    }else if( cntNew[i] <= (i>0 ? cntNew[i-1] : 0) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto balance_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
-  ** on the left side (siblings with smaller keys). The left siblings are
-  ** always nearly full, while the right-most sibling might be nearly empty.
-  ** The next block of code attempts to adjust the packing of siblings to
-  ** get a better balance.
-  **
-  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
-  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
-  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
-  */
-  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
-    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
-    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
-    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
-    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
-
-    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
-    d = r + 1 - leafData;
-    (void)cachedCellSize(&b, d);
-    do{
-      assert( d<nMaxCells );
-      assert( r<nMaxCells );
-      (void)cachedCellSize(&b, r);
-      if( szRight!=0
-       && (bBulk || szRight+b.szCell[d]+2 > szLeft-(b.szCell[r]+2)) ){
-        break;
-      }
-      szRight += b.szCell[d] + 2;
-      szLeft -= b.szCell[r] + 2;
-      cntNew[i-1] = r;
-      r--;
-      d--;
-    }while( r>=0 );
-    szNew[i] = szRight;
-    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
-    if( cntNew[i-1] <= (i>1 ? cntNew[i-2] : 0) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto balance_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Sanity check:  For a non-corrupt database file one of the follwing
-  ** must be true:
-  **    (1) We found one or more cells (cntNew[0])>0), or
-  **    (2) pPage is a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when
-  **        the real root page is page 1 and we are the only child of
-  **        that page.
-  */
-  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) || CORRUPT_DB);
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d)\n",
-    apOld[0]->pgno, apOld[0]->nCell,
-    nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->nCell : 0,
-    nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0, nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->nCell : 0
-  ));
-
-  /*
-  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
-  */
-  pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0];
-  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
-    MemPage *pNew;
-    if( i<nOld ){
-      pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
-      apOld[i] = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
-      nNew++;
-      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-    }else{
-      assert( i>0 );
-      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0);
-      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-      zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
-      apNew[i] = pNew;
-      nNew++;
-      cntOld[i] = b.nCell;
-
-      /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
-      if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-        ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto balance_cleanup;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order. 
-  ** This helps to keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
-  ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn 
-  ** helps the operating system to deliver pages from the disk more rapidly.
-  **
-  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more 
-  ** than (NB+2) (a small constant), that should not be a problem.
-  **
-  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster 
-  ** for large insertions and deletions.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
-    aPgOrder[i] = aPgno[i] = apNew[i]->pgno;
-    aPgFlags[i] = apNew[i]->pDbPage->flags;
-    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
-      if( aPgno[j]==aPgno[i] ){
-        /* This branch is taken if the set of sibling pages somehow contains
-        ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt. 
-        ** It would be simpler to detect this as part of the loop below, but
-        ** we do the detection here in order to avoid populating the pager
-        ** cache with two separate objects associated with the same
-        ** page number.  */
-        assert( CORRUPT_DB );
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto balance_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
-    int iBest = 0;                /* aPgno[] index of page number to use */
-    for(j=1; j<nNew; j++){
-      if( aPgOrder[j]<aPgOrder[iBest] ) iBest = j;
-    }
-    pgno = aPgOrder[iBest];
-    aPgOrder[iBest] = 0xffffffff;
-    if( iBest!=i ){
-      if( iBest>i ){
-        sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[iBest]->pDbPage, pBt->nPage+iBest+1, 0);
-      }
-      sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[i]->pDbPage, pgno, aPgFlags[iBest]);
-      apNew[i]->pgno = pgno;
-    }
-  }
-
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: new: %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) "
-         "%d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d)\n",
-    apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], cntNew[0],
-    nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
-    nNew>=2 ? cntNew[1] - cntNew[0] - !leafData : 0,
-    nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
-    nNew>=3 ? cntNew[2] - cntNew[1] - !leafData : 0,
-    nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
-    nNew>=4 ? cntNew[3] - cntNew[2] - !leafData : 0,
-    nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0,
-    nNew>=5 ? cntNew[4] - cntNew[3] - !leafData : 0
-  ));
-
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-  put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
-
-  /* If the sibling pages are not leaves, ensure that the right-child pointer
-  ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was 
-  ** originally in the same field of the right-most old sibling page. */
-  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 && nOld!=nNew ){
-    MemPage *pOld = (nNew>nOld ? apNew : apOld)[nOld-1];
-    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
-  }
-
-  /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with 
-  ** cells stored on sibling pages following the balance operation. Pointer
-  ** map entries associated with divider cells are set by the insertCell()
-  ** routine. The associated pointer map entries are:
-  **
-  **   a) if the cell contains a reference to an overflow chain, the
-  **      entry associated with the first page in the overflow chain, and
-  **
-  **   b) if the sibling pages are not leaves, the child page associated
-  **      with the cell.
-  **
-  ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry 
-  ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be 
-  ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been 
-  ** populated, not here.
-  */
-  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-    MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
-    u8 *aOld = pNew->aData;
-    int cntOldNext = pNew->nCell + pNew->nOverflow;
-    int usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-    int iNew = 0;
-    int iOld = 0;
-
-    for(i=0; i<b.nCell; i++){
-      u8 *pCell = b.apCell[i];
-      if( i==cntOldNext ){
-        MemPage *pOld = (++iOld)<nNew ? apNew[iOld] : apOld[iOld];
-        cntOldNext += pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow + !leafData;
-        aOld = pOld->aData;
-      }
-      if( i==cntNew[iNew] ){
-        pNew = apNew[++iNew];
-        if( !leafData ) continue;
-      }
-
-      /* Cell pCell is destined for new sibling page pNew. Originally, it
-      ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell), 
-      ** or else the divider cell to the left of sibling page iOld. So,
-      ** if sibling page iOld had the same page number as pNew, and if
-      ** pCell really was a part of sibling page iOld (not a divider or
-      ** overflow cell), we can skip updating the pointer map entries.  */
-      if( iOld>=nNew
-       || pNew->pgno!=aPgno[iOld]
-       || pCell<aOld
-       || pCell>=&aOld[usableSize]
-      ){
-        if( !leafCorrection ){
-          ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(pCell), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
-        }
-        if( cachedCellSize(&b,i)>pNew->minLocal ){
-          ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
-        }
-        if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Insert new divider cells into pParent. */
-  for(i=0; i<nNew-1; i++){
-    u8 *pCell;
-    u8 *pTemp;
-    int sz;
-    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
-    j = cntNew[i];
-
-    assert( j<nMaxCells );
-    assert( b.apCell[j]!=0 );
-    pCell = b.apCell[j];
-    sz = b.szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
-    pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
-    if( !pNew->leaf ){
-      memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
-    }else if( leafData ){
-      /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
-      ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
-      ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
-      ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
-      */
-      CellInfo info;
-      j--;
-      pNew->xParseCell(pNew, b.apCell[j], &info);
-      pCell = pTemp;
-      sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
-      pTemp = 0;
-    }else{
-      pCell -= 4;
-      /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
-      ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
-      ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
-      ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
-      ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 
-      ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
-      **
-      ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
-      ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
-      ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
-      */
-      if( b.szCell[j]==4 ){
-        assert(leafCorrection==4);
-        sz = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, pCell);
-      }
-    }
-    iOvflSpace += sz;
-    assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
-    assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
-    insertCell(pParent, nxDiv+i, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
-    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-  }
-
-  /* Now update the actual sibling pages. The order in which they are updated
-  ** is important, as this code needs to avoid disrupting any page from which
-  ** cells may still to be read. In practice, this means:
-  **
-  **  (1) If cells are moving left (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg-1])
-  **      then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after
-  **      the left-hand sibling apNew[iPg-1] has been updated.
-  **
-  **  (2) If cells are moving right (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg+1])
-  **      then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after
-  **      the right-hand sibling apNew[iPg+1] has been updated.
-  **
-  ** If neither of the above apply, the page is safe to update.
-  **
-  ** The iPg value in the following loop starts at nNew-1 goes down
-  ** to 0, then back up to nNew-1 again, thus making two passes over
-  ** the pages.  On the initial downward pass, only condition (1) above
-  ** needs to be tested because (2) will always be true from the previous
-  ** step.  On the upward pass, both conditions are always true, so the
-  ** upwards pass simply processes pages that were missed on the downward
-  ** pass.
-  */
-  for(i=1-nNew; i<nNew; i++){
-    int iPg = i<0 ? -i : i;
-    assert( iPg>=0 && iPg<nNew );
-    if( abDone[iPg] ) continue;         /* Skip pages already processed */
-    if( i>=0                            /* On the upwards pass, or... */
-     || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1]    /* Condition (1) is true */
-    ){
-      int iNew;
-      int iOld;
-      int nNewCell;
-
-      /* Verify condition (1):  If cells are moving left, update iPg
-      ** only after iPg-1 has already been updated. */
-      assert( iPg==0 || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1] || abDone[iPg-1] );
-
-      /* Verify condition (2):  If cells are moving right, update iPg
-      ** only after iPg+1 has already been updated. */
-      assert( cntNew[iPg]>=cntOld[iPg] || abDone[iPg+1] );
-
-      if( iPg==0 ){
-        iNew = iOld = 0;
-        nNewCell = cntNew[0];
-      }else{
-        iOld = iPg<nOld ? (cntOld[iPg-1] + !leafData) : b.nCell;
-        iNew = cntNew[iPg-1] + !leafData;
-        nNewCell = cntNew[iPg] - iNew;
-      }
-
-      rc = editPage(apNew[iPg], iOld, iNew, nNewCell, &b);
-      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-      abDone[iPg]++;
-      apNew[iPg]->nFree = usableSpace-szNew[iPg];
-      assert( apNew[iPg]->nOverflow==0 );
-      assert( apNew[iPg]->nCell==nNewCell );
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* All pages have been processed exactly once */
-  assert( memcmp(abDone, "\01\01\01\01\01", nNew)==0 );
-
-  assert( nOld>0 );
-  assert( nNew>0 );
-
-  if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
-    /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
-    ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
-    ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
-    ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
-    ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
-    **
-    ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() 
-    ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages 
-    ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
-    **
-    ** It is critical that the child page be defragmented before being
-    ** copied into the parent, because if the parent is page 1 then it will
-    ** by smaller than the child due to the database header, and so all the
-    ** free space needs to be up front.
-    */
-    assert( nNew==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
-    rc = defragmentPage(apNew[0]);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-    assert( apNew[0]->nFree == 
-        (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2)
-      || rc!=SQLITE_OK
-    );
-    copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
-    freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
-  }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM && !leafCorrection ){
-    /* Fix the pointer map entries associated with the right-child of each
-    ** sibling page. All other pointer map entries have already been taken
-    ** care of.  */
-    for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
-      u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( pParent->isInit );
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
-          nOld, nNew, b.nCell));
-
-  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
-  */
-  for(i=nNew; i<nOld; i++){
-    freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
-  }
-
-#if 0
-  if( ISAUTOVACUUM && rc==SQLITE_OK && apNew[0]->isInit ){
-    /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
-    ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while 
-    ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
-    ** cause an assert() statement to fail.  */
-    ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
-    ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /*
-  ** Cleanup before returning.
-  */
-balance_cleanup:
-  sqlite3ScratchFree(b.apCell);
-  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
-    releasePage(apOld[i]);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
-    releasePage(apNew[i]);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
-#pragma optimize("", on)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
-** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
-**
-** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
-** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
-** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child 
-** pointer pointing to the new page.
-**
-** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages 
-** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
-** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
-** page is also updated.
-**
-** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child 
-** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
-** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
-** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
-*/
-static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){
-  int rc;                        /* Return value from subprocedures */
-  MemPage *pChild = 0;           /* Pointer to a new child page */
-  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;            /* Page number of the new child page */
-  BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt;    /* The BTree */
-
-  assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-
-  /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new 
-  ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
-  ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0);
-    copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc);
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc);
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc ){
-    *ppChild = 0;
-    releasePage(pChild);
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell );
-
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno));
-
-  /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */
-  memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl,
-         pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0]));
-  memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl,
-         pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0]));
-  pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow;
-
-  /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */
-  zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
-  put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
-
-  *ppChild = pChild;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
-** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
-** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing 
-** routine. Balancing routines are:
-**
-**   balance_quick()
-**   balance_deeper()
-**   balance_nonroot()
-*/
-static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3;
-  u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13];
-  u8 *pFree = 0;
-
-  TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 );
-  TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 );
-
-  do {
-    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
-    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage];
-
-    if( iPage==0 ){
-      if( pPage->nOverflow ){
-        /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
-        ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
-        ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
-        ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
-        */ 
-        assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 );
-        rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          pCur->iPage = 1;
-          pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
-          pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0;
-          assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow );
-        }
-      }else{
-        break;
-      }
-    }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){
-      break;
-    }else{
-      MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
-      int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];
-
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
-        if( pPage->intKeyLeaf
-         && pPage->nOverflow==1
-         && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell
-         && pParent->pgno!=1
-         && pParent->nCell==iIdx
-        ){
-          /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
-          ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
-          ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
-          ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent 
-          ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
-          ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
-          ** buffer. 
-          **
-          ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
-          ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
-          ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
-          ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
-          */
-          assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 );
-          rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
-        }else
-#endif
-        {
-          /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
-          ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
-          ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
-          ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
-          ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
-          ** 
-          ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
-          ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. 
-          ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
-          ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
-          ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
-          ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() 
-          ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
-          ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been 
-          ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
-          ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
-          */
-          u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize);
-          rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1,
-                               pCur->hints&BTREE_BULKLOAD);
-          if( pFree ){
-            /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used 
-            ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
-            ** now stored either on real database pages or within the 
-            ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
-            sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
-          }
-
-          /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
-          ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
-          ** comes first. */
-          pFree = pSpace;
-        }
-      }
-
-      pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-
-      /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
-      releasePage(pPage);
-      pCur->iPage--;
-      assert( pCur->iPage>=0 );
-    }
-  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-  if( pFree ){
-    sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
-** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
-** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
-**
-** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
-** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
-**
-** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
-** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
-** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
-** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
-** a positive value if pCur points at an entry that is larger than 
-** (pKey, nKey)). 
-**
-** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
-** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
-** overwritten.  If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
-** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
-** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
-  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
-  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
-  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
-  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
-  int appendBias,                /* True if this is likely an append */
-  int seekResult                 /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int loc = seekResult;          /* -1: before desired location  +1: after */
-  int szNew = 0;
-  int idx;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  unsigned char *oldCell;
-  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
-
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-    assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
-    return pCur->skipNext;
-  }
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0
-              && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE
-              && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
-  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
-
-  /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
-  ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
-  ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
-  ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
-  ** blob of associated data.  */
-  assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
-
-  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
-  **
-  ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
-  ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
-  ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the 
-  ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the 
-  ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
-  ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
-  ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
-  ** not to clear the cursor here.
-  */
-  if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){
-    rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
-    assert( pKey==0 );
-    /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob 
-    ** cursors open on the row being replaced */
-    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);
-
-    /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a
-    ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary
-    ** btreeMoveto() call */
-    if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && nKey>0
-      && pCur->info.nKey==nKey-1 ){
-       loc = -1;
-    }else if( loc==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, 0, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-    }
-  }else if( loc==0 ){
-    rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );
-
-  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
-  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
-
-  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
-          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
-          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-  newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
-  assert( newCell!=0 );
-  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
-  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
-  assert( szNew==pPage->xCellSize(pPage, newCell) );
-  assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
-  idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
-  if( loc==0 ){
-    u16 szOld;
-    assert( idx<pPage->nCell );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ){
-      goto end_insert;
-    }
-    oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
-    }
-    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &szOld);
-    dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
-    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
-  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
-    assert( pPage->leaf );
-    idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
-  }else{
-    assert( pPage->leaf );
-  }
-  insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
-
-  /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() 
-  ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
-  ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey
-  ** variables.
-  **
-  ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
-  ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
-  ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
-  ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
-  ** slightly faster.
-  **
-  ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
-  ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
-  ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
-  ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
-  ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
-  ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
-  ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
-  ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
-  */
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){
-    pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey);
-    rc = balance(pCur);
-
-    /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
-    ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. 
-    ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
-    ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor.  */
-    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );
-
-end_insert:
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. 
-**
-** If the second parameter is zero, then the cursor is left pointing at an
-** arbitrary location after the delete. If it is non-zero, then the cursor 
-** is left in a state such that the next call to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev()
-** moves it to the same row as it would if the call to BtreeDelete() had
-** been omitted.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, int bPreserve){
-  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;              
-  int rc;                              /* Return code */
-  MemPage *pPage;                      /* Page to delete cell from */
-  unsigned char *pCell;                /* Pointer to cell to delete */
-  int iCellIdx;                        /* Index of cell to delete */
-  int iCellDepth;                      /* Depth of node containing pCell */ 
-  u16 szCell;                          /* Size of the cell being deleted */
-  int bSkipnext = 0;                   /* Leaf cursor in SKIPNEXT state */
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
-  assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag );
-  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
-  assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
-  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-
-  iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
-  iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth];
-  pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth];
-  pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
-
-  /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
-  ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
-  ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
-  ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
-  ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
-  ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
-  ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier.  */
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    int notUsed = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, &notUsed);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
-  ** making any modifications.  */
-  if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){
-    rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
-  ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted.  */
-  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
-    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the cursor position must
-  ** be preserved following this delete operation. If the current delete
-  ** will cause a b-tree rebalance, then this is done by saving the cursor
-  ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before 
-  ** returning. 
-  **
-  ** Or, if the current delete will not cause a rebalance, then the cursor
-  ** will be left in CURSOR_SKIPNEXT state pointing to the entry immediately
-  ** before or after the deleted entry. In this case set bSkipnext to true.  */
-  if( bPreserve ){
-    if( !pPage->leaf 
-     || (pPage->nFree+cellSizePtr(pPage,pCell)+2)>(int)(pBt->usableSize*2/3)
-    ){
-      /* A b-tree rebalance will be required after deleting this entry.
-      ** Save the cursor key.  */
-      rc = saveCursorKey(pCur);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-    }else{
-      bSkipnext = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Make the page containing the entry to be deleted writable. Then free any
-  ** overflow pages associated with the entry and finally remove the cell
-  ** itself from within the page.  */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &szCell);
-  dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, szCell, &rc);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
-  ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
-  ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
-  ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
-  ** node to replace the deleted cell.  */
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    int nCell;
-    Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
-    unsigned char *pTmp;
-
-    pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
-    if( pCell<&pLeaf->aData[4] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    nCell = pLeaf->xCellSize(pLeaf, pCell);
-    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell );
-    pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;
-    assert( pTmp!=0 );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
-    insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
-    dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
-  ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
-  ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
-  ** never true.
-  **
-  ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
-  ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
-  ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
-  ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
-  ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
-  ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
-  ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
-  ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
-  ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as 
-  ** well.  */
-  rc = balance(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
-    while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
-      releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
-    }
-    rc = balance(pCur);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( bSkipnext ){
-      assert( bPreserve && pCur->iPage==iCellDepth );
-      assert( pPage==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
-      assert( (pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB) && iCellIdx<=pPage->nCell );
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT;
-      if( iCellIdx>=pPage->nCell ){
-        pCur->skipNext = -1;
-        pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth] = pPage->nCell-1;
-      }else{
-        pCur->skipNext = 1;
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-      if( bPreserve ){
-        pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
-** number for the root page of the new table.
-**
-** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
-** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
-** flags might not work:
-**
-**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
-**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
-*/
-static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  MemPage *pRoot;
-  Pgno pgnoRoot;
-  int rc;
-  int ptfFlags;          /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-#else
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    Pgno pgnoMove;      /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
-    MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
-
-    /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
-    ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
-    ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
-    ** held by open cursors.
-    */
-    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-
-    /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
-    ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
-    ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
-    */
-    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
-    pgnoRoot++;
-
-    /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
-    ** PENDING_BYTE page.
-    */
-    while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
-        pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-      pgnoRoot++;
-    }
-    assert( pgnoRoot>=3 || CORRUPT_DB );
-    testcase( pgnoRoot<3 );
-
-    /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
-    ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
-    ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
-    */
-    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, BTALLOC_EXACT);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
-      /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
-      ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
-      ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
-      ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
-      ** is already journaled.
-      */
-      u8 eType = 0;
-      Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
-
-      /* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in
-      ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference
-      ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot.  */
-      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-      releasePage(pPageMove);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-
-      /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
-      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
-      if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(pRoot);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
-      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
-      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-
-      /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(pRoot);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pRoot = pPageMove;
-    } 
-
-    /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
-    ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
-    if( rc ){
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in
-    ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the
-    ** freelist count.  Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail.
-    */
-    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
-    if( NEVER(rc) ){
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-  }else{
-    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
-  if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){
-    ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF;
-  }else{
-    ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF;
-  }
-  zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags);
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
-  assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 );
-  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
-** the page to the freelist.
-*/
-static int clearDatabasePage(
-  BtShared *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
-  Pgno pgno,               /* Page number to clear */
-  int freePageFlag,        /* Deallocate page if true */
-  int *pnChange            /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */
-){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  int rc;
-  unsigned char *pCell;
-  int i;
-  int hdr;
-  u16 szCell;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0, 0);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  if( pPage->bBusy ){
-    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-  }
-  pPage->bBusy = 1;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
-    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
-      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-    }
-    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &szCell);
-    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-  }
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange);
-    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-  }else if( pnChange ){
-    assert( pPage->intKey || CORRUPT_DB );
-    testcase( !pPage->intKey );
-    *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
-  }
-  if( freePageFlag ){
-    freePage(pPage, &rc);
-  }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
-    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[hdr] | PTF_LEAF);
-  }
-
-cleardatabasepage_out:
-  pPage->bBusy = 0;
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
-** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
-** the root page is empty, but still exists.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
-** root of the table.
-**
-** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
-** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
-** entries in the table.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-
-  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
-    ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
-    ** a no-op).  */
-    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1);
-    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on.
-**
-** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
-** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
-** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** cursors on the table.
-**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
-** root page in the database file, then the last root page 
-** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
-** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
-** is added to the freelist instead of iTable.  In this say, all
-** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
-** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right.  *piMoved is set to the 
-** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
-** the move.  If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
-** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
-** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
-*/
-static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pPage = 0;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-
-  /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
-  ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
-  ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
-  ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would 
-  ** occur.
-  **
-  ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point.
-  */
-  if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){
-    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db);
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
-  }
-
-  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    releasePage(pPage);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  *piMoved = 0;
-
-  if( iTable>1 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    freePage(pPage, &rc);
-    releasePage(pPage);
-#else
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      Pgno maxRootPgno;
-      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno);
-
-      if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
-        /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
-        ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. 
-        */
-        freePage(pPage, &rc);
-        releasePage(pPage);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }else{
-        /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
-        ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the 
-        ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
-        */
-        MemPage *pMove;
-        releasePage(pPage);
-        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
-        releasePage(pMove);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        pMove = 0;
-        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
-        freePage(pMove, &rc);
-        releasePage(pMove);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
-      }
-
-      /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
-      ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
-      ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
-      ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
-      */
-      maxRootPgno--;
-      while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
-             || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
-        maxRootPgno--;
-      }
-      assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
-    }else{
-      freePage(pPage, &rc);
-      releasePage(pPage);
-    }
-#endif
-  }else{
-    /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1.
-    ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt
-    ** database. 
-    */
-    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
-    releasePage(pPage);
-  }
-  return rc;  
-}
-int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
-** has a read or write transaction open on the database.
-**
-** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
-** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
-** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
-** is read-only, the others are read/write.
-** 
-** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
-** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
-** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
-**
-** This routine treats Meta[BTREE_DATA_VERSION] as a special case.  Instead
-** of reading the value out of the header, it instead loads the "DataVersion"
-** from the pager.  The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not actually stored in the
-** database file.  It is a number computed by the pager.  But its access
-** pattern is the same as header meta values, and so it is convenient to
-** read it from this routine.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
-  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
-  assert( pBt->pPage1 );
-  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
-
-  if( idx==BTREE_DATA_VERSION ){
-    *pMeta = sqlite3PagerDataVersion(pBt->pPager) + p->iDataVersion;
-  }else{
-    *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
-  }
-
-  /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
-  ** database, mark the database as read-only.  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){
-    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
-** read-only and may not be written.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  unsigned char *pP1;
-  int rc;
-  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
-  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){
-      assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
-      assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
-      pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-/*
-** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
-** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. 
-** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
-** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
-  i64 nEntry = 0;                      /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
-  int rc;                              /* Return code */
-
-  if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
-    *pnEntry = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-
-  /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
-  ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). 
-  */
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int iIdx;                          /* Index of child node in parent */
-    MemPage *pPage;                    /* Current page of the b-tree */
-
-    /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then 
-    ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
-    ** accordingly.
-    */
-    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
-      nEntry += pPage->nCell;
-    }
-
-    /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it 
-    ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
-    ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
-    ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
-    ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
-    ** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
-    **
-    ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
-    ** caller.
-    */
-    if( pPage->leaf ){
-      do {
-        if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
-          /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
-          *pnEntry = nEntry;
-          return moveToRoot(pCur);
-        }
-        moveToParent(pCur);
-      }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-
-      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
-      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    }
-
-    /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently 
-    ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
-    */
-    iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
-    if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
-      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
-    }else{
-      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
-  return p->pBt->pPager;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Append a message to the error message string.
-*/
-static void checkAppendMsg(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
-  const char *zFormat,
-  ...
-){
-  va_list ap;
-  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
-  pCheck->mxErr--;
-  pCheck->nErr++;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
-  }
-  if( pCheck->zPfx ){
-    sqlite3XPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 0, pCheck->zPfx, pCheck->v1, pCheck->v2);
-  }
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
-    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that
-** corresponds to page iPg is already set.
-*/
-static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
-  assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
-  return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07)));
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg.
-*/
-static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
-  assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
-  pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07));
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
-** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
-** Return 1 if there are 2 or more references to the page and 0 if
-** if this is the first reference to the page.
-**
-** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
-*/
-static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage){
-  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
-  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to 
-** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
-** to pCheck.
-*/
-static void checkPtrmap(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
-  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
-  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
-  Pgno iParent           /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
-){
-  int rc;
-  u8 ePtrmapType;
-  Pgno iPtrmapParent;
-
-  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
-      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
-      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
-** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
-*/
-static void checkList(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
-  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
-  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
-  int N                 /* Expected number of pages in the list */
-){
-  int i;
-  int expected = N;
-  int iFirst = iPage;
-  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
-    DbPage *pOvflPage;
-    unsigned char *pOvflData;
-    if( iPage<1 ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
-         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
-          N+1, expected, iFirst);
-      break;
-    }
-    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) break;
-    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
-      break;
-    }
-    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
-    if( isFreeList ){
-      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
-      }
-#endif
-      if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
-           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
-        N--;
-      }else{
-        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-          Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-          if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
-          }
-#endif
-          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage);
-        }
-        N -= n;
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    else{
-      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
-      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
-      ** the following page matches iPage.
-      */
-      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
-        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
-
-    if( isFreeList && N<(iPage!=0) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "free-page count in header is too small");
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-/*
-** An implementation of a min-heap.
-**
-** aHeap[0] is the number of elements on the heap.  aHeap[1] is the
-** root element.  The daughter nodes of aHeap[N] are aHeap[N*2]
-** and aHeap[N*2+1].
-**
-** The heap property is this:  Every node is less than or equal to both
-** of its daughter nodes.  A consequence of the heap property is that the
-** root node aHeap[1] is always the minimum value currently in the heap.
-**
-** The btreeHeapInsert() routine inserts an unsigned 32-bit number onto
-** the heap, preserving the heap property.  The btreeHeapPull() routine
-** removes the root element from the heap (the minimum value in the heap)
-** and then moves other nodes around as necessary to preserve the heap
-** property.
-**
-** This heap is used for cell overlap and coverage testing.  Each u32
-** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page.  
-** The upper 16 bits are the index of the first byte of a range and the
-** lower 16 bits are the index of the last byte of that range.
-*/
-static void btreeHeapInsert(u32 *aHeap, u32 x){
-  u32 j, i = ++aHeap[0];
-  aHeap[i] = x;
-  while( (j = i/2)>0 && aHeap[j]>aHeap[i] ){
-    x = aHeap[j];
-    aHeap[j] = aHeap[i];
-    aHeap[i] = x;
-    i = j;
-  }
-}
-static int btreeHeapPull(u32 *aHeap, u32 *pOut){
-  u32 j, i, x;
-  if( (x = aHeap[0])==0 ) return 0;
-  *pOut = aHeap[1];
-  aHeap[1] = aHeap[x];
-  aHeap[x] = 0xffffffff;
-  aHeap[0]--;
-  i = 1;
-  while( (j = i*2)<=aHeap[0] ){
-    if( aHeap[j]>aHeap[j+1] ) j++;
-    if( aHeap[i]<aHeap[j] ) break;
-    x = aHeap[i];
-    aHeap[i] = aHeap[j];
-    aHeap[j] = x;
-    i = j;
-  }
-  return 1;  
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
-** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
-** return 1, and so forth.
-** 
-** These checks are done:
-**
-**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
-**          but combine to completely cover the page.
-**      2.  Make sure integer cell keys are in order.
-**      3.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
-**      4.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
-**      5.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
-*/
-static int checkTreePage(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
-  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
-  i64 *piMinKey,        /* Write minimum integer primary key here */
-  i64 maxKey            /* Error if integer primary key greater than this */
-){
-  MemPage *pPage = 0;      /* The page being analyzed */
-  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
-  int rc;                  /* Result code from subroutine call */
-  int depth = -1, d2;      /* Depth of a subtree */
-  int pgno;                /* Page number */
-  int nFrag;               /* Number of fragmented bytes on the page */
-  int hdr;                 /* Offset to the page header */
-  int cellStart;           /* Offset to the start of the cell pointer array */
-  int nCell;               /* Number of cells */
-  int doCoverageCheck = 1; /* True if cell coverage checking should be done */
-  int keyCanBeEqual = 1;   /* True if IPK can be equal to maxKey
-                           ** False if IPK must be strictly less than maxKey */
-  u8 *data;                /* Page content */
-  u8 *pCell;               /* Cell content */
-  u8 *pCellIdx;            /* Next element of the cell pointer array */
-  BtShared *pBt;           /* The BtShared object that owns pPage */
-  u32 pc;                  /* Address of a cell */
-  u32 usableSize;          /* Usable size of the page */
-  u32 contentOffset;       /* Offset to the start of the cell content area */
-  u32 *heap = 0;           /* Min-heap used for checking cell coverage */
-  u32 x, prev = 0;         /* Next and previous entry on the min-heap */
-  const char *saved_zPfx = pCheck->zPfx;
-  int saved_v1 = pCheck->v1;
-  int saved_v2 = pCheck->v2;
-  u8 savedIsInit = 0;
-
-  /* Check that the page exists
-  */
-  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
-  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
-  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) return 0;
-  pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: ";
-  pCheck->v1 = iPage;
-  if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
-       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
-    goto end_of_check;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
-  ** btreeInitPage() is executed.  */
-  savedIsInit = pPage->isInit;
-  pPage->isInit = 0;
-  if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );  /* The only possible error from InitPage */
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
-                   "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
-    goto end_of_check;
-  }
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-
-  /* Set up for cell analysis */
-  pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %d cell %d: ";
-  contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
-  assert( contentOffset<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
-
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the
-  ** number of cells on the page. */
-  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
-  assert( pPage->nCell==nCell );
-
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-23882-45353 The cell pointer array of a b-tree page
-  ** immediately follows the b-tree page header. */
-  cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
-  assert( pPage->aCellIdx==&data[cellStart] );
-  pCellIdx = &data[cellStart + 2*(nCell-1)];
-
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    /* Analyze the right-child page of internal pages */
-    pgno = get4byte(&data[hdr+8]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      pCheck->zPfx = "On page %d at right child: ";
-      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage);
-    }
-#endif
-    depth = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &maxKey, maxKey);
-    keyCanBeEqual = 0;
-  }else{
-    /* For leaf pages, the coverage check will occur in the same loop
-    ** as the other cell checks, so initialize the heap.  */
-    heap = pCheck->heap;
-    heap[0] = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02776-14802 The cell pointer array consists of K 2-byte
-  ** integer offsets to the cell contents. */
-  for(i=nCell-1; i>=0 && pCheck->mxErr; i--){
-    CellInfo info;
-
-    /* Check cell size */
-    pCheck->v2 = i;
-    assert( pCellIdx==&data[cellStart + i*2] );
-    pc = get2byteAligned(pCellIdx);
-    pCellIdx -= 2;
-    if( pc<contentOffset || pc>usableSize-4 ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Offset %d out of range %d..%d",
-                             pc, contentOffset, usableSize-4);
-      doCoverageCheck = 0;
-      continue;
-    }
-    pCell = &data[pc];
-    pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
-    if( pc+info.nSize>usableSize ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Extends off end of page");
-      doCoverageCheck = 0;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for integer primary key out of range */
-    if( pPage->intKey ){
-      if( keyCanBeEqual ? (info.nKey > maxKey) : (info.nKey >= maxKey) ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Rowid %lld out of order", info.nKey);
-      }
-      maxKey = info.nKey;
-    }
-
-    /* Check the content overflow list */
-    if( info.nPayload>info.nLocal ){
-      int nPage;       /* Number of pages on the overflow chain */
-      Pgno pgnoOvfl;   /* First page of the overflow chain */
-      assert( pc + info.iOverflow <= usableSize );
-      nPage = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
-      pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage);
-      }
-#endif
-      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage);
-    }
-
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      /* Check sanity of left child page for internal pages */
-      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage);
-      }
-#endif
-      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &maxKey, maxKey);
-      keyCanBeEqual = 0;
-      if( d2!=depth ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Child page depth differs");
-        depth = d2;
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* Populate the coverage-checking heap for leaf pages */
-      btreeHeapInsert(heap, (pc<<16)|(pc+info.nSize-1));
-    }
-  }
-  *piMinKey = maxKey;
-
-  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
-  */
-  pCheck->zPfx = 0;
-  if( doCoverageCheck && pCheck->mxErr>0 ){
-    /* For leaf pages, the min-heap has already been initialized and the
-    ** cells have already been inserted.  But for internal pages, that has
-    ** not yet been done, so do it now */
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      heap = pCheck->heap;
-      heap[0] = 0;
-      for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
-        u32 size;
-        pc = get2byteAligned(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
-        size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]);
-        btreeHeapInsert(heap, (pc<<16)|(pc+size-1));
-      }
-    }
-    /* Add the freeblocks to the min-heap
-    **
-    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-20690-50594 The second field of the b-tree page header
-    ** is the offset of the first freeblock, or zero if there are no
-    ** freeblocks on the page. 
-    */
-    i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
-    while( i>0 ){
-      int size, j;
-      assert( (u32)i<=usableSize-4 );     /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
-      size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
-      assert( (u32)(i+size)<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
-      btreeHeapInsert(heap, (((u32)i)<<16)|(i+size-1));
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58208-19414 The first 2 bytes of a freeblock are a
-      ** big-endian integer which is the offset in the b-tree page of the next
-      ** freeblock in the chain, or zero if the freeblock is the last on the
-      ** chain. */
-      j = get2byte(&data[i]);
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of
-      ** increasing offset. */
-      assert( j==0 || j>i+size );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
-      assert( (u32)j<=usableSize-4 );   /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
-      i = j;
-    }
-    /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or 
-    ** freeblocks, and counting the number of untracked bytes in nFrag.
-    ** 
-    ** Each min-heap entry is of the form:    (start_address<<16)|end_address.
-    ** There is an implied first entry the covers the page header, the cell
-    ** pointer index, and the gap between the cell pointer index and the start
-    ** of cell content.  
-    **
-    ** The loop below pulls entries from the min-heap in order and compares
-    ** the start_address against the previous end_address.  If there is an
-    ** overlap, that means bytes are used multiple times.  If there is a gap,
-    ** that gap is added to the fragmentation count.
-    */
-    nFrag = 0;
-    prev = contentOffset - 1;   /* Implied first min-heap entry */
-    while( btreeHeapPull(heap,&x) ){
-      if( (prev&0xffff)>=(x>>16) ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
-          "Multiple uses for byte %u of page %d", x>>16, iPage);
-        break;
-      }else{
-        nFrag += (x>>16) - (prev&0xffff) - 1;
-        prev = x;
-      }
-    }
-    nFrag += usableSize - (prev&0xffff) - 1;
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43263-13491 The total number of bytes in all fragments
-    ** is stored in the fifth field of the b-tree page header.
-    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-07161-27322 The one-byte integer at offset 7 gives the
-    ** number of fragmented free bytes within the cell content area.
-    */
-    if( heap[0]==0 && nFrag!=data[hdr+7] ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
-          "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
-          nFrag, data[hdr+7], iPage);
-    }
-  }
-
-end_of_check:
-  if( !doCoverageCheck ) pPage->isInit = savedIsInit;
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  pCheck->zPfx = saved_zPfx;
-  pCheck->v1 = saved_v1;
-  pCheck->v2 = saved_v2;
-  return depth+1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
-** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
-** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
-**
-** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling
-** this function.
-**
-** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr.  Except for some memory
-** allocation errors,  an error message held in memory obtained from
-** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero.  If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
-** returned.  If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
-*/
-char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
-  Btree *p,     /* The btree to be checked */
-  int *aRoot,   /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
-  int nRoot,    /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
-  int mxErr,    /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
-  int *pnErr    /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
-){
-  Pgno i;
-  IntegrityCk sCheck;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int savedDbFlags = pBt->db->flags;
-  char zErr[100];
-  VVA_ONLY( int nRef );
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
-  assert( (nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager))>=0 );
-  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
-  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
-  sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
-  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
-  sCheck.nErr = 0;
-  sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
-  sCheck.zPfx = 0;
-  sCheck.v1 = 0;
-  sCheck.v2 = 0;
-  sCheck.aPgRef = 0;
-  sCheck.heap = 0;
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, 0, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
-    goto integrity_ck_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1);
-  if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){
-    sCheck.mallocFailed = 1;
-    goto integrity_ck_cleanup;
-  }
-  sCheck.heap = (u32*)sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
-  if( sCheck.heap==0 ){
-    sCheck.mallocFailed = 1;
-    goto integrity_ck_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
-  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i);
-
-  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
-  */
-  sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: ";
-  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
-            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]));
-  sCheck.zPfx = 0;
-
-  /* Check all the tables.
-  */
-  testcase( pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk );
-  pBt->db->flags &= ~SQLITE_CellSizeCk;
-  for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
-    i64 notUsed;
-    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
-      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0);
-    }
-#endif
-    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], &notUsed, LARGEST_INT64);
-  }
-  pBt->db->flags = savedDbFlags;
-
-  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
-  */
-  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
-    }
-#else
-    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
-    ** references to pointer-map pages.
-    */
-    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && 
-       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
-    }
-    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && 
-       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Clean  up and report errors.
-  */
-integrity_ck_cleanup:
-  sqlite3PageFree(sCheck.heap);
-  sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef);
-  if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
-    sCheck.nErr++;
-  }
-  *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
-  if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
-  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. */
-  assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) );
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.  Return
-** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database.
-**
-** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
-** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
-** has been created or not.
-**
-** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
-  assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open 
-** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
-**
-** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p ){
-    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){
-      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
-}
-
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  return p->nBackup!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
-** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
-** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with 
-** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
-**
-** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
-** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent 
-** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
-** of memory returned. 
-**
-** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
-** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
-** allocated, it is returned as normal.
-**
-** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the 
-** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the 
-** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
-** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
-*/
-void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
-    pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes);
-    pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return pBt->pSchema;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared 
-** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the 
-** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab.  The
-** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
-** if it is false.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE );
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
-    assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
-    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
-
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an 
-** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. 
-** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
-**
-** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to 
-** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
-** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
-** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
-  int rc;
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob );
-
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
-    return SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }
-
-  /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is
-  ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch
-  ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below.
-  **
-  ** Note that pCsr must be open on a INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition()
-  ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence
-  ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK.
-  */
-  VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-  /* Check some assumptions: 
-  **   (a) the cursor is open for writing,
-  **   (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
-  **   (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
-  **   (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
-  **   (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
-  */
-  if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-  assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0
-              && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
-  assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
-  assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey );
-
-  return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob;
-  pCur->pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and 
-** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
-** header to iVersion.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
-  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
- 
-  assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );
-
-  /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
-  ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
-  */
-  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
-  if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL;
-
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData;
-    if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          aData[18] = (u8)iVersion;
-          aData[19] = (u8)iVersion;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** set the mask of hint flags for cursor pCsr.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){
-  assert( mask==BTREE_BULKLOAD || mask==BTREE_SEEK_EQ || mask==0 );
-  pCsr->hints = mask;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the cursor has a hint specified.  This routine is
-** only used from within assert() statements
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){
-  return (pCsr->hints & mask)!=0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){
-  return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the header added to each page by this module.
-*/
-int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); }
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/btree.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/btree.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f7e92a26093..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/btree.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
-** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
-** of what each interface routine does.
-*/
-#ifndef _BTREE_H_
-#define _BTREE_H_
-
-/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
-** needs to be revisited.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 16
-
-/*
-** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
-** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
-  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
-
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0        /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1        /* Do full auto-vacuum */
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2        /* Incremental vacuum */
-
-/*
-** Forward declarations of structure
-*/
-typedef struct Btree Btree;
-typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
-typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
-
-
-int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* VFS to use with this b-tree */
-  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
-  sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
-  Btree **ppBtree,         /* Return open Btree* here */
-  int flags,               /* Flags */
-  int vfsFlags             /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
-);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
-** following values.
-**
-** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
-** pager.h.
-*/
-#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
-#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* This is an in-memory DB */
-#define BTREE_SINGLE        4  /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
-#define BTREE_UNORDERED     8  /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */
-
-int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64);
-#endif
-int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
-int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
-u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
-int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
-int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
-int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
-void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
-int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
-int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock);
-int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);
-
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
-int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
-
-int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
-** of the flags shown below.
-**
-** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set.
-** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data
-** is stored in the leaves.  (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.)  With
-** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored
-** anywhere - the key is the content.  (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL
-** indices.)
-*/
-#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
-#define BTREE_BLOBKEY    2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
-
-int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int, int);
-
-void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
-int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
-
-int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);
-
-/*
-** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
-** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned 
-** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
-** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
-**
-**   offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
-**
-** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
-** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
-** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).
-**
-** The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not really a value stored in the header.
-** It is a read-only number computed by the pager.  But we merge it with
-** the header value access routines since its access pattern is the same.
-** Call it a "virtual meta value".
-*/
-#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT     0
-#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION      1
-#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT         2
-#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  3
-#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE   4
-#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING       5
-#define BTREE_USER_VERSION        6
-#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM         7
-#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID      8
-#define BTREE_DATA_VERSION        15  /* A virtual meta-value */
-
-/*
-** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an
-** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call.
-**
-** The BTREE_BULKLOAD flag is set on index cursors when the index is going
-** to be filled with content that is already in sorted order.
-**
-** The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is set on cursors that will get OP_SeekGE or
-** OP_SeekLE opcodes for a range search, but where the range of entries
-** selected will all have the same key.  In other words, the cursor will
-** be used only for equality key searches.
-**
-*/
-#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001  /* Used to full index in sorted order */
-#define BTREE_SEEK_EQ  0x00000002  /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */
-
-int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
-  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
-  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
-  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo*,                     /* First argument to compare function */
-  BtCursor *pCursor                    /* Space to write cursor structure */
-);
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
-void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);
-
-int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
-  BtCursor*,
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
-  i64 intKey,
-  int bias,
-  int *pRes
-);
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*);
-int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, int);
-int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
-                                  const void *pData, int nData,
-                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
-int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
-int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
-const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
-int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
-int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-
-char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
-struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
-
-int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *);
-void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
-void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor*, unsigned int mask);
-#endif
-int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt);
-int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void);
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
-void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
-** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
-** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
-  void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) 
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*);
-  void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
-  void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
-  void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
-  void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
-  int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
-  int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
-  int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*);
-#endif
-#else
-
-# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
-
-# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
-# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
-# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/btreeInt.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/btreeInt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e52130cc39f..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/btreeInt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,711 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
-**
-**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
-**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
-**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
-**
-** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
-** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
-**
-**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
-**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
-** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
-** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
-** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1).  And
-** so forth.
-**
-** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
-** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
-**
-** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
-** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
-** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
-** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
-** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
-** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
-** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
-** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
-** information such as the size of key and data.
-**
-** FORMAT DETAILS
-**
-** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
-** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
-** "no such page".  The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536.
-** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow
-** page, or a pointer-map page.
-**
-** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
-** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
-** The format of the file header is as follows:
-**
-**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
-**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  (1 means 65536)
-**     18       1     File format write version
-**     19       1     File format read version
-**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
-**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction (must be 64)
-**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction (must be 32)
-**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction (must be 32)
-**     24       4     File change counter
-**     28       4     Reserved for future use
-**     32       4     First freelist page
-**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
-**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
-**
-**     40       4     Schema cookie
-**     44       4     File format of schema layer
-**     48       4     Size of page cache
-**     52       4     Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum)
-**     56       4     1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be
-**     60       4     User version
-**     64       4     Incremental vacuum mode
-**     68       4     Application-ID
-**     72      20     unused
-**     92       4     The version-valid-for number
-**     96       4     SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-**
-** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
-**
-** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
-** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
-** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
-**
-** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
-** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
-** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
-** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
-** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
-**
-** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
-** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
-** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
-** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
-**
-** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
-** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
-** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
-** not specified in the header.
-**
-** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
-** cell pointer array, and the cell content area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
-** file header that occurs before the page header.
-**
-**      |----------------|
-**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
-**      |----------------|
-**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
-**      |----------------|
-**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
-**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
-**      |                |   v
-**      |----------------|
-**      | unallocated    |
-**      | space          |
-**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
-**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
-**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
-**      |----------------|
-**
-** The page headers looks like this:
-**
-**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
-**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
-**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
-**      3       2      number of cells on this page
-**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
-**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
-**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
-**
-** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
-** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
-** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is an integer
-** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
-** the payload area.
-**
-** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
-** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
-** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
-** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
-** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
-** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
-**
-** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
-** beginning of the page.
-**
-** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
-** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
-** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
-** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
-** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
-** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
-** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
-** in the page header at offset 7.
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
-**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
-**
-** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
-** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
-** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
-** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
-**
-** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
-** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
-** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
-** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
-** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
-** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
-** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
-**
-**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
-**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
-**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
-**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
-**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
-**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
-**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
-**
-** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
-** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
-**
-** The content of a cell looks like this:
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
-**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
-**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
-**      *     Payload
-**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
-**
-** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
-** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
-** as 1 byte of data.
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of next overflow page
-**      *     Data
-**
-** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
-** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
-** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
-** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of next trunk page
-**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
-**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-
-/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
-** size give above.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8))
-
-/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
-** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes  (4 bytes for the cell itself
-** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header).  Such
-** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
-
-/* Forward declarations */
-typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
-typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
-typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
-
-/*
-** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
-**
-** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
-** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line.  The
-** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
-** the string itself should be 15 characters long.  If you change
-** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read 
-** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
-** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
-#  define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
-** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
-*/
-#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
-#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
-#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
-#define PTF_LEAF      0x08
-
-/*
-** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
-** structure is appended and initialized to zero.  This structure stores
-** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
-**
-** The pParent field points back to the parent page.  This allows us to
-** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root.  Care must be taken to
-** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
-** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
-**
-** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
-** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
-*/
-struct MemPage {
-  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
-  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
-  u8 intKey;           /* True if table b-trees.  False for index b-trees */
-  u8 intKeyLeaf;       /* True if the leaf of an intKey table */
-  u8 noPayload;        /* True if internal intKey page (thus w/o data) */
-  u8 leaf;             /* True if a leaf page */
-  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
-  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
-  u8 max1bytePayload;  /* min(maxLocal,127) */
-  u8 bBusy;            /* Prevent endless loops on corrupt database files */
-  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
-  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
-  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
-  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
-  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
-  u16 maskPage;        /* Mask for page offset */
-  u16 aiOvfl[5];       /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th
-                       ** non-overflow cell */
-  u8 *apOvfl[5];       /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */
-  BtShared *pBt;       /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
-  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
-  u8 *aDataEnd;        /* One byte past the end of usable data */
-  u8 *aCellIdx;        /* The cell index area */
-  u8 *aDataOfst;       /* Same as aData for leaves.  aData+4 for interior */
-  DbPage *pDbPage;     /* Pager page handle */
-  u16 (*xCellSize)(MemPage*,u8*);             /* cellSizePtr method */
-  void (*xParseCell)(MemPage*,u8*,CellInfo*); /* btreeParseCell method */
-  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
-};
-
-/*
-** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
-** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
-** that extra information.
-*/
-#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
-
-/*
-** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
-** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor 
-** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
-** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
-** a btree handle is closed.
-*/
-struct BtLock {
-  Btree *pBtree;        /* Btree handle holding this lock */
-  Pgno iTable;          /* Root page of table */
-  u8 eLock;             /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
-  BtLock *pNext;        /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
-};
-
-/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
-#define READ_LOCK     1
-#define WRITE_LOCK    2
-
-/* A Btree handle
-**
-** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
-** this object for every database file that it has open.  This structure
-** is opaque to the database connection.  The database connection cannot
-** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
-** this structure.
-**
-** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be 
-** shared between multiple connections.  In that case, each connection
-** has it own instance of this object.  But each instance of this object
-** points to the same BtShared object.  The database cache and the
-** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
-** the BtShared object.
-**
-** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
-** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors 
-** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
-** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
-** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
-*/
-struct Btree {
-  sqlite3 *db;       /* The database connection holding this btree */
-  BtShared *pBt;     /* Sharable content of this btree */
-  u8 inTrans;        /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
-  u8 sharable;       /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
-  u8 locked;         /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
-  u8 hasIncrblobCur; /* True if there are one or more Incrblob cursors */
-  int wantToLock;    /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
-  int nBackup;       /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
-  u32 iDataVersion;  /* Combines with pBt->pPager->iDataVersion */
-  Btree *pNext;      /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
-  Btree *pPrev;      /* Back pointer of the same list */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  BtLock lock;       /* Object used to lock page 1 */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
-**
-** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
-** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
-** but any number may have active read transactions.
-*/
-#define TRANS_NONE  0
-#define TRANS_READ  1
-#define TRANS_WRITE 2
-
-/*
-** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
-** 
-** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two
-** or more database connections.  When two or more connections are
-** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
-** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
-** to this one BtShared object.  BtShared.nRef is the number of
-** connections currently sharing this database file.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
-** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex.  The pPager field
-** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
-** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
-** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
-**
-** isPending:
-**
-**   If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
-**   table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
-**   the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
-**   set to true.
-**
-**   The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
-**   the following occur:
-**
-**     1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
-**     2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
-**
-**   while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
-**   transaction.
-**
-**   This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
-*/
-struct BtShared {
-  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
-  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
-  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
-  u8 openFlags;         /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
-  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
-  u8 bDoTruncate;       /* True to truncate db on commit */
-#endif
-  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
-  u8 max1bytePayload;   /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  u8 optimalReserve;    /* Desired amount of reserved space per page */
-#endif
-  u16 btsFlags;         /* Boolean parameters.  See BTS_* macros below */
-  u16 maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
-  u16 minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
-  u16 maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
-  u16 minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
-  u32 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
-  u32 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
-  int nTransaction;     /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
-  u32 nPage;            /* Number of pages in the database */
-  void *pSchema;        /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
-  void (*xFreeSchema)(void*);  /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */
-  Bitvec *pHasContent;  /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
-  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
-  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
-  Btree *pWriter;       /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
-#endif
-  u8 *pTmpSpace;        /* Temp space sufficient to hold a single cell */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags
-*/
-#define BTS_READ_ONLY        0x0001   /* Underlying file is readonly */
-#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED   0x0002   /* Page size can no longer be changed */
-#define BTS_SECURE_DELETE    0x0004   /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */
-#define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY  0x0008   /* Database was empty at trans start */
-#define BTS_NO_WAL           0x0010   /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */
-#define BTS_EXCLUSIVE        0x0020   /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */
-#define BTS_PENDING          0x0040   /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
-** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
-** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
-*/
-struct CellInfo {
-  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or nPayload otherwise */
-  u8 *pPayload;  /* Pointer to the start of payload */
-  u32 nPayload;  /* Bytes of payload */
-  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally, not on overflow */
-  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
-  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
-};
-
-/*
-** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
-** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
-** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
-** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
-**
-** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
-** assumed that the database is corrupt.
-*/
-#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
-
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
-** b-tree within a database file.
-**
-** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
-** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
-**
-** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections,
-** but cursors cannot be shared.  Each cursor is associated with a
-** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** found at self->pBt->mutex. 
-**
-** skipNext meaning:
-**    eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext>0:  Next sqlite3BtreeNext() is no-op.
-**    eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext<0:  Next sqlite3BtreePrevious() is no-op.
-**    eState==FAULT:                   Cursor fault with skipNext as error code.
-*/
-struct BtCursor {
-  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
-  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
-  BtCursor *pNext;          /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
-  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
-  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
-  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
-  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
-  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
-  int nOvflAlloc;           /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */
-  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive.
-                   ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */
-  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
-  u8 curPagerFlags;         /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerAcquire() */
-  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
-  u8 hints;                 /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
-  /* All fields above are zeroed when the cursor is allocated.  See
-  ** sqlite3BtreeCursorZero().  Fields that follow must be manually
-  ** initialized. */
-  i8 iPage;                 /* Index of current page in apPage */
-  u8 curIntKey;             /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
-  void *padding1;           /* Make object size a multiple of 16 */
-  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];        /* Current index in apPage[i] */
-  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];  /* Pages from root to current page */
-};
-
-/*
-** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags
-*/
-#define BTCF_WriteFlag    0x01   /* True if a write cursor */
-#define BTCF_ValidNKey    0x02   /* True if info.nKey is valid */
-#define BTCF_ValidOvfl    0x04   /* True if aOverflow is valid */
-#define BTCF_AtLast       0x08   /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */
-#define BTCF_Incrblob     0x10   /* True if an incremental I/O handle */
-#define BTCF_Multiple     0x20   /* Maybe another cursor on the same btree */
-
-/*
-** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
-**
-** CURSOR_INVALID:
-**   Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) 
-**   because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
-**   called.
-**
-** CURSOR_VALID:
-**   Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
-**
-** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT:
-**   Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero
-**   indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious()
-**   operation should be a no-op.
-**
-** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
-**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
-**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
-**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
-**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
-**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
-**
-** CURSOR_FAULT:
-**   An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
-**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
-**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
-**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
-**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skipNext
-*/
-#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
-#define CURSOR_VALID             1
-#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT          2
-#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       3
-#define CURSOR_FAULT             4
-
-/* 
-** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
-*/
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
-
-/*
-** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a 
-** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
-** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
-** page number to look up in the pointer map.
-**
-** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
-** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
-** the offset of the requested map entry.
-**
-** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
-** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
-** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
-** this test.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
-#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
-#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
-
-/*
-** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
-** each child page in the database file.  The parent page is the page that
-** contains a pointer to the child.  Every page in the database contains
-** 0 or 1 parent pages.  (In this context 'database page' refers
-** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.)  Each pointer map
-** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
-** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
-**
-** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
-** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum.  When a page
-** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
-** new location.  The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
-**
-** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
-**                  used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number 
-**                  is not used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of 
-**                   overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
-**                   contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
-**                   overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
-**                   page in the overflow page list.
-**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
-**               identifies the parent page in the btree.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
-#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
-#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
-
-/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
-** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
-*/
-#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
-  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
-  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); 
-
-
-/*
-** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
-** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
-** within an expression that is an argument to another macro 
-** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
-** So, this macro is defined instead.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
-#else
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
-** in order to keep track of some global state information.
-**
-** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in
-** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in
-** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to 
-** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which 
-** indicate corruption).
-*/
-typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
-struct IntegrityCk {
-  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
-  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
-  u8 *aPgRef;       /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */
-  Pgno nPage;       /* Number of pages in the database */
-  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
-  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
-  int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
-  const char *zPfx; /* Error message prefix */
-  int v1, v2;       /* Values for up to two %d fields in zPfx */
-  StrAccum errMsg;  /* Accumulate the error message text here */
-  u32 *heap;        /* Min-heap used for analyzing cell coverage */
-};
-
-/*
-** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
-*/
-#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
-#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
-#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
-#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
-
-/*
-** get2byteAligned(), unlike get2byte(), requires that its argument point to a
-** two-byte aligned address.  get2bytea() is only used for accessing the
-** cell addresses in a btree header.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
-# define get2byteAligned(x)  (*(u16*)(x))
-#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \
-    && GCC_VERSION>=4008000
-# define get2byteAligned(x)  __builtin_bswap16(*(u16*)(x))
-#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \
-    && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300
-# define get2byteAligned(x)  _byteswap_ushort(*(u16*)(x))
-#else
-# define get2byteAligned(x)  ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/build.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/build.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8cb2d44ac79..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/build.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4430 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
-** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
-** following kinds of SQL syntax:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE
-**     DROP TABLE
-**     CREATE INDEX
-**     DROP INDEX
-**     creating ID lists
-**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
-**     COMMIT
-**     ROLLBACK
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
-** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
-*/
-void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
-  pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag;
-  pParse->nVar = 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
-** codeTableLocks() functions.
-*/
-struct TableLock {
-  int iDb;             /* The database containing the table to be locked */
-  int iTab;            /* The root page of the table to be locked */
-  u8 isWriteLock;      /* True for write lock.  False for a read lock */
-  const char *zName;   /* Name of the table */
-};
-
-/*
-** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.  
-**
-** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
-** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
-**
-** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired.  The
-** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
-** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
-*/
-void sqlite3TableLock(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,           /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
-  int iTab,          /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
-  u8 isWriteLock,    /* True for a write lock */
-  const char *zName  /* Name of the table to be locked */
-){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  int i;
-  int nBytes;
-  TableLock *p;
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-  for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nTableLock; i++){
-    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i];
-    if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
-      p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1);
-  pToplevel->aTableLock =
-      sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes);
-  if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){
-    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++];
-    p->iDb = iDb;
-    p->iTab = iTab;
-    p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
-    p->zName = zName;
-  }else{
-    pToplevel->nTableLock = 0;
-    pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
-** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
-*/
-static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
-  int i;
-  Vdbe *pVdbe; 
-
-  pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */
-
-  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
-    TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
-    int p1 = p->iDb;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock,
-                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-#else
-  #define codeTableLocks(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given yDbMask object is empty - if it contains no
-** 1 bits.  This routine is used by the DbMaskAllZero() and DbMaskNotZero()
-** macros when SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED is greater than 30.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
-int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask m){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(yDbMask); i++) if( m[i] ) return 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
-** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
-** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
-** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
-** parse.
-**
-** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
-** no VDBE code was generated.
-*/
-void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  assert( pParse->pToplevel==0 );
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nested ) return;
-  if( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
-    if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
-  ** vdbe program
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite 
-       || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
-  if( v ){
-    while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){}
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
-
-#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-    if( pParse->nTableLock>0 && db->init.busy==0 ){
-      sqlite3UserAuthInit(db);
-      if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
-        pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "user not authenticated");
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
-    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
-    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
-    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
-    ** on each used database.
-    */
-    if( db->mallocFailed==0 
-     && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr)
-    ){
-      int iDb, i;
-      assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init );
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0);
-      for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
-        if( DbMaskTest(pParse->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ) continue;
-        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v,
-          OP_Transaction,                    /* Opcode */
-          iDb,                               /* P1 */
-          DbMaskTest(pParse->writeMask,iDb), /* P2 */
-          pParse->cookieValue[iDb],          /* P3 */
-          db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration  /* P4 */
-        );
-        if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
-        VdbeComment((v,
-              "usesStmtJournal=%d", pParse->mayAbort && pParse->isMultiWrite));
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
-        char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
-      }
-      pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
-#endif
-
-      /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, 
-      ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the 
-      ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
-      */
-      codeTableLocks(pParse);
-
-      /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required.
-      */
-      sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse);
-
-      /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */
-      if( pParse->pConstExpr ){
-        ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr;
-        pParse->okConstFactor = 0;
-        for(i=0; i<pEL->nExpr; i++){
-          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg);
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */
-      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, 1);
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
-  */
-  if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){
-    assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
-    /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
-    *  See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
-    if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
-    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
-  }else{
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  pParse->nTab = 0;
-  pParse->nMem = 0;
-  pParse->nSet = 0;
-  pParse->nVar = 0;
-  DbMaskZero(pParse->cookieMask);
-}
-
-/*
-** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
-** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
-** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
-** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
-** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
-** outermost parser.
-**
-** Not everything is nestable.  This facility is designed to permit
-** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER.  Use
-** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
-*/
-void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *zSql;
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-# define SAVE_SZ  (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
-  char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];
-
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-  assert( pParse->nested<10 );  /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( zSql==0 ){
-    return;   /* A malloc must have failed */
-  }
-  pParse->nested++;
-  memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
-  memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
-  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
-  pParse->nested--;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-/*
-** Return TRUE if zTable is the name of the system table that stores the
-** list of users and their access credentials.
-*/
-int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char *zTable){
-  return sqlite3_stricmp(zTable, "sqlite_user")==0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
-** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
-** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
-** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
-**
-** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
-*/
-Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
-  Table *p = 0;
-  int i;
-
-  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
-  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-  /* Only the admin user is allowed to know that the sqlite_user table
-  ** exists */
-  if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin && sqlite3UserAuthTable(zName)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
-    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
-    if( p ) break;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
-** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
-**
-** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
-** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
-** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
-*/
-Table *sqlite3LocateTable(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* context in which to report errors */
-  int isView,            /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */
-  const char *zName,     /* Name of the table we are looking for */
-  const char *zDbase     /* Name of the database.  Might be NULL */
-){
-  Table *p;
-
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table";
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( sqlite3FindDbName(pParse->db, zDbase)<1 ){
-      /* If zName is the not the name of a table in the schema created using
-      ** CREATE, then check to see if it is the name of an virtual table that
-      ** can be an eponymous virtual table. */
-      Module *pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&pParse->db->aModule, zName);
-      if( pMod && sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(pParse, pMod) ){
-        return pMod->pEpoTab;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    if( zDbase ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
-    }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-  }
-#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-  else if( pParse->db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "user not authenticated");
-    p = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the table identified by *p.
-**
-** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between
-** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts
-** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be
-** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See
-** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details.
-*/
-Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(
-  Parse *pParse, 
-  int isView, 
-  struct SrcList_item *p
-){
-  const char *zDb;
-  assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 );
-  if( p->pSchema ){
-    int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema);
-    zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  }else{
-    zDb = p->zDatabase;
-  }
-  return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, p->zName, zDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
-** a particular index given the name of that index
-** and the name of the database that contains the index.
-** Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
-** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
-** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
-** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
-** using the ATTACH command.
-*/
-Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
-  Index *p = 0;
-  int i;
-  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
-  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
-    assert( pSchema );
-    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
-    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName);
-    if( p ) break;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reclaim the memory used by an index
-*/
-static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-  sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p);
-#endif
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->aColExpr);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
-  if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azColl);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  sqlite3_free(p->aiRowEst);
-#endif
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
-** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
-** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
-** with the index.
-*/
-void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
-  Index *pIndex;
-  Hash *pHash;
-
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
-  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, 0);
-  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
-    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
-      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
-    }else{
-      Index *p;
-      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
-      ** indices. */
-      p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex;
-      while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; }
-      if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){
-        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
-      }
-    }
-    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
-  }
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if
-** any have been closed, remove them from the list.  Reallocate the
-** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible.
-**
-** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database)
-** are never candidates for being collapsed.
-*/
-void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i, j;
-  for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName);
-      pDb->zName = 0;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( j<i ){
-      db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
-    }
-    j++;
-  }
-  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
-  db->nDb = j;
-  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
-    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb);
-    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb.  Also reset the
-** TEMP schema.
-*/
-void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
-  Db *pDb;
-  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-
-  /* Case 1:  Reset the single schema identified by iDb */
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
-  sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
-
-  /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP
-  ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the
-  ** other database.
-  */
-  if( iDb!=1 ){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[1];
-    assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
-    sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
-  }
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including
-** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection.
-*/
-void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pSchema ){
-      sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
-    }
-  }
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
-*/
-void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the
-** Table.aCol[] array).
-*/
-void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
-  int i;
-  Column *pCol;
-  assert( pTable!=0 );
-  if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName);
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
-** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
-**
-** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
-** the table data structure from the hash table.  But it does destroy
-** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
-** the table.
-**
-** The db parameter is optional.  It is needed if the Table object 
-** contains lookaside memory.  (Table objects in the schema do not use
-** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.)  Or the
-** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory
-** used by the Table object.
-*/
-void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
-  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
-  TESTONLY( int nLookaside; ) /* Used to verify lookaside not used for schema */
-
-  assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 );
-
-  /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
-  if( !pTable ) return;
-  if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return;
-
-  /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables
-  ** prior to doing any free() operations.  Since schema Tables do not use
-  ** lookaside, this number should not change. */
-  TESTONLY( nLookaside = (db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0) ?
-                         db->lookaside.nOut : 0 );
-
-  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
-  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
-    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
-    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
-    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
-      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
-      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
-         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0
-      );
-      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
-      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
-    }
-    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
-  }
-
-  /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */
-  sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable);
-
-  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
-  */
-  sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTable);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable);
-#endif
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable);
-
-  /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */
-  assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==db->lookaside.nOut );
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
-** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
-*/
-void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
-  Table *p;
-  Db *pDb;
-
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( zTabName );
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, 0);
-  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
-** token.  Space to hold the returned string
-** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-**
-** Any quotation marks (ex:  "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that
-** surround the body of the token are removed.
-**
-** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
-** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
-** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
-*/
-char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
-  char *zName;
-  if( pName ){
-    zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
-    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
-  }else{
-    zName = 0;
-  }
-  return zName;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
-** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
-*/
-void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
-  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5);
-  if( p->nTab==0 ){
-    p->nTab = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name
-** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This
-** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or
-** -1 if the named db cannot be found.
-*/
-int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
-  int i = -1;         /* Database number */
-  if( zName ){
-    Db *pDb;
-    int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-    for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
-      if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && 
-          0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return i;
-}
-
-/*
-** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
-** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
-** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
-** does not exist.
-*/
-int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
-  int i;                               /* Database number */
-  char *zName;                         /* Name we are searching for */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  return i;
-}
-
-/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
-** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-** 
-** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
-** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
-**
-** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
-**
-** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
-** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
-** database "xxx" is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3TwoPartName(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
-  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
-  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
-){
-  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){
-    if( db->init.busy ) {
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database");
-      return -1;
-    }
-    *pUnqual = pName2;
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
-    if( iDb<0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
-      return -1;
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
-    iDb = db->init.iDb;
-    *pUnqual = pName1;
-  }
-  return iDb;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
-** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
-** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
-** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
-** is reserved for internal use.
-*/
-int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
-  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 
-          && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
-          && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table
-*/
-Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){
-  Index *p;
-  for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){}
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table
-** column iCol.  Return -1 if not found.
-*/
-i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
-    if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i;
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
-** the first of several action routines that get called in response
-** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
-** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
-** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
-** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
-** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
-** CREATE and TABLE.
-**
-** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
-** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
-** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
-** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
-** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
-*/
-void sqlite3StartTable(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
-  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
-  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
-  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
-  int isView,      /* True if this is a VIEW */
-  int isVirtual,   /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
-  int noErr        /* Do nothing if table already exists */
-){
-  Table *pTable;
-  char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
-  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
-
-  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
-  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
-  **
-  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-  ** 
-  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
-  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
-  **
-  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
-  **
-  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
-  **
-  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
-  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
-  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
-  ** created in.
-  */
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){
-    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless 
-    ** the database name is "temp" anyway.  */
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
-
-  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( zName==0 ) return;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto begin_table_error;
-  }
-  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
-  {
-    int code;
-    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-    if( isView ){
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
-      }
-    }else{
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
-      }
-    }
-    if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
-  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
-  ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
-  ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
-  ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
-  ** collisions.
-  */
-  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-    pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
-    if( pTable ){
-      if( !noErr ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
-      }else{
-        assert( !db->init.busy || CORRUPT_DB );
-        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-      }
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-  if( pTable==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    goto begin_table_error;
-  }
-  pTable->zName = zName;
-  pTable->iPKey = -1;
-  pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pTable->nRef = 1;
-  pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
-  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
-  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
-
-  /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
-  ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
-  ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
-  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
-  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
-  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
-  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
-  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
-  ** now.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
-    int addr1;
-    int fileFormat;
-    int reg1, reg2, reg3;
-    /* nullRow[] is an OP_Record encoding of a row containing 5 NULLs */
-    static const char nullRow[] = { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( isVirtual ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, 
-    ** set them now.
-    */
-    reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-    reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem;
-    reg3 = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
-                  1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-
-    /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
-    ** The record created does not contain anything yet.  It will be replaced
-    ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
-    **
-    ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid.
-    ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot.
-    ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that
-    ** sqlite3EndTable will generate.
-    */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-    if( isView || isVirtual ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2);
-    }
-    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 6, reg3, 0, nullRow, P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
-  }
-
-  /* Normal (non-error) return. */
-  return;
-
-  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
-begin_table_error:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
-** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
-** produces larger code.
-**
-** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
-** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
-*/
-#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]==   \
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)]     \
-&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )
-
-/*
-** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
-** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
-** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
-** column.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  char *z;
-  Column *pCol;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
-    if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
-    Column *aNew;
-    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
-    if( aNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-      return;
-    }
-    p->aCol = aNew;
-  }
-  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
-  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
-  pCol->zName = z;
- 
-  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
-  ** 'BLOB'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
-  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
-  */
-  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-  pCol->szEst = 1;
-  p->nCol++;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
-** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
-** the column currently under construction.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
-  Table *p;
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
-  p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError;
-}
-
-/*
-** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
-** associated affinity type.
-**
-** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
-** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
-** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
-** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of 
-** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', 
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
-**
-** Substring     | Affinity
-** --------------------------------
-** 'INT'         | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
-** 'CHAR'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'CLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'TEXT'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'BLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_BLOB
-** 'REAL'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'FLOA'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'DOUB'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-**
-** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
-*/
-char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, u8 *pszEst){
-  u32 h = 0;
-  char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-  const char *zChar = 0;
-
-  if( zIn==0 ) return aff;
-  while( zIn[0] ){
-    h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff];
-    zIn++;
-    if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){             /* CHAR */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-      zChar = zIn;
-    }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){       /* CLOB */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){       /* TEXT */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b')          /* BLOB */
-        && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-      if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l')          /* REAL */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-    }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a')          /* FLOA */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-    }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b')          /* DOUB */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-#endif
-    }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){    /* INT */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size.  The
-  ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1.  */
-  if( pszEst ){
-    *pszEst = 1;   /* default size is approx 4 bytes */
-    if( aff<SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      if( zChar ){
-        while( zChar[0] ){
-          if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){
-            int v = 0;
-            sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v);
-            v = v/4 + 1;
-            if( v>255 ) v = 255;
-            *pszEst = v; /* BLOB(k), VARCHAR(k), CHAR(k) -> r=(k/4+1) */
-            break;
-          }
-          zChar++;
-        }
-      }else{
-        *pszEst = 5;   /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5  (approx 20 bytes)*/
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
-** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
-** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
-** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
-** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
-** in zType.
-*/ 
-void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
-  Table *p;
-  Column *pCol;
-
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
-  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1];
-  assert( pCol->zType==0 || CORRUPT_DB );
-  sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pCol->zType);
-  pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType);
-  pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType, &pCol->szEst);
-}
-
-/*
-** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
-** of the table currently under construction.
-**
-** Default value expressions must be constant.  Raise an exception if this
-** is not the case.
-**
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
-  Table *p;
-  Column *pCol;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p!=0 ){
-    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
-    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr, db->init.busy) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
-          pCol->zName);
-    }else{
-      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
-      ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
-      ** is required by pragma table_info.
-      */
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
-      pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
-      pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
-                                     (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Backwards Compatibility Hack:
-** 
-** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in
-** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints.  Example:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE xyz(a,b,c,d,e,PRIMARY KEY('a'),UNIQUE('b','c' COLLATE trim)
-**     CREATE INDEX abc ON xyz('c','d' DESC,'e' COLLATE nocase DESC);
-**
-** This is goofy.  But to preserve backwards compatibility we continue to
-** accept it.  This routine does the necessary conversion.  It converts
-** the expression given in its argument from a TK_STRING into a TK_ID
-** if the expression is just a TK_STRING with an optional COLLATE clause.
-** If the epxression is anything other than TK_STRING, the expression is
-** unchanged.
-*/
-static void sqlite3StringToId(Expr *p){
-  if( p->op==TK_STRING ){
-    p->op = TK_ID;
-  }else if( p->op==TK_COLLATE && p->pLeft->op==TK_STRING ){
-    p->pLeft->op = TK_ID;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
-** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
-** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
-**
-** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
-** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
-** error.
-**
-** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
-** then we will try to use that column as the rowid.  Set the Table.iPKey
-** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
-** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
-**
-** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
-** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,  /* List of field names to be indexed */
-  int onError,      /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
-  int autoInc,      /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
-  int sortOrder     /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
-){
-  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-  char *zType = 0;
-  int iCol = -1, i;
-  int nTerm;
-  if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
-  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
-    goto primary_key_exit;
-  }
-  pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
-    pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
-    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-    nTerm = 1;
-  }else{
-    nTerm = pList->nExpr;
-    for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
-      Expr *pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
-      assert( pCExpr!=0 );
-      sqlite3StringToId(pCExpr);
-      if( pCExpr->op==TK_ID ){
-        const char *zCName = pCExpr->u.zToken;
-        for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(zCName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
-            pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
-            zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( nTerm==1
-   && zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
-   && sortOrder!=SQLITE_SO_DESC
-  ){
-    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
-    pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError;
-    assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 );
-    pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement;
-    if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortOrder;
-  }else if( autoInc ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
-       "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
-#endif
-  }else{
-    Index *p;
-    p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0,
-                           0, sortOrder, 0);
-    if( p ){
-      p->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY;
-    }
-    pList = 0;
-  }
-
-primary_key_exit:
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  Expr *pCheckExpr  /* The check expression */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB
-   && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt)
-  ){
-    pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr);
-    if( pParse->constraintName.n ){
-      sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1);
-    }
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
-** to the CollSeq given.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  char *zColl;              /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-  i = p->nCol-1;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
-  if( !zColl ) return;
-
-  if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl);
-    p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
-  
-    /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
-    ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
-    ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
-    */
-    for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 );
-      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
-        pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
-** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
-**
-** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
-** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
-** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
-** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
-** returned instead.
-**
-** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
-** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
-** pParse.
-**
-** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq().  This routine
-** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
-** and generates an error message.
-**
-** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  u8 enc = ENC(db);
-  u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy);
-  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
-    pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName);
-  }
-
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
-**
-** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
-** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
-** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
-** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
-** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
-** since it was last read.
-**
-** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
-** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
-** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
-** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
-** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
-*/
-void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
-** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
-** but does not include the null terminator.
-**
-** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
-** really needed.
-*/
-static int identLength(const char *z){
-  int n;
-  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
-    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
-  }
-  return n + 2;
-}
-
-/*
-** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second 
-** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at
-** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the
-** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent,
-** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer
-** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning.
-** 
-** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric
-** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword,
-** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise,
-** it is quoted using double-quotes.
-*/
-static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
-  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
-  int i, j, needQuote;
-  i = *pIdx;
-
-  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
-    if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
-  }
-  needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0])
-            || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID
-            || zIdent[j]!=0
-            || j==0;
-
-  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
-  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
-    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
-    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
-  }
-  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
-  z[i] = 0;
-  *pIdx = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
-** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
-** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
-*/
-static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
-  int i, k, n;
-  char *zStmt;
-  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd;
-  Column *pCol;
-  n = 0;
-  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5;
-  }
-  n += identLength(p->zName);
-  if( n<50 ){ 
-    zSep = "";
-    zSep2 = ",";
-    zEnd = ")";
-  }else{
-    zSep = "\n  ";
-    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
-    zEnd = "\n)";
-  }
-  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
-  zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n);
-  if( zStmt==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
-  k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
-  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
-  zStmt[k++] = '(';
-  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    static const char * const azType[] = {
-        /* SQLITE_AFF_BLOB    */ "",
-        /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    */ " TEXT",
-        /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
-        /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
-        /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL    */ " REAL"
-    };
-    int len;
-    const char *zType;
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
-    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
-    zSep = zSep2;
-    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
-    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB >= 0 );
-    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB < ArraySize(azType) );
-    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB );
-    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
-    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
-    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
-    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
-    
-    zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_BLOB];
-    len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
-    assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB 
-            || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
-    memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
-    k += len;
-    assert( k<=n );
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
-  return zStmt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error.
-*/
-static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){
-  char *zExtra;
-  int nByte;
-  if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pIdx->isResized==0 );
-  nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N;
-  zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-  if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn);
-  pIdx->azColl = (char**)zExtra;
-  zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N;
-  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn);
-  pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra;
-  zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N;
-  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn);
-  pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra;
-  pIdx->nColumn = N;
-  pIdx->isResized = 1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Estimate the total row width for a table.
-*/
-static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){
-  unsigned wTable = 0;
-  const Column *pTabCol;
-  int i;
-  for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){
-    wTable += pTabCol->szEst;
-  }
-  if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++;
-  pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4);
-}
-
-/*
-** Estimate the average size of a row for an index.
-*/
-static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){
-  unsigned wIndex = 0;
-  int i;
-  const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol;
-  for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
-    i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-    assert( x<pIdx->pTable->nCol );
-    wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst;
-  }
-  pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4);
-}
-
-/* Return true if value x is found any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[]
-*/
-static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){
-  while( nCol-- > 0 ) if( x==*(aiCol++) ) return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that
-** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause.  The job of this routine is to convert both
-** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they
-** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table.
-** Changes include:
-**
-**     (1)  Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex.  There is
-**          no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID.  Instead, the canonical
-**          data storage is a covering index btree.
-**     (2)  Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
-**          for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now
-**          identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself.
-**     (3)  Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
-**          schema to the rootpage from the main table.
-**     (4)  Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
-**     (5)  Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
-**          so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index.  The surplus
-**          columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for
-**          sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks.
-**     (6)  Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE
-**          indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns.
-*/
-static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Index *pIdx;
-  Index *pPk;
-  int nPk;
-  int i, j;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-
-  /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the
-  ** root-page for the table into an OP_CreateIndex opcode.  The index
-  ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index.
-  */
-  if( pParse->addrCrTab ){
-    assert( v );
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, pParse->addrCrTab, OP_CreateIndex);
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index.  Or, if this table was originally
-  ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. 
-  */
-  if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
-    ExprList *pList;
-    Token ipkToken;
-    ipkToken.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
-    ipkToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(ipkToken.z);
-    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 
-                  sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &ipkToken, 0));
-    if( pList==0 ) return;
-    pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder;
-    assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab );
-    pPk = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( pPk==0 ) return;
-    pPk->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY;
-    pTab->iPKey = -1;
-  }else{
-    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-
-    /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master
-    ** table entry. This is only required if currently generating VDBE
-    ** code for a CREATE TABLE (not when parsing one as part of reading
-    ** a database schema).  */
-    if( v ){
-      assert( db->init.busy==0 );
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, pPk->tnum, OP_Goto);
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Remove all redundant columns from the PRIMARY KEY.  For example, change
-    ** "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,a,b,c,b,c,d)" into just "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,c,d)".  Later
-    ** code assumes the PRIMARY KEY contains no repeated columns.
-    */
-    for(i=j=1; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
-      if( hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){
-        pPk->nColumn--;
-      }else{
-        pPk->aiColumn[j++] = pPk->aiColumn[i];
-      }
-    }
-    pPk->nKeyCol = j;
-  }
-  pPk->isCovering = 1;
-  assert( pPk!=0 );
-  nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
-
-  /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL.  (Except,
-  ** do not enforce this for imposter tables.) */
-  if( !db->init.imposterTable ){
-    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
-      pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].notNull = 1;
-    }
-    pPk->uniqNotNull = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */
-  pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum;
-
-  /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting
-  ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY.
-  */
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    int n;
-    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue;
-    for(i=n=0; i<nPk; i++){
-      if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ) n++;
-    }
-    if( n==0 ){
-      /* This index is a superset of the primary key */
-      pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return;
-    for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; i<nPk; i++){
-      if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){
-        pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i];
-        pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i];
-        j++;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n );
-    assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j );
-  }
-
-  /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index
-  */
-  if( nPk<pTab->nCol ){
-    if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, pTab->nCol) ) return;
-    for(i=0, j=nPk; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){
-        assert( j<pPk->nColumn );
-        pPk->aiColumn[j] = i;
-        pPk->azColl[j] = "BINARY";
-        j++;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pPk->nColumn==j );
-    assert( pTab->nCol==j );
-  }else{
-    pPk->nColumn = pTab->nCol;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
-** a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** The table structure that other action routines have been building
-** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
-** occurred.
-**
-** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
-** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
-** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
-** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
-** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
-** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
-**
-** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
-** was called to create a table generated from a 
-** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
-** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
-*/
-void sqlite3EndTable(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
-  Token *pCons,           /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
-  Token *pEnd,            /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */
-  u8 tabOpts,             /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */
-  Select *pSelect         /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
-){
-  Table *p;                 /* The new table */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
-  int iDb;                  /* Database in which the table lives */
-  Index *pIdx;              /* An implied index of the table */
-
-  if( pEnd==0 && pSelect==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-
-  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
-
-  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
-  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
-  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
-  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
-  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
-  }
-
-  /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */
-  if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){
-    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-          "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables");
-      return;
-    }
-    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName);
-    }else{
-      p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid;
-      convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p);
-    }
-  }
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
-  */
-  if( p->pCheck ){
-    sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck);
-  }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
-
-  /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */
-  estimateTableWidth(p);
-  for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    estimateIndexWidth(pIdx);
-  }
-
-  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
-  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.
-  **
-  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
-  ** file instead of into the main database file.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    int n;
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *zType;    /* "view" or "table" */
-    char *zType2;   /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
-    char *zStmt;    /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
-
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
-
-    /* 
-    ** Initialize zType for the new view or table.
-    */
-    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
-      /* A regular table */
-      zType = "table";
-      zType2 = "TABLE";
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-    }else{
-      /* A view */
-      zType = "view";
-      zType2 = "VIEW";
-#endif
-    }
-
-    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
-    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
-    ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot.
-    **
-    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
-    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
-    ** by the new table.
-    **
-    ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
-    ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
-    ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
-    ** be redundant.
-    */
-    if( pSelect ){
-      SelectDest dest;    /* Where the SELECT should store results */
-      int regYield;       /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */
-      int addrTop;        /* Top of the co-routine */
-      int regRec;         /* A record to be insert into the new table */
-      int regRowid;       /* Rowid of the next row to insert */
-      int addrInsLoop;    /* Top of the loop for inserting rows */
-      Table *pSelTab;     /* A table that describes the SELECT results */
-
-      regYield = ++pParse->nMem;
-      regRec = ++pParse->nMem;
-      regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-      assert(pParse->nTab==1);
-      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG);
-      pParse->nTab = 2;
-      addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop);
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield);
-      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1);
-      if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-      pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
-      if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
-      assert( p->aCol==0 );
-      p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
-      p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
-      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
-      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
-      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
-      addrInsLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, dest.iSdst, dest.nSdst, regRec);
-      sqlite3TableAffinity(v, p, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 1, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 1, regRec, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrInsLoop);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsLoop);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
-    }
-
-    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
-    if( pSelect ){
-      zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p);
-    }else{
-      Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd;
-      n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z);
-      if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n;
-      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-          "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
-      );
-    }
-
-    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
-    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
-    ** the information we've collected.
-    */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
-         "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
-       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-      zType,
-      p->zName,
-      p->zName,
-      pParse->regRoot,
-      zStmt,
-      pParse->regRowid
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
-    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
-    */
-    if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
-      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-      if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
-        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-          "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
-          pDb->zName
-        );
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
-           sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName));
-  }
-
-
-  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    Table *pOld;
-    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, p);
-    if( pOld ){
-      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-    if( !p->pSelect ){
-      const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
-      int nName;
-      assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
-      if( pCons->z==0 ){
-        pCons = pEnd;
-      }
-      nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName);
-      p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
-*/
-void sqlite3CreateView(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
-  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
-  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
-  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
-  ExprList *pCNames, /* Optional list of view column names */
-  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
-  int isTemp,        /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
-  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
-){
-  Table *p;
-  int n;
-  const char *z;
-  Token sEnd;
-  DbFixer sFix;
-  Token *pName = 0;
-  int iDb;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
-    goto create_view_fail;
-  }
-  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto create_view_fail;
-  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
-  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName);
-  if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ) goto create_view_fail;
-
-  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
-  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
-  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
-  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
-  */
-  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-  p->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pCNames, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto create_view_fail;
-
-  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
-  ** the end.
-  */
-  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
-  assert( sEnd.z[0]!=0 );
-  if( sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
-    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
-  }
-  sEnd.n = 0;
-  n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z);
-  assert( n>0 );
-  z = pBegin->z;
-  while( sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; }
-  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
-  sEnd.n = 1;
-
-  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0);
-
-create_view_fail:
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCNames);
-  return;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-/*
-** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
-** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
-** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
-*/
-int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
-  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
-  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
-  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
-  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
-  sqlite3_xauth xAuth;       /* Saved xAuth pointer */
-  u8 bEnabledLA;             /* Saved db->lookaside.bEnabled state */
-
-  assert( pTable );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
-  ** already known.
-  */
-  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
-
-  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
-  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
-  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
-  **
-  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
-  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
-  **
-  ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point.
-  ** But the following test is still important as it does come up
-  ** in the following:
-  ** 
-  **     CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a);
-  **     CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1;
-  **     SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
-  */
-  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
-
-  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
-  ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
-  ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
-  ** to the elements of the FROM clause.  But we do not want these changes
-  ** to be permanent.  So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
-  ** statement that defines the view.
-  */
-  assert( pTable->pSelect );
-  bEnabledLA = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
-  if( pTable->pCheck ){
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-    sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck, 
-                               &pTable->nCol, &pTable->aCol);
-  }else{
-    pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0);
-    if( pSel ){
-      n = pParse->nTab;
-      sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
-      pTable->nCol = -1;
-      db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-      xAuth = db->xAuth;
-      db->xAuth = 0;
-      pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
-      db->xAuth = xAuth;
-#else
-      pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
-#endif
-      pParse->nTab = n;
-      if( pSelTab ){
-        assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
-        pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
-        pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
-        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
-        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
-        sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
-        assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
-      }else{
-        pTable->nCol = 0;
-        nErr++;
-      }
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
-    } else {
-      nErr++;
-    }
-  }
-  db->lookaside.bEnabled = bEnabledLA;
-  pTable->pSchema->schemaFlags |= DB_UnresetViews;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-  return nErr;  
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-/*
-** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
-*/
-static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
-  HashElem *i;
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) );
-  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
-    if( pTab->pSelect ){
-      sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTab);
-      pTab->aCol = 0;
-      pTab->nCol = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
-}
-#else
-# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
-** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
-** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
-** to iTo.
-**
-** Ticket #1728:  The symbol table might still contain information
-** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
-** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
-** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
-** being moved.  So we cannot stop searching after the first match 
-** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
-** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
-** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
-** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
-** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
-  HashElem *pElem;
-  Hash *pHash;
-  Db *pDb;
-
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
-      pTab->tnum = iTo;
-    }
-  }
-  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
-      pIdx->tnum = iTo;
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
-** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
-** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
-** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/ 
-static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);
-  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
-  ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
-  ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
-  ** reflect this.
-  **
-  ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
-  ** is in register NNN.  See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER
-  ** token for additional information.
-  */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-     "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
-     pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1);
-#endif
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
-** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
-** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
-** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/
-static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-  }
-#else
-  /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
-  ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically 
-  ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
-  ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
-  ** following were coded:
-  **
-  ** OP_Destroy 4 0
-  ** ...
-  ** OP_Destroy 5 0
-  **
-  ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
-  ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the 
-  ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
-  ** a free-list page.
-  */
-  int iTab = pTab->tnum;
-  int iDestroyed = 0;
-
-  while( 1 ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    int iLargest = 0;
-
-    if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){
-      iLargest = iTab;
-    }
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
-      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-      if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){
-        iLargest = iIdx;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iLargest==0 ){
-      return;
-    }else{
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-      assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
-      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
-      iDestroyed = iLargest;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3))
-** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command.
-*/
-static void sqlite3ClearStatTables(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parsing context */
-  int iDb,               /* The database number */
-  const char *zType,     /* "idx" or "tbl" */
-  const char *zName      /* Name of index or table */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  for(i=1; i<=4; i++){
-    char zTab[24];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i);
-    if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){
-      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
-        zDbName, zTab, zType, zName
-      );
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to drop a table.
-*/
-void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Trigger *pTrigger;
-  Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
-  ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
-  ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
-  */
-  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
-  while( pTrigger ){
-    assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || 
-        pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
-    sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
-    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
-  ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
-  ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
-  ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
-  */
-  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
-      pDb->zName, pTab->zName
-    );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
-  ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
-  ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
-  ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be
-  ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
-  ** database.
-  */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-      "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
-      pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
-  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
-  }
-
-  /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
-  ** the schema cookie.
-  */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
-** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
-*/
-void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
-  Table *pTab;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_drop_table;
-  if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++;
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]);
-  if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--;
-
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-
-  /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure
-  ** it is initialized.
-  */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zArg2 = 0;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-    if( isView ){
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
-      zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName;
-#endif
-    }else{
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
-      }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
-    && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
-  ** on a table.
-  */
-  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
-  ** on disk.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName);
-    sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab);
-    sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView);
-  }
-
-exit_drop_table:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
-** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
-** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
-** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
-** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table).  pToCol is a list
-** of tables in the parent pTo table.  flags contains all
-** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
-** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
-**
-** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
-** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.
-**
-** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
-** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
-*/
-void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
-  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
-  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
-  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  FKey *pFKey = 0;
-  FKey *pNextTo;
-  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  int nByte;
-  int i;
-  int nCol;
-  char *z;
-
-  assert( pTo!=0 );
-  if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
-  if( pFromCol==0 ){
-    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
-    if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end;
-    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
-         " should reference only one column of table %T",
-         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
-      goto fk_end;
-    }
-    nCol = 1;
-  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
-        "columns in the referenced table");
-    goto fk_end;
-  }else{
-    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
-  }
-  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
-  if( pToCol ){
-    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
-      nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
-    }
-  }
-  pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
-  if( pFKey==0 ){
-    goto fk_end;
-  }
-  pFKey->pFrom = p;
-  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
-  z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol];
-  pFKey->zTo = z;
-  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
-  z[pTo->n] = 0;
-  sqlite3Dequote(z);
-  z += pTo->n+1;
-  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
-  if( pFromCol==0 ){
-    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
-  }else{
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j>=p->nCol ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
-          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
-        goto fk_end;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( pToCol ){
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName);
-      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
-      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
-      z[n] = 0;
-      z += n+1;
-    }
-  }
-  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
-  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
-  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */
-
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
-  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
-      pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey
-  );
-  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    goto fk_end;
-  }
-  if( pNextTo ){
-    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
-    pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo;
-    pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey;
-  }
-
-  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
-  */
-  p->pFKey = pFKey;
-  pFKey = 0;
-
-fk_end:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
-** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
-** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
-** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
-** accordingly.
-*/
-void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  Table *pTab;
-  FKey *pFKey;
-  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
-  assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
-  pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx.  This is
-** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
-** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
-**
-** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
-** created.  The register specified by memRootPage contains the
-** root page number of the index.  If memRootPage is negative, then
-** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
-** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
-*/
-static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
-  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
-  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
-  int iIdx = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
-  int iSorter;                   /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
-  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
-  int addr2;                     /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
-  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
-  int iPartIdxLabel;             /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
-  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
-  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
-  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assembled index record */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
-  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
-  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
-    tnum = memRootPage;
-  }else{
-    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
-  }
-  pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex);
-
-  /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
-  iSorter = pParse->nTab++;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, pIndex->nKeyCol, (char*)
-                    sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO);
-
-  /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
-  ** records into the sorter. */
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-
-  sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord);
-  sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
-                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));
-
-  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
-  if( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) && pKey!=0 ){
-    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, j2);
-    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
-                         pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
-  }else{
-    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord, iIdx);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Last, iIdx, 0, -1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns.
-**
-** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes
-** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a
-** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra.
-*/
-Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Database connection */
-  i16 nCol,            /* Total number of columns in the index */
-  int nExtra,          /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */
-  char **ppExtra       /* Pointer to the "extra" space */
-){
-  Index *p;            /* Allocated index object */
-  int nByte;           /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */
-
-  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) +              /* Index structure  */
-          ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) +         /* Index.azColl     */
-          ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) +     /* Index.aiRowLogEst   */
-                 sizeof(i16)*nCol +            /* Index.aiColumn   */
-                 sizeof(u8)*nCol);             /* Index.aSortOrder */
-  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra);
-  if( p ){
-    char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index));
-    p->azColl = (char**)pExtra;       pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol);
-    p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1);
-    p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra;       pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol;
-    p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra;
-    p->nColumn = nCol;
-    p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1;
-    *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
-** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
-** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
-** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
-** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
-** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
-** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
-** to the table currently under construction.  
-**
-** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index
-** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index
-** as the tables primary key (Index.idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)
-*/
-Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* All information about this parse */
-  Token *pName1,     /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
-  Token *pName2,     /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
-  SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
-  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
-  int onError,       /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
-  Token *pStart,     /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
-  Expr *pPIWhere,    /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
-  int sortOrder,     /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
-  int ifNotExist     /* Omit error if index already exists */
-){
-  Index *pRet = 0;     /* Pointer to return */
-  Table *pTab = 0;     /* Table to be indexed */
-  Index *pIndex = 0;   /* The index to be created */
-  char *zName = 0;     /* Name of the index */
-  int nName;           /* Number of characters in zName */
-  int i, j;
-  DbFixer sFix;        /* For assigning database names to pTable */
-  int sortOrderMask;   /* 1 to honor DESC in index.  0 to ignore. */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Db *pDb;             /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
-  int iDb;             /* Index of the database that is being written */
-  Token *pName = 0;    /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
-  struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
-  int nExtra = 0;                  /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */
-  int nExtraCol;                   /* Number of extra columns needed */
-  char *zExtra = 0;                /* Extra space after the Index object */
-  Index *pPk = 0;      /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB || pParse->nErr>0 ){
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
-  */
-  if( pTblName!=0 ){
-
-    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
-    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
-    ** before looking up the table.
-    */
-    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    assert( pName && pName->z );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table
-    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this
-    ** if initialising a database schema.
-    */
-    if( !db->init.busy ){
-      pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
-      if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
-        iDb = 1;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName);
-    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){
-      /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
-      ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
-      assert(0);
-    }
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]);
-    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 );
-    if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-           "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"",
-           pTab->zName);
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-  }else{
-    assert( pName==0 );
-    assert( pStart==0 );
-    pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  }
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
-  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
-       && db->init.busy==0
-#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-       && sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0
-#endif
-       && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /*
-  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
-  ** index or table with the same name.  
-  **
-  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
-  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
-  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
-  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
-  **
-  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
-  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
-  ** own name.
-  */
-  if( pName ){
-    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    assert( pName->z!=0 );
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    if( !db->init.busy ){
-      if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
-        goto exit_create_index;
-      }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
-      if( !ifNotExist ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
-      }else{
-        assert( !db->init.busy );
-        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-      }
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-  }else{
-    int n;
-    Index *pLoop;
-    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
-    zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n);
-    if( zName==0 ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
-  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
-  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
-  */
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    Token prevCol;
-    prevCol.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
-    prevCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(prevCol.z);
-    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
-              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &prevCol, 0));
-    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    assert( pList->nExpr==1 );
-    sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(pList, sortOrder);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, pList, "index");
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
-  ** specified collation sequence names.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
-    assert( pExpr!=0 );
-    if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){
-      nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken));
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* 
-  ** Allocate the index structure. 
-  */
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1;
-  pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol,
-                                      nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) );
-  pIndex->zName = zExtra;
-  zExtra += nName + 1;
-  memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
-  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
-  pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
-  pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None;
-  pIndex->idxType = pName ? SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF : SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE;
-  pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr;
-  if( pPIWhere ){
-    sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0);
-    pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere;
-    pPIWhere = 0;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-
-  /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
-  */
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
-    sortOrderMask = -1;   /* Honor DESC */
-  }else{
-    sortOrderMask = 0;    /* Ignore DESC */
-  }
-
-  /* Analyze the list of expressions that form the terms of the index and
-  ** report any errors.  In the common case where the expression is exactly
-  ** a table column, store that column in aiColumn[].  For general expressions,
-  ** populate pIndex->aColExpr and store XN_EXPR (-2) in aiColumn[].
-  **
-  ** TODO: Issue a warning if two or more columns of the index are identical.
-  ** TODO: Issue a warning if the table primary key is used as part of the
-  ** index key.
-  */
-  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
-    Expr *pCExpr;                  /* The i-th index expression */
-    int requestedSortOrder;        /* ASC or DESC on the i-th expression */
-    char *zColl;                   /* Collation sequence name */
-
-    sqlite3StringToId(pListItem->pExpr);
-    sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_IdxExpr, pListItem->pExpr, 0);
-    if( pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index;
-    pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pListItem->pExpr);
-    if( pCExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ){
-      if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expressions prohibited in PRIMARY KEY and "
-                                "UNIQUE constraints");
-        goto exit_create_index;
-      }
-      if( pIndex->aColExpr==0 ){
-        ExprList *pCopy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, 0);
-        pIndex->aColExpr = pCopy;
-        if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-          assert( pCopy!=0 );
-          pListItem = &pCopy->a[i];
-        }
-      }
-      j = XN_EXPR;
-      pIndex->aiColumn[i] = XN_EXPR;
-      pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0;
-    }else{
-      j = pCExpr->iColumn;
-      assert( j<=0x7fff );
-      if( j<0 ){
-        j = pTab->iPKey;
-      }else if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ){
-        pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0;
-      }
-      pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j;
-    }
-    zColl = 0;
-    if( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){
-      int nColl;
-      zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken;
-      nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
-      assert( nExtra>=nColl );
-      memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl);
-      zColl = zExtra;
-      zExtra += nColl;
-      nExtra -= nColl;
-    }else if( j>=0 ){
-      zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
-    }
-    if( !zColl ) zColl = "BINARY";
-    if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
-    requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
-    pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder;
-  }
-
-  /* Append the table key to the end of the index.  For WITHOUT ROWID
-  ** tables (when pPk!=0) this will be the declared PRIMARY KEY.  For
-  ** normal tables (when pPk==0) this will be the rowid.
-  */
-  if( pPk ){
-    for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
-      int x = pPk->aiColumn[j];
-      assert( x>=0 );
-      if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){
-        pIndex->nColumn--; 
-      }else{
-        pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x;
-        pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j];
-        pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j];
-        i++;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( i==pIndex->nColumn );
-  }else{
-    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = XN_ROWID;
-    pIndex->azColl[i] = "BINARY";
-  }
-  sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
-  if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex);
-
-  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
-    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
-    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
-    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
-    ** i.e. one of:
-    **
-    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
-    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
-    **
-    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
-    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
-    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
-    ** explicit indices.
-    **
-    ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent
-    ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different
-    ** sort orders.
-    **
-    ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
-    ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
-    ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
-    */
-    Index *pIdx;
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      int k;
-      assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) );
-      assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF );
-      assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) );
-
-      if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue;
-      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nKeyCol; k++){
-        const char *z1;
-        const char *z2;
-        assert( pIdx->aiColumn[k]>=0 );
-        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
-        z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
-        z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
-        if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
-      }
-      if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){
-        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
-          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
-          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
-          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
-          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
-          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
-          ** explicitly specified behavior for the index.
-          */
-          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
-          }
-          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
-            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
-          }
-        }
-        pRet = pIdx;
-        goto exit_create_index;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
-  ** in-memory database structures. 
-  */
-  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    Index *p;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
-    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
-                          pIndex->zName, pIndex);
-    if( p ){
-      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-    if( pTblName!=0 ){
-      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the
-  ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then
-  ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for
-  ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with
-  ** content.  But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master
-  ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
-  ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.
-  **
-  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY
-  ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
-  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
-  ** step can be skipped.
-  */
-  else if( HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0 ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *zStmt;
-    int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-    /* Create the rootpage for the index using CreateIndex. But before
-    ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in 
-    ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a 
-    ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In 
-    ** that case the convertToWithoutRowidTable() routine will replace
-    ** the Noop with a Goto to jump over the VDBE code generated below. */
-    pIndex->tnum = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem);
-
-    /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
-    ** the zStmt variable
-    */
-    if( pStart ){
-      int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
-      if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--;
-      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
-      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
-        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z);
-    }else{
-      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
-      /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
-      zStmt = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
-    */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
-        db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-        pIndex->zName,
-        pTab->zName,
-        iMem,
-        zStmt
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
-
-    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
-    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
-    */
-    if( pTblName ){
-      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
-      sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
-         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
-    }
-
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIndex->tnum);
-  }
-
-  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
-  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
-  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct constraint check
-  ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of
-  ** UPDATE and INSERT statements.  
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
-    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
-         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
-      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
-      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
-    }else{
-      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
-      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
-        pOther = pOther->pNext;
-      }
-      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
-      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
-    }
-    pRet = pIndex;
-    pIndex = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Clean up before exiting */
-exit_create_index:
-  if( pIndex ) freeIndex(db, pIndex);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
-** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** aiRowEst[0] is supposed to contain the number of elements in the index.
-** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
-** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
-** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
-** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns
-** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
-*
-**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
-**           aiRowEst[N]>=1
-**
-** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
-** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized.  The numbers generated here
-** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
-*/
-void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
-  /*                10,  9,  8,  7,  6 */
-  LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 };
-  LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst;
-  int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol);
-  int i;
-
-  /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated 
-  ** number of rows in the table. Or 10, if the estimated number of rows 
-  ** in the table is less than that.  */
-  a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst;
-  if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33;        assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) );
-
-  /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is
-  ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5.  */
-  memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst));
-  for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
-    a[i] = 23;                    assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) );
-  }
-
-  assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) );
-  if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
-** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
-  Index *pIndex;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );   /* Never called with prior errors */
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-  if( pIndex==0 ){
-    if( !ifExists ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-    }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
-      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
-    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_index;
-    }
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_index;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
-       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName
-    );
-    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
-  }
-
-exit_drop_index:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the
-** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc()
-** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end.
-**
-** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of
-** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes
-** in total).
-**
-** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the
-** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to
-** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation
-** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case.
-**
-** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains
-** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned.
-*/
-void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-  sqlite3 *db,      /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
-  void *pArray,     /* Array of objects.  Might be reallocated */
-  int szEntry,      /* Size of each object in the array */
-  int *pnEntry,     /* Number of objects currently in use */
-  int *pIdx         /* Write the index of a new slot here */
-){
-  char *z;
-  int n = *pnEntry;
-  if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){
-    int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n;
-    void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry);
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      *pIdx = -1;
-      return pArray;
-    }
-    pArray = pNew;
-  }
-  z = (char*)pArray;
-  memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
-  *pIdx = n;
-  ++*pnEntry;
-  return pArray;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
-** need be.
-**
-** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
-*/
-IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) );
-    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-  }
-  pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-      db,
-      pList->a,
-      sizeof(pList->a[0]),
-      &pList->nId,
-      &i
-  );
-  if( i<0 ){
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
-  return pList;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an IdList.
-*/
-void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
-** if not found.
-*/
-int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by
-** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart.  iStart is zero based.
-** New slots are zeroed.
-**
-** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B.
-** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this:
-**
-**    sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2);
-**
-** After the call above it would contain:  A, B, nil, nil, nil.
-** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result
-** would have been:  A, nil, nil, nil, B.  To prepend the new slots,
-** the iStart value would be 0.  The result then would
-** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B.
-**
-** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged.  The
-** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true.
-*/
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(
-  sqlite3 *db,       /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */
-  SrcList *pSrc,     /* The SrcList to be enlarged */
-  int nExtra,        /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */
-  int iStart         /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */
-){
-  int i;
-
-  /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */
-  assert( iStart>=0 );
-  assert( nExtra>=1 );
-  assert( pSrc!=0 );
-  assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc );
-
-  /* Allocate additional space if needed */
-  if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){
-    SrcList *pNew;
-    int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra;
-    int nGot;
-    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc,
-               sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) );
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      assert( db->mallocFailed );
-      return pSrc;
-    }
-    pSrc = pNew;
-    nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1;
-    pSrc->nAlloc = nGot;
-  }
-
-  /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots
-  ** out of the way */
-  for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){
-    pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i];
-  }
-  pSrc->nSrc += nExtra;
-
-  /* Zero the newly allocated slots */
-  memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra);
-  for(i=iStart; i<iStart+nExtra; i++){
-    pSrc->a[i].iCursor = -1;
-  }
-
-  /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */
-  return pSrc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
-** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL.
-**
-** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error.  The returned
-** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be
-** a new one.  If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList
-** that is input to this routine is automatically freed.
-**
-** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
-** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
-** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
-** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
-** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
-** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
-** or with NULL if no database is specified.
-**
-** In other words, if call like this:
-**
-**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0);
-**
-** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
-** like this:
-**
-**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C);
-**
-** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.  If C is defined
-** then so is B.  In other words, we never have a case where:
-**
-**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C);
-**
-** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted.  They are dequoted
-** before being added to the SrcList.
-*/
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
-  SrcList *pList,     /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */
-  Token *pTable,      /* Table to append */
-  Token *pDatabase    /* Database of the table */
-){
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 );  /* Cannot have C without B */
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) );
-    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-    pList->nAlloc = 1;
-  }
-  pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1];
-  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
-    pDatabase = 0;
-  }
-  if( pDatabase ){
-    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
-    pDatabase = pTable;
-    pTable = pTemp;
-  }
-  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
-  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
-  return pList;
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList
-*/
-void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pList ){
-    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-      if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
-      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-      if( pItem->pSelect ){
-        sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
-*/
-void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
-    if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->u1.zIndexedBy);
-    if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pItem->u1.pFuncArg);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
-** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
-** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
-** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
-** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
-** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
-** usual case.  If the term has an alias, then pAlias points to the
-** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
-** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
-** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
-** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
-**
-** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
-** term added.
-*/
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  SrcList *p,             /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
-  Token *pTable,          /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
-  Token *pDatabase,       /* Name of the database containing pTable */
-  Token *pAlias,          /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
-  Select *pSubquery,      /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
-  Expr *pOn,              /* The ON clause of a join */
-  IdList *pUsing          /* The USING clause of a join */
-){
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", 
-      (pOn ? "ON" : "USING")
-    );
-    goto append_from_error;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
-  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){
-    goto append_from_error;
-  }
-  pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
-  assert( pAlias!=0 );
-  if( pAlias->n ){
-    pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias);
-  }
-  pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
-  pItem->pOn = pOn;
-  pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
-  return p;
-
- append_from_error:
-  assert( p==0 );
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added 
-** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
-*/
-void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
-  assert( pIndexedBy!=0 );
-  if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
-    assert( pItem->fg.notIndexed==0 );
-    assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 );
-    assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 );
-    if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
-      /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y 
-      ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
-      pItem->fg.notIndexed = 1;
-    }else{
-      pItem->u1.zIndexedBy = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy);
-      pItem->fg.isIndexedBy = (pItem->u1.zIndexedBy!=0);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add the list of function arguments to the SrcList entry for a
-** table-valued-function.
-*/
-void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, ExprList *pList){
-  if( p && pList ){
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
-    assert( pItem->fg.notIndexed==0 );
-    assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 );
-    assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 );
-    pItem->u1.pFuncArg = pList;
-    pItem->fg.isTabFunc = 1;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
-** is initially attached to the left operand.  But the code generator
-** expects the join operator to be on the right operand.  This routine
-** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
-** clause.
-**
-** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
-**
-**           A natural cross join B
-**
-** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
-** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
-** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
-*/
-void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
-  if( p ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
-      p->a[i].fg.jointype = p->a[i-1].fg.jointype;
-    }
-    p->a[0].fg.jointype = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin a transaction
-*/
-void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int i;
-
-  assert( pParse!=0 );
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-/*  if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) return;
-  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit a transaction
-*/
-void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  assert( pParse!=0 );
-  assert( pParse->db!=0 );
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback a transaction
-*/
-void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  assert( pParse!=0 );
-  assert( pParse->db!=0 );
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
-** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. 
-*/
-void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
-  char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
-  if( zName ){
-    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
-    assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 );
-#endif
-    if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName);
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
-** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
-*/
-int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
-    int rc;
-    Btree *pBt;
-    static const int flags = 
-          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
-
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
-        "file for storing temporary tables");
-      pParse->rc = rc;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt;
-    assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
-    if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified
-** for database iDb.  The code to actually verify the schema cookie
-** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated
-** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding().
-*/
-void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
-  assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  if( DbMaskTest(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ){
-    DbMaskSet(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb);
-    pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-      sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each 
-** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only.
-*/
-void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
-** might change the database.
-**
-** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
-** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
-** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
-** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
-** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
-** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
-** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
-** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
-*/
-void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-  DbMaskSet(pToplevel->writeMask, iDb);
-  pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
-}
-
-/*
-** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
-** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
-** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
-** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will
-** be necessary to undo the completed writes.
-*/
-void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1;
-}
-
-/* 
-** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is
-** possible to abort a statement prior to completion.  In order to 
-** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make
-** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction.
-**
-** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the
-** isMultiWrite flag was previously set.  There is a time dependency
-** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite.  This makes
-** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm
-** go a little faster.  But taking advantage of this time dependency
-** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in 
-** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective
-** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen
-** to take the safe route and skip the optimization.
-*/
-void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  pToplevel->mayAbort = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
-** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement
-** and/or current transaction is rolled back.
-*/
-void sqlite3HaltConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  int errCode,      /* extended error code */
-  int onError,      /* Constraint type */
-  char *p4,         /* Error message */
-  i8 p4type,        /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */
-  u8 p5Errmsg       /* P5_ErrMsg type */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
-  if( onError==OE_Abort ){
-    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type);
-  if( p5Errmsg ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation.
-*/
-void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  int onError,      /* Constraint type */
-  Index *pIdx       /* The index that triggers the constraint */
-){
-  char *zErr;
-  int j;
-  StrAccum errMsg;
-  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0, 200);
-  if( pIdx->aColExpr ){
-    sqlite3XPrintf(&errMsg, 0, "index '%q'", pIdx->zName);
-  }else{
-    for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
-      char *zCol;
-      assert( pIdx->aiColumn[j]>=0 );
-      zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
-      if( j ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ", ", 2);
-      sqlite3XPrintf(&errMsg, 0, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
-    }
-  }
-  zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
-  sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, 
-    IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY 
-                            : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE,
-    onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid.
-*/
-void sqlite3RowidConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  int onError,      /* Conflict resolution algorithm */
-  Table *pTab       /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ 
-){
-  char *zMsg;
-  int rc;
-  if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
-    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
-                          pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
-    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY;
-  }else{
-    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName);
-    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID;
-  }
-  sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC,
-                        P5_ConstraintUnique);
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl.  Return
-** true if it does and false if it does not.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
-  int i;
-  assert( zColl!=0 );
-  for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){
-    const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
-    assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 );
-    if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
-** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
-  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
-
-  for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
-    if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
-** indices use the collating sequence pColl.  If pColl==0 then recompute
-** all indices everywhere.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
-  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
-  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
-  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
-  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );  /* Needed for schema access */
-  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
-    assert( pDb!=0 );
-    for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
-      pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-      reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
-**
-**        REINDEX                            -- 1
-**        REINDEX  <collation>               -- 2
-**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
-**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<indexname>  -- 4
-**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
-** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
-** collating function.  Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
-** indices associated with the named table.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
-  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
-  char *z;                    /* Name of a table or index */
-  const char *zDb;            /* Name of the database */
-  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
-  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
-  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
-  Token *pObjName;            /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
-
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if( pName1==0 ){
-    reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
-    return;
-  }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){
-    char *zColl;
-    assert( pName1->z );
-    zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1);
-    if( !zColl ) return;
-    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
-    if( pColl ){
-      reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName);
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
-  if( pTab ){
-    reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-    return;
-  }
-  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-  if( pIndex ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index.
-**
-** The KeyInfo structure for an index is cached in the Index object.
-** So there might be multiple references to the returned pointer.  The
-** caller should not try to modify the KeyInfo object.
-**
-** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object
-** when it has finished using it.
-*/
-KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
-  int i;
-  int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
-  int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol;
-  KeyInfo *pKey;
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
-  if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){
-    pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey);
-  }else{
-    pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0);
-  }
-  if( pKey ){
-    assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) );
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
-      assert( zColl!=0 );
-      pKey->aColl[i] = strcmp(zColl,"BINARY")==0 ? 0 :
-                        sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
-      pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
-    }
-    if( pParse->nErr ){
-      sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey);
-      pKey = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return pKey;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-/* 
-** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a 
-** WITH clause. 
-*/
-With *sqlite3WithAdd(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  With *pWith,            /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */
-  Token *pName,           /* Name of the common-table */
-  ExprList *pArglist,     /* Optional column name list for the table */
-  Select *pQuery          /* Query used to initialize the table */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  With *pNew;
-  char *zName;
-
-  /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If
-  ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
-  if( zName && pWith ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pWith ){
-    int nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte);
-    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte);
-  }else{
-    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith));
-  }
-  assert( zName!=0 || pNew==0 );
-  assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pNew==0 );
-
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-    pNew = pWith;
-  }else{
-    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery;
-    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist;
-    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName;
-    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zCteErr = 0;
-    pNew->nCte++;
-  }
-
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument.
-*/
-void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){
-  if( pWith ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
-      struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i];
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols);
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/callback.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/callback.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cd213b4b28b..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/callback.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,477 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 May 23 
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
-** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
-** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName.
-*/
-static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){
-  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
-  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
-    char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
-    if( !zExternal ) return;
-    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
-    char const *zExternal;
-    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-    if( zExternal ){
-      db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
-** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
-** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
-** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
-** possible.
-*/
-static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
-  CollSeq *pColl2;
-  char *z = pColl->zName;
-  int i;
-  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
-  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
-    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0);
-    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
-      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
-      pColl->xDel = 0;         /* Do not copy the destructor */
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
-** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
-** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding.
-** 
-** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
-** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
-**
-** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
-** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
-** sequence can be found.  If no collation is found, leave an error message.
-**
-** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq()
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  u8 enc,               /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */
-  CollSeq *pColl,       /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */
-  const char *zName     /* Collating sequence name */
-){
-  CollSeq *p;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  p = pColl;
-  if( !p ){
-    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
-  }
-  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
-    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
-    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
-    */
-    callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName);
-    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
-  }
-  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
-    p = 0;
-  }
-  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
-  if( p==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
-** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
-** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
-** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
-**
-** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
-** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
-** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
-** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
-*/
-int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
-  if( pColl ){
-    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName);
-    if( !p ){
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    assert( p==pColl );
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
-** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
-** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
-** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
-** preferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
-**
-** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
-** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
-** each collation sequence structure.
-*/
-static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
-  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
-  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);
-
-  if( 0==pColl && create ){
-    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1);
-    if( pColl ){
-      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
-      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
-      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
-      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
-      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl);
-
-      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
-      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
-      ** to the hash table).
-      */
-      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
-      if( pDel!=0 ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
-        pColl = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
-** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
-** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
-**
-** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
-** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
-** this routine.  sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
-** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
-** cannot be found.
-**
-** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  u8 enc,
-  const char *zName,
-  int create
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  if( zName ){
-    pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create);
-  }else{
-    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-  }
-  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
-  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
-** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
-** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
-** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
-** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
-**
-** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg
-** is also -1.  In other words, we are searching for a function that
-** takes a variable number of arguments.
-**
-** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function 
-** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive
-** match score for any
-**
-** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows:
-**
-** 0: Not a match.
-** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments.
-** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args.
-** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments
-** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly
-** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly
-** 6: Perfect match:  encoding and argument count match exactly.
-**
-** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xStep or xFunc is
-** a perfect match and any function with both xStep and xFunc NULL is
-** a non-match.
-*/
-#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6  /* The score for a perfect match */
-static int matchQuality(
-  FuncDef *p,     /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */
-  int nArg,       /* Desired number of arguments.  (-1)==any */
-  u8 enc          /* Desired text encoding */
-){
-  int match;
-
-  /* nArg of -2 is a special case */
-  if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xFunc==0 && p->xStep==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH;
-
-  /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */
-  if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0;
-
-  /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments
-  ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */
-  if( p->nArg==nArg ){
-    match = 4;
-  }else{
-    match = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */
-  if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){
-    match += 2;  /* Exact encoding match */
-  }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){
-    match += 1;  /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */
-  }
-
-  return match;
-}
-
-/*
-** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name.  Return
-** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
-*/
-static FuncDef *functionSearch(
-  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* Hash table to search */
-  int h,               /* Hash of the name */
-  const char *zFunc,   /* Name of function */
-  int nFunc            /* Number of bytes in zFunc */
-){
-  FuncDef *p;
-  for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){
-      return p;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
-*/
-void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(
-  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* The hash table into which to insert */
-  FuncDef *pDef        /* The function definition to insert */
-){
-  FuncDef *pOther;
-  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName);
-  u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0];
-  int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a);
-  pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName);
-  if( pOther ){
-    assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef );
-    pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext;
-    pOther->pNext = pDef;
-  }else{
-    pDef->pNext = 0;
-    pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h];
-    pHash->a[h] = pDef;
-  }
-}
-  
-  
-
-/*
-** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
-** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
-** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
-** NULL if the function does not exist.
-**
-** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
-** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
-** no matching function previously existed.
-**
-** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned.  A
-** function is valid if either xFunc or xStep is non-zero.  The nArg==(-2)
-** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number
-** of arguments.  If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0.
-**
-** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
-** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
-** match that requested.
-*/
-FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
-  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
-  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
-  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
-  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
-  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
-  u8 createFlag      /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
-){
-  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
-  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
-  int bestScore = 0;  /* Score of best match */
-  int h;              /* Hash value */
-
-  assert( nArg>=(-2) );
-  assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 );
-  h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a);
-
-  /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
-  */
-  p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName);
-  while( p ){
-    int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
-    if( score>bestScore ){
-      pBest = p;
-      bestScore = score;
-    }
-    p = p->pNext;
-  }
-
-  /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
-  **
-  ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in
-  ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found.  And give
-  ** priority to built-in functions.
-  **
-  ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
-  ** install a new function.  Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will
-  ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
-  ** new function.  But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
-  ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
-  */ 
-  if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){
-    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-    bestScore = 0;
-    p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
-    while( p ){
-      int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
-      if( score>bestScore ){
-        pBest = p;
-        bestScore = score;
-      }
-      p = p->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
-  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
-  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
-  */
-  if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH && 
-      (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
-    pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1];
-    pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg;
-    pBest->funcFlags = enc;
-    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
-    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest);
-  }
-
-  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
-    return pBest;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
-** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the 
-** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents
-** of the schema hash tables).
-**
-** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
-*/
-void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){
-  Hash temp1;
-  Hash temp2;
-  HashElem *pElem;
-  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
-
-  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
-  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
-  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash);
-  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
-  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash);
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
-  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
-  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
-  if( pSchema->schemaFlags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
-    pSchema->iGeneration++;
-    pSchema->schemaFlags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
-** a new one if necessary.
-*/
-Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
-  Schema * p;
-  if( pBt ){
-    p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear);
-  }else{
-    p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema));
-  }
-  if( !p ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash);
-    p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/complete.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/complete.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b120b7e811d..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/complete.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
-**
-** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
-** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
-** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
-** static links that do not use it.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-
-/*
-** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-extern const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-
-
-/*
-** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
-** comments on that procedure for additional information.
-*/
-#define tkSEMI    0
-#define tkWS      1
-#define tkOTHER   2
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-#define tkEXPLAIN 3
-#define tkCREATE  4
-#define tkTEMP    5
-#define tkTRIGGER 6
-#define tkEND     7
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
-**
-** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
-** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
-** must end with ";END;".
-**
-** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states:
-**
-**   (0) INVALID   We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character.
-**
-**   (1) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
-**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
-**                 in any other state.
-**
-**   (2) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
-**                 semicolon.
-**
-**   (3) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
-**                 a statement.
-**
-**   (4) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
-**                 statement, possibly preceded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
-**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
-**
-**   (5) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
-**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
-**
-**   (6) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
-**                 the end of a trigger definition.
-**
-**   (7) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
-**                 of a trigger definition.
-**
-** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
-** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
-**
-**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
-**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace.
-**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
-**   (3) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
-**   (4) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
-**   (5) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
-**   (6) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
-**   (7) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
-**
-** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
-** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid.
-**
-** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
-** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted.  All we have to do
-** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
-*/
-int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
-  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
-  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
-  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
-  */
-  static const u8 trans[8][8] = {
-                     /* Token:                                                */
-     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER  EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END */
-     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2,       3,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
-     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2,       3,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
-     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2,       2,      2,    2,       2,   2, },
-     /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ {    1,  3,     3,       2,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
-     /* 4  CREATE: */ {    1,  4,     2,       2,      2,    4,       5,   2, },
-     /* 5 TRIGGER: */ {    6,  5,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
-     /* 6    SEMI: */ {    6,  6,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   7, },
-     /* 7     END: */ {    1,  7,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
-  };
-#else
-  /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
-  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simpler
-  */
-  static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
-                     /* Token:           */
-     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
-     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2, },
-     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2, },
-     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2, },
-  };
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( zSql==0 ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  while( *zSql ){
-    switch( *zSql ){
-      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
-        token = tkSEMI;
-        break;
-      }
-      case ' ':
-      case '\r':
-      case '\t':
-      case '\n':
-      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
-        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
-          token = tkOTHER;
-          break;
-        }
-        zSql += 2;
-        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
-        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
-        zSql++;
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
-        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
-          token = tkOTHER;
-          break;
-        }
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1;
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
-        zSql++;
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
-        token = tkOTHER;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '`':     /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
-      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
-      case '\'': {
-        int c = *zSql;
-        zSql++;
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
-        token = tkOTHER;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-        unsigned char c;
-#endif
-        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
-          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
-          int nId;
-          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-          token = tkOTHER;
-#else
-          switch( *zSql ){
-            case 'c': case 'C': {
-              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
-                token = tkCREATE;
-              }else{
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            case 't': case 'T': {
-              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
-                token = tkTRIGGER;
-              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
-                token = tkTEMP;
-              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
-                token = tkTEMP;
-              }else{
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            case 'e':  case 'E': {
-              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
-                token = tkEND;
-              }else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
-                token = tkEXPLAIN;
-              }else
-#endif
-              {
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            default: {
-              token = tkOTHER;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-          zSql += nId-1;
-        }else{
-          /* Operators and special symbols */
-          token = tkOTHER;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    state = trans[state][token];
-    zSql++;
-  }
-  return state==1;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
-** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
-** UTF-8.
-*/
-int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  char const *zSql8;
-  int rc;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( zSql8 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  return rc & 0xff;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/ctime.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/ctime.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 17dd710bc33..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/ctime.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,436 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 February 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options
-** SQLite was built with.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** An array of names of all compile-time options.  This array should 
-** be sorted A-Z.
-**
-** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
-** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually
-** rather short and uses little memory space.
-*/
-static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = {
-
-/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define
-** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */
-#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt
-#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt)
-
-#if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
-  "32BIT_ROWID",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
-  "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
-  "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-  "CHECK_PAGES",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-  "COVERAGE_TEST",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-  "DEBUG",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
-  "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
-  "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE),
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
-  "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-  "DISABLE_LFS",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  "ENABLE_API_ARMOR",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
-  "ENABLE_CEROD",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-  "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB
-  "ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-  "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
-  "ENABLE_FTS1",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
-  "ENABLE_FTS2",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-  "ENABLE_FTS3",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
-  "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
-  "ENABLE_FTS4",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
-  "ENABLE_FTS5",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-  "ENABLE_ICU",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
-  "ENABLE_IOTRACE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
-  "ENABLE_JSON1",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
-  "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE),
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-  "ENABLE_MEMSYS3",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-  "ENABLE_MEMSYS5",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK
-  "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-  "ENABLE_RTREE",
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-  "ENABLE_STAT4",
-#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
-  "ENABLE_STAT3",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-  "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
-  "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  "HAS_CODEC",
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
-  "HAVE_ISNAN",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
-  "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
-  "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
-  "INT64_TYPE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-  "LOCK_TRACE",
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
-  "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE),
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
-  "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY),
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-  "MEMDEBUG",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-  "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  "NO_SYNC",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  "OMIT_ALTERTABLE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-  "OMIT_ANALYZE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-  "OMIT_ATTACH",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  "OMIT_AUTOINIT",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-  "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
-  "OMIT_AUTORESET",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
-  "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-  "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-  "OMIT_BTREECOUNT",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-  "OMIT_CAST",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  "OMIT_CHECK",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-  "OMIT_COMPLETE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-  "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-  "OMIT_CTE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-  "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-  "OMIT_DECLTYPE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  "OMIT_DEPRECATED",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-  "OMIT_DISKIO",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  "OMIT_EXPLAIN",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
-  "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-  "OMIT_GET_TABLE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  "OMIT_INCRBLOB",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-  "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-  "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-  "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-  "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
-  "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-  "OMIT_MEMORYDB",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
-  "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-  "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
-  "OMIT_PRAGMA",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
-  "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-  "OMIT_REINDEX",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
-  "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
-  "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  "OMIT_SUBQUERY",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-  "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  "OMIT_TEMPDB",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  "OMIT_TRACE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  "OMIT_TRIGGER",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
-  "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  "OMIT_UTF16",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-  "OMIT_VACUUM",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  "OMIT_VIEW",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  "OMIT_WAL",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  "OMIT_WSD",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
-  "OMIT_XFER_OPT",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-  "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
-  "PROXY_DEBUG",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-  "RTREE_INT_ONLY",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-  "SECURE_DELETE",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_SMALL_STACK
-  "SMALL_STACK",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-  "SOUNDEX",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
-  "SYSTEM_MALLOC",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TCL
-  "TCL",
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && !defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc)
-  "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE),
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEST
-  "TEST",
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
-  "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
-  "USE_ALLOCA",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-  "USER_AUTHENTICATION",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
-  "WIN32_MALLOC",
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
-  "ZERO_MALLOC"
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option
-** was used and false if not.
-**
-** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
-** is not required for a match.
-*/
-int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
-  int i, n;
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( zOptName==0 ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
-  n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);
-
-  /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
-  ** linear search is adequate.  No need for a binary search. */
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0
-     && sqlite3IsIdChar((unsigned char)azCompileOpt[i][n])==0
-    ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the N-th compile-time option string.  If N is out of range,
-** return a NULL pointer.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){
-  if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){
-    return azCompileOpt[N];
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/date.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/date.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a66eae900c..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/date.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1139 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 October 31
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
-** functions for SQLite.  
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
-**
-** SQLite processes all times and dates as julian day numbers.  The
-** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
-** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
-** calendar system. 
-**
-** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
-** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
-**
-** This implementation requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
-** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
-** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
-** range of dates.
-**
-** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
-** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
-** use the julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
-** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
-**
-** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
-** in the following text:
-**
-**      Jean Meeus
-**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
-**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
-**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
-**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-
-
-/*
-** A structure for holding a single date and time.
-*/
-typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
-struct DateTime {
-  sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
-  int Y, M, D;       /* Year, month, and day */
-  int h, m;          /* Hour and minutes */
-  int tz;            /* Timezone offset in minutes */
-  double s;          /* Seconds */
-  char validYMD;     /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
-  char validHMS;     /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
-  char validJD;      /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
-  char validTZ;      /* True (1) if tz is valid */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
-** come in groups of 5 as follows:
-**
-**       N       number of digits in the integer
-**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
-**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
-**       nextC   first character after the integer
-**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
-**
-** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
-** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
-*/
-static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int val;
-  int N;
-  int min;
-  int max;
-  int nextC;
-  int *pVal;
-  int cnt = 0;
-  va_start(ap, zDate);
-  do{
-    N = va_arg(ap, int);
-    min = va_arg(ap, int);
-    max = va_arg(ap, int);
-    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
-    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
-    val = 0;
-    while( N-- ){
-      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
-        goto end_getDigits;
-      }
-      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
-      zDate++;
-    }
-    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
-      goto end_getDigits;
-    }
-    *pVal = val;
-    zDate++;
-    cnt++;
-  }while( nextC );
-end_getDigits:
-  va_end(ap);
-  return cnt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
-** The extension is of the form:
-**
-**        (+/-)HH:MM
-**
-** Or the "zulu" notation:
-**
-**        Z
-**
-** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
-** of change in p->tz and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
-** return non-zero.
-**
-** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
-*/
-static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
-  int sgn = 0;
-  int nHr, nMn;
-  int c;
-  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
-  p->tz = 0;
-  c = *zDate;
-  if( c=='-' ){
-    sgn = -1;
-  }else if( c=='+' ){
-    sgn = +1;
-  }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
-    zDate++;
-    goto zulu_time;
-  }else{
-    return c!=0;
-  }
-  zDate++;
-  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  zDate += 5;
-  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
-zulu_time:
-  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
-  return *zDate!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
-** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
-** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
-**
-** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
-*/
-static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
-  int h, m, s;
-  double ms = 0.0;
-  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  zDate += 5;
-  if( *zDate==':' ){
-    zDate++;
-    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    zDate += 2;
-    if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
-      double rScale = 1.0;
-      zDate++;
-      while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
-        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
-        rScale *= 10.0;
-        zDate++;
-      }
-      ms /= rScale;
-    }
-  }else{
-    s = 0;
-  }
-  p->validJD = 0;
-  p->validHMS = 1;
-  p->h = h;
-  p->m = m;
-  p->s = s + ms;
-  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
-  p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
-** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** Reference:  Meeus page 61
-*/
-static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
-  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
-
-  if( p->validJD ) return;
-  if( p->validYMD ){
-    Y = p->Y;
-    M = p->M;
-    D = p->D;
-  }else{
-    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
-    M = 1;
-    D = 1;
-  }
-  if( M<=2 ){
-    Y--;
-    M += 12;
-  }
-  A = Y/100;
-  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
-  X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
-  X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
-  p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
-  p->validJD = 1;
-  if( p->validHMS ){
-    p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
-    if( p->validTZ ){
-      p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
-      p->validYMD = 0;
-      p->validHMS = 0;
-      p->validTZ = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse dates of the form
-**
-**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
-**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
-**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
-**     YYYY-MM-DD
-**
-** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
-** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
-** date.
-*/
-static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
-  int Y, M, D, neg;
-
-  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
-    zDate++;
-    neg = 1;
-  }else{
-    neg = 0;
-  }
-  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  zDate += 10;
-  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
-  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
-    /* We got the time */
-  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
-    p->validHMS = 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-  p->validJD = 0;
-  p->validYMD = 1;
-  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
-  p->M = M;
-  p->D = D;
-  if( p->validTZ ){
-    computeJD(p);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS.
-**
-** Return the number of errors.
-*/
-static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
-  p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
-  if( p->iJD>0 ){
-    p->validJD = 1;
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to parse the given string into a julian day number.  Return
-** the number of errors.
-**
-** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
-**
-**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
-**      DDDD.DD 
-**      now
-**
-** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
-** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
-** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
-** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
-** as there is a year and date.
-*/
-static int parseDateOrTime(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  const char *zDate, 
-  DateTime *p
-){
-  double r;
-  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
-    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
-  }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){
-    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
-    p->validJD = 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
-*/
-static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
-  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
-  if( p->validYMD ) return;
-  if( !p->validJD ){
-    p->Y = 2000;
-    p->M = 1;
-    p->D = 1;
-  }else{
-    Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
-    A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
-    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
-    B = A + 1524;
-    C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
-    D = (36525*(C&32767))/100;
-    E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
-    X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
-    p->D = B - D - X1;
-    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
-    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
-  }
-  p->validYMD = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
-*/
-static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
-  int s;
-  if( p->validHMS ) return;
-  computeJD(p);
-  s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
-  p->s = s/1000.0;
-  s = (int)p->s;
-  p->s -= s;
-  p->h = s/3600;
-  s -= p->h*3600;
-  p->m = s/60;
-  p->s += s - p->m*60;
-  p->validHMS = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute both YMD and HMS
-*/
-static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
-  computeYMD(p);
-  computeHMS(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
-*/
-static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
-  p->validYMD = 0;
-  p->validHMS = 0;
-  p->validTZ = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
-** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to 
-** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the 
-** order of the parameters is reversed.
-**
-** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
-**
-** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
-** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides 
-** localtime_s().
-*/
-#if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S \
-    && defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
-#undef  HAVE_LOCALTIME_S
-#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-/*
-** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r()
-** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that
-** is available.  This routine returns 0 on success and
-** non-zero on any kind of error.
-**
-** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this
-** routine will always fail.
-**
-** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C
-** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of
-** local time.
-*/
-static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
-  int rc;
-#if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S
-  struct tm *pX;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  pX = localtime(t);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
-#endif
-  if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  rc = pX==0;
-#else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1;
-#endif
-#if HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
-  rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0;
-#else
-  rc = localtime_s(pTm, t);
-#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
-#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-/*
-** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
-** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
-** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. 
-**
-** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
-** is undefined in this case.
-*/
-static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(
-  DateTime *p,                    /* Date at which to calculate offset */
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Write error here if one occurs */
-  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */
-){
-  DateTime x, y;
-  time_t t;
-  struct tm sLocal;
-
-  /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */
-  memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal));
-
-  x = *p;
-  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
-  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only
-    ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range,
-    ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this
-    ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back.
-    */
-    x.Y = 2000;
-    x.M = 1;
-    x.D = 1;
-    x.h = 0;
-    x.m = 0;
-    x.s = 0.0;
-  } else {
-    int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
-    x.s = s;
-  }
-  x.tz = 0;
-  x.validJD = 0;
-  computeJD(&x);
-  t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
-  if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1);
-    *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
-  y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
-  y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
-  y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
-  y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
-  y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
-  y.validYMD = 1;
-  y.validHMS = 1;
-  y.validJD = 0;
-  y.validTZ = 0;
-  computeJD(&y);
-  *pRc = SQLITE_OK;
-  return y.iJD - x.iJD;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
-
-/*
-** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
-** as follows:
-**
-**     NNN days
-**     NNN hours
-**     NNN minutes
-**     NNN.NNNN seconds
-**     NNN months
-**     NNN years
-**     start of month
-**     start of year
-**     start of week
-**     start of day
-**     weekday N
-**     unixepoch
-**     localtime
-**     utc
-**
-** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error
-** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written
-** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is
-** written to pCtx.
-*/
-static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
-  int rc = 1;
-  int n;
-  double r;
-  char *z, zBuf[30];
-  z = zBuf;
-  for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
-    z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]];
-  }
-  z[n] = 0;
-  switch( z[0] ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-    case 'l': {
-      /*    localtime
-      **
-      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
-      ** show local time.
-      */
-      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
-        computeJD(p);
-        p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case 'u': {
-      /*
-      **    unixepoch
-      **
-      ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
-      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
-      */
-      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
-        p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-      else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
-        sqlite3_int64 c1;
-        computeJD(p);
-        c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          p->iJD -= c1;
-          clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-          p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-    case 'w': {
-      /*
-      **    weekday N
-      **
-      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
-      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
-      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
-      */
-      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0
-               && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8)
-               && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
-        sqlite3_int64 Z;
-        computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->validTZ = 0;
-        p->validJD = 0;
-        computeJD(p);
-        Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
-        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
-        p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case 's': {
-      /*
-      **    start of TTTTT
-      **
-      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
-      ** or month or year.
-      */
-      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
-      z += 9;
-      computeYMD(p);
-      p->validHMS = 1;
-      p->h = p->m = 0;
-      p->s = 0.0;
-      p->validTZ = 0;
-      p->validJD = 0;
-      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
-        p->D = 1;
-        rc = 0;
-      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
-        computeYMD(p);
-        p->M = 1;
-        p->D = 1;
-        rc = 0;
-      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case '+':
-    case '-':
-    case '0':
-    case '1':
-    case '2':
-    case '3':
-    case '4':
-    case '5':
-    case '6':
-    case '7':
-    case '8':
-    case '9': {
-      double rRounder;
-      for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){}
-      if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
-        rc = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-      if( z[n]==':' ){
-        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
-        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
-        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
-        ** omitted.
-        */
-        const char *z2 = z;
-        DateTime tx;
-        sqlite3_int64 day;
-        if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
-        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
-        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
-        computeJD(&tx);
-        tx.iJD -= 43200000;
-        day = tx.iJD/86400000;
-        tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
-        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
-        computeJD(p);
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        p->iJD += tx.iJD;
-        rc = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      z += n;
-      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
-      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
-      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
-      computeJD(p);
-      rc = 0;
-      rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
-      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
-      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
-      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
-      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
-      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
-        int x, y;
-        computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->M += (int)r;
-        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
-        p->Y += x;
-        p->M -= x*12;
-        p->validJD = 0;
-        computeJD(p);
-        y = (int)r;
-        if( y!=r ){
-          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
-        }
-      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
-        int y = (int)r;
-        computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->Y += y;
-        p->validJD = 0;
-        computeJD(p);
-        if( y!=r ){
-          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
-        }
-      }else{
-        rc = 1;
-      }
-      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
-** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
-** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
-** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
-**
-** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
-** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
-*/
-static int isDate(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv, 
-  DateTime *p
-){
-  int i;
-  const unsigned char *z;
-  int eType;
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  if( argc==0 ){
-    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
-  }
-  if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
-                   || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
-    p->validJD = 1;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
-    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
-    if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, p) ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-
-/*
-**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
-*/
-static void juliandayFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    computeJD(&x);
-    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
-*/
-static void datetimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    char zBuf[100];
-    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
-                     x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return HH:MM:SS
-*/
-static void timeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    char zBuf[100];
-    computeHMS(&x);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return YYYY-MM-DD
-*/
-static void dateFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    char zBuf[100];
-    computeYMD(&x);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
-**
-**   %d  day of month
-**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
-**   %H  hour 00-24
-**   %j  day of year 000-366
-**   %J  ** julian day number
-**   %m  month 01-12
-**   %M  minute 00-59
-**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
-**   %S  seconds 00-59
-**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
-**   %W  week of year 00-53
-**   %Y  year 0000-9999
-**   %%  %
-*/
-static void strftimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  u64 n;
-  size_t i,j;
-  char *z;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zFmt;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  if( argc==0 ) return;
-  zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
-  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
-    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
-      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
-        case 'd':
-        case 'H':
-        case 'm':
-        case 'M':
-        case 'S':
-        case 'W':
-          n++;
-          /* fall thru */
-        case 'w':
-        case '%':
-          break;
-        case 'f':
-          n += 8;
-          break;
-        case 'j':
-          n += 3;
-          break;
-        case 'Y':
-          n += 8;
-          break;
-        case 's':
-        case 'J':
-          n += 50;
-          break;
-        default:
-          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
-      }
-      i++;
-    }
-  }
-  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 );
-  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) );
-  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
-  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
-  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
-    z = zBuf;
-  }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    return;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
-    if( z==0 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  computeJD(&x);
-  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
-  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
-    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
-      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
-    }else{
-      i++;
-      switch( zFmt[i] ){
-        case 'd':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
-        case 'f': {
-          double s = x.s;
-          if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
-          sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
-          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'H':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
-        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
-        case 'j': {
-          int nDay;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
-          DateTime y = x;
-          y.validJD = 0;
-          y.M = 1;
-          y.D = 1;
-          computeJD(&y);
-          nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000);
-          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
-            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
-            wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7);
-            sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
-            j += 2;
-          }else{
-            sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
-            j += 3;
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'J': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
-          j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
-        case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
-        case 's': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
-                           (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
-          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
-        case 'w': {
-          z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'Y': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        default:   z[j++] = '%'; break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  z[j] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
-                      z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-}
-
-/*
-** current_time()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as time('now').
-*/
-static void ctimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** current_date()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as date('now').
-*/
-static void cdateFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** current_timestamp()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
-*/
-static void ctimestampFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-/*
-** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
-** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
-** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
-** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
-** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
-**
-** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
-** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
-** as the user-data for the function.
-*/
-static void currentTimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  time_t t;
-  char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  sqlite3_int64 iT;
-  struct tm *pTm;
-  struct tm sNow;
-  char zBuf[20];
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
-
-  iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
-  if( iT<=0 ) return;
-  t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676;
-#if HAVE_GMTIME_R
-  pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
-#else
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-  pTm = gmtime(&t);
-  if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow));
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-#endif
-  if( pTm ){
-    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
-** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
-** external linkage.
-*/
-void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
-  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-    DFUNCTION(julianday,        -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
-    DFUNCTION(date,             -1, 0, 0, dateFunc      ),
-    DFUNCTION(time,             -1, 0, 0, timeFunc      ),
-    DFUNCTION(datetime,         -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc  ),
-    DFUNCTION(strftime,         -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc  ),
-    DFUNCTION(current_time,      0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc     ),
-    DFUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
-    DFUNCTION(current_date,      0, 0, 0, cdateFunc     ),
-#else
-    STR_FUNCTION(current_time,      0, "%H:%M:%S",          0, currentTimeFunc),
-    STR_FUNCTION(current_date,      0, "%Y-%m-%d",          0, currentTimeFunc),
-    STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
-#endif
-  };
-  int i;
-  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs);
-
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
-  }
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/dbstat.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/dbstat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f43b14881f5..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/dbstat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,700 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 July 12
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains an implementation of the "dbstat" virtual table.
-**
-** The dbstat virtual table is used to extract low-level formatting
-** information from an SQLite database in order to implement the
-** "sqlite3_analyzer" utility.  See the ../tool/spaceanal.tcl script
-** for an example implementation.
-**
-** Additional information is available on the "dbstat.html" page of the
-** official SQLite documentation.
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"   /* Requires access to internal data structures */
-#if (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)) \
-    && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-
-/*
-** Page paths:
-** 
-**   The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the 
-**   root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the 
-**   root-node path is '/'.
-**
-**   The value of the path for the left-most child page of the root of
-**   a b-tree is '/000/'. (Btrees store content ordered from left to right
-**   so the pages to the left have smaller keys than the pages to the right.)
-**   The next to left-most child of the root page is
-**   '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex 
-**   value. The children of the 451st left-most sibling have paths such
-**   as '/1c2/000/, '/1c2/001/' etc.
-**
-**   Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a 
-**   six-digit hexadecimal value to the path to the cell they are linked
-**   from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from 
-**   the left-most cell of the 450th child of the root page are identified
-**   by the paths:
-**
-**      '/1c2/000+000000'         // First page in overflow chain
-**      '/1c2/000+000001'         // Second page in overflow chain
-**      '/1c2/000+000002'         // Third page in overflow chain
-**
-**   If the paths are sorted using the BINARY collation sequence, then
-**   the overflow pages associated with a cell will appear earlier in the
-**   sort-order than its child page:
-**
-**      '/1c2/000/'               // Left-most child of 451st child of root
-*/
-#define VTAB_SCHEMA                                                         \
-  "CREATE TABLE xx( "                                                       \
-  "  name       STRING,           /* Name of table or index */"             \
-  "  path       INTEGER,          /* Path to page from root */"             \
-  "  pageno     INTEGER,          /* Page number */"                        \
-  "  pagetype   STRING,           /* 'internal', 'leaf' or 'overflow' */"   \
-  "  ncell      INTEGER,          /* Cells on page (0 for overflow) */"     \
-  "  payload    INTEGER,          /* Bytes of payload on this page */"      \
-  "  unused     INTEGER,          /* Bytes of unused space on this page */" \
-  "  mx_payload INTEGER,          /* Largest payload size of all cells */"  \
-  "  pgoffset   INTEGER,          /* Offset of page in file */"             \
-  "  pgsize     INTEGER,          /* Size of the page */"                   \
-  "  schema     TEXT HIDDEN       /* Database schema being analyzed */"     \
-  ");"
-
-
-typedef struct StatTable StatTable;
-typedef struct StatCursor StatCursor;
-typedef struct StatPage StatPage;
-typedef struct StatCell StatCell;
-
-struct StatCell {
-  int nLocal;                     /* Bytes of local payload */
-  u32 iChildPg;                   /* Child node (or 0 if this is a leaf) */
-  int nOvfl;                      /* Entries in aOvfl[] */
-  u32 *aOvfl;                     /* Array of overflow page numbers */
-  int nLastOvfl;                  /* Bytes of payload on final overflow page */
-  int iOvfl;                      /* Iterates through aOvfl[] */
-};
-
-struct StatPage {
-  u32 iPgno;
-  DbPage *pPg;
-  int iCell;
-
-  char *zPath;                    /* Path to this page */
-
-  /* Variables populated by statDecodePage(): */
-  u8 flags;                       /* Copy of flags byte */
-  int nCell;                      /* Number of cells on page */
-  int nUnused;                    /* Number of unused bytes on page */
-  StatCell *aCell;                /* Array of parsed cells */
-  u32 iRightChildPg;              /* Right-child page number (or 0) */
-  int nMxPayload;                 /* Largest payload of any cell on this page */
-};
-
-struct StatCursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Iterates through set of root pages */
-  int isEof;                      /* After pStmt has returned SQLITE_DONE */
-  int iDb;                        /* Schema used for this query */
-
-  StatPage aPage[32];
-  int iPage;                      /* Current entry in aPage[] */
-
-  /* Values to return. */
-  char *zName;                    /* Value of 'name' column */
-  char *zPath;                    /* Value of 'path' column */
-  u32 iPageno;                    /* Value of 'pageno' column */
-  char *zPagetype;                /* Value of 'pagetype' column */
-  int nCell;                      /* Value of 'ncell' column */
-  int nPayload;                   /* Value of 'payload' column */
-  int nUnused;                    /* Value of 'unused' column */
-  int nMxPayload;                 /* Value of 'mx_payload' column */
-  i64 iOffset;                    /* Value of 'pgOffset' column */
-  int szPage;                     /* Value of 'pgSize' column */
-};
-
-struct StatTable {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int iDb;                        /* Index of database to analyze */
-};
-
-#ifndef get2byte
-# define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Connect to or create a statvfs virtual table.
-*/
-static int statConnect(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  StatTable *pTab = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int iDb;
-
-  if( argc>=4 ){
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, argv[3]);
-    if( iDb<0 ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such database: %s", argv[3]);
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }else{
-    iDb = 0;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, VTAB_SCHEMA);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pTab = (StatTable *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(StatTable));
-    if( pTab==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pTab==0 );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(StatTable));
-    pTab->db = db;
-    pTab->iDb = iDb;
-  }
-
-  *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Disconnect from or destroy a statvfs virtual table.
-*/
-static int statDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  sqlite3_free(pVtab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** There is no "best-index". This virtual table always does a linear
-** scan.  However, a schema=? constraint should cause this table to
-** operate on a different database schema, so check for it.
-**
-** idxNum is normally 0, but will be 1 if a schema=? constraint exists.
-*/
-static int statBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
-  int i;
-
-  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0e6;  /* Initial cost estimate */
-
-  /* Look for a valid schema=? constraint.  If found, change the idxNum to
-  ** 1 and request the value of that constraint be sent to xFilter.  And
-  ** lower the cost estimate to encourage the constrained version to be
-  ** used.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){
-    if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].usable==0 ) continue;
-    if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].op!=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) continue;
-    if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn!=10 ) continue;
-    pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
-    pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
-    pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
-    pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
-    break;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path). 
-  ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that 
-  ** SQLite does not do an external sort.
-  */
-  if( ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==1
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
-     ) ||
-      ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==2
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[1].iColumn==1
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[1].desc==0
-     )
-  ){
-    pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a new statvfs cursor.
-*/
-static int statOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)pVTab;
-  StatCursor *pCsr;
-
-  pCsr = (StatCursor *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(StatCursor));
-  if( pCsr==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(StatCursor));
-    pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
-    pCsr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
-  }
-
-  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static void statClearPage(StatPage *p){
-  int i;
-  if( p->aCell ){
-    for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
-      sqlite3_free(p->aCell[i].aOvfl);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(p->aCell);
-  }
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(p->pPg);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zPath);
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(StatPage));
-}
-
-static void statResetCsr(StatCursor *pCsr){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(pCsr->aPage); i++){
-    statClearPage(&pCsr->aPage[i]);
-  }
-  pCsr->iPage = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zPath);
-  pCsr->zPath = 0;
-  pCsr->isEof = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a statvfs cursor.
-*/
-static int statClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  statResetCsr(pCsr);
-  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static void getLocalPayload(
-  int nUsable,                    /* Usable bytes per page */
-  u8 flags,                       /* Page flags */
-  int nTotal,                     /* Total record (payload) size */
-  int *pnLocal                    /* OUT: Bytes stored locally */
-){
-  int nLocal;
-  int nMinLocal;
-  int nMaxLocal;
- 
-  if( flags==0x0D ){              /* Table leaf node */
-    nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23;
-    nMaxLocal = nUsable - 35;
-  }else{                          /* Index interior and leaf nodes */
-    nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23;
-    nMaxLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 64 / 255 - 23;
-  }
-
-  nLocal = nMinLocal + (nTotal - nMinLocal) % (nUsable - 4);
-  if( nLocal>nMaxLocal ) nLocal = nMinLocal;
-  *pnLocal = nLocal;
-}
-
-static int statDecodePage(Btree *pBt, StatPage *p){
-  int nUnused;
-  int iOff;
-  int nHdr;
-  int isLeaf;
-  int szPage;
-
-  u8 *aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(p->pPg);
-  u8 *aHdr = &aData[p->iPgno==1 ? 100 : 0];
-
-  p->flags = aHdr[0];
-  p->nCell = get2byte(&aHdr[3]);
-  p->nMxPayload = 0;
-
-  isLeaf = (p->flags==0x0A || p->flags==0x0D);
-  nHdr = 12 - isLeaf*4 + (p->iPgno==1)*100;
-
-  nUnused = get2byte(&aHdr[5]) - nHdr - 2*p->nCell;
-  nUnused += (int)aHdr[7];
-  iOff = get2byte(&aHdr[1]);
-  while( iOff ){
-    nUnused += get2byte(&aData[iOff+2]);
-    iOff = get2byte(&aData[iOff]);
-  }
-  p->nUnused = nUnused;
-  p->iRightChildPg = isLeaf ? 0 : sqlite3Get4byte(&aHdr[8]);
-  szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
-
-  if( p->nCell ){
-    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through cells */
-    int nUsable;                  /* Usable bytes per page */
-
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-    nUsable = szPage - sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-    p->aCell = sqlite3_malloc64((p->nCell+1) * sizeof(StatCell));
-    if( p->aCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    memset(p->aCell, 0, (p->nCell+1) * sizeof(StatCell));
-
-    for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
-      StatCell *pCell = &p->aCell[i];
-
-      iOff = get2byte(&aData[nHdr+i*2]);
-      if( !isLeaf ){
-        pCell->iChildPg = sqlite3Get4byte(&aData[iOff]);
-        iOff += 4;
-      }
-      if( p->flags==0x05 ){
-        /* A table interior node. nPayload==0. */
-      }else{
-        u32 nPayload;             /* Bytes of payload total (local+overflow) */
-        int nLocal;               /* Bytes of payload stored locally */
-        iOff += getVarint32(&aData[iOff], nPayload);
-        if( p->flags==0x0D ){
-          u64 dummy;
-          iOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&aData[iOff], &dummy);
-        }
-        if( nPayload>(u32)p->nMxPayload ) p->nMxPayload = nPayload;
-        getLocalPayload(nUsable, p->flags, nPayload, &nLocal);
-        pCell->nLocal = nLocal;
-        assert( nLocal>=0 );
-        assert( nPayload>=(u32)nLocal );
-        assert( nLocal<=(nUsable-35) );
-        if( nPayload>(u32)nLocal ){
-          int j;
-          int nOvfl = ((nPayload - nLocal) + nUsable-4 - 1) / (nUsable - 4);
-          pCell->nLastOvfl = (nPayload-nLocal) - (nOvfl-1) * (nUsable-4);
-          pCell->nOvfl = nOvfl;
-          pCell->aOvfl = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(u32)*nOvfl);
-          if( pCell->aOvfl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          pCell->aOvfl[0] = sqlite3Get4byte(&aData[iOff+nLocal]);
-          for(j=1; j<nOvfl; j++){
-            int rc;
-            u32 iPrev = pCell->aOvfl[j-1];
-            DbPage *pPg = 0;
-            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), iPrev, &pPg);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-              assert( pPg==0 );
-              return rc;
-            } 
-            pCell->aOvfl[j] = sqlite3Get4byte(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg));
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the pCsr->iOffset and pCsr->szPage member variables. Based on
-** the current value of pCsr->iPageno.
-*/
-static void statSizeAndOffset(StatCursor *pCsr){
-  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)((sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr)->pVtab;
-  Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[pTab->iDb].pBt;
-  Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
-  sqlite3_file *fd;
-  sqlite3_int64 x[2];
-
-  /* The default page size and offset */
-  pCsr->szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
-  pCsr->iOffset = (i64)pCsr->szPage * (pCsr->iPageno - 1);
-
-  /* If connected to a ZIPVFS backend, override the page size and
-  ** offset with actual values obtained from ZIPVFS.
-  */
-  fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
-  x[0] = pCsr->iPageno;
-  if( fd->pMethods!=0 && sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, 230440, &x)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pCsr->iOffset = x[0];
-    pCsr->szPage = (int)x[1];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Move a statvfs cursor to the next entry in the file.
-*/
-static int statNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  int rc;
-  int nPayload;
-  char *z;
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)pCursor->pVtab;
-  Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].pBt;
-  Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
-
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zPath);
-  pCsr->zPath = 0;
-
-statNextRestart:
-  if( pCsr->aPage[0].pPg==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      int nPage;
-      u32 iRoot = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1);
-      sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-      if( nPage==0 ){
-        pCsr->isEof = 1;
-        return sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, iRoot, &pCsr->aPage[0].pPg);
-      pCsr->aPage[0].iPgno = iRoot;
-      pCsr->aPage[0].iCell = 0;
-      pCsr->aPage[0].zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("/");
-      pCsr->iPage = 0;
-      if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      pCsr->isEof = 1;
-      return sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
-    }
-  }else{
-
-    /* Page p itself has already been visited. */
-    StatPage *p = &pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage];
-
-    while( p->iCell<p->nCell ){
-      StatCell *pCell = &p->aCell[p->iCell];
-      if( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl ){
-        int nUsable;
-        sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-        nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) - 
-                        sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt);
-        sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-        pCsr->zName = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-        pCsr->iPageno = pCell->aOvfl[pCell->iOvfl];
-        pCsr->zPagetype = "overflow";
-        pCsr->nCell = 0;
-        pCsr->nMxPayload = 0;
-        pCsr->zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf(
-            "%s%.3x+%.6x", p->zPath, p->iCell, pCell->iOvfl
-        );
-        if( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl-1 ){
-          pCsr->nUnused = 0;
-          pCsr->nPayload = nUsable - 4;
-        }else{
-          pCsr->nPayload = pCell->nLastOvfl;
-          pCsr->nUnused = nUsable - 4 - pCsr->nPayload;
-        }
-        pCell->iOvfl++;
-        statSizeAndOffset(pCsr);
-        return z==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      if( p->iRightChildPg ) break;
-      p->iCell++;
-    }
-
-    if( !p->iRightChildPg || p->iCell>p->nCell ){
-      statClearPage(p);
-      if( pCsr->iPage==0 ) return statNext(pCursor);
-      pCsr->iPage--;
-      goto statNextRestart; /* Tail recursion */
-    }
-    pCsr->iPage++;
-    assert( p==&pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage-1] );
-
-    if( p->iCell==p->nCell ){
-      p[1].iPgno = p->iRightChildPg;
-    }else{
-      p[1].iPgno = p->aCell[p->iCell].iChildPg;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, p[1].iPgno, &p[1].pPg);
-    p[1].iCell = 0;
-    p[1].zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%.3x/", p->zPath, p->iCell);
-    p->iCell++;
-    if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Populate the StatCursor fields with the values to be returned
-  ** by the xColumn() and xRowid() methods.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int i;
-    StatPage *p = &pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage];
-    pCsr->zName = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-    pCsr->iPageno = p->iPgno;
-
-    rc = statDecodePage(pBt, p);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      statSizeAndOffset(pCsr);
-
-      switch( p->flags ){
-        case 0x05:             /* table internal */
-        case 0x02:             /* index internal */
-          pCsr->zPagetype = "internal";
-          break;
-        case 0x0D:             /* table leaf */
-        case 0x0A:             /* index leaf */
-          pCsr->zPagetype = "leaf";
-          break;
-        default:
-          pCsr->zPagetype = "corrupted";
-          break;
-      }
-      pCsr->nCell = p->nCell;
-      pCsr->nUnused = p->nUnused;
-      pCsr->nMxPayload = p->nMxPayload;
-      pCsr->zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", p->zPath);
-      if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      nPayload = 0;
-      for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
-        nPayload += p->aCell[i].nLocal;
-      }
-      pCsr->nPayload = nPayload;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int statEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  return pCsr->isEof;
-}
-
-static int statFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, 
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable*)(pCursor->pVtab);
-  char *zSql;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char *zMaster;
-
-  if( idxNum==1 ){
-    const char *zDbase = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    pCsr->iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(pTab->db, zDbase);
-    if( pCsr->iDb<0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(pCursor->pVtab->zErrMsg);
-      pCursor->pVtab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such schema: %s", zDbase);
-      return pCursor->pVtab->zErrMsg ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pCsr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
-  }
-  statResetCsr(pCsr);
-  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
-  pCsr->pStmt = 0;
-  zMaster = pCsr->iDb==1 ? "sqlite_temp_master" : "sqlite_master";
-  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-      "SELECT 'sqlite_master' AS name, 1 AS rootpage, 'table' AS type"
-      "  UNION ALL  "
-      "SELECT name, rootpage, type"
-      "  FROM \"%w\".%s WHERE rootpage!=0"
-      "  ORDER BY name", pTab->db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].zName, zMaster);
-  if( zSql==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = statNext(pCursor);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int statColumn(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, 
-  sqlite3_context *ctx, 
-  int i
-){
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  switch( i ){
-    case 0:            /* name */
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zName, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    case 1:            /* path */
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zPath, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    case 2:            /* pageno */
-      sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, pCsr->iPageno);
-      break;
-    case 3:            /* pagetype */
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zPagetype, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    case 4:            /* ncell */
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nCell);
-      break;
-    case 5:            /* payload */
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nPayload);
-      break;
-    case 6:            /* unused */
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nUnused);
-      break;
-    case 7:            /* mx_payload */
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nMxPayload);
-      break;
-    case 8:            /* pgoffset */
-      sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, pCsr->iOffset);
-      break;
-    case 9:            /* pgsize */
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->szPage);
-      break;
-    default: {          /* schema */
-      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(ctx);
-      int iDb = pCsr->iDb;
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, db->aDb[iDb].zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int statRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  *pRowid = pCsr->iPageno;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke this routine to register the "dbstat" virtual table module
-*/
-int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3 *db){
-  static sqlite3_module dbstat_module = {
-    0,                            /* iVersion */
-    statConnect,                  /* xCreate */
-    statConnect,                  /* xConnect */
-    statBestIndex,                /* xBestIndex */
-    statDisconnect,               /* xDisconnect */
-    statDisconnect,               /* xDestroy */
-    statOpen,                     /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-    statClose,                    /* xClose - close a cursor */
-    statFilter,                   /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-    statNext,                     /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-    statEof,                      /* xEof - check for end of scan */
-    statColumn,                   /* xColumn - read data */
-    statRowid,                    /* xRowid - read data */
-    0,                            /* xUpdate */
-    0,                            /* xBegin */
-    0,                            /* xSync */
-    0,                            /* xCommit */
-    0,                            /* xRollback */
-    0,                            /* xFindMethod */
-    0,                            /* xRename */
-  };
-  return sqlite3_create_module(db, "dbstat", &dbstat_module, 0);
-}
-#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB)
-int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3 *db){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/delete.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/delete.c
deleted file mode 100644
index faef3a814e5..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/delete.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,892 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries
-** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains
-** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE,
-** or UPDATE statement.  Look up that table in the symbol table and
-** return a pointer.  Set an error message and return NULL if the table 
-** name is not found or if any other error occurs.
-**
-** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc:
-**
-**    pSrc->a[0].pTab       Pointer to the Table object
-**    pSrc->a[0].pIndex     Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one
-**
-*/
-Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
-  Table *pTab;
-  assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
-  sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
-  pItem->pTab = pTab;
-  if( pTab ){
-    pTab->nRef++;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){
-    pTab = 0;
-  }
-  return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
-** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
-** writable return 0;
-*/
-int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
-  /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances:
-  **
-  **   1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method
-  **      has been provided, or
-  **   2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not
-  **      part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not 
-  **      been specified.
-  **
-  ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero.
-  */
-  if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) 
-     && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 )
-   || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
-     && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
-     && pParse->nested==0 )
-  ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-/*
-** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table.  The
-** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
-** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
-*/
-void sqlite3MaterializeView(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
-  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemeral table */
-){
-  SelectDest dest;
-  Select *pSel;
-  SrcList *pFrom;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema);
-  pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
-  pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( pFrom ){
-    assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 );
-    pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName);
-    pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-    assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
-    assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
-  }
-  pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-/*
-** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY,
-** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements.
-**
-**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1;
-**                            \__________________________/
-**                               pLimitWhere (pInClause)
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(
-  Parse *pParse,               /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,               /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
-  Expr *pWhere,                /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,          /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be null */
-  Expr *pLimit,                /* The LIMIT clause.  May be null */
-  Expr *pOffset,               /* The OFFSET clause.  May be null */
-  char *zStmtType              /* Either DELETE or UPDATE.  For err msgs. */
-){
-  Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL;    /* WHERE rowid .. */
-  Expr *pInClause = NULL;      /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
-  Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL;   /* SELECT rowid ... */
-  ExprList *pEList = NULL;     /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
-  SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL;  /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
-  Select *pSelect = NULL;      /* Complete SELECT tree */
-
-  /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
-  */
-  if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
-    goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
-  }
-
-  /* We only need to generate a select expression if there
-  ** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
-  */
-  if( pLimit == 0 ) {
-    /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
-    assert( pOffset == 0 );
-    return pWhere;
-  }
-
-  /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset 
-  ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement.  For example:
-  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
-  ** becomes:
-  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( 
-  **     SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
-  **   );
-  */
-
-  pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
-  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid);
-  if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
-
-  /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
-  ** and the SELECT subtree. */
-  pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0);
-  if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
-    goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
-  }
-
-  /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
-  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,
-                             pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
-  if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
-
-  /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
-  pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
-  pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
-  if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
-
-  pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect;
-  pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect;
-  sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pInClause);
-  return pInClause;
-
-  /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
-limit_where_cleanup_1:
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
-  return 0;
-
-limit_where_cleanup_2:
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */
-       /*      && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
-**
-**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
-**                 \________/       \________________/
-**                  pTabList              pWhere
-*/
-void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
-  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
-  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
-  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
-  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
-  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
-  int iTabCur;           /* Cursor number for the table */
-  int iDataCur = 0;      /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */
-  int iIdxCur = 0;       /* Cursor number of the first index */
-  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
-  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
-  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
-  int iDb;               /* Database number */
-  int memCnt = -1;       /* Memory cell used for change counting */
-  int rcauth;            /* Value returned by authorization callback */
-  int eOnePass;          /* ONEPASS_OFF or _SINGLE or _MULTI */
-  int aiCurOnePass[2];   /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
-  u8 *aToOpen = 0;       /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */
-  Index *pPk;            /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */
-  int iPk = 0;           /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */
-  i16 nPk = 1;           /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */
-  int iKey;              /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */
-  i16 nKey;              /* Number of memory cells in the row key */
-  int iEphCur = 0;       /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
-  int iRowSet = 0;       /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
-  int addrBypass = 0;    /* Address of jump over the delete logic */
-  int addrLoop = 0;      /* Top of the delete loop */
-  int addrEphOpen = 0;   /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */
- 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
-  int bComplex;                /* True if there are either triggers or FKs */
-#endif
-
-  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
-  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
-  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
-  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
-  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** deleted from is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-  bComplex = pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0);
-#else
-# define pTrigger 0
-# define isView 0
-# define bComplex 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
-  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb);
-  assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
-  if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert(!isView || pTrigger);
-
-  /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices.
-  */
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-  iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
-    pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Start the view context
-  */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
-  }
-
-  /* Begin generating code.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
-  ** an ephemeral table.
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur);
-    iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
-  */
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
-  ** we are counting rows.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-    memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
-  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
-  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5,
-  ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by 
-  ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly.  */
-  if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK
-   && pWhere==0
-   && !bComplex
-   && !IsVirtual(pTab)
-  ){
-    assert( !isView );
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
-    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt,
-                        pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
-    }
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-    }
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
-  {
-    u16 wcf = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK;
-    wcf |= (bComplex ? 0 : WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW);
-    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */
-      pPk = 0;
-      nPk = 1;
-      iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
-    }else{
-      /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephemeral table used to
-      ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */
-      pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-      assert( pPk!=0 );
-      nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
-      iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
-      pParse->nMem += nPk;
-      iEphCur = pParse->nTab++;
-      addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
-    }
-  
-    /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row
-    ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. Set variable eOnePass
-    ** to indicate the strategy used to implement this delete:
-    **
-    **  ONEPASS_OFF:    Two-pass approach - use a FIFO for rowids/PK values.
-    **  ONEPASS_SINGLE: One-pass approach - at most one row deleted.
-    **  ONEPASS_MULTI:  One-pass approach - any number of rows may be deleted.
-    */
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, wcf, iTabCur+1);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
-    eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
-    assert( IsVirtual(pTab)==0 || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI );
-    assert( IsVirtual(pTab) || bComplex || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF );
-  
-    /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
-    }
-  
-    /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */
-    if( pPk ){
-      for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
-        assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur,
-                                        pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i);
-      }
-      iKey = iPk;
-    }else{
-      iKey = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      iKey = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iTabCur, iKey, 0);
-      if( iKey>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = iKey;
-    }
-  
-    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
-      /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only
-      ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the
-      ** delete code.  */
-      nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
-      aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nIdx+2);
-      if( aToOpen==0 ){
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        goto delete_from_cleanup;
-      }
-      memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
-      aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0;
-      if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0;
-      if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0;
-      if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen);
-    }else{
-      if( pPk ){
-        /* Add the PK key for this row to the temporary table */
-        iKey = ++pParse->nMem;
-        nKey = 0;   /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey,
-            sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db, pPk), nPk);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey);
-      }else{
-        /* Add the rowid of the row to be deleted to the RowSet */
-        nKey = 1;  /* OP_Seek always uses a single rowid */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey);
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the 
-    ** end of the WHERE loop */
-    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
-      addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-    }
-  
-    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
-    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
-    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
-    ** triggers.
-    */
-    if( !isView ){
-      int iAddrOnce = 0;
-      if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
-        iAddrOnce = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      testcase( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen,
-                                 &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
-      assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur );
-      assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
-      if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddrOnce);
-    }
-  
-    /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
-    ** where-clause loop above.
-    */
-    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
-      assert( nKey==nPk );  /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
-      if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
-        assert( pPk!=0 || pTab->pSelect!=0 );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-    }else if( pPk ){
-      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEphCur, iKey);
-      assert( nKey==0 );  /* OP_Found will use a composite key */
-    }else{
-      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      assert( nKey==1 );
-    }  
-  
-    /* Delete the row */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
-      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort);
-      assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE );
-      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-      if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE && sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ){
-        pParse->isMultiWrite = 0;
-      }
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      int count = (pParse->nested==0);    /* True to count changes */
-      int iIdxNoSeek = -1;
-      if( bComplex==0 && aiCurOnePass[1]!=iDataCur ){
-        iIdxNoSeek = aiCurOnePass[1];
-      }
-      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-          iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, iIdxNoSeek);
-    }
-  
-    /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */
-    if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass);
-      sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-    }else if( pPk ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrLoop);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
-    }     
-  
-    /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */
-    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      if( !pPk ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur);
-      for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur + i);
-      }
-    }
-  } /* End non-truncate path */
-
-  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
-  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
-  ** autoincrement tables.
-  */
-  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
-    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
-  }
-
-  /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-
-delete_from_cleanup:
-  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen);
-  return;
-}
-/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
-** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
-** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
-#ifdef isView
- #undef isView
-#endif
-#ifdef pTrigger
- #undef pTrigger
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
-** single table to be deleted.  Both the original table entry and
-** all indices are removed.
-**
-** Preconditions:
-**
-**   1.  iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data
-**       store for the table.  (This will be either the table itself,
-**       in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case
-**       of a WITHOUT ROWID table.)
-**
-**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-**       cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.
-**
-**   3.  The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a
-**       sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk.  If nPk==0 that means
-**       that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the
-**       single memory location iPk.
-**
-** eMode:
-**   Parameter eMode may be passed either ONEPASS_OFF (0), ONEPASS_SINGLE, or
-**   ONEPASS_MULTI.  If eMode is not ONEPASS_OFF, then the cursor
-**   iDataCur already points to the row to delete. If eMode is ONEPASS_OFF
-**   then this function must seek iDataCur to the entry identified by iPk
-**   and nPk before reading from it.
-**
-**   If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part
-**   of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if 
-**   iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0), then its position should
-**   be preserved following the delete operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not
-**   a valid cursor number, the position of iDataCur should be preserved
-**   instead.
-**
-** iIdxNoSeek:
-**   If iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0), then it identifies an
-**   index cursor (from within array of cursors starting at iIdxCur) that
-**   already points to the index entry to be deleted.
-*/
-void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
-  Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */
-  int iDataCur,      /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */
-  int iIdxCur,       /* First index cursor */
-  int iPk,           /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */
-  i16 nPk,           /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */
-  u8 count,          /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */
-  u8 onconf,         /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */
-  u8 eMode,          /* ONEPASS_OFF, _SINGLE, or _MULTI.  See above */
-  int iIdxNoSeek     /* Cursor number of cursor that does not need seeking */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;        /* Vdbe */
-  int iOld = 0;                   /* First register in OLD.* array */
-  int iLabel;                     /* Label resolved to end of generated code */
-  u8 opSeek;                      /* Seek opcode */
-
-  /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */
-  assert( v );
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)",
-                         iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk));
-
-  /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists 
-  ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
-  ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers.  */
-  iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
-  if( eMode==ONEPASS_OFF ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
-  }
- 
-  /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to
-  ** use for the old.* references in the triggers.  */
-  if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){
-    u32 mask;                     /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
-    int iCol;                     /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */
-    int addrStart;                /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */
-
-    /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to
-    ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register.  */
-    mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
-        pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf
-    );
-    mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab);
-    iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
-
-    /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be 
-    ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist.  */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld);
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-      testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 );
-      testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 );
-      if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */
-    addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
-        TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
-    );
-
-    /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the 
-    ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved
-    ** the cursor or of already deleted the row that the cursor was
-    ** pointing to.
-    */
-    if( addrStart<sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
-    }
-
-    /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
-    ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) 
-    ** are not violated by deleting this row.  */
-    sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really
-  ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to
-  ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers).  */ 
-  if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){
-    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,iIdxNoSeek);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
-    if( count ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-    }
-    if( iIdxNoSeek>=0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iIdxNoSeek);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, eMode==ONEPASS_MULTI);
-  }
-
-  /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
-  ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
-  ** to the row just deleted. */ 
-  sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0);
-
-  /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */
-  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
-      TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
-  );
-
-  /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE
-  ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a 
-  ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception.  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()"));
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
-** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab
-**
-** Preconditions:
-**
-**   1.  A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage
-**       btree for the table pTab.  (This will be either the table itself
-**       for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID
-**       tables.)
-**
-**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-**       cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.  (The pTab->pIndex
-**       index is the 0-th index.)
-**
-**   3.  The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row
-**       that is to be deleted.
-*/
-void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
-  int iDataCur,      /* Cursor of table holding data. */
-  int iIdxCur,       /* First index cursor */
-  int *aRegIdx,      /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
-  int iIdxNoSeek     /* Do not delete from this cursor */
-){
-  int i;             /* Index loop counter */
-  int r1 = -1;       /* Register holding an index key */
-  int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */
-  Index *pIdx;       /* Current index */
-  Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */
-  Vdbe *v;           /* The prepared statement under construction */
-  Index *pPk;        /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */
-
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx );
-    if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
-    if( pIdx==pPk ) continue;
-    if( iIdxCur+i==iIdxNoSeek ) continue;
-    VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName));
-    r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1,
-        &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1,
-        pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn);
-    sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
-    pPrior = pIdx;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register
-** regOut.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
-** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
-** the entry that needs indexing.  If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
-** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index.
-**
-** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
-** registers that holds the elements of the index key.  The
-** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
-** this routine returns.
-**
-** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump
-** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped.
-** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
-** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates
-** to false or null.  If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel
-** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by
-** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
-**
-** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to
-** avoid unnecessary register loads.  If pPrior is not NULL, then it is
-** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been
-** computed into register regPrior.  If the current pIdx index is generating
-** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share
-** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already
-** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped.
-** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK 
-** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or
-** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index.
-*/
-int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  Index *pIdx,         /* The index for which to generate a key */
-  int iDataCur,        /* Cursor number from which to take column data */
-  int regOut,          /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */
-  int prefixOnly,      /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */
-  int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */
-  Index *pPrior,       /* Previously generated index key */
-  int regPrior         /* Register holding previous generated key */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int j;
-  int regBase;
-  int nCol;
-
-  if( piPartIdxLabel ){
-    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
-      *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur;
-      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, 
-                            SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    }else{
-      *piPartIdxLabel = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn;
-  regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
-  if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0;
-  for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
-    if( pPrior
-     && pPrior->aiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
-     && pPrior->aiColumn[j]!=XN_EXPR
-    ){
-      /* This column was already computed by the previous index */
-      continue;
-    }
-    sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, j, regBase+j);
-    /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it
-    ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact
-    ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode.
-    ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where
-    ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again.  So omit the OP_RealAffinity
-    ** opcode if it is present */
-    sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity);
-  }
-  if( regOut ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut);
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
-  return regBase;
-}
-
-/*
-** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label
-** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to
-** resolve that label.
-*/
-void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){
-  if( iLabel ){
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel);
-    sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-  }
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/expr.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/expr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b39dea2ea14..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/expr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4200 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
-** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
-**
-** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
-** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
-** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
-** indicating no affinity for the expression.
-**
-** i.e. the WHERE clause expressions in the following statements all
-** have an affinity:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
-** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
-*/
-char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
-  int op;
-  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
-  if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return 0;
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
-    assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
-    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-  if( op==TK_CAST ){
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-    return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) 
-   && pExpr->pTab!=0
-  ){
-    /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
-    ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
-    int j = pExpr->iColumn;
-    if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-    assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol );
-    return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
-  }
-  return pExpr->affinity;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
-** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to a new Expr node that
-** implements the COLLATE operator.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db
-** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(
-  Parse *pParse,           /* Parsing context */
-  Expr *pExpr,             /* Add the "COLLATE" clause to this expression */
-  const Token *pCollName,  /* Name of collating sequence */
-  int dequote              /* True to dequote pCollName */
-){
-  if( pCollName->n>0 ){
-    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, dequote);
-    if( pNew ){
-      pNew->pLeft = pExpr;
-      pNew->flags |= EP_Collate|EP_Skip;
-      pExpr = pNew;
-    }
-  }
-  return pExpr;
-}
-Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){
-  Token s;
-  assert( zC!=0 );
-  s.z = zC;
-  s.n = sqlite3Strlen30(s.z);
-  return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Skip over any TK_COLLATE operators and any unlikely()
-** or likelihood() function at the root of an expression.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){
-  while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely) ){
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      assert( pExpr->x.pList->nExpr>0 );
-      assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION );
-      pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
-    }else{
-      assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
-      pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
-    }
-  }   
-  return pExpr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
-** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL.
-**
-** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator
-** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence.
-** COLLATE operators take first precedence.  Left operands take
-** precedence over right operands.
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
-  Expr *p = pExpr;
-  while( p ){
-    int op = p->op;
-    if( p->flags & EP_Generic ) break;
-    if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){
-      p = p->pLeft;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){
-      pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-    if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN
-          || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER)
-     && p->pTab!=0
-    ){
-      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
-      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
-      int j = p->iColumn;
-      if( j>=0 ){
-        const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
-        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){
-      if( p->pLeft && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
-        p = p->pLeft;
-      }else{
-        Expr *pNext  = p->pRight;
-        /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */
-        assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 );
-        /* p->flags holds EP_Collate and p->pLeft->flags does not.  And
-        ** p->x.pSelect cannot.  So if p->x.pLeft exists, it must hold at
-        ** least one EP_Collate. Thus the following two ALWAYS. */
-        if( p->x.pList!=0 && ALWAYS(!ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect)) ){
-          int i;
-          for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<p->x.pList->nExpr); i++){
-            if( ExprHasProperty(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, EP_Collate) ){
-              pNext = p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        p = pNext;
-      }
-    }else{
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
-    pColl = 0;
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
-** type affinity of the other operand.  This routine returns the
-** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
-*/
-char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
-  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
-  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
-    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
-    ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
-    */
-    if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
-      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-    }
-  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
-    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
-    ** results directly.
-    */
-    return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-  }else{
-    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
-    assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
-    return (aff1 + aff2);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
-** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
-*/
-static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
-  char aff;
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
-          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
-          pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
-  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
-  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
-  if( pExpr->pRight ){
-    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
-  }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
-  }else if( !aff ){
-    aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-  }
-  return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
-** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
-** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
-** the comparison in pExpr.
-*/
-int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
-  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
-  switch( aff ){
-    case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB:
-      return 1;
-    case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-      return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    default:
-      return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
-** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
-*/
-static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
-  u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
-  aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull;
-  return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
-** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
-**
-** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
-** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
-** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
-** type.
-**
-** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
-** it is not considered.
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
-  Parse *pParse, 
-  Expr *pLeft, 
-  Expr *pRight
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  assert( pLeft );
-  if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
-  }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
-  }else{
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
-    if( !pColl ){
-      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
-    }
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a comparison operator.
-*/
-static int codeCompare(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
-  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
-  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
-  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
-  int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */
-  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
-  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
-){
-  int p5;
-  int addr;
-  CollSeq *p4;
-
-  p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
-  p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
-                           (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5);
-  return addr;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-/*
-** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum
-** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in
-** pParse.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
-  if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-       "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
-    );
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
-** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
-** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
-** first argument.
-**
-** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
-** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
-** value.
-*/
-static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
-      *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){
-      heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
-    heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
-** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
-** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
-** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
-** referenced Expr plus one.
-**
-** Also propagate EP_Propagate flags up from Expr.x.pList to Expr.flags,
-** if appropriate.
-*/
-static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
-  int nHeight = 0;
-  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
-  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-    heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight);
-  }else if( p->x.pList ){
-    heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight);
-    p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList);
-  }
-  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
-** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
-** leave an error in pParse.
-**
-** Also propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into
-** Expr.flags. 
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-  exprSetHeight(p);
-  sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
-** by the select statement passed as an argument.
-*/
-int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
-  int nHeight = 0;
-  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
-  return nHeight;
-}
-#else /* ABOVE:  Height enforcement enabled.  BELOW: Height enforcement off */
-/*
-** Propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into
-** Expr.flags. 
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
-  if( p && p->x.pList && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-    p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList);
-  }
-}
-#define exprSetHeight(y)
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */
-
-/*
-** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes.
-**
-** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
-** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation
-** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().  The calling function
-** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
-**
-** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted.
-** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performed.  The deQuote
-** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not
-** appear to be quoted.  If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes)
-** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node.
-**
-** Special case:  If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that
-** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not
-** stored in u.zToken.  Instead, the integer values is written
-** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set.  No extra storage
-** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
-  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
-  const Token *pToken,    /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
-  int dequote             /* True to dequote */
-){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  int nExtra = 0;
-  int iValue = 0;
-
-  if( pToken ){
-    if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0
-          || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){
-      nExtra = pToken->n+1;
-      assert( iValue>=0 );
-    }
-  }
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra);
-  if( pNew ){
-    pNew->op = (u8)op;
-    pNew->iAgg = -1;
-    if( pToken ){
-      if( nExtra==0 ){
-        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
-        pNew->u.iValue = iValue;
-      }else{
-        int c;
-        pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1];
-        assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 );
-        if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n);
-        pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0;
-        if( dequote && nExtra>=3 
-             && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){
-          sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken);
-          if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-    pNew->nHeight = 1;
-#endif  
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has
-** already been dequoted.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3Expr(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
-  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
-  const char *zToken      /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
-){
-  Token x;
-  x.z = zToken;
-  x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0;
-  return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot.
-**
-** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred.
-** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  Expr *pRoot,
-  Expr *pLeft,
-  Expr *pRight
-){
-  if( pRoot==0 ){
-    assert( db->mallocFailed );
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
-  }else{
-    if( pRight ){
-      pRoot->pRight = pRight;
-      pRoot->flags |= EP_Propagate & pRight->flags;
-    }
-    if( pLeft ){
-      pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
-      pRoot->flags |= EP_Propagate & pLeft->flags;
-    }
-    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate an Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
-**
-** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL.  Return a pointer to the new
-** Expr node.  Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
-** free the subtrees and return NULL.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
-  Expr *pLeft,            /* Left operand */
-  Expr *pRight,           /* Right operand */
-  const Token *pToken     /* Argument token */
-){
-  Expr *p;
-  if( op==TK_AND && pLeft && pRight && pParse->nErr==0 ){
-    /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */
-    p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight);
-  }else{
-    p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1);
-    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight);
-  }
-  if( p ) {
-    sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression is always either TRUE or FALSE (respectively),
-** then return 1.  If one cannot determine the truth value of the
-** expression at compile-time return 0.
-**
-** This is an optimization.  If is OK to return 0 here even if
-** the expression really is always false or false (a false negative).
-** But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression might have different
-** boolean values in different circumstances (a false positive.)
-**
-** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a
-** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not
-** is it true or false, so always return 0.
-*/
-static int exprAlwaysTrue(Expr *p){
-  int v = 0;
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
-  if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
-  return v!=0;
-}
-static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){
-  int v = 0;
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
-  if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
-  return v==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
-** NULL, then just return the other expression.
-**
-** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead
-** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with
-** a value of false.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
-  if( pLeft==0 ){
-    return pRight;
-  }else if( pRight==0 ){
-    return pLeft;
-  }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
-    return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0);
-  }else{
-    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight);
-    return pNew;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
-** arguments.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  assert( pToken );
-  pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1);
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pNew->x.pList = pList;
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
-  sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pNew);
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
-** in the original SQL statement.  
-**
-** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
-** variable number.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
-** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
-** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
-** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
-** instance of the wildcard, the next sequential variable number is
-** assigned.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  const char *z;
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) );
-  z = pExpr->u.zToken;
-  assert( z!=0 );
-  assert( z[0]!=0 );
-  if( z[1]==0 ){
-    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
-    assert( z[0]=='?' );
-    pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
-  }else{
-    ynVar x = 0;
-    u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-    if( z[0]=='?' ){
-      /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
-      ** use it as the variable number */
-      i64 i;
-      int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8);
-      pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i;
-      testcase( i==0 );
-      testcase( i==1 );
-      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
-      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
-      if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
-            db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
-        x = 0;
-      }
-      if( i>pParse->nVar ){
-        pParse->nVar = (int)i;
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa".  Reuse the same variable
-      ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
-      ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
-      */
-      ynVar i;
-      for(i=0; i<pParse->nzVar; i++){
-        if( pParse->azVar[i] && strcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z)==0 ){
-          pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
-    }
-    if( x>0 ){
-      if( x>pParse->nzVar ){
-        char **a;
-        a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0]));
-        if( a==0 ) return;  /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */
-        pParse->azVar = a;
-        memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0]));
-        pParse->nzVar = x;
-      }
-      if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]);
-        pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n);
-      }
-    }
-  } 
-  if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Recursively delete an expression tree.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 );
-  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
-    /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */
-    assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 );
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
-    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken);
-    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList);
-    }
-  }
-  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure 
-** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
-** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
-*/
-static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE;
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE;
-  return EXPR_FULLSIZE;
-}
-
-/*
-** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required
-** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree.  They differ in
-** how much of the tree is measured.
-**
-**     dupedExprStructSize()     Size of only the Expr structure 
-**     dupedExprNodeSize()       Size of Expr + space for token
-**     dupedExprSize()           Expr + token + subtree components
-**
-***************************************************************************
-**
-** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:  
-** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and 
-** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
-** The return values is always one of:
-**
-**      EXPR_FULLSIZE
-**      EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE   | EP_Reduced
-**      EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly
-**
-** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value
-** of this routine with 0xfff.  The flags can be found by masking the
-** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
-**
-** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
-** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
-** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
-** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
-** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
-** make an EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
-** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
-** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
-** to enforce this constraint.
-*/
-static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
-  int nSize;
-  assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
-  assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff );
-  assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
-  if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){
-    nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
-  }else{
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); 
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) );
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) );
-    if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){
-      nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
-    }else{
-      assert( p->pRight==0 );
-      nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly;
-    }
-  }
-  return nSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy 
-** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
-** string is defined.)
-*/
-static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){
-  int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff;
-  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
-    nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1;
-  }
-  return ROUND8(nByte);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the 
-** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a
-** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
-**
-** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct
-** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any.
-**
-** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes 
-** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft 
-** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or 
-** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
-*/
-static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
-  int nByte = 0;
-  if( p ){
-    nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
-    if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){
-      nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags);
-    }
-  }
-  return nByte;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer 
-** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough 
-** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
-** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
-** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the
-** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
-*/
-static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
-  Expr *pNew = 0;                      /* Value to return */
-  if( p ){
-    const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-    u8 *zAlloc;
-    u32 staticFlag = 0;
-
-    assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced );
-
-    /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */
-    if( pzBuffer ){
-      zAlloc = *pzBuffer;
-      staticFlag = EP_Static;
-    }else{
-      zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags));
-    }
-    pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc;
-
-    if( pNew ){
-      /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to
-      ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or
-      ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed
-      ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any).
-      */
-      const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags);
-      const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff;
-      int nToken;
-      if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
-        nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1;
-      }else{
-        nToken = 0;
-      }
-      if( isReduced ){
-        assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 );
-        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize);
-      }else{
-        int nSize = exprStructSize(p);
-        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
-        memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
-      }
-
-      /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */
-      pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken);
-      pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly);
-      pNew->flags |= staticFlag;
-
-      /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */
-      if( nToken ){
-        char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize];
-        memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken);
-      }
-
-      if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){
-        /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */
-        if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-          pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced);
-        }else{
-          pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced);
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){
-        zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
-        if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){
-          pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
-          pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
-        }
-        if( pzBuffer ){
-          *pzBuffer = zAlloc;
-        }
-      }else{
-        if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
-          pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0);
-          pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0);
-        }
-      }
-
-    }
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second 
-** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned
-** and the db->mallocFailed flag set.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-static With *withDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p){
-  With *pRet = 0;
-  if( p ){
-    int nByte = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nCte-1);
-    pRet = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-    if( pRet ){
-      int i;
-      pRet->nCte = p->nCte;
-      for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){
-        pRet->a[i].pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->a[i].pSelect, 0);
-        pRet->a[i].pCols = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->a[i].pCols, 0);
-        pRet->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->a[i].zName);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return pRet;
-}
-#else
-# define withDup(x,y) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
-** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
-** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
-** without effecting the originals.
-**
-** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
-** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
-** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
-**
-** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
-**
-** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
-** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a
-** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as
-** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){
-  return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0);
-}
-ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){
-  ExprList *pNew;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->nExpr = i = p->nExpr;
-  if( (flags & EXPRDUP_REDUCE)==0 ) for(i=1; i<p->nExpr; i+=i){}
-  pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db,  i*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
-  if( pItem==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
-    return 0;
-  } 
-  pOldItem = p->a;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
-    Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr;
-    pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags);
-    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan);
-    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
-    pItem->done = 0;
-    pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab;
-    pItem->u = pOldItem->u;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
-** the build, then none of the following routines, except for 
-** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
-** called with a NULL argument.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
- || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){
-  SrcList *pNew;
-  int i;
-  int nByte;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
-    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
-    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
-    Table *pTab;
-    pNewItem->pSchema = pOldItem->pSchema;
-    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
-    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
-    pNewItem->fg = pOldItem->fg;
-    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
-    pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub;
-    pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn;
-    if( pNewItem->fg.isIndexedBy ){
-      pNewItem->u1.zIndexedBy = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->u1.zIndexedBy);
-    }
-    pNewItem->pIBIndex = pOldItem->pIBIndex;
-    if( pNewItem->fg.isTabFunc ){
-      pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg = 
-          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pOldItem->u1.pFuncArg, flags);
-    }
-    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
-    if( pTab ){
-      pTab->nRef++;
-    }
-    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags);
-    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags);
-    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing);
-    pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){
-  IdList *pNew;
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->nId = p->nId;
-  pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
-  if( pNew->a==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not
-  ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called
-  ** on the duplicate created by this function. */
-  for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
-    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
-    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
-    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
-  Select *pNew, *pPrior;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags);
-  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags);
-  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags);
-  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags);
-  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags);
-  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags);
-  pNew->op = p->op;
-  pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags);
-  if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
-  pNew->pNext = 0;
-  pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
-  pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
-  pNew->iLimit = 0;
-  pNew->iOffset = 0;
-  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
-  pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
-  pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);
-  sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, p->zSelName);
-  return pNew;
-}
-#else
-Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
-  assert( p==0 );
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
-** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and
-** NULL is returned.  If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed
-** that the new entry was successfully appended.
-*/
-ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
-  Expr *pExpr             /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) );
-    if( pList==0 ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    pList->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
-    if( pList->a==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){
-    struct ExprList_item *a;
-    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
-    a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, pList->nExpr*2*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
-    if( a==0 ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    pList->a = a;
-  }
-  assert( pList->a!=0 );
-  if( 1 ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
-    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
-    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
-  }
-  return pList;
-
-no_mem:     
-  /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the sort order for the last element on the given ExprList.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList *p, int iSortOrder){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  assert( SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED<0 && SQLITE_SO_ASC>=0 && SQLITE_SO_DESC>0 );
-  assert( p->nExpr>0 );
-  if( iSortOrder<0 ){
-    assert( p->a[p->nExpr-1].sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC );
-    return;
-  }
-  p->a[p->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)iSortOrder;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item
-** on the expression list.
-**
-** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pName should never be
-** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
-** is set.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprListSetName(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
-  Token *pName,           /* Name to be added */
-  int dequote             /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */
-){
-  assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 );
-  if( pList ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
-    pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
-    assert( pItem->zName==0 );
-    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n);
-    if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item
-** on the expression list.
-**
-** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pSpan should never be
-** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
-** is set.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
-  ExprSpan *pSpan         /* The span to be added */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
-  if( pList ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
-    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
-    assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
-    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
-                                    (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
-** leave an error message in pParse.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  ExprList *pEList,
-  const char *zObject
-){
-  int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN];
-  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx );
-  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 );
-  if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire expression list.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  assert( pList->a!=0 || pList->nExpr==0 );
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the bitwise-OR of all Expr.flags fields in the given
-** ExprList.
-*/
-u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  u32 m = 0;
-  if( pList ){
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-       Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
-       if( ALWAYS(pExpr) ) m |= pExpr->flags;
-    }
-  }
-  return m;
-}
-
-/*
-** These routines are Walker callbacks used to check expressions to
-** see if they are "constant" for some definition of constant.  The
-** Walker.eCode value determines the type of "constant" we are looking
-** for.
-**
-** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
-**
-**     sqlite3ExprIsConstant()                  pWalker->eCode==1
-**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()           pWalker->eCode==2
-**     sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant()             pWalker->eCode==3
-**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()        pWalker->eCode==4 or 5
-**
-** In all cases, the callbacks set Walker.eCode=0 and abort if the expression
-** is found to not be a constant.
-**
-** The sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() is used for evaluating expressions
-** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  The Walker.eCode value is 5 when parsing
-** an existing schema and 4 when processing a new statement.  A bound
-** parameter raises an error for new statements, but is silently converted
-** to NULL for existing schemas.  This allows sqlite_master tables that 
-** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions
-** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a
-** malformed schema error.
-*/
-static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-
-  /* If pWalker->eCode is 2 then any term of the expression that comes from
-  ** the ON or USING clauses of a left join disqualifies the expression
-  ** from being considered constant. */
-  if( pWalker->eCode==2 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
-    pWalker->eCode = 0;
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
-    ** and either pWalker->eCode==4 or 5 or the function has the
-    ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONST flag. */
-    case TK_FUNCTION:
-      if( pWalker->eCode>=4 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc) ){
-        return WRC_Continue;
-      }else{
-        pWalker->eCode = 0;
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-    case TK_ID:
-    case TK_COLUMN:
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
-      if( pWalker->eCode==3 && pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.iCur ){
-        return WRC_Continue;
-      }else{
-        pWalker->eCode = 0;
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-    case TK_VARIABLE:
-      if( pWalker->eCode==5 ){
-        /* Silently convert bound parameters that appear inside of CREATE
-        ** statements into a NULL when parsing the CREATE statement text out
-        ** of the sqlite_master table */
-        pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-      }else if( pWalker->eCode==4 ){
-        /* A bound parameter in a CREATE statement that originates from
-        ** sqlite3_prepare() causes an error */
-        pWalker->eCode = 0;
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-      /* Fall through */
-    default:
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
-      return WRC_Continue;
-  }
-}
-static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  pWalker->eCode = 0;
-  return WRC_Abort;
-}
-static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag, int iCur){
-  Walker w;
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.eCode = initFlag;
-  w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
-  w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
-  w.u.iCur = iCur;
-  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
-  return w.eCode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
-** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
-  return exprIsConst(p, 1, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
-** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
-** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
-** an ON or USING clause.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
-  return exprIsConst(p, 2, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
-** for any single row of the table with cursor iCur.  In other words, the
-** expression must not refer to any non-deterministic function nor any
-** table other than iCur.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr *p, int iCur){
-  return exprIsConst(p, 3, iCur);
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
-** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
-** are any variables.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p, u8 isInit){
-  assert( isInit==0 || isInit==1 );
-  return exprIsConst(p, 4+isInit, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
-** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
-** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
-** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
-  int rc = 0;
-
-  /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit
-  ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */
-  assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0
-           || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 );
-
-  if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
-    *pValue = p->u.iValue;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  switch( p->op ){
-    case TK_UPLUS: {
-      rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_UMINUS: {
-      int v;
-      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
-        assert( v!=(-2147483647-1) );
-        *pValue = -v;
-        rc = 1;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: break;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
-**
-** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
-** to tell return TRUE.  
-**
-** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
-** when we know that a value cannot be NULL.  Hence, a false positive
-** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might
-** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless.  On the other
-** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL)
-** will likely result in an incorrect answer.  So when in doubt, return
-** TRUE.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){
-  u8 op;
-  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
-  op = p->op;
-  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_INTEGER:
-    case TK_STRING:
-    case TK_FLOAT:
-    case TK_BLOB:
-      return 0;
-    case TK_COLUMN:
-      assert( p->pTab!=0 );
-      return ExprHasProperty(p, EP_CanBeNull) ||
-             (p->iColumn>=0 && p->pTab->aCol[p->iColumn].notNull==0);
-    default:
-      return 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
-** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second
-** argument.
-**
-** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation
-** can be omitted.  When in doubt return FALSE.  A false negative
-** is harmless.  A false positive, however, can result in the wrong
-** answer.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){
-  u8 op;
-  if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ) return 1;
-  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
-  op = p->op;
-  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_INTEGER: {
-      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-    }
-    case TK_FLOAT: {
-      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-    }
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    }
-    case TK_BLOB: {
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      assert( p->iTable>=0 );  /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */
-      return p->iColumn<0
-          && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC);
-    }
-    default: {
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
-*/
-int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a
-** query of the form
-**
-**       x IN (SELECT ...)
-**
-** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this
-** routine.
-**
-** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no
-** errors have been found.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  Table *pTab;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;                   /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */
-  if( p->pPrior ) return 0;              /* Not a compound SELECT */
-  if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
-    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
-    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
-    return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
-  }
-  assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );              /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
-  if( p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Has no LIMIT clause */
-  assert( p->pOffset==0 );               /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */
-  if( p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Has no WHERE clause */
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  assert( pSrc!=0 );
-  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;          /* Single term in FROM clause */
-  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0;     /* FROM is not a subquery or view */
-  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0;
-  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );            /* FROM clause is not a view */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;        /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;       /* One column in the result set */
-  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Once instruction and allocate space for its flag. Return the 
-** address of the new instruction.
-*/
-int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);      /* Virtual machine being coded */
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that checks the left-most column of index table iCur to see if
-** it contains any NULL entries.  Cause the register at regHasNull to be set
-** to a non-NULL value if iCur contains no NULLs.  Cause register regHasNull
-** to be set to NULL if iCur contains one or more NULL values.
-*/
-static void sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(Vdbe *v, int iCur, int regHasNull){
-  int addr1;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regHasNull);
-  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, regHasNull);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
-  VdbeComment((v, "first_entry_in(%d)", iCur));
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-/*
-** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the 
-** right-hand side.  Return TRUE if that list is constant.
-*/
-static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){
-  Expr *pLHS;
-  int res;
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pIn, EP_xIsSelect) );
-  pLHS = pIn->pLeft;
-  pIn->pLeft = 0;
-  res = sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pIn);
-  pIn->pLeft = pLHS;
-  return res;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
-** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which
-** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery.
-**
-** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can
-** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through
-** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates.
-**
-** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that is the RHS of the IN operator
-** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor.
-**
-** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
-**
-**   IN_INDEX_ROWID      - The cursor was opened on a database table.
-**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC  - The cursor was opened on an ascending index.
-**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index.
-**   IN_INDEX_EPH        - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
-**                         populated epheremal table.
-**   IN_INDEX_NOOP       - No cursor was allocated.  The IN operator must be
-**                         implemented as a sequence of comparisons.
-**
-** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
-** subquery such as:
-**
-**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
-**
-** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
-** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
-** pX->iTable made to point to the ephemeral table instead of an
-** existing table.
-**
-** The inFlags parameter must contain exactly one of the bits
-** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP.  If inFlags contains
-** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a
-** fast membership test.  When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the
-** IN index will be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the
-** IN operator.
-**
-** When IN_INDEX_LOOP is used (and the b-tree will be used to iterate
-** through the set members) then the b-tree must not contain duplicates.
-** An epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
-** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
-** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
-**
-** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used 
-** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must 
-** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
-** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
-**
-** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and
-** if the RHS of the IN operator is a list (not a subquery) then this
-** routine might decide that creating an ephemeral b-tree for membership
-** testing is too expensive and return IN_INDEX_NOOP.  In that case, the
-** calling routine should implement the IN operator using a sequence
-** of Eq or Ne comparison operations.
-**
-** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
-** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator
-** contains a NULL.  If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and 
-** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
-** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
-** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
-** NULL value, then *prRhsHasNull is left unchanged.
-**
-** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prRhsHasNull, then
-** the value in that register will be NULL if the b-tree contains one or more
-** NULL values, and it will be some non-NULL value if the b-tree contains no
-** NULL values.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, u32 inFlags, int *prRhsHasNull){
-  Select *p;                            /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
-  int eType = 0;                        /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
-  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;            /* Cursor of the RHS table */
-  int mustBeUnique;                     /* True if RHS must be unique */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);     /* Virtual machine being coded */
-
-  assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
-  mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0;
-
-  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
-  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
-  ** ephemeral table.
-  */
-  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
-  if( pParse->nErr==0 && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;              /* Database connection */
-    Table *pTab;                           /* Table <table>. */
-    Expr *pExpr;                           /* Expression <column> */
-    i16 iCol;                              /* Index of column <column> */
-    i16 iDb;                               /* Database idx for pTab */
-
-    assert( p );                        /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
-    assert( p->pEList!=0 );             /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
-    assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
-    assert( p->pSrc!=0 );               /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
-    pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-    pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-    iCol = (i16)pExpr->iColumn;
-   
-    /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for <table>. */
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-
-    /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe
-    ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
-    ** successful here.
-    */
-    assert(v);
-    if( iCol<0 ){
-      int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-      eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
-
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
-    }else{
-      Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
-
-      /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to
-      ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according
-      ** to this collation sequence.  */
-      CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr);
-
-      /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the 
-      ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If
-      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
-      */
-      int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity);
-
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
-         && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
-         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)))
-        ){
-          int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-          sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-          assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
-          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];
-
-          if( prRhsHasNull && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
-            *prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem;
-            sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, iTab, *prRhsHasNull);
-          }
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause
-  ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply
-  ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery
-  ** and the RHS is not contant or has two or fewer terms,
-  ** then it is not worth creating an ephemeral table to evaluate
-  ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP.
-  */
-  if( eType==0
-   && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK)
-   && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect)
-   && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2)
-  ){
-    eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP;
-  }
-     
-
-  if( eType==0 ){
-    /* Could not find an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
-    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
-    */
-    u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
-    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
-    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
-    if( inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP ){
-      pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;
-      if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-        eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
-      }
-    }else if( prRhsHasNull ){
-      *prRhsHasNull = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }
-    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
-    pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
-  }else{
-    pX->iTable = iTab;
-  }
-  return eType;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS,
-** or IN operators.  Examples:
-**
-**     (SELECT a FROM b)          -- subquery
-**     EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b)   -- EXISTS subquery
-**     x IN (4,5,11)              -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
-**     x IN (SELECT a FROM b)     -- IN operator with subquery on the right
-**
-** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
-** operator or subquery.
-**
-** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed
-** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
-** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
-** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
-** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
-**
-** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
-** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.
-** All this routine does is initialize the register given by rMayHaveNull
-** to NULL.  Calling routines will take care of changing this register
-** value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.
-**
-** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
-** result.  For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  Expr *pExpr,            /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
-  int rHasNullFlag,       /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
-  int isRowid             /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
-){
-  int jmpIfDynamic = -1;                      /* One-time test address */
-  int rReg = 0;                           /* Register storing resulting */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
-  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-
-  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
-  ** if any of the following is true:
-  **
-  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
-  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
-  **    *  We are inside a trigger
-  **
-  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
-  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
-  */
-  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){
-    jmpIfDynamic = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
-        pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", jmpIfDynamic>=0?"":"CORRELATED ",
-        pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
-    );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_IN: {
-      char affinity;              /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
-      int addr;                   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
-      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
-      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;      /* Key information */
-
-      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
-
-      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
-      ** expression it is handled the same way.  An ephemeral table is 
-      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
-      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
-      **
-      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
-      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
-      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
-      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
-      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
-      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
-      ** is used.
-      */
-      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid);
-      pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, 1, 1);
-
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
-        **
-        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
-        ** table allocated and opened above.
-        */
-        Select *pSelect = pExpr->x.pSelect;
-        SelectDest dest;
-        ExprList *pEList;
-
-        assert( !isRowid );
-        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
-        dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
-        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
-        pSelect->iLimit = 0;
-        testcase( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct );
-        testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
-        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest) ){
-          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
-          return 0;
-        }
-        pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-        assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
-        assert( pEList!=0 );
-        assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
-        assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
-        pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
-                                                         pEList->a[0].pExpr);
-      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
-        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
-        **
-        ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
-        ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
-        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
-        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
-        */
-        int i;
-        ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
-        struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-        int r1, r2, r3;
-
-        if( !affinity ){
-          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-        }
-        if( pKeyInfo ){
-          assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
-          pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
-        }
-
-        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
-        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        if( isRowid ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
-        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
-          int iValToIns;
-
-          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
-          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
-          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
-          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
-          */
-          if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
-            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, jmpIfDynamic);
-            jmpIfDynamic = -1;
-          }
-
-          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
-          if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
-          }else{
-            r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
-            if( isRowid ){
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3,
-                                sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
-              VdbeCoverage(v);
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
-            }else{
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
-              sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-      }
-      if( pKeyInfo ){
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-    case TK_SELECT:
-    default: {
-      /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
-      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
-      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.  If this is an EXISTS, write
-      ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell
-      ** and record that memory cell in iColumn.
-      */
-      Select *pSel;                         /* SELECT statement to encode */
-      SelectDest dest;                      /* How to deal with SELECt result */
-
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
-      assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
-
-      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
-      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
-        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
-        dest.iSdst = dest.iSDParm;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
-      }else{
-        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
-      pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0,
-                                  &sqlite3IntTokens[1]);
-      pSel->iLimit = 0;
-      pSel->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
-      if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
-      ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rHasNullFlag ){
-    sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, pExpr->iTable, rHasNullFlag);
-  }
-
-  if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmpIfDynamic);
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-
-  return rReg;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-/*
-** Generate code for an IN expression.
-**
-**      x IN (SELECT ...)
-**      x IN (value, value, ...)
-**
-** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression.  The right-hand side (RHS)
-** is an array of zero or more values.  The expression is true if the LHS is
-** contained within the RHS.  The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
-** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
-** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
-**
-** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not 
-** contained within the RHS.  If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
-** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull.  If the LHS is contained
-** within the RHS then fall through.
-*/
-static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Expr *pExpr,          /* The IN expression */
-  int destIfFalse,      /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */
-  int destIfNull        /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */
-){
-  int rRhsHasNull = 0;  /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */
-  char affinity;        /* Comparison affinity to use */
-  int eType;            /* Type of the RHS */
-  int r1;               /* Temporary use register */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Statement under construction */
-
-  /* Compute the RHS.   After this step, the table with cursor
-  ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
-  */
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( v!=0 );       /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
-  eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr,
-                             IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP | IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK,
-                             destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull);
-
-  /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
-  ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
-  ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
-  */
-  affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
-
-  /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
-  */
-  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);
-
-  /* If sqlite3FindInIndex() did not find or create an index that is
-  ** suitable for evaluating the IN operator, then evaluate using a
-  ** sequence of comparisons.
-  */
-  if( eType==IN_INDEX_NOOP ){
-    ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
-    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
-    int labelOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    int r2, regToFree;
-    int regCkNull = 0;
-    int ii;
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-    if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
-      regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, r1, r1, regCkNull);
-    }
-    for(ii=0; ii<pList->nExpr; ii++){
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, &regToFree);
-      if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull);
-      }
-      if( ii<pList->nExpr-1 || destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Eq, r1, labelOk, r2,
-                          (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-        VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii<pList->nExpr-1);
-        VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii==pList->nExpr-1);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity);
-      }else{
-        assert( destIfNull==destIfFalse );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, r1, destIfFalse, r2,
-                          (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      }
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regToFree);
-    }
-    if( regCkNull ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regCkNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelOk);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regCkNull);
-  }else{
-  
-    /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
-    ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
-    */
-    if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr->pLeft) ){
-      if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
-        /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
-        ** the same. */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }else{
-        int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfNull);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-      }
-    }
-  
-    if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
-      /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }else{
-      /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
-  
-      /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the 
-      ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
-      ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set 
-      ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
-      ** expression is also NULL.
-      */
-      assert( destIfFalse!=destIfNull || rRhsHasNull==0 );
-      if( rRhsHasNull==0 ){
-        /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
-        ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
-        ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
-        **
-        ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
-        ** for this particular IN operator.
-        */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }else{
-        /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
-        ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
-        ** outcome.
-        */
-        int addr1;
-  
-        /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS.  If so,
-        ** then the answer is TRUE the presence of NULLs in the RHS does
-        ** not matter.  If the LHS is not contained in the RHS, then the
-        ** answer is NULL if the RHS contains NULLs and the answer is
-        ** FALSE if the RHS is NULL-free.
-        */
-        addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-  VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
-** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
-**
-** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
-** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
-** like the continuation of the number.
-*/
-static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){
-  if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){
-    double value;
-    sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
-    assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */
-    if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, (u8*)&value, P4_REAL);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
-** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
-**
-** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated.
-*/
-static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
-    int i = pExpr->u.iValue;
-    assert( i>=0 );
-    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
-  }else{
-    int c;
-    i64 value;
-    const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
-    assert( z!=0 );
-    c = sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &value);
-    if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
-      if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, (u8*)&value, P4_INT64);
-    }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
-#else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
-      if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z,"0x",2)==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "hex literal too big: %s", z);
-      }else
-#endif
-      {
-        codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear a cache entry.
-*/
-static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){
-  if( p->tempReg ){
-    if( pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
-      pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg;
-    }
-    p->tempReg = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a
-** particular table is stored in a particular register.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){
-  int i;
-  int minLru;
-  int idxLru;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-
-  /* Unless an error has occurred, register numbers are always positive. */
-  assert( iReg>0 || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 );  /* Finite column numbers */
-
-  /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache.  This is used
-  ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer
-  ** with and without the column cache.
-  */
-  if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return;
-
-  /* First replace any existing entry.
-  **
-  ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed
-  ** that the object will never already be in cache.  Verify this guarantee.
-  */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Find an empty slot and replace it */
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iReg==0 ){
-      p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
-      p->iTable = iTab;
-      p->iColumn = iCol;
-      p->iReg = iReg;
-      p->tempReg = 0;
-      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Replace the last recently used */
-  minLru = 0x7fffffff;
-  idxLru = -1;
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->lru<minLru ){
-      idxLru = i;
-      minLru = p->lru;
-    }
-  }
-  if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){
-    p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru];
-    p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
-    p->iTable = iTab;
-    p->iColumn = iCol;
-    p->iReg = iReg;
-    p->tempReg = 0;
-    p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
-    return;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten.
-** Purge the range of registers from the column cache.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
-  int i;
-  int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    int r = p->iReg;
-    if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){
-      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
-      p->iReg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remember the current column cache context.  Any new entries added
-** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the
-** corresponding pop occurs.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){
-  pParse->iCacheLevel++;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
-    printf("PUSH to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the
-** the previous sqlite3ExprCachePush operation.  In other words, restore
-** the cache to the state it was in prior the most recent Push.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse){
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-  assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=1 );
-  pParse->iCacheLevel--;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
-    printf("POP  to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel);
-  }
-#endif
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){
-      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
-      p->iReg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is
-** no longer available as a temp register.  ticket #3879:  that same
-** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to
-** get them all.
-*/
-static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iReg==iReg ){
-      p->tempReg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/* Generate code that will load into register regOut a value that is
-** appropriate for the iIdxCol-th column of index pIdx.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(
-  Parse *pParse,  /* The parsing context */
-  Index *pIdx,    /* The index whose column is to be loaded */
-  int iTabCur,    /* Cursor pointing to a table row */
-  int iIdxCol,    /* The column of the index to be loaded */
-  int regOut      /* Store the index column value in this register */
-){
-  i16 iTabCol = pIdx->aiColumn[iIdxCol];
-  if( iTabCol==XN_EXPR ){
-    assert( pIdx->aColExpr );
-    assert( pIdx->aColExpr->nExpr>iIdxCol );
-    pParse->iSelfTab = iTabCur;
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pIdx->aColExpr->a[iIdxCol].pExpr, regOut);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(pParse->pVdbe, pIdx->pTable, iTabCur,
-                                    iTabCol, regOut);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
-  Vdbe *v,        /* The VDBE under construction */
-  Table *pTab,    /* The table containing the value */
-  int iTabCur,    /* The table cursor.  Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */
-  int iCol,       /* Index of the column to extract */
-  int regOut      /* Extract the value into this register */
-){
-  if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut);
-  }else{
-    int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
-    int x = iCol;
-    if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut);
-  }
-  if( iCol>=0 ){
-    sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
-** table pTab and store the column value in a register.  An effort
-** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
-** not guaranteed.  The location of the column value is returned.
-**
-** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
-** is called.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
-  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
-  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
-  int iReg,        /* Store results here */
-  u8 p5            /* P5 value for OP_Column */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){
-      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
-      sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg);
-      return p->iReg;
-    }
-  }  
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
-  if( p5 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
-  }else{   
-    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
-  }
-  return iReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear all column cache entries.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
-    printf("CLEAR\n");
-  }
-#endif
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iReg ){
-      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
-      p->iReg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
-** registers starting with iStart.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
-  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
-** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
-  assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo );
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
-  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iFrom, nReg);
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-/*
-** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
-** is used as part of the column cache.
-**
-** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only
-** and does not appear in a normal build.
-*/
-static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    int r = p->iReg;
-    if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1;    /*NO_TEST*/
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */
-
-/*
-** Convert an expression node to a TK_REGISTER
-*/
-static void exprToRegister(Expr *p, int iReg){
-  p->op2 = p->op;
-  p->op = TK_REGISTER;
-  p->iTable = iReg;
-  ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
-** expression.  Attempt to store the results in register "target".
-** Return the register where results are stored.
-**
-** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will
-** be stored in target.  The result might be stored in some other
-** register if it is convenient to do so.  The calling function
-** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
-** register.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* The VM under construction */
-  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
-  int inReg = target;       /* Results stored in register inReg */
-  int regFree1 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
-  int regFree2 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
-  int r1, r2, r3, r4;       /* Various register numbers */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
-  Expr tempX;               /* Temporary expression node */
-
-  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
-  if( v==0 ){
-    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ){
-    op = TK_NULL;
-  }else{
-    op = pExpr->op;
-  }
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
-      AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
-      struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
-      if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
-        assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
-        inReg = pCol->iMem;
-        break;
-      }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab,
-                              pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
-        break;
-      }
-      /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
-    }
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      int iTab = pExpr->iTable;
-      if( iTab<0 ){
-        if( pParse->ckBase>0 ){
-          /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */
-          inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
-          break;
-        }else{
-          /* Coding an expression that is part of an index where column names
-          ** in the index refer to the table to which the index belongs */
-          iTab = pParse->iSelfTab;
-        }
-      }
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
-                               pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target,
-                               pExpr->op2);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_INTEGER: {
-      codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    case TK_FLOAT: {
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NULL: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case TK_BLOB: {
-      int n;
-      const char *z;
-      char *zBlob;
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
-      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
-      z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
-      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1;
-      assert( z[n]=='\'' );
-      zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case TK_VARIABLE: {
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 );
-      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target);
-      if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){
-        assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' 
-             || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 );
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_REGISTER: {
-      inReg = pExpr->iTable;
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-    case TK_CAST: {
-      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      if( inReg!=target ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
-        inReg = target;
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Cast, target,
-                        sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0));
-      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2);
-      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
-      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
-      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
-      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
-      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
-      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IS:
-    case TK_ISNOT: {
-      testcase( op==TK_IS );
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AND:
-    case TK_OR:
-    case TK_PLUS:
-    case TK_STAR:
-    case TK_MINUS:
-    case TK_REM:
-    case TK_BITAND:
-    case TK_BITOR:
-    case TK_SLASH:
-    case TK_LSHIFT:
-    case TK_RSHIFT: 
-    case TK_CONCAT: {
-      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );            testcase( op==TK_AND );
-      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );              testcase( op==TK_OR );
-      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );           testcase( op==TK_PLUS );
-      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );     testcase( op==TK_MINUS );
-      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );      testcase( op==TK_REM );
-      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );      testcase( op==TK_BITAND );
-      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );        testcase( op==TK_BITOR );
-      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );       testcase( op==TK_SLASH );
-      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );   testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT );
-      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );  testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT );
-      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );      testcase( op==TK_CONCAT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_UMINUS: {
-      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-      assert( pLeft );
-      if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
-        codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
-        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-        codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target);
-#endif
-      }else{
-        tempX.op = TK_INTEGER;
-        tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly;
-        tempX.u.iValue = 0;
-        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, &regFree1);
-        r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree2);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
-        testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      }
-      inReg = target;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BITNOT:
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );   testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
-      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );         testcase( op==TK_NOT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      inReg = target;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      int addr;
-      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );   testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
-      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
-      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
-      if( pInfo==0 ){
-        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      }else{
-        inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_FUNCTION: {
-      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
-      int nFarg;             /* Number of function arguments */
-      FuncDef *pDef;         /* The function definition object */
-      int nId;               /* Length of the function name in bytes */
-      const char *zId;       /* The function name */
-      u32 constMask = 0;     /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */
-      int i;                 /* Loop counter */
-      u8 enc = ENC(db);      /* The text encoding used by this database */
-      CollSeq *pColl = 0;    /* A collating sequence */
-
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
-        pFarg = 0;
-      }else{
-        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
-      }
-      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
-      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
-      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
-      if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFunc==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
-      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evaluation of
-      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
-      */
-      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
-        int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        assert( nFarg>=2 );
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
-        for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, target, endCoalesce);
-          VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, target, 1);
-          sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target);
-          sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op.  The result is the value
-      ** of the first argument.
-      */
-      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
-        assert( nFarg>=1 );
-        inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      for(i=0; i<nFarg; i++){
-        if( i<32 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pFarg->a[i].pExpr) ){
-          testcase( i==31 );
-          constMask |= MASKBIT32(i);
-        }
-        if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){
-          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr);
-        }
-      }
-      if( pFarg ){
-        if( constMask ){
-          r1 = pParse->nMem+1;
-          pParse->nMem += nFarg;
-        }else{
-          r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg);
-        }
-
-        /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument,
-        ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG
-        ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data
-        ** loading.
-        */
-        if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){
-          u8 exprOp;
-          assert( nFarg==1 );
-          assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 );
-          exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op;
-          if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
-            assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
-            assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG );
-            testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
-            pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = 
-                  pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
-          }
-        }
-
-        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);     /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
-        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 0,
-                                SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR);
-        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);      /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
-      }else{
-        r1 = 0;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
-      ** a virtual table column.
-      **
-      ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
-      ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
-      ** see if it is a column in a virtual table.  This is done because
-      ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
-      ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
-      ** function.  The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to 
-      ** "glob(B,A).  We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
-      ** for function overloading.  But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
-      */
-      if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
-        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr);
-      }else if( nFarg>0 ){
-        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
-      }
-#endif
-      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
-        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; 
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, constMask, r1, target,
-                        (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg);
-      if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
-      testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
-      inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IN: {
-      int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
-      sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-
-    /*
-    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
-    **
-    ** This is equivalent to
-    **
-    **    x>=y AND x<=z
-    **
-    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
-    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
-    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
-    */
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a;
-      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
-
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge,
-                  r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2);  VdbeCoverage(v);
-      pLItem++;
-      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2);
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_COLLATE: 
-    case TK_UPLUS: {
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case TK_TRIGGER: {
-      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
-      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
-      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
-      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
-      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
-      ** read the rowid field.
-      **
-      ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1
-      ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1)
-      ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where 
-      ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is
-      ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table.
-      ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1
-      ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For
-      ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is
-      ** declared as:
-      **
-      **   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
-      **
-      ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows:
-      **
-      **   p1==0   ->    old.rowid     p1==3   ->    new.rowid
-      **   p1==1   ->    old.a         p1==4   ->    new.a
-      **   p1==2   ->    old.b         p1==5   ->    new.b       
-      */
-      Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
-      int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn;
-
-      assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 );
-      assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
-      assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey );
-      assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) );
-
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d",
-        (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"),
-        (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName),
-        target
-      ));
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
-      ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real.
-      **
-      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60985-57662 SQLite will convert the value back to
-      ** floating point when extracting it from the record.  */
-      if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 
-       && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-      ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
-      }
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-
-
-    /*
-    ** Form A:
-    **   CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** Form B:
-    **   CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows:
-    **   CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ...
-    **        WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft.
-    ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is
-    ** odd.  The Y is also optional.  If the number of elements in x.pList
-    ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL.
-    ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1].
-    **
-    ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei,
-    ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is
-    ** no ELSE term, NULL.
-    */
-    default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); {
-      int endLabel;                     /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */
-      int nextCase;                     /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */
-      int nExpr;                        /* 2x number of WHEN terms */
-      int i;                            /* Loop counter */
-      ExprList *pEList;                 /* List of WHEN terms */
-      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;  /* Array of WHEN terms */
-      Expr opCompare;                   /* The X==Ei expression */
-      Expr *pX;                         /* The X expression */
-      Expr *pTest = 0;                  /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
-      VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; )
-
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList );
-      assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0);
-      pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
-      aListelem = pEList->a;
-      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
-      endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
-        tempX = *pX;
-        testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
-        exprToRegister(&tempX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, &regFree1));
-        testcase( regFree1==0 );
-        opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
-        opCompare.pLeft = &tempX;
-        pTest = &opCompare;
-        /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001:
-        ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result.
-        ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other
-        ** purposes and possibly overwritten.  */
-        regFree1 = 0;
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<nExpr-1; i=i+2){
-        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-        if( pX ){
-          assert( pTest!=0 );
-          opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr;
-        }else{
-          pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
-        }
-        nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN );
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endLabel);
-        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
-      }
-      if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){
-        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target);
-        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
-      }
-      assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 
-           || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel );
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    case TK_RAISE: {
-      assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback 
-           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort
-           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail
-           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore
-      );
-      if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
-        return 0;
-      }
-      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){
-        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-      }
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
-            v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
-                              pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0);
-      }
-
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-  return inReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  Expr *pExpr,      /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */
-  int regDest,      /* Store the value in this register */
-  u8 reusable       /* True if this expression is reusable */
-){
-  ExprList *p;
-  assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) );
-  p = pParse->pConstExpr;
-  pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0);
-  p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr);
-  if( p ){
-     struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1];
-     pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest;
-     pItem->reusable = reusable;
-  }
-  pParse->pConstExpr = p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
-** into a register.  Return the register number where the results
-** are stored.
-**
-** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
-** then write its number into *pReg.  If the result register is not
-** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
-**
-** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this
-** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the
-** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
-  int r2;
-  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
-  if( ConstFactorOk(pParse)
-   && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER
-   && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr)
-  ){
-    ExprList *p = pParse->pConstExpr;
-    int i;
-    *pReg  = 0;
-    if( p ){
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-      for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){
-        if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){
-          return pItem->u.iConstExprReg;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    r2 = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, r2, 1);
-  }else{
-    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
-    if( r2==r1 ){
-      *pReg = r1;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      *pReg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return r2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
-** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
-** in register target.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  int inReg;
-
-  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
-  if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target);
-  }else{
-    inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
-    assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-    if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
-** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
-** in register target.  If the expression is constant, then this routine
-** might choose to code the expression at initialization time.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
-    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that evaluates the given expression and puts the result
-** in register target.
-**
-** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
-** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
-** the result is a copy of the cache register.
-**
-** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
-** times.  They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
-** are reused.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int iMem;
-
-  assert( target>0 );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER );
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
-  iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem);
-  exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
-** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
-**
-** Return the number of elements evaluated.
-**
-** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being
-** filled using OP_SCopy.  OP_Copy must be used instead.
-**
-** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be
-** factored out into initialization code.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,   /* The expression list to be coded */
-  int target,        /* Where to write results */
-  int srcReg,        /* Source registers if SQLITE_ECEL_REF */
-  u8 flags           /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */
-){
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  int i, j, n;
-  u8 copyOp = (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( pList!=0 );
-  assert( target>0 );
-  assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 );  /* Never gets this far otherwise */
-  n = pList->nExpr;
-  if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR;
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
-    Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr;
-    if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_REF)!=0 && (j = pList->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol)>0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, j+srcReg-1, target+i);
-    }else if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
-      sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i, 0);
-    }else{
-      int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
-      if( inReg!=target+i ){
-        VdbeOp *pOp;
-        if( copyOp==OP_Copy
-         && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy
-         && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg
-         && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i
-        ){
-          pOp->p3++;
-        }else{
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator.
-**
-**    x BETWEEN y AND z
-**
-** The above is equivalent to 
-**
-**    x>=y AND x<=z
-**
-** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
-** elimination of x.
-*/
-static void exprCodeBetween(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Expr *pExpr,      /* The BETWEEN expression */
-  int dest,         /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
-  int jumpIfTrue,   /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
-  int jumpIfNull    /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
-){
-  Expr exprAnd;     /* The AND operator in  x>=y AND x<=z  */
-  Expr compLeft;    /* The  x>=y  term */
-  Expr compRight;   /* The  x<=z  term */
-  Expr exprX;       /* The  x  subexpression */
-  int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */
-
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-  exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
-  exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
-  exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
-  exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
-  compLeft.op = TK_GE;
-  compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
-  compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
-  compRight.op = TK_LE;
-  compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
-  compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
-  exprToRegister(&exprX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, &regFree1));
-  if( jumpIfTrue ){
-    sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-
-  /* Ensure adequate test coverage */
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
-**
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
-** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
-**
-** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
-** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
-** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
-** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
-** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int op = 0;
-  int regFree1 = 0;
-  int regFree2 = 0;
-  int r1, r2;
-
-  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
-  if( NEVER(v==0) )     return;  /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
-  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return;  /* No way this can happen */
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_AND: {
-      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_OR: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
-      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
-      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
-      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
-      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
-      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IS:
-    case TK_ISNOT: {
-      testcase( op==TK_IS );
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );   testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
-      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_IN: {
-      int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse;
-      sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
-      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest);
-      }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
-        /* No-op */
-      }else{
-        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        testcase( regFree1==0 );
-        testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);  
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
-**
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
-** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
-** is 0.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int op = 0;
-  int regFree1 = 0;
-  int regFree2 = 0;
-  int r1, r2;
-
-  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
-  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
-  if( pExpr==0 )    return;
-
-  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
-  **
-  **       pExpr->op            op
-  **       ---------          ----------
-  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
-  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
-  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
-  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
-  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
-  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
-  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
-  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
-  **
-  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
-  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
-  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
-  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
-  */
-  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
-
-  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
-  */
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AND: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_OR: {
-      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
-      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
-      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
-      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
-      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
-      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IS:
-    case TK_ISNOT: {
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );   VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
-      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_IN: {
-      if( jumpIfNull ){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest);
-      }else{
-        int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest);
-      }else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
-        /* no-op */
-      }else{
-        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        testcase( regFree1==0 );
-        testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-}
-
-/*
-** Like sqlite3ExprIfFalse() except that a copy is made of pExpr before
-** code generation, and that copy is deleted after code generation. This
-** ensures that the original pExpr is unchanged.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest,int jumpIfNull){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Expr *pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
-  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCopy, dest, jumpIfNull);
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCopy);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return 0 if the two
-** expressions are completely identical.  Return 1 if they differ only
-** by a COLLATE operator at the top level.  Return 2 if there are differences
-** other than the top-level COLLATE operator.
-**
-** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
-** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
-**
-** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER.  If that is the case and pB is
-** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0.
-**
-** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions
-** really are equivalent.  If we cannot prove that the expressions are
-** identical, we return 2 just to be safe.  So if this routine
-** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two
-** expressions are the same.  But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you
-** can be sure the expressions are the same.  In the places where
-** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that
-** just might result in some slightly slower code.  But returning
-** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){
-  u32 combinedFlags;
-  if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){
-    return pB==pA ? 0 : 2;
-  }
-  combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags;
-  if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){
-    if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    return 2;
-  }
-  if( pA->op!=pB->op ){
-    if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB, iTab)<2 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA, pB->pLeft, iTab)<2 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    return 2;
-  }
-  if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pA->u.zToken ){
-    if( pA->op==TK_FUNCTION ){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ) return 2;
-    }else if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
-      return pA->op==TK_COLLATE ? 1 : 2;
-    }
-  }
-  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2;
-  if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){
-    if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2;
-    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2;
-    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2;
-    if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2;
-    if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) && pA->op!=TK_STRING ){
-      if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
-      if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable 
-       && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare two ExprList objects.  Return 0 if they are identical and 
-** non-zero if they differ in any way.
-**
-** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
-** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
-**
-** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists.  The
-** only consequence will be disabled optimizations.  But this routine
-** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or
-** a malfunction will result.
-**
-** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same.  But a NULL pointer
-** always differs from a non-NULL pointer.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){
-  int i;
-  if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0;
-  if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1;
-  if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1;
-  for(i=0; i<pA->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr;
-    Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr;
-    if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1;
-    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is
-** true.  Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might
-** be false.  Examples:
-**
-**     pE1: x==5       pE2: x==5             Result: true
-**     pE1: x>0        pE2: x==5             Result: false
-**     pE1: x=21       pE2: x=21 OR y=43     Result: true
-**     pE1: x!=123     pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: true
-**     pE1: x!=?1      pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: true
-**     pE1: x IS NULL  pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: false
-**     pE1: x IS ?2    pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Reuslt: false
-**
-** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has
-** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab.
-**
-** When in doubt, return false.  Returning true might give a performance
-** improvement.  Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but
-** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){
-  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( pE2->op==TK_OR
-   && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab)
-             || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) )
-  ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL
-   && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1->pLeft, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0
-   && (pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS)
-  ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
-** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an 
-** aggregate function, in order to implement the
-** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine.
-*/
-struct SrcCount {
-  SrcList *pSrc;   /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */
-  int nThis;       /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */
-  int nOther;      /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */
-};
-
-/*
-** Count the number of references to columns.
-*/
-static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc()
-  ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the
-  ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN.  If
-  ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the
-  ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){
-    int i;
-    struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount;
-    SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;
-    int nSrc = pSrc ? pSrc->nSrc : 0;
-    for(i=0; i<nSrc; i++){
-      if( pExpr->iTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break;
-    }
-    if( i<nSrc ){
-      p->nThis++;
-    }else{
-      p->nOther++;
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference
-** pSrcList.  Return true if they do.  Also return true if the function
-** has no arguments or has only constant arguments.  Return false if pExpr
-** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList.
-*/
-int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){
-  Walker w;
-  struct SrcCount cnt;
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount;
-  w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt;
-  cnt.pSrc = pSrcList;
-  cnt.nThis = 0;
-  cnt.nOther = 0;
-  sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList);
-  return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array.  Return the index of
-** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
-*/
-static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
-  int i;
-  pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-       db,
-       pInfo->aCol,
-       sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
-       &pInfo->nColumn,
-       &i
-  );
-  return i;
-}    
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array.  Return the index of
-** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
-*/
-static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
-  int i;
-  pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-       db, 
-       pInfo->aFunc,
-       sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
-       &pInfo->nFunc,
-       &i
-  );
-  return i;
-}    
-
-/*
-** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker.  It is used to
-** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates().  See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
-** for additional information.
-*/
-static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  int i;
-  NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
-  Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-  AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-      /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
-      ** clause of the aggregate query */
-      if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){
-        struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
-        for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-          struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
-          assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-          if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
-            /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
-            ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.  
-            **
-            ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
-            ** is not an entry there already.
-            */
-            int k;
-            pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
-            for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){
-              if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
-                  pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
-                break;
-              }
-            }
-            if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
-             && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 
-            ){
-              pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
-              pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
-              pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
-              pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
-              pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-              pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
-              pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
-              if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
-                int j, n;
-                ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
-                struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
-                n = pGB->nExpr;
-                for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){
-                  Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr;
-                  if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
-                      pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
-                    pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
-                    break;
-                  }
-                }
-              }
-              if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
-                pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
-              }
-            }
-            /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
-            ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
-            ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
-            ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
-            */
-            ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
-            pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
-            pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
-            pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k;
-            break;
-          } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
-        } /* end loop over pSrcList */
-      }
-      return WRC_Prune;
-    }
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
-      if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0
-       && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2
-      ){
-        /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate 
-        ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
-        */
-        struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
-        for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
-          if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
-          /* pExpr is original.  Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
-          */
-          u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
-          i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo);
-          if( i>=0 ){
-            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-            pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
-            pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
-            pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-            pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
-                   pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
-                   pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
-            if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
-              pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
-            }else{
-              pItem->iDistinct = -1;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
-        */
-        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-        ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
-        pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i;
-        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
-        return WRC_Prune;
-      }else{
-        return WRC_Continue;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and
-** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo
-** points to.  Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as
-** necessary.
-**
-** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
-** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
-  Walker w;
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
-  w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
-  w.u.pNC = pNC;
-  assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 );
-  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
-** expression list.  Return the number of errors.
-**
-** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  int i;
-  if( pList ){
-    for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result.
-*/
-int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
-  if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
-    return ++pParse->nMem;
-  }
-  return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg];
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
-** purpose.
-**
-** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
-** the deallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
-** the register becomes stale.
-*/
-void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
-  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
-    int i;
-    struct yColCache *p;
-    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-      if( p->iReg==iReg ){
-        p->tempReg = 1;
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-    pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers
-*/
-int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){
-  int i, n;
-  i = pParse->iRangeReg;
-  n = pParse->nRangeReg;
-  if( nReg<=n ){
-    assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) );
-    pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
-    pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
-  }else{
-    i = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += nReg;
-  }
-  return i;
-}
-void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
-  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg);
-  if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
-    pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
-    pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse.
-*/
-void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){
-  pParse->nTempReg = 0;
-  pParse->nRangeReg = 0;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/fault.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/fault.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c3028c4f936..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/fault.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 Jan 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" 
-** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
-** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
-** and returns 0). 
-**
-** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
-** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
-** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
-** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this 
-** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The 
-** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure 
-** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-
-/*
-** Global variables.
-*/
-typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
-  void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
-  void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
-} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
-
-/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
-** structure.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdHooksInit \
-  BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
-# define wsdHooks x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdHooksInit
-# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
-** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
-*/
-void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
-  void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
-  void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
-){
-  wsdHooksInit;
-  wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
-  wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
-}
-
-/*
-** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
-** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
-** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
-*/
-void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
-  wsdHooksInit;
-  if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
-    wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
-  }
-}
-void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
-  wsdHooksInit;
-  if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
-    wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
-  }
-}
-
-#endif   /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/fkey.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/fkey.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b55e2a98138..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/fkey.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1410 +0,0 @@
-/*
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key
-** support to compiled SQL statements.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-
-/*
-** Deferred and Immediate FKs
-** --------------------------
-**
-** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate.
-** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated,
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current
-** statement transaction rolled back. If a 
-** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken 
-** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the 
-** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails.
-**
-** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated
-** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a 
-** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed 
-** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each
-** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from
-** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is
-** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is
-** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks:
-**
-**   * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, 
-**     there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied,
-**     or which row it is not satisfied for.
-**
-**   * If the database contains foreign key violations when the 
-**     transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
-**
-** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler
-** than the alternatives.
-**
-** INSERT operations:
-**
-**   I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search
-**        the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the
-**        constraint counter.
-**
-**   I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, 
-**        search the child table for rows that correspond to the new
-**        row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row
-**        found (as the constraint is now satisfied).
-**
-** DELETE operations:
-**
-**   D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, 
-**        search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the 
-**        deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, 
-**        decrement the counter.
-**
-**   D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search 
-**        the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row 
-**        in the parent table. For each found increment the counter.
-**
-** UPDATE operations:
-**
-**   An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only
-**   for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually 
-**   modified (values must be compared at runtime).
-**
-** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2.
-** This simplifies the implementation a bit.
-**
-** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict
-** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted.
-** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception
-** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new 
-** row is inserted.
-**
-** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference 
-** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement
-** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate
-** constraint counter is greater than zero,
-** it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
-** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT
-** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case,
-** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the
-** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such
-** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction.
-**
-** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a 
-** table be handled?
-**
-**
-** Query API Notes
-** ---------------
-**
-** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator
-** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation
-** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original
-** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were
-** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be 
-** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before
-** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE
-** generation code to query for this information are:
-**
-**   sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required.
-**   sqlite3FkOldmask()  - Query for the set of required old.* columns.
-**
-**
-** Externally accessible module functions
-** --------------------------------------
-**
-**   sqlite3FkCheck()    - Check for foreign key violations.
-**   sqlite3FkActions()  - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions.
-**   sqlite3FkDelete()   - Delete an FKey structure.
-*/
-
-/*
-** VDBE Calling Convention
-** -----------------------
-**
-** Example:
-**
-**   For the following INSERT statement:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c);
-**     INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1);
-**
-**   Register (x):        2    (type integer)
-**   Register (x+1):      1    (type integer)
-**   Register (x+2):      NULL (type NULL)
-**   Register (x+3):      3.1  (type real)
-*/
-
-/*
-** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent
-** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint.
-** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, 
-** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. 
-**
-** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY 
-** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx 
-** is set to point to the unique index. 
-** 
-** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint
-** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL.
-** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where
-** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the
-** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK
-** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column
-** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the
-** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of
-** *ppIdx, and so on.
-**
-** If the required index cannot be found, either because:
-**
-**   1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or
-**
-**   2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a
-**      UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or
-**
-**   3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
-**      foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
-**      PRIMARY KEY, or
-**
-**   4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
-**      foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table 
-**      consists of a different number of columns to the child key in 
-**      the child table.
-**
-** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
-** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
-** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
-*/
-int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context to store any error in */
-  Table *pParent,                 /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */
-  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to find index for */
-  Index **ppIdx,                  /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */
-  int **paiCol                    /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */
-){
-  Index *pIdx = 0;                    /* Value to return via *ppIdx */
-  int *aiCol = 0;                     /* Value to return via *paiCol */
-  int nCol = pFKey->nCol;             /* Number of columns in parent key */
-  char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol;   /* Name of left-most parent key column */
-
-  /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */
-  assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 );
-  assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 );
-  assert( pParse );
-
-  /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it 
-  ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx 
-  ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. 
-  **
-  ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate
-  ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol).
-  ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array.
-  */
-  if( nCol==1 ){
-    /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true:
-    **
-    **   1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly 
-    **      mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or
-    **   2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER
-    **      PRIMARY KEY.
-    */
-    if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){
-      if( !zKey ) return 0;
-      if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0;
-    }
-  }else if( paiCol ){
-    assert( nCol>1 );
-    aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
-    if( !aiCol ) return 1;
-    *paiCol = aiCol;
-  }
-
-  for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ 
-      /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
-      ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
-      ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner.  */
-
-      if( zKey==0 ){
-        /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to 
-        ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be 
-        ** identified by the test.  */
-        if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
-          if( aiCol ){
-            int i;
-            for(i=0; i<nCol; i++) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom;
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-      }else{
-        /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to
-        ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this
-        ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses
-        ** the default collation sequences for each column. */
-        int i, j;
-        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-          i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];     /* Index of column in parent tbl */
-          char *zDfltColl;                  /* Def. collation for column */
-          char *zIdxCol;                    /* Name of indexed column */
-
-          if( iCol<0 ) break; /* No foreign keys against expression indexes */
-
-          /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from
-          ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is
-          ** unusable. Bail out early in this case.  */
-          zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl;
-          if( !zDfltColl ){
-            zDfltColl = "BINARY";
-          }
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break;
-
-          zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName;
-          for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
-            if( sqlite3StrICmp(pFKey->aCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){
-              if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-          if( j==nCol ) break;
-        }
-        if( i==nCol ) break;      /* pIdx is usable */
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !pIdx ){
-    if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-           "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"",
-           pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol);
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  *ppIdx = pIdx;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the 
-** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed 
-** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
-** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
-** new row.
-**
-** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
-** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into 
-** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no 
-** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
-** found in the parent table:
-**
-**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
-**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-**   INSERT      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
-**
-**   DELETE      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
-**
-**   INSERT      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
-**
-**   DELETE      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
-**
-** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
-** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
-*/
-static void fkLookupParent(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parse context */
-  int iDb,              /* Index of database housing pTab */
-  Table *pTab,          /* Parent table of FK pFKey */
-  Index *pIdx,          /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */
-  FKey *pFKey,          /* Foreign key constraint */
-  int *aiCol,           /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */
-  int regData,          /* Address of array containing child table row */
-  int nIncr,            /* Increment constraint counter by this */
-  int isIgnore          /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */
-){
-  int i;                                    /* Iterator variable */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);         /* Vdbe to add code to */
-  int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1;              /* Cursor number to use */
-  int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);        /* jump here if parent key found */
-
-  /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any
-  ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
-  ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
-  **
-  ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If 
-  ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to 
-  ** search for a matching row in the parent table.  */
-  if( nIncr<0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
-    int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  if( isIgnore==0 ){
-    if( pIdx==0 ){
-      /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY
-      ** column of the parent table (table pTab).  */
-      int iMustBeInt;               /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
-      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  
-      /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. 
-      ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
-      ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
-      ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
-      ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct.  */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp);
-      iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-  
-      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
-      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
-      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
-      ** increment the constraint-counter.  */
-      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
-      }
-  
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp);
-    }else{
-      int nCol = pFKey->nCol;
-      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
-      int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i);
-      }
-  
-      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
-      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
-      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
-      ** increment the constraint-counter. 
-      **
-      ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match 
-      ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
-      ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
-      ** none of the child key values are).
-      */
-      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
-        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1;
-        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-          int iChild = aiCol[i]+1+regData;
-          int iParent = pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1+regData;
-          assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
-          assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey );
-          if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
-            /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */
-            iParent = regData;
-          }
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk);
-      }
-  
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec,
-                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx), nCol);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
-   && !pParse->pToplevel 
-   && !pParse->isMultiWrite 
-  ){
-    /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
-    ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
-    ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
-    ** generated for will not open a statement transaction.  */
-    assert( nIncr==1 );
-    sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
-        OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
-  }else{
-    if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
-      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding
-** to column iCol of table pTab.
-**
-** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data
-** for pTab.  regBase itself holds the rowid.  regBase+1 holds the first
-** column.  regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth.
-*/
-static Expr *exprTableRegister(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Table *pTab,       /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */
-  int regBase,       /* Contents of table pTab */
-  i16 iCol           /* Which column of pTab is desired */
-){
-  Expr *pExpr;
-  Column *pCol;
-  const char *zColl;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
-  if( pExpr ){
-    if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){
-      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
-      pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1;
-      pExpr->affinity = pCol->affinity;
-      zColl = pCol->zColl;
-      if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
-      pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl);
-    }else{
-      pExpr->iTable = regBase;
-      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-    }
-  }
-  return pExpr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which
-** has cursor iCur.
-*/
-static Expr *exprTableColumn(
-  sqlite3 *db,      /* The database connection */
-  Table *pTab,      /* The table whose column is desired */
-  int iCursor,      /* The open cursor on the table */
-  i16 iCol          /* The column that is wanted */
-){
-  Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
-  if( pExpr ){
-    pExpr->pTab = pTab;
-    pExpr->iTable = iCursor;
-    pExpr->iColumn = iCol;
-  }
-  return pExpr;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
-** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is 
-** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
-** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
-** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
-**
-** Parameter nIncr is passed -1 when inserting a row (as this may decrease
-** the number of FK violations in the db) or +1 when deleting one (as this
-** may increase the number of FK constraint problems).
-**
-** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child
-** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted.
-** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken:
-**
-**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
-**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-**   DELETE      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
-**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
-**                           throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception.
-**
-**   INSERT      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
-**
-**   DELETE      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
-**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
-**                           throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception.
-**
-**   INSERT      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
-**
-** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
-** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2".
-*/
-static void fkScanChildren(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* The child table to be scanned */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* The parent table */
-  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */
-  FKey *pFKey,                    /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */
-  int *aiCol,                     /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */
-  int regData,                    /* Parent row data starts here */
-  int nIncr                       /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  Expr *pWhere = 0;               /* WHERE clause to scan with */
-  NameContext sNameContext;       /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;              /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */
-  int iFkIfZero = 0;              /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-
-  assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab );
-  assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol );
-  assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 );
-  assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) );
-
-  if( nIncr<0 ){
-    iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like:
-  **
-  **   <parent-key1> = <child-key1> AND <parent-key2> = <child-key2> ...
-  **
-  ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of
-  ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should
-  ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
-    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
-    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
-    Expr *pEq;                    /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
-    i16 iCol;                     /* Index of column in child table */ 
-    const char *zCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
-
-    iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1;
-    pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol);
-    iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
-    assert( iCol>=0 );
-    zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName;
-    pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol);
-    pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
-  }
-
-  /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms
-  ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned.
-  ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this:
-  **
-  **     $current_rowid!=rowid
-  **     NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... )
-  **
-  ** The first form is used for rowid tables.  The second form is used
-  ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables.  In the second form, the primary key is
-  ** (a,b,...)
-  */
-  if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){
-    Expr *pNe;                    /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */
-    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
-    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
-    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1);
-      pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1);
-      pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-    }else{
-      Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0;
-      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-      assert( pIdx!=0 );
-      for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
-        i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-        assert( iCol>=0 );
-        pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol);
-        pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, iCol);
-        pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-        pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAll, pEq);
-      }
-      pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0, 0);
-    }
-    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNe);
-  }
-
-  /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */
-  memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
-  sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc;
-  sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
-  sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);
-
-  /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
-  ** clause. For each row found, increment either the deferred or immediate
-  ** foreign key constraint counter. */
-  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
-  if( pWInfo ){
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }
-
-  /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  if( iFkIfZero ){
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by
-** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab.  For example,
-** given the following schema:
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY);
-**   CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a);
-**
-** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
-** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
-** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
-** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
-** table).
-*/
-FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
-  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName);
-}
-
-/*
-** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
-** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
-** and all of its sub-components.
-**
-** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from
-** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem.
-*/
-static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){
-  if( p ){
-    TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list;
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen);
-    sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is
-** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument
-** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to
-** table pTab.
-**
-** Normally, no code is required. However, if either
-**
-**   (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
-**   (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
-**       determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK 
-**       constraint violations in the database,
-**
-** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping
-** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this
-** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not.
-*/
-void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){
-    int iSkip = 0;
-    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-
-    assert( v );                  /* VDBE has already been allocated */
-    if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){
-      /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table
-      ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without 
-      ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over
-      ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints
-      ** when this statement is run.  */
-      FKey *p;
-      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
-        if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break;
-      }
-      if( !p ) return;
-      iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-
-    pParse->disableTriggers = 1;
-    sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0);
-    pParse->disableTriggers = 0;
-
-    /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint 
-    ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
-    ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
-    ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.  
-    **
-    ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as
-    ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK
-    ** constraints are violated.
-    */
-    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
-          OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
-    }
-
-    if( iSkip ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
-** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
-** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is 
-** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
-** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
-** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
-** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
-**
-** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
-** child key for FK constraint *p are modified.
-*/
-static int fkChildIsModified(
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated */
-  FKey *p,                        /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */
-  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating modified columns */
-  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is modified by this update */
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
-    int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom;
-    if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1;
-    if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
-** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
-** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is 
-** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
-** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
-** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
-** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
-**
-** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
-** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified.
-*/
-static int fkParentIsModified(
-  Table *pTab, 
-  FKey *p, 
-  int *aChange, 
-  int bChngRowid
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
-    char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol;
-    int iKey;
-    for(iKey=0; iKey<pTab->nCol; iKey++){
-      if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){
-        Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey];
-        if( zKey ){
-          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1;
-        }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the parser passed as the first argument is being
-** used to code a trigger that is really a "SET NULL" action belonging
-** to trigger pFKey.
-*/
-static int isSetNullAction(Parse *pParse, FKey *pFKey){
-  Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  if( pTop->pTriggerPrg ){
-    Trigger *p = pTop->pTriggerPrg->pTrigger;
-    if( (p==pFKey->apTrigger[0] && pFKey->aAction[0]==OE_SetNull)
-     || (p==pFKey->apTrigger[1] && pFKey->aAction[1]==OE_SetNull)
-    ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
-** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint 
-** processing for the operation.
-**
-** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
-** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the
-** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values
-** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed
-** zero in this case.
-**
-** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the
-** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new
-** row data.
-**
-** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
-** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
-** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
-** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. 
-*/
-void sqlite3FkCheck(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Row is being deleted from this table */ 
-  int regOld,                     /* Previous row data is stored here */
-  int regNew,                     /* New row data is stored here */
-  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
-  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
-  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Used to iterate through FKs */
-  int iDb;                        /* Index of database containing pTab */
-  const char *zDb;                /* Name of database containing pTab */
-  int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers;
-
-  /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */
-  assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) );
-
-  /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return;
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-
-  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the
-  ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of).  */
-  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
-    Table *pTo;                   /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
-    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Index on key columns in pTo */
-    int *aiFree = 0;
-    int *aiCol;
-    int iCol;
-    int i;
-    int bIgnore = 0;
-
-    if( aChange 
-     && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0
-     && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 
-    ){
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index 
-    ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these 
-    ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return 
-    ** early.  */
-    if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
-      pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
-    }else{
-      pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
-    }
-    if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){
-      assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) );
-      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-      if( pTo==0 ){
-        /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this
-        ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped
-        ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints.
-        ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is
-        ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant
-        ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys.
-        */
-        Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1;
-        for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
-          int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1;
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1);
-      }
-      continue;
-    }
-    assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) );
-
-    if( aiFree ){
-      aiCol = aiFree;
-    }else{
-      iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
-      aiCol = &iCol;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
-      if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
-        aiCol[i] = -1;
-      }
-      assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-      /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the 
-      ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
-      ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
-      if( db->xAuth ){
-        int rcauth;
-        char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
-        rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
-        bIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-
-    /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate 
-    ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns 
-    ** in the parent table.  */
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
-    pParse->nTab++;
-
-    if( regOld!=0 ){
-      /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
-      ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an 
-      ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
-      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore);
-    }
-    if( regNew!=0 && !isSetNullAction(pParse, pFKey) ){
-      /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
-      ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. 
-      **
-      ** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program
-      ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very 
-      ** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key
-      ** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding
-      ** this row to cause an FK violation.  */
-      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1, bIgnore);
-    }
-
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree);
-  }
-
-  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table.
-  ** (the "child" constraints) */
-  for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
-    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Foreign key index for pFKey */
-    SrcList *pSrc;
-    int *aiCol = 0;
-
-    if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) 
-     && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite 
-    ){
-      assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
-      /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix)
-      ** an immediate foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case.  */
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){
-      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-      continue;
-    }
-    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
-
-    /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table.  We need the
-    ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( pSrc ){
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
-      pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom;
-      pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
-      pItem->pTab->nRef++;
-      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-  
-      if( regNew!=0 ){
-        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
-      }
-      if( regOld!=0 ){
-        int eAction = pFKey->aAction[aChange!=0];
-        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1);
-        /* If this is a deferred FK constraint, or a CASCADE or SET NULL
-        ** action applies, then any foreign key violations caused by
-        ** removing the parent key will be rectified by the action trigger.
-        ** So do not set the "may-abort" flag in this case.
-        **
-        ** Note 1: If the FK is declared "ON UPDATE CASCADE", then the
-        ** may-abort flag will eventually be set on this statement anyway
-        ** (when this function is called as part of processing the UPDATE
-        ** within the action trigger).
-        **
-        ** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit
-        ** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL
-        ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action 
-        ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the 
-        ** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters
-        ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are 
-        ** omitted.  */
-        if( !pFKey->isDeferred && eAction!=OE_Cascade && eAction!=OE_SetNull ){
-          sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-        }
-      }
-      pItem->zName = 0;
-      sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
-  }
-}
-
-#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x)))
-
-/*
-** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
-** row contained in table pTab.
-*/
-u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab                     /* Table being modified */
-){
-  u32 mask = 0;
-  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-    FKey *p;
-    int i;
-    for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
-      for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom);
-    }
-    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
-      Index *pIdx = 0;
-      sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0);
-      if( pIdx ){
-        for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
-          assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
-          mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
-** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
-** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
-** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
-** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding 
-** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
-** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
-** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
-**
-** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
-** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function 
-** returns false.
-*/
-int sqlite3FkRequired(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being modified */
-  int *aChange,                   /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */
-  int chngRowid                   /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */
-){
-  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-    if( !aChange ){
-      /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the 
-      ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any 
-      ** foreign key constraint.  */
-      return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey);
-    }else{
-      /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the
-      ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */
-      FKey *p;
-
-      /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */
-      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
-        if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1;
-      }
-
-      /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */
-      for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
-        if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being 
-** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey.
-** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is
-** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a
-** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer.
-**
-** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger
-** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey.
-** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is
-** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers
-** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()).
-**
-** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in 
-** the following schema:
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY);
-**   CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE);
-**
-** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to:
-**
-**   CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN
-**     DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk;
-**   END;
-**
-** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It
-** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by 
-** sqlite3FkDelete().
-*/
-static Trigger *fkActionTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
-  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to get action for */
-  ExprList *pChanges              /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
-  int action;                     /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;              /* Trigger definition to return */
-  int iAction = (pChanges!=0);    /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */
-
-  action = pFKey->aAction[iAction];
-  pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction];
-
-  if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){
-    u8 enableLookaside;           /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
-    char const *zFrom;            /* Name of child table */
-    int nFrom;                    /* Length in bytes of zFrom */
-    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Parent key index for this FK */
-    int *aiCol = 0;               /* child table cols -> parent key cols */
-    TriggerStep *pStep = 0;        /* First (only) step of trigger program */
-    Expr *pWhere = 0;             /* WHERE clause of trigger step */
-    ExprList *pList = 0;          /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */
-    Select *pSelect = 0;          /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */
-    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
-    Expr *pWhen = 0;              /* WHEN clause for the trigger */
-
-    if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0;
-    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
-
-    for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
-      Token tOld = { "old", 3 };  /* Literal "old" token */
-      Token tNew = { "new", 3 };  /* Literal "new" token */
-      Token tFromCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
-      Token tToCol;               /* Name of column in parent table */
-      int iFromCol;               /* Idx of column in child table */
-      Expr *pEq;                  /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */
-
-      iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
-      assert( iFromCol>=0 );
-      assert( pIdx!=0 || (pTab->iPKey>=0 && pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol) );
-      assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
-      tToCol.z = pTab->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTab->iPKey].zName;
-      tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName;
-
-      tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z);
-      tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z);
-
-      /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important
-      ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so
-      ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the
-      ** parent table are used for the comparison. */
-      pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ,
-          sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
-            sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0),
-            sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)
-          , 0),
-          sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tFromCol, 0)
-      , 0);
-      pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
-
-      /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause.
-      ** The final WHEN clause will be like this:
-      **
-      **    WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN)
-      */
-      if( pChanges ){
-        pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS,
-            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
-              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0),
-              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0),
-              0),
-            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
-              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0),
-              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0),
-              0),
-            0);
-        pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq);
-      }
-  
-      if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){
-        Expr *pNew;
-        if( action==OE_Cascade ){
-          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
-            sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0),
-            sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)
-          , 0);
-        }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){
-          Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt;
-          if( pDflt ){
-            pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0);
-          }else{
-            pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
-          }
-        }else{
-          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
-        }
-        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew);
-        sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
-
-    zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
-    nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom);
-
-    if( action==OE_Restrict ){
-      Token tFrom;
-      Expr *pRaise; 
-
-      tFrom.z = zFrom;
-      tFrom.n = nFrom;
-      pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed");
-      if( pRaise ){
-        pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort;
-      }
-      pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 
-          sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise),
-          sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0),
-          pWhere,
-          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-      );
-      pWhere = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */
-    enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-
-    pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
-        sizeof(Trigger) +         /* struct Trigger */
-        sizeof(TriggerStep) +     /* Single step in trigger program */
-        nFrom + 1                 /* Space for pStep->zTarget */
-    );
-    if( pTrigger ){
-      pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1];
-      pStep->zTarget = (char *)&pStep[1];
-      memcpy((char *)pStep->zTarget, zFrom, nFrom);
-  
-      pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-      pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-      pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-      if( pWhen ){
-        pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0);
-        pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
-
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){
-      fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger);
-      return 0;
-    }
-    assert( pStep!=0 );
-
-    switch( action ){
-      case OE_Restrict:
-        pStep->op = TK_SELECT; 
-        break;
-      case OE_Cascade: 
-        if( !pChanges ){ 
-          pStep->op = TK_DELETE; 
-          break; 
-        }
-      default:
-        pStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
-    }
-    pStep->pTrig = pTrigger;
-    pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-    pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-    pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger;
-    pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE);
-  }
-
-  return pTrigger;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement
-** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions.
-*/
-void sqlite3FkActions(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
-  ExprList *pChanges,             /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
-  int regOld,                     /* Address of array containing old row */
-  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
-  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
-){
-  /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that 
-  ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK 
-  ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated 
-  ** trigger sub-program.  */
-  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-    FKey *pFKey;                  /* Iterator variable */
-    for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
-      if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){
-        Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges);
-        if( pAct ){
-          sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-/*
-** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to
-** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash
-** hash table.
-*/
-void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
-  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Iterator variable */
-  FKey *pNext;                    /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */
-
-  assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) );
-  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){
-
-    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
-    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
-      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
-        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
-      }else{
-        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
-        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
-        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, p);
-      }
-      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
-        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is
-    ** classified as either immediate or deferred.
-    */
-    assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 );
-
-    /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]);
-    fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]);
-#endif
-
-    pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/func.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/func.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ea1169327f..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/func.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1796 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2002 February 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C-language implementations for many of the SQL
-** functions of SQLite.  (Some function, and in particular the date and
-** time functions, are implemented separately.)
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Return the collating function associated with a function.
-*/
-static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-  assert( context->pVdbe!=0 );
-  pOp = &context->pVdbe->aOp[context->iOp-1];
-  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_CollSeq );
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-  return pOp->p4.pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this
-** iteration of the aggregate loop.
-*/
-static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){
-  context->skipFlag = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
-*/
-static void minmaxFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
-  int iBest;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-
-  assert( argc>1 );
-  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
-  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-  assert( pColl );
-  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
-  iBest = 0;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-    if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
-      testcase( mask==0 );
-      iBest = i;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the type of the argument.
-*/
-static void typeofFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *z = 0;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
-    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
-    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
-    default:             z = "null";    break;
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the length() function
-*/
-static void lengthFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int len;
-
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_BLOB:
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
-      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-      if( z==0 ) return;
-      len = 0;
-      while( *z ){
-        len++;
-        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      sqlite3_result_null(context);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the abs() function.
-**
-** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of
-** the numeric argument X. 
-*/
-static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
-      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-      if( iVal<0 ){
-        if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
-          /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808
-          ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no
-          ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */
-          sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
-          return;
-        }
-        iVal = -iVal;
-      } 
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_NULL: {
-      /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */
-      sqlite3_result_null(context);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not
-      ** something that can be converted into a number, we have:
-      ** IMP: R-01992-00519 Abs(X) returns 0.0 if X is a string or blob
-      ** that cannot be converted to a numeric value.
-      */
-      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
-      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the instr() function.
-**
-** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle
-** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1,
-** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack.
-**
-** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than
-** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle,
-** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack.
-*/
-static void instrFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zHaystack;
-  const unsigned char *zNeedle;
-  int nHaystack;
-  int nNeedle;
-  int typeHaystack, typeNeedle;
-  int N = 1;
-  int isText;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
-  typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]);
-  if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-  if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){
-    zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-    zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
-    isText = 0;
-  }else{
-    zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-    isText = 1;
-  }
-  while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){
-    N++;
-    do{
-      nHaystack--;
-      zHaystack++;
-    }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 );
-  }
-  if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, N);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the printf() function.
-*/
-static void printfFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  PrintfArguments x;
-  StrAccum str;
-  const char *zFormat;
-  int n;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
-    x.nArg = argc-1;
-    x.nUsed = 0;
-    x.apArg = argv+1;
-    sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, db, 0, 0, db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
-    sqlite3XPrintf(&str, SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC, zFormat, &x);
-    n = str.nChar;
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n,
-                        SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the substr() function.
-**
-** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
-** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
-** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
-** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
-**
-** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
-**
-** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1.
-*/
-static void substrFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *z;
-  const unsigned char *z2;
-  int len;
-  int p0type;
-  i64 p1, p2;
-  int negP2 = 0;
-
-  assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
-   || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL)
-  ){
-    return;
-  }
-  p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
-  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-  if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
-    len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-    z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-    if( z==0 ) return;
-    assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    if( z==0 ) return;
-    len = 0;
-    if( p1<0 ){
-      for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
-        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY
-  /* If SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY is defined then substr(X,0,N) work the same as
-  ** as substr(X,1,N) - it returns the first N characters of X.  This
-  ** is essentially a back-out of the bug-fix in check-in [5fc125d362df4b8]
-  ** from 2009-02-02 for compatibility of applications that exploited the
-  ** old buggy behavior. */
-  if( p1==0 ) p1 = 1; /* <rdar://problem/6778339> */
-#endif
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
-    if( p2<0 ){
-      p2 = -p2;
-      negP2 = 1;
-    }
-  }else{
-    p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }
-  if( p1<0 ){
-    p1 += len;
-    if( p1<0 ){
-      p2 += p1;
-      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
-      p1 = 0;
-    }
-  }else if( p1>0 ){
-    p1--;
-  }else if( p2>0 ){
-    p2--;
-  }
-  if( negP2 ){
-    p1 -= p2;
-    if( p1<0 ){
-      p2 += p1;
-      p1 = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 );
-  if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
-    while( *z && p1 ){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-      p1--;
-    }
-    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
-    }
-    sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
-                          SQLITE_UTF8);
-  }else{
-    if( p1+p2>len ){
-      p2 = len-p1;
-      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3_result_blob64(context, (char*)&z[p1], (u64)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the round() function
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  int n = 0;
-  double r;
-  char *zBuf;
-  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
-    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
-    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-  /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int,
-  ** handle the rounding directly,
-  ** otherwise use printf.
-  */
-  if( n==0 && r>=0 && r<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
-    r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+0.5));
-  }else if( n==0 && r<0 && (-r)<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
-    r = -(double)((sqlite_int64)((-r)+0.5));
-  }else{
-    zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
-    if( zBuf==0 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8);
-    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3Malloc(). If the
-** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
-** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL.
-** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then
-** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL.
-*/
-static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
-  char *z;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  assert( nByte>0 );
-  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
-  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
-  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    z = 0;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
-    if( !z ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    }
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
-*/
-static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  char *z1;
-  const char *z2;
-  int i, n;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
-  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( z2 ){
-    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
-    if( z1 ){
-      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-        z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z2[i]);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  char *z1;
-  const char *z2;
-  int i, n;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
-  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( z2 ){
-    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
-    if( z1 ){
-      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-        z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z2[i]);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Some functions like COALESCE() and IFNULL() and UNLIKELY() are implemented
-** as VDBE code so that unused argument values do not have to be computed.
-** However, we still need some kind of function implementation for this
-** routines in the function table.  The noopFunc macro provides this.
-** noopFunc will never be called so it doesn't matter what the implementation
-** is.  We might as well use the "version()" function as a substitute.
-*/
-#define noopFunc versionFunc   /* Substitute function - never called */
-
-/*
-** Implementation of random().  Return a random integer.  
-*/
-static void randomFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  sqlite_int64 r;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
-  if( r<0 ){
-    /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 
-    ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that
-    ** number of you get the same value back again.  To do this
-    ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative
-    ** values, resulting in a positive value.  Then take the 
-    ** 2s complement of that positive value.  The end result can
-    ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807.
-    */
-    r = -(r & LARGEST_INT64);
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, r);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of randomblob(N).  Return a random blob
-** that is N bytes long.
-*/
-static void randomBlob(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int n;
-  unsigned char *p;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  if( n<1 ){
-    n = 1;
-  }
-  p = contextMalloc(context, n);
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3_randomness(n, p);
-    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
-** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
-*/
-static void last_insert_rowid(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int NotUsed, 
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a
-  ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface
-  ** function. */
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.
-**
-** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper
-** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same
-** rules for counting changes.
-*/
-static void changes(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
-** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
-*/
-static void total_changes(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the
-  ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
-}
-
-/*
-** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
-*/
-struct compareInfo {
-  u8 matchAll;
-  u8 matchOne;
-  u8 matchSet;
-  u8 noCase;
-};
-
-/*
-** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
-** character is exactly one byte in size.  Also, provde the Utf8Read()
-** macro for fast reading of the next character in the common case where
-** the next character is ASCII.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
-# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A)        (*((*A)++))
-# define Utf8Read(A)               (*(A++))
-#else
-# define Utf8Read(A)               (A[0]<0x80?*(A++):sqlite3Utf8Read(&A))
-#endif
-
-static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
-/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
-** case.  Thus  'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
-static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
-/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
-** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
-static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_',   0, 0 };
-
-/*
-** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
-** potentially be a "glob" or "like" expression.  Return true (1) if they
-** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
-**
-** Globbing rules:
-**
-**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
-**
-**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
-**
-**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
-**                characters.
-**
-**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
-**
-** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
-** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
-** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
-** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
-** it the last character in the list.
-**
-** Like matching rules:
-** 
-**      '%'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters
-**
-***     '_'       Matches any one character
-**
-**      Ec        Where E is the "esc" character and c is any other
-**                character, including '%', '_', and esc, match exactly c.
-**
-** The comments within this routine usually assume glob matching.
-**
-** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
-*/
-static int patternCompare(
-  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
-  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
-  const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
-  u32 esc                          /* The escape character */
-){
-  u32 c, c2;                       /* Next pattern and input string chars */
-  u32 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;  /* "?" or "_" */
-  u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;  /* "*" or "%" */
-  u32 matchOther;                  /* "[" or the escape character */
-  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase;       /* True if uppercase==lowercase */
-  const u8 *zEscaped = 0;          /* One past the last escaped input char */
-  
-  /* The GLOB operator does not have an ESCAPE clause.  And LIKE does not
-  ** have the matchSet operator.  So we either have to look for one or
-  ** the other, never both.  Hence the single variable matchOther is used
-  ** to store the one we have to look for.
-  */
-  matchOther = esc ? esc : pInfo->matchSet;
-
-  while( (c = Utf8Read(zPattern))!=0 ){
-    if( c==matchAll ){  /* Match "*" */
-      /* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern.  If there
-      ** are also "?" characters, skip those as well, but consume a
-      ** single character of the input string for each "?" skipped */
-      while( (c=Utf8Read(zPattern)) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){
-        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){
-          return 0;
-        }
-      }
-      if( c==0 ){
-        return 1;   /* "*" at the end of the pattern matches */
-      }else if( c==matchOther ){
-        if( esc ){
-          c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-          if( c==0 ) return 0;
-        }else{
-          /* "[...]" immediately follows the "*".  We have to do a slow
-          ** recursive search in this case, but it is an unusual case. */
-          assert( matchOther<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */
-          while( *zString
-                 && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
-            SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
-          }
-          return *zString!=0;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* At this point variable c contains the first character of the
-      ** pattern string past the "*".  Search in the input string for the
-      ** first matching character and recursively contine the match from
-      ** that point.
-      **
-      ** For a case-insensitive search, set variable cx to be the same as
-      ** c but in the other case and search the input string for either
-      ** c or cx.
-      */
-      if( c<=0x80 ){
-        u32 cx;
-        if( noCase ){
-          cx = sqlite3Toupper(c);
-          c = sqlite3Tolower(c);
-        }else{
-          cx = c;
-        }
-        while( (c2 = *(zString++))!=0 ){
-          if( c2!=c && c2!=cx ) continue;
-          if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        while( (c2 = Utf8Read(zString))!=0 ){
-          if( c2!=c ) continue;
-          if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
-        }
-      }
-      return 0;
-    }
-    if( c==matchOther ){
-      if( esc ){
-        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-        if( c==0 ) return 0;
-        zEscaped = zPattern;
-      }else{
-        u32 prior_c = 0;
-        int seen = 0;
-        int invert = 0;
-        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
-        if( c==0 ) return 0;
-        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-        if( c2=='^' ){
-          invert = 1;
-          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-        }
-        if( c2==']' ){
-          if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
-          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-        }
-        while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
-          if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
-            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-            if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
-            prior_c = 0;
-          }else{
-            if( c==c2 ){
-              seen = 1;
-            }
-            prior_c = c2;
-          }
-          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-        }
-        if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
-          return 0;
-        }
-        continue;
-      }
-    }
-    c2 = Utf8Read(zString);
-    if( c==c2 ) continue;
-    if( noCase && c<0x80 && c2<0x80 && sqlite3Tolower(c)==sqlite3Tolower(c2) ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( c==matchOne && zPattern!=zEscaped && c2!=0 ) continue;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return *zString==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_strglob() interface.
-*/
-int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){
-  return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, 0)==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
-** just a variation of LIKE) gets called.  This is used for testing
-** only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
-** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
-** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
-**
-**       A LIKE B
-**
-** is implemented as like(B,A).
-**
-** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
-** the GLOB operator.
-*/
-static void likeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
-  u32 escape = 0;
-  int nPat;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
-  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
-  */
-  nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] );
-  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 );
-  if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* Encoding did not change */
-
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
-    ** Otherwise, return an error.
-    */
-    const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-    if( zEsc==0 ) return;
-    if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
-          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-    escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc);
-  }
-  if( zA && zB ){
-    struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_like_count++;
-#endif
-    
-    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
-** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
-** arguments are equal to each other.
-*/
-static void nullifFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function.  The result is the version
-** of the SQLite library that is running.
-*/
-static void versionFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
-  ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string
-** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build
-** SQLite.
-*/
-static void sourceidFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
-  ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function.  This is a wrapper around
-** sqlite3_log().  The return value is NULL.  The function exists purely for
-** its side-effects.
-*/
-static void errlogFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(context);
-  sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]));
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function.
-** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option
-** was used to build SQLite.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-static void compileoptionusedFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *zOptName;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL
-  ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++
-  ** function.
-  */
-  if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName));
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. 
-** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options 
-** used to build SQLite.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-static void compileoptiongetFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int n;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function
-  ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function.
-  */
-  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-
-/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
-** digits. */
-static const char hexdigits[] = {
-  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
-  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
-};
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
-** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
-** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
-** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
-** single-quote escapes.
-*/
-static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      double r1, r2;
-      char zBuf[50];
-      r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1);
-      sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8);
-      if( r1!=r2 ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
-      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
-      char *zText = 0;
-      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-      assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
-      zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); 
-      if( zText ){
-        int i;
-        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
-          zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
-          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
-        }
-        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
-        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
-        zText[0] = 'X';
-        zText[1] = '\'';
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-        sqlite3_free(zText);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
-      int i,j;
-      u64 n;
-      const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-      char *z;
-
-      if( zArg==0 ) return;
-      for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
-      z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3);
-      if( z ){
-        z[0] = '\'';
-        for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
-          z[j++] = zArg[i];
-          if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
-            z[j++] = '\'';
-          }
-        }
-        z[j++] = '\'';
-        z[j] = 0;
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL );
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The unicode() function.  Return the integer unicode code-point value
-** for the first character of the input string. 
-*/
-static void unicodeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  (void)argc;
-  if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z));
-}
-
-/*
-** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is
-** an integer.  It constructs a string where each character of the string
-** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument.
-*/
-static void charFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char *z, *zOut;
-  int i;
-  zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc64( argc*4+1 );
-  if( z==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    return;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-    sqlite3_int64 x;
-    unsigned c;
-    x = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[i]);
-    if( x<0 || x>0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd;
-    c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff);
-    if( c<0x00080 ){
-      *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);
-    }else if( c<0x00800 ){
-      *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
-    }else if( c<0x10000 ){
-      *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
-    }else{
-      *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
-    }                                                    \
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, zOut-z, sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-
-/*
-** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
-** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
-*/
-static void hexFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i, n;
-  const unsigned char *pBlob;
-  char *zHex, *z;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1);
-  if( zHex ){
-    for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){
-      unsigned char c = *pBlob;
-      *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf];
-      *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
-    }
-    *z = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
-*/
-static void zeroblobFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  i64 n;
-  int rc;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(context, n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The replace() function.  Three arguments are all strings: call
-** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
-** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C.  The match
-** must be exact.  Collating sequences are not used.
-*/
-static void replaceFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zStr;        /* The input string A */
-  const unsigned char *zPattern;    /* The pattern string B */
-  const unsigned char *zRep;        /* The replacement string C */
-  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
-  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
-  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
-  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
-  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
-  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
-  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */
-
-  assert( argc==3 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zStr==0 ) return;
-  nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  if( zPattern==0 ){
-    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
-            || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed );
-    return;
-  }
-  if( zPattern[0]==0 ){
-    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL );
-    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
-    return;
-  }
-  nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-  assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-  if( zRep==0 ) return;
-  nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
-  assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
-  nOut = nStr + 1;
-  assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
-  zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut);
-  if( zOut==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;  
-  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
-    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
-      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
-    }else{
-      u8 *zOld;
-      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-      nOut += nRep - nPattern;
-      testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
-      testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
-      if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-        sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-        sqlite3_free(zOut);
-        return;
-      }
-      zOld = zOut;
-      zOut = sqlite3_realloc64(zOut, (int)nOut);
-      if( zOut==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-        sqlite3_free(zOld);
-        return;
-      }
-      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
-      j += nRep;
-      i += nPattern-1;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
-  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
-  j += nStr - i;
-  assert( j<=nOut );
-  zOut[j] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
-** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
-*/
-static void trimFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zIn;         /* Input string */
-  const unsigned char *zCharSet;    /* Set of characters to trim */
-  int nIn;                          /* Number of bytes in input */
-  int flags;                        /* 1: trimleft  2: trimright  3: trim */
-  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
-  unsigned char *aLen = 0;          /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
-  unsigned char **azChar = 0;       /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
-  int nChar;                        /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
-
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
-    return;
-  }
-  zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zIn==0 ) return;
-  nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( argc==1 ){
-    static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
-    static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
-    nChar = 1;
-    aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
-    azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
-    zCharSet = 0;
-  }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
-    return;
-  }else{
-    const unsigned char *z;
-    for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-    }
-    if( nChar>0 ){
-      azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1));
-      if( azChar==0 ){
-        return;
-      }
-      aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
-      for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
-        azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
-        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-        aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( nChar>0 ){
-    flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
-    if( flags & 1 ){
-      while( nIn>0 ){
-        int len = 0;
-        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
-          len = aLen[i];
-          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
-        }
-        if( i>=nChar ) break;
-        zIn += len;
-        nIn -= len;
-      }
-    }
-    if( flags & 2 ){
-      while( nIn>0 ){
-        int len = 0;
-        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
-          len = aLen[i];
-          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break;
-        }
-        if( i>=nChar ) break;
-        nIn -= len;
-      }
-    }
-    if( zCharSet ){
-      sqlite3_free(azChar);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-
-
-/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It
-** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used
-** when SQLite is built.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-/*
-** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
-**
-** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the
-** soundex encoding of the string X. 
-*/
-static void soundexFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  char zResult[8];
-  const u8 *zIn;
-  int i, j;
-  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
-    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
-    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-  };
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
-  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
-  if( zIn[i] ){
-    u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
-    zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]);
-    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
-      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
-      if( code>0 ){
-        if( code!=prevcode ){
-          prevcode = code;
-          zResult[j++] = code + '0';
-        }
-      }else{
-        prevcode = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    while( j<4 ){
-      zResult[j++] = '0';
-    }
-    zResult[j] = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }else{
-    /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument
-    ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
-*/
-static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  const char *zProc;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  }else{
-    zProc = 0;
-  }
-  if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
-** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
-*/
-typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
-struct SumCtx {
-  double rSum;      /* Floating point sum */
-  i64 iSum;         /* Integer sum */   
-  i64 cnt;          /* Number of elements summed */
-  u8 overflow;      /* True if integer overflow seen */
-  u8 approx;        /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
-};
-
-/*
-** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
-**
-** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
-** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs.  TOTAL returns
-** 0.0 in that case.  In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
-** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
-** value.  TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
-** it overflows an integer.
-*/
-static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  int type;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
-  if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-    p->cnt++;
-    if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-      i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-      p->rSum += v;
-      if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){
-        p->overflow = 1;
-      }
-    }else{
-      p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-      p->approx = 1;
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
-    if( p->overflow ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
-    }else if( p->approx ){
-      sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
-  }
-}
-static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
-** count() aggregate function.
-*/
-typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
-struct CountCtx {
-  i64 n;
-};
-
-/*
-** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
-*/
-static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  CountCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
-    p->n++;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated.  But just to make
-  ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our 
-  ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be
-  ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */
-  assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff
-          || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) );
-#endif
-}   
-static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  CountCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
-*/
-static void minmaxStep(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int NotUsed, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
-  Mem *pBest;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
-  if( !pBest ) return;
-
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
-    if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
-  }else if( pBest->flags ){
-    int max;
-    int cmp;
-    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
-    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
-    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
-    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
-    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
-    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
-    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
-    */
-    max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
-    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
-    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
-    }
-  }else{
-    pBest->db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
-  }
-}
-static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  sqlite3_value *pRes;
-  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( pRes ){
-    if( pRes->flags ){
-      sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?)
-*/
-static void groupConcatStep(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *zVal;
-  StrAccum *pAccum;
-  const char *zSep;
-  int nVal, nSep;
-  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
-
-  if( pAccum ){
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-    int firstTerm = pAccum->mxAlloc==0;
-    pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-    if( !firstTerm ){
-      if( argc==2 ){
-        zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-        nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-      }else{
-        zSep = ",";
-        nSep = 1;
-      }
-      if( nSep ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
-    }
-    zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-    if( zVal ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
-  }
-}
-static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  StrAccum *pAccum;
-  pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( pAccum ){
-    if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    }else if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    }else{    
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, 
-                          sqlite3_free);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine does per-connection function registration.  Most
-** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set.
-** This routine only deals with those that are not global.
-*/
-void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
-*/
-static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){
-  FuncDef *pDef;
-  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName),
-                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
-  if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){
-    pDef->funcFlags |= flagVal;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions.  The caseSensitive
-** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
-** sensitive.  GLOB is always case sensitive.
-*/
-void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
-  struct compareInfo *pInfo;
-  if( caseSensitive ){
-    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
-  }else{
-    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
-  }
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 
-      (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
-  setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
-  setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", 
-      caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function.  If
-** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
-** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
-** return TRUE.  If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
-** return FALSE.
-**
-** *pIsNocase is set to true if uppercase and lowercase are equivalent for
-** the function (default for LIKE).  If the function makes the distinction
-** between uppercase and lowercase (as does GLOB) then *pIsNocase is set to
-** false.
-*/
-int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
-  FuncDef *pDef;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION 
-   || !pExpr->x.pList 
-   || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2
-  ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, 
-                             sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
-                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
-  if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
-  ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure.  The
-  ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
-  */
-  memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
-  assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
-  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
-  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
-  *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** All of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
-** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
-** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
-**
-** After this routine runs
-*/
-void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
-  /*
-  ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions
-  ** defined in this file.
-  **
-  ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the
-  ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time.  The elements of this array
-  ** are read-only after initialization is complete.
-  */
-  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = {
-    FUNCTION(ltrim,              1, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
-    AGGREGATE2(min,              1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize,
-                                          SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ),
-    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
-    AGGREGATE2(max,              1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize,
-                                          SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ),
-    FUNCTION2(typeof,            1, 0, 0, typeofFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
-    FUNCTION2(length,            1, 0, 0, lengthFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),
-    FUNCTION(instr,              2, 0, 0, instrFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(printf,            -1, 0, 0, printfFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(unicode,            1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(char,              -1, 0, 0, charFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(abs,                1, 0, 0, absFunc          ),
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    FUNCTION(round,              1, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(round,              2, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
-#endif
-    FUNCTION(upper,              1, 0, 0, upperFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(lower,              1, 0, 0, lowerFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(coalesce,           1, 0, 0, 0                ),
-    FUNCTION(coalesce,           0, 0, 0, 0                ),
-    FUNCTION2(coalesce,         -1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
-    FUNCTION(hex,                1, 0, 0, hexFunc          ),
-    FUNCTION2(ifnull,            2, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
-    FUNCTION2(unlikely,          1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
-    FUNCTION2(likelihood,        2, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
-    FUNCTION2(likely,            1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
-    VFUNCTION(random,            0, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
-    VFUNCTION(randomblob,        1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
-    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
-    DFUNCTION(sqlite_version,    0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),
-    DFUNCTION(sqlite_source_id,  0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc     ),
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_log,         2, 0, 0, errlogFunc       ),
-#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_crypt,       2, 0, 0, sqlite3CryptFunc ),
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-    DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc  ),
-    DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc  ),
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
-    VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
-    VFUNCTION(changes,           0, 0, 0, changes          ),
-    VFUNCTION(total_changes,     0, 0, 0, total_changes    ),
-    FUNCTION(replace,            3, 0, 0, replaceFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(zeroblob,           1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc     ),
-  #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-    FUNCTION(soundex,            1, 0, 0, soundexFunc      ),
-  #endif
-  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-    VFUNCTION(load_extension,    1, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
-    VFUNCTION(load_extension,    2, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
-  #endif
-    AGGREGATE(sum,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         sumFinalize    ),
-    AGGREGATE(total,             1, 0, 0, sumStep,         totalFinalize    ),
-    AGGREGATE(avg,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         avgFinalize    ),
-    AGGREGATE2(count,            0, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize,
-               SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT  ),
-    AGGREGATE(count,             1, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
-    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
-    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
-  
-    LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
-  #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
-  #else
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
-  #endif
-  };
-
-  int i;
-  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc);
-
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc); i++){
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions();
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  sqlite3AlterFunctions();
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-  sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions();
-#endif
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/global.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/global.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ef4fe56ae18..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/global.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 June 13
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains definitions of global variables and constants.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
-** lower-case character. 
-**
-** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
-** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
-** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
-*/
-const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
-     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
-     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
-     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
-    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
-    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
-    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
-    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
-    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
-    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
-    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
-    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
-    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
-    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
-    252,253,254,255
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
-     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
-     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
-     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
-     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
-     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
-     96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
-    112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
-    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
-    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159, /* 9x */
-    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
-    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
-    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
-    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
-    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,234,235,236,237,238,239, /* Ex */
-    240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255, /* Fx */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
-** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
-**
-**   isspace()                        0x01
-**   isalpha()                        0x02
-**   isdigit()                        0x04
-**   isalnum()                        0x06
-**   isxdigit()                       0x08
-**   toupper()                        0x20
-**   SQLite identifier character      0x40
-**
-** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
-** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
-** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
-** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
-**
-**   (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
-**
-** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
-** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
-**
-** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an 
-** SQLite identifier.  Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
-** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
-** part of an identifier is 0x46.
-**
-** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
-** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
-  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 00..07    ........ */
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 08..0f    ........ */
-  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 10..17    ........ */
-  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 18..1f    ........ */
-  0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 20..27     !"#$%&' */
-  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 28..2f    ()*+,-./ */
-  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c,  /* 30..37    01234567 */
-  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 38..3f    89:;<=>? */
-
-  0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02,  /* 40..47    @ABCDEFG */
-  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 48..4f    HIJKLMNO */
-  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 50..57    PQRSTUVW */
-  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40,  /* 58..5f    XYZ[\]^_ */
-  0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22,  /* 60..67    `abcdefg */
-  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 68..6f    hijklmno */
-  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 70..77    pqrstuvw */
-  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 78..7f    xyz{|}~. */
-
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 80..87    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 88..8f    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 90..97    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 98..9f    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a0..a7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a8..af    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b0..b7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b8..bf    ........ */
-
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c0..c7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c8..cf    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d0..d7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d8..df    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e0..e7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e8..ef    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* f0..f7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40   /* f8..ff    ........ */
-};
-#endif
-
-/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02982-34736 In order to maintain full backwards
-** compatibility for legacy applications, the URI filename capability is
-** disabled by default.
-**
-** EVIDENCE-OF: R-38799-08373 URI filenames can be enabled or disabled
-** using the SQLITE_USE_URI=1 or SQLITE_USE_URI=0 compile-time options.
-**
-** EVIDENCE-OF: R-43642-56306 By default, URI handling is globally
-** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
-** SQLITE_USE_URI symbol defined.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI
-# define  SQLITE_USE_URI 0
-#endif
-
-/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38720-18127 The default setting is determined by the
-** SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN compile-time option, or is "on" if
-** that compile-time option is omitted.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
-# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1
-#endif
-
-/* The minimum PMA size is set to this value multiplied by the database
-** page size in bytes.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ
-# define SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ 250
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
-** the SQLite library.
-*/
-SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
-   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS,  /* bMemstat */
-   1,                         /* bCoreMutex */
-   SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1,      /* bFullMutex */
-   SQLITE_USE_URI,            /* bOpenUri */
-   SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN,   /* bUseCis */
-   0x7ffffffe,                /* mxStrlen */
-   0,                         /* neverCorrupt */
-   128,                       /* szLookaside */
-   500,                       /* nLookaside */
-   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},         /* m */
-   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},       /* mutex */
-   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */
-   (void*)0,                  /* pHeap */
-   0,                         /* nHeap */
-   0, 0,                      /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
-   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE,  /* szMmap */
-   SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE,      /* mxMmap */
-   (void*)0,                  /* pScratch */
-   0,                         /* szScratch */
-   0,                         /* nScratch */
-   (void*)0,                  /* pPage */
-   0,                         /* szPage */
-   SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ, /* nPage */
-   0,                         /* mxParserStack */
-   0,                         /* sharedCacheEnabled */
-   SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ,       /* szPma */
-   /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
-   0,                         /* isInit */
-   0,                         /* inProgress */
-   0,                         /* isMutexInit */
-   0,                         /* isMallocInit */
-   0,                         /* isPCacheInit */
-   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
-   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
-   0,                         /* xLog */
-   0,                         /* pLogArg */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-   0,                         /* xSqllog */
-   0,                         /* pSqllogArg */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-   0,                         /* xVdbeBranch */
-   0,                         /* pVbeBranchArg */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-   0,                         /* xTestCallback */
-#endif
-   0                          /* bLocaltimeFault */
-};
-
-/*
-** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
-** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
-** read-only.
-*/
-SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
-
-/*
-** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
-*/
-const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
-   { "0", 1 },
-   { "1", 1 }
-};
-
-
-/*
-** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
-** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database.  SQLite never uses
-** the database page that contains the pending byte.  It never attempts
-** to read or write that page.  The pending byte page is set assign
-** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
-**
-** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
-** a different position in the file.  This allows code that has to
-** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
-** than 1 GiB.  The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
-** move the pending byte.
-**
-** IMPORTANT:  Changing the pending byte to any value other than
-** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
-** Changing the pending byte during operation will result in undefined
-** and incorrect behavior.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
-
-#include "opcodes.h"
-/*
-** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
-** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
-** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
-** the vdbe.c file.  
-*/
-const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/hash.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/hash.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b5886e06415..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/hash.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
-** used in SQLite.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-
-/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
-** fields of the Hash structure.
-**
-** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-*/
-void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){
-  assert( pNew!=0 );
-  pNew->first = 0;
-  pNew->count = 0;
-  pNew->htsize = 0;
-  pNew->ht = 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
-** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
-** to the empty state.
-*/
-void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
-  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  elem = pH->first;
-  pH->first = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = 0;
-  pH->htsize = 0;
-  while( elem ){
-    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
-    sqlite3_free(elem);
-    elem = next_elem;
-  }
-  pH->count = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The hashing function.
-*/
-static unsigned int strHash(const char *z){
-  unsigned int h = 0;
-  unsigned char c;
-  while( (c = (unsigned char)*z++)!=0 ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
-  }
-  return h;
-}
-
-
-/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
-** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
-*/
-static void insertElement(
-  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
-  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
-  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
-){
-  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
-  if( pEntry ){
-    pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0;
-    pEntry->count++;
-    pEntry->chain = pNew;
-  }else{
-    pHead = 0;
-  }
-  if( pHead ){
-    pNew->next = pHead;
-    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
-    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
-    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
-    pHead->prev = pNew;
-  }else{
-    pNew->next = pH->first;
-    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
-    pNew->prev = 0;
-    pH->first = pNew;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-**
-** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or
-** if the new size is the same as the prior size.
-** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not.
-*/
-static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
-  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
-  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
-
-#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0
-  if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
-    new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
-  }
-  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0;
-#endif
-
-  /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
-  ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error.  So mark the
-  ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of 
-  ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero()
-  ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will
-  ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which
-  ** may be larger than the requested amount).
-  */
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
-  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
-  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = new_ht;
-  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
-  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
-  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
-    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey) % new_size;
-    next_elem = elem->next;
-    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
-** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key is
-** also computed and returned in the *pH parameter.
-*/
-static HashElem *findElementWithHash(
-  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
-  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
-  unsigned int *pHash /* Write the hash value here */
-){
-  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
-  unsigned int h;                /* The computed hash */
-
-  if( pH->ht ){
-    struct _ht *pEntry;
-    h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize;
-    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-    elem = pEntry->chain;
-    count = pEntry->count;
-  }else{
-    h = 0;
-    elem = pH->first;
-    count = pH->count;
-  }
-  *pHash = h;
-  while( count-- ){
-    assert( elem!=0 );
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ 
-      return elem;
-    }
-    elem = elem->next;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
-** element and a hash on the element's key.
-*/
-static void removeElementGivenHash(
-  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
-  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
-  unsigned int h    /* Hash value for the element */
-){
-  struct _ht *pEntry;
-  if( elem->prev ){
-    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
-  }else{
-    pH->first = elem->next;
-  }
-  if( elem->next ){
-    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
-  }
-  if( pH->ht ){
-    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-    if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
-      pEntry->chain = elem->next;
-    }
-    pEntry->count--;
-    assert( pEntry->count>=0 );
-  }
-  sqlite3_free( elem );
-  pH->count--;
-  if( pH->count==0 ){
-    assert( pH->first==0 );
-    assert( pH->count==0 );
-    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
-  }
-}
-
-/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
-** found, or NULL if there is no match.
-*/
-void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey){
-  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
-  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  assert( pKey!=0 );
-  elem = findElementWithHash(pH, pKey, &h);
-  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
-}
-
-/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey
-** and the data is "data".
-**
-** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
-** element is created and NULL is returned.
-**
-** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
-** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
-** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
-** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
-**
-** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
-** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
-*/
-void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, void *data){
-  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
-  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  assert( pKey!=0 );
-  elem = findElementWithHash(pH,pKey,&h);
-  if( elem ){
-    void *old_data = elem->data;
-    if( data==0 ){
-      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
-    }else{
-      elem->data = data;
-      elem->pKey = pKey;
-    }
-    return old_data;
-  }
-  if( data==0 ) return 0;
-  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
-  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
-  new_elem->pKey = pKey;
-  new_elem->data = data;
-  pH->count++;
-  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
-    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
-      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
-      h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize;
-    }
-  }
-  insertElement(pH, pH->ht ? &pH->ht[h] : 0, new_elem);
-  return 0;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/hash.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/hash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dfa4e035c2..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/hash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
-** used in SQLite.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct Hash Hash;
-typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
-
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
-**
-** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list.
-** Hash.first points to the head of this list.
-**
-** There are Hash.htsize buckets.  Each bucket points to a spot in
-** the global doubly-linked list.  The contents of the bucket are the
-** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
-**
-** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero.  In that case lookup is done
-** by a linear search of the global list.  For small tables, the 
-** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
-** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
-** the hash table.
-*/
-struct Hash {
-  unsigned int htsize;      /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
-  unsigned int count;       /* Number of entries in this table */
-  HashElem *first;          /* The first element of the array */
-  struct _ht {              /* the hash table */
-    int count;                 /* Number of entries with this hash */
-    HashElem *chain;           /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
-  } *ht;
-};
-
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
-** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
-**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
-*/
-struct HashElem {
-  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
-  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
-  const char *pKey;            /* Key associated with this element */
-};
-
-/*
-** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
-*/
-void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
-void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, void *pData);
-void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey);
-void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
-
-/*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
-** like this:
-**
-**   Hash h;
-**   HashElem *p;
-**   ...
-**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
-**     // do something with pData
-**   }
-*/
-#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
-#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
-#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
-/* #define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */
-/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)  // NOT USED */
-
-/*
-** Number of entries in a hash table
-*/
-/* #define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count) // NOT USED */
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/hwtime.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/hwtime.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b8bc5a295be..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/hwtime.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
-
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
-*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
-      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
-
-  #if defined(__GNUC__)
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     unsigned int lo, hi;
-     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
-     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
-  }
-
-  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     __asm {
-        rdtsc
-        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
-     }
-  }
-
-  #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long val;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
-      return val;
-  }
- 
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long long retval;
-      unsigned long junk;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
-          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
-                  mftb    %L0\n\
-                  mftbu   %0\n\
-                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
-                  bne     1b"
-                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
-      return retval;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
-  /*
-  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
-  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
-  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
-  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
-  ** least compile and run.
-  */
-  sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/insert.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/insert.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0cf670e6cf1..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/insert.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2093 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will 
-**
-**   (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then
-**   (2) open pTab as cursor iCur.
-**
-** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index
-** for that table that is actually opened.
-*/
-void sqlite3OpenTable(
-  Parse *pParse,  /* Generate code into this VDBE */
-  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
-  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
-  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
-  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
-  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 
-                   (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
-  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
-  }else{
-    Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-    assert( pPk!=0 );
-    assert( pPk->tnum==pTab->tnum );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
-** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in 
-** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
-**
-**  Character      Column affinity
-**  ------------------------------
-**  'A'            BLOB
-**  'B'            TEXT
-**  'C'            NUMERIC
-**  'D'            INTEGER
-**  'F'            REAL
-**
-** An extra 'D' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
-** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
-**
-** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
-** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
-** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){
-  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
-    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
-    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
-    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
-    **
-    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
-    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
-    ** up.
-    */
-    int n;
-    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1);
-    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
-      i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n];
-      if( x>=0 ){
-        pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[x].affinity;
-      }else if( x==XN_ROWID ){
-        pIdx->zColAff[n] = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-      }else{
-        char aff;
-        assert( x==XN_EXPR );
-        assert( pIdx->aColExpr!=0 );
-        aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pIdx->aColExpr->a[n].pExpr);
-        if( aff==0 ) aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-        pIdx->zColAff[n] = aff;
-      }
-    }
-    pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
-  }
- 
-  return pIdx->zColAff;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been
-** computed.  As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_BLOB affinities.
-**
-** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_BLOB values) and
-** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities
-** for register iReg and following.  Or if affinities exists and iReg==0,
-** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should  be
-** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string.
-**
-** A column affinity string has one character per column:
-**
-**  Character      Column affinity
-**  ------------------------------
-**  'A'            BLOB
-**  'B'            TEXT
-**  'C'            NUMERIC
-**  'D'            INTEGER
-**  'E'            REAL
-*/
-void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){
-  int i;
-  char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff;
-  if( zColAff==0 ){
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
-    zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
-    if( !zColAff ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
-    }
-    do{
-      zColAff[i--] = 0;
-    }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB );
-    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
-  }
-  i = sqlite3Strlen30(zColAff);
-  if( i ){
-    if( iReg ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
-** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if 
-** a statement of the form  "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can 
-** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. 
-*/
-static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
-  int i;
-  int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0;
-#endif
-
-  for(i=1; i<iEnd; i++){
-    VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, i);
-    assert( pOp!=0 );
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
-      Index *pIndex;
-      int tnum = pOp->p2;
-      if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
-        if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){
-      assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 );
-      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
-      return 1;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-/*
-** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab
-** which is in database iDb.  Return the register number for the register
-** that holds the maximum rowid.
-**
-** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
-** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
-** triggers.  A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
-** first use of table pTab.  On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
-** AutoincInfo structure is used.
-**
-** Three memory locations are allocated:
-**
-**   (1)  Register to hold the name of the pTab table.
-**   (2)  Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab.
-**   (3)  Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab
-**
-** The 2nd register is the one that is returned.  That is all the
-** insert routine needs to know about.
-*/
-static int autoIncBegin(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
-  Table *pTab         /* The table we are writing to */
-){
-  int memId = 0;      /* Register holding maximum rowid */
-  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
-    Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-    AutoincInfo *pInfo;
-
-    pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc;
-    while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; }
-    if( pInfo==0 ){
-      pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo));
-      if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
-      pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc;
-      pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo;
-      pInfo->pTab = pTab;
-      pInfo->iDb = iDb;
-      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Register to hold name of table */
-      pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem;  /* Max rowid register */
-      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */
-    }
-    memId = pInfo->regCtr;
-  }
-  return memId;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
-** register used by the autoincrement tracker.  
-*/
-void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
-  AutoincInfo *p;            /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
-  Db *pDb;                   /* Database only autoinc table */
-  int memId;                 /* Register holding max rowid */
-  int addr;                  /* A VDBE address */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* VDBE under construction */
-
-  /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation.  It is
-  ** only called from the top-level */
-  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) );
-
-  assert( v );   /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
-  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
-    memId = p->regCtr;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, memId, memId+1);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, memId-1, p->pTab->zName);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addr+9);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
-**
-** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a
-** new rowid that is about to be inserted.  If that new rowid is
-** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
-** memory cell is updated.  The stack is unchanged.
-*/
-static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){
-  if( memId>0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement
-** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register.
-** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement
-** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this
-** routine just before the "exit" code.
-*/
-void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){
-  AutoincInfo *p;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  assert( v );
-  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
-    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
-    int addr1;
-    int iRec;
-    int memId = p->regCtr;
-
-    iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec);
-  }
-}
-#else
-/*
-** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
-** above are all no-ops
-*/
-# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
-# define autoIncStep(A,B,C)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static int xferOptimization(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
-  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
-);
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms:
-**
-**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST),(EXPRLIST),...
-**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
-**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) default values
-**
-** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
-** then a list of all (non-hidden) columns for the table is substituted.
-** The IDLIST appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST
-** is omitted.
-**
-** For the pSelect parameter holds the values to be inserted for the
-** first two forms shown above.  A VALUES clause is really just short-hand
-** for a SELECT statement that omits the FROM clause and everything else
-** that follows.  If the pSelect parameter is NULL, that means that the
-** DEFAULT VALUES form of the INSERT statement is intended.
-**
-** The code generated follows one of four templates.  For a simple
-** insert with data coming from a single-row VALUES clause, the code executes
-** once straight down through.  Pseudo-code follows (we call this
-** the "1st template"):
-**
-**         open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-**         put VALUES clause expressions into registers
-**         write the resulting record into <table>
-**         cleanup
-**
-** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
-**
-**   INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
-**
-** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" -
-** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
-** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
-** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical
-** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
-** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>.
-** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
-** template.  This is the 2nd template.
-**
-**         open a write cursor to <table>
-**         open read cursor on <table2>
-**         transfer all records in <table2> over to <table>
-**         close cursors
-**         foreach index on <table>
-**           open a write cursor on the <table> index
-**           open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index
-**           transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
-**           close cursors
-**         end foreach
-**
-** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply
-** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time.
-** The generated code follows this template:
-**
-**         X <- A
-**         goto B
-**      A: setup for the SELECT
-**         loop over the rows in the SELECT
-**           load values into registers R..R+n
-**           yield X
-**         end loop
-**         cleanup after the SELECT
-**         end-coroutine X
-**      B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-**      C: yield X, at EOF goto D
-**         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
-**         goto C
-**      D: cleanup
-**
-** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
-** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
-** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
-** we have to use an intermediate table to store the results of
-** the select.  The template is like this:
-**
-**         X <- A
-**         goto B
-**      A: setup for the SELECT
-**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
-**           load value into register R..R+n
-**           yield X
-**         end loop
-**         cleanup after the SELECT
-**         end co-routine R
-**      B: open temp table
-**      L: yield X, at EOF goto M
-**         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
-**         goto L
-**      M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-**         rewind temp table
-**      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
-**           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
-**         end loop
-**      D: cleanup
-*/
-void sqlite3Insert(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
-  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
-  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into.  aka TABLE */
-  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
-  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
-  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
-  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
-  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
-  int nHidden = 0;      /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
-  int iDataCur = 0;     /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */
-  int iIdxCur = 0;      /* First index cursor */
-  int ipkColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
-  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
-  int addrInsTop = 0;   /* Jump to label "D" */
-  int addrCont = 0;     /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
-  SelectDest dest;      /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
-  int iDb;              /* Index of database holding TABLE */
-  Db *pDb;              /* The database containing table being inserted into */
-  u8 useTempTable = 0;  /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
-  u8 appendFlag = 0;    /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
-  u8 withoutRowid;      /* 0 for normal table.  1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */
-  u8 bIdListInOrder;    /* True if IDLIST is in table order */
-  ExprList *pList = 0;  /* List of VALUES() to be inserted  */
-
-  /* Register allocations */
-  int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
-  int regAutoinc = 0;   /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
-  int regRowCount = 0;  /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
-  int regIns;           /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
-  int regRowid;         /* registers holding insert rowid */
-  int regData;          /* register holding first column to insert */
-  int *aRegIdx = 0;     /* One register allocated to each index */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                 /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;          /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
-  int tmask;                  /* Mask of trigger times */
-#endif
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest));
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a
-  ** single row (the common case) then keep that one row of values
-  ** and discard the other (unused) parts of the pSelect object
-  */
-  if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){
-    pList = pSelect->pEList;
-    pSelect->pEList = 0;
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    pSelect = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
-  */
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
-  if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup;
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  zDb = pDb->zName;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-  withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab);
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** inserted into is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define pTrigger 0
-# define tmask 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-  assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) );
-
-  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
-  ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Cannot insert into a read-only table.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate a VDBE
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
-  /* If the statement is of the form
-  **
-  **       INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>;
-  **
-  ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
-  ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
-  **
-  ** This is the 2nd template.
-  */
-  if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
-    assert( !pTrigger );
-    assert( pList==0 );
-    goto insert_end;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
-
-  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
-  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
-  */
-  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);
-
-  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
-  ** the content of the new row, and the assembled row record.
-  */
-  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
-  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    regRowid++;
-    pParse->nMem++;
-  }
-  regData = regRowid+1;
-
-  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
-  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
-  ** remember the column indices.
-  **
-  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
-  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable
-  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  ipkColumn is
-  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
-  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the INTEGER
-  ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
-  */
-  bIdListInOrder = (pTab->tabFlags & TF_OOOHidden)==0;
-  if( pColumn ){
-    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
-      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
-      for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
-          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
-          if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0;
-          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
-            ipkColumn = i;  assert( !withoutRowid );
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){
-          ipkColumn = i;
-          bIdListInOrder = 0;
-        }else{
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
-              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
-          pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-          goto insert_cleanup;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
-  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that
-  ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation.  The
-  ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates.
-  */
-  if( pSelect ){
-    /* Data is coming from a SELECT or from a multi-row VALUES clause.
-    ** Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT. */
-    int regYield;       /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */
-    int addrTop;        /* Top of the co-routine */
-    int rc;             /* Result code */
-
-    regYield = ++pParse->nMem;
-    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop);
-    sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield);
-    dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0;
-    dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol;
-    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
-    regFromSelect = dest.iSdst;
-    if( rc || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ) goto insert_cleanup;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1);                       /* label B: */
-    assert( pSelect->pEList );
-    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
-
-    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
-    ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4).  Set to
-    ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into
-    ** the destination table (template 3).
-    **
-    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
-    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
-    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
-    */
-    if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){
-      useTempTable = 1;
-    }
-
-    if( useTempTable ){
-      /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT
-      ** and add it to a transient table srcTab.  The code generated
-      ** here is from the 4th template:
-      **
-      **      B: open temp table
-      **      L: yield X, goto M at EOF
-      **         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
-      **         goto L
-      **      M: ...
-      */
-      int regRec;          /* Register to hold packed record */
-      int regTempRowid;    /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
-      int addrL;           /* Label "L" */
-
-      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
-      regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
-      addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrL);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a 
-    ** single-row VALUES clause
-    */
-    NameContext sNC;
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    srcTab = -1;
-    assert( useTempTable==0 );
-    if( pList ){
-      nColumn = pList->nExpr;
-      if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pList) ){
-        goto insert_cleanup;
-      }
-    }else{
-      nColumn = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
-  ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key 
-  ** column index in the original table definition.
-  */
-  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
-    ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
-  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
-  */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
-    }
-  }
-  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
-       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-    
-  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
-  }
-
-  /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
-  if( !isView ){
-    int nIdx;
-    nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, -1, 0,
-                                      &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
-    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1));
-    if( aRegIdx==0 ){
-      goto insert_cleanup;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<nIdx; i++){
-      aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */
-  if( useTempTable ){
-    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
-    ** following pseudocode (template 4):
-    **
-    **         rewind temp table, if empty goto D
-    **      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
-    **           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
-    **         end loop
-    **      D: ...
-    */
-    addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  }else if( pSelect ){
-    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
-    ** following pseudocode (template 3):
-    **
-    **      C: yield X, at EOF goto D
-    **         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
-    **         goto C
-    **      D: ...
-    */
-    addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
-  */
-  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
-    int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1);
-
-    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
-    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
-    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
-    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
-    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
-    */
-    if( ipkColumn<0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
-    }else{
-      int addr1;
-      assert( !withoutRowid );
-      if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols);
-      }else{
-        assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols);
-      }
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-
-    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
-    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
-    */
-    assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
-
-    /* Create the new column data
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( pColumn==0 ){
-        j = i;
-      }else{
-        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
-          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
-      }else if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); 
-      }else{
-        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
-        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
-    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
-    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
-    ** table column affinities.
-    */
-    if( !isView ){
-      sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1);
-    }
-
-    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
-    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, 
-        pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop);
-
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1);
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of
-  ** registers beginning at regIns.
-  */
-  if( !isView ){
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns);
-    }
-    if( ipkColumn>=0 ){
-      if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid);
-      }else if( pSelect ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid);
-      }else{
-        VdbeOp *pOp;
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
-        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
-        if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-          appendFlag = 1;
-          pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
-          pOp->p1 = iDataCur;
-          pOp->p2 = regRowid;
-          pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
-        }
-      }
-      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
-      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
-      */
-      if( !appendFlag ){
-        int addr1;
-        if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-          addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-        }else{
-          addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, addr1+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
-      appendFlag = 1;
-    }
-    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
-
-    /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
-    ** with the first column.
-    */
-    nHidden = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i;
-      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
-        ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted
-        ** in its place.  Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid
-        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used.
-        ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore);
-        continue;
-      }
-      if( pColumn==0 ){
-        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
-          assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-          j = -1;
-          nHidden++;
-        }else{
-          j = i - nHidden;
-        }
-      }else{
-        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
-          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
-      }else if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); 
-      }else if( pSelect ){
-        if( regFromSelect!=regData ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
-        }
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
-    ** do the insertion.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
-      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
-      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      int isReplace;    /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */
-      sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-          regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace
-      );
-      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0);
-      sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-                               regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
-  }
-
-  if( pTrigger ){
-    /* Code AFTER triggers */
-    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, 
-        pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop);
-  }
-
-  /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source
-  ** is a SELECT statement.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
-  if( useTempTable ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab);
-  }else if( pSelect ){
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrCont);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
-  }
-
-  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){
-    /* Close all tables opened */
-    if( iDataCur<iIdxCur ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur);
-    for(idx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+iIdxCur);
-    }
-  }
-
-insert_end:
-  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
-  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
-  ** autoincrement tables.
-  */
-  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
-    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-
-insert_cleanup:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
-}
-
-/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
-** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
-** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
-#ifdef isView
- #undef isView
-#endif
-#ifdef pTrigger
- #undef pTrigger
-#endif
-#ifdef tmask
- #undef tmask
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE
-** on table pTab.
-**
-** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains
-** the data to be inserted or the data after the update.  There will be
-** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range.  The first register (the one
-** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the
-** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table.  The second register in the range will
-** contain the content of the first table column.  The third register will
-** contain the content of the second table column.  And so forth.
-**
-** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains
-** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards.  regOldData is zero
-** for an INSERT.  This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by
-** checking regOldData for zero.
-**
-** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the
-** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table)
-** might be modified by the UPDATE.  If pkChng is false, then the key of
-** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE.
-**
-** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid
-** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement.  If pkChng
-** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or
-** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid.  On an INSERT,
-** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer
-** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias.
-**
-** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into
-** registers identified by aRegIdx[].  No index entry is created for
-** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.  The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
-** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
-** at pTab->pIndex.
-**
-** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main
-** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which
-** aRegIdx[] is not zero).  iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when
-** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY
-** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table.  iIdxCur is the cursor
-** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list.  Cursors for other indices
-** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list.
-**
-** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
-** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
-** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
-** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
-**
-**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
-**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
-**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
-**                                sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a
-**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
-**
-**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
-**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
-**                                cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately
-**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
-**
-**  any              FAIL         Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a
-**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
-**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
-**                                changes to prior rows are retained.
-**
-**  any              IGNORE       The attempt in insert or update the current
-**                                row is skipped, without throwing an error.
-**                                Processing continues with the next row.
-**                                (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.)
-**
-**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
-**                                value for that column.  If the default value
-**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
-**
-**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
-**                                being inserted is removed.
-**
-**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
-**
-** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
-** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
-** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
-** for the constraint is used.
-*/
-void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table being inserted or updated */
-  int *aRegIdx,        /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i.  0 for unused */
-  int iDataCur,        /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */
-  int iIdxCur,         /* First index cursor */
-  int regNewData,      /* First register in a range holding values to insert */
-  int regOldData,      /* Previous content.  0 for INSERTs */
-  u8 pkChng,           /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */
-  u8 overrideError,    /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
-  int ignoreDest,      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
-  int *pbMayReplace    /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;             /* VDBE under constrution */
-  Index *pIdx;         /* Pointer to one of the indices */
-  Index *pPk = 0;      /* The PRIMARY KEY index */
-  sqlite3 *db;         /* Database connection */
-  int i;               /* loop counter */
-  int ix;              /* Index loop counter */
-  int nCol;            /* Number of columns */
-  int onError;         /* Conflict resolution strategy */
-  int addr1;           /* Address of jump instruction */
-  int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
-  int nPkField;        /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */
-  int ipkTop = 0;      /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */
-  int ipkBottom = 0;   /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */
-  u8 isUpdate;         /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */
-  u8 bAffinityDone = 0;  /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */
-  int regRowid = -1;   /* Register holding ROWID value */
-
-  isUpdate = regOldData!=0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
-  nCol = pTab->nCol;
-  
-  /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for
-  ** normal rowid tables.  nPkField is the number of key fields in the 
-  ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table.  In other words, nPkField is the
-  ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */
-  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-    pPk = 0;
-    nPkField = 1;
-  }else{
-    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-    nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol;
-  }
-
-  /* Record that this module has started */
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)",
-                     iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng));
-
-  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
-    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
-        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
-    switch( onError ){
-      case OE_Abort:
-        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-        /* Fall through */
-      case OE_Rollback:
-      case OE_Fail: {
-        char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
-                                    pTab->aCol[i].zName);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError,
-                          regNewData+1+i, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Ignore: {
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
-        addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i);
-           VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Test all CHECK constraints
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
-    ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck;
-    pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
-    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
-    for(i=0; i<pCheck->nExpr; i++){
-      int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[i].pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest);
-      }else{
-        char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName;
-        if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName;
-        if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */
-        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK,
-                              onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT,
-                              P5_ConstraintCheck);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
-
-  /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously
-  ** exist in the table.
-  */
-  if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){
-    int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */
-    onError = pTab->keyConf;
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-
-    if( isUpdate ){
-      /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has change, only that
-      ** it might have changed.  Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid
-      ** is unchanged. */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-
-    /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response
-    ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need
-    ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after
-    ** the UNIQUE constraints have run.
-    */
-    if( onError==OE_Replace && overrideError!=OE_Replace ){
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Ignore || pIdx->onError==OE_Fail ){
-          ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table.  Skip
-    ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-    /* Generate code that deals with a rowid collision */
-    switch( onError ){
-      default: {
-        onError = OE_Abort;
-        /* Fall thru into the next case */
-      }
-      case OE_Rollback:
-      case OE_Abort:
-      case OE_Fail: {
-        sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Replace: {
-        /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the
-        ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to
-        ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire
-        ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
-        **
-        ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
-        ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call 
-        ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries 
-        ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry 
-        ** when it is inserted.  
-        **
-        ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called,
-        ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require
-        ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete
-        ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless,
-        ** but being more selective here allows statements like:
-        **
-        **   REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid)
-        **
-        ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the
-        ** table.
-        */
-        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
-        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
-          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
-        }
-        if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){
-          sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
-          sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-                                   regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace,
-                                   ONEPASS_SINGLE, -1);
-        }else{
-          if( pTab->pIndex ){
-            sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
-            sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,-1);
-          }
-        }
-        seenReplace = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Ignore: {
-        /*assert( seenReplace==0 );*/
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk);
-    if( ipkTop ){
-      ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
-  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
-  ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go.
-  **
-  ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a
-  ** WITHOUT ROWID table.
-  */
-  for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){
-    int regIdx;          /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */
-    int regR;            /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */
-    int iThisCur;        /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */
-    int addrUniqueOk;    /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */
-
-    if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip indices that do not change */
-    if( bAffinityDone==0 ){
-      sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1);
-      bAffinityDone = 1;
-    }
-    iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix;
-    addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */
-    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]);
-      pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk,
-                            SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      pParse->ckBase = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after
-    ** the insert or update.  Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register
-    */
-    regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn);
-    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
-      int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-      int x;
-      if( iField==XN_EXPR ){
-        pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pIdx->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, regIdx+i);
-        pParse->ckBase = 0;
-        VdbeComment((v, "%s column %d", pIdx->zName, i));
-      }else{
-        if( iField==XN_ROWID || iField==pTab->iPKey ){
-          if( regRowid==regIdx+i ) continue; /* ROWID already in regIdx+i */
-          x = regNewData;
-          regRowid =  pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ? -1 : regIdx+i;
-        }else{
-          x = iField + regNewData + 1;
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i);
-        VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName));
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]);
-    VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName));
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
-
-    /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index 
-    ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the
-    ** primary key, then no collision is possible.  The collision detection
-    ** logic below can all be skipped. */
-    if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */
-    onError = pIdx->onError;
-    if( onError==OE_None ){ 
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
-      continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
-    }
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    
-    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk,
-                         regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-    /* Generate code to handle collisions */
-    regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField);
-    if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){
-      if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR);
-        /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry
-        ** is different from old-rowid */
-        if( isUpdate ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
-          VdbeCoverage(v);
-        }
-      }else{
-        int x;
-        /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and
-        ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */
-        if( pIdx!=pPk ){
-          for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
-            assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
-            x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i);
-            VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
-                         pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName));
-          }
-        }
-        if( isUpdate ){
-          /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID 
-          ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually
-          ** different from the old.
-          **
-          ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values
-          ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY
-          ** KEY values of this row before the update.  */
-          int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol;
-          int op = OP_Ne;
-          int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR);
-  
-          for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
-            char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]);
-            x = pPk->aiColumn[i];
-            assert( x>=0 );
-            if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){
-              addrJump = addrUniqueOk;
-              op = OP_Eq;
-            }
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, 
-                regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ
-            );
-            sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
-            VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq);
-            VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
-    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
-        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
-    switch( onError ){
-      case OE_Rollback:
-      case OE_Abort:
-      case OE_Fail: {
-        sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Ignore: {
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest);
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
-        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
-        sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
-        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
-          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
-        }
-        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-            regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace,
-            (pIdx==pPk ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_OFF), -1);
-        seenReplace = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
-    if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField);
-  }
-  if( ipkTop ){
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ipkTop+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom);
-  }
-  
-  *pbMayReplace = seenReplace;
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace));
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
-** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the
-** rowid and the content to be inserted.
-**
-** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
-** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-*/
-void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
-  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
-  int iDataCur,       /* Cursor of the canonical data source */
-  int iIdxCur,        /* First index cursor */
-  int regNewData,     /* Range of content */
-  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
-  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
-  int appendBias,     /* True if this is likely to be an append */
-  int useSeekResult   /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;            /* Prepared statements under construction */
-  Index *pIdx;        /* An index being inserted or updated */
-  u8 pik_flags;       /* flag values passed to the btree insert */
-  int regData;        /* Content registers (after the rowid) */
-  int regRec;         /* Register holding assembled record for the table */
-  int i;              /* Loop counter */
-  u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
-  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-    if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
-    bAffinityDone = 1;
-    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i]);
-    pik_flags = 0;
-    if( useSeekResult ) pik_flags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
-    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      assert( pParse->nested==0 );
-      pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
-    }
-    if( pik_flags )  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
-  }
-  if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return;
-  regData = regNewData + 1;
-  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
-  if( !bAffinityDone ) sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
-  if( pParse->nested ){
-    pik_flags = 0;
-  }else{
-    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
-    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
-  }
-  if( appendBias ){
-    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
-  }
-  if( useSeekResult ){
-    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData);
-  if( !pParse->nested ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate
-** code to open and initialized those cursors.
-**
-** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally
-** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT
-** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur.  The first index cursor is
-** returned in *piIdxCur.  The number of indices is returned.
-**
-** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables
-** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
-** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
-**
-** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
-** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
-** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
-** pTab->pIndex list.
-**
-** If pTab is a virtual table, then this routine is a no-op and the
-** *piDataCur and *piIdxCur values are left uninitialized.
-*/
-int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
-  int op,          /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-  int iBase,       /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */
-  u8 *aToOpen,     /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */
-  int *piDataCur,  /* Write the database source cursor number here */
-  int *piIdxCur    /* Write the first index cursor number here */
-){
-  int i;
-  int iDb;
-  int iDataCur;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite );
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    /* This routine is a no-op for virtual tables. Leave the output
-    ** variables *piDataCur and *piIdxCur uninitialized so that valgrind
-    ** can detect if they are used by mistake in the caller. */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab;
-  iDataCur = iBase++;
-  if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur;
-  if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName);
-  }
-  if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase;
-  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-    int iIdxCur = iBase++;
-    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) && piDataCur ){
-      *piDataCur = iIdxCur;
-    }
-    if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-    }
-  }
-  if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase;
-  return i;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
-** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
-** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
-** is happening when it is supposed to.
-*/
-int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
-/*
-** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible.
-*/
-static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){
-  if( z1==0 ){
-    return z2==0;
-  }
-  if( z2==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
-** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization.  The rules
-** for a compatible index:
-**
-**    *   The index is over the same set of columns
-**    *   The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
-**    *   The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
-**    *   The same collating sequence on each column
-**    *   The index has the exact same WHERE clause
-*/
-static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
-  int i;
-  assert( pDest && pSrc );
-  assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
-  if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){
-    return 0;   /* Different number of columns */
-  }
-  if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
-    return 0;   /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nKeyCol; i++){
-    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
-      return 0;   /* Different columns indexed */
-    }
-    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]==XN_EXPR ){
-      assert( pSrc->aColExpr!=0 && pDest->aColExpr!=0 );
-      if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr,
-                             pDest->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, -1)!=0 ){
-        return 0;   /* Different expressions in the index */
-      }
-    }
-    if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
-      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
-    }
-    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){
-      return 0;   /* Different collating sequences */
-    }
-  }
-  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){
-    return 0;     /* Different WHERE clauses */
-  }
-
-  /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
-**
-**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
-**
-** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.  
-** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves
-** performance.  Raw index records are transferred in the same way.
-**
-** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible.
-** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments
-** embedded in the code for details.
-**
-** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used.
-** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table
-** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time.  In that
-** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also
-** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the
-** xfer optimization code if the test fails.  In that case, this routine
-** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate
-** an unoptimized transfer.  This routine also returns FALSE if there
-** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied.
-**
-** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster.
-*/
-static int xferOptimization(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
-  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
-  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
-  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
-  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
-  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
-  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
-  int addr1, addr2;                /* Loop addresses */
-  int emptyDestTest = 0;           /* Address of test for empty pDest */
-  int emptySrcTest = 0;            /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
-  Vdbe *v;                         /* The VDBE we are building */
-  int regAutoinc;                  /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
-  int destHasUniqueIdx = 0;        /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */
-  int regData, regRowid;           /* Registers holding data and rowid */
-
-  if( pSelect==0 ){
-    return 0;   /* Must be of the form  INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
-  }
-  if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){
-    /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses
-    ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx"
-    ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx".  */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 must not have triggers */
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
-  }
-#endif
-  if( onError==OE_Default ){
-    if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf;
-    if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort;
-  }
-  assert(pSelect->pSrc);   /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */
-  if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pWhere ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
-  }
-  /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause.  If HAVING is present but
-  ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
-  if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pLimit ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
-  }
-  assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 );  /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
-  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
-  }
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-  assert( pEList!=0 );
-  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
-    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
-  }
-  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
-  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
-    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
-  }
-
-  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
-  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
-  ** we have to check the semantics.
-  */
-  pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
-  pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
-  if( pSrc==0 ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
-  }
-  if( pSrc==pDest ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
-  }
-  if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){
-    return 0;   /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
-    return 0;   /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pSrc->pSelect ){
-    return 0;   /* tab2 may not be a view */
-  }
-  if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
-    return 0;   /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
-  }
-  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
-    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
-    Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i];
-    Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i];
-    if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){
-      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
-    }
-    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl) ){
-      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
-    }
-    if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){
-      return 0;    /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
-    }
-    /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */
-    if( i>0
-     && ((pDestCol->zDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->zDflt==0) 
-         || (pDestCol->zDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->zDflt, pSrcCol->zDflt)!=0))
-    ){
-      return 0;    /* Default values must be the same for all columns */
-    }
-  }
-  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
-    if( IsUniqueIndex(pDestIdx) ){
-      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
-    }
-    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
-      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
-    }
-    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
-      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
-    }
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){
-    return 0;   /* Tables have different CHECK constraints.  Ticket #2252 */
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
-  ** any foreign key constraints.  This is more restrictive than necessary.
-  ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM 
-  ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints.  So
-  ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
-  ** not worth the effort.  Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
-    return 0;  /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */
-  }
-
-  /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at
-  ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination
-  ** table (tab1) is initially empty.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
-#endif
-  iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSrc->pSchema);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
-  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
-  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
-  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
-  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
-  assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx );
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0 && (
-      (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0)          /* (1) */
-   || destHasUniqueIdx                              /* (2) */
-   || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback)   /* (3) */
-  )){
-    /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization
-    ** only if the destination table is initially empty. Unless the
-    ** SQLITE_Vacuum flag is set, this block generates code to make
-    ** that determination. If SQLITE_Vacuum is set, then the destination
-    ** table is always empty.
-    **
-    ** Conditions under which the destination must be empty:
-    **
-    ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices.
-    **     (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields
-    **     of index entries might need to change.)
-    **
-    ** (2) The destination has a unique index.  (The xfer optimization 
-    **     is unable to test uniqueness.)
-    **
-    ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback.
-    */
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  }
-  if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
-    emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
-      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
-      autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
-    }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
-      assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName);
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName);
-  }
-  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
-    u8 idxInsFlags = 0;
-    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
-      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
-    }
-    assert( pSrcIdx );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum ){
-      /* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees
-      ** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use
-      ** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the
-      ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted 
-      ** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part
-      ** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_Last is added before the
-      ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key 
-      ** should be inserted. This is faster.
-      **
-      ** If any of the indexed columns use a collation sequence other than
-      ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user 
-      ** might change the definition of a collation sequence and then run
-      ** a VACUUM command. In that case keys may not be written in strictly
-      ** sorted order.  */
-      for(i=0; i<pSrcIdx->nColumn; i++){
-        char *zColl = pSrcIdx->azColl[i];
-        assert( zColl!=0 );
-        if( sqlite3_stricmp("BINARY", zColl) ) break;
-      }
-      if( i==pSrcIdx->nColumn ){
-        idxInsFlags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Last, iDest, 0, -1);
-      }
-    }
-    if( !HasRowid(pSrc) && pDestIdx->idxType==2 ){
-      idxInsFlags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, idxInsFlags);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-  }
-  if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData);
-  if( emptyDestTest ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/journal.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/journal.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fed27be3e38..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/journal.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 August 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
-** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
-** is enabled.
-**
-** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
-** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
-** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
-** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
-** on disk is not created or populated until either:
-**
-**   1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated 
-**      buffer, or
-**   2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-
-/*
-** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
-** as an open file handle for journal files.
-*/
-struct JournalFile {
-  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* I/O methods on journal files */
-  int nBuf;                       /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
-  char *zBuf;                     /* Space to buffer journal writes */
-  int iSize;                      /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
-  int flags;                      /* xOpen flags */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* The "real" underlying VFS */
-  sqlite3_file *pReal;            /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
-  const char *zJournal;           /* Name of the journal file */
-};
-typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
-
-/*
-** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file 
-** for JournalFile p.
-*/
-static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !p->pReal ){
-    sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->pReal = pReal;
-      if( p->iSize>0 ){
-        assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* If an error occurred while writing to the file, close it before
-        ** returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory journal data to 
-        ** roll back changes made to the internal page-cache before this
-        ** function was called.  */
-        sqlite3OsClose(pReal);
-        p->pReal = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
-  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }else{
-    memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
-  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
-    rc = createFile(p);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( p->pReal ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-    }else{
-      memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
-      if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
-        p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
-  }else if( size<p->iSize ){
-    p->iSize = size;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the size of the file in bytes.
-*/
-static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
-  }else{
-    *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
-*/
-static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
-  1,             /* iVersion */
-  jrnlClose,     /* xClose */
-  jrnlRead,      /* xRead */
-  jrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
-  jrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
-  jrnlSync,      /* xSync */
-  jrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
-  0,             /* xLock */
-  0,             /* xUnlock */
-  0,             /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  0,             /* xFileControl */
-  0,             /* xSectorSize */
-  0,             /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  0,             /* xShmMap */
-  0,             /* xShmLock */
-  0,             /* xShmBarrier */
-  0              /* xShmUnmap */
-};
-
-/* 
-** Open a journal file.
-*/
-int sqlite3JournalOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the journal file */
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,        /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
-  int flags,                 /* Opening flags */
-  int nBuf                   /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
-){
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
-  if( nBuf>0 ){
-    p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
-    if( !p->zBuf ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
-  }
-  p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
-  p->nBuf = nBuf;
-  p->flags = flags;
-  p->zJournal = zName;
-  p->pVfs = pVfs;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
-** file has not yet been created, create it now.
-*/
-int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
-  if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The file-handle passed as the only argument is guaranteed to be an open
-** file. It may or may not be of class JournalFile. If the file is a
-** JournalFile, and the underlying file on disk has not yet been opened,
-** return 0. Otherwise, return 1.
-*/
-int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p){
-  return (p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods || ((JournalFile *)p)->pReal!=0);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
-** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
-*/
-int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-  return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/legacy.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/legacy.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a10006e5584..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/legacy.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
-** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
-** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
-**
-** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
-** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
-** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
-** is invoked, even for queries.
-*/
-int sqlite3_exec(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
-  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
-  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
-  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
-  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Return code */
-  const char *zLeftover;      /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;    /* The current SQL statement */
-  char **azCols = 0;          /* Names of result columns */
-  int callbackIsInit;         /* True if callback data is initialized */
-
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){
-    int nCol;
-    char **azVals = 0;
-
-    pStmt = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( !pStmt ){
-      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
-      zSql = zLeftover;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    callbackIsInit = 0;
-    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-
-    while( 1 ){
-      int i;
-      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-
-      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
-      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
-          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit
-                           && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
-        if( !callbackIsInit ){
-          azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
-          if( azCols==0 ){
-            goto exec_out;
-          }
-          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
-            /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8
-            ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */
-            assert( azCols[i]!=0 );
-          }
-          callbackIsInit = 1;
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
-          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
-            if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-              db->mallocFailed = 1;
-              goto exec_out;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
-          /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38229-40159 If the callback function to
-          ** sqlite3_exec() returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec() will
-          ** return SQLITE_ABORT. */
-          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-          sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
-          pStmt = 0;
-          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT);
-          goto exec_out;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
-        pStmt = 0;
-        zSql = zLeftover;
-        while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
-    azCols = 0;
-  }
-
-exec_out:
-  if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
-
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pzErrMsg ){
-    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
-    if( *pzErrMsg ){
-      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
-    }
-  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
-    *pzErrMsg = 0;
-  }
-
-  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/lempar.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/lempar.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e5a11aeaac..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/lempar.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,895 +0,0 @@
-/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
-**
-** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite.
-** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER()
-** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general
-** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the
-** specific grammar used by SQLite.
-*/
-/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
-** in the input grammar file. */
-#include <stdio.h>
-%%
-/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
-** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
-*/
-/* 
-** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
-** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
-** understands. 
-**
-** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
-*/
-%%
-/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
-*/
-#ifndef INTERFACE
-# define INTERFACE 1
-#endif
-/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
-** various aspects of the generated parser.
-**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
-**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
-**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
-**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
-**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
-**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
-**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
-**                       table.
-**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
-**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
-**                       original value of the token will not parse.
-**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
-**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
-**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
-**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
-**    ParseTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
-**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
-**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
-**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
-**                       which is ParseTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
-**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
-**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
-**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
-**    ParseARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
-**    ParseARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
-**    ParseARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
-**    ParseARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
-**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
-**                       defined, then do no error processing.
-**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
-**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
-**    YY_MAX_SHIFT       Maximum value for shift actions
-**    YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions
-**    YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions
-**    YY_MIN_REDUCE      Maximum value for reduce actions
-**    YY_ERROR_ACTION    The yy_action[] code for syntax error
-**    YY_ACCEPT_ACTION   The yy_action[] code for accept
-**    YY_NO_ACTION       The yy_action[] code for no-op
-*/
-%%
-
-/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
-** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
-static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };
-
-/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
-** otherwise.
-**
-** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section
-** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage.  For production
-** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off.  But it is useful
-** for testing.
-*/
-#ifndef yytestcase
-# define yytestcase(X)
-#endif
-
-
-/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
-** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
-** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
-** action integer.  
-**
-** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
-** follows
-**
-**   0 <= N <= YY_MAX_SHIFT             Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
-**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
-**
-**   N between YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE       Shift to an arbitrary state then
-**     and YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE           reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE.
-**
-**   N between YY_MIN_REDUCE            Reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_REDUCE
-**     and YY_MAX_REDUCE
-
-**   N == YY_ERROR_ACTION               A syntax error has occurred.
-**
-**   N == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION              The parser accepts its input.
-**
-**   N == YY_NO_ACTION                  No such action.  Denotes unused
-**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
-**
-** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
-** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
-**
-**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
-**
-** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
-** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
-** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
-** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
-**
-** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
-** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
-** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
-** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
-** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
-**
-** The following are the tables generated in this section:
-**
-**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
-**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
-**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
-**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
-**                     shifting terminals.
-**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
-**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
-**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
-*/
-%%
-
-/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
-** like the following:
-** 
-**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
-**
-** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
-** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
-** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
-** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
-*/
-#ifdef YYFALLBACK
-static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
-%%
-};
-#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
-
-/* The following structure represents a single element of the
-** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
-**
-**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
-**
-**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
-**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
-**
-**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
-**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
-**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
-**
-** After the "shift" half of a SHIFTREDUCE action, the stateno field
-** actually contains the reduce action for the second half of the
-** SHIFTREDUCE.
-*/
-struct yyStackEntry {
-  YYACTIONTYPE stateno;  /* The state-number, or reduce action in SHIFTREDUCE */
-  YYCODETYPE major;      /* The major token value.  This is the code
-                         ** number for the token at this stack level */
-  YYMINORTYPE minor;     /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
-                         ** is the value of the token  */
-};
-typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
-
-/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
-** the following structure */
-struct yyParser {
-  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  int yyidxMax;                 /* Maximum value of yyidx */
-#endif
-  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
-  ParseARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
-  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
-#else
-  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
-#endif
-};
-typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#include <stdio.h>
-static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
-static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* 
-** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
-** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
-** by making either argument NULL 
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
-**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
-** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
-**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
-**      turned off.
-** </ul>
-**
-** Outputs:
-** None.
-*/
-void ParseTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
-  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
-  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
-  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
-  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
-** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
-static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
-%%
-};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
-*/
-static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
-%%
-};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-/*
-** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
-*/
-static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
-  int newSize;
-  yyStackEntry *pNew;
-
-  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
-  pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
-  if( pNew ){
-    p->yystack = pNew;
-    p->yystksz = newSize;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    if( yyTraceFILE ){
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
-              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* 
-** This function allocates a new parser.
-** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
-** malloc.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
-**
-** Outputs:
-** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
-** to Parse and ParseFree.
-*/
-void *ParseAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(u64)){
-  yyParser *pParser;
-  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (u64)sizeof(yyParser) );
-  if( pParser ){
-    pParser->yyidx = -1;
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
-#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-    pParser->yystack = NULL;
-    pParser->yystksz = 0;
-    yyGrowStack(pParser);
-#endif
-  }
-  return pParser;
-}
-
-/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
-** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
-** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
-** the value.
-*/
-static void yy_destructor(
-  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
-  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
-  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
-){
-  ParseARG_FETCH;
-  switch( yymajor ){
-    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
-    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
-    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
-    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
-    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
-    **
-    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
-    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
-    ** inside the C code.
-    */
-%%
-    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Pop the parser's stack once.
-**
-** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
-** is popped from the stack, then call it.
-**
-** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
-*/
-static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
-  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
-  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
-
-  /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below
-  ** empty in SQLite.  */
-  assert( pParser->yyidx>=0 );
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
-      yyTracePrompt,
-      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
-  }
-#endif
-  yymajor = yytos->major;
-  yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor);
-  pParser->yyidx--;
-  return yymajor;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
-** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
-**       obtained from ParseAlloc.
-** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
-**       from malloc.
-** </ul>
-*/
-void ParseFree(
-  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
-  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
-){
-  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
-  /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully
-  ** created in the first place. */
-  if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return;
-  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-  free(pParser->yystack);
-#endif
-  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
-*/
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-int ParseStackPeak(void *p){
-  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
-  return pParser->yyidxMax;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
-** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
-**
-** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
-** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
-** return YY_NO_ACTION.
-*/
-static int yy_find_shift_action(
-  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
-  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
-){
-  int i;
-  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
- 
-  if( stateno>=YY_MIN_REDUCE ) return stateno;
-  assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
-  i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
-  if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ) return yy_default[stateno];
-  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
-  i += iLookAhead;
-  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
-    if( iLookAhead>0 ){
-#ifdef YYFALLBACK
-      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
-      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
-             && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-        if( yyTraceFILE ){
-          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
-             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
-        }
-#endif
-        return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
-      }
-#endif
-#ifdef YYWILDCARD
-      {
-        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
-        if( 
-#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
-          j>=0 &&
-#endif
-#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
-          j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
-#endif
-          yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD
-        ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-          if( yyTraceFILE ){
-            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
-               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
-          }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-          return yy_action[j];
-        }
-      }
-#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
-    }
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }else{
-    return yy_action[i];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
-** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
-**
-** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
-** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
-** return YY_NO_ACTION.
-*/
-static int yy_find_reduce_action(
-  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
-  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
-){
-  int i;
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }
-#else
-  assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
-#endif
-  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
-  assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
-  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
-  i += iLookAhead;
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }
-#else
-  assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
-  assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
-#endif
-  return yy_action[i];
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
-*/
-static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){
-   ParseARG_FETCH;
-   yypParser->yyidx--;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-   if( yyTraceFILE ){
-     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-   }
-#endif
-   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
-   ** stack every overflows */
-%%
-   ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
-}
-
-/*
-** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState){
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    int i;
-    if( yyNewState<YYNSTATE ){
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
-      for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
-        fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
-    }else{
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift *\n",yyTracePrompt);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define yyTraceShift(X,Y)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Perform a shift action.  Return the number of errors.
-*/
-static void yy_shift(
-  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
-  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
-  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
-  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
-){
-  yyStackEntry *yytos;
-  yypParser->yyidx++;
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){
-    yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx;
-  }
-#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
-    yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
-    return;
-  }
-#else
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
-    yyGrowStack(yypParser);
-    if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
-      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
-  yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
-  yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
-  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
-  yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyNewState);
-}
-
-/* The following table contains information about every rule that
-** is used during the reduce.
-*/
-static const struct {
-  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
-  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
-} yyRuleInfo[] = {
-%%
-};
-
-static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
-
-/*
-** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
-** follow the reduce.
-*/
-static void yy_reduce(
-  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
-  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
-){
-  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
-  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
-  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
-  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
-  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
-  ParseARG_FETCH;
-  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
-        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
-    yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s] -> state %d.\n", yyTracePrompt,
-      yyRuleName[yyruleno], yymsp[-yysize].stateno);
-  }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-  /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
-  ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
-  ** switch.  yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
-  ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal.  Leaving the
-  ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
-  ** as the value is never used.  So really the only thing this code
-  ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.  
-  **
-  ** 2007-01-16:  The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
-  ** without this code, their parser segfaults.  I'm not sure what there
-  ** parser is doing to make this happen.  This is the second bug report
-  ** from wireshark this week.  Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
-  ** that it has not been previously stressed...  (SQLite ticket #2172)
-  */
-  /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
-  yygotominor = yyzerominor;
-
-
-  switch( yyruleno ){
-  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
-  ** follows:
-  **   case 0:
-  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
-  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
-  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
-  **     break;
-  */
-%%
-  };
-  assert( yyruleno>=0 && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleInfo)/sizeof(yyRuleInfo[0]) );
-  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
-  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
-  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
-  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
-  if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
-    if( yyact>YY_MAX_SHIFT ) yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
-    /* If the reduce action popped at least
-    ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
-    ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
-    ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
-    if( yysize ){
-      yypParser->yyidx++;
-      yymsp -= yysize-1;
-      yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
-      yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
-      yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
-      yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyact);
-    }else{
-      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( yyact == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION );
-    yy_accept(yypParser);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The following code executes when the parse fails
-*/
-#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
-static void yy_parse_failed(
-  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
-){
-  ParseARG_FETCH;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-  }
-#endif
-  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
-  ** parser fails */
-%%
-  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
-}
-#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */
-
-/*
-** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
-*/
-static void yy_syntax_error(
-  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
-  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
-  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
-){
-  ParseARG_FETCH;
-#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
-%%
-  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
-}
-
-/*
-** The following is executed when the parser accepts
-*/
-static void yy_accept(
-  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
-){
-  ParseARG_FETCH;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-  }
-#endif
-  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
-  ** parser accepts */
-%%
-  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
-}
-
-/* The main parser program.
-** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
-** "ParseAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
-** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
-** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
-** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
-** use by the action routines.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
-** <li> The major token number.
-** <li> The minor token number.
-** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
-** </ul>
-**
-** Outputs:
-** None.
-*/
-void Parse(
-  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
-  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
-  ParseTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
-  ParseARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
-){
-  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
-  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
-#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
-  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
-#endif
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
-#endif
-  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
-
-  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
-  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
-  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-    if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
-      /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
-      yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
-      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
-    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
-    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
-    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
-  }
-  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
-#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
-  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
-#endif
-  ParseARG_STORE;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  do{
-    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
-    if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
-      if( yyact > YY_MAX_SHIFT ) yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
-      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
-      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-    }else if( yyact <= YY_MAX_REDUCE ){
-      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE);
-    }else{
-      assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-      int yymx;
-#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-      if( yyTraceFILE ){
-        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-      }
-#endif
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-      /* A syntax error has occurred.
-      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
-      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
-      **
-      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
-      **
-      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
-      **
-      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
-      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
-      **    the error symbol.
-      **
-      **  * Set the error count to three.
-      **
-      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
-      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
-      **    shifted successfully.
-      **
-      */
-      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
-        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
-      }
-      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
-      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-        if( yyTraceFILE ){
-          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
-             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
-        }
-#endif
-        yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-      }else{
-         while(
-          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
-          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
-          (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
-                        yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
-                        YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YY_MIN_REDUCE
-        ){
-          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-        }
-        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
-          yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
-          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
-          YYMINORTYPE u2;
-          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
-          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
-        }
-      }
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
-      yyerrorhit = 1;
-#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
-      /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
-      ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
-      ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
-      **
-      ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
-      ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
-      */
-      yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
-      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-      
-#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
-      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
-      **
-      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
-      **
-      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
-      **
-      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
-      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
-      */
-      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
-        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
-      }
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
-      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-      if( yyendofinput ){
-        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
-      }
-      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-#endif
-    }
-  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn\n",yyTracePrompt);
-  }
-#endif
-  return;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/loadext.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/loadext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ae87d6b7e4..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/loadext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,778 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
-** the SQLite library.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
-#endif
-#include "sqlite3ext.h"
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-
-/*
-** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
-** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
-** for any missing APIs.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name   0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name      0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name     0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-# define sqlite3_set_authorizer         0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-# define sqlite3_bind_text16            0
-# define sqlite3_collation_needed16     0
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
-# define sqlite3_column_name16          0
-# define sqlite3_column_text16          0
-# define sqlite3_complete16             0
-# define sqlite3_create_collation16     0
-# define sqlite3_create_function16      0
-# define sqlite3_errmsg16               0
-# define sqlite3_open16                 0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16              0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           0
-# define sqlite3_result_error16         0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16          0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16be        0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16le        0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16           0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16be         0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16le         0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-# define sqlite3_complete 0
-# define sqlite3_complete16 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype        0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-# define sqlite3_create_module 0
-# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
-# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
-# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0
-# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-# define sqlite3_profile       0
-# define sqlite3_trace         0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-# define sqlite3_free_table    0
-# define sqlite3_get_table     0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  0
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes     0
-#define sqlite3_blob_close     0
-#define sqlite3_blob_open      0
-#define sqlite3_blob_read      0
-#define sqlite3_blob_write     0
-#define sqlite3_blob_reopen    0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
-** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
-** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
-** library.
-**
-** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
-** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
-**
-** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
-** intend to use is supported by the library.  Extensions should
-** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
-** not NULL before calling it.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
-  sqlite3_aggregate_context,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_aggregate_count,
-#else
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_bind_blob,
-  sqlite3_bind_double,
-  sqlite3_bind_int,
-  sqlite3_bind_int64,
-  sqlite3_bind_null,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
-  sqlite3_bind_text,
-  sqlite3_bind_text16,
-  sqlite3_bind_value,
-  sqlite3_busy_handler,
-  sqlite3_busy_timeout,
-  sqlite3_changes,
-  sqlite3_close,
-  sqlite3_collation_needed,
-  sqlite3_collation_needed16,
-  sqlite3_column_blob,
-  sqlite3_column_bytes,
-  sqlite3_column_bytes16,
-  sqlite3_column_count,
-  sqlite3_column_database_name,
-  sqlite3_column_database_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_decltype,
-  sqlite3_column_decltype16,
-  sqlite3_column_double,
-  sqlite3_column_int,
-  sqlite3_column_int64,
-  sqlite3_column_name,
-  sqlite3_column_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_origin_name,
-  sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_table_name,
-  sqlite3_column_table_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_text,
-  sqlite3_column_text16,
-  sqlite3_column_type,
-  sqlite3_column_value,
-  sqlite3_commit_hook,
-  sqlite3_complete,
-  sqlite3_complete16,
-  sqlite3_create_collation,
-  sqlite3_create_collation16,
-  sqlite3_create_function,
-  sqlite3_create_function16,
-  sqlite3_create_module,
-  sqlite3_data_count,
-  sqlite3_db_handle,
-  sqlite3_declare_vtab,
-  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
-  sqlite3_errcode,
-  sqlite3_errmsg,
-  sqlite3_errmsg16,
-  sqlite3_exec,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_expired,
-#else
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_finalize,
-  sqlite3_free,
-  sqlite3_free_table,
-  sqlite3_get_autocommit,
-  sqlite3_get_auxdata,
-  sqlite3_get_table,
-  0,     /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
-  sqlite3_interrupt,
-  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
-  sqlite3_libversion,
-  sqlite3_libversion_number,
-  sqlite3_malloc,
-  sqlite3_mprintf,
-  sqlite3_open,
-  sqlite3_open16,
-  sqlite3_prepare,
-  sqlite3_prepare16,
-  sqlite3_profile,
-  sqlite3_progress_handler,
-  sqlite3_realloc,
-  sqlite3_reset,
-  sqlite3_result_blob,
-  sqlite3_result_double,
-  sqlite3_result_error,
-  sqlite3_result_error16,
-  sqlite3_result_int,
-  sqlite3_result_int64,
-  sqlite3_result_null,
-  sqlite3_result_text,
-  sqlite3_result_text16,
-  sqlite3_result_text16be,
-  sqlite3_result_text16le,
-  sqlite3_result_value,
-  sqlite3_rollback_hook,
-  sqlite3_set_authorizer,
-  sqlite3_set_auxdata,
-  sqlite3_snprintf,
-  sqlite3_step,
-  sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
-#else
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_total_changes,
-  sqlite3_trace,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
-#else
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_update_hook,
-  sqlite3_user_data,
-  sqlite3_value_blob,
-  sqlite3_value_bytes,
-  sqlite3_value_bytes16,
-  sqlite3_value_double,
-  sqlite3_value_int,
-  sqlite3_value_int64,
-  sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
-  sqlite3_value_text,
-  sqlite3_value_text16,
-  sqlite3_value_text16be,
-  sqlite3_value_text16le,
-  sqlite3_value_type,
-  sqlite3_vmprintf,
-  /*
-  ** The original API set ends here.  All extensions can call any
-  ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL.  But
-  ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
-  ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
-  ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
-  *************************************************************************
-  */
-  sqlite3_overload_function,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added after 3.3.13
-  */
-  sqlite3_prepare_v2,
-  sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
-  sqlite3_clear_bindings,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.4.1
-  */
-  sqlite3_create_module_v2,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.5.0
-  */
-  sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
-  sqlite3_blob_bytes,
-  sqlite3_blob_close,
-  sqlite3_blob_open,
-  sqlite3_blob_read,
-  sqlite3_blob_write,
-  sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
-  sqlite3_file_control,
-  sqlite3_memory_highwater,
-  sqlite3_memory_used,
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-  0, 
-  0, 
-  0,
-  0,
-  0,
-#else
-  sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter,
-  sqlite3_mutex_free,
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave,
-  sqlite3_mutex_try,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_open_v2,
-  sqlite3_release_memory,
-  sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
-  sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
-  sqlite3_sleep,
-  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
-  sqlite3_vfs_find,
-  sqlite3_vfs_register,
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.5.8
-  */
-  sqlite3_threadsafe,
-  sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
-  sqlite3_result_error_code,
-  sqlite3_test_control,
-  sqlite3_randomness,
-  sqlite3_context_db_handle,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.6.0
-  */
-  sqlite3_extended_result_codes,
-  sqlite3_limit,
-  sqlite3_next_stmt,
-  sqlite3_sql,
-  sqlite3_status,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.7.4
-  */
-  sqlite3_backup_finish,
-  sqlite3_backup_init,
-  sqlite3_backup_pagecount,
-  sqlite3_backup_remaining,
-  sqlite3_backup_step,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-  sqlite3_compileoption_get,
-  sqlite3_compileoption_used,
-#else
-  0,
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_create_function_v2,
-  sqlite3_db_config,
-  sqlite3_db_mutex,
-  sqlite3_db_status,
-  sqlite3_extended_errcode,
-  sqlite3_log,
-  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64,
-  sqlite3_sourceid,
-  sqlite3_stmt_status,
-  sqlite3_strnicmp,
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-  sqlite3_unlock_notify,
-#else
-  0,
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint,
-  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint,
-  sqlite3_wal_hook,
-#else
-  0,
-  0,
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_blob_reopen,
-  sqlite3_vtab_config,
-  sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict,
-  sqlite3_close_v2,
-  sqlite3_db_filename,
-  sqlite3_db_readonly,
-  sqlite3_db_release_memory,
-  sqlite3_errstr,
-  sqlite3_stmt_busy,
-  sqlite3_stmt_readonly,
-  sqlite3_stricmp,
-  sqlite3_uri_boolean,
-  sqlite3_uri_int64,
-  sqlite3_uri_parameter,
-  sqlite3_vsnprintf,
-  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2,
-  /* Version 3.8.7 and later */
-  sqlite3_auto_extension,
-  sqlite3_bind_blob64,
-  sqlite3_bind_text64,
-  sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension,
-  sqlite3_load_extension,
-  sqlite3_malloc64,
-  sqlite3_msize,
-  sqlite3_realloc64,
-  sqlite3_reset_auto_extension,
-  sqlite3_result_blob64,
-  sqlite3_result_text64,
-  sqlite3_strglob,
-  /* Version 3.8.11 and later */
-  (sqlite3_value*(*)(const sqlite3_value*))sqlite3_value_dup,
-  sqlite3_value_free,
-  sqlite3_result_zeroblob64,
-  sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64,
-  /* Version 3.9.0 and later */
-  sqlite3_value_subtype,
-  sqlite3_result_subtype
-};
-
-/*
-** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
-** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
-** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
-** of the default name is recommended.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
-**
-** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
-** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
-** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
-*/
-static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
-  void *handle;
-  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  char *zErrmsg = 0;
-  const char *zEntry;
-  char *zAltEntry = 0;
-  void **aHandle;
-  u64 nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
-  int ii;
-
-  /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */
-  static const char *azEndings[] = {
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-     "dll"   
-#elif defined(__APPLE__)
-     "dylib"
-#else
-     "so"
-#endif
-  };
-
-
-  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
-
-  /* Ticket #1863.  To avoid a creating security problems for older
-  ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
-  ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default.  One
-  ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
-  ** loading.  Otherwise you get the following error.
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
-    }
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init";
-
-  handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  for(ii=0; ii<ArraySize(azEndings) && handle==0; ii++){
-    char *zAltFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%s", zFile, azEndings[ii]);
-    if( zAltFile==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zAltFile);
-    sqlite3_free(zAltFile);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( handle==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg);
-      if( zErrmsg ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, 
-            "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
-        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
-      }
-    }
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
-                   sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry);
-
-  /* If no entry point was specified and the default legacy
-  ** entry point name "sqlite3_extension_init" was not found, then
-  ** construct an entry point name "sqlite3_X_init" where the X is
-  ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic 
-  ** character in the filename after the last "/" upto the first ".",
-  ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib".  
-  ** Examples:
-  **
-  **    /usr/local/lib/libExample5.4.3.so ==>  sqlite3_example_init
-  **    C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll              ==>  sqlite3_mathfuncs_init
-  */
-  if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){
-    int iFile, iEntry, c;
-    int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
-    zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc64(ncFile+30);
-    if( zAltEntry==0 ){
-      sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8);
-    for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){}
-    iFile++;
-    if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3;
-    for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){
-      if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){
-        zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c];
-      }
-    }
-    memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6);
-    zEntry = zAltEntry;
-    xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
-                     sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry);
-  }
-  if( xInit==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry);
-      *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg);
-      if( zErrmsg ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
-            "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile);
-        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
-    sqlite3_free(zAltEntry);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zAltEntry);
-  if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
-    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
-  aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1));
-  if( aHandle==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( db->nExtension>0 ){
-    memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
-  db->aExtension = aHandle;
-
-  db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-int sqlite3_load_extension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
-** to clean up loaded extensions
-*/
-void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
-    sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
-}
-
-/*
-** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
-** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
-*/
-int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( onoff ){
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
-  }else{
-    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-
-/*
-** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension
-** loading is supported.  We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that
-** code if regular extension loading is not available.  This is that
-** dummy pointer.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
-** extensions.
-**
-** This list is shared across threads.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
-  u32 nExt;              /* Number of entries in aExt[] */          
-  void (**aExt)(void);   /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
-} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
-
-/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
-** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdAutoextInit \
-  sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext)
-# define wsdAutoext x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdAutoextInit
-# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
-** loaded by every new database connection.
-*/
-int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    u32 i;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-    wsdAutoextInit;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){
-      if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
-    }
-    if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){
-      u64 nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]);
-      void (**aNew)(void);
-      aNew = sqlite3_realloc64(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte);
-      if( aNew==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew;
-        wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit;
-        wsdAutoext.nExt++;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-    assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
-    return rc;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Cancel a prior call to sqlite3_auto_extension.  Remove xInit from the
-** set of routines that is invoked for each new database connection, if it
-** is currently on the list.  If xInit is not on the list, then this
-** routine is a no-op.
-**
-** Return 1 if xInit was found on the list and removed.  Return 0 if xInit
-** was not on the list.
-*/
-int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-  int i;
-  int n = 0;
-  wsdAutoextInit;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  for(i=(int)wsdAutoext.nExt-1; i>=0; i--){
-    if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){
-      wsdAutoext.nExt--;
-      wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt];
-      n++;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
-*/
-void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK )
-#endif
-  {
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-    wsdAutoextInit;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt);
-    wsdAutoext.aExt = 0;
-    wsdAutoext.nExt = 0;
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Load all automatic extensions.
-**
-** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection.
-*/
-void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
-  u32 i;
-  int go = 1;
-  int rc;
-  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-
-  wsdAutoextInit;
-  if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){
-    /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
-    return;
-  }
-  for(i=0; go; i++){
-    char *zErrmsg;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
-      xInit = 0;
-      go = 0;
-    }else{
-      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
-              wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-    zErrmsg = 0;
-    if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc,
-            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
-      go = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
-  }
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/main.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/main.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ef2fa66ec3a..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/main.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3813 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-# include "fts3.h"
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-# include "rtree.h"
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-# include "sqliteicu.h"
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
-int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3*);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
-int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3*);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant
-** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. 
-*/
-const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
-#endif
-
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns
-** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. 
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
-
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a
-** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
-** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. 
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
-
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function
-** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER.
-*/
-int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
-
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns
-** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to
-** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
-
-/*
-** When compiling the test fixture or with debugging enabled (on Win32),
-** this variable being set to non-zero will cause OSTRACE macros to emit
-** extra diagnostic information.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
-# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
-#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
-# endif
-  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-/*
-** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
-** I/O active are written using this function.  These messages
-** are intended for debugging activity only.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
-** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
-** temporary files.
-**
-** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
-*/
-char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-
-/*
-** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
-** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
-** all database files specified with a relative pathname.
-**
-** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command.
-*/
-char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
-
-/*
-** Initialize SQLite.  
-**
-** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
-** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
-** SQLite.  But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
-** sqlite3_open().  
-**
-** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
-** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
-**
-** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
-** completion.  If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
-** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
-** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
-**
-** The first thread might call this routine recursively.  Recursive
-** calls to this routine should not block, of course.  Otherwise the
-** initialization process would never complete.
-**
-** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine.  Let Y be some other
-** thread.  Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
-** incomplete, it is required that:
-**
-**    *  Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
-**       call by X completes.
-**
-**    *  Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
-**       without blocking.
-*/
-int sqlite3_initialize(void){
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )       /* The main static mutex */
-  int rc;                                      /* Result code */
-#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
-  int bRunExtraInit = 0;                       /* Extra initialization needed */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the following assert() fails on some obscure processor/compiler
-  ** combination, the work-around is to set the correct pointer
-  ** size at compile-time using -DSQLITE_PTRSIZE=n compile-time option */
-  assert( SQLITE_PTRSIZE==sizeof(char*) );
-
-  /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
-  ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op.  But the initialization
-  ** must be complete.  So isInit must not be set until the very end
-  ** of this routine.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized.  If unable to 
-  ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
-  ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
-  ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
-  **
-  ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
-  ** initialization.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
-  ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex.  Note that
-  ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
-  ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
-  ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
-  */
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
-    rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
-    if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex =
-           sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-
-  /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
-  ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
-  ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case.  */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
-  ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
-  ** sqlite3_initialize().  The recursive calls normally come through
-  ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
-  ** recursive calls might also be possible.
-  **
-  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls
-  ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.
-  **
-  ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit
-  ** methods.  The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the
-  ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize().
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
-    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
-    memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
-    sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
-      rc = sqlite3OsInit();
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
-          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
-      bRunExtraInit = 1;
-#endif
-    }
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
-
-  /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
-  ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
-    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
-    sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-
-  /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
-  ** been compiled correctly.  It is important to run this code, but
-  ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
-  ** reason.  So we run it once during initialization.
-  */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
-  if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
-    double y;
-    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
-    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
-    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
-    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
-  }
-#endif
-#endif
-
-  /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
-  ** compile-time option.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
-  if( bRunExtraInit ){
-    int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*);
-    rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize().  Must not be called while
-** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
-** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread.  This
-** routine is not threadsafe.  But it is safe to invoke this routine
-** on when SQLite is already shut down.  If SQLite is already shut down
-** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  int rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN
-    void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void);
-    SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN();
-#endif
-    sqlite3_os_end();
-    sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){
-    sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
-    sqlite3MallocEnd();
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES
-    /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed
-    ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
-    ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these
-    ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the
-    ** heap subsystem was shutdown.  This is only done if the current call to
-    ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown.
-    */
-    sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
-    sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-#endif
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){
-    sqlite3MutexEnd();
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
-** the SQLite library at run-time.
-**
-** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
-** database connections or memory allocations.  This routine is not
-** threadsafe.  Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
-** behavior.
-*/
-int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
-  ** the SQLite library is in use. */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-
-    /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
-    ** compile.
-    */
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0  /* IMP: R-54466-46756 */
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02748-19096 This option sets the threading mode to
-      ** Single-thread. */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;  /* Disable mutex on core */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;  /* Disable mutex on connections */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-20520-54086 */
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14374-42468 This option sets the threading mode to
-      ** Multi-thread. */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;  /* Enable mutex on core */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;  /* Disable mutex on connections */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-59593-21810 */
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41220-51800 This option sets the threading mode to
-      ** Serialized. */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;  /* Enable mutex on core */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;  /* Enable mutex on connections */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-63666-48755 */
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
-      /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-14450-37597 */
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
-      /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
-      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55594-21030 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a
-      ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the
-      ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The argument specifies alternative
-      ** low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of the memory
-      ** allocation routines built into SQLite. */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51213-46414 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a
-      ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the
-      ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The sqlite3_mem_methods structure is
-      ** filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines. */
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
-      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61275-35157 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes
-      ** single argument of type int, interpreted as a boolean, which enables
-      ** or disables the collection of memory allocation statistics. */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08404-60887 There are three arguments to
-      ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: A pointer an 8-byte aligned memory buffer from
-      ** which the scratch allocations will be drawn, the size of each scratch
-      ** allocation (sz), and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-31408-40510 There are three arguments to
-      ** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to 8-byte aligned memory, the size
-      ** of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-39100-27317 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes
-      ** a single parameter which is a pointer to an integer and writes into
-      ** that integer the number of extra bytes per page required for each page
-      ** in SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */
-      *va_arg(ap, int*) = 
-          sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree() +
-          sqlite3HeaderSizePcache() +
-          sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1();
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
-      /* no-op */
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
-      /* now an error */
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63325-48378 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a
-      ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2
-      ** object. This object specifies the interface to a custom page cache
-      ** implementation. */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22035-46182 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a
-      ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2
-      ** object. SQLite copies of the current page cache implementation into
-      ** that object. */
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
-        sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
-      }
-      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2;
-      break;
-    }
-
-/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06626-12911 The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only
-** available if SQLite is compiled with either SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 or
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 and returns SQLITE_ERROR if invoked otherwise. */
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-19854-42126 There are three arguments to
-      ** SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, the
-      ** number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
-      */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
-
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1;
-      }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){
-        /* cap min request size at 2^12 */
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12);
-      }
-
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
-        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49920-60189 If the first pointer (the memory pointer)
-        ** is NULL, then SQLite reverts to using its default memory allocator
-        ** (the system malloc() implementation), undoing any prior invocation of
-        ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC.
-        **
-        ** Setting sqlite3GlobalConfig.m to all zeros will cause malloc to
-        ** revert to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is run
-        */
-        memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
-      }else{
-        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61006-08918 If the memory pointer is not NULL then the
-        ** alternative memory allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites
-        ** memory allocation needs. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
-#endif
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-    
-    /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument.
-    ** The default is NULL.  Logging is disabled if the function pointer is
-    ** NULL.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: {
-      /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
-      ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
-      ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*));
-      */
-      typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55548-33817 The compile-time setting for URI filenames
-    ** can be changed at start-time using the
-    ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,1) or
-    ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,0) configuration calls.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25451-61125 The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single
-      ** argument of type int. If non-zero, then URI handling is globally
-      ** enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling is globally
-      ** disabled. */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-36592-02772 The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
-      ** option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as a
-      ** boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
-      ** full table scans in the query optimizer. */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: {
-      typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58063-38258 SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit
-      ** integer (sqlite3_int64) values that are the default mmap size limit
-      ** (the default setting for PRAGMA mmap_size) and the maximum allowed
-      ** mmap size limit. */
-      sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64);
-      sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64);
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-53367-43190 If either argument to this option is
-      ** negative, then that argument is changed to its compile-time default.
-      **
-      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-34993-45031 The maximum allowed mmap size will be
-      ** silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the
-      ** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-      ** compile-time option.
-      */
-      if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){
-        mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE;
-      }
-      if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE;
-      if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap;
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap;
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap;
-      break;
-    }
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) /* IMP: R-04780-55815 */
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-34926-03360 SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit
-      ** unsigned integer value that specifies the maximum size of the created
-      ** heap. */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPma = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    default: {
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  
-** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
-**
-** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
-** The cnt parameter is the number of slots.  If pStart is NULL the
-** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
-** the lookaside memory.
-*/
-static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
-  void *pStart;
-  if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
-  ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for 
-  ** both at the same time.
-  */
-  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
-    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
-  }
-  /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger
-  ** than a pointer to be useful.
-  */
-  sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);  /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */
-  if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
-  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
-  if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
-    sz = 0;
-    pStart = 0;
-  }else if( pBuf==0 ){
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt );  /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz;
-  }else{
-    pStart = pBuf;
-  }
-  db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
-  db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
-  db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
-  if( pStart ){
-    int i;
-    LookasideSlot *p;
-    assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
-    p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
-    for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
-      p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
-      db->lookaside.pFree = p;
-      p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
-    }
-    db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
-    db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
-  }else{
-    db->lookaside.pStart = db;
-    db->lookaside.pEnd = db;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-    db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE */
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
-*/
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  return db->mutex;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database
-** connection.
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( pBt ){
-      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
-      sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int rc;
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
-      void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */
-      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);       /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */
-      int cnt = va_arg(ap, int);      /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */
-      rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      static const struct {
-        int op;      /* The opcode */
-        u32 mask;    /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */
-      } aFlagOp[] = {
-        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY,    SQLITE_ForeignKeys    },
-        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger  },
-      };
-      unsigned int i;
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
-      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){
-        if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){
-          int onoff = va_arg(ap, int);
-          int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*);
-          int oldFlags = db->flags;
-          if( onoff>0 ){
-            db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask;
-          }else if( onoff==0 ){
-            db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask;
-          }
-          if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){
-            sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-          }
-          if( pRes ){
-            *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0;
-          }
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
-*/
-static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
-  while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
-  return n==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
-** available.
-**
-** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
-** of strings is ignored.  This implements the RTRIM collation.
-*/
-static int binCollFunc(
-  void *padFlag,
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
-  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
-  int rc, n;
-  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-65033-28449 The built-in BINARY collation compares
-  ** strings byte by byte using the memcmp() function from the standard C
-  ** library. */
-  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    if( padFlag
-     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n)
-     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n)
-    ){
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-31624-24737 RTRIM is like BINARY except that extra
-      ** spaces at the end of either string do not change the result. In other
-      ** words, strings will compare equal to one another as long as they
-      ** differ only in the number of spaces at the end.
-      */
-    }else{
-      rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
-**
-** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent
-** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
-** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
-**
-** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
-*/
-static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
-  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
-  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
-      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  if( 0==r ){
-    r = nKey1-nKey2;
-  }
-  return r;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
-*/
-sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  return db->lastRowid;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
-*/
-int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  return db->nChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
-*/
-int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  return db->nTotalChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
-** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
-** at the b-tree/pager level.
-*/
-void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
-  while( db->pSavepoint ){
-    Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
-    db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
-  }
-  db->nSavepoint = 0;
-  db->nStatement = 0;
-  db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except,
-** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple
-** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called
-** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding.
-*/
-static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){
-  FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor;
-  if( pDestructor ){
-    pDestructor->nRef--;
-    if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){
-      pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection
-** db. This is called when db is being closed.
-*/
-static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  int i;
-  HashElem *p;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
-    if( db->aDb[i].pSchema ){
-      for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-        Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p);
-        if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-    Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(p);
-    if( pMod->pEpoTab ){
-      sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pMod->pEpoTab);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects.  
-*/
-static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){
-  int j;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( db->pVdbe ) return 1;
-  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
-    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an existing SQLite database
-*/
-static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){
-  if( !db ){
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63257-11740 Calling sqlite3_close() or
-    ** sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer argument is a harmless no-op. */
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
-  /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */
-  disconnectAllVtab(db);
-
-  /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above
-  ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
-  ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
-  ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
-  ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
-  ** some prepared statements internally.
-  */
-  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
-
-  /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return
-  ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately.
-  */
-  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
-       "statements or unfinished backups");
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
-    /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it.
-  */
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE;
-  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database
-** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and
-** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups.  The sqlite3_close_v2()
-** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are
-** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last
-** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes.
-*/
-int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); }
-int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); }
-
-
-/*
-** Close the mutex on database connection db.
-**
-** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there
-** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and
-** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has
-** finished, then free all resources.
-*/
-void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){
-  HashElem *i;                    /* Hash table iterator */
-  int j;
-
-  /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects
-  ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(),
-  ** then just leave the mutex and return.
-  */
-  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has
-  ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been
-  ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie).  Therefore,
-  ** go ahead and free all resources.
-  */
-
-  /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if
-  ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction
-  ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make
-  ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */
-  sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
-
-  /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
-  sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
-
-  /* Close all database connections */
-  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
-    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
-    if( pDb->pBt ){
-      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-      pDb->pBt = 0;
-      if( j!=1 ){
-        pDb->pSchema = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */
-  if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
-    sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema);
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
-
-  /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */
-  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
-  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
-  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
-
-  /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
-  ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
-  */
-  sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db);
-
-  for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){
-    FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
-    for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
-      pHash = p->pHash;
-      while( p ){
-        functionDestroy(db, p);
-        pNext = p->pNext;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-        p = pNext;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
-    /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
-    for(j=0; j<3; j++){
-      if( pColl[j].xDel ){
-        pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
-    if( pMod->xDestroy ){
-      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
-    }
-    sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pMod);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
-  sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
-  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
-#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-  sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthUser);
-  sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthPW);
-#endif
-
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
-
-  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
-  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
-  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
-  ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
-  ** structure?
-  */
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
-  sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
-  assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 );  /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
-  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
-    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(db);
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback all database files.  If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then
-** any write cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit
-** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further
-** attempts to use that cursor.  Read cursors remain open and valid
-** but are "saved" in case the table pages are moved around.
-*/
-void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){
-  int i;
-  int inTrans = 0;
-  int schemaChange;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-
-  /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). 
-  ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has
-  ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken
-  ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between
-  ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false
-  ** corruption reports in some cases.  */
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  schemaChange = (db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0;
-
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p ){
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
-        inTrans = 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode, !schemaChange);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-
-  /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
-  db->nDeferredCons = 0;
-  db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs;
-
-  /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
-  if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
-    db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code
-** specified in the argument.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME)
-const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){
-  const char *zName = 0;
-  int i, origRc = rc;
-  for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){
-    switch( rc ){
-      case SQLITE_OK:                 zName = "SQLITE_OK";                break;
-      case SQLITE_ERROR:              zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";             break;
-      case SQLITE_INTERNAL:           zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL";          break;
-      case SQLITE_PERM:               zName = "SQLITE_PERM";              break;
-      case SQLITE_ABORT:              zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";             break;
-      case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK:     zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK";    break;
-      case SQLITE_BUSY:               zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";              break;
-      case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY:      zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY";     break;
-      case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT:      zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT";     break;
-      case SQLITE_LOCKED:             zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED";            break;
-      case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break;
-      case SQLITE_NOMEM:              zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";             break;
-      case SQLITE_READONLY:           zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";          break;
-      case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break;
-      case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break;
-      case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break;
-      case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED";  break;
-      case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:          zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";         break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR:              zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";             break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_READ:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ";        break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ:   zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ";  break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE";       break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC";       break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC";   break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE:     zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE";    break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT";       break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK";      break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK";      break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE";      break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM";       break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS";      break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK";        break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE";       break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE";   break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN";     break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE";     break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK";     break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP";      break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK";        break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP";        break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH:     zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH";    break;
-      case SQLITE_CORRUPT:            zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";           break;
-      case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB:       zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB";      break;
-      case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:           zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND";          break;
-      case SQLITE_FULL:               zName = "SQLITE_FULL";              break;
-      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:           zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";          break;
-      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break;
-      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR:     zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR";    break;
-      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break;
-      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break;
-      case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:           zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";          break;
-      case SQLITE_EMPTY:              zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";             break;
-      case SQLITE_SCHEMA:             zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";            break;
-      case SQLITE_TOOBIG:             zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG";            break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT:         zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";        break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE:  zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY";   break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK:   zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK";  break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY";   break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK";   break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB:    zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB";   break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION";     break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID:   zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID";  break;
-      case SQLITE_MISMATCH:           zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";          break;
-      case SQLITE_MISUSE:             zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE";            break;
-      case SQLITE_NOLFS:              zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS";             break;
-      case SQLITE_AUTH:               zName = "SQLITE_AUTH";              break;
-      case SQLITE_FORMAT:             zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT";            break;
-      case SQLITE_RANGE:              zName = "SQLITE_RANGE";             break;
-      case SQLITE_NOTADB:             zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB";            break;
-      case SQLITE_ROW:                zName = "SQLITE_ROW";               break;
-      case SQLITE_NOTICE:             zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE";            break;
-      case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break;
-      case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break;
-      case SQLITE_WARNING:            zName = "SQLITE_WARNING";           break;
-      case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX:  zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break;
-      case SQLITE_DONE:               zName = "SQLITE_DONE";              break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( zName==0 ){
-    static char zBuf[50];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc);
-    zName = zBuf;
-  }
-  return zName;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
-** argument.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
-  static const char* const aMsg[] = {
-    /* SQLITE_OK          */ "not an error",
-    /* SQLITE_ERROR       */ "SQL logic error or missing database",
-    /* SQLITE_INTERNAL    */ 0,
-    /* SQLITE_PERM        */ "access permission denied",
-    /* SQLITE_ABORT       */ "callback requested query abort",
-    /* SQLITE_BUSY        */ "database is locked",
-    /* SQLITE_LOCKED      */ "database table is locked",
-    /* SQLITE_NOMEM       */ "out of memory",
-    /* SQLITE_READONLY    */ "attempt to write a readonly database",
-    /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT   */ "interrupted",
-    /* SQLITE_IOERR       */ "disk I/O error",
-    /* SQLITE_CORRUPT     */ "database disk image is malformed",
-    /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND    */ "unknown operation",
-    /* SQLITE_FULL        */ "database or disk is full",
-    /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN    */ "unable to open database file",
-    /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL    */ "locking protocol",
-    /* SQLITE_EMPTY       */ "table contains no data",
-    /* SQLITE_SCHEMA      */ "database schema has changed",
-    /* SQLITE_TOOBIG      */ "string or blob too big",
-    /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  */ "constraint failed",
-    /* SQLITE_MISMATCH    */ "datatype mismatch",
-    /* SQLITE_MISUSE      */ "library routine called out of sequence",
-    /* SQLITE_NOLFS       */ "large file support is disabled",
-    /* SQLITE_AUTH        */ "authorization denied",
-    /* SQLITE_FORMAT      */ "auxiliary database format error",
-    /* SQLITE_RANGE       */ "bind or column index out of range",
-    /* SQLITE_NOTADB      */ "file is encrypted or is not a database",
-  };
-  const char *zErr = "unknown error";
-  switch( rc ){
-    case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: {
-      zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK";
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      rc &= 0xff;
-      if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<ArraySize(aMsg) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
-        zErr = aMsg[rc];
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return zErr;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
-** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
-** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
-** argument.
-*/
-static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
- void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
- int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
-){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || HAVE_USLEEP
-  static const u8 delays[] =
-     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
-  static const u8 totals[] =
-     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
-# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays)
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
-  int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
-  int delay, prior;
-
-  assert( count>=0 );
-  if( count < NDELAY ){
-    delay = delays[count];
-    prior = totals[count];
-  }else{
-    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
-    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
-  }
-  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
-    delay = timeout - prior;
-    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
-  return 1;
-#else
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
-  int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
-  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
-  return 1;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the given busy handler.
-**
-** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
-** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
-** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
-*/
-int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
-  int rc;
-  if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
-  rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    p->nBusy = -1;
-  }else{
-    p->nBusy++;
-  }
-  return rc; 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument.
-*/
-int sqlite3_busy_handler(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
-  void *pArg
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
-  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
-  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-  db->busyTimeout = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-/*
-** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
-** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
-*/
-void sqlite3_progress_handler(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  int nOps,
-  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
-  void *pArg
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( nOps>0 ){
-    db->xProgress = xProgress;
-    db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps;
-    db->pProgressArg = pArg;
-  }else{
-    db->xProgress = 0;
-    db->nProgressOps = 0;
-    db->pProgressArg = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
-** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  if( ms>0 ){
-    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
-    db->busyTimeout = ms;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
-*/
-void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-  db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
-** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
-** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
-** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. 
-*/
-int sqlite3CreateFunc(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int enc,
-  void *pUserData,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
-  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
-){
-  FuncDef *p;
-  int nName;
-  int extraFlags;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
-      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
-      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
-      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
-      (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
-      (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
-  extraFlags = enc &  SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC;
-  enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY);
-  
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
-  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
-  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
-  **
-  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
-  ** to the hash table.
-  */
-  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
-    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
-    int rc;
-    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags,
-         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags,
-          pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-  }
-#else
-  enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-#endif
-  
-  /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
-  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
-  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
-  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
-  */
-  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
-  if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
-    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
-      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
-        "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
-      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    }
-  }
-
-  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
-  assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is
-  ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */
-  functionDestroy(db, p);
-
-  if( pDestructor ){
-    pDestructor->nRef++;
-  }
-  p->pDestructor = pDestructor;
-  p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags;
-  testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
-  p->xFunc = xFunc;
-  p->xStep = xStep;
-  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
-  p->pUserData = pUserData;
-  p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create new user functions.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunc,
-  int nArg,
-  int enc,
-  void *p,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
-  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep,
-                                    xFinal, 0);
-}
-
-int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunc,
-  int nArg,
-  int enc,
-  void *p,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *)
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  FuncDestructor *pArg = 0;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( xDestroy ){
-    pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor));
-    if( !pArg ){
-      xDestroy(p);
-      goto out;
-    }
-    pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy;
-    pArg->pUserData = p;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg);
-  if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-    xDestroy(p);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg);
-  }
-
- out:
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-int sqlite3_create_function16(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const void *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *p,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *zFunc8;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zFunctionName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
-**
-** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
-** this routine is a no-op.  If the function does not exist, then create
-** a new one that always throws a run-time error.  
-**
-** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
-** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
-** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
-** properly.
-*/
-int sqlite3_overload_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  int nArg
-){
-  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 || nArg<-2 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
-                           0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/*
-** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
-** is returned.  
-**
-** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
-** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
-** SQL statement.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
-  void *pOld;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pTraceArg;
-  db->xTrace = xTrace;
-  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-/*
-** Register a profile function.  The pArg from the previously registered 
-** profile function is returned.  
-**
-** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes.  A non-NULL
-** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
-** each SQL statement that is run.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_profile(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  void *pOld;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pProfileArg;
-  db->xProfile = xProfile;
-  db->pProfileArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-
-/*
-** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits.
-** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
-** rollback.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pOld;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pCommitArg;
-  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
-** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pRet;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
-  db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
-** back by this database connection.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pRet;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
-  db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint().
-** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file
-** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by
-** wal_autocheckpoint()).
-*/ 
-int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(
-  void *pClientData,     /* Argument */
-  sqlite3 *db,           /* Connection */
-  const char *zDb,       /* Database */
-  int nFrame             /* Size of WAL */
-){
-  if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb);
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-/*
-** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint
-** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or
-** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the
-** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely.
-**
-** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
-** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback
-** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
-** configured by this function.
-*/
-int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame);
-#else
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  if( nFrame>0 ){
-    sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame));
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written
-** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Attach the hook to this db handle */
-  int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int),
-  void *pArg                      /* First argument passed to xCallback() */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  void *pRet;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pRet = db->pWalArg;
-  db->xWalCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pWalArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pRet;
-#else
-  return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Checkpoint database zDb.
-*/
-int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
-  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
-  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
-  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#else
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED;  /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-
-  /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */
-  if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1;
-  if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1;
-
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE==0 );
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL==1 );
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART==2 );
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE==3 );
-  if( eMode<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || eMode>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ){
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-03996-12088 The M parameter must be a valid checkpoint
-    ** mode: */
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
-  }
-  if( iDb<0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
-  }else{
-    db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points
-** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are 
-** checkpointed.
-*/
-int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41613-20553 The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
-  ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE,0,0). */
-  return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db,zDb,SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE,0,0);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is
-** not currently open in WAL mode.
-**
-** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this 
-** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If 
-** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is 
-** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex
-** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by
-** this function while the checkpoint is running.
-**
-** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are
-** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately -
-** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases.
-**
-** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
-*/
-int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */
-  int bBusy = 0;                  /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 );
-  assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 );
-
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-    if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
-      pnLog = 0;
-      pnCkpt = 0;
-      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        bBusy = 1;
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-/*
-** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
-** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
-** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
-** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
-** following table describes the relationship between these two values
-** and this functions return value.
-**
-**   SQLITE_TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
-**   -----------------     --------------     ------------------------------
-**   0                     any                file      (return 0)
-**   1                     1                  file      (return 0)
-**   1                     2                  memory    (return 1)
-**   1                     0                  file      (return 0)
-**   2                     1                  file      (return 0)
-**   2                     2                  memory    (return 1)
-**   2                     0                  memory    (return 1)
-**   3                     any                memory    (return 1)
-*/
-int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
-  return ( db->temp_store==2 );
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
-  return ( db->temp_store!=1 );
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
-  return 1;
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
-  return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
-  const char *z;
-  if( !db ){
-    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  }else{
-    testcase( db->pErr==0 );
-    z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
-    assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-    if( z==0 ){
-      z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return z;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
-  static const u16 outOfMem[] = {
-    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0
-  };
-  static const u16 misuse[] = {
-    'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', 
-    'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', 
-    'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', 
-    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 
-    'o', 'f', ' ', 
-    's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0
-  };
-
-  const void *z;
-  if( !db ){
-    return (void *)outOfMem;
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return (void *)misuse;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    z = (void *)outOfMem;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
-    if( z==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode));
-      z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
-    }
-    /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
-    ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
-    ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
-    ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
-    */
-    db->mallocFailed = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return z;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
-** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
-*/
-int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return db->errCode & db->errMask;
-}
-int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return db->errCode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the
-** argument.  For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr()
-** function.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){
-  return sqlite3ErrStr(rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new collating function for database "db".  The name is zName
-** and the encoding is enc.
-*/
-static int createCollation(
-  sqlite3* db,
-  const char *zName, 
-  u8 enc,
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  int enc2;
-  
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
-  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
-  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
-  */
-  enc2 = enc;
-  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 );
-  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED );
-  if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){
-    enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-  }
-  if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
-  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
-  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
-  */
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
-  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
-    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
-      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
-        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-
-    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
-    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
-    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
-    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
-    ** to be called.
-    */ 
-    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
-      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
-        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
-        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
-          if( p->xDel ){
-            p->xDel(p->pUser);
-          }
-          p->xCmp = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
-  if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
-  pColl->pUser = pCtx;
-  pColl->xDel = xDel;
-  pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
-** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
-** #defines in sqlite3.h.
-*/
-static const int aHardLimit[] = {
-  SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
-  SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
-  SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
-  SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
-  SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
-  SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,      /* IMP: R-38091-32352 */
-  SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS,
-};
-
-/*
-** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
-# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
-# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>125
-# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 125
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS<0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>50
-# error SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS must be between 0 and 50
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Change the value of a limit.  Report the old value.
-** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
-** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
-** new limit is negative.
-**
-** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
-** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
-** from forming.
-*/
-int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
-  int oldLimit;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return -1;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME
-  ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor
-  ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to
-  ** "_MAX_".)
-  */
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT);
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]==
-                                               SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]==SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS );
-  assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) );
-
-
-  if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
-  if( newLimit>=0 ){                   /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */
-    if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
-      newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId];  /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */
-    }
-    db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
-  }
-  return oldLimit;                     /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the
-** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database
-** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements.
-**
-** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or
-** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx"
-** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename)
-** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain
-** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in
-** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains 
-** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to
-** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to
-** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the 
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release
-** this buffer.
-**
-** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg
-** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error 
-** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release
-** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free().
-*/
-int sqlite3ParseUri(
-  const char *zDefaultVfs,        /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */
-  const char *zUri,               /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */
-  unsigned int *pFlags,           /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
-  sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs,            /* OUT: VFS to use */ 
-  char **pzFile,                  /* OUT: Filename component of URI */
-  char **pzErrMsg                 /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unsigned int flags = *pFlags;
-  const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs;
-  char *zFile;
-  char c;
-  int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri);
-
-  assert( *pzErrMsg==0 );
-
-  if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI)             /* IMP: R-48725-32206 */
-            || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) /* IMP: R-51689-46548 */
-   && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 /* IMP: R-57884-37496 */
-  ){
-    char *zOpt;
-    int eState;                   /* Parser state when parsing URI */
-    int iIn;                      /* Input character index */
-    int iOut = 0;                 /* Output character index */
-    u64 nByte = nUri+2;           /* Bytes of space to allocate */
-
-    /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen 
-    ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name.  */
-    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
-
-    for(iIn=0; iIn<nUri; iIn++) nByte += (zUri[iIn]=='&');
-    zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
-    if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-    iIn = 5;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY
-    if( strncmp(zUri+5, "///", 3)==0 ){
-      iIn = 7;
-      /* The following condition causes URIs with five leading / characters
-      ** like file://///host/path to be converted into UNCs like //host/path.
-      ** The correct URI for that UNC has only two or four leading / characters
-      ** file://host/path or file:////host/path.  But 5 leading slashes is a 
-      ** common error, we are told, so we handle it as a special case. */
-      if( strncmp(zUri+7, "///", 3)==0 ){ iIn++; }
-    }else if( strncmp(zUri+5, "//localhost/", 12)==0 ){
-      iIn = 16;
-    }
-#else
-    /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */
-    if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){
-      iIn = 7;
-      while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++;
-      if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){
-        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", 
-            iIn-7, &zUri[7]);
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        goto parse_uri_out;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. 
-    ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. 
-    **
-    ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending
-    ** on the parsing context. As follows:
-    **
-    **   0: Parsing file-name.
-    **   1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter.
-    **   2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter.
-    */
-    eState = 0;
-    while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){
-      iIn++;
-      if( c=='%' 
-       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) 
-       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) 
-      ){
-        int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
-        octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);
-
-        assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 );
-        if( octet==0 ){
-          /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this
-          ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
-          ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
-          ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
-          while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' 
-              && (eState!=0 || c!='?')
-              && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
-              && (eState!=2 || c!='&')
-          ){
-            iIn++;
-          }
-          continue;
-        }
-        c = octet;
-      }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){
-        if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){
-          /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */
-          while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++;
-          continue;
-        }
-        if( c=='&' ){
-          zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
-        }else{
-          eState = 2;
-        }
-        c = 0;
-      }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){
-        c = 0;
-        eState = 1;
-      }
-      zFile[iOut++] = c;
-    }
-    if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
-    zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
-    zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
-
-    /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted 
-    ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that
-    ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2()
-    ** method. */
-    zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1];
-    while( zOpt[0] ){
-      int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt);
-      char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1];
-      int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal);
-
-      if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){
-        zVfs = zVal;
-      }else{
-        struct OpenMode {
-          const char *z;
-          int mode;
-        } *aMode = 0;
-        char *zModeType = 0;
-        int mask = 0;
-        int limit = 0;
-
-        if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){
-          static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = {
-            { "shared",  SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE },
-            { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE },
-            { 0, 0 }
-          };
-
-          mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE;
-          aMode = aCacheMode;
-          limit = mask;
-          zModeType = "cache";
-        }
-        if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){
-          static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = {
-            { "ro",  SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
-            { "rw",  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, 
-            { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
-            { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY },
-            { 0, 0 }
-          };
-
-          mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
-                   | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY;
-          aMode = aOpenMode;
-          limit = mask & flags;
-          zModeType = "access";
-        }
-
-        if( aMode ){
-          int i;
-          int mode = 0;
-          for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){
-            const char *z = aMode[i].z;
-            if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){
-              mode = aMode[i].mode;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-          if( mode==0 ){
-            *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal);
-            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-            goto parse_uri_out;
-          }
-          if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){
-            *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s",
-                                        zModeType, zVal);
-            rc = SQLITE_PERM;
-            goto parse_uri_out;
-          }
-          flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode;
-        }
-      }
-
-      zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1];
-    }
-
-  }else{
-    zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nUri+2);
-    if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri);
-    zFile[nUri] = '\0';
-    zFile[nUri+1] = '\0';
-    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
-  }
-
-  *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
-  if( *ppVfs==0 ){
-    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
- parse_uri_out:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(zFile);
-    zFile = 0;
-  }
-  *pFlags = flags;
-  *pzFile = zFile;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
-** is UTF-8 encoded.
-*/
-static int openDatabase(
-  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,        /* OUT: Returned database handle */
-  unsigned int flags,    /* Operational flags */
-  const char *zVfs       /* Name of the VFS to use */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Store allocated handle here */
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int isThreadsafe;               /* True for threadsafe connections */
-  char *zOpen = 0;                /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;              /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  *ppDb = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-
-  /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.  
-  ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used.  If we
-  ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger
-  ** assert() statements in deeper layers.  Sensible combinations
-  ** are:
-  **
-  **  1:  SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
-  **  2:  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
-  **  6:  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
-  */
-  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY  == 0x01 );
-  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 );
-  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE    == 0x04 );
-  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */
-  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */
-  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */
-  if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;  /* IMP: R-65497-44594 */
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
-    isThreadsafe = 0;
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
-    isThreadsafe = 0;
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
-    isThreadsafe = 1;
-  }else{
-    isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
-  }
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
-    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
-  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
-    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
-  }
-
-  /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
-  **
-  ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
-  ** dealt with in the previous code block.  Besides these, the only
-  ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
-  ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE,
-  ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits.  Silently mask
-  ** off all other flags.
-  */
-  flags &=  ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
-             );
-
-  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
-  db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
-  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
-  if( isThreadsafe ){
-    db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-    if( db->mutex==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(db);
-      db = 0;
-      goto opendb_out;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->errMask = 0xff;
-  db->nDb = 2;
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
-  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
-
-  assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
-  memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
-  db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS] = SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS;
-  db->autoCommit = 1;
-  db->nextAutovac = -1;
-  db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
-  db->nextPagesize = 0;
-  db->nMaxSorterMmap = 0x7FFFFFFF;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill
-#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-                 | SQLITE_AutoIndex
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC
-                 | SQLITE_CkptFullFSync
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
-                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
-                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
-                 | SQLITE_RecTriggers
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS
-                 | SQLITE_ForeignKeys
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_REVERSE_UNORDERED_SELECTS)
-                 | SQLITE_ReverseOrder
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
-                 | SQLITE_CellSizeCk
-#endif
-      ;
-  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
-#endif
-
-  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
-  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
-  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
-  **
-  ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-52786-44878 SQLite defines three built-in collating
-  ** functions:
-  */
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all
-  ** strings is BINARY. 
-  */
-  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
-  assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
-
-  /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
-  db->openFlags = flags;
-  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
-    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Open the backend database driver */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
-                        flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
-  if( !db->mallocFailed ) ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
-
-  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
-  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
-  */
-  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
-  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
-  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
-  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
-
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
-  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
-  ** is accessed.
-  */
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
-  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
-
-  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
-  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
-    rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto opendb_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
-  if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-    extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
-    rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
-    rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 /* automatically defined by SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 */
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts5Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
-    rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
-    rc = sqlite3DbstatRegister(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
-    rc = sqlite3Json1Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
-  ** mode.  -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
-  ** mode.  Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
-  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
-  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
-                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
-#endif
-
-  if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc);
-
-  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
-  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
-                        sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
-
-  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);
-
-opendb_out:
-  sqlite3_free(zOpen);
-  if( db ){
-    assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0
-           || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    sqlite3_close(db);
-    db = 0;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
-  }
-  *ppDb = db;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
-    /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */
-    void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc & 0xff;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a new database handle.
-*/
-int sqlite3_open(
-  const char *zFilename, 
-  sqlite3 **ppDb 
-){
-  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
-                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
-}
-int sqlite3_open_v2(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-  int flags,              /* Flags */
-  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
-){
-  return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Open a new database handle.
-*/
-int sqlite3_open16(
-  const void *zFilename, 
-  sqlite3 **ppDb
-){
-  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  int rc;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  *ppDb = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-  if( zFilename==0 ) zFilename = "\000\000";
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( zFilename8 ){
-    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
-                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
-    assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
-      SCHEMA_ENC(*ppDb) = ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-
-  return rc & 0xff;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_collation(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
-  return sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  int rc;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const void *zName,
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char *zName8;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-  if( zName8 ){
-    rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
-*/
-int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  void *pCollNeededArg, 
-  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
-  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
-  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
-*/
-int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  void *pCollNeededArg, 
-  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
-  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
-  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
-** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
-*/
-int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
-** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
-** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
-** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
-*/
-int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  return db->autoCommit;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routines are substitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT,
-** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error
-** constants.  They serve two purposes:
-**
-**   1.  Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger
-**       to detect when version error conditions occurs.
-**
-**   2.  Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
-**       a low-level error is first detected.
-*/
-int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){
-  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT,
-              "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]",
-              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
-  return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-}
-int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){
-  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
-              "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]",
-              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
-  return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-}
-int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){
-  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, 
-              "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]",
-              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
-  return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
-** data for this thread has been deallocated.
-**
-** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
-** no-op.  It is retained for historical compatibility.
-*/
-void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
-** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
-*/
-int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
-  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
-  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
-  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
-  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
-  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
-  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
-  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
-  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-  Table *pTab = 0;
-  Column *pCol = 0;
-  int iCol = 0;
-  char const *zDataType = 0;
-  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
-  int notnull = 0;
-  int primarykey = 0;
-  int autoinc = 0;
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTableName==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the table in question */
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
-  if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
-    pTab = 0;
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Find the column for which info is requested */
-  if( zColumnName==0 ){
-    /* Query for existance of table only */
-  }else{
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
-      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
-      if( HasRowid(pTab) && sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
-        iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-        pCol = iCol>=0 ? &pTab->aCol[iCol] : 0;
-      }else{
-        pTab = 0;
-        goto error_out;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
-  ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
-  ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
-  ** 
-  **     1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" 
-  **        and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. 
-  **
-  **     2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an 
-  **        explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
-  */ 
-  if( pCol ){
-    zDataType = pCol->zType;
-    zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
-    notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
-    primarykey  = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0;
-    autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
-  }else{
-    zDataType = "INTEGER";
-    primarykey = 1;
-  }
-  if( !zCollSeq ){
-    zCollSeq = "BINARY";
-  }
-
-error_out:
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-
-  /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
-  ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
-  ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
-  */
-  if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
-  if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
-  if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
-  if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
-  if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
-        zColumnName);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-*/
-int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-  int rc;
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
-
-  /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() 
-  ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
-  */
-  rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
-*/
-int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
-*/
-int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
-  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  Btree *pBtree;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
-  if( pBtree ){
-    Pager *pPager;
-    sqlite3_file *fd;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
-    assert( pPager!=0 );
-    fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
-    assert( fd!=0 );
-    if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){
-      *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else if( fd->pMethods ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Interface to the testing logic.
-*/
-int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
-  int rc = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(op);
-#else
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-
-    /*
-    ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
-      sqlite3PrngSaveState();
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
-    ** PRNG_SAVE.  If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
-    ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
-      sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state.  The next call
-    ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
-    ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
-      sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
-    **
-    ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size.  The program argument
-    ** is an array of integers that defines the test.  Return -1 on a
-    ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
-    ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
-      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
-      int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
-      rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback)
-    **
-    ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called,
-    ** if xCallback is not NULL.
-    **
-    ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0)
-    ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return
-    ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from
-    ** sqlite3_test_control().
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: {
-      /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
-      ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
-      ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int));
-      */
-      typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t);
-      rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
-    **
-    ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures 
-    ** are benign.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
-      typedef void (*void_function)(void);
-      void_function xBenignBegin;
-      void_function xBenignEnd;
-      xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
-      xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
-      sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
-    **
-    ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
-    ** Make no changes if X==0.  Return the value of the pending byte
-    ** as it existing before this routine was called.
-    **
-    ** IMPORTANT:  Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
-    ** an incompatible database file format.  Changing the PENDING byte
-    ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
-    ** deleterious behavior.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
-      rc = PENDING_BYTE;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-      {
-        unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
-        if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
-      }
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
-    **
-    ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
-    ** assert() was enabled at compile-time.  If X is true and assert()
-    ** is enabled, then the return value is true.  If X is true and
-    ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero.  If X is
-    ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
-    ** process aborts.  If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
-    ** return value is zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: {
-      volatile int x = 0;
-      assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 );
-      rc = x;
-      break;
-    }
-
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
-    **
-    ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
-    ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
-    **
-    ** The return value is ALWAYS(X).  
-    **
-    ** The recommended test is X==2.  If the return value is 2, that means
-    ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
-    ** default setting.  If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
-    ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
-    ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
-    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
-    ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
-    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
-    **
-    ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
-    **
-    **    if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
-    **      // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
-    **    }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
-    **      // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
-    **    }else{
-    **      // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1.  NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
-    **    }
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: {
-      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
-      rc = ALWAYS(x);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER);
-    **
-    ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which
-    ** SQLite is running:
-    **
-    **       1     big-endian,    determined at run-time
-    **      10     little-endian, determined at run-time
-    **  432101     big-endian,    determined at compile-time
-    **  123410     little-endian, determined at compile-time
-    */ 
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: {
-      rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
-    **
-    ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
-    ** connection db.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
-      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
-      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-      sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
-    **
-    ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes.  The 
-    ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled.  For normal
-    ** operation N should be 0.  The idea is that a test program (like the
-    ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
-    ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
-    ** is obtained in every case.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: {
-      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
-      db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
-    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord)
-    **
-    ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the
-    ** number of keywords.  Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0.
-    ** 
-    ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since
-    ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite
-    ** is built using separate source files.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: {
-      const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*);
-      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord);
-      rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0;
-      break;
-    }
-#endif 
-
-    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree);
-    **
-    ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). 
-    ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew.  
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: {
-      void *pFree, **ppNew;
-      int sz;
-      sz = va_arg(ap, int);
-      ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**);
-      pFree = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz);
-      sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff);
-    **
-    ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all
-    ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero,
-    ** undo this setting.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int);
-    **
-    ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well-
-    ** formed and never corrupt.  This flag is clear by default, indicating that
-    ** database files might have arbitrary corruption.  Setting the flag during
-    ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated
-    ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr);
-    **
-    ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context 
-    ** pointer ptr.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-      typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*);
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP, db, nMax); */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP: {
-      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
-      db->nMaxSorterMmap = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT);
-    **
-    ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if
-    ** not.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: {
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, db, dbName, onOff, tnum);
-    **
-    ** This test control is used to create imposter tables.  "db" is a pointer
-    ** to the database connection.  dbName is the database name (ex: "main" or
-    ** "temp") which will receive the imposter.  "onOff" turns imposter mode on
-    ** or off.  "tnum" is the root page of the b-tree to which the imposter
-    ** table should connect.
-    **
-    ** Enable imposter mode only when the schema has already been parsed.  Then
-    ** run a single CREATE TABLE statement to construct the imposter table in
-    ** the parsed schema.  Then turn imposter mode back off again.
-    **
-    ** If onOff==0 and tnum>0 then reset the schema for all databases, causing
-    ** the schema to be reparsed the next time it is needed.  This has the
-    ** effect of erasing all imposter tables.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER: {
-      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-      db->init.iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, va_arg(ap,const char*));
-      db->init.busy = db->init.imposterTable = va_arg(ap,int);
-      db->init.newTnum = va_arg(ap,int);
-      if( db->init.busy==0 && db->init.newTnum>0 ){
-        sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
-** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
-**
-** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
-** method of a VFS implementation.  The zParam argument is the name of the
-** query parameter we seek.  This routine returns the value of the zParam
-** parameter if it exists.  If the parameter does not exist, this routine
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){
-  if( zFilename==0 || zParam==0 ) return 0;
-  zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
-  while( zFilename[0] ){
-    int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam);
-    zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
-    if( x==0 ) return zFilename;
-    zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a boolean value for a query parameter.
-*/
-int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){
-  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
-  bDflt = bDflt!=0;
-  return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(
-  const char *zFilename,    /* Filename as passed to xOpen */
-  const char *zParam,       /* URI parameter sought */
-  sqlite3_int64 bDflt       /* return if parameter is missing */
-){
-  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
-  sqlite3_int64 v;
-  if( z && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &v)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    bDflt = v;
-  }
-  return bDflt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName.  Return NULL if not found.
-*/
-Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    if( db->aDb[i].pBt
-     && (zDbName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDbName, db->aDb[i].zName)==0)
-    ){
-      return db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the filename of the database associated with a database
-** connection.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
-  Btree *pBt;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
-  return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write.  Return -1 if
-** no such database exists.
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
-  Btree *pBt;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return -1;
-  }
-#endif
-  pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
-  return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/malloc.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/malloc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f20eb6e7965..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/malloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,768 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <stdarg.h>
-
-/*
-** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
-** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
-** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
-*/
-int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n);
-#else
-  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine
-  ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with
-  ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
-  return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following object records the location of
-** each unused scratch buffer.
-*/
-typedef struct ScratchFreeslot {
-  struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext;   /* Next unused scratch buffer */
-} ScratchFreeslot;
-
-/*
-** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Mutex to serialize access */
-  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; /* The soft heap limit */
-
-  /*
-  ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory
-  ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation
-  ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of
-  ** unused scratch allocations.
-  */
-  void *pScratchEnd;
-  ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree;
-  u32 nScratchFree;
-
-  /*
-  ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the
-  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting.
-  */
-  int nearlyFull;
-} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-
-#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)
-
-/*
-** Return the memory allocator mutex. sqlite3_status() needs it.
-*/
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void){
-  return mem0.mutex;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Deprecated external interface.  It used to set an alarm callback
-** that was invoked when memory usage grew too large.  Now it is a
-** no-op.
-*/
-int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
-  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
-  void *pArg,
-  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
-){
-  (void)xCallback;
-  (void)pArg;
-  (void)iThreshold;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or 
-** negative value indicates no limit.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){
-  sqlite3_int64 priorLimit;
-  sqlite3_int64 excess;
-  sqlite3_int64 nUsed;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return -1;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-  priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold;
-  if( n<0 ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-    return priorLimit;
-  }
-  mem0.alarmThreshold = n;
-  nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
-  mem0.nearlyFull = (n>0 && n<=nUsed);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
-  if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff));
-  return priorLimit;
-}
-void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
-  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
-  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
-  int rc;
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
-    sqlite3MemSetDefault();
-  }
-  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-    mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
-      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){
-    int i, n, sz;
-    ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
-    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch);
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz;
-    pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch;
-    n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
-    mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
-    mem0.nScratchFree = n;
-    for(i=0; i<n-1; i++){
-      pSlot->pNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot);
-      pSlot = pSlot->pNext;
-    }
-    pSlot->pNext = 0;
-    mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1];
-  }else{
-    mem0.pScratchEnd = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512
-      || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<=0 ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other
-** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by
-** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit().
-*/
-int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){
-  return mem0.nearlyFull;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
-  }
-  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
-  sqlite3_int64 res, mx;
-  sqlite3_status64(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &res, &mx, 0);
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
-** checked out since either the beginning of this process
-** or since the most recent reset.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
-  sqlite3_int64 res, mx;
-  sqlite3_status64(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &res, &mx, resetFlag);
-  return mx;
-}
-
-/*
-** Trigger the alarm 
-*/
-static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
-  if( mem0.alarmThreshold<=0 ) return;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms.  Assume the
-** lock is already held.
-*/
-static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
-  int nFull;
-  void *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
-  nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n);
-  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
-  if( mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){
-    sqlite3_int64 nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
-    if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){
-      mem0.nearlyFull = 1;
-      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
-    }else{
-      mem0.nearlyFull = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  if( p==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){
-    sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
-    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( p ){
-    nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-    sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
-    sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
-  }
-  *pp = p;
-  return nFull;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
-** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
-*/
-void *sqlite3Malloc(u64 n){
-  void *p;
-  if( n==0 || n>=0x7fffff00 ){
-    /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
-    ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
-    ** xMalloc().  Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
-    ** 255 bytes of overhead.  SQLite itself will never use anything near
-    ** this amount.  The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */
-    p = 0;
-  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    mallocWithAlarm((int)n, &p);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc((int)n);
-  }
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );  /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
-** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
-** allocation.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  return n<=0 ? 0 : sqlite3Malloc(n);
-}
-void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64 n){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
-** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
-** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
-** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
-** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
-** for situations where the memory might be held long-term.  This
-** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
-** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
-** embedded processor.
-*/
-void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
-  void *p;
-  assert( n>0 );
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
-  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
-    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
-    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
-    mem0.nScratchFree--;
-    sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-    p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat && p ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-      sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, sqlite3MallocSize(p));
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-    }
-    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );
-
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12970-05880 SQLite will not use more than one scratch
-  ** buffers per thread.
-  **
-  ** This can only be checked in single-threaded mode.
-  */
-  assert( scratchAllocOut==0 );
-  if( p ) scratchAllocOut++;
-#endif
-
-  return p;
-}
-void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
-  if( p ){
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-    /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread
-    ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
-    ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
-    ** would be much more complicated.) */
-    assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 );
-    scratchAllocOut--;
-#endif
-
-    if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && p<mem0.pScratchEnd ){
-      /* Release memory from the SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH allocation */
-      ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
-      pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)p;
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-      pSlot->pNext = mem0.pScratchFree;
-      mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
-      mem0.nScratchFree++;
-      assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
-      sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-    }else{
-      /* Release memory back to the heap */
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
-      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-        sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, iSize);
-        sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, iSize);
-        sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
-static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-  return p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
-}
-#else
-#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
-** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
-}
-int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-  if( db==0 || !isLookaside(db,p) ){
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( db==0 ){
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-    }else{
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
-    }
-#endif
-    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
-  }else{
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-    return db->lookaside.sz;
-  }
-}
-sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void *p){
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  return (sqlite3_uint64)sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
-*/
-void sqlite3_free(void *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;  /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, sqlite3MallocSize(p));
-    sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add the size of memory allocation "p" to the count in
-** *db->pnBytesFreed.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void measureAllocationSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-  *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db,p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
-** connection.
-*/
-void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( db ){
-    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
-      measureAllocationSize(db, p);
-      return;
-    }
-    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
-      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
-      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
-#endif
-      pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
-      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
-      db->lookaside.nOut--;
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
-  assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
-  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
-*/
-void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, u64 nBytes){
-  int nOld, nNew, nDiff;
-  void *pNew;
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  if( pOld==0 ){
-    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-04300-56712 */
-  }
-  if( nBytes==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
-    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
-  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
-  ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
-  ** xRoundup. */
-  nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup((int)nBytes);
-  if( nOld==nNew ){
-    pNew = pOld;
-  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes);
-    nDiff = nNew - nOld;
-    if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= 
-          mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
-      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
-    }
-    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
-    if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){
-      sqlite3MallocAlarm((int)nBytes);
-      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
-    }
-    if( pNew ){
-      nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
-      sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
-  }
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
-** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  if( n<0 ) n = 0;  /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */
-  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
-}
-void *sqlite3_realloc64(void *pOld, sqlite3_uint64 n){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate and zero memory.
-*/ 
-void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){
-  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
-  if( p ){
-    memset(p, 0, (size_t)n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
-** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
-*/
-void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
-  void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-  if( p ){
-    memset(p, 0, (size_t)n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
-** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
-**
-** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc
-** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0.
-** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts
-** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset.
-** This is an important assumption.  There are many places in the
-** code that do things like this:
-**
-**         int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
-**         int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
-**         if( b ) a[10] = 9;
-**
-** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
-** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
-*/
-void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
-  void *p;
-  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
-  if( db ){
-    LookasideSlot *pBuf;
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){
-      if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){
-        db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
-      }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){
-        db->lookaside.anStat[2]++;
-      }else{
-        db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
-        db->lookaside.nOut++;
-        db->lookaside.anStat[0]++;
-        if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
-          db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
-        }
-        return (void*)pBuf;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
-  if( !p && db ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, 
-         (db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
-** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
-*/
-void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){
-  void *pNew = 0;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-    if( p==0 ){
-      return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-    }
-    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
-      if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){
-        return p;
-      }
-      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-      if( pNew ){
-        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-      }
-    }else{
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
-      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-      pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p, n);
-      if( !pNew ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew,
-            (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
-    }
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to reallocate p.  If the reallocation fails, then free p
-** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
-*/
-void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){
-  void *pNew;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
-  if( !pNew ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These 
-** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
-** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
-** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
-** ThreadData structure.
-*/
-char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
-  char *zNew;
-  size_t n;
-  if( z==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1;
-  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
-  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
-  if( zNew ){
-    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
-  }
-  return zNew;
-}
-char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){
-  char *zNew;
-  if( z==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
-  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
-  if( zNew ){
-    memcpy(zNew, z, (size_t)n);
-    zNew[n] = 0;
-  }
-  return zNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free any prior content in *pz and replace it with a copy of zNew.
-*/
-void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zNew){
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
-  *pz = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zNew);
-}
-
-/*
-** Take actions at the end of an API call to indicate an OOM error
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiOomError(sqlite3 *db){
-  db->mallocFailed = 0;
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
-** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
-** sqlite3_realloc.
-**
-** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
-** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
-** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
-**
-** If an OOM as occurred, then the connection error-code (the value
-** returned by sqlite3_errcode()) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
-*/
-int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
-  /* If the db handle must hold the connection handle mutex here.
-  ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
-  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
-  */
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-    return apiOomError(db);
-  }
-  return rc & db->errMask;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem0.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem0.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d0b6667d60..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem0.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 October 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
-** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined.  The allocation drivers implemented
-** here always fail.  SQLite will not operate with these drivers.  These
-** are merely placeholders.  Real drivers must be substituted using
-** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
-** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
-** macros.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
-
-/*
-** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
-static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
-static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
-static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
-static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
-static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
-**
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
-*/
-void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
-     sqlite3MemMalloc,
-     sqlite3MemFree,
-     sqlite3MemRealloc,
-     sqlite3MemSize,
-     sqlite3MemRoundup,
-     sqlite3MemInit,
-     sqlite3MemShutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem1.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ec9a4e3a61d..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,295 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 August 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
-** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
-** to obtain the memory it needs.
-**
-** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
-** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.  The content of
-** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined.  The
-** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the
-** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined.  The
-** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this
-** file.
-**
-** C-preprocessor macro summary:
-**
-**    HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE     The configure script sets this symbol if
-**                                the malloc_usable_size() interface exists
-**                                on the target platform.  Or, this symbol
-**                                can be set manually, if desired.
-**                                If an equivalent interface exists by
-**                                a different name, using a separate -D
-**                                option to rename it.
-**
-**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC   Some older macs lack support for the zone
-**                                memory allocator.  Set this symbol to enable
-**                                building on older macs.
-**
-**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE        Set this symbol to disable the use of
-**                                _msize() on windows systems.  This might
-**                                be necessary when compiling for Delphi,
-**                                for example.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
-** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
-** macros.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
-
-/*
-** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the
-** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined.
-*/
-#include <sys/sysctl.h>
-#include <malloc/malloc.h>
-#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
-static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_;
-#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x))
-#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x));
-#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y))
-#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \
-        (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x))
-
-#else /* if not __APPLE__ */
-
-/*
-** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.  
-** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x)             malloc(x)
-#define SQLITE_FREE(x)               free(x)
-#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y)          realloc((x),(y))
-
-/*
-** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function
-** on some systems (e.g. Linux).
-*/
-#if HAVE_MALLOC_H && HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE
-#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H 1
-#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE 1
-/*
-** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize().  The
-** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with
-** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE.  Using the _msize() function also requires
-** the malloc.h header file.
-*/
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE)
-#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H
-#  define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary.  Also set define macro
-** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize()
-** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux).
-** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining
-** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H)
-#  include <malloc.h>
-#  if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE)
-#    if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
-#      define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x)   malloc_usable_size(x)
-#    endif
-#  elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE)
-#    if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
-#      define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE      _msize
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */
-
-#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */
-
-/*
-** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
-** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
-**
-** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
-** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
-** routines.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
-  void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte );
-  if( p==0 ){
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
-  }
-  return p;
-#else
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  assert( nByte>0 );
-  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
-  p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 );
-  if( p ){
-    p[0] = nByte;
-    p++;
-  }else{
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
-  }
-  return (void *)p;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
-** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
-**
-** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
-** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
-** by higher-level routines.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
-  SQLITE_FREE(pPrior);
-#else
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior!=0 );
-  p--;
-  SQLITE_FREE(p);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
-** or xRealloc().
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
-  return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0;
-#else
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
-  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
-  p--;
-  return (int)p[0];
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
-** sqlite3MemMalloc().
-**
-** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
-** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
-** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 because
-** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
-** routines and redirected to xFree.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
-  void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
-      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
-      SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte);
-  }
-  return p;
-#else
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
-  assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
-  p--;
-  p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 );
-  if( p ){
-    p[0] = nByte;
-    p++;
-  }else{
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
-      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
-      sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte);
-  }
-  return (void*)p;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
-  return ROUND8(n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
-  int cpuCount;
-  size_t len;
-  if( _sqliteZone_ ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  len = sizeof(cpuCount);
-  /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */
-  sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0);
-  if( cpuCount>1 ){
-    /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */
-    _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone();
-  }else{
-    /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, 
-    ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */
-    bool success;
-    malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0);
-    malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap");
-    do{
-      success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, 
-                                 (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_);
-    }while(!_sqliteZone_);
-    if( !success ){
-      /* somebody registered a zone first */
-      malloc_destroy_zone(newzone);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
-**
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
-*/
-void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
-     sqlite3MemMalloc,
-     sqlite3MemFree,
-     sqlite3MemRealloc,
-     sqlite3MemSize,
-     sqlite3MemRoundup,
-     sqlite3MemInit,
-     sqlite3MemShutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem2.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem2.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 51ea297c6a1..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem2.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,528 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 August 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
-** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
-** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging
-** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory
-** leaks and memory usage errors.
-**
-** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
-** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the
-** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-
-/*
-** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC
-*/
-#ifdef __GLIBC__
-  extern int backtrace(void**,int);
-  extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
-#else
-# define backtrace(A,B) 1
-# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/*
-** Each memory allocation looks like this:
-**
-**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-**  | Title |  backtrace pointers |  MemBlockHdr |  allocation |  EndGuard |
-**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation.  We have
-** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr.  The
-** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of
-** backtrace pointers.  There is also a guard word at the end of the
-** MemBlockHdr.
-*/
-struct MemBlockHdr {
-  i64 iSize;                          /* Size of this allocation */
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */
-  char nBacktrace;                    /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */
-  char nBacktraceSlots;               /* Available backtrace slots */
-  u8 nTitle;                          /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
-  u8 eType;                           /* Allocation type code */
-  int iForeGuard;                     /* Guard word for sanity */
-};
-
-/*
-** Guard words
-*/
-#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153
-#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53
-
-/*
-** Number of malloc size increments to track.
-*/
-#define NCSIZE  1000
-
-/*
-** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
-** into a single structure named "mem".  This is to keep the
-** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
-** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
-*/
-static struct {
-  
-  /*
-  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-
-  /*
-  ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations
-  */
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
-  
-  /*
-  ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
-  */
-  int nBacktrace;
-  void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **);
-
-  /*
-  ** Title text to insert in front of each block
-  */
-  int nTitle;        /* Bytes of zTitle to save.  Includes '\0' and padding */
-  char zTitle[100];  /* The title text */
-
-  /* 
-  ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
-  ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
-  */
-  int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */
-
-  /*
-  ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations.
-  ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
-  ** bytes.  i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for
-  ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes.
-  */
-  int nAlloc[NCSIZE];      /* Total number of allocations */
-  int nCurrent[NCSIZE];    /* Current number of allocations */
-  int mxCurrent[NCSIZE];   /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */
-
-} mem;
-
-
-/*
-** Adjust memory usage statistics
-*/
-static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){
-  int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8;
-  if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){
-    i = NCSIZE - 1;
-  }
-  if( increment>0 ){
-    mem.nAlloc[i]++;
-    mem.nCurrent[i]++;
-    if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){
-      mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i];
-    }
-  }else{
-    mem.nCurrent[i]--;
-    assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 );
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation.
-**
-** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and
-** if they are incorrect it asserts.
-*/
-static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *p;
-  int *pInt;
-  u8 *pU8;
-  int nReserve;
-
-  p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
-  p--;
-  assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD );
-  nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize);
-  pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
-  pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
-  assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
-  /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
-  ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure 
-  ** they haven't been overwritten.
-  */
-  while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  if( !p ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
-  return (int)pHdr->iSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 );
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
-    ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
-    mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  mem.mutex = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
-  return ROUND8(n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes.  This is used to preset
-** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and
-** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values.
-*/
-static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){
-  unsigned int x, y, r;
-  x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf);
-  y = nByte | 1;
-  while( nByte >= 4 ){
-    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
-    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
-    r = x ^ y;
-    *(int*)pBuf = r;
-    pBuf += 4;
-    nByte -= 4;
-  }
-  while( nByte-- > 0 ){
-    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
-    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
-    r = x ^ y;
-    *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  void **pBt;
-  char *z;
-  int *pInt;
-  void *p = 0;
-  int totalSize;
-  int nReserve;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
-  nReserve = ROUND8(nByte);
-  totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
-               mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
-  p = malloc(totalSize);
-  if( p ){
-    z = p;
-    pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
-    pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
-    pHdr->pNext = 0;
-    pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
-    if( mem.pLast ){
-      mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
-    }else{
-      mem.pFirst = pHdr;
-    }
-    mem.pLast = pHdr;
-    pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
-    pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP;
-    pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
-    pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
-    if( mem.nBacktrace ){
-      void *aAddr[40];
-      pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
-      memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
-      assert(pBt[0]);
-      if( mem.xBacktrace ){
-        mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
-      }
-    }else{
-      pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
-    }
-    if( mem.nTitle ){
-      memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
-    }
-    pHdr->iSize = nByte;
-    adjustStats(nByte, +1);
-    pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
-    pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
-    randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte);
-    memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte);
-    p = (void*)pInt;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-  return p; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  void **pBt;
-  char *z;
-  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 
-       || mem.mutex!=0 );
-  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
-  pBt = (void**)pHdr;
-  pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  if( pHdr->pPrev ){
-    assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr );
-    pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext;
-  }else{
-    assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr );
-    mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext;
-  }
-  if( pHdr->pNext ){
-    assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr );
-    pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev;
-  }else{
-    assert( mem.pLast==pHdr );
-    mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev;
-  }
-  z = (char*)pBt;
-  z -= pHdr->nTitle;
-  adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1);
-  randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
-                (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
-  free(z);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
-**
-** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
-** allocation into a new place in memory.  In this way, if the 
-** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is 
-** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
-** the error.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
-  void *pNew;
-  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
-  assert( (nByte & 7)==0 );     /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
-  pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
-  pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
-  if( pNew ){
-    memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize));
-    if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
-      randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize);
-    }
-    sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
-*/
-void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
-     sqlite3MemMalloc,
-     sqlite3MemFree,
-     sqlite3MemRealloc,
-     sqlite3MemSize,
-     sqlite3MemRoundup,
-     sqlite3MemInit,
-     sqlite3MemShutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the "type" of an allocation.
-*/
-void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
-  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
-    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
-    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
-    pHdr->eType = eType;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the
-** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
-**
-** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
-** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
-**
-**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-*/
-int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
-  int rc = 1;
-  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
-    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
-    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
-    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){
-      rc = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the
-** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
-**
-** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
-** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
-**
-**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
-*/
-int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){
-  int rc = 1;
-  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
-    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
-    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
-    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){
-      rc = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
-** A value of zero turns off backtracing.  The number is always rounded
-** up to a multiple of 2.
-*/
-void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){
-  if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; }
-  if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; }
-  depth = (depth+1)&0xfe;
-  mem.nBacktrace = depth;
-}
-
-void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){
-  mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
-*/
-void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
-  unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
-  memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
-  mem.zTitle[n] = 0;
-  mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-}
-
-void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
-    void **pBt = (void**)pHdr;
-    pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
-    mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
-** allocations into that log.
-*/
-void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
-  FILE *out;
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  void **pBt;
-  int i;
-  out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
-  if( out==0 ){
-    fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
-                    zFilename);
-    return;
-  }
-  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
-    char *z = (char*)pHdr;
-    z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
-    fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", 
-            pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
-    if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
-      fflush(out);
-      pBt = (void**)pHdr;
-      pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
-      backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out));
-      fprintf(out, "\n");
-    }
-  }
-  fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
-  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
-    if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
-      fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", 
-            i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){
-    fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
-             NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1],
-             mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]);
-  }
-  fclose(out);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called.
-*/
-int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
-  int i;
-  int nTotal = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){
-    nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i];
-  }
-  return nTotal;
-}
-
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem3.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a1b791f28f..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,687 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 October 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
-** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
-** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
-** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
-** be changed.
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
-** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not
-** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that
-** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling
-** sqlite3_config().
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-
-/*
-** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk.
-*/
-#define MX_SMALL 10
-
-
-/*
-** Number of freelist hash slots
-*/
-#define N_HASH  61
-
-/*
-** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or 
-** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes.  The first 8 bytes are 
-** a header that is not returned to the user.
-**
-** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
-** free.  The first block has format u.hdr.  u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the
-** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free.
-** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and
-** false if the chunk is on the freelist.  The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit
-** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the
-** previous chunk is free.  The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of
-** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the
-** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then
-** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should
-** not be read or written.
-**
-** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[].  When
-** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of
-** the chunk.  In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1.
-** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent
-** of a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list.  The
-** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
-** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] 
-** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
-**
-** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked 
-** out.  If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
-** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block;
-struct Mem3Block {
-  union {
-    struct {
-      u32 prevSize;   /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */
-      u32 size4x;     /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */
-    } hdr;
-    struct {
-      u32 next;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */
-      u32 prev;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */
-    } list;
-  } u;
-};
-
-/*
-** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
-** into a single structure named "mem3".  This is to keep the
-** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
-** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global {
-  /*
-  ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
-  ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
-  */
-  u32 nPool;
-  Mem3Block *aPool;
-
-  /*
-  ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
-  */
-  int alarmBusy;
-  
-  /*
-  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-  
-  /*
-  ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
-  */
-  u32 mnMaster;
-
-  /*
-  ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk.  Most new allocations
-  ** occur off of this chunk.  szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
-  ** of the current master.  iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
-  ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
-  */
-  u32 iMaster;
-  u32 szMaster;
-
-  /*
-  ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size 
-  ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
-  ** chunks.
-  */
-  u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1];   /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */
-  u32 aiHash[N_HASH];        /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */
-} mem3 = { 97535575 };
-
-#define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3)
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently
-** on.  *pRoot is the list that i is a member of.
-*/
-static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
-  u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
-  u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  if( prev==0 ){
-    *pRoot = next;
-  }else{
-    mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next;
-  }
-  if( next ){
-    mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev;
-  }
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0;
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at index i from 
-** whatever list is currently a member of.
-*/
-static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
-  u32 size, hash;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
-  assert( i>=1 );
-  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
-  assert( size>=2 );
-  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
-    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
-  }else{
-    hash = size % N_HASH;
-    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
-** at *pRoot.
-*/
-static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
-  if( *pRoot ){
-    mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
-  }
-  *pRoot = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate
-** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table.
-*/
-static void memsys3Link(u32 i){
-  u32 size, hash;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( i>=1 );
-  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
-  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
-  assert( size>=2 );
-  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
-    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
-  }else{
-    hash = size % N_HASH;
-    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
-** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
-*/
-static void memsys3Enter(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
-    mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
-}
-static void memsys3Leave(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes.
-*/
-static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
-  if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){
-    mem3.alarmBusy = 1;
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
-    sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
-    mem3.alarmBusy = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its 
-** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the 
-** user portion of the chunk.
-*/
-static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
-  u32 x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( i>=1 );
-  assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
-  assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
-  x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
-  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
-  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
-  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
-  return &mem3.aPool[i];
-}
-
-/*
-** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
-** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the master chunk
-** is not large enough, return 0.
-*/
-static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
-  if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
-    /* Use the entire master */
-    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
-    mem3.iMaster = 0;
-    mem3.szMaster = 0;
-    mem3.mnMaster = 0;
-    return p;
-  }else{
-    /* Split the master block.  Return the tail. */
-    u32 newi, x;
-    newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
-    assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
-    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
-    mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
-    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
-    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-    if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
-      mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
-    }
-    return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
-** or same size hash.  In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
-** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].  
-**
-** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
-** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.  
-**
-** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces 
-** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
-** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
-** linked into the hash tables.  That is not the normal state of
-** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the master
-** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
-** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
-*/
-static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
-  u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){
-    iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
-    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
-    assert( (size&1)==0 );
-    if( (size&2)==0 ){
-      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot);
-      assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
-      prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
-      if( prev==iNext ){
-        iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
-      }
-      memsys3Unlink(prev);
-      size = i + size/4 - prev;
-      x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-      mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
-      memsys3Link(prev);
-      i = prev;
-    }else{
-      size /= 4;
-    }
-    if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
-      mem3.iMaster = i;
-      mem3.szMaster = size;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
-** Return NULL if unable.
-**
-** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
-** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
-*/
-static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
-  u32 i;
-  u32 nBlock;
-  u32 toFree;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
-  if( nByte<=12 ){
-    nBlock = 2;
-  }else{
-    nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8;
-  }
-  assert( nBlock>=2 );
-
-  /* STEP 1:
-  ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small
-  ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table.  This is
-  ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10).
-  */
-  if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){
-    i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
-    if( i>0 ){
-      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
-      return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
-    }
-  }else{
-    int hash = nBlock % N_HASH;
-    for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){
-      if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
-        memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
-        return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* STEP 2:
-  ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
-  ** of the master chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
-  */
-  if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
-    return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
-  }
-
-
-  /* STEP 3:  
-  ** Loop through the entire memory pool.  Coalesce adjacent free
-  ** chunks.  Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
-  ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
-  ** of the end of the master chunk.  This step happens very
-  ** rarely (we hope!)
-  */
-  for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
-    memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
-    if( mem3.iMaster ){
-      memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
-      mem3.iMaster = 0;
-      mem3.szMaster = 0;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
-      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
-      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
-    }
-    if( mem3.szMaster ){
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
-      if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
-        return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
-**
-** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
-** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
-*/
-static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
-  Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
-  int i;
-  u32 size, x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
-  i = p - mem3.aPool;
-  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
-  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 );
-  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
-  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
-  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
-  memsys3Link(i);
-
-  /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
-  if( mem3.iMaster ){
-    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
-      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
-      mem3.iMaster -= size;
-      mem3.szMaster += size;
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
-      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
-    }
-    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
-      mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
-** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
-** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
-*/
-static int memsys3Size(void *p){
-  Mem3Block *pBlock;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
-  assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
-  return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int memsys3Roundup(int n){
-  if( n<=12 ){
-    return 12;
-  }else{
-    return ((n+11)&~7) - 4;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory.
-*/
-static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  assert( nBytes>0 );          /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */
-  memsys3Enter();
-  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-  memsys3Leave();
-  return (void*)p; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-*/
-static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
-  assert( pPrior );
-  memsys3Enter();
-  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  memsys3Leave();
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
-*/
-static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
-  int nOld;
-  void *p;
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
-  }
-  if( nBytes<=0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior);
-  if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){
-    return pPrior;
-  }
-  memsys3Enter();
-  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-  if( p ){
-    if( nOld<nBytes ){
-      memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
-    }else{
-      memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes);
-    }
-    memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  }
-  memsys3Leave();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-*/
-static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */
-  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
-  mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
-  mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
-
-  /* Initialize the master block. */
-  mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
-  mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
-  mem3.iMaster = 1;
-  mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
-  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
-  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  mem3.mutex = 0;
-  return;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
-** allocations into that log.
-*/
-void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  FILE *out;
-  u32 i, j;
-  u32 size;
-  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
-    out = stdout;
-  }else{
-    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
-    if( out==0 ){
-      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
-                      zFilename);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  memsys3Enter();
-  fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n");
-  for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){
-    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
-    if( size/4<=1 ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
-      assert( 0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
-      assert( 0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
-      assert( 0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    if( size&1 ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
-    }else{
-      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
-                  i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
-    if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue;
-    fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i);
-    for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
-      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
-              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
-    }
-    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
-    if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
-    fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i);
-    for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
-      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
-              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
-    }
-    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
-  }
-  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
-  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
-  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
-  if( out==stdout ){
-    fflush(stdout);
-  }else{
-    fclose(out);
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
-** linkage.
-**
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
-** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
-**
-** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
-** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
-*/
-const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = {
-     memsys3Malloc,
-     memsys3Free,
-     memsys3Realloc,
-     memsys3Size,
-     memsys3Roundup,
-     memsys3Init,
-     memsys3Shutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  return &mempoolMethods;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem5.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem5.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1479ddd0d09..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mem5.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,576 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 October 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
-** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
-** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
-** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
-** be changed.
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
-** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
-**
-** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm:
-**
-**   1.  All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
-**
-**   2.  If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
-**       then the two blocks are coalesced into the single larger block.
-**
-**   3.  New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
-**
-** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
-** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
-** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
-** 
-** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
-** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.)  Let M
-** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time.  Let
-** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation.  Robson
-** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to 
-** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
-**
-**      N >=  M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
-**
-** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so
-** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-
-/*
-** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
-** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
-** size of the array is a power of 2.
-**
-** The size of this object must be a power of two.  That fact is
-** verified in memsys5Init().
-*/
-typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
-struct Mem5Link {
-  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
-  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
-};
-
-/*
-** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.szAtom). Since
-** mem5.szAtom is always at least 8 and 32-bit integers are used,
-** it is not actually possible to reach this limit.
-*/
-#define LOGMAX 30
-
-/*
-** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
-*/
-#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block */
-#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */
-
-/*
-** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
-** into a single structure named "mem5".  This is to keep the
-** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
-** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
-  /*
-  ** Memory available for allocation
-  */
-  int szAtom;      /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
-  int nBlock;      /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */
-  u8 *zPool;       /* Memory available to be allocated */
-  
-  /*
-  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-
-  /*
-  ** Performance statistics
-  */
-  u64 nAlloc;         /* Total number of calls to malloc */
-  u64 totalAlloc;     /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */
-  u64 totalExcess;    /* Total internal fragmentation */
-  u32 currentOut;     /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
-  u32 currentCount;   /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
-  u32 maxOut;         /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
-  u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
-  u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
-  
-  /*
-  ** Lists of free blocks.  aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of
-  ** size mem5.szAtom.  aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2.
-  ** and so forth.
-  */
-  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
-
-  /*
-  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
-  ** of each block.  One byte per block.
-  */
-  u8 *aCtrl;
-
-} mem5;
-
-/*
-** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD.
-*/
-#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)
-
-/*
-** Assuming mem5.zPool is divided up into an array of Mem5Link
-** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such link.
-*/
-#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.szAtom]))
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
-** on.  It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
-*/
-static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
-  int next, prev;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
-  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
-  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
-
-  next = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
-  prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev;
-  if( prev<0 ){
-    mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
-  }else{
-    MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next;
-  }
-  if( next>=0 ){
-    MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
-** free list.
-*/
-static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){
-  int x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) );
-  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
-  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
-  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
-
-  x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
-  MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1;
-  if( x>=0 ){
-    assert( x<mem5.nBlock );
-    MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i;
-  }
-  mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
-** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
-*/
-static void memsys5Enter(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
-}
-static void memsys5Leave(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
-** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
-** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
-*/
-static int memsys5Size(void *p){
-  int iSize = 0;
-  if( p ){
-    int i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
-    assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
-    iSize = mem5.szAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
-  }
-  return iSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
-** Return NULL if unable.  Return NULL if nBytes==0.
-**
-** The caller guarantees that nByte is positive.
-**
-** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this
-** routine so there is never any chance that two or more
-** threads can be in this routine at the same time.
-*/
-static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
-  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
-  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
-  int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
-  int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */
-
-  /* nByte must be a positive */
-  assert( nByte>0 );
-
-  /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
-  ** requests are counted */
-  if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
-    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
-  }
-
-  /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest
-  ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers.
-  */
-  if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
-  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}
-
-  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
-  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
-  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
-  */
-  for(iBin=iLogsize; iBin<=LOGMAX && mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0; iBin++){}
-  if( iBin>LOGMAX ){
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin];
-  memsys5Unlink(i, iBin);
-  while( iBin>iLogsize ){
-    int newSize;
-
-    iBin--;
-    newSize = 1 << iBin;
-    mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
-    memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin);
-  }
-  mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
-
-  /* Update allocator performance statistics. */
-  mem5.nAlloc++;
-  mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz;
-  mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
-  mem5.currentCount++;
-  mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
-  if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
-  if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Make sure the allocated memory does not assume that it is set to zero
-  ** or retains a value from a previous allocation */
-  memset(&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom], 0xAA, iFullSz);
-#endif
-
-  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
-  return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom];
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
-*/
-static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
-  u32 size, iLogsize;
-  int iBlock;
-
-  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
-  ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
-  */
-  iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
-
-  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
-  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
-  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.szAtom==0 );
-  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
-
-  iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
-  size = 1<<iLogsize;
-  assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock );
-
-  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
-  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
-  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
-  assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) );
-  mem5.currentCount--;
-  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom;
-  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
-  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );
-
-  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-  while( ALWAYS(iLogsize<LOGMAX) ){
-    int iBuddy;
-    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
-      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
-    }else{
-      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
-    }
-    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
-    if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>mem5.nBlock ) break;
-    if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
-    memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize);
-    iLogsize++;
-    if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
-      iBlock = iBuddy;
-    }else{
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
-    }
-    size *= 2;
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Overwrite freed memory with the 0x55 bit pattern to verify that it is
-  ** not used after being freed */
-  memset(&mem5.zPool[iBlock*mem5.szAtom], 0x55, size);
-#endif
-
-  memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory.
-*/
-static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
-  if( nBytes>0 ){
-    memsys5Enter();
-    p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-    memsys5Leave();
-  }
-  return (void*)p; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-**
-** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
-** being called with pPrior==0.
-*/
-static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
-  assert( pPrior!=0 );
-  memsys5Enter();
-  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  memsys5Leave();  
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
-**
-** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
-** being called with pPrior==0.  
-**
-** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
-** memsys5Round().  Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
-** of two.  If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation
-** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this
-** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior.
-*/
-static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
-  int nOld;
-  void *p;
-  assert( pPrior!=0 );
-  assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 );  /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
-  assert( nBytes>=0 );
-  if( nBytes==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
-  if( nBytes<=nOld ){
-    return pPrior;
-  }
-  memsys5Enter();
-  p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-  if( p ){
-    memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
-    memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  }
-  memsys5Leave();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.  If
-** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system,
-** return 0.
-**
-** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a
-** 32-bit signed integer.  Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000
-** or 1073741824 bytes.
-*/
-static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
-  int iFullSz;
-  if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0;
-  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
-  return iFullSz;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the ceiling of the logarithm base 2 of iValue.
-**
-** Examples:   memsys5Log(1) -> 0
-**             memsys5Log(2) -> 1
-**             memsys5Log(4) -> 2
-**             memsys5Log(5) -> 3
-**             memsys5Log(8) -> 3
-**             memsys5Log(9) -> 4
-*/
-static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
-  int iLog;
-  for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
-  return iLog;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the memory allocator.
-**
-** This routine is not threadsafe.  The caller must be holding a mutex
-** to prevent multiple threads from entering at the same time.
-*/
-static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
-  int ii;            /* Loop counter */
-  int nByte;         /* Number of bytes of memory available to this allocator */
-  u8 *zByte;         /* Memory usable by this allocator */
-  int nMinLog;       /* Log base 2 of minimum allocation size in bytes */
-  int iOffset;       /* An offset into mem5.aCtrl[] */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  /* For the purposes of this routine, disable the mutex */
-  mem5.mutex = 0;
-
-  /* The size of a Mem5Link object must be a power of two.  Verify that
-  ** this is case.
-  */
-  assert( (sizeof(Mem5Link)&(sizeof(Mem5Link)-1))==0 );
-
-  nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
-  zByte = (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
-  assert( zByte!=0 );  /* sqlite3_config() does not allow otherwise */
-
-  /* boundaries on sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq are enforced in sqlite3_config() */
-  nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
-  mem5.szAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
-  while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.szAtom ){
-    mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1;
-  }
-
-  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8)));
-  mem5.zPool = zByte;
-  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom];
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
-    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
-  }
-
-  iOffset = 0;
-  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
-    int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
-    if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
-      mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
-      memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
-      iOffset += nAlloc;
-    }
-    assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
-  }
-
-  /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){
-    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  mem5.mutex = 0;
-  return;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
-** allocations into that log.
-*/
-void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
-  FILE *out;
-  int i, j, n;
-  int nMinLog;
-
-  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
-    out = stdout;
-  }else{
-    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
-    if( out==0 ){
-      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
-                      zFilename);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  memsys5Enter();
-  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom);
-  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
-    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
-    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n);
-  }
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount     = %u\n", mem5.maxCount);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
-  memsys5Leave();
-  if( out==stdout ){
-    fflush(stdout);
-  }else{
-    fclose(out);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
-** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
-** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
-*/
-const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = {
-     memsys5Malloc,
-     memsys5Free,
-     memsys5Realloc,
-     memsys5Size,
-     memsys5Roundup,
-     memsys5Init,
-     memsys5Shutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  return &memsys5Methods;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/memjournal.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/memjournal.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6452cecc379..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/memjournal.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 October 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
-** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
-** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/* Forward references to internal structures */
-typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
-typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
-typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;
-
-/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
-** this many bytes.
-**
-** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two.  That way,
-** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills
-** a power-of-two allocation.  This minimizes wasted space in power-of-two
-** memory allocators.
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*)))
-
-/*
-** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
-*/
-struct FileChunk {
-  FileChunk *pNext;               /* Next chunk in the journal */
-  u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE];   /* Content of this chunk */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
-** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
-*/
-struct FilePoint {
-  sqlite3_int64 iOffset;          /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
-  FileChunk *pChunk;              /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
-};
-
-/*
-** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file.  Each open memory-journal
-** is an instance of this class.
-*/
-struct MemJournal {
-  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
-  FileChunk *pFirst;              /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
-  FilePoint endpoint;             /* Pointer to the end of the file */
-  FilePoint readpoint;            /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
-};
-
-/*
-** Read data from the in-memory journal file.  This is the implementation
-** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method.
-*/
-static int memjrnlRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
-  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
-  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
-  u8 *zOut = zBuf;
-  int nRead = iAmt;
-  int iChunkOffset;
-  FileChunk *pChunk;
-
-  /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */
-  assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset );
-
-  if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
-    sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
-    for(pChunk=p->pFirst; 
-        ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst;
-        pChunk=pChunk->pNext
-    ){
-      iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
-  }
-
-  iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
-  do {
-    int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset;
-    int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset));
-    memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy);
-    zOut += nCopy;
-    nRead -= iSpace;
-    iChunkOffset = 0;
-  } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 );
-  p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt;
-  p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to the file.
-*/
-static int memjrnlWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
-  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
-){
-  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
-  int nWrite = iAmt;
-  u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;
-
-  /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
-  ** access writes are not required by sqlite.
-  */
-  assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst);
-
-  while( nWrite>0 ){
-    FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
-    int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
-    int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset);
-
-    if( iChunkOffset==0 ){
-      /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */
-      FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk));
-      if( !pNew ){
-        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      }
-      pNew->pNext = 0;
-      if( pChunk ){
-        assert( p->pFirst );
-        pChunk->pNext = pNew;
-      }else{
-        assert( !p->pFirst );
-        p->pFirst = pNew;
-      }
-      p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew;
-    }
-
-    memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace);
-    zWrite += iSpace;
-    nWrite -= iSpace;
-    p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate the file.
-*/
-static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
-  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
-  FileChunk *pChunk;
-  assert(size==0);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(size);
-  pChunk = p->pFirst;
-  while( pChunk ){
-    FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk;
-    pChunk = pChunk->pNext;
-    sqlite3_free(pTmp);
-  }
-  sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the file.
-*/
-static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
-  memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Sync the file.
-**
-** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op.  And, in fact, this routine
-** is never called in a working implementation.  This implementation
-** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other
-** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake.
-*/
-static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the size of the file in bytes.
-*/
-static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
-  *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
-*/
-static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
-  1,                /* iVersion */
-  memjrnlClose,     /* xClose */
-  memjrnlRead,      /* xRead */
-  memjrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
-  memjrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
-  memjrnlSync,      /* xSync */
-  memjrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
-  0,                /* xLock */
-  0,                /* xUnlock */
-  0,                /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  0,                /* xFileControl */
-  0,                /* xSectorSize */
-  0,                /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  0,                /* xShmMap */
-  0,                /* xShmLock */
-  0,                /* xShmBarrier */
-  0,                /* xShmUnmap */
-  0,                /* xFetch */
-  0                 /* xUnfetch */
-};
-
-/* 
-** Open a journal file.
-*/
-void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
-  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );
-  memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
-  p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is 
-** an in-memory journal 
-*/
-int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
-  return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor.
-*/
-int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){
-  return sizeof(MemJournal);
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/msvc.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/msvc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 01ebf2b46f1..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/msvc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2015 January 12
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to MSVC.
-*/
-#ifndef _MSVC_H_
-#define _MSVC_H_
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4054)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4055)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4100)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4127)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4130)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4152)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4189)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4206)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4210)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4232)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4244)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4305)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4306)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4702)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4706)
-#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) */
-
-#endif /* _MSVC_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f1bc9767db..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 August 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
-**
-** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
-/*
-** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized
-** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to
-** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0;
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-/*
-** Initialize the mutex system.
-*/
-int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
-    /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
-    ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to 
-    ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
-    ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
-    */
-    sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom;
-    sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
-
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-      pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
-    }else{
-      pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex();
-    }
-    pTo->xMutexInit = pFrom->xMutexInit;
-    pTo->xMutexEnd = pFrom->xMutexEnd;
-    pTo->xMutexFree = pFrom->xMutexFree;
-    pTo->xMutexEnter = pFrom->xMutexEnter;
-    pTo->xMutexTry = pFrom->xMutexTry;
-    pTo->xMutexLeave = pFrom->xMutexLeave;
-    pTo->xMutexHeld = pFrom->xMutexHeld;
-    pTo->xMutexNotheld = pFrom->xMutexNotheld;
-    sqlite3MemoryBarrier();
-    pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit );
-  rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1;
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
-** sqlite3MutexInit().
-*/
-int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
-    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0;
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
-*/
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( id<=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-  if( id>SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3MutexInit() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc );
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
-}
-
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) );
-  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc );
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a dynamic mutex.
-*/
-void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  if( p ){
-    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree );
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block
-** until it can be obtained.
-*/
-void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  if( p ){
-    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter );
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another
-** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY.
-*/
-int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p ){
-    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry );
-    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
-** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex 
-** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
-** this function is a no-op.
-*/
-void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  if( p ){
-    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave );
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use inside assert() statements.
-*/
-int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld );
-  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
-}
-int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld );
-  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 03eb1faadb6..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 August 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
-** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
-** to all source files.  We break it out in an effort to keep the code
-** better organized.
-**
-** NOTE:  source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
-** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
-** include this one indirectly.
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT         No mutex logic.  Not even stubs.  The
-**                             mutexes implementation cannot be overridden
-**                             at start-time.
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications.  No
-**                             mutual exclusion is provided.  But this
-**                             implementation can be overridden at
-**                             start-time.
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS     For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32          For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
-*/
-#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
-#  if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-#  elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-/*
-** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
-*/
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)    
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)    
-#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
-#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X)      ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
-#define sqlite3MutexInit()        SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
-#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)
-#else
-#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)            X
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex_noop.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex_noop.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ecc84b4a94a..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex_noop.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 October 07
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
-**
-** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
-** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
-** that use SQLite in a single thread.  The routines defined
-** here are place-holders.  Applications can substitute working
-** mutex routines at start-time using the
-**
-**     sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...)
-**
-** interface.
-**
-** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted
-** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being
-** called correctly.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Stub routines for all mutex methods.
-**
-** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking.
-*/
-static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ 
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
-  return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; 
-}
-static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
-static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
-static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
-
-sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    noopMutexInit,
-    noopMutexEnd,
-    noopMutexAlloc,
-    noopMutexFree,
-    noopMutexEnter,
-    noopMutexTry,
-    noopMutexLeave,
-
-    0,
-    0,
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing
-** and debugging purposes.  The mutexes still do not provide any
-** mutual exclusion.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The mutex object
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex {
-  int id;     /* The mutex type */
-  int cnt;    /* Number of entries without a matching leave */
-} sqlite3_debug_mutex;
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use inside assert() statements.
-*/
-static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
-}
-static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
-  static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 - 1];
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
-  switch( id ){
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
-      if( pNew ){
-        pNew->id = id;
-        pNew->cnt = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-      if( id-2<0 || id-2>=ArraySize(aStatic) ){
-        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-        return 0;
-      }
-#endif
-      pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
-      pNew->id = id;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
-*/
-static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  assert( p->cnt==0 );
-  if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ){
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
-  p->cnt++;
-}
-static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
-  p->cnt++;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) );
-  p->cnt--;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
-}
-
-sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    debugMutexInit,
-    debugMutexEnd,
-    debugMutexAlloc,
-    debugMutexFree,
-    debugMutexEnter,
-    debugMutexTry,
-    debugMutexLeave,
-
-    debugMutexHeld,
-    debugMutexNotheld
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-/*
-** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation
-** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
-  return sqlite3NoopMutex();
-}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex_unix.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex_unix.c
deleted file mode 100644
index dbdaa225b3e..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex_unix.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 August 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe
-** under unix with pthreads.
-**
-** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that
-** supports recursive mutexes.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-
-#include <pthread.h>
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields
-** are necessary under two condidtions:  (1) Debug builds and (2) using
-** home-grown mutexes.  Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX)
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
-  pthread_mutex_t mutex;     /* Mutex controlling the lock */
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
-  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of entrances */
-  volatile pthread_t owner;  /* Thread that is within this mutex */
-  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
-#endif
-};
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
-#else
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
-** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
-** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
-** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
-** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
-** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
-** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
-** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
-**
-** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
-** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
-** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
-** routines are never called.
-*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
-}
-static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Try to provide a memory barrier operation, needed for initialization
-** and also for the implementation of xShmBarrier in the VFS in cases
-** where SQLite is compiled without mutexes.
-*/
-void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){
-#if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER)
-  SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER;
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4001000
-  __sync_synchronize();
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3
-** </ul>
-**
-** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
-  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
-  };
-  sqlite3_mutex *p;
-  switch( iType ){
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-        /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to
-        ** build our own.  See below. */
-        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
-#else
-        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
-        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
-        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
-        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
-        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
-#endif
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
-      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){
-        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){
-        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-        return 0;
-      }
-#endif
-      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
-  if( p ) p->id = iType;
-#endif
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** mutex that it allocates.
-*/
-static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->nRef==0 );
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE )
-#endif
-  {
-    pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  else{
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
-  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
-  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
-  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
-  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
-  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
-  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
-  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
-  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
-  */
-  {
-    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
-    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
-      p->nRef++;
-    }else{
-      pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
-      assert( p->nRef==0 );
-      p->owner = self;
-      p->nRef = 1;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
-  */
-  pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
-  p->owner = pthread_self();
-  p->nRef++;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->trace ){
-    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  int rc;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
-  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
-  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
-  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
-  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
-  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
-  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
-  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
-  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
-  */
-  {
-    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
-    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
-      p->nRef++;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
-      assert( p->nRef==0 );
-      p->owner = self;
-      p->nRef = 1;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
-  */
-  if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-    p->owner = pthread_self();
-    p->nRef++;
-#endif
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
-    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-  p->nRef--;
-  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
-#endif
-  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  if( p->nRef==0 ){
-    pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
-  }
-#else
-  pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->trace ){
-    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    pthreadMutexInit,
-    pthreadMutexEnd,
-    pthreadMutexAlloc,
-    pthreadMutexFree,
-    pthreadMutexEnter,
-    pthreadMutexTry,
-    pthreadMutexLeave,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    pthreadMutexHeld,
-    pthreadMutexNotheld
-#else
-    0,
-    0
-#endif
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex_w32.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex_w32.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9570bdc0bf4..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/mutex_w32.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,400 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 August 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for Win32.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-#include "os_common.h"
-
-/*
-** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
-*/
-#include "os_win.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
-** on a Win32 system.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-
-/*
-** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
-  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
-  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
-  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
-  volatile int trace;        /* True to trace changes */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** These are the initializer values used when declaring a "static" mutex
-** on Win32.  It should be noted that all mutexes require initialization
-** on the Win32 platform.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, \
-                                    0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
-#else
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
-*/
-static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
-}
-
-static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
-  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
-}
-
-static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
-  return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Try to provide a memory barrier operation, needed for initialization
-** and also for the xShmBarrier method of the VFS in cases when SQLite is
-** compiled without mutexes (SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0).
-*/
-void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){
-#if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER)
-  SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER;
-#elif defined(__GNUC__)
-  __sync_synchronize();
-#elif !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) && \
-      defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300
-  _ReadWriteBarrier();
-#elif defined(MemoryBarrier)
-  MemoryBarrier();
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[] = {
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
-};
-
-static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
-static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */
-
-/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part
-** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the
-** "interlocked" magic used here is probably not strictly necessary.
-*/
-static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE winMutex_lock = 0;
-
-int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void); /* os_win.c */
-void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */
-
-static int winMutexInit(void){
-  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
-  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-      InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
-#else
-      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
-#endif
-    }
-    winMutex_isInit = 1;
-  }else{
-    /* Another thread is (in the process of) initializing the static
-    ** mutexes */
-    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
-      sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int winMutexEnd(void){
-  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown
-  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
-  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
-    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
-        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
-      }
-      winMutex_isInit = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3
-** </ul>
-**
-** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
-  sqlite3_mutex *p;
-
-  switch( iType ){
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){
-        p->id = iType;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_DYNAMIC
-        p->trace = 1;
-#endif
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
-#else
-        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-#endif
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ){
-        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-        return 0;
-      }
-#endif
-      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
-      p->id = iType;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC
-      p->trace = 1;
-#endif
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** mutex that it allocates.
-*/
-static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
-  if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ){
-    DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
-#else
-  assert( p );
-#endif
-  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
-  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
-  p->owner = tid;
-  p->nRef++;
-  if( p->trace ){
-    OSTRACE(("ENTER-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n",
-             tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef));
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
-#endif
-  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
-  /*
-  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
-  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
-  ** fail.
-  **
-  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
-  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
-  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
-  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
-  ** ticket #2685.
-  */
-#if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) && _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400
-  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
-  assert( winMutex_isNt>=-1 && winMutex_isNt<=1 );
-  if( winMutex_isNt<0 ){
-    winMutex_isNt = sqlite3_win32_is_nt();
-  }
-  assert( winMutex_isNt==0 || winMutex_isNt==1 );
-  if( winMutex_isNt && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    p->owner = tid;
-    p->nRef++;
-#endif
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->trace ){
-    OSTRACE(("TRY-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), owner=%lu, nRef=%d, rc=%s\n",
-             tid, p, p->trace, p->owner, p->nRef, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
-#endif
-  assert( p );
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  assert( p->owner==tid );
-  p->nRef--;
-  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
-  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-#endif
-  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
-  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->trace ){
-    OSTRACE(("LEAVE-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n",
-             tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef));
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    winMutexInit,
-    winMutexEnd,
-    winMutexAlloc,
-    winMutexFree,
-    winMutexEnter,
-    winMutexTry,
-    winMutexLeave,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    winMutexHeld,
-    winMutexNotheld
-#else
-    0,
-    0
-#endif
-  };
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/notify.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/notify.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8137226f35d..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/notify.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2009 March 3
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
-** API method and its associated functionality.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "btreeInt.h"
-
-/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-
-/*
-** Public interfaces:
-**
-**   sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
-**   sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
-**   sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
-**   sqlite3_unlock_notify()
-*/
-
-#define assertMutexHeld() \
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
-
-/*
-** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
-** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
-** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
-** mutex is held.
-*/
-static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following 
-** properties of the blocked connections list:
-**
-**   1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either 
-**      pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
-**
-**   2) All entries in the list that share a common value for 
-**      xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
-**
-**   3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
-**      blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
-**      set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
-*/
-static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
-  sqlite3 *p;
-  for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
-    int seen = 0;
-    sqlite3 *p2;
-
-    /* Verify property (1) */
-    assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
-
-    /* Verify property (2) */
-    for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
-      if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
-      assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
-      assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
-      assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
-    }
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define checkListProperties(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
-** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
-*/
-static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
-  sqlite3 **pp;
-  assertMutexHeld();
-  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
-    if( *pp==db ){
-      *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
-** that it is not already a part of the list.
-*/
-static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
-  sqlite3 **pp;
-  assertMutexHeld();
-  for(
-    pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; 
-    *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; 
-    pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
-  );
-  db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
-  *pp = db;
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
-*/
-static void enterMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-  checkListProperties(0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
-*/
-static void leaveMutex(void){
-  assertMutexHeld();
-  checkListProperties(0);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-
-/*
-** Register an unlock-notify callback.
-**
-** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
-** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
-** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
-** cache.  pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
-**
-** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
-** before this routine returns.
-**
-** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
-** a deadlock.
-**
-** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
-** its locks.
-**
-** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
-** on the same "db".  If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
-** cancelled.
-*/
-int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  enterMutex();
-
-  if( xNotify==0 ){
-    removeFromBlockedList(db);
-    db->pBlockingConnection = 0;
-    db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
-    db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
-    db->pUnlockArg = 0;
-  }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
-    /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a 
-    ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
-    ** immediately. 
-    */
-    xNotify(&pArg, 1);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3 *p;
-
-    for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
-    if( p ){
-      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;              /* Deadlock detected. */
-    }else{
-      db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
-      db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
-      db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
-      removeFromBlockedList(db);
-      addToBlockedList(db);
-    }
-  }
-
-  leaveMutex();
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement 
-** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
-** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
-** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
-*/
-void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
-  enterMutex();
-  if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
-    addToBlockedList(db);
-  }
-  db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
-  leaveMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when
-** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held 
-** by database connection db have been released.
-**
-** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
-** list and does the following:
-**
-**   1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
-**      set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
-**
-**   2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
-**      set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
-**      set pUnlockConnection=0.
-**
-**   3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
-**      pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
-**      list.
-*/
-void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
-  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
-  int nArg = 0;                            /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
-  sqlite3 **pp;                            /* Iterator variable */
-  void **aArg;               /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
-  void **aDyn = 0;           /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
-  void *aStatic[16];         /* Starter space for aArg[].  No malloc required */
-
-  aArg = aStatic;
-  enterMutex();         /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
-
-  /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
-  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
-    sqlite3 *p = *pp;
-
-    /* Step 1. */
-    if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
-      p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Step 2. */
-    if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
-      assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
-      if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
-        xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
-        nArg = 0;
-      }
-
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
-      assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
-      if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
-       || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
-      ){
-        /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
-        void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
-        if( pNew ){
-          memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
-          sqlite3_free(aDyn);
-          aDyn = aArg = pNew;
-        }else{
-          /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
-          ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
-          ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to 
-          ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
-          **
-          ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
-          ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
-          ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
-          ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
-          ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
-          ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never 
-          ** arrive.
-          **
-          ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
-          ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
-          ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without 
-          ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
-          ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
-          ** context pointers the application will receive two or more
-          ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
-          ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple 
-          ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
-          ** circumstances.
-          */
-          xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
-          nArg = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
-      aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
-      xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
-      p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
-      p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
-      p->pUnlockArg = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Step 3. */
-    if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
-      /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
-      *pp = p->pNextBlocked;
-      p->pNextBlocked = 0;
-    }else{
-      pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( nArg!=0 ){
-    xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(aDyn);
-  leaveMutex();         /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
-}
-
-/*
-** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is 
-** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
-*/
-void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
-  sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
-  enterMutex();
-  removeFromBlockedList(db);
-  checkListProperties(db);
-  leaveMutex();
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/os.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a2cf13c5ee..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,394 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 November 29
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
-** architectures.
-*/
-#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_
-
-/*
-** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
-** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
-** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
-** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
-** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
-**
-** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure 
-** testing:
-**
-**     sqlite3OsRead()
-**     sqlite3OsWrite()
-**     sqlite3OsSync()
-**     sqlite3OsFileSize()
-**     sqlite3OsLock()
-**     sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock()
-**     sqlite3OsFileControl()
-**     sqlite3OsShmMap()
-**     sqlite3OsOpen()
-**     sqlite3OsDelete()
-**     sqlite3OsAccess()
-**     sqlite3OsFullPathname()
-**
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1;
-  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)                                       \
-  if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x))) {  \
-    void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);                             \
-    if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;                       \
-    sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);                                         \
-  }
-#else
-  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
-** of the sqlite3_file object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
-** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
-** C++ instead of plain old C.
-*/
-int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pId->pMethods ){
-    rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
-    pId->pMethods = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
-}
-int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
-}
-int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
-  return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
-}
-int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
-}
-int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
-}
-int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
-}
-int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
-  return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
-}
-int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail
-** and we need to know about the failures.  Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
-** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not
-** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it
-** is only a hint and can be safely ignored.  The sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
-** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless.
-*/
-int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO ){
-    /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite
-    ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding 
-    ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point 
-    ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM
-    ** but the transaction is committed anyway.
-    **
-    ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(),
-    ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably
-    ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned
-    ** to the user.  */
-    DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  }
-#endif
-  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
-}
-void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
-}
-
-int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
-  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
-}
-int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
-}
-int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){
-  return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags);
-}
-void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){
-  id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id);
-}
-int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){
-  return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag);
-}
-int sqlite3OsShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *id,               /* Database file handle */
-  int iPage,
-  int pgsz,
-  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
-  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */
-){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp);
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */
-int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp);
-}
-int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
-  return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p);
-}
-#else
-/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */
-int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
-  *pp = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
-** VFS methods.
-*/
-int sqlite3OsOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pFlagsOut
-){
-  int rc;
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
-  /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
-  ** down into the VFS layer.  Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
-  ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
-  ** reaching the VFS. */
-  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
-  assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 );
-  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
-}
-int sqlite3OsAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
-  return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
-}
-int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int nPathOut, 
-  char *zPathOut
-){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
-  zPathOut[0] = 0;
-  return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
-  return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
-}
-void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
-  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
-}
-void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
-  return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
-}
-int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){
-  int rc;
-  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64()
-  ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available
-  ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and
-  ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is
-  ** unavailable.
-  */
-  if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){
-    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut);
-  }else{
-    double r;
-    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r);
-    *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zFile, 
-  sqlite3_file **ppFile, 
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  sqlite3_file *pFile;
-  pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile);
-  if( pFile ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_free(pFile);
-    }else{
-      *ppFile = pFile;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pFile );
-  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
-  sqlite3_free(pFile);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of
-** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the
-** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an
-** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested.
-*/
-int sqlite3OsInit(void){
-  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10);
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return sqlite3_os_init();
-}
-
-/*
-** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
-*/
-static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
-#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
-
-/*
-** Locate a VFS by name.  If no name is given, simply return the
-** first VFS on the list.
-*/
-sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return 0;
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
-    if( zVfs==0 ) break;
-    if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return pVfs;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
-*/
-static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
-  if( pVfs==0 ){
-    /* No-op */
-  }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
-    vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
-  }else if( vfsList ){
-    sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
-    while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
-      p = p->pNext;
-    }
-    if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
-      p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a VFS with the system.  It is harmless to register the same
-** VFS multiple times.  The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
-** true.
-*/
-int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
-  MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;)
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( pVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
-  if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
-    pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
-    vfsList = pVfs;
-  }else{
-    pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
-    vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
-  }
-  assert(vfsList);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
-*/
-int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/os.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c1b86f913b..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
-** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
-** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
-**
-** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
-** being included by every source file.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
-#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
-
-/*
-** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the
-** necessary pre-processor macros for it.
-*/
-#include "os_setup.h"
-
-/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
-** a no-op
-*/
-#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
-# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The default size of a disk sector
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
-** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
-** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
-** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
-** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
-** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
-** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
-**
-** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
-** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
-** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
-** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
-** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
-** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
-** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
-** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
-** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
-** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
-** of the file.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
-# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
-** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
-**
-** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
-** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
-**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
-** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
-**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
-**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
-** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
-**
-** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
-** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
-** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
-** sqlite3OsLock().
-*/
-#define NO_LOCK         0
-#define SHARED_LOCK     1
-#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
-#define PENDING_LOCK    3
-#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
-
-/*
-** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
-**
-** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
-** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
-** UnlockFile().
-**
-** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
-** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
-** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
-** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
-** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
-** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
-** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
-** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
-** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
-** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
-**
-** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
-** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
-** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
-** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
-** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
-** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
-** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
-**
-** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
-** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
-** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
-** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
-**
-** The same locking strategy and
-** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possibility of having
-** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
-** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
-** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
-** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
-** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
-**
-** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
-** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
-** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
-** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
-** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
-** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
-** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
-** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
-**
-** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
-** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
-** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
-** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
-** 1GB boundary.
-**
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define PENDING_BYTE     (0x40000000)
-#else
-# define PENDING_BYTE      sqlite3PendingByte
-#endif
-#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
-#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
-#define SHARED_SIZE       510
-
-/*
-** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function.
-*/
-int sqlite3OsInit(void);
-
-/* 
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
-*/
-int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
-int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
-int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
-int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
-int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
-int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
-int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
-int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
-void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
-int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
-int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
-int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **);
-int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int);
-void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id);
-int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int);
-int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **);
-int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *);
-
-
-/* 
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods 
-*/
-int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
-int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
-int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
-int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
-void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
-void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
-void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
-int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
-int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
-
-/*
-** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using 
-** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
-*/
-int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
-int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_common.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_common.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d18b95a5ffa..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_common.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
-**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
-#define _OS_COMMON_H_
-
-/*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
-*/
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-
-/* 
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-#include "hwtime.h"
-
-static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
-static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
-#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
-#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
-int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
-int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
-int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
-int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
-int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
-  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
-       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
-              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
-  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
-  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
-  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
-}
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
-   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
-     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
-       local_ioerr(); \
-       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
-       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
-       CODE; \
-     }else{ \
-       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
-     } \
-   }
-#else
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
-#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_setup.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_setup.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 68de1446ed7..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_setup.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2013 November 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system
-** detection and/or setup.
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_SETUP_H_
-#define _OS_SETUP_H_
-
-/*
-** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating
-** system.
-**
-** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX,
-** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0.  One of
-** the three will be 1.  The other two will be 0.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
-#  if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
-#    undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-#    define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-#    undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#    define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-#  else
-#    undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
-#  endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
-#  define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
-#  ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#    if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \
-        defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#      define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
-#      define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-#    else
-#      define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-#      define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
-#    endif
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-#  endif
-#else
-#  ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#    define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _OS_SETUP_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_unix.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_unix.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cc2074eb276..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_unix.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7569 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems
-** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others.
-**
-** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file.
-** The differences are in the way that file locking is done.  The default
-** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks.  Alternative implementations
-** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply
-** skip locking all together.
-**
-** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various
-** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division.  PLEASE
-** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT.  New code should be placed
-** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled.
-**
-** The layout of divisions is as follows:
-**
-**   *  General-purpose declarations and utility functions.
-**   *  Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks.
-**   *  Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking):
-**      + for Posix Advisory Locks
-**      + for no-op locks
-**      + for dot-file locks
-**      + for flock() locking
-**      + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only)
-**      + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only)
-**   *  sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
-**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
-**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
-**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
-**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
-**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
-**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
-
-/*
-** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
-** control:
-**
-**   1. POSIX locking (the default),
-**   2. No locking,
-**   3. Dot-file locking,
-**   4. flock() locking,
-**   5. AFP locking (OSX only),
-**   6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only),
-**   7. proxy locking. (OSX only)
-**
-** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-** is defined to 1.  The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
-** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
-** where the database is located.  
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
-#  if defined(__APPLE__)
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** standard include files.
-*/
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-# include <sys/ioctl.h>
-# include <sys/file.h>
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && ((__MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050) || \
-                           (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 2000))
-#  if (!defined(TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED) || (TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED==0)) \
-       && (!defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) || (TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR==0))
-#    define HAVE_GETHOSTUUID 1
-#  else
-#    warning "gethostuuid() is disabled."
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-# include <sys/ioctl.h>
-# include <semaphore.h>
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-# include <sys/mount.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
-# include <utime.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS     0x1
-
-/*
-** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
-** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# include <pthread.h>
-# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default permissions when creating a new file
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum supported path-length.
-*/
-#define MAX_PATHNAME 512
-
-/* Always cast the getpid() return type for compatibility with
-** kernel modules in VxWorks. */
-#define osGetpid(X) (pid_t)getpid()
-
-/*
-** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
-** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
-*/
-#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
-
-/* Forward references */
-typedef struct unixShm unixShm;               /* Connection shared memory */
-typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode;       /* Shared memory instance */
-typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo;   /* An i-node */
-typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd;     /* An unused file descriptor */
-
-/*
-** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
-** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following
-** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
-** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
-*/
-struct UnixUnusedFd {
-  int fd;                   /* File descriptor to close */
-  int flags;                /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
-  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;      /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */
-};
-
-/*
-** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
-** VFS implementations.
-*/
-typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
-struct unixFile {
-  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;                  /* The VFS that created this unixFile */
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;              /* Info about locks on this inode */
-  int h;                              /* The file descriptor */
-  unsigned char eFileLock;            /* The type of lock held on this fd */
-  unsigned short int ctrlFlags;       /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
-  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
-  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
-  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
-  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
-  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
-  int szChunk;                        /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  int nFetchOut;                      /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;             /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual;       /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;          /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
-  void *pMapRegion;                   /* Memory mapped region */
-#endif
-#ifdef __QNXNTO__
-  int sectorSize;                     /* Device sector size */
-  int deviceCharacteristics;          /* Precomputed device characteristics */
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
-  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
-#endif
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  struct vxworksFileId *pId;          /* Unique file ID */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
-  ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
-  ** whenever any part of the database changes.  An assertion fault will
-  ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
-  ** counter.  This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
-  ** one described by ticket #3584. 
-  */
-  unsigned char transCntrChng;   /* True if the transaction counter changed */
-  unsigned char dbUpdate;        /* True if any part of database file changed */
-  unsigned char inNormalWrite;   /* True if in a normal write operation */
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
-  ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
-  */
-  char aPadding[32];
-#endif
-};
-
-/* This variable holds the process id (pid) from when the xRandomness()
-** method was called.  If xOpen() is called from a different process id,
-** indicating that a fork() has occurred, the PRNG will be reset.
-*/
-static pid_t randomnessPid = 0;
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
-*/
-#define UNIXFILE_EXCL        0x01     /* Connections from one process only */
-#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY      0x02     /* Connection is read only */
-#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04     /* Persistent WAL mode */
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
-# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x08     /* Directory sync needed */
-#else
-# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x00
-#endif
-#define UNIXFILE_PSOW        0x10     /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
-#define UNIXFILE_DELETE      0x20     /* Delete on close */
-#define UNIXFILE_URI         0x40     /* Filename might have query parameters */
-#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK      0x80     /* Do no file locking */
-#define UNIXFILE_WARNED    0x0100     /* verifyDbFile() warnings issued */
-#define UNIXFILE_BLOCK     0x0200     /* Next SHM lock might block */
-
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-#include "os_common.h"
-
-/*
-** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
-*/
-#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
-# define O_LARGEFILE 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# undef O_LARGEFILE
-# define O_LARGEFILE 0
-#endif
-#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
-# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
-#endif
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0.  Used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-#define threadid pthread_self()
-#else
-#define threadid 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else.
-*/
-#if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP)
-# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-#  define HAVE_MREMAP 1
-# else
-#  define HAVE_MREMAP 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Explicitly call the 64-bit version of lseek() on Android. Otherwise, lseek()
-** is the 32-bit version, even if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined.
-*/
-#ifdef __ANDROID__
-# define lseek lseek64
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways.  Same use
-** open(const char*,int,mode_t).  Others use open(const char*,int,...).
-** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
-**
-** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
-** which always has the same well-defined interface.
-*/
-static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
-  return open(zFile, flags, mode);
-}
-
-/*
-** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security
-** log if they come from non-root processes.  So avoid calling fchown() if
-** we are not running as root.
-*/
-static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  return 0;
-#else
-  return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid);
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static int openDirectory(const char*, int*);
-static int unixGetpagesize(void);
-
-/*
-** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
-** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
-** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
-** to all overrideable system calls.
-*/
-static struct unix_syscall {
-  const char *zName;            /* Name of the system call */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
-} aSyscall[] = {
-  { "open",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen,  0  },
-#define osOpen      ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
-
-  { "close",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close,      0  },
-#define osClose     ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
-
-  { "access",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access,     0  },
-#define osAccess    ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
-
-  { "getcwd",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd,     0  },
-#define osGetcwd    ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
-
-  { "stat",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat,       0  },
-#define osStat      ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
-
-/*
-** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
-** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
-** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
-** DJGPP.  But it is DOS - what did you expect?
-*/
-#ifdef __DJGPP__
-  { "fstat",        0,                 0  },
-#define osFstat(a,b,c)    0
-#else     
-  { "fstat",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat,      0  },
-#define osFstat     ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-  { "ftruncate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate,  0  },
-#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
-
-  { "fcntl",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl,      0  },
-#define osFcntl     ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
-
-  { "read",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read,       0  },
-#define osRead      ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread,      0  },
-#else
-  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
-#endif
-#define osPread     ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
-  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64,    0  },
-#else
-  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
-#endif
-#define osPread64   ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
-
-  { "write",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write,      0  },
-#define osWrite     ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite,     0  },
-#else
-  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
-#endif
-#define osPwrite    ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
-                    aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
-  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64,   0  },
-#else
-  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
-#endif
-#define osPwrite64  ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
-                    aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
-
-  { "fchmod",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod,     0  },
-#define osFchmod    ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
-  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate,  0 },
-#else
-  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,                0 },
-#endif
-#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
-
-  { "unlink",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink,           0 },
-#define osUnlink    ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
-
-  { "openDirectory",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory,      0 },
-#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
-
-  { "mkdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir,           0 },
-#define osMkdir     ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
-
-  { "rmdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir,           0 },
-#define osRmdir     ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
-
-  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixFchown,     0 },
-#define osFchown    ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  { "mmap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap,     0 },
-#define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
-
-  { "munmap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap,          0 },
-#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
-
-#if HAVE_MREMAP
-  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap,          0 },
-#else
-  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
-#endif
-#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
-  { "getpagesize",  (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 },
-#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
-
-#endif
-
-}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
-
-/*
-** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
-** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
-** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
-** system call named zName.
-*/
-static int unixSetSystemCall(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
-  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
-){
-  unsigned int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
-  if( zName==0 ){
-    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
-    ** settings and return NULL
-    */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
-        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
-    ** specified.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
-        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
-          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
-        }
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
-        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
-** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
-** is currently undefined.
-*/
-static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
-  const char *zName
-){
-  unsigned int i;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
-** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
-** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
-** system call.
-*/
-static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
-  int i = -1;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-  if( zName ){
-    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
-      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
-    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid
-** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for 
-** standard input, output, and error.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
-# define SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR 3
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Invoke open().  Do so multiple times, until it either succeeds or
-** fails for some reason other than EINTR.
-**
-** If the file creation mode "m" is 0 then set it to the default for
-** SQLite.  The default is SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS (normally
-** 0644) as modified by the system umask.  If m is not 0, then
-** make the file creation mode be exactly m ignoring the umask.
-**
-** The m parameter will be non-zero only when creating -wal, -journal,
-** and -shm files.  We want those files to have *exactly* the same
-** permissions as their original database, unadulterated by the umask.
-** In that way, if a database file is -rw-rw-rw or -rw-rw-r-, and a
-** transaction crashes and leaves behind hot journals, then any
-** process that is able to write to the database will also be able to
-** recover the hot journals.
-*/
-static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){
-  int fd;
-  mode_t m2 = m ? m : SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS;
-  while(1){
-#if defined(O_CLOEXEC)
-    fd = osOpen(z,f|O_CLOEXEC,m2);
-#else
-    fd = osOpen(z,f,m2);
-#endif
-    if( fd<0 ){
-      if( errno==EINTR ) continue;
-      break;
-    }
-    if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break;
-    osClose(fd);
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, 
-                "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd);
-    fd = -1;
-    if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break;
-  }
-  if( fd>=0 ){
-    if( m!=0 ){
-      struct stat statbuf;
-      if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 
-       && statbuf.st_size==0
-       && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m 
-      ){
-        osFchmod(fd, m);
-      }
-    }
-#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0)
-    osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-  }
-  return fd;
-}
-
-/*
-** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
-** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
-** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be 
-** shared by multiple threads.
-**
-** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
-** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
-** statements. e.g.
-**
-**   unixEnterMutex()
-**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-**   unixEnterLeave()
-*/
-static void unixEnterMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
-}
-static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
-}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
-  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
-/*
-** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
-** binaries. This returns the string representation of the supplied
-** integer lock-type.
-*/
-static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
-  switch( eFileLock ){
-    case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
-    case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
-    case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
-    case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
-    case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
-  }
-  return "ERROR";
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-/*
-** Print out information about all locking operations.
-**
-** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
-** platforms.  Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-** command-line option on the compiler.  This code is normally
-** turned off.
-*/
-static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
-  char *zOpName, *zType;
-  int s;
-  int savedErrno;
-  if( op==F_GETLK ){
-    zOpName = "GETLK";
-  }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
-    zOpName = "SETLK";
-  }else{
-    s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
-    return s;
-  }
-  if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
-    zType = "RDLCK";
-  }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
-    zType = "WRLCK";
-  }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
-    zType = "UNLCK";
-  }else{
-    assert( 0 );
-  }
-  assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
-  s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
-  savedErrno = errno;
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
-     threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
-     (int)p->l_pid, s);
-  if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
-    struct flock l2;
-    l2 = *p;
-    osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
-    if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
-      zType = "RDLCK";
-    }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
-      zType = "WRLCK";
-    }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
-      zType = "UNLCK";
-    }else{
-      assert( 0 );
-    }
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
-       zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
-  }
-  errno = savedErrno;
-  return s;
-}
-#undef osFcntl
-#define osFcntl lockTrace
-#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
-
-/*
-** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
-**
-** All calls to ftruncate() within this file should be made through
-** this wrapper.  On the Android platform, bypassing the logic below
-** could lead to a corrupt database.
-*/
-static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
-  int rc;
-#ifdef __ANDROID__
-  /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if 
-  ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to
-  ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any
-  ** such attempts.  */
-  if( sz>(sqlite3_int64)0x7FFFFFFF ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else
-#endif
-  do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
-** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
-** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
-** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into 
-** SQLITE_IOERR
-** 
-** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
-** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
-*/
-static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
-  switch (posixError) {
-#if 0
-  /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch
-  ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after
-  ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with
-  ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed,
-  ** errno should be non-zero.
-  **
-  ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return
-  ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be
-  ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0
-  ** will be handled by the "default:" case below.
-  */
-  case 0: 
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-  case EAGAIN:
-  case ETIMEDOUT:
-  case EBUSY:
-  case EINTR:
-  case ENOLCK:  
-    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support 
-     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    
-  case EACCES: 
-    /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
-    if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || 
-        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || 
-        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
-        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-    /* else fall through */
-  case EPERM: 
-    return SQLITE_PERM;
-    
-#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
-  case EOPNOTSUPP: 
-    /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support 
-     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
-#endif
-#ifdef ENOTSUP
-  case ENOTSUP: 
-    /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which 
-     * it actually means what it says */
-#endif
-  case EIO:
-  case EBADF:
-  case EINVAL:
-  case ENOTCONN:
-  case ENODEV:
-  case ENXIO:
-  case ENOENT:
-#ifdef ESTALE                     /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */
-  case ESTALE:
-#endif
-  case ENOSYS:
-    /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
-    
-  default: 
-    return sqliteIOErr;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************
-****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
-**
-** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
-** the device number and the inode number.  But this does not work on VxWorks.
-** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
-**
-** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
-** unique file ID in VxWorks.  Each instance of this structure contains
-** a copy of the canonical filename.  There is also a reference count.  
-** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
-** zero.
-**
-** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
-** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
-** structures on a linked list.
-*/
-struct vxworksFileId {
-  struct vxworksFileId *pNext;  /* Next in a list of them all */
-  int nRef;                     /* Number of references to this one */
-  int nName;                    /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */
-  char *zCanonicalName;         /* Canonical filename */
-};
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-/* 
-** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
-** variable:
-*/
-static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0;
-
-/*
-** Simplify a filename into its canonical form
-** by making the following changes:
-**
-**  * removing any trailing and duplicate /
-**  * convert /./ into just /
-**  * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just /
-**
-** Changes are made in-place.  Return the new name length.
-**
-** The original filename is in z[0..n-1].  Return the number of
-** characters in the simplified name.
-*/
-static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){
-  int i, j;
-  while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
-  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
-    if( z[i]=='/' ){
-      if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
-      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){
-        i += 1;
-        continue;
-      }
-      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){
-        while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
-        if( j>0 ){ j--; }
-        i += 2;
-        continue;
-      }
-    }
-    z[j++] = z[i];
-  }
-  z[j] = 0;
-  return j;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname.  Return
-** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object.  This pointer is the unique
-** file ID.
-**
-** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before
-** the object is returned.  A new vxworksFileId object is created
-** and added to the global list if necessary.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL.
-*/
-static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
-  struct vxworksFileId *pNew;         /* search key and new file ID */
-  struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate;   /* For looping over existing file IDs */
-  int n;                              /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */
-
-  assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' );
-  n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName);
-  pNew = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1];
-  memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1);
-  n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n);
-
-  /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name.
-  ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to
-  ** the existing file ID.
-  */
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
-    if( pCandidate->nName==n 
-     && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
-    ){
-       sqlite3_free(pNew);
-       pCandidate->nRef++;
-       unixLeaveMutex();
-       return pCandidate;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* No match was found.  We will make a new file ID */
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-  pNew->nName = n;
-  pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList;
-  vxworksFileList = pNew;
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object.  Free
-** the object when the reference count reaches zero.
-*/
-static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  assert( pId->nRef>0 );
-  pId->nRef--;
-  if( pId->nRef==0 ){
-    struct vxworksFileId **pp;
-    for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){}
-    assert( *pp==pId );
-    *pp = pId->pNext;
-    sqlite3_free(pId);
-  }
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-}
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
-/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-
-/******************************************************************************
-*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
-**
-** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design.  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
-** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
-** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
-** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
-** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
-** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
-**
-**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-**
-** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
-** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
-** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
-** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
-** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
-** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
-** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
-** file descriptors opened on different file names.
-**
-** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
-** among competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
-** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
-** threads within the same process.
-**
-** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
-** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
-** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
-** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
-** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
-** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
-** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
-** inode.
-**
-** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
-** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
-** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
-**
-** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
-** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
-** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
-** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
-** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
-** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
-** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
-** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
-** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
-** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
-**
-** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
-** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
-** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
-** a locked and an unlocked state.
-**
-** But wait:  there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
-**
-** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
-** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
-** released.  To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object
-** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode.
-** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
-** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
-** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
-** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
-** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
-** clears.
-**
-** Yet another problem:  LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
-**
-** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
-** not posix compliant.  Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
-** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
-** Only thread A can modify the lock.  Locking behavior is correct
-** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
-** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
-** in thread B.  But there is no way to know at compile-time which
-** threading library is being used.  So there is no way to know at
-** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
-** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
-** current process.
-**
-** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads.  But support for LinuxThreads
-** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0.  SQLite will still work with
-** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection 
-** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
-** do not move across threads.
-*/
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object.
-*/
-struct unixFileId {
-  dev_t dev;                  /* Device number */
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  struct vxworksFileId *pId;  /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */
-#else
-  ino_t ino;                  /* Inode number */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode.  Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
-** each inode opened by each thread.
-**
-** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
-** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
-** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
-*/
-struct unixInodeInfo {
-  struct unixFileId fileId;       /* The lookup key */
-  int nShared;                    /* Number of SHARED locks held */
-  unsigned char eFileLock;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
-  unsigned char bProcessLock;     /* An exclusive process lock is held */
-  int nRef;                       /* Number of pointers to this structure */
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* Shared memory associated with this inode */
-  int nLock;                      /* Number of outstanding file locks */
-  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;          /* Unused file descriptors to close */
-  unixInodeInfo *pNext;           /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */
-  unixInodeInfo *pPrev;           /*    .... doubly linked */
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  unsigned long long sharedByte;  /* for AFP simulated shared lock */
-#endif
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  sem_t *pSem;                    /* Named POSIX semaphore */
-  char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2];  /* Name of that semaphore */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
-*/
-static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0;
-
-/*
-**
-** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro
-** unixLogError().
-**
-** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been
-** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
-** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or
-** strerror_r().
-**
-** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
-** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
-** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
-** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path,
-** if any.
-*/
-#define unixLogError(a,b,c)     unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
-static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
-  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
-  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
-  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
-  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
-){
-  char *zErr;                     /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */
-  int iErrno = errno;             /* Saved syscall error number */
-
-  /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
-  ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
-  ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
-  */ 
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
-  char aErr[80];
-  memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
-  zErr = aErr;
-
-  /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
-  ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that
-  ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer 
-  ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. 
-  ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of 
-  ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
-  **
-  ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
-  ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
-  ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available 
-  ** could lead to a segfault though.
-  */
-#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
-  zErr = 
-# endif
-  strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
-
-#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */
-  zErr = "";
-#else
-  /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */
-  zErr = strerror(iErrno);
-#endif
-
-  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
-  sqlite3_log(errcode,
-      "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
-      iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr
-  );
-
-  return errcode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file descriptor.
-**
-** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a
-** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail.
-** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the
-** error.
-**
-** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the
-** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread.
-** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR.  Just log the error
-** and move on.
-*/
-static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
-  if( osClose(h) ){
-    unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
-                       pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the pFile->lastErrno.  Do this in a subroutine as that provides
-** a convenient place to set a breakpoint.
-*/
-static void storeLastErrno(unixFile *pFile, int error){
-  pFile->lastErrno = error;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
-*/ 
-static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  UnixUnusedFd *p;
-  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
-  for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
-    pNext = p->pNext;
-    robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-  pInode->pUnused = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
-**
-** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
-** when this function is called.
-*/
-static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-  if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){
-    pInode->nRef--;
-    if( pInode->nRef==0 ){
-      assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 );
-      closePendingFds(pFile);
-      if( pInode->pPrev ){
-        assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode );
-        pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext;
-      }else{
-        assert( inodeList==pInode );
-        inodeList = pInode->pNext;
-      }
-      if( pInode->pNext ){
-        assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode );
-        pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev;
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(pInode);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that
-** describes that file descriptor.  Create a new one if necessary.  The
-** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
-**
-** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
-** when this function is called.
-**
-** Return an appropriate error code.
-*/
-static int findInodeInfo(
-  unixFile *pFile,               /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
-  unixInodeInfo **ppInode        /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */
-){
-  int rc;                        /* System call return code */
-  int fd;                        /* The file descriptor for pFile */
-  struct unixFileId fileId;      /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */
-  struct stat statbuf;           /* Low-level file information */
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0;     /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */
-
-  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-
-  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
-  ** create a unique name for the file.
-  */
-  fd = pFile->h;
-  rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-#ifdef EOVERFLOW
-    if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
-#endif
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-
-#ifdef __APPLE__
-  /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
-  ** incorrectly for zero-size files.  See ticket #3260.  To work
-  ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
-  ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
-  ** prior to accessing the inode number.  The one byte written is
-  ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
-  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
-  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
-  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
-  */
-  if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
-    do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
-    if( rc!=1 ){
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-      return SQLITE_IOERR;
-    }
-    rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-      return SQLITE_IOERR;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
-  fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  fileId.pId = pFile->pId;
-#else
-  fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
-#endif
-  pInode = inodeList;
-  while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
-    pInode = pInode->pNext;
-  }
-  if( pInode==0 ){
-    pInode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pInode) );
-    if( pInode==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode));
-    memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId));
-    pInode->nRef = 1;
-    pInode->pNext = inodeList;
-    pInode->pPrev = 0;
-    if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode;
-    inodeList = pInode;
-  }else{
-    pInode->nRef++;
-  }
-  *ppInode = pInode;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened.
-*/
-static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  return pFile->pInode!=0 && pFile->pId!=pFile->pInode->fileId.pId;
-#else
-  struct stat buf;
-  return pFile->pInode!=0 &&
-      (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check a unixFile that is a database.  Verify the following:
-**
-** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file
-** (2) The file is not a symbolic link
-** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked
-**
-** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right.
-*/
-static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){
-  struct stat buf;
-  int rc;
-  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_WARNED ){
-    /* One or more of the following warnings have already been issued.  Do not
-    ** repeat them so as not to clutter the error log */
-    return;
-  }
-  rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath);
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
-    return;
-  }
-  if( buf.st_nlink==0 && (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE)==0 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
-    return;
-  }
-  if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath);
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
-    return;
-  }
-  if( fileHasMoved(pFile) ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
-    return;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
-
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
-  */
-#ifndef __DJGPP__
-  if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){
-    struct flock lock;
-    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
-    lock.l_len = 1;
-    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-    if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
-      reserved = 1;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile.  The lock is 
-** described by pLock.
-**
-** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
-** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
-** the first time any lock is attempted.  All subsequent system locking
-** operations become no-ops.  Locking operations still happen internally,
-** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections
-** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the
-** operating system does not participate.
-**
-** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using
-** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl"
-** and is read-only.
-**
-** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call
-** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()).
-*/
-static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){
-  int rc;
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-  assert( pInode!=0 );
-  if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock)
-   && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0)
-  ){
-    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
-      struct flock lock;
-      assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
-      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-      lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-      rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
-      if( rc<0 ) return rc;
-      pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
-      pInode->nLock++;
-    }else{
-      rc = 0;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
-  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
-  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
-  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
-  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
-  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
-  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
-  **
-  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
-  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
-  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
-  **
-  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
-  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
-  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
-  **
-  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
-  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
-  ** 'reserved byte'. 
-  **
-  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
-  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
-  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
-  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
-  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
-  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
-  ** after a crash.
-  **
-  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
-  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
-  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
-  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
-  ** database. 
-  **
-  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
-  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
-  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
-  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
-  */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
-  struct flock lock;
-  int tErrno = 0;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h,
-      azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
-      azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared,
-      osGetpid(0)));
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
-    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h,
-            azFileLock(eFileLock)));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct.
-  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
-  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
-  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
-  */
-  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-
-  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
-  */
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  pInode = pFile->pInode;
-
-  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
-  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
-  */
-  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
-          (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    goto end_lock;
-  }
-
-  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
-  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
-  ** return SQLITE_OK.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
-      (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
-    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
-    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
-    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-    pInode->nShared++;
-    pInode->nLock++;
-    goto end_lock;
-  }
-
-
-  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
-  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
-  ** be released.
-  */
-  lock.l_len = 1L;
-  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
-      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
-  ){
-    lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
-    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
-    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
-      tErrno = errno;
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-      }
-      goto end_lock;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
-  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
-    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-    /* Now get the read-lock */
-    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
-      tErrno = errno;
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-    }
-
-    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
-    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
-    lock.l_len = 1L;
-    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* This could happen with a network mount */
-      tErrno = errno;
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
-    }
-
-    if( rc ){
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-      }
-      goto end_lock;
-    }else{
-      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-      pInode->nLock++;
-      pInode->nShared = 1;
-    }
-  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
-    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
-    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else{
-    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
-    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
-    ** already.
-    */
-    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
-    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-
-    assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-    if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){
-      lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
-      lock.l_len = 1L;
-    }else{
-      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-    }
-
-    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
-      tErrno = errno;
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
-  ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock.  The change
-  ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal
-  ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
-   && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK
-   && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK
-  ){
-    pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
-    pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
-    pFile->inNormalWrite = 1;
-  }
-#endif
-
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
-    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
-  }
-
-end_lock:
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
-      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
-** pUnused list.
-*/
-static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
-  p->pNext = pInode->pUnused;
-  pInode->pUnused = p;
-  pFile->h = -1;
-  pFile->pUnused = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-** 
-** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
-** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
-** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked.  This works 
-** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to 
-** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
-*/
-static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
-  struct flock lock;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
-      pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
-      osGetpid(0)));
-
-  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
-    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
-    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
-    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
-    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
-    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
-    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
-    */
-    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
-#endif
-
-    /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
-    ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
-    ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a 
-    ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
-    **  1:   [WWWWW]
-    **  2:   [....W]
-    **  3:   [RRRRW]
-    **  4:   [RRRR.]
-    */
-    if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
-#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-      (void)handleNFSUnlock;
-      assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
-#endif
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-      if( handleNFSUnlock ){
-        int tErrno;               /* Error code from system call errors */
-        off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
-        
-        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-        lock.l_len = divSize;
-        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
-          tErrno = errno;
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-            storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-          }
-          goto end_unlock;
-        }
-        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-        lock.l_len = divSize;
-        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
-          tErrno = errno;
-          rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
-          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-            storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-          }
-          goto end_unlock;
-        }
-        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
-        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
-        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
-          tErrno = errno;
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-            storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-          }
-          goto end_unlock;
-        }
-      }else
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-      {
-        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
-          /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
-          ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this 
-          ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
-          ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
-          ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes 
-          ** an assert to fail). */ 
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
-          storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-          goto end_unlock;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
-    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
-    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
-      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-      goto end_unlock;
-    }
-  }
-  if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
-    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
-    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
-    ** the lock.
-    */
-    pInode->nShared--;
-    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
-      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
-      if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
-        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-      }else{
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-        storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
-    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
-    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
-    */
-    pInode->nLock--;
-    assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
-    if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
-      closePendingFds(pFile);
-    }
-  }
-
-end_unlock:
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 );
-#endif
-  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0);
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte);
-static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation 
-** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
-** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
-** structure to 0.
-**
-** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
-** even on VxWorks.  A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
-** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
-*/
-static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  unixUnmapfile(pFile);
-#endif
-  if( pFile->h>=0 ){
-    robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
-    pFile->h = -1;
-  }
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  if( pFile->pId ){
-    if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){
-      osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
-    }
-    vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
-    pFile->pId = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE
-  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){
-    osUnlink(pFile->zPath);
-    sqlite3_free(*(char**)&pFile->zPath);
-    pFile->zPath = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  OSTRACE(("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h));
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-*/
-static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
-  verifyDbFile(pFile);
-  unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-  unixEnterMutex();
-
-  /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close
-  ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead.
-  */
-  assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
-  if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
-    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
-    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
-    ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed 
-    ** when the last lock is cleared.
-    */
-    setPendingFd(pFile);
-  }
-  releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
-  rc = closeUnixFile(id);
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
-**
-** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
-** simplest:  locking is ignored.  No attempt is made to lock the database
-** file for reading or writing.
-**
-** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
-** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.)  It can
-** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
-** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
-** database connections.  But there is a serious risk of database
-** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
-** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
-** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
-*/
-
-static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  *pResOut = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the file.
-*/
-static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  return closeUnixFile(id);
-}
-
-/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
-**
-** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock
-** files (really a directory) to control access to the database.  This works
-** on just about every filesystem imaginable.  But there are serious downsides:
-**
-**    (1)  There is zero concurrency.  A single reader blocks all other
-**         connections from reading or writing the database.
-**
-**    (2)  An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
-**         sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
-**
-** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
-** other locking strategy is available.
-**
-** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as
-** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
-** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock.  All other
-** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
-** lock directory.
-*/
-#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-**
-** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not.  So in this
-** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock
-** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked.
-*/
-static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process
-    ** holds a lock on the file.  No need to check further. */
-    reserved = 1;
-  }else{
-    /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */
-    const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext;
-    reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0;
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-**
-** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
-** But we track the other locking levels internally.
-*/
-static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-
-  /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists.  All we have
-  ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
-  */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
-#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
-    utime(zLockFile, NULL);
-#else
-    utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
-#endif
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* grab an exclusive lock */
-  rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777);
-  if( rc<0 ){
-    /* failed to open/create the lock directory */
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    } else {
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-      }
-    }
-    return rc;
-  } 
-  
-  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
-  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
-*/
-static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
-           pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
-  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* no-op if possible */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
-  ** lock state.  No need to mess with the file on disk.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
-  assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
-  rc = osRmdir(zLockFile);
-  if( rc<0 && errno==ENOTDIR ) rc = osUnlink(zLockFile);
-  if( rc<0 ){
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    rc = 0;
-    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-    }
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-    }
-    return rc; 
-  }
-  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.  Make sure the lock has been released before closing.
-*/
-static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-    dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
-    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation *******************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-************************** Begin flock Locking ********************************
-**
-** Use the flock() system call to do file locking.
-**
-** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various
-** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into
-** a single exclusive lock.  In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and
-** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock.  SQLite
-** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since
-** only a single process can be reading the database at a time.
-**
-** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off
-*/
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-
-/*
-** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR
-*/
-#ifdef EINTR
-static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){
-  int rc;
-  do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
-  return rc;
-}
-#else
-# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
-#endif
-     
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
-  if( !reserved ){
-    /* attempt to get the lock */
-    int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
-    if( !lrc ){
-      /* got the lock, unlock it */
-      lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
-      if ( lrc ) {
-        int tErrno = errno;
-        /* unlock failed with an error */
-        lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
-        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
-          storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-          rc = lrc;
-        }
-      }
-    } else {
-      int tErrno = errno;
-      reserved = 1;
-      /* someone else might have it reserved */
-      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
-      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
-        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-        rc = lrc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
-  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    reserved=1;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
-** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
-** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
-** access the file.
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-
-  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
-  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
-  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* grab an exclusive lock */
-  
-  if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    /* didn't get, must be busy */
-    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-    }
-  } else {
-    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
-           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
-  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
-           pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
-  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* no-op if possible */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
-  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* no, really, unlock. */
-  if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-  }else{
-    pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-*/
-static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( id ){
-    flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */
-
-/******************* End of the flock lock implementation *********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************
-**
-** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks.
-**
-** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only
-** supports EXCLUSIVE locking.  Only a single process can read or write
-** the database file at a time.  This reduces potential concurrency, but
-** makes the lock implementation much easier.
-*/
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int semXCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
-  if( !reserved ){
-    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
-
-    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
-      int tErrno = errno;
-      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
-        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
-        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-      } else {
-        /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
-        reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* we could have it if we want it */
-      sem_post(pSem);
-    }
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
-** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
-** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
-** access the file.
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int semXLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
-  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
-  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    goto sem_end_lock;
-  }
-  
-  /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
-  if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    goto sem_end_lock;
-  }
-
-  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
-  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-
- sem_end_lock:
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  assert( pSem );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
-           pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
-  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* no-op if possible */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
-  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* no, really unlock. */
-  if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
-    int rc, tErrno = errno;
-    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-    }
-    return rc; 
-  }
-  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- ** Close a file.
- */
-static int semXClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-    semXUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    assert( pFile );
-    unixEnterMutex();
-    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
-    unixLeaveMutex();
-    closeUnixFile(id);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
-/*
-** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
-**
-*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation ****************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-
-/******************************************************************************
-*************************** Begin AFP Locking *********************************
-**
-** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol.  AFP is a network filesystem found
-** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX.
-**
-** Third-party implementations of AFP are available.  But this code here
-** only works on OSX.
-*/
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
-*/
-typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
-struct afpLockingContext {
-  int reserved;
-  const char *dbPath;             /* Name of the open file */
-};
-
-struct ByteRangeLockPB2
-{
-  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
-  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
-  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
-  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
-  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
-  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
-};
-
-#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
-
-/*
-** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
-** AFP filesystem.
-** 
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
-*/
-static int afpSetLock(
-  const char *path,              /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */
-  unixFile *pFile,               /* Open file descriptor on path */
-  unsigned long long offset,     /* First byte to be locked */
-  unsigned long long length,     /* Number of bytes to lock */
-  int setLockFlag                /* True to set lock.  False to clear lock */
-){
-  struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
-  int err;
-  
-  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
-  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
-  pb.offset = offset;
-  pb.length = length; 
-  pb.fd = pFile->h;
-  
-  OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", 
-    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
-    offset, length));
-  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
-  if ( err==-1 ) {
-    int rc;
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
-             path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)));
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-#else
-    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
-                    setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
-    }
-    return rc;
-  } else {
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  afpLockingContext *context;
-  
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  if( context->reserved ){
-    *pResOut = 1;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
-  
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
-   */
-  if( !reserved ){
-    /* lock the RESERVED byte */
-    int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
-    if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
-      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
-      ** the original state */
-      lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    } else {
-      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
-      reserved = 1;
-    }
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
-      rc=lrc;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-  
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
-           azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
-           azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , osGetpid(0)));
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
-    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h,
-           azFileLock(eFileLock)));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
-  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
-  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
-  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
-  */
-  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
-  */
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  pInode = pFile->pInode;
-
-  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
-  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
-  */
-  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
-       (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
-     ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    goto afp_end_lock;
-  }
-  
-  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
-  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
-  ** return SQLITE_OK.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
-     (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
-    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
-    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
-    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-    pInode->nShared++;
-    pInode->nLock++;
-    goto afp_end_lock;
-  }
-    
-  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
-  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
-  ** be released.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
-      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
-  ){
-    int failed;
-    failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
-    if (failed) {
-      rc = failed;
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
-  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
-    long lk, mask;
-    
-    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
-    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
-        
-    mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
-    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
-    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
-    lk = random(); 
-    pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
-    lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
-          SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
-      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
-    }
-    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
-    lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno);
-      rc = lrc1;
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
-      rc = lrc2;
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
-      rc = lrc1;
-    } else {
-      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-      pInode->nLock++;
-      pInode->nShared = 1;
-    }
-  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
-    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
-     ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else{
-    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
-    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
-    ** already.
-    */
-    int failed = 0;
-    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
-    if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) {
-        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
-        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
-      if( !failed ){
-        context->reserved = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
-      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
-        
-      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
-      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnlock
-      */
-      if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
-                         pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
-        int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
-        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
-        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
-                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
-        if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
-                       SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
-          /* Can't reestablish the shared lock.  Sqlite can't deal, this is
-          ** a critical I/O error
-          */
-          rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : 
-               SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-          goto afp_end_lock;
-        } 
-      }else{
-        rc = failed; 
-      }
-    }
-    if( failed ){
-      rc = failed;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
-    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
-  }
-  
-afp_end_lock:
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
-         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
-  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  int skipShared = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int h = pFile->h;
-#endif
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
-           pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
-           osGetpid(0)));
-
-  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
-    SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-    SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
-    SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-    
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
-    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
-    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
-    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
-    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
-    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
-    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
-    */
-    assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
-           || pFile->dbUpdate==0
-           || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
-    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
-#endif
-    
-    if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
-        /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
-        int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
-        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
-      } else {
-        skipShared = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
-      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    } 
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
-      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
-      if( !rc ){ 
-        context->reserved = 0; 
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
-      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
-
-    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
-    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
-    ** the lock.
-    */
-    unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
-    pInode->nShared--;
-    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-      SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      if( !skipShared ){
-        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
-      }
-      if( !rc ){
-        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pInode->nLock--;
-      assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
-      if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
-        closePendingFds(pFile);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
-*/
-static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-    afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    unixEnterMutex();
-    if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
-      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
-      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
-      ** descriptor to pInode->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
-      ** the last lock is cleared.
-      */
-      setPendingFd(pFile);
-    }
-    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
-    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
-    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
-    unixLeaveMutex();
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-/*
-** The code above is the AFP lock implementation.  The code is specific
-** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
-** is available.  If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp"
-** VFS is not available.
-**
-********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
- ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
- ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
- **
- ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
- ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
- */
-static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
-  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1);
-}
-
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-/*
-** The code above is the NFS lock implementation.  The code is specific
-** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
-** is available.  
-**
-********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
-**
-** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the 
-** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods.  The locking
-** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
-** division).  Those methods that are common to all locking modes
-** are gather together into this division.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
-** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
-**
-** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
-** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
-** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
-** in any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
-** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
-**
-** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
-** is set before returning.
-*/
-static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
-  int got;
-  int prior = 0;
-#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
-  i64 newOffset;
-#endif
-  TIMER_START;
-  assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) );
-  assert( id->h>2 );
-  do{
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
-    got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
-    got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#else
-    newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
-    SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
-    if( newOffset!=offset ){
-      if( newOffset == -1 ){
-        storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno);
-      }else{
-        storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, 0);
-      }
-      return -1;
-    }
-    got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-#endif
-    if( got==cnt ) break;
-    if( got<0 ){
-      if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; }
-      prior = 0;
-      storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id,  errno);
-      break;
-    }else if( got>0 ){
-      cnt -= got;
-      offset += got;
-      prior += got;
-      pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf);
-    }
-  }while( got>0 );
-  TIMER_END;
-  OSTRACE(("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n",
-            id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED));
-  return got+prior;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int unixRead(
-  sqlite3_file *id, 
-  void *pBuf, 
-  int amt,
-  sqlite3_int64 offset
-){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
-  int got;
-  assert( id );
-  assert( offset>=0 );
-  assert( amt>0 );
-
-  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
-  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
-#if 0
-  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
-       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
-       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
-  );
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
-  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
-  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
-    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
-      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
-      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
-      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
-      amt -= nCopy;
-      offset += nCopy;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
-  if( got==amt ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( got<0 ){
-    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-  }else{
-    storeLastErrno(pFile, 0);   /* not a system error */
-    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
-    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to
-** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from
-** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, 
-** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than
-** nBuf).
-*/
-static int seekAndWriteFd(
-  int fd,                         /* File descriptor to write to */
-  i64 iOff,                       /* File offset to begin writing at */
-  const void *pBuf,               /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */
-  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */
-  int *piErrno                    /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */
-){
-  int rc = 0;                     /* Value returned by system call */
-
-  assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) );
-  assert( fd>2 );
-  nBuf &= 0x1ffff;
-  TIMER_START;
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
-  do{ rc = (int)osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
-  do{ rc = (int)osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR);
-#else
-  do{
-    i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET);
-    SimulateIOError( iSeek-- );
-
-    if( iSeek!=iOff ){
-      if( piErrno ) *piErrno = (iSeek==-1 ? errno : 0);
-      return -1;
-    }
-    rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf);
-  }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
-#endif
-
-  TIMER_END;
-  OSTRACE(("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED));
-
-  if( rc<0 && piErrno ) *piErrno = errno;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
-** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
-**
-** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
-** is set before returning.
-*/
-static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
-  return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int unixWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *id, 
-  const void *pBuf, 
-  int amt,
-  sqlite3_int64 offset 
-){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int wrote = 0;
-  assert( id );
-  assert( amt>0 );
-
-  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
-  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
-#if 0
-  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
-       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
-       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
-  );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
-  ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
-  ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
-  ** has changed.  If the transaction counter is modified, record that
-  ** fact too.
-  */
-  if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){
-    pFile->dbUpdate = 1;  /* The database has been modified */
-    if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
-      int rc;
-      char oldCntr[4];
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-      rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
-        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
-  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
-  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
-    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
-      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
-      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
-      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
-      amt -= nCopy;
-      offset += nCopy;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
- 
-  while( (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))<amt && wrote>0 ){
-    amt -= wrote;
-    offset += wrote;
-    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
-  }
-  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
-  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
-
-  if( amt>wrote ){
-    if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
-      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-    }else{
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, 0); /* not a system error */
-      return SQLITE_FULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times.
-*/
-int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync().  Some do.
-** Others do no.  To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower)
-** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
-** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync or -DHAVE_FDATASYNC
-*/
-#if !defined(fdatasync) && !HAVE_FDATASYNC
-# define fdatasync fsync
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
-** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
-** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
-*/
-#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
-#else
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
-** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
-** it work better.
-**
-** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
-** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
-** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
-** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
-**
-** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
-** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
-** to disk, not the inode.  We only set dataOnly if the file size is 
-** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode.  However, 
-** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
-** file size has changed.  The only real difference between fdatasync()
-** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
-** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed.
-** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so
-** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate.
-** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of
-** the value of the dataOnly flag.
-*/
-static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
-  int rc;
-
-  /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
-  ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering 
-  ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
-#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
-#endif
-
-  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
-  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
-  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
-  sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
-
-  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
-  ** no-op
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
-  if( fullSync ){
-    rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
-  }else{
-    rc = 1;
-  }
-  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
-  ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
-  ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
-  ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
-  ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
-  ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
-  ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
-  */
-  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
-
-#elif defined(__APPLE__)
-  /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly
-  ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
-  */
-  rc = fsync(fd);
-#else 
-  rc = fdatasync(fd);
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
-    rc = fsync(fd);
-  }
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
-#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
-
-  if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
-    rc = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
-** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
-** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
-** value.
-**
-** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to
-** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events
-** are flushed to disk.  Such fsyncs are not needed on newer
-** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems.
-**
-** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface.
-** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the
-** chromium sandbox.  Opening a directory is a security risk (we are
-** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to
-** replace this routine with a harmless no-op.  To make this routine
-** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves
-** *pFd set to a negative number.
-**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
-** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
-*/
-static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
-  int ii;
-  int fd = -1;
-  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
-  for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
-  if( ii>0 ){
-    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
-    fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
-    if( fd>=0 ){
-      OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
-    }
-  }
-  *pFd = fd;
-  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname));
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-**
-** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
-** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
-** file data is synced.
-**
-** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
-** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
-** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
-** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
-** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
-** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
-** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
-*/
-static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
-  int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-
-  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
-  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
-      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
-  );
-
-  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
-  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
-  */
-  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h));
-  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
-  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
-  if( rc ){
-    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
-  }
-
-  /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag
-  ** is set.  This is a one-time occurrence.  Many systems (examples: AIX)
-  ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync.
-  */
-  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){
-    int dirfd;
-    OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath,
-            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
-    rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){
-      full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0);
-      robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__);
-    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
-  int rc;
-  assert( pFile );
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
-
-  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
-  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
-  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
-  ** size).
-  */
-  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
-    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
-  }
-
-  rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte);
-  if( rc ){
-    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
-  }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
-    ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
-    ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
-    ** that effectively updates the change counter.  This might happen
-    ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length
-    ** source.
-    */
-    if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){
-      pFile->transCntrChng = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-    /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently
-    ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
-    ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.  
-    */
-    if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
-      pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
-  int rc;
-  struct stat buf;
-  assert( id );
-  rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
-  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-  }
-  *pSize = buf.st_size;
-
-  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
-  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
-  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
-  ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
-  ** really 1.   Ticket #3260.
-  */
-  if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
-
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-/*
-** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs.  Defined below in the
-** proxying locking division.
-*/
-static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
-#endif
-
-/* 
-** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 
-** file-control operation.  Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
-** (rounded up to the next chunk-size).  If the database is already
-** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
-  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
-    i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */
-    struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
-   
-    if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-    }
-
-    nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
-    if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
-
-#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
-      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
-      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
-      ** or an error number on  failure". See the manpage for details. */
-      int err;
-      do{
-        err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size);
-      }while( err==EINTR );
-      if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-#else
-      /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a 
-      ** single byte to the last byte in each block that falls entirely
-      ** within the extended region. Then, if required, a single byte
-      ** at offset (nSize-1), to set the size of the file correctly.
-      ** This is a similar technique to that used by glibc on systems
-      ** that do not have a real fallocate() call.
-      */
-      int nBlk = buf.st_blksize;  /* File-system block size */
-      int nWrite = 0;             /* Number of bytes written by seekAndWrite */
-      i64 iWrite;                 /* Next offset to write to */
-
-      iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1;
-      assert( iWrite>=buf.st_size );
-      assert( (iWrite/nBlk)==((buf.st_size+nBlk-1)/nBlk) );
-      assert( ((iWrite+1)%nBlk)==0 );
-      for(/*no-op*/; iWrite<nSize; iWrite+=nBlk ){
-        nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1);
-        if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-      }
-      if( nWrite==0 || (nSize%nBlk) ){
-        nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, nSize-1, "", 1);
-        if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){
-    int rc;
-    if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){
-      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){
-        storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
-      }
-    }
-
-    rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte);
-    return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
-** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
-**
-** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
-*/
-static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
-  if( *pArg<0 ){
-    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
-  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
-    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
-  }else{
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
-  }
-}
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf);
-
-/*
-** Information and control of an open file handle.
-*/
-static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK: {
-      /* pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_BLOCK; // Deferred feature */
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
-      *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: {
-      *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
-      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
-      int rc;
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-      rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg);
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
-      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
-      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
-      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
-      char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc64( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname );
-      if( zTFile ){
-        unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile);
-        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
-      }
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: {
-      *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
-      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
-      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
-        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
-      }
-      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
-      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
-        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
-        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
-          unixUnmapfile(pFile);
-          rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1);
-        }
-      }
-      return rc;
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
-    ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
-    ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
-    ** unchanged.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
-      ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
-      return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
-  }
-  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
-*/
-#ifndef __QNXNTO__ 
-static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX.
-*/
-#ifdef __QNXNTO__
-#include <sys/dcmd_blk.h>
-#include <sys/statvfs.h>
-static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
-    struct statvfs fsInfo;
-       
-    /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
-    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
-    if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) {
-      return pFile->sectorSize;
-    }
-
-    if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) {
-      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K |       /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
-                                      ** the write succeeds */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
-                                      ** so it is ordered */
-        0;
-    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){
-      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */
-        (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) |
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
-                                      ** the write succeeds */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
-                                      ** so it is ordered */
-        0;
-    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){
-      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC |         /* All filesystem writes are atomic */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
-                                      ** the write succeeds */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
-                                      ** so it is ordered */
-        0;
-    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){
-      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
-        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
-                                      ** so it is ordered */
-        0;
-    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){
-      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
-        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
-                                      ** so it is ordered */
-        0;
-    }else{
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 |      /* blocks are atomic */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
-                                      ** the write succeeds */
-        0;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Last chance verification.  If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512
-  ** then it isn't valid.*/
-  if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){
-    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
-    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-  }
-  return pFile->sectorSize;
-}
-#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */
-
-/*
-** Return the device characteristics for the file.
-**
-** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
-** However, that choice is controversial since technically the underlying
-** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
-** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never
-** written might end up being altered.)  However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
-** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
-** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
-**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
-** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
-*/
-static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id;
-  int rc = 0;
-#ifdef __QNXNTO__
-  if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id);
-  rc = p->deviceCharacteristics;
-#endif
-  if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){
-    rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-
-/*
-** Return the system page size.
-**
-** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. 
-** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize().
-*/
-static int unixGetpagesize(void){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  return 1024;
-#elif defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
-  return getpagesize();
-#else
-  return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
-#endif
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-
-/*
-** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.  
-**
-** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
-** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
-** of this unixShmNode object.  In other words, each wal-index is opened
-** only once per process.
-**
-** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object.
-** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean
-** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most
-** open files) would have to carry around this extra information.  So
-** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object
-** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed.
-**
-** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
-** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
-**
-**      nRef
-**
-** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
-** 
-**      fid
-**      zFilename
-**
-** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and
-** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
-** in this structure.
-*/
-struct unixShmNode {
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;     /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
-  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the mmapped file */
-  int h;                     /* Open file descriptor */
-  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
-  u16 nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
-  u8 isReadonly;             /* True if read-only */
-  char **apRegion;           /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */
-  int nRef;                  /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */
-  unixShm *pFirst;           /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  u8 exclMask;               /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
-  u8 sharedMask;             /* Mask of shared locks held */
-  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available unixShm.id value */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
-** open shared memory connection.
-**
-** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
-** are read-only thereafter:
-**
-**    unixShm.pFile
-**    unixShm.id
-**
-** All other fields are read/write.  The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
-** while accessing any read/write fields.
-*/
-struct unixShm {
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode;     /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
-  unixShm *pNext;            /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
-  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */
-  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
-  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
-  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
-};
-
-/*
-** Constants used for locking
-*/
-#define UNIX_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)         /* first lock byte */
-#define UNIX_SHM_DMS    (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
-
-/*
-** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1.
-**
-** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking
-** otherwise.
-*/
-static int unixShmSystemLock(
-  unixFile *pFile,       /* Open connection to the WAL file */
-  int lockType,          /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */
-  int ofst,              /* First byte of the locking range */
-  int n                  /* Number of bytes to lock */
-){
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
-  struct flock f;        /* The posix advisory locking structure */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Result code form fcntl() */
-
-  /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
-  pShmNode = pFile->pInode->pShmNode;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 );
-
-  /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */
-  assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );
-
-  /* Locks are within range */
-  assert( n>=1 && n<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
-
-  if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
-    int lkType;
-    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
-    memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
-    f.l_type = lockType;
-    f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-    f.l_start = ofst;
-    f.l_len = n;
-
-    lkType = (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_BLOCK)!=0 ? F_SETLKW : F_SETLK;
-    rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, lkType, &f);
-    rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
-    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_BLOCK;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  { u16 mask;
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
-  mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
-      OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst));
-      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
-      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
-    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
-      OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst));
-      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
-      pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask;
-    }else{
-      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
-      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst));
-      pShmNode->exclMask |= mask;
-      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
-    }
-  }else{
-    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
-      OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst));
-    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
-      OSTRACE(("read-lock failed"));
-    }else{
-      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
-      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst));
-    }
-  }
-  OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n",
-           pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask));
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;        
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at
-** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the
-** current system page-size.
-**
-** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured
-** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two
-** shm regions.
-*/
-static int unixShmRegionPerMap(void){
-  int shmsz = 32*1024;            /* SHM region size */
-  int pgsz = osGetpagesize();   /* System page size */
-  assert( ((pgsz-1)&pgsz)==0 );   /* Page size must be a power of 2 */
-  if( pgsz<shmsz ) return 1;
-  return pgsz/shmsz;
-}
-
-/*
-** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0.
-**
-** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
-** by VFS shared-memory methods.
-*/
-static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
-  unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
-  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-  if( p && p->nRef==0 ){
-    int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap();
-    int i;
-    assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
-    sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
-    for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i+=nShmPerMap){
-      if( p->h>=0 ){
-        osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(p->apRegion);
-    if( p->h>=0 ){
-      robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__);
-      p->h = -1;
-    }
-    p->pInode->pShmNode = 0;
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.  
-** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
-**
-** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
-** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
-** file with the "-shm" suffix added.  For example, if the database file
-** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
-** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".  
-**
-** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
-** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
-** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
-** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
-** database to end up using different files for shared memory - 
-** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
-** in database corruption.  Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
-** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
-** or the equivalent.  The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time
-** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite;  builds of SQLite
-** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the
-** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely
-** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered
-** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release.
-**
-** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
-** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
-** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
-**
-** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS
-** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and
-** that no other processes are able to read or write the database.  In
-** that case, we do not really need shared memory.  No shared memory
-** file is created.  The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory.
-*/
-static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
-  struct unixShm *p = 0;          /* The connection to be opened */
-  struct unixShmNode *pShmNode;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
-  int rc;                         /* Result code */
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;          /* The inode of fd */
-  char *zShmFilename;             /* Name of the file used for SHM */
-  int nShmFilename;               /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */
-
-  /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */
-  p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) );
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );
-
-  /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing
-  ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
-  */
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
-  pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
-  if( pShmNode==0 ){
-    struct stat sStat;                 /* fstat() info for database file */
-#ifndef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
-    const char *zBasePath = pDbFd->zPath;
-#endif
-
-    /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
-    ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
-    ** with the same permissions.
-    */
-    if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-      goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
-    nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31;
-#else
-    nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(zBasePath);
-#endif
-    pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
-    if( pShmNode==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-    memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
-    zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
-#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, 
-                     SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
-                     (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
-#else
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", zBasePath);
-    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
-#endif
-    pShmNode->h = -1;
-    pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
-    pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
-    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-
-    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
-      int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
-      if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){
-        openFlags = O_RDONLY;
-        pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
-      }
-      pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777));
-      if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
-        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename);
-        goto shm_open_err;
-      }
-
-      /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file
-      ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database.  Otherwise,
-      ** the original owner will not be able to connect.
-      */
-      osFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid);
-  
-      /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
-      ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
-      */
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      if( unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
-          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename);
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
-      }
-      if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */
-  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
-#endif
-  pShmNode->nRef++;
-  pDbFd->pShm = p;
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-
-  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
-  ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
-  ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
-  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
-  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
-  ** mutex.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
-  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Jump here on any error */
-shm_open_err:
-  unixShmPurge(pDbFd);       /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
-** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
-** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
-** bytes in size.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
-**
-** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
-** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
-** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
-** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
-** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
-**
-** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
-** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
-** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
-** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
-*/
-static int unixShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
-  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
-  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
-  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
-  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
-  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
-  unixShm *p;
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap();
-  int nReqRegion;
-
-  /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
-  if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){
-    rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  p = pDbFd->pShm;
-  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
-  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
-  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
-  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
-
-  /* Minimum number of regions required to be mapped. */
-  nReqRegion = ((iRegion+nShmPerMap) / nShmPerMap) * nShmPerMap;
-
-  if( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){
-    char **apNew;                      /* New apRegion[] array */
-    int nByte = nReqRegion*szRegion;   /* Minimum required file size */
-    struct stat sStat;                 /* Used by fstat() */
-
-    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
-
-    if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
-      /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
-      ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
-      ** large enough to contain the requested region).
-      */
-      if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
-        goto shmpage_out;
-      }
-  
-      if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
-        /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
-        ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
-        */
-        if( !bExtend ){
-          goto shmpage_out;
-        }
-
-        /* Alternatively, if bExtend is true, extend the file. Do this by
-        ** writing a single byte to the end of each (OS) page being
-        ** allocated or extended. Technically, we need only write to the
-        ** last page in order to extend the file. But writing to all new
-        ** pages forces the OS to allocate them immediately, which reduces
-        ** the chances of SIGBUS while accessing the mapped region later on.
-        */
-        else{
-          static const int pgsz = 4096;
-          int iPg;
-
-          /* Write to the last byte of each newly allocated or extended page */
-          assert( (nByte % pgsz)==0 );
-          for(iPg=(sStat.st_size/pgsz); iPg<(nByte/pgsz); iPg++){
-            if( seekAndWriteFd(pShmNode->h, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, 0)!=1 ){
-              const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename;
-              rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile);
-              goto shmpage_out;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
-    apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
-        pShmNode->apRegion, nReqRegion*sizeof(char *)
-    );
-    if( !apNew ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      goto shmpage_out;
-    }
-    pShmNode->apRegion = apNew;
-    while( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){
-      int nMap = szRegion*nShmPerMap;
-      int i;
-      void *pMem;
-      if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
-        pMem = osMmap(0, nMap,
-            pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, 
-            MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion
-        );
-        if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
-          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename);
-          goto shmpage_out;
-        }
-      }else{
-        pMem = sqlite3_malloc64(szRegion);
-        if( pMem==0 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          goto shmpage_out;
-        }
-        memset(pMem, 0, szRegion);
-      }
-
-      for(i=0; i<nShmPerMap; i++){
-        pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion+i] = &((char*)pMem)[szRegion*i];
-      }
-      pShmNode->nRegion += nShmPerMap;
-    }
-  }
-
-shmpage_out:
-  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
-    *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion];
-  }else{
-    *pp = 0;
-  }
-  if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
-**
-** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
-** different here than in posix.  In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
-** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back.  But one may
-** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
-*/
-static int unixShmLock(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
-  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
-  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
-  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
-){
-  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;      /* Connection holding shared memory */
-  unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;             /* The shared memory being locked */
-  unixShm *pX;                          /* For looping over all siblings */
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;  /* The underlying file iNode */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
-  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */
-
-  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
-  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
-  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
-  assert( n>=1 );
-  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
-  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
-  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
-  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
-
-  mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
-  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
-    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
-
-    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( pX==p ) continue;
-      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
-      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
-    }
-
-    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
-    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
-      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    /* Undo the local locks */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
-      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
-    } 
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
-    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
-
-    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
-    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
-    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
-    */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        break;
-      }
-      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
-    }
-
-    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
-        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
-      }else{
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Get the local shared locks */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->sharedMask |= mask;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
-    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
-    */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
-    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
-        p->exclMask |= mask;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n",
-           p->id, osGetpid(0), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
-**
-** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
-** any load or store begun after the barrier.
-*/
-static void unixShmBarrier(
-  sqlite3_file *fd                /* Database file holding the shared memory */
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
-  sqlite3MemoryBarrier();         /* compiler-defined memory barrier */
-  unixEnterMutex();               /* Also mutex, for redundancy */
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
-** storage if deleteFlag is true.
-**
-** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
-** routine is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-static int unixShmUnmap(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* The underlying database file */
-  int deleteFlag                  /* Delete shared-memory if true */
-){
-  unixShm *p;                     /* The connection to be closed */
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* The underlying shared-memory file */
-  unixShm **pp;                   /* For looping over sibling connections */
-  unixFile *pDbFd;                /* The underlying database file */
-
-  pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
-  p = pDbFd->pShm;
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
-
-  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
-  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
-
-  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
-  ** with pShmNode */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
-  *pp = p->pNext;
-
-  /* Free the connection p */
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-
-  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
-  ** shared-memory file, too */
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
-  pShmNode->nRef--;
-  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
-    if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ){
-      osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
-    }
-    unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
-  }
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-#else
-# define unixShmMap     0
-# define unixShmLock    0
-# define unixShmBarrier 0
-# define unixShmUnmap   0
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-/*
-** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd.
-*/
-static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){
-  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
-  if( pFd->pMapRegion ){
-    osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual);
-    pFd->pMapRegion = 0;
-    pFd->mmapSize = 0;
-    pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file 
-** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded.
-**
-** If successful, this function sets the following variables:
-**
-**       unixFile.pMapRegion
-**       unixFile.mmapSize
-**       unixFile.mmapSizeActual
-**
-** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and
-** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should
-** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite()
-** methods.
-*/
-static void unixRemapfile(
-  unixFile *pFd,                  /* File descriptor object */
-  i64 nNew                        /* Required mapping size */
-){
-  const char *zErr = "mmap";
-  int h = pFd->h;                      /* File descriptor open on db file */
-  u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion;   /* Pointer to current file mapping */
-  i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual;     /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */
-  u8 *pNew = 0;                        /* Location of new mapping */
-  int flags = PROT_READ;               /* Flags to pass to mmap() */
-
-  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
-  assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize );
-  assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax );
-  assert( nNew>0 );
-  assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize );
-  assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 );
-
-  if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE;
-
-  if( pOrig ){
-#if HAVE_MREMAP
-    i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize;
-#else
-    const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize();
-    i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1));
-#endif
-    u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse];
-
-    /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */
-    if( nReuse!=nOrig ){
-      osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse);
-    }
-
-#if HAVE_MREMAP
-    pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE);
-    zErr = "mremap";
-#else
-    pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse);
-    if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){
-      if( pNew!=pReq ){
-        osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse);
-        pNew = 0;
-      }else{
-        pNew = pOrig;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */
-    if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){
-      osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0);
-  }
-
-  if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){
-    pNew = 0;
-    nNew = 0;
-    unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath);
-
-    /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls
-    ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively
-    ** in this case.  */
-    pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0;
-  }
-  pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew;
-  pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
-** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if 
-** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still 
-** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
-**
-** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of 
-** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the 
-** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
-** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured 
-** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
-** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
-** code otherwise.
-*/
-static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte){
-  i64 nMap = nByte;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
-  if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( nMap<0 ){
-    struct stat statbuf;          /* Low-level file information */
-    rc = osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-    }
-    nMap = statbuf.st_size;
-  }
-  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
-    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
-  }
-
-  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
-    if( nMap>0 ){
-      unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap);
-    }else{
-      unixUnmapfile(pFd);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
-
-/*
-** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
-** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
-**
-** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
-** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
-** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
-** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
-**
-** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually 
-** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch().
-*/
-static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
-#endif
-  *pp = 0;
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
-    if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
-      int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }
-    if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
-      *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
-      pFd->nFetchOut++;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a 
-** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second
-** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
-** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. 
-**
-** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called 
-** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping 
-** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
-*/
-static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
-
-  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding 
-  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
-  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
-  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
-
-  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
-  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );
-
-  if( p ){
-    pFd->nFetchOut--;
-  }else{
-    unixUnmapfile(pFd);
-  }
-
-  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
-**
-********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that
-** implement various file locking strategies.  It also contains definitions
-** of "finder" functions.  A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate
-** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file.  The pAppData
-** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to
-** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
-**
-** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
-** object.  The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
-** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
-** strategy from that.
-**
-** For finder-function F, two objects are created:
-**
-**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
-**
-**    (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
-**
-**
-** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
-** objects.  We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
-** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
-** from be cast into a function pointer.
-**
-**
-** Each instance of this macro generates two objects:
-**
-**   *  A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
-**      methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
-**
-**   *  An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
-**      to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
-*/
-#define IOMETHODS(FINDER,METHOD,VERSION,CLOSE,LOCK,UNLOCK,CKLOCK,SHMMAP)     \
-static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = {                                   \
-   VERSION,                    /* iVersion */                                \
-   CLOSE,                      /* xClose */                                  \
-   unixRead,                   /* xRead */                                   \
-   unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                                  \
-   unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                               \
-   unixSync,                   /* xSync */                                   \
-   unixFileSize,               /* xFileSize */                               \
-   LOCK,                       /* xLock */                                   \
-   UNLOCK,                     /* xUnlock */                                 \
-   CKLOCK,                     /* xCheckReservedLock */                      \
-   unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                            \
-   unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                             \
-   unixDeviceCharacteristics,  /* xDeviceCapabilities */                     \
-   SHMMAP,                     /* xShmMap */                                 \
-   unixShmLock,                /* xShmLock */                                \
-   unixShmBarrier,             /* xShmBarrier */                             \
-   unixShmUnmap,               /* xShmUnmap */                               \
-   unixFetch,                  /* xFetch */                                  \
-   unixUnfetch,                /* xUnfetch */                                \
-};                                                                           \
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){   \
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);                                  \
-  return &METHOD;                                                            \
-}                                                                            \
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p)    \
-    = FINDER##Impl;
-
-/*
-** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
-** locking strategies.  Functions that return pointers to these methods
-** are also created.
-*/
-IOMETHODS(
-  posixIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
-  posixIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  3,                        /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */
-  unixClose,                /* xClose method */
-  unixLock,                 /* xLock method */
-  unixUnlock,               /* xUnlock method */
-  unixCheckReservedLock,    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-  unixShmMap                /* xShmMap method */
-)
-IOMETHODS(
-  nolockIoFinder,           /* Finder function name */
-  nolockIoMethods,          /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  3,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  nolockClose,              /* xClose method */
-  nolockLock,               /* xLock method */
-  nolockUnlock,             /* xUnlock method */
-  nolockCheckReservedLock,  /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-  0                         /* xShmMap method */
-)
-IOMETHODS(
-  dotlockIoFinder,          /* Finder function name */
-  dotlockIoMethods,         /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  dotlockClose,             /* xClose method */
-  dotlockLock,              /* xLock method */
-  dotlockUnlock,            /* xUnlock method */
-  dotlockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-  0                         /* xShmMap method */
-)
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-IOMETHODS(
-  flockIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
-  flockIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  flockClose,               /* xClose method */
-  flockLock,                /* xLock method */
-  flockUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
-  flockCheckReservedLock,   /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-  0                         /* xShmMap method */
-)
-#endif
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-IOMETHODS(
-  semIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
-  semIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  semXClose,                /* xClose method */
-  semXLock,                 /* xLock method */
-  semXUnlock,               /* xUnlock method */
-  semXCheckReservedLock,    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-  0                         /* xShmMap method */
-)
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-IOMETHODS(
-  afpIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
-  afpIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  afpClose,                 /* xClose method */
-  afpLock,                  /* xLock method */
-  afpUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
-  afpCheckReservedLock,     /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-  0                         /* xShmMap method */
-)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
-** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
-** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
-** secondary files.  For this reason, the division that implements
-** proxy locking is located much further down in the file.  But we need
-** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
-** for proxy locking here.  So we forward declare the I/O methods.
-*/
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*);
-static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*);
-IOMETHODS(
-  proxyIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
-  proxyIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  proxyClose,               /* xClose method */
-  proxyLock,                /* xLock method */
-  proxyUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
-  proxyCheckReservedLock,   /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-  0                         /* xShmMap method */
-)
-#endif
-
-/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-IOMETHODS(
-  nfsIoFinder,               /* Finder function name */
-  nfsIoMethods,              /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                         /* shared memory is disabled */
-  unixClose,                 /* xClose method */
-  unixLock,                  /* xLock method */
-  nfsUnlock,                 /* xUnlock method */
-  unixCheckReservedLock,     /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-  0                          /* xShmMap method */
-)
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/* 
-** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
-** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
-** object that implements that strategy.
-**
-** This is for MacOSX only.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
-  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
-  unixFile *pNew           /* open file object for the database file */
-){
-  static const struct Mapping {
-    const char *zFilesystem;              /* Filesystem type name */
-    const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;   /* Appropriate locking method */
-  } aMap[] = {
-    { "hfs",    &posixIoMethods },
-    { "ufs",    &posixIoMethods },
-    { "afpfs",  &afpIoMethods },
-    { "smbfs",  &afpIoMethods },
-    { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
-    { 0, 0 }
-  };
-  int i;
-  struct statfs fsInfo;
-  struct flock lockInfo;
-
-  if( !filePath ){
-    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
-    ** that does not need to be locked. */
-    return &nolockIoMethods;
-  }
-  if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
-    if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
-      return &nolockIoMethods;
-    }
-    for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
-      if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
-        return aMap[i].pMethods;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
-  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
-  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
-  */
-  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
-  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
-  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
-    if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){
-      return &nfsIoMethods;
-    } else {
-      return &posixIoMethods;
-    }
-  }else{
-    return &dotlockIoMethods;
-  }
-}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods 
-  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
-
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-/*
-** This "finder" function for VxWorks checks to see if posix advisory
-** locking works.  If it does, then that is what is used.  If it does not
-** work, then fallback to named semaphore locking.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *vxworksIoFinderImpl(
-  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
-  unixFile *pNew           /* the open file object */
-){
-  struct flock lockInfo;
-
-  if( !filePath ){
-    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
-    ** that does not need to be locked. */
-    return &nolockIoMethods;
-  }
-
-  /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
-  ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
-  */
-  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
-  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
-  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
-    return &posixIoMethods;
-  }else{
-    return &semIoMethods;
-  }
-}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods 
-  *(*const vxworksIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = vxworksIoFinderImpl;
-
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
-
-/*
-** An abstract type for a pointer to an IO method finder function:
-*/
-typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);
-
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
-**
-** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
-** sqlite3_vfs object.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
-*/
-static int fillInUnixFile(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
-  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
-  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
-  int ctrlFlags           /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */
-){
-  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
-  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pNew->pInode==NULL );
-
-  /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The
-  ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that
-  ** include the special Apple locking styles.
-  */
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' 
-    || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
-#else
-  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
-#endif
-
-  /* No locking occurs in temporary files */
-  assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 );
-
-  OSTRACE(("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
-  pNew->h = h;
-  pNew->pVfs = pVfs;
-  pNew->zPath = zFilename;
-  pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
-#endif
-  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0),
-                           "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
-    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW;
-  }
-  if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){
-    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL;
-  }
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
-  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
-    ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){
-    pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
-  }else{
-    pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew);
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-    /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
-    ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
-    ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
-    pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
-#endif
-  }
-
-  if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-    || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods
-#endif
-  ){
-    unixEnterMutex();
-    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor
-      ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail
-      ** in two scenarios:
-      **
-      **   (a) A call to fstat() failed.
-      **   (b) A malloc failed.
-      **
-      ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
-      ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
-      ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
-      ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
-      ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
-      ** by doing so.
-      **
-      ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The
-      ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
-      ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
-      */
-      robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
-      h = -1;
-    }
-    unixLeaveMutex();
-  }
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-  else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
-    /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
-    ** the afpLockingContext.
-    */
-    afpLockingContext *pCtx;
-    pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pCtx) );
-    if( pCtx==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
-      ** according to requirement F11141.  So we do not need to make a
-      ** copy of the filename. */
-      pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
-      pCtx->reserved = 0;
-      srandomdev();
-      unixEnterMutex();
-      rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext);
-        robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
-        h = -1;
-      }
-      unixLeaveMutex();        
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
-    /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
-    ** the dotlockLockingContext 
-    */
-    char *zLockFile;
-    int nFilename;
-    assert( zFilename!=0 );
-    nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6;
-    zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(nFilename);
-    if( zLockFile==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename);
-    }
-    pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
-  }
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){
-    /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be
-    ** included in the semLockingContext
-    */
-    unixEnterMutex();
-    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
-    if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){
-      char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName;
-      int n;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
-                       pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
-      for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
-        if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
-      pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
-      if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
-      }
-    }
-    unixLeaveMutex();
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  storeLastErrno(pNew, 0);
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
-    h = -1;
-    osUnlink(zFilename);
-    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
-  }else{
-    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
-    OpenCounter(+1);
-    verifyDbFile(pNew);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
-** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
-*/
-static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
-  static const char *azDirs[] = {
-     0,
-     0,
-     0,
-     "/var/tmp",
-     "/usr/tmp",
-     "/tmp",
-     0        /* List terminator */
-  };
-  unsigned int i;
-  struct stat buf;
-  const char *zDir = 0;
-
-  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
-  if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
-  if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMPDIR");
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
-    if( zDir==0 ) continue;
-    if( osStat(zDir, &buf) ) continue;
-    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
-    if( osAccess(zDir, 07) ) continue;
-    break;
-  }
-  return zDir;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be allocated
-** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
-** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
-*/
-static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
-    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-    "0123456789";
-  unsigned int i, j;
-  const char *zDir;
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. 
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
-
-  zDir = unixTempFileDir();
-  if( zDir==0 ) zDir = ".";
-
-  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
-  ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
-  */
-  if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= (size_t)nBuf ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  do{
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
-    j = (int)strlen(zBuf);
-    sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
-    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
-      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
-    }
-    zBuf[j] = 0;
-    zBuf[j+1] = 0;
-  }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-/*
-** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
-** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
-** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
-*/
-static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database 
-** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
-** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
-** argument to this function.
-**
-** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed
-** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
-** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
-** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
-** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for 
-** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
-**
-** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
-** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned.
-*/
-static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
-  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0;
-
-  /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
-  ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
-  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better 
-  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure 
-  ** feature.  */
-#if !OS_VXWORKS
-  struct stat sStat;                   /* Results of stat() call */
-
-  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
-  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
-  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
-  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
-  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
-  **
-  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
-  ** not searching for a reusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
-  if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){
-    unixInodeInfo *pInode;
-
-    unixEnterMutex();
-    pInode = inodeList;
-    while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
-                     || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){
-       pInode = pInode->pNext;
-    }
-    if( pInode ){
-      UnixUnusedFd **pp;
-      for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
-      pUnused = *pp;
-      if( pUnused ){
-        *pp = pUnused->pNext;
-      }
-    }
-    unixLeaveMutex();
-  }
-#endif    /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
-  return pUnused;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
-** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
-** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
-** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is 
-** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
-**
-** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
-** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
-** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
-** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then 
-** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the 
-** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever 
-** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions 
-** as the associated database file.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
-** original filename is unavailable.  But 8_3_NAMES is only used for
-** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use
-** the default permissions.
-*/
-static int findCreateFileMode(
-  const char *zPath,              /* Path of file (possibly) being created */
-  int flags,                      /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */
-  mode_t *pMode,                  /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */
-  uid_t *pUid,                    /* OUT: uid to set on the file */
-  gid_t *pGid                     /* OUT: gid to set on the file */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-  *pMode = 0;
-  *pUid = 0;
-  *pGid = 0;
-  if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
-    char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1];     /* Database file path */
-    int nDb;                      /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */
-    struct stat sStat;            /* Output of stat() on database file */
-
-    /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives
-    ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles
-    ** the following naming conventions:
-    **
-    **   "<path to db>-journal"
-    **   "<path to db>-wal"
-    **   "<path to db>-journalNN"
-    **   "<path to db>-walNN"
-    **
-    ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are 
-    ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
-    */
-    nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
-    while( nDb>0 && sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) ) nDb--;
-    if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]!='-' ) return SQLITE_OK;
-#else
-    while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
-      assert( nDb>0 );
-      assert( zPath[nDb]!='\n' );
-      nDb--;
-    }
-#endif
-    memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb);
-    zDb[nDb] = '\0';
-
-    if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){
-      *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777;
-      *pUid = sStat.st_uid;
-      *pGid = sStat.st_gid;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-    }
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
-    *pMode = 0600;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the file zPath.
-** 
-** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
-** one:
-**
-**     sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
-**     sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
-**     sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
-**
-** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
-**
-**     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
-**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
-**     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
-**
-** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
-** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
-** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
-** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
-** OpenExclusive().
-*/
-static int unixOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
-  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
-  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
-  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
-){
-  unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
-  int fd = -1;                   /* File descriptor returned by open() */
-  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
-  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
-  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
-  int ctrlFlags = 0;             /* UNIXFILE_* flags */
-
-  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
-  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
-  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  int isAutoProxy  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
-#endif
-#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  struct statfs fsInfo;
-#endif
-
-  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
-  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
-  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
-  */
-  int syncDir = (isCreate && (
-        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
-     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
-     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
-  ));
-
-  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
-  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
-  */
-  char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2];
-  const char *zName = zPath;
-
-  /* Check the following statements are true: 
-  **
-  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
-  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
-  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  */
-  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
-  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
-  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
-  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
-
-  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
-  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
-
-  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
-  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
-  );
-
-  /* Detect a pid change and reset the PRNG.  There is a race condition
-  ** here such that two or more threads all trying to open databases at
-  ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG.  But multiple resets
-  ** are harmless.
-  */
-  if( randomnessPid!=osGetpid(0) ){
-    randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);
-    sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
-  }
-
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-
-  if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
-    UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
-    pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
-    if( pUnused ){
-      fd = pUnused->fd;
-    }else{
-      pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused));
-      if( !pUnused ){
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-    p->pUnused = pUnused;
-
-    /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
-    ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
-    ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
-    assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
-
-  }else if( !zName ){
-    /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
-    assert(isDelete && !syncDir);
-    rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+2, zTmpname);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    zName = zTmpname;
-
-    /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated
-    ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
-    assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
-  }
-
-  /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
-  ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
-  ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the 
-  ** 'conch file' locking functions later on.  */
-  if( isReadonly )  openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
-  if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
-  if( isCreate )    openFlags |= O_CREAT;
-  if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
-  openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
-
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    mode_t openMode;              /* Permissions to create file with */
-    uid_t uid;                    /* Userid for the file */
-    gid_t gid;                    /* Groupid for the file */
-    rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( !p->pUnused );
-      assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
-      return rc;
-    }
-    fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
-    OSTRACE(("OPENX   %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
-    if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
-      /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
-      flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-      openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
-      flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-      openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
-      isReadonly = 1;
-      fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
-    }
-    if( fd<0 ){
-      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
-      goto open_finished;
-    }
-
-    /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback
-    ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be
-    ** the same as the original database.
-    */
-    if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
-      osFchown(fd, uid, gid);
-    }
-  }
-  assert( fd>=0 );
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    *pOutFlags = flags;
-  }
-
-  if( p->pUnused ){
-    p->pUnused->fd = fd;
-    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
-  }
-
-  if( isDelete ){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-    zPath = zName;
-#elif defined(SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE)
-    zPath = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zName);
-    if( zPath==0 ){
-      robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-#else
-    osUnlink(zName);
-#endif
-  }
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  else{
-    p->openFlags = openFlags;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
-
-  
-#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
-    storeLastErrno(p, errno);
-    robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
-  }
-  if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
-    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
-  }
-  if (0 == strncmp("exfat", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
-    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */
-  if( isDelete )                ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
-  if( isReadonly )              ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
-  if( noLock )                  ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
-  if( syncDir )                 ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI;
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
-  isAutoProxy = 1;
-#endif
-  if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){
-    char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
-    int useProxy = 0;
-
-    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
-    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
-    if( envforce!=NULL ){
-      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
-    }else{
-      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
-    }
-    if( useProxy ){
-      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile 
-          ** and clear all the structure's references.  Specifically, 
-          ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op 
-          */
-          unixClose(pFile);
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-      goto open_finished;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
-
-open_finished:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
-** the directory after deleting the file.
-*/
-static int unixDelete(
-  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
-  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
-  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
-  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){
-    if( errno==ENOENT
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-        || osAccess(zPath,0)!=0
-#endif
-    ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT;
-    }else{
-      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
-    }
-    return rc;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
-  if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){
-    int fd;
-    rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-      if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
-#else
-      if( fsync(fd) )
-#endif
-      {
-        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
-      }
-      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
-    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The
-** test performed depends on the value of flags:
-**
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
-**
-** Otherwise return 0.
-*/
-static int unixAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,   /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */
-  const char *zPath,      /* Path of the file to examine */
-  int flags,              /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */
-  int *pResOut            /* Write result boolean here */
-){
-  int amode = 0;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
-  switch( flags ){
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
-      amode = F_OK;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
-      amode = W_OK|R_OK;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
-      amode = R_OK;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
-  }
-  *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0);
-  if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){
-    struct stat buf;
-    if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){
-      *pResOut = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
-** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
-** zPath. 
-**
-** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
-** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
-** this buffer before returning.
-*/
-static int unixFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
-){
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
-  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-
-  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-
-  zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
-  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
-  }else{
-    int nCwd;
-    if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
-      return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
-    }
-    nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
-}
-
-/*
-** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
-** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
-** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
-** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
-** error message.
-*/
-static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
-  const char *zErr;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  zErr = dlerror();
-  if( zErr ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
-  }
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-}
-static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
-  /* 
-  ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
-  ** cast into a pointer to a function.  And yet the library dlsym() routine
-  ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function.  So how do we
-  ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors?
-  **
-  ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking
-  ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
-  ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
-  ** (That assignment requires a cast.)  Then we call the function that
-  ** x points to.  
-  **
-  ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
-  ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*.  But then, on the
-  ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have
-  ** not really lost anything.
-  */
-  void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym;
-  return (*x)(p, zSym);
-}
-static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  dlclose(pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
-  #define unixDlOpen  0
-  #define unixDlError 0
-  #define unixDlSym   0
-  #define unixDlClose 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
-*/
-static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
-
-  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
-  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
-  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
-  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
-  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
-  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
-  ** in the random seed.
-  **
-  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
-  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
-  ** tests repeatable.
-  */
-  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
-  randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);  
-#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS)
-# if HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF
-  arc4random_buf(zBuf, nBuf);
-# else
-  {
-    int fd, got;
-    fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
-    if( fd<0 ){
-      time_t t;
-      time(&t);
-      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
-      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &randomnessPid, sizeof(randomnessPid));
-      assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(randomnessPid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
-      nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(randomnessPid);
-    }else{
-      do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
-      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
-    }
-  }
-# endif
-#endif
-  return nBuf;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
-** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
-** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
-** than the argument.
-*/
-static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  struct timespec sp;
-
-  sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000;
-  sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000;
-  nanosleep(&sp, NULL);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return microseconds;
-#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
-  usleep(microseconds);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return microseconds;
-#else
-  int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
-  sleep(seconds);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return seconds*1000000;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
-** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
-** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
-** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
-** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
-** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
-** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
-** cannot be found.
-*/
-static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
-  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#if defined(NO_GETTOD)
-  time_t t;
-  time(&t);
-  *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch;
-#elif OS_VXWORKS
-  struct timespec sNow;
-  clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
-  *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000;
-#else
-  struct timeval sNow;
-  if( gettimeofday(&sNow, 0)==0 ){
-    *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000;
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
-    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
-  }
-#endif
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
-*/
-static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
-  sqlite3_int64 i = 0;
-  int rc;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i);
-  *prNow = i/86400000.0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing
-** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up
-** during SQLite operation.  But so far, none of that has been implemented
-** in the core.  So this routine is never called.  For now, it is merely
-** a place-holder.
-*/
-static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-************************** Begin Proxy Locking ********************************
-**
-** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense:  It uses the
-** other locking methods on secondary lock files.  Proxy locking is a
-** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above.  For
-** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred
-** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have
-** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available
-** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking.
-**
-****
-**
-** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the
-** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers
-** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html].  The five file locking
-** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented
-** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl),
-** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl
-** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states.
-** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected
-** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire
-** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock):
-**
-**      PENDING_BYTE        0x40000000
-**      RESERVED_BYTE       0x40000001
-**      SHARED_RANGE        0x40000002 -> 0x40000200
-**
-** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x
-** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables
-** the read cache when byte-range locks are present.  Enabling the read
-** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X
-** supported network file systems.  NFS and AFP both observe the
-** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency
-** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively
-** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple
-** readers and writers
-** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html].
-**
-** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
-** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
-** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
-** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.  
-**
-**
-** Using proxy locks
-** -----------------
-**
-** C APIs
-**
-**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
-**                       <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
-**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
-**                       &<proxy_path>);
-**
-**
-** SQL pragmas
-**
-**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
-**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
-**
-** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching
-** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise
-** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir
-** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the
-** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
-** database file.  For example:
-**
-**       For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" 
-**       The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
-**
-** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
-** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
-** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
-** connection or process). 
-**
-**
-** How proxy locking works
-** -----------------------
-**
-** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: 
-**
-**   *  conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
-**      at a time
-**
-**   *  proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally
-**      taken on the database
-**
-** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
-** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
-** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
-** proxy path against the values stored in the conch.  The conch file is
-** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
-** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
-** If the conch file does not exist, or its contents do not match the
-** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
-** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
-** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again.  If the conch
-** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
-** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
-**
-** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
-** normally taken on the database file.   This allows for safe sharing
-** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
-** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
-**
-** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
-** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.  
-** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
-** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
-** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until 
-** the connection to the database is closed. 
-**
-** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
-** to be created the first time they are used.
-**
-** Configuration options
-** ---------------------
-**
-**  SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
-**
-**       Database files accessed on non-local file systems are
-**       automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
-**       named automatically using the same logic as
-**       PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
-**    
-**  SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
-**
-**       Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
-**       retrieval and creation
-**
-**  LOCKPROXYDIR
-**
-**       Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
-**       are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting
-**
-**  SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
-**
-**       Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
-**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
-**    
-**    
-** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
-** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
-** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
-** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
-** files (explicitly calling the SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
-** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
-*/
-
-/*
-** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
-*/
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-
-/*
-** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote 
-** and local proxy files in it
-*/
-typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
-struct proxyLockingContext {
-  unixFile *conchFile;         /* Open conch file */
-  char *conchFilePath;         /* Name of the conch file */
-  unixFile *lockProxy;         /* Open proxy lock file */
-  char *lockProxyPath;         /* Name of the proxy lock file */
-  char *dbPath;                /* Name of the open file */
-  int conchHeld;               /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */
-  int nFails;                  /* Number of conch taking failures */
-  void *oldLockingContext;     /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
-  sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod;     /* Original I/O methods for close */
-};
-
-/* 
-** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, 
-** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
-** file path. 
-*/
-static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
-  int len;
-  int dbLen;
-  int i;
-
-#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR
-  len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen);
-#else
-# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
-  {
-    if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){
-      OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n",
-               lPath, errno, osGetpid(0)));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-    }
-    len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);    
-  }
-# else
-  len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-  if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
-    len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
-  }
-  
-  /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
-  dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
-  for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
-    char c = dbPath[i];
-    lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c;
-  }
-  lPath[i+len]='\0';
-  strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen);
-  OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, osGetpid(0)));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
- ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
- */
-static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
-  int i, len;
-  char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
-  int start = 0;
-  
-  assert(lockPath!=NULL);
-  /* try to create all the intermediate directories */
-  len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
-  buf[0] = lockPath[0];
-  for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
-    if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
-      /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
-      if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') 
-         || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
-        buf[i]='\0';
-        if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
-          int err=errno;
-          if( err!=EEXIST ) {
-            OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  FAILED creating %s, "
-                     "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",
-                     buf, strerror(err), lockPath, osGetpid(0)));
-            return err;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      start=i+1;
-    }
-    buf[i] = lockPath[i];
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, osGetpid(0)));
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
-**
-** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
-** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
-*/
-static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
-    const char *path,        /* path for the new unixFile */
-    unixFile **ppFile,       /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
-    int islockfile           /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
-) {
-  int fd = -1;
-  unixFile *pNew;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
-  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
-  int terrno = 0;
-  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;
-
-  /* 1. first try to open/create the file
-  ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating
-  ** the parent directories and then try again.
-  ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only
-  ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file
-  */
-  pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags);
-  if( pUnused ){
-    fd = pUnused->fd;
-  }else{
-    pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused));
-    if( !pUnused ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
-    terrno = errno;
-    if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){
-      if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){
-        fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    openFlags = O_RDONLY;
-    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
-    terrno = errno;
-  }
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    if( islockfile ){
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-    switch (terrno) {
-      case EACCES:
-        return SQLITE_PERM;
-      case EIO: 
-        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
-      default:
-        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pNew));
-  if( pNew==NULL ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto end_create_proxy;
-  }
-  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-  pNew->openFlags = openFlags;
-  memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
-  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
-  dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
-  pUnused->fd = fd;
-  pUnused->flags = openFlags;
-  pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
-  
-  rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *ppFile = pNew;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-end_create_proxy:    
-  robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
-  sqlite3_free(pNew);
-  sqlite3_free(pUnused);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
-int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
-#endif
-
-#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN    16  /* conch file host id length */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID
-/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
-extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
-#endif
-
-/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
-** bytes of writable memory.
-*/
-static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
-  assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
-  memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
-#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID
-  {
-    struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
-    if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
-      int err = errno;
-      if( pError ){
-        *pError = err;
-      }
-      return SQLITE_IOERR;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
-  if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
-    pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path
- */
-#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2   /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */
-#define PROXY_HEADERLEN    1   /* conch file header length */
-#define PROXY_PATHINDEX    (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
-#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN  (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
-
-/* 
-** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves 
-** it back.  The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
-** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is 
-** closed.  Returns zero if successful.
-*/
-static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
-  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
-  char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
-  char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
-  char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath;
-  size_t readLen = 0;
-  size_t pathLen = 0;
-  char errmsg[64] = "";
-  int fd = -1;
-  int rc = -1;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID);
-
-  /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
-  pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
-  if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || 
-     (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
-    goto end_breaklock;
-  }
-  /* read the conch content */
-  readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
-  if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen);
-    goto end_breaklock;
-  }
-  /* write it out to the temporary break file */
-  fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL), 0);
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno);
-    goto end_breaklock;
-  }
-  if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno);
-    goto end_breaklock;
-  }
-  if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno);
-    goto end_breaklock;
-  }
-  rc = 0;
-  fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath);
-  robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
-  conchFile->h = fd;
-  conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
-
-end_breaklock:
-  if( rc ){
-    if( fd>=0 ){
-      osUnlink(tPath);
-      robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
-    }
-    fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the 
-** host id matches.
-*/
-static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
-  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nTries = 0;
-  struct timespec conchModTime;
-  
-  memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
-  do {
-    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
-    nTries ++;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      /* If the lock failed (busy):
-       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
-       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
-       *           10 sec and try again
-       * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
-       */
-      struct stat buf;
-      if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
-        storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-      }
-      
-      if( nTries==1 ){
-        conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
-        usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
-        continue;  
-      }
-
-      assert( nTries>1 );
-      if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || 
-         conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
-        return SQLITE_BUSY;
-      }
-      
-      if( nTries==2 ){  
-        char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
-        int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
-        if( len<0 ){
-          storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
-          return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-        }
-        if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
-          /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
-          if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
-            return SQLITE_BUSY;
-          }
-        }else{
-          /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */
-          return SQLITE_BUSY;
-        }
-        usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
-        continue; 
-      }
-      
-      assert( nTries==3 );
-      if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
-        }
-        if( !rc ){
-          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
-  
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if 
-** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL 
-** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the 
-** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically 
-** and written to the conch file.
-*/
-static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
-  
-  if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
-    uuid_t myHostID;
-    int pError = 0;
-    char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
-    char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
-    char *tempLockPath = NULL;
-    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    int createConch = 0;
-    int hostIdMatch = 0;
-    int readLen = 0;
-    int tryOldLockPath = 0;
-    int forceNewLockPath = 0;
-    
-    OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
-             (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
-             osGetpid(0)));
-
-    rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
-    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, pError);
-      goto end_takeconch;
-    }
-    rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto end_takeconch;
-    }
-    /* read the existing conch file */
-    readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
-    if( readLen<0 ){
-      /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
-      storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno);
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-      goto end_takeconch;
-    }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || 
-             readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
-      /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new 
-      ** conch file. 
-      */
-      createConch = 1;
-    }
-    /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
-    ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll 
-    ** retry with a new auto-generated path 
-    */
-    do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
-
-      if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
-        hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, 
-                                  PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
-        /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
-        if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
-          /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
-           ** use the local lock file path that's already in there
-           */
-          if( hostIdMatch ){
-            size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
-            
-            if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
-              pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
-            }
-            memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen);
-            lockPath[pathLen] = 0;
-            tempLockPath = lockPath;
-            tryOldLockPath = 1;
-            /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */
-            goto end_takeconch;
-          }
-        }else if( hostIdMatch
-               && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX],
-                           readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
-        ){
-          /* conch host and lock path match */
-          goto end_takeconch; 
-        }
-      }
-      
-      /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
-      if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        goto end_takeconch;
-      }
-      
-      /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
-      if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
-        proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
-        tempLockPath = lockPath;
-        /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
-      }
-      
-      /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
-      ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
-      ** stick.
-      */
-      futimes(conchFile->h, NULL);
-      if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){
-        if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){
-          /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
-           ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
-          rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        } else {          
-          rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-        }
-      }else{
-        rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
-        int writeSize = 0;
-        
-        writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
-        memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
-        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
-          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath,
-                  MAXPATHLEN);
-        }else{
-          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
-        }
-        writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
-        robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
-        rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
-        fsync(conchFile->h);
-        /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a 
-         ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database 
-         */
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
-          struct stat buf;
-          int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
-          if( err==0 ){
-            mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP |
-                                        S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
-            /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */
-#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
-            osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
-#else
-            do{
-              rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
-            }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR );
-            if( rc!=0 ){
-              int code = errno;
-              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
-                      cmode, code, strerror(code));
-            } else {
-              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode);
-            }
-          }else{
-            int code = errno;
-            fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", 
-                    err, code, strerror(code));
-#endif
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
-      
-    end_takeconch:
-      OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE  %d\n", pFile->h));
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
-        int fd;
-        if( pFile->h>=0 ){
-          robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
-        }
-        pFile->h = -1;
-        fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0);
-        OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN  %d\n", fd));
-        if( fd>=0 ){
-          pFile->h = fd;
-        }else{
-          rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
-           during locking */
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
-        char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
-        rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
-          /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
-           ** so try again via auto-naming 
-           */
-          forceNewLockPath = 1;
-          tryOldLockPath = 0;
-          continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value
-         ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack
-         */
-        if( tempLockPath ){
-          pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath);
-          if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
-            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
-        
-        if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
-          afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
-          afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
-          afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
-        }
-      } else {
-        conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
-      }
-      OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
-               rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
-      return rc;
-    } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - 
-                 ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
-*/
-static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Subroutine return code */
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;  /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
-  unixFile *conchFile;        /* Name of the conch file */
-
-  pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-  conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
-  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
-           (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), 
-           osGetpid(0)));
-  if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
-    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
-  }
-  pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
-  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
-           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file.
-** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc64().
-** Make *pConchPath point to the new name.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory.
-**
-** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory
-** space is eventually freed.
-**
-** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs.
-*/
-static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
-  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
-  int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */
-  char *conchPath;              /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
-
-  /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
-  ** the name of the original database file. */  
-  *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(len + 8);
-  if( conchPath==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
-  
-  /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
-  for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
-    if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
-      i++;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  conchPath[i]='.';
-  while ( i<len ){
-    conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i];
-    i++;
-  }
-
-  /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */
-  memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7);
-  assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 );
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
-** the local lock file path 
-*/
-static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
-  char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }  
-
-  /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
-  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
-    (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
-    pCtx->lockProxy=NULL;
-    pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
-    if( lockProxy!=NULL ){
-      rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(oldPath);
-    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
-  }
-  
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call.  dbPath
-** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size.
-**
-** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it
-** int dbPath.
-*/
-static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
-#if defined(__APPLE__)
-  if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
-    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field 
-    ** of the struct */
-    assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
-    strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath,
-            MAXPATHLEN);
-  } else
-#endif
-  if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
-    /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
-    ** file path */
-    int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
-    memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
-  }else{
-    /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
-    assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
-    strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking 
-** will be performed on the local proxy lock file.  The following fields
-** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and 
-** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
-**  ->lockingContext
-**  ->pMethod
-*/
-static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;
-  char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1];       /* Name of the database file */
-  char *lockPath=NULL;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  
-  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
-  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){
-    lockPath=NULL;
-  }else{
-    lockPath=(char *)path;
-  }
-  
-  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
-           (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0)));
-
-  pCtx = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pCtx) );
-  if( pCtx==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx));
-
-  rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){
-      /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and
-      ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access.
-      ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts
-      ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
-      */
-      struct statfs fsInfo;
-      struct stat conchInfo;
-      int goLockless = 0;
-
-      if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) {
-        int err = errno;
-        if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){
-          goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY;
-        }
-      }
-      if( goLockless ){
-        pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-  }  
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
-    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
-    if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, 
-    ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
-    */
-    pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
-    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
-    pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
-    pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
-  }else{
-    if( pCtx->conchFile ){ 
-      pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
-      sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
-    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); 
-    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d %s\n", pFile->h,
-           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
-** to proxy locking.
-*/
-static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
-      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-      if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
-        proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
-        proxyTakeConch(pFile);
-        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
-          *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
-        }else{
-          *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
-        }
-      } else {
-        *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
-      }
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
-      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
-      if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
-        if( isProxyStyle ){
-          /* turn off proxy locking - not supported.  If support is added for
-          ** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if
-          ** the journal mode is WAL mode. 
-          */
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
-        }else{
-          /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        }
-      }else{
-        const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
-        if( isProxyStyle ){
-          proxyLockingContext *pCtx = 
-            (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
-          if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") 
-           || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
-               !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
-          ){
-            rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          }else{
-            rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath);
-          }
-        }else{
-          /* turn on proxy file locking */
-          rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath);
-        }
-      }
-      return rc;
-    }
-    default: {
-      assert( 0 );  /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */
-    }
-  }
-  /*NOTREACHED*/
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures
-** above this point are all utilities.  The lock-related methods of the
-** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow.
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
-      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
-      return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
-    }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
-      pResOut=0;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
-      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
-      rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
-      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
-    }else{
-      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
-      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
-      rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
-      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
-    }else{
-      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file that uses proxy locks.
-*/
-static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
-    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
-    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    
-    if( lockProxy ){
-      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
-      pCtx->lockProxy = 0;
-    }
-    if( conchFile ){
-      if( pCtx->conchHeld ){
-        rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile);
-        if( rc ) return rc;
-      }
-      rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      sqlite3_free(conchFile);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
-    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath);
-    /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
-    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
-    pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
-    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
-    return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-/*
-** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
-** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
-** restricted to MacOSX.
-** 
-**
-******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Initialize the operating system interface.
-**
-** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating
-** systems.  This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows,
-** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other
-** files.
-**
-** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a
-** single thread.  The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not
-** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
-** should not be used.
-*/
-int sqlite3_os_init(void){ 
-  /* 
-  ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
-  ** The name of the VFS is NAME.  The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
-  ** to the "finder" function.  (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
-  ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer
-  ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems
-  ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.)
-  **
-  ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the
-  ** finder-function.  The finder-function returns a pointer to the
-  ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking
-  ** behaviors.  See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS
-  ** macro for addition information on finder-functions.
-  **
-  ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
-  ** object.  But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
-  ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the 
-  ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
-  ** that filesystem time.
-  */
-  #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) {                        \
-    3,                    /* iVersion */                    \
-    sizeof(unixFile),     /* szOsFile */                    \
-    MAX_PATHNAME,         /* mxPathname */                  \
-    0,                    /* pNext */                       \
-    VFSNAME,              /* zName */                       \
-    (void*)&FINDER,       /* pAppData */                    \
-    unixOpen,             /* xOpen */                       \
-    unixDelete,           /* xDelete */                     \
-    unixAccess,           /* xAccess */                     \
-    unixFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */               \
-    unixDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */                     \
-    unixDlError,          /* xDlError */                    \
-    unixDlSym,            /* xDlSym */                      \
-    unixDlClose,          /* xDlClose */                    \
-    unixRandomness,       /* xRandomness */                 \
-    unixSleep,            /* xSleep */                      \
-    unixCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */                \
-    unixGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */               \
-    unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */           \
-    unixSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */              \
-    unixGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */              \
-    unixNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */             \
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
-  **
-  ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
-  ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered.  So the following
-  ** array cannot be const.
-  */
-  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
-#elif OS_VXWORKS
-    UNIXVFS("unix",          vxworksIoFinder ),
-#else
-    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
-#endif
-    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
-    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),
-    UNIXVFS("unix-excl",     posixIoFinder ),
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || OS_VXWORKS
-    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",      afpIoFinder ),
-    UNIXVFS("unix-nfs",      nfsIoFinder ),
-    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
-#endif
-  };
-  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */
-
-  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
-  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
-  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==25 );
-
-  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
-  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
-    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the operating system interface.
-**
-** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
-** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
-** This routine is a no-op for unix.
-*/
-int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
- 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_win.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_win.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 251107528b9..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_win.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5640 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for Windows only */
-
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-#include "os_common.h"
-
-/*
-** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
-*/
-#include "os_win.h"
-
-/*
-** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only
-** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel.
-*/
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-#  error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\
- with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL."
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-#  error "Memory mapped files require support from the Windows NT kernel,\
- compile with SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE=0."
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
-** based on the sub-platform)?
-*/
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI)
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
-** based on the sub-platform)?
-*/
-#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \
-    !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE)
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-#  error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\
- must be defined."
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not
-** already available.
-*/
-#ifndef NTDDI_WIN8
-#  define NTDDI_WIN8                        0x06020000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE
-#  define NTDDI_WINBLUE                     0x06030000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check to see if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are deprecated on the
-** target system.  GetVersionEx was first deprecated in Win8.1.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
-#  if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE
-#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   0   /* GetVersionEx() is deprecated */
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   1   /* GetVersionEx() is current */
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file).
-*/
-#ifndef MAX_PATH
-#  define MAX_PATH                      (260)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32.  This should normally be
-** MAX_PATH.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS   (MAX_PATH)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file).
-*/
-#ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS
-#  define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS      (32767)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT.  This should normally be
-** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS
-#  define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS   (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32.  The MAX_PATH macro is in
-** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of
-** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES   (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT.  This should normally be
-** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR).
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES
-#  define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES   \
-                            (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory
-** separator.
-*/
-#ifndef winIsDirSep
-#  define winIsDirSep(a)                (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\'))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is
-** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation).
-*/
-#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE
-#  define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x)      (void)(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator.
-*/
-#ifndef winGetDirSep
-#  define winGetDirSep()                '\\'
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL
-** mode or memory mapped files (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows
-** CE SDK; however, they are not present in the header file)?
-*/
-#if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && \
-        (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)
-/*
-** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT.  Figure out which
-** set we need.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \
-        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR);
-
-WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T);
-#else
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
-        DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR);
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
-        DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR);
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */
-
-WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
-
-/*
-** These file mapping APIs are common to both Win32 and WinRT.
-*/
-
-WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI FlushViewOfFile(LPCVOID, SIZE_T);
-WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID);
-#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API */
-
-/*
-** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
-# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK
-# define FILE_FLAG_MASK          (0xFF3C0000)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK
-# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK     (0x0003FFF7)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/* Forward references to structures used for WAL */
-typedef struct winShm winShm;           /* A connection to shared-memory */
-typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode;   /* A region of shared-memory */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
-** with some code of our own.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-typedef struct winceLock {
-  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
-  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
-  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
-  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
-} winceLock;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
-** portability layer.
-*/
-typedef struct winFile winFile;
-struct winFile {
-  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;      /* The VFS used to open this file */
-  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
-  u8 locktype;            /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
-  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
-  u8 ctrlFlags;           /* Flags.  See WINFILE_* below */
-  DWORD lastErrno;        /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  winShm *pShm;           /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
-#endif
-  const char *zPath;      /* Full pathname of this file */
-  int szChunk;            /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
-  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */
-  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
-  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
-  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  int nFetchOut;                /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */
-  HANDLE hMap;                  /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */
-  void *pMapRegion;             /* Area memory mapped */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;       /* Usable size of mapped region */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;    /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags
-*/
-#define WINFILE_RDONLY          0x02   /* Connection is read only */
-#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL     0x04   /* Persistent WAL mode */
-#define WINFILE_PSOW            0x10   /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
-
-/*
- * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug().
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE   ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD)))
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
- * the data directory should be changed.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE (1)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
- * the temporary directory should be changed.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the
- * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
-
-/*
- * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32
- * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used.  This
- * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT.  By default, this is enabled
- * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data.
- *
- ******************************************************************************
- * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the
- *          winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown
- *          function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will
- *          be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed
- *          data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation.
- ******************************************************************************
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE    (TRUE)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \
-                                       (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE  (0)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs.  This value may be
- * zero for the default behavior.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS     (0)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific
-** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation.
-*/
-typedef struct winMemData winMemData;
-struct winMemData {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  u32 magic1;   /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
-#endif
-  HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */
-  BOOL bOwned;  /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  u32 magic2;   /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#define WINMEM_MAGIC1     0x42b2830b
-#define WINMEM_MAGIC2     0xbd4d7cf4
-#endif
-
-static struct winMemData win_mem_data = {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  WINMEM_MAGIC1,
-#endif
-  NULL, FALSE
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  ,WINMEM_MAGIC2
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 )
-#define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 )
-#define winMemAssertMagic()  winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2();
-#else
-#define winMemAssertMagic()
-#endif
-
-#define winMemGetDataPtr()  &win_mem_data
-#define winMemGetHeap()     win_mem_data.hHeap
-#define winMemGetOwned()    win_mem_data.bOwned
-
-static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes);
-static void winMemFree(void *pPrior);
-static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes);
-static int winMemSize(void *p);
-static int winMemRoundup(int n);
-static int winMemInit(void *pAppData);
-static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData);
-
-const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void);
-#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
-
-/*
-** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
-** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win9x
-** or WinNT.
-**
-** 0:   Operating system unknown.
-** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
-** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
-**
-** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
-** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-#else
-static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SYSCALL
-#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT.
- */
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-#  define osAreFileApisANSI()       1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
-** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
-** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
-** to all overrideable system calls.
-*/
-static struct win_syscall {
-  const char *zName;            /* Name of the system call */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
-} aSyscall[] = {
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI,         0 },
-#else
-  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI
-#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)CharLowerW,              0 },
-#else
-  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)CharUpperW,              0 },
-#else
-  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
-
-  { "CloseHandle",             (SYSCALL)CloseHandle,             0 },
-
-#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileA,             0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileW,             0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
-
-#if (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \
-        (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0))
-  { "CreateFileMappingA",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA,      0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFileMappingA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
-        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
-        (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0))
-  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW,      0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
-        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW,            0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \
-        LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA,             0 },
-#else
-  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW,             0 },
-#else
-  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 },
-#else
-  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
-        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime,    0 },
-#else
-  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
-        LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
-
-  { "FlushFileBuffers",        (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers,        0 },
-
-#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA,          0 },
-#else
-  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \
-        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW,          0 },
-#else
-  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
-        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary,             0 },
-#else
-  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
-
-  { "GetCurrentProcessId",     (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId,     0 },
-
-#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA,       0 },
-#else
-  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
-        LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW,       0 },
-#else
-  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
-        LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA,      0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW,      0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW,    0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \
-        LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)GetFileSize,             0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA,        0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \
-        LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW,        0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
-        LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent)
-
-  { "GetLastError",            (SYSCALL)GetLastError,            0 },
-
-#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent)
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */
-  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA,         0 },
-#else
-  /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
-  ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
-  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress,          0 },
-#endif
-#else
-  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \
-        LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo,           0 },
-#else
-  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent)
-
-  { "GetSystemTime",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime,           0 },
-
-#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 },
-#else
-  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
-        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA,            0 },
-#else
-  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW,            0 },
-#else
-  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)GetTickCount,            0 },
-#else
-  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && \
-        SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
-  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA,           0 },
-#else
-  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
-        LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
-        defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
-  { "GetVersionExW",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW,           0 },
-#else
-  { "GetVersionExW",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
-        LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent)
-
-  { "HeapAlloc",               (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc,               0 },
-
-#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
-        SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)HeapCreate,              0 },
-#else
-  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \
-        SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy,             0 },
-#else
-  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent)
-
-  { "HeapFree",                (SYSCALL)HeapFree,                0 },
-
-#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent)
-
-  { "HeapReAlloc",             (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc,             0 },
-
-#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \
-        SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent)
-
-  { "HeapSize",                (SYSCALL)HeapSize,                0 },
-
-#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
-        LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)HeapValidate,            0 },
-#else
-  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
-        LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "HeapCompact",             (SYSCALL)HeapCompact,             0 },
-#else
-  { "HeapCompact",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA,            0 },
-#else
-  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
-        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW,            0 },
-#else
-  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)LocalFree,               0 },
-#else
-  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)LockFile,                0 },
-#else
-  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#ifndef osLockFile
-#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)LockFileEx,              0 },
-#else
-  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#ifndef osLockFileEx
-#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
-        (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0))
-  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile,           0 },
-#else
-  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent)
-
-  { "MultiByteToWideChar",     (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar,     0 },
-
-#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \
-        int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent)
-
-  { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 },
-
-#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
-        LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent)
-
-  { "ReadFile",                (SYSCALL)ReadFile,                0 },
-
-#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
-        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent)
-
-  { "SetEndOfFile",            (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile,            0 },
-
-#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer,          0 },
-#else
-  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \
-        DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)Sleep,                   0 },
-#else
-  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent)
-
-  { "SystemTimeToFileTime",    (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime,    0 },
-
-#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \
-        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)UnlockFile,              0 },
-#else
-  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#ifndef osUnlockFile
-#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx,            0 },
-#else
-  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile,         0 },
-#else
-  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent)
-
-  { "WideCharToMultiByte",     (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte,     0 },
-
-#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \
-        LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent)
-
-  { "WriteFile",               (SYSCALL)WriteFile,               0 },
-
-#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
-        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW,          0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \
-        DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject,     0 },
-#else
-  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
-        DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx,   0 },
-#else
-  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
-        BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx,        0 },
-#else
-  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \
-        PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0,                  0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
-        FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)
-  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp,    0 },
-#else
-  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \
-        SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)CreateFile2,             0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary,     0 },
-#else
-  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \
-        DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64,          0 },
-#else
-  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo,     0 },
-#else
-  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
-        LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA,      0 },
-#else
-  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW,      0 },
-#else
-  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent)
-
-  { "GetProcessHeap",          (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap,          0 },
-
-#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)
-  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
-        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent)
-
-/*
-** NOTE: On some sub-platforms, the InterlockedCompareExchange "function"
-**       is really just a macro that uses a compiler intrinsic (e.g. x64).
-**       So do not try to make this is into a redefinable interface.
-*/
-#if defined(InterlockedCompareExchange)
-  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)0,                    0 },
-
-#define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange
-#else
-  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 },
-
-#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG \
-        SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE*, LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent)
-#endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID
-  { "UuidCreate",               (SYSCALL)UuidCreate,             0 },
-#else
-  { "UuidCreate",               (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osUuidCreate ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[77].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID
-  { "UuidCreateSequential",     (SYSCALL)UuidCreateSequential,   0 },
-#else
-  { "UuidCreateSequential",     (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osUuidCreateSequential \
-        ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[78].pCurrent)
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  { "FlushViewOfFile",          (SYSCALL)FlushViewOfFile,        0 },
-#else
-  { "FlushViewOfFile",          (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFlushViewOfFile \
-        ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID,SIZE_T))aSyscall[79].pCurrent)
-
-}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
-
-/*
-** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
-** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
-** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
-** system call named zName.
-*/
-static int winSetSystemCall(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
-  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
-){
-  unsigned int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
-  if( zName==0 ){
-    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
-    ** settings and return NULL
-    */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
-        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
-    ** specified.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
-        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
-          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
-        }
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
-        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
-** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
-** is currently undefined.
-*/
-static sqlite3_syscall_ptr winGetSystemCall(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
-  const char *zName
-){
-  unsigned int i;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
-** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
-** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
-** system call.
-*/
-static const char *winNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
-  int i = -1;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-  if( zName ){
-    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
-      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
-    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
-/*
-** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
-** compact it.  Upon success, SQLITE_OK will be returned.  Upon failure, one
-** of SQLITE_NOMEM, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND will be returned.  The
-** "pnLargest" argument, if non-zero, will be used to return the size of the
-** largest committed free block in the heap, in bytes.
-*/
-int sqlite3_win32_compact_heap(LPUINT pnLargest){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  UINT nLargest = 0;
-  HANDLE hHeap;
-
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
-  assert( hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
-#endif
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  if( (nLargest=osHeapCompact(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS))==0 ){
-    DWORD lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    if( lastErrno==NO_ERROR ){
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapCompact (no space), heap=%p",
-                  (void*)hHeap);
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, "failed to HeapCompact (%lu), heap=%p",
-                  osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTFOUND, "failed to HeapCompact, heap=%p",
-              (void*)hHeap);
-  rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-#endif
-  if( pnLargest ) *pnLargest = nLargest;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
-** destroy and recreate it.  If the Win32 native heap is not isolated and/or
-** the sqlite3_memory_used() function does not return zero, SQLITE_BUSY will
-** be returned and no changes will be made to the Win32 native heap.
-*/
-int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){
-  int rc;
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMem; )    /* The memsys static mutex */
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMem = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); )
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMem);
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  if( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL && winMemGetOwned() && sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ){
-    /*
-    ** At this point, there should be no outstanding memory allocations on
-    ** the heap.  Also, since both the master and memsys locks are currently
-    ** being held by us, no other function (i.e. from another thread) should
-    ** be able to even access the heap.  Attempt to destroy and recreate our
-    ** isolated Win32 native heap now.
-    */
-    assert( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
-    assert( winMemGetOwned() );
-    assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
-    winMemShutdown(winMemGetDataPtr());
-    assert( winMemGetHeap()==NULL );
-    assert( !winMemGetOwned() );
-    assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
-    rc = winMemInit(winMemGetDataPtr());
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetOwned() );
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
-  }else{
-    /*
-    ** The Win32 native heap cannot be modified because it may be in use.
-    */
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMem);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
-
-/*
-** This function outputs the specified (ANSI) string to the Win32 debugger
-** (if available).
-*/
-
-void sqlite3_win32_write_debug(const char *zBuf, int nBuf){
-  char zDbgBuf[SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE];
-  int nMin = MIN(nBuf, (SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE - 1)); /* may be negative. */
-  if( nMin<-1 ) nMin = -1; /* all negative values become -1. */
-  assert( nMin==-1 || nMin==0 || nMin<SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE );
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  if( nMin>0 ){
-    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
-    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
-    osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf);
-  }else{
-    osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf);
-  }
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
-  if ( osMultiByteToWideChar(
-          osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf,
-          nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf);
-#else
-  if( nMin>0 ){
-    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
-    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
-    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf);
-  }else{
-    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms
-** milliseconds.  This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL;
-#endif
-
-void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  if ( sleepObj==NULL ){
-    sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET,
-                                SYNCHRONIZE);
-  }
-  assert( sleepObj!=NULL );
-  osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE);
-#else
-  osSleep(milliseconds);
-#endif
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
-        SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject){
-  DWORD rc;
-  while( (rc = osWaitForSingleObjectEx(hObject, INFINITE,
-                                       TRUE))==WAIT_IO_COMPLETION ){}
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
-** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
-**
-** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
-** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
-** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
-** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
-** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
-** the LockFileEx() API.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
-# define osIsNT()  (1)
-#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-# define osIsNT()  (1)
-#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-# define osIsNT()  (0)
-#else
-# define osIsNT()  ((sqlite3_os_type==2) || sqlite3_win32_is_nt())
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function determines if the machine is running a version of Windows
-** based on the NT kernel.
-*/
-int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  /*
-  ** NOTE: The WinRT sub-platform is always assumed to be based on the NT
-  **       kernel.
-  */
-  return 1;
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
-  if( osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 0, 0)==0 ){
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-    OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
-    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
-    osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);
-    osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type,
-        (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0);
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-    OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo;
-    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
-    osGetVersionExW(&sInfo);
-    osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type,
-        (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0);
-#endif
-  }
-  return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2;
-#elif SQLITE_TEST
-  return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2;
-#else
-  /*
-  ** NOTE: All sub-platforms where the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are
-  **       deprecated are always assumed to be based on the NT kernel.
-  */
-  return 1;
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
-/*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory.
-*/
-static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
-  HANDLE hHeap;
-  void *p;
-
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
-  assert( hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
-#endif
-  assert( nBytes>=0 );
-  p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
-  if( !p ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
-                nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-*/
-static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){
-  HANDLE hHeap;
-
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
-  assert( hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
-#endif
-  if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */
-  if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
-                pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
-*/
-static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
-  HANDLE hHeap;
-  void *p;
-
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
-  assert( hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
-#endif
-  assert( nBytes>=0 );
-  if( !pPrior ){
-    p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
-  }else{
-    p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
-  }
-  if( !p ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
-                pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(),
-                (void*)hHeap);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.
-*/
-static int winMemSize(void *p){
-  HANDLE hHeap;
-  SIZE_T n;
-
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
-  assert( hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) );
-#endif
-  if( !p ) return 0;
-  n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p);
-  if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
-                p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return (int)n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int winMemRoundup(int n){
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-*/
-static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){
-  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
-
-  if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
-  assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
-  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
-    DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE;
-    DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
-    if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){
-      dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE;
-    }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){
-      dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize;
-    }
-    pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS,
-                                      dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize);
-    if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
-          "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu",
-          osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize,
-          dwMaximumSize);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE;
-    assert( pWinMemData->bOwned );
-  }
-#else
-  pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap();
-  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
-        "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError());
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
-  assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned );
-#endif
-  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){
-  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
-
-  if( !pWinMemData ) return;
-  assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
-  assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );
-
-  if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){
-    assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-    assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
-#endif
-    if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){
-      if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){
-        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p",
-                    osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap);
-      }
-      pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
-    }
-    pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
-** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
-**
-** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
-** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
-*/
-const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = {
-    winMemMalloc,
-    winMemFree,
-    winMemRealloc,
-    winMemSize,
-    winMemRoundup,
-    winMemInit,
-    winMemShutdown,
-    &win_mem_data
-  };
-  return &winMemMethods;
-}
-
-void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32());
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
-
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?).
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
-*/
-static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
-  int nChar;
-  LPWSTR zWideFilename;
-
-  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
-  if( nChar==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zWideFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
-  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename,
-                                nChar);
-  if( nChar==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(zWideFilename);
-    zWideFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zWideFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert Microsoft Unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
-** obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  char *zFilename;
-
-  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
-  if( zFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
-                                0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(zFilename);
-    zFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the
-** current codepage settings for file apis.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
-** from sqlite3_malloc.
-*/
-static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  LPWSTR zMbcsFilename;
-  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-
-  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,
-                                0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
-  if( nByte==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zMbcsFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
-  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename,
-                                nByte);
-  if( nByte==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(zMbcsFilename);
-    zMbcsFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zMbcsFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert Microsoft Unicode to multi-byte character string, based on the
-** user's ANSI codepage.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  char *zFilename;
-  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-
-  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
-  if( zFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename,
-                                nByte, 0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(zFilename);
-    zFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){
-  char *zFilenameUtf8;
-  LPWSTR zTmpWide;
-
-  zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
-  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zFilenameUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
-  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
-  return zFilenameUtf8;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){
-  char *zFilenameMbcs;
-  LPWSTR zTmpWide;
-
-  zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zFilenameMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
-  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
-  return zFilenameMbcs;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on
-** the provided arguments.  The type argument must be 1 in order to set the
-** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory.  The zValue
-** argument is the name of the directory to use.  The return value will be
-** SQLITE_OK if successful.
-*/
-int sqlite3_win32_set_directory(DWORD type, LPCWSTR zValue){
-  char **ppDirectory = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-  if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
-    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory;
-  }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
-    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory;
-  }
-  assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
-          || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
-  );
-  assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  if( ppDirectory ){
-    char *zValueUtf8 = 0;
-    if( zValue && zValue[0] ){
-      zValueUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zValue);
-      if ( zValueUtf8==0 ){
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory);
-    *ppDirectory = zValueUtf8;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
-*/
-static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure.  Otherwise it
-  ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
-  ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
-  */
-  DWORD dwLen = 0;
-  char *zOut = 0;
-
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-    WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1];
-    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
-                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
-                             NULL,
-                             lastErrno,
-                             0,
-                             zTempWide,
-                             SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS,
-                             0);
-#else
-    LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL;
-    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
-                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
-                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
-                             NULL,
-                             lastErrno,
-                             0,
-                             (LPWSTR) &zTempWide,
-                             0,
-                             0);
-#endif
-    if( dwLen > 0 ){
-      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide);
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
-      osLocalFree(zTempWide);
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    char *zTemp = NULL;
-    dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
-                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
-                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
-                             NULL,
-                             lastErrno,
-                             0,
-                             (LPSTR) &zTemp,
-                             0,
-                             0);
-    if( dwLen > 0 ){
-      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
-      osLocalFree(zTemp);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  if( 0 == dwLen ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno);
-  }else{
-    /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut);
-    /* free the UTF8 buffer */
-    sqlite3_free(zOut);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-**
-** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
-** winLogError().
-**
-** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
-** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
-** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from
-** FormatMessage.
-**
-** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
-** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
-** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
-** failed and the associated file-system path, if any.
-*/
-#define winLogError(a,b,c,d)   winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__)
-static int winLogErrorAtLine(
-  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
-  DWORD lastErrno,                /* Win32 last error */
-  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
-  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
-  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
-){
-  char zMsg[500];                 /* Human readable error text */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-
-  zMsg[0] = 0;
-  winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg);
-  assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
-  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
-  for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){}
-  zMsg[i] = 0;
-  sqlite3_log(errcode,
-      "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s",
-      iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
-  );
-
-  return errcode;
-}
-
-/*
-** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile()
-** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by
-** antivirus software.  Also the initial delay before the first retry.
-** The delay increases linearly with each retry.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY
-# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY
-# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25
-#endif
-static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY;
-static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY;
-
-/*
-** The "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro is used to determine if a particular I/O
-** error code obtained via GetLastError() is eligible to be retried.  It
-** must accept the error code DWORD as its only argument and should return
-** non-zero if the error code is transient in nature and the operation
-** responsible for generating the original error might succeed upon being
-** retried.  The argument to this macro should be a variable.
-**
-** Additionally, a macro named "winIoerrCanRetry2" may be defined.  If it
-** is defined, it will be consulted only when the macro "winIoerrCanRetry1"
-** returns zero.  The "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro is completely optional and
-** may be used to include additional error codes in the set that should
-** result in the failing I/O operation being retried by the caller.  If
-** defined, the "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro must exhibit external semantics
-** identical to those of the "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro.
-*/
-#if !defined(winIoerrCanRetry1)
-#define winIoerrCanRetry1(a) (((a)==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)        || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION)    || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION)       || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST)        || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED)      || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_SEM_TIMEOUT)          || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine
-** to see if it should be retried.  Return TRUE to retry.  Return FALSE
-** to give up with an error.
-*/
-static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){
-  DWORD e = osGetLastError();
-  if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){
-    if( pError ){
-      *pError = e;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( winIoerrCanRetry1(e) ){
-    sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
-    ++*pnRetry;
-    return 1;
-  }
-#if defined(winIoerrCanRetry2)
-  else if( winIoerrCanRetry2(e) ){
-    sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
-    ++*pnRetry;
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pError ){
-    *pError = e;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Log a I/O error retry episode.
-*/
-static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry, int lineno){
-  if( nRetry ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE,
-      "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict at line %d",
-      winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2, lineno
-    );
-  }
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-/*************************************************************************
-** This section contains code for WinCE only.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API
-/*
-** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function.  So
-** create a substitute.
-*/
-#include <time.h>
-struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
-{
-  static struct tm y;
-  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
-  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
-  sqlite3_int64 t64;
-  t64 = *t;
-  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
-  uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF);
-  uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32);
-  osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
-  osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
-  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
-  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
-  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
-  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
-  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
-  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
-  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
-  return &y;
-}
-#endif
-
-#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)]
-
-/*
-** Acquire a lock on the handle h
-*/
-static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
-   DWORD dwErr;
-   do {
-     dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
-   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
-}
-/*
-** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
-*/
-#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
-
-/*
-** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
-** descriptor pFile
-*/
-static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
-  LPWSTR zTok;
-  LPWSTR zName;
-  DWORD lastErrno;
-  BOOL bLogged = FALSE;
-  BOOL bInit = TRUE;
-
-  zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  if( zName==0 ){
-    /* out of memory */
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
-  memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local));
-
-  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
-  ** to derive a mutex name. */
-  zTok = osCharLowerW(zName);
-  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
-    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
-  }
-
-  /* Create/open the named mutex */
-  pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
-  if (!pFile->hMutex){
-    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    sqlite3_free(zName);
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are
-  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
-  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
-  */
-  osCharUpperW(zName);
-  pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
-                                        PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
-                                        zName);
-
-  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it
-  ** must be zero-initialized */
-  lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-  if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
-    bInit = FALSE;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(zName);
-
-  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
-  if( pFile->hShared ){
-    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared,
-             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
-    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
-    if( !pFile->shared ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
-                  "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
-      bLogged = TRUE;
-      osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
-      pFile->hShared = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
-  if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){
-    if( !bLogged ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
-                  "winceCreateLock3", zFilename);
-      bLogged = TRUE;
-    }
-    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
-    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
-  if( bInit ){
-    memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
-  }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
-*/
-static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
-  if (pFile->hMutex){
-    /* Acquire the mutex */
-    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
-       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
-    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
-      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bPending){
-      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
-      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
-    osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
-    osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
-
-    /* Done with the mutex */
-    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
-    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE
-*/
-static BOOL winceLockFile(
-  LPHANDLE phFile,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
-){
-  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
-  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);
-
-  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
-  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST
-       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
-    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
-       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
-       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
-       bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Want a read-only lock? */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
-           nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
-      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
-      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
-        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
-      }
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Want a pending lock? */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
-           && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
-    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
-      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
-      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Want a reserved lock? */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
-           && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
-      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return bReturn;
-}
-
-/*
-** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE
-*/
-static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
-  LPHANDLE phFile,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
-){
-  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
-  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh);
-
-  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
-  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){
-    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
-    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
-      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE);
-      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
-    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
-      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE
-             || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1);
-      pFile->local.nReaders --;
-      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
-      {
-        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
-      }
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Releasing a pending lock */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
-           && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->local.bPending){
-      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
-           && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
-      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return bReturn;
-}
-/*
-** End of the special code for wince
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
-
-/*
-** Lock a file region.
-*/
-static BOOL winLockFile(
-  LPHANDLE phFile,
-  DWORD flags,
-  DWORD offsetLow,
-  DWORD offsetHigh,
-  DWORD numBytesLow,
-  DWORD numBytesHigh
-){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  /*
-  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
-  **       API LockFile.
-  */
-  return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
-                       numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
-#else
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
-    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
-    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
-    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
-    return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
-  }else{
-    return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
-                      numBytesHigh);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock a file region.
- */
-static BOOL winUnlockFile(
-  LPHANDLE phFile,
-  DWORD offsetLow,
-  DWORD offsetHigh,
-  DWORD numBytesLow,
-  DWORD numBytesHigh
-){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  /*
-  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
-  **       API UnlockFile.
-  */
-  return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
-                         numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
-#else
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
-    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
-    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
-    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
-    return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
-  }else{
-    return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
-                        numBytesHigh);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
-** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
-# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first
-** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0.
-** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
-*/
-static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  LONG upperBits;                 /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
-  LONG lowerBits;                 /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
-  DWORD dwRet;                    /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
-  DWORD lastErrno;                /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
-
-  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset));
-
-  upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
-  lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);
-
-  /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword
-  ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
-  ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN,
-  ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine
-  ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call
-  ** GetLastError().
-  */
-  dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
-
-  if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
-      && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
-                "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
-    OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-  return 0;
-#else
-  /*
-  ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT.
-  */
-
-  LARGE_INTEGER x;                /* The new offset */
-  BOOL bRet;                      /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */
-
-  x.QuadPart = iOffset;
-  bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN);
-
-  if(!bRet){
-    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
-                "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
-    OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-  return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */
-static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64);
-static int winUnmapfile(winFile*);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-**
-** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
-** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious
-** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
-** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
-** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
-** giving up and returning an error.
-*/
-#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
-static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int rc, cnt = 0;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-
-  assert( id!=0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  assert( pFile->pShm==0 );
-#endif
-  assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-  OSTRACE(("CLOSE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  winUnmapfile(pFile);
-#endif
-
-  do{
-    rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h);
-    /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */
-  }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) );
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
-  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
-  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
-    int cnt = 0;
-    while(
-           osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
-        && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff
-        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
-    ){
-       sqlite3_win32_sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( rc ){
-    pFile->h = NULL;
-  }
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  OSTRACE(("CLOSE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=%s\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed"));
-  return rc ? SQLITE_OK
-            : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(),
-                          "winClose", pFile->zPath);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int winRead(
-  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
-  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
-  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
-  OVERLAPPED overlapped;          /* The offset for ReadFile. */
-#endif
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* file handle */
-  DWORD nRead;                    /* Number of bytes actually read from file */
-  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retrys */
-
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  assert( amt>0 );
-  assert( offset>=0 );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
-  OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, "
-           "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
-           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
-  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
-  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
-    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
-      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
-      OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
-      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
-      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
-      amt -= nCopy;
-      offset += nCopy;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
-  if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){
-    OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n",
-             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-    return SQLITE_FULL;
-  }
-  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){
-#else
-  memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
-  overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
-  overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
-  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) &&
-         osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){
-#endif
-    DWORD lastErrno;
-    if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n",
-             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winRead", pFile->zPath);
-  }
-  winLogIoerr(nRetry, __LINE__);
-  if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
-    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
-    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
-    OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n",
-             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int winWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
-  const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
-  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
-){
-  int rc = 0;                     /* True if error has occurred, else false */
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle */
-  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retries */
-
-  assert( amt>0 );
-  assert( pFile );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
-  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
-
-  OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, "
-           "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
-           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
-  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
-  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
-    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
-      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
-      OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
-      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
-      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
-      amt -= nCopy;
-      offset += nCopy;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
-  rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-#else
-  {
-#endif
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
-    OVERLAPPED overlapped;        /* The offset for WriteFile. */
-#endif
-    u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf;        /* Data yet to be written */
-    int nRem = amt;               /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
-    DWORD nWrite;                 /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */
-    DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;   /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
-    memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
-    overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
-    overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
-#endif
-
-    while( nRem>0 ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
-      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){
-#else
-      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){
-#endif
-        if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
-        break;
-      }
-      assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem );
-      if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){
-        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-        break;
-      }
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED)
-      offset += nWrite;
-      overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
-      overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
-#endif
-      aRem += nWrite;
-      nRem -= nWrite;
-    }
-    if( nRem>0 ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-      rc = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc ){
-    if(   ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
-       || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
-      OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno,
-                         "winWrite1", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-    OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n",
-             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winWrite2", pFile->zPath);
-  }else{
-    winLogIoerr(nRetry, __LINE__);
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle object */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code for this function */
-  DWORD lastErrno;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
-  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype));
-
-  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
-  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
-  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
-  ** size).
-  */
-  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
-    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
-  }
-
-  /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
-  if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){
-    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
-                     "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
-  }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) &&
-            ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
-                     "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath);
-  }
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  /* If the file was truncated to a size smaller than the currently
-  ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
-  ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
-  */
-  if( pFile->pMapRegion && nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
-    pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=%s\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
-*/
-int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-*/
-static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  /*
-  ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined.
-   */
-  BOOL rc;
-#endif
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \
-    defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
-  /*
-  ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or
-  ** OSTRACE() macros.
-   */
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
-#endif
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
-  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
-      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
-  );
-
-  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
-  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
-  */
-  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
-
-  OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, flags,
-           pFile->locktype));
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
-#else
-  if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
-    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
-  }
-  sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
-
-  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
-  ** no-op
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#else
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  if( pFile->pMapRegion ){
-    if( osFlushViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion, 0) ){
-      OSTRACE(("SYNC-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
-               "rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(),
-               pFile, pFile->pMapRegion));
-    }else{
-      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      OSTRACE(("SYNC-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
-               "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(),
-               pFile, pFile->pMapRegion));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
-                         "winSync1", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h);
-  SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE );
-  if( rc ){
-    OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n",
-             osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winSync2", pFile->zPath);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  assert( pSize!=0 );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
-  OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize));
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  {
-    FILE_STANDARD_INFO info;
-    if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo,
-                                     &info, sizeof(info)) ){
-      *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart;
-    }else{
-      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  {
-    DWORD upperBits;
-    DWORD lowerBits;
-    DWORD lastErrno;
-
-    lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
-    *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
-    if(   (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE)
-       && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n",
-           pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
-*/
-#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
-# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions.
-** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail
-** immediately if the lock could not be obtained.  Also, it always expected to
-** obtain an exclusive lock.  These flags are used with the LockFileEx function
-** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS
-# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS   (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \
-                                  LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the
-** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS
-# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Acquire a reader lock.
-** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
-** is Win9x or WinNT.
-*/
-static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){
-  int res;
-  OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-    /*
-    ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
-    **       API LockFileEx.
-    */
-    res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
-#else
-    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
-                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-#endif
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    int lk;
-    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
-    pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
-    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
-                      SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( res == 0 ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    /* No need to log a failure to lock */
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res));
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Undo a readlock
-*/
-static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
-  int res;
-  DWORD lastErrno;
-  OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno,
-                "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath);
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res));
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
-** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
-** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
-** must go straight to locking level 0.
-*/
-static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
-  int res = 1;           /* Result of a Windows lock call */
-  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
-  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
-
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
-           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
-    OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Do not allow any kind of write-lock on a read-only database
-  */
-  if( (pFile->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)!=0 && locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
-  */
-  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-
-  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
-  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
-  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
-  */
-  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
-  if(   (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK)
-     || (   (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
-         && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK))
-  ){
-    int cnt = 3;
-    while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
-                                         PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
-      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  This is needed to work
-      ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on
-      ** Windows systems.
-      ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not
-      ** copy this retry logic.  It is a hack intended for Windows only.
-      */
-      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, result=%d\n",
-               pFile->h, cnt, res));
-      if( lastErrno==ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-        OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n",
-                 pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-        return rc;
-      }
-      if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
-    }
-    gotPendingLock = res;
-    if( !res ){
-      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a shared lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
-    res = winGetReadLock(pFile);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
-    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
-    gotPendingLock = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
-    res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
-    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
-                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      winGetReadLock(pFile);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
-  ** release it now.
-  */
-  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
-  ** return the appropriate result code.
-  */
-  if( res ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n",
-             pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype));
-  }
-  pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype;
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
-           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero, otherwise zero.
-*/
-static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int res;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut));
-
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    res = 1;
-    OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, res));
-  }else{
-    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    if( res ){
-      winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    }
-    res = !res;
-    OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, res));
-  }
-  *pResOut = res;
-  OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
-** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
-** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
-*/
-static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  int type;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
-           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
-  type = pFile->locktype;
-  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){
-      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
-      ** reacquire the read lock */
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(),
-                       "winUnlock", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-  }
-  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
-    winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
-  }
-  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
-    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-  pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
-           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
-** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
-**
-** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
-*/
-static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
-  if( *pArg<0 ){
-    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
-  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
-    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
-  }else{
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
-  }
-}
-
-/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */
-static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **);
-static int winIsDir(const void *);
-static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *);
-
-/*
-** Control and query of the open file handle.
-*/
-static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg));
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
-      *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype;
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
-      *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno;
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
-      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
-      if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
-        sqlite3_int64 oldSz;
-        int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
-          if( newSz>oldSz ){
-            SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-            rc = winTruncate(id, newSz);
-            SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-          }
-        }
-        OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-        return rc;
-      }
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
-      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
-      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
-      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: {
-      int *a = (int*)pArg;
-      if( a[0]>0 ){
-        winIoerrRetry = a[0];
-      }else{
-        a[0] = winIoerrRetry;
-      }
-      if( a[1]>0 ){
-        winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
-      }else{
-        a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay;
-      }
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: {
-      LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg;
-      HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h;
-      pFile->h = *phFile;
-      *phFile = hOldFile;
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-               hOldFile, pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-#endif
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
-      char *zTFile = 0;
-      int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
-      }
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-      return rc;
-    }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
-      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
-      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
-        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
-      }
-      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
-      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
-        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
-        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
-          winUnmapfile(pFile);
-          rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1);
-        }
-      }
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-      return rc;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h));
-  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
-*/
-static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  (void)id;
-  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a vector of device characteristics.
-*/
-static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  winFile *p = (winFile*)id;
-  return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN |
-         ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
-** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
-** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
-** to get the granularity size.
-*/
-static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-
-/*
-** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
-** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by
-** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
-**
-** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
-** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
-** statements. e.g.
-**
-**   winShmEnterMutex()
-**     assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
-**   winShmLeaveMutex()
-*/
-static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
-}
-static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
-}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
-  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
-** shared memory.  When multiple threads all reference the same
-** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
-** point to a single instance of this object.  In other words, each
-** log-summary is opened only once per process.
-**
-** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
-** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
-**
-**      nRef
-**      pNext
-**
-** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
-**
-**      fid
-**      zFilename
-**
-** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
-** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
-** in this structure.
-**
-*/
-struct winShmNode {
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
-  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the file */
-  winFile hFile;             /* File handle from winOpen */
-
-  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
-  int nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
-  struct ShmRegion {
-    HANDLE hMap;             /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */
-    void *pMap;
-  } *aRegion;
-  DWORD lastErrno;           /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
-
-  int nRef;                  /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */
-  winShm *pFirst;            /* All winShm objects pointing to this */
-  winShmNode *pNext;         /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
-  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available winShm.id value */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** A global array of all winShmNode objects.
-**
-** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
-*/
-static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0;
-
-/*
-** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
-** open shared memory connection.
-**
-** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
-** are read-only thereafter:
-**
-**    winShm.pShmNode
-**    winShm.id
-**
-** All other fields are read/write.  The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
-** while accessing any read/write fields.
-*/
-struct winShm {
-  winShmNode *pShmNode;      /* The underlying winShmNode object */
-  winShm *pNext;             /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */
-  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */
-  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
-  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
-  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Constants used for locking
-*/
-#define WIN_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)        /* first lock byte */
-#define WIN_SHM_DMS    (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
-
-/*
-** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
-*/
-#define _SHM_UNLCK  1
-#define _SHM_RDLCK  2
-#define _SHM_WRLCK  3
-static int winShmSystemLock(
-  winShmNode *pFile,    /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
-  int lockType,         /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */
-  int ofst,             /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
-  int nByte             /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
-){
-  int rc = 0;           /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */
-
-  /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 );
-
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n",
-           pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte));
-
-  /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */
-  if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){
-    rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
-  }else{
-    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
-    DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
-    if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
-    rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
-  }
-
-  if( rc!= 0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    pFile->lastErrno =  osGetLastError();
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n",
-           pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == _SHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" :
-           "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Forward references to VFS methods */
-static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*);
-static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int);
-
-/*
-** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0.
-**
-** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
-** by VFS shared-memory methods.
-*/
-static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){
-  winShmNode **pp;
-  winShmNode *p;
-  assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag));
-  pp = &winShmNodeList;
-  while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){
-    if( p->nRef==0 ){
-      int i;
-      if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); }
-      for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
-        BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap);
-        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
-                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
-        UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
-        bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap);
-        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
-                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
-        UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
-      }
-      if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
-        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-        winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile);
-        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      }
-      if( deleteFlag ){
-        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-        winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0);
-        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      }
-      *pp = p->pNext;
-      sqlite3_free(p->aRegion);
-      sqlite3_free(p);
-    }else{
-      pp = &p->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd.
-**
-** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
-** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
-** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
-*/
-static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){
-  struct winShm *p;                  /* The connection to be opened */
-  struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
-  int rc;                            /* Result code */
-  struct winShmNode *pNew;           /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
-  int nName;                         /* Size of zName in bytes */
-
-  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );    /* Not previously opened */
-
-  /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object.  Also speculatively
-  ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename.
-  */
-  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath);
-  pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 );
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
-  sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
-  sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename);
-
-  /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
-  ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
-  */
-  winShmEnterMutex();
-  for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
-    /* TBD need to come up with better match here.  Perhaps
-    ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure.
-    */
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break;
-  }
-  if( pShmNode ){
-    sqlite3_free(pNew);
-  }else{
-    pShmNode = pNew;
-    pNew = 0;
-    ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-    pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList;
-    winShmNodeList = pShmNode;
-
-    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-
-    rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs,
-                 pShmNode->zFilename,             /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
-                 (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile,  /* File handle here */
-                 SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
-                 0);
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-      goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-
-    /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
-    ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
-    */
-    if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
-      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
-    }
-    if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
-  }
-
-  /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */
-  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
-  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
-#endif
-  pShmNode->nRef++;
-  pDbFd->pShm = p;
-  winShmLeaveMutex();
-
-  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
-  ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
-  ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
-  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
-  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
-  ** mutex.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
-  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Jump here on any error */
-shm_open_err:
-  winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
-  winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0);      /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  sqlite3_free(pNew);
-  winShmLeaveMutex();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying
-** storage if deleteFlag is true.
-*/
-static int winShmUnmap(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database holding shared memory */
-  int deleteFlag             /* Delete after closing if true */
-){
-  winFile *pDbFd;       /* Database holding shared-memory */
-  winShm *p;            /* The connection to be closed */
-  winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
-  winShm **pp;          /* For looping over sibling connections */
-
-  pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
-  p = pDbFd->pShm;
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
-
-  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
-  ** with pShmNode */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
-  *pp = p->pNext;
-
-  /* Free the connection p */
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-
-  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
-  ** shared-memory file, too */
-  winShmEnterMutex();
-  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
-  pShmNode->nRef--;
-  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
-    winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag);
-  }
-  winShmLeaveMutex();
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
-*/
-static int winShmLock(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
-  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
-  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
-  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
-){
-  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;        /* Connection holding shared memory */
-  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;              /* The shared memory being locked */
-  winShm *pX;                           /* For looping over all siblings */
-  winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
-  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */
-
-  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
-  assert( n>=1 );
-  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
-  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
-
-  mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
-  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
-    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
-
-    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( pX==p ) continue;
-      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
-      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
-    }
-
-    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
-    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
-      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    /* Undo the local locks */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
-      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
-    }
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
-    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
-
-    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
-    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
-    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
-    */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        break;
-      }
-      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
-    }
-
-    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
-        rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
-      }else{
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Get the local shared locks */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->sharedMask |= mask;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
-    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
-    */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
-    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
-        p->exclMask |= mask;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
-           sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
-**
-** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
-** any load or store begun after the barrier.
-*/
-static void winShmBarrier(
-  sqlite3_file *fd          /* Database holding the shared memory */
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
-  sqlite3MemoryBarrier();   /* compiler-defined memory barrier */
-  winShmEnterMutex();       /* Also mutex, for redundancy */
-  winShmLeaveMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
-** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
-** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
-** bytes in size.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
-**
-** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
-** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
-** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
-** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
-** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
-**
-** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
-** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
-** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
-** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
-*/
-static int winShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
-  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
-  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
-  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
-  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
-  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
-  winShm *pShm = pDbFd->pShm;
-  winShmNode *pShmNode;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( !pShm ){
-    rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    pShm = pDbFd->pShm;
-  }
-  pShmNode = pShm->pShmNode;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
-
-  if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
-    struct ShmRegion *apNew;           /* New aRegion[] array */
-    int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion;  /* Minimum required file size */
-    sqlite3_int64 sz;                  /* Current size of wal-index file */
-
-    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
-
-    /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
-    ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
-    ** large enough to contain the requested region).
-    */
-    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
-                       "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath);
-      goto shmpage_out;
-    }
-
-    if( sz<nByte ){
-      /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to
-      ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
-      **
-      ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate
-      ** the requested memory region.
-      */
-      if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out;
-      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath);
-        goto shmpage_out;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
-    apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc64(
-        pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0])
-    );
-    if( !apNew ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      goto shmpage_out;
-    }
-    pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;
-
-    while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
-      HANDLE hMap = NULL;         /* file-mapping handle */
-      void *pMap = 0;             /* Mapped memory region */
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-      hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h,
-          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL
-      );
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-      hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h,
-          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
-      );
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-      hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h,
-          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
-      );
-#endif
-      OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
-               hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
-      if( hMap ){
-        int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion;
-        int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-        pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
-            iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
-        );
-#else
-        pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
-            0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
-        );
-#endif
-        OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
-                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset,
-                 szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
-      }
-      if( !pMap ){
-        pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno,
-                         "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath);
-        if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap);
-        goto shmpage_out;
-      }
-
-      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap;
-      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap;
-      pShmNode->nRegion++;
-    }
-  }
-
-shmpage_out:
-  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
-    int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion;
-    int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
-    char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap;
-    *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift];
-  }else{
-    *pp = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#else
-# define winShmMap     0
-# define winShmLock    0
-# define winShmBarrier 0
-# define winShmUnmap   0
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-/*
-** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
-           "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion,
-           pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax));
-  if( pFile->pMapRegion ){
-    if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
-               "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
-               pFile->pMapRegion));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
-                         "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-    pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
-    pFile->mmapSize = 0;
-    pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
-  }
-  if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){
-    if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
-                         "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-    pFile->hMap = NULL;
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
-** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if
-** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still
-** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
-**
-** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of
-** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the
-** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
-** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured
-** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
-** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
-** code otherwise.
-*/
-static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
-  sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
-  OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte));
-
-  if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( nMap<0 ){
-    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap);
-    if( rc ){
-      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-    }
-  }
-  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
-    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
-  }
-  nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1);
-
-  if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){
-    winUnmapfile(pFd);
-  }
-  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
-    void *pNew = 0;
-    DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY;
-    DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ;
-
-    winUnmapfile(pFd);
-    if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){
-      protect = PAGE_READWRITE;
-      flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE;
-    }
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL);
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
-                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
-                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
-                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
-                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
-#endif
-    if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){
-      pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
-                       "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath);
-      /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
-      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 );
-    assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff );
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-    pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
-#else
-    pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
-#endif
-    if( pNew==NULL ){
-      osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap);
-      pFd->hMap = NULL;
-      pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
-                       "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath);
-      /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
-      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    pFd->pMapRegion = pNew;
-    pFd->mmapSize = nMap;
-    pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap;
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
-
-/*
-** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
-** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
-**
-** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
-** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
-** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
-** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
-**
-** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually
-** release the reference by calling winUnfetch().
-*/
-static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
-#endif
-  *pp = 0;
-
-  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp));
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
-    if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
-      int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
-                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
-      *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
-      pFd->nFetchOut++;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a
-** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second
-** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
-** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation.
-**
-** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called
-** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping
-** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
-*/
-static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
-
-  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding
-  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
-  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
-  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
-
-  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
-  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );
-
-  OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p));
-
-  if( p ){
-    pFd->nFetchOut--;
-  }else{
-    /* FIXME:  If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a
-    ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call
-    ** is unnecessary can be omitted - potentially improving
-    ** performance.  */
-    winUnmapfile(pFd);
-  }
-
-  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
-#endif
-
-  OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
-**
-********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
-** sqlite3_file for win32.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
-  3,                              /* iVersion */
-  winClose,                       /* xClose */
-  winRead,                        /* xRead */
-  winWrite,                       /* xWrite */
-  winTruncate,                    /* xTruncate */
-  winSync,                        /* xSync */
-  winFileSize,                    /* xFileSize */
-  winLock,                        /* xLock */
-  winUnlock,                      /* xUnlock */
-  winCheckReservedLock,           /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  winFileControl,                 /* xFileControl */
-  winSectorSize,                  /* xSectorSize */
-  winDeviceCharacteristics,       /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  winShmMap,                      /* xShmMap */
-  winShmLock,                     /* xShmLock */
-  winShmBarrier,                  /* xShmBarrier */
-  winShmUnmap,                    /* xShmUnmap */
-  winFetch,                       /* xFetch */
-  winUnfetch                      /* xUnfetch */
-};
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
-**
-** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
-** sqlite3_vfs object.
-*/
-
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-/*
-** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system
-** supports for filenames into UTF-8.  Space to hold the result is
-** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function.
-*/
-static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){
-  char *zConverted = 0;
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    zConverted = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zFilename);
-  }
-#endif
-  /* caller will handle out of memory */
-  return zConverted;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
-** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
-** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-*/
-static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
-  void *zConverted = 0;
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename);
-  }
-#endif
-  /* caller will handle out of memory */
-  return zConverted;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer
-** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully
-** added to it.
-*/
-static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  if( zBuf ){
-    int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
-    if( nLen>0 ){
-      if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){
-        return 1;
-      }else if( nLen+1<nBuf ){
-        zBuf[nLen] = winGetDirSep();
-        zBuf[nLen+1] = '\0';
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name and store the resulting pointer into pzBuf.
-** The pointer returned in pzBuf must be freed via sqlite3_free().
-*/
-static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, char **pzBuf){
-  static char zChars[] =
-    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-    "0123456789";
-  size_t i, j;
-  int nPre = sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
-  int nMax, nBuf, nDir, nLen;
-  char *zBuf;
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing.
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
-
-  /* Allocate a temporary buffer to store the fully qualified file
-  ** name for the temporary file.  If this fails, we cannot continue.
-  */
-  nMax = pVfs->mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2;
-  zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf );
-  if( !zBuf ){
-    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out the effective temporary directory.  First, check if one
-  ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one
-  ** configured by the operating system.
-  */
-  nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15);
-  assert( nDir>0 );
-  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-    int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory);
-    if( nDirLen>0 ){
-      if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){
-        nDirLen++;
-      }
-      if( nDirLen>nDir ){
-        sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-        OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
-        return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0);
-      }
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
-    }
-  }
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  else{
-    static const char *azDirs[] = {
-       0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */
-       0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */
-       0, /* getenv("TMP") */
-       0, /* getenv("TEMP") */
-       0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */
-       "/var/tmp",
-       "/usr/tmp",
-       "/tmp",
-       ".",
-       0        /* List terminator */
-    };
-    unsigned int i;
-    const char *zDir = 0;
-
-    if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
-    if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
-    if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP");
-    if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP");
-    if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE");
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
-      void *zConverted;
-      if( zDir==0 ) continue;
-      /* If the path starts with a drive letter followed by the colon
-      ** character, assume it is already a native Win32 path; otherwise,
-      ** it must be converted to a native Win32 path via the Cygwin API
-      ** prior to using it.
-      */
-      if( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zDir) ){
-        zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zDir);
-        if( !zConverted ){
-          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-          return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-        }
-        if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zDir);
-          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-          break;
-        }
-        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      }else{
-        zConverted = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax+1 );
-        if( !zConverted ){
-          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-          return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-        }
-        if( cygwin_conv_path(
-                osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A, zDir,
-                zConverted, nMax+1)<0 ){
-          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH\n"));
-          return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
-                             "winGetTempname2", zDir);
-        }
-        if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
-          /* At this point, we know the candidate directory exists and should
-          ** be used.  However, we may need to convert the string containing
-          ** its name into UTF-8 (i.e. if it is UTF-16 right now).
-          */
-          char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zConverted);
-          if( !zUtf8 ){
-            sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-            sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-            OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-            return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-          }
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
-          sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
-          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-          break;
-        }
-        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  else if( osIsNT() ){
-    char *zMulti;
-    LPWSTR zWidePath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax*sizeof(WCHAR) );
-    if( !zWidePath ){
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    if( osGetTempPathW(nMax, zWidePath)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winGetTempname2", 0);
-    }
-    zMulti = winUnicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
-    if( zMulti ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zMulti);
-      sqlite3_free(zMulti);
-      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    char *zUtf8;
-    char *zMbcsPath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax );
-    if( !zMbcsPath ){
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    if( osGetTempPathA(nMax, zMbcsPath)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winGetTempname3", 0);
-    }
-    zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath);
-    if( zUtf8 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
-      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI */
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
-
-  /*
-  ** Check to make sure the temporary directory ends with an appropriate
-  ** separator.  If it does not and there is not enough space left to add
-  ** one, fail.
-  */
-  if( !winMakeEndInDirSep(nDir+1, zBuf) ){
-    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname4", 0);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
-  ** name in the following format:
-  **
-  **   "<temporary_directory>/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0"
-  **
-  ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR.  The number 17 is used here in order to
-  ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the
-  ** two trailing NUL characters.  The final directory separator character
-  ** has already added if it was not already present.
-  */
-  nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
-  if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){
-    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
-
-  j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
-  sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
-  for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
-    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
-  }
-  zBuf[j] = 0;
-  zBuf[j+1] = 0;
-  *pzBuf = zBuf;
-
-  OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory.  Return false if
-** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory
-** allocation failure.
-*/
-static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){
-  DWORD attr;
-  int rc = 0;
-  DWORD lastErrno;
-
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    int cnt = 0;
-    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
-    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
-    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
-                             GetFileExInfoStandard,
-                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
-    if( !rc ){
-      return 0; /* Invalid name? */
-    }
-    attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
-  }else{
-    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
-#endif
-  }
-  return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a file.
-*/
-static int winOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Used to get maximum path name length */
-  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
-  int flags,                /* Open mode flags */
-  int *pOutFlags            /* Status return flags */
-){
-  HANDLE h;
-  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
-  DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
-  DWORD dwShareMode;
-  DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
-  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  int isTemp = 0;
-#endif
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  void *zConverted;              /* Filename in OS encoding */
-  const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
-  int cnt = 0;
-
-  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
-  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
-  */
-  char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */
-
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
-#endif
-
-  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
-  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
-  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
-        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
-     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
-     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
-  ));
-#endif
-
-  OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n",
-           zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags));
-
-  /* Check the following statements are true:
-  **
-  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
-  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
-  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  */
-  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
-  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
-  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
-  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
-
-  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
-  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
-
-  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
-  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
-  );
-
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile));
-  pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR,
-        "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT");
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a
-  ** temporary file name to use
-  */
-  if( !zUtf8Name ){
-    assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal );
-    rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-      return rc;
-    }
-    zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
-  }
-
-  /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
-  ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
-  ** sqlite3_uri_parameter().
-  */
-  assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) ||
-       zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 );
-
-  /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
-  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-    OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name));
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-    OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name));
-    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR;
-  }
-
-  if( isReadWrite ){
-    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
-  }else{
-    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
-  }
-
-  /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is
-  ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access"
-  ** as it is usually understood.
-  */
-  if( isExclusive ){
-    /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
-    /* If the file exists, it fails. */
-    dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
-  }else if( isCreate ){
-    /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
-    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
-  }else{
-    /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
-    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
-  }
-
-  dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
-
-  if( isDelete ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
-    isTemp = 1;
-#else
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
-                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
-                               | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
-#endif
-  }else{
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
-  }
-  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
-  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
-#endif
-
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-    CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters;
-    extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS);
-    extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes =
-            dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK;
-    extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK;
-    extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS;
-    extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL;
-    extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL;
-    while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
-                              dwDesiredAccess,
-                              dwShareMode,
-                              dwCreationDisposition,
-                              &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
-                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
-               /* Noop */
-    }
-#else
-    while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
-                              dwDesiredAccess,
-                              dwShareMode, NULL,
-                              dwCreationDisposition,
-                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
-                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
-                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
-               /* Noop */
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted,
-                              dwDesiredAccess,
-                              dwShareMode, NULL,
-                              dwCreationDisposition,
-                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
-                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
-                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
-               /* Noop */
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__);
-
-  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name,
-           dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));
-
-  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-    if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
-      return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id,
-         ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) &
-                     ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
-         pOutFlags);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    if( isReadWrite ){
-      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
-    }else{
-      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-    }
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, "
-           "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ?
-           *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
-       && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK
-  ){
-    osCloseHandle(h);
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-    OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( isTemp ){
-    pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-  pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
-  pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
-  pFile->h = h;
-  if( isReadonly ){
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW;
-  }
-  pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
-  pFile->zPath = zName;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  pFile->hMap = NULL;
-  pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
-  pFile->mmapSize = 0;
-  pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
-  pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
-#endif
-
-  OpenCounter(+1);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the named file.
-**
-** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
-** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
-** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
-** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
-** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
-** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
-** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
-** up and returning an error.
-*/
-static int winDelete(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
-  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
-  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
-){
-  int cnt = 0;
-  int rc;
-  DWORD attr;
-  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
-  void *zConverted;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);
-
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
-  OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir));
-
-  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    do {
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-      WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
-      memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
-      if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard,
-                                  &sAttrData) ){
-        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
-      }else{
-        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
-         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
-        }else{
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-#else
-      attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted);
-#endif
-      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
-        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
-         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
-        }else{
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
-        break;
-      }
-    } while(1);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    do {
-      attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted);
-      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
-        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
-         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
-        }else{
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
-        break;
-      }
-    } while(1);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){
-    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename);
-  }else{
-    winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-  OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check the existence and status of a file.
-*/
-static int winAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */
-  const char *zFilename,     /* Name of file to check */
-  int flags,                 /* Type of test to make on this file */
-  int *pResOut               /* OUT: Result */
-){
-  DWORD attr;
-  int rc = 0;
-  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
-  void *zConverted;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
-  OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n",
-           zFilename, flags, pResOut));
-
-  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    int cnt = 0;
-    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
-    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
-    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
-                             GetFileExInfoStandard,
-                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
-    if( rc ){
-      /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
-      ** as if it does not exist.
-      */
-      if(    flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
-          && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0
-          && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
-        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
-      }else{
-        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
-      }
-    }else{
-      winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__);
-      if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
-        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-        return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess",
-                           zFilename);
-      }else{
-        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-  switch( flags ){
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
-      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
-      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
-             (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
-      break;
-    default:
-      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
-  }
-  *pResOut = rc;
-  OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter
-** followed by a colon character.
-*/
-static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(
-  const char *zPathname
-){
-  return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' );
-}
-
-/*
-** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim.  If
-** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply
-** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name
-** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available).
-*/
-static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname(
-  const char *zPathname
-){
-  /*
-  ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either
-  ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the
-  ** "Unix" format on Windows.  There is no easy way to differentiate between
-  ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE
-  ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim.
-  */
-  if ( winIsDirSep(zPathname[0]) ){
-    return TRUE;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume
-  ** relative path or an absolute path.  Callers of this function must not
-  ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use
-  ** it verbatim).
-  */
-  if ( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zPathname) ){
-    return TRUE;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely
-  ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative).
-  */
-  return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
-** pathname into zOut[].  zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
-** bytes in size.
-*/
-static int winFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
-){
-
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
-  assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname );
-  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
-    /*
-    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
-    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
-    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
-    **       one by prepending the data directory and a slash.
-    */
-    char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
-    if( !zOut ){
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    if( cygwin_conv_path(
-            (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A) |
-            CCP_RELATIVE, zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zOut);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
-                         "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
-    }else{
-      char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
-      if( !zUtf8 ){
-        sqlite3_free(zOut);
-        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      }
-      sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
-                       sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zUtf8);
-      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
-      sqlite3_free(zOut);
-    }
-  }else{
-    char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
-    if( !zOut ){
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    if( cygwin_conv_path(
-            (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A),
-            zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zOut);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
-                         "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
-    }else{
-      char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
-      if( !zUtf8 ){
-        sqlite3_free(zOut);
-        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      }
-      sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8);
-      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
-      sqlite3_free(zOut);
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
-  /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */
-  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
-    /*
-    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
-    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
-    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
-    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
-    */
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
-                     sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  DWORD nByte;
-  void *zConverted;
-  char *zOut;
-
-  /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic
-  ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
-  */
-  if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){
-    zRelative++;
-  }
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
-  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
-    /*
-    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
-    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
-    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
-    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
-    */
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
-                     sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    LPWSTR zTemp;
-    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
-    }
-    nByte += 3;
-    zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
-    if( zTemp==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
-    if( nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-    zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
-    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    char *zTemp;
-    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winFullPathname3", zRelative);
-    }
-    nByte += 3;
-    zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
-    if( zTemp==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
-    if( nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winFullPathname4", zRelative);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-    zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
-    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( zOut ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut);
-    sqlite3_free(zOut);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
-  HANDLE h;
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  int nFull = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-  char *zFull = sqlite3MallocZero( nFull );
-  void *zConverted = 0;
-  if( zFull==0 ){
-    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( winFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFull, zFull)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(zFull);
-    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFull);
-  sqlite3_free(zFull);
-#else
-  void *zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-#endif
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-    h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0);
-#else
-    h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted);
-#endif
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
-  }
-#endif
-  OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)h));
-  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-  return (void*)h;
-}
-static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut);
-}
-static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *pH,const char *zSym))(void){
-  FARPROC proc;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  proc = osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pH, zSym);
-  OSTRACE(("DLSYM handle=%p, symbol=%s, address=%p\n",
-           (void*)pH, zSym, (void*)proc));
-  return (void(*)(void))proc;
-}
-static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
-  OSTRACE(("DLCLOSE handle=%p\n", (void*)pHandle));
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
-  #define winDlOpen  0
-  #define winDlError 0
-  #define winDlSym   0
-  #define winDlClose 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
-*/
-static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  int n = 0;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS)
-  n = nBuf;
-  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
-#else
-  if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
-    SYSTEMTIME x;
-    osGetSystemTime(&x);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
-    n += sizeof(x);
-  }
-  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
-    DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId();
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
-    n += sizeof(pid);
-  }
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  if( sizeof(ULONGLONG)<=nBuf-n ){
-    ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64();
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
-    n += sizeof(cnt);
-  }
-#else
-  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
-    DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount();
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
-    n += sizeof(cnt);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
-    LARGE_INTEGER i;
-    osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
-    n += sizeof(i);
-  }
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID
-  if( sizeof(UUID)<=nBuf-n ){
-    UUID id;
-    memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID));
-    osUuidCreate(&id);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &id, sizeof(UUID));
-    n += sizeof(UUID);
-  }
-  if( sizeof(UUID)<=nBuf-n ){
-    UUID id;
-    memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID));
-    osUuidCreateSequential(&id);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &id, sizeof(UUID));
-    n += sizeof(UUID);
-  }
-#endif
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ZERO_PRNG_SEED) */
-  return n;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-*/
-static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
-  sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
-** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
-** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
-** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
-** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
-** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
-** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date
-** cannot be found.
-*/
-static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
-  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of
-     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5).
-  */
-  FILETIME ft;
-  static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
-#endif
-  /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
-  static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue =
-      (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 +
-      (sqlite3_int64)294967296;
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  SYSTEMTIME time;
-  osGetSystemTime(&time);
-  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
-  if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-#else
-  osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
-#endif
-
-  *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
-            ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) +
-               (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
-    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
-  }
-#endif
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
-*/
-static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_int64 i;
-  rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
-  if( !rc ){
-    *prNow = i/86400000.0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
-** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and
-** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS
-** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
-** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
-** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
-** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
-** thread.
-**
-** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
-** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
-** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
-** in the output buffer.
-**
-** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
-** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
-** returns an error message:
-**
-**   int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-**     assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
-**     return 0;
-**   }
-**
-** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
-** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
-** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
-*/
-static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  return winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBuf);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
-*/
-int sqlite3_os_init(void){
-  static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
-    3,                   /* iVersion */
-    sizeof(winFile),     /* szOsFile */
-    SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
-    0,                   /* pNext */
-    "win32",             /* zName */
-    0,                   /* pAppData */
-    winOpen,             /* xOpen */
-    winDelete,           /* xDelete */
-    winAccess,           /* xAccess */
-    winFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */
-    winDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */
-    winDlError,          /* xDlError */
-    winDlSym,            /* xDlSym */
-    winDlClose,          /* xDlClose */
-    winRandomness,       /* xRandomness */
-    winSleep,            /* xSleep */
-    winCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */
-    winGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */
-    winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
-    winSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */
-    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
-    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
-  };
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = {
-    3,                   /* iVersion */
-    sizeof(winFile),     /* szOsFile */
-    SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
-    0,                   /* pNext */
-    "win32-longpath",    /* zName */
-    0,                   /* pAppData */
-    winOpen,             /* xOpen */
-    winDelete,           /* xDelete */
-    winAccess,           /* xAccess */
-    winFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */
-    winDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */
-    winDlError,          /* xDlError */
-    winDlSym,            /* xDlSym */
-    winDlClose,          /* xDlClose */
-    winRandomness,       /* xRandomness */
-    winSleep,            /* xSleep */
-    winCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */
-    winGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */
-    winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
-    winSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */
-    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
-    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
-  };
-#endif
-
-  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
-  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
-  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==80 );
-
-  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
-  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
-#else
-  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
-#endif
-  assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 );
-  assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 );
-
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0);
-#endif
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-int sqlite3_os_end(void){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  if( sleepObj!=NULL ){
-    osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
-    sleepObj = NULL;
-  }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_win.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_win.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 17d6a2bef46..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/os_win.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2013 November 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_WIN_H_
-#define _OS_WIN_H_
-
-/*
-** Include the primary Windows SDK header file.
-*/
-#include "windows.h"
-
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# include <sys/cygwin.h>
-# include <errno.h> /* amalgamator: dontcache */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT.
-**
-** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for Windows 9x or
-** Windows NT using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows:
-**
-** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT)
-** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
-** #else
-** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0
-** #endif
-**
-** However, Visual Studio 2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as
-** it ought to, so the above test does not work.  We'll just assume that
-** everything is Windows NT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise
-** by setting SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with Windows CE - which has a much reduced
-** API.
-*/
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
-** the full Win32 API.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** For WinCE, some API function parameters do not appear to be declared as
-** volatile.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE
-#else
-# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE volatile
-#endif
-
-/*
-** For some Windows sub-platforms, the _beginthreadex() / _endthreadex()
-** functions are not available (e.g. those not using MSVC, Cygwin, etc).
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
-    SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 0
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pager.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/pager.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 399070af01d..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pager.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7289 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
-** 
-** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
-** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
-** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
-** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
-** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
-** another is writing.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "wal.h"
-
-
-/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
-**
-** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
-** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
-** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
-**
-** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
-** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
-** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
-** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
-**
-** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
-** one or more of the following are true about the page:
-** 
-**     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
-**          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
-**          synced.
-** 
-**     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
-** 
-**     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
-**          the database file at the start of the transaction.
-** 
-** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
-**     following are true:
-** 
-**     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
-** 
-**     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
-**         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
-**         number consists of a single page change.
-** 
-** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
-**     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
-**     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
-**     transaction.
-** 
-** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
-**     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
-** 
-** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
-**     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
-**     first 100 bytes of the database file.
-** 
-** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
-**     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
-** 
-** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
-**     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
-** 
-** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
-** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
-** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
-** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
-** of the database.
-** 
-** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
-**     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
-**     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
-**     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
-** 
-** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
-**     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
-**     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
-**     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
-**     invoke it.)
-** 
-** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
-**     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
-**     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
-**     database to flush their caches.
-**
-** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
-**      than one billion transactions.
-**
-** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
-**      of every transaction.
-**
-** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
-**      the database file.
-**
-** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
-**      content out of the database file.
-**
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
-*/
-#if 0
-int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
-#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
-#define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
-#else
-#define PAGERTRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
-** to print out file-descriptors. 
-**
-** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
-** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
-** struct as its argument.
-*/
-#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
-#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
-
-/*
-** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
-** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
-** state diagram.
-**
-**                            OPEN <------+------+
-**                              |         |      |
-**                              V         |      |
-**               +---------> READER-------+      |
-**               |              |                |
-**               |              V                |
-**               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
-**               |              |                ^  
-**               |              V                |
-**               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
-**               |              |                |
-**               |              V                |
-**               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
-**               |              |                |
-**               |              V                |
-**               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
-**
-**
-** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
-** 
-**   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
-**   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
-**
-**   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
-**   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
-**   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
-**   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
-**   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
-**
-**   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
-**   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
-** 
-**
-**  OPEN:
-**
-**    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
-**    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
-**    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
-**
-**    * No read or write transaction is active.
-**    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
-**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
-**
-**  READER:
-**
-**    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 
-**    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
-**    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 
-**    open. The database size is known in this state.
-**
-**    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
-**    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
-**    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
-**    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
-**    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
-**    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
-**    is via the ERROR state (see below).
-** 
-**    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
-**    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 
-**      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
-**      may not be trusted at this point.
-**    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
-**    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 
-**      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
-**
-**  WRITER_LOCKED:
-**
-**    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
-**    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 
-**    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 
-**    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
-**
-**    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 
-**    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
-**    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 
-**    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 
-**    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 
-**    file.
-**
-**    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
-**    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
-**    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
-**
-**    * A write transaction is active.
-**    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 
-**      lock is held on the database file.
-**    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
-**      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
-**      called).
-**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
-**    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
-**    * The journal file may or may not be open.
-**    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
-**
-**  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
-**
-**    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
-**    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
-**    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
-**    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
-**
-**    * A write transaction is active.
-**    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
-**      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
-**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
-**
-**  WRITER_DBMOD:
-**
-**    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
-**    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
-**    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
-**    just the log file).
-**
-**    * A write transaction is active.
-**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
-**      and synced to disk.
-**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
-**      written to disk).
-**
-**  WRITER_FINISHED:
-**
-**    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
-**
-**    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
-**    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
-**    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
-**    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 
-**    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 
-**    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
-**
-**    * A write transaction is active.
-**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
-**      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
-**      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
-**      to rollback the transaction. 
-**
-**  ERROR:
-**
-**    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
-**    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 
-**    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 
-**    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
-**
-**    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
-**    cannot.
-**
-**    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 
-**    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
-**    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
-**    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
-**    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
-**    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
-**    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
-**    instead of READER following such an error.
-**
-**    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
-**    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 
-**    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
-**    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 
-**    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
-**    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
-**    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
-**    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 
-**    from the error.
-**
-**    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
-**
-**      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
-**         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
-**
-**      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
-**         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
-**
-**      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
-**         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
-**         memory.
-**
-**    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
-**    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 
-**    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
-**
-**    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
-**    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
-**    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
-**    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
-**    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 
-**    state.
-**
-**    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
-**    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
-**      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
-**    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
-**    
-**
-** Notes:
-**
-**   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
-**     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
-**     of the first four states.
-**
-**   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
-**     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
-**     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 
-**     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
-**
-**   * See also: assert_pager_state().
-*/
-#define PAGER_OPEN                  0
-#define PAGER_READER                1
-#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
-#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
-#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
-#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
-#define PAGER_ERROR                 6
-
-/*
-** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 
-** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
-** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
-** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
-** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
-**
-** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
-** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
-** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
-** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
-** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
-** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
-** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
-** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
-**
-** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 
-** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
-** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
-**
-** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
-** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 
-** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
-** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
-** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
-** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
-** of hot-journal detection.
-**
-** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 
-** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 
-** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
-** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
-** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
-** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
-** without rolling it back.
-**
-** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
-** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
-** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
-** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
-** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 
-** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
-** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
-** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
-**
-** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 
-** PAGER_OPEN state.
-*/
-#define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
-
-/*
-** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
-    if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
-    if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
-    if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
-#else
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 
-** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
-** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
-** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
-*/
-#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
-** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
-** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
-** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
-**
-** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
-** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
-** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 
-** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
-** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
-** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
-*/
-typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
-struct PagerSavepoint {
-  i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
-  i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
-  Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
-  Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
-  Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
-*/
-#define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
-#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
-#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
-
-/*
-** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
-** some of the more important member variables follows:
-**
-** eState
-**
-**   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
-**   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
-**
-** eLock
-**
-**   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
-**   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
-**
-**   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
-**   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
-**   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
-**   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
-**   need (and no reason to release them).
-**
-**   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
-**   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
-**   details.
-**
-** changeCountDone
-**
-**   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 
-**   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 
-**   not updated more often than necessary. 
-**
-**   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 
-**   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
-**   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 
-**   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
-**   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
-**   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
-**
-**   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 
-**   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
-**   committed.
-**
-** setMaster
-**
-**   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
-**   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 
-**   journal file before it is synced to disk.
-**
-**   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 
-**   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 
-**   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
-**   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
-**   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
-**   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 
-**   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 
-**   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
-**
-**   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
-**   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
-**   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
-**   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
-**
-**   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
-**   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
-**   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
-**   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
-**
-** doNotSpill
-**
-**   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
-**   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
-**   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
-**
-**   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
-**   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
-**   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
-**   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
-**   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
-**   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
-**   case is a user preference.
-** 
-**   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
-**   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
-**   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
-**   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
-**   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 
-**
-** subjInMemory
-**
-**   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
-**   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
-**   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
-**
-**   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 
-**   write-transaction is opened.
-**
-** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
-**
-**   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
-**   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
-**   OPEN and ERROR). 
-**
-**   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 
-**   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
-**   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
-**   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
-**   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
-**   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
-**   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
-**   to dbSize==1).
-**
-**   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
-**   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
-**   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 
-**   dbSize is updated.
-**
-**   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 
-**   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
-**   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
-**   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
-**   being modified.
-**
-**   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
-**   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
-**   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
-**   to write or truncate the database file on disk. 
-**
-**   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 
-**   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 
-**   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 
-**   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 
-**   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
-**   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
-**   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
-**   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
-**   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
-**   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
-**
-** dbHintSize
-**
-**   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
-**   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 
-**
-**   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
-**   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
-**   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
-**   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
-**   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 
-**   details.
-**
-** errCode
-**
-**   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
-**   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 
-**   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 
-**   sub-codes.
-*/
-struct Pager {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
-  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
-  u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
-  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
-  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
-  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
-  u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
-  u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
-  u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
-  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
-  u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
-  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
-  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
-
-  /**************************************************************************
-  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
-  ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
-  ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
-  ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
-  ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
-  ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
-  ** "configuration" of the pager.
-  */
-  u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
-  u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
-  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
-  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
-  u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
-  u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
-  u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
-  u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
-  Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
-  Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
-  Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
-  Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
-  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
-  int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
-  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
-  u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
-  Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
-  sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
-  sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
-  sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
-  i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
-  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
-  sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
-  PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
-  int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
-  u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
-  char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
-
-  int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
-  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
-  PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
-  /*
-  ** End of the routinely-changing class members
-  ***************************************************************************/
-
-  u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
-  i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
-  u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-  u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
-  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
-  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
-  i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
-  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
-  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
-  int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
-  void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-  int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
-#endif
-  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
-  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
-  void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
-  void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
-#endif
-  char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
-  PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
-  char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
-** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 
-** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
-*/
-#define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
-#define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
-#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
-
-/*
-** The following global variables hold counters used for
-** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
-** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
-int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
-int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
-# define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
-#else
-# define PAGER_INCR(v)
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*
-** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
-** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
-**
-** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
-** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
-** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
-** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
-** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
-** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
-** journal and ignore it.
-**
-** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
-** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
-** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
-** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
-** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
-** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
-** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
-** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
-** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
-** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
-*/
-static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
-  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
-};
-
-/*
-** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
-** the following macro.
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
-
-/*
-** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 
-** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
-
-/*
-** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
-** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
-** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
-** out code that would never execute.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-# define MEMDB 0
-#else
-# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
-** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-# define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
-#else
-# define USEFETCH(x) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
-*/
-#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
-
-/*
-** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
-** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
-**
-** This is so that expressions can be written as:
-**
-**   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
-**
-** instead of
-**
-**   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
-*/
-#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
-
-/*
-** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
-** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
-  return (pPager->pWal!=0);
-}
-#else
-# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
-# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
-# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
-# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
-# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG 
-/*
-** Usage:
-**
-**   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-**
-** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
-** the internal state of the Pager object.
-*/
-static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
-  Pager *pPager = p;
-
-  /* State must be valid. */
-  assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
-       || p->eState==PAGER_READER
-       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
-       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
-       || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
-  );
-
-  /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
-  ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
-  ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
-  */
-  assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-  assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
-
-  /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 
-  ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
-  */
-  assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
-  assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
-
-  /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 
-  ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 
-  ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 
-  ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 
-  ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 
-  ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 
-  ** state.
-  */
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    assert( p->noSync );
-    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-         || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
-    );
-    assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
-    assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
-  }
-
-  /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
-  ** on the file.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
-  assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
-
-  switch( p->eState ){
-    case PAGER_OPEN:
-      assert( !MEMDB );
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_READER:
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
-      assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
-      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
-      }
-      assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
-      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
-      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
-      assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
-      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-        /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
-        ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
-        ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
-        ** to journal_mode=wal.
-        */
-        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
-        assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
-             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-        );
-      }
-      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
-      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
-      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-      assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-      );
-      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
-      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-      );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_ERROR:
-      /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
-      ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
-      ** back to OPEN state.
-      */
-      assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
-      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
-      break;
-  }
-
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
-** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
-** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
-** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
-**
-** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
-*/
-static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
-  static char zRet[1024];
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
-      "Filename:      %s\n"
-      "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
-      "Lock:          %s\n"
-      "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
-      "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
-      "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
-      "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
-      "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
-      , p->zFilename
-      , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
-      , (int)p->errCode
-      , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
-        p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
-        p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
-        p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
-        p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
-      , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
-      , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
-        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
-        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
-        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
-        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
-        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
-      , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
-      , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
-      , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
-  );
-
-  return zRet;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
-** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
-** or more open savepoints for which:
-**
-**   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
-**   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
-**     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
-*/
-static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  PagerSavepoint *p;
-  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
-    p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
-    if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
-*/
-static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
-  return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
-** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
-** error code is something goes wrong.
-**
-** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
-*/
-static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
-  unsigned char ac[4];
-  int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
-*/
-#define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
-
-
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
-*/
-static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
-  char ac[4];
-  put32bits(ac, val);
-  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
-** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
-** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
-**
-** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
-** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 
-** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
-*/
-static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
-  assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
-    rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
-    if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
-      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
-    }
-    IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
-** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
-** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 
-**
-** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 
-** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 
-** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 
-** of this.
-*/
-static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-  if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
-    rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
-      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
-      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
-** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
-**
-**  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
-**      a database page may be written atomically, and
-**  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
-**      to the page size.
-**
-** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
-** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
-** database.
-**
-** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
-** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
-** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
-  assert( !MEMDB );
-  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
-    int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
-    int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
-    int szPage;                       /* Page size */
-
-    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
-    nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
-    szPage = pPager->pageSize;
-
-    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
-    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
-    if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
-** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
-** and debugging only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-/*
-** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
-*/
-static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
-  u32 hash = 0;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
-    hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
-  }
-  return hash;
-}
-static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
-  return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
-}
-static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
-  pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
-** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
-*/
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
-static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
-}
-
-#else
-#define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
-#define pager_pagehash(X)  0
-#define pager_set_pagehash(X)
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
-#endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
-
-/*
-** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
-** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 
-** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 
-** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
-** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
-**
-** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
-** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
-** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
-** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
-** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
-** were present in the journal.
-**
-** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
-** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
-** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
-** journal file name.
-**
-** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 
-** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
-**
-** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
-** error code is returned.
-*/
-static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
-  int rc;                    /* Return code */
-  u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
-  i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
-  u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
-  u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
-  unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-  zMaster[0] = '\0';
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
-   || szJ<16
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
-   || len>=nMaster 
-   || len==0 
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
-   || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
-  for(u=0; u<len; u++){
-    cksum -= zMaster[u];
-  }
-  if( cksum ){
-    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
-    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
-    ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
-    ** master-journal filename.
-    */
-    len = 0;
-  }
-  zMaster[len] = '\0';
-   
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 
-** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 
-** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
-**
-** i.e for a sector size of 512:
-**
-**   Pager.journalOff          Return value
-**   ---------------------------------------
-**   0                         0
-**   512                       512
-**   100                       512
-**   2000                      2048
-** 
-*/
-static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
-  i64 offset = 0;
-  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
-  if( c ){
-    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  }
-  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
-  assert( offset>=c );
-  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
-  return offset;
-}
-
-/*
-** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
-**
-** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
-** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
-**
-** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
-** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
-** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 
-** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 
-** after writing or truncating it.
-**
-** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
-** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 
-** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
-** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
-** not need to be synced following this operation.
-**
-** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
-** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-  if( pPager->journalOff ){
-    const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
-
-    IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
-    if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
-    }else{
-      static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
-    }
-
-    /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 
-    ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 
-    ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
-    ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
-    ** to sync the file following this operation.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
-      i64 sz;
-      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
-** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
-** current location.
-**
-** The format for the journal header is as follows:
-** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
-** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
-** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
-** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
-** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
-** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
-** 
-** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
-*/
-static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
-  char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
-  u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
-  u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
-  int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
-
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
-
-  if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
-    nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  }
-
-  /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 
-  ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 
-  ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
-  */
-  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
-    if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
-      pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
-
-  /* 
-  ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
-  ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
-  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
-  ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
-  ** of records (see syncJournal()).
-  **
-  ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
-  ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
-  ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
-  ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
-  ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
-  ** where this risk can be ignored:
-  **
-  **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
-  **     power failure in this case anyway.
-  **
-  **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
-  **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
-  */
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
-  if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
-   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
-  ){
-    memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
-    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
-  }else{
-    memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
-  }
-
-  /* The random check-hash initializer */ 
-  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
-  /* The initial database size */
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
-  /* The assumed sector size for this process */
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
-
-  /* The page size */
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
-
-  /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
-  ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
-  ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
-  ** take the performance hit.
-  */
-  memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
-         nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
-
-  /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 
-  ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 
-  ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 
-  ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
-  ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
-  **
-  ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 
-  ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
-  ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 
-  ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
-  ** is done. 
-  **
-  ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 
-  ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
-  ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
-  ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
-  */ 
-  for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
-    IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
-    assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
-    pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
-** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
-** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
-** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
-** a description of the journal header format.
-**
-** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
-** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
-** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
-** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
-** in this case.
-**
-** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
-** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
-** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
-*/
-static int readJournalHdr(
-  Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
-  int isHot,
-  i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
-  u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
-  u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
-){
-  int rc;                      /* Return code */
-  unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-  i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
-
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
-
-  /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
-  ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
-  ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
-  */
-  pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
-  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
-
-  /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
-  ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
-  ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
-  ** proceed.
-  */
-  if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
-    if( rc ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
-  ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
-  ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
-    u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
-    u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
-
-    /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
-     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
-    ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
-    ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
-    ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
-    */
-    if( iPageSize==0 ){
-      iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
-    }
-
-    /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
-    ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
-    ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 
-    ** respective compile time maximum limits.
-    */
-    if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
-     || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
-     || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 
-    ){
-      /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 
-      ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 
-      ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 
-      ** the journal file here.
-      */
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-
-    /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 
-    ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 
-    ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-
-    /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
-    ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
-    ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
-    ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
-    ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
-    */
-    pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
-  }
-
-  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
-** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
-** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
-** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
-** anything is written. The format is:
-**
-**   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
-**   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
-**   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
-**   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
-**   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
-**
-** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
-** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
-**
-** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
-** this call is a no-op.
-*/
-static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
-  int rc;                          /* Return code */
-  int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
-  i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
-  i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
-  u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
-
-  assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
-  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
-  if( !zMaster 
-   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
-   || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
-  ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pPager->setMaster = 1;
-  assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
-
-  /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
-  for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
-    cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
-  }
-
-  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
-  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
-  ** the journal has already been synced.
-  */
-  if( pPager->fullSync ){
-    pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
-  }
-  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
-
-  /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
-  ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
-  */
-  if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
-   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
-   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
-   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
-   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
-                                 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
-
-  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
-  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
-  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
-  ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
-  ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
-  ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
-  **
-  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
-  ** file to the required size.
-  */ 
-  if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
-   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
-  ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
-*/
-static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
-  pPager->iDataVersion++;
-  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
-  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
-*/
-u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
-  assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
-  return pPager->iDataVersion;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
-** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
-** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
-*/
-static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
-  int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
-  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
-    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
-  }
-  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
-  pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
-  pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
-  pPager->nSubRec = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 
-** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
-** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
-*/
-static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
-  int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
-    PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
-    if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
-      rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
-      testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
-** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
-** state.
-**
-** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
-** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
-** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
-** closed (if it is open).
-**
-** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 
-** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 
-** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
-** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
-** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
-** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
-*/
-static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 
-  );
-
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
-
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-    sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
-  }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-    int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
-    int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
-
-    /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
-    ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
-    ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
-    ** out from under us.
-    */
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
-    if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
-     || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
-    ){
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-    }
-
-    /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
-    ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
-    ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
-    ** is necessary.
-    */
-    rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
-      pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
-    }
-
-    /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
-    ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
-    ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
-    */
-    assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
-  }
-
-  /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
-  ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
-  ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
-  ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
-  */
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-    pager_reset(pPager);
-    pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
-    pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
-    if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  pPager->journalOff = 0;
-  pPager->journalHdr = 0;
-  pPager->setMaster = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
-** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
-** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 
-** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 
-** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
-**
-** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
-** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
-** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
-** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
-**
-** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
-** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
-** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
-** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
-** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
-** it were a hot-journal).
-*/
-static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
-  int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
-  assert(
-       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
-       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
-       (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
-  );
-  if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
-    pPager->errCode = rc;
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
-
-/*
-** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 
-** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 
-** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
-** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
-** database transaction.
-** 
-** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
-** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
-** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
-**
-** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
-**
-** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 
-** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 
-** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
-** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
-** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
-** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
-**
-**   journalMode==MEMORY
-**     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 
-**     in-memory journal.
-**
-**   journalMode==TRUNCATE
-**     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
-**
-**   journalMode==PERSIST
-**     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
-**     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
-**     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
-**
-**   journalMode==DELETE
-**     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
-**
-**     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
-**     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
-**     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
-**     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
-**
-** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
-** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 
-** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
-** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
-** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 
-** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
-** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
-** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
-** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
-** returned.
-*/
-static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
-  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
-
-  /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
-  ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
-  ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
-  ** held under two circumstances:
-  **
-  **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
-  **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
-  **
-  **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 
-  **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
-  **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 
-  **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
-  */
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
-    /* Finalize the journal file. */
-    if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
-      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
-      if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
-          /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
-          ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
-          ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
-          ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
-          */
-          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
-        }
-      }
-      pPager->journalOff = 0;
-    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-      || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
-    ){
-      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
-      pPager->journalOff = 0;
-    }else{
-      /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
-      ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
-      ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
-      ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 
-      */
-      int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
-      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
-           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
-           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-      );
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-      if( bDelete ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
-  if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
-    PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
-    if( p ){
-      p->pageHash = 0;
-      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-  pPager->nRec = 0;
-  sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
-
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 
-    ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 
-    ** lock held on the database file.
-    */
-    rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
-    assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
-    /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
-    ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
-    ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 
-    ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
-    ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
-    ** required size.  */
-    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-    rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 
-   && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
-  ){
-    rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
-  }
-  pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
-  pPager->setMaster = 0;
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
-** database file. 
-**
-** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 
-** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
-** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
-** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 
-** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 
-** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 
-** will roll it back.
-**
-** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
-** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 
-** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
-** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
-*/
-static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
-  if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
-    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-    if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
-      pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
-    }
-  }
-  pager_unlock(pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
-** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 
-** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
-**
-** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 
-** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
-** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
-** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
-**
-** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
-** incompatible journal file format.
-**
-** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 
-** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 
-** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
-** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
-** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
-*/
-static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
-  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
-  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
-  while( i>0 ){
-    cksum += aData[i];
-    i -= 200;
-  }
-  return cksum;
-}
-
-/*
-** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
-** to the codec.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
-  if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
-    pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
-                           (int)pPager->nReserve);
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
-** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
-** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
-  if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
-    pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
-    pagerReportSize(pDest);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
-** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
-** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
-** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
-**
-** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 
-** not.
-**
-** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
-** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
-** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
-** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
-** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
-** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
-** prior to returning.
-**
-** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
-** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
-** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
-** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
-** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
-** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
-** two circumstances:
-** 
-**   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
-**   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
-**     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
-**
-** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
-**
-** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
-** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
-** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
-*/
-static int pager_playback_one_page(
-  Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
-  i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
-  Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
-  int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
-  int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
-){
-  int rc;
-  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
-  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
-  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
-  char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
-  sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
-  int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
-
-  assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
-  assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
-  assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
-  assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
-
-  aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-  assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
-  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
-
-  /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 
-  ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
-  ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
-  ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
-  ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
-  );
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
-
-  /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
-  ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
-  */
-  jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
-  rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
-
-  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
-  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
-  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
-  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
-  */
-  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-    assert( !isSavepnt );
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( isMainJrnl ){
-    rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
-  ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
-  */
-  if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
-  */
-  if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
-    pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
-    pagerReportSize(pPager);
-  }
-
-  /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
-  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
-  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
-  **
-  ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
-  ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
-  ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
-  ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
-  ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
-  ** assert()able.
-  **
-  ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
-  ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 
-  ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
-  ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
-  ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
-  **
-  ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
-  ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
-  ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
-  ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
-  ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
-  ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
-  ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
-  ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
-  ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
-  ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
-  ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
-  ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
-  ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
-  **
-  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
-  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
-  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
-  */
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    pPg = 0;
-  }else{
-    pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
-  }
-  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
-  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
-           PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
-           (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
-  ));
-  if( isMainJrnl ){
-    isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
-  }else{
-    isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
-  }
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
-   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
-   && isSynced
-  ){
-    i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
-    testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
-    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
-    if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
-      pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
-    }
-    if( pPager->pBackup ){
-      CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
-      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
-      CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
-    }
-  }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
-    /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
-    ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
-    ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 
-    ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 
-    ** current. 
-    **
-    ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
-    ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 
-    ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
-    ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
-    **
-    ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
-    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
-    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
-    ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
-    */
-    assert( isSavepnt );
-    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
-    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
-    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
-    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
-    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
-  }
-  if( pPg ){
-    /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
-    ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
-    ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
-    ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
-    ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
-    */
-    void *pData;
-    pData = pPg->pData;
-    memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
-    pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
-    if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
-      /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 
-      ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 
-      ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
-      ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
-      ** database.
-      **
-      ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
-      ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 
-      ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
-      ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
-      ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
-      ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
-      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
-      ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
-      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
-      ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
-      ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
-      ** database corruption may ensue.
-      */
-      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-      sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
-    }
-    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
-
-    /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
-    ** Do this before any decoding. */
-    if( pgno==1 ){
-      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-    }
-
-    /* Decode the page just read from disk */
-    CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
-    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
-** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
-** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
-** and does so if it is.
-**
-** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
-** available for use within this function.
-**
-** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 
-** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 
-** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 
-** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
-** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
-**
-**   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
-**
-** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 
-** journals have been rolled back.
-**
-** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 
-** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
-** each child journal, it checks if:
-**
-**   * if the child journal exists, and if so
-**   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 
-**     file zMaster
-**
-** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
-** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
-** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
-** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
-**
-** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
-** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 
-** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
-** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
-** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 
-** size.
-*/
-static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  int rc;                   /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
-  sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
-  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
-  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
-  char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
-  char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
-  int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
-
-  /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
-  ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
-  */
-  pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
-  pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
-  if( !pMaster ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-
-  /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
-  ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
-  ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
-  ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-  nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-  zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
-  if( !zMasterJournal ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto delmaster_out;
-  }
-  zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-  zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
-
-  zJournal = zMasterJournal;
-  while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
-    int exists;
-    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto delmaster_out;
-    }
-    if( exists ){
-      /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
-      ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
-      ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
-      */
-      int c;
-      int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
-      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto delmaster_out;
-      }
-
-      rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
-      sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto delmaster_out;
-      }
-
-      c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
-      if( c ){
-        /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
-        goto delmaster_out;
-      }
-    }
-    zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
-  }
- 
-  sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
-  rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-
-delmaster_out:
-  sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
-  if( pMaster ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
-    assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
-    sqlite3_free(pMaster);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 
-** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
-** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
-**
-** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
-** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 
-** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 
-** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
-** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
-**
-** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
-** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
-** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
-** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
-** the end of the new file instead.
-**
-** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
-** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
-*/
-static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
-  
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 
-   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 
-  ){
-    i64 currentSize, newSize;
-    int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
-    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-    /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
-    newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
-      if( currentSize>newSize ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
-      }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
-        char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-        memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
-        testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
-        testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
-** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
-*/
-int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
-  if( iRet<32 ){
-    iRet = 512;
-  }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
-    assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
-    iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
-  }
-  return iRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
-** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
-** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 
-** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
-** master journal pointers within created journal files.
-**
-** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
-**
-** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
-** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
-** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
-** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
-**
-** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
-** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
-** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
-** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
-** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
-** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
-** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
-** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
-*/
-static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
-
-  if( pPager->tempFile
-   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 
-              SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
-  ){
-    /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
-    ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
-    ** call will segfault. */
-    pPager->sectorSize = 512;
-  }else{
-    pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
-** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
-**
-** The journal file format is as follows: 
-**
-**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
-**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
-**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
-**       number of page records from the journal size.
-**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
-**       sanity checksum.
-**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
-**       database to during a rollback.
-**  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
-**       is this many bytes in size.
-**  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
-**  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
-**  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
-**        +  4 byte page number.
-**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
-**        +  4 byte checksum
-**
-** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
-** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
-**
-** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
-** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
-** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
-** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
-** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
-** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
-** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
-** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
-**
-** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
-** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
-** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
-** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
-** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
-**
-** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
-** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
-** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
-** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
-** been encountered.
-**
-** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
-** and an error code is returned.
-**
-** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
-** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is 
-** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
-** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
-** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
-** needed.
-*/
-static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
-  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
-  u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
-  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
-  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
-  int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
-  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
-  int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
-  int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
-
-  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
-  ** the journal is empty.
-  */
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto end_playback;
-  }
-
-  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
-  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
-  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
-  ** played back.
-  **
-  ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
-  ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
-  ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
-  **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
-  ** for pageSize.
-  */
-  zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
-  }
-  zMaster = 0;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
-    goto end_playback;
-  }
-  pPager->journalOff = 0;
-  needPagerReset = isHot;
-
-  /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 
-  ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 
-  ** occurs. 
-  */
-  while( 1 ){
-    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
-    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
-    ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
-    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
-    */
-    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
-      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      goto end_playback;
-    }
-
-    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
-    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
-    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
-    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
-    */
-    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
-      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
-      nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
-    }
-
-    /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
-    ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
-    ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
-    ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
-    ** size of the file.
-    **
-    ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
-    ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
-    ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
-    ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
-    ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
-    ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 
-    ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
-    */
-    if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
-        pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
-      nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
-    }
-
-    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
-    ** database file back to its original size.
-    */
-    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
-      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto end_playback;
-      }
-      pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
-    }
-
-    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 
-    ** database file and/or page cache.
-    */
-    for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
-      if( needPagerReset ){
-        pager_reset(pPager);
-        needPagerReset = 0;
-      }
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        nPlayback++;
-      }else{
-        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-          break;
-        }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-          /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
-          ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
-          ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
-          ** case, the database should have never been written in the
-          ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          goto end_playback;
-        }else{
-          /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
-          ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
-          ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
-          ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
-          */
-          goto end_playback;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /*NOTREACHED*/
-  assert( 0 );
-
-end_playback:
-  /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
-  ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
-  ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
-  ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
-  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
-  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
-  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
-  ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
-  ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
-  ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
-  ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
-  */
-  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
-   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
-  ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
-    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
-    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
-    */
-    rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-  if( isHot && nPlayback ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
-                nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
-  }
-
-  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
-  ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
-  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
-  */
-  setSectorSize(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 
-** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
-** file before this function is called.
-**
-** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
-** the value read from the database file.
-**
-** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
-** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
-  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
-  int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  if( iFrame ){
-    /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
-    rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pgno==1 ){
-    if( rc ){
-      /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
-      ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
-      ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
-      ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
-      ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
-      ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
-      **
-      ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
-      ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
-      ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
-      ** we should still be ok.
-      */
-      memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-    }else{
-      u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
-      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-    }
-  }
-  CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
-
-  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
-  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
-  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
-  PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
-               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
-** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
-**
-** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
-** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
-** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
-*/
-static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
-  u32 change_counter;
-
-  /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
-  change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
-  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
-
-  /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
-  ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
-  ** is valid. */
-  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
-  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 
-** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
-** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 
-** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
-**
-** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
-** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
-** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
-** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 
-** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-
-  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-  pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
-  if( pPg ){
-    if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
-      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
-    }else{
-      u32 iFrame = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
-      }
-      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
-  ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
-  ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
-  ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
-  ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 
-  ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
-  ** the backups must be restarted.
-  */
-  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
-*/
-static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
-
-  /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
-  ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 
-  ** following:
-  **
-  **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
-  **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
-  */
-  pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
-  rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
-  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
-  while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
-    rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
-    pList = pNext;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
-** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
-** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
-** changed. 
-**
-** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
-** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
-*/ 
-static int pagerWalFrames(
-  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
-  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
-  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
-  int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
-  PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
-
-  assert( pPager->pWal );
-  assert( pList );
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
-  for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
-    assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
-  if( isCommit ){
-    /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
-    ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
-    ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
-    ** list here. */
-    PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
-    nList = 0;
-    for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
-      if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
-        ppNext = &p->pDirty;
-        nList++;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pList );
-  }else{
-    nList = 1;
-  }
-  pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
-
-  if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
-  rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 
-      pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
-  );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
-    for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
-      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
-  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
-    pager_set_pagehash(p);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
-**
-** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
-** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
-** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
-** other writers or checkpointers.
-*/
-static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
-
-  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
-
-  /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
-  ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
-  ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
-  ** the duplicate call is harmless.
-  */
-  sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
-
-  rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
-    pager_reset(pPager);
-    if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
-** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
-** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
-**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
-** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
-** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
-*/
-static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
-  Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
-
-  /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
-  ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
-  ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
-  ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
-  ** contains no valid committed transactions.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
-  nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
-
-  /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
-  ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of
-  ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
-  ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
-  */
-  if( nPage==0 ){
-    i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
-    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
-    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-      int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
-  }
-
-  /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
-  ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
-  ** that the file can be read.
-  */
-  if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
-    pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
-  }
-
-  *pnPage = nPage;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
-** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
-** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
-**
-** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
-** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
-** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
-**
-** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
-** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 
-** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 
-** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 
-** other connection.
-*/
-static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
-
-  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
-    int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
-    Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
-
-    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    if( nPage==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      isWal = 0;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
-          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
-      );
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( isWal ){
-        testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
-        rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
-      }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
-        pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
-** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 
-** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 
-** savepoint.
-**
-** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 
-** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
-** performed in the order specified:
-**
-**   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
-**     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 
-**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
-**     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
-**
-**   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
-**     back starting from the journal header immediately following 
-**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
-**
-**   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
-**     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
-**     the journal file.
-**
-** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
-** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
-** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
-** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
-**
-** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
-** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
-**
-** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
-** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 
-** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
-** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
-*/
-static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
-  i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
-  i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
-  Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-
-  /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
-  if( pSavepoint ){
-    pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
-    if( !pDone ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 
-  ** being reverted was opened.
-  */
-  pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
-  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
-
-  if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
-  }
-
-  /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
-  ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
-  ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
-  ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
-  */
-  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
-  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
-
-  /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
-  ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
-  ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
-  ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
-  ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
-  ** are played back.
-  */
-  if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
-    pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
-    }
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-  }else{
-    pPager->journalOff = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
-  ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
-  ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
-  ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
-  */
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
-    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
-    u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
-    u32 dummy;
-    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-
-    /*
-    ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
-    ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
-    ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
-    */
-    if( nJRec==0 
-     && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
-    ){
-      nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
-    }
-    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
-    }
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-  }
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
-
-  /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
-  ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
-  ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
-  */
-  if( pSavepoint ){
-    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
-    i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
-
-    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-      rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
-    }
-    for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
-      assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
-    }
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-  }
-
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
-  sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
-*/
-static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
-  if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
-    sqlite3_int64 sz;
-    sz = pPager->szMmap;
-    pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
-  pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
-  pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
-  sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
-}
-
-/*
-** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
-**
-** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
-** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
-** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
-** There are three levels:
-**
-**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
-**              for temporary and transient files.
-**
-**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
-**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
-**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
-**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
-**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
-**              when it is rolled back.
-**
-**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
-**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
-**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
-**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
-**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
-**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
-**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
-**
-** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
-** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
-** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
-** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
-** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
-** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
-** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
-** syncs associated with NORMAL.
-**
-** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
-** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
-** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
-** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
-** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
-** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
-** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
-**
-** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
-** and FULL=3.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
-  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
-  unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
-){
-  unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
-  assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
-  pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
-  pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
-  if( pPager->noSync ){
-    pPager->syncFlags = 0;
-    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
-  }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
-    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-  }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
-    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-  }else{
-    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-  }
-  pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
-  if( pPager->fullSync ){
-    pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
-  }
-  if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
-    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
-  }else{
-    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
-** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
-** testing and analysis only.  
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Open a temporary file.
-**
-** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 
-** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 
-** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
-**
-** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
-** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
-**
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
-*/
-static int pagerOpentemp(
-  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
-  int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
-){
-  int rc;               /* Return code */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
-#endif
-
-  vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-            SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the busy handler function.
-**
-** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 
-** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
-** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 
-** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
-** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
-** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
-**
-**   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
-**   --------------------------------------------------------
-**   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
-**   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
-**   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
-**   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
-**
-** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 
-** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
-** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
-  Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
-  int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
-  void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
-){
-  pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
-  pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
-
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
-    assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
-    assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
-** is passed in *pPageSize.
-**
-** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
-** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 
-** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
-**
-** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
-**
-**   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 
-**     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
-**
-**   * there are no outstanding page references, and
-**
-**   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
-**     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
-**
-** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
-**
-** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 
-** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 
-** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
-** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
-** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 
-** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
-  ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
-  ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
-  **
-  ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 
-  ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
-  ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
-  ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
-  */
-
-  u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
-  assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
-  if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
-   && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 
-   && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 
-  ){
-    char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
-    i64 nByte = 0;
-
-    if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
-      if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pager_reset(pPager);
-      rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
-      pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
-      pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
-      pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
-    }
-  }
-
-  *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
-    assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
-    pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
-    pagerReportSize(pPager);
-    pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
-** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
-** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
-** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
-** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
-** no rollbacks are happening.
-*/
-void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->pTmpSpace;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
-** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
-** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
-**
-** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
-  if( mxPage>0 ){
-    pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
-  }
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
-  assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
-  return pPager->mxPgno;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
-** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
-** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
-**
-** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
-** and generate no code.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
-static int saved_cnt;
-void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
-  saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
-}
-void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
-}
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
-** that pDest points to. 
-**
-** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
-** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
-** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 
-** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
-** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
-**
-** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
-** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
-** output buffer undefined.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  memset(pDest, 0, N);
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
-
-  /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
-  ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
-  ** to WAL mode yet.
-  */
-  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
-** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
-**
-** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 
-** this is considered a 1 page file.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
-  *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
-** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
-** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
-**
-** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 
-** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 
-** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 
-** obtain the lock succeeds.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
-** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 
-** variable to locktype before returning.
-*/
-static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
-  int rc;                              /* Return code */
-
-  /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 
-  ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
-  ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
-  ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
-  */
-  assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
-       || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
-       || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
-  );
-
-  do {
-    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
-  }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 
-** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
-**
-**   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 
-**      current database image, in pages, OR
-**
-**   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
-**      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
-**      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
-**
-** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
-** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
-** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
-** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
-** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
-** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
-** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 
-** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
-** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 
-** this circumstance cannot arise.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
-  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
-  assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
-}
-static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
-  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
-}
-#else
-# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 
-** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 
-** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 
-** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
-**
-** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
-** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
-** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
-** then continue writing to the database.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
-  assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
-  pPager->dbSize = nPage;
-
-  /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
-  ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
-  ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 
-  ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
-  ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
-  ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 
-  ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 
-  ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
-  ** is no longer correct. */
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
-** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
-** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
-** that the entire journal file has been synced.
-**
-** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 
-** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
-** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
-** content as this process.
-**
-** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 
-** an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !pPager->noSync ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 
-** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
-** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
-** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
-** *ppPage to zero.
-**
-** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
-** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
-*/
-static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
-  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
-  Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
-  void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
-  PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
-){
-  PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
-  
-  if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
-    *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
-    pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
-    p->pDirty = 0;
-    memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
-  }else{
-    *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
-    if( p==0 ){
-      sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
-    p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
-    p->nRef = 1;
-    p->pPager = pPager;
-  }
-
-  assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
-  assert( p->pPage==0 );
-  assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
-  assert( p->pPager==pPager );
-  assert( p->nRef==1 );
-
-  p->pgno = pgno;
-  p->pData = pData;
-  pPager->nMmapOut++;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 
-** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
-*/
-static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  pPager->nMmapOut--;
-  pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
-  pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
-
-  assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
-  sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
-*/
-static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  PgHdr *pNext;
-  for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
-    pNext = p->pDirty;
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
-**
-** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
-** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
-** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
-** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
-** result in a coredump.
-**
-** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
-** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
-** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
-** to the caller.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
-  u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
-
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  disable_simulated_io_errors();
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
-  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
-  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
-  pPager->pWal = 0;
-#endif
-  pager_reset(pPager);
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    pager_unlock(pPager);
-  }else{
-    /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
-    ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 
-    ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 
-    ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
-    **
-    ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
-    ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
-    ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
-    ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
-    ** rollback before accessing the database file.
-    */
-    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-      pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
-    }
-    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
-  }
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  enable_simulated_io_errors();
-  PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-  IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
-  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
-  sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
-  sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
-#endif
-
-  assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
-  assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
-
-  sqlite3_free(pPager);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-/*
-** Return the page number for page pPg.
-*/
-Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
-  return pPg->pgno;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
-  sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
-** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
-** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
-**
-** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 
-** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
-**
-**   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
-**     be taken.
-**
-**   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
-**     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
-**     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
-**     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
-**     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
-**
-**   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 
-**     journal file is synced.
-**
-** Or, in pseudo-code:
-**
-**   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
-**     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
-**       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
-**       <update nRec field>
-**     } 
-**     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
-**   }
-**
-** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 
-** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
-** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
-*/
-static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
-  rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  if( !pPager->noSync ){
-    assert( !pPager->tempFile );
-    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
-      const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
-      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-
-      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
-        /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
-        ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
-        ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
-        ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
-        ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
-        ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 
-        ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 
-        ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 
-        ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 
-        ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
-        ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
-        ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
-        **
-        ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
-        ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
-        ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
-        **
-        ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
-        ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 
-        ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
-        ** the potential journal header.
-        */
-        i64 iNextHdrOffset;
-        u8 aMagic[8];
-        u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
-
-        memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
-        put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
-
-        iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
-        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
-          static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
-          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
-        }
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-
-        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
-        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
-        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
-        ** it as a candidate for rollback.
-        **
-        ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
-        ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 
-        ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
-        ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
-        ** and never needs to be updated.
-        */
-        if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
-          PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-          IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-        }
-        IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
-            pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
-        );
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      }
-      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
-        PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-        IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 
-          (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
-        );
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      }
-
-      pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
-      if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
-        pPager->nRec = 0;
-        rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 
-  ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 
-  ** all pages.
-  */
-  sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
-  pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
-** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
-** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
-** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
-** a no-op.
-**
-** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
-** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
-** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
-** 
-** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
-** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 
-** written out.
-**
-** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
-** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
-** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
-**
-**   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
-**   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
-**
-** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
-** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
-** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
-** the database file.
-**
-** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
-** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
-** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
-*/
-static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
-
-  /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
-  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
-  assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-
-  /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
-  ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
-  ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
-  */
-  if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
-  }
-
-  /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
-  ** file size will be.
-  */
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
-   && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
-   && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
-  ){
-    sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
-    pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
-  }
-
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
-    Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
-
-    /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
-    ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
-    ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
-    ** any such pages to the file.
-    **
-    ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
-    ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
-    */
-    if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
-      i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
-      char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */    
-
-      assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
-      if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
-
-      /* Encode the database */
-      CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
-
-      /* Write out the page data. */
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
-
-      /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
-      ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 
-      ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 
-      */
-      if( pgno==1 ){
-        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-      }
-      if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
-        pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
-      }
-      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
-
-      /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
-      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
-
-      PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
-                   PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
-      IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
-      PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
-    }else{
-      PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
-    }
-    pager_set_pagehash(pList);
-    pList = pList->pDirty;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 
-** function is a no-op.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 
-** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 
-** fails.
-*/
-static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
-    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
-      sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
-    }else{
-      rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 
-**
-** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
-** for all open savepoints before returning.
-**
-** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
-** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 
-** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
-** bitvec.
-*/
-static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-
-    /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
-    assert( pPager->useJournal );
-    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-    assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
-    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 
-         || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 
-         || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 
-    );
-    rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
-
-    /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
-    ** write the journal record into the file.  */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      void *pData = pPg->pData;
-      i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
-      char *pData2;
-  
-      CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
-      PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
-      rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pPager->nSubRec++;
-    assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
-    rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
-  if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
-    return subjournalPage(pPg);
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
-** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
-** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
-** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 
-** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
-** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 
-** argument.
-**
-** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
-** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
-** journal file. 
-**
-** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
-** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
-** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
-** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
-** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
-*/
-static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
-  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
-
-  /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
-  ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
-  ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
-  ** pages belonging to the same sector.
-  **
-  ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
-  ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
-  ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
-  **
-  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
-  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it 
-  ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
-  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
-  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
-  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
-  */
-  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
-  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
-  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
-  if( pPager->doNotSpill
-   && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
-      || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
-  ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  pPg->pDirty = 0;
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
-    rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
-    }
-  }else{
-  
-    /* Sync the journal file if required. */
-    if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 
-     || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-    ){
-      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
-    }
-  
-    /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
-      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Mark the page as clean. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
-    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
-  }
-
-  return pager_error(pPager, rc); 
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
-** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
-** to sqlite3PagerClose().
-**
-** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
-** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
-** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
-** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 
-** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 
-** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
-**
-** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
-** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
-** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
-**
-** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
-** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
-** of the PAGER_* flags.
-**
-** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
-** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 
-**
-** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 
-** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
-** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
-** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
-** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 
-** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
-  Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
-  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
-  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
-  int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
-  int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-  void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
-){
-  u8 *pPtr;
-  Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
-  int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
-  int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
-  int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
-  int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
-  char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
-  int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
-  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
-  int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
-  u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
-  const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
-  int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
-
-  /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
-  ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
-  ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 
-  ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
-  ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
-  ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 
-  ** source file journal.c).
-  */
-  if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
-    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
-  }else{
-    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
-  }
-
-  /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
-  *ppPager = 0;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-  if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
-    memDb = 1;
-    if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
-      zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
-      if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
-      zFilename = 0;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
-  ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
-  ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
-  */
-  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
-    const char *z;
-    nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-    zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
-    if( zPathname==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
-    rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
-    nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
-    z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
-    while( *z ){
-      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
-      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
-    }
-    nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
-    assert( nUri>=0 );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
-      /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
-      ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
-      ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
-      ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
-      ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
-      */
-      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
-  ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 
-  ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
-  **
-  **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
-  **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
-  **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
-  **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
-  **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
-  **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
-  **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
-  */
-  pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
-    ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
-    ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
-    ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
-    journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */ 
-    nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
-    nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-    + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
-#endif
-  );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
-  if( !pPtr ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
-  pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
-  pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
-  pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
-  pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
-  pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
-
-  /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
-  if( zPathname ){
-    assert( nPathname>0 );
-    pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
-    memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
-    if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
-    memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
-    memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
-    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-    pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
-    memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
-    memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
-    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
-#endif
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
-  }
-  pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
-  pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
-
-  /* Open the pager file.
-  */
-  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
-    int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
-    assert( !memDb );
-    readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-
-    /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
-    ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
-    ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
-    **
-    **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
-    **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
-    **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
-      if( !readOnly ){
-        setSectorSize(pPager);
-        assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
-        if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
-          if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
-            szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
-          }else{
-            szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
-          }
-        }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-        {
-          int ii;
-          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
-          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
-          assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
-          for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
-            if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
-              szPageDflt = ii;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-#endif
-      }
-      pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
-      if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
-       || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
-          vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-          goto act_like_temp_file;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
-    ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
-    ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
-    **
-    ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
-    ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
-    ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
-    **
-    ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
-    */ 
-act_like_temp_file:
-    tempFile = 1;
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
-    pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
-    pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
-    readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-  }
-
-  /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 
-  ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the PCache object. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( nExtra<1000 );
-    nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
-    rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
-                       !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
-  }
-
-  /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
-  */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
-    sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
-    sqlite3_free(pPager);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
-  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
-
-  pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
-  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
-  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
-  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
-  /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
-  /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
-  /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
-  pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
-  /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
-  /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
-  pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
-  assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 
-          || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
-  pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 
-  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
-  pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
-  pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
-  assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
-  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
-  if( pPager->noSync ){
-    assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
-    assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
-    assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
-    assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
-  }else{
-    pPager->fullSync = 1;
-    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-    pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
-    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-  }
-  /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
-  /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
-  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
-  pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
-  pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
-  setSectorSize(pPager);
-  if( !useJournal ){
-    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
-  }else if( memDb ){
-    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
-  }
-  /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
-  /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
-  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
-  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
-  /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
-
-  *ppPager = pPager;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
-** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
-** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
-** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
-*/
-static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
-  int bHasMoved = 0;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
-    /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
-    ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
-    ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
-** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
-** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 
-** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
-** file exists if the following criteria are met:
-**
-**   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
-**   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
-**   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
-**   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
-**
-** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
-** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
-** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
-** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
-** is returned.
-**
-** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
-** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
-** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
-** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
-** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 
-** will not roll it back. 
-**
-** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 
-** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
-** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
-** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
-** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
-*/
-static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
-  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
-  int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
-  int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
-
-  assert( pPager->useJournal );
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-
-  assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
-    SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
-  ));
-
-  *pExists = 0;
-  if( !jrnlOpen ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
-    int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
-
-    /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
-    ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 
-    ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
-    ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
-    ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
-    ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
-    ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
-      Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
-
-      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
-        ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
-        ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
-        ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
-        ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
-        ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
-        ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
-        */
-        if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
-          sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-          if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
-            sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-            if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-          }
-          sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-        }else{
-          /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
-          ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
-          ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
-          ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 
-          ** it can be ignored.
-          */
-          if( !jrnlOpen ){
-            int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
-            rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
-          }
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            u8 first = 0;
-            rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
-            if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-              rc = SQLITE_OK;
-            }
-            if( !jrnlOpen ){
-              sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-            }
-            *pExists = (first!=0);
-          }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
-            /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
-            ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
-            ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
-            ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
-            ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
-            ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
-            ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
-            ** worry so much with race conditions.
-            */
-            *pExists = 1;
-            rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
-** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
-** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
-** this function is called, it is a no-op.
-**
-** The following operations are also performed by this function.
-**
-**   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
-**      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
-**      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
-**      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
-**      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 
-**      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
-**      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
-**      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
-**
-**   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
-**      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
-**      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
-**      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
-**      file.
-**
-** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
-** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 
-** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
-
-  /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
-  ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
-  ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 
-  ** exclusive access mode.
-  */
-  assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
-  if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
-
-  if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
-    int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
-
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-
-    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
-      goto failed;
-    }
-
-    /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
-    ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
-    */
-    if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
-      rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto failed;
-    }
-    if( bHotJournal ){
-      if( pPager->readOnly ){
-        rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
-        goto failed;
-      }
-
-      /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
-      ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
-      ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
-      ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
-      ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 
-      ** hot-journal back.
-      ** 
-      ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
-      ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 
-      ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 
-      ** on the database file.
-      **
-      ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
-      ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
-      */
-      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto failed;
-      }
- 
-      /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 
-      ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 
-      ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 
-      ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 
-      ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 
-      ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
-      **
-      ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 
-      ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 
-      ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 
-      ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
-      ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
-      */
-      if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-        sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-        int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
-        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
-            pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
-          int fout = 0;
-          int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
-          assert( !pPager->tempFile );
-          rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
-          assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
-            rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-            sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-          }
-        }
-      }
- 
-      /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
-      ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
-      ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
-      ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
-      ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
-      ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
-      ** the journal before playing it back.
-      */
-      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-        rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
-          pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
-        }
-      }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-        pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-      }
-
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
-        ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
-        ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
-        ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
-        ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 
-        ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 
-        **
-        ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
-        ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
-        ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
-        ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
-        ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
-        ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
-        ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 
-        ** references.
-        */
-        pager_error(pPager, rc);
-        goto failed;
-      }
-
-      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-      assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
-           || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
-      );
-    }
-
-    if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
-      /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
-      ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
-      ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
-      ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
-      ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
-      **
-      ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
-      ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
-      ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
-      ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
-      ** a codec is in use.
-      ** 
-      ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 
-      ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
-      ** it can be neglected.
-      */
-      Pgno nPage = 0;
-      char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
-
-      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-      if( rc ) goto failed;
-
-      if( nPage>0 ){
-        IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
-        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-          goto failed;
-        }
-      }else{
-        memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
-      }
-
-      if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
-        pager_reset(pPager);
-
-        /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
-        ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
-        ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
-        ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
-        ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
-        ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
-        if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
-          sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
-    ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
-    */
-    rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-    assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-#endif
-  }
-
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
-  }
-
-  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
-  }
-
- failed:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-    pager_unlock(pPager);
-    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-  }else{
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
-    pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
-** transaction and unlock the pager.
-**
-** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
-** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
-** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
-*/ 
-static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
-  if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
-    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
-** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 
-** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
-**
-** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 
-** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
-** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
-** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
-** object with no outstanding references.
-**
-** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 
-** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 
-** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
-** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
-**
-** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 
-** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 
-** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 
-** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 
-** page is initialized to all zeros. 
-**
-** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
-** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
-**
-**   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
-**
-**   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
-**      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
-**      from the savepoint journal.
-**
-** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
-** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
-** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
-** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
-** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
-** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
-** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
-**
-** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
-** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
-**
-** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
-** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
-** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
-** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
-** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
-** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
-** or journal files.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
-  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
-  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
-  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
-  int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
-  u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
-  const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
-
-  /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
-  ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
-  ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 
-  ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
-  const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
-   && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-   && pPager->xCodec==0
-#endif
-  );
-
-  /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
-  ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
-  ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
-  ** common case where pgno is large. */
-  if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
-
-  assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
-
-  /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 
-  ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
-  if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pPager->errCode;
-  }else{
-    if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
-    }
-
-    if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
-      void *pData = 0;
-
-      rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 
-          (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
-      );
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
-        if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
-          pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
-        }
-        if( pPg==0 ){
-          rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
-        }
-        if( pPg ){
-          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-          *ppPage = pPg;
-          return SQLITE_OK;
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto pager_acquire_err;
-      }
-    }
-
-    {
-      sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
-      pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
-      if( pBase==0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
-        if( pBase==0 ){
-          pPg = *ppPage = 0;
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          goto pager_acquire_err;
-        }
-      }
-      pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
-      assert( pPg!=0 );
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
-    ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
-    ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
-    pPg = 0;
-    goto pager_acquire_err;
-  }
-  assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
-  assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
-  assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
-
-  if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
-    /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
-    ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
-    assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
-    pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  }else{
-    /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 
-    ** be initialized.  */
-
-    pPg->pPager = pPager;
-
-    /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
-    ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
-    if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto pager_acquire_err;
-    }
-
-    if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-      if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
-        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-        goto pager_acquire_err;
-      }
-      if( noContent ){
-        /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
-        ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 
-        ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure 
-        ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 
-        ** a bit in a bit vector.
-        */
-        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-        if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
-          TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
-          testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-        }
-        TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
-        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-      }
-      memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
-      IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
-    }else{
-      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
-      }
-      assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
-      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
-      rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto pager_acquire_err;
-      }
-    }
-    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-pager_acquire_err:
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  if( pPg ){
-    sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
-  }
-  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
-
-  *ppPage = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
-** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
-** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 
-**
-** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
-** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
-** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
-** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
-** has ever happened.
-*/
-DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
-  assert( pPager!=0 );
-  assert( pgno!=0 );
-  assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
-  pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
-  assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
-  if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
-  return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a page reference.
-**
-** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
-** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
-** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
-** removed.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  assert( pPg!=0 );
-  pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
-    pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
-  }
-  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
-}
-void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
-  if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
-** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 
-** file when this routine is called.
-**
-** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
-** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
-** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 
-** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 
-** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
-**
-** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
-** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
-** already open file. 
-**
-** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
-** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 
-** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 
-** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
-*/
-static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-  
-  /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
-  ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
-  ** an error state. */
-  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
-
-  if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-    pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
-    if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  
-    /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
-    if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-      if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
-        sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
-      }else{
-        const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
-          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
-          (pPager->tempFile ? 
-            (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
-            (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
-          );
-
-        /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
-        ** it was originally opened. */
-        rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-          rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
-              pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
-          );
-#else
-          rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
-#endif
-        }
-      }
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-    }
-  
-  
-    /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 
-    ** the sub-journal if necessary.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
-      pPager->nRec = 0;
-      pPager->journalOff = 0;
-      pPager->setMaster = 0;
-      pPager->journalHdr = 0;
-      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 
-** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
-**
-** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
-** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
-** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 
-** functions need be called.
-**
-** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
-** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
-** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
-** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
-** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
-** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 
-** or using a temporary file otherwise.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
-  pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
-
-  if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
-    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-
-    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-      /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
-      ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
-      */
-      if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
-        rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
-      }
-
-      /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
-      ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
-      ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
-      ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
-      */
-      rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
-    }else{
-      /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
-      ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
-      ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
-      ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
-      */
-      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
-        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
-      **
-      ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
-      ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
-      ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 
-      ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 
-      ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 
-      ** WAL mode.
-      */
-      pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
-      pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
-      pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
-      pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
-      pPager->journalOff = 0;
-    }
-
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  }
-
-  PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  int rc;
-  u32 cksum;
-  char *pData2;
-  i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
-
-  /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
-  ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
-  ** that we do not. */
-  assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
-
-  assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
-  CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
-  cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
-
-  /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
-  ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
-  ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
-  ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
-  ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
-  ** then corruption may follow.
-  */
-  pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-
-  rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 
-           pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
-  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
-  PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
-       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 
-       ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
-
-  pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
-  pPager->nRec++;
-  assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
-  testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-  rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 
-** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
-** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 
-** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
-** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
-*/
-static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 
-  ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
-  ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
-  assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
-  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
-
-  /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
-  ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
-  ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
-  **
-  ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 
-  ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
-  ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
-  ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
-  */
-  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
-    rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
-  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
-
-  /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
-  ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
-  ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
-  */
-  assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-  if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
-   && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
-  ){
-    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
-    if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
-      rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }else{
-      if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
-        pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-      }
-      PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
-              PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
-             ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
-  ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
-  ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
-  ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
-  */
-  pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
-  
-  /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
-  ** then write the page into the statement journal.
-  */
-  if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
-    rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
-  }
-
-  /* Update the database size and return. */
-  if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
-    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
-** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
-** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
-** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
-** a write.
-**
-** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
-** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
-** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
-  Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
-  Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
-  int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
-  int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
-  int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
-  Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
-
-  /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
-  ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
-  ** this function.
-  */
-  assert( !MEMDB );
-  assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
-  pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
-
-  /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
-  ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
-  ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
-  */
-  pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
-
-  nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
-  if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
-    nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
-  }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
-    nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
-  }else{
-    nPage = nPagePerSector;
-  }
-  assert(nPage>0);
-  assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
-  assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
-    Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
-    PgHdr *pPage;
-    if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
-      if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = pager_write(pPage);
-          if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
-            needSync = 1;
-          }
-          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
-        }
-      }
-    }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
-      if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
-        needSync = 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
-  ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
-  ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
-  ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
-  ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-    for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
-      PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
-      if( pPage ){
-        pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
-  pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
-** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
-** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
-** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
-** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
-** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
-** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
-**
-** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
-** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
-    if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
-    return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
-  }else{
-    return pager_write(pPg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
-** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
-** to change the content of the page.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
-  return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
-** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
-** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
-** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
-** content no longer matters.
-**
-** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
-** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
-** that it does not get written to disk.
-**
-** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 
-** DELETE operations.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
-    PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
-    IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
-    pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
-    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
-    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 
-** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 
-** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
-** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
-**
-** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
-** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
-** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 
-** unconditional update of the change counters.
-**
-** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 
-** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
-** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
-** transaction is committed.
-**
-** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
-** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
-** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
-** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 
-** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
-*/
-static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
-  ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
-  ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
-  ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
-  **
-  ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
-  ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
-  ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
-  ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-# define DIRECT_MODE 0
-  assert( isDirectMode==0 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
-#else
-# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
-#endif
-
-  if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
-    PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
-
-    assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-
-    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
-    assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-    /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
-    ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in 
-    ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
-    ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
-    */
-    if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
-      pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
-
-      /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
-      if( DIRECT_MODE ){
-        const void *zBuf;
-        assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
-        CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
-          pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
-          ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
-          ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
-          const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
-          memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-          pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Release the page reference. */
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
-** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
-**
-** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
-** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
-** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 
-** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 
-** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
-**
-** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
-** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 
-** returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
-** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
-** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
-** journal (a single database transaction).
-**
-** This routine ensures that:
-**
-**   * The database file change-counter is updated,
-**   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
-**   * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 
-**   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
-**   * the database file synced. 
-**
-** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 
-** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 
-** delete the master journal file if specified).
-**
-** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
-** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
-**
-** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
-** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
-** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
-** journal file in this case.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
-  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
-  const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
-  int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
-  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
-
-  PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 
-      pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
-
-  /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
-  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
-    ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
-    ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
-    */
-    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
-  }else{
-    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-      PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
-      PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
-      if( pList==0 ){
-        /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
-        ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
-        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
-        pList = pPageOne;
-        pList->pDirty = 0;
-      }
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
-        rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
-      }
-      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
-      ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
-      ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 
-      ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 
-      **
-      **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
-      **      blocks of size page-size, and 
-      **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
-      **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
-      **
-      ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
-      ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
-      ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
-      ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
-      ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
-      ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
-      ** mode. 
-      **
-      ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
-      ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
-      ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
-      ** created for this transaction.
-      */
-  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-      PgHdr *pPg;
-      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
-           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-      );
-      if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
-       && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 
-       && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
-       && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
-      ){
-        /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 
-        ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 
-        ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 
-        ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 
-        ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
-        */
-        rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
-        }
-      }
-  #else
-      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
-  #endif
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-  
-      /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 
-      ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 
-      ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
-      */
-      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-  
-      /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
-      ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 
-      ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
-      **
-      ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
-      ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
-      ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
-      ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 
-      ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
-      ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 
-      */
-      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-  
-      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
-        goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-      }
-      sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-
-      /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 
-      ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
-      ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
-      ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
-      ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
-      ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
-      if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
-        Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
-        assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
-        rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-      }
-  
-      /* Finally, sync the database file. */
-      if( !noSync ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
-      }
-      IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-    }
-  }
-
-commit_phase_one_exit:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
-** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
-** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 
-** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
-** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
-**
-** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 
-** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 
-** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
-** irrevocably committed.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
-** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
-
-  /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
-  ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
-  ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
-  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
-       || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
-  ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
-  ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
-  **
-  ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 
-  ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
-  ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
-  ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 
-  ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
-  ** to drop any locks either.
-  */
-  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
-   && pPager->exclusiveMode 
-   && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-  ){
-    assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-  pPager->iDataVersion++;
-  rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
-  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 
-** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
-** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
-** state if an error occurs.
-**
-** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
-** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
-**
-** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
-**
-**   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 
-**      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
-**      was opened, and
-**
-**   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
-**      rollback at any point in the future.
-**
-** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 
-** rollback is successful.
-**
-** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
-** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
-** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
-** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
-  PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-
-  /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
-  ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 
-  ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
-  */
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
-  if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    int rc2;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
-    rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
-    int eState = pPager->eState;
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
-    if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
-      /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 
-      ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
-      ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
-      */
-      pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
-      pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
-  }
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
-          || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 
-          || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
-  );
-
-  /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
-  ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
-  */
-  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
-** if the database is (in theory) writable.
-*/
-u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->readOnly;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
-  return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
-** used by the pager and its associated cache.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
-  int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
-                                     + 5*sizeof(void*);
-  return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
-           + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
-           + pPager->pageSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of references to the specified page.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
-  return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
-*/
-int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
-  static int a[11];
-  a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
-  a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
-  a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
-  a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
-  a[4] = pPager->eState;
-  a[5] = pPager->errCode;
-  a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
-  a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
-  a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
-  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
-  a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
-  return a;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
-** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
-** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 
-** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 
-** returning.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
-
-  assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
-       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
-       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
-  );
-
-  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
-  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
-  assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
-
-  *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
-  if( reset ){
-    pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
-  return MEMDB;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
-** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
-** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
-** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
-**
-** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 
-** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
-** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
-  int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
-  int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
-  PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
-
-  /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
-  ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 
-  ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
-  */
-  aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
-      pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
-  );
-  if( !aNew ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
-  pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
-
-  /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
-  for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
-    aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
-    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
-      aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
-    }else{
-      aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-    }
-    aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
-    aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
-    if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-      sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
-    }
-    pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
-  }
-  assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
-  assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
-    return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
-** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 
-** created savepoint.
-**
-** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
-** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
-** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
-** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
-**
-** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 
-** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
-** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
-** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
-** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
-**
-** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
-** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 
-** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
-** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 
-** contents of the database to its original state. 
-**
-** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 
-** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
-** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
-**
-** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
-** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 
-** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/ 
-int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
-  int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
-
-  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
-  assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
-    int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
-    int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
-
-    /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
-    ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 
-    ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
-    */
-    nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
-    for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
-      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
-    }
-    pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
-
-    /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 
-    ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
-    if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
-      if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
-        /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
-        if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
-          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
-          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-        }
-        pPager->nSubRec = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
-    ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
-    ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
-    ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
-    */
-    else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-      PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
-      rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
-      assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the database file.
-**
-** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
-** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
-** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
-** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
-** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
-** participate in shared-cache.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
-  return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
-*/
-const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->pVfs;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the file handle for the database file associated
-** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
-** not yet been opened.
-*/
-sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->fd;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->zJournal;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
-** if fsync()s are executed normally.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->noSync;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
-  Pager *pPager,
-  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
-  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
-  void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
-  void *pCodec
-){
-  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
-  pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
-  pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
-  pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
-  pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
-  pagerReportSize(pPager);
-}
-void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->pCodec;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
-** into the log file.
-**
-** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
-** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
-*/
-void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
-  void *aData = 0;
-  CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
-  return aData;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current pager state
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->eState;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
-**
-** There must be no references to the page previously located at
-** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
-** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
-** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
-**
-** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
-** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
-** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
-**
-** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
-** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
-** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
-** transaction is active).
-**
-** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
-** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 
-** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 
-** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
-**
-** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
-** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
-  PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
-  Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
-  int rc;                      /* Return code */
-  Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
-
-  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
-  ** the page we are moving from.
-  */
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
-  ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 
-  ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
-  **
-  **   BEGIN;
-  **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
-  **     SAVEPOINT one;
-  **       <Move page X to location Y>
-  **     ROLLBACK TO one;
-  **
-  ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
-  ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
-  ** statement were is processed.
-  **
-  ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
-  ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
-  ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
-  */
-  if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
-   && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 
-      PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
-  IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
-
-  /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
-  ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
-  **
-  ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
-  ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 
-  ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
-  */
-  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
-    needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
-    assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
-            pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
-    assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
-  }
-
-  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
-  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 
-  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
-  ** for the page moved there.
-  */
-  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-  pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
-  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
-  if( pPgOld ){
-    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
-    if( MEMDB ){
-      /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
-      ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
-      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
-    }
-  }
-
-  origPgno = pPg->pgno;
-  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
-  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
-
-  /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
-  ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
-  ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
-  */
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    assert( pPgOld );
-    sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
-    sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
-  }
-
-  if( needSyncPgno ){
-    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
-    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
-    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
-    ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
-    ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
-    ** flag.
-    **
-    ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
-    ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
-    ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
-    ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
-    ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
-    ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
-    */
-    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
-        assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
-        sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
-      }
-      return rc;
-    }
-    pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
-    sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 
-** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 
-** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 
-** the value passed as the third parameter.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
-  assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
-  pPg->flags = flags;
-  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
-*/
-void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
-  assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
-  return pPg->pData;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 
-** allocated along with the specified page.
-*/
-void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
-  return pPg->pExtra;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
-** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
-**
-** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
-** locking-mode.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
-  assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
-            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
-            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
-  assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
-  if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
-    pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
-  }
-  return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
-**
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
-**
-** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
-** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
-**
-**   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
-**      or _MEMORY.
-**
-**   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
-**
-** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
-  u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
-  ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
-  print_pager_state(pPager);
-#endif
-
-
-  /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
-  assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
-
-  /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
-  ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
-  ** to WAL mode.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
-
-  /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
-  ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
-  */
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
-    if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-      eMode = eOld;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( eMode!=eOld ){
-
-    /* Change the journal mode. */
-    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-    pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
-
-    /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
-    ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
-    ** delete the journal file.
-    */
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
-
-    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
-    if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
-
-      /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
-      ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
-      ** here is an optimization only.
-      **
-      ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
-      ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
-      ** while it is in use by some other client.
-      */
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-      if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-        sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-      }else{
-        int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        int state = pPager->eState;
-        assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
-        if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
-          rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
-        }
-        if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
-          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-          rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
-          pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-        }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
-          pager_unlock(pPager);
-        }
-        assert( state==pPager->eState );
-      }
-    }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return the new journal mode */
-  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current journal mode.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
-  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
-** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
-** is unmodified.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
-  if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
-**
-** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
-** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
-*/
-i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
-  if( iLimit>=-1 ){
-    pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
-    sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
-  }
-  return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
-** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
-** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
-** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
-*/
-sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
-  return &pPager->pBackup;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-/*
-** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
-*/
-void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
-  if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
-** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
-** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
-**
-** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pPager->pWal ){
-    rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
-        (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
-        pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
-        pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
-        pnLog, pnCkpt
-    );
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
-  return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
-** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
-  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
-  return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
-** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
-*/
-static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-  rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 
-    ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
-    pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 
-** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
-** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
-** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
-*/
-static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
-  assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-
-  /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 
-  ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 
-  ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
-  ** file, to make sure this is safe.
-  */
-  if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
-  }
-
-  /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 
-  ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
-        pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
-        pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
-    );
-  }
-  pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
-** this function.
-**
-** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
-** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
-** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 
-** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
-** not modified in either case.
-**
-** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
-** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
-** without doing anything.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
-  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
-  int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
-  assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
-  assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
-
-  if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
-    if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-
-    /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-
-    rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
-      pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
-    }
-  }else{
-    *pbOpen = 1;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
-** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
-**
-** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 
-** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
-** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
-** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
-
-  /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
-  ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
-  ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
-  */
-  if( !pPager->pWal ){
-    int logexists = 0;
-    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
-          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
-      );
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
-      rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-    
-  /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
-  ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
-    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
-                           pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
-      pPager->pWal = 0;
-      pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-/*
-** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
-** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
-** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
-** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
-** is empty, return 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
-  return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pager.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/pager.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 99a7aebc78f..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pager.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
-** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _PAGER_H_
-#define _PAGER_H_
-
-/*
-** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative 
-** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the 
-** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
-  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
-** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
-*/
-typedef u32 Pgno;
-
-/*
-** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
-*/
-typedef struct Pager Pager;
-
-/*
-** Handle type for pages.
-*/
-typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
-
-/*
-** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
-** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
-** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
-** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
-** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c 
-** for details.
-*/
-#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
-**
-** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
-*/
-#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
-#define PAGER_MEMORY        0x0002    /* In-memory database */
-
-/*
-** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
-*/
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
-
-/*
-** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.  
-*/
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY     (-1)  /* Query the value of journalmode */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL         5   /* Use write-ahead logging */
-
-/*
-** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire().
-*/
-#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT     0x01  /* Do not load data from disk */
-#define PAGER_GET_READONLY      0x02  /* Read-only page is acceptable */
-
-/*
-** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
-*/
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF       0x01  /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL    0x02  /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL      0x03  /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK      0x03  /* Mask for three values above */
-#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC             0x04  /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */
-#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC        0x08  /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */
-#define PAGER_CACHESPILL            0x10  /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */
-#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK            0x1c  /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */
-
-/*
-** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
-** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for 
-** a detailed description of each routine.
-*/
-
-/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ 
-int sqlite3PagerOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs*,
-  Pager **ppPager,
-  const char*,
-  int,
-  int,
-  int,
-  void(*)(DbPage*)
-);
-int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
-int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
-
-/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
-void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
-int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*);
-#endif
-int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
-void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
-void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
-void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
-void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
-int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
-int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
-int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
-int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
-i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
-sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
-
-/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
-int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
-#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
-DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
-void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
-void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
-void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);
-
-/* Operations on page references. */
-int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
-void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
-int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
-int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
-void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
-void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
-
-/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
-void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
-int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
-int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
-int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
-int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster);
-int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
-int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
-int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
-int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
-int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*);
-  int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
-  int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
-  int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
-  int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-  int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
-#endif
-
-/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
-u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
-u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
-#endif
-int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
-const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int);
-const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
-sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
-const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
-int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
-void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
-int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
-void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
-void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *);
-int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);
-
-/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
-void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
-
-void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
-#endif
-
-/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
-  int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
-  void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
-  void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-  void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/parse.y b/lib/libsqlite3/src/parse.y
deleted file mode 100644
index e99feeefc14..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/parse.y
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1537 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains SQLite's grammar for SQL.  Process this file
-** using the lemon parser generator to generate C code that runs
-** the parser.  Lemon will also generate a header file containing
-** numeric codes for all of the tokens.
-*/
-
-// All token codes are small integers with #defines that begin with "TK_"
-%token_prefix TK_
-
-// The type of the data attached to each token is Token.  This is also the
-// default type for non-terminals.
-//
-%token_type {Token}
-%default_type {Token}
-
-// The generated parser function takes a 4th argument as follows:
-%extra_argument {Parse *pParse}
-
-// This code runs whenever there is a syntax error
-//
-%syntax_error {
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor);  /* Silence some compiler warnings */
-  assert( TOKEN.z[0] );  /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
-}
-%stack_overflow {
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
-}
-
-// The name of the generated procedure that implements the parser
-// is as follows:
-%name sqlite3Parser
-
-// The following text is included near the beginning of the C source
-// code file that implements the parser.
-//
-%include {
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
-** automaton.
-*/
-#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
-
-/*
-** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
-*/
-#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure holds information about the
-** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
-*/
-struct LimitVal {
-  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
-  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
-** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
-*/
-struct LikeOp {
-  Token eOperator;  /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */
-  int bNot;         /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
-** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
-** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
-**
-**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
-**
-** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
-*/
-struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
-*/
-struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
-
-} // end %include
-
-// Input is a single SQL command
-input ::= cmdlist.
-cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd.
-cmdlist ::= ecmd.
-ecmd ::= SEMI.
-ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI.
-explain ::= .           { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-explain ::= EXPLAIN.              { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
-explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.   { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-cmdx ::= cmd.           { sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
-
-///////////////////// Begin and end transactions. ////////////////////////////
-//
-
-cmd ::= BEGIN transtype(Y) trans_opt.  {sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, Y);}
-trans_opt ::= .
-trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION.
-trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm.
-%type transtype {int}
-transtype(A) ::= .             {A = TK_DEFERRED;}
-transtype(A) ::= DEFERRED(X).  {A = @X;}
-transtype(A) ::= IMMEDIATE(X). {A = @X;}
-transtype(A) ::= EXCLUSIVE(X). {A = @X;}
-cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt.      {sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
-cmd ::= END trans_opt.         {sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
-cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt.    {sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
-
-savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT.
-savepoint_opt ::= .
-cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm(X). {
-  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &X);
-}
-cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm(X). {
-  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &X);
-}
-cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm(X). {
-  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &X);
-}
-
-///////////////////// The CREATE TABLE statement ////////////////////////////
-//
-cmd ::= create_table create_table_args.
-create_table ::= createkw temp(T) TABLE ifnotexists(E) nm(Y) dbnm(Z). {
-   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&Y,&Z,T,0,0,E);
-}
-createkw(A) ::= CREATE(X).  {
-  pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-  A = X;
-}
-%type ifnotexists {int}
-ifnotexists(A) ::= .              {A = 0;}
-ifnotexists(A) ::= IF NOT EXISTS. {A = 1;}
-%type temp {int}
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-temp(A) ::= TEMP.  {A = 1;}
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-temp(A) ::= .      {A = 0;}
-create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt(X) RP(E) table_options(F). {
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&X,&E,F,0);
-}
-create_table_args ::= AS select(S). {
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,S);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, S);
-}
-%type table_options {u8}
-table_options(A) ::= .    {A = 0;}
-table_options(A) ::= WITHOUT nm(X). {
-  if( X.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(X.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){
-    A = TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid;
-  }else{
-    A = 0;
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", X.n, X.z);
-  }
-}
-columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column.
-columnlist ::= column.
-
-// A "column" is a complete description of a single column in a
-// CREATE TABLE statement.  This includes the column name, its
-// datatype, and other keywords such as PRIMARY KEY, UNIQUE, REFERENCES,
-// NOT NULL and so forth.
-//
-column(A) ::= columnid(X) type carglist. {
-  A.z = X.z;
-  A.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-X.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
-}
-columnid(A) ::= nm(X). {
-  sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&X);
-  A = X;
-  pParse->constraintName.n = 0;
-}
-
-
-// An IDENTIFIER can be a generic identifier, or one of several
-// keywords.  Any non-standard keyword can also be an identifier.
-//
-%token_class id  ID|INDEXED.
-
-// The following directive causes tokens ABORT, AFTER, ASC, etc. to
-// fallback to ID if they will not parse as their original value.
-// This obviates the need for the "id" nonterminal.
-//
-%fallback ID
-  ABORT ACTION AFTER ANALYZE ASC ATTACH BEFORE BEGIN BY CASCADE CAST COLUMNKW
-  CONFLICT DATABASE DEFERRED DESC DETACH EACH END EXCLUSIVE EXPLAIN FAIL FOR
-  IGNORE IMMEDIATE INITIALLY INSTEAD LIKE_KW MATCH NO PLAN
-  QUERY KEY OF OFFSET PRAGMA RAISE RECURSIVE RELEASE REPLACE RESTRICT ROW
-  ROLLBACK SAVEPOINT TEMP TRIGGER VACUUM VIEW VIRTUAL WITH WITHOUT
-%ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-  EXCEPT INTERSECT UNION
-%endif SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-  REINDEX RENAME CTIME_KW IF
-  .
-%wildcard ANY.
-
-// Define operator precedence early so that this is the first occurrence
-// of the operator tokens in the grammer.  Keeping the operators together
-// causes them to be assigned integer values that are close together,
-// which keeps parser tables smaller.
-//
-// The token values assigned to these symbols is determined by the order
-// in which lemon first sees them.  It must be the case that ISNULL/NOTNULL,
-// NE/EQ, GT/LE, and GE/LT are separated by only a single value.  See
-// the sqlite3ExprIfFalse() routine for additional information on this
-// constraint.
-//
-%left OR.
-%left AND.
-%right NOT.
-%left IS MATCH LIKE_KW BETWEEN IN ISNULL NOTNULL NE EQ.
-%left GT LE LT GE.
-%right ESCAPE.
-%left BITAND BITOR LSHIFT RSHIFT.
-%left PLUS MINUS.
-%left STAR SLASH REM.
-%left CONCAT.
-%left COLLATE.
-%right BITNOT.
-
-// And "ids" is an identifer-or-string.
-//
-%token_class ids  ID|STRING.
-
-// The name of a column or table can be any of the following:
-//
-%type nm {Token}
-nm(A) ::= id(X).         {A = X;}
-nm(A) ::= STRING(X).     {A = X;}
-nm(A) ::= JOIN_KW(X).    {A = X;}
-
-// A typetoken is really one or more tokens that form a type name such
-// as can be found after the column name in a CREATE TABLE statement.
-// Multiple tokens are concatenated to form the value of the typetoken.
-//
-%type typetoken {Token}
-type ::= .
-type ::= typetoken(X).                   {sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&X);}
-typetoken(A) ::= typename(X).   {A = X;}
-typetoken(A) ::= typename(X) LP signed RP(Y). {
-  A.z = X.z;
-  A.n = (int)(&Y.z[Y.n] - X.z);
-}
-typetoken(A) ::= typename(X) LP signed COMMA signed RP(Y). {
-  A.z = X.z;
-  A.n = (int)(&Y.z[Y.n] - X.z);
-}
-%type typename {Token}
-typename(A) ::= ids(X).             {A = X;}
-typename(A) ::= typename(X) ids(Y). {A.z=X.z; A.n=Y.n+(int)(Y.z-X.z);}
-signed ::= plus_num.
-signed ::= minus_num.
-
-// "carglist" is a list of additional constraints that come after the
-// column name and column type in a CREATE TABLE statement.
-//
-carglist ::= carglist ccons.
-carglist ::= .
-ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm(X).           {pParse->constraintName = X;}
-ccons ::= DEFAULT term(X).            {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&X);}
-ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr(X) RP.      {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&X);}
-ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term(X).       {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&X);}
-ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS(A) term(X).      {
-  ExprSpan v;
-  v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, X.pExpr, 0, 0);
-  v.zStart = A.z;
-  v.zEnd = X.zEnd;
-  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
-}
-ccons ::= DEFAULT id(X).              {
-  ExprSpan v;
-  spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &X);
-  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
-}
-
-// In addition to the type name, we also care about the primary key and
-// UNIQUE constraints.
-//
-ccons ::= NULL onconf.
-ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf(R).    {sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, R);}
-ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder(Z) onconf(R) autoinc(I).
-                                 {sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,R,I,Z);}
-ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf(R).      {sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,R,0,0,0,0);}
-ccons ::= CHECK LP expr(X) RP.   {sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,X.pExpr);}
-ccons ::= REFERENCES nm(T) eidlist_opt(TA) refargs(R).
-                                 {sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&T,TA,R);}
-ccons ::= defer_subclause(D).    {sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,D);}
-ccons ::= COLLATE ids(C).        {sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &C);}
-
-// The optional AUTOINCREMENT keyword
-%type autoinc {int}
-autoinc(X) ::= .          {X = 0;}
-autoinc(X) ::= AUTOINCR.  {X = 1;}
-
-// The next group of rules parses the arguments to a REFERENCES clause
-// that determine if the referential integrity checking is deferred or
-// or immediate and which determine what action to take if a ref-integ
-// check fails.
-//
-%type refargs {int}
-refargs(A) ::= .                  { A = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */}
-refargs(A) ::= refargs(X) refarg(Y). { A = (X & ~Y.mask) | Y.value; }
-%type refarg {struct {int value; int mask;}}
-refarg(A) ::= MATCH nm.              { A.value = 0;     A.mask = 0x000000; }
-refarg(A) ::= ON INSERT refact.      { A.value = 0;     A.mask = 0x000000; }
-refarg(A) ::= ON DELETE refact(X).   { A.value = X;     A.mask = 0x0000ff; }
-refarg(A) ::= ON UPDATE refact(X).   { A.value = X<<8;  A.mask = 0x00ff00; }
-%type refact {int}
-refact(A) ::= SET NULL.              { A = OE_SetNull;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
-refact(A) ::= SET DEFAULT.           { A = OE_SetDflt;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
-refact(A) ::= CASCADE.               { A = OE_Cascade;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
-refact(A) ::= RESTRICT.              { A = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
-refact(A) ::= NO ACTION.             { A = OE_None;     /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
-%type defer_subclause {int}
-defer_subclause(A) ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt.     {A = 0;}
-defer_subclause(A) ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt(X).      {A = X;}
-%type init_deferred_pred_opt {int}
-init_deferred_pred_opt(A) ::= .                       {A = 0;}
-init_deferred_pred_opt(A) ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED.     {A = 1;}
-init_deferred_pred_opt(A) ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.    {A = 0;}
-
-conslist_opt(A) ::= .                         {A.n = 0; A.z = 0;}
-conslist_opt(A) ::= COMMA(X) conslist.        {A = X;}
-conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons.
-conslist ::= tcons.
-tconscomma ::= COMMA.            {pParse->constraintName.n = 0;}
-tconscomma ::= .
-tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm(X).      {pParse->constraintName = X;}
-tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist(X) autoinc(I) RP onconf(R).
-                                 {sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,X,R,I,0);}
-tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist(X) RP onconf(R).
-                                 {sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,X,R,0,0,0,0);}
-tcons ::= CHECK LP expr(E) RP onconf.
-                                 {sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,E.pExpr);}
-tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist(FA) RP
-          REFERENCES nm(T) eidlist_opt(TA) refargs(R) defer_subclause_opt(D). {
-    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, FA, &T, TA, R);
-    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, D);
-}
-%type defer_subclause_opt {int}
-defer_subclause_opt(A) ::= .                    {A = 0;}
-defer_subclause_opt(A) ::= defer_subclause(X).  {A = X;}
-
-// The following is a non-standard extension that allows us to declare the
-// default behavior when there is a constraint conflict.
-//
-%type onconf {int}
-%type orconf {u8}
-%type resolvetype {int}
-onconf(A) ::= .                              {A = OE_Default;}
-onconf(A) ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype(X).    {A = X;}
-orconf(A) ::= .                              {A = OE_Default;}
-orconf(A) ::= OR resolvetype(X).             {A = (u8)X;}
-resolvetype(A) ::= raisetype(X).             {A = X;}
-resolvetype(A) ::= IGNORE.                   {A = OE_Ignore;}
-resolvetype(A) ::= REPLACE.                  {A = OE_Replace;}
-
-////////////////////////// The DROP TABLE /////////////////////////////////////
-//
-cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists(E) fullname(X). {
-  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, X, 0, E);
-}
-%type ifexists {int}
-ifexists(A) ::= IF EXISTS.   {A = 1;}
-ifexists(A) ::= .            {A = 0;}
-
-///////////////////// The CREATE VIEW statement /////////////////////////////
-//
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-cmd ::= createkw(X) temp(T) VIEW ifnotexists(E) nm(Y) dbnm(Z) eidlist_opt(C)
-          AS select(S). {
-  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &X, &Y, &Z, C, S, T, E);
-}
-cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists(E) fullname(X). {
-  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, X, 1, E);
-}
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-
-//////////////////////// The SELECT statement /////////////////////////////////
-//
-cmd ::= select(X).  {
-  SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, X, &dest);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, X);
-}
-
-%type select {Select*}
-%destructor select {sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-%type selectnowith {Select*}
-%destructor selectnowith {sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-%type oneselect {Select*}
-%destructor oneselect {sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-
-%include {
-  /*
-  ** For a compound SELECT statement, make sure p->pPrior->pNext==p for
-  ** all elements in the list.  And make sure list length does not exceed
-  ** SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT.
-  */
-  static void parserDoubleLinkSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
-    if( p->pPrior ){
-      Select *pNext = 0, *pLoop;
-      int mxSelect, cnt = 0;
-      for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
-        pLoop->pNext = pNext;
-        pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound;
-      }
-      if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 && 
-        (mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT])>0 &&
-        cnt>mxSelect
-      ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-select(A) ::= with(W) selectnowith(X). {
-  Select *p = X;
-  if( p ){
-    p->pWith = W;
-    parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, p);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, W);
-  }
-  A = p;
-}
-
-selectnowith(A) ::= oneselect(X).                      {A = X;}
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-selectnowith(A) ::= selectnowith(X) multiselect_op(Y) oneselect(Z).  {
-  Select *pRhs = Z;
-  Select *pLhs = X;
-  if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){
-    SrcList *pFrom;
-    Token x;
-    x.n = 0;
-    parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, pRhs);
-    pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0);
-    pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
-  }
-  if( pRhs ){
-    pRhs->op = (u8)Y;
-    pRhs->pPrior = pLhs;
-    if( ALWAYS(pLhs) ) pLhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
-    pRhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
-    if( Y!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pLhs);
-  }
-  A = pRhs;
-}
-%type multiselect_op {int}
-multiselect_op(A) ::= UNION(OP).             {A = @OP;}
-multiselect_op(A) ::= UNION ALL.             {A = TK_ALL;}
-multiselect_op(A) ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT(OP).  {A = @OP;}
-%endif SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-oneselect(A) ::= SELECT(S) distinct(D) selcollist(W) from(X) where_opt(Y)
-                 groupby_opt(P) having_opt(Q) orderby_opt(Z) limit_opt(L). {
-  A = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,W,X,Y,P,Q,Z,D,L.pLimit,L.pOffset);
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-  /* Populate the Select.zSelName[] string that is used to help with
-  ** query planner debugging, to differentiate between multiple Select
-  ** objects in a complex query.
-  **
-  ** If the SELECT keyword is immediately followed by a C-style comment
-  ** then extract the first few alphanumeric characters from within that
-  ** comment to be the zSelName value.  Otherwise, the label is #N where
-  ** is an integer that is incremented with each SELECT statement seen.
-  */
-  if( A!=0 ){
-    const char *z = S.z+6;
-    int i;
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(A->zSelName), A->zSelName, "#%d",
-                     ++pParse->nSelect);
-    while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
-    if( z[0]=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
-      z += 2;
-      while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
-      for(i=0; sqlite3Isalnum(z[i]); i++){}
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(A->zSelName), A->zSelName, "%.*s", i, z);
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SELECTRACE_ENABLED */
-}
-oneselect(A) ::= values(X).    {A = X;}
-
-%type values {Select*}
-%destructor values {sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-values(A) ::= VALUES LP nexprlist(X) RP. {
-  A = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,X,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);
-}
-values(A) ::= values(X) COMMA LP exprlist(Y) RP. {
-  Select *pRight, *pLeft = X;
-  pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,Y,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values|SF_MultiValue,0,0);
-  if( ALWAYS(pLeft) ) pLeft->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue;
-  if( pRight ){
-    pRight->op = TK_ALL;
-    pLeft = X;
-    pRight->pPrior = pLeft;
-    A = pRight;
-  }else{
-    A = pLeft;
-  }
-}
-
-// The "distinct" nonterminal is true (1) if the DISTINCT keyword is
-// present and false (0) if it is not.
-//
-%type distinct {u16}
-distinct(A) ::= DISTINCT.   {A = SF_Distinct;}
-distinct(A) ::= ALL.        {A = SF_All;}
-distinct(A) ::= .           {A = 0;}
-
-// selcollist is a list of expressions that are to become the return
-// values of the SELECT statement.  The "*" in statements like
-// "SELECT * FROM ..." is encoded as a special expression with an
-// opcode of TK_ALL.
-//
-%type selcollist {ExprList*}
-%destructor selcollist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-%type sclp {ExprList*}
-%destructor sclp {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-sclp(A) ::= selcollist(X) COMMA.             {A = X;}
-sclp(A) ::= .                                {A = 0;}
-selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) expr(X) as(Y).     {
-   A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, P, X.pExpr);
-   if( Y.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, A, &Y, 1);
-   sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,A,&X);
-}
-selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) STAR. {
-  Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0);
-  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, P, p);
-}
-selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) nm(X) DOT STAR(Y). {
-  Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &Y);
-  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);
-  Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,P, pDot);
-}
-
-// An option "AS <id>" phrase that can follow one of the expressions that
-// define the result set, or one of the tables in the FROM clause.
-//
-%type as {Token}
-as(X) ::= AS nm(Y).    {X = Y;}
-as(X) ::= ids(Y).      {X = Y;}
-as(X) ::= .            {X.n = 0;}
-
-
-%type seltablist {SrcList*}
-%destructor seltablist {sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-%type stl_prefix {SrcList*}
-%destructor stl_prefix {sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-%type from {SrcList*}
-%destructor from {sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-
-// A complete FROM clause.
-//
-from(A) ::= .                {A = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*A));}
-from(A) ::= FROM seltablist(X). {
-  A = X;
-  sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(A);
-}
-
-// "seltablist" is a "Select Table List" - the content of the FROM clause
-// in a SELECT statement.  "stl_prefix" is a prefix of this list.
-//
-stl_prefix(A) ::= seltablist(X) joinop(Y).    {
-   A = X;
-   if( ALWAYS(A && A->nSrc>0) ) A->a[A->nSrc-1].fg.jointype = (u8)Y;
-}
-stl_prefix(A) ::= .                           {A = 0;}
-seltablist(A) ::= stl_prefix(X) nm(Y) dbnm(D) as(Z) indexed_opt(I)
-                  on_opt(N) using_opt(U). {
-  A = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,X,&Y,&D,&Z,0,N,U);
-  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, A, &I);
-}
-seltablist(A) ::= stl_prefix(X) nm(Y) dbnm(D) LP exprlist(E) RP as(Z)
-                  on_opt(N) using_opt(U). {
-  A = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,X,&Y,&D,&Z,0,N,U);
-  sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, A, E);
-}
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  seltablist(A) ::= stl_prefix(X) LP select(S) RP
-                    as(Z) on_opt(N) using_opt(U). {
-    A = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,X,0,0,&Z,S,N,U);
-  }
-  seltablist(A) ::= stl_prefix(X) LP seltablist(F) RP
-                    as(Z) on_opt(N) using_opt(U). {
-    if( X==0 && Z.n==0 && N==0 && U==0 ){
-      A = F;
-    }else if( F->nSrc==1 ){
-      A = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,X,0,0,&Z,0,N,U);
-      if( A ){
-        struct SrcList_item *pNew = &A->a[A->nSrc-1];
-        struct SrcList_item *pOld = F->a;
-        pNew->zName = pOld->zName;
-        pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase;
-        pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect;
-        pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0;
-        pOld->pSelect = 0;
-      }
-      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, F);
-    }else{
-      Select *pSubquery;
-      sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(F);
-      pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,F,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0,0);
-      A = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,X,0,0,&Z,pSubquery,N,U);
-    }
-  }
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-
-%type dbnm {Token}
-dbnm(A) ::= .          {A.z=0; A.n=0;}
-dbnm(A) ::= DOT nm(X). {A = X;}
-
-%type fullname {SrcList*}
-%destructor fullname {sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-fullname(A) ::= nm(X) dbnm(Y).  {A = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&X,&Y);}
-
-%type joinop {int}
-%type joinop2 {int}
-joinop(X) ::= COMMA|JOIN.              { X = JT_INNER; }
-joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) JOIN.         { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,0,0); }
-joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) nm(B) JOIN.   { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,&B,0); }
-joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) nm(B) nm(C) JOIN.
-                                       { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,&B,&C); }
-
-%type on_opt {Expr*}
-%destructor on_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-on_opt(N) ::= ON expr(E).   {N = E.pExpr;}
-on_opt(N) ::= .             {N = 0;}
-
-// Note that this block abuses the Token type just a little. If there is
-// no "INDEXED BY" clause, the returned token is empty (z==0 && n==0). If
-// there is an INDEXED BY clause, then the token is populated as per normal,
-// with z pointing to the token data and n containing the number of bytes
-// in the token.
-//
-// If there is a "NOT INDEXED" clause, then (z==0 && n==1), which is 
-// normally illegal. The sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy() function 
-// recognizes and interprets this as a special case.
-//
-%type indexed_opt {Token}
-indexed_opt(A) ::= .                 {A.z=0; A.n=0;}
-indexed_opt(A) ::= INDEXED BY nm(X). {A = X;}
-indexed_opt(A) ::= NOT INDEXED.      {A.z=0; A.n=1;}
-
-%type using_opt {IdList*}
-%destructor using_opt {sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-using_opt(U) ::= USING LP idlist(L) RP.  {U = L;}
-using_opt(U) ::= .                        {U = 0;}
-
-
-%type orderby_opt {ExprList*}
-%destructor orderby_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-
-// the sortlist non-terminal stores a list of expression where each
-// expression is optionally followed by ASC or DESC to indicate the
-// sort order.
-//
-%type sortlist {ExprList*}
-%destructor sortlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-
-orderby_opt(A) ::= .                          {A = 0;}
-orderby_opt(A) ::= ORDER BY sortlist(X).      {A = X;}
-sortlist(A) ::= sortlist(X) COMMA expr(Y) sortorder(Z). {
-  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,X,Y.pExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(A,Z);
-}
-sortlist(A) ::= expr(Y) sortorder(Z). {
-  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,Y.pExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(A,Z);
-}
-
-%type sortorder {int}
-
-sortorder(A) ::= ASC.           {A = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
-sortorder(A) ::= DESC.          {A = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
-sortorder(A) ::= .              {A = SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED;}
-
-%type groupby_opt {ExprList*}
-%destructor groupby_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-groupby_opt(A) ::= .                      {A = 0;}
-groupby_opt(A) ::= GROUP BY nexprlist(X). {A = X;}
-
-%type having_opt {Expr*}
-%destructor having_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-having_opt(A) ::= .                {A = 0;}
-having_opt(A) ::= HAVING expr(X).  {A = X.pExpr;}
-
-%type limit_opt {struct LimitVal}
-
-// The destructor for limit_opt will never fire in the current grammar.
-// The limit_opt non-terminal only occurs at the end of a single production
-// rule for SELECT statements.  As soon as the rule that create the 
-// limit_opt non-terminal reduces, the SELECT statement rule will also
-// reduce.  So there is never a limit_opt non-terminal on the stack 
-// except as a transient.  So there is never anything to destroy.
-//
-//%destructor limit_opt {
-//  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$.pLimit);
-//  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$.pOffset);
-//}
-limit_opt(A) ::= .                    {A.pLimit = 0; A.pOffset = 0;}
-limit_opt(A) ::= LIMIT expr(X).       {A.pLimit = X.pExpr; A.pOffset = 0;}
-limit_opt(A) ::= LIMIT expr(X) OFFSET expr(Y). 
-                                      {A.pLimit = X.pExpr; A.pOffset = Y.pExpr;}
-limit_opt(A) ::= LIMIT expr(X) COMMA expr(Y). 
-                                      {A.pOffset = X.pExpr; A.pLimit = Y.pExpr;}
-
-/////////////////////////// The DELETE statement /////////////////////////////
-//
-%ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
-cmd ::= with(C) DELETE FROM fullname(X) indexed_opt(I) where_opt(W) 
-        orderby_opt(O) limit_opt(L). {
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, C, 1);
-  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, X, &I);
-  W = sqlite3LimitWhere(pParse, X, W, O, L.pLimit, L.pOffset, "DELETE");
-  sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,X,W);
-}
-%endif
-%ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
-cmd ::= with(C) DELETE FROM fullname(X) indexed_opt(I) where_opt(W). {
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, C, 1);
-  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, X, &I);
-  sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,X,W);
-}
-%endif
-
-%type where_opt {Expr*}
-%destructor where_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-
-where_opt(A) ::= .                    {A = 0;}
-where_opt(A) ::= WHERE expr(X).       {A = X.pExpr;}
-
-////////////////////////// The UPDATE command ////////////////////////////////
-//
-%ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
-cmd ::= with(C) UPDATE orconf(R) fullname(X) indexed_opt(I) SET setlist(Y)
-        where_opt(W) orderby_opt(O) limit_opt(L).  {
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, C, 1);
-  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, X, &I);
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,Y,"set list"); 
-  W = sqlite3LimitWhere(pParse, X, W, O, L.pLimit, L.pOffset, "UPDATE");
-  sqlite3Update(pParse,X,Y,W,R);
-}
-%endif
-%ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
-cmd ::= with(C) UPDATE orconf(R) fullname(X) indexed_opt(I) SET setlist(Y)
-        where_opt(W).  {
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, C, 1);
-  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, X, &I);
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,Y,"set list"); 
-  sqlite3Update(pParse,X,Y,W,R);
-}
-%endif
-
-%type setlist {ExprList*}
-%destructor setlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-
-setlist(A) ::= setlist(Z) COMMA nm(X) EQ expr(Y). {
-  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, Z, Y.pExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, A, &X, 1);
-}
-setlist(A) ::= nm(X) EQ expr(Y). {
-  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, Y.pExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, A, &X, 1);
-}
-
-////////////////////////// The INSERT command /////////////////////////////////
-//
-cmd ::= with(W) insert_cmd(R) INTO fullname(X) idlist_opt(F) select(S). {
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, W, 1);
-  sqlite3Insert(pParse, X, S, F, R);
-}
-cmd ::= with(W) insert_cmd(R) INTO fullname(X) idlist_opt(F) DEFAULT VALUES.
-{
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, W, 1);
-  sqlite3Insert(pParse, X, 0, F, R);
-}
-
-%type insert_cmd {u8}
-insert_cmd(A) ::= INSERT orconf(R).   {A = R;}
-insert_cmd(A) ::= REPLACE.            {A = OE_Replace;}
-
-%type idlist_opt {IdList*}
-%destructor idlist_opt {sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-%type idlist {IdList*}
-%destructor idlist {sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-
-idlist_opt(A) ::= .                       {A = 0;}
-idlist_opt(A) ::= LP idlist(X) RP.    {A = X;}
-idlist(A) ::= idlist(X) COMMA nm(Y).
-    {A = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,X,&Y);}
-idlist(A) ::= nm(Y).
-    {A = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&Y);}
-
-/////////////////////////// Expression Processing /////////////////////////////
-//
-
-%type expr {ExprSpan}
-%destructor expr {sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$.pExpr);}
-%type term {ExprSpan}
-%destructor term {sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$.pExpr);}
-
-%include {
-  /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and
-  ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete
-  ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd.
-  */
-  static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){
-    pOut->zStart = pStart->z;
-    pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n];
-  }
-
-  /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier.  Use the
-  ** new Expr to populate pOut.  Set the span of pOut to be the identifier
-  ** that created the expression.
-  */
-  static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){
-    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue);
-    pOut->zStart = pValue->z;
-    pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n];
-  }
-}
-
-expr(A) ::= term(X).             {A = X;}
-expr(A) ::= LP(B) expr(X) RP(E). {A.pExpr = X.pExpr; spanSet(&A,&B,&E);}
-term(A) ::= NULL(X).             {spanExpr(&A, pParse, @X, &X);}
-expr(A) ::= id(X).               {spanExpr(&A, pParse, TK_ID, &X);}
-expr(A) ::= JOIN_KW(X).          {spanExpr(&A, pParse, TK_ID, &X);}
-expr(A) ::= nm(X) DOT nm(Y). {
-  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);
-  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &Y);
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
-  spanSet(&A,&X,&Y);
-}
-expr(A) ::= nm(X) DOT nm(Y) DOT nm(Z). {
-  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);
-  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &Y);
-  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &Z);
-  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
-  spanSet(&A,&X,&Z);
-}
-term(A) ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB(X).  {spanExpr(&A, pParse, @X, &X);}
-term(A) ::= STRING(X).              {spanExpr(&A, pParse, @X, &X);}
-expr(A) ::= VARIABLE(X).     {
-  if( X.n>=2 && X.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(X.z[1]) ){
-    /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression
-    ** that look like this:   #1 #2 ...  These terms refer to registers
-    ** in the virtual machine.  #N is the N-th register. */
-    if( pParse->nested==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &X);
-      A.pExpr = 0;
-    }else{
-      A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &X);
-      if( A.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&X.z[1], &A.pExpr->iTable);
-    }
-  }else{
-    spanExpr(&A, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &X);
-    sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, A.pExpr);
-  }
-  spanSet(&A, &X, &X);
-}
-expr(A) ::= expr(E) COLLATE ids(C). {
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, E.pExpr, &C, 1);
-  A.zStart = E.zStart;
-  A.zEnd = &C.z[C.n];
-}
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-expr(A) ::= CAST(X) LP expr(E) AS typetoken(T) RP(Y). {
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, E.pExpr, 0, &T);
-  spanSet(&A,&X,&Y);
-}
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-expr(A) ::= id(X) LP distinct(D) exprlist(Y) RP(E). {
-  if( Y && Y->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &X);
-  }
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, Y, &X);
-  spanSet(&A,&X,&E);
-  if( D==SF_Distinct && A.pExpr ){
-    A.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
-  }
-}
-expr(A) ::= id(X) LP STAR RP(E). {
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &X);
-  spanSet(&A,&X,&E);
-}
-term(A) ::= CTIME_KW(OP). {
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &OP);
-  spanSet(&A, &OP, &OP);
-}
-
-%include {
-  /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan
-  ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object.
-  */
-  static void spanBinaryExpr(
-    ExprSpan *pOut,     /* Write the result here */
-    Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context.  Errors accumulate here */
-    int op,             /* The binary operation */
-    ExprSpan *pLeft,    /* The left operand */
-    ExprSpan *pRight    /* The right operand */
-  ){
-    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0);
-    pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart;
-    pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd;
-  }
-}
-
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) AND(OP) expr(Y).    {spanBinaryExpr(&A,pParse,@OP,&X,&Y);}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) OR(OP) expr(Y).     {spanBinaryExpr(&A,pParse,@OP,&X,&Y);}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) LT|GT|GE|LE(OP) expr(Y).
-                                        {spanBinaryExpr(&A,pParse,@OP,&X,&Y);}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) EQ|NE(OP) expr(Y).  {spanBinaryExpr(&A,pParse,@OP,&X,&Y);}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT(OP) expr(Y).
-                                        {spanBinaryExpr(&A,pParse,@OP,&X,&Y);}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) PLUS|MINUS(OP) expr(Y).
-                                        {spanBinaryExpr(&A,pParse,@OP,&X,&Y);}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) STAR|SLASH|REM(OP) expr(Y).
-                                        {spanBinaryExpr(&A,pParse,@OP,&X,&Y);}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) CONCAT(OP) expr(Y). {spanBinaryExpr(&A,pParse,@OP,&X,&Y);}
-%type likeop {struct LikeOp}
-likeop(A) ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH(X).     {A.eOperator = X; A.bNot = 0;}
-likeop(A) ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH(X). {A.eOperator = X; A.bNot = 1;}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) likeop(OP) expr(Y).  [LIKE_KW]  {
-  ExprList *pList;
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, Y.pExpr);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, X.pExpr);
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &OP.eOperator);
-  if( OP.bNot ) A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A.pExpr, 0, 0);
-  A.zStart = X.zStart;
-  A.zEnd = Y.zEnd;
-  if( A.pExpr ) A.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
-}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) likeop(OP) expr(Y) ESCAPE expr(E).  [LIKE_KW]  {
-  ExprList *pList;
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, Y.pExpr);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, X.pExpr);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, E.pExpr);
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &OP.eOperator);
-  if( OP.bNot ) A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A.pExpr, 0, 0);
-  A.zStart = X.zStart;
-  A.zEnd = E.zEnd;
-  if( A.pExpr ) A.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
-}
-
-%include {
-  /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator
-  */
-  static void spanUnaryPostfix(
-    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
-    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
-    int op,                /* The operator */
-    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
-    Token *pPostOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
-  ){
-    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
-    pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart;
-    pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n];
-  }                           
-}
-
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) ISNULL|NOTNULL(E).   {spanUnaryPostfix(&A,pParse,@E,&X,&E);}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) NOT NULL(E). {spanUnaryPostfix(&A,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&X,&E);}
-
-%include {
-  /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a
-  ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */
-  static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    if( pY && pA && pY->op==TK_NULL ){
-      pA->op = (u8)op;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight);
-      pA->pRight = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-//    expr1 IS expr2
-//    expr1 IS NOT expr2
-//
-// If expr2 is NULL then code as TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL.  If expr2
-// is any other expression, code as TK_IS or TK_ISNOT.
-// 
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) IS expr(Y).     {
-  spanBinaryExpr(&A,pParse,TK_IS,&X,&Y);
-  binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, Y.pExpr, A.pExpr, TK_ISNULL);
-}
-expr(A) ::= expr(X) IS NOT expr(Y). {
-  spanBinaryExpr(&A,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&X,&Y);
-  binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, Y.pExpr, A.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL);
-}
-
-%include {
-  /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator
-  */
-  static void spanUnaryPrefix(
-    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
-    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
-    int op,                /* The operator */
-    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
-    Token *pPreOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
-  ){
-    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
-    pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z;
-    pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd;
-  }
-}
-
-
-
-expr(A) ::= NOT(B) expr(X).    {spanUnaryPrefix(&A,pParse,@B,&X,&B);}
-expr(A) ::= BITNOT(B) expr(X). {spanUnaryPrefix(&A,pParse,@B,&X,&B);}
-expr(A) ::= MINUS(B) expr(X). [BITNOT]
-                               {spanUnaryPrefix(&A,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&X,&B);}
-expr(A) ::= PLUS(B) expr(X). [BITNOT]
-                               {spanUnaryPrefix(&A,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&X,&B);}
-
-%type between_op {int}
-between_op(A) ::= BETWEEN.     {A = 0;}
-between_op(A) ::= NOT BETWEEN. {A = 1;}
-expr(A) ::= expr(W) between_op(N) expr(X) AND expr(Y). [BETWEEN] {
-  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, X.pExpr);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, Y.pExpr);
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, W.pExpr, 0, 0);
-  if( A.pExpr ){
-    A.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
-  } 
-  if( N ) A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A.pExpr, 0, 0);
-  A.zStart = W.zStart;
-  A.zEnd = Y.zEnd;
-}
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  %type in_op {int}
-  in_op(A) ::= IN.      {A = 0;}
-  in_op(A) ::= NOT IN.  {A = 1;}
-  expr(A) ::= expr(X) in_op(N) LP exprlist(Y) RP(E). [IN] {
-    if( Y==0 ){
-      /* Expressions of the form
-      **
-      **      expr1 IN ()
-      **      expr1 NOT IN ()
-      **
-      ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively,
-      ** regardless of the value of expr1.
-      */
-      A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[N]);
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, X.pExpr);
-    }else if( Y->nExpr==1 ){
-      /* Expressions of the form:
-      **
-      **      expr1 IN (?1)
-      **      expr1 NOT IN (?2)
-      **
-      ** with exactly one value on the RHS can be simplified to something
-      ** like this:
-      **
-      **      expr1 == ?1
-      **      expr1 <> ?2
-      **
-      ** But, the RHS of the == or <> is marked with the EP_Generic flag
-      ** so that it may not contribute to the computation of comparison
-      ** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison.  Otherwise,
-      ** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN.
-      */
-      Expr *pRHS = Y->a[0].pExpr;
-      Y->a[0].pExpr = 0;
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, Y);
-      /* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected
-      ** before now and control would have never reached this point */
-      if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){
-        pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
-        pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic;
-      }
-      A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, N ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, X.pExpr, pRHS, 0);
-    }else{
-      A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, X.pExpr, 0, 0);
-      if( A.pExpr ){
-        A.pExpr->x.pList = Y;
-        sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, A.pExpr);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, Y);
-      }
-      if( N ) A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A.pExpr, 0, 0);
-    }
-    A.zStart = X.zStart;
-    A.zEnd = &E.z[E.n];
-  }
-  expr(A) ::= LP(B) select(X) RP(E). {
-    A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( A.pExpr ){
-      A.pExpr->x.pSelect = X;
-      ExprSetProperty(A.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, A.pExpr);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, X);
-    }
-    A.zStart = B.z;
-    A.zEnd = &E.z[E.n];
-  }
-  expr(A) ::= expr(X) in_op(N) LP select(Y) RP(E).  [IN] {
-    A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, X.pExpr, 0, 0);
-    if( A.pExpr ){
-      A.pExpr->x.pSelect = Y;
-      ExprSetProperty(A.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, A.pExpr);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, Y);
-    }
-    if( N ) A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A.pExpr, 0, 0);
-    A.zStart = X.zStart;
-    A.zEnd = &E.z[E.n];
-  }
-  expr(A) ::= expr(X) in_op(N) nm(Y) dbnm(Z). [IN] {
-    SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&Y,&Z);
-    A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, X.pExpr, 0, 0);
-    if( A.pExpr ){
-      A.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
-      ExprSetProperty(A.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, A.pExpr);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
-    }
-    if( N ) A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A.pExpr, 0, 0);
-    A.zStart = X.zStart;
-    A.zEnd = Z.z ? &Z.z[Z.n] : &Y.z[Y.n];
-  }
-  expr(A) ::= EXISTS(B) LP select(Y) RP(E). {
-    Expr *p = A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( p ){
-      p->x.pSelect = Y;
-      ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, p);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, Y);
-    }
-    A.zStart = B.z;
-    A.zEnd = &E.z[E.n];
-  }
-%endif SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-
-/* CASE expressions */
-expr(A) ::= CASE(C) case_operand(X) case_exprlist(Y) case_else(Z) END(E). {
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, X, 0, 0);
-  if( A.pExpr ){
-    A.pExpr->x.pList = Z ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,Y,Z) : Y;
-    sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, A.pExpr);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, Y);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, Z);
-  }
-  A.zStart = C.z;
-  A.zEnd = &E.z[E.n];
-}
-%type case_exprlist {ExprList*}
-%destructor case_exprlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-case_exprlist(A) ::= case_exprlist(X) WHEN expr(Y) THEN expr(Z). {
-  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,X, Y.pExpr);
-  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,A, Z.pExpr);
-}
-case_exprlist(A) ::= WHEN expr(Y) THEN expr(Z). {
-  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, Y.pExpr);
-  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,A, Z.pExpr);
-}
-%type case_else {Expr*}
-%destructor case_else {sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-case_else(A) ::=  ELSE expr(X).         {A = X.pExpr;}
-case_else(A) ::=  .                     {A = 0;} 
-%type case_operand {Expr*}
-%destructor case_operand {sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-case_operand(A) ::= expr(X).            {A = X.pExpr;} 
-case_operand(A) ::= .                   {A = 0;} 
-
-%type exprlist {ExprList*}
-%destructor exprlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-%type nexprlist {ExprList*}
-%destructor nexprlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-
-exprlist(A) ::= nexprlist(X).                {A = X;}
-exprlist(A) ::= .                            {A = 0;}
-nexprlist(A) ::= nexprlist(X) COMMA expr(Y).
-    {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,X,Y.pExpr);}
-nexprlist(A) ::= expr(Y).
-    {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,Y.pExpr);}
-
-
-///////////////////////////// The CREATE INDEX command ///////////////////////
-//
-cmd ::= createkw(S) uniqueflag(U) INDEX ifnotexists(NE) nm(X) dbnm(D)
-        ON nm(Y) LP sortlist(Z) RP where_opt(W). {
-  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &X, &D, 
-                     sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&Y,0), Z, U,
-                      &S, W, SQLITE_SO_ASC, NE);
-}
-
-%type uniqueflag {int}
-uniqueflag(A) ::= UNIQUE.  {A = OE_Abort;}
-uniqueflag(A) ::= .        {A = OE_None;}
-
-
-// The eidlist non-terminal (Expression Id List) generates an ExprList
-// from a list of identifiers.  The identifier names are in ExprList.a[].zName.
-// This list is stored in an ExprList rather than an IdList so that it
-// can be easily sent to sqlite3ColumnsExprList().
-//
-// eidlist is grouped with CREATE INDEX because it used to be the non-terminal
-// used for the arguments to an index.  That is just an historical accident.
-//
-// IMPORTANT COMPATIBILITY NOTE:  Some prior versions of SQLite accepted
-// COLLATE clauses and ASC or DESC keywords on ID lists in inappropriate
-// places - places that might have been stored in the sqlite_master schema.
-// Those extra features were ignored.  But because they might be in some
-// (busted) old databases, we need to continue parsing them when loading
-// historical schemas.
-//
-%type eidlist {ExprList*}
-%destructor eidlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-%type eidlist_opt {ExprList*}
-%destructor eidlist_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-
-%include {
-  /* Add a single new term to an ExprList that is used to store a
-  ** list of identifiers.  Report an error if the ID list contains
-  ** a COLLATE clause or an ASC or DESC keyword, except ignore the
-  ** error while parsing a legacy schema.
-  */
-  static ExprList *parserAddExprIdListTerm(
-    Parse *pParse,
-    ExprList *pPrior,
-    Token *pIdToken,
-    int hasCollate,
-    int sortOrder
-  ){
-    ExprList *p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pPrior, 0);
-    if( (hasCollate || sortOrder!=SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED)
-        && pParse->db->init.busy==0
-    ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "syntax error after column name \"%.*s\"",
-                         pIdToken->n, pIdToken->z);
-    }
-    sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, p, pIdToken, 1);
-    return p;
-  }
-} // end %include
-
-eidlist_opt(A) ::= .                         {A = 0;}
-eidlist_opt(A) ::= LP eidlist(X) RP.         {A = X;}
-eidlist(A) ::= eidlist(X) COMMA nm(Y) collate(C) sortorder(Z).  {
-  A = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, X, &Y, C, Z);
-}
-eidlist(A) ::= nm(Y) collate(C) sortorder(Z). {
-  A = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, 0, &Y, C, Z);
-}
-
-%type collate {int}
-collate(C) ::= .              {C = 0;}
-collate(C) ::= COLLATE ids.   {C = 1;}
-
-
-///////////////////////////// The DROP INDEX command /////////////////////////
-//
-cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists(E) fullname(X).   {sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, X, E);}
-
-///////////////////////////// The VACUUM command /////////////////////////////
-//
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-cmd ::= VACUUM.                {sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
-cmd ::= VACUUM nm.             {sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-
-///////////////////////////// The PRAGMA command /////////////////////////////
-//
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
-cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z).                {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,0,0);}
-cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) EQ nmnum(Y).    {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,0);}
-cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) LP nmnum(Y) RP. {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,0);}
-cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) EQ minus_num(Y). 
-                                             {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,1);}
-cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) LP minus_num(Y) RP.
-                                             {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,1);}
-
-nmnum(A) ::= plus_num(X).             {A = X;}
-nmnum(A) ::= nm(X).                   {A = X;}
-nmnum(A) ::= ON(X).                   {A = X;}
-nmnum(A) ::= DELETE(X).               {A = X;}
-nmnum(A) ::= DEFAULT(X).              {A = X;}
-%endif SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
-%token_class number INTEGER|FLOAT.
-plus_num(A) ::= PLUS number(X).       {A = X;}
-plus_num(A) ::= number(X).            {A = X;}
-minus_num(A) ::= MINUS number(X).     {A = X;}
-//////////////////////////// The CREATE TRIGGER command /////////////////////
-
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-
-cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl(A) BEGIN trigger_cmd_list(S) END(Z). {
-  Token all;
-  all.z = A.z;
-  all.n = (int)(Z.z - A.z) + Z.n;
-  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, S, &all);
-}
-
-trigger_decl(A) ::= temp(T) TRIGGER ifnotexists(NOERR) nm(B) dbnm(Z) 
-                    trigger_time(C) trigger_event(D)
-                    ON fullname(E) foreach_clause when_clause(G). {
-  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &B, &Z, C, D.a, D.b, E, G, T, NOERR);
-  A = (Z.n==0?B:Z);
-}
-
-%type trigger_time {int}
-trigger_time(A) ::= BEFORE.      { A = TK_BEFORE; }
-trigger_time(A) ::= AFTER.       { A = TK_AFTER;  }
-trigger_time(A) ::= INSTEAD OF.  { A = TK_INSTEAD;}
-trigger_time(A) ::= .            { A = TK_BEFORE; }
-
-%type trigger_event {struct TrigEvent}
-%destructor trigger_event {sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, $$.b);}
-trigger_event(A) ::= DELETE|INSERT(OP).       {A.a = @OP; A.b = 0;}
-trigger_event(A) ::= UPDATE(OP).              {A.a = @OP; A.b = 0;}
-trigger_event(A) ::= UPDATE OF idlist(X). {A.a = TK_UPDATE; A.b = X;}
-
-foreach_clause ::= .
-foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW.
-
-%type when_clause {Expr*}
-%destructor when_clause {sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-when_clause(A) ::= .             { A = 0; }
-when_clause(A) ::= WHEN expr(X). { A = X.pExpr; }
-
-%type trigger_cmd_list {TriggerStep*}
-%destructor trigger_cmd_list {sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, $$);}
-trigger_cmd_list(A) ::= trigger_cmd_list(Y) trigger_cmd(X) SEMI. {
-  assert( Y!=0 );
-  Y->pLast->pNext = X;
-  Y->pLast = X;
-  A = Y;
-}
-trigger_cmd_list(A) ::= trigger_cmd(X) SEMI. { 
-  assert( X!=0 );
-  X->pLast = X;
-  A = X;
-}
-
-// Disallow qualified table names on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements
-// within a trigger.  The table to INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE is always in 
-// the same database as the table that the trigger fires on.
-//
-%type trnm {Token}
-trnm(A) ::= nm(X).   {A = X;}
-trnm(A) ::= nm DOT nm(X). {
-  A = X;
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE "
-        "statements within triggers");
-}
-
-// Disallow the INDEX BY and NOT INDEXED clauses on UPDATE and DELETE
-// statements within triggers.  We make a specific error message for this
-// since it is an exception to the default grammar rules.
-//
-tridxby ::= .
-tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm. {
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-        "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
-        "within triggers");
-}
-tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED. {
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-        "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
-        "within triggers");
-}
-
-
-
-%type trigger_cmd {TriggerStep*}
-%destructor trigger_cmd {sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, $$);}
-// UPDATE 
-trigger_cmd(A) ::=
-   UPDATE orconf(R) trnm(X) tridxby SET setlist(Y) where_opt(Z).  
-   { A = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &X, Y, Z, R); }
-
-// INSERT
-trigger_cmd(A) ::= insert_cmd(R) INTO trnm(X) idlist_opt(F) select(S).
-               {A = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &X, F, S, R);}
-
-// DELETE
-trigger_cmd(A) ::= DELETE FROM trnm(X) tridxby where_opt(Y).
-               {A = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &X, Y);}
-
-// SELECT
-trigger_cmd(A) ::= select(X).  {A = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, X); }
-
-// The special RAISE expression that may occur in trigger programs
-expr(A) ::= RAISE(X) LP IGNORE RP(Y).  {
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
-  if( A.pExpr ){
-    A.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
-  }
-  A.zStart = X.z;
-  A.zEnd = &Y.z[Y.n];
-}
-expr(A) ::= RAISE(X) LP raisetype(T) COMMA nm(Z) RP(Y).  {
-  A.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &Z); 
-  if( A.pExpr ) {
-    A.pExpr->affinity = (char)T;
-  }
-  A.zStart = X.z;
-  A.zEnd = &Y.z[Y.n];
-}
-%endif  !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-
-%type raisetype {int}
-raisetype(A) ::= ROLLBACK.  {A = OE_Rollback;}
-raisetype(A) ::= ABORT.     {A = OE_Abort;}
-raisetype(A) ::= FAIL.      {A = OE_Fail;}
-
-
-////////////////////////  DROP TRIGGER statement //////////////////////////////
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists(NOERR) fullname(X). {
-  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,X,NOERR);
-}
-%endif  !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-
-//////////////////////// ATTACH DATABASE file AS name /////////////////////////
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr(F) AS expr(D) key_opt(K). {
-  sqlite3Attach(pParse, F.pExpr, D.pExpr, K);
-}
-cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr(D). {
-  sqlite3Detach(pParse, D.pExpr);
-}
-
-%type key_opt {Expr*}
-%destructor key_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-key_opt(A) ::= .                     { A = 0; }
-key_opt(A) ::= KEY expr(X).          { A = X.pExpr; }
-
-database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE.
-database_kw_opt ::= .
-%endif SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-
-////////////////////////// REINDEX collation //////////////////////////////////
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-cmd ::= REINDEX.                {sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
-cmd ::= REINDEX nm(X) dbnm(Y).  {sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &X, &Y);}
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-
-/////////////////////////////////// ANALYZE ///////////////////////////////////
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-cmd ::= ANALYZE.                {sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
-cmd ::= ANALYZE nm(X) dbnm(Y).  {sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &X, &Y);}
-%endif
-
-//////////////////////// ALTER TABLE table ... ////////////////////////////////
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname(X) RENAME TO nm(Z). {
-  sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,X,&Z);
-}
-cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column(Y). {
-  sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &Y);
-}
-add_column_fullname ::= fullname(X). {
-  pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-  sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, X);
-}
-kwcolumn_opt ::= .
-kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW.
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-
-//////////////////////// CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ... /////////////////////////////
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-cmd ::= create_vtab.                       {sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
-cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP(X).  {sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&X);}
-create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists(E)
-                nm(X) dbnm(Y) USING nm(Z). {
-    sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &X, &Y, &Z, E);
-}
-vtabarglist ::= vtabarg.
-vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg.
-vtabarg ::= .                       {sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
-vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken.
-vtabargtoken ::= ANY(X).            {sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&X);}
-vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP(X).  {sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&X);}
-lp ::= LP(X).                       {sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&X);}
-anylist ::= .
-anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP.
-anylist ::= anylist ANY.
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-
-
-//////////////////////// COMMON TABLE EXPRESSIONS ////////////////////////////
-%type with {With*}
-%type wqlist {With*}
-%destructor with {sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-%destructor wqlist {sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
-
-with(A) ::= . {A = 0;}
-%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-with(A) ::= WITH wqlist(W).              { A = W; }
-with(A) ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist(W).    { A = W; }
-
-wqlist(A) ::= nm(X) eidlist_opt(Y) AS LP select(Z) RP. {
-  A = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &X, Y, Z);
-}
-wqlist(A) ::= wqlist(W) COMMA nm(X) eidlist_opt(Y) AS LP select(Z) RP. {
-  A = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, W, &X, Y, Z);
-}
-%endif  SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pcache.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/pcache.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e39262cb8c8..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pcache.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,671 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 August 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements that page cache.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
-*/
-struct PCache {
-  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
-  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
-  int nRefSum;                        /* Sum of ref counts over all pages */
-  int szCache;                        /* Configured cache size */
-  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
-  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
-  u8 bPurgeable;                      /* True if pages are on backing store */
-  u8 eCreate;                         /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */
-  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
-  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
-  sqlite3_pcache *pCache;             /* Pluggable cache module */
-};
-
-/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
-
-/* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */
-#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE   1    /* Remove pPage from dirty list */
-#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD      2    /* Add pPage to the dirty list */
-#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT    3    /* Move pPage to the front of the list */
-
-/*
-** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list.  Bits of the addRemove
-** argument determines what operation to do.  The 0x01 bit means first
-** remove pPage from the dirty list.  The 0x02 means add pPage back to
-** the dirty list.  Doing both moves pPage to the front of the dirty list.
-*/
-static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){
-  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
-
-  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){
-    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
-    assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
-  
-    /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
-    if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
-      PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
-      while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
-        pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
-      }
-      p->pSynced = pSynced;
-    }
-  
-    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
-      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
-    }else{
-      assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
-      p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
-    }
-    if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
-      pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
-    }else{
-      assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
-      p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
-      if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){
-        assert( p->eCreate==1 );
-        p->eCreate = 2;
-      }
-    }
-    pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
-    pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
-  }
-  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){
-    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
-  
-    pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
-    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
-      assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
-      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
-    }else{
-      p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
-      if( p->bPurgeable ){
-        assert( p->eCreate==2 );
-        p->eCreate = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    p->pDirty = pPage;
-    if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
-      p->pSynced = pPage;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
-** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
-*/
-static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
-  if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.  p->szCache is the
-** cache size requested by the "PRAGMA cache_size" statement.
-**
-**
-*/
-static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
-  if( p->szCache>=0 ){
-    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-42059-47211 If the argument N is positive then the
-    ** suggested cache size is set to N. */
-    return p->szCache;
-  }else{
-    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-61436-13639 If the argument N is negative, then
-    ** the number of cache pages is adjusted to use approximately abs(N*1024)
-    ** bytes of memory. */
-    return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
-  }
-}
-
-/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
-**
-** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
-** functions are threadsafe.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
-    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
-    ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
-    ** page cache. */
-    sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
-  }
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
-}
-void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){
-    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
-
-/*
-** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
-** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. 
-** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by 
-** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
-*/
-int sqlite3PcacheOpen(
-  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
-  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
-  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
-  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
-  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
-  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
-){
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
-  p->szPage = 1;
-  p->szExtra = szExtra;
-  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
-  p->eCreate = 2;
-  p->xStress = xStress;
-  p->pStress = pStress;
-  p->szCache = 100;
-  return sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(p, szPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
-** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
-  assert( pCache->nRefSum==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
-  if( pCache->szPage ){
-    sqlite3_pcache *pNew;
-    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate(
-                szPage, pCache->szExtra + ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr)),
-                pCache->bPurgeable
-    );
-    if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pNew, numberOfCachePages(pCache));
-    if( pCache->pCache ){
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
-    }
-    pCache->pCache = pNew;
-    pCache->szPage = szPage;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
-**
-** This routine returns a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_page object if
-** such an object is already in cache, or if a new one is created.
-** This routine returns a NULL pointer if the object was not in cache
-** and could not be created.
-**
-** The createFlags should be 0 to check for existing pages and should
-** be 3 (not 1, but 3) to try to create a new page.
-**
-** If the createFlag is 0, then NULL is always returned if the page
-** is not already in the cache.  If createFlag is 1, then a new page
-** is created only if that can be done without spilling dirty pages
-** and without exceeding the cache size limit.
-**
-** The caller needs to invoke sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() to properly
-** initialize the sqlite3_pcache_page object and convert it into a
-** PgHdr object.  The sqlite3PcacheFetch() and sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish()
-** routines are split this way for performance reasons. When separated
-** they can both (usually) operate without having to push values to
-** the stack on entry and pop them back off on exit, which saves a
-** lot of pushing and popping.
-*/
-sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(
-  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
-  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
-  int createFlag        /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
-){
-  int eCreate;
-
-  assert( pCache!=0 );
-  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
-  assert( createFlag==3 || createFlag==0 );
-  assert( pgno>0 );
-
-  /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist.
-  **    0     Do not allocate a new page.  (createFlag==0)
-  **    1     Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive.
-  **          (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty)
-  **    2     Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult.
-  **          (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty)
-  */
-  eCreate = createFlag & pCache->eCreate;
-  assert( eCreate==0 || eCreate==1 || eCreate==2 );
-  assert( createFlag==0 || pCache->eCreate==eCreate );
-  assert( createFlag==0 || eCreate==1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty) );
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
-}
-
-/*
-** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new
-** page because new clean pages are available for reuse and the cache
-** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to 
-** try harder to allocate a page.  This routine might invoke the stress
-** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal.  It will then try to
-** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on
-** an OOM error.
-**
-** This routine should be invoked only after sqlite3PcacheFetch() fails.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(
-  PCache *pCache,                 /* Obtain the page from this cache */
-  Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number to obtain */
-  sqlite3_pcache_page **ppPage    /* Write result here */
-){
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-  if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0;
-
-
-  /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
-  ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
-  ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
-  ** unreferenced dirty page.
-  */
-  for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
-      pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
-      pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
-  );
-  pCache->pSynced = pPg;
-  if( !pPg ){
-    for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
-  }
-  if( pPg ){
-    int rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
-                "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
-                pPg->pgno, pgno,
-                sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
-                numberOfCachePages(pCache));
-#endif
-    rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-  *ppPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
-  return *ppPage==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is a helper routine for sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish()
-**
-** In the uncommon case where the page being fetched has not been
-** initialized, this routine is invoked to do the initialization.
-** This routine is broken out into a separate function since it
-** requires extra stack manipulation that can be avoided in the common
-** case.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr *pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(
-  PCache *pCache,             /* Obtain the page from this cache */
-  Pgno pgno,                  /* Page number obtained */
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage  /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */
-){
-  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
-  assert( pPage!=0 );
-  pPgHdr = (PgHdr*)pPage->pExtra;
-  assert( pPgHdr->pPage==0 );
-  memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
-  pPgHdr->pPage = pPage;
-  pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf;
-  pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1];
-  memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra);
-  pPgHdr->pCache = pCache;
-  pPgHdr->pgno = pgno;
-  pPgHdr->flags = PGHDR_CLEAN;
-  return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pCache,pgno,pPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine converts the sqlite3_pcache_page object returned by
-** sqlite3PcacheFetch() into an initialized PgHdr object.  This routine
-** must be called after sqlite3PcacheFetch() in order to get a usable
-** result.
-*/
-PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(
-  PCache *pCache,             /* Obtain the page from this cache */
-  Pgno pgno,                  /* Page number obtained */
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage  /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */
-){
-  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
-
-  assert( pPage!=0 );
-  pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra;
-
-  if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){
-    return pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(pCache, pgno, pPage);
-  }
-  pCache->nRefSum++;
-  pPgHdr->nRef++;
-  return pPgHdr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
-** reference count drops to 0, then it is made eligible for recycling.
-*/
-void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  p->pCache->nRefSum--;
-  if( (--p->nRef)==0 ){
-    if( p->flags&PGHDR_CLEAN ){
-      pcacheUnpin(p);
-    }else if( p->pDirtyPrev!=0 ){
-      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
-      pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
-  assert(p->nRef>0);
-  p->nRef++;
-  p->pCache->nRefSum++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
-** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
-** page pointed to by p is invalid.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
-  assert( p->nRef==1 );
-  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
-    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
-  }
-  p->pCache->nRefSum--;
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
-** make it so.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  if( p->flags & (PGHDR_CLEAN|PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
-    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
-    if( p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN ){
-      p->flags ^= (PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_CLEAN);
-      assert( (p->flags & (PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_CLEAN))==PGHDR_DIRTY );
-      pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
-** make it so.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
-  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
-    assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN)==0 );
-    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
-    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_WRITEABLE);
-    p->flags |= PGHDR_CLEAN;
-    if( p->nRef==0 ){
-      pcacheUnpin(p);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make every page in the cache clean.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
-    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-  }
-  pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. 
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
-  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  assert( newPgno>0 );
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
-  p->pgno = newPgno;
-  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
-    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
-** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
-** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
-**
-** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
-** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
-** the page object is not dropped.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
-  if( pCache->pCache ){
-    PgHdr *p;
-    PgHdr *pNext;
-    for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
-      pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
-      /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right
-      ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll().  So if there are dirty pages,
-      ** it must be that pgno==0.
-      */
-      assert( p->pgno>0 );
-      if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){
-        assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
-        sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
-      }
-    }
-    if( pgno==0 && pCache->nRefSum ){
-      sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage1;
-      pPage1 = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache,1,0);
-      if( ALWAYS(pPage1) ){  /* Page 1 is always available in cache, because
-                             ** pCache->nRefSum>0 */
-        memset(pPage1->pBuf, 0, pCache->szPage);
-        pgno = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a cache.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
-  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Discard the contents of the cache.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
-  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
-** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
-*/
-static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
-  PgHdr result, *pTail;
-  pTail = &result;
-  while( pA && pB ){
-    if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
-      pTail->pDirty = pA;
-      pTail = pA;
-      pA = pA->pDirty;
-    }else{
-      pTail->pDirty = pB;
-      pTail = pB;
-      pB = pB->pDirty;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pA ){
-    pTail->pDirty = pA;
-  }else if( pB ){
-    pTail->pDirty = pB;
-  }else{
-    pTail->pDirty = 0;
-  }
-  return result.pDirty;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno.  Pages are
-** connected by pDirty pointers.  The pDirtyPrev pointers are
-** corrupted by this sort.
-**
-** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database,
-** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter.
-** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something
-** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect.
-*/
-#define N_SORT_BUCKET  32
-static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
-  PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p;
-  int i;
-  memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
-  while( pIn ){
-    p = pIn;
-    pIn = p->pDirty;
-    p->pDirty = 0;
-    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1); i++){
-      if( a[i]==0 ){
-        a[i] = p;
-        break;
-      }else{
-        p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
-        a[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    if( NEVER(i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1) ){
-      /* To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) elements in
-      ** the input list.  But that is impossible.
-      */
-      a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
-    }
-  }
-  p = a[0];
-  for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
-    p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
-*/
-PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
-    p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
-  }
-  return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the total number of references to all pages held by the cache.
-**
-** This is not the total number of pages referenced, but the sum of the
-** reference count for all pages.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
-  return pCache->nRefSum;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
-  return p->nRef;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
-  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Get the suggested cache-size value.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
-  return numberOfCachePages(pCache);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set the suggested cache-size value.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
-  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
-  pCache->szCache = mxPage;
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
-                                         numberOfCachePages(pCache));
-}
-
-/*
-** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
-  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the header added by this middleware layer
-** in the page-cache hierarchy.
-*/
-int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr)); }
-
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
-** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
-** defined.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
-  PgHdr *pDirty;
-  for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
-    xIter(pDirty);
-  }
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pcache.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/pcache.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a0724df22fd..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pcache.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 August 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem. 
-*/
-
-#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
-
-typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
-typedef struct PCache PCache;
-
-/*
-** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
-** structure.
-*/
-struct PgHdr {
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;    /* Pcache object page handle */
-  void *pData;                   /* Page data */
-  void *pExtra;                  /* Extra content */
-  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Transient list of dirty pages */
-  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager this page is part of */
-  Pgno pgno;                     /* Page number for this page */
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-  u32 pageHash;                  /* Hash of page content */
-#endif
-  u16 flags;                     /* PGHDR flags defined below */
-
-  /**********************************************************************
-  ** Elements above are public.  All that follows is private to pcache.c
-  ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
-  */
-  i16 nRef;                      /* Number of users of this page */
-  PCache *pCache;                /* Cache that owns this page */
-
-  PgHdr *pDirtyNext;             /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
-  PgHdr *pDirtyPrev;             /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
-};
-
-/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
-#define PGHDR_CLEAN           0x001  /* Page not on the PCache.pDirty list */
-#define PGHDR_DIRTY           0x002  /* Page is on the PCache.pDirty list */
-#define PGHDR_WRITEABLE       0x004  /* Journaled and ready to modify */
-#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC       0x008  /* Fsync the rollback journal before
-                                     ** writing this page to the database */
-#define PGHDR_NEED_READ       0x010  /* Content is unread */
-#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE      0x020  /* Do not write content to disk */
-#define PGHDR_MMAP            0x040  /* This is an mmap page object */
-
-/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
-int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
-void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
-
-/* Page cache buffer management:
-** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
-*/
-void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
-
-/* Create a new pager cache.
-** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
-** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcacheOpen(
-  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
-  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
-  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
-  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
-  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
-  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
-);
-
-/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
-int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
-
-/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
-** storage space.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
-
-/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
-** Reference counted. 
-*/
-sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag);
-int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**);
-PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage);
-void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
-
-void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
-void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
-void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
-void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
-
-/* Change a page number.  Used by incr-vacuum. */
-void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
-
-/* Remove all pages with pgno>x.  Reset the cache if x==0 */
-void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
-
-/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
-PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
-
-/* Reset and close the cache object */
-void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
-
-/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
-void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);
-
-/* Discard the contents of the cache */
-void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
-
-/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
-int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
-
-/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
-void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
-
-int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);
-
-/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
-int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
-** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the 
-** library is built.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
-#endif
-
-/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
-**
-** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
-** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
-** of the suggested cache-sizes.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
-#endif
-
-/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */
-void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
-int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
-#endif
-
-void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
-
-/* Return the header size */
-int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void);
-int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void);
-
-#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pcache1.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/pcache1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ee6ac0b955c..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pcache1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1235 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 November 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
-** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
-** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
-** If the default page cache implementation is overridden, then neither of
-** these two features are available.
-**
-** A Page cache line looks like this:
-**
-**  -------------------------------------------------------------
-**  |  database page content   |  PgHdr1  |  MemPage  |  PgHdr  |
-**  -------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** The database page content is up front (so that buffer overreads tend to
-** flow harmlessly into the PgHdr1, MemPage, and PgHdr extensions).   MemPage
-** is the extension added by the btree.c module containing information such
-** as the database page number and how that database page is used.  PgHdr
-** is added by the pcache.c layer and contains information used to keep track
-** of which pages are "dirty".  PgHdr1 is an extension added by this
-** module (pcache1.c).  The PgHdr1 header is a subclass of sqlite3_pcache_page.
-** PgHdr1 contains information needed to look up a page by its page number.
-** The superclass sqlite3_pcache_page.pBuf points to the start of the
-** database page content and sqlite3_pcache_page.pExtra points to PgHdr.
-**
-** The size of the extension (MemPage+PgHdr+PgHdr1) can be determined at
-** runtime using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ, &size).  The
-** sizes of the extensions sum to 272 bytes on x64 for 3.8.10, but this
-** size can vary according to architecture, compile-time options, and
-** SQLite library version number.
-**
-** If SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, then the extension is obtained
-** using a separate memory allocation from the database page content.  This
-** seeks to overcome the "clownshoe" problem (also called "internal
-** fragmentation" in academic literature) of allocating a few bytes more
-** than a power of two with the memory allocator rounding up to the next
-** power of two, and leaving the rounded-up space unused.
-**
-** This module tracks pointers to PgHdr1 objects.  Only pcache.c communicates
-** with this module.  Information is passed back and forth as PgHdr1 pointers.
-**
-** The pcache.c and pager.c modules deal pointers to PgHdr objects.
-** The btree.c module deals with pointers to MemPage objects.
-**
-** SOURCE OF PAGE CACHE MEMORY:
-**
-** Memory for a page might come from any of three sources:
-**
-**    (1)  The general-purpose memory allocator - sqlite3Malloc()
-**    (2)  Global page-cache memory provided using sqlite3_config() with
-**         SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
-**    (3)  PCache-local bulk allocation.
-**
-** The third case is a chunk of heap memory (defaulting to 100 pages worth)
-** that is allocated when the page cache is created.  The size of the local
-** bulk allocation can be adjusted using 
-**
-**     sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, 0, 0, N).
-**
-** If N is positive, then N pages worth of memory are allocated using a single
-** sqlite3Malloc() call and that memory is used for the first N pages allocated.
-** Or if N is negative, then -1024*N bytes of memory are allocated and used
-** for as many pages as can be accomodated.
-**
-** Only one of (2) or (3) can be used.  Once the memory available to (2) or
-** (3) is exhausted, subsequent allocations fail over to the general-purpose
-** memory allocator (1).
-**
-** Earlier versions of SQLite used only methods (1) and (2).  But experiments
-** show that method (3) with N==100 provides about a 5% performance boost for
-** common workloads.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
-typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
-typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
-typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
-
-/*
-** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following 
-** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
-** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure 
-** in memory.
-*/
-struct PgHdr1 {
-  sqlite3_pcache_page page;      /* Base class. Must be first. pBuf & pExtra */
-  unsigned int iKey;             /* Key value (page number) */
-  u8 isPinned;                   /* Page in use, not on the LRU list */
-  u8 isBulkLocal;                /* This page from bulk local storage */
-  u8 isAnchor;                   /* This is the PGroup.lru element */
-  PgHdr1 *pNext;                 /* Next in hash table chain */
-  PCache1 *pCache;               /* Cache that currently owns this page */
-  PgHdr1 *pLruNext;              /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
-  PgHdr1 *pLruPrev;              /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
-};
-
-/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
-** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned
-** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
-** the following object.
-**
-** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
-**
-**   (1)  Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup.  There is
-**        one PGroup per PCache.
-**
-**   (2)  There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member
-**        of.
-**
-** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob
-** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex,
-** and is therefore often faster.  Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be
-** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently.
-**
-** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL.  For mode (2) there is only a single
-** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU.
-*/
-struct PGroup {
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
-  unsigned int nMaxPage;         /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
-  unsigned int nMinPage;         /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
-  unsigned int mxPinned;         /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
-  unsigned int nCurrentPage;     /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
-  PgHdr1 lru;                    /* The beginning and end of the LRU list */
-};
-
-/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object.  Every
-** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
-** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
-** is an instance of this object.
-**
-** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
-** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
-*/
-struct PCache1 {
-  /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
-  ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be 
-  ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
-  ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
-  */
-  PGroup *pGroup;                     /* PGroup this cache belongs to */
-  int szPage;                         /* Size of database content section */
-  int szExtra;                        /* sizeof(MemPage)+sizeof(PgHdr) */
-  int szAlloc;                        /* Total size of one pcache line */
-  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if cache is purgeable */
-  unsigned int nMin;                  /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
-  unsigned int nMax;                  /* Configured "cache_size" value */
-  unsigned int n90pct;                /* nMax*9/10 */
-  unsigned int iMaxKey;               /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */
-
-  /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
-  ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex.
-  */
-  unsigned int nRecyclable;           /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
-  unsigned int nPage;                 /* Total number of pages in apHash */
-  unsigned int nHash;                 /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
-  PgHdr1 **apHash;                    /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
-  PgHdr1 *pFree;                      /* List of unused pcache-local pages */
-  void *pBulk;                        /* Bulk memory used by pcache-local */
-};
-
-/*
-** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the global page cache
-** buffer provided using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
-*/
-struct PgFreeslot {
-  PgFreeslot *pNext;  /* Next free slot */
-};
-
-/*
-** Global data used by this cache.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
-  PGroup grp;                    /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */
-
-  /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings.  The
-  ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all
-  ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection.
-  ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection.
-  */
-  int isInit;                    /* True if initialized */
-  int separateCache;             /* Use a new PGroup for each PCache */
-  int nInitPage;                 /* Initial bulk allocation size */   
-  int szSlot;                    /* Size of each free slot */
-  int nSlot;                     /* The number of pcache slots */
-  int nReserve;                  /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
-  void *pStart, *pEnd;           /* Bounds of global page cache memory */
-  /* Above requires no mutex.  Use mutex below for variable that follow. */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* Mutex for accessing the following: */
-  PgFreeslot *pFree;             /* Free page blocks */
-  int nFreeSlot;                 /* Number of unused pcache slots */
-  /* The following value requires a mutex to change.  We skip the mutex on
-  ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and
-  ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this
-  ** is really just an optimization. */
-  int bUnderPressure;            /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */
-} pcache1_g;
-
-/*
-** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
-** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
-** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
-*/
-#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))
-
-/*
-** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
-# define pcache1EnterMutex(X)  assert((X)->mutex==0)
-# define pcache1LeaveMutex(X)  assert((X)->mutex==0)
-# define PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX 0
-#else
-# define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
-# define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)
-# define PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX 1
-#endif
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is 
-** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
-** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
-** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
-**
-** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed
-** to be serialized already.  There is no need for further mutexing.
-*/
-void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
-  if( pcache1.isInit ){
-    PgFreeslot *p;
-    if( pBuf==0 ) sz = n = 0;
-    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
-    pcache1.szSlot = sz;
-    pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n;
-    pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1);
-    pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
-    pcache1.pFree = 0;
-    pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0;
-    while( n-- ){
-      p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
-      p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
-      pcache1.pFree = p;
-      pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
-    }
-    pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to initialize the pCache->pFree and pCache->pBulk fields.  Return
-** true if pCache->pFree ends up containing one or more free pages.
-*/
-static int pcache1InitBulk(PCache1 *pCache){
-  i64 szBulk;
-  char *zBulk;
-  if( pcache1.nInitPage==0 ) return 0;
-  /* Do not bother with a bulk allocation if the cache size very small */
-  if( pCache->nMax<3 ) return 0;
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  if( pcache1.nInitPage>0 ){
-    szBulk = pCache->szAlloc * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage;
-  }else{
-    szBulk = -1024 * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage;
-  }
-  if( szBulk > pCache->szAlloc*(i64)pCache->nMax ){
-    szBulk = pCache->szAlloc*pCache->nMax;
-  }
-  zBulk = pCache->pBulk = sqlite3Malloc( szBulk );
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  if( zBulk ){
-    int nBulk = sqlite3MallocSize(zBulk)/pCache->szAlloc;
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<nBulk; i++){
-      PgHdr1 *pX = (PgHdr1*)&zBulk[pCache->szPage];
-      pX->page.pBuf = zBulk;
-      pX->page.pExtra = &pX[1];
-      pX->isBulkLocal = 1;
-      pX->isAnchor = 0;
-      pX->pNext = pCache->pFree;
-      pCache->pFree = pX;
-      zBulk += pCache->szAlloc;
-    }
-  }
-  return pCache->pFree!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
-** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no 
-** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls 
-** back to sqlite3Malloc().
-**
-** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time.  Global variables
-** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex.
-*/
-static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
-  void *p = 0;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
-  if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
-    p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
-    if( p ){
-      pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
-      pcache1.nFreeSlot--;
-      pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
-      assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 );
-      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
-      sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
-  }
-  if( p==0 ){
-    /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool.  Get
-    ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead.
-    */
-    p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
-    if( p ){
-      int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
-      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
-      sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
-    }
-#endif
-    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
-*/
-static void pcache1Free(void *p){
-  int nFreed = 0;
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
-    PgFreeslot *pSlot;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
-    pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
-    pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
-    pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
-    pcache1.nFreeSlot++;
-    pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
-    assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
-  }else{
-    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
-    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
-    nFreed = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, nFreed);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
-#endif
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/*
-** Return the size of a pcache allocation
-*/
-static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){
-  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
-    return pcache1.szSlot;
-  }else{
-    int iSize;
-    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
-    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-    iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
-    return iSize;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
-*/
-static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache, int benignMalloc){
-  PgHdr1 *p = 0;
-  void *pPg;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
-  if( pCache->pFree || (pCache->nPage==0 && pcache1InitBulk(pCache)) ){
-    p = pCache->pFree;
-    pCache->pFree = p->pNext;
-    p->pNext = 0;
-  }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-    /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
-    ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that 
-    ** this mutex is not held. */
-    assert( pcache1.separateCache==0 );
-    assert( pCache->pGroup==&pcache1.grp );
-    pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-#endif
-    if( benignMalloc ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
-#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
-    pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage);
-    p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra);
-    if( !pPg || !p ){
-      pcache1Free(pPg);
-      sqlite3_free(p);
-      pPg = 0;
-    }
-#else
-    pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szAlloc);
-    p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage];
-#endif
-    if( benignMalloc ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-    pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-#endif
-    if( pPg==0 ) return 0;
-    p->page.pBuf = pPg;
-    p->page.pExtra = &p[1];
-    p->isBulkLocal = 0;
-    p->isAnchor = 0;
-  }
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
-*/
-static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
-  PCache1 *pCache;
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  pCache = p->pCache;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
-  if( p->isBulkLocal ){
-    p->pNext = pCache->pFree;
-    pCache->pFree = p;
-  }else{
-    pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf);
-#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-#endif
-  }
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
-** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
-** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
-*/
-void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
-  return pcache1Alloc(sz);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
-*/
-void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
-  pcache1Free(p);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache
-** entry.
-**
-** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then
-** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because
-** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient
-** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the
-** allocation onto the heap.
-**
-** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is
-** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid
-** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing
-** the heap even further.
-*/
-static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){
-  if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){
-    return pcache1.bUnderPressure;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull();
-  }
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/
-
-/*
-** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
-** as the first argument.
-**
-** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
-*/
-static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
-  PgHdr1 **apNew;
-  unsigned int nNew;
-  unsigned int i;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );
-
-  nNew = p->nHash*2;
-  if( nNew<256 ){
-    nNew = 256;
-  }
-
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup);
-  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
-  apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
-  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
-  pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup);
-  if( apNew ){
-    for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
-      PgHdr1 *pPage;
-      PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
-      while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
-        unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
-        pNext = pPage->pNext;
-        pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
-        apNew[h] = pPage;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
-    p->apHash = apNew;
-    p->nHash = nNew;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
-** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
-** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
-**
-** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
-*/
-static PgHdr1 *pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
-  PCache1 *pCache;
-
-  assert( pPage!=0 );
-  assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
-  pCache = pPage->pCache;
-  assert( pPage->pLruNext );
-  assert( pPage->pLruPrev );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
-  pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
-  pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
-  pPage->pLruNext = 0;
-  pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
-  pPage->isPinned = 1;
-  assert( pPage->isAnchor==0 );
-  assert( pCache->pGroup->lru.isAnchor==1 );
-  pCache->nRecyclable--;
-  return pPage;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table 
-** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
-** Also free the page if freePage is true.
-**
-** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
-*/
-static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage, int freeFlag){
-  unsigned int h;
-  PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
-  PgHdr1 **pp;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
-  h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
-  for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
-  *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
-
-  pCache->nPage--;
-  if( freeFlag ) pcache1FreePage(pPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
-** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
-*/
-static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PCache1 *pCache){
-  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-  PgHdr1 *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
-  while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage
-      && (p=pGroup->lru.pLruPrev)->isAnchor==0
-  ){
-    assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup );
-    assert( p->isPinned==0 );
-    pcache1PinPage(p);
-    pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1);
-  }
-  if( pCache->nPage==0 && pCache->pBulk ){
-    sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk);
-    pCache->pBulk = pCache->pFree = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) 
-** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this 
-** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
-**
-** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
-*/
-static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
-  PCache1 *pCache,             /* The cache to truncate */
-  unsigned int iLimit          /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */
-){
-  TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; )  /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */
-  unsigned int h;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
-  for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){
-    PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; 
-    PgHdr1 *pPage;
-    while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
-      if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
-        pCache->nPage--;
-        *pp = pPage->pNext;
-        if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
-        pcache1FreePage(pPage);
-      }else{
-        pp = &pPage->pNext;
-        TESTONLY( nPage++; )
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( pCache->nPage==nPage );
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
-*/
-static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  assert( pcache1.isInit==0 );
-  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
-
-
-  /*
-  ** The pcache1.separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own
-  ** private PGroup (mode-1).  pcache1.separateCache is false if the single
-  ** PGroup in pcache1.grp is used for all page caches (mode-2).
-  **
-  **   *  Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  **
-  **   *  Use a unified cache in single-threaded applications that have
-  **      configured a start-time buffer for use as page-cache memory using
-  **      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL 
-  **      pBuf argument.
-  **
-  **   *  Otherwise use separate caches (mode-1)
-  */
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT)
-  pcache1.separateCache = 0;
-#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  pcache1.separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0
-                          || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0;
-#else
-  pcache1.separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0;
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-    pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
-    pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pcache1.separateCache
-   && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage!=0
-   && sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0
-  ){
-    pcache1.nInitPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
-  }else{
-    pcache1.nInitPage = 0;
-  }
-  pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10;
-  pcache1.isInit = 1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
-** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does 
-** not need to be freed.
-*/
-static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
-  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
-}
-
-/* forward declaration */
-static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p);
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
-**
-** Allocate a new cache.
-*/
-static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
-  PCache1 *pCache;      /* The newly created page cache */
-  PGroup *pGroup;       /* The group the new page cache will belong to */
-  int sz;               /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */
-
-  assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 );
-  assert( szExtra < 300 );
-
-  sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*pcache1.separateCache;
-  pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz);
-  if( pCache ){
-    if( pcache1.separateCache ){
-      pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1];
-      pGroup->mxPinned = 10;
-    }else{
-      pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
-    }
-    if( pGroup->lru.isAnchor==0 ){
-      pGroup->lru.isAnchor = 1;
-      pGroup->lru.pLruPrev = pGroup->lru.pLruNext = &pGroup->lru;
-    }
-    pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
-    pCache->szPage = szPage;
-    pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
-    pCache->szAlloc = szPage + szExtra + ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr1));
-    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
-    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-    pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
-    if( bPurgeable ){
-      pCache->nMin = 10;
-      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
-      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
-    }
-    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
-    if( pCache->nHash==0 ){
-      pcache1Destroy((sqlite3_pcache*)pCache);
-      pCache = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
-**
-** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
-*/
-static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-    pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
-    pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
-    pCache->nMax = nMax;
-    pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10;
-    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache);
-    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. 
-**
-** Free up as much memory as possible.
-*/
-static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-    int savedMaxPage;
-    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-    savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage;
-    pGroup->nMaxPage = 0;
-    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache);
-    pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage;
-    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. 
-*/
-static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
-  int n;
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-  n = pCache->nPage;
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-  return n;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Implement steps 3, 4, and 5 of the pcache1Fetch() algorithm described
-** in the header of the pcache1Fetch() procedure.
-**
-** This steps are broken out into a separate procedure because they are
-** usually not needed, and by avoiding the stack initialization required
-** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
-  PCache1 *pCache, 
-  unsigned int iKey, 
-  int createFlag
-){
-  unsigned int nPinned;
-  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
-
-  /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
-  assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
-  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
-  assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
-  assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
-  if( createFlag==1 && (
-        nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
-     || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
-     || (pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) && pCache->nRecyclable<nPinned)
-  )){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash ) pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
-  assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash );
-
-  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable
-   && !pGroup->lru.pLruPrev->isAnchor
-   && ((pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache))
-  ){
-    PCache1 *pOther;
-    pPage = pGroup->lru.pLruPrev;
-    assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
-    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 0);
-    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
-    pOther = pPage->pCache;
-    if( pOther->szAlloc != pCache->szAlloc ){
-      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
-      pPage = 0;
-    }else{
-      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
-  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
-  */
-  if( !pPage ){
-    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache, createFlag==1);
-  }
-
-  if( pPage ){
-    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
-    pCache->nPage++;
-    pPage->iKey = iKey;
-    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
-    pPage->pCache = pCache;
-    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
-    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
-    pPage->isPinned = 1;
-    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
-    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
-    if( iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
-      pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
-    }
-  }
-  return pPage;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
-**
-** Fetch a page by key value.
-**
-** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
-** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
-** page.  1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available.  2 
-** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
-**
-** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
-** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2.  So
-** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on
-** a non-purgeable cache.
-**
-** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
-** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
-**
-**   1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a 
-**      copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
-**
-**   2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
-**      returned.
-**
-**   3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then
-**      return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following
-**      conditions are true:
-**
-**       (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
-**           PCache1.nMax, or
-**
-**       (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
-**           the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of 
-**           nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
-**
-**   4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
-**      as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
-**
-**       (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already 
-**           PCache1.nMax, or
-**
-**       (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
-**           already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
-**           purgeable caches,
-**
-**       (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid
-**           unnecessary pages cache entry allocations
-**
-**      then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
-**      size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
-**      proceed to step 5. 
-**
-**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
-**
-** There are two versions of this routine.  pcache1FetchWithMutex() is
-** the general case.  pcache1FetchNoMutex() is a faster implementation for
-** the common case where pGroup->mutex is NULL.  The pcache1Fetch() wrapper
-** invokes the appropriate routine.
-*/
-static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  unsigned int iKey, 
-  int createFlag
-){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
-
-  /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
-  pPage = pCache->apHash[iKey % pCache->nHash];
-  while( pPage && pPage->iKey!=iKey ){ pPage = pPage->pNext; }
-
-  /* Step 2: If the page was found in the hash table, then return it.
-  ** If the page was not in the hash table and createFlag is 0, abort.
-  ** Otherwise (page not in hash and createFlag!=0) continue with
-  ** subsequent steps to try to create the page. */
-  if( pPage ){
-    if( !pPage->isPinned ){
-      return pcache1PinPage(pPage);
-    }else{
-      return pPage;
-    }
-  }else if( createFlag ){
-    /* Steps 3, 4, and 5 implemented by this subroutine */
-    return pcache1FetchStage2(pCache, iKey, createFlag);
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX
-static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  unsigned int iKey, 
-  int createFlag
-){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  PgHdr1 *pPage;
-
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-  pPage = pcache1FetchNoMutex(p, iKey, createFlag);
-  assert( pPage==0 || pCache->iMaxKey>=iKey );
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-  return pPage;
-}
-#endif
-static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  unsigned int iKey, 
-  int createFlag
-){
-#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-#endif
-
-  assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 );
-  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
-  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
-  assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
-  assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
-  assert( pCache->nHash>0 );
-#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX
-  if( pCache->pGroup->mutex ){
-    return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pcache1FetchWithMutex(p, iKey, createFlag);
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pcache1FetchNoMutex(p, iKey, createFlag);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
-**
-** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
-*/
-static void pcache1Unpin(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, 
-  int reuseUnlikely
-){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
-  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
- 
-  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-
-  /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already 
-  ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
-  */
-  assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
-  assert( pPage->isPinned==1 );
-
-  if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){
-    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 1);
-  }else{
-    /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */
-    PgHdr1 **ppFirst = &pGroup->lru.pLruNext;
-    pPage->pLruPrev = &pGroup->lru;
-    (pPage->pLruNext = *ppFirst)->pLruPrev = pPage;
-    *ppFirst = pPage;
-    pCache->nRecyclable++;
-    pPage->isPinned = 0;
-  }
-
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. 
-*/
-static void pcache1Rekey(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p,
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
-  unsigned int iOld,
-  unsigned int iNew
-){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
-  PgHdr1 **pp;
-  unsigned int h; 
-  assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
-  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
-
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-
-  h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
-  pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
-  while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
-    pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
-  }
-  *pp = pPage->pNext;
-
-  h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
-  pPage->iKey = iNew;
-  pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
-  pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
-  if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
-    pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
-  }
-
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. 
-**
-** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
-** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
-** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
-*/
-static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-  if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
-    pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
-    pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
-  }
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. 
-**
-** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
-*/
-static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) );
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-  pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
-  assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax );
-  pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
-  assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin );
-  pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
-  pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
-  pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache);
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
-  sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk);
-  sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
-  sqlite3_free(pCache);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
-** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
-** already provided an alternative.
-*/
-void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
-  static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = {
-    1,                       /* iVersion */
-    0,                       /* pArg */
-    pcache1Init,             /* xInit */
-    pcache1Shutdown,         /* xShutdown */
-    pcache1Create,           /* xCreate */
-    pcache1Cachesize,        /* xCachesize */
-    pcache1Pagecount,        /* xPagecount */
-    pcache1Fetch,            /* xFetch */
-    pcache1Unpin,            /* xUnpin */
-    pcache1Rekey,            /* xRekey */
-    pcache1Truncate,         /* xTruncate */
-    pcache1Destroy,          /* xDestroy */
-    pcache1Shrink            /* xShrink */
-  };
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the header on each page of this PCACHE implementation.
-*/
-int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr1)); }
-
-/*
-** Return the global mutex used by this PCACHE implementation.  The
-** sqlite3_status() routine needs access to this mutex.
-*/
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void){
-  return pcache1.mutex;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/*
-** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
-** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
-** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
-**
-** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
-** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
-** of bytes of memory released.
-*/
-int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
-  int nFree = 0;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage==0 ){
-    PgHdr1 *p;
-    pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
-    while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq)
-       &&  (p=pcache1.grp.lru.pLruPrev)!=0
-       &&  p->isAnchor==0
-    ){
-      nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf);
-#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
-      nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p);
-#endif
-      assert( p->isPinned==0 );
-      pcache1PinPage(p);
-      pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1);
-    }
-    pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp);
-  }
-  return nFree;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
-** of the global cache.
-*/
-void sqlite3PcacheStats(
-  int *pnCurrent,      /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
-  int *pnMax,          /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
-  int *pnMin,          /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
-  int *pnRecyclable    /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
-){
-  PgHdr1 *p;
-  int nRecyclable = 0;
-  for(p=pcache1.grp.lru.pLruNext; p && !p->isAnchor; p=p->pLruNext){
-    assert( p->isPinned==0 );
-    nRecyclable++;
-  }
-  *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage;
-  *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage;
-  *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage;
-  *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pragma.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/pragma.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 64614a7ebcd..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pragma.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1925 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
-#  if defined(__APPLE__)
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/***************************************************************************
-** The "pragma.h" include file is an automatically generated file that
-** that includes the PragType_XXXX macro definitions and the aPragmaName[]
-** object.  This ensures that the aPragmaName[] table is arranged in
-** lexicographical order to facility a binary search of the pragma name.
-** Do not edit pragma.h directly.  Edit and rerun the script in at 
-** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. */
-#include "pragma.h"
-
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
-** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
-** unrecognized string argument.  The FULL option is disallowed
-** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
-**
-** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
-** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
-** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
-** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
-*/
-static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, u8 dflt){
-                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
-  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
-  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
-  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
-  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
-  int i, n;
-  if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
-    return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z);
-  }
-  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength)-omitFull; i++){
-    if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
-      return iValue[i];
-    }
-  }
-  return dflt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
-*/
-u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, u8 dflt){
-  return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0;
-}
-
-/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
-** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing.  So omit
-** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA)
-
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
-*/
-static int getLockingMode(const char *z){
-  if( z ){
-    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE;
-    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL;
-  }
-  return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
-**
-** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are 
-** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
-*/
-static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
-  int i;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
-  i = sqlite3Atoi(z);
-  return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
-}
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
-** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
-** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
-*/
-static int getTempStore(const char *z){
-  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
-    return z[0] - '0';
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
-    return 1;
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
-    return 2;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
-** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
-*/
-static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
-    if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
-        "from within a transaction");
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
-    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
-    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
-** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
-** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
-*/
-static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
-  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  db->temp_store = (u8)ts;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-/*
-** Set the names of the first N columns to the values in azCol[]
-*/
-static void setAllColumnNames(
-  Vdbe *v,               /* The query under construction */
-  int N,                 /* Number of columns */
-  const char **azCol     /* Names of columns */
-){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, N);
-  for(i=0; i<N; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, azCol[i], SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-static void setOneColumnName(Vdbe *v, const char *z){
-  setAllColumnNames(v, 1, &z);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to return a single integer value.
-*/
-static void returnSingleInt(Vdbe *v, const char *zLabel, i64 value){
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Int64, 0, 1, 0, (const u8*)&value, P4_INT64);
-  setOneColumnName(v, zLabel);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to return a single text value.
-*/
-static void returnSingleText(
-  Vdbe *v,                /* Prepared statement under construction */
-  const char *zLabel,     /* Name of the result column */
-  const char *zValue      /* Value to be returned */
-){
-  if( zValue ){
-    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 1, (const char*)zValue);
-    setOneColumnName(v, zLabel);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Set the safety_level and pager flags for pager iDb.  Or if iDb<0
-** set these values for all pagers.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-static void setAllPagerFlags(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( db->autoCommit ){
-    Db *pDb = db->aDb;
-    int n = db->nDb;
-    assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC );
-    assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC );
-    assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL );
-    assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL)
-             ==  PAGER_FLAGS_MASK );
-    assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level );
-    while( (n--) > 0 ){
-      if( pDb->pBt ){
-        sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt,
-                 pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) );
-      }
-      pDb++;
-    }
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define setAllPagerFlags(X)  /* no-op */
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-static const char *actionName(u8 action){
-  const char *zName;
-  switch( action ){
-    case OE_SetNull:  zName = "SET NULL";        break;
-    case OE_SetDflt:  zName = "SET DEFAULT";     break;
-    case OE_Cascade:  zName = "CASCADE";         break;
-    case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT";        break;
-    default:          zName = "NO ACTION";  
-                      assert( action==OE_None ); break;
-  }
-  return zName;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants
-** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase
-** journal-mode name.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){
-  static char * const azModeName[] = {
-    "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-     , "wal"
-#endif
-  };
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 );
-  assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) );
-
-  if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0;
-  return azModeName[eMode];
-}
-
-/*
-** Process a pragma statement.  
-**
-** Pragmas are of this form:
-**
-**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
-**
-** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
-** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
-** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
-**
-** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
-** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
-** id and pId2 is any empty string.
-*/
-void sqlite3Pragma(
-  Parse *pParse, 
-  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
-  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
-  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
-  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
-){
-  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
-  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
-  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
-  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
-  char *aFcntl[4];       /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
-  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
-  int lwr, upr, mid = 0;       /* Binary search bounds */
-  int rc;                      /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* The database connection */
-  Db *pDb;                     /* The specific database being pragmaed */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);  /* Prepared statement */
-  const struct sPragmaNames *pPragma;
-
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
-  pParse->nMem = 2;
-
-  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
-  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
-  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
-  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
-  */
-  if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId);
-  if( !zLeft ) return;
-  if( minusFlag ){
-    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue);
-  }else{
-    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
-  }
-
-  assert( pId2 );
-  zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
-    goto pragma_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS
-  ** connection.  If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS
-  ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement.
-  **
-  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-12238-55120 Whenever a PRAGMA statement is parsed,
-  ** an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file control is sent to the open sqlite3_file
-  ** object corresponding to the database file to which the pragma
-  ** statement refers.
-  **
-  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-29875-31678 The argument to the SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA
-  ** file control is an array of pointers to strings (char**) in which the
-  ** second element of the array is the name of the pragma and the third
-  ** element is the argument to the pragma or NULL if the pragma has no
-  ** argument.
-  */
-  aFcntl[0] = 0;
-  aFcntl[1] = zLeft;
-  aFcntl[2] = zRight;
-  aFcntl[3] = 0;
-  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    returnSingleText(v, "result", aFcntl[0]);
-    sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
-    goto pragma_out;
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
-    if( aFcntl[0] ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]);
-      sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
-    }
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    pParse->rc = rc;
-    goto pragma_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */
-  lwr = 0;
-  upr = ArraySize(aPragmaNames)-1;
-  while( lwr<=upr ){
-    mid = (lwr+upr)/2;
-    rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zLeft, aPragmaNames[mid].zName);
-    if( rc==0 ) break;
-    if( rc<0 ){
-      upr = mid - 1;
-    }else{
-      lwr = mid + 1;
-    }
-  }
-  if( lwr>upr ) goto pragma_out;
-  pPragma = &aPragmaNames[mid];
-
-  /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */
-  if( (pPragma->mPragFlag & PragFlag_NeedSchema)!=0 ){
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
-  switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){
-  
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
-  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
-  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
-  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
-  ** stored in the database file.
-  **
-  ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a
-  ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF.  These days, synchronous
-  ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache
-  ** size.  But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache
-  ** size of historical compatibility.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: {
-    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
-    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
-      { OP_Transaction, 0, 0,        0},                         /* 0 */
-      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 1,        BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE},  /* 1 */
-      { OP_IfPos,       1, 8,        0},
-      { OP_Integer,     0, 2,        0},
-      { OP_Subtract,    1, 2,        1},
-      { OP_IfPos,       1, 8,        0},
-      { OP_Integer,     0, 1,        0},                         /* 6 */
-      { OP_Noop,        0, 0,        0},
-      { OP_ResultRow,   1, 1,        0},
-    };
-    int addr;
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    if( !zRight ){
-      setOneColumnName(v, "cache_size");
-      pParse->nMem += 2;
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize,iLn);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
-    }else{
-      int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
-      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1);
-      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
-  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
-  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
-  ** the database has not yet been created.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: {
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    assert( pBt!=0 );
-    if( !zRight ){
-      int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
-      returnSingleInt(v, "page_size", size);
-    }else{
-      /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
-      ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
-      */
-      db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
-      if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
-  ** secure_delete flag.  The second form changes the secure_delete
-  ** flag setting and reports thenew value.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: {
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    int b = -1;
-    assert( pBt!=0 );
-    if( zRight ){
-      b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0);
-    }
-    if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){
-      int ii;
-      for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
-        sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b);
-      }
-    }
-    b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b);
-    returnSingleInt(v, "secure_delete", b);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
-  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
-  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
-  ** forms return the current setting.
-  **
-  ** The absolute value of N is used.  This is undocumented and might
-  ** change.  The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test
-  ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function.
-  **
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_count
-  **
-  ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: {
-    int iReg;
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, 
-                        sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)));
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
-  */
-  case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: {
-    const char *zRet = "normal";
-    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);
-
-    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
-      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
-      ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
-      ** the locking-mode of the main database).
-      */
-      eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
-    }else{
-      Pager *pPager;
-      if( pId2->n==0 ){
-        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
-        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
-        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
-        **
-        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
-        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
-        ** locking mode.
-        */
-        int ii;
-        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
-        for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
-          pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
-          sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
-        }
-        db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode;
-      }
-      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-      eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
-    }
-
-    assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
-            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
-    if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
-      zRet = "exclusive";
-    }
-    returnSingleText(v, "locking_mode", zRet);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode =
-  **                      (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off)
-  */
-  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: {
-    int eMode;        /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */
-    int ii;           /* Loop counter */
-
-    setOneColumnName(v, "journal_mode");
-    if( zRight==0 ){
-      /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the
-      ** current mode */
-      eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
-    }else{
-      const char *zMode;
-      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight);
-      for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){
-        if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break;
-      }
-      if( !zMode ){
-        /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode,
-        ** then do a query */
-        eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
-      }
-    }
-    if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){
-      /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */
-      iDb = 0;
-      pId2->n = 1;
-    }
-    for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
-      if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N
-  **
-  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: {
-    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-    i64 iLimit = -2;
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &iLimit);
-      if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
-    }
-    iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
-    returnSingleInt(v, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
-    break;
-  }
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
-  **
-  ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
-  ** The value is one of:  0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: {
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    assert( pBt!=0 );
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(v, "auto_vacuum", sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt));
-    }else{
-      int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
-      assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 );
-      db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto;
-      /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
-      ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
-      ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
-      ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
-      */
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
-        /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or 
-        ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
-        ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
-        ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
-        */
-        static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
-        static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
-          { OP_Transaction,    0,         1,                 0},    /* 0 */
-          { OP_ReadCookie,     0,         1,         BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE},
-          { OP_If,             1,         0,                 0},    /* 2 */
-          { OP_Halt,           SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort,          0},    /* 3 */
-          { OP_Integer,        0,         1,                 0},    /* 4 */
-          { OP_SetCookie,      0,         BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1},    /* 5 */
-        };
-        int iAddr;
-        iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
-  **
-  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: {
-    int iLimit, addr;
-    if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
-      iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
-    }
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
-  ** page cache size. The second form sets the local
-  ** page cache size value.  If N is positive then that is the
-  ** number of pages in the cache.  If N is negative, then the
-  ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes
-  ** of memory.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: {
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    if( !zRight ){
-      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-      returnSingleInt(v, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }else{
-      int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
-      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]mmap_size(N)
-  **
-  ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is
-  ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the
-  ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping
-  ** is not used at all.  If N is negative, then the default memory map
-  ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set.
-  ** The parameter N is measured in bytes.
-  **
-  ** This value is advisory.  The underlying VFS is free to memory map
-  ** as little or as much as it wants.  Except, if N is set to 0 then the
-  ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: {
-    sqlite3_int64 sz;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    if( zRight ){
-      int ii;
-      sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &sz);
-      if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
-      if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz;
-      for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
-        if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
-          sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    sz = -1;
-    rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
-#else
-    sz = 0;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      returnSingleInt(v, "mmap_size", sz);
-    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
-      pParse->nErr++;
-      pParse->rc = rc;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
-  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
-  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
-  **
-  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
-  ** override this setting
-  */
-  case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: {
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(v, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
-    }else{
-      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag.  Changing
-  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
-  ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
-  ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
-  **
-  */
-  case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: {
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleText(v, "temp_store_directory", sqlite3_temp_directory);
-    }else{
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        int res;
-        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
-          goto pragma_out;
-        }
-      }
-      if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
-       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
-       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
-      ){
-        invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-      }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA data_store_directory
-  **   PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag.  Changing
-  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that
-  ** were specified with a relative pathname.  Setting to a null string reverts
-  ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with
-  ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the
-  ** process.  Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted
-  ** by this setting, regardless of its value.
-  **
-  */
-  case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: {
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleText(v, "data_store_directory", sqlite3_data_directory);
-    }else{
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        int res;
-        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
-          goto pragma_out;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory);
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
-      }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag.  Changing
-  ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
-  **
-  */
-  case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: {
-    if( !zRight ){
-      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-      char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
-      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
-      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
-                           &proxy_file_path);
-      returnSingleText(v, "lock_proxy_file", proxy_file_path);
-    }else{
-      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
-      int res;
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
-                                     zRight);
-      } else {
-        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
-                                     NULL);
-      }
-      if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file");
-        goto pragma_out;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */      
-    
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
-  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
-  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
-  ** opened.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: {
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(v, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
-    }else{
-      if( !db->autoCommit ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
-      }else{
-        int iLevel = (getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1) & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
-        if( iLevel==0 ) iLevel = 1;
-        pDb->safety_level = iLevel;
-        setAllPagerFlags(db);
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
-  case PragTyp_FLAG: {
-    if( zRight==0 ){
-      returnSingleInt(v, pPragma->zName, (db->flags & pPragma->iArg)!=0 );
-    }else{
-      int mask = pPragma->iArg;    /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
-      if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
-        /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
-        ** in auto-commit mode.  */
-        mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
-      }
-#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-      if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_User ){
-        /* Do not allow non-admin users to modify the schema arbitrarily */
-        mask &= ~(SQLITE_WriteSchema);
-      }
-#endif
-
-      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
-        db->flags |= mask;
-      }else{
-        db->flags &= ~mask;
-        if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL 
-      ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
-      ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
-      setAllPagerFlags(db);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
-  **
-  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
-  ** the returned data set are:
-  **
-  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
-  ** name:       Column name
-  ** type:       Column declaration type.
-  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
-  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){
-    Table *pTab;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      static const char *azCol[] = {
-         "cid", "name", "type", "notnull", "dflt_value", "pk"
-      };
-      int i, k;
-      int nHidden = 0;
-      Column *pCol;
-      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-      pParse->nMem = 6;
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-      setAllColumnNames(v, 6, azCol); assert( 6==ArraySize(azCol) );
-      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
-      for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-        if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
-          nHidden++;
-          continue;
-        }
-        if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){
-          k = 0;
-        }else if( pPk==0 ){
-          k = 1;
-        }else{
-          for(k=1; k<=pTab->nCol && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){}
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "issisi",
-               i-nHidden,
-               pCol->zName,
-               pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "",
-               pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0,
-               pCol->zDflt,
-               k);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case PragTyp_STATS: {
-    static const char *azCol[] = { "table", "index", "width", "height" };
-    Index *pIdx;
-    HashElem *i;
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    pParse->nMem = 4;
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    setAllColumnNames(v, 4, azCol);  assert( 4==ArraySize(azCol) );
-    for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-      Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
-      sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "ssii",
-           pTab->zName,
-           0,
-           (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->szTabRow),
-           (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->nRowLogEst));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4);
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 2, "sii",
-           pIdx->zName,
-           (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->szIdxRow),
-           (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]));
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    Table *pTab;
-    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pIdx ){
-      static const char *azCol[] = {
-         "seqno", "cid", "name", "desc", "coll", "key"
-      };
-      int i;
-      int mx;
-      if( pPragma->iArg ){
-        /* PRAGMA index_xinfo (newer version with more rows and columns) */
-        mx = pIdx->nColumn;
-        pParse->nMem = 6;
-      }else{
-        /* PRAGMA index_info (legacy version) */
-        mx = pIdx->nKeyCol;
-        pParse->nMem = 3;
-      }
-      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-      assert( pParse->nMem<=ArraySize(azCol) );
-      setAllColumnNames(v, pParse->nMem, azCol);
-      for(i=0; i<mx; i++){
-        i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-        sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iis", i, cnum,
-                             cnum<0 ? 0 : pTab->aCol[cnum].zName);
-        if( pPragma->iArg ){
-          sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 4, "isi",
-            pIdx->aSortOrder[i],
-            pIdx->azColl[i],
-            i<pIdx->nKeyCol);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, pParse->nMem);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    Table *pTab;
-    int i;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      static const char *azCol[] = {
-        "seq", "name", "unique", "origin", "partial"
-      };
-      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      pParse->nMem = 5;
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-      setAllColumnNames(v, 5, azCol);  assert( 5==ArraySize(azCol) );
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-        const char *azOrigin[] = { "c", "u", "pk" };
-        sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "isisi",
-           i,
-           pIdx->zName,
-           IsUniqueIndex(pIdx),
-           azOrigin[pIdx->idxType],
-           pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: {
-    static const char *azCol[] = { "seq", "name", "file" };
-    int i;
-    pParse->nMem = 3;
-    setAllColumnNames(v, 3, azCol); assert( 3==ArraySize(azCol) );
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
-      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
-      sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iss",
-         i,
-         db->aDb[i].zName,
-         sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: {
-    static const char *azCol[] = { "seq", "name" };
-    int i = 0;
-    HashElem *p;
-    pParse->nMem = 2;
-    setAllColumnNames(v, 2, azCol); assert( 2==ArraySize(azCol) );
-    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
-      sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "is", i++, pColl->zName);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST: if( zRight ){
-    FKey *pFK;
-    Table *pTab;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
-      if( pFK ){
-        static const char *azCol[] = {
-           "id", "seq", "table", "from", "to", "on_update", "on_delete",
-           "match"
-        };
-        int i = 0; 
-        pParse->nMem = 8;
-        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-        setAllColumnNames(v, 8, azCol); assert( 8==ArraySize(azCol) );
-        while(pFK){
-          int j;
-          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
-            sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iissssss",
-                   i,
-                   j,
-                   pFK->zTo,
-                   pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName,
-                   pFK->aCol[j].zCol,
-                   actionName(pFK->aAction[1]),  /* ON UPDATE */
-                   actionName(pFK->aAction[0]),  /* ON DELETE */
-                   "NONE");
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8);
-          }
-          ++i;
-          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: {
-    FKey *pFK;             /* A foreign key constraint */
-    Table *pTab;           /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */
-    Table *pParent;        /* Parent table that child points to */
-    Index *pIdx;           /* Index in the parent table */
-    int i;                 /* Loop counter:  Foreign key number for pTab */
-    int j;                 /* Loop counter:  Field of the foreign key */
-    HashElem *k;           /* Loop counter:  Next table in schema */
-    int x;                 /* result variable */
-    int regResult;         /* 3 registers to hold a result row */
-    int regKey;            /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */
-    int regRow;            /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */
-    int addrTop;           /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */
-    int addrOk;            /* Jump here if the key is OK */
-    int *aiCols;           /* child to parent column mapping */
-    static const char *azCol[] = { "table", "rowid", "parent", "fkid" };
-
-    regResult = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += 4;
-    regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
-    regRow = ++pParse->nMem;
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    setAllColumnNames(v, 4, azCol); assert( 4==ArraySize(azCol) );
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash);
-    while( k ){
-      if( zRight ){
-        pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb);
-        k = 0;
-      }else{
-        pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-        k = sqliteHashNext(k);
-      }
-      if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue;
-      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-      if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow;
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-      sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regResult, pTab->zName);
-      for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
-        pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
-        if( pParent==0 ) continue;
-        pIdx = 0;
-        sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName);
-        x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0);
-        if( x==0 ){
-          if( pIdx==0 ){
-            sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead);
-          }else{
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-            sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-          }
-        }else{
-          k = 0;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 );
-      if( pFK ) break;
-      if( pParse->nTab<i ) pParse->nTab = i;
-      addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
-        pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
-        pIdx = 0;
-        aiCols = 0;
-        if( pParent ){
-          x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols);
-          assert( x==0 );
-        }
-        addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        if( pParent && pIdx==0 ){
-          int iKey = pFK->aCol[0].iFrom;
-          assert( iKey>=0 && iKey<pTab->nCol );
-          if( iKey!=pTab->iPKey ){
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, iKey, regRow);
-            sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iKey, regRow);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRow, 
-               sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          }else{
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regRow);
-          }
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, i, 0, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrOk);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
-        }else{
-          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
-            sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0,
-                            aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom, regRow+j);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          }
-          if( pParent ){
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey,
-                              sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db,pIdx), pFK->nCol);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0);
-            VdbeCoverage(v);
-          }
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1);
-        sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, regResult+2, "si", pFK->zTo, i-1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: {
-    if( zRight ){
-      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
-        sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif
-
-  /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions.  The variant of LIKE
-  ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: {
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0));
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
-# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-  /* Pragma "quick_check" is reduced version of 
-  ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
-  ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: {
-    int i, j, addr, mxErr;
-
-    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
-    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
-    ** error message
-    */
-    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
-    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
-      { OP_AddImm,      1, 0,        0},    /* 0 */
-      { OP_If,          1, 0,        0},    /* 1 */
-      { OP_String8,     0, 3,        0},    /* 2 */
-      { OP_ResultRow,   3, 1,        0},
-    };
-
-    int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q');
-
-    /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA <db>.integrity_check",
-    ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by <db>.
-    ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by
-    ** the VDBE created below.
-    **
-    ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or
-    ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb
-    ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity
-    ** of all attached databases.  */
-    assert( iDb>=0 );
-    assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z );
-    if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1;
-
-    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
-    pParse->nMem = 6;
-    setOneColumnName(v, "integrity_check");
-
-    /* Set the maximum error count */
-    mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr);
-      if( mxErr<=0 ){
-        mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1);  /* reg[1] holds errors left */
-
-    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      HashElem *x;
-      Hash *pTbls;
-      int cnt = 0;
-
-      if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
-      if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue;
-
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-
-      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
-      **
-      ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers
-      ** for all tables and indices in the database.
-      */
-      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) );
-      pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
-      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
-        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
-        Index *pIdx;
-        if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt);
-          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
-          cnt++;
-        }
-        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt);
-          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-          cnt++;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
-      pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, cnt+8 );
-
-      /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
-         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
-         P4_DYNAMIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-
-      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
-      */
-      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
-        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
-        Index *pIdx, *pPk;
-        Index *pPrior = 0;
-        int loopTop;
-        int iDataCur, iIdxCur;
-        int r1 = -1;
-
-        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
-        pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);  /* Stop if out of errors */
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead,
-                                   1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7);
-        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */
-        }
-        pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, 8+j);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1);
-        /* Verify that all NOT NULL columns really are NOT NULL */
-        for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
-          char *zErr;
-          int jmp2, jmp3;
-          if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue;
-          if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) continue;
-          sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, j, 3);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
-          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, 3); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
-          zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "NULL value in %s.%s", pTab->zName,
-                              pTab->aCol[j].zName);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1);
-          jmp3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp3);
-        }
-        /* Validate index entries for the current row */
-        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-          int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4, jmp5;
-          int ckUniq = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-          if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
-          r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3,
-                                       pPrior, r1);
-          pPrior = pIdx;
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1);  /* increment entry count */
-          /* Verify that an index entry exists for the current table row */
-          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, ckUniq, r1,
-                                      pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
-          sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, "row ");
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3);
-          sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, " missing from index ");
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
-          jmp5 = sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, pIdx->zName);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1);
-          jmp4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
-          /* For UNIQUE indexes, verify that only one entry exists with the
-          ** current key.  The entry is unique if (1) any column is NULL
-          ** or (2) the next entry has a different key */
-          if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
-            int uniqOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-            int jmp6;
-            int kk;
-            for(kk=0; kk<pIdx->nKeyCol; kk++){
-              int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[kk];
-              assert( iCol!=XN_ROWID && iCol<pTab->nCol );
-              if( iCol>=0 && pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ) continue;
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1+kk, uniqOk);
-              VdbeCoverage(v);
-            }
-            jmp6 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur+j); VdbeCoverage(v);
-            sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, uniqOk);
-            sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp6);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxGT, iIdxCur+j, uniqOk, r1,
-                                 pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
-            sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, "non-unique entry in index ");
-            sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, jmp5);
-            sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, uniqOk);
-          }
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4);
-          sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-        sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 2, "wrong # of entries in index ");
-        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-          if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
-          addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, addr+8, 3); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
-          sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, pIdx->zName);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 7, 1);
-        }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
-      } 
-    }
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC);
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA encoding
-  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
-  **
-  ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
-  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
-  **
-  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
-  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
-  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
-  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
-  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
-  ** 
-  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
-  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
-  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
-  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
-  **
-  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
-  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
-  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
-  */
-  case PragTyp_ENCODING: {
-    static const struct EncName {
-      char *zName;
-      u8 enc;
-    } encnames[] = {
-      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
-      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },  /* Must be element [1] */
-      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },  /* Must be element [2] */
-      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },  /* Must be element [3] */
-      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
-      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
-      { "UTF-16",   0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
-      { "UTF16",    0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
-      { 0, 0 }
-    };
-    const struct EncName *pEnc;
-    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
-      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
-      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
-      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-      returnSingleText(v, "encoding", encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName);
-    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
-      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
-      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
-      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
-      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
-      */
-      if( 
-        !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || 
-        DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) 
-      ){
-        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
-          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
-            SCHEMA_ENC(db) = ENC(db) =
-                pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( !pEnc->zName ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer>
-  **
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer>
-  **
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]freelist_count = <integer>
-  **
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]application_id
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]application_id = <integer>
-  **
-  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
-  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
-  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
-  ** stored in the database header.
-  **
-  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
-  ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
-  ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
-  ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
-  ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
-  ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
-  ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
-  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
-  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
-  **
-  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
-  ** applications for any purpose.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: {
-    int iCookie = pPragma->iArg;  /* Which cookie to read or write */
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    if( zRight && (pPragma->mPragFlag & PragFlag_ReadOnly)==0 ){
-      /* Write the specified cookie value */
-      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
-        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
-        { OP_Integer,        0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
-        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  1},    /* 2 */
-      };
-      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
-    }else{
-      /* Read the specified cookie value */
-      static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
-        { OP_Transaction,     0,  0,  0},    /* 0 */
-        { OP_ReadCookie,      0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
-        { OP_ResultRow,       1,  1,  0}
-      };
-      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA compile_options
-  **
-  ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build,
-  ** one option per row.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: {
-    int i = 0;
-    const char *zOpt;
-    pParse->nMem = 1;
-    setOneColumnName(v, "compile_option");
-    while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 1, zOpt);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart|truncate
-  **
-  ** Checkpoint the database.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: {
-    static const char *azCol[] = { "busy", "log", "checkpointed" };
-    int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED);
-    int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
-    if( zRight ){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){
-        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL;
-      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){
-        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART;
-      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "truncate")==0 ){
-        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE;
-      }
-    }
-    setAllColumnNames(v, 3, azCol);  assert( 3==ArraySize(azCol) );
-    pParse->nMem = 3;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-  }
-  break;
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint
-  **   PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N
-  **
-  ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database
-  ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value
-  ** of N.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: {
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
-    }
-    returnSingleInt(v, "wal_autocheckpoint", 
-       db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? 
-           SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0);
-  }
-  break;
-#endif
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA shrink_memory
-  **
-  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-23445-46109 This pragma causes the database
-  ** connection on which it is invoked to free up as much memory as it
-  ** can, by calling sqlite3_db_release_memory().
-  */
-  case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: {
-    sqlite3_db_release_memory(db);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA busy_timeout
-  **   PRAGMA busy_timeout = N
-  **
-  ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N).  Return the current timeout value
-  ** if one is set.  If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set
-  ** then 0 is returned.  Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative
-  ** disables the timeout.
-  */
-  /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: {
-    assert( pPragma->ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT );
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
-    }
-    returnSingleInt(v, "timeout",  db->busyTimeout);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA soft_heap_limit
-  **   PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N
-  **
-  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26343-45930 This pragma invokes the
-  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface with the argument N, if N is
-  ** specified and is a non-negative integer.
-  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-64451-07163 The soft_heap_limit pragma always
-  ** returns the same integer that would be returned by the
-  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1) C-language function.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: {
-    sqlite3_int64 N;
-    if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N);
-    }
-    returnSingleInt(v, "soft_heap_limit",  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1));
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA threads
-  **   PRAGMA threads = N
-  **
-  ** Configure the maximum number of worker threads.  Return the new
-  ** maximum, which might be less than requested.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_THREADS: {
-    sqlite3_int64 N;
-    if( zRight
-     && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK
-     && N>=0
-    ){
-      sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, (int)(N&0x7fffffff));
-    }
-    returnSingleInt(v, "threads",
-                    sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, -1));
-    break;
-  }
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  /*
-  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
-  */
-  case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: {
-    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
-      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
-    };
-    static const char *azCol[] = { "database", "status" };
-    int i;
-    setAllColumnNames(v, 2, azCol); assert( 2==ArraySize(azCol) );
-    pParse->nMem = 2;
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt;
-      const char *zState = "unknown";
-      int j;
-      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
-      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){
-        zState = "closed";
-      }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, 
-                                     SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
-         zState = azLockName[j];
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "ss", db->aDb[i].zName, zState);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  case PragTyp_KEY: {
-    if( zRight ) sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
-    break;
-  }
-  case PragTyp_REKEY: {
-    if( zRight ) sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
-    break;
-  }
-  case PragTyp_HEXKEY: {
-    if( zRight ){
-      u8 iByte;
-      int i;
-      char zKey[40];
-      for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zKey)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zRight[i]); i++){
-        iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zRight[i]);
-        if( (i&1)!=0 ) zKey[i/2] = iByte;
-      }
-      if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){
-        sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2);
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
-  case PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS: if( zRight ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  break;
-#endif
-
-  } /* End of the PRAGMA switch */
-
-pragma_out:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight);
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pragma.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/pragma.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e206dac490..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/pragma.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,463 +0,0 @@
-/* DO NOT EDIT!
-** This file is automatically generated by the script at
-** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl.  To update the set of pragmas, edit
-** that script and rerun it.
-*/
-#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE                   0
-#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM                    1
-#define PragTyp_FLAG                           2
-#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT                   3
-#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE                     4
-#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE            5
-#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST                 6
-#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS                7
-#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY           8
-#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST                  9
-#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE            10
-#define PragTyp_ENCODING                      11
-#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK             12
-#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST              13
-#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM            14
-#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO                    15
-#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST                    16
-#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK               17
-#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE                  18
-#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT            19
-#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE               20
-#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE                  21
-#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT                    22
-#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE                     23
-#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE                     24
-#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE                 25
-#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY                 26
-#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT               27
-#define PragTyp_STATS                         28
-#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS                   29
-#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO                    30
-#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE                    31
-#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY          32
-#define PragTyp_THREADS                       33
-#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT            34
-#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT                35
-#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS           36
-#define PragTyp_HEXKEY                        37
-#define PragTyp_KEY                           38
-#define PragTyp_REKEY                         39
-#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS                   40
-#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE                  41
-#define PragFlag_NeedSchema           0x01
-#define PragFlag_ReadOnly             0x02
-static const struct sPragmaNames {
-  const char *const zName;  /* Name of pragma */
-  u8 ePragTyp;              /* PragTyp_XXX value */
-  u8 mPragFlag;             /* Zero or more PragFlag_XXX values */
-  u32 iArg;                 /* Extra argument */
-} aPragmaNames[] = {
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
-  { /* zName:     */ "activate_extensions",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "application_id",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ BTREE_APPLICATION_ID },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-  { /* zName:     */ "auto_vacuum",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX)
-  { /* zName:     */ "automatic_index",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_AutoIndex },
-#endif
-#endif
-  { /* zName:     */ "busy_timeout",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "cache_size",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "cache_spill",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CacheSpill },
-#endif
-  { /* zName:     */ "case_sensitive_like",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "cell_size_check",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CellSizeCk },
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "checkpoint_fullfsync",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "collation_list",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "compile_options",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "count_changes",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CountRows },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  { /* zName:     */ "data_store_directory",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "data_version",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_ReadOnly,
-    /* iArg:      */ BTREE_DATA_VERSION },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "database_list",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
-  { /* zName:     */ "default_cache_size",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  { /* zName:     */ "defer_foreign_keys",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_DeferFKs },
-#endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "empty_result_callbacks",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_NullCallback },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16)
-  { /* zName:     */ "encoding",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_ENCODING,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  { /* zName:     */ "foreign_key_check",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY)
-  { /* zName:     */ "foreign_key_list",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  { /* zName:     */ "foreign_keys",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
-#endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "freelist_count",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_ReadOnly,
-    /* iArg:      */ BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "full_column_names",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_FullColNames },
-  { /* zName:     */ "fullfsync",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_FullFSync },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-  { /* zName:     */ "hexkey",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEXKEY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "hexrekey",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEXKEY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK)
-  { /* zName:     */ "ignore_check_constraints",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks },
-#endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-  { /* zName:     */ "incremental_vacuum",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "index_info",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "index_list",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "index_xinfo",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 1 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
-  { /* zName:     */ "integrity_check",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "journal_mode",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "journal_size_limit",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-  { /* zName:     */ "key",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_KEY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "legacy_file_format",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  { /* zName:     */ "lock_proxy_file",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  { /* zName:     */ "lock_status",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "locking_mode",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "max_page_count",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "mmap_size",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "page_count",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "page_size",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  { /* zName:     */ "parser_trace",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "query_only",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_QueryOnly },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
-  { /* zName:     */ "quick_check",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "read_uncommitted",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
-  { /* zName:     */ "recursive_triggers",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_RecTriggers },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-  { /* zName:     */ "rekey",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_REKEY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "reverse_unordered_selects",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "schema_version",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "secure_delete",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "short_column_names",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ShortColNames },
-#endif
-  { /* zName:     */ "shrink_memory",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "soft_heap_limit",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  { /* zName:     */ "sql_trace",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_SqlTrace },
-#endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "stats",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_STATS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "synchronous",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "table_info",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "temp_store",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "temp_store_directory",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-  { /* zName:     */ "threads",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_THREADS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "user_version",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ BTREE_USER_VERSION },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_addoptrace",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace },
-  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_debug",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
-  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_eqp",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP },
-  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_listing",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeListing },
-  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_trace",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
-#endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-  { /* zName:     */ "wal_autocheckpoint",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "wal_checkpoint",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "writable_schema",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
-#endif
-};
-/* Number of pragmas: 60 on by default, 73 total. */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/prepare.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/prepare.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d1ae00d137..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/prepare.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,893 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 May 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
-** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
-** from disk.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
-** that the database is corrupt.
-*/
-static void corruptSchema(
-  InitData *pData,     /* Initialization context */
-  const char *zObj,    /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
-  const char *zExtra   /* Error information */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
-    char *z;
-    if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
-    z = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
-    if( z && zExtra ) z = sqlite3_mprintf("%z - %s", z, zExtra);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, *pData->pzErrMsg);
-    *pData->pzErrMsg = z;
-    if( z==0 ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
-** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
-** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
-**
-** Each callback contains the following information:
-**
-**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
-**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
-**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
-**
-*/
-int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
-  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
-  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
-  int iDb = pData->iDb;
-
-  assert( argc==3 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
-  if( argv[1]==0 ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
-  }else if( sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[2],"create ",7)==0 ){
-    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
-    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
-    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
-    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
-    */
-    int rc;
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-    TESTONLY(int rcp);            /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */
-
-    assert( db->init.busy );
-    db->init.iDb = iDb;
-    db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]);
-    db->init.orphanTrigger = 0;
-    TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0);
-    rc = db->errCode;
-    assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) );
-    db->init.iDb = 0;
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-      if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){
-        assert( iDb==1 );
-      }else{
-        pData->rc = rc;
-        if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-          db->mallocFailed = 1;
-        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
-          corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  }else if( argv[0]==0 || (argv[2]!=0 && argv[2][0]!=0) ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
-  }else{
-    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
-    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
-    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
-    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
-    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
-    */
-    Index *pIndex;
-    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-    if( pIndex==0 ){
-      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
-      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
-      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
-      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
-      */
-      /* Do Nothing */;
-    }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){
-      corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage");
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
-** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
-** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
-** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
-** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
-** indicate success or failure.
-*/
-static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int rc;
-  int i;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  int size;
-#endif
-  Table *pTab;
-  Db *pDb;
-  char const *azArg[4];
-  int meta[5];
-  InitData initData;
-  char const *zMasterSchema;
-  char const *zMasterName;
-  int openedTransaction = 0;
-
-  /*
-  ** The master database table has a structure like this
-  */
-  static const char master_schema[] = 
-     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
-     "  type text,\n"
-     "  name text,\n"
-     "  tbl_name text,\n"
-     "  rootpage integer,\n"
-     "  sql text\n"
-     ")"
-  ;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
-     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
-     "  type text,\n"
-     "  name text,\n"
-     "  tbl_name text,\n"
-     "  rootpage integer,\n"
-     "  sql text\n"
-     ")"
-  ;
-#else
-  #define temp_master_schema 0
-#endif
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
-
-  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
-  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
-  ** initialized. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
-  */
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
-  }else{
-    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
-  }
-  zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-
-  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
-  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
-  azArg[1] = "1";
-  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
-  azArg[3] = 0;
-  initData.db = db;
-  initData.iDb = iDb;
-  initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
-  sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
-  if( initData.rc ){
-    rc = initData.rc;
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){
-    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
-  }
-
-  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
-  */
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){
-      DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
-    }
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
-  ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
-  ** will be closed before this function returns.  */
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
-  if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-      goto initone_error_out;
-    }
-    openedTransaction = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Get the database meta information.
-  **
-  ** Meta values are as follows:
-  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
-  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
-  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
-  **    meta[3]   Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode)
-  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
-  **    meta[5]   User version
-  **    meta[6]   Incremental vacuum mode
-  **    meta[7]   unused
-  **    meta[8]   unused
-  **    meta[9]   unused
-  **
-  ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
-  ** the possible values of meta[4].
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){
-    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
-  }
-  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1];
-
-  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
-  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
-  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
-  ** as sqlite3.enc.
-  */
-  if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){  /* text encoding */
-    if( iDb==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-      u8 encoding;
-      /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
-      encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3;
-      if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      ENC(db) = encoding;
-#else
-      ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8;
-#endif
-    }else{
-      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
-      if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){
-        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
-            " text encoding as main database");
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        goto initone_error_out;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
-  }
-  pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
-
-  if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-    size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]);
-    if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
-    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-#else
-    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE;
-#endif
-    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
-  ** file_format==2    Version 3.1.3.  // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
-  ** file_format==3    Version 3.1.4.  // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
-  ** file_format==4    Version 3.3.0.  // DESC indices.  Boolean constants
-  */
-  pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1];
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
-    pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
-  }
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format");
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto initone_error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Ticket #2804:  When we open a database in the newer file format,
-  ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
-  ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
-  ** indices that the user might have created.
-  */
-  if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){
-    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
-  }
-
-  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
-  */
-  assert( db->init.busy );
-  {
-    char *zSql;
-    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid",
-        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    {
-      sqlite3_xauth xAuth;
-      xAuth = db->xAuth;
-      db->xAuth = 0;
-#endif
-      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-      db->xAuth = xAuth;
-    }
-#endif
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
-    /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
-    ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the 
-    ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
-    ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
-    ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
-    ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
-    ** even when its contents have been corrupted.
-    */
-    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
-  ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
-  ** before that point, jump to error_out.
-  */
-initone_error_out:
-  if( openedTransaction ){
-    sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
-
-error_out:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
-** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
-** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
-** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
-**
-** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
-** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
-** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
-*/
-int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int i, rc;
-  int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
-  
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[0].pBt) );
-  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
-  rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  db->init.busy = 1;
-  ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db);
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
-    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
-    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
-    if( rc ){
-      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema
-  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
-  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  assert( db->nDb>1 );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
-    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
-    if( rc ){
-      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  db->init.busy = 0;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
-    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
-  }
-
-  return rc; 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized.
-** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    pParse->rc = rc;
-    pParse->nErr++;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
-** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA.  If all schema cookies
-** make no changes to pParse->rc.
-*/
-static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-  int rc;
-  int cookie;
-
-  assert( pParse->checkSchema );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
-    int openedTransaction = 0;         /* True if a transaction is opened */
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;     /* Btree database to read cookie from */
-    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
-
-    /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
-    ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
-    ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
-    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
-      openedTransaction = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the 
-    ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
-    ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
-    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
-      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb);
-      pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
-    }
-
-    /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */
-    if( openedTransaction ){
-      sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
-** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
-**
-** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
-** attached database is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
-  int i = -1000000;
-
-  /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in 
-  ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
-  ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this 
-  ** function should never be used.
-  **
-  ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
-  ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much 
-  ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
-  ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
-  */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( pSchema ){
-    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){
-      if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
-  }
-  return i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object
-*/
-void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){
-  if( pParse ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  Vdbe *pReprepare,         /* VM being reprepared */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing context */
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;        /* Error message */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
-  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
-
-  /* Allocate the parsing context */
-  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
-  if( pParse==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto end_prepare;
-  }
-  pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare;
-  assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
-  ** database schemas.  The inability to get a read lock indicates that
-  ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
-  ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
-  ** to the schema.
-  **
-  ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
-  ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
-  ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
-  ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
-  ** the schema change.  Disaster would follow.
-  **
-  ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
-  ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
-  ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
-  ** while this routine is running.  Hence, we do not need to hold 
-  ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is 
-  ** holding them.
-  **
-  ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
-  ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
-  ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( pBt ){
-      assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
-      if( rc ){
-        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
-        sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
-        testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
-        goto end_prepare;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
-
-  pParse->db = db;
-  pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;  /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */
-  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
-    char *zSqlCopy;
-    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
-    testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
-    testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
-    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
-      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
-      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
-      goto end_prepare;
-    }
-    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
-    if( zSqlCopy ){
-      sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
-      pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy];
-    }else{
-      pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
-  }
-  assert( 0==pParse->nQueryLoop );
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pParse->checkSchema ){
-    schemaIsValid(pParse);
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( pzTail ){
-    *pzTail = pParse->zTail;
-  }
-  rc = pParse->rc;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){
-    static const char * const azColName[] = {
-       "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
-       "selectid", "order", "from", "detail"
-    };
-    int iFirst, mx;
-    if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4);
-      iFirst = 8;
-      mx = 12;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8);
-      iFirst = 0;
-      mx = 8;
-    }
-    for(i=iFirst; i<mx; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(pParse->pVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME,
-                            azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( db->init.busy==0 ){
-    Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag);
-  }
-  if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
-    assert(!(*ppStmt));
-  }else{
-    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
-  }
-
-  if( zErrMsg ){
-    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
-  }
-
-  /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
-  while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
-    TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
-    pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);
-  }
-
-end_prepare:
-
-  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
-  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
-  return rc;
-}
-static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  Vdbe *pOld,               /* VM being reprepared */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  *ppStmt = 0;
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db)||zSql==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
-    sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
-    rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
-**
-** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
-** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
-** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
-** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
-*/
-int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
-  const char *zSql;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
-  zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
-  assert( zSql!=0 );  /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
-  db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }
-    assert( pNew==0 );
-    return rc;
-  }else{
-    assert( pNew!=0 );
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
-  sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
-  sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
-  sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
-** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
-** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
-** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
-** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
-** occurs.
-*/
-int sqlite3_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
-  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
-  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
-  */
-  char *zSql8;
-  const char *zTail8 = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  *ppStmt = 0;
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db)||zSql==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( nBytes>=0 ){
-    int sz;
-    const char *z = (const char*)zSql;
-    for(sz=0; sz<nBytes && (z[sz]!=0 || z[sz+1]!=0); sz += 2){}
-    nBytes = sz;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-  if( zSql8 ){
-    rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8);
-  }
-
-  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
-    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
-    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
-    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
-    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
-    */
-    int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
-    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); 
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
-** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
-** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
-** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
-** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
-** occurs.
-*/
-int sqlite3_prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/printf.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/printf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index dba928d102b..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/printf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1069 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
-** the public domain. 
-**
-**************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines.  These
-** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C
-** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support
-** SQLite.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
-** following enumeration.
-*/
-#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
-#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
-#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
-#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
-#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
-#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
-#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
-#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
-#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
-/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
-#define etSQLESCAPE  10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
-#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
-                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
-#define etTOKEN      12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
-#define etSRCLIST    13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
-#define etPOINTER    14 /* The %p conversion */
-#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
-#define etORDINAL    16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */
-
-#define etINVALID     0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */
-
-
-/*
-** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
-*/
-typedef unsigned char etByte;
-
-/*
-** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
-** by an instance of the following structure
-*/
-typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
-  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
-  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
-  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
-  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
-  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
-  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
-} et_info;
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for et_info.flags
-*/
-#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
-#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
-#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */
-
-
-/*
-** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
-** most frequently used conversion types first.
-*/
-static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
-static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
-static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
-  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
-  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
-  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
-  {  'z',  0, 4, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
-  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
-  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
-  {  'w',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0,  0 },
-  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
-  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
-  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
-  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
-  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
-  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
-  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
-  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
-#endif
-  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
-  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
-  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
-  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
-
-/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal
-** use only */
-  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
-  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
-  {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
-};
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
-** conversions will work.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
-** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
-** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
-**
-** Example:
-**     input:     *val = 3.14159
-**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
-**
-** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
-** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
-** always returned.
-*/
-static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
-  int digit;
-  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
-  if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0';
-  (*cnt)--;
-  digit = (int)*val;
-  d = digit;
-  digit += '0';
-  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
-  return (char)digit;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
-
-/*
-** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode.
-*/
-static void setStrAccumError(StrAccum *p, u8 eError){
-  assert( eError==STRACCUM_NOMEM || eError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG );
-  p->accError = eError;
-  p->nAlloc = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extra argument values from a PrintfArguments object
-*/
-static sqlite3_int64 getIntArg(PrintfArguments *p){
-  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0;
-  return sqlite3_value_int64(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
-}
-static double getDoubleArg(PrintfArguments *p){
-  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0.0;
-  return sqlite3_value_double(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
-}
-static char *getTextArg(PrintfArguments *p){
-  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0;
-  return (char*)sqlite3_value_text(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
-** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70
-#endif
-#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */
-
-/*
-** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object.
-*/
-void sqlite3VXPrintf(
-  StrAccum *pAccum,          /* Accumulate results here */
-  u32 bFlags,                /* SQLITE_PRINTF_* flags */
-  const char *fmt,           /* Format string */
-  va_list ap                 /* arguments */
-){
-  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
-  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
-  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
-  int length;                /* Length of the field */
-  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
-  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
-  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
-  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
-  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
-  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
-  etByte xtype = 0;          /* Conversion paradigm */
-  u8 bArgList;               /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
-  u8 useIntern;              /* Ok to use internal conversions (ex: %T) */
-  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
-  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
-  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
-  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
-  char *zOut;                /* Rendering buffer */
-  int nOut;                  /* Size of the rendering buffer */
-  char *zExtra = 0;          /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
-  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
-  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
-  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
-  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
-#endif
-  PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
-  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
-
-  bufpt = 0;
-  if( bFlags ){
-    if( (bArgList = (bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){
-      pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
-    }
-    useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
-  }else{
-    bArgList = useIntern = 0;
-  }
-  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
-    if( c!='%' ){
-      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
-#if HAVE_STRCHRNUL
-      fmt = strchrnul(fmt, '%');
-#else
-      do{ fmt++; }while( *fmt && *fmt != '%' );
-#endif
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt));
-      if( *fmt==0 ) break;
-    }
-    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
-      break;
-    }
-    /* Find out what flags are present */
-    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
-     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
-    done = 0;
-    do{
-      switch( c ){
-        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
-        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        break;
-        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       break;
-        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
-        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
-        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
-        default:    done = 1;                 break;
-      }
-    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
-    /* Get the field width */
-    if( c=='*' ){
-      if( bArgList ){
-        width = (int)getIntArg(pArgList);
-      }else{
-        width = va_arg(ap,int);
-      }
-      if( width<0 ){
-        flag_leftjustify = 1;
-        width = width >= -2147483647 ? -width : 0;
-      }
-      c = *++fmt;
-    }else{
-      unsigned wx = 0;
-      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
-        wx = wx*10 + c - '0';
-        c = *++fmt;
-      }
-      testcase( wx>0x7fffffff );
-      width = wx & 0x7fffffff;
-    }
-
-    /* Get the precision */
-    if( c=='.' ){
-      c = *++fmt;
-      if( c=='*' ){
-        if( bArgList ){
-          precision = (int)getIntArg(pArgList);
-        }else{
-          precision = va_arg(ap,int);
-        }
-        c = *++fmt;
-        if( precision<0 ){
-          precision = precision >= -2147483647 ? -precision : -1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        unsigned px = 0;
-        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
-          px = px*10 + c - '0';
-          c = *++fmt;
-        }
-        testcase( px>0x7fffffff );
-        precision = px & 0x7fffffff;
-      }
-    }else{
-      precision = -1;
-    }
-    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
-    if( c=='l' ){
-      flag_long = 1;
-      c = *++fmt;
-      if( c=='l' ){
-        flag_longlong = 1;
-        c = *++fmt;
-      }else{
-        flag_longlong = 0;
-      }
-    }else{
-      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
-    }
-    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
-    infop = &fmtinfo[0];
-    xtype = etINVALID;
-    for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
-      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
-        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
-        if( useIntern || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
-          xtype = infop->type;
-        }else{
-          return;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
-    **
-    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
-    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
-    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
-    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
-    **                               field width was negative.
-    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
-    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
-    **                               the conversion character.
-    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
-    **                               the conversion character.
-    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
-    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
-    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
-    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
-    **                               is -1.
-    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
-    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
-    */
-    switch( xtype ){
-      case etPOINTER:
-        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
-        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
-        /* Fall through into the next case */
-      case etORDINAL:
-      case etRADIX:
-        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
-          i64 v;
-          if( bArgList ){
-            v = getIntArg(pArgList);
-          }else if( flag_longlong ){
-            v = va_arg(ap,i64);
-          }else if( flag_long ){
-            v = va_arg(ap,long int);
-          }else{
-            v = va_arg(ap,int);
-          }
-          if( v<0 ){
-            if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
-              longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63;
-            }else{
-              longvalue = -v;
-            }
-            prefix = '-';
-          }else{
-            longvalue = v;
-            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
-            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
-            else                       prefix = 0;
-          }
-        }else{
-          if( bArgList ){
-            longvalue = (u64)getIntArg(pArgList);
-          }else if( flag_longlong ){
-            longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
-          }else if( flag_long ){
-            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
-          }else{
-            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
-          }
-          prefix = 0;
-        }
-        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
-        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
-          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
-        }
-        if( precision<etBUFSIZE-10 ){
-          nOut = etBUFSIZE;
-          zOut = buf;
-        }else{
-          nOut = precision + 10;
-          zOut = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( nOut );
-          if( zOut==0 ){
-            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-            return;
-          }
-        }
-        bufpt = &zOut[nOut-1];
-        if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
-          static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
-          int x = (int)(longvalue % 10);
-          if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
-            x = 0;
-          }
-          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1];
-          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2];
-        }
-        {
-          const char *cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
-          u8 base = infop->base;
-          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
-            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
-            longvalue = longvalue/base;
-          }while( longvalue>0 );
-        }
-        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
-        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
-          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
-        }
-        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
-        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
-          const char *pre;
-          char x;
-          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
-          for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
-        }
-        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
-        break;
-      case etFLOAT:
-      case etEXP:
-      case etGENERIC:
-        if( bArgList ){
-          realvalue = getDoubleArg(pArgList);
-        }else{
-          realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
-        }
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-        length = 0;
-#else
-        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
-        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
-          realvalue = -realvalue;
-          prefix = '-';
-        }else{
-          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
-          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
-          else                         prefix = 0;
-        }
-        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
-        testcase( precision>0xfff );
-        for(idx=precision&0xfff, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
-        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
-        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
-        exp = 0;
-        if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){
-          bufpt = "NaN";
-          length = 3;
-          break;
-        }
-        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
-          LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
-          while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;}
-          while( realvalue>=1e10*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e10; exp+=10; }
-          while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; }
-          realvalue /= scale;
-          while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
-          while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
-          if( exp>350 ){
-            bufpt = buf;
-            buf[0] = prefix;
-            memcpy(buf+(prefix!=0),"Inf",4);
-            length = 3+(prefix!=0);
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        bufpt = buf;
-        /*
-        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
-        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
-        */
-        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
-          realvalue += rounder;
-          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
-        }
-        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
-          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
-          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
-            xtype = etEXP;
-          }else{
-            precision = precision - exp;
-            xtype = etFLOAT;
-          }
-        }else{
-          flag_rtz = flag_altform2;
-        }
-        if( xtype==etEXP ){
-          e2 = 0;
-        }else{
-          e2 = exp;
-        }
-        if( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){
-          bufpt = zExtra 
-              = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width+15 );
-          if( bufpt==0 ){
-            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-            return;
-          }
-        }
-        zOut = bufpt;
-        nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10;
-        flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
-        /* The sign in front of the number */
-        if( prefix ){
-          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
-        }
-        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
-        if( e2<0 ){
-          *(bufpt++) = '0';
-        }else{
-          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
-            *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
-          }
-        }
-        /* The decimal point */
-        if( flag_dp ){
-          *(bufpt++) = '.';
-        }
-        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
-        ** significant digit of the number */
-        for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){
-          assert( precision>0 );
-          *(bufpt++) = '0';
-        }
-        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
-        while( (precision--)>0 ){
-          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
-        }
-        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
-        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
-          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
-          assert( bufpt>zOut );
-          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
-            if( flag_altform2 ){
-              *(bufpt++) = '0';
-            }else{
-              *(--bufpt) = 0;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
-        if( xtype==etEXP ){
-          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
-          if( exp<0 ){
-            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
-          }else{
-            *(bufpt++) = '+';
-          }
-          if( exp>=100 ){
-            *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0');        /* 100's digit */
-            exp %= 100;
-          }
-          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0');             /* 10's digit */
-          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0');             /* 1's digit */
-        }
-        *bufpt = 0;
-
-        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
-        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
-        ** integer conversions. */
-        length = (int)(bufpt-zOut);
-        bufpt = zOut;
-
-        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
-        ** set and we are not left justified */
-        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
-          int i;
-          int nPad = width - length;
-          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
-            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
-          }
-          i = prefix!=0;
-          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
-          length = width;
-        }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
-        break;
-      case etSIZE:
-        if( !bArgList ){
-          *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
-        }
-        length = width = 0;
-        break;
-      case etPERCENT:
-        buf[0] = '%';
-        bufpt = buf;
-        length = 1;
-        break;
-      case etCHARX:
-        if( bArgList ){
-          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
-          c = bufpt ? bufpt[0] : 0;
-        }else{
-          c = va_arg(ap,int);
-        }
-        if( precision>1 ){
-          width -= precision-1;
-          if( width>1 && !flag_leftjustify ){
-            sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width-1, ' ');
-            width = 0;
-          }
-          sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, precision-1, c);
-        }
-        length = 1;
-        buf[0] = c;
-        bufpt = buf;
-        break;
-      case etSTRING:
-      case etDYNSTRING:
-        if( bArgList ){
-          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
-          xtype = etSTRING;
-        }else{
-          bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
-        }
-        if( bufpt==0 ){
-          bufpt = "";
-        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
-          zExtra = bufpt;
-        }
-        if( precision>=0 ){
-          for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
-        }else{
-          length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
-        }
-        break;
-      case etSQLESCAPE:           /* Escape ' characters */
-      case etSQLESCAPE2:          /* Escape ' and enclose in '...' */
-      case etSQLESCAPE3: {        /* Escape " characters */
-        int i, j, k, n, isnull;
-        int needQuote;
-        char ch;
-        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
-        char *escarg;
-
-        if( bArgList ){
-          escarg = getTextArg(pArgList);
-        }else{
-          escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
-        }
-        isnull = escarg==0;
-        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
-        k = precision;
-        for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){
-          if( ch==q )  n++;
-        }
-        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
-        n += i + 3;
-        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
-          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
-          if( bufpt==0 ){
-            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-            return;
-          }
-        }else{
-          bufpt = buf;
-        }
-        j = 0;
-        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
-        k = i;
-        for(i=0; i<k; i++){
-          bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i];
-          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
-        }
-        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
-        bufpt[j] = 0;
-        length = j;
-        /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to
-        ** consume, not the length of the output...
-        ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
-        break;
-      }
-      case etTOKEN: {
-        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
-        assert( bArgList==0 );
-        if( pToken && pToken->n ){
-          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
-        }
-        length = width = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      case etSRCLIST: {
-        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
-        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
-        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
-        assert( bArgList==0 );
-        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
-        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
-          sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase);
-          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
-        }
-        sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zName);
-        length = width = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        assert( xtype==etINVALID );
-        return;
-      }
-    }/* End switch over the format type */
-    /*
-    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
-    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
-    ** the output.
-    */
-    width -= length;
-    if( width>0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
-    if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
-
-    if( zExtra ){
-      sqlite3_free(zExtra);
-      zExtra = 0;
-    }
-  }/* End for loop over the format string */
-} /* End of function */
-
-/*
-** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is
-** able to accept at least N more bytes of text.
-**
-** Return the number of bytes of text that StrAccum is able to accept
-** after the attempted enlargement.  The value returned might be zero.
-*/
-static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){
-  char *zNew;
-  assert( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc ); /* Only called if really needed */
-  if( p->accError ){
-    testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
-    testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( p->mxAlloc==0 ){
-    N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
-    setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
-    return N;
-  }else{
-    char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText);
-    i64 szNew = p->nChar;
-    szNew += N + 1;
-    if( szNew+p->nChar<=p->mxAlloc ){
-      /* Force exponential buffer size growth as long as it does not overflow,
-      ** to avoid having to call this routine too often */
-      szNew += p->nChar;
-    }
-    if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
-      sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
-      setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
-      return 0;
-    }else{
-      p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
-    }
-    if( p->db ){
-      zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc);
-    }else{
-      zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(zOld, p->nAlloc);
-    }
-    if( zNew ){
-      assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 );
-      if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
-      p->zText = zNew;
-      p->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, zNew);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
-      setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return N;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append N copies of character c to the given string buffer.
-*/
-void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum *p, int N, char c){
-  testcase( p->nChar + (i64)N > 0x7fffffff );
-  if( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = c;
-}
-
-/*
-** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[].
-** So enlarge if first, then do the append.
-**
-** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case
-** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the
-** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics.
-*/
-static void SQLITE_NOINLINE enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
-  N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N);
-  if( N>0 ){
-    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
-    p->nChar += N;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.  Increase the
-** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary.
-*/
-void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
-  assert( z!=0 || N==0 );
-  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
-  assert( N>=0 );
-  assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
-  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
-    enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
-  }else{
-    assert( p->zText );
-    p->nChar += N;
-    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar-N], z, N);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string.
-*/
-void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z));
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
-** Return a pointer to the resulting string.  Return a NULL
-** pointer if any kind of error was encountered.
-*/
-char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
-  if( p->zText ){
-    p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
-    if( p->mxAlloc>0 && p->zText==p->zBase ){
-      p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
-      if( p->zText ){
-        memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
-      }else{
-        setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return p->zText;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset an StrAccum string.  Reclaim all malloced memory.
-*/
-void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
-  if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
-  }
-  p->zText = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a string accumulator.
-**
-** p:     The accumulator to be initialized.
-** db:    Pointer to a database connection.  May be NULL.  Lookaside
-**        memory is used if not NULL. db->mallocFailed is set appropriately
-**        when not NULL.
-** zBase: An initial buffer.  May be NULL in which case the initial buffer
-**        is malloced.
-** n:     Size of zBase in bytes.  If total space requirements never exceed
-**        n then no memory allocations ever occur.
-** mx:    Maximum number of bytes to accumulate.  If mx==0 then no memory
-**        allocations will ever occur.
-*/
-void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, sqlite3 *db, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
-  p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
-  p->db = db;
-  p->nChar = 0;
-  p->nAlloc = n;
-  p->mxAlloc = mx;
-  p->accError = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  char *z;
-  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
-  StrAccum acc;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, db, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
-                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL, zFormat, ap);
-  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  if( acc.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *z;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  char *z;
-  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
-  StrAccum acc;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR  
-  if( zFormat==0 ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *z;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
-** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
-** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
-** specified by some locales.
-**
-** Oops:  The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards
-** from the snprintf() standard.  Unfortunately, it is too late to change
-** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the
-** mistake.
-**
-** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version.
-*/
-char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  StrAccum acc;
-  if( n<=0 ) return zBuf;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( zBuf==0 || zFormat==0 ) {
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    if( zBuf ) zBuf[0] = 0;
-    return zBuf;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, n, 0);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-}
-char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  char *z;
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start(ap,zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message.
-** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using
-** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled.
-**
-** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer.  It cannot dynamically
-** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator
-** mutex is held.
-**
-** sqlite3VXPrintf() might ask for *temporary* memory allocations for
-** certain format characters (%q) or for very large precisions or widths.
-** Care must be taken that any sqlite3_log() calls that occur while the
-** memory mutex is held do not use these mechanisms.
-*/
-static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  StrAccum acc;                          /* String accumulator */
-  char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3];    /* Complete log message */
-
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode,
-                           sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
-}
-
-/*
-** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled.
-*/
-void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;                             /* Vararg list */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-  }
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
-/*
-** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
-** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
-** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
-*/
-void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  StrAccum acc;
-  char zBuf[500];
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
-  va_start(ap,zFormat);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
-  fflush(stdout);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf().  The bFlags argument
-** can contain the bit SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL enable internal formats.
-*/
-void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, u32 bFlags, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start(ap,zFormat);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(p, bFlags, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/random.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/random.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a0db527f93c..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/random.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
-** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
-**
-** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
-** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#if HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF && defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
-void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
-	arc4random_buf(pBuf, N);
-}
-
-#else
-/* All threads share a single random number generator.
-** This structure is the current state of the generator.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
-  unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
-  unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
-  unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
-} sqlite3Prng;
-
-/*
-** Return N random bytes.
-*/
-void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
-  unsigned char t;
-  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
-
-  /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
-  ** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-  ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-  ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly
-  ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng);
-# define wsdPrng p[0]
-#else
-# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return;
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  if( N<=0 || pBuf==0 ){
-    wsdPrng.isInit = 0;
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
-  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
-  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
-  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
-  **
-  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
-  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
-  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
-  */
-  if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){
-    int i;
-    char k[256];
-    wsdPrng.j = 0;
-    wsdPrng.i = 0;
-    sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
-    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
-      wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
-      wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i];
-      t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
-      wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i];
-      wsdPrng.s[i] = t;
-    }
-    wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
-  }
-
-  assert( N>0 );
-  do{
-    wsdPrng.i++;
-    t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
-    wsdPrng.j += t;
-    wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
-    wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
-    t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
-    *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t];
-  }while( --N );
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-/*
-** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
-** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or
-** to reset the PRNG to its initial state.  These routines accomplish
-** those tasks.
-**
-** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
-** control the PRNG.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
-void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
-  memcpy(
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
-    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
-  );
-}
-void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
-  memcpy(
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
-    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
-  );
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/resolve.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/resolve.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ac1706b5957..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/resolve.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1494 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 August 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
-** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
-** table and column.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/*
-** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function
-** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node.
-** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an
-** outer query into an inner subquery.
-**
-** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine.  incrAggDepth(..)
-** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker.
-*/
-static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.n;
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){
-  if( N>0 ){
-    Walker w;
-    memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-    w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth;
-    w.u.n = N;
-    sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
-** result set in pEList.
-**
-** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure
-** the COLLATE operator is preserved.  For example:
-**
-**     SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase;
-**
-** Should be transformed into:
-**
-**     SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase;
-**
-** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the
-** alias is removed from the original expression.  The usual value is
-** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery
-** of the original expression.  The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION
-** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount.
-*/
-static void resolveAlias(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList,      /* A result set */
-  int iCol,              /* A column in the result set.  0..pEList->nExpr-1 */
-  Expr *pExpr,           /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */
-  const char *zType,     /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */
-  int nSubquery          /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */
-){
-  Expr *pOrig;           /* The iCol-th column of the result set */
-  Expr *pDup;            /* Copy of pOrig */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
-
-  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
-  pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
-  assert( pOrig!=0 );
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
-  if( pDup==0 ) return;
-  if( zType[0]!='G' ) incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery);
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){
-    pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken);
-  }
-  ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Alias);
-
-  /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This 
-  ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
-  ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
-  ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the
-  ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to
-  ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree().
-  */
-  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
-  memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
-  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){
-    assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
-    pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken);
-    pExpr->flags |= EP_MemToken;
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause.
-**
-** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain
-** zCol.
-*/
-static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){
-  if( pUsing ){
-    int k;
-    for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Subqueries stores the original database, table and column names for their
-** result sets in ExprList.a[].zSpan, in the form "DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN".
-** Check to see if the zSpan given to this routine matches the zDb, zTab,
-** and zCol.  If any of zDb, zTab, and zCol are NULL then those fields will
-** match anything.
-*/
-int sqlite3MatchSpanName(
-  const char *zSpan,
-  const char *zCol,
-  const char *zTab,
-  const char *zDb
-){
-  int n;
-  for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
-  if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zSpan += n+1;
-  for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
-  if( zTab && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zTab, n)!=0 || zTab[n]!=0) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zSpan += n+1;
-  if( zCol && sqlite3StrICmp(zSpan, zCol)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
-** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
-** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
-** are made to pExpr:
-**
-**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
-**                         (even if X is implied).
-**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
-**                         from pSrcList.
-**    pExpr->pTab          Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
-**                         X and/or Y are implied.)
-**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
-**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
-**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
-**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
-**
-** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
-** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
-** can be used.  The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
-** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL.  If zTable is NULL it
-** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
-** can be used.
-**
-** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
-** in pParse and return WRC_Abort.  Return WRC_Prune on success.
-*/
-static int lookupName(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  const char *zDb,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
-  const char *zTab,    /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
-  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column. */
-  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context used to resolve the name */
-  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
-){
-  int i, j;                         /* Loop counters */
-  int cnt = 0;                      /* Number of matching column names */
-  int cntTab = 0;                   /* Number of matching table names */
-  int nSubquery = 0;                /* How many levels of subquery */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;       /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
-  struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0;  /* The matching pSrcList item */
-  NameContext *pTopNC = pNC;        /* First namecontext in the list */
-  Schema *pSchema = 0;              /* Schema of the expression */
-  int isTrigger = 0;                /* True if resolved to a trigger column */
-  Table *pTab = 0;                  /* Table hold the row */
-  Column *pCol;                     /* A column of pTab */
-
-  assert( pNC );     /* the name context cannot be NULL. */
-  assert( zCol );    /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-
-  /* Initialize the node to no-match */
-  pExpr->iTable = -1;
-  pExpr->pTab = 0;
-  ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
-
-  /* Translate the schema name in zDb into a pointer to the corresponding
-  ** schema.  If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match
-  ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine
-  */
-  if( zDb ){
-    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx );
-    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck );
-    if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){
-      /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and
-      ** partial indices.  Do not raise errors because that might break
-      ** legacy and because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the
-      ** database name. */
-      zDb = 0;
-    }else{
-      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-        assert( db->aDb[i].zName );
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zName,zDb)==0 ){
-          pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */
-  while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
-    ExprList *pEList;
-    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-
-    if( pSrcList ){
-      for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-        pTab = pItem->pTab;
-        assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
-        assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
-        if( pItem->pSelect && (pItem->pSelect->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
-          int hit = 0;
-          pEList = pItem->pSelect->pEList;
-          for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
-            if( sqlite3MatchSpanName(pEList->a[j].zSpan, zCol, zTab, zDb) ){
-              cnt++;
-              cntTab = 2;
-              pMatch = pItem;
-              pExpr->iColumn = j;
-              hit = 1;
-            }
-          }
-          if( hit || zTab==0 ) continue;
-        }
-        if( zDb && pTab->pSchema!=pSchema ){
-          continue;
-        }
-        if( zTab ){
-          const char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName;
-          assert( zTabName!=0 );
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){
-            continue;
-          }
-        }
-        if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
-          pMatch = pItem;
-        }
-        for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
-            /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match
-            ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a 
-            ** USING clause, then skip this match.
-            */
-            if( cnt==1 ){
-              if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue;
-              if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue;
-            }
-            cnt++;
-            pMatch = pItem;
-            /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-            pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( pMatch ){
-        pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor;
-        pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;
-        /* RIGHT JOIN not (yet) supported */
-        assert( (pMatch->fg.jointype & JT_RIGHT)==0 );
-        if( (pMatch->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
-          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_CanBeNull);
-        }
-        pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema;
-      }
-    } /* if( pSrcList ) */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
-    ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
-    */
-    if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){
-      int op = pParse->eTriggerOp;
-      assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT );
-      if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){
-        pExpr->iTable = 1;
-        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
-      }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){
-        pExpr->iTable = 0;
-        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
-      }else{
-        pTab = 0;
-      }
-
-      if( pTab ){ 
-        int iCol;
-        pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-        cntTab++;
-        for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++){
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
-            if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
-              iCol = -1;
-            }
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && VisibleRowid(pTab) ){
-          /* IMP: R-51414-32910 */
-          /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
-          iCol = -1;
-        }
-        if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
-          cnt++;
-          if( iCol<0 ){
-            pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-          }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){
-            testcase( iCol==31 );
-            testcase( iCol==32 );
-            pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
-          }else{
-            testcase( iCol==31 );
-            testcase( iCol==32 );
-            pParse->newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
-          }
-          pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol;
-          pExpr->pTab = pTab;
-          isTrigger = 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
-    /*
-    ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
-    */
-    if( cnt==0
-     && cntTab==1
-     && pMatch
-     && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IdxExpr)==0
-     && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol)
-     && VisibleRowid(pMatch->pTab)
-    ){
-      cnt = 1;
-      pExpr->iColumn = -1;     /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
-      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
-    ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
-    ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
-    **
-    **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
-    **
-    ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
-    ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
-    ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
-    ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
-    **
-    ** The ability to use an output result-set column in the WHERE, GROUP BY,
-    ** or HAVING clauses, or as part of a larger expression in the ORDER BY
-    ** clause is not standard SQL.  This is a (goofy) SQLite extension, that
-    ** is supported for backwards compatibility only. Hence, we issue a warning
-    ** on sqlite3_log() whenever the capability is used.
-    */
-    if( (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0
-     && zTab==0
-     && cnt==0
-    ){
-      for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
-        char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
-        if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
-          Expr *pOrig;
-          assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
-          assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 );
-          assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 );
-          pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
-          if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
-            return WRC_Abort;
-          }
-          resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery);
-          cnt = 1;
-          pMatch = 0;
-          assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
-          goto lookupname_end;
-        }
-      } 
-    }
-
-    /* Advance to the next name context.  The loop will exit when either
-    ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
-    */
-    if( cnt==0 ){
-      pNC = pNC->pNext;
-      nSubquery++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
-  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
-  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
-  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
-  ** pExpr.
-  **
-  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
-  ** fields are not changed in any context.
-  */
-  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
-    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
-    pExpr->pTab = 0;
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
-  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
-  */
-  if( cnt!=1 ){
-    const char *zErr;
-    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
-    if( zDb ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
-    }else if( zTab ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
-    }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-    pTopNC->nErr++;
-  }
-
-  /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
-  ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask.  Column 0 causes
-  ** bit 0 to be set.  Column 1 sets bit 1.  And so forth.  If the
-  ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
-  ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
-  */
-  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
-    int n = pExpr->iColumn;
-    testcase( n==BMS-1 );
-    if( n>=BMS ){
-      n = BMS-1;
-    }
-    assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
-    pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
-  }
-
-  /* Clean up and return
-  */
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
-  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
-  pExpr->pRight = 0;
-  pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN);
-lookupname_end:
-  if( cnt==1 ){
-    assert( pNC!=0 );
-    if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Alias) ){
-      sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
-    }
-    /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
-    ** the point where the name matched. */
-    for(;;){
-      assert( pTopNC!=0 );
-      pTopNC->nRef++;
-      if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
-      pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
-    }
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  } else {
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol
-** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){
-  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0);
-  if( p ){
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc];
-    p->pTab = pItem->pTab;
-    p->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
-    if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){
-      p->iColumn = -1;
-    }else{
-      p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol;
-      testcase( iCol==BMS );
-      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
-      pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol);
-    }
-    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Report an error that an expression is not valid for some set of
-** pNC->ncFlags values determined by validMask.
-*/
-static void notValid(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Leave error message here */
-  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context */
-  const char *zMsg,    /* Type of error */
-  int validMask        /* Set of contexts for which prohibited */
-){
-  assert( (validMask&~(NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr))==0 );
-  if( (pNC->ncFlags & validMask)!=0 ){
-    const char *zIn = "partial index WHERE clauses";
-    if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IdxExpr )      zIn = "index expressions";
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-    else if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck ) zIn = "CHECK constraints";
-#endif
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s prohibited in %s", zMsg, zIn);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Expression p should encode a floating point value between 1.0 and 0.0.
-** Return 1024 times this value.  Or return -1 if p is not a floating point
-** value between 1.0 and 0.0.
-*/
-static int exprProbability(Expr *p){
-  double r = -1.0;
-  if( p->op!=TK_FLOAT ) return -1;
-  sqlite3AtoF(p->u.zToken, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken), SQLITE_UTF8);
-  assert( r>=0.0 );
-  if( r>1.0 ) return -1;
-  return (int)(r*134217728.0);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
-**
-** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
-** node in the expression tree.  Return 0 to continue the search down
-** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
-**
-** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
-** function names.  The operator for aggregate functions is changed
-** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
-*/
-static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  NameContext *pNC;
-  Parse *pParse;
-
-  pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
-  assert( pNC!=0 );
-  pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse );
-
-  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune;
-  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
-    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
-      assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-    /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first
-    ** column in the FROM clause.  This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY
-    ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements.
-    */
-    case TK_ROW: {
-      SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-      assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
-      pItem = pSrcList->a; 
-      pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
-      pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
-      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
-      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
-      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT)
-          && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
-
-    /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
-    */
-    case TK_ID: {
-      return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr);
-    }
-  
-    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
-    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
-    */
-    case TK_DOT: {
-      const char *zColumn;
-      const char *zTable;
-      const char *zDb;
-      Expr *pRight;
-
-      /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
-      notValid(pParse, pNC, "the \".\" operator", NC_IdxExpr);
-      /*notValid(pParse, pNC, "the \".\" operator", NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck, 1);*/
-      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
-      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
-        zDb = 0;
-        zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
-        zColumn = pRight->u.zToken;
-      }else{
-        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
-        zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
-        zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken;
-        zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken;
-      }
-      return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr);
-    }
-
-    /* Resolve function names
-    */
-    case TK_FUNCTION: {
-      ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;    /* The argument list */
-      int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;    /* Number of arguments */
-      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
-      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
-      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
-      int auth;                   /* Authorization to use the function */
-      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
-      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
-      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
-      u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);   /* The database encoding */
-
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      notValid(pParse, pNC, "functions", NC_PartIdx);
-      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
-      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
-      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
-      if( pDef==0 ){
-        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -2, enc, 0);
-        if( pDef==0 ){
-          no_such_func = 1;
-        }else{
-          wrong_num_args = 1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
-        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
-          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip);
-          if( n==2 ){
-            pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr);
-            if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
-              sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-                "second argument to likelihood() must be a "
-                "constant between 0.0 and 1.0");
-              pNC->nErr++;
-            }
-          }else{
-            /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is
-            ** equivalent to likelihood(X, 0.0625).
-            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is
-            ** short-hand for likelihood(X,0.0625).
-            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-36850-34127 The likely(X) function is short-hand
-            ** for likelihood(X,0.9375).
-            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent
-            ** to likelihood(X,0.9375). */
-            /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625.  likely() is 0.9375 */
-            pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 8388608 : 125829120;
-          }             
-        }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
-        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
-                                    pDef->zName);
-            pNC->nErr++;
-          }
-          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-          return WRC_Prune;
-        }
-#endif
-        if( pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG) ){
-          /* For the purposes of the EP_ConstFunc flag, date and time
-          ** functions and other functions that change slowly are considered
-          ** constant because they are constant for the duration of one query */
-          ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc);
-        }
-        if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT)==0 ){
-          /* Date/time functions that use 'now', and other functions like
-          ** sqlite_version() that might change over time cannot be used
-          ** in an index. */
-          notValid(pParse, pNC, "non-deterministic functions", NC_IdxExpr);
-        }
-      }
-      if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-        is_agg = 0;
-      }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
-             nId, zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-      }
-      if( is_agg ) pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
-      sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList);
-      if( is_agg ){
-        NameContext *pNC2 = pNC;
-        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
-        pExpr->op2 = 0;
-        while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){
-          pExpr->op2++;
-          pNC2 = pNC2->pNext;
-        }
-        assert( pDef!=0 );
-        if( pNC2 ){
-          assert( SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX==NC_MinMaxAgg );
-          testcase( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX)!=0 );
-          pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg | (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX);
-
-        }
-        pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
-      }
-      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
-      ** type of the function 
-      */
-      return WRC_Prune;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_SELECT:
-    case TK_EXISTS:  testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
-#endif
-    case TK_IN: {
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN );
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-        int nRef = pNC->nRef;
-        notValid(pParse, pNC, "subqueries", NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr);
-        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect);
-        assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
-        if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
-          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_VARIABLE: {
-      notValid(pParse, pNC, "parameters", NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
-** a SELECT statement.  pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
-** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
-** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list.  If it is,
-** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
-** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry.  If there is
-** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
-** return 0.
-**
-** pEList has been resolved.  pE has not.
-*/
-static int resolveAsName(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
-  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions to scan */
-  Expr *pE           /* Expression we are trying to match */
-){
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
-
-  if( pE->op==TK_ID ){
-    char *zCol = pE->u.zToken;
-    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-      char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
-      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
-        return i+1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the
-** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT.  The expression has not been
-** name resolved.
-**
-** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
-** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set.  That
-** case is handled by the calling routine.
-**
-** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most
-** SELECT statement.  Return the index i of the matching column,
-** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column.
-** The left-most column is 1.  In other words, the value returned is the
-** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate
-** the column.
-**
-** If there is no match, return 0.  Return -1 if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
-  Select *pSelect,   /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
-  Expr *pE           /* The specific ORDER BY term */
-){
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-  ExprList *pEList;  /* The columns of the result set */
-  NameContext nc;    /* Name context for resolving pE */
-  sqlite3 *db;       /* Database connection */
-  int rc;            /* Return code from subprocedures */
-  u8 savedSuppErr;   /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */
-
-  assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-
-  /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
-  */
-  memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
-  nc.pParse = pParse;
-  nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
-  nc.pEList = pEList;
-  nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
-  nc.nErr = 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr;
-  db->suppressErr = 1;
-  rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE);
-  db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr;
-  if( rc ) return 0;
-
-  /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
-  ** in the result set.  Return an 1-based index of the matching
-  ** result-set entry.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE, -1)<2 ){
-      return i+1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If no match, return 0. */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error.
-*/
-static void resolveOutOfRangeError(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The error context into which to write the error */
-  const char *zType,     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
-  int i,                 /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
-  int mx                 /* Largest permissible value of i */
-){
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-    "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
-    "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
-}
-
-/*
-** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement.   Modify
-** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1
-** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT.
-**
-** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are
-** unmodified.  ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of
-** 1 through N generate an error.  ORDER BY terms that are expressions
-** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT
-** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right.
-** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into
-** the integer column number.
-**
-** Return the number of errors seen.
-*/
-static int resolveCompoundOrderBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
-  Select *pSelect       /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
-){
-  int i;
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int moreToDo = 1;
-
-  pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
-  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
-    pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
-  }
-  pSelect->pNext = 0;
-  while( pSelect->pPrior ){
-    pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect;
-    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  }
-  while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    moreToDo = 0;
-    pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-    assert( pEList!=0 );
-    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      int iCol = -1;
-      Expr *pE, *pDup;
-      if( pItem->done ) continue;
-      pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr);
-      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
-        if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
-          resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
-        if( iCol==0 ){
-          pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0);
-          if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-            assert(pDup);
-            iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
-          }
-          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
-        }
-      }
-      if( iCol>0 ){
-        /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol,
-        ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */
-        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
-        if( pNew==0 ) return 1;
-        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
-        pNew->u.iValue = iCol;
-        if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){
-          pItem->pExpr = pNew;
-        }else{
-          Expr *pParent = pItem->pExpr;
-          assert( pParent->op==TK_COLLATE );
-          while( pParent->pLeft->op==TK_COLLATE ) pParent = pParent->pLeft;
-          assert( pParent->pLeft==pE );
-          pParent->pLeft = pNew;
-        }
-        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
-        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
-        pItem->done = 1;
-      }else{
-        moreToDo = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
-    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
-            "column in the result set", i+1);
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of
-** the SELECT statement pSelect.  If any term is reference to a
-** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.u.x.iOrderByCol
-** field) then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set
-** column.
-**
-** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and
-** return non-zero.  Return zero if no errors are seen.
-*/
-int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
-  const char *zType     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
-){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-
-  if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-  assert( pEList!=0 );  /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
-  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){
-      if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){
-        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr,
-                   zType,0);
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
-** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC.  zType is either
-** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is.
-**
-** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression.
-** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the
-** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression
-** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression.  If
-** the order-by term is an identifier that corresponds to the AS-name of
-** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the
-** result-set expression.  Otherwise, the expression is resolved in
-** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
-**
-** This routine returns the number of errors.  If errors occur, then
-** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse.  (OOM errors
-** excepted.)
-*/
-static int resolveOrderGroupBy(
-  NameContext *pNC,     /* The name context of the SELECT statement */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */
-  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
-){
-  int i, j;                      /* Loop counters */
-  int iCol;                      /* Column number */
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;   /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
-  Parse *pParse;                 /* Parsing context */
-  int nResult;                   /* Number of terms in the result set */
-
-  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
-  nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
-  pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr;
-    Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE);
-    if( zType[0]!='G' ){
-      iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2);
-      if( iCol>0 ){
-        /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
-        ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column.  The subsequent call to
-        ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
-        ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
-        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
-        continue;
-      }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iCol) ){
-      /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant.  Again, set the column
-      ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
-      ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
-      if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){
-        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */
-    pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    for(j=0; j<pSelect->pEList->nExpr; j++){
-      if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr, -1)==0 ){
-        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = j+1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
-}
-
-/*
-** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendants.
-*/
-static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  NameContext *pOuterNC;  /* Context that contains this SELECT */
-  NameContext sNC;        /* Name context of this SELECT */
-  int isCompound;         /* True if p is a compound select */
-  int nCompound;          /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
-  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context */
-  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The GROUP BY clause */
-  Select *pLeftmost;      /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
-  sqlite3 *db;            /* Database connection */
-  
-
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  }
-  pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
-  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have
-  ** already expanded this SELECT.  However, if this is a subquery within
-  ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a
-  ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand().  When that happens, let
-  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT.
-  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and
-  ** this routine in the correct order.
-  */
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){
-    sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
-    return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune;
-  }
-
-  isCompound = p->pPrior!=0;
-  nCompound = 0;
-  pLeftmost = p;
-  while( p ){
-    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 );
-    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 );
-    p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved;
-
-    /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
-    ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
-    */
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
-        sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-
-    /* If the SF_Converted flags is set, then this Select object was
-    ** was created by the convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() function.
-    ** In this case the ORDER BY clause (p->pOrderBy) should be resolved
-    ** as if it were part of the sub-query, not the parent. This block
-    ** moves the pOrderBy down to the sub-query. It will be moved back
-    ** after the names have been resolved.  */
-    if( p->selFlags & SF_Converted ){
-      Select *pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect;
-      assert( p->pSrc->nSrc==1 && p->pOrderBy );
-      assert( pSub->pPrior && pSub->pOrderBy==0 );
-      pSub->pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-      p->pOrderBy = 0;
-    }
-  
-    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
-      if( pItem->pSelect ){
-        NameContext *pNC;         /* Used to iterate name contexts */
-        int nRef = 0;             /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */
-        const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-
-        /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its
-        ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in
-        ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then
-        ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the
-        ** pItem->fg.isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */
-        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef;
-
-        if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
-        sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
-        pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
-        if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
-
-        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef;
-        assert( pItem->fg.isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 );
-        pItem->fg.isCorrelated = (nRef!=0);
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
-    ** resolve the result-set expression list.
-    */
-    sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
-    sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
-    sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
-  
-    /* Resolve names in the result set. */
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  
-    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
-    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
-    */
-    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
-    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-    if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){
-      assert( NC_MinMaxAgg==SF_MinMaxAgg );
-      p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate | (sNC.ncFlags&NC_MinMaxAgg);
-    }else{
-      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
-    }
-  
-    /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
-    */
-    if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  
-    /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the
-    ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
-    ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
-    ** aliases in the result set.
-    **
-    ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
-    ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
-    */
-    sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
-
-    /* Resolve names in table-valued-function arguments */
-    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
-      if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc
-       && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) 
-      ){
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
-    ** outer queries 
-    */
-    sNC.pNext = 0;
-    sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
-
-    /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from 
-    ** the sub-query back to the parent query. At this point each term
-    ** within the ORDER BY clause has been transformed to an integer value.
-    ** These integers will be replaced by copies of the corresponding result
-    ** set expressions by the call to resolveOrderGroupBy() below.  */
-    if( p->selFlags & SF_Converted ){
-      Select *pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect;
-      p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
-      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements.
-    ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled
-    ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of
-    ** the compound have been resolved.
-    **
-    ** If there is an ORDER BY clause on a term of a compound-select other
-    ** than the right-most term, then that is a syntax error.  But the error
-    ** is not detected until much later, and so we need to go ahead and
-    ** resolve those symbols on the incorrect ORDER BY for consistency.
-    */
-    if( isCompound<=nCompound  /* Defer right-most ORDER BY of a compound */
-     && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER")
-    ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  
-    /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause.  At the same time, make sure 
-    ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
-    */
-    if( pGroupBy ){
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    
-      if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-      for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-        if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
-              "the GROUP BY clause");
-          return WRC_Abort;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If this is part of a compound SELECT, check that it has the right
-    ** number of expressions in the select list. */
-    if( p->pNext && p->pEList->nExpr!=p->pNext->pEList->nExpr ){
-      sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(pParse, p->pNext);
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-
-    /* Advance to the next term of the compound
-    */
-    p = p->pPrior;
-    nCompound++;
-  }
-
-  /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of
-  ** the compound have been resolved.
-  */
-  if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-
-  return WRC_Prune;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
-** table columns and result-set columns.  At the same time, do error
-** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
-** are seen.
-**
-** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the 
-** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
-**
-**      X:   The name of a database.  Ex:  "main" or "temp" or
-**           the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
-**
-**      Y:   The name of a table in a FROM clause.  Or in a trigger
-**           one of the special names "old" or "new".
-**
-**      Z:   The name of a column in table Y.
-**
-** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
-**
-**    Expr.op        Changed to TK_COLUMN
-**    Expr.pTab      Points to the Table object for X.Y
-**    Expr.iColumn   The column index in X.Y.  -1 for the rowid.
-**    Expr.iTable    The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
-**
-**
-** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
-** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
-** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT.  The Z expression
-** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
-** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
-** tree.  For example, in:
-**
-**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
-**
-** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
-**
-**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
-**
-** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is 
-** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
-** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is
-** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
-** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
-** property on the expression is set.
-**
-** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss.  The number
-** if errors is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( 
-  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
-  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
-){
-  u16 savedHasAgg;
-  Walker w;
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  {
-    Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
-    if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
-  }
-#endif
-  savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg);
-  pNC->ncFlags &= ~(NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg);
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
-  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
-  w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  w.u.pNC = pNC;
-  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
-#endif
-  if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
-  }
-  if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
-  }
-  pNC->ncFlags |= savedHasAgg;
-  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
-}
-
-/*
-** Resolve all names for all expression in an expression list.  This is
-** just like sqlite3ResolveExprNames() except that it works for an expression
-** list rather than a single expression.
-*/
-int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames( 
-  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
-  ExprList *pList         /* The expression list to be analyzed. */
-){
-  int i;
-  assert( pList!=0 );
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
-** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,
-** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause
-** terms.
-**
-** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of
-** transformations that occur.
-**
-** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using
-** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine.
-*/
-void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */
-){
-  Walker w;
-
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
-  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
-  w.pParse = pParse;
-  w.u.pNC = pOuterNC;
-  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Resolve names in expressions that can only reference a single table:
-**
-**    *   CHECK constraints
-**    *   WHERE clauses on partial indices
-**
-** The Expr.iTable value for Expr.op==TK_COLUMN nodes of the expression
-** is set to -1 and the Expr.iColumn value is set to the column number.
-**
-** Any errors cause an error message to be set in pParse.
-*/
-void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pTab,        /* The table being referenced */
-  int type,           /* NC_IsCheck or NC_PartIdx or NC_IdxExpr */
-  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expression to resolve.  May be NULL. */
-  ExprList *pList     /* Expression list to resolve.  May be NUL. */
-){
-  SrcList sSrc;                   /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
-  NameContext sNC;                /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
-
-  assert( type==NC_IsCheck || type==NC_PartIdx || type==NC_IdxExpr );
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
-  sSrc.nSrc = 1;
-  sSrc.a[0].zName = pTab->zName;
-  sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTab;
-  sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
-  sNC.ncFlags = type;
-  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pExpr) ) return;
-  if( pList ) sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pList);
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/rowset.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/rowset.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ff5593892ab..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/rowset.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,508 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 December 3
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
-**
-** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids.  Rowids
-** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order.  Inserts
-** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
-** previously inserted into the RowSet.
-**
-** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
-** elements of the RowSet in sorted order.  Once this extraction
-** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.
-**
-** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
-**
-**    CREATE
-**    INSERT
-**    TEST
-**    SMALLEST
-**    DESTROY
-**
-** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
-** obviously.  The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
-** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet.  SMALLEST
-** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
-**
-** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory.  Memory is
-** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an 
-** upper bound on the size of allocated memory.  No memory is freed
-** until DESTROY.
-**
-** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number.  The TEST primitive
-** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
-** in the batch number.  In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
-** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the
-** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
-** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
-** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
-**
-** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
-** that is attempted.
-**
-** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometimes new memory
-** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
-** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
-** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
-** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
-** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
-**
-** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
-** SMALLEST primitives.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-
-/*
-** Target size for allocation chunks.
-*/
-#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024
-
-/*
-** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
-*/
-#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK  \
-                       ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry))
-
-/*
-** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object.
-**
-** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry
-** objects.  In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry
-** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused.  The
-** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list.
-*/
-struct RowSetEntry {            
-  i64 v;                        /* ROWID value for this entry */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pRight;   /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;    /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
-};
-
-/*
-** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
-** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead.  The
-** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
-** when the RowSet is destroyed.
-*/
-struct RowSetChunk {
-  struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk;        /* Next chunk on list of them all */
-  struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
-};
-
-/*
-** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
-*/
-struct RowSet {
-  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk;    /* List of all chunk allocations */
-  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;    /* List of entries using pRight */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;     /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pFresh;    /* Source of new entry objects */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pForest;   /* List of binary trees of entries */
-  u16 nFresh;                    /* Number of objects on pFresh */
-  u16 rsFlags;                   /* Various flags */
-  int iBatch;                    /* Current insert batch */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags
-*/
-#define ROWSET_SORTED  0x01   /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */
-#define ROWSET_NEXT    0x02   /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */
-
-/*
-** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object.  N bytes of memory
-** are available at pSpace.  The db pointer is used as a memory context
-** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
-** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
-**
-** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset.  If not
-** an assertion fault occurs.
-** 
-** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
-** allocation of entries available to be filled.
-*/
-RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
-  RowSet *p;
-  assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) );
-  p = pSpace;
-  p->pChunk = 0;
-  p->db = db;
-  p->pEntry = 0;
-  p->pLast = 0;
-  p->pForest = 0;
-  p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p);
-  p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
-  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
-  p->iBatch = 0;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.  This frees all memory that
-** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime.  This routine is
-** the destructor for the RowSet.
-*/
-void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
-  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
-  for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
-    pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk;
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
-  }
-  p->pChunk = 0;
-  p->nFresh = 0;
-  p->pEntry = 0;
-  p->pLast = 0;
-  p->pForest = 0;
-  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the
-** given RowSet.  Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized
-** objected.
-**
-** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this
-** routine returns NULL.
-*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  if( p->nFresh==0 ){
-    struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
-    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk;
-    p->pChunk = pNew;
-    p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
-    p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
-  }
-  p->nFresh--;
-  return p->pFresh++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
-**
-** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
-** memory allocation fails.
-*/
-void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
-  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;  /* The new entry */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;   /* The last prior entry */
-
-  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
-  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
-
-  pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p);
-  if( pEntry==0 ) return;
-  pEntry->v = rowid;
-  pEntry->pRight = 0;
-  pLast = p->pLast;
-  if( pLast ){
-    if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)!=0 && rowid<=pLast->v ){
-      p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED;
-    }
-    pLast->pRight = pEntry;
-  }else{
-    p->pEntry = pEntry;
-  }
-  p->pLast = pEntry;
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects.  Remove duplicates.
-**
-** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are 
-** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
-*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
-  struct RowSetEntry *pA,    /* First sorted list to be merged */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pB     /* Second sorted list to be merged */
-){
-  struct RowSetEntry head;
-  struct RowSetEntry *pTail;
-
-  pTail = &head;
-  while( pA && pB ){
-    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
-    assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
-    if( pA->v<pB->v ){
-      pTail->pRight = pA;
-      pA = pA->pRight;
-      pTail = pTail->pRight;
-    }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
-      pTail->pRight = pB;
-      pB = pB->pRight;
-      pTail = pTail->pRight;
-    }else{
-      pA = pA->pRight;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pA ){
-    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
-    pTail->pRight = pA;
-  }else{
-    assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
-    pTail->pRight = pB;
-  }
-  return head.pRight;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of
-** increasing v.
-*/ 
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){
-  unsigned int i;
-  struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40];
-
-  memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
-  while( pIn ){
-    pNext = pIn->pRight;
-    pIn->pRight = 0;
-    for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
-      pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn);
-      aBucket[i] = 0;
-    }
-    aBucket[i] = pIn;
-    pIn = pNext;
-  }
-  pIn = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
-    pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(pIn, aBucket[i]);
-  }
-  return pIn;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects.
-** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers
-** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list.
-*/
-static void rowSetTreeToList(
-  struct RowSetEntry *pIn,         /* Root of the input tree */
-  struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst,    /* Write head of the output list here */
-  struct RowSetEntry **ppLast      /* Write tail of the output list here */
-){
-  assert( pIn!=0 );
-  if( pIn->pLeft ){
-    struct RowSetEntry *p;
-    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p);
-    p->pRight = pIn;
-  }else{
-    *ppFirst = pIn;
-  }
-  if( pIn->pRight ){
-    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast);
-  }else{
-    *ppLast = pIn;
-  }
-  assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 );
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary
-** tree with depth of iDepth.  A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single
-** node taken from the head of *ppList.  A depth of 2 means a tree with
-** three nodes.  And so forth.
-**
-** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the
-** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list.  If the input
-** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree
-** and leave *ppList set to NULL.
-**
-** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree.
-*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
-  struct RowSetEntry **ppList,
-  int iDepth
-){
-  struct RowSetEntry *p;         /* Root of the new tree */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;     /* Left subtree */
-  if( *ppList==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( iDepth==1 ){
-    p = *ppList;
-    *ppList = p->pRight;
-    p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
-    return p;
-  }
-  pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
-  p = *ppList;
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return pLeft;
-  }
-  p->pLeft = pLeft;
-  *ppList = p->pRight;
-  p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree
-** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list.
-*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){
-  int iDepth;           /* Depth of the tree so far */
-  struct RowSetEntry *p;       /* Current tree root */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;   /* Left subtree */
-
-  assert( pList!=0 );
-  p = pList;
-  pList = p->pRight;
-  p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
-  for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){
-    pLeft = p;
-    p = pList;
-    pList = p->pRight;
-    p->pLeft = pLeft;
-    p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Take all the entries on p->pEntry and on the trees in p->pForest and
-** sort them all together into one big ordered list on p->pEntry.
-**
-** This routine should only be called once in the life of a RowSet.
-*/
-static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){
-
-  /* This routine is called only once */
-  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
-
-  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
-    p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry);
-  }
-
-  /* While this module could theoretically support it, sqlite3RowSetNext()
-  ** is never called after sqlite3RowSetText() for the same RowSet.  So
-  ** there is never a forest to deal with.  Should this change, simply
-  ** remove the assert() and the #if 0. */
-  assert( p->pForest==0 );
-#if 0
-  while( p->pForest ){
-    struct RowSetEntry *pTree = p->pForest->pLeft;
-    if( pTree ){
-      struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail;
-      rowSetTreeToList(pTree, &pHead, &pTail);
-      p->pEntry = rowSetEntryMerge(p->pEntry, pHead);
-    }
-    p->pForest = p->pForest->pRight;
-  }
-#endif
-  p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_NEXT;  /* Verify this routine is never called again */
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
-** Write the element into *pRowid.  Return 1 on success.  Return
-** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
-**
-** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
-** routine may not be called again.  
-*/
-int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-
-  /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */
-  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ) rowSetToList(p);
-
-  /* Return the next entry on the list */
-  if( p->pEntry ){
-    *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
-    p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight;
-    if( p->pEntry==0 ){
-      sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
-    }
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as
-** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
-**
-** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entries
-** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entries into the forest at
-** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested.
-*/
-int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
-  struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree;
-
-  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
-  assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
-
-  /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch 
-  */
-  if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){
-    p = pRowSet->pEntry;
-    if( p ){
-      struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest;
-      if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
-        p = rowSetEntrySort(p);
-      }
-      for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
-        ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight;
-        if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){
-          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
-          break;
-        }else{
-          struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail;
-          rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail);
-          pTree->pLeft = 0;
-          p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p);
-        }
-      }
-      if( pTree==0 ){
-        *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet);
-        if( pTree ){
-          pTree->v = 0;
-          pTree->pRight = 0;
-          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
-        }
-      }
-      pRowSet->pEntry = 0;
-      pRowSet->pLast = 0;
-      pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED;
-    }
-    pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch;
-  }
-
-  /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest.
-  ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
-  */
-  for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
-    p = pTree->pLeft;
-    while( p ){
-      if( p->v<iRowid ){
-        p = p->pRight;
-      }else if( p->v>iRowid ){
-        p = p->pLeft;
-      }else{
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/select.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/select.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fad46f0b470..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/select.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5616 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Trace output macros
-*/
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-/***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0;
-# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)  \
-  if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K))   \
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s%s.%p: ",(P)->nSelectIndent*2-2,"",\
-        (S)->zSelName,(S)),\
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
-** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information
-** into the selectInnerLoop() routine.
-*/
-typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx;
-struct DistinctCtx {
-  u8 isTnct;      /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  u8 eTnctType;   /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */
-  int tabTnct;    /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */
-  int addrTnct;   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
-** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded.
-*/
-typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx;
-struct SortCtx {
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */
-  int nOBSat;           /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
-  int iECursor;         /* Cursor number for the sorter */
-  int regReturn;        /* Register holding block-output return address */
-  int labelBkOut;       /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */
-  int addrSortIndex;    /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */
-  u8 sortFlags;         /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */
-};
-#define SORTFLAG_UseSorter  0x01   /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */
-
-/*
-** Delete all the content of a Select structure.  Deallocate the structure
-** itself only if bFree is true.
-*/
-static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int bFree){
-  while( p ){
-    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList);
-    sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
-    sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith);
-    if( bFree ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-    p = pPrior;
-    bFree = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
-*/
-void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
-  pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest;
-  pDest->iSDParm = iParm;
-  pDest->affSdst = 0;
-  pDest->iSdst = 0;
-  pDest->nSdst = 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
-** structure.
-*/
-Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
-  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
-  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
-  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
-  u16 selFlags,         /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */
-  Expr *pLimit,         /* LIMIT value.  NULL means not used */
-  Expr *pOffset         /* OFFSET value.  NULL means no offset */
-){
-  Select *pNew;
-  Select standin;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    assert( db->mallocFailed );
-    pNew = &standin;
-    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
-  }
-  if( pEList==0 ){
-    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0));
-  }
-  pNew->pEList = pEList;
-  if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc));
-  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
-  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
-  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
-  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
-  pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  pNew->selFlags = selFlags;
-  pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
-  pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
-  pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
-  assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) {
-    clearSelect(db, pNew, pNew!=&standin);
-    pNew = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 );
-  }
-  assert( pNew!=&standin );
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-/*
-** Set the name of a Select object
-*/
-void sqlite3SelectSetName(Select *p, const char *zName){
-  if( p && zName ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->zSelName), p->zSelName, "%s", zName);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
-*/
-void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
-  clearSelect(db, p, 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound.
-*/
-static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){
-  while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the
-** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
-** in terms of the following bit values:
-**
-**     JT_INNER
-**     JT_CROSS
-**     JT_OUTER
-**     JT_NATURAL
-**     JT_LEFT
-**     JT_RIGHT
-**
-** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
-**
-** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
-** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
-*/
-int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
-  int jointype = 0;
-  Token *apAll[3];
-  Token *p;
-                             /*   0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */
-  static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross";
-  static const struct {
-    u8 i;        /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */
-    u8 nChar;    /* Length of the keyword in characters */
-    u8 code;     /* Join type mask */
-  } aKeyword[] = {
-    /* natural */ { 0,  7, JT_NATURAL                },
-    /* left    */ { 6,  4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER          },
-    /* outer   */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER                  },
-    /* right   */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER         },
-    /* full    */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
-    /* inner   */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER                  },
-    /* cross   */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS         },
-  };
-  int i, j;
-  apAll[0] = pA;
-  apAll[1] = pB;
-  apAll[2] = pC;
-  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
-    p = apAll[i];
-    for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){
-      if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar 
-          && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){
-        jointype |= aKeyword[j].code;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 );
-    if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){
-      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if(
-     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
-     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
-  ){
-    const char *zSp = " ";
-    assert( pB!=0 );
-    if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; }
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
-       "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
-    jointype = JT_INNER;
-  }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 
-         && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
-    jointype = JT_INNER;
-  }
-  return jointype;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
-** is not contained in the table.
-*/
-static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a
-** table that has a column named zCol.  
-**
-** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
-** of the matching column and return TRUE.
-**
-** If not found, return FALSE.
-*/
-static int tableAndColumnIndex(
-  SrcList *pSrc,       /* Array of tables to search */
-  int N,               /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */
-  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column we are looking for */
-  int *piTab,          /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */
-  int *piCol           /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */
-){
-  int i;               /* For looping over tables in pSrc */
-  int iCol;            /* Index of column matching zCol */
-
-  assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) );  /* Both or neither are NULL */
-  for(i=0; i<N; i++){
-    iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol);
-    if( iCol>=0 ){
-      if( piTab ){
-        *piTab = i;
-        *piCol = iCol;
-      }
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the
-** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which
-** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form:
-**
-**    (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2)
-**
-** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the 
-** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is
-** column iColRight of tab2.
-*/
-static void addWhereTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parsing context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* List of tables in FROM clause */
-  int iLeft,                      /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */
-  int iColLeft,                   /* Index of column in first table */
-  int iRight,                     /* Index of second table in pSrc */
-  int iColRight,                  /* Index of column in second table */
-  int isOuterJoin,                /* True if this is an OUTER join */
-  Expr **ppWhere                  /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Expr *pE1;
-  Expr *pE2;
-  Expr *pEq;
-
-  assert( iLeft<iRight );
-  assert( pSrc->nSrc>iRight );
-  assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab );
-  assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab );
-
-  pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft);
-  pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight);
-
-  pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0);
-  if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin);
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-    ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce);
-    pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable;
-  }
-  *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
-** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
-** expression.
-**
-** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
-** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
-** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
-** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
-** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
-** originated in the ON or USING clause.
-**
-** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
-** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
-** explicitly mentioned in the expression.  That information is needed
-** for cases like this:
-**
-**    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
-**
-** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
-** term until after the t2 loop of the join.  In that way, a
-** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5.  If we do not
-** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
-** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
-** the output, which is incorrect.
-*/
-static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
-  while( p ){
-    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-    ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce);
-    p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable;
-    if( p->op==TK_FUNCTION && p->x.pList ){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; i<p->x.pList->nExpr; i++){
-        setJoinExpr(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable);
-      }
-    }
-    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
-    p = p->pRight;
-  } 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
-** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
-** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
-**
-** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
-** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
-** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
-** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
-** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
-** also attached to the left entry.
-**
-** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
-*/
-static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
-  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
-  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
-  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
-
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
-  pRight = &pLeft[1];
-  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
-    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
-    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
-    int isOuter;
-
-    if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue;
-    isOuter = (pRight->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
-
-    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
-    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
-    */
-    if( pRight->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
-      if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
-           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(j=0; j<pRightTab->nCol; j++){
-        char *zName;   /* Name of column in the right table */
-        int iLeft;     /* Matching left table */
-        int iLeftCol;  /* Matching column in the left table */
-
-        zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName;
-        if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){
-          addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j,
-                       isOuter, &p->pWhere);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
-    */
-    if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
-        "clauses in the same join");
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
-    ** an AND operator.
-    */
-    if( pRight->pOn ){
-      if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
-      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
-      pRight->pOn = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
-    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
-    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
-    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
-    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
-    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
-    */
-    if( pRight->pUsing ){
-      IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
-      for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
-        char *zName;     /* Name of the term in the USING clause */
-        int iLeft;       /* Table on the left with matching column name */
-        int iLeftCol;    /* Column number of matching column on the left */
-        int iRightCol;   /* Column number of matching column on the right */
-
-        zName = pList->a[j].zName;
-        iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName);
-        if( iRightCol<0
-         || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol)
-        ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
-            "not present in both tables", zName);
-          return 1;
-        }
-        addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol,
-                     isOuter, &p->pWhere);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,     /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
-  int iStart,          /* Begin with this column of pList */
-  int nExtra           /* Add this many extra columns to the end */
-);
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will push the record in registers regData
-** through regData+nData-1 onto the sorter.
-*/
-static void pushOntoSorter(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* Parser context */
-  SortCtx *pSort,        /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */
-  Select *pSelect,       /* The whole SELECT statement */
-  int regData,           /* First register holding data to be sorted */
-  int regOrigData,       /* First register holding data before packing */
-  int nData,             /* Number of elements in the data array */
-  int nPrefixReg         /* No. of reg prior to regData available for use */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;                         /* Stmt under construction */
-  int bSeq = ((pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter)==0);
-  int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr;              /* No. of ORDER BY terms */
-  int nBase = nExpr + bSeq + nData;                /* Fields in sorter record */
-  int regBase;                                     /* Regs for sorter record */
-  int regRecord = ++pParse->nMem;                  /* Assembled sorter record */
-  int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat;                      /* ORDER BY terms to skip */
-  int op;                            /* Opcode to add sorter record to sorter */
-
-  assert( bSeq==0 || bSeq==1 );
-  assert( nData==1 || regData==regOrigData );
-  if( nPrefixReg ){
-    assert( nPrefixReg==nExpr+bSeq );
-    regBase = regData - nExpr - bSeq;
-  }else{
-    regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
-    pParse->nMem += nBase;
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, regOrigData,
-                          SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_REF);
-  if( bSeq ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
-  }
-  if( nPrefixReg==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+bSeq, nData);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat, regRecord);
-  if( nOBSat>0 ){
-    int regPrevKey;   /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */
-    int addrFirst;    /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */
-    int addrJmp;      /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */
-    VdbeOp *pOp;      /* Opcode that opens the sorter */
-    int nKey;         /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */
-    KeyInfo *pKI;     /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */
-
-    regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat;
-    nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + bSeq;
-    if( bSeq ){
-      addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); 
-    }else{
-      addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SequenceTest, pSort->iECursor);
-    }
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat);
-    pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex);
-    if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return;
-    pOp->p2 = nKey + nData;
-    pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-    memset(pKI->aSortOrder, 0, pKI->nField); /* Makes OP_Jump below testable */
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO);
-    testcase( pKI->nXField>2 );
-    pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, nOBSat,
-                                           pKI->nXField-1);
-    addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst);
-    sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp);
-  }
-  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
-    op = OP_SorterInsert;
-  }else{
-    op = OP_IdxInsert;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord);
-  if( pSelect->iLimit ){
-    int addr;
-    int iLimit;
-    if( pSelect->iOffset ){
-      iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1;
-    }else{
-      iLimit = pSelect->iLimit;
-    }
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNotZero, iLimit, 0, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pSort->iECursor);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pSort->iECursor);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add code to implement the OFFSET
-*/
-static void codeOffset(
-  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
-  int iOffset,      /* Register holding the offset counter */
-  int iContinue     /* Jump here to skip the current record */
-){
-  if( iOffset>0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset, iContinue, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET"));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem
-** form a distinct entry.  iTab is a sorting index that holds previously
-** seen combinations of the N values.  A new entry is made in iTab
-** if the current N values are new.
-**
-** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the
-** stack if the top N elements are not distinct.
-*/
-static void codeDistinct(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  int iTab,          /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */
-  int addrRepeat,    /* Jump to here if not distinct */
-  int N,             /* Number of elements */
-  int iMem           /* First element */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int r1;
-
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-/*
-** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
-** (example:  "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
-** column.  We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur
-** in multiple places.  (The error only occurs in one place now, but we
-** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.)
-*/
-static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context. */
-  SelectDest *pDest,   /* Destination of SELECT results */
-  int nExpr            /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */
-){
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
-  if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
-       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
-** of a SELECT.
-**
-** If srcTab is negative, then the pEList expressions
-** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If srcTab is
-** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only 
-** to get number columns and the datatype for each column.
-*/
-static void selectInnerLoop(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
-  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
-  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
-  SortCtx *pSort,         /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */
-  DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */
-  SelectDest *pDest,      /* How to dispose of the results */
-  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
-  int iBreak              /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  int regResult;              /* Start of memory holding result set */
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;   /* How to dispose of results */
-  int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */
-  int nResultCol;             /* Number of result columns */
-  int nPrefixReg = 0;         /* Number of extra registers before regResult */
-
-  assert( v );
-  assert( pEList!=0 );
-  hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP;
-  if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0;
-  if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){
-    assert( iContinue!=0 );
-    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
-  }
-
-  /* Pull the requested columns.
-  */
-  nResultCol = pEList->nExpr;
-
-  if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
-    if( pSort ){
-      nPrefixReg = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr;
-      if( !(pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter) ) nPrefixReg++;
-      pParse->nMem += nPrefixReg;
-    }
-    pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
-  }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){
-    /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT
-    ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than
-    ** there are columns in the table on the left.  The error will be caught
-    ** and reported later.  But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated
-    ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */
-    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
-  }
-  pDest->nSdst = nResultCol;
-  regResult = pDest->iSdst;
-  if( srcTab>=0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pEList->a[i].zName));
-    }
-  }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){
-    /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
-    ** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
-    */
-    u8 ecelFlags;
-    if( eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
-      ecelFlags = SQLITE_ECEL_DUP;
-    }else{
-      ecelFlags = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, 0, ecelFlags);
-  }
-
-  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
-  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
-  ** part of the result.
-  */
-  if( hasDistinct ){
-    switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){
-      case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: {
-        VdbeOp *pOp;            /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */
-        int iJump;              /* Jump destination */
-        int regPrev;            /* Previous row content */
-
-        /* Allocate space for the previous row */
-        regPrev = pParse->nMem+1;
-        pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
-
-        /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null
-        ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the
-        ** previous value.  This will cause the OP_Ne below to always
-        ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first
-        ** row is all NULLs.
-        */
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
-        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
-        pOp->opcode = OP_Null;
-        pOp->p1 = 1;
-        pOp->p2 = regPrev;
-
-        iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol;
-        for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){
-          CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr);
-          if( i<nResultCol-1 ){
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regResult+i, iJump, regPrev+i);
-            VdbeCoverage(v);
-          }else{
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regResult+i, iContinue, regPrev+i);
-            VdbeCoverage(v);
-           }
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
-        }
-        assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      default: {
-        assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED );
-        codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol,
-                     regResult);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pSort==0 ){
-      codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
-    }
-  }
-
-  switch( eDest ){
-    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
-    ** table iParm.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-    case SRT_Union: {
-      int r1;
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
-    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
-    ** the temporary table iParm.
-    */
-    case SRT_Except: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
-    */
-    case SRT_Fifo:
-    case SRT_DistFifo:
-    case SRT_Table:
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPrefixReg+1);
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Fifo );
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_DistFifo );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1+nPrefixReg);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-      if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){
-        /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
-        ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present
-        ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the
-        ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the
-        ** output table as well.  */
-        int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1);
-        assert( pSort==0 );
-      }
-#endif
-      if( pSort ){
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1+nPrefixReg,regResult,1,nPrefixReg);
-      }else{
-        int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-      }
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nPrefixReg+1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
-    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
-    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
-    */
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      assert( nResultCol==1 );
-      pDest->affSdst =
-                  sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst);
-      if( pSort ){
-        /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
-        ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
-        ** does not matter.  But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
-        ** case the order does matter */
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regResult, 1, nPrefixReg);
-      }else{
-        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult,1,r1, &pDest->affSdst, 1);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
-    */
-    case SRT_Exists: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
-    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
-    ** of the scan loop.
-    */
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( nResultCol==1 );
-      if( pSort ){
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regResult, 1, nPrefixReg);
-      }else{
-        assert( regResult==iParm );
-        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-    case SRT_Coroutine:       /* Send data to a co-routine */
-    case SRT_Output: {        /* Return the results */
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
-      if( pSort ){
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regResult, nResultCol,
-                       nPrefixReg);
-      }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-    /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to
-    ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO).  pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an
-    ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns.  Build a key using pSO for the first
-    ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a
-    ** final OP_Sequence column.  The last column is the record as a blob.
-    */
-    case SRT_DistQueue:
-    case SRT_Queue: {
-      int nKey;
-      int r1, r2, r3;
-      int addrTest = 0;
-      ExprList *pSO;
-      pSO = pDest->pOrderBy;
-      assert( pSO );
-      nKey = pSO->nExpr;
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2);
-      r3 = r2+nKey+1;
-      if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
-        /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
-        ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously
-        ** added to the queue. */
-        addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, 
-                                        regResult, nResultCol);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3);
-      if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<nKey; i++){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy,
-                          regResult + pSO->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1,
-                          r2+i);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
-      if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
-
-
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
-    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
-    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
-    ** about the actual results of the select.
-    */
-    default: {
-      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.  Except, if
-  ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited
-  ** the output for us.
-  */
-  if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and
-** X extra columns.
-*/
-KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){
-  KeyInfo *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, 
-                   sizeof(KeyInfo) + (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1));
-  if( p ){
-    p->aSortOrder = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X];
-    p->nField = (u16)N;
-    p->nXField = (u16)X;
-    p->enc = ENC(db);
-    p->db = db;
-    p->nRef = 1;
-  }else{
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate a KeyInfo object
-*/
-void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){
-  if( p ){
-    assert( p->nRef>0 );
-    p->nRef--;
-    if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFree(0, p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object
-*/
-KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){
-  if( p ){
-    assert( p->nRef>0 );
-    p->nRef++;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change.  The KeyInfo object
-** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object.
-**
-** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements.
-*/
-int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
-** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
-**
-** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
-** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
-** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
-** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
-** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
-**
-** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc.  The calling
-** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
-** freed.
-*/
-static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,     /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
-  int iStart,          /* Begin with this column of pList */
-  int nExtra           /* Add this many extra columns to the end */
-){
-  int nExpr;
-  KeyInfo *pInfo;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int i;
-
-  nExpr = pList->nExpr;
-  pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr-iStart, nExtra+1);
-  if( pInfo ){
-    assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) );
-    for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      CollSeq *pColl;
-      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
-      if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-      pInfo->aColl[i-iStart] = pColl;
-      pInfo->aSortOrder[i-iStart] = pItem->sortOrder;
-    }
-  }
-  return pInfo;
-}
-
-/*
-** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
-*/
-static const char *selectOpName(int id){
-  char *z;
-  switch( id ){
-    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
-    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
-    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
-    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
-** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
-** where the caption is of the form:
-**
-**   "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx"
-**
-** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which
-** is determined by the zUsage argument.
-*/
-static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){
-  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro
-** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code
-** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that
-** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the
-** code with #ifndef directives.
-*/
-# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b
-
-#else
-/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
-# define explainTempTable(y,z)
-# define explainSetInteger(y,z)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT)
-/*
-** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
-** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
-** where the caption is of one of the two forms:
-**
-**   "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)"
-**   "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)"
-**
-** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding
-** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter
-** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT,
-** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is 
-** false, or the second form if it is true.
-*/
-static void explainComposite(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  int op,                         /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */
-  int iSub1,                      /* Subquery id 1 */
-  int iSub2,                      /* Subquery id 2 */
-  int bUseTmp                     /* True if a temp table was used */
-){
-  assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL );
-  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
-        pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2,
-        bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op)
-    );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-#else
-/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
-# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
-** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
-** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
-** routine generates the code needed to do that.
-*/
-static void generateSortTail(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement */
-  SortCtx *pSort,   /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */
-  int nColumn,      /* Number of columns of data */
-  SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;                     /* The prepared statement */
-  int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);     /* Jump here to exit loop */
-  int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Jump here for next cycle */
-  int addr;
-  int addrOnce = 0;
-  int iTab;
-  ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy;
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
-  int iParm = pDest->iSDParm;
-  int regRow;
-  int regRowid;
-  int nKey;
-  int iSortTab;                   /* Sorter cursor to read from */
-  int nSortData;                  /* Trailing values to read from sorter */
-  int i;
-  int bSeq;                       /* True if sorter record includes seq. no. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-  struct ExprList_item *aOutEx = p->pEList->a;
-#endif
-
-  if( pSort->labelBkOut ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrBreak);
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut);
-  }
-  iTab = pSort->iECursor;
-  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
-    regRowid = 0;
-    regRow = pDest->iSdst;
-    nSortData = nColumn;
-  }else{
-    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    nSortData = 1;
-  }
-  nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat;
-  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
-    int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem;
-    iSortTab = pParse->nTab++;
-    if( pSort->labelBkOut ){
-      addrOnce = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut, nKey+1+nSortData);
-    if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
-    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut, iSortTab);
-    bSeq = 0;
-  }else{
-    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
-    iSortTab = iTab;
-    bSeq = 1;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<nSortData; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, nKey+bSeq+i, regRow+i);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", aOutEx[i].zName ? aOutEx[i].zName : aOutEx[i].zSpan));
-  }
-  switch( eDest ){
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid,
-                        &pDest->affSdst, 1);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); 
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
-      if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( regRowid ){
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-  }
-  /* The bottom of the loop
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue);
-  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn);
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
-** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
-**
-** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that
-** result in *pEstWidth.
-**
-** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
-** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
-** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
-** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
-** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is 
-** considered a column by this function.
-**
-**   SELECT col FROM tbl;
-**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
-**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
-**   SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
-** 
-** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
-**
-** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not
-** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E,F)
-#else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */
-# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,F)
-#endif
-static const char *columnTypeImpl(
-  NameContext *pNC, 
-  Expr *pExpr,
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-  const char **pzOrigDb,
-  const char **pzOrigTab,
-  const char **pzOrigCol,
-#endif
-  u8 *pEstWidth
-){
-  char const *zType = 0;
-  int j;
-  u8 estWidth = 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-  char const *zOrigDb = 0;
-  char const *zOrigTab = 0;
-  char const *zOrigCol = 0;
-#endif
-
-  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
-      ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
-      ** database table or a subquery.
-      */
-      Table *pTab = 0;            /* Table structure column is extracted from */
-      Select *pS = 0;             /* Select the column is extracted from */
-      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;  /* Index of column in pTab */
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-      while( pNC && !pTab ){
-        SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
-        for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
-        if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){
-          pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
-          pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
-        }else{
-          pNC = pNC->pNext;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( pTab==0 ){
-        /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would
-        ** cause this condition to run.  Since then, we have restructured how
-        ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer 
-        ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like
-        ** the following:
-        **
-        **   CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER);
-        **   SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1;
-        **
-        ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the 
-        ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even
-        ** though it should really be "INTEGER".
-        **
-        ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never
-        ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression 
-        ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT
-        ** branch below.  */
-        break;
-      }
-
-      assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab );
-      if( pS ){
-        /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
-        ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
-        ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
-        */
-        if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
-          /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
-          ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see 
-          ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
-          **
-          ** The ALWAYS() is because iCol>=pS->pEList->nExpr will have been
-          ** caught already by name resolution.
-          */
-          NameContext sNC;
-          Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
-          sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
-          sNC.pNext = pNC;
-          sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-          zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol, &estWidth); 
-        }
-      }else if( pTab->pSchema ){
-        /* A real table */
-        assert( !pS );
-        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-        assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-        if( iCol<0 ){
-          zType = "INTEGER";
-          zOrigCol = "rowid";
-        }else{
-          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-          zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
-          estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst;
-        }
-        zOrigTab = pTab->zName;
-        if( pNC->pParse ){
-          int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-          zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-        }
-#else
-        if( iCol<0 ){
-          zType = "INTEGER";
-        }else{
-          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-          estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst;
-        }
-#endif
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
-      ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
-      ** statement.
-      */
-      NameContext sNC;
-      Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect;
-      Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
-      sNC.pNext = pNC;
-      sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-      zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, &estWidth); 
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA  
-  if( pzOrigDb ){
-    assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol );
-    *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb;
-    *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab;
-    *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pEstWidth ) *pEstWidth = estWidth;
-  return zType;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
-** in the result set.
-*/
-static void generateColumnTypes(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  NameContext sNC;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    const char *zType;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-    const char *zOrigDb = 0;
-    const char *zOrigTab = 0;
-    const char *zOrigCol = 0;
-    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, 0);
-
-    /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other 
-    ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
-    ** virtual machine is deleted.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-#else
-    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-#endif
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
-** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
-** azCol[] values in the callback.
-*/
-static void generateColumnNames(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i, j;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int fullNames, shortNames;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
-  if( pParse->explain ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
-  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
-  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
-  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
-  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p;
-    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue;
-    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
-      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){
-      Table *pTab;
-      char *zCol;
-      int iCol = p->iColumn;
-      for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pTabList->nSrc); j++){
-        if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break;
-      }
-      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
-      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
-      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
-      if( iCol<0 ){
-        zCol = "rowid";
-      }else{
-        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
-      }
-      if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, 
-            sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-      }else if( fullNames ){
-        char *zName = 0;
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      }
-    }else{
-      const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan;
-      z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-    }
-  }
-  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Given an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
-** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
-** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
-**
-** All column names will be unique.
-**
-** Only the column names are computed.  Column.zType, Column.zColl,
-** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If a memory allocation error occurs,
-** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM.
-*/
-int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList,       /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
-  i16 *pnCol,             /* Write the number of columns here */
-  Column **paCol          /* Write the new column list here */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database connection */
-  int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
-  int cnt;                    /* Index added to make the name unique */
-  Column *aCol, *pCol;        /* For looping over result columns */
-  int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the result set */
-  Expr *p;                    /* Expression for a single result column */
-  char *zName;                /* Column name */
-  int nName;                  /* Size of name in zName[] */
-
-  if( pEList ){
-    nCol = pEList->nExpr;
-    aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
-    testcase( aCol==0 );
-  }else{
-    nCol = 0;
-    aCol = 0;
-  }
-  *pnCol = nCol;
-  *paCol = aCol;
-
-  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
-    */
-    p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pEList->a[i].pExpr);
-    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
-      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
-      zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
-    }else{
-      Expr *pColExpr = p;  /* The expression that is the result column name */
-      Table *pTab;         /* Table associated with this expression */
-      while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){
-        pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
-        assert( pColExpr!=0 );
-      }
-      if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){
-        /* For columns use the column name name */
-        int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
-        pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
-        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s",
-                 iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid");
-      }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
-        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken);
-      }else{
-        /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan);
-      }
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
-    ** append an integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
-    */
-    nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-    for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
-        char *zNewName;
-        int k;
-        for(k=nName-1; k>1 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[k]); k--){}
-        if( k>=0 && zName[k]==':' ) nName = k;
-        zName[nName] = 0;
-        zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-        zName = zNewName;
-        j = -1;
-        if( zName==0 ) break;
-      }
-    }
-    pCol->zName = zName;
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
-    *paCol = 0;
-    *pnCol = 0;
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
-** a SELECT statement.
-** 
-** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
-** The column list has only names, not types or collations.  This
-** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
-**
-** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT
-** statement be resolved.
-*/
-static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing contexts */
-  Table *pTab,          /* Add column type information to this table */
-  Select *pSelect       /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  NameContext sNC;
-  Column *pCol;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  int i;
-  Expr *p;
-  struct ExprList_item *a;
-  u64 szAll = 0;
-
-  assert( pSelect!=0 );
-  assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 );
-  assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
-  a = pSelect->pEList->a;
-  for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    p = a[i].pExpr;
-    if( pCol->zType==0 ){
-      pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, 
-                        columnType(&sNC, p,0,0,0, &pCol->szEst));
-    }
-    szAll += pCol->szEst;
-    pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
-    if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
-    if( pColl && pCol->zColl==0 ){
-      pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
-    }
-  }
-  pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(szAll*4);
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
-** the result set of that SELECT.
-*/
-Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
-  Table *pTab;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int savedFlags;
-
-  savedFlags = db->flags;
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
-  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0);
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
-  while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  db->flags = savedFlags;
-  pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside
-  ** is disabled */
-  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
-  pTab->nRef = 1;
-  pTab->zName = 0;
-  pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
-  sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
-  selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect);
-  pTab->iPKey = -1;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
-** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
-*/
-Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  if( v==0 ){
-    v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse);
-    if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Init);
-    if( pParse->pToplevel==0
-     && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst)
-    ){
-      pParse->okConstFactor = 1;
-    }
-
-  }
-  return v;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
-** pLimit and pOffset expressions.  pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
-** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
-** keywords.  Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset 
-** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute 
-** the limit and offset.  If there is no limit and/or offset, then 
-** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
-**
-** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
-** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset.  iLimit and
-** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero)
-** prior to calling this routine.
-**
-** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value
-** of the OFFSET.  The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT.  Register
-** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET.
-**
-** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
-** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
-** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
-** SELECT statements.
-*/
-static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
-  Vdbe *v = 0;
-  int iLimit = 0;
-  int iOffset;
-  int n;
-  if( p->iLimit ) return;
-
-  /* 
-  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
-  ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be.
-  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
-  ** no rows.
-  */
-  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-  assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 );
-  if( p->pLimit ){
-    p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    assert( v!=0 );
-    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit);
-      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
-      if( n==0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iBreak);
-      }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>(u64)n ){
-        p->nSelectRow = n;
-      }
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-    if( p->pOffset ){
-      p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
-      pParse->nMem++;   /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetIfNotPos, iOffset, iOffset, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1);
-      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetIfNotPos, iLimit, iOffset+1, -1);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-/*
-** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
-** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
-** the column has no default collating sequence.
-**
-** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
-** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
-*/
-static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
-  CollSeq *pRet;
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
-  }else{
-    pRet = 0;
-  }
-  assert( iCol>=0 );
-  /* iCol must be less than p->pEList->nExpr.  Otherwise an error would
-  ** have been thrown during name resolution and we would not have gotten
-  ** this far */
-  if( pRet==0 && ALWAYS(iCol<p->pEList->nExpr) ){
-    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
-  }
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT
-** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo
-** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY.
-**
-** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling
-** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually
-** freed.
-*/
-static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){
-  ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-  int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1);
-  if( pRet ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pOrderBy->a[i];
-      Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr;
-      CollSeq *pColl;
-
-      if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){
-        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm);
-      }else{
-        pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1);
-        if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-        pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr =
-          sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName);
-      }
-      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) );
-      pRet->aColl[i] = pColl;
-      pRet->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE
-** query of the form:
-**
-**   <recursive-table> AS (<setup-query> UNION [ALL] <recursive-query>)
-**                         \___________/             \_______________/
-**                           p->pPrior                      p
-**
-**
-** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause
-** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].fg.isRecursive flag.
-**
-** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go
-** into a Queue table.  Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by
-** one.  Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest.  Then the single
-** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the
-** recursive-table for a recursive-query run.  The output of the recursive-query
-** is added back into the Queue table.  Then another row is extracted from Queue
-** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty.
-**
-** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever
-** inserted into the Queue table.  The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows
-** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be
-** discarded.  If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed.
-** 
-** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in
-** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle.  Without
-** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO.
-**
-** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows
-** have been output to pDest.  A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a
-** negative LIMIT means to output all rows.  If there is also an OFFSET clause
-** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather
-** than being sent to pDest.  The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET
-** rows have been skipped.
-*/
-static void generateWithRecursiveQuery(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-){
-  SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */
-  int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;  /* Number of columns in the recursive table */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The prepared statement under construction */
-  Select *pSetup = p->pPrior;   /* The setup query */
-  int addrTop;                  /* Top of the loop */
-  int addrCont, addrBreak;      /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */
-  int iCurrent = 0;             /* The Current table */
-  int regCurrent;               /* Register holding Current table */
-  int iQueue;                   /* The Queue table */
-  int iDistinct = 0;            /* To ensure unique results if UNION */
-  int eDest = SRT_Fifo;         /* How to write to Queue */
-  SelectDest destQueue;         /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */
-  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
-  int rc;                       /* Result code */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;           /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;       /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */
-  int regLimit, regOffset;      /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */
-
-  /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return;
-
-  /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */
-  addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak);
-  pLimit = p->pLimit;
-  pOffset = p->pOffset;
-  regLimit = p->iLimit;
-  regOffset = p->iOffset;
-  p->pLimit = p->pOffset = 0;
-  p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0;
-  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-
-  /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */
-  for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<pSrc->nSrc); i++){
-    if( pSrc->a[i].fg.isRecursive ){
-      iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct.  The cursor number for
-  ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order
-  ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */
-  iQueue = pParse->nTab++;
-  if( p->op==TK_UNION ){
-    eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo;
-    iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
-  }else{
-    eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo;
-  }
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue);
-
-  /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */
-  regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol);
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
-                      (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-    destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol);
-  }
-  VdbeComment((v, "Queue table"));
-  if( iDistinct ){
-    p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0);
-    p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
-  }
-
-  /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */
-  p->pOrderBy = 0;
-
-  /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */
-  pSetup->pNext = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue);
-  pSetup->pNext = p;
-  if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query;
-
-  /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */
-  addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-  /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue);
-
-  /* Output the single row in Current */
-  addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont);
-  selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, iCurrent,
-      0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak);
-  if( regLimit ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, regLimit, addrBreak);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont);
-
-  /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as
-  ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue.
-  */
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive aggregate queries not supported");
-  }else{
-    p->pPrior = 0;
-    sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue);
-    assert( p->pPrior==0 );
-    p->pPrior = pSetup;
-  }
-
-  /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */
-  sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop);
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
-
-end_of_recursive_query:
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy);
-  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  p->pLimit = pLimit;
-  p->pOffset = pOffset;
-  return;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
-
-/* Forward references */
-static int multiSelectOrderBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-);
-
-/*
-** Handle the special case of a compound-select that originates from a
-** VALUES clause.  By handling this as a special case, we avoid deep
-** recursion, and thus do not need to enforce the SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-** on a VALUES clause.
-**
-** Because the Select object originates from a VALUES clause:
-**   (1) It has no LIMIT or OFFSET
-**   (2) All terms are UNION ALL
-**   (3) There is no ORDER BY clause
-*/
-static int multiSelectValues(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-){
-  Select *pPrior;
-  int nRow = 1;
-  int rc = 0;
-  assert( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue );
-  do{
-    assert( p->selFlags & SF_Values );
-    assert( p->op==TK_ALL || (p->op==TK_SELECT && p->pPrior==0) );
-    assert( p->pLimit==0 );
-    assert( p->pOffset==0 );
-    assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pEList->nExpr==p->pNext->pEList->nExpr );
-    if( p->pPrior==0 ) break;
-    assert( p->pPrior->pNext==p );
-    p = p->pPrior;
-    nRow++;
-  }while(1);
-  while( p ){
-    pPrior = p->pPrior;
-    p->pPrior = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, pDest);
-    p->pPrior = pPrior;
-    if( rc ) break;
-    p->nSelectRow = nRow;
-    p = p->pNext;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to process a compound query form from
-** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or
-** INTERSECT
-**
-** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
-** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
-** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
-**
-** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
-** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
-**
-** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
-**
-**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
-**
-** This statement is parsed up as follows:
-**
-**     SELECT c FROM t3
-**      |
-**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
-**                |
-**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
-**
-** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
-** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
-** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
-**
-** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
-** individual selects always group from left to right.
-*/
-static int multiSelect(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
-  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
-  SelectDest dest;      /* Alternative data destination */
-  Select *pDelete = 0;  /* Chain of simple selects to delete */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  int iSub1 = 0;        /* EQP id of left-hand query */
-  int iSub2 = 0;        /* EQP id of right-hand query */
-#endif
-
-  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
-  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
-  */
-  assert( p && p->pPrior );  /* Calling function guarantees this much */
-  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION );
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pPrior = p->pPrior;
-  dest = *pDest;
-  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
-      selectOpName(p->op));
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
-  if( pPrior->pLimit ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
-      selectOpName(p->op));
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );  /* The VDBE already created by calling function */
-
-  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
-  */
-  if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
-    assert( p->pEList );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
-    dest.eDest = SRT_Table;
-  }
-
-  /* Special handling for a compound-select that originates as a VALUES clause.
-  */
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue ){
-    rc = multiSelectValues(pParse, p, &dest);
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
-  ** in their result sets.
-  */
-  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
-  assert( p->pEList->nExpr==pPrior->pEList->nExpr );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){
-    generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest);
-  }else
-#endif
-
-  /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately.
-  */
-  if( p->pOrderBy ){
-    return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest);
-  }else
-
-  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
-  */
-  switch( p->op ){
-    case TK_ALL: {
-      int addr = 0;
-      int nLimit;
-      assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
-      pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit;
-      pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset;
-      pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
-      p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
-      if( p->iLimit ){
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
-        if( p->iOffset ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetIfNotPos, p->iOffset, p->iOffset, 0);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, p->iLimit, p->iOffset, p->iOffset+1);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetIfNotPos, p->iLimit, p->iOffset+1, -1);
-        }
-      }
-      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
-      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-      pDelete = p->pPrior;
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
-      if( pPrior->pLimit
-       && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit)
-       && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > (u64)nLimit 
-      ){
-        p->nSelectRow = nLimit;
-      }
-      if( addr ){
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_EXCEPT:
-    case TK_UNION: {
-      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
-      u8 op = 0;       /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
-      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
-      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
-      int addr;
-      SelectDest uniondest;
-
-      testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_UNION );
-      priorOp = SRT_Union;
-      if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){
-        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
-        ** right.
-        */
-        assert( p->pLimit==0 );      /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
-        assert( p->pOffset==0 );     /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
-        unionTab = dest.iSDParm;
-      }else{
-        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
-        ** intermediate results.
-        */
-        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
-        assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
-        assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
-        p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
-        findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
-        assert( p->pEList );
-      }
-
-      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
-      */
-      assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
-      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-
-      /* Code the current SELECT statement
-      */
-      if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){
-        op = SRT_Except;
-      }else{
-        assert( p->op==TK_UNION );
-        op = SRT_Union;
-      }
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      uniondest.eDest = op;
-      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
-      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-      /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
-      ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
-      pDelete = p->pPrior;
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      p->pOrderBy = 0;
-      if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-      p->pLimit = pLimit;
-      p->pOffset = pOffset;
-      p->iLimit = 0;
-      p->iOffset = 0;
-
-      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
-      ** it is that we currently need.
-      */
-      assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp );
-      if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){
-        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
-        assert( p->pEList );
-        if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
-          Select *pFirst = p;
-          while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-        }
-        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-        selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab,
-                        0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); {
-      int tab1, tab2;
-      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
-      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
-      int addr;
-      SelectDest intersectdest;
-      int r1;
-
-      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
-      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
-      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
-      */
-      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
-      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
-      assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
-
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
-      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
-      p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
-      findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
-      assert( p->pEList );
-
-      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
-      */
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
-      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-
-      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
-      */
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
-      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
-      p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2;
-      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
-      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-      pDelete = p->pPrior;
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-      p->pLimit = pLimit;
-      p->pOffset = pOffset;
-
-      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
-      ** tables.
-      */
-      assert( p->pEList );
-      if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
-        Select *pFirst = p;
-        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-      }
-      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1,
-                      0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL);
-
-  /* Compute collating sequences used by 
-  ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
-  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
-  **
-  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
-  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
-  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
-  ** no temp tables are required.
-  */
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){
-    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
-    Select *pLoop;                /* For looping through SELECT statements */
-    CollSeq **apColl;             /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
-    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in result set */
-
-    assert( p->pNext==0 );
-    nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
-    pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1);
-    if( !pKeyInfo ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto multi_select_end;
-    }
-    for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){
-      *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
-      if( 0==*apColl ){
-        *apColl = db->pDfltColl;
-      }
-    }
-
-    for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
-      for(i=0; i<2; i++){
-        int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
-        if( addr<0 ){
-          /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused.  So we can
-          ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
-          assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
-          break;
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo),
-                            P4_KEYINFO);
-        pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
-  }
-
-multi_select_end:
-  pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst;
-  pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst;
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-/*
-** Error message for when two or more terms of a compound select have different
-** size result sets.
-*/
-void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms");
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
-      " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a
-** SELECT statment.
-**
-** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst.  There are
-** pIn->nSdst columns to be output.  pDest is where the output should
-** be sent.
-**
-** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine
-** return address.
-**
-** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that
-** records the previous output.  mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false
-** if there has been no previous output.  If regPrev>0 then code is
-** generated to suppress duplicates.  pKeyInfo is used for comparing
-** keys.
-**
-** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to
-** iBreak.
-*/
-static int generateOutputSubroutine(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,              /* The SELECT statement */
-  SelectDest *pIn,        /* Coroutine supplying data */
-  SelectDest *pDest,      /* Where to send the data */
-  int regReturn,          /* The return address register */
-  int regPrev,            /* Previous result register.  No uniqueness if 0 */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,      /* For comparing with previous entry */
-  int iBreak              /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int iContinue;
-  int addr;
-
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-  /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT 
-  */
-  if( regPrev ){
-    int addr1, addr2;
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst,
-                              (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr2+2, iContinue, addr2+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev);
-  }
-  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-
-  /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause
-  */
-  codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
-
-  assert( pDest->eDest!=SRT_Exists );
-  assert( pDest->eDest!=SRT_Table );
-  switch( pDest->eDest ){
-    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
-    */
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
-    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
-    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
-    */
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      int r1;
-      assert( pIn->nSdst==1 || pParse->nErr>0 );
-      pDest->affSdst = 
-         sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst);
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, 1, r1, &pDest->affSdst,1);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
-    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
-    ** of the scan loop.
-    */
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( pIn->nSdst==1 || pParse->nErr>0 );  testcase( pIn->nSdst!=1 );
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-    /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers
-    ** starting at pDest->iSdst.  Then the co-routine yields.
-    */
-    case SRT_Coroutine: {
-      if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
-        pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst);
-        pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst;
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be
-    ** SRT_Output.  This routine is never called with any other
-    ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output.
-    **
-    ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.  
-    ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to
-    ** return the next row of result.
-    */
-    default: {
-      assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
-  */
-  if( p->iLimit ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate the subroutine return
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn);
-
-  return addr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there
-** is an ORDER BY clause.
-**
-** We assume a query of the following form:
-**
-**      <selectA>  <operator>  <selectB>  ORDER BY <orderbylist>
-**
-** <operator> is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT.  The idea
-** is to code both <selectA> and <selectB> with the ORDER BY clause as
-** co-routines.  Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results
-** into the output.  In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and
-** selectB) there are 7 subroutines:
-**
-**    outA:    Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output
-**             of the compound query.
-**
-**    outB:    Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output
-**             of the compound query.  (Only generated for UNION and
-**             UNION ALL.  EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that
-**             appears only in B.)
-**
-**    AltB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A<B.
-**
-**    AeqB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B.
-**
-**    AgtB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B.
-**
-**    EofA:    Called when data is exhausted from selectA.
-**
-**    EofB:    Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
-**
-** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which 
-** <operator> is used:
-**
-**
-**             UNION ALL         UNION            EXCEPT          INTERSECT
-**          -------------  -----------------  --------------  -----------------
-**   AltB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         nextA
-**
-**   AeqB:   outA, nextA         nextA             nextA         outA, nextA
-**
-**   AgtB:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          nextB            nextB
-**
-**   EofA:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          halt             halt
-**
-**   EofB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         halt
-**
-** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA
-** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes
-** an immediate jump to EofB.  Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or
-** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing.
-**
-** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled
-** within the output subroutine.  The regPrev register set holds the previously
-** output value.  A comparison is made against this value and the output
-** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous.
-**
-** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven
-** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom.  Like this:
-**
-**          goto Init
-**     coA: coroutine for left query (A)
-**     coB: coroutine for right query (B)
-**    outA: output one row of A
-**    outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only)
-**    EofA: ...
-**    EofB: ...
-**    AltB: ...
-**    AeqB: ...
-**    AgtB: ...
-**    Init: initialize coroutine registers
-**          yield coA
-**          if eof(A) goto EofA
-**          yield coB
-**          if eof(B) goto EofB
-**    Cmpr: Compare A, B
-**          Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB
-**     End: ...
-**
-** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not
-** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return.  EofA and EofB loop
-** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe.  AltB, AeqB,
-** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-static int multiSelectOrderBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-){
-  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
-  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
-  SelectDest destA;     /* Destination for coroutine A */
-  SelectDest destB;     /* Destination for coroutine B */
-  int regAddrA;         /* Address register for select-A coroutine */
-  int regAddrB;         /* Address register for select-B coroutine */
-  int addrSelectA;      /* Address of the select-A coroutine */
-  int addrSelectB;      /* Address of the select-B coroutine */
-  int regOutA;          /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */
-  int regOutB;          /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */
-  int addrOutA;         /* Address of the output-A subroutine */
-  int addrOutB = 0;     /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
-  int addrEofA;         /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */
-  int addrEofA_noB;     /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */
-  int addrEofB;         /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */
-  int addrAltB;         /* Address of the A<B subroutine */
-  int addrAeqB;         /* Address of the A==B subroutine */
-  int addrAgtB;         /* Address of the A>B subroutine */
-  int regLimitA;        /* Limit register for select-A */
-  int regLimitB;        /* Limit register for select-A */
-  int regPrev;          /* A range of registers to hold previous output */
-  int savedLimit;       /* Saved value of p->iLimit */
-  int savedOffset;      /* Saved value of p->iOffset */
-  int labelCmpr;        /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */
-  int labelEnd;         /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */
-  int addr1;            /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */
-  int op;               /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyMerge;   /* Comparison information for merging rows */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  int nOrderBy;         /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  int *aPermute;        /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  int iSub1;            /* EQP id of left-hand query */
-  int iSub2;            /* EQP id of right-hand query */
-#endif
-
-  assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
-  assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this.  Ticket #3382. */
-  db = pParse->db;
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( v!=0 );       /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */
-  labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-
-  /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
-  */
-  op = p->op;  
-  pPrior = p->pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
-  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-  assert( pOrderBy );
-  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-
-  /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that
-  ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set.  Add
-  ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary.
-  */
-  if( op!=TK_ALL ){
-    for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-      for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){
-        assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 );
-        if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break;
-      }
-      if( j==nOrderBy ){
-        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
-        if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
-        pNew->u.iValue = i;
-        pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew);
-        if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with
-  ** the permutation used to determine if the next
-  ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB.  Also add explicit
-  ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries
-  ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
-  ** collation.
-  */
-  aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy);
-  if( aPermute ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){
-      assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 );
-      assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr );
-      aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1;
-    }
-    pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
-  }else{
-    pKeyMerge = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query.
-  */
-  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0);
-
-  /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed
-  ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the
-  ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL).
-  */
-  if( op==TK_ALL ){
-    regPrev = 0;
-  }else{
-    int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr;
-    assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
-    regPrev = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += nExpr+1;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev);
-    pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1);
-    if( pKeyDup ){
-      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) );
-      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
-        pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
-        pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
- 
-  /* Separate the left and the right query from one another
-  */
-  p->pPrior = 0;
-  pPrior->pNext = 0;
-  sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
-  if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
-    sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the limit registers */
-  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd);
-  if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){
-    regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem;
-    regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit,
-                                  regLimitA);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB);
-  }else{
-    regLimitA = regLimitB = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-  p->pLimit = 0;
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
-  p->pOffset = 0;
-
-  regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regOutA = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regOutB = ++pParse->nMem;
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA);
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB);
-
-  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the
-  ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select.
-  */
-  addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
-  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA);
-  VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT"));
-  pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
-  explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrA);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-
-  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on 
-  ** the right - the "B" select
-  */
-  addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
-  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB);
-  VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT"));
-  savedLimit = p->iLimit;
-  savedOffset = p->iOffset;
-  p->iLimit = regLimitB;
-  p->iOffset = 0;  
-  explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
-  p->iLimit = savedLimit;
-  p->iOffset = savedOffset;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrB);
-
-  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A
-  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A"));
-  addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
-                 p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
-                 regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
-  
-  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
-  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
-  */
-  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B"));
-    addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
-                 p, &destB, pDest, regOutB,
-                 regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
-  }
-  sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup);
-
-  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A
-  ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains.
-  */
-  if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
-    addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd;
-  }else{  
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
-    addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
-    addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd);
-                                     VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEofA);
-    p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
-  }
-
-  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B
-  ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains.
-  */
-  if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
-    addrEofB = addrEofA;
-    if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
-  }else{  
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
-    addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEofB);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate code to handle the case of A<B
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-lt-B subroutine"));
-  addrAltB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr);
-
-  /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B
-  */
-  if( op==TK_ALL ){
-    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
-  }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
-    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
-    addrAltB++;
-  }else{
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine"));
-    addrAeqB =
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine"));
-  addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr);
-
-  /* This code runs once to initialize everything.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-  /* Implement the main merge loop
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy,
-                         (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-  /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd);
-
-  /* Set the number of output columns
-  */
-  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
-    Select *pFirst = pPrior;
-    while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-    generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-  }
-
-  /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly
-  ** by the calling function */
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
-  }
-  p->pPrior = pPrior;
-  pPrior->pNext = p;
-
-  /*** TBD:  Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
-  **** subqueries ****/
-  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0);
-  return pParse->nErr!=0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-/* Forward Declarations */
-static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
-static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList*, int);
-
-/*
-** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
-** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
-** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
-** unchanged.)
-**
-** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
-** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
-** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
-** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
-** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
-** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
-*/
-static Expr *substExpr(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* Report malloc errors to this connection */
-  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
-  int iTable,         /* Table to be substituted */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Substitute expressions */
-){
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
-    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
-      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-    }else{
-      Expr *pNew;
-      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
-      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
-      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0);
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
-      pExpr = pNew;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
-    pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-      substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList, 1);
-    }else{
-      substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList);
-    }
-  }
-  return pExpr;
-}
-static void substExprList(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
-  ExprList *pList,     /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */
-  int iTable,          /* Table to be substituted */
-  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
-  }
-}
-static void substSelect(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
-  Select *p,           /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */
-  int iTable,          /* Table to be replaced */
-  ExprList *pEList,    /* Substitute values */
-  int doPrior          /* Do substitutes on p->pPrior too */
-){
-  SrcList *pSrc;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  int i;
-  if( !p ) return;
-  do{
-    substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
-    substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
-    substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
-    p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
-    p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
-    pSrc = p->pSrc;
-    assert( pSrc!=0 );
-    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-      substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList, 1);
-      if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ){
-        substExprList(db, pItem->u1.pFuncArg, iTable, pEList);
-      }
-    }
-  }while( doPrior && (p = p->pPrior)!=0 );
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-/*
-** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization.
-** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs.
-**
-** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
-** query:
-**
-**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
-**
-** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
-** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
-** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
-** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
-** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
-** optimized.
-**
-** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
-** a single flat select, like this:
-**
-**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
-**
-** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result
-** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
-** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
-** avoided.
-**
-** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
-**
-**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
-**
-**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or (2a) the outer query is not a join
-**        and (2b) the outer query does not use subqueries other than the one
-**        FROM-clause subquery that is a candidate for flattening.  (2b is
-**        due to ticket [2f7170d73bf9abf80] from 2015-02-09.)
-**
-**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
-**        (Originally ticket #306.  Strengthened by ticket #3300)
-**
-**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT.
-**
-**  (**)  At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
-**        sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction 
-**        (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries.
-**
-**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
-**        DISTINCT.
-**
-**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.  TODO:  For subqueries without
-**        A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special
-**        table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a
-**        single NULL.
-**
-**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
-**        aggregates.
-**
-**  (**)  Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we
-**        accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15.  Original
-**        text: "The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query 
-**        does not use LIMIT."
-**
-**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
-**
-**  (**)  Not implemented.  Subsumed into restriction (3).  Was previously
-**        a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
-**
-**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT.
-**
-**  (14)  The subquery does not use OFFSET.
-**
-**  (15)  The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
-**        subquery does not have a LIMIT clause.
-**        (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]).
-**
-**  (16)  The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
-**        not contain ORDER BY.  (Ticket #2942)  This used to not matter
-**        until we introduced the group_concat() function.  
-**
-**  (17)  The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL 
-**        compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and 
-**        the parent query:
-**
-**          * is not itself part of a compound select,
-**          * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and
-**          * is not a join
-**
-**        The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to
-**        rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY,
-**        LIMIT and OFFSET clauses.  The subquery cannot use any compound
-**        operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound
-**        operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by
-**        restriction (4).
-**
-**        Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number
-**        of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound
-**        SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no
-**        such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the
-**        syntax error and return a detailed message.
-**
-**  (18)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
-**        ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to 
-**        columns of the sub-query.
-**
-**  (19)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
-**        have a WHERE clause.
-**
-**  (20)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use
-**        an ORDER BY clause.  Ticket #3773.  We could relax this constraint
-**        somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must
-**        appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query.  But we
-**        have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case.
-**
-**  (21)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not
-**        DISTINCT.  (See ticket [752e1646fc]).
-**
-**  (22)  The subquery is not a recursive CTE.
-**
-**  (23)  The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a
-**        compound query. This restriction is because transforming the
-**        parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles
-**        recursive queries in multiSelect().
-**
-**  (24)  The subquery is not an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or 
-**        or max() functions.  (Without this restriction, a query like:
-**        "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily
-**        return the value X for which Y was maximal.)
-**
-**
-** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
-** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
-** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
-**
-** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
-** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
-**
-** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
-** the subquery before this routine runs.
-*/
-static int flattenSubquery(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
-  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
-  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
-  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
-){
-  const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-  Select *pParent;    /* Current UNION ALL term of the other query */
-  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
-  Select *pSub1;      /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */
-  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
-  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
-  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
-  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
-  int i;              /* Loop counter */
-  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
-  */
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( p->pPrior==0 );  /* Unable to flatten compound queries */
-  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0;
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
-  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
-  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
-  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
-  assert( pSub!=0 );
-  if( subqueryIsAgg ){
-    if( isAgg ) return 0;                                /* Restriction (1)   */
-    if( pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;                         /* Restriction (2a)  */
-    if( (p->pWhere && ExprHasProperty(p->pWhere,EP_Subquery))
-     || (sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->pEList) & EP_Subquery)!=0
-     || (sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->pOrderBy) & EP_Subquery)!=0
-    ){
-      return 0;                                          /* Restriction (2b)  */
-    }
-  }
-    
-  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
-  assert( pSubSrc );
-  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
-  ** not arbitrary expressions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
-  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
-  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
-  ** and (14). */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
-  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){
-    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
-  }
-  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;                       /* Restriction (7)  */
-  if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0;           /* Restriction (5)  */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
-     return 0;         /* Restrictions (8)(9) */
-  }
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
-     return 0;         /* Restriction (6)  */
-  }
-  if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){
-     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
-  }
-  if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;                /* Restriction (16) */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Restriction (19) */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){
-     return 0;         /* Restriction (21) */
-  }
-  testcase( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive );
-  testcase( pSub->selFlags & SF_MinMaxAgg );
-  if( pSub->selFlags & (SF_Recursive|SF_MinMaxAgg) ){
-    return 0; /* Restrictions (22) and (24) */
-  }
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ){
-    return 0; /* Restriction (23) */
-  }
-
-  /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
-  ** Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
-  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
-  ** is not allowed:
-  **
-  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
-  **
-  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
-  **
-  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
-  **
-  ** which is not at all the same thing.
-  **
-  ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2:
-  ** Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
-  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
-  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
-  **
-  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
-  **
-  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
-  **
-  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
-  **
-  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
-  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
-  **
-  ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE:
-  ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN
-  ** is fraught with danger.  Best to avoid the whole thing.  If the
-  ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten.
-  */
-  if( (pSubitem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must
-  ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries
-  ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct
-  ** queries.
-  */
-  if( pSub->pPrior ){
-    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
-      return 0;  /* Restriction 20 */
-    }
-    if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
-      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
-      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
-      assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 );
-      assert( pSub->pEList->nExpr==pSub1->pEList->nExpr );
-      if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
-       || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) 
-       || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1
-      ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-      testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 );
-    }
-
-    /* Restriction 18. */
-    if( p->pOrderBy ){
-      int ii;
-      for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
-        if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
-  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("flatten %s.%p from term %d\n",
-                   pSub->zSelName, pSub, iFrom));
-
-  /* Authorize the subquery */
-  pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
-  TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
-  testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY );
-  pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
-
-  /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
-  ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must 
-  ** be of the form:
-  **
-  **     SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> 
-  **
-  ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
-  ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or 
-  ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
-  ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
-  ** select statements in the compound sub-query.
-  **
-  ** Example:
-  **
-  **     SELECT a+1 FROM (
-  **        SELECT x FROM tab
-  **        UNION ALL
-  **        SELECT y FROM tab
-  **        UNION ALL
-  **        SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2
-  **     ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1
-  **
-  ** Transformed into:
-  **
-  **     SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5
-  **     UNION ALL
-  **     SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5
-  **     UNION ALL
-  **     SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5
-  **     ORDER BY 1
-  **
-  ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening".
-  */
-  for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){
-    Select *pNew;
-    ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-    Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
-    Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset;
-    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
-    p->pOrderBy = 0;
-    p->pSrc = 0;
-    p->pPrior = 0;
-    p->pLimit = 0;
-    p->pOffset = 0;
-    pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);
-    sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, pSub->zSelName);
-    p->pOffset = pOffset;
-    p->pLimit = pLimit;
-    p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-    p->pSrc = pSrc;
-    p->op = TK_ALL;
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-    }else{
-      pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
-      if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
-      pNew->pNext = p;
-      p->pPrior = pNew;
-      SELECTTRACE(2,pParse,p,
-         ("compound-subquery flattener creates %s.%p as peer\n",
-         pNew->zSelName, pNew));
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause 
-  ** in the outer query.
-  */
-  pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
-
-  /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the
-  ** subquery
-  */
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
-  pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
-  pSubitem->zName = 0;
-  pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
-  pSubitem->pSelect = 0;
-
-  /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the
-  ** subquery until code generation is
-  ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that
-  ** refer to the subquery even after flattening.  Ticket #3346.
-  **
-  ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above.
-  */
-  if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){
-    Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab;
-    if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){
-      Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-      pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab;
-      pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
-    }else{
-      pTabToDel->nRef--;
-    }
-    pSubitem->pTab = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
-  ** flattening (as described above).  If we are doing a different kind
-  ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening -
-  ** then this loop only runs once.
-  **
-  ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
-  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
-  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
-  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
-  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
-  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
-  ** elements we are now copying in.
-  */
-  for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
-    int nSubSrc;
-    u8 jointype = 0;
-    pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of subquery */
-    nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;  /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */
-    pSrc = pParent->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of the outer query */
-
-    if( pSrc ){
-      assert( pParent==p );  /* First time through the loop */
-      jointype = pSubitem->fg.jointype;
-    }else{
-      assert( pParent!=p );  /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */
-      pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
-      if( pSrc==0 ){
-        assert( db->mallocFailed );
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer
-    ** query.  If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause,
-    ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements
-    ** of the subquery.
-    **
-    ** Example:
-    **
-    **    SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB;
-    **
-    ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause.  One slot of the
-    ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery.  The next
-    ** block of code will expand the outer query FROM clause to 4 slots.
-    ** The middle slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space
-    ** for the two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery.
-    */
-    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
-      pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1);
-      if( db->mallocFailed ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the
-    ** outer query.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
-      sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pSrc->a[i+iFrom].pUsing);
-      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
-      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
-    }
-    pSrc->a[iFrom].fg.jointype = jointype;
-  
-    /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
-    ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
-    ** 
-    ** Example:
-    **
-    **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
-    **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
-    **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
-    **
-    ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
-    ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
-    */
-    pList = pParent->pEList;
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-      if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){
-        char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pList->a[i].zSpan);
-        sqlite3Dequote(zName);
-        pList->a[i].zName = zName;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
-      /* At this point, any non-zero iOrderByCol values indicate that the
-      ** ORDER BY column expression is identical to the iOrderByCol'th
-      ** expression returned by SELECT statement pSub. Since these values
-      ** do not necessarily correspond to columns in SELECT statement pParent,
-      ** zero them before transfering the ORDER BY clause.
-      **
-      ** Not doing this may cause an error if a subsequent call to this
-      ** function attempts to flatten a compound sub-query into pParent
-      ** (the only way this can happen is if the compound sub-query is
-      ** currently part of pSub->pSrc). See ticket [d11a6e908f].  */
-      ExprList *pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
-      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
-        pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
-      }
-      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
-      assert( pSub->pPrior==0 );
-      pParent->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
-    }
-    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
-    if( subqueryIsAgg ){
-      assert( pParent->pHaving==0 );
-      pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere;
-      pParent->pWhere = pWhere;
-      pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, 
-                                  sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0));
-      assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 );
-      pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0);
-    }else{
-      pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere);
-    }
-    substSelect(db, pParent, iParent, pSub->pEList, 0);
-  
-    /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
-    ** outer query is distinct. 
-    */
-    pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
-  
-    /*
-    ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
-    **
-    ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits.  But this
-    ** does not work if either limit is negative.
-    */
-    if( pSub->pLimit ){
-      pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
-      pSub->pLimit = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
-  ** success.
-  */
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);
-
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
-    SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After flattening:\n"));
-    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
-
-
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-/*
-** Make copies of relevant WHERE clause terms of the outer query into
-** the WHERE clause of subquery.  Example:
-**
-**    SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1) WHERE x=5 AND y=10;
-**
-** Transformed into:
-**
-**    SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1 WHERE a=5 AND c-d=10)
-**     WHERE x=5 AND y=10;
-**
-** The hope is that the terms added to the inner query will make it more
-** efficient.
-**
-** Do not attempt this optimization if:
-**
-**   (1) The inner query is an aggregate.  (In that case, we'd really want
-**       to copy the outer WHERE-clause terms onto the HAVING clause of the
-**       inner query.  But they probably won't help there so do not bother.)
-**
-**   (2) The inner query is the recursive part of a common table expression.
-**
-**   (3) The inner query has a LIMIT clause (since the changes to the WHERE
-**       close would change the meaning of the LIMIT).
-**
-**   (4) The inner query is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN.  (The caller
-**       enforces this restriction since this routine does not have enough
-**       information to know.)
-**
-**   (5) The WHERE clause expression originates in the ON or USING clause
-**       of a LEFT JOIN.
-**
-** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause
-** terms are duplicated into the subquery.
-*/
-static int pushDownWhereTerms(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection (for malloc()) */
-  Select *pSubq,        /* The subquery whose WHERE clause is to be augmented */
-  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause of the outer query */
-  int iCursor           /* Cursor number of the subquery */
-){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  int nChng = 0;
-  if( pWhere==0 ) return 0;
-  if( (pSubq->selFlags & (SF_Aggregate|SF_Recursive))!=0 ){
-     return 0; /* restrictions (1) and (2) */
-  }
-  if( pSubq->pLimit!=0 ){
-     return 0; /* restriction (3) */
-  }
-  while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){
-    nChng += pushDownWhereTerms(db, pSubq, pWhere->pRight, iCursor);
-    pWhere = pWhere->pLeft;
-  }
-  if( ExprHasProperty(pWhere,EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; /* restriction 5 */
-  if( sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pWhere, iCursor) ){
-    nChng++;
-    while( pSubq ){
-      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
-      pNew = substExpr(db, pNew, iCursor, pSubq->pEList);
-      pSubq->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pSubq->pWhere, pNew);
-      pSubq = pSubq->pPrior;
-    }
-  }
-  return nChng;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
-
-/*
-** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first
-** argument, this function checks if the following are true:
-**
-**    * the query contains just a single aggregate function,
-**    * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and
-**    * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value.
-**
-** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX
-** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the 
-** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning.
-**
-** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and
-** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned.
-*/
-static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){
-  int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;          /* Return value */
-
-  *ppMinMax = 0;
-  if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){
-    Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */
-    ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList;      /* Arguments to agg function */
-
-    assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
-    if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
-      const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken;
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){
-        eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
-        *ppMinMax = pEList;
-      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){
-        eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
-        *ppMinMax = pEList;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 );
-  return eRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
-** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This 
-** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
-**
-**   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
-**
-** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
-** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
-** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
-*/
-static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Table *pTab;
-  Expr *pExpr;
-
-  assert( !p->pGroupBy );
-
-  if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 
-   || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect
-  ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-  pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-  assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr );
-
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
-  if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0;
-  if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0;
-  if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0;
-
-  return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
-** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
-** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return 
-** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate 
-** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
-  if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->fg.isIndexedBy ){
-    Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
-    char *zIndexedBy = pFrom->u1.zIndexedBy;
-    Index *pIdx;
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; 
-        pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy); 
-        pIdx=pIdx->pNext
-    );
-    if( !pIdx ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndexedBy, 0);
-      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    pFrom->pIBIndex = pIdx;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with 
-** an alternative collating sequence.
-**
-**    SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ...
-**
-** These are rewritten as a subquery:
-**
-**    SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2)
-**     ORDER BY ... COLLATE ...
-**
-** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine
-** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause
-** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the
-** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause.  See ticket
-** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a
-**
-** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION.
-** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when
-** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY.
-*/
-static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  int i;
-  Select *pNew;
-  Select *pX;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  struct ExprList_item *a;
-  SrcList *pNewSrc;
-  Parse *pParse;
-  Token dummy;
-
-  if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-  if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-  for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){}
-  if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-  a = p->pOrderBy->a;
-  for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){
-    if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break;
-  }
-  if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-
-  /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */
-
-  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-  memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy));
-  pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0);
-  if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-  *pNew = *p;
-  p->pSrc = pNewSrc;
-  p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ALL, 0));
-  p->op = TK_SELECT;
-  p->pWhere = 0;
-  pNew->pGroupBy = 0;
-  pNew->pHaving = 0;
-  pNew->pOrderBy = 0;
-  p->pPrior = 0;
-  p->pNext = 0;
-  p->pWith = 0;
-  p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound;
-  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Converted)==0 );
-  p->selFlags |= SF_Converted;
-  assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 );
-  pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew;
-  pNew->pLimit = 0;
-  pNew->pOffset = 0;
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-/*
-** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested 
-** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by 
-** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) 
-** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise
-** return NULL.
-**
-** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With
-** object that the returned CTE belongs to.
-*/
-static struct Cte *searchWith(
-  With *pWith,                    /* Current outermost WITH clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem,     /* FROM clause element to resolve */
-  With **ppContext                /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */
-){
-  const char *zName;
-  if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){
-    With *p;
-    for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-          *ppContext = p;
-          return &p->a[i];
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses
-** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack.
-**
-** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument
-** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this
-** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it
-** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when
-** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT 
-** statement with which it is associated.
-*/
-void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){
-  assert( bFree==0 || pParse->pWith==0 );
-  if( pWith ){
-    pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith;
-    pParse->pWith = pWith;
-    pParse->bFreeWith = bFree;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by 
-** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And,
-** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive
-** reference to the current CTE.
-**
-** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab
-** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check
-** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match
-** was found.
-**
-** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error
-** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the
-** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned.
-*/
-static int withExpand(
-  Walker *pWalker, 
-  struct SrcList_item *pFrom
-){
-  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  struct Cte *pCte;               /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */
-  With *pWith;                    /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */
-
-  assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-
-  pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith);
-  if( pCte ){
-    Table *pTab;
-    ExprList *pEList;
-    Select *pSel;
-    Select *pLeft;                /* Left-most SELECT statement */
-    int bMayRecursive;            /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */
-    With *pSavedWith;             /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */
-
-    /* If pCte->zCteErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal
-    ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return
-    ** early. If pCte->zCteErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference.
-    ** In this case, proceed.  */
-    if( pCte->zCteErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zCteErr, pCte->zName);
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-    pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-    if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-    pTab->nRef = 1;
-    pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName);
-    pTab->iPKey = -1;
-    pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
-    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral | TF_NoVisibleRowid;
-    pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0);
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    assert( pFrom->pSelect );
-
-    /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */
-    pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
-    bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION );
-    if( bMayRecursive ){
-      int i;
-      SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc;
-      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i];
-        if( pItem->zDatabase==0 
-         && pItem->zName!=0 
-         && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName)
-          ){
-          pItem->pTab = pTab;
-          pItem->fg.isRecursive = 1;
-          pTab->nRef++;
-          pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ 
-    if( pTab->nRef>2 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(
-          pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName
-      );
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    assert( pTab->nRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nRef==2 ));
-
-    pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s";
-    pSavedWith = pParse->pWith;
-    pParse->pWith = pWith;
-    sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel);
-
-    for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior);
-    pEList = pLeft->pEList;
-    if( pCte->pCols ){
-      if( pEList && pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns",
-            pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr
-        );
-        pParse->pWith = pSavedWith;
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      pEList = pCte->pCols;
-    }
-
-    sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
-    if( bMayRecursive ){
-      if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){
-        pCte->zCteErr = "multiple recursive references: %s";
-      }else{
-        pCte->zCteErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s";
-      }
-      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
-    }
-    pCte->zCteErr = 0;
-    pParse->pWith = pSavedWith;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-/*
-** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH 
-** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object.
-**
-** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by
-** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table
-** names and other FROM clause elements. 
-*/
-static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith;
-  if( pWith!=0 ){
-    assert( pParse->pWith==pWith );
-    pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter;
-  }
-}
-#else
-#define selectPopWith 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
-** "Expanding" means to do the following:
-**
-**    (1)  Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
-**         element of the FROM clause.
-**
-**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
-**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
-**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
-**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
-**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
-**         without worrying about messing up the persistent representation
-**         of the view.
-**
-**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accommodate the NATURAL keyword
-**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
-**
-**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
-**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
-**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
-**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
-**
-*/
-static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  int i, j, k;
-  SrcList *pTabList;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr;
-  u16 selFlags = p->selFlags;
-
-  p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
-  if( db->mallocFailed  ){
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-  if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  }
-  pTabList = p->pSrc;
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2==selectPopWith ){
-    sqlite3WithPush(pParse, findRightmost(p)->pWith, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
-  ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
-  */
-  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
-
-  /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select.  If
-  ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
-  ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
-  */
-  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-    Table *pTab;
-    assert( pFrom->fg.isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab!=0 );
-    if( pFrom->fg.isRecursive ) continue;
-    assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-    if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else
-#endif
-    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
-      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
-      assert( pSel!=0 );
-      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel) ) return WRC_Abort;
-      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-      pTab->nRef = 1;
-      pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab);
-      while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
-      sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList,&pTab->nCol,&pTab->aCol);
-      pTab->iPKey = -1;
-      pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
-      pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
-#endif
-    }else{
-      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
-      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom);
-      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-      if( pTab->nRef==0xffff ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535",
-           pTab->zName);
-        pFrom->pTab = 0;
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-      pTab->nRef++;
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-      if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-        i16 nCol;
-        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
-        assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 );
-        if( pFrom->fg.isTabFunc && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "'%s' is not a function", pTab->zName);
-          return WRC_Abort;
-        }
-        pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0);
-        sqlite3SelectSetName(pFrom->pSelect, pTab->zName);
-        nCol = pTab->nCol;
-        pTab->nCol = -1;
-        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
-        pTab->nCol = nCol;
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-
-    /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
-    if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
-  */
-  if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-
-  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
-  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
-  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
-  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
-  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
-  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
-  **
-  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
-  ** that need expanding.
-  */
-  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
-    pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
-    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
-    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
-    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
-    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break;
-  }
-  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
-    /*
-    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
-    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
-    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
-    */
-    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
-    ExprList *pNew = 0;
-    int flags = pParse->db->flags;
-    int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
-                      && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
-
-    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
-      pE = a[k].pExpr;
-      pRight = pE->pRight;
-      assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 );
-      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
-        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
-        */
-        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr);
-        if( pNew ){
-          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
-          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan;
-          a[k].zName = 0;
-          a[k].zSpan = 0;
-        }
-        a[k].pExpr = 0;
-      }else{
-        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
-        ** expanded. */
-        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
-        char *zTName = 0;       /* text of name of TABLE */
-        if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){
-          assert( pE->pLeft!=0 );
-          assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) );
-          zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken;
-        }
-        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
-          Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect;
-          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
-          const char *zSchemaName = 0;
-          int iDb;
-          if( zTabName==0 ){
-            zTabName = pTab->zName;
-          }
-          if( db->mallocFailed ) break;
-          if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){
-            pSub = 0;
-            if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
-              continue;
-            }
-            iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-            zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zName : "*";
-          }
-          for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
-            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
-            char *zColname;  /* The computed column name */
-            char *zToFree;   /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */
-            Token sColname;  /* Computed column name as a token */
-
-            assert( zName );
-            if( zTName && pSub
-             && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0
-            ){
-              continue;
-            }
-
-            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
-            ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
-            ** result-set list.
-            */
-            if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
-              assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
-              continue;
-            }
-            tableSeen = 1;
-
-            if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
-              if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
-                && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)
-              ){
-                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
-                ** table to the right of the join */
-                continue;
-              }
-              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
-                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
-                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
-                continue;
-              }
-            }
-            pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName);
-            zColname = zName;
-            zToFree = 0;
-            if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
-              Expr *pLeft;
-              pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName);
-              pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-              if( zSchemaName ){
-                pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName);
-                pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr, 0);
-              }
-              if( longNames ){
-                zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName);
-                zToFree = zColname;
-              }
-            }else{
-              pExpr = pRight;
-            }
-            pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr);
-            sColname.z = zColname;
-            sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname);
-            sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0);
-            if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
-              struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1];
-              if( pSub ){
-                pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan);
-                testcase( pX->zSpan==0 );
-              }else{
-                pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s",
-                                           zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname);
-                testcase( pX->zSpan==0 );
-              }
-              pX->bSpanIsTab = 1;
-            }
-            sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree);
-          }
-        }
-        if( !tableSeen ){
-          if( zTName ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
-          }else{
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
-    p->pEList = pNew;
-  }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
-  }
-#endif
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
-**
-** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
-** are walked without any actions being taken at each node.  Presumably,
-** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then 
-** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every 
-** subquery in the parser tree.
-*/
-static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries.
-** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT
-** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above.
-**
-** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a
-** SELECT statement.  The SELECT statement must be expanded before
-** name resolution is performed.
-**
-** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse.
-** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr
-** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed.
-*/
-static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
-  Walker w;
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
-  w.pParse = pParse;
-  if( pParse->hasCompound ){
-    w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery;
-    sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
-  }
-  w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
-  if( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 ){
-    w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith;
-  }
-  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-/*
-** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()
-** interface.
-**
-** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl
-** information to the Table structure that represents the result set
-** of that subquery.
-**
-** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed
-** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted
-** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved.  This
-** routine is called after identifier resolution.
-*/
-static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  Parse *pParse;
-  int i;
-  SrcList *pTabList;
-  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
-
-  assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
-  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 );
-  p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
-  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  pTabList = p->pSrc;
-  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-    Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
-    assert( pTab!=0 );
-    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
-      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
-      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
-      if( pSel ){
-        while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
-        selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to
-** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a
-** SELECT statement.
-**
-** Use this routine after name resolution.
-*/
-static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  Walker w;
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo;
-  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
-  w.pParse = pParse;
-  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing.  The
-** following is accomplished:
-**
-**     *  VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms.
-**     *  Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries.
-**     *  ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements
-**     *  Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded.
-**     *  Identifiers in expression are matched to tables.
-**
-** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT.
-*/
-void sqlite3SelectPrep(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for container */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return;
-  sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p);
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
-**
-** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
-** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate.  This
-** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory
-** cells.
-*/
-static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
-  int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn;
-  if( nReg==0 ) return;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by
-  ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */
-  assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 );
-  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
-    assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg
-         && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg );
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){
-    assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg
-         && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg );
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg);
-  for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){
-    if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
-      Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one "
-           "argument");
-        pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
-      }else{
-        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0,
-                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
-** in the AggInfo structure.
-*/
-static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
-  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
-    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0,
-                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
-** the current cursor position.
-*/
-static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  int regHit = 0;
-  int addrHitTest = 0;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
-  struct AggInfo_col *pC;
-
-  pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
-  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
-    int nArg;
-    int addrNext = 0;
-    int regAgg;
-    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-    if( pList ){
-      nArg = pList->nExpr;
-      regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
-      sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP);
-    }else{
-      nArg = 0;
-      regAgg = 0;
-    }
-    if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
-      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      testcase( nArg==0 );  /* Error condition */
-      testcase( nArg>1 );   /* Also an error */
-      codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
-    }
-    if( pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
-      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-      int j;
-      assert( pList!=0 );  /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */
-      for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){
-        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
-      }
-      if( !pColl ){
-        pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
-      }
-      if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep0, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
-                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
-    if( addrNext ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache.
-  ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present 
-  ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value
-  ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register
-  ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the
-  ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5].
-  **
-  ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached
-  ** values to an OP_Copy.
-  */
-  if( regHit ){
-    addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-  for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
-  }
-  pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
-  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-  if( addrHitTest ){
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple
-** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab").
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-static void explainSimpleCount(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being queried */
-  Index *pIdx                     /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */
-){
-  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-    int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx)));
-    char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s",
-        pTab->zName,
-        bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "",
-        bCover ? pIdx->zName : ""
-    );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
-        pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC
-    );
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.  
-**
-** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure.
-** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information.
-**
-** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
-** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
-** pParse->zErrMsg.
-**
-** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
-** calling function needs to do that.
-*/
-int sqlite3Select(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  SelectDest *pDest      /* What to do with the query results */
-){
-  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual machine under construction */
-  int isAgg;             /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
-  ExprList *pEList = 0;  /* List of columns to extract. */
-  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
-  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
-  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
-  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
-  DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */
-  SortCtx sSort;         /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */
-  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
-  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
-  pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++;
-#endif
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
-  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-  pParse->nSelectIndent++;
-  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing:\n"));
-  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
-    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo );
-  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo );
-  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue );
-  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue );
-  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
-    assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || 
-           pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard ||
-           pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue  || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo ||
-           pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo);
-    /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does
-    ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
-    p->pOrderBy = 0;
-    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
-  }
-  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
-  memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort));
-  sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-  pTabList = p->pSrc;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto select_end;
-  }
-  assert( p->pEList!=0 );
-  isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
-    SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p, ("after name resolution:\n"));
-    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-
-  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
-  ** only a single column may be output.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, p->pEList->nExpr) ){
-    goto select_end;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Try to flatten subqueries in the FROM clause up into the main query
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
-    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
-    int isAggSub;
-    Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
-    if( pSub==0 ) continue;
-
-    /* Catch mismatch in the declared columns of a view and the number of
-    ** columns in the SELECT on the RHS */
-    if( pTab->nCol!=pSub->pEList->nExpr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expected %d columns for '%s' but got %d",
-                      pTab->nCol, pTab->zName, pSub->pEList->nExpr);
-      goto select_end;
-    }
-
-    isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
-    if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
-      /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */
-      if( isAggSub ){
-        isAgg = 1;
-        p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
-      }
-      i = -1;
-    }
-    pTabList = p->pSrc;
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
-    if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
-      sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Get a pointer the VDBE under construction, allocating a new VDBE if one
-  ** does not already exist */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-  /* Handle compound SELECT statements using the separate multiSelect()
-  ** procedure.
-  */
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
-    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-    SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n"));
-    pParse->nSelectIndent--;
-#endif
-    return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
-    SelectDest dest;
-    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
-    if( pSub==0 ) continue;
-
-    /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than
-    ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN,
-    ** for example.  In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest
-    ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view.  The first instance
-    ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need
-    ** to be invoked again. */
-    if( pItem->addrFillSub ){
-      if( pItem->fg.viaCoroutine==0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub);
-      }
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
-    ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select
-    ** may contain expression trees of at most
-    ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
-    ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
-    ** an exact limit.
-    */
-    pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
-
-    /* Make copies of constant WHERE-clause terms in the outer query down
-    ** inside the subquery.  This can help the subquery to run more efficiently.
-    */
-    if( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)==0
-     && pushDownWhereTerms(db, pSub, p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor)
-    ){
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-      if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
-        SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After WHERE-clause push-down:\n"));
-        sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-
-    /* Generate code to implement the subquery
-    */
-    if( pTabList->nSrc==1
-     && (p->selFlags & SF_All)==0
-     && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SubqCoroutine)
-    ){
-      /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result
-      ** set on each invocation.
-      */
-      int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1;
-      pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName));
-      pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop;
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn);
-      explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
-      pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow);
-      pItem->fg.viaCoroutine = 1;
-      pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, pItem->regReturn);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1);
-      sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
-    }else{
-      /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with
-      ** the content of this subquery.  pItem->addrFillSub will point
-      ** to the address of the generated subroutine.  pItem->regReturn
-      ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address
-      */
-      int topAddr;
-      int onceAddr = 0;
-      int retAddr;
-      assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 );
-      pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
-      topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn);
-      pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1;
-      if( pItem->fg.isCorrelated==0 ){
-        /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of
-        ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery
-        ** once. */
-        onceAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName));
-      }else{
-        VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName));
-      }
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
-      explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
-      pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow);
-      if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr);
-      retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn);
-      VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName));
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr);
-      sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
-    pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Various elements of the SELECT copied into local variables for
-  ** convenience */
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  pWhere = p->pWhere;
-  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-  pHaving = p->pHaving;
-  sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
-
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){
-    SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After all FROM-clause analysis:\n"));
-    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and 
-  ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
-  ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
-  **
-  **     SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz
-  **
-  ** is transformed to:
-  **
-  **     SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz ORDER BY xyz
-  **
-  ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be 
-  ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally 
-  ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER 
-  ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other.
-  */
-  if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct 
-   && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, pEList, -1)==0
-  ){
-    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
-    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0);
-    /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags,
-    ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set.  Hence, isTnct represents the
-    ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */
-    assert( sDistinct.isTnct );
-  }
-
-  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then create an ephemeral index to
-  ** do the sorting.  But this sorting ephemeral index might end up
-  ** being unused if the data can be extracted in pre-sorted order.
-  ** If that is the case, then the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be
-  ** changed to an OP_Noop once we figure out that the sorting index is
-  ** not needed.  The sSort.addrSortIndex variable is used to facilitate
-  ** that change.
-  */
-  if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, pEList->nExpr);
-    sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
-    sSort.addrSortIndex =
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
-          sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+1+pEList->nExpr, 0,
-          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO
-      );
-  }else{
-    sSort.addrSortIndex = -1;
-  }
-
-  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
-  */
-  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the limiter.
-  */
-  iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  p->nSelectRow = LARGEST_INT64;
-  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
-  if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, sSort.addrSortIndex, OP_SorterOpen);
-    sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter;
-  }
-
-  /* Open an ephemeral index to use for the distinct set.
-  */
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
-    sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++;
-    sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
-                             sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0,
-                             (char*)keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0),
-                             P4_KEYINFO);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
-    sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED;
-  }else{
-    sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP;
-  }
-
-  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
-    /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */
-    u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0);
-
-    /* Begin the database scan. */
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy,
-                               p->pEList, wctrlFlags, 0);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
-    if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){
-      p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo);
-    }
-    if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){
-      sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo);
-    }
-    if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
-      sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo);
-      if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){
-        sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
-    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
-    ** into an OP_Noop.
-    */
-    if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex);
-    }
-
-    /* Use the standard inner loop. */
-    selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest,
-                    sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo),
-                    sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
-
-    /* End the database scan loop.
-    */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }else{
-    /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause
-    ** or both */
-    NameContext sNC;    /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
-    int iAMem;          /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
-    int iBMem;          /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
-    int iUseFlag;       /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
-                        ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
-                        ** processed */
-    int iAbortFlag;     /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
-    int groupBySort;    /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
-    int addrEnd;        /* End of processing for this SELECT */
-    int sortPTab = 0;   /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */
-    int sortOut = 0;    /* Output register from the sorter */
-    int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */
-
-    /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the
-    ** GROUP BY clause.
-    */
-    if( pGroupBy ){
-      int k;                        /* Loop counter */
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;  /* For looping over expression in a list */
-
-      for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
-        pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0;
-      }
-      for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
-        pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0;
-      }
-      if( p->nSelectRow>100 ) p->nSelectRow = 100;
-    }else{
-      p->nSelectRow = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
-    ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause 
-    ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out 
-    ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY might use a
-    ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required
-    ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the
-    ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp
-    ** variable.  */
-    if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){
-      orderByGrp = 1;
-    }
- 
-    /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
-    addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
-    ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
-    ** SELECT statement.
-    */
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-    sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
-    sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1;
-    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0;
-    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
-    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
-    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy);
-    if( pHaving ){
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
-    }
-    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
-    for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      sNC.ncFlags |= NC_InAggFunc;
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->x.pList);
-      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc;
-    }
-    sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem;
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
-
-    /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
-    ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
-    */
-    if( pGroupBy ){
-      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Keying information for the group by clause */
-      int addr1;          /* A-vs-B comparision jump */
-      int addrOutputRow;  /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
-      int regOutputRow;   /* Return address register for output subroutine */
-      int addrSetAbort;   /* Set the abort flag and return */
-      int addrTopOfLoop;  /* Top of the input loop */
-      int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
-      int addrReset;      /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
-      int regReset;       /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
-
-      /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
-      ** implement it.  Allocate that sorting index now.  If it turns out
-      ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction
-      ** will be converted into a Noop.  
-      */
-      sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-      pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, 0, sAggInfo.nColumn);
-      addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, 
-          sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 
-          0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-
-      /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
-      */
-      iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
-      iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
-      regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
-      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
-      addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
-      iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1);
-
-      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
-      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
-      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
-      ** in the right order to begin with.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
-      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0,
-          WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0
-      );
-      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
-      if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){
-        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
-        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
-        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
-        */
-        groupBySort = 0;
-      }else{
-        /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order.  We have to push
-        ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
-        ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
-        ** in sorted order
-        */
-        int regBase;
-        int regRecord;
-        int nCol;
-        int nGroupBy;
-
-        explainTempTable(pParse, 
-            (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ?
-                    "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY");
-
-        groupBySort = 1;
-        nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
-        nCol = nGroupBy;
-        j = nGroupBy;
-        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
-          if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
-            nCol++;
-            j++;
-          }
-        }
-        regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0, 0);
-        j = nGroupBy;
-        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
-          struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
-          if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
-            int r1 = j + regBase;
-            int r2;
-
-            r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, 
-                               pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0);
-            if( r1!=r2 ){
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
-            }
-            j++;
-          }
-        }
-        regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++;
-        sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
-        VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
-        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-
-      }
-
-      /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort
-      ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY
-      ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier.
-      **
-      ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
-      ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to 
-      ** disable this optimization for testing purposes.  */
-      if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) 
-       && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo))
-      ){
-        sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex);
-      }
-
-      /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
-      ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
-      ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
-      ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
-      */
-      addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-      if( groupBySort ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,
-                          sortOut, sortPTab);
-      }
-      for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
-        if( groupBySort ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j);
-        }else{
-          sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
-          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr,
-                          (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO);
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr1+1, 0, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-      /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
-      ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
-      ** block.  If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
-      **
-      ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
-      ** over to a0,a1,a2.  It then calls the output subroutine
-      ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
-      ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
-      */
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "output one row"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
-      VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator"));
-
-      /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
-      ** the current row
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
-
-      /* End of the loop
-      */
-      if( groupBySort ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx);
-      }
-
-      /* Output the final row of result
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
-
-      /* Jump over the subroutines
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEnd);
-
-      /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
-      ** set.  This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag.  If iUseFlag
-      ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op.  If
-      ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
-      ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
-      ** order to signal the caller to abort.
-      */
-      addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow);
-      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
-      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, &sSort,
-                      &sDistinct, pDest,
-                      addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
-
-      /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
-      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
-     
-    } /* endif pGroupBy.  Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */
-    else {
-      ExprList *pDel = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-      Table *pTab;
-      if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){
-        /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then
-        ** the SQL statement is of the form:
-        **
-        **   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
-        **
-        ** where the Table structure returned represents table <tbl>.
-        **
-        ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The
-        ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that
-        ** contains the data for table <tbl> or on one of its indexes. It
-        ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost
-        ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables.
-        */
-        const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-        const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++;     /* Cursor to scan b-tree */
-        Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
-        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;               /* Keyinfo for scanned index */
-        Index *pBest = 0;                    /* Best index found so far */
-        int iRoot = pTab->tnum;              /* Root page of scanned b-tree */
-
-        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-        sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-
-        /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost.
-        **
-        ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index.
-        **
-        ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index.
-        **
-        ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only 
-        ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
-        */
-        if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-          if( pIdx->bUnordered==0
-           && pIdx->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow
-           && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0
-           && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow)
-          ){
-            pBest = pIdx;
-          }
-        }
-        if( pBest ){
-          iRoot = pBest->tnum;
-          pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest);
-        }
-
-        /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1);
-        if( pKeyInfo ){
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
-        explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest);
-      }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
-      {
-        /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
-        **
-        **   SELECT min(x) FROM ...
-        **   SELECT max(x) FROM ...
-        **
-        ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
-        ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. 
-        ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
-        ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the 
-        ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is 
-        ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum 
-        ** value of x, the only row required).
-        **
-        ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
-        ** modify behavior as follows:
-        **
-        **   + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
-        **     where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
-        **     for x.
-        **
-        **   + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
-        **     index or indices to use) should place a different priority on 
-        **     satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
-        **     Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
-        */
-        ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
-        u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
-        
-        assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
-        assert( flag==0 );
-        if( p->pHaving==0 ){
-          flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax);
-        }
-        assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) );
-
-        if( flag ){
-          pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0);
-          pDel = pMinMax;
-          if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
-            pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
-            pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
-          }
-        }
-  
-        /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
-        ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
-        ** of output.
-        */
-        resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax,0,flag,0);
-        if( pWInfo==0 ){
-          sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
-          goto select_end;
-        }
-        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-        assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 );
-        if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){
-          sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
-          VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",
-                (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
-        }
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      }
-
-      sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, 0, 0, 
-                      pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
-    
-  } /* endif aggregate query */
-
-  if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){
-    explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT");
-  }
-
-  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
-  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
-  */
-  if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
-    explainTempTable(pParse,
-                     sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY");
-    generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
-  }
-
-  /* Jump here to skip this query
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
-
-  /* The SELECT has been coded. If there is an error in the Parse structure,
-  ** set the return code to 1. Otherwise 0. */
-  rc = (pParse->nErr>0);
-
-  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
-  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
-  */
-select_end:
-  explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
-
-  /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
-    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end processing\n"));
-  pParse->nSelectIndent--;
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite.h.in b/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite.h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index c3b2890f0b3..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite.h.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7805 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
-** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
-** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
-** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
-** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
-**
-** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
-** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
-** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
-** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
-** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
-**
-** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
-** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
-** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate.
-**
-** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
-** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
-** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
-** part of the build process.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
-#define _SQLITE3_H_
-#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
-
-/*
-** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
-*/
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
-# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_API
-# define SQLITE_API
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL
-# define SQLITE_CDECL
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL
-# define SQLITE_STDCALL
-#endif
-
-/*
-** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
-** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
-** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards
-** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
-** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
-**
-** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
-** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
-** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
-** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
-** noop macros.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
-#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
-
-/*
-** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
-**
-** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
-** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
-** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
-** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
-** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
-** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
-** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
-** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
-** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
-** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
-** and Z will be reset to zero.
-**
-** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
-** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
-** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
-** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
-** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
-** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
-** hash of the entire source tree.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
-** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
-** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION        "--VERS--"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER --VERSION-NUMBER--
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "--SOURCE-ID--"
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
-**
-** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
-** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
-** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
-** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
-** the header, and thus ensure that the application is
-** compiled with matching library and header files.
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
-** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
-** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
-** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
-** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
-** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
-** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
-*/
-SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[];
-const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
-const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
-int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
-** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
-** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
-** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
-** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
-** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
-** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
-**
-** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
-** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
-** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
-**
-** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
-** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
-const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
-** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
-**
-** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
-** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
-** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
-** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
-**
-** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
-** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
-** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
-** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
-**
-** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
-** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
-** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
-**
-** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
-** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
-** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
-** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
-** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
-** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED].  ^(The return value of the
-** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
-** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
-** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
-** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
-**
-** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
-*/
-int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
-** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
-**
-** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
-** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
-** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
-** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
-** interfaces (such as
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
-** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
-** sqlite3 object.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
-**
-** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
-** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
-**
-** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
-** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
-** compatibility only.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
-** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
-** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
-** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
-  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
-#else
-  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
-#endif
-typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
-typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
-
-/*
-** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define double sqlite3_int64
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
-** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
-** for the [sqlite3] object.
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if
-** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
-** resources are deallocated.
-**
-** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
-** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
-** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
-** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
-** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
-** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
-** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
-** destructors are called is arbitrary.
-**
-** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
-** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
-** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
-** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
-** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
-** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
-** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation
-** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
-** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
-**
-** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
-** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
-**
-** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
-** must be either a NULL
-** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
-** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
-** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
-** argument is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
-int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** The type for a callback function.
-** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
-** compatibility and is not documented.
-*/
-typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
-** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
-** without having to use a lot of C code. 
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
-** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
-** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
-** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
-** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
-** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
-** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
-** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
-** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
-** ignored.
-**
-** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
-** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
-** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
-** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
-** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
-** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
-** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
-** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
-** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
-** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
-** NULL before returning.
-**
-** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
-** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
-** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
-**
-** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
-** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
-** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
-** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
-** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
-** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
-** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
-** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
-** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
-**
-** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
-** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
-** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
-** is not changed.
-**
-** Restrictions:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
-**      is a valid and open [database connection].
-** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
-**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
-** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
-**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
-** </ul>
-*/
-int sqlite3_exec(
-  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
-  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
-  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
-  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions}
-**
-** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
-** here in order to indicate success or failure.
-**
-** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
-**
-** See also: [extended result code definitions]
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
-/* beginning-of-error-codes */
-#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
-#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
-#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
-#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
-#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
-#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
-#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
-#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
-#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
-#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
-#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
-#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
-#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
-#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
-#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
-#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
-#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
-#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE      27   /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
-#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
-#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
-#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
-/* end-of-error-codes */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions}
-**
-** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer
-** [result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
-** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
-** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
-** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
-** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
-** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled
-** on a per database connection basis using the
-** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.  Or, the extended code for
-** the most recent error can be obtained using
-** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8))
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED        (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION     (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER               (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8))
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
-**
-** These bit values are intended for use in the
-** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
-** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */
-
-/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
-**
-** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
-** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
-** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** refers to.
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
-** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
-** file that were written at the application level might have changed
-** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
-** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
-** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
-** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
-** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
-** elevated privileges.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE              0x00002000
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
-**
-** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
-** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
-** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
-**
-** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
-** these integer values as the second argument.
-**
-** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
-** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
-** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
-** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
-** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
-** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
-**
-** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
-** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
-** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
-** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
-** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
-** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
-** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
-** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
-** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
-** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
-** cares about the difference.)
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
-**
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
-** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
-** implementations will
-** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
-** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
-** I/O operations on the open file.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
-struct sqlite3_file {
-  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
-**
-** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
-** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
-** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
-** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
-** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
-**
-** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
-** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
-** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
-** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
-** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
-** to NULL.
-**
-** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
-** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
-** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
-** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
-** and not its inode needs to be synced.
-**
-** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
-** </ul>
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
-** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
-** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
-** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
-** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
-**
-** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
-** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
-** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
-** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
-** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
-** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
-** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
-** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
-** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
-** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
-** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
-** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
-** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
-** recognize.
-**
-** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
-** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
-** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
-** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
-** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
-** underlying device:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
-** </ul>
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().
-**
-** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
-** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
-** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
-** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
-** database corruption.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
-struct sqlite3_io_methods {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
-  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
-  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
-  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
-  int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
-  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
-  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
-** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode}
-**
-** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
-** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
-** interface.
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
-** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
-** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
-** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
-** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST
-** compile-time option is used.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
-** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
-** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
-** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
-** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
-** file run faster.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
-** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
-** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
-** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
-** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
-** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
-** improve performance on some systems.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
-** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
-** connection.  See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
-** additional information.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
-** No longer in use.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
-** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
-** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked 
-** because the user has configured SQLite with 
-** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place 
-** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
-** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
-** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
-** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that 
-** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications 
-** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may 
-** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
-** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
-** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
-** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the 
-** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
-** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
-** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
-** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
-** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
-** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
-** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
-** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
-** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
-** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
-** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
-** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
-** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
-** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
-** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
-** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
-** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
-** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
-** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
-** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
-** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
-** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
-** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
-** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
-** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
-** WAL persistence setting.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
-** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
-** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
-** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
-** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
-** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
-** zero-damage mode setting.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
-** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
-** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
-** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
-** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
-** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
-** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
-** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
-** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
-** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
-** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
-** is intended for diagnostic use only.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
-** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
-** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
-** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
-** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
-** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
-** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
-** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
-** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
-** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
-** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
-** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
-** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
-** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
-** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy
-** of the result string if the string is non-NULL.
-** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
-** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
-** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
-** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
-** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
-** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
-** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
-** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
-** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
-** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
-** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
-** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
-** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
-** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
-** current operation.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
-** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
-** to have SQLite generate a
-** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
-** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses.  The
-** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
-** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  The caller should
-** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
-** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
-** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
-** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map.  The
-** pointer is overwritten with the old value.  The limit is not changed if
-** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit 
-** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
-** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
-** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
-** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
-** The argument is a zero-terminated string.  Higher layers in the
-** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
-** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
-** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
-** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
-** was first opened.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
-** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
-** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
-** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might
-** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately
-** available.  The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare
-** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion.
-** Applications should <em>not</em> use this file-control.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other
-** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
-** the RBU extension only.  All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
-** this opcode.  
-** </ul>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26
-
-/* deprecated names */
-#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
-#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
-#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
-**
-** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
-** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
-** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
-** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
-**
-** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
-**
-** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
-** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
-** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
-** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
-**
-** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
-** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
-** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
-** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
-** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
-** modified.
-**
-** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
-** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
-** a pathname in this VFS.
-**
-** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
-** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
-** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
-** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
-** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
-** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
-**
-** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
-** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
-** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
-** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
-** object once the object has been registered.
-**
-** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
-** be unique across all VFS modules.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
-** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
-** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
-** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
-** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
-** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
-** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
-** ^SQLite further guarantees that
-** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
-** called. Because of the previous sentence,
-** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
-** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
-** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
-** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
-** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
-**
-** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
-** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
-** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
-** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
-** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
-**
-** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
-** call, depending on the object being opened:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
-** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
-** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
-** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
-** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
-** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
-** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
-** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
-**
-** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
-** </ul>
-**
-** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
-** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
-** databases, and subjournals.
-**
-** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
-** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
-** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
-** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
-** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
-** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
-** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
-** for exclusive access.
-**
-** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
-** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
-** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
-** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
-** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
-** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
-** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
-** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
-** or failure of the xOpen call.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
-** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
-** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
-** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
-** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
-** directory.
-**
-** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
-** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
-** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
-** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
-** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
-** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
-**
-** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
-** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
-** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
-** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
-** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
-** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
-** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
-** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
-** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
-** a floating point value.
-** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
-** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
-** a 24-hour day).  
-** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
-** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
-** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
-** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
-**
-** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
-** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
-** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
-** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
-** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
-** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
-** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
-** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
-** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
-** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
-** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
-typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
-struct sqlite3_vfs {
-  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
-  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
-  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
-  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
-  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
-               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
-  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
-  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
-  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
-  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
-  */
-  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
-  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
-  */
-  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
-  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
-  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
-  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
-  */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
-**
-** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
-** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
-** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
-** simply checks whether the file exists.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
-** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
-** the directory).
-** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
-** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
-** release of SQLite.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
-** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
-** SQLite.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
-**
-** These integer constants define the various locking operations
-** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
-** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
-** xShmLock method:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
-** </ul>
-**
-** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
-** was given on the corresponding lock.  
-**
-** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
-** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
-** and EXCLUSIVE.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
-#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
-#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
-#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
-**
-** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
-** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
-** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
-** lock outside of this range
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
-** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
-** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
-** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
-** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
-** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
-** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
-** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
-** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
-** are harmless no-ops.)^
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
-** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
-** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
-** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
-**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
-** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
-** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
-** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
-** sqlite3_shutdown().
-**
-** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
-** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
-** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
-** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
-** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
-** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
-** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
-** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
-** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
-** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
-** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
-** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
-** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
-** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
-** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
-** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
-** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
-** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
-** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
-**
-** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
-** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
-** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
-** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
-** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
-** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
-** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
-**
-** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
-** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
-** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
-** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
-** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
-** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
-** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
-** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
-** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
-** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
-** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
-** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
-** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
-** failure.
-*/
-int sqlite3_initialize(void);
-int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
-int sqlite3_os_init(void);
-int sqlite3_os_end(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
-** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
-** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
-** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
-** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
-**
-** <b>The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application
-** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
-** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.</b>
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface
-** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
-** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
-** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
-** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
-** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
-**
-** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
-** [configuration option] that determines
-** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
-** vary depending on the [configuration option]
-** in the first argument.
-**
-** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
-** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
-** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
-*/
-int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
-** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
-** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
-** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
-**
-** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
-** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
-** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
-** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
-**
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
-** the call is considered successful.
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
-**
-** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
-** and low-level memory allocation routines.
-**
-** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
-** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
-** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
-** By creating an instance of this object
-** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
-** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
-** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
-** dynamic memory needs.
-**
-** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
-** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
-** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
-** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
-** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
-** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
-** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
-** conditions.
-**
-** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
-** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
-** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
-** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
-**
-** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
-** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
-** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
-**
-** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
-** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
-** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
-** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
-** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
-** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
-** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
-**
-** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
-** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
-** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
-** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
-** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
-** xInit and xShutdown.
-**
-** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
-** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
-** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
-** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
-** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
-** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
-** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
-** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
-** serialization.
-**
-** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
-** call to xShutdown().
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
-  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
-  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
-  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
-  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
-  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
-  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
-  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
-** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
-** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
-** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
-** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
-** configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
-** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** The application is responsible for serializing access to
-** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
-** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
-** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
-** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
-** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
-** all mutexes including the recursive
-** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
-** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
-** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
-** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
-** ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
-** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is 
-** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
-** The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
-** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
-** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
-** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which
-** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
-** The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
-** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
-** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
-** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int,
-** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of
-** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are
-** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
-**   <ul>
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_status64()]
-**   </ul>)^
-** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
-** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
-** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option specifies a static memory buffer
-** that SQLite can use for scratch memory.  ^(There are three arguments
-** to SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH:  A pointer an 8-byte
-** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
-** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
-** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).)^
-** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
-** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** ^SQLite will not use more than one scratch buffers per thread.
-** ^SQLite will never request a scratch buffer that is more than 6
-** times the database page size.
-** ^If SQLite needs needs additional
-** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.<p>
-** ^When the application provides any amount of scratch memory using
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary large
-** [sqlite3_malloc|heap allocations].
-** This can help [Robson proof|prevent memory allocation failures] due to heap
-** fragmentation in low-memory embedded systems.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a static memory buffer
-** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
-** cache implementation.  
-** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
-** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]
-** configuration option.
-** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
-** 8-byte aligned
-** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
-** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
-** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each
-** page header.  ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header
-** can be determined using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ] option 
-** to [sqlite3_config()].
-** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
-** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary.  The first
-** argument should pointer to an 8-byte aligned block of memory that
-** is at least sz*N bytes of memory, otherwise subsequent behavior is
-** undefined.
-** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
-** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional
-** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
-** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer 
-** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
-** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
-** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled
-** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise.
-** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP:
-** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
-** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
-** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
-** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
-** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
-** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory
-** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
-** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
-** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
-** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
-** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a
-** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.
-** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used
-** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of
-** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
-** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
-** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
-** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which
-** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
-** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
-** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
-** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
-** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
-** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
-** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine
-** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection].
-** The first argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
-** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
-** sets the <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
-** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
-** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is 
-** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies
-** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^
-** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which
-** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of
-** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
-** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
-** global [error log].
-** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
-** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
-** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
-** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
-** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
-** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
-** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
-** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
-** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
-** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
-** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
-** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
-** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
-** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
-** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
-** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
-** <dd>^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int.
-** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero,
-** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally
-** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()],
-** [sqlite3_open16()] or
-** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
-** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
-** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
-** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
-** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
-** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
-** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
-** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer
-** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable
-** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer.
-** ^The default setting is determined
-** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
-** if that compile-time option is omitted.
-** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
-** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
-** when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
-** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
-** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
-** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
-** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
-** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
-** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
-** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
-** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
-** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
-** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
-** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
-** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
-** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
-** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
-** third parameter is passed NULL In this case.  An example of using this
-** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
-** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
-** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
-** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
-** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
-** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
-** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
-** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the
-** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
-** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
-** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
-** changed to its compile-time default.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
-** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is
-** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro
-** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
-** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ
-** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which
-** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra
-** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
-** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler,
-** target platform, and SQLite version.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ
-** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which
-** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded
-** sorter to that integer.  The default minimum PMA Size is set by the
-** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option.  New threads are launched
-** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting
-** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content
-** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the
-** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value.
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ        24  /* int *psz */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ               25  /* unsigned int szPma */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
-** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
-** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
-** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
-** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
-** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
-** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
-** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
-** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
-** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
-** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
-** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
-** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
-** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
-** when the "current value" returned by
-** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
-** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
-** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
-** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
-** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
-** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
-** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
-** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
-** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
-** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
-** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
-** There should be two additional arguments.
-** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
-** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
-** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
-** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
-** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
-** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
-**
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
-** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
-** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
-*/
-int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
-** has a unique 64-bit signed
-** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
-** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
-** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
-** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
-** is another alias for the rowid.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the 
-** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
-** on database connection D.
-** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
-** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
-** have ever occurred on the database connection D, 
-** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
-**
-** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
-** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
-** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
-** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned 
-** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
-** table method began.)^
-**
-** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
-** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
-** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
-** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
-** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
-** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
-** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
-** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
-** the return value of this interface.)^
-**
-** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
-** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
-**
-** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
-** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
-** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
-** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
-** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
-** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
-** last insert [rowid].
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or
-** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
-** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter.
-** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value
-** returned by this function.
-**
-** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are
-** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], 
-** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted.
-** 
-** Changes to a view that are intercepted by 
-** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value 
-** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or 
-** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real 
-** tables are counted.
-**
-** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is
-** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the
-** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback
-** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially:
-** 
-** <ul>
-**   <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by
-**        sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program 
-**        has finished, the original value is restored.)^
-** 
-**   <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE 
-**        statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() 
-**        upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include 
-**        any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() 
-**        value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^
-** </ul>
-** 
-** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used
-** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it 
-** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing.
-** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger 
-** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the 
-** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
-** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
-** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or
-** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed
-** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
-** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
-** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
-** 
-** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the
-** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are
-** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers 
-** are not counted.
-** 
-** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
-** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
-** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
-** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
-** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
-** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
-** immediately.
-**
-** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
-** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
-** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
-** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
-**
-** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
-** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
-** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
-**
-** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
-** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
-** will be rolled back automatically.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
-** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
-** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
-** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
-** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
-** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
-** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
-** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
-**
-** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
-** is running then bad things will likely happen.
-*/
-void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
-**
-** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
-** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
-** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
-** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
-** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
-** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
-** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
-** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
-** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
-** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
-** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
-**
-** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
-** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
-**
-** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
-** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
-**
-** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
-** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
-** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
-** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
-**
-** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
-** UTF-8 string.
-**
-** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
-*/
-int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
-int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
-** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler}
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X
-** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
-** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
-** [database connection] D when another thread
-** or process has the table locked.
-** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
-** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout].
-**
-** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
-** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
-**
-** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
-** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
-** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked previously for the same locking event.  ^If the
-** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
-** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned
-** to the application.
-** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
-** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats.
-**
-** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
-** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
-** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** to the application instead of invoking the 
-** busy handler.
-** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
-** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
-** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
-** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
-** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
-** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
-** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
-** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
-** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
-** the second process to proceed.
-**
-** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
-**
-** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
-** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
-** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
-** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the
-** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler.
-**
-** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
-** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  In other words,
-** the busy handler is not reentrant.  Any such actions
-** result in undefined behavior.
-** 
-** A busy handler must not close the database connection
-** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
-*/
-int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
-** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
-** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
-** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
-** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
-** [SQLITE_BUSY].
-**
-** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
-** turns off all busy handlers.
-**
-** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
-** [database connection] at any given moment.  If another busy handler
-** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
-** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
-**
-** See also:  [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
-*/
-int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
-** Use of this interface is not recommended.
-**
-** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
-** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
-** complete query results from one or more queries.
-**
-** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
-** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
-** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
-** and M be the number of columns.
-**
-** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
-** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
-** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
-** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
-** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
-** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
-** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
-**
-** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
-** is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        Name        | Age
-**        -----------------------
-**        Alice       | 43
-**        Bob         | 28
-**        Cindy       | 21
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
-** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
-** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
-**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
-**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
-**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
-**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
-**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
-**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
-**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
-** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
-** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
-** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
-**
-** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
-** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
-** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
-** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
-** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
-** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
-** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
-** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
-** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
-  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
-  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
-  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
-  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
-);
-void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
-**
-** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
-** from the standard C library.
-** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options,
-** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below.
-** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent
-** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
-** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-** The strings returned by these two routines should be
-** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
-** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
-** memory to hold the resulting string.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
-** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
-** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
-** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
-** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
-** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
-** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
-** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
-** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
-** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
-** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
-** now without breaking compatibility.
-**
-** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
-** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
-** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
-** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
-** written will be n-1 characters.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
-**
-** These routines all implement some additional formatting
-** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
-** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
-** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options.
-**
-** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
-** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
-** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
-** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
-** the string.
-**
-** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
-** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
-** would have looked like this:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
-** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
-**
-** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
-** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
-** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
-** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
-** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to
-** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it
-** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote
-** character.)^  The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting
-** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement.
-**
-** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
-** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
-** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
-*/
-char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
-char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
-char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
-char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
-**
-** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
-** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
-** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
-** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
-** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
-** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
-** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
-** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
-** a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like
-** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead
-** of a signed 32-bit integer.
-**
-** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
-** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
-** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
-** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
-** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
-** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
-** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
-** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
-** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
-** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a
-** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes.
-** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N)
-** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
-** sqlite3_malloc(N).
-** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or
-** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
-** sqlite3_free(X).
-** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation
-** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available.
-** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
-** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
-** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed.
-** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the
-** prior allocation is not freed.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as
-** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead
-** of a 32-bit signed integer.
-**
-** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
-** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then
-** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes.
-** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number
-** of bytes requested when X was allocated.  ^If X is a NULL pointer then
-** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero.  If X points to something that is not
-** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly
-** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior
-** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful.
-**
-** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(),
-** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64()
-** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
-** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
-** option is used.
-**
-** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
-** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
-** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
-** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
-**
-** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
-** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
-** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
-** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
-** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
-** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
-** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
-** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
-** not yet been released.
-**
-** The application must not read or write any part of
-** a block of memory after it has been released using
-** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
-*/
-void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
-void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64);
-void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
-void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64);
-void sqlite3_free(void*);
-sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
-**
-** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
-** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
-** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
-** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
-** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
-** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
-** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
-** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
-** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
-** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
-**
-** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
-** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
-** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
-** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
-** prior to the reset.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
-**
-** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
-** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
-** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
-** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
-** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
-**
-** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
-** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
-** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is
-** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of
-** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a
-** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated
-** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
-** method.
-*/
-void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
-** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
-** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
-** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
-** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
-** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
-** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
-** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
-** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
-** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
-** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
-** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
-** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
-** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
-** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
-**
-** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
-** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
-** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied. 
-**
-** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
-** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
-** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
-** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
-** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
-** details about the action to be authorized.
-**
-** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
-** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
-** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
-** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
-** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
-** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
-** columns of a table.
-** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
-** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
-** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
-**
-** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
-** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
-** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
-** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
-** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
-** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
-** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
-** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
-** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
-** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
-**
-** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
-** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
-** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
-** in addition to using an authorizer.
-**
-** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
-** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
-** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
-** The authorizer is disabled by default.
-**
-** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
-** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
-** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
-** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
-** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
-** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
-** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
-*/
-int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3*,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pUserData
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
-** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
-** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
-** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
-** information.
-**
-** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode]
-** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
-#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
-** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
-** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
-** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
-** the authorizer callback may be passed.
-**
-** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
-** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
-** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
-** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
-** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
-** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
-** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
-** top-level SQL code.
-*/
-/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
-#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
-#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
-#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
-#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
-** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
-**
-** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
-** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
-** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
-** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
-** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
-** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
-** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
-**
-** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
-** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
-**
-** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
-** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
-** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
-** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
-** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
-** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
-** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
-** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
-** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
-** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
-   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
-** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
-** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
-** database connection D.  An example use for this
-** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
-**
-** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
-** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
-** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
-** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
-** handler is disabled.
-**
-** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
-** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
-** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
-** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
-** than 1.
-**
-** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
-** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
-** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
-**
-** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-*/
-void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
-** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
-**
-** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
-** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
-** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
-** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
-** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
-** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
-** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
-** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
-** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
-** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
-**
-** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  ^The default encoding for databases
-** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order.
-**
-** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
-** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
-** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
-**
-** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
-** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
-** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
-** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
-** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
-**
-** <dl>
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
-** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
-**
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
-** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
-** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
-**
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
-** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-**
-** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
-** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
-** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
-** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
-** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
-** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
-** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
-** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
-** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
-** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
-** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
-** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
-**
-** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
-** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
-** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
-** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
-** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
-** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
-** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
-**
-** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
-** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
-** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
-**
-** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
-**
-** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
-** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
-** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
-** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
-** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
-** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
-** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
-** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
-** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
-** information.
-**
-** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
-** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
-** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
-** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
-** present, is ignored.
-**
-** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
-** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
-** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
-** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
-** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
-** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
-** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
-**
-** [[core URI query parameters]]
-** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
-** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
-** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the
-** following query parameters:
-**
-** <ul>
-**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
-**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
-**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
-**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
-**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
-**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
-**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
-**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
-**     an error)^. 
-**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
-**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
-**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
-**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
-**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
-**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
-**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
-**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
-**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
-**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
-**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
-**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
-**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
-**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
-**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
-**
-**  <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the
-**     [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
-**     storage media on which the database file resides.
-**
-**  <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
-**     which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes.  This
-**     is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
-**     support locking.  Caution:  Database corruption might result if two
-**     or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
-**     processes uses nolock=1.
-**
-**  <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
-**     parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
-**     read-only media.  ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
-**     database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
-**     privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
-**     and change detection is disabled.  Caution: Setting the immutable
-**     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
-**     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
-**     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
-**       
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
-** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
-** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
-** additional information.
-**
-** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
-**
-** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
-** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
-** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
-**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
-** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
-**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
-**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
-**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
-** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
-**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
-** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
-**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
-**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
-**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
-**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
-**          in URI filenames.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
-**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
-**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
-**          default, use a private cache.
-** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
-**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
-**          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
-**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
-** </table>
-**
-** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
-** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
-** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
-** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
-** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
-** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
-** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
-** the results are undefined.
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
-** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
-** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
-** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
-** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
-** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
-*/
-int sqlite3_open(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-int sqlite3_open16(
-  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-int sqlite3_open_v2(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-  int flags,              /* Flags */
-  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
-**
-** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
-** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
-**
-** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
-** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
-** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
-** P is the name of the query parameter, then
-** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
-** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
-** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
-** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
-** a pointer to an empty string.
-**
-** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
-** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
-** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
-** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
-** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
-** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
-** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
-** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
-** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
-** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
-**
-** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
-** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
-** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
-** zero is returned.
-** 
-** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
-** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
-** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
-** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
-** undesirable.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
-int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with 
-** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
-** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
-** API call.
-** If the most recent API call was successful,
-** then the return value from sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
-** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
-** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
-** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
-** disabled.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
-** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
-** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
-** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
-** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
-** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
-** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
-** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
-** and must not be freed by the application)^.
-**
-** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
-** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
-** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
-** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
-** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
-** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
-** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
-** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
-** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
-**
-** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
-** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
-** error code and message may or may not be set.
-*/
-int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
-const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
-const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object
-** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that
-** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.
-**
-** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program.  The
-** original SQL text is source code.  A prepared statement object 
-** is the compiled object code.  All SQL must be converted into a
-** prepared statement before it can be run.
-**
-** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li> Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()].
-** <li> Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
-**      interfaces.
-** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
-** <li> Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
-**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
-** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** </ol>
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
-** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
-** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
-** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
-** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
-** new limit for that construct.)^
-**
-** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
-** [limits | hard upper bound]
-** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
-** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
-** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
-** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
-** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
-**
-** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
-** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
-** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
-** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
-**
-** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
-** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
-** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
-** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
-** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
-** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
-** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
-** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
-** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
-** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
-** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
-** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
-**
-** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
-*/
-int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
-** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
-**
-** These constants define various performance limits
-** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
-** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
-** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
-** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
-** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
-** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
-** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
-** SQLite.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
-** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single
-** [prepared statement] may start.</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS           11
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
-** program using one of these routines.
-**
-** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
-** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
-** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
-**
-** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
-** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
-** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
-** use UTF-16.
-**
-** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the
-** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the
-** number of bytes read from zSql.  ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared
-** statement is generated.
-** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then
-** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that
-** is the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
-** the nul-terminator.
-**
-** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
-** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
-** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
-** what remains uncompiled.
-**
-** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
-** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
-** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
-** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
-** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
-** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
-** ppStmt may not be NULL.
-**
-** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
-** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
-** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
-** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
-** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
-** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
-** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
-** behave differently in three ways:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li>
-** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
-** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
-** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
-** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
-** </li>
-**
-** <li>
-** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
-** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
-** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
-** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
-** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
-** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
-** </li>
-**
-** <li>
-** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
-** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
-** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
-** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
-** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
-** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
-** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
-** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
-** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
-** </li>
-** </ol>
-*/
-int sqlite3_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-int sqlite3_prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
-** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
-** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
-** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
-** the content of the database file.
-**
-** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
-** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
-** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
-** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
-** change the database file through side-effects:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
-** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
-**
-** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
-** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
-** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
-** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
-** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
-** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
-** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
-** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
-** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
-** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned
-** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor
-** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
-** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
-** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
-** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
-**
-** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
-** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
-** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
-** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
-** statements that are holding a transaction open.
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
-** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
-**
-** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
-** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
-** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
-** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
-**
-** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
-** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
-** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
-** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
-** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.  The
-** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new 
-** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value.
-**
-** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
-** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
-** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
-** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
-** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
-** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
-** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
-** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
-** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
-** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
-** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
-** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
-** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
-** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
-**
-** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
-** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
-** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
-** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
-** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
-** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
-** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
-** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
-** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
-** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
-** templates:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  ?
-** <li>  ?NNN
-** <li>  :VVV
-** <li>  @VVV
-** <li>  $VVV
-** </ul>
-**
-** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
-** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
-** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
-** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
-**
-** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
-** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
-**
-** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
-** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
-** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
-** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
-** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
-** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
-** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
-** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
-**
-** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
-** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
-** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
-** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
-**
-** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
-** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
-** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
-** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
-** is negative, then the length of the string is
-** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
-** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
-** the behavior is undefined.
-** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
-** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
-** that parameter must be the byte offset
-** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
-** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
-** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
-** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
-** with embedded NULs is undefined.
-**
-** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces
-** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
-** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
-** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to bind API fails.
-** ^If the fifth argument is
-** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
-** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
-** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
-** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
-** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
-**
-** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of
-** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]
-** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter.  If
-** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the
-** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different
-** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior
-** is undefined.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
-** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
-** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
-** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
-** content is later written using
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
-** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
-**
-** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
-** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
-** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
-** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
-** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
-** result is undefined and probably harmful.
-**
-** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
-** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
-** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
-** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB
-** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or
-** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH].
-** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
-** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64,
-                        void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
-int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
-int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
-int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
-                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
-int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
-int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
-** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
-** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
-** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
-** to the parameters at a later time.
-**
-** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
-** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
-** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
-** there may be gaps in the list.)^
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
-** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
-** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** respectively.
-** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
-** is included as part of the name.)^
-** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
-** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
-**
-** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
-**
-** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
-** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
-** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
-** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
-** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
-** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
-** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
-** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
-** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
-** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
-** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
-** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
-** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
-** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
-** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
-** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
-** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
-**
-** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
-** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
-** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
-** or until the next call to
-** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
-**
-** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
-** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
-** NULL pointer is returned.
-**
-** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
-** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
-** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
-** one release of SQLite to the next.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
-** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
-** [SELECT] statement.
-** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
-** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
-** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
-** the origin_ routines return the column name.
-** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
-** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
-** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
-** or until the same information is requested
-** again in a different encoding.
-**
-** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
-** database, table, and column.
-**
-** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
-** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
-** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
-** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
-**
-** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
-** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
-** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
-** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
-** or column that query result column was extracted from.
-**
-** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
-** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
-**
-** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
-**
-** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
-** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
-** undefined.
-**
-** If two or more threads call one or more
-** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
-** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
-** at the same time then the results are undefined.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
-** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
-** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
-** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
-** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
-** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
-** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
-**
-** ^(For example, given the database schema:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
-**
-** and the following statement to be compiled:
-**
-** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
-**
-** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
-** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
-**
-** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
-** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
-** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
-** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
-** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
-** used to hold those values.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
-** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
-** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
-**
-** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
-** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
-** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
-** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
-** interface will continue to be supported.
-**
-** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
-** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
-** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
-** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
-** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
-** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
-** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
-** continuing.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
-** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
-** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
-** machine back to its initial state.
-**
-** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
-** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
-** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
-** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
-** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
-** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
-** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
-** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
-** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
-** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
-**
-** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
-** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
-** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
-** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
-** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
-** more threads at the same moment in time.
-**
-** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
-** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
-** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
-** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
-** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
-** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
-** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
-** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
-** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
-** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
-** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
-**
-** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
-** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
-** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
-** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
-** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
-** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
-** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
-** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
-** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
-** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
-** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
-*/
-int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
-** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
-** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
-** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
-** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
-** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
-** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
-** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
-** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
-** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
-**
-** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> 64-bit signed integer
-** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
-** <li> string
-** <li> BLOB
-** <li> NULL
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** These constants are codes for each of those types.
-**
-** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
-** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
-** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
-** SQLITE_TEXT.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
-#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
-#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
-#define SQLITE_NULL     5
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
-# undef SQLITE_TEXT
-#else
-# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
-#endif
-#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
-** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
-** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
-** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
-** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
-** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
-** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
-** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
-** [sqlite3_column_count()].
-**
-** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
-** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
-** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
-** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
-** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
-** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
-** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
-** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
-** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
-** are pending, then the results are undefined.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
-** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
-** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
-** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
-** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
-** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
-** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
-** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
-** following a type conversion.
-**
-** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
-** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
-** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
-** the number of bytes in that string.
-** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
-**
-** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
-** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
-** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
-** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
-** the number of bytes in that string.
-** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
-**
-** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
-** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
-** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
-** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
-**
-** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
-** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
-** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** <b>Warning:</b> ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  In a multithreaded environment,
-** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with
-** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
-** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
-** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe.
-**
-** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
-** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
-** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
-** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
-** that are applied:
-**
-** <blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
-**
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> [CAST] to BLOB
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>)^
-**
-** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
-** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
-** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
-** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
-** in the following cases:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
-**      need to be added to the string.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-16.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-8.</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
-** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
-** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
-** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
-** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
-**
-** The safest policy is to invoke these routines
-** in one of the following ways:
-**
-** <ul>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
-** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
-** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
-** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
-** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
-**
-** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
-** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
-** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <em>not</em> pass the pointers returned
-** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
-** [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
-** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
-** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
-** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
-** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
-** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
-** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
-** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
-** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
-** [extended error code].
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
-** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
-** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
-** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
-** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
-** completed execution.
-**
-** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
-** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
-** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
-** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
-** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
-*/
-int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
-** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
-** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
-** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
-** back to the beginning of its program.
-**
-** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
-** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
-** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
-** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
-** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
-** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
-** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
-** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
-** these routines are the text encoding expected for
-** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
-** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
-** the application data pointer.
-**
-** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
-** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
-** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
-** to each database connection separately.
-**
-** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
-** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
-** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
-** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
-** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
-** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
-**
-** ^The third parameter (nArg)
-** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
-** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
-** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
-** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
-** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
-** undefined.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
-** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
-** its parameters.  The application should set this parameter to
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes 
-** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
-** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
-** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
-** otherwise.  ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using
-** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for
-** each encoding.
-** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
-** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]
-** to signal that the function will always return the same result given
-** the same inputs within a single SQL statement.  Most SQL functions are
-** deterministic.  The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a
-** function that is not deterministic.  The SQLite query planner is able to
-** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use
-** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible.
-**
-** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
-** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
-**
-** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
-** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
-** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
-** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
-** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
-** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
-** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
-** callbacks.
-**
-** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
-** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
-** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
-** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
-** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
-** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
-** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
-** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
-** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
-**
-** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
-** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
-** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
-** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
-** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
-** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
-** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
-** matches the database encoding is a better
-** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
-** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
-** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
-** between UTF8 and UTF16.
-**
-** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
-**
-** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
-** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
-** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
-** statement in which the function is running.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_function16(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const void *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
-**
-** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
-** text encodings supported by SQLite.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_UTF8           1    /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2    /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3    /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
-#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* Deprecated */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
-**
-** These constants may be ORed together with the 
-** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
-** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
-** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC    0x800
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
-** DEPRECATED
-**
-** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
-** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
-** the use of these functions.  To encourage programmers to avoid
-** these functions, we will not explain what they do.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
-                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values
-** METHOD: sqlite3_value
-**
-** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
-** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
-** the function or aggregate.  
-**
-** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
-** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
-** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
-** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
-** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
-** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
-**
-** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
-** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
-** object results in undefined behavior.
-**
-** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
-** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
-** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
-** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
-** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
-** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
-** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
-** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
-** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
-** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
-** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
-** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
-**
-** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
-** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
-** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
-** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread as
-** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
-double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
-const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values
-** METHOD: sqlite3_value
-**
-** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for
-** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V.  The subtype
-** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from
-** one SQL function to another.  Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()]
-** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function.
-**
-** SQLite makes no use of subtype itself.  It merely passes the subtype
-** from the result of one [application-defined SQL function] into the
-** input of another.
-*/
-unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values
-** METHOD: sqlite3_value
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
-** object D and returns a pointer to that copy.  ^The [sqlite3_value] returned
-** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not.
-** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a
-** memory allocation fails.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object
-** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()].  ^If V is a NULL pointer
-** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
-** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
-**
-** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
-** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
-** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
-** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
-** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
-** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
-** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
-** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
-** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
-** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
-** first time from within xFinal().)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer 
-** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
-** allocate error occurs.
-**
-** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
-** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
-** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
-** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
-** allocation.)^  Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
-** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no 
-** pointless memory allocations occur.
-**
-** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
-**
-** The first parameter must be a copy of the
-** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
-** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
-** function.
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the aggregate SQL function is running.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function.
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the application-defined function is running.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function.
-*/
-sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
-** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
-** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
-** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
-** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
-** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
-** metadata associated with the pattern string.  
-** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
-** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
-** invocations of the same function.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
-** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
-** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
-** argument of the application-defined function.  ^Subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
-** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
-** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
-** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
-** once, when the metadata is discarded.
-** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
-** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or
-** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
-**      SQL statement, or
-** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or
-** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory 
-**      allocation error occurs. </ul>)^
-**
-** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in 
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns.  Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
-** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
-** function implementation should not make any use of P after
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
-**
-** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
-** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
-** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
-** the SQL function is running.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
-void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
-**
-** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
-** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
-** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
-** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
-** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
-** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
-** the content before returning.
-**
-** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
-** C++ compilers.
-*/
-typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
-#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
-#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
-** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
-** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** for additional information.
-**
-** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
-** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
-** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
-** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
-** third parameter.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N)
-** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be
-** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
-** by its 2nd argument.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
-** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
-** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
-** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
-** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
-** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
-** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
-** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
-** message all text up through the first zero character.
-** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
-** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
-** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
-** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
-** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
-** modify the text after they return without harm.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
-** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
-** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
-** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
-** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
-** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
-** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
-** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
-** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an
-** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding
-** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one
-** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE].
-** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
-** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
-** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
-** through the first zero character.
-** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
-** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
-** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
-** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
-** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
-** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
-** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
-** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
-** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
-** finished using that result.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
-** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
-** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
-** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
-** when it has finished using that result.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
-** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
-** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
-** the application-defined function to be a copy of the
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
-** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
-** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
-** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
-** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
-** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
-**
-** If these routines are called from within the different thread
-** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
-** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
-*/
-void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*,
-                           sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
-void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
-void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
-                           void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
-void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
-void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
-int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of
-** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with 
-** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T.  Only the lower 8 bits 
-** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite;
-** higher order bits are discarded.
-** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase
-** in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
-** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
-**
-** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
-** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
-** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
-** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
-** considered to be the same name.
-**
-** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
-** </ul>)^
-** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
-** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
-** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
-** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
-** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
-** on an even byte address.
-**
-** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
-** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
-**
-** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
-** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
-** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
-** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
-** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
-** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
-** that collation is no longer usable.
-**
-** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
-** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
-** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
-** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
-** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
-** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
-** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
-** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
-** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
-** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
-** strings A, B, and C:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li> If A==B then B==A.
-** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
-** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
-** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
-** </ol>
-**
-** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
-** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
-** is undefined.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
-** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
-** the collating function is deleted.
-** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
-** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
-** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
-** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
-** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
-** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
-** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
-** compatibility.
-**
-** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_collation(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const void *zName,
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
-** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
-** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
-** sequence is required.
-**
-** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
-** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
-** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
-** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
-** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
-**
-** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
-** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
-** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
-** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
-** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
-** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
-** required collation sequence.)^
-**
-** The callback function should register the desired collation using
-** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
-** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*, 
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-);
-int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*,
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
-** called right after sqlite3_open().
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-int sqlite3_key(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
-);
-int sqlite3_key_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
-** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
-** database is decrypted.
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-int sqlite3_rekey(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
-);
-int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
-** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
-*/
-void sqlite3_activate_see(
-  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
-);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
-/*
-** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
-** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
-*/
-void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
-  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
-);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
-**
-** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
-** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
-**
-** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
-** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
-** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the operating system is returned.
-**
-** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
-** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
-** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
-** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
-** in the previous paragraphs.
-*/
-int sqlite3_sleep(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
-**
-** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
-** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
-** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
-** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
-** temporary file directory.
-**
-** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable.
-** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT).
-** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications
-** neither read nor write this variable.  This global variable is a relic
-** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should
-** be avoided in new projects.
-**
-** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
-** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
-** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
-** thread.
-** It is intended that this variable be set once
-** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
-** thereafter.
-**
-** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
-** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
-** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
-** using [sqlite3_free].
-** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
-** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
-** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
-** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite
-** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to.  If
-** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do
-** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection]
-** objects have been destroyed.
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
-** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
-** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
-** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
-** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
-** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
-** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
-** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
-** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
-** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-*/
-SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
-**
-** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
-** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
-** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
-** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
-** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
-** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
-** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
-** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
-**
-** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
-** open can result in a corrupt database.
-**
-** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
-** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
-** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
-** thread.
-** It is intended that this variable be set once
-** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
-** thereafter.
-**
-** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
-** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
-** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
-** using [sqlite3_free].
-** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
-** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
-** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
-** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
-** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
-** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
-** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
-** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
-**
-** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
-** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
-** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
-** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
-** an error is to use this function.
-**
-** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
-** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
-** is undefined.
-*/
-int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
-** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
-** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
-** that was the first argument
-** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
-** create the statement in the first place.
-*/
-sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
-** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
-** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
-** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
-** a NULL pointer is returned.
-**
-** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
-** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
-** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
-** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
-** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
-** the name of a database on connection D.
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
-** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
-** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
-** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
-** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
-**
-** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
-** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
-** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
-*/
-sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
-** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
-** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
-** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
-** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
-** the first call for each function on D.
-**
-** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
-** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
-** or rollback hook in the first place.
-** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
-** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
-** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
-**
-** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
-** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
-** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
-** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
-** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
-**
-** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
-** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
-** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
-** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
-** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
-void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
-** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
-** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
-** a rowid table.
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-**
-** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
-** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
-** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
-** to sqlite3_update_hook().
-** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
-** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
-** to be invoked.
-** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
-** database and table name containing the affected row.
-** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
-** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
-**
-** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
-** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
-**
-** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
-** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
-** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
-** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
-** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
-** release of SQLite.
-**
-** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
-** returns the P argument from the previous call
-** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
-** the first call on D.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
-** interfaces.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
-  void*
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
-**
-** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
-** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
-** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
-** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
-**
-** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
-** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
-** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
-**
-** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
-** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
-** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
-** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
-**
-** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
-** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
-**
-** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
-** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
-** cache setting should set it explicitly.
-**
-** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0
-** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, 
-** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via 
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE].
-**
-** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
-** 32-bit integer is atomic.
-**
-** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
-*/
-int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
-** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
-** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
-** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
-** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
-** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
-** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
-** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
-** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
-** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
-** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
-** omitted.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
-** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
-** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
-** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
-** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
-** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
-** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
-** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
-** is advisory only.
-**
-** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
-** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
-** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
-** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
-** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
-** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
-**
-** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
-**
-** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
-** if one or more of following conditions are true:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
-** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
-**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
-**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
-** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
-**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
-** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
-**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
-**      from the heap.
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
-** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
-** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
-** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
-** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
-** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
-** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
-** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
-**
-** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
-** changes in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
-** DEPRECATED
-**
-** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
-** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
-** only.  All new applications should use the
-** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
-*/
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns
-** information about column C of table T in database D
-** on [database connection] X.)^  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata()
-** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in
-** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified
-** column exists.  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns
-** SQLITE_ERROR and if the specified column does not exist.
-** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a
-** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existance of the
-** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it
-** does not.
-**
-** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
-** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database
-** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
-** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
-** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
-** resolve unqualified table references.
-**
-** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
-** name of the desired column, respectively.
-**
-** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
-** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
-** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
-**
-** ^(<blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
-**
-** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
-** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
-** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
-** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
-** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
-** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next
-** call to any SQLite API function.
-**
-** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table 
-** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an
-** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
-** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
-** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs
-** for the [rowid] are set as follows:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     data type: "INTEGER"
-**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
-**     not null: 0
-**     primary key: 1
-**     auto increment: 0
-** </pre>)^
-**
-** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and
-** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if
-** any errors are encountered while loading the schema.
-*/
-int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
-  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
-  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
-  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
-  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
-  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
-  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
-  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
-  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
-** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
-** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
-** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
-** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
-** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
-** be tried also.
-**
-** ^The entry point is zProc.
-** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
-** entry point name on its own.  It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
-** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
-** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
-** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
-** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
-** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
-** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
-** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
-** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
-** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
-** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
-** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
-** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
-** otherwise an error will be returned.
-**
-** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
-*/
-int sqlite3_load_extension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
-** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
-** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
-** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
-**
-** ^Extension loading is off by default.
-** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
-** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
-** it back off again.
-*/
-int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
-**
-** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
-** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
-** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
-** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
-**
-** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
-** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
-** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
-** entry point where as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
-** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
-** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
-** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
-** &nbsp;  );
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
-** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
-** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
-** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
-** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
-** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
-**
-** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
-** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
-** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
-** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
-** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
-** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
-** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
-** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
-** routines.
-*/
-int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
-**
-** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
-** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
-*/
-void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Structures used by the virtual table interface
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
-typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
-typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
-**
-** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
-** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
-** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
-**
-** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
-** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
-** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
-** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
-** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
-** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
-** any database connection.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_module {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
-  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
-  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
-  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
-  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
-  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
-                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                       void **ppArg);
-  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
-  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
-  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
-  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
-**
-** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
-** of the [virtual table] interface to
-** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
-** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
-** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
-** results into the **Outputs** fields.
-**
-** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
-**
-** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
-**
-** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
-** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
-** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
-** ^(The index of the column is stored in
-** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
-** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
-** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
-**
-** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
-** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
-** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
-** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
-** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
-**
-** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
-** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
-**
-** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
-** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
-** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
-** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
-** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
-** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
-**
-** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
-** [xFilter] method.
-** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
-** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
-**
-** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
-** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
-** sorting step is required.
-**
-** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
-** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
-** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
-** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
-** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
-**
-** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
-** will be returned by the strategy.
-**
-** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a 
-** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
-** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
-** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. 
-**
-** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
-** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
-** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the
-** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback
-** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were
-** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not
-** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by
-** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
-**
-** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
-** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
-** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
-** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
-** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
-** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
-** was added for version 3.9.0. It may therefore only be used if
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
-** 3009000.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_index_info {
-  /* Inputs */
-  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
-     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
-     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
-     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
-  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
-  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
-     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
-  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  /* Outputs */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
-    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
-    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
-  } *aConstraintUsage;
-  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
-  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
-  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
-  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
-  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
-  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
-  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
-  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */
-  int idxFlags;              /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE      1     /* Scan visits at most 1 row */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
-**
-** These macros defined the allowed values for the
-** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
-** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
-** a query that uses a [virtual table].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
-** ^Module names must be registered before
-** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
-** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
-**
-** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
-** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
-** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
-** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
-** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
-** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
-** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
-** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
-** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
-** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
-** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
-** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
-** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
-** destructor.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_module(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
-  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-);
-int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
-  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
-**
-** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
-** of this object to describe a particular instance
-** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
-** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
-** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
-** common to all module implementations.
-**
-** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
-** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
-** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
-** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
-** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
-** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab {
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
-  int nRef;                       /* Number of open cursors */
-  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
-**
-** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
-** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
-** [virtual table] and are used
-** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
-** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
-** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
-** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
-** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
-** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
-**
-** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
-** are common to all implementations.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
-**
-** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
-** [virtual table module] call this interface
-** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
-** the virtual tables they implement.
-*/
-int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
-** But global versions of those functions
-** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
-**
-** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
-** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
-** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
-** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
-** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
-** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
-** by a [virtual table].
-*/
-int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
-** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
-** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
-** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
-** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
-** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
-** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
-** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
-** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
-** </pre>)^
-**
-** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but 
-** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is
-** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement.
-** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP
-** tables, the database name is "temp".)^
-**
-** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
-** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for
-** read-only access.
-**
-** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored
-** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error
-** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided
-** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] 
-** on *ppBlob after this function it returns.
-**
-** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true:
-** <ul>
-**   <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, 
-**   <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, 
-**   <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, 
-**   <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^,
-**   <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^,
-**   <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not
-**         a TEXT or BLOB value)^,
-**   <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE 
-**         constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^,
-**   <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, 
-**         column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is
-**         being opened for read/write access)^.
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the 
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
-**
-**
-** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
-** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
-** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
-** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
-** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
-** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
-** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
-** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
-** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
-**
-** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
-** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
-** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
-** blob.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
-** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a 
-** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface.
-**
-** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
-** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_open(
-  sqlite3*,
-  const char *zDb,
-  const char *zTable,
-  const char *zColumn,
-  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
-  int flags,
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
-** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
-** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
-** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
-** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
-** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
-** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
-**
-** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
-** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
-** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
-** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
-** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
-** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
-** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
-** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
-** always returns zero.
-**
-** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
-** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed
-** unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns an error code, the 
-** handle is still closed.)^
-**
-** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if
-** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write
-** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is
-** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error
-** code is returned and the transaction rolled back.
-**
-** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an
-** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine 
-** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to 
-** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function
-** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the 
-** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
-** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
-** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
-** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
-** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
-** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
-** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
-**
-** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
-** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
-** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
-** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
-**
-** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
-** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
-** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
-**
-** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the 
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
-**
-** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
-** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
-** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
-**
-** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
-** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
-** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the 
-** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined 
-** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less 
-** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
-**
-** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
-** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
-** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
-** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
-** or by other independent statements.
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
-**
-** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
-** that SQLite uses to interact
-** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
-** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
-** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
-** The following interfaces are provided.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
-** ^Names are case sensitive.
-** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
-** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
-**
-** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
-** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
-** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
-** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
-** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
-** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
-** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
-** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
-** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
-*/
-sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
-int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
-int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
-**
-** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
-** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
-** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
-** permitted to use any of these routines.
-**
-** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
-** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
-** is selected automatically at compile-time.  The following
-** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-** </ul>
-**
-** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
-** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
-** a single-threaded application.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
-** and Windows.
-**
-** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
-** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
-** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
-** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
-** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested
-** mutex.  The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these
-** integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
-** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
-** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Nine static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^For the static
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated dynamic mutex.  Attempting to deallocate a static
-** mutex results in undefined behavior.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-** In such cases, the
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.)^  If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other
-** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
-** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
-** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable 
-** behavior.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.   The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
-** calling thread or is not currently allocated.
-**
-** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
-** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
-** behave as no-ops.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
-*/
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
-void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
-void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
-int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
-void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
-**
-** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
-** used to allocate and use mutexes.
-**
-** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
-** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom
-** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
-** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application
-** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
-** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
-** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
-** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
-** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
-**
-** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
-** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
-** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
-**
-** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
-** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
-** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
-** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
-** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-**
-** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
-** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
-** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
-**
-** <ul>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
-** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
-** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
-** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
-** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
-** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
-** it is passed a NULL pointer).
-**
-** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  It must be harmless to
-** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
-** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
-** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
-**
-** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
-** and its associates).  Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
-** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
-** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
-**
-** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
-** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
-** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
-** prior to returning.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
-  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
-  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
-  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
-**
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
-** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  The SQLite core
-** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
-** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  The SQLite core only
-** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
-** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  External mutex implementations
-** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
-** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
-**
-** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
-** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
-**
-** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
-** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
-** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
-** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
-**
-** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
-** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
-** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
-** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
-** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
-** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
-** the appropriate thing to do.  The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
-** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
-int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
-**
-** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
-** which is one of these integer constants.
-**
-** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
-** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
-** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1      8  /* For use by application */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2      9  /* For use by application */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3     10  /* For use by application */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1     11  /* For use by built-in VFS */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2     12  /* For use by extension VFS */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3     13  /* For use by application VFS */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
-** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
-** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
-** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
-** routine returns a NULL pointer.
-*/
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
-** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
-** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
-** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
-** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
-** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
-** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
-** main database file.
-** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
-** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
-** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
-** method becomes the return value of this routine.
-**
-** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
-** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
-** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
-** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
-** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
-**
-** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
-** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
-** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
-** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
-** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
-** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
-** xFileControl method.
-**
-** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
-*/
-int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
-** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
-** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
-** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
-**
-** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
-** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
-** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
-**
-** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
-** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
-** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
-** operate consistently from one release to the next.
-*/
-int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
-**
-** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
-** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
-**
-** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
-** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
-** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
-** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19  /* NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP             24
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER                25
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    25
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
-**
-** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information
-** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
-** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
-** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
-** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
-** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
-** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
-** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
-** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
-** value.  For those parameters
-** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
-** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
-** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return
-** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure.
-**
-** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to
-** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by
-** sqlite3_status() are undefined.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
-int sqlite3_status64(
-  int op,
-  sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent,
-  sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater,
-  int resetFlag
-);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
-** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
-**
-** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
-** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
-** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
-** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
-** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
-** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
-** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
-** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
-** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
-** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
-** currently checked out.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
-** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
-** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
-** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
-** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
-** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
-** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
-** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
-** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
-** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
-** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
-** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
-** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
-** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
-** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
-** slots were available.
-** </dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
-** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-**
-** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
-** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
-** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
-** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
-** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
-** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
-** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
-** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
-** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
-** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
-** reset back down to the current value.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
-** non-zero [error code] on failure.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
-** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
-**
-** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
-** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
-**
-** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
-** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
-** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
-** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
-** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
-** checked out.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
-** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
-** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
-** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
-** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
-** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
-** memory already being in use.
-** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
-** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
-** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
-** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
-** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
-** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
-** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
-** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
-** the database connection.)^
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
-** is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
-** is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
-** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
-** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
-** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
-** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
-** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
-** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
-** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
-** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
-** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
-** </dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 10   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
-** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
-** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
-** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
-** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
-** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
-** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
-** an index.  
-**
-** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
-** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
-** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
-** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
-** to be interrogated.)^
-** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
-** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
-** interface call returns.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
-** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
-**
-** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
-** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
-** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
-** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
-** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
-** careful use of indices.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
-** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
-** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
-** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
-** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
-** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
-** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
-** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
-** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be 
-** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
-** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
-** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
-** </dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP           4
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
-** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
-** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
-** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
-** to the object.
-**
-** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
-** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
-** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
-** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
-**
-** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
-  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
-  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
-** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
-**
-** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
-** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
-** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
-** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
-** SQLite is used for the page cache.
-** By implementing a 
-** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
-** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
-** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
-** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
-** how long.
-**
-** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
-** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
-** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
-**
-** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
-** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
-** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
-** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
-**
-** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
-** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
-** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
-** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
-** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
-** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
-** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
-** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
-** page cache.)^
-**
-** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
-** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** It can be used to clean up 
-** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
-** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
-**
-** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
-** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
-** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
-** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
-** in multithreaded applications.
-**
-** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
-** call to xShutdown().
-**
-** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
-** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
-** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
-** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
-** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
-** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
-** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
-** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
-** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
-** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
-** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
-** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
-** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
-** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
-** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
-** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
-** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
-** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
-** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
-** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
-** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
-** never contain any unpinned pages.
-**
-** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
-** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
-** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
-** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
-** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
-** value; it is advisory only.
-**
-** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
-** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
-** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
-** 
-** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
-** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
-** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
-** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
-** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
-** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
-** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
-** for each entry in the page cache.
-**
-** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
-** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
-** to be "pinned".
-**
-** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
-** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
-** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
-** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
-** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
-**
-** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
-** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
-** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
-** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
-**                 Otherwise return NULL.
-** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
-**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
-** </table>
-**
-** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
-** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
-** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
-** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
-** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
-**
-** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
-** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
-** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
-** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
-** ^If the discard parameter is
-** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
-** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
-** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
-**
-** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
-** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
-** to xFetch().
-**
-** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
-** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
-** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
-** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
-** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
-** to be pinned.
-**
-** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
-** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
-** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
-** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
-** they can be safely discarded.
-**
-** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
-** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
-** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
-** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
-** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
-** functions.
-**
-** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
-** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
-** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
-** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
-** do their best.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
-  int iVersion;
-  void *pArg;
-  int (*xInit)(void*);
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
-  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
-  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
-  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
-  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
-  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
-      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
-  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
-  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-};
-
-/*
-** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
-** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
-** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
-  void *pArg;
-  int (*xInit)(void*);
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
-  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
-  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
-  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
-  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
-  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
-  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
-  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-};
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
-** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
-** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
-** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
-**
-** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
-** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
-** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
-**
-** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
-** for the duration of the backup operation.
-** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
-** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
-** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
-** preventing other database connections from
-** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
-** 
-** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
-**   <ol>
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
-**         backup, 
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
-**         the data between the two databases, and finally
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
-**         associated with the backup operation. 
-**   </ol>)^
-** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
-** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
-**
-** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
-** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
-** and the database name, respectively.
-** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
-** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
-** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
-** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
-** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
-** and database name of the source database, respectively.
-** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
-** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
-** an error.
-**
-** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning SQLITE_ERROR, if 
-** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the 
-** destination database.
-**
-** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
-** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
-** destination [database connection] D.
-** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
-** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
-** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
-** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_backup] object.
-** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
-** operation.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
-**
-** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
-** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
-** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
-** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
-** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
-** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
-** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
-** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
-** <ol>
-** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
-** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
-** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
-** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
-** destination and source page sizes differ.
-** </ol>)^
-**
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
-** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
-** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
-** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
-** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
-** [database connection]
-** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
-** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
-** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
-** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
-** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
-** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
-** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
-** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
-**
-** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
-** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
-** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
-** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
-** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
-** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
-** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
-** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
-** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
-** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
-** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
-** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
-** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
-** updated at the same time.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
-**
-** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
-** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
-** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
-** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
-** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
-** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
-** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
-**
-** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
-** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
-** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
-** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
-** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
-**
-** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
-** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
-** sqlite3_backup_finish().
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
-** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still
-** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step().
-** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages
-** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent
-** sqlite3_backup_step().
-** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by
-** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that
-** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining,
-** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
-** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next
-** sqlite3_backup_step().)^
-**
-** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
-**
-** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
-** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
-** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
-** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
-** from within other threads.
-**
-** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
-** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
-** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
-** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
-** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
-** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
-** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
-** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
-**
-** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
-** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
-** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
-** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
-** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
-** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
-**
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
-** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
-** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
-** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
-** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
-** possible that they return invalid values.
-*/
-sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
-  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
-  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
-  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
-  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
-);
-int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
-int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
-int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
-int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
-** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
-** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
-** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
-** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
-** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
-** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
-**
-** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
-** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
-**
-** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
-** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
-** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
-** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
-** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
-** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
-** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
-** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
-** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
-**
-** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
-** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
-** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
-** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
-** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
-**
-** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
-** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
-** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
-** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
-**
-** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
-** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
-** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
-** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
-** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
-** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
-** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
-** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
-** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
-** crash or deadlock may be the result.
-**
-** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
-** returns SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
-**
-** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
-** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
-** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
-** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
-** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
-** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
-**
-** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
-** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
-** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
-** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
-** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
-** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
-** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
-** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
-**
-** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
-**
-** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
-** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
-** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
-** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
-** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
-** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
-** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
-**
-** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
-** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
-** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
-** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
-** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
-** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
-** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
-** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
-** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
-** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
-** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
-** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
-**
-** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
-**
-** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
-** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
-** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
-** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
-** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
-** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
-** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
-** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
-**
-** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
-** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
-** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
-** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
-** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
-*/
-int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
-  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
-  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
-  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
-);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
-** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
-** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
-** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
-*/
-int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
-int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
-*
-** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches
-** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match
-** the glob pattern P.  ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in
-** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
-** SQL dialect used by SQLite.  ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case
-** sensitive.
-**
-** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
-** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
-** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
-** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
-** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
-**
-** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
-** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
-** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
-** is considered bad form.
-**
-** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
-**
-** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
-** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
-** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
-** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
-** buffer.
-*/
-void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
-** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode.
-**
-** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
-** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation 
-** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
-**
-** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
-** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
-** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
-** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
-** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
-** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
-** including those that were just committed.
-**
-** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
-** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
-** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
-** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
-** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
-** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
-** are undefined.
-**
-** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
-** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
-** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
-** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
-** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
-** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
-  void*
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
-** to automatically [checkpoint]
-** after committing a transaction if there are N or
-** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
-** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
-** checkpoints entirely.
-**
-** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
-** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
-** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
-** configured by this function.
-**
-** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
-** from SQL.
-**
-** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are
-** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE].
-**
-** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
-** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
-** pages.  The use of this interface
-** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
-** for a particular application.
-*/
-int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
-** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^
-**
-** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the 
-** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be
-** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to
-** be reset.  See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition
-** information.
-**
-** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to
-** occur.  But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
-** interface was added.  This interface is retained for backwards
-** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually
-** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding
-** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint
-** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M.  Status
-** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^
-** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
-**   ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
-**   readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames 
-**   in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback]
-**   is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.  
-**   ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished
-**   if there are concurrent readers or writers.
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
-**   ^This mode blocks (it invokes the
-**   [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no
-**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
-**   snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
-**   database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending,
-**   but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded.
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
-**   ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition
-**   that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the 
-**   [busy-handler callback])
-**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures 
-**   that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning.
-**   ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new
-**   database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers.
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE<dd>
-**   ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the
-**   addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior
-**   to a successful return.
-** </dl>
-**
-** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
-** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because
-** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not
-** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the
-** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function
-** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or
-** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful
-** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been
-** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero.
-**
-** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If
-** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
-** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a 
-** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
-**
-** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the 
-** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be
-** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and
-** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock
-** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
-** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before
-** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
-** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
-** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
-** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
-**
-** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
-** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to 
-** [database connection] db.  In this case the
-** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If 
-** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
-** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
-** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other 
-** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
-** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error 
-** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
-** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
-** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If
-** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
-** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
-**
-** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE,
-** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface
-** sets the error information that is queried by
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-**
-** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface
-** from SQL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
-  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
-  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
-  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values
-** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode}
-**
-** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed
-** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface.
-** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the
-** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE  0  /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL     1  /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART  2  /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3  /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
-**
-** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
-** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
-** various facets of the virtual table interface.
-**
-** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
-** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
-** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
-** may be added in the future.
-*/
-int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
-**
-** These macros define the various options to the
-** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
-** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
-** <dd>Calls of the form
-** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
-** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
-** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
-** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
-** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
-** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
-** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
-** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
-**
-** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
-** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
-** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
-** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
-** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
-** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
-** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
-** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
-** had been ABORT.
-**
-** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
-** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
-** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
-** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
-** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
-** constraint handling.
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
-**
-** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
-** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
-** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
-** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
-** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
-** [virtual table].
-*/
-int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
-** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode}
-**
-** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
-** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
-** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
-**
-** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
-** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
-** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
-/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
-#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
-/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
-#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes
-** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options}
-**
-** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the
-** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface.  Each constant designates a
-** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return.
-**
-** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is
-** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when
-** S is finalized.
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP</dt>
-** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be
-** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT</dt>
-** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
-** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST</dt>
-** <dd>^The "double" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the
-** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each
-** iteration of the X-th loop.  If the query planner's estimates was accurate,
-** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the
-** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will
-** be the NLOOP value for the current loop.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME</dt>
-** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
-** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table
-** used for the X-th loop.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN</dt>
-** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
-** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN]
-** description for the X-th loop.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECT</dt>
-** <dd>^The "int" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the
-** "select-id" for the X-th loop.  The select-id identifies which query or
-** subquery the loop is part of.  The main query has a select-id of zero.
-** The select-id is the same value as is output in the first column
-** of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query.
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP    0
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT   1
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST      2
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME     3
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN  4
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured
-** performance for pStmt.  Advanced applications can use this
-** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and
-** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found.
-**
-** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only
-** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS]
-** compile-time option.
-**
-** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return.
-** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior
-** of this interface is undefined.
-** ^The requested measurement is written into a variable pointed to by
-** the "pOut" parameter.
-** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific loop to retrieve statistics for.
-** Loops are numbered starting from zero. ^If idx is out of range - less than
-** zero or greater than or equal to the total number of loops used to implement
-** the statement - a non-zero value is returned and the variable that pOut
-** points to is unchanged.
-**
-** ^Statistics might not be available for all loops in all statements. ^In cases
-** where there exist loops with no available statistics, this function behaves
-** as if the loop did not exist - it returns non-zero and leave the variable
-** that pOut points to unchanged.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,      /* Prepared statement for which info desired */
-  int idx,                  /* Index of loop to report on */
-  int iScanStatusOp,        /* Information desired.  SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */
-  void *pOut                /* Result written here */
-);     
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters.
-**
-** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor
-** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined.
-*/
-void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-
-/*
-** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
-** builds on processors without floating point support.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# undef double
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite3.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite3.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e7531537be..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite3.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7798 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
-** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
-** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
-** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
-** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
-**
-** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
-** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
-** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
-** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
-** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
-**
-** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
-** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
-** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate.
-**
-** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
-** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
-** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
-** part of the build process.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
-#define _SQLITE3_H_
-#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/*
-** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
-*/
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
-# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_API
-# define SQLITE_API
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL
-# define SQLITE_CDECL
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL
-# define SQLITE_STDCALL
-#endif
-
-/*
-** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
-** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
-** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards
-** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
-** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
-**
-** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
-** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
-** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
-** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
-** noop macros.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
-#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
-
-/*
-** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
-**
-** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
-** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
-** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
-** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
-** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
-** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
-** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
-** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
-** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
-** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
-** and Z will be reset to zero.
-**
-** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
-** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
-** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
-** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
-** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
-** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
-** hash of the entire source tree.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
-** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
-** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.9.2"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3009002
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "OpenBSD"
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
-**
-** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
-** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
-** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
-** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
-** the header, and thus ensure that the application is
-** compiled with matching library and header files.
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
-** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
-** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
-** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
-** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
-** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
-** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
-*/
-SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[];
-const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
-const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
-int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
-** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
-** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
-** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
-** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
-** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
-** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
-**
-** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
-** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
-** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
-**
-** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
-** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
-const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
-** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
-**
-** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
-** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
-** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
-** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
-**
-** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
-** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
-** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
-** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
-**
-** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
-** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
-** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
-**
-** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
-** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
-** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
-** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
-** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
-** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED].  ^(The return value of the
-** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
-** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
-** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
-** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
-**
-** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
-*/
-int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
-** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
-**
-** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
-** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
-** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
-** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
-** interfaces (such as
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
-** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
-** sqlite3 object.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
-**
-** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
-** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
-**
-** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
-** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
-** compatibility only.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
-** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
-** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
-** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
-*/
-typedef int64_t sqlite_int64;
-typedef uint64_t sqlite_uint64;
-typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
-typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
-
-/*
-** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define double sqlite3_int64
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
-** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
-** for the [sqlite3] object.
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if
-** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
-** resources are deallocated.
-**
-** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
-** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
-** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
-** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
-** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
-** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
-** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
-** destructors are called is arbitrary.
-**
-** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
-** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
-** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
-** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
-** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
-** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
-** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation
-** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
-** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
-**
-** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
-** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
-**
-** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
-** must be either a NULL
-** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
-** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
-** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
-** argument is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
-int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** The type for a callback function.
-** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
-** compatibility and is not documented.
-*/
-typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
-** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
-** without having to use a lot of C code. 
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
-** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
-** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
-** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
-** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
-** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
-** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
-** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
-** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
-** ignored.
-**
-** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
-** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
-** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
-** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
-** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
-** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
-** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
-** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
-** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
-** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
-** NULL before returning.
-**
-** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
-** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
-** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
-**
-** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
-** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
-** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
-** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
-** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
-** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
-** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
-** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
-** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
-**
-** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
-** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
-** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
-** is not changed.
-**
-** Restrictions:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
-**      is a valid and open [database connection].
-** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
-**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
-** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
-**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
-** </ul>
-*/
-int sqlite3_exec(
-  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
-  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
-  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
-  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions}
-**
-** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
-** here in order to indicate success or failure.
-**
-** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
-**
-** See also: [extended result code definitions]
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
-/* beginning-of-error-codes */
-#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
-#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
-#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
-#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
-#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
-#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
-#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
-#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
-#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
-#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
-#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
-#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
-#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
-#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
-#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
-#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
-#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
-#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE      27   /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
-#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
-#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
-#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
-/* end-of-error-codes */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions}
-**
-** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer
-** [result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
-** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
-** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
-** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
-** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
-** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled
-** on a per database connection basis using the
-** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.  Or, the extended code for
-** the most recent error can be obtained using
-** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8))
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED        (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION     (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER               (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8))
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
-**
-** These bit values are intended for use in the
-** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
-** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */
-
-/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
-**
-** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
-** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
-** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** refers to.
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
-** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
-** file that were written at the application level might have changed
-** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
-** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
-** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
-** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
-** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
-** elevated privileges.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE              0x00002000
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
-**
-** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
-** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
-** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
-**
-** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
-** these integer values as the second argument.
-**
-** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
-** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
-** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
-** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
-** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
-** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
-**
-** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
-** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
-** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
-** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
-** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
-** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
-** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
-** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
-** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
-** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
-** cares about the difference.)
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
-**
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
-** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
-** implementations will
-** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
-** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
-** I/O operations on the open file.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
-struct sqlite3_file {
-  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
-**
-** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
-** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
-** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
-** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
-** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
-**
-** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
-** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
-** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
-** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
-** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
-** to NULL.
-**
-** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
-** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
-** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
-** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
-** and not its inode needs to be synced.
-**
-** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
-** </ul>
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
-** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
-** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
-** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
-** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
-**
-** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
-** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
-** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
-** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
-** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
-** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
-** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
-** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
-** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
-** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
-** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
-** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
-** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
-** recognize.
-**
-** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
-** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
-** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
-** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
-** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
-** underlying device:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
-** </ul>
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().
-**
-** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
-** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
-** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
-** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
-** database corruption.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
-struct sqlite3_io_methods {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
-  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
-  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
-  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
-  int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
-  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
-  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
-** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode}
-**
-** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
-** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
-** interface.
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
-** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
-** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
-** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
-** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST
-** compile-time option is used.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
-** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
-** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
-** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
-** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
-** file run faster.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
-** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
-** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
-** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
-** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
-** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
-** improve performance on some systems.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
-** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
-** connection.  See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
-** additional information.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
-** No longer in use.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
-** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
-** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked 
-** because the user has configured SQLite with 
-** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place 
-** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
-** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
-** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
-** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that 
-** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications 
-** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may 
-** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
-** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
-** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
-** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the 
-** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
-** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
-** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
-** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
-** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
-** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
-** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
-** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
-** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
-** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
-** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
-** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
-** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
-** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
-** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
-** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
-** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
-** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
-** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
-** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
-** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
-** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
-** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
-** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
-** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
-** WAL persistence setting.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
-** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
-** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
-** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
-** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
-** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
-** zero-damage mode setting.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
-** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
-** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
-** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
-** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
-** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
-** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
-** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
-** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
-** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
-** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
-** is intended for diagnostic use only.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
-** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
-** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
-** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
-** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
-** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
-** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
-** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
-** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
-** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
-** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
-** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
-** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
-** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
-** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy
-** of the result string if the string is non-NULL.
-** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
-** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
-** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
-** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
-** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
-** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
-** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
-** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
-** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
-** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
-** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
-** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
-** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
-** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
-** current operation.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
-** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
-** to have SQLite generate a
-** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
-** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses.  The
-** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
-** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  The caller should
-** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
-** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
-** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
-** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map.  The
-** pointer is overwritten with the old value.  The limit is not changed if
-** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit 
-** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
-** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
-** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
-** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
-** The argument is a zero-terminated string.  Higher layers in the
-** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
-** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
-** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
-** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
-** was first opened.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
-** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
-** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
-** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might
-** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately
-** available.  The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare
-** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion.
-** Applications should <em>not</em> use this file-control.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other
-** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
-** the RBU extension only.  All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
-** this opcode.  
-** </ul>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26
-
-/* deprecated names */
-#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
-#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
-#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
-**
-** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
-** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
-** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
-** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
-**
-** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
-**
-** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
-** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
-** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
-** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
-**
-** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
-** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
-** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
-** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
-** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
-** modified.
-**
-** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
-** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
-** a pathname in this VFS.
-**
-** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
-** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
-** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
-** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
-** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
-** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
-**
-** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
-** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
-** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
-** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
-** object once the object has been registered.
-**
-** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
-** be unique across all VFS modules.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
-** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
-** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
-** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
-** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
-** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
-** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
-** ^SQLite further guarantees that
-** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
-** called. Because of the previous sentence,
-** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
-** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
-** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
-** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
-** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
-**
-** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
-** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
-** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
-** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
-** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
-**
-** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
-** call, depending on the object being opened:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
-** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
-** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
-** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
-** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
-** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
-** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
-** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
-**
-** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
-** </ul>
-**
-** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
-** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
-** databases, and subjournals.
-**
-** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
-** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
-** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
-** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
-** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
-** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
-** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
-** for exclusive access.
-**
-** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
-** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
-** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
-** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
-** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
-** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
-** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
-** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
-** or failure of the xOpen call.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
-** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
-** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
-** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
-** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
-** directory.
-**
-** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
-** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
-** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
-** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
-** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
-** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
-**
-** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
-** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
-** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
-** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
-** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
-** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
-** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
-** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
-** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
-** a floating point value.
-** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
-** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
-** a 24-hour day).  
-** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
-** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
-** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
-** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
-**
-** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
-** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
-** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
-** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
-** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
-** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
-** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
-** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
-** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
-** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
-** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
-typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
-struct sqlite3_vfs {
-  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
-  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
-  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
-  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
-  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
-               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
-  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
-  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
-  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
-  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
-  */
-  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
-  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
-  */
-  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
-  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
-  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
-  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
-  */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
-**
-** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
-** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
-** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
-** simply checks whether the file exists.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
-** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
-** the directory).
-** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
-** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
-** release of SQLite.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
-** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
-** SQLite.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
-**
-** These integer constants define the various locking operations
-** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
-** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
-** xShmLock method:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
-** </ul>
-**
-** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
-** was given on the corresponding lock.  
-**
-** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
-** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
-** and EXCLUSIVE.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
-#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
-#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
-#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
-**
-** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
-** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
-** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
-** lock outside of this range
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
-** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
-** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
-** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
-** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
-** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
-** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
-** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
-** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
-** are harmless no-ops.)^
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
-** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
-** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
-** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
-**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
-** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
-** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
-** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
-** sqlite3_shutdown().
-**
-** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
-** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
-** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
-** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
-** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
-** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
-** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
-** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
-** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
-** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
-** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
-** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
-** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
-** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
-** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
-** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
-** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
-** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
-** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
-**
-** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
-** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
-** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
-** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
-** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
-** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
-** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
-**
-** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
-** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
-** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
-** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
-** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
-** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
-** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
-** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
-** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
-** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
-** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
-** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
-** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
-** failure.
-*/
-int sqlite3_initialize(void);
-int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
-int sqlite3_os_init(void);
-int sqlite3_os_end(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
-** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
-** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
-** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
-** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
-**
-** <b>The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application
-** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
-** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.</b>
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface
-** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
-** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
-** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
-** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
-** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
-**
-** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
-** [configuration option] that determines
-** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
-** vary depending on the [configuration option]
-** in the first argument.
-**
-** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
-** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
-** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
-*/
-int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
-** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
-** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
-** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
-**
-** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
-** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
-** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
-** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
-**
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
-** the call is considered successful.
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
-**
-** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
-** and low-level memory allocation routines.
-**
-** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
-** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
-** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
-** By creating an instance of this object
-** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
-** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
-** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
-** dynamic memory needs.
-**
-** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
-** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
-** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
-** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
-** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
-** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
-** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
-** conditions.
-**
-** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
-** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
-** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
-** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
-**
-** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
-** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
-** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
-**
-** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
-** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
-** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
-** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
-** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
-** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
-** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
-**
-** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
-** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
-** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
-** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
-** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
-** xInit and xShutdown.
-**
-** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
-** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
-** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
-** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
-** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
-** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
-** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
-** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
-** serialization.
-**
-** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
-** call to xShutdown().
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
-  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
-  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
-  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
-  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
-  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
-  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
-  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
-** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
-** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
-** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
-** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
-** configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
-** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** The application is responsible for serializing access to
-** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
-** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
-** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
-** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
-** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
-** all mutexes including the recursive
-** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
-** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
-** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
-** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
-** ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
-** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is 
-** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
-** The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
-** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
-** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
-** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which
-** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
-** The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
-** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
-** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
-** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int,
-** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of
-** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are
-** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
-**   <ul>
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_status64()]
-**   </ul>)^
-** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
-** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
-** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option specifies a static memory buffer
-** that SQLite can use for scratch memory.  ^(There are three arguments
-** to SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH:  A pointer an 8-byte
-** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
-** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
-** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).)^
-** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
-** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** ^SQLite will not use more than one scratch buffers per thread.
-** ^SQLite will never request a scratch buffer that is more than 6
-** times the database page size.
-** ^If SQLite needs needs additional
-** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.<p>
-** ^When the application provides any amount of scratch memory using
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary large
-** [sqlite3_malloc|heap allocations].
-** This can help [Robson proof|prevent memory allocation failures] due to heap
-** fragmentation in low-memory embedded systems.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a static memory buffer
-** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
-** cache implementation.  
-** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
-** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]
-** configuration option.
-** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
-** 8-byte aligned
-** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
-** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
-** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each
-** page header.  ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header
-** can be determined using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ] option 
-** to [sqlite3_config()].
-** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
-** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary.  The first
-** argument should pointer to an 8-byte aligned block of memory that
-** is at least sz*N bytes of memory, otherwise subsequent behavior is
-** undefined.
-** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
-** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional
-** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
-** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer 
-** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
-** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
-** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled
-** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise.
-** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP:
-** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
-** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
-** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
-** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
-** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
-** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory
-** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
-** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
-** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
-** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
-** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a
-** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.
-** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used
-** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of
-** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
-** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
-** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
-** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which
-** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
-** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
-** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
-** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
-** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
-** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
-** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine
-** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection].
-** The first argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
-** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
-** sets the <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
-** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
-** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is 
-** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies
-** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^
-** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which
-** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of
-** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
-** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
-** global [error log].
-** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
-** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
-** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
-** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
-** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
-** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
-** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
-** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
-** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
-** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
-** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
-** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
-** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
-** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
-** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
-** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
-** <dd>^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int.
-** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero,
-** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally
-** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()],
-** [sqlite3_open16()] or
-** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
-** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
-** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
-** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
-** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
-** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
-** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
-** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer
-** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable
-** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer.
-** ^The default setting is determined
-** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
-** if that compile-time option is omitted.
-** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
-** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
-** when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
-** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
-** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
-** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
-** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
-** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
-** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
-** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
-** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
-** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
-** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
-** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
-** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
-** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
-** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
-** third parameter is passed NULL In this case.  An example of using this
-** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
-** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
-** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
-** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
-** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
-** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
-** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
-** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the
-** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
-** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
-** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
-** changed to its compile-time default.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
-** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is
-** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro
-** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
-** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ
-** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which
-** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra
-** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
-** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler,
-** target platform, and SQLite version.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ
-** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which
-** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded
-** sorter to that integer.  The default minimum PMA Size is set by the
-** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option.  New threads are launched
-** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting
-** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content
-** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the
-** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value.
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ        24  /* int *psz */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ               25  /* unsigned int szPma */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
-** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
-** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
-** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
-** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
-** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
-** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
-** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
-** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
-** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
-** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
-** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
-** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
-** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
-** when the "current value" returned by
-** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
-** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
-** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
-** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
-** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
-** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
-** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
-** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
-** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
-** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
-** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
-** There should be two additional arguments.
-** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
-** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
-** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
-** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
-** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
-** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
-**
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
-** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
-** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
-*/
-int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
-** has a unique 64-bit signed
-** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
-** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
-** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
-** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
-** is another alias for the rowid.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the 
-** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
-** on database connection D.
-** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
-** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
-** have ever occurred on the database connection D, 
-** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
-**
-** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
-** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
-** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
-** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned 
-** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
-** table method began.)^
-**
-** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
-** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
-** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
-** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
-** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
-** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
-** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
-** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
-** the return value of this interface.)^
-**
-** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
-** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
-**
-** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
-** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
-** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
-** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
-** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
-** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
-** last insert [rowid].
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or
-** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
-** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter.
-** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value
-** returned by this function.
-**
-** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are
-** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], 
-** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted.
-** 
-** Changes to a view that are intercepted by 
-** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value 
-** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or 
-** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real 
-** tables are counted.
-**
-** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is
-** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the
-** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback
-** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially:
-** 
-** <ul>
-**   <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by
-**        sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program 
-**        has finished, the original value is restored.)^
-** 
-**   <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE 
-**        statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() 
-**        upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include 
-**        any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() 
-**        value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^
-** </ul>
-** 
-** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used
-** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it 
-** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing.
-** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger 
-** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the 
-** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
-** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
-** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or
-** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed
-** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
-** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
-** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
-** 
-** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the
-** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are
-** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers 
-** are not counted.
-** 
-** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
-** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
-** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
-** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
-** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
-** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
-** immediately.
-**
-** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
-** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
-** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
-** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
-**
-** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
-** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
-** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
-**
-** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
-** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
-** will be rolled back automatically.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
-** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
-** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
-** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
-** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
-** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
-** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
-** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
-**
-** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
-** is running then bad things will likely happen.
-*/
-void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
-**
-** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
-** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
-** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
-** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
-** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
-** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
-** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
-** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
-** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
-** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
-** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
-**
-** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
-** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
-**
-** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
-** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
-**
-** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
-** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
-** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
-** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
-**
-** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
-** UTF-8 string.
-**
-** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
-*/
-int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
-int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
-** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler}
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X
-** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
-** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
-** [database connection] D when another thread
-** or process has the table locked.
-** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
-** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout].
-**
-** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
-** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
-**
-** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
-** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
-** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked previously for the same locking event.  ^If the
-** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
-** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned
-** to the application.
-** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
-** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats.
-**
-** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
-** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
-** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** to the application instead of invoking the 
-** busy handler.
-** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
-** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
-** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
-** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
-** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
-** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
-** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
-** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
-** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
-** the second process to proceed.
-**
-** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
-**
-** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
-** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
-** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
-** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the
-** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler.
-**
-** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
-** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  In other words,
-** the busy handler is not reentrant.  Any such actions
-** result in undefined behavior.
-** 
-** A busy handler must not close the database connection
-** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
-*/
-int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
-** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
-** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
-** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
-** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
-** [SQLITE_BUSY].
-**
-** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
-** turns off all busy handlers.
-**
-** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
-** [database connection] at any given moment.  If another busy handler
-** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
-** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
-**
-** See also:  [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
-*/
-int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
-** Use of this interface is not recommended.
-**
-** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
-** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
-** complete query results from one or more queries.
-**
-** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
-** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
-** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
-** and M be the number of columns.
-**
-** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
-** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
-** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
-** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
-** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
-** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
-** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
-**
-** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
-** is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        Name        | Age
-**        -----------------------
-**        Alice       | 43
-**        Bob         | 28
-**        Cindy       | 21
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
-** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
-** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
-**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
-**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
-**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
-**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
-**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
-**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
-**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
-** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
-** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
-** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
-**
-** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
-** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
-** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
-** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
-** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
-** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
-** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
-** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
-** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
-  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
-  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
-  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
-  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
-);
-void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
-**
-** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
-** from the standard C library.
-** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options,
-** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below.
-** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent
-** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
-** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-** The strings returned by these two routines should be
-** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
-** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
-** memory to hold the resulting string.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
-** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
-** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
-** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
-** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
-** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
-** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
-** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
-** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
-** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
-** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
-** now without breaking compatibility.
-**
-** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
-** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
-** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
-** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
-** written will be n-1 characters.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
-**
-** These routines all implement some additional formatting
-** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
-** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
-** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options.
-**
-** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
-** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
-** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
-** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
-** the string.
-**
-** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
-** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
-** would have looked like this:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
-** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
-**
-** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
-** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
-** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
-** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
-** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to
-** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it
-** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote
-** character.)^  The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting
-** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement.
-**
-** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
-** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
-** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
-*/
-char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
-char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
-char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
-char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
-**
-** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
-** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
-** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
-** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
-** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
-** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
-** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
-** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
-** a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like
-** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead
-** of a signed 32-bit integer.
-**
-** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
-** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
-** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
-** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
-** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
-** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
-** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
-** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
-** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
-** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a
-** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes.
-** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N)
-** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
-** sqlite3_malloc(N).
-** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or
-** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
-** sqlite3_free(X).
-** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation
-** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available.
-** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
-** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
-** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed.
-** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the
-** prior allocation is not freed.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as
-** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead
-** of a 32-bit signed integer.
-**
-** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
-** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then
-** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes.
-** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number
-** of bytes requested when X was allocated.  ^If X is a NULL pointer then
-** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero.  If X points to something that is not
-** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly
-** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior
-** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful.
-**
-** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(),
-** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64()
-** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
-** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
-** option is used.
-**
-** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
-** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
-** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
-** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
-**
-** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
-** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
-** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
-** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
-** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
-** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
-** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
-** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
-** not yet been released.
-**
-** The application must not read or write any part of
-** a block of memory after it has been released using
-** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
-*/
-void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
-void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64);
-void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
-void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64);
-void sqlite3_free(void*);
-sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
-**
-** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
-** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
-** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
-** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
-** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
-** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
-** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
-** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
-** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
-** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
-**
-** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
-** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
-** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
-** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
-** prior to the reset.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
-**
-** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
-** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
-** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
-** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
-** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
-**
-** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
-** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
-** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is
-** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of
-** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a
-** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated
-** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
-** method.
-*/
-void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
-** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
-** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
-** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
-** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
-** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
-** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
-** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
-** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
-** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
-** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
-** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
-** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
-** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
-** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
-**
-** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
-** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
-** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied. 
-**
-** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
-** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
-** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
-** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
-** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
-** details about the action to be authorized.
-**
-** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
-** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
-** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
-** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
-** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
-** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
-** columns of a table.
-** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
-** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
-** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
-**
-** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
-** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
-** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
-** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
-** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
-** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
-** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
-** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
-** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
-** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
-**
-** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
-** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
-** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
-** in addition to using an authorizer.
-**
-** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
-** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
-** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
-** The authorizer is disabled by default.
-**
-** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
-** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
-** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
-** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
-** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
-** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
-** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
-*/
-int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3*,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pUserData
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
-** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
-** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
-** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
-** information.
-**
-** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode]
-** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
-#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
-** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
-** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
-** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
-** the authorizer callback may be passed.
-**
-** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
-** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
-** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
-** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
-** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
-** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
-** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
-** top-level SQL code.
-*/
-/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
-#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
-#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
-#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
-#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
-** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
-**
-** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
-** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
-** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
-** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
-** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
-** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
-** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
-**
-** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
-** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
-**
-** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
-** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
-** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
-** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
-** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
-** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
-** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
-** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
-** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
-** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
-   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
-** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
-** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
-** database connection D.  An example use for this
-** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
-**
-** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
-** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
-** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
-** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
-** handler is disabled.
-**
-** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
-** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
-** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
-** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
-** than 1.
-**
-** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
-** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
-** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
-**
-** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-*/
-void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
-** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
-**
-** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
-** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
-** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
-** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
-** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
-** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
-** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
-** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
-** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
-** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
-**
-** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  ^The default encoding for databases
-** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order.
-**
-** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
-** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
-** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
-**
-** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
-** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
-** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
-** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
-** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
-**
-** <dl>
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
-** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
-**
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
-** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
-** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
-**
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
-** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-**
-** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
-** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
-** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
-** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
-** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
-** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
-** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
-** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
-** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
-** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
-** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
-** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
-**
-** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
-** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
-** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
-** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
-** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
-** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
-** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
-**
-** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
-** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
-** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
-**
-** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
-**
-** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
-** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
-** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
-** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
-** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
-** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
-** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
-** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
-** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
-** information.
-**
-** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
-** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
-** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
-** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
-** present, is ignored.
-**
-** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
-** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
-** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
-** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
-** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
-** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
-** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
-**
-** [[core URI query parameters]]
-** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
-** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
-** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the
-** following query parameters:
-**
-** <ul>
-**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
-**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
-**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
-**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
-**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
-**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
-**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
-**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
-**     an error)^. 
-**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
-**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
-**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
-**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
-**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
-**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
-**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
-**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
-**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
-**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
-**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
-**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
-**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
-**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
-**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
-**
-**  <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the
-**     [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
-**     storage media on which the database file resides.
-**
-**  <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
-**     which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes.  This
-**     is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
-**     support locking.  Caution:  Database corruption might result if two
-**     or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
-**     processes uses nolock=1.
-**
-**  <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
-**     parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
-**     read-only media.  ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
-**     database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
-**     privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
-**     and change detection is disabled.  Caution: Setting the immutable
-**     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
-**     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
-**     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
-**       
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
-** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
-** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
-** additional information.
-**
-** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
-**
-** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
-** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
-** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
-**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
-** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
-**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
-**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
-**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
-** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
-**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
-** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
-**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
-**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
-**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
-**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
-**          in URI filenames.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
-**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
-**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
-**          default, use a private cache.
-** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
-**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
-**          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
-**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
-** </table>
-**
-** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
-** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
-** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
-** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
-** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
-** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
-** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
-** the results are undefined.
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
-** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
-** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
-** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
-** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
-** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
-*/
-int sqlite3_open(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-int sqlite3_open16(
-  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-int sqlite3_open_v2(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-  int flags,              /* Flags */
-  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
-**
-** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
-** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
-**
-** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
-** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
-** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
-** P is the name of the query parameter, then
-** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
-** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
-** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
-** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
-** a pointer to an empty string.
-**
-** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
-** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
-** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
-** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
-** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
-** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
-** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
-** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
-** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
-** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
-**
-** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
-** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
-** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
-** zero is returned.
-** 
-** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
-** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
-** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
-** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
-** undesirable.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
-int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with 
-** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
-** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
-** API call.
-** If the most recent API call was successful,
-** then the return value from sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
-** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
-** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
-** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
-** disabled.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
-** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
-** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
-** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
-** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
-** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
-** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
-** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
-** and must not be freed by the application)^.
-**
-** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
-** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
-** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
-** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
-** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
-** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
-** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
-** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
-** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
-**
-** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
-** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
-** error code and message may or may not be set.
-*/
-int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
-const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
-const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object
-** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that
-** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.
-**
-** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program.  The
-** original SQL text is source code.  A prepared statement object 
-** is the compiled object code.  All SQL must be converted into a
-** prepared statement before it can be run.
-**
-** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li> Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()].
-** <li> Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
-**      interfaces.
-** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
-** <li> Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
-**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
-** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** </ol>
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
-** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
-** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
-** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
-** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
-** new limit for that construct.)^
-**
-** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
-** [limits | hard upper bound]
-** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
-** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
-** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
-** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
-** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
-**
-** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
-** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
-** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
-** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
-**
-** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
-** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
-** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
-** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
-** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
-** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
-** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
-** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
-** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
-** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
-** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
-** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
-**
-** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
-*/
-int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
-** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
-**
-** These constants define various performance limits
-** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
-** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
-** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
-** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
-** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
-** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
-** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
-** SQLite.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
-** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single
-** [prepared statement] may start.</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS           11
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
-** program using one of these routines.
-**
-** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
-** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
-** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
-**
-** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
-** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
-** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
-** use UTF-16.
-**
-** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the
-** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the
-** number of bytes read from zSql.  ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared
-** statement is generated.
-** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then
-** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that
-** is the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
-** the nul-terminator.
-**
-** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
-** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
-** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
-** what remains uncompiled.
-**
-** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
-** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
-** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
-** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
-** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
-** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
-** ppStmt may not be NULL.
-**
-** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
-** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
-** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
-** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
-** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
-** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
-** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
-** behave differently in three ways:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li>
-** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
-** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
-** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
-** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
-** </li>
-**
-** <li>
-** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
-** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
-** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
-** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
-** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
-** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
-** </li>
-**
-** <li>
-** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
-** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
-** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
-** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
-** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
-** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
-** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
-** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
-** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
-** </li>
-** </ol>
-*/
-int sqlite3_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-int sqlite3_prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
-** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
-** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
-** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
-** the content of the database file.
-**
-** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
-** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
-** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
-** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
-** change the database file through side-effects:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
-** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
-**
-** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
-** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
-** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
-** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
-** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
-** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
-** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
-** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
-** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
-** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned
-** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor
-** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
-** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
-** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
-** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
-**
-** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
-** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
-** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
-** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
-** statements that are holding a transaction open.
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
-** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
-**
-** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
-** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
-** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
-** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
-**
-** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
-** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
-** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
-** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
-** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.  The
-** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new 
-** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value.
-**
-** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
-** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
-** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
-** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
-** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
-** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
-** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
-** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
-** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
-** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
-** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
-** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
-** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
-** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
-**
-** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
-** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
-** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
-** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
-** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
-** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
-** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
-** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
-** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
-** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
-** templates:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  ?
-** <li>  ?NNN
-** <li>  :VVV
-** <li>  @VVV
-** <li>  $VVV
-** </ul>
-**
-** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
-** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
-** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
-** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
-**
-** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
-** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
-**
-** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
-** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
-** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
-** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
-** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
-** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
-** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
-** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
-**
-** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
-** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
-** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
-** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
-**
-** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
-** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
-** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
-** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
-** is negative, then the length of the string is
-** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
-** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
-** the behavior is undefined.
-** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
-** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
-** that parameter must be the byte offset
-** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
-** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
-** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
-** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
-** with embedded NULs is undefined.
-**
-** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces
-** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
-** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
-** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to bind API fails.
-** ^If the fifth argument is
-** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
-** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
-** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
-** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
-** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
-**
-** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of
-** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]
-** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter.  If
-** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the
-** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different
-** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior
-** is undefined.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
-** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
-** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
-** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
-** content is later written using
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
-** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
-**
-** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
-** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
-** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
-** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
-** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
-** result is undefined and probably harmful.
-**
-** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
-** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
-** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
-** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB
-** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or
-** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH].
-** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
-** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64,
-                        void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
-int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
-int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
-int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
-                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
-int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
-int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
-** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
-** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
-** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
-** to the parameters at a later time.
-**
-** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
-** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
-** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
-** there may be gaps in the list.)^
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
-** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
-** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** respectively.
-** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
-** is included as part of the name.)^
-** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
-** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
-**
-** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
-**
-** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
-** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
-** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
-** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
-** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
-** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
-** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
-** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
-** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
-** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
-** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
-** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
-** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
-** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
-** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
-** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
-** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
-**
-** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
-** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
-** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
-** or until the next call to
-** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
-**
-** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
-** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
-** NULL pointer is returned.
-**
-** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
-** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
-** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
-** one release of SQLite to the next.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
-** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
-** [SELECT] statement.
-** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
-** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
-** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
-** the origin_ routines return the column name.
-** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
-** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
-** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
-** or until the same information is requested
-** again in a different encoding.
-**
-** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
-** database, table, and column.
-**
-** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
-** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
-** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
-** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
-**
-** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
-** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
-** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
-** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
-** or column that query result column was extracted from.
-**
-** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
-** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
-**
-** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
-**
-** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
-** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
-** undefined.
-**
-** If two or more threads call one or more
-** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
-** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
-** at the same time then the results are undefined.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
-** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
-** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
-** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
-** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
-** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
-** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
-**
-** ^(For example, given the database schema:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
-**
-** and the following statement to be compiled:
-**
-** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
-**
-** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
-** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
-**
-** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
-** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
-** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
-** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
-** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
-** used to hold those values.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
-** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
-** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
-**
-** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
-** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
-** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
-** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
-** interface will continue to be supported.
-**
-** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
-** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
-** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
-** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
-** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
-** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
-** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
-** continuing.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
-** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
-** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
-** machine back to its initial state.
-**
-** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
-** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
-** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
-** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
-** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
-** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
-** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
-** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
-** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
-** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
-**
-** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
-** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
-** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
-** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
-** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
-** more threads at the same moment in time.
-**
-** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
-** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
-** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
-** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
-** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
-** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
-** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
-** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
-** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
-** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
-** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
-**
-** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
-** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
-** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
-** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
-** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
-** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
-** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
-** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
-** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
-** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
-** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
-*/
-int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
-** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
-** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
-** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
-** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
-** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
-** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
-** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
-** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
-** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
-**
-** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> 64-bit signed integer
-** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
-** <li> string
-** <li> BLOB
-** <li> NULL
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** These constants are codes for each of those types.
-**
-** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
-** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
-** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
-** SQLITE_TEXT.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
-#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
-#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
-#define SQLITE_NULL     5
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
-# undef SQLITE_TEXT
-#else
-# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
-#endif
-#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
-** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
-** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
-** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
-** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
-** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
-** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
-** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
-** [sqlite3_column_count()].
-**
-** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
-** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
-** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
-** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
-** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
-** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
-** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
-** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
-** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
-** are pending, then the results are undefined.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
-** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
-** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
-** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
-** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
-** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
-** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
-** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
-** following a type conversion.
-**
-** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
-** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
-** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
-** the number of bytes in that string.
-** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
-**
-** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
-** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
-** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
-** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
-** the number of bytes in that string.
-** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
-**
-** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
-** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
-** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
-** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
-**
-** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
-** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
-** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** <b>Warning:</b> ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  In a multithreaded environment,
-** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with
-** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
-** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
-** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe.
-**
-** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
-** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
-** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
-** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
-** that are applied:
-**
-** <blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
-**
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> [CAST] to BLOB
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>)^
-**
-** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
-** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
-** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
-** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
-** in the following cases:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
-**      need to be added to the string.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-16.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-8.</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
-** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
-** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
-** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
-** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
-**
-** The safest policy is to invoke these routines
-** in one of the following ways:
-**
-** <ul>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
-** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
-** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
-** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
-** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
-**
-** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
-** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
-** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <em>not</em> pass the pointers returned
-** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
-** [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
-** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
-** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
-** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
-** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
-** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
-** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
-** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
-** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
-** [extended error code].
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
-** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
-** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
-** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
-** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
-** completed execution.
-**
-** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
-** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
-** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
-** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
-** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
-*/
-int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
-** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
-** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
-** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
-** back to the beginning of its program.
-**
-** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
-** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
-** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
-** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
-** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
-** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
-** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
-** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
-** these routines are the text encoding expected for
-** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
-** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
-** the application data pointer.
-**
-** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
-** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
-** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
-** to each database connection separately.
-**
-** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
-** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
-** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
-** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
-** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
-** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
-**
-** ^The third parameter (nArg)
-** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
-** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
-** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
-** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
-** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
-** undefined.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
-** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
-** its parameters.  The application should set this parameter to
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes 
-** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
-** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
-** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
-** otherwise.  ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using
-** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for
-** each encoding.
-** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
-** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]
-** to signal that the function will always return the same result given
-** the same inputs within a single SQL statement.  Most SQL functions are
-** deterministic.  The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a
-** function that is not deterministic.  The SQLite query planner is able to
-** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use
-** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible.
-**
-** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
-** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
-**
-** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
-** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
-** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
-** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
-** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
-** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
-** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
-** callbacks.
-**
-** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
-** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
-** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
-** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
-** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
-** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
-** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
-** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
-** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
-**
-** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
-** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
-** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
-** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
-** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
-** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
-** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
-** matches the database encoding is a better
-** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
-** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
-** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
-** between UTF8 and UTF16.
-**
-** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
-**
-** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
-** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
-** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
-** statement in which the function is running.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_function16(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const void *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
-**
-** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
-** text encodings supported by SQLite.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_UTF8           1    /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2    /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3    /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
-#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* Deprecated */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
-**
-** These constants may be ORed together with the 
-** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
-** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
-** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC    0x800
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
-** DEPRECATED
-**
-** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
-** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
-** the use of these functions.  To encourage programmers to avoid
-** these functions, we will not explain what they do.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
-                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values
-** METHOD: sqlite3_value
-**
-** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
-** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
-** the function or aggregate.  
-**
-** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
-** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
-** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
-** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
-** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
-** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
-**
-** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
-** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
-** object results in undefined behavior.
-**
-** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
-** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
-** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
-** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
-** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
-** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
-** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
-** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
-** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
-** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
-** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
-** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
-**
-** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
-** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
-** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
-** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread as
-** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
-double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
-const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values
-** METHOD: sqlite3_value
-**
-** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for
-** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V.  The subtype
-** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from
-** one SQL function to another.  Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()]
-** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function.
-**
-** SQLite makes no use of subtype itself.  It merely passes the subtype
-** from the result of one [application-defined SQL function] into the
-** input of another.
-*/
-unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values
-** METHOD: sqlite3_value
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
-** object D and returns a pointer to that copy.  ^The [sqlite3_value] returned
-** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not.
-** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a
-** memory allocation fails.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object
-** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()].  ^If V is a NULL pointer
-** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
-** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
-**
-** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
-** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
-** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
-** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
-** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
-** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
-** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
-** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
-** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
-** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
-** first time from within xFinal().)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer 
-** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
-** allocate error occurs.
-**
-** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
-** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
-** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
-** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
-** allocation.)^  Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
-** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no 
-** pointless memory allocations occur.
-**
-** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
-**
-** The first parameter must be a copy of the
-** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
-** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
-** function.
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the aggregate SQL function is running.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function.
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the application-defined function is running.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function.
-*/
-sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
-** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
-** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
-** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
-** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
-** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
-** metadata associated with the pattern string.  
-** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
-** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
-** invocations of the same function.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
-** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
-** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
-** argument of the application-defined function.  ^Subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
-** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
-** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
-** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
-** once, when the metadata is discarded.
-** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
-** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or
-** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
-**      SQL statement, or
-** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or
-** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory 
-**      allocation error occurs. </ul>)^
-**
-** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in 
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns.  Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
-** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
-** function implementation should not make any use of P after
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
-**
-** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
-** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
-** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
-** the SQL function is running.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
-void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
-**
-** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
-** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
-** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
-** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
-** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
-** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
-** the content before returning.
-**
-** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
-** C++ compilers.
-*/
-typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
-#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
-#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
-** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
-** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** for additional information.
-**
-** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
-** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
-** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
-** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
-** third parameter.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N)
-** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be
-** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
-** by its 2nd argument.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
-** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
-** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
-** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
-** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
-** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
-** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
-** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
-** message all text up through the first zero character.
-** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
-** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
-** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
-** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
-** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
-** modify the text after they return without harm.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
-** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
-** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
-** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
-** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
-** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
-** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
-** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
-** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an
-** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding
-** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one
-** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE].
-** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
-** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
-** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
-** through the first zero character.
-** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
-** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
-** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
-** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
-** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
-** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
-** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
-** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
-** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
-** finished using that result.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
-** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
-** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
-** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
-** when it has finished using that result.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
-** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
-** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
-** the application-defined function to be a copy of the
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
-** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
-** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
-** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
-** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
-** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
-**
-** If these routines are called from within the different thread
-** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
-** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
-*/
-void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*,
-                           sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
-void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
-void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
-                           void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
-void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
-void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
-int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function
-** METHOD: sqlite3_context
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of
-** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with 
-** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T.  Only the lower 8 bits 
-** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite;
-** higher order bits are discarded.
-** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase
-** in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
-** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
-**
-** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
-** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
-** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
-** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
-** considered to be the same name.
-**
-** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
-** </ul>)^
-** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
-** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
-** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
-** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
-** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
-** on an even byte address.
-**
-** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
-** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
-**
-** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
-** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
-** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
-** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
-** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
-** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
-** that collation is no longer usable.
-**
-** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
-** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
-** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
-** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
-** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
-** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
-** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
-** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
-** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
-** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
-** strings A, B, and C:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li> If A==B then B==A.
-** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
-** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
-** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
-** </ol>
-**
-** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
-** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
-** is undefined.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
-** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
-** the collating function is deleted.
-** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
-** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
-** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
-** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
-** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
-** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
-** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
-** compatibility.
-**
-** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_collation(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const void *zName,
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
-** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
-** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
-** sequence is required.
-**
-** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
-** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
-** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
-** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
-** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
-**
-** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
-** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
-** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
-** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
-** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
-** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
-** required collation sequence.)^
-**
-** The callback function should register the desired collation using
-** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
-** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*, 
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-);
-int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*,
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
-** called right after sqlite3_open().
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-int sqlite3_key(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
-);
-int sqlite3_key_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
-** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
-** database is decrypted.
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-int sqlite3_rekey(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
-);
-int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
-** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
-*/
-void sqlite3_activate_see(
-  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
-);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
-/*
-** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
-** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
-*/
-void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
-  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
-);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
-**
-** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
-** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
-**
-** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
-** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
-** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the operating system is returned.
-**
-** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
-** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
-** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
-** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
-** in the previous paragraphs.
-*/
-int sqlite3_sleep(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
-**
-** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
-** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
-** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
-** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
-** temporary file directory.
-**
-** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable.
-** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT).
-** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications
-** neither read nor write this variable.  This global variable is a relic
-** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should
-** be avoided in new projects.
-**
-** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
-** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
-** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
-** thread.
-** It is intended that this variable be set once
-** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
-** thereafter.
-**
-** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
-** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
-** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
-** using [sqlite3_free].
-** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
-** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
-** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
-** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite
-** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to.  If
-** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do
-** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection]
-** objects have been destroyed.
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
-** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
-** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
-** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
-** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
-** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
-** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
-** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
-** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
-** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-*/
-SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
-**
-** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
-** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
-** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
-** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
-** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
-** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
-** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
-** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
-**
-** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
-** open can result in a corrupt database.
-**
-** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
-** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
-** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
-** thread.
-** It is intended that this variable be set once
-** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
-** thereafter.
-**
-** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
-** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
-** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
-** using [sqlite3_free].
-** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
-** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
-** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
-** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
-** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
-** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
-** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
-** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
-**
-** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
-** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
-** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
-** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
-** an error is to use this function.
-**
-** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
-** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
-** is undefined.
-*/
-int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
-** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
-** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
-** that was the first argument
-** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
-** create the statement in the first place.
-*/
-sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
-** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
-** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
-** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
-** a NULL pointer is returned.
-**
-** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
-** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
-** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
-** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
-** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
-** the name of a database on connection D.
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
-** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
-** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
-** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
-** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
-**
-** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
-** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
-** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
-*/
-sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
-** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
-** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
-** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
-** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
-** the first call for each function on D.
-**
-** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
-** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
-** or rollback hook in the first place.
-** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
-** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
-** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
-**
-** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
-** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
-** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
-** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
-** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
-**
-** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
-** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
-** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
-** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
-** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
-void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
-** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
-** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
-** a rowid table.
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-**
-** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
-** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
-** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
-** to sqlite3_update_hook().
-** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
-** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
-** to be invoked.
-** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
-** database and table name containing the affected row.
-** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
-** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
-**
-** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
-** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
-**
-** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
-** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
-** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
-** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
-** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
-** release of SQLite.
-**
-** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
-** returns the P argument from the previous call
-** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
-** the first call on D.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
-** interfaces.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
-  void*
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
-**
-** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
-** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
-** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
-** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
-**
-** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
-** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
-** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
-**
-** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
-** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
-** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
-** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
-**
-** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
-** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
-**
-** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
-** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
-** cache setting should set it explicitly.
-**
-** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0
-** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, 
-** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via 
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE].
-**
-** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
-** 32-bit integer is atomic.
-**
-** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
-*/
-int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
-** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
-** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
-** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
-** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
-** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
-** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
-** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
-** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
-** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
-** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
-** omitted.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
-** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
-** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
-** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
-** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
-** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
-** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
-** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
-** is advisory only.
-**
-** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
-** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
-** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
-** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
-** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
-** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
-**
-** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
-**
-** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
-** if one or more of following conditions are true:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
-** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
-**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
-**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
-** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
-**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
-** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
-**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
-**      from the heap.
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
-** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
-** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
-** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
-** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
-** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
-** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
-** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
-**
-** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
-** changes in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
-** DEPRECATED
-**
-** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
-** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
-** only.  All new applications should use the
-** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
-*/
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns
-** information about column C of table T in database D
-** on [database connection] X.)^  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata()
-** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in
-** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified
-** column exists.  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns
-** SQLITE_ERROR and if the specified column does not exist.
-** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a
-** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existance of the
-** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it
-** does not.
-**
-** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
-** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database
-** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
-** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
-** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
-** resolve unqualified table references.
-**
-** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
-** name of the desired column, respectively.
-**
-** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
-** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
-** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
-**
-** ^(<blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
-**
-** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
-** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
-** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
-** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
-** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
-** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next
-** call to any SQLite API function.
-**
-** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table 
-** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an
-** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
-** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
-** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs
-** for the [rowid] are set as follows:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     data type: "INTEGER"
-**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
-**     not null: 0
-**     primary key: 1
-**     auto increment: 0
-** </pre>)^
-**
-** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and
-** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if
-** any errors are encountered while loading the schema.
-*/
-int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
-  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
-  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
-  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
-  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
-  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
-  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
-  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
-  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
-** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
-** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
-** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
-** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
-** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
-** be tried also.
-**
-** ^The entry point is zProc.
-** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
-** entry point name on its own.  It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
-** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
-** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
-** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
-** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
-** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
-** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
-** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
-** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
-** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
-** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
-** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
-** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
-** otherwise an error will be returned.
-**
-** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
-*/
-int sqlite3_load_extension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
-** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
-** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
-** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
-**
-** ^Extension loading is off by default.
-** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
-** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
-** it back off again.
-*/
-int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
-**
-** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
-** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
-** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
-** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
-**
-** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
-** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
-** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
-** entry point where as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
-** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
-** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
-** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
-** &nbsp;  );
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
-** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
-** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
-** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
-** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
-** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
-**
-** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
-** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
-** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
-** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
-** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
-** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
-** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
-** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
-** routines.
-*/
-int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
-**
-** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
-** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
-*/
-void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Structures used by the virtual table interface
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
-typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
-typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
-**
-** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
-** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
-** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
-**
-** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
-** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
-** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
-** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
-** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
-** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
-** any database connection.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_module {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
-  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
-  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
-  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
-  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
-  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
-                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                       void **ppArg);
-  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
-  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
-  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
-  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
-**
-** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
-** of the [virtual table] interface to
-** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
-** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
-** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
-** results into the **Outputs** fields.
-**
-** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
-**
-** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
-**
-** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
-** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
-** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
-** ^(The index of the column is stored in
-** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
-** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
-** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
-**
-** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
-** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
-** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
-** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
-** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
-**
-** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
-** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
-**
-** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
-** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
-** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
-** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
-** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
-** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
-**
-** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
-** [xFilter] method.
-** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
-** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
-**
-** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
-** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
-** sorting step is required.
-**
-** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
-** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
-** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
-** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
-** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
-**
-** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
-** will be returned by the strategy.
-**
-** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a 
-** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
-** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
-** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. 
-**
-** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
-** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
-** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the
-** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback
-** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were
-** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not
-** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by
-** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
-**
-** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
-** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
-** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
-** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
-** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
-** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
-** was added for version 3.9.0. It may therefore only be used if
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
-** 3009000.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_index_info {
-  /* Inputs */
-  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
-     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
-     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
-     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
-  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
-  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
-     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
-  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  /* Outputs */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
-    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
-    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
-  } *aConstraintUsage;
-  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
-  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
-  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
-  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
-  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
-  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
-  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
-  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */
-  int idxFlags;              /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE      1     /* Scan visits at most 1 row */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
-**
-** These macros defined the allowed values for the
-** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
-** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
-** a query that uses a [virtual table].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
-** ^Module names must be registered before
-** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
-** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
-**
-** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
-** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
-** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
-** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
-** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
-** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
-** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
-** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
-** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
-** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
-** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
-** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
-** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
-** destructor.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_module(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
-  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-);
-int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
-  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
-**
-** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
-** of this object to describe a particular instance
-** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
-** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
-** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
-** common to all module implementations.
-**
-** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
-** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
-** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
-** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
-** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
-** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab {
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
-  int nRef;                       /* Number of open cursors */
-  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
-**
-** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
-** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
-** [virtual table] and are used
-** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
-** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
-** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
-** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
-** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
-** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
-**
-** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
-** are common to all implementations.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
-**
-** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
-** [virtual table module] call this interface
-** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
-** the virtual tables they implement.
-*/
-int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
-** But global versions of those functions
-** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
-**
-** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
-** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
-** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
-** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
-** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
-** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
-** by a [virtual table].
-*/
-int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
-** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
-** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
-** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
-** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
-** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
-** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
-** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
-** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
-** </pre>)^
-**
-** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but 
-** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is
-** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement.
-** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP
-** tables, the database name is "temp".)^
-**
-** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
-** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for
-** read-only access.
-**
-** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored
-** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error
-** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided
-** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] 
-** on *ppBlob after this function it returns.
-**
-** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true:
-** <ul>
-**   <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, 
-**   <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, 
-**   <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, 
-**   <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^,
-**   <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^,
-**   <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not
-**         a TEXT or BLOB value)^,
-**   <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE 
-**         constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^,
-**   <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, 
-**         column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is
-**         being opened for read/write access)^.
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the 
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
-**
-**
-** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
-** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
-** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
-** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
-** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
-** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
-** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
-** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
-** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
-**
-** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
-** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
-** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
-** blob.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
-** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a 
-** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface.
-**
-** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
-** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_open(
-  sqlite3*,
-  const char *zDb,
-  const char *zTable,
-  const char *zColumn,
-  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
-  int flags,
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
-** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
-** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
-** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
-** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
-** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
-** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
-**
-** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
-** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
-** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
-** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
-** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
-** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
-** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
-** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
-** always returns zero.
-**
-** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
-** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed
-** unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns an error code, the 
-** handle is still closed.)^
-**
-** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if
-** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write
-** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is
-** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error
-** code is returned and the transaction rolled back.
-**
-** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an
-** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine 
-** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to 
-** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function
-** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the 
-** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
-** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
-** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
-** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
-** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
-** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
-** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
-**
-** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
-** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
-** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
-** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
-**
-** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
-** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
-**
-** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
-** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
-**
-** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the 
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
-**
-** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
-** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
-** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
-**
-** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
-** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
-** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the 
-** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined 
-** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less 
-** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
-**
-** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
-** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
-** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
-** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
-** or by other independent statements.
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
-**
-** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
-** that SQLite uses to interact
-** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
-** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
-** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
-** The following interfaces are provided.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
-** ^Names are case sensitive.
-** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
-** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
-**
-** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
-** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
-** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
-** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
-** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
-** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
-** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
-** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
-** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
-*/
-sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
-int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
-int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
-**
-** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
-** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
-** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
-** permitted to use any of these routines.
-**
-** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
-** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
-** is selected automatically at compile-time.  The following
-** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-** </ul>
-**
-** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
-** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
-** a single-threaded application.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
-** and Windows.
-**
-** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
-** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
-** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
-** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
-** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested
-** mutex.  The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these
-** integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
-** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
-** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Nine static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^For the static
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated dynamic mutex.  Attempting to deallocate a static
-** mutex results in undefined behavior.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-** In such cases, the
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.)^  If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other
-** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
-** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
-** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable 
-** behavior.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.   The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
-** calling thread or is not currently allocated.
-**
-** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
-** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
-** behave as no-ops.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
-*/
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
-void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
-void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
-int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
-void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
-**
-** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
-** used to allocate and use mutexes.
-**
-** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
-** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom
-** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
-** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application
-** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
-** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
-** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
-** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
-** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
-**
-** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
-** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
-** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
-**
-** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
-** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
-** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
-** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
-** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-**
-** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
-** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
-** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
-**
-** <ul>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
-** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
-** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
-** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
-** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
-** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
-** it is passed a NULL pointer).
-**
-** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  It must be harmless to
-** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
-** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
-** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
-**
-** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
-** and its associates).  Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
-** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
-** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
-**
-** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
-** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
-** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
-** prior to returning.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
-  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
-  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
-  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
-**
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
-** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  The SQLite core
-** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
-** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  The SQLite core only
-** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
-** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  External mutex implementations
-** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
-** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
-**
-** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
-** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
-**
-** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
-** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
-** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
-** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
-**
-** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
-** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
-** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
-** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
-** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
-** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
-** the appropriate thing to do.  The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
-** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
-int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
-**
-** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
-** which is one of these integer constants.
-**
-** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
-** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
-** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1      8  /* For use by application */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2      9  /* For use by application */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3     10  /* For use by application */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1     11  /* For use by built-in VFS */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2     12  /* For use by extension VFS */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3     13  /* For use by application VFS */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
-** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
-** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
-** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
-** routine returns a NULL pointer.
-*/
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
-** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
-** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
-** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
-** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
-** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
-** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
-** main database file.
-** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
-** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
-** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
-** method becomes the return value of this routine.
-**
-** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
-** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
-** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
-** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
-** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
-**
-** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
-** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
-** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
-** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
-** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
-** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
-** xFileControl method.
-**
-** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
-*/
-int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
-** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
-** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
-** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
-**
-** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
-** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
-** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
-**
-** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
-** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
-** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
-** operate consistently from one release to the next.
-*/
-int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
-**
-** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
-** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
-**
-** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
-** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
-** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
-** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19  /* NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP             24
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER                25
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    25
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
-**
-** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information
-** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
-** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
-** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
-** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
-** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
-** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
-** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
-** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
-** value.  For those parameters
-** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
-** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
-** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return
-** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure.
-**
-** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to
-** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by
-** sqlite3_status() are undefined.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
-int sqlite3_status64(
-  int op,
-  sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent,
-  sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater,
-  int resetFlag
-);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
-** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
-**
-** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
-** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
-** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
-** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
-** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
-** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
-** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
-** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
-** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
-** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
-** currently checked out.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
-** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
-** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
-** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
-** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
-** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
-** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
-** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
-** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
-** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
-** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
-** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
-** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
-** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
-** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
-** slots were available.
-** </dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
-** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-**
-** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
-** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
-** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
-** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
-** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
-** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
-** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
-** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
-** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
-** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
-** reset back down to the current value.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
-** non-zero [error code] on failure.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
-** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
-**
-** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
-** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
-**
-** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
-** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
-** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
-** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
-** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
-** checked out.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
-** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
-** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
-** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
-** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
-** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
-** memory already being in use.
-** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
-** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
-** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
-** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
-** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
-** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
-** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
-** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
-** the database connection.)^
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
-** is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
-** is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
-** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
-** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
-** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
-** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
-** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
-** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
-** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
-** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
-** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
-** </dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 10   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
-** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
-** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
-** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
-** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
-** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
-** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
-** an index.  
-**
-** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
-** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
-** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
-** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
-** to be interrogated.)^
-** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
-** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
-** interface call returns.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
-** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
-**
-** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
-** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
-** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
-** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
-** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
-** careful use of indices.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
-** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
-** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
-** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
-** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
-** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
-** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
-** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
-** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be 
-** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
-** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
-** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
-** </dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP           4
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
-** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
-** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
-** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
-** to the object.
-**
-** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
-** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
-** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
-** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
-**
-** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
-  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
-  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
-** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
-**
-** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
-** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
-** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
-** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
-** SQLite is used for the page cache.
-** By implementing a 
-** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
-** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
-** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
-** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
-** how long.
-**
-** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
-** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
-** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
-**
-** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
-** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
-** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
-** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
-**
-** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
-** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
-** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
-** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
-** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
-** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
-** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
-** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
-** page cache.)^
-**
-** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
-** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** It can be used to clean up 
-** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
-** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
-**
-** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
-** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
-** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
-** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
-** in multithreaded applications.
-**
-** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
-** call to xShutdown().
-**
-** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
-** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
-** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
-** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
-** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
-** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
-** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
-** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
-** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
-** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
-** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
-** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
-** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
-** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
-** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
-** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
-** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
-** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
-** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
-** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
-** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
-** never contain any unpinned pages.
-**
-** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
-** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
-** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
-** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
-** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
-** value; it is advisory only.
-**
-** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
-** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
-** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
-** 
-** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
-** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
-** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
-** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
-** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
-** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
-** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
-** for each entry in the page cache.
-**
-** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
-** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
-** to be "pinned".
-**
-** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
-** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
-** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
-** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
-** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
-**
-** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
-** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
-** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
-** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
-**                 Otherwise return NULL.
-** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
-**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
-** </table>
-**
-** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
-** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
-** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
-** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
-** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
-**
-** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
-** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
-** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
-** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
-** ^If the discard parameter is
-** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
-** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
-** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
-**
-** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
-** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
-** to xFetch().
-**
-** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
-** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
-** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
-** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
-** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
-** to be pinned.
-**
-** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
-** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
-** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
-** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
-** they can be safely discarded.
-**
-** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
-** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
-** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
-** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
-** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
-** functions.
-**
-** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
-** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
-** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
-** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
-** do their best.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
-  int iVersion;
-  void *pArg;
-  int (*xInit)(void*);
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
-  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
-  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
-  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
-  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
-  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
-      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
-  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
-  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-};
-
-/*
-** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
-** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
-** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
-  void *pArg;
-  int (*xInit)(void*);
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
-  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
-  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
-  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
-  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
-  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
-  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
-  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-};
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
-** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
-** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
-** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
-**
-** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
-** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
-** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
-**
-** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
-** for the duration of the backup operation.
-** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
-** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
-** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
-** preventing other database connections from
-** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
-** 
-** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
-**   <ol>
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
-**         backup, 
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
-**         the data between the two databases, and finally
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
-**         associated with the backup operation. 
-**   </ol>)^
-** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
-** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
-**
-** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
-** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
-** and the database name, respectively.
-** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
-** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
-** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
-** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
-** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
-** and database name of the source database, respectively.
-** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
-** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
-** an error.
-**
-** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning SQLITE_ERROR, if 
-** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the 
-** destination database.
-**
-** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
-** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
-** destination [database connection] D.
-** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
-** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
-** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
-** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_backup] object.
-** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
-** operation.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
-**
-** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
-** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
-** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
-** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
-** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
-** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
-** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
-** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
-** <ol>
-** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
-** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
-** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
-** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
-** destination and source page sizes differ.
-** </ol>)^
-**
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
-** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
-** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
-** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
-** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
-** [database connection]
-** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
-** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
-** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
-** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
-** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
-** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
-** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
-** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
-**
-** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
-** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
-** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
-** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
-** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
-** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
-** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
-** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
-** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
-** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
-** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
-** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
-** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
-** updated at the same time.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
-**
-** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
-** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
-** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
-** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
-** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
-** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
-** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
-**
-** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
-** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
-** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
-** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
-** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
-**
-** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
-** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
-** sqlite3_backup_finish().
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
-** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still
-** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step().
-** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages
-** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent
-** sqlite3_backup_step().
-** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by
-** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that
-** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining,
-** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
-** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next
-** sqlite3_backup_step().)^
-**
-** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
-**
-** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
-** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
-** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
-** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
-** from within other threads.
-**
-** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
-** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
-** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
-** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
-** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
-** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
-** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
-** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
-**
-** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
-** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
-** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
-** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
-** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
-** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
-**
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
-** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
-** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
-** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
-** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
-** possible that they return invalid values.
-*/
-sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
-  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
-  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
-  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
-  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
-);
-int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
-int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
-int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
-int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
-** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
-** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
-** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
-** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
-** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
-** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
-**
-** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
-** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
-**
-** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
-** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
-** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
-** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
-** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
-** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
-** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
-** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
-** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
-**
-** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
-** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
-** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
-** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
-** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
-**
-** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
-** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
-** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
-** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
-**
-** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
-** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
-** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
-** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
-** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
-** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
-** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
-** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
-** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
-** crash or deadlock may be the result.
-**
-** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
-** returns SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
-**
-** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
-** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
-** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
-** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
-** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
-** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
-**
-** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
-** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
-** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
-** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
-** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
-** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
-** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
-** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
-**
-** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
-**
-** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
-** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
-** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
-** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
-** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
-** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
-** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
-**
-** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
-** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
-** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
-** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
-** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
-** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
-** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
-** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
-** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
-** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
-** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
-** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
-**
-** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
-**
-** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
-** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
-** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
-** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
-** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
-** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
-** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
-** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
-**
-** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
-** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
-** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
-** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
-** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
-*/
-int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
-  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
-  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
-  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
-);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
-** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
-** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
-** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
-*/
-int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
-int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
-*
-** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches
-** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match
-** the glob pattern P.  ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in
-** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
-** SQL dialect used by SQLite.  ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case
-** sensitive.
-**
-** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
-** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
-** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
-** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
-** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
-**
-** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
-** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
-** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
-** is considered bad form.
-**
-** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
-**
-** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
-** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
-** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
-** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
-** buffer.
-*/
-void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
-** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode.
-**
-** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
-** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation 
-** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
-**
-** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
-** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
-** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
-** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
-** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
-** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
-** including those that were just committed.
-**
-** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
-** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
-** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
-** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
-** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
-** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
-** are undefined.
-**
-** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
-** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
-** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
-** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
-** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
-** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
-  void*
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
-** to automatically [checkpoint]
-** after committing a transaction if there are N or
-** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
-** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
-** checkpoints entirely.
-**
-** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
-** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
-** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
-** configured by this function.
-**
-** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
-** from SQL.
-**
-** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are
-** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE].
-**
-** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
-** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
-** pages.  The use of this interface
-** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
-** for a particular application.
-*/
-int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
-** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^
-**
-** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the 
-** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be
-** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to
-** be reset.  See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition
-** information.
-**
-** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to
-** occur.  But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
-** interface was added.  This interface is retained for backwards
-** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually
-** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding
-** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
-** METHOD: sqlite3
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint
-** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M.  Status
-** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^
-** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
-**   ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
-**   readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames 
-**   in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback]
-**   is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.  
-**   ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished
-**   if there are concurrent readers or writers.
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
-**   ^This mode blocks (it invokes the
-**   [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no
-**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
-**   snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
-**   database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending,
-**   but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded.
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
-**   ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition
-**   that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the 
-**   [busy-handler callback])
-**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures 
-**   that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning.
-**   ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new
-**   database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers.
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE<dd>
-**   ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the
-**   addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior
-**   to a successful return.
-** </dl>
-**
-** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
-** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because
-** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not
-** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the
-** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function
-** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or
-** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful
-** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been
-** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero.
-**
-** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If
-** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
-** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a 
-** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
-**
-** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the 
-** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be
-** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and
-** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock
-** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
-** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before
-** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
-** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
-** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
-** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
-**
-** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
-** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to 
-** [database connection] db.  In this case the
-** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If 
-** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
-** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
-** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other 
-** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
-** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error 
-** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
-** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
-** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If
-** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
-** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
-**
-** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE,
-** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface
-** sets the error information that is queried by
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-**
-** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface
-** from SQL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
-  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
-  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
-  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values
-** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode}
-**
-** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed
-** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface.
-** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the
-** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE  0  /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL     1  /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART  2  /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3  /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
-**
-** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
-** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
-** various facets of the virtual table interface.
-**
-** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
-** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
-** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
-** may be added in the future.
-*/
-int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
-**
-** These macros define the various options to the
-** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
-** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
-** <dd>Calls of the form
-** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
-** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
-** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
-** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
-** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
-** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
-** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
-** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
-**
-** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
-** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
-** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
-** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
-** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
-** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
-** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
-** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
-** had been ABORT.
-**
-** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
-** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
-** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
-** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
-** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
-** constraint handling.
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
-**
-** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
-** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
-** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
-** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
-** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
-** [virtual table].
-*/
-int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
-** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode}
-**
-** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
-** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
-** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
-**
-** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
-** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
-** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
-/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
-#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
-/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
-#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes
-** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options}
-**
-** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the
-** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface.  Each constant designates a
-** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return.
-**
-** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is
-** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when
-** S is finalized.
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP</dt>
-** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be
-** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT</dt>
-** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
-** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST</dt>
-** <dd>^The "double" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the
-** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each
-** iteration of the X-th loop.  If the query planner's estimates was accurate,
-** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the
-** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will
-** be the NLOOP value for the current loop.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME</dt>
-** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
-** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table
-** used for the X-th loop.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN</dt>
-** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
-** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN]
-** description for the X-th loop.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECT</dt>
-** <dd>^The "int" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the
-** "select-id" for the X-th loop.  The select-id identifies which query or
-** subquery the loop is part of.  The main query has a select-id of zero.
-** The select-id is the same value as is output in the first column
-** of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query.
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP    0
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT   1
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST      2
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME     3
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN  4
-#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured
-** performance for pStmt.  Advanced applications can use this
-** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and
-** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found.
-**
-** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only
-** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS]
-** compile-time option.
-**
-** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return.
-** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior
-** of this interface is undefined.
-** ^The requested measurement is written into a variable pointed to by
-** the "pOut" parameter.
-** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific loop to retrieve statistics for.
-** Loops are numbered starting from zero. ^If idx is out of range - less than
-** zero or greater than or equal to the total number of loops used to implement
-** the statement - a non-zero value is returned and the variable that pOut
-** points to is unchanged.
-**
-** ^Statistics might not be available for all loops in all statements. ^In cases
-** where there exist loops with no available statistics, this function behaves
-** as if the loop did not exist - it returns non-zero and leave the variable
-** that pOut points to unchanged.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()]
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,      /* Prepared statement for which info desired */
-  int idx,                  /* Index of loop to report on */
-  int iScanStatusOp,        /* Information desired.  SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */
-  void *pOut                /* Result written here */
-);     
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters
-** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
-**
-** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters.
-**
-** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor
-** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined.
-*/
-void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-
-/*
-** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
-** builds on processors without floating point support.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# undef double
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite3.rc b/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite3.rc
deleted file mode 100644
index 04dd0864882..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite3.rc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2012 September 2
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code and resources that are specific to Windows.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-#include "winresrc.h"
-#else
-#include "windows.h"
-#endif /* !defined(_WIN32_WCE) */
-
-#if !defined(VS_FF_NONE)
-#  define VS_FF_NONE            0x00000000L
-#endif /* !defined(VS_FF_NONE) */
-
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include "sqlite3rc.h"
-
-/*
- * English (U.S.) resources
- */
-
-#if defined(_WIN32)
-LANGUAGE LANG_ENGLISH, SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US
-#pragma code_page(1252)
-#endif /* defined(_WIN32) */
-
-/*
- * Icon
- */
-
-#define IDI_SQLITE 101
-
-IDI_SQLITE ICON "..\\art\\sqlite370.ico"
-
-/*
- * Version
- */
-
-VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
-  FILEVERSION SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION
-  PRODUCTVERSION SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION
-  FILEFLAGSMASK VS_FFI_FILEFLAGSMASK
-#if defined(_DEBUG)
-  FILEFLAGS VS_FF_DEBUG
-#else
-  FILEFLAGS VS_FF_NONE
-#endif /* defined(_DEBUG) */
-  FILEOS VOS__WINDOWS32
-  FILETYPE VFT_DLL
-  FILESUBTYPE VFT2_UNKNOWN
-BEGIN
-  BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
-  BEGIN
-    BLOCK "040904b0"
-    BEGIN
-      VALUE "CompanyName", "SQLite Development Team"
-      VALUE "FileDescription", "SQLite is a software library that implements a self-contained, serverless, zero-configuration, transactional SQL database engine."
-      VALUE "FileVersion", SQLITE_VERSION
-      VALUE "InternalName", "sqlite3"
-      VALUE "LegalCopyright", "http://www.sqlite.org/copyright.html"
-      VALUE "ProductName", "SQLite"
-      VALUE "ProductVersion", SQLITE_VERSION
-      VALUE "SourceId", SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
-    END
-  END
-  BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
-  BEGIN
-    VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 0x4b0
-  END
-END
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite3ext.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite3ext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 017ea308b1a..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqlite3ext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,534 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
-** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
-** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
-** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
-** sqlite3.h.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-
-typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
-
-/*
-** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
-** routines.
-**
-** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
-** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
-** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
-** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each other's shared
-** libraries!
-*/
-struct sqlite3_api_routines {
-  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
-  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
-  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
-  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
-  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
-  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
-  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
-                           int eTextRep,const char*));
-  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
-                             int eTextRep,const void*));
-  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
-  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
-  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
-  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
-  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
-                           int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
-  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,
-                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
-  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
-                          void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                          void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                          void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
-  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,
-                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
-  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
-  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
-  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
-  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
-  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
-  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  void  (*free)(void*);
-  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
-  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
-  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
-  int  (*global_recover)(void);
-  void  (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
-  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
-  const char * (*libversion)(void);
-  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
-  void *(*malloc)(int);
-  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
-  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
-  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
-  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
-  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
-  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
-  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
-  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
-  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
-  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
-  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
-  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
-  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
-  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
-  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,
-                         const char*,const char*),void*);
-  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
-  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
-  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,
-                                char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
-  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
-  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
-  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
-  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
-  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,
-                                         sqlite_int64),void*);
-  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
-  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
-  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
-  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
-  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
-  /* Added ??? */
-  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-  /* Added by 3.3.13 */
-  int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-  int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
-  int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  /* Added by 3.4.1 */
-  int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,
-                          void (*xDestroy)(void *));
-  /* Added by 3.5.0 */
-  int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
-  int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
-  int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,
-                   int,sqlite3_blob**);
-  int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
-  int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
-  int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
-                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-                             void(*)(void*));
-  int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
-  void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
-  int (*release_memory)(int);
-  void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
-  void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int (*sleep)(int);
-  void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
-  sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
-  int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
-  int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
-  int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
-  void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  int (*test_control)(int, ...);
-  void (*randomness)(int,void*);
-  sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
-  int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
-  sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
-  const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
-  int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*);
-  sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*);
-  int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*);
-  int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int);
-  const char *(*compileoption_get)(int);
-  int (*compileoption_used)(const char*);
-  int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
-                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
-                            void(*xDestroy)(void*));
-  int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*);
-  int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int);
-  int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*);
-  void (*log)(int,const char*,...);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64);
-  const char *(*sourceid)(void);
-  int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
-  int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
-  int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
-  int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);
-  int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64);
-  int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...);
-  int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*);
-  /* Version 3.7.16 and later */
-  int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*);
-  const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*);
-  const char *(*errstr)(int);
-  int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*);
-  int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64);
-  const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*);
-  char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list);
-  int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*);
-  /* Version 3.8.7 and later */
-  int (*auto_extension)(void(*)(void));
-  int (*bind_blob64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,
-                     void(*)(void*));
-  int (*bind_text64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
-                      void(*)(void*),unsigned char);
-  int (*cancel_auto_extension)(void(*)(void));
-  int (*load_extension)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,char**);
-  void *(*malloc64)(sqlite3_uint64);
-  sqlite3_uint64 (*msize)(void*);
-  void *(*realloc64)(void*,sqlite3_uint64);
-  void (*reset_auto_extension)(void);
-  void (*result_blob64)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,
-                        void(*)(void*));
-  void (*result_text64)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
-                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char);
-  int (*strglob)(const char*,const char*);
-  /* Version 3.8.11 and later */
-  sqlite3_value *(*value_dup)(const sqlite3_value*);
-  void (*value_free)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int (*result_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_uint64);
-  int (*bind_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64);
-  /* Version 3.9.0 and later */
-  unsigned int (*value_subtype)(sqlite3_value*);
-  void (*result_subtype)(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int);
-};
-
-/*
-** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
-** redirected through the global sqlite3_api structure.
-**
-** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
-** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
-** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
-** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
-** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
-** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
-#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
-#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
-#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
-#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
-#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
-#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
-#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
-#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
-#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
-#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
-#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
-#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
-#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
-#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
-#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
-#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
-#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
-#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
-#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
-#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
-#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
-#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
-#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
-#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
-#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
-#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
-#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
-#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
-#define sqlite3_create_module_v2       sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
-#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
-#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
-#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
-#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
-#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
-#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
-#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
-#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
-#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
-#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
-#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
-#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interruptx
-#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
-#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
-#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
-#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
-#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
-#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
-#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
-#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
-#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
-#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
-#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
-#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
-#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
-#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
-#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
-#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
-#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
-#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
-#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
-#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
-#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
-#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
-#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
-#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
-#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
-#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
-#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->snprintf
-#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
-#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
-#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
-#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
-#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
-#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
-#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
-#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
-#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
-#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
-#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
-#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
-#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
-#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
-#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
-#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
-#define sqlite3_vsnprintf              sqlite3_api->vsnprintf
-#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_clear_bindings         sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob          sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes             sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
-#define sqlite3_blob_close             sqlite3_api->blob_close
-#define sqlite3_blob_open              sqlite3_api->blob_open
-#define sqlite3_blob_read              sqlite3_api->blob_read
-#define sqlite3_blob_write             sqlite3_api->blob_write
-#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2    sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
-#define sqlite3_file_control           sqlite3_api->file_control
-#define sqlite3_memory_highwater       sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
-#define sqlite3_memory_used            sqlite3_api->memory_used
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc            sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter            sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free             sqlite3_api->mutex_free
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave            sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try              sqlite3_api->mutex_try
-#define sqlite3_open_v2                sqlite3_api->open_v2
-#define sqlite3_release_memory         sqlite3_api->release_memory
-#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem     sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
-#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig    sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
-#define sqlite3_sleep                  sqlite3_api->sleep
-#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit        sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
-#define sqlite3_vfs_find               sqlite3_api->vfs_find
-#define sqlite3_vfs_register           sqlite3_api->vfs_register
-#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister         sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
-#define sqlite3_threadsafe             sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
-#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob        sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_result_error_code      sqlite3_api->result_error_code
-#define sqlite3_test_control           sqlite3_api->test_control
-#define sqlite3_randomness             sqlite3_api->randomness
-#define sqlite3_context_db_handle      sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
-#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes  sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
-#define sqlite3_limit                  sqlite3_api->limit
-#define sqlite3_next_stmt              sqlite3_api->next_stmt
-#define sqlite3_sql                    sqlite3_api->sql
-#define sqlite3_status                 sqlite3_api->status
-#define sqlite3_backup_finish          sqlite3_api->backup_finish
-#define sqlite3_backup_init            sqlite3_api->backup_init
-#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount       sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount
-#define sqlite3_backup_remaining       sqlite3_api->backup_remaining
-#define sqlite3_backup_step            sqlite3_api->backup_step
-#define sqlite3_compileoption_get      sqlite3_api->compileoption_get
-#define sqlite3_compileoption_used     sqlite3_api->compileoption_used
-#define sqlite3_create_function_v2     sqlite3_api->create_function_v2
-#define sqlite3_db_config              sqlite3_api->db_config
-#define sqlite3_db_mutex               sqlite3_api->db_mutex
-#define sqlite3_db_status              sqlite3_api->db_status
-#define sqlite3_extended_errcode       sqlite3_api->extended_errcode
-#define sqlite3_log                    sqlite3_api->log
-#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64      sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64
-#define sqlite3_sourceid               sqlite3_api->sourceid
-#define sqlite3_stmt_status            sqlite3_api->stmt_status
-#define sqlite3_strnicmp               sqlite3_api->strnicmp
-#define sqlite3_unlock_notify          sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
-#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint     sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
-#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint         sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
-#define sqlite3_wal_hook               sqlite3_api->wal_hook
-#define sqlite3_blob_reopen            sqlite3_api->blob_reopen
-#define sqlite3_vtab_config            sqlite3_api->vtab_config
-#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict       sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict
-/* Version 3.7.16 and later */
-#define sqlite3_close_v2               sqlite3_api->close_v2
-#define sqlite3_db_filename            sqlite3_api->db_filename
-#define sqlite3_db_readonly            sqlite3_api->db_readonly
-#define sqlite3_db_release_memory      sqlite3_api->db_release_memory
-#define sqlite3_errstr                 sqlite3_api->errstr
-#define sqlite3_stmt_busy              sqlite3_api->stmt_busy
-#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly          sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly
-#define sqlite3_stricmp                sqlite3_api->stricmp
-#define sqlite3_uri_boolean            sqlite3_api->uri_boolean
-#define sqlite3_uri_int64              sqlite3_api->uri_int64
-#define sqlite3_uri_parameter          sqlite3_api->uri_parameter
-#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf          sqlite3_api->vsnprintf
-#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2      sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2
-/* Version 3.8.7 and later */
-#define sqlite3_auto_extension         sqlite3_api->auto_extension
-#define sqlite3_bind_blob64            sqlite3_api->bind_blob64
-#define sqlite3_bind_text64            sqlite3_api->bind_text64
-#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension  sqlite3_api->cancel_auto_extension
-#define sqlite3_load_extension         sqlite3_api->load_extension
-#define sqlite3_malloc64               sqlite3_api->malloc64
-#define sqlite3_msize                  sqlite3_api->msize
-#define sqlite3_realloc64              sqlite3_api->realloc64
-#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension   sqlite3_api->reset_auto_extension
-#define sqlite3_result_blob64          sqlite3_api->result_blob64
-#define sqlite3_result_text64          sqlite3_api->result_text64
-#define sqlite3_strglob                sqlite3_api->strglob
-/* Version 3.8.11 and later */
-#define sqlite3_value_dup              sqlite3_api->value_dup
-#define sqlite3_value_free             sqlite3_api->value_free
-#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64      sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob64
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64        sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob64
-/* Version 3.9.0 and later */
-#define sqlite3_value_subtype          sqlite3_api->value_subtype
-#define sqlite3_result_subtype         sqlite3_api->result_subtype
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-  /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable 
-  ** extension */
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api=v;
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3     \
-    extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
-#else
-  /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the 
-  ** application */
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     /*no-op*/
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  (void)v; /* unused parameter */
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3     /*no-op*/
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqliteInt.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqliteInt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 15bf930618c..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqliteInt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3977 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
-**
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
-#define _SQLITEINT_H_
-
-/*
-** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC.
-** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious
-** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files
-** that are included by this file.
-*/
-#include "msvc.h"
-
-/*
-** Special setup for VxWorks
-*/
-#include "vxworks.h"
-
-/*
-** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the
-** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
-** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
-**
-** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
-** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
-** code in all source files.
-**
-** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
-** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
-** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work
-** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0).  If you compile on Red Hat 7.2
-** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
-** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
-** portability you should omit LFS.
-**
-** The previous paragraph was written in 2005.  (This paragraph is written
-** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
-** you should probably leave LFS enabled.  But some embedded platforms might
-** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
-**
-** Similar is true for Mac OS X.  LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# define _LARGE_FILE       1
-# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
-# endif
-# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-/* What version of GCC is being used.  0 means GCC is not being used */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
-#else
-# define GCC_VERSION 0
-#endif
-
-/* Needed for various definitions... */
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
-# define _BSD_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its
-** version information, among other things.  Normally, this internal MinGW
-** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header
-** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this
-** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and
-** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it.  This entire #if block
-** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting
-** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define
-** some MinGW-specific macros).  When compiling for MinGW, either the
-** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be
-** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be
-** disabled.
-*/
-#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H)
-# include "mingw.h"
-#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H)
-# include "_mingw.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
-** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime
-** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP).
-*/
-#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \
-    defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \
-    defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \
-    defined(__MSVCRT__)
-# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
-#endif
-
-/* The public SQLite interface.  The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear
-** first in QNX.  Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for
-** MinGW.
-*/
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-
-/*
-** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
-** autoconf-based build
-*/
-#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "sqliteLimit.h"
-
-/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
-#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
-#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
-#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
-#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Include standard header files as necessary
-*/
-#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
-#include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and
-** integers to pointers.  The way you do this varies from one compiler
-** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements
-** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers.
-**
-** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. 
-** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or
-** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers
-** that vary from one machine to the next.
-**
-** Ticket #3860:  The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on
-** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct.  But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)).
-** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the
-** compiler.
-*/
-#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)  /* This case should work for GCC */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
-#elif !defined(__GNUC__)       /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
-#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)   /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
-#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be
-** inlined.
-*/
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
-#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __attribute__((noinline))
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310
-#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __declspec(noinline)
-#else
-#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when
-** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by
-** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
-#  if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300
-#    if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-#      include <intrin.h>
-#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort)
-#      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong)
-#      pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier)
-#    else
-#      include <cmnintrin.h>
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
-** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
-** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
-** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
-** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
-** database connection at the same time.
-**
-** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
-** We support that for legacy.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
-# if defined(THREADSAFE)
-#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
-# else
-#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Powersafe overwrite is on by default.  But can be turned off using
-** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
-# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** EVIDENCE-OF: R-25715-37072 Memory allocation statistics are enabled by
-** default unless SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS=0 in
-** which case memory allocation statistics are disabled by default.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
-** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
-**
-**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()
-**     SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC           // Use Win32 native heap API
-**     SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC            // Use a stub allocator that always fails
-**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()
-**
-** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the
-** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem
-** will cause HeapValidate to be called.  If heap validation should fail, an
-** assertion will be triggered.
-**
-** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
-** the default.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
-# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\
- are defined but at most one is allowed:\
- SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\
- SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC"
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
-# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
-** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
-# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
-#endif
-
-/*
-** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
-** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD.
-** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit
-** it.
-*/
-#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
-#endif
-
-/*
-** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites.  It should always be true that
-** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG).  If this is not currently true,
-** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG.
-**
-** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the
-** assert() statements in the code.  So we want the default action
-** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG
-** is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
-** feature.
-*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
-# define NDEBUG 1
-#endif
-#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# undef NDEBUG
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing.  When 
-** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to
-** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to
-** get full branch coverage.  The testcase() macro is inserted
-** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple
-** condition/decision coverage is inadequate.  For example, testcase()
-** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested.  For
-** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit
-** is significant and used at least once.  On switch statements
-** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase()
-** can insure that all cases are evaluated.
-**
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-  void sqlite3Coverage(int);
-# define testcase(X)  if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
-#else
-# define testcase(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
-** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
-** within testcase() and assert() macros.
-*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-# define TESTONLY(X)  X
-#else
-# define TESTONLY(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
-** to setup for a later assert() statement.  We do not want this code to
-** appear when assert() is disabled.  The following macro is therefore
-** used to contain that setup code.  The "VVA" acronym stands for
-** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation".  In other words, the
-** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-# define VVA_ONLY(X)  X
-#else
-# define VVA_ONLY(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which 
-** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
-** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
-** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
-** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
-** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
-** hint of unplanned behavior.
-**
-** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code.
-**
-** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
-** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will
-** not be counted as untested code.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-# define ALWAYS(X)      (1)
-# define NEVER(X)       (0)
-#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
-# define ALWAYS(X)      ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
-# define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
-#else
-# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
-# define NEVER(X)       (X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Declarations used for tracing the operating system interfaces.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \
-    (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN)
-  extern int sqlite3OSTrace;
-# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-# define SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
-#else
-# define OSTRACE(X)
-# undef  SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Is the sqlite3ErrName() function needed in the build?  Currently,
-** it is needed by "mutex_w32.c" (when debugging), "os_win.c" (when
-** OSTRACE is enabled), and by several "test*.c" files (which are
-** compiled using SQLITE_TEST).
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \
-    (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN)
-# define SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME
-#else
-# undef  SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large
-** to fit in 32-bits.  This macro is used inside of various testcase()
-** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
-*/
-#define IS_BIG_INT(X)  (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)
-
-/*
-** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
-** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
-** a boolean expression that is usually true.  These hints could,
-** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but
-** currently they are just comments for human readers.
-*/
-#define likely(X)    (X)
-#define unlikely(X)  (X)
-
-#include "hash.h"
-#include "parse.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/*
-** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define double sqlite_int64
-# define float sqlite_int64
-# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
-# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
-#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
-# endif
-# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
-# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
-# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
-# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
-** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler 
-** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
-#else
-#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
-** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
-** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
-** that the library can read.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default.  This can be
-** changed at run-time using a pragma.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
-** on the command-line
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
-# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
-# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1  /* Exclude from ctime.c */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If no value has been provided for SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, or if
-** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is set to 3 (never use temporary files), set it 
-** to zero.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
-# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 0
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
-# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 8
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS 0
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS>SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
-# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate
-** pagecaches for each database connection.  A positive number is the
-** number of pages.  A negative number N translations means that a buffer
-** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 100
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
-** ourselves.
-*/
-#ifndef offsetof
-#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers.
-*/
-#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B))
-#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B))
-
-/*
-** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
-*/
-#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
-** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
-*/
-#if 'A' == '\301'
-# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
-** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
-** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
-**
-**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
-*/
-#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
-#  define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
-# else
-#  define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
-#  define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
-# else
-#  define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
-#  define INT16_TYPE int16_t
-# else
-#  define INT16_TYPE short int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
-#  define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
-# else
-#  define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef INT8_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
-#  define INT8_TYPE int8_t
-# else
-#  define INT8_TYPE signed char
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
-# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
-#endif
-typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
-typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
-typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */
-
-/*
-** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value
-** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data.  The value
-** is 0x00000000ffffffff.  But because of quirks of some compilers, we
-** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown:
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAX_U32  ((((u64)1)<<32)-1)
-
-/*
-** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a
-** table or index.  This is an unsigned integer type.  For 99.9% of
-** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient.  But a 64-bit integer
-** can be used at compile-time if desired.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS
- typedef u64 tRowcnt;    /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */
-#else
- typedef u32 tRowcnt;    /* 32-bit is the default */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit
-** logarithms.  For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X).  This
-** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986.
-** But the allowed values are "grainy".  Not every value is representable.
-** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst
-** of 40.  However, since LogEst quantities are suppose to be estimates,
-** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem.
-**
-** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate".
-**
-** Examples:
-**      1 -> 0              20 -> 43          10000 -> 132
-**      2 -> 10             25 -> 46          25000 -> 146
-**      3 -> 16            100 -> 66        1000000 -> 199
-**      4 -> 20           1000 -> 99        1048576 -> 200
-**     10 -> 33           1024 -> 100    4294967296 -> 320
-**
-** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. 
-** Examples:
-**
-**    0.5 -> -10           0.1 -> -33        0.0625 -> -40
-*/
-typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst;
-
-/*
-** Set the SQLITE_PTRSIZE macro to the number of bytes in a pointer
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_PTRSIZE
-# if defined(__SIZEOF_POINTER__)
-#   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE __SIZEOF_POINTER__
-# elif defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
-       defined(_M_ARM)   || defined(__arm__)    || defined(__x86)
-#   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 4
-# else
-#   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 8
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
-** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
-**
-** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order
-** using C-preprocessor macros.  If that is unsuccessful, or if
-** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined
-** at run-time.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-const int sqlite3one = 1;
-#else
-extern const int sqlite3one;
-#endif
-#if (defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
-     defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64)  ||    \
-     defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM)     || defined(__x86)   ||    \
-     defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER)
-# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    1234
-# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
-# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
-# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
-#endif
-#if (defined(sparc)    || defined(__ppc__))  \
-    && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER)
-# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    4321
-# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    1
-# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0
-# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16BE
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER)
-# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    0     /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */
-# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
-# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
-# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
-** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
-** compilers.
-*/
-#define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
-#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
-
-/* 
-** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
-** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
-*/
-#define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7)
-
-/*
-** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
-*/
-#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)
-
-/*
-** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  This
-** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
-** all alignment restrictions correct.
-**
-** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
-** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned
-** pointers.  In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
-# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
-#else
-# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work
-*/
-#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__)
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS
-*/
-#ifdef __APPLE__
-# include <TargetConditionals.h>
-# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
-#   undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-# if defined(__linux__) \
-  || defined(_WIN32) \
-  || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \
-  || defined(__sun) \
-  || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
-  || defined(__DragonFly__)
-#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000  /* 2147418112 */
-# else
-#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
-# endif
-# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms.  Or, even if a larger
-** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does
-** not exceed the maximum mmap size.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1  /* Exclude from ctime.c */
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined.
-** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4.  If either are defined, also
-** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
-#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
-#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-#endif
-
-/*
-** SELECTTRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not
-** the Select query generator tracing logic is turned on.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
-# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1
-#else
-# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
-** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
-**
-** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
-** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
-** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
-** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
-*/
-typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
-struct BusyHandler {
-  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
-  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
-  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */
-};
-
-/*
-** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
-** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
-** user tables and indices.
-*/
-#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
-#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
-
-/*
-** The root-page of the master database table.
-*/
-#define MASTER_ROOT       1
-
-/*
-** The name of the schema table.
-*/
-#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
-
-/*
-** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
-** an array.
-*/
-#define ArraySize(X)    ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
-
-/*
-** Determine if the argument is a power of two
-*/
-#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0)
-
-/*
-** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
-** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the 
-** one parameter that destructors normally want.  So we have to introduce 
-** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently.  Any 
-** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC
-** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize)
-
-/*
-** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
-** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
-** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
-** the heap.  When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
-** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead.  The SQLITE_WSD
-** macro is used for this purpose.  And instead of referencing the variable
-** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
-** buffer that holds real variable.  The constant is also the initializer
-** for the run-time allocated buffer.
-**
-** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
-** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  #define SQLITE_WSD const
-  #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
-  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
-  int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
-  void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
-#else
-  #define SQLITE_WSD 
-  #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
-  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
-** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately 
-** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
-** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the 
-** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
-** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
-** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
-**
-** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
-** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
-** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
-** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
-** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
-** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
-*/
-#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
-#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)
-
-/*
-** Forward references to structures
-*/
-typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
-typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
-typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
-typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
-typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
-typedef struct Column Column;
-typedef struct Db Db;
-typedef struct Schema Schema;
-typedef struct Expr Expr;
-typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
-typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
-typedef struct FKey FKey;
-typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
-typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
-typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
-typedef struct IdList IdList;
-typedef struct Index Index;
-typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
-typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
-typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
-typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
-typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
-typedef struct Module Module;
-typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
-typedef struct Parse Parse;
-typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments;
-typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
-typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
-typedef struct Select Select;
-typedef struct SQLiteThread SQLiteThread;
-typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
-typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
-typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
-typedef struct Table Table;
-typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
-typedef struct Token Token;
-typedef struct TreeView TreeView;
-typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
-typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
-typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
-typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
-typedef struct VTable VTable;
-typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx;
-typedef struct Walker Walker;
-typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
-typedef struct With With;
-
-/*
-** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
-** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
-** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
-*/
-#include "btree.h"
-#include "vdbe.h"
-#include "pager.h"
-#include "pcache.h"
-
-#include "os.h"
-#include "mutex.h"
-
-
-/*
-** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
-** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
-** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
-** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
-** databases may be attached.
-*/
-struct Db {
-  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
-  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
-  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
-  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
-**
-** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree.  The exception is
-** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing.
-** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple
-** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object.
-** 
-** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that
-** references them is destroyed.   The TEMP Schema is manually freed by
-** sqlite3_close().
-*
-** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order
-** to access Schema content.  This implies that the thread must also be
-** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree.
-** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required.
-*/
-struct Schema {
-  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
-  int iGeneration;     /* Generation counter.  Incremented with each change */
-  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
-  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
-  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
-  Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
-  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
-  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
-  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
-  u16 schemaFlags;     /* Flags associated with this schema */
-  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
-};
-
-/*
-** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
-** Db.pSchema->flags field.
-*/
-#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P))
-#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0)
-#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P)
-#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P)
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
-**
-** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
-** read into internal hash tables.
-**
-** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
-** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
-** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
-*/
-#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
-#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
-#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
-
-/*
-** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
-** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1)
-
-/*
-** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
-** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
-** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
-** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
-** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
-** SQL statements.
-**
-** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
-** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in
-** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
-** objects.
-**
-** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated
-** with a particular database connection.  Hence, schema information cannot
-** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information
-** is shared by multiple database connections.  Therefore, while parsing
-** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
-** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
-*/
-struct Lookaside {
-  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
-  u8 bEnabled;            /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */
-  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
-  int nOut;               /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
-  int mxOut;              /* Highwater mark for nOut */
-  int anStat[3];          /* 0: hits.  1: size misses.  2: full misses */
-  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
-  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
-  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
-};
-struct LookasideSlot {
-  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
-};
-
-/*
-** A hash table for function definitions.
-**
-** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
-** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
-*/
-struct FuncDefHash {
-  FuncDef *a[23];       /* Hash table for functions */
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-/*
-** Information held in the "sqlite3" database connection object and used
-** to manage user authentication.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_userauth sqlite3_userauth;
-struct sqlite3_userauth {
-  u8 authLevel;                 /* Current authentication level */
-  int nAuthPW;                  /* Size of the zAuthPW in bytes */
-  char *zAuthPW;                /* Password used to authenticate */
-  char *zAuthUser;              /* User name used to authenticate */
-};
-
-/* Allowed values for sqlite3_userauth.authLevel */
-#define UAUTH_Unknown     0     /* Authentication not yet checked */
-#define UAUTH_Fail        1     /* User authentication failed */
-#define UAUTH_User        2     /* Authenticated as a normal user */
-#define UAUTH_Admin       3     /* Authenticated as an administrator */
-
-/* Functions used only by user authorization logic */
-int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char*);
-int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(sqlite3*,const char*,u8*);
-void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3*);
-void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */
-
-/*
-** typedef for the authorization callback function.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-  typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,
-                               const char*, const char*);
-#else
-  typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,
-                               const char*);
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct sqlite3 {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
-  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
-  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
-  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
-  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
-  int flags;                    /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
-  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
-  i64 szMmap;                   /* Default mmap_size setting */
-  unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
-  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
-  u16 dbOptFlags;               /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */
-  u8 enc;                       /* Text encoding */
-  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
-  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
-  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
-  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
-  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
-  u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */
-  u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
-  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
-  int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
-  u32 magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
-  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
-  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
-  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
-  int nMaxSorterMmap;           /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
-  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
-    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
-    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
-    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
-    u8 orphanTrigger;           /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
-    u8 imposterTable;           /* Building an imposter table */
-  } init;
-  int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
-  int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
-  int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
-  int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
-  int nVDestroy;                /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */
-  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
-  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
-  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);        /* Trace function */
-  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
-  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
-  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
-  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
-  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
-  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */   
-  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
-  void *pUpdateArg;
-  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int);
-  void *pWalArg;
-#endif
-  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
-  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
-  void *pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
-  union {
-    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
-    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
-  } u1;
-  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  sqlite3_xauth xAuth;          /* Access authorization function */
-  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
-  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
-  unsigned nProgressOps;        /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
-  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
-  VtabCtx *pVtabCtx;            /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
-  VTable **aVTrans;             /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
-  VTable *pDisconnect;    /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
-#endif
-  FuncDefHash aFunc;            /* Hash table of connection functions */
-  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
-  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
-  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
-  Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */
-  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
-  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
-  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
-  i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
-  i64 nDeferredImmCons;         /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
-  int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER 
-  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. 
-  **
-  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
-  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
-  **
-  ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
-  ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
-  ** held by Y.
-  */
-  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
-  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
-  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
-  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
-  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-  sqlite3_userauth auth;        /* User authentication information */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
-*/
-#define SCHEMA_ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
-#define ENC(db)        ((db)->enc)
-
-/*
-** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
-#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000002  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
-#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00000004  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
-#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync  0x00000008  /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */
-#define SQLITE_CacheSpill     0x00000010  /* OK to spill pager cache */
-#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
-#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
-#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
-                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
-                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
-#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
-                                          /*   result set is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
-#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
-#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000800  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
-#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000  /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */
-#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00002000  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
-#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000  /* For shared-cache mode */
-#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
-#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00010000  /* Ignore schema errors */
-#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00020000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
-#define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x00040000  /* Enable recursive triggers */
-#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys    0x00080000  /* Enforce foreign key constraints  */
-#define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x00100000  /* Enable automatic indexes */
-#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin  0x00200000  /* Preference to built-in funcs */
-#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00400000  /* Enable load_extension */
-#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x00800000  /* True to enable triggers */
-#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x01000000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
-#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x02000000  /* Disable database changes */
-#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        0x04000000  /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
-#define SQLITE_Vacuum         0x08000000  /* Currently in a VACUUM */
-#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk     0x10000000  /* Check btree cell sizes on load */
-
-
-/*
-** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
-** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
-** selectively disable various optimizations.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001   /* Query flattening */
-#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x0002   /* Column cache */
-#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x0004   /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
-#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008   /* Constant factoring */
-/*                not used    0x0010   // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */
-#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0020   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
-#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0040   /* Covering index scans */
-#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
-#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine  0x0100   /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */
-#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0200   /* Transitive constraints */
-#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0400   /* Omit unused tables in joins */
-#define SQLITE_Stat34         0x0800   /* Use STAT3 or STAT4 data */
-#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */
-
-/*
-** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
-#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
-#else
-#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  0
-#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization
-** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator.
-*/
-#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor)
-
-/*
-** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
-** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
-** than being distinct from one another.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK     0x4b771290  /* Error and awaiting close */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE   0x64cffc7f  /* Close with last statement close */
-
-/*
-** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
-** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
-** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
-** points to a linked list of these structures.
-*/
-struct FuncDef {
-  i16 nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
-  u16 funcFlags;       /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
-  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
-  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
-  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finalizer */
-  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function. */
-  FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
-  FuncDestructor *pDestructor;   /* Reference counted destructor function */
-};
-
-/*
-** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as
-** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When
-** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor,
-** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to 
-** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether
-** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor
-** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated
-** FuncDestructor.
-**
-** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference
-** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor
-** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed.
-*/
-struct FuncDestructor {
-  int nRef;
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *);
-  void *pUserData;
-};
-
-/*
-** Possible values for FuncDef.flags.  Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF
-** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG.  There
-** are assert() statements in the code to verify this.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK  0x0003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x0004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x0008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x0010 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x0020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called*/
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH   0x0040 /* Built-in length() function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF   0x0080 /* Built-in typeof() function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x0200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX   0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG  0x2000 /* "Slow Change". Value constant during a
-                                    ** single query - might change over time */
-
-/*
-** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
-** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
-**
-**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
-**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
-**     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
-**     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
-**     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If 
-**     argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set.
-**
-**   VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
-**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag.
-**
-**   DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
-**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and
-**     adds the SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG flag.  Used for date & time functions
-**     and functions like sqlite_version() that can change, but not during
-**     a single query.
-**
-**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
-**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
-**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
-**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
-**     FUNCTION().
-**
-**   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
-**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
-**     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C 
-**     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
-**     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
-**     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
-**     parameter.
-*/
-#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
-   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
-   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
-   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \
-  {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\
-   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
-   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \
-   (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
-   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}
-#define AGGREGATE2(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, extraFlags) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \
-   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}
-
-/*
-** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
-** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
-** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
-** OP_Savepoint instruction.
-*/
-struct Savepoint {
-  char *zName;                        /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
-  i64 nDeferredCons;                  /* Number of deferred fk violations */
-  i64 nDeferredImmCons;               /* Number of deferred imm fk. */
-  Savepoint *pNext;                   /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
-** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
-*/
-#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN      0
-#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE    1
-#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK   2
-
-
-/*
-** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
-** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
-** hash table.
-*/
-struct Module {
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
-  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
-  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */
-  Table *pEpoTab;                      /* Eponymous table for this module */
-};
-
-/*
-** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
-** of this structure.
-*/
-struct Column {
-  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
-  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
-  char *zDflt;     /* Original text of the default value */
-  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
-  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
-  u8 notNull;      /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */
-  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
-  u8 szEst;        /* Estimated size of this column.  INT==1 */
-  u8 colFlags;     /* Boolean properties.  See COLFLAG_ defines below */
-};
-
-/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags:
-*/
-#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY  0x0001    /* Column is part of the primary key */
-#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN   0x0002    /* A hidden column in a virtual table */
-
-/*
-** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
-** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
-** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
-**
-** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the
-** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
-** collating sequence may not be read or written.
-*/
-struct CollSeq {
-  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
-  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
-  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
-  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
-  void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */
-};
-
-/*
-** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
-#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
-#define SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED -1 /* No sort order specified */
-
-/*
-** Column affinity types.
-**
-** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
-** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
-** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.  
-**
-** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'A'.  That way,
-** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
-** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
-**
-** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
-** for a numeric type is a single comparison.  And the BLOB type is first.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_AFF_BLOB     'A'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'B'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'C'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'D'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'E'
-
-#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
-** affinity value. 
-*/
-#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x47
-
-/*
-** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
-** changing the affinity.
-**
-** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL.
-** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison
-** operator is NULL.  It is added to certain comparison operators to
-** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x10  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
-#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x20  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
-#define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */
-#define SQLITE_NOTNULL      0x90  /* Assert that operands are never NULL */
-
-/*
-** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
-** the database schema. 
-**
-** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
-** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
-** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique
-** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table 
-** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between 
-** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database 
-** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
-** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
-** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
-** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables 
-** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers 
-** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database 
-** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
-**
-** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared
-** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by
-** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object.
-** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual
-** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the
-** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct
-** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query.
-**
-** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the
-** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not 
-** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed 
-** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to
-** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the
-** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected 
-** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done
-** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes.
-** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an
-** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect
-** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex.
-**
-** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by 
-** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as 
-** the first argument.
-*/
-struct VTable {
-  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection associated with this table */
-  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to module implementation */
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to vtab instance */
-  int nRef;                 /* Number of pointers to this structure */
-  u8 bConstraint;           /* True if constraints are supported */
-  int iSavepoint;           /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */
-  VTable *pNext;            /* Next in linked list (see above) */
-};
-
-/*
-** The schema for each SQL table and view is represented in memory
-** by an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct Table {
-  char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */
-  Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */
-  Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
-  Select *pSelect;     /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
-  FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
-  char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
-  ExprList *pCheck;    /* All CHECK constraints */
-                       /*   ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */
-  int tnum;            /* Root BTree page for this table */
-  i16 iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */
-  i16 nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
-  u16 nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this Table */
-  LogEst nRowLogEst;   /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
-  LogEst szTabRow;     /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
-  LogEst costMult;     /* Cost multiplier for using this table */
-#endif
-  u8 tabFlags;         /* Mask of TF_* values */
-  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
-  char **azModuleArg;  /* 0: module 1: schema 2: vtab name 3...: args */
-  VTable *pVTable;     /* List of VTable objects. */
-#endif
-  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */
-  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
-  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags.
-**
-** TF_OOOHidden applies to virtual tables that have hidden columns that are
-** followed by non-hidden columns.  Example:  "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x USING
-** vtab1(a HIDDEN, b);".  Since "b" is a non-hidden column but "a" is hidden,
-** the TF_OOOHidden attribute would apply in this case.  Such tables require
-** special handling during INSERT processing.
-*/
-#define TF_Readonly        0x01    /* Read-only system table */
-#define TF_Ephemeral       0x02    /* An ephemeral table */
-#define TF_HasPrimaryKey   0x04    /* Table has a primary key */
-#define TF_Autoincrement   0x08    /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
-#define TF_Virtual         0x10    /* Is a virtual table */
-#define TF_WithoutRowid    0x20    /* No rowid.  PRIMARY KEY is the key */
-#define TF_NoVisibleRowid  0x40    /* No user-visible "rowid" column */
-#define TF_OOOHidden       0x80    /* Out-of-Order hidden columns */
-
-
-/*
-** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
-** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
-** table support is omitted from the build.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-#  define IsVirtual(X)      (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
-#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
-#else
-#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
-#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0
-#endif
-
-/* Does the table have a rowid */
-#define HasRowid(X)     (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0)
-#define VisibleRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_NoVisibleRowid)==0)
-
-/*
-** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
-** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
-** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
-** Consider this example:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
-**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
-**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
-**     );
-**
-** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
-** Equivalent names:
-**
-**     from-table == child-table
-**       to-table == parent-table
-**
-** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
-** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
-** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked.
-**
-** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey.
-**
-** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist)
-** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z.
-*/
-struct FKey {
-  Table *pFrom;     /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */
-  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */
-  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */
-  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */
-  FKey *pPrevTo;    /* Previous with the same zTo */
-  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
-  /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
-  u8 isDeferred;       /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
-  u8 aAction[2];        /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */
-  Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */
-  struct sColMap {      /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
-    int iFrom;            /* Index of column in pFrom */
-    char *zCol;           /* Name of column in zTo.  If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */
-  } aCol[1];            /* One entry for each of nCol columns */
-};
-
-/*
-** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
-** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
-** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
-** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
-** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
-** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
-** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
-** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
-** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
-** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
-** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
-** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
-** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
-**
-** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
-** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
-** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
-** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
-** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
-** foreign key.
-** 
-** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
-** of action to take.
-*/
-#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
-#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
-#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
-#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
-#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
-#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
-
-#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
-#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
-#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
-#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */
-
-#define OE_Default  10  /* Do whatever the default action is */
-
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
-** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
-** comparison of the two index keys.
-**
-** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots.  There
-** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot
-** for the rowid at the end.
-*/
-struct KeyInfo {
-  u32 nRef;           /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */
-  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
-  u16 nField;         /* Number of key columns in the index */
-  u16 nXField;        /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
-  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* Sort order for each column. */
-  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
-** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
-** values.
-**
-** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
-** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
-** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
-** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
-** OP_Column opcode.
-**
-** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
-** into its constituent fields.
-**
-** The r1 and r2 member variables are only used by the optimized comparison
-** functions vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString().
-*/
-struct UnpackedRecord {
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
-  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
-  i8 default_rc;      /* Comparison result if keys are equal */
-  u8 errCode;         /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */
-  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
-  int r1;             /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */
-  int r2;             /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
-** instance of the following structure.
-**
-** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
-** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
-** we have the following table and index:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
-**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
-**
-** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
-** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
-** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
-** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
-** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
-** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
-** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
-**
-** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
-** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
-** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
-** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
-** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
-** element.
-**
-** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to
-** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_master
-** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances
-** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is
-** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page
-** number (it cannot - the database page is not allocated until the VDBE
-** program is executed). See convertToWithoutRowidTable() for details.
-*/
-struct Index {
-  char *zName;             /* Name of this index */
-  i16 *aiColumn;           /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
-  LogEst *aiRowLogEst;     /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
-  Table *pTable;           /* The SQL table being indexed */
-  char *zColAff;           /* String defining the affinity of each column */
-  Index *pNext;            /* The next index associated with the same table */
-  Schema *pSchema;         /* Schema containing this index */
-  u8 *aSortOrder;          /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */
-  char **azColl;           /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
-  Expr *pPartIdxWhere;     /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
-  ExprList *aColExpr;      /* Column expressions */
-  int tnum;                /* DB Page containing root of this index */
-  LogEst szIdxRow;         /* Estimated average row size in bytes */
-  u16 nKeyCol;             /* Number of columns forming the key */
-  u16 nColumn;             /* Number of columns stored in the index */
-  u8 onError;              /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
-  unsigned idxType:2;      /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */
-  unsigned bUnordered:1;   /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */
-  unsigned uniqNotNull:1;  /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */
-  unsigned isResized:1;    /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */
-  unsigned isCovering:1;   /* True if this is a covering index */
-  unsigned noSkipScan:1;   /* Do not try to use skip-scan if true */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  int nSample;             /* Number of elements in aSample[] */
-  int nSampleCol;          /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */
-  tRowcnt *aAvgEq;         /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */
-  IndexSample *aSample;    /* Samples of the left-most key */
-  tRowcnt *aiRowEst;       /* Non-logarithmic stat1 data for this index */
-  tRowcnt nRowEst0;        /* Non-logarithmic number of rows in the index */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Index.idxType
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF      0   /* Created using CREATE INDEX */
-#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE      1   /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */
-#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY  2   /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */
-
-/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */
-#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X)  ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)
-
-/* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */
-#define IsUniqueIndex(X)      ((X)->onError!=OE_None)
-
-/* The Index.aiColumn[] values are normally positive integer.  But
-** there are some negative values that have special meaning:
-*/
-#define XN_ROWID     (-1)     /* Indexed column is the rowid */
-#define XN_EXPR      (-2)     /* Indexed column is an expression */
-
-/*
-** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory 
-** using a structure of this type.  See documentation at the top of the
-** analyze.c source file for additional information.
-*/
-struct IndexSample {
-  void *p;          /* Pointer to sampled record */
-  int n;            /* Size of record in bytes */
-  tRowcnt *anEq;    /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */
-  tRowcnt *anLt;    /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */
-  tRowcnt *anDLt;   /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */
-};
-
-/*
-** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
-** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
-**
-** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
-** may contain random values.  Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
-** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
-*/
-struct Token {
-  const char *z;     /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
-  unsigned int n;    /* Number of characters in this token */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
-** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
-**
-** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
-** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
-** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
-** code for that node.
-**
-** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
-** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
-** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
-*/
-struct AggInfo {
-  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
-                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
-  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
-                          ** than the source table */
-  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
-  int sortingIdxPTab;     /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */
-  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
-  int mnReg, mxReg;       /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
-  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
-    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
-    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
-    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
-    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
-    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
-    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
-  } *aCol;
-  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
-  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
-                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
-                          ** aggregate functions */
-  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
-    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
-    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
-    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
-    int iDistinct;           /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
-  } *aFunc;
-  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
-};
-
-/*
-** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
-** Usually it is 16-bits.  But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
-** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit.  16-bit is preferred because
-** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
-** in systems with lots of prepared statements.  And few applications
-** need more than about 10 or 20 variables.  But some extreme users want
-** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
-** the option is available (at compile-time).
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
-typedef i16 ynVar;
-#else
-typedef int ynVar;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
-** of this structure.
-**
-** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused
-** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
-** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused
-** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
-** tree.
-**
-** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, 
-** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If
-** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the 
-** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION),
-** then Expr.token contains the name of the function.
-**
-** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a
-** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL.
-**
-** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
-** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)".
-** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
-** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
-** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is 
-** valid.
-**
-** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
-** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
-** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
-** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
-** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
-** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
-** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
-**
-** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark 
-** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index 
-** number for that variable.
-**
-** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
-** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
-** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
-** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
-** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
-**
-** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
-** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
-** corresponding table definition.
-**
-** ALLOCATION NOTES:
-**
-** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema.  To
-** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
-** truncated.  And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
-** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
-** together with Expr.zToken strings.
-**
-** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
-** an Expr object is truncated.  When EP_Reduced is set, then all
-** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
-** are contained within the same memory allocation.  Note, however, that
-** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
-** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.
-*/
-struct Expr {
-  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
-  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
-  u32 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */
-  union {
-    char *zToken;          /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
-    int iValue;            /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */
-  } u;
-
-  /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
-  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
-  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. 
-  *********************************************************************/
-
-  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
-  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
-  union {
-    ExprList *pList;     /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */
-    Select *pSelect;     /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */
-  } x;
-
-  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
-  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
-  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
-  *********************************************************************/
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
-#endif
-  int iTable;            /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
-                         ** TK_REGISTER: register number
-                         ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old
-                         ** EP_Unlikely:  134217728 times likelihood */
-  ynVar iColumn;         /* TK_COLUMN: column index.  -1 for rowid.
-                         ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */
-  i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
-  i16 iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
-  u8 op2;                /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op
-                         ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column
-                         ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */
-  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
-  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
-*/
-#define EP_FromJoin  0x000001 /* Originates in ON/USING clause of outer join */
-#define EP_Agg       0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
-#define EP_Resolved  0x000004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
-#define EP_Error     0x000008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */
-#define EP_Distinct  0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
-#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
-#define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */
-#define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
-#define EP_Collate   0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */
-#define EP_Generic   0x000200 /* Ignore COLLATE or affinity on this tree */
-#define EP_IntValue  0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
-#define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
-#define EP_Skip      0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */
-#define EP_Reduced   0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
-#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
-#define EP_Static    0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
-#define EP_MemToken  0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
-#define EP_NoReduce  0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
-#define EP_Unlikely  0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */
-#define EP_ConstFunc 0x080000 /* A SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function */
-#define EP_CanBeNull 0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */
-#define EP_Subquery  0x200000 /* Tree contains a TK_SELECT operator */
-#define EP_Alias     0x400000 /* Is an alias for a result set column */
-
-/*
-** Combinations of two or more EP_* flags
-*/
-#define EP_Propagate (EP_Collate|EP_Subquery) /* Propagate these bits up tree */
-
-/*
-** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
-** Expr.flags field.
-*/
-#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
-#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
-#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
-#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
-
-/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation,
-** and Accreditation only.  It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA
-** processes but is a no-op for delivery.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)  (E)->flags|=(P)
-#else
-# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr 
-** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags 
-** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
-*/
-#define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)           /* Full size */
-#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)  /* Common features */
-#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,pLeft)   /* Fewer features */
-
-/*
-** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment 
-** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
-*/
-#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001  /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */
-
-/*
-** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
-** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
-** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
-** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
-** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
-** field is not used.
-**
-** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of
-** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and
-** column labels.  In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a
-** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement.  However, if
-** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name
-** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN.  This later
-** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses.
-*/
-struct ExprList {
-  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
-  struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */
-    Expr *pExpr;            /* The list of expressions */
-    char *zName;            /* Token associated with this expression */
-    char *zSpan;            /* Original text of the expression */
-    u8 sortOrder;           /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
-    unsigned done :1;       /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
-    unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */
-    unsigned reusable :1;   /* Constant expression is reusable */
-    union {
-      struct {
-        u16 iOrderByCol;      /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
-        u16 iAlias;           /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
-      } x;
-      int iConstExprReg;      /* Register in which Expr value is cached */
-    } u;
-  } *a;                  /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both
-** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an
-** expression.
-*/
-struct ExprSpan {
-  Expr *pExpr;          /* The expression parse tree */
-  const char *zStart;   /* First character of input text */
-  const char *zEnd;     /* One character past the end of input text */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
-** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
-**
-**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
-**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
-**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
-**
-** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
-** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
-**
-**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
-**
-** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
-*/
-struct IdList {
-  struct IdList_item {
-    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
-    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
-  } *a;
-  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
-};
-
-/*
-** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
-**
-** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
-** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
-** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
-*/
-typedef u64 Bitmask;
-
-/*
-** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
-*/
-#define BMS  ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))
-
-/*
-** A bit in a Bitmask
-*/
-#define MASKBIT(n)   (((Bitmask)1)<<(n))
-#define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n))
-
-/*
-** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
-** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
-** the SrcList.a[] array.
-**
-** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
-** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
-** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
-** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
-** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
-**
-** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
-** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
-** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
-** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
-**
-** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table
-** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used.
-*/
-struct SrcList {
-  int nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
-  u32 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
-  struct SrcList_item {
-    Schema *pSchema;  /* Schema to which this item is fixed */
-    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
-    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
-    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
-    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
-    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
-    int addrFillSub;  /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */
-    int regReturn;    /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */
-    int regResult;    /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */
-    struct {
-      u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
-      unsigned notIndexed :1;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
-      unsigned isIndexedBy :1;   /* True if there is an INDEXED BY clause */
-      unsigned isTabFunc :1;     /* True if table-valued-function syntax */
-      unsigned isCorrelated :1;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */
-      unsigned viaCoroutine :1;  /* Implemented as a co-routine */
-      unsigned isRecursive :1;   /* True for recursive reference in WITH */
-    } fg;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-    u8 iSelectId;     /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
-#endif
-    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
-    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
-    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
-    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
-    union {
-      char *zIndexedBy;    /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
-      ExprList *pFuncArg;  /* Arguments to table-valued-function */
-    } u1;
-    Index *pIBIndex;  /* Index structure corresponding to u1.zIndexedBy */
-  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
-};
-
-/*
-** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
-*/
-#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
-#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
-#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
-#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
-#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
-#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
-#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
-
-
-/*
-** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
-** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
-*/
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
-#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
-#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK    0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
-#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE  0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */
-#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE      0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */
-#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY    0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */
-#define WHERE_NO_AUTOINDEX     0x0080 /* Disallow automatic indexes */
-#define WHERE_GROUPBY          0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */
-#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY       0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */
-#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT    0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */
-#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP      0x0800 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */
-#define WHERE_REOPEN_IDX       0x1000 /* Try to use OP_ReopenIdx */
-#define WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW 0x2000 /* ONEPASS is ok with multiple rows */
-
-/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct()
-*/
-#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP      0  /* DISTINCT keyword not used */
-#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE    1  /* No duplicates */
-#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED   2  /* All duplicates are adjacent */
-#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3  /* Duplicates are scattered */
-
-/*
-** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
-** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
-** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
-** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
-** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
-** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
-** other statements.
-**
-** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most 
-** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
-** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
-** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
-** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
-** the context containing the match is incremented. 
-**
-** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
-** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
-** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
-** subqueries looking for a match.
-*/
-struct NameContext {
-  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
-  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
-  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of result-set columns */
-  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
-  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
-  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
-  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
-  u16 ncFlags;         /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field.
-**
-** Note:  NC_MinMaxAgg must have the same value as SF_MinMaxAgg and
-** SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX.
-** 
-*/
-#define NC_AllowAgg  0x0001  /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */
-#define NC_HasAgg    0x0002  /* One or more aggregate functions seen */
-#define NC_IsCheck   0x0004  /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
-#define NC_InAggFunc 0x0008  /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
-#define NC_PartIdx   0x0010  /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */
-#define NC_IdxExpr   0x0020  /* True if resolving columns of CREATE INDEX */
-#define NC_MinMaxAgg 0x1000  /* min/max aggregates seen.  See note above */
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure contains all information
-** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
-**
-** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
-** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
-** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
-** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
-** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
-**
-** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
-** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
-** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
-** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
-** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
-** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
-** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
-** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating
-** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
-*/
-struct Select {
-  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
-  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
-  u16 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
-  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-  char zSelName[12];     /* Symbolic name of this SELECT use for debugging */
-#endif
-  int addrOpenEphm[2];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
-  u64 nSelectRow;        /* Estimated number of result rows */
-  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
-  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
-  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
-  Select *pNext;         /* Next select to the left in a compound */
-  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
-  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
-  With *pWith;           /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
-** "Select Flag".
-*/
-#define SF_Distinct        0x0001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
-#define SF_All             0x0002  /* Includes the ALL keyword */
-#define SF_Resolved        0x0004  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
-#define SF_Aggregate       0x0008  /* Contains aggregate functions */
-#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x0010  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
-#define SF_Expanded        0x0020  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
-#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x0040  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
-#define SF_Compound        0x0080  /* Part of a compound query */
-#define SF_Values          0x0100  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
-#define SF_MultiValue      0x0200  /* Single VALUES term with multiple rows */
-#define SF_NestedFrom      0x0400  /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
-#define SF_MaybeConvert    0x0800  /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
-#define SF_MinMaxAgg       0x1000  /* Aggregate containing min() or max() */
-#define SF_Recursive       0x2000  /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */
-#define SF_Converted       0x4000  /* By convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
-
-
-/*
-** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
-** by one of the following macros.  The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result
-** Type".
-**
-**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary index 
-**                     identified by pDest->iSDParm.
-**
-**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm.
-**
-**     SRT_Exists      Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result
-**                     set is not empty.
-**
-**     SRT_Discard     Throw the results away.  This is used by SELECT
-**                     statements within triggers whose only purpose is
-**                     the side-effects of functions.
-**
-** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that
-** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause.
-**
-**     SRT_Output      Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
-**                     opcode) for each row in the result set.
-**
-**     SRT_Mem         Only valid if the result is a single column.
-**                     Store the first column of the first result row
-**                     in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest
-**                     of the query.  This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
-**
-**     SRT_Set         The result must be a single column.  Store each
-**                     row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm. 
-**                     Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing
-**                     results.  Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
-**
-**     SRT_EphemTab    Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store
-**                     the result there. The cursor is left open after
-**                     returning.  This is like SRT_Table except that
-**                     this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
-**                     the table first.
-**
-**     SRT_Coroutine   Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
-**                     results each time it is invoked.  The entry point
-**                     of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm
-**                     and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers
-**                     starting with pDest->iSdst.
-**
-**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
-**     SRT_Fifo        This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
-**                     is assumed to already be open.  SRT_Fifo has
-**                     the additional property of being able to ignore
-**                     the ORDER BY clause.
-**
-**     SRT_DistFifo    Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
-**                     But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as
-**                     a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate
-**                     rows.  Name means:  "Distinct Fifo".
-**
-**     SRT_Queue       Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really
-**                     an index).  Append a sequence number so that all entries
-**                     are distinct.
-**
-**     SRT_DistQueue   Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if
-**                     the same record has never been stored before.  The
-**                     index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores.
-*/
-#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
-#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
-#define SRT_Exists       3  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
-#define SRT_Discard      4  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
-#define SRT_Fifo         5  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
-#define SRT_DistFifo     6  /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */
-#define SRT_Queue        7  /* Store result in an queue */
-#define SRT_DistQueue    8  /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */
-
-/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
-#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue)
-
-#define SRT_Output       9  /* Output each row of result */
-#define SRT_Mem         10  /* Store result in a memory cell */
-#define SRT_Set         11  /* Store results as keys in an index */
-#define SRT_EphemTab    12  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
-#define SRT_Coroutine   13  /* Generate a single row of result */
-#define SRT_Table       14  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
-
-/*
-** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of
-** a SELECT statement.
-*/
-struct SelectDest {
-  u8 eDest;            /* How to dispose of the results.  On of SRT_* above. */
-  char affSdst;        /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
-  int iSDParm;         /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
-  int iSdst;           /* Base register where results are written */
-  int nSdst;           /* Number of registers allocated */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */
-};
-
-/*
-** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT 
-** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p
-** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that
-** the code generator needs.  We have to keep per-table autoincrement
-** information in case inserts are down within triggers.  Triggers do not
-** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the
-** loading and saving of autoincrement information.
-*/
-struct AutoincInfo {
-  AutoincInfo *pNext;   /* Next info block in a list of them all */
-  Table *pTab;          /* Table this info block refers to */
-  int iDb;              /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */
-  int regCtr;           /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */
-};
-
-/*
-** Size of the column cache
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
-# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
-#endif
-
-/*
-** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each 
-** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
-** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
-** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
-** completed.
-**
-** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
-** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
-** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
-** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
-** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
-**
-** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
-** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT 
-** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to
-** a mask of new.* columns used by the program.
-*/
-struct TriggerPrg {
-  Trigger *pTrigger;      /* Trigger this program was coded from */
-  TriggerPrg *pNext;      /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
-  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
-  int orconf;             /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
-  u32 aColmask[2];        /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
-};
-
-/*
-** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
-  typedef unsigned char yDbMask[(SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+9)/8];
-# define DbMaskTest(M,I)    (((M)[(I)/8]&(1<<((I)&7)))!=0)
-# define DbMaskZero(M)      memset((M),0,sizeof(M))
-# define DbMaskSet(M,I)     (M)[(I)/8]|=(1<<((I)&7))
-# define DbMaskAllZero(M)   sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)
-# define DbMaskNonZero(M)   (sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)==0)
-#else
-  typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
-# define DbMaskTest(M,I)    (((M)&(((yDbMask)1)<<(I)))!=0)
-# define DbMaskZero(M)      (M)=0
-# define DbMaskSet(M,I)     (M)|=(((yDbMask)1)<<(I))
-# define DbMaskAllZero(M)   (M)==0
-# define DbMaskNonZero(M)   (M)!=0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
-** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
-** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
-**
-** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
-** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
-** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
-** each recursion.
-**
-** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache 
-** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
-** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
-** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
-** list.
-*/
-struct Parse {
-  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
-  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
-  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
-  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
-  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
-  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
-  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
-  u8 nTempReg;         /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
-  u8 isMultiWrite;     /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */
-  u8 mayAbort;         /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
-  u8 hasCompound;      /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
-  u8 okConstFactor;    /* OK to factor out constants */
-  int aTempReg[8];     /* Holding area for temporary registers */
-  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
-  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
-  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
-  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
-  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
-  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
-  int nOnce;           /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */
-  int nOpAlloc;        /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
-  int iFixedOp;        /* Never back out opcodes iFixedOp-1 or earlier */
-  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
-  int iSelfTab;        /* Table of an index whose exprs are being coded */
-  int iCacheLevel;     /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
-  int iCacheCnt;       /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
-  int nLabel;          /* Number of labels used */
-  int *aLabel;         /* Space to hold the labels */
-  struct yColCache {
-    int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
-    i16 iColumn;          /* Table column number */
-    u8 tempReg;           /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
-    int iLevel;           /* Nesting level */
-    int iReg;             /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
-    int lru;              /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
-  } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE];  /* One for each column cache entry */
-  ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */
-  Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
-  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
-  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
-  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
-  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
-  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
-  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-  int nSelect;         /* Number of SELECT statements seen */
-  int nSelectIndent;   /* How far to indent SELECTTRACE() output */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
-  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
-#endif
-  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
-
-  /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
-  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
-  Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */
-  int addrCrTab;       /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */
-  u32 nQueryLoop;      /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */
-  u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
-  u32 newmask;         /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
-  u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
-  u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
-  u8 disableTriggers;  /* True to disable triggers */
-
-  /************************************************************************
-  ** Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
-  ** each recursion.  The boundary between these two regions is determined
-  ** using offsetof(Parse,nVar) so the nVar field must be the first field
-  ** in the recursive region.
-  ************************************************************************/
-
-  int nVar;                 /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
-  int nzVar;                /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */
-  u8 iPkSortOrder;          /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-  u8 bFreeWith;             /* True if pWith should be freed with parser */
-  u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  u8 declareVtab;           /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
-  int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
-#endif
-  int nAlias;               /* Number of aliased result set columns */
-  int nHeight;              /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  int iSelectId;            /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */
-  int iNextSelectId;        /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */
-#endif
-  char **azVar;             /* Pointers to names of parameters */
-  Vdbe *pReprepare;         /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */
-  const char *zTail;        /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
-  Table *pNewTable;         /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
-  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
-  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
-  Token sNameToken;         /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
-  Token sLastToken;         /* The last token parsed */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  Token sArg;               /* Complete text of a module argument */
-  Table **apVtabLock;       /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
-#endif
-  Table *pZombieTab;        /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
-  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;  /* Linked list of coded triggers */
-  With *pWith;              /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */
-};
-
-/*
-** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
-#else
-  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
-** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
-*/
-struct AuthContext {
-  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
-  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
-};
-
-/*
-** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes.
-*/
-#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* Set to update db->nChange */
-#define OPFLAG_EPHEM         0x01    /* OP_Column: Ephemeral output is ok */
-#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x02    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
-#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
-#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
-#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
-#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */
-#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
-#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
-#define OPFLAG_SEEKEQ        0x02    /* OP_Open** cursor uses EQ seek only */
-#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x04    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
-#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE       0x01    /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */
-
-/*
- * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
- * struct Trigger. 
- *
- * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
- * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
- *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
- * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
- *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
- *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
- *    struct Table.
- *
- * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
- * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
- */
-struct Trigger {
-  char *zName;            /* The name of the trigger                        */
-  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
-  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
-  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
-  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
-  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
-                             the <column-list> is stored here */
-  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
-  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
-  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
-  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
-};
-
-/*
-** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
-** determine which. 
-**
-** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
-** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
-*/
-#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
-#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2
-
-/*
- * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
- * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
- *
- * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
- * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
- * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
- * the first step of the trigger-program.
- * 
- * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
- * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
- * value of "op" as follows:
- *
- * (op == TK_INSERT)
- * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
- * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
- *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
- * zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to insert into.
- * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
- *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
- * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
- *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
- *              inserted into.
- *
- * (op == TK_DELETE)
- * zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to delete from.
- * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
- *              Otherwise NULL.
- * 
- * (op == TK_UPDATE)
- * zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to update.
- * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
- *              Otherwise NULL.
- * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
- *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
- *              argument.
- * 
- */
-struct TriggerStep {
-  u8 op;               /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
-  u8 orconf;           /* OE_Rollback etc. */
-  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
-  Select *pSelect;     /* SELECT statement or RHS of INSERT INTO SELECT ... */
-  char *zTarget;       /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
-  Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
-  ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. */
-  IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
-  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
-  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
-** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
-** explicit.  
-*/
-typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
-struct DbFixer {
-  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
-  Schema *pSchema;    /* Fix items to this schema */
-  int bVarOnly;       /* Check for variable references only */
-  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
-  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
-  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
-};
-
-/*
-** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
-** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
-*/
-struct StrAccum {
-  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
-  char *zBase;         /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
-  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
-  int  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
-  int  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
-  int  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed allocation.  0 for no malloc usage */
-  u8   accError;       /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */
-};
-#define STRACCUM_NOMEM   1
-#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG  2
-
-/*
-** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
-** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
-*/
-typedef struct {
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
-  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
-  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
-  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
-} InitData;
-
-/*
-** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
-**
-** This structure also contains some state information.
-*/
-struct Sqlite3Config {
-  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
-  int bCoreMutex;                   /* True to enable core mutexing */
-  int bFullMutex;                   /* True to enable full mutexing */
-  int bOpenUri;                     /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
-  int bUseCis;                      /* Use covering indices for full-scans */
-  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
-  int neverCorrupt;                 /* Database is always well-formed */
-  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
-  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
-  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
-  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
-  sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2;  /* Low-level page-cache interface */
-  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
-  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
-  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
-  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;             /* mmap() space per open file */
-  sqlite3_int64 mxMmap;             /* Maximum value for szMmap */
-  void *pScratch;                   /* Scratch memory */
-  int szScratch;                    /* Size of each scratch buffer */
-  int nScratch;                     /* Number of scratch buffers */
-  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
-  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
-  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
-  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
-  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
-  u32 szPma;                        /* Maximum Sorter PMA size */
-  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
-  ** initially be zero, however. */
-  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
-  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */
-  int isMutexInit;                  /* True after mutexes are initialized */
-  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
-  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
-  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
-  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
-  void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
-  void *pLogArg;                       /* First argument to xLog() */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-  void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int);
-  void *pSqllogArg;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-  /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch
-  ** operation.  Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE.
-  */
-  void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,int iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx);  /* Callback */
-  void *pVdbeBranchArg;                                     /* 1st argument */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  int (*xTestCallback)(int);        /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */
-#endif
-  int bLocaltimeFault;              /* True to fail localtime() calls */
-};
-
-/*
-** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that
-** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database.  Instead of:
-**
-**     assert( X );
-**
-** One writes:
-**
-**     assert( X || CORRUPT_DB );
-**
-** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation.  CORRUPT_DB does not indicate
-** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt.
-** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special
-** sqlite3_test_control().  This enables assert() statements to prove
-** things that are always true for well-formed databases.
-*/
-#define CORRUPT_DB  (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0)
-
-/*
-** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
-*/
-struct Walker {
-  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
-  int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */
-  void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */
-  Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */
-  int walkerDepth;                          /* Number of subqueries */
-  u8 eCode;                                 /* A small processing code */
-  union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */
-    NameContext *pNC;                          /* Naming context */
-    int n;                                     /* A counter */
-    int iCur;                                  /* A cursor number */
-    SrcList *pSrcList;                         /* FROM clause */
-    struct SrcCount *pSrcCount;                /* Counting column references */
-  } u;
-};
-
-/* Forward declarations */
-int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
-int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
-int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
-int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
-int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
-
-/*
-** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
-** callbacks.
-*/
-#define WRC_Continue    0   /* Continue down into children */
-#define WRC_Prune       1   /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
-#define WRC_Abort       2   /* Abandon the tree walk */
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure represents a set of one or more CTEs
-** (common table expressions) created by a single WITH clause.
-*/
-struct With {
-  int nCte;                       /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */
-  With *pOuter;                   /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */
-  struct Cte {                    /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */
-    char *zName;                    /* Name of this CTE */
-    ExprList *pCols;                /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */
-    Select *pSelect;                /* The definition of this CTE */
-    const char *zCteErr;            /* Error message for circular references */
-  } a[1];
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** An instance of the TreeView object is used for printing the content of
-** data structures on sqlite3DebugPrintf() using a tree-like view.
-*/
-struct TreeView {
-  int iLevel;             /* Which level of the tree we are on */
-  u8  bLine[100];         /* Draw vertical in column i if bLine[i] is true */
-};
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
-** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \
-  if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \
-    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \
-  }                                                    \
-}
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with
-** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix.  These macros invoke
-** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated
-** using sqlite3_log().  The routines also provide a convenient place
-** to set a debugger breakpoint.
-*/
-int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
-int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
-int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
-#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)
-
-
-/*
-** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also call
-** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alias for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also
-** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \
-    (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION))
-# include <ctype.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
-** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
-** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-# define sqlite3Toupper(x)  ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
-# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
-# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
-# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
-# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
-# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
-# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
-#else
-# define sqlite3Toupper(x)   toupper((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   isspace((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   tolower((unsigned char)(x))
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Internal function prototypes
-*/
-#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp
-int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
-#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp
-
-int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
-void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
-void *sqlite3Malloc(u64);
-void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64);
-void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, u64);
-void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, u64);
-char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
-char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, u64);
-void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64);
-void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
-void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
-void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
-int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
-int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
-void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
-void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
-void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
-void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
-void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
-#endif
-int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);
-
-/*
-** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
-** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects.  By default,
-** obtain space from malloc().
-**
-** The alloca() routine never returns NULL.  This will cause code paths
-** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
-# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   alloca(N)
-# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  memset(alloca(N), 0, N)
-# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       
-#else
-# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N)
-# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N)
-# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       sqlite3DbFree(D,P)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-  sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
-  int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
-  int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
-  void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void);
-#else
-# define sqlite3MemoryBarrier()
-#endif
-
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int);
-void sqlite3StatusUp(int, int);
-void sqlite3StatusDown(int, int);
-void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
-
-/* Access to mutexes used by sqlite3_status() */
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void);
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
-#else
-# define sqlite3IsNaN(X)  0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL
-** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function.
-*/
-struct PrintfArguments {
-  int nArg;                /* Total number of arguments */
-  int nUsed;               /* Number of arguments used so far */
-  sqlite3_value **apArg;   /* The argument values */
-};
-
-#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01
-#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC  0x02
-void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, va_list);
-void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, ...);
-char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
-char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE)
-  void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView*, const Expr*, u8);
-  void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, u8, const char*);
-  void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView*, const Select*, u8);
-#endif
-
-
-void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*);
-void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
-int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
-int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
-int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
-void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
-int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
-void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
-int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
-void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
-void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*);
-Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int);
-Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*);
-Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
-Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
-Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
-void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
-void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
-ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
-void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList*,int);
-void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
-void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
-void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
-u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList*);
-int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
-int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
-void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
-void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*);
-void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int);
-void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*);
-void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
-void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
-void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3*,Table*);
-int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**);
-Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
-void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
-Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
-i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16);
-void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
-void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
-void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
-void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
-void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
-void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
-void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
-void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
-void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*);
-int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
-                    sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
-Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*);
-int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-# define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK
-#else
-  int sqlite3FaultSim(int);
-#endif
-
-Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
-int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
-int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec*, u32);
-int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
-void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*);
-void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
-u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
-#endif
-
-RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
-void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
-void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
-int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64);
-int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);
-
-void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*,int,int);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-  int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
-  int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask);
-#endif
-void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
-void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
-void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
-  void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
-#else
-# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X)
-# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X)
-#endif
-void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
-void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*);
-IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
-int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int);
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
-                                      Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
-void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
-void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*);
-int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
-void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
-void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
-void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
-void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
-Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**);
-Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
-                          Expr*, int, int);
-void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
-int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
-Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
-                         Expr*,ExprList*,u16,Expr*,Expr*);
-void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
-Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
-int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
-void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*);
-#endif
-void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
-void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
-WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int);
-void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
-u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*);
-int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*);
-int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*);
-int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*);
-int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*);
-int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*);
-int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*);
-#define ONEPASS_OFF      0        /* Use of ONEPASS not allowed */
-#define ONEPASS_SINGLE   1        /* ONEPASS valid for a single row update */
-#define ONEPASS_MULTI    2        /* ONEPASS is valid for multiple rows */
-void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
-int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8);
-void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
-void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
-void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
-void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
-void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*);
-void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int);
-void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
-void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
-void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int, u8);
-int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
-int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, u8);
-#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP      0x01  /* Deep, not shallow copies */
-#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR   0x02  /* Factor out constant terms */
-#define SQLITE_ECEL_REF      0x04  /* Use ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */
-void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
-void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
-void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
-Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
-Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*);
-Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,int isView,struct SrcList_item *);
-Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
-void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
-int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
-char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
-int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*, int);
-int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int);
-int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr*, Expr*, int);
-void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
-void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
-int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*);
-Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
-void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
-#endif
-void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int);
-void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
-void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
-void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
-void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
-void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
-void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
-void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
-void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*);
-int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
-int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
-int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*, u8);
-int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr*,int);
-int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
-int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*);
-int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char);
-int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
-void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
-    Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8,int);
-void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
-int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int);
-void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int);
-void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int,
-                                     u8,u8,int,int*);
-void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int);
-int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int, u8*, int*, int*);
-void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
-void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
-void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
-void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8);
-void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*);
-void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*);
-Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
-ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
-IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
-Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-void sqlite3SelectSetName(Select*,const char*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3SelectSetName(A,B)
-#endif
-void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
-FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8);
-void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
-void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
-void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
-int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
-int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
-void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
-                           Expr*,int, int);
-  void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
-  void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
-  void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
-  Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
-  Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
-  void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
-                            int, int, int);
-  void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
-  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
-  void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
-  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
-  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
-                                        Select*,u8);
-  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
-  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
-  void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
-  void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-  u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
-# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
-# define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel==0)
-#else
-# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
-# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
-# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
-# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
-# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I)
-# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
-# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
-# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
-# define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) 1
-# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
-#endif
-
-int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
-void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
-void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
-  int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
-  void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
-  void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
-  int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int);
-#else
-# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
-# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
-# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
-# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
-#endif
-void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
-void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
-void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
-int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
-int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
-int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
-int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
-int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
-int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
-int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
-int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
-int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
-int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
-u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**);
-LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64);
-LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
-#endif
-u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);
-
-/*
-** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
-** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
-** file.
-*/
-int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
-u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
-u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
-int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
-
-/*
-** The common case is for a varint to be a single byte.  They following
-** macros handle the common case without a procedure call, but then call
-** the procedure for larger varints.
-*/
-#define getVarint32(A,B)  \
-  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
-#define putVarint32(A,B)  \
-  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
-  sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B)))
-#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
-#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
-
-
-const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3*, Index*);
-void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
-char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
-int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
-char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
-int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
-int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*);
-void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
-void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*,int);
-void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
-u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
-int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME)
-const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-#endif
-
-const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
-int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
-CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
-CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
-CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
-Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*, int);
-Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*);
-Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*);
-int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
-int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
-void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
-int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
-int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
-int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
-int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
-void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
-#endif
-u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,u8);
-
-const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
-int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
-void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
-                        void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*);
-void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
-sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
-char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8);
-int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
-void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-extern const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[];
-extern const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
-extern const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
-extern const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
-extern SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
-extern SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-extern int sqlite3PendingByte;
-#endif
-#endif
-void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
-void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
-void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
-void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
-int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
-void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
-void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
-int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
-void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
-void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p);
-int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*);
-int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
-int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(NameContext*, ExprList*);
-void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
-void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*);
-int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
-void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
-void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
-void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
-CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
-char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*);
-void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
-int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
-int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
-int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
-int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
-void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
-void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
-void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
-int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
-void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
-void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *);
-Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
-int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
-KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int);
-void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*);
-KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*);
-KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*);
-#endif
-int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, 
-  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
-  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
-);
-int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
-int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
-
-void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, sqlite3*, char*, int, int);
-void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
-void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum*,const char*);
-void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum*,int,char);
-char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
-void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
-void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
-Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int);
-
-void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
-void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void);
-int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,u8,int,int*);
-int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(Parse*, Expr*, u8, sqlite3_value**);
-void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*);
-int sqlite3Stat4Column(sqlite3*, const void*, int, int, sqlite3_value**);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
-*/
-void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(u64));
-void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
-#endif
-
-void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-  void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-#  define sqlite3VtabClear(Y)
-#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
-#  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
-#  define sqlite3VtabLock(X) 
-#  define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK
-#  define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y)  ((VTable*)0)
-#else
-   void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*);
-   void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p);
-   int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*);
-   int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
-   int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
-   void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
-   void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
-   void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
-   int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int);
-   void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*);
-   VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
-#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
-#endif
-int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse*,Module*);
-void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3*,Module*);
-void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
-void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int);
-void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
-void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
-void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
-int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
-int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
-int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
-int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
-FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
-void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*);
-int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int);
-int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
-void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*);
-int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
-void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
-CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
-int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
-const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*);
-  int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int);
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-  With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*);
-  void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*);
-  void sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8);
-#else
-#define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z)
-#define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y)
-#endif
-
-/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
-** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
-** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but
-** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In
-** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is 
-** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
-  void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*);
-  void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int);
-  int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int);
-  u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*);
-  FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f)
-  #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f)
-  #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
-  #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b)         0
-  #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d)    0
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
-  int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
-  #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
-#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
-
-/*
-** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
-** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-** is not defined.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
-  void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
-  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Allowed return values from sqlite3FindInIndex()
-*/
-#define IN_INDEX_ROWID        1   /* Search the rowid of the table */
-#define IN_INDEX_EPH          2   /* Search an ephemeral b-tree */
-#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC    3   /* Existing index ASCENDING */
-#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC   4   /* Existing index DESCENDING */
-#define IN_INDEX_NOOP         5   /* No table available. Use comparisons */
-/*
-** Allowed flags for the 3rd parameter to sqlite3FindInIndex().
-*/
-#define IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK     0x0001  /* OK to return IN_INDEX_NOOP */
-#define IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP  0x0002  /* IN operator used for membership test */
-#define IN_INDEX_LOOP        0x0004  /* IN operator used as a loop */
-int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, u32, int*);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-  int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
-  int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
-  int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
-  int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
-  #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1
-#endif
-
-void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
-int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
-int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);
-
-void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
-  int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
-  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
-#endif
-
-u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
-void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-  void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *);
-  void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db);
-  void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y)
-  #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x)
-  #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
-** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
-** print I/O tracing messages. 
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
-# define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
-  void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
-#else
-# define IOTRACE(A)
-# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator
-** only.  They are used to verify that different "types" of memory
-** allocations are properly tracked by the system.
-**
-** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of
-** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below.  The type must be a bitmask with
-** a single bit set.
-**
-** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second
-** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
-** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements.
-**
-** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second
-** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
-**
-** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP
-** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE.  If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means
-** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was
-** too large or lookaside was already full.  It is important to verify
-** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not
-** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines.  Asserts such as the
-** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify
-** this constraint. 
-**
-** All of this is no-op for a production build.  It only comes into
-** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-  void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8);
-  int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8);
-  int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8);
-#else
-# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y)  /* no-op */
-# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y)  1
-# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y)   1
-#endif
-#define MEMTYPE_HEAP       0x01  /* General heap allocations */
-#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE  0x02  /* Heap that might have been lookaside */
-#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH    0x04  /* Scratch allocations */
-#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE     0x08  /* Page cache allocations */
-
-/*
-** Threading interface
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-int sqlite3ThreadCreate(SQLiteThread**,void*(*)(void*),void*);
-int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread*, void**);
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3*);
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqliteLimit.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqliteLimit.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 75cad1274b4..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/sqliteLimit.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 May 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** 
-** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes.   This also
-** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
-**
-** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
-** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This is the maximum number of
-**
-**    * Columns in a table
-**    * Columns in an index
-**    * Columns in a view
-**    * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
-**    * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
-**    * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
-**    * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
-**
-** The hard upper limit here is 32676.  Most database people will
-** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
-** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table.  And if
-** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
-** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
-**
-** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
-** turn the limit off.  That is no longer true.  It is not possible
-** to turn this limit off.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to 
-** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might 
-** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an 
-** expression.
-**
-** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
-** But that is no longer true.  The limit is now strictly enforced
-** at all times.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
-** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
-** level of recursion for each term.  A stack overflow can result
-** if the number of terms is too large.  In practice, most SQL
-** never has more than 3 or 4 terms.  Use a value of 0 to disable
-** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
-# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
-** Not currently enforced.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
-# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
-# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The suggested maximum number of in-memory pages to use for
-** the main database table and for temporary tables.
-**
-** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-31093-59126 The default suggested cache size
-** is 2000 pages.
-** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48205-43578 The default suggested cache size can be
-** altered using the SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE compile-time options.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  2000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before
-** checkpointing the database in WAL mode.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT  1000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be between 0
-** and 62.  The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap
-** is used internally to track attached databases.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
-# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
-# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
-#endif
-
-/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 65536.  This a limit
-** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page.
-**
-** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
-** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
-** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library 
-** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database 
-** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite 
-** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback 
-** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536
-
-
-/*
-** The default size of a database page.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
-** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
-** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
-** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
-** SQLite will choose on its own.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
-**
-** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
-** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
-** max_page_count macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
-# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
-** operator.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
-**
-** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
-** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all 
-** may be executed.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/status.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/status.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ac32753a227..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/status.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 June 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
-** functionality.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Variables in which to record status information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
-#if SQLITE_PTRSIZE>4
-  sqlite3_int64 nowValue[10];         /* Current value */
-  sqlite3_int64 mxValue[10];          /* Maximum value */
-#else
-  u32 nowValue[10];                   /* Current value */
-  u32 mxValue[10];                    /* Maximum value */
-#endif
-} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
-
-/*
-** Elements of sqlite3Stat[] are protected by either the memory allocator
-** mutex, or by the pcache1 mutex.  The following array determines which.
-*/
-static const char statMutex[] = {
-  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED */
-  1,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED */
-  1,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW */
-  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED */
-  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW */
-  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE */
-  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK */
-  1,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE */
-  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE */
-  0,  /* SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT */
-};
-
-
-/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
-** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdStatInit  sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
-# define wsdStat x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdStatInit
-# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the current value of a status parameter.  The caller must
-** be holding the appropriate mutex.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex()
-                                           : sqlite3MallocMutex()) );
-  return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-}
-
-/*
-** Add N to the value of a status record.  The caller must hold the
-** appropriate mutex.  (Locking is checked by assert()).
-**
-** The StatusUp() routine can accept positive or negative values for N.
-** The value of N is added to the current status value and the high-water
-** mark is adjusted if necessary.
-**
-** The StatusDown() routine lowers the current value by N.  The highwater
-** mark is unchanged.  N must be non-negative for StatusDown().
-*/
-void sqlite3StatusUp(int op, int N){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex()
-                                           : sqlite3MallocMutex()) );
-  wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
-  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
-    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  }
-}
-void sqlite3StatusDown(int op, int N){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  assert( N>=0 );
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex()
-                                           : sqlite3MallocMutex()) );
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
-  wsdStat.nowValue[op] -= N;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the value of a status to X.  The highwater mark is adjusted if
-** necessary.  The caller must hold the appropriate mutex.
-*/
-void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex()
-                                           : sqlite3MallocMutex()) );
-  wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
-  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
-    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Query status information.
-*/
-int sqlite3_status64(
-  int op,
-  sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent,
-  sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater,
-  int resetFlag
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex *pMutex;
-  wsdStatInit;
-  if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( pCurrent==0 || pHighwater==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  pMutex = statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex() : sqlite3MallocMutex();
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMutex);
-  *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
-  if( resetFlag ){
-    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMutex);
-  (void)pMutex;  /* Prevent warning when SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 */
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
-  sqlite3_int64 iCur, iHwtr;
-  int rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( pCurrent==0 || pHighwater==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  rc = sqlite3_status64(op, &iCur, &iHwtr, resetFlag);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    *pCurrent = (int)iCur;
-    *pHighwater = (int)iHwtr;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query status information for a single database connection
-*/
-int sqlite3_db_status(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection whose status is desired */
-  int op,               /* Status verb */
-  int *pCurrent,        /* Write current value here */
-  int *pHighwater,      /* Write high-water mark here */
-  int resetFlag         /* Reset high-water mark if true */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Return code */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || pCurrent==0|| pHighwater==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
-      *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
-      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
-      if( resetFlag ){
-        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT:
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE:
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: {
-      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT );
-      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE );
-      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL );
-      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 );
-      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 );
-      *pCurrent = 0;
-      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT];
-      if( resetFlag ){
-        db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* 
-    ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
-    ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection.  The
-    ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: {
-      int totalUsed = 0;
-      int i;
-      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-        Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-        if( pBt ){
-          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
-          totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager);
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-      *pCurrent = totalUsed;
-      *pHighwater = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
-    ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed
-    ** databases.  *pHighwater is set to zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: {
-      int i;                      /* Used to iterate through schemas */
-      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */
-
-      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
-      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-        Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
-        if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){
-          HashElem *p;
-
-          nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
-              pSchema->tblHash.count 
-            + pSchema->trigHash.count
-            + pSchema->idxHash.count
-            + pSchema->fkeyHash.count
-          );
-          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht);
-          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht);
-          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht);
-          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht);
-
-          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-            sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p));
-          }
-          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-            sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p));
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-
-      *pHighwater = 0;
-      *pCurrent = nByte;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
-    ** to store all prepared statements.
-    ** *pHighwater is set to zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
-      struct Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* Used to iterate through VMs */
-      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */
-
-      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
-      for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
-        sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe);
-      }
-      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
-
-      *pHighwater = 0;  /* IMP: R-64479-57858 */
-      *pCurrent = nByte;
-
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
-    ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set 
-    ** to zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
-      int i;
-      int nRet = 0;
-      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 );
-      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 );
-
-      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-        if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
-          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt);
-          sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet);
-        }
-      }
-      *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-42420-56072 */
-                       /* IMP: R-54100-20147 */
-                       /* IMP: R-29431-39229 */
-      *pCurrent = nRet;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign
-    ** key constraints.  Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints
-    ** have been satisfied.  The *pHighwater is always set to zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: {
-      *pHighwater = 0;  /* IMP: R-11967-56545 */
-      *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    default: {
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/table.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/table.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 153bfb319f2..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/table.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
-** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
-** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
-**
-** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
-** if they are not used.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-
-/*
-** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
-** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
-*/
-typedef struct TabResult {
-  char **azResult;   /* Accumulated output */
-  char *zErrMsg;     /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
-  u32 nAlloc;        /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
-  u32 nRow;          /* Number of rows in the result */
-  u32 nColumn;       /* Number of columns in the result */
-  u32 nData;         /* Slots used in azResult[].  (nRow+1)*nColumn */
-  int rc;            /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
-} TabResult;
-
-/*
-** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
-** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
-** memory as necessary.
-*/
-static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
-  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;  /* Result accumulator */
-  int need;                         /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */
-  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
-  char *z;                          /* A single column of result */
-
-  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
-  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
-  */
-  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
-    need = nCol*2;
-  }else{
-    need = nCol;
-  }
-  if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
-    char **azNew;
-    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
-    azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
-    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
-    p->azResult = azNew;
-  }
-
-  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
-  ** the names of all columns.
-  */
-  if( p->nRow==0 ){
-    p->nColumn = nCol;
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
-      if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
-      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
-    }
-  }else if( (int)p->nColumn!=nCol ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
-       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
-    );
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Copy over the row data
-  */
-  if( argv!=0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      if( argv[i]==0 ){
-        z = 0;
-      }else{
-        int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1;
-        z = sqlite3_malloc64( n );
-        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
-        memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
-      }
-      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
-    }
-    p->nRow++;
-  }
-  return 0;
-
-malloc_failed:
-  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
-** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
-** at the conclusion of the call.
-**
-** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
-** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
-** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
-** the calling procedure is finished using it.
-*/
-int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
-  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
-  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
-  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
-  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
-  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  TabResult res;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || pazResult==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  *pazResult = 0;
-  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
-  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
-  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
-  res.zErrMsg = 0;
-  res.nRow = 0;
-  res.nColumn = 0;
-  res.nData = 1;
-  res.nAlloc = 20;
-  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
-  if( res.azResult==0 ){
-     db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  res.azResult[0] = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
-  assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
-  res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData);
-  if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
-    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-    if( res.zErrMsg ){
-      if( pzErrMsg ){
-        sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
-        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
-    }
-    db->errCode = res.rc;  /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
-    return res.rc;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
-    char **azNew;
-    azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
-    if( azNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-      db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    res.azResult = azNew;
-  }
-  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
-  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
-  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
-*/
-void sqlite3_free_table(
-  char **azResult            /* Result returned from sqlite3_get_table() */
-){
-  if( azResult ){
-    int i, n;
-    azResult--;
-    assert( azResult!=0 );
-    n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
-    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
-    sqlite3_free(azResult);
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/tclsqlite.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/tclsqlite.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f024317e909..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/tclsqlite.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3897 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** A TCL Interface to SQLite.  Append this file to sqlite3.c and
-** compile the whole thing to build a TCL-enabled version of SQLite.
-**
-** Compile-time options:
-**
-**  -DTCLSH=1             Add a "main()" routine that works as a tclsh.
-**
-**  -DSQLITE_TCLMD5       When used in conjuction with -DTCLSH=1, add
-**                        four new commands to the TCL interpreter for
-**                        generating MD5 checksums:  md5, md5file,
-**                        md5-10x8, and md5file-10x8.
-**
-**  -DSQLITE_TEST         When used in conjuction with -DTCLSH=1, add
-**                        hundreds of new commands used for testing
-**                        SQLite.  This option implies -DSQLITE_TCLMD5.
-*/
-
-/*
-** If requested, include the SQLite compiler options file for MSVC.
-*/
-#if defined(INCLUDE_MSVC_H)
-#include "msvc.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <errno.h>
-
-/*
-** Some additional include files are needed if this file is not
-** appended to the amalgamation.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-# include "sqlite3.h"
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-# include <assert.h>
-  typedef unsigned char u8;
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-/* Used to get the current process ID */
-#if !defined(_WIN32)
-# include <unistd.h>
-# define GETPID getpid
-#elif !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-# ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#  include <windows.h>
-# endif
-# define GETPID (int)GetCurrentProcessId
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Windows needs to know which symbols to export.  Unix does not.
- * BUILD_sqlite should be undefined for Unix.
- */
-#ifdef BUILD_sqlite
-#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
-#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
-#endif /* BUILD_sqlite */
-
-#define NUM_PREPARED_STMTS 10
-#define MAX_PREPARED_STMTS 100
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-typedef struct SqliteDb SqliteDb;
-
-/*
-** New SQL functions can be created as TCL scripts.  Each such function
-** is described by an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-typedef struct SqlFunc SqlFunc;
-struct SqlFunc {
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;   /* The TCL interpret to execute the function */
-  Tcl_Obj *pScript;     /* The Tcl_Obj representation of the script */
-  SqliteDb *pDb;        /* Database connection that owns this function */
-  int useEvalObjv;      /* True if it is safe to use Tcl_EvalObjv */
-  char *zName;          /* Name of this function */
-  SqlFunc *pNext;       /* Next function on the list of them all */
-};
-
-/*
-** New collation sequences function can be created as TCL scripts.  Each such
-** function is described by an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-typedef struct SqlCollate SqlCollate;
-struct SqlCollate {
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;   /* The TCL interpret to execute the function */
-  char *zScript;        /* The script to be run */
-  SqlCollate *pNext;    /* Next function on the list of them all */
-};
-
-/*
-** Prepared statements are cached for faster execution.  Each prepared
-** statement is described by an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-typedef struct SqlPreparedStmt SqlPreparedStmt;
-struct SqlPreparedStmt {
-  SqlPreparedStmt *pNext;  /* Next in linked list */
-  SqlPreparedStmt *pPrev;  /* Previous on the list */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* The prepared statement */
-  int nSql;                /* chars in zSql[] */
-  const char *zSql;        /* Text of the SQL statement */
-  int nParm;               /* Size of apParm array */
-  Tcl_Obj **apParm;        /* Array of referenced object pointers */
-};
-
-typedef struct IncrblobChannel IncrblobChannel;
-
-/*
-** There is one instance of this structure for each SQLite database
-** that has been opened by the SQLite TCL interface.
-**
-** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined (to create the SQLite
-** testfixture executable), then it may be configured to use either
-** sqlite3_prepare_v2() or sqlite3_prepare() to prepare SQL statements.
-** If SqliteDb.bLegacyPrepare is true, sqlite3_prepare() is used.
-*/
-struct SqliteDb {
-  sqlite3 *db;               /* The "real" database structure. MUST BE FIRST */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;        /* The interpreter used for this database */
-  char *zBusy;               /* The busy callback routine */
-  char *zCommit;             /* The commit hook callback routine */
-  char *zTrace;              /* The trace callback routine */
-  char *zProfile;            /* The profile callback routine */
-  char *zProgress;           /* The progress callback routine */
-  char *zAuth;               /* The authorization callback routine */
-  int disableAuth;           /* Disable the authorizer if it exists */
-  char *zNull;               /* Text to substitute for an SQL NULL value */
-  SqlFunc *pFunc;            /* List of SQL functions */
-  Tcl_Obj *pUpdateHook;      /* Update hook script (if any) */
-  Tcl_Obj *pRollbackHook;    /* Rollback hook script (if any) */
-  Tcl_Obj *pWalHook;         /* WAL hook script (if any) */
-  Tcl_Obj *pUnlockNotify;    /* Unlock notify script (if any) */
-  SqlCollate *pCollate;      /* List of SQL collation functions */
-  int rc;                    /* Return code of most recent sqlite3_exec() */
-  Tcl_Obj *pCollateNeeded;   /* Collation needed script */
-  SqlPreparedStmt *stmtList; /* List of prepared statements*/
-  SqlPreparedStmt *stmtLast; /* Last statement in the list */
-  int maxStmt;               /* The next maximum number of stmtList */
-  int nStmt;                 /* Number of statements in stmtList */
-  IncrblobChannel *pIncrblob;/* Linked list of open incrblob channels */
-  int nStep, nSort, nIndex;  /* Statistics for most recent operation */
-  int nTransaction;          /* Number of nested [transaction] methods */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int bLegacyPrepare;        /* True to use sqlite3_prepare() */
-#endif
-};
-
-struct IncrblobChannel {
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;      /* sqlite3 blob handle */
-  SqliteDb *pDb;            /* Associated database connection */
-  int iSeek;                /* Current seek offset */
-  Tcl_Channel channel;      /* Channel identifier */
-  IncrblobChannel *pNext;   /* Linked list of all open incrblob channels */
-  IncrblobChannel *pPrev;   /* Linked list of all open incrblob channels */
-};
-
-/*
-** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
-** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
-*/
-static int strlen30(const char *z){
-  const char *z2 = z;
-  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
-  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Close all incrblob channels opened using database connection pDb.
-** This is called when shutting down the database connection.
-*/
-static void closeIncrblobChannels(SqliteDb *pDb){
-  IncrblobChannel *p;
-  IncrblobChannel *pNext;
-
-  for(p=pDb->pIncrblob; p; p=pNext){
-    pNext = p->pNext;
-
-    /* Note: Calling unregister here call Tcl_Close on the incrblob channel, 
-    ** which deletes the IncrblobChannel structure at *p. So do not
-    ** call Tcl_Free() here.
-    */
-    Tcl_UnregisterChannel(pDb->interp, p->channel);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an incremental blob channel.
-*/
-static int incrblobClose(ClientData instanceData, Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  IncrblobChannel *p = (IncrblobChannel *)instanceData;
-  int rc = sqlite3_blob_close(p->pBlob);
-  sqlite3 *db = p->pDb->db;
-
-  /* Remove the channel from the SqliteDb.pIncrblob list. */
-  if( p->pNext ){
-    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-  }
-  if( p->pPrev ){
-    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
-  }
-  if( p->pDb->pIncrblob==p ){
-    p->pDb->pIncrblob = p->pNext;
-  }
-
-  /* Free the IncrblobChannel structure */
-  Tcl_Free((char *)p);
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_errmsg(db), TCL_VOLATILE);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from an incremental blob channel.
-*/
-static int incrblobInput(
-  ClientData instanceData, 
-  char *buf, 
-  int bufSize,
-  int *errorCodePtr
-){
-  IncrblobChannel *p = (IncrblobChannel *)instanceData;
-  int nRead = bufSize;         /* Number of bytes to read */
-  int nBlob;                   /* Total size of the blob */
-  int rc;                      /* sqlite error code */
-
-  nBlob = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pBlob);
-  if( (p->iSeek+nRead)>nBlob ){
-    nRead = nBlob-p->iSeek;
-  }
-  if( nRead<=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pBlob, (void *)buf, nRead, p->iSeek);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    *errorCodePtr = rc;
-    return -1;
-  }
-
-  p->iSeek += nRead;
-  return nRead;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to an incremental blob channel.
-*/
-static int incrblobOutput(
-  ClientData instanceData, 
-  CONST char *buf, 
-  int toWrite,
-  int *errorCodePtr
-){
-  IncrblobChannel *p = (IncrblobChannel *)instanceData;
-  int nWrite = toWrite;        /* Number of bytes to write */
-  int nBlob;                   /* Total size of the blob */
-  int rc;                      /* sqlite error code */
-
-  nBlob = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pBlob);
-  if( (p->iSeek+nWrite)>nBlob ){
-    *errorCodePtr = EINVAL;
-    return -1;
-  }
-  if( nWrite<=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_blob_write(p->pBlob, (void *)buf, nWrite, p->iSeek);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    *errorCodePtr = EIO;
-    return -1;
-  }
-
-  p->iSeek += nWrite;
-  return nWrite;
-}
-
-/*
-** Seek an incremental blob channel.
-*/
-static int incrblobSeek(
-  ClientData instanceData, 
-  long offset,
-  int seekMode,
-  int *errorCodePtr
-){
-  IncrblobChannel *p = (IncrblobChannel *)instanceData;
-
-  switch( seekMode ){
-    case SEEK_SET:
-      p->iSeek = offset;
-      break;
-    case SEEK_CUR:
-      p->iSeek += offset;
-      break;
-    case SEEK_END:
-      p->iSeek = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pBlob) + offset;
-      break;
-
-    default: assert(!"Bad seekMode");
-  }
-
-  return p->iSeek;
-}
-
-
-static void incrblobWatch(ClientData instanceData, int mode){ 
-  /* NO-OP */ 
-}
-static int incrblobHandle(ClientData instanceData, int dir, ClientData *hPtr){
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-static Tcl_ChannelType IncrblobChannelType = {
-  "incrblob",                        /* typeName                             */
-  TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2,             /* version                              */
-  incrblobClose,                     /* closeProc                            */
-  incrblobInput,                     /* inputProc                            */
-  incrblobOutput,                    /* outputProc                           */
-  incrblobSeek,                      /* seekProc                             */
-  0,                                 /* setOptionProc                        */
-  0,                                 /* getOptionProc                        */
-  incrblobWatch,                     /* watchProc (this is a no-op)          */
-  incrblobHandle,                    /* getHandleProc (always returns error) */
-  0,                                 /* close2Proc                           */
-  0,                                 /* blockModeProc                        */
-  0,                                 /* flushProc                            */
-  0,                                 /* handlerProc                          */
-  0,                                 /* wideSeekProc                         */
-};
-
-/*
-** Create a new incrblob channel.
-*/
-static int createIncrblobChannel(
-  Tcl_Interp *interp, 
-  SqliteDb *pDb, 
-  const char *zDb,
-  const char *zTable, 
-  const char *zColumn, 
-  sqlite_int64 iRow,
-  int isReadonly
-){
-  IncrblobChannel *p;
-  sqlite3 *db = pDb->db;
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;
-  int rc;
-  int flags = TCL_READABLE|(isReadonly ? 0 : TCL_WRITABLE);
-
-  /* This variable is used to name the channels: "incrblob_[incr count]" */
-  static int count = 0;
-  char zChannel[64];
-
-  rc = sqlite3_blob_open(db, zDb, zTable, zColumn, iRow, !isReadonly, &pBlob);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), TCL_VOLATILE);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  p = (IncrblobChannel *)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(IncrblobChannel));
-  p->iSeek = 0;
-  p->pBlob = pBlob;
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zChannel), zChannel, "incrblob_%d", ++count);
-  p->channel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&IncrblobChannelType, zChannel, p, flags);
-  Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, p->channel);
-
-  /* Link the new channel into the SqliteDb.pIncrblob list. */
-  p->pNext = pDb->pIncrblob;
-  p->pPrev = 0;
-  if( p->pNext ){
-    p->pNext->pPrev = p;
-  }
-  pDb->pIncrblob = p;
-  p->pDb = pDb;
-
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)Tcl_GetChannelName(p->channel), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#else  /* else clause for "#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB" */
-  #define closeIncrblobChannels(pDb)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Look at the script prefix in pCmd.  We will be executing this script
-** after first appending one or more arguments.  This routine analyzes
-** the script to see if it is safe to use Tcl_EvalObjv() on the script
-** rather than the more general Tcl_EvalEx().  Tcl_EvalObjv() is much
-** faster.
-**
-** Scripts that are safe to use with Tcl_EvalObjv() consists of a
-** command name followed by zero or more arguments with no [...] or $
-** or {...} or ; to be seen anywhere.  Most callback scripts consist
-** of just a single procedure name and they meet this requirement.
-*/
-static int safeToUseEvalObjv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pCmd){
-  /* We could try to do something with Tcl_Parse().  But we will instead
-  ** just do a search for forbidden characters.  If any of the forbidden
-  ** characters appear in pCmd, we will report the string as unsafe.
-  */
-  const char *z;
-  int n;
-  z = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pCmd, &n);
-  while( n-- > 0 ){
-    int c = *(z++);
-    if( c=='$' || c=='[' || c==';' ) return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find an SqlFunc structure with the given name.  Or create a new
-** one if an existing one cannot be found.  Return a pointer to the
-** structure.
-*/
-static SqlFunc *findSqlFunc(SqliteDb *pDb, const char *zName){
-  SqlFunc *p, *pNew;
-  int nName = strlen30(zName);
-  pNew = (SqlFunc*)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(*pNew) + nName + 1 );
-  pNew->zName = (char*)&pNew[1];
-  memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1);
-  for(p=pDb->pFunc; p; p=p->pNext){ 
-    if( sqlite3_stricmp(p->zName, pNew->zName)==0 ){
-      Tcl_Free((char*)pNew);
-      return p;
-    }
-  }
-  pNew->interp = pDb->interp;
-  pNew->pDb = pDb;
-  pNew->pScript = 0;
-  pNew->pNext = pDb->pFunc;
-  pDb->pFunc = pNew;
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a single SqlPreparedStmt object.
-*/
-static void dbFreeStmt(SqlPreparedStmt *pStmt){
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( sqlite3_sql(pStmt->pStmt)==0 ){
-    Tcl_Free((char *)pStmt->zSql);
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt->pStmt);
-  Tcl_Free((char *)pStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Finalize and free a list of prepared statements
-*/
-static void flushStmtCache(SqliteDb *pDb){
-  SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt;
-  SqlPreparedStmt *pNext;
-
-  for(pPreStmt = pDb->stmtList; pPreStmt; pPreStmt=pNext){
-    pNext = pPreStmt->pNext;
-    dbFreeStmt(pPreStmt);
-  }
-  pDb->nStmt = 0;
-  pDb->stmtLast = 0;
-  pDb->stmtList = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** TCL calls this procedure when an sqlite3 database command is
-** deleted.
-*/
-static void DbDeleteCmd(void *db){
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)db;
-  flushStmtCache(pDb);
-  closeIncrblobChannels(pDb);
-  sqlite3_close(pDb->db);
-  while( pDb->pFunc ){
-    SqlFunc *pFunc = pDb->pFunc;
-    pDb->pFunc = pFunc->pNext;
-    assert( pFunc->pDb==pDb );
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pFunc->pScript);
-    Tcl_Free((char*)pFunc);
-  }
-  while( pDb->pCollate ){
-    SqlCollate *pCollate = pDb->pCollate;
-    pDb->pCollate = pCollate->pNext;
-    Tcl_Free((char*)pCollate);
-  }
-  if( pDb->zBusy ){
-    Tcl_Free(pDb->zBusy);
-  }
-  if( pDb->zTrace ){
-    Tcl_Free(pDb->zTrace);
-  }
-  if( pDb->zProfile ){
-    Tcl_Free(pDb->zProfile);
-  }
-  if( pDb->zAuth ){
-    Tcl_Free(pDb->zAuth);
-  }
-  if( pDb->zNull ){
-    Tcl_Free(pDb->zNull);
-  }
-  if( pDb->pUpdateHook ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pUpdateHook);
-  }
-  if( pDb->pRollbackHook ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pRollbackHook);
-  }
-  if( pDb->pWalHook ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pWalHook);
-  }
-  if( pDb->pCollateNeeded ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
-  }
-  Tcl_Free((char*)pDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a database file is locked while trying
-** to execute SQL.
-*/
-static int DbBusyHandler(void *cd, int nTries){
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
-  int rc;
-  char zVal[30];
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zVal), zVal, "%d", nTries);
-  rc = Tcl_VarEval(pDb->interp, pDb->zBusy, " ", zVal, (char*)0);
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK || atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp)) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-/*
-** This routine is invoked as the 'progress callback' for the database.
-*/
-static int DbProgressHandler(void *cd){
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( pDb->zProgress );
-  rc = Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, pDb->zProgress);
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK || atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp)) ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/*
-** This routine is called by the SQLite trace handler whenever a new
-** block of SQL is executed.  The TCL script in pDb->zTrace is executed.
-*/
-static void DbTraceHandler(void *cd, const char *zSql){
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
-  Tcl_DString str;
-
-  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
-  Tcl_DStringAppend(&str, pDb->zTrace, -1);
-  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zSql);
-  Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
-  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
-  Tcl_ResetResult(pDb->interp);
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/*
-** This routine is called by the SQLite profile handler after a statement
-** SQL has executed.  The TCL script in pDb->zProfile is evaluated.
-*/
-static void DbProfileHandler(void *cd, const char *zSql, sqlite_uint64 tm){
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
-  Tcl_DString str;
-  char zTm[100];
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTm)-1, zTm, "%lld", tm);
-  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
-  Tcl_DStringAppend(&str, pDb->zProfile, -1);
-  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zSql);
-  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zTm);
-  Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
-  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
-  Tcl_ResetResult(pDb->interp);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a transaction is committed.  The
-** TCL script in pDb->zCommit is executed.  If it returns non-zero or
-** if it throws an exception, the transaction is rolled back instead
-** of being committed.
-*/
-static int DbCommitHandler(void *cd){
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, pDb->zCommit);
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK || atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp)) ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static void DbRollbackHandler(void *clientData){
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)clientData;
-  assert(pDb->pRollbackHook);
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pDb->pRollbackHook, 0) ){
-    Tcl_BackgroundError(pDb->interp);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure handles wal_hook callbacks.
-*/
-static int DbWalHandler(
-  void *clientData, 
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  const char *zDb, 
-  int nEntry
-){
-  int ret = SQLITE_OK;
-  Tcl_Obj *p;
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)clientData;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp = pDb->interp;
-  assert(pDb->pWalHook);
-
-  assert( db==pDb->db );
-  p = Tcl_DuplicateObj(pDb->pWalHook);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(p);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, p, Tcl_NewStringObj(zDb, -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, p, Tcl_NewIntObj(nEntry));
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, p, 0) 
-   || TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), &ret)
-  ){
-    Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
-  }
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(p);
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY)
-static void setTestUnlockNotifyVars(Tcl_Interp *interp, int iArg, int nArg){
-  char zBuf[64];
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", iArg);
-  Tcl_SetVar(interp, "sqlite_unlock_notify_arg", zBuf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", nArg);
-  Tcl_SetVar(interp, "sqlite_unlock_notify_argcount", zBuf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-}
-#else
-# define setTestUnlockNotifyVars(x,y,z)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-static void DbUnlockNotify(void **apArg, int nArg){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-    const int flags = (TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL|TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
-    SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb *)apArg[i];
-    setTestUnlockNotifyVars(pDb->interp, i, nArg);
-    assert( pDb->pUnlockNotify);
-    Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pDb->pUnlockNotify, flags);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pUnlockNotify);
-    pDb->pUnlockNotify = 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-static void DbUpdateHandler(
-  void *p, 
-  int op,
-  const char *zDb, 
-  const char *zTbl, 
-  sqlite_int64 rowid
-){
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb *)p;
-  Tcl_Obj *pCmd;
-
-  assert( pDb->pUpdateHook );
-  assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT || op==SQLITE_UPDATE || op==SQLITE_DELETE );
-
-  pCmd = Tcl_DuplicateObj(pDb->pUpdateHook);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-    ( (op==SQLITE_INSERT)?"INSERT":(op==SQLITE_UPDATE)?"UPDATE":"DELETE"), -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zDb, -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zTbl, -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pCmd, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(rowid));
-  Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
-}
-
-static void tclCollateNeeded(
-  void *pCtx,
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int enc,
-  const char *zName
-){
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb *)pCtx;
-  Tcl_Obj *pScript = Tcl_DuplicateObj(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pScript);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pScript, Tcl_NewStringObj(zName, -1));
-  Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pScript, 0);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pScript);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to evaluate an SQL collation function implemented
-** using TCL script.
-*/
-static int tclSqlCollate(
-  void *pCtx,
-  int nA,
-  const void *zA,
-  int nB,
-  const void *zB
-){
-  SqlCollate *p = (SqlCollate *)pCtx;
-  Tcl_Obj *pCmd;
-
-  pCmd = Tcl_NewStringObj(p->zScript, -1);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zA, nA));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zB, nB));
-  Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
-  return (atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp)));
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to evaluate an SQL function implemented
-** using TCL script.
-*/
-static void tclSqlFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value**argv){
-  SqlFunc *p = sqlite3_user_data(context);
-  Tcl_Obj *pCmd;
-  int i;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( argc==0 ){
-    /* If there are no arguments to the function, call Tcl_EvalObjEx on the
-    ** script object directly.  This allows the TCL compiler to generate
-    ** bytecode for the command on the first invocation and thus make
-    ** subsequent invocations much faster. */
-    pCmd = p->pScript;
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
-    rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pCmd, 0);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
-  }else{
-    /* If there are arguments to the function, make a shallow copy of the
-    ** script object, lappend the arguments, then evaluate the copy.
-    **
-    ** By "shallow" copy, we mean only the outer list Tcl_Obj is duplicated.
-    ** The new Tcl_Obj contains pointers to the original list elements. 
-    ** That way, when Tcl_EvalObjv() is run and shimmers the first element
-    ** of the list to tclCmdNameType, that alternate representation will
-    ** be preserved and reused on the next invocation.
-    */
-    Tcl_Obj **aArg;
-    int nArg;
-    if( Tcl_ListObjGetElements(p->interp, p->pScript, &nArg, &aArg) ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp), -1); 
-      return;
-    }     
-    pCmd = Tcl_NewListObj(nArg, aArg);
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
-    for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-      sqlite3_value *pIn = argv[i];
-      Tcl_Obj *pVal;
-            
-      /* Set pVal to contain the i'th column of this row. */
-      switch( sqlite3_value_type(pIn) ){
-        case SQLITE_BLOB: {
-          int bytes = sqlite3_value_bytes(pIn);
-          pVal = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(sqlite3_value_blob(pIn), bytes);
-          break;
-        }
-        case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
-          sqlite_int64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(pIn);
-          if( v>=-2147483647 && v<=2147483647 ){
-            pVal = Tcl_NewIntObj((int)v);
-          }else{
-            pVal = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(v);
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-        case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-          double r = sqlite3_value_double(pIn);
-          pVal = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(r);
-          break;
-        }
-        case SQLITE_NULL: {
-          pVal = Tcl_NewStringObj(p->pDb->zNull, -1);
-          break;
-        }
-        default: {
-          int bytes = sqlite3_value_bytes(pIn);
-          pVal = Tcl_NewStringObj((char *)sqlite3_value_text(pIn), bytes);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      rc = Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pCmd, pVal);
-      if( rc ){
-        Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
-        sqlite3_result_error(context, Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp), -1); 
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-    if( !p->useEvalObjv ){
-      /* Tcl_EvalObjEx() will automatically call Tcl_EvalObjv() if pCmd
-      ** is a list without a string representation.  To prevent this from
-      ** happening, make sure pCmd has a valid string representation */
-      Tcl_GetString(pCmd);
-    }
-    rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pCmd, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
-  }
-
-  if( rc && rc!=TCL_RETURN ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp), -1); 
-  }else{
-    Tcl_Obj *pVar = Tcl_GetObjResult(p->interp);
-    int n;
-    u8 *data;
-    const char *zType = (pVar->typePtr ? pVar->typePtr->name : "");
-    char c = zType[0];
-    if( c=='b' && strcmp(zType,"bytearray")==0 && pVar->bytes==0 ){
-      /* Only return a BLOB type if the Tcl variable is a bytearray and
-      ** has no string representation. */
-      data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pVar, &n);
-      sqlite3_result_blob(context, data, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    }else if( c=='b' && strcmp(zType,"boolean")==0 ){
-      Tcl_GetIntFromObj(0, pVar, &n);
-      sqlite3_result_int(context, n);
-    }else if( c=='d' && strcmp(zType,"double")==0 ){
-      double r;
-      Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(0, pVar, &r);
-      sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
-    }else if( (c=='w' && strcmp(zType,"wideInt")==0) ||
-          (c=='i' && strcmp(zType,"int")==0) ){
-      Tcl_WideInt v;
-      Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(0, pVar, &v);
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, v);
-    }else{
-      data = (unsigned char *)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pVar, &n);
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, (char *)data, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-/*
-** This is the authentication function.  It appends the authentication
-** type code and the two arguments to zCmd[] then invokes the result
-** on the interpreter.  The reply is examined to determine if the
-** authentication fails or succeeds.
-*/
-static int auth_callback(
-  void *pArg,
-  int code,
-  const char *zArg1,
-  const char *zArg2,
-  const char *zArg3,
-  const char *zArg4
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-  ,const char *zArg5
-#endif
-){
-  const char *zCode;
-  Tcl_DString str;
-  int rc;
-  const char *zReply;
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)pArg;
-  if( pDb->disableAuth ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  switch( code ){
-    case SQLITE_COPY              : zCode="SQLITE_COPY"; break;
-    case SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX      : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX"; break;
-    case SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE      : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX"; break;
-    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER: zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"; break;
-    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW  : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW"; break;
-    case SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER    : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER"; break;
-    case SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW       : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DELETE            : zCode="SQLITE_DELETE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DROP_INDEX        : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_INDEX"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DROP_TABLE        : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TABLE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX   : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE   : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW    : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER      : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DROP_VIEW         : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_VIEW"; break;
-    case SQLITE_INSERT            : zCode="SQLITE_INSERT"; break;
-    case SQLITE_PRAGMA            : zCode="SQLITE_PRAGMA"; break;
-    case SQLITE_READ              : zCode="SQLITE_READ"; break;
-    case SQLITE_SELECT            : zCode="SQLITE_SELECT"; break;
-    case SQLITE_TRANSACTION       : zCode="SQLITE_TRANSACTION"; break;
-    case SQLITE_UPDATE            : zCode="SQLITE_UPDATE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_ATTACH            : zCode="SQLITE_ATTACH"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DETACH            : zCode="SQLITE_DETACH"; break;
-    case SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE       : zCode="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_REINDEX           : zCode="SQLITE_REINDEX"; break;
-    case SQLITE_ANALYZE           : zCode="SQLITE_ANALYZE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE     : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE       : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_FUNCTION          : zCode="SQLITE_FUNCTION"; break;
-    case SQLITE_SAVEPOINT         : zCode="SQLITE_SAVEPOINT"; break;
-    case SQLITE_RECURSIVE         : zCode="SQLITE_RECURSIVE"; break;
-    default                       : zCode="????"; break;
-  }
-  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
-  Tcl_DStringAppend(&str, pDb->zAuth, -1);
-  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zCode);
-  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg1 ? zArg1 : "");
-  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg2 ? zArg2 : "");
-  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg3 ? zArg3 : "");
-  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg4 ? zArg4 : "");
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg5 ? zArg5 : "");
-#endif  
-  rc = Tcl_GlobalEval(pDb->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
-  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
-  zReply = rc==TCL_OK ? Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp) : "SQLITE_DENY";
-  if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_OK")==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_DENY")==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
-  }else if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_IGNORE")==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IGNORE;
-  }else{
-    rc = 999;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-
-/*
-** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores
-** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer
-** to the text.  NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc()
-** fails.
-**
-** The interface is like "readline" but no command-line editing
-** is done.
-**
-** copied from shell.c from '.import' command
-*/
-static char *local_getline(char *zPrompt, FILE *in){
-  char *zLine;
-  int nLine;
-  int n;
-
-  nLine = 100;
-  zLine = malloc( nLine );
-  if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
-  n = 0;
-  while( 1 ){
-    if( n+100>nLine ){
-      nLine = nLine*2 + 100;
-      zLine = realloc(zLine, nLine);
-      if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
-    }
-    if( fgets(&zLine[n], nLine - n, in)==0 ){
-      if( n==0 ){
-        free(zLine);
-        return 0;
-      }
-      zLine[n] = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-    while( zLine[n] ){ n++; }
-    if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\n' ){
-      n--;
-      zLine[n] = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  zLine = realloc( zLine, n+1 );
-  return zLine;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is part of the implementation of the command:
-**
-**   $db transaction [-deferred|-immediate|-exclusive] SCRIPT
-**
-** It is invoked after evaluating the script SCRIPT to commit or rollback
-** the transaction or savepoint opened by the [transaction] command.
-*/
-static int DbTransPostCmd(
-  ClientData data[],                   /* data[0] is the Sqlite3Db* for $db */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,                  /* Tcl interpreter */
-  int result                           /* Result of evaluating SCRIPT */
-){
-  static const char *const azEnd[] = {
-    "RELEASE _tcl_transaction",        /* rc==TCL_ERROR, nTransaction!=0 */
-    "COMMIT",                          /* rc!=TCL_ERROR, nTransaction==0 */
-    "ROLLBACK TO _tcl_transaction ; RELEASE _tcl_transaction",
-    "ROLLBACK"                         /* rc==TCL_ERROR, nTransaction==0 */
-  };
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)data[0];
-  int rc = result;
-  const char *zEnd;
-
-  pDb->nTransaction--;
-  zEnd = azEnd[(rc==TCL_ERROR)*2 + (pDb->nTransaction==0)];
-
-  pDb->disableAuth++;
-  if( sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, zEnd, 0, 0, 0) ){
-      /* This is a tricky scenario to handle. The most likely cause of an
-      ** error is that the exec() above was an attempt to commit the 
-      ** top-level transaction that returned SQLITE_BUSY. Or, less likely,
-      ** that an IO-error has occurred. In either case, throw a Tcl exception
-      ** and try to rollback the transaction.
-      **
-      ** But it could also be that the user executed one or more BEGIN, 
-      ** COMMIT, SAVEPOINT, RELEASE or ROLLBACK commands that are confusing
-      ** this method's logic. Not clear how this would be best handled.
-      */
-    if( rc!=TCL_ERROR ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
-      rc = TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0, 0);
-  }
-  pDb->disableAuth--;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unless SQLITE_TEST is defined, this function is a simple wrapper around
-** sqlite3_prepare_v2(). If SQLITE_TEST is defined, then it uses either
-** sqlite3_prepare_v2() or legacy interface sqlite3_prepare(), depending
-** on whether or not the [db_use_legacy_prepare] command has been used to 
-** configure the connection.
-*/
-static int dbPrepare(
-  SqliteDb *pDb,                  /* Database object */
-  const char *zSql,               /* SQL to compile */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,          /* OUT: Prepared statement */
-  const char **pzOut              /* OUT: Pointer to next SQL statement */
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( pDb->bLegacyPrepare ){
-    return sqlite3_prepare(pDb->db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, pzOut);
-  }
-#endif
-  return sqlite3_prepare_v2(pDb->db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, pzOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Search the cache for a prepared-statement object that implements the
-** first SQL statement in the buffer pointed to by parameter zIn. If
-** no such prepared-statement can be found, allocate and prepare a new
-** one. In either case, bind the current values of the relevant Tcl
-** variables to any $var, :var or @var variables in the statement. Before
-** returning, set *ppPreStmt to point to the prepared-statement object.
-**
-** Output parameter *pzOut is set to point to the next SQL statement in
-** buffer zIn, or to the '\0' byte at the end of zIn if there is no
-** next statement.
-**
-** If successful, TCL_OK is returned. Otherwise, TCL_ERROR is returned
-** and an error message loaded into interpreter pDb->interp.
-*/
-static int dbPrepareAndBind(
-  SqliteDb *pDb,                  /* Database object */
-  char const *zIn,                /* SQL to compile */
-  char const **pzOut,             /* OUT: Pointer to next SQL statement */
-  SqlPreparedStmt **ppPreStmt     /* OUT: Object used to cache statement */
-){
-  const char *zSql = zIn;         /* Pointer to first SQL statement in zIn */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Prepared statement object */
-  SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt;      /* Pointer to cached statement */
-  int nSql;                       /* Length of zSql in bytes */
-  int nVar = 0;                   /* Number of variables in statement */
-  int iParm = 0;                  /* Next free entry in apParm */
-  char c;
-  int i;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp = pDb->interp;
-
-  *ppPreStmt = 0;
-
-  /* Trim spaces from the start of zSql and calculate the remaining length. */
-  while( (c = zSql[0])==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\r' || c=='\n' ){ zSql++; }
-  nSql = strlen30(zSql);
-
-  for(pPreStmt = pDb->stmtList; pPreStmt; pPreStmt=pPreStmt->pNext){
-    int n = pPreStmt->nSql;
-    if( nSql>=n 
-        && memcmp(pPreStmt->zSql, zSql, n)==0
-        && (zSql[n]==0 || zSql[n-1]==';')
-    ){
-      pStmt = pPreStmt->pStmt;
-      *pzOut = &zSql[pPreStmt->nSql];
-
-      /* When a prepared statement is found, unlink it from the
-      ** cache list.  It will later be added back to the beginning
-      ** of the cache list in order to implement LRU replacement.
-      */
-      if( pPreStmt->pPrev ){
-        pPreStmt->pPrev->pNext = pPreStmt->pNext;
-      }else{
-        pDb->stmtList = pPreStmt->pNext;
-      }
-      if( pPreStmt->pNext ){
-        pPreStmt->pNext->pPrev = pPreStmt->pPrev;
-      }else{
-        pDb->stmtLast = pPreStmt->pPrev;
-      }
-      pDb->nStmt--;
-      nVar = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  /* If no prepared statement was found. Compile the SQL text. Also allocate
-  ** a new SqlPreparedStmt structure.  */
-  if( pPreStmt==0 ){
-    int nByte;
-
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=dbPrepare(pDb, zSql, &pStmt, pzOut) ){
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), -1));
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( pStmt==0 ){
-      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(pDb->db) ){
-        /* A compile-time error in the statement. */
-        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), -1));
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }else{
-        /* The statement was a no-op.  Continue to the next statement
-        ** in the SQL string.
-        */
-        return TCL_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    assert( pPreStmt==0 );
-    nVar = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
-    nByte = sizeof(SqlPreparedStmt) + nVar*sizeof(Tcl_Obj *);
-    pPreStmt = (SqlPreparedStmt*)Tcl_Alloc(nByte);
-    memset(pPreStmt, 0, nByte);
-
-    pPreStmt->pStmt = pStmt;
-    pPreStmt->nSql = (int)(*pzOut - zSql);
-    pPreStmt->zSql = sqlite3_sql(pStmt);
-    pPreStmt->apParm = (Tcl_Obj **)&pPreStmt[1];
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    if( pPreStmt->zSql==0 ){
-      char *zCopy = Tcl_Alloc(pPreStmt->nSql + 1);
-      memcpy(zCopy, zSql, pPreStmt->nSql);
-      zCopy[pPreStmt->nSql] = '\0';
-      pPreStmt->zSql = zCopy;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  assert( pPreStmt );
-  assert( strlen30(pPreStmt->zSql)==pPreStmt->nSql );
-  assert( 0==memcmp(pPreStmt->zSql, zSql, pPreStmt->nSql) );
-
-  /* Bind values to parameters that begin with $ or : */  
-  for(i=1; i<=nVar; i++){
-    const char *zVar = sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(pStmt, i);
-    if( zVar!=0 && (zVar[0]=='$' || zVar[0]==':' || zVar[0]=='@') ){
-      Tcl_Obj *pVar = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, &zVar[1], 0, 0);
-      if( pVar ){
-        int n;
-        u8 *data;
-        const char *zType = (pVar->typePtr ? pVar->typePtr->name : "");
-        c = zType[0];
-        if( zVar[0]=='@' ||
-           (c=='b' && strcmp(zType,"bytearray")==0 && pVar->bytes==0) ){
-          /* Load a BLOB type if the Tcl variable is a bytearray and
-          ** it has no string representation or the host
-          ** parameter name begins with "@". */
-          data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pVar, &n);
-          sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, data, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
-          Tcl_IncrRefCount(pVar);
-          pPreStmt->apParm[iParm++] = pVar;
-        }else if( c=='b' && strcmp(zType,"boolean")==0 ){
-          Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, pVar, &n);
-          sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, i, n);
-        }else if( c=='d' && strcmp(zType,"double")==0 ){
-          double r;
-          Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, pVar, &r);
-          sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, r);
-        }else if( (c=='w' && strcmp(zType,"wideInt")==0) ||
-              (c=='i' && strcmp(zType,"int")==0) ){
-          Tcl_WideInt v;
-          Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, pVar, &v);
-          sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, v);
-        }else{
-          data = (unsigned char *)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pVar, &n);
-          sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, i, (char *)data, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
-          Tcl_IncrRefCount(pVar);
-          pPreStmt->apParm[iParm++] = pVar;
-        }
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  pPreStmt->nParm = iParm;
-  *ppPreStmt = pPreStmt;
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a statement reference obtained by calling dbPrepareAndBind().
-** There should be exactly one call to this function for each call to
-** dbPrepareAndBind().
-**
-** If the discard parameter is non-zero, then the statement is deleted
-** immediately. Otherwise it is added to the LRU list and may be returned
-** by a subsequent call to dbPrepareAndBind().
-*/
-static void dbReleaseStmt(
-  SqliteDb *pDb,                  /* Database handle */
-  SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt,      /* Prepared statement handle to release */
-  int discard                     /* True to delete (not cache) the pPreStmt */
-){
-  int i;
-
-  /* Free the bound string and blob parameters */
-  for(i=0; i<pPreStmt->nParm; i++){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pPreStmt->apParm[i]);
-  }
-  pPreStmt->nParm = 0;
-
-  if( pDb->maxStmt<=0 || discard ){
-    /* If the cache is turned off, deallocated the statement */
-    dbFreeStmt(pPreStmt);
-  }else{
-    /* Add the prepared statement to the beginning of the cache list. */
-    pPreStmt->pNext = pDb->stmtList;
-    pPreStmt->pPrev = 0;
-    if( pDb->stmtList ){
-     pDb->stmtList->pPrev = pPreStmt;
-    }
-    pDb->stmtList = pPreStmt;
-    if( pDb->stmtLast==0 ){
-      assert( pDb->nStmt==0 );
-      pDb->stmtLast = pPreStmt;
-    }else{
-      assert( pDb->nStmt>0 );
-    }
-    pDb->nStmt++;
-   
-    /* If we have too many statement in cache, remove the surplus from 
-    ** the end of the cache list.  */
-    while( pDb->nStmt>pDb->maxStmt ){
-      SqlPreparedStmt *pLast = pDb->stmtLast;
-      pDb->stmtLast = pLast->pPrev;
-      pDb->stmtLast->pNext = 0;
-      pDb->nStmt--;
-      dbFreeStmt(pLast);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Structure used with dbEvalXXX() functions:
-**
-**   dbEvalInit()
-**   dbEvalStep()
-**   dbEvalFinalize()
-**   dbEvalRowInfo()
-**   dbEvalColumnValue()
-*/
-typedef struct DbEvalContext DbEvalContext;
-struct DbEvalContext {
-  SqliteDb *pDb;                  /* Database handle */
-  Tcl_Obj *pSql;                  /* Object holding string zSql */
-  const char *zSql;               /* Remaining SQL to execute */
-  SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt;      /* Current statement */
-  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns returned by pStmt */
-  Tcl_Obj *pArray;                /* Name of array variable */
-  Tcl_Obj **apColName;            /* Array of column names */
-};
-
-/*
-** Release any cache of column names currently held as part of
-** the DbEvalContext structure passed as the first argument.
-*/
-static void dbReleaseColumnNames(DbEvalContext *p){
-  if( p->apColName ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
-      Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->apColName[i]);
-    }
-    Tcl_Free((char *)p->apColName);
-    p->apColName = 0;
-  }
-  p->nCol = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a DbEvalContext structure.
-**
-** If pArray is not NULL, then it contains the name of a Tcl array
-** variable. The "*" member of this array is set to a list containing
-** the names of the columns returned by the statement as part of each
-** call to dbEvalStep(), in order from left to right. e.g. if the names 
-** of the returned columns are a, b and c, it does the equivalent of the 
-** tcl command:
-**
-**     set ${pArray}(*) {a b c}
-*/
-static void dbEvalInit(
-  DbEvalContext *p,               /* Pointer to structure to initialize */
-  SqliteDb *pDb,                  /* Database handle */
-  Tcl_Obj *pSql,                  /* Object containing SQL script */
-  Tcl_Obj *pArray                 /* Name of Tcl array to set (*) element of */
-){
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(DbEvalContext));
-  p->pDb = pDb;
-  p->zSql = Tcl_GetString(pSql);
-  p->pSql = pSql;
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pSql);
-  if( pArray ){
-    p->pArray = pArray;
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pArray);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain information about the row that the DbEvalContext passed as the
-** first argument currently points to.
-*/
-static void dbEvalRowInfo(
-  DbEvalContext *p,               /* Evaluation context */
-  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Number of column names */
-  Tcl_Obj ***papColName           /* OUT: Array of column names */
-){
-  /* Compute column names */
-  if( 0==p->apColName ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = p->pPreStmt->pStmt;
-    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
-    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns returned by pStmt */
-    Tcl_Obj **apColName = 0;      /* Array of column names */
-
-    p->nCol = nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-    if( nCol>0 && (papColName || p->pArray) ){
-      apColName = (Tcl_Obj**)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(Tcl_Obj*)*nCol );
-      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-        apColName[i] = Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_column_name(pStmt,i), -1);
-        Tcl_IncrRefCount(apColName[i]);
-      }
-      p->apColName = apColName;
-    }
-
-    /* If results are being stored in an array variable, then create
-    ** the array(*) entry for that array
-    */
-    if( p->pArray ){
-      Tcl_Interp *interp = p->pDb->interp;
-      Tcl_Obj *pColList = Tcl_NewObj();
-      Tcl_Obj *pStar = Tcl_NewStringObj("*", -1);
-
-      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-        Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pColList, apColName[i]);
-      }
-      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pStar);
-      Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, p->pArray, pStar, pColList, 0);
-      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pStar);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( papColName ){
-    *papColName = p->apColName;
-  }
-  if( pnCol ){
-    *pnCol = p->nCol;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return one of TCL_OK, TCL_BREAK or TCL_ERROR. If TCL_ERROR is
-** returned, then an error message is stored in the interpreter before
-** returning.
-**
-** A return value of TCL_OK means there is a row of data available. The
-** data may be accessed using dbEvalRowInfo() and dbEvalColumnValue(). This
-** is analogous to a return of SQLITE_ROW from sqlite3_step(). If TCL_BREAK
-** is returned, then the SQL script has finished executing and there are
-** no further rows available. This is similar to SQLITE_DONE.
-*/
-static int dbEvalStep(DbEvalContext *p){
-  const char *zPrevSql = 0;       /* Previous value of p->zSql */
-
-  while( p->zSql[0] || p->pPreStmt ){
-    int rc;
-    if( p->pPreStmt==0 ){
-      zPrevSql = (p->zSql==zPrevSql ? 0 : p->zSql);
-      rc = dbPrepareAndBind(p->pDb, p->zSql, &p->zSql, &p->pPreStmt);
-      if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
-    }else{
-      int rcs;
-      SqliteDb *pDb = p->pDb;
-      SqlPreparedStmt *pPreStmt = p->pPreStmt;
-      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = pPreStmt->pStmt;
-
-      rcs = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-      if( rcs==SQLITE_ROW ){
-        return TCL_OK;
-      }
-      if( p->pArray ){
-        dbEvalRowInfo(p, 0, 0);
-      }
-      rcs = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-
-      pDb->nStep = sqlite3_stmt_status(pStmt,SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP,1);
-      pDb->nSort = sqlite3_stmt_status(pStmt,SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT,1);
-      pDb->nIndex = sqlite3_stmt_status(pStmt,SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX,1);
-      dbReleaseColumnNames(p);
-      p->pPreStmt = 0;
-
-      if( rcs!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* If a run-time error occurs, report the error and stop reading
-        ** the SQL.  */
-        dbReleaseStmt(pDb, pPreStmt, 1);
-#if SQLITE_TEST
-        if( p->pDb->bLegacyPrepare && rcs==SQLITE_SCHEMA && zPrevSql ){
-          /* If the runtime error was an SQLITE_SCHEMA, and the database
-          ** handle is configured to use the legacy sqlite3_prepare() 
-          ** interface, retry prepare()/step() on the same SQL statement.
-          ** This only happens once. If there is a second SQLITE_SCHEMA
-          ** error, the error will be returned to the caller. */
-          p->zSql = zPrevSql;
-          continue;
-        }
-#endif
-        Tcl_SetObjResult(pDb->interp,
-                         Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), -1));
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }else{
-        dbReleaseStmt(pDb, pPreStmt, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Finished */
-  return TCL_BREAK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all resources currently held by the DbEvalContext structure passed
-** as the first argument. There should be exactly one call to this function
-** for each call to dbEvalInit().
-*/
-static void dbEvalFinalize(DbEvalContext *p){
-  if( p->pPreStmt ){
-    sqlite3_reset(p->pPreStmt->pStmt);
-    dbReleaseStmt(p->pDb, p->pPreStmt, 0);
-    p->pPreStmt = 0;
-  }
-  if( p->pArray ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pArray);
-    p->pArray = 0;
-  }
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pSql);
-  dbReleaseColumnNames(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a Tcl_Obj structure with ref-count 0 that contains
-** the value for the iCol'th column of the row currently pointed to by
-** the DbEvalContext structure passed as the first argument.
-*/
-static Tcl_Obj *dbEvalColumnValue(DbEvalContext *p, int iCol){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = p->pPreStmt->pStmt;
-  switch( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, iCol) ){
-    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
-      int bytes = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol);
-      const char *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, iCol);
-      if( !zBlob ) bytes = 0;
-      return Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((u8*)zBlob, bytes);
-    }
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
-      sqlite_int64 v = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, iCol);
-      if( v>=-2147483647 && v<=2147483647 ){
-        return Tcl_NewIntObj((int)v);
-      }else{
-        return Tcl_NewWideIntObj(v);
-      }
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, iCol));
-    }
-    case SQLITE_NULL: {
-      return Tcl_NewStringObj(p->pDb->zNull, -1);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol), -1);
-}
-
-/*
-** If using Tcl version 8.6 or greater, use the NR functions to avoid
-** recursive evalution of scripts by the [db eval] and [db trans]
-** commands. Even if the headers used while compiling the extension
-** are 8.6 or newer, the code still tests the Tcl version at runtime.
-** This allows stubs-enabled builds to be used with older Tcl libraries.
-*/
-#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION>8 || (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION==8 && TCL_MINOR_VERSION>=6)
-# define SQLITE_TCL_NRE 1
-static int DbUseNre(void){
-  int major, minor;
-  Tcl_GetVersion(&major, &minor, 0, 0);
-  return( (major==8 && minor>=6) || major>8 );
-}
-#else
-/* 
-** Compiling using headers earlier than 8.6. In this case NR cannot be
-** used, so DbUseNre() to always return zero. Add #defines for the other
-** Tcl_NRxxx() functions to prevent them from causing compilation errors,
-** even though the only invocations of them are within conditional blocks 
-** of the form:
-**
-**   if( DbUseNre() ) { ... }
-*/
-# define SQLITE_TCL_NRE 0
-# define DbUseNre() 0
-# define Tcl_NRAddCallback(a,b,c,d,e,f) (void)0
-# define Tcl_NREvalObj(a,b,c) 0
-# define Tcl_NRCreateCommand(a,b,c,d,e,f) (void)0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function is part of the implementation of the command:
-**
-**   $db eval SQL ?ARRAYNAME? SCRIPT
-*/
-static int DbEvalNextCmd(
-  ClientData data[],                   /* data[0] is the (DbEvalContext*) */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,                  /* Tcl interpreter */
-  int result                           /* Result so far */
-){
-  int rc = result;                     /* Return code */
-
-  /* The first element of the data[] array is a pointer to a DbEvalContext
-  ** structure allocated using Tcl_Alloc(). The second element of data[]
-  ** is a pointer to a Tcl_Obj containing the script to run for each row
-  ** returned by the queries encapsulated in data[0]. */
-  DbEvalContext *p = (DbEvalContext *)data[0];
-  Tcl_Obj *pScript = (Tcl_Obj *)data[1];
-  Tcl_Obj *pArray = p->pArray;
-
-  while( (rc==TCL_OK || rc==TCL_CONTINUE) && TCL_OK==(rc = dbEvalStep(p)) ){
-    int i;
-    int nCol;
-    Tcl_Obj **apColName;
-    dbEvalRowInfo(p, &nCol, &apColName);
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      Tcl_Obj *pVal = dbEvalColumnValue(p, i);
-      if( pArray==0 ){
-        Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, apColName[i], 0, pVal, 0);
-      }else{
-        Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, pArray, apColName[i], pVal, 0);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* The required interpreter variables are now populated with the data 
-    ** from the current row. If using NRE, schedule callbacks to evaluate
-    ** script pScript, then to invoke this function again to fetch the next
-    ** row (or clean up if there is no next row or the script throws an
-    ** exception). After scheduling the callbacks, return control to the 
-    ** caller.
-    **
-    ** If not using NRE, evaluate pScript directly and continue with the
-    ** next iteration of this while(...) loop.  */
-    if( DbUseNre() ){
-      Tcl_NRAddCallback(interp, DbEvalNextCmd, (void*)p, (void*)pScript, 0, 0);
-      return Tcl_NREvalObj(interp, pScript, 0);
-    }else{
-      rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pScript, 0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pScript);
-  dbEvalFinalize(p);
-  Tcl_Free((char *)p);
-
-  if( rc==TCL_OK || rc==TCL_BREAK ){
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-    rc = TCL_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The "sqlite" command below creates a new Tcl command for each
-** connection it opens to an SQLite database.  This routine is invoked
-** whenever one of those connection-specific commands is executed
-** in Tcl.  For example, if you run Tcl code like this:
-**
-**       sqlite3 db1  "my_database"
-**       db1 close
-**
-** The first command opens a connection to the "my_database" database
-** and calls that connection "db1".  The second command causes this
-** subroutine to be invoked.
-*/
-static int DbObjCmd(void *cd, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const*objv){
-  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
-  int choice;
-  int rc = TCL_OK;
-  static const char *DB_strs[] = {
-    "authorizer",         "backup",            "busy",
-    "cache",              "changes",           "close",
-    "collate",            "collation_needed",  "commit_hook",
-    "complete",           "copy",              "enable_load_extension",
-    "errorcode",          "eval",              "exists",
-    "function",           "incrblob",          "interrupt",
-    "last_insert_rowid",  "nullvalue",         "onecolumn",
-    "profile",            "progress",          "rekey",
-    "restore",            "rollback_hook",     "status",
-    "timeout",            "total_changes",     "trace",
-    "transaction",        "unlock_notify",     "update_hook",
-    "version",            "wal_hook",          0
-  };
-  enum DB_enum {
-    DB_AUTHORIZER,        DB_BACKUP,           DB_BUSY,
-    DB_CACHE,             DB_CHANGES,          DB_CLOSE,
-    DB_COLLATE,           DB_COLLATION_NEEDED, DB_COMMIT_HOOK,
-    DB_COMPLETE,          DB_COPY,             DB_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION,
-    DB_ERRORCODE,         DB_EVAL,             DB_EXISTS,
-    DB_FUNCTION,          DB_INCRBLOB,         DB_INTERRUPT,
-    DB_LAST_INSERT_ROWID, DB_NULLVALUE,        DB_ONECOLUMN,
-    DB_PROFILE,           DB_PROGRESS,         DB_REKEY,
-    DB_RESTORE,           DB_ROLLBACK_HOOK,    DB_STATUS,
-    DB_TIMEOUT,           DB_TOTAL_CHANGES,    DB_TRACE,
-    DB_TRANSACTION,       DB_UNLOCK_NOTIFY,    DB_UPDATE_HOOK,
-    DB_VERSION,           DB_WAL_HOOK
-  };
-  /* don't leave trailing commas on DB_enum, it confuses the AIX xlc compiler */
-
-  if( objc<2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SUBCOMMAND ...");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], DB_strs, "option", 0, &choice) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  switch( (enum DB_enum)choice ){
-
-  /*    $db authorizer ?CALLBACK?
-  **
-  ** Invoke the given callback to authorize each SQL operation as it is
-  ** compiled.  5 arguments are appended to the callback before it is
-  ** invoked:
-  **
-  **   (1) The authorization type (ex: SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE, SQLITE_INSERT, ...)
-  **   (2) First descriptive name (depends on authorization type)
-  **   (3) Second descriptive name
-  **   (4) Name of the database (ex: "main", "temp")
-  **   (5) Name of trigger that is doing the access
-  **
-  ** The callback should return on of the following strings: SQLITE_OK,
-  ** SQLITE_IGNORE, or SQLITE_DENY.  Any other return value is an error.
-  **
-  ** If this method is invoked with no arguments, the current authorization
-  ** callback string is returned.
-  */
-  case DB_AUTHORIZER: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "authorization not available in this build",
-                     (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-#else
-    if( objc>3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }else if( objc==2 ){
-      if( pDb->zAuth ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zAuth, (char*)0);
-      }
-    }else{
-      char *zAuth;
-      int len;
-      if( pDb->zAuth ){
-        Tcl_Free(pDb->zAuth);
-      }
-      zAuth = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
-      if( zAuth && len>0 ){
-        pDb->zAuth = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
-        memcpy(pDb->zAuth, zAuth, len+1);
-      }else{
-        pDb->zAuth = 0;
-      }
-      if( pDb->zAuth ){
-        typedef int (*sqlite3_auth_cb)(
-           void*,int,const char*,const char*,
-           const char*,const char*);
-        pDb->interp = interp;
-        sqlite3_set_authorizer(pDb->db,(sqlite3_auth_cb)auth_callback,pDb);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_set_authorizer(pDb->db, 0, 0);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db backup ?DATABASE? FILENAME
-  **
-  ** Open or create a database file named FILENAME.  Transfer the
-  ** content of local database DATABASE (default: "main") into the
-  ** FILENAME database.
-  */
-  case DB_BACKUP: {
-    const char *zDestFile;
-    const char *zSrcDb;
-    sqlite3 *pDest;
-    sqlite3_backup *pBackup;
-
-    if( objc==3 ){
-      zSrcDb = "main";
-      zDestFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-    }else if( objc==4 ){
-      zSrcDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-      zDestFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-    }else{
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?DATABASE? FILENAME");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_open(zDestFile, &pDest);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot open target database: ",
-           sqlite3_errmsg(pDest), (char*)0);
-      sqlite3_close(pDest);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(pDest, "main", pDb->db, zSrcDb);
-    if( pBackup==0 ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "backup failed: ",
-           sqlite3_errmsg(pDest), (char*)0);
-      sqlite3_close(pDest);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    while(  (rc = sqlite3_backup_step(pBackup,100))==SQLITE_OK ){}
-    sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      rc = TCL_OK;
-    }else{
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "backup failed: ",
-           sqlite3_errmsg(pDest), (char*)0);
-      rc = TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3_close(pDest);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db busy ?CALLBACK?
-  **
-  ** Invoke the given callback if an SQL statement attempts to open
-  ** a locked database file.
-  */
-  case DB_BUSY: {
-    if( objc>3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "CALLBACK");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }else if( objc==2 ){
-      if( pDb->zBusy ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zBusy, (char*)0);
-      }
-    }else{
-      char *zBusy;
-      int len;
-      if( pDb->zBusy ){
-        Tcl_Free(pDb->zBusy);
-      }
-      zBusy = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
-      if( zBusy && len>0 ){
-        pDb->zBusy = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
-        memcpy(pDb->zBusy, zBusy, len+1);
-      }else{
-        pDb->zBusy = 0;
-      }
-      if( pDb->zBusy ){
-        pDb->interp = interp;
-        sqlite3_busy_handler(pDb->db, DbBusyHandler, pDb);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_busy_handler(pDb->db, 0, 0);
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*     $db cache flush
-  **     $db cache size n
-  **
-  ** Flush the prepared statement cache, or set the maximum number of
-  ** cached statements.
-  */
-  case DB_CACHE: {
-    char *subCmd;
-    int n;
-
-    if( objc<=2 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cache option ?arg?");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    subCmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj( objv[2], 0 );
-    if( *subCmd=='f' && strcmp(subCmd,"flush")==0 ){
-      if( objc!=3 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "flush");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }else{
-        flushStmtCache( pDb );
-      }
-    }else if( *subCmd=='s' && strcmp(subCmd,"size")==0 ){
-      if( objc!=4 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "size n");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }else{
-        if( TCL_ERROR==Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &n) ){
-          Tcl_AppendResult( interp, "cannot convert \"", 
-               Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3],0), "\" to integer", (char*)0);
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }else{
-          if( n<0 ){
-            flushStmtCache( pDb );
-            n = 0;
-          }else if( n>MAX_PREPARED_STMTS ){
-            n = MAX_PREPARED_STMTS;
-          }
-          pDb->maxStmt = n;
-        }
-      }
-    }else{
-      Tcl_AppendResult( interp, "bad option \"", 
-          Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2],0), "\": must be flush or size",
-          (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*     $db changes
-  **
-  ** Return the number of rows that were modified, inserted, or deleted by
-  ** the most recent INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement, not including 
-  ** any changes made by trigger programs.
-  */
-  case DB_CHANGES: {
-    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
-    if( objc!=2 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-    Tcl_SetIntObj(pResult, sqlite3_changes(pDb->db));
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db close
-  **
-  ** Shutdown the database
-  */
-  case DB_CLOSE: {
-    Tcl_DeleteCommand(interp, Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0));
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **     $db collate NAME SCRIPT
-  **
-  ** Create a new SQL collation function called NAME.  Whenever
-  ** that function is called, invoke SCRIPT to evaluate the function.
-  */
-  case DB_COLLATE: {
-    SqlCollate *pCollate;
-    char *zName;
-    char *zScript;
-    int nScript;
-    if( objc!=4 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "NAME SCRIPT");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    zName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
-    zScript = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nScript);
-    pCollate = (SqlCollate*)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(*pCollate) + nScript + 1 );
-    if( pCollate==0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    pCollate->interp = interp;
-    pCollate->pNext = pDb->pCollate;
-    pCollate->zScript = (char*)&pCollate[1];
-    pDb->pCollate = pCollate;
-    memcpy(pCollate->zScript, zScript, nScript+1);
-    if( sqlite3_create_collation(pDb->db, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, 
-        pCollate, tclSqlCollate) ){
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), TCL_VOLATILE);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **     $db collation_needed SCRIPT
-  **
-  ** Create a new SQL collation function called NAME.  Whenever
-  ** that function is called, invoke SCRIPT to evaluate the function.
-  */
-  case DB_COLLATION_NEEDED: {
-    if( objc!=3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SCRIPT");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( pDb->pCollateNeeded ){
-      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
-    }
-    pDb->pCollateNeeded = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[2]);
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
-    sqlite3_collation_needed(pDb->db, pDb, tclCollateNeeded);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db commit_hook ?CALLBACK?
-  **
-  ** Invoke the given callback just before committing every SQL transaction.
-  ** If the callback throws an exception or returns non-zero, then the
-  ** transaction is aborted.  If CALLBACK is an empty string, the callback
-  ** is disabled.
-  */
-  case DB_COMMIT_HOOK: {
-    if( objc>3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }else if( objc==2 ){
-      if( pDb->zCommit ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zCommit, (char*)0);
-      }
-    }else{
-      const char *zCommit;
-      int len;
-      if( pDb->zCommit ){
-        Tcl_Free(pDb->zCommit);
-      }
-      zCommit = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
-      if( zCommit && len>0 ){
-        pDb->zCommit = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
-        memcpy(pDb->zCommit, zCommit, len+1);
-      }else{
-        pDb->zCommit = 0;
-      }
-      if( pDb->zCommit ){
-        pDb->interp = interp;
-        sqlite3_commit_hook(pDb->db, DbCommitHandler, pDb);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_commit_hook(pDb->db, 0, 0);
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db complete SQL
-  **
-  ** Return TRUE if SQL is a complete SQL statement.  Return FALSE if
-  ** additional lines of input are needed.  This is similar to the
-  ** built-in "info complete" command of Tcl.
-  */
-  case DB_COMPLETE: {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
-    int isComplete;
-    if( objc!=3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SQL");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    isComplete = sqlite3_complete( Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0) );
-    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-    Tcl_SetBooleanObj(pResult, isComplete);
-#endif
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db copy conflict-algorithm table filename ?SEPARATOR? ?NULLINDICATOR?
-  **
-  ** Copy data into table from filename, optionally using SEPARATOR
-  ** as column separators.  If a column contains a null string, or the
-  ** value of NULLINDICATOR, a NULL is inserted for the column.
-  ** conflict-algorithm is one of the sqlite conflict algorithms:
-  **    rollback, abort, fail, ignore, replace
-  ** On success, return the number of lines processed, not necessarily same
-  ** as 'db changes' due to conflict-algorithm selected.
-  **
-  ** This code is basically an implementation/enhancement of
-  ** the sqlite3 shell.c ".import" command.
-  **
-  ** This command usage is equivalent to the sqlite2.x COPY statement,
-  ** which imports file data into a table using the PostgreSQL COPY file format:
-  **   $db copy $conflit_algo $table_name $filename \t \\N
-  */
-  case DB_COPY: {
-    char *zTable;               /* Insert data into this table */
-    char *zFile;                /* The file from which to extract data */
-    char *zConflict;            /* The conflict algorithm to use */
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;        /* A statement */
-    int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the table */
-    int nByte;                  /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */
-    int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
-    int nSep;                   /* Number of bytes in zSep[] */
-    int nNull;                  /* Number of bytes in zNull[] */
-    char *zSql;                 /* An SQL statement */
-    char *zLine;                /* A single line of input from the file */
-    char **azCol;               /* zLine[] broken up into columns */
-    const char *zCommit;        /* How to commit changes */
-    FILE *in;                   /* The input file */
-    int lineno = 0;             /* Line number of input file */
-    char zLineNum[80];          /* Line number print buffer */
-    Tcl_Obj *pResult;           /* interp result */
-
-    const char *zSep;
-    const char *zNull;
-    if( objc<5 || objc>7 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, 
-         "CONFLICT-ALGORITHM TABLE FILENAME ?SEPARATOR? ?NULLINDICATOR?");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( objc>=6 ){
-      zSep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[5], 0);
-    }else{
-      zSep = "\t";
-    }
-    if( objc>=7 ){
-      zNull = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[6], 0);
-    }else{
-      zNull = "";
-    }
-    zConflict = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
-    zTable = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], 0);
-    zFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], 0);
-    nSep = strlen30(zSep);
-    nNull = strlen30(zNull);
-    if( nSep==0 ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error: non-null separator required for copy",
-                       (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if(strcmp(zConflict, "rollback") != 0 &&
-       strcmp(zConflict, "abort"   ) != 0 &&
-       strcmp(zConflict, "fail"    ) != 0 &&
-       strcmp(zConflict, "ignore"  ) != 0 &&
-       strcmp(zConflict, "replace" ) != 0 ) {
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: \"", zConflict, 
-            "\", conflict-algorithm must be one of: rollback, "
-            "abort, fail, ignore, or replace", (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", zTable);
-    if( zSql==0 ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: no such table: ", zTable, (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    nByte = strlen30(zSql);
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare(pDb->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    if( rc ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: ", sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
-      nCol = 0;
-    }else{
-      nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-    }
-    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-    if( nCol==0 ) {
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    zSql = malloc( nByte + 50 + nCol*2 );
-    if( zSql==0 ) {
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: can't malloc()", (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+50, zSql, "INSERT OR %q INTO '%q' VALUES(?",
-         zConflict, zTable);
-    j = strlen30(zSql);
-    for(i=1; i<nCol; i++){
-      zSql[j++] = ',';
-      zSql[j++] = '?';
-    }
-    zSql[j++] = ')';
-    zSql[j] = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare(pDb->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-    free(zSql);
-    if( rc ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: ", sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
-      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    in = fopen(zFile, "rb");
-    if( in==0 ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: cannot open file: ", zFile, NULL);
-      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    azCol = malloc( sizeof(azCol[0])*(nCol+1) );
-    if( azCol==0 ) {
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error: can't malloc()", (char*)0);
-      fclose(in);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    (void)sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0);
-    zCommit = "COMMIT";
-    while( (zLine = local_getline(0, in))!=0 ){
-      char *z;
-      lineno++;
-      azCol[0] = zLine;
-      for(i=0, z=zLine; *z; z++){
-        if( *z==zSep[0] && strncmp(z, zSep, nSep)==0 ){
-          *z = 0;
-          i++;
-          if( i<nCol ){
-            azCol[i] = &z[nSep];
-            z += nSep-1;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( i+1!=nCol ){
-        char *zErr;
-        int nErr = strlen30(zFile) + 200;
-        zErr = malloc(nErr);
-        if( zErr ){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nErr, zErr,
-             "Error: %s line %d: expected %d columns of data but found %d",
-             zFile, lineno, nCol, i+1);
-          Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, (char*)0);
-          free(zErr);
-        }
-        zCommit = "ROLLBACK";
-        break;
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-        /* check for null data, if so, bind as null */
-        if( (nNull>0 && strcmp(azCol[i], zNull)==0)
-          || strlen30(azCol[i])==0 
-        ){
-          sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i+1);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, i+1, azCol[i], -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-      free(zLine);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error: ", sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
-        zCommit = "ROLLBACK";
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    free(azCol);
-    fclose(in);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-    (void)sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, zCommit, 0, 0, 0);
-
-    if( zCommit[0] == 'C' ){
-      /* success, set result as number of lines processed */
-      pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-      Tcl_SetIntObj(pResult, lineno);
-      rc = TCL_OK;
-    }else{
-      /* failure, append lineno where failed */
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLineNum), zLineNum,"%d",lineno);
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,", failed while processing line: ",zLineNum,
-                       (char*)0);
-      rc = TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **    $db enable_load_extension BOOLEAN
-  **
-  ** Turn the extension loading feature on or off.  It if off by
-  ** default.
-  */
-  case DB_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION: {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-    int onoff;
-    if( objc!=3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "BOOLEAN");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &onoff) ){
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3_enable_load_extension(pDb->db, onoff);
-    break;
-#else
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "extension loading is turned off at compile-time",
-                     (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **    $db errorcode
-  **
-  ** Return the numeric error code that was returned by the most recent
-  ** call to sqlite3_exec().
-  */
-  case DB_ERRORCODE: {
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_errcode(pDb->db)));
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **    $db exists $sql
-  **    $db onecolumn $sql
-  **
-  ** The onecolumn method is the equivalent of:
-  **     lindex [$db eval $sql] 0
-  */
-  case DB_EXISTS: 
-  case DB_ONECOLUMN: {
-    DbEvalContext sEval;
-    if( objc!=3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SQL");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    dbEvalInit(&sEval, pDb, objv[2], 0);
-    rc = dbEvalStep(&sEval);
-    if( choice==DB_ONECOLUMN ){
-      if( rc==TCL_OK ){
-        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dbEvalColumnValue(&sEval, 0));
-      }else if( rc==TCL_BREAK ){
-        Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-      }
-    }else if( rc==TCL_BREAK || rc==TCL_OK ){
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(rc==TCL_OK));
-    }
-    dbEvalFinalize(&sEval);
-
-    if( rc==TCL_BREAK ){
-      rc = TCL_OK;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-   
-  /*
-  **    $db eval $sql ?array? ?{  ...code... }?
-  **
-  ** The SQL statement in $sql is evaluated.  For each row, the values are
-  ** placed in elements of the array named "array" and ...code... is executed.
-  ** If "array" and "code" are omitted, then no callback is every invoked.
-  ** If "array" is an empty string, then the values are placed in variables
-  ** that have the same name as the fields extracted by the query.
-  */
-  case DB_EVAL: {
-    if( objc<3 || objc>5 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SQL ?ARRAY-NAME? ?SCRIPT?");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if( objc==3 ){
-      DbEvalContext sEval;
-      Tcl_Obj *pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
-      dbEvalInit(&sEval, pDb, objv[2], 0);
-      while( TCL_OK==(rc = dbEvalStep(&sEval)) ){
-        int i;
-        int nCol;
-        dbEvalRowInfo(&sEval, &nCol, 0);
-        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-          Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, dbEvalColumnValue(&sEval, i));
-        }
-      }
-      dbEvalFinalize(&sEval);
-      if( rc==TCL_BREAK ){
-        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-        rc = TCL_OK;
-      }
-      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
-    }else{
-      ClientData cd2[2];
-      DbEvalContext *p;
-      Tcl_Obj *pArray = 0;
-      Tcl_Obj *pScript;
-
-      if( objc==5 && *(char *)Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) ){
-        pArray = objv[3];
-      }
-      pScript = objv[objc-1];
-      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pScript);
-      
-      p = (DbEvalContext *)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(DbEvalContext));
-      dbEvalInit(p, pDb, objv[2], pArray);
-
-      cd2[0] = (void *)p;
-      cd2[1] = (void *)pScript;
-      rc = DbEvalNextCmd(cd2, interp, TCL_OK);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **     $db function NAME [-argcount N] [-deterministic] SCRIPT
-  **
-  ** Create a new SQL function called NAME.  Whenever that function is
-  ** called, invoke SCRIPT to evaluate the function.
-  */
-  case DB_FUNCTION: {
-    int flags = SQLITE_UTF8;
-    SqlFunc *pFunc;
-    Tcl_Obj *pScript;
-    char *zName;
-    int nArg = -1;
-    int i;
-    if( objc<4 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "NAME ?SWITCHES? SCRIPT");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    for(i=3; i<(objc-1); i++){
-      const char *z = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
-      int n = strlen30(z);
-      if( n>2 && strncmp(z, "-argcount",n)==0 ){
-        if( i==(objc-2) ){
-          Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "option requires an argument: ", z, 0);
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-        if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &nArg) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-        if( nArg<0 ){
-          Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "number of arguments must be non-negative",
-                           (char*)0);
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-        i++;
-      }else
-      if( n>2 && strncmp(z, "-deterministic",n)==0 ){
-        flags |= SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC;
-      }else{
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", z, 
-            "\": must be -argcount or -deterministic", 0
-        );
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-
-    pScript = objv[objc-1];
-    zName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
-    pFunc = findSqlFunc(pDb, zName);
-    if( pFunc==0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    if( pFunc->pScript ){
-      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pFunc->pScript);
-    }
-    pFunc->pScript = pScript;
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pScript);
-    pFunc->useEvalObjv = safeToUseEvalObjv(interp, pScript);
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(pDb->db, zName, nArg, flags,
-        pFunc, tclSqlFunc, 0, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = TCL_ERROR;
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), TCL_VOLATILE);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **     $db incrblob ?-readonly? ?DB? TABLE COLUMN ROWID
-  */
-  case DB_INCRBLOB: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "incrblob not available in this build", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-#else
-    int isReadonly = 0;
-    const char *zDb = "main";
-    const char *zTable;
-    const char *zColumn;
-    Tcl_WideInt iRow;
-
-    /* Check for the -readonly option */
-    if( objc>3 && strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "-readonly")==0 ){
-      isReadonly = 1;
-    }
-
-    if( objc!=(5+isReadonly) && objc!=(6+isReadonly) ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-readonly? ?DB? TABLE COLUMN ROWID");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if( objc==(6+isReadonly) ){
-      zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-    }
-    zTable = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-3]);
-    zColumn = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-2]);
-    rc = Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &iRow);
-
-    if( rc==TCL_OK ){
-      rc = createIncrblobChannel(
-          interp, pDb, zDb, zTable, zColumn, (sqlite3_int64)iRow, isReadonly
-      );
-    }
-#endif
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **     $db interrupt
-  **
-  ** Interrupt the execution of the inner-most SQL interpreter.  This
-  ** causes the SQL statement to return an error of SQLITE_INTERRUPT.
-  */
-  case DB_INTERRUPT: {
-    sqlite3_interrupt(pDb->db);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **     $db nullvalue ?STRING?
-  **
-  ** Change text used when a NULL comes back from the database. If ?STRING?
-  ** is not present, then the current string used for NULL is returned.
-  ** If STRING is present, then STRING is returned.
-  **
-  */
-  case DB_NULLVALUE: {
-    if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "NULLVALUE");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( objc==3 ){
-      int len;
-      char *zNull = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
-      if( pDb->zNull ){
-        Tcl_Free(pDb->zNull);
-      }
-      if( zNull && len>0 ){
-        pDb->zNull = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
-        memcpy(pDb->zNull, zNull, len);
-        pDb->zNull[len] = '\0';
-      }else{
-        pDb->zNull = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(pDb->zNull, -1));
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **     $db last_insert_rowid 
-  **
-  ** Return an integer which is the ROWID for the most recent insert.
-  */
-  case DB_LAST_INSERT_ROWID: {
-    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
-    Tcl_WideInt rowid;
-    if( objc!=2 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    rowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pDb->db);
-    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-    Tcl_SetWideIntObj(pResult, rowid);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** The DB_ONECOLUMN method is implemented together with DB_EXISTS.
-  */
-
-  /*    $db progress ?N CALLBACK?
-  ** 
-  ** Invoke the given callback every N virtual machine opcodes while executing
-  ** queries.
-  */
-  case DB_PROGRESS: {
-    if( objc==2 ){
-      if( pDb->zProgress ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zProgress, (char*)0);
-      }
-    }else if( objc==4 ){
-      char *zProgress;
-      int len;
-      int N;
-      if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &N) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      };
-      if( pDb->zProgress ){
-        Tcl_Free(pDb->zProgress);
-      }
-      zProgress = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &len);
-      if( zProgress && len>0 ){
-        pDb->zProgress = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
-        memcpy(pDb->zProgress, zProgress, len+1);
-      }else{
-        pDb->zProgress = 0;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-      if( pDb->zProgress ){
-        pDb->interp = interp;
-        sqlite3_progress_handler(pDb->db, N, DbProgressHandler, pDb);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_progress_handler(pDb->db, 0, 0, 0);
-      }
-#endif
-    }else{
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "N CALLBACK");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db profile ?CALLBACK?
-  **
-  ** Make arrangements to invoke the CALLBACK routine after each SQL statement
-  ** that has run.  The text of the SQL and the amount of elapse time are
-  ** appended to CALLBACK before the script is run.
-  */
-  case DB_PROFILE: {
-    if( objc>3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }else if( objc==2 ){
-      if( pDb->zProfile ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zProfile, (char*)0);
-      }
-    }else{
-      char *zProfile;
-      int len;
-      if( pDb->zProfile ){
-        Tcl_Free(pDb->zProfile);
-      }
-      zProfile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
-      if( zProfile && len>0 ){
-        pDb->zProfile = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
-        memcpy(pDb->zProfile, zProfile, len+1);
-      }else{
-        pDb->zProfile = 0;
-      }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
-      if( pDb->zProfile ){
-        pDb->interp = interp;
-        sqlite3_profile(pDb->db, DbProfileHandler, pDb);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_profile(pDb->db, 0, 0);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **     $db rekey KEY
-  **
-  ** Change the encryption key on the currently open database.
-  */
-  case DB_REKEY: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-    int nKey;
-    void *pKey;
-#endif
-    if( objc!=3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "KEY");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-    pKey = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[2], &nKey);
-    rc = sqlite3_rekey(pDb->db, pKey, nKey);
-    if( rc ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_errstr(rc), (char*)0);
-      rc = TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-#endif
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db restore ?DATABASE? FILENAME
-  **
-  ** Open a database file named FILENAME.  Transfer the content 
-  ** of FILENAME into the local database DATABASE (default: "main").
-  */
-  case DB_RESTORE: {
-    const char *zSrcFile;
-    const char *zDestDb;
-    sqlite3 *pSrc;
-    sqlite3_backup *pBackup;
-    int nTimeout = 0;
-
-    if( objc==3 ){
-      zDestDb = "main";
-      zSrcFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-    }else if( objc==4 ){
-      zDestDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-      zSrcFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-    }else{
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?DATABASE? FILENAME");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zSrcFile, &pSrc, SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot open source database: ",
-           sqlite3_errmsg(pSrc), (char*)0);
-      sqlite3_close(pSrc);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(pDb->db, zDestDb, pSrc, "main");
-    if( pBackup==0 ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "restore failed: ",
-           sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
-      sqlite3_close(pSrc);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    while( (rc = sqlite3_backup_step(pBackup,100))==SQLITE_OK
-              || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        if( nTimeout++ >= 3 ) break;
-        sqlite3_sleep(100);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      rc = TCL_OK;
-    }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "restore failed: source database busy",
-                       (char*)0);
-      rc = TCL_ERROR;
-    }else{
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "restore failed: ",
-           sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
-      rc = TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3_close(pSrc);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **     $db status (step|sort|autoindex)
-  **
-  ** Display SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP or 
-  ** SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT for the most recent eval.
-  */
-  case DB_STATUS: {
-    int v;
-    const char *zOp;
-    if( objc!=3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "(step|sort|autoindex)");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    zOp = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-    if( strcmp(zOp, "step")==0 ){
-      v = pDb->nStep;
-    }else if( strcmp(zOp, "sort")==0 ){
-      v = pDb->nSort;
-    }else if( strcmp(zOp, "autoindex")==0 ){
-      v = pDb->nIndex;
-    }else{
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, 
-            "bad argument: should be autoindex, step, or sort", 
-            (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(v));
-    break;
-  }
-  
-  /*
-  **     $db timeout MILLESECONDS
-  **
-  ** Delay for the number of milliseconds specified when a file is locked.
-  */
-  case DB_TIMEOUT: {
-    int ms;
-    if( objc!=3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "MILLISECONDS");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &ms) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    sqlite3_busy_timeout(pDb->db, ms);
-    break;
-  }
-  
-  /*
-  **     $db total_changes
-  **
-  ** Return the number of rows that were modified, inserted, or deleted 
-  ** since the database handle was created.
-  */
-  case DB_TOTAL_CHANGES: {
-    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
-    if( objc!=2 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-    Tcl_SetIntObj(pResult, sqlite3_total_changes(pDb->db));
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db trace ?CALLBACK?
-  **
-  ** Make arrangements to invoke the CALLBACK routine for each SQL statement
-  ** that is executed.  The text of the SQL is appended to CALLBACK before
-  ** it is executed.
-  */
-  case DB_TRACE: {
-    if( objc>3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }else if( objc==2 ){
-      if( pDb->zTrace ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zTrace, (char*)0);
-      }
-    }else{
-      char *zTrace;
-      int len;
-      if( pDb->zTrace ){
-        Tcl_Free(pDb->zTrace);
-      }
-      zTrace = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
-      if( zTrace && len>0 ){
-        pDb->zTrace = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
-        memcpy(pDb->zTrace, zTrace, len+1);
-      }else{
-        pDb->zTrace = 0;
-      }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
-      if( pDb->zTrace ){
-        pDb->interp = interp;
-        sqlite3_trace(pDb->db, DbTraceHandler, pDb);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_trace(pDb->db, 0, 0);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db transaction [-deferred|-immediate|-exclusive] SCRIPT
-  **
-  ** Start a new transaction (if we are not already in the midst of a
-  ** transaction) and execute the TCL script SCRIPT.  After SCRIPT
-  ** completes, either commit the transaction or roll it back if SCRIPT
-  ** throws an exception.  Or if no new transation was started, do nothing.
-  ** pass the exception on up the stack.
-  **
-  ** This command was inspired by Dave Thomas's talk on Ruby at the
-  ** 2005 O'Reilly Open Source Convention (OSCON).
-  */
-  case DB_TRANSACTION: {
-    Tcl_Obj *pScript;
-    const char *zBegin = "SAVEPOINT _tcl_transaction";
-    if( objc!=3 && objc!=4 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "[TYPE] SCRIPT");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if( pDb->nTransaction==0 && objc==4 ){
-      static const char *TTYPE_strs[] = {
-        "deferred",   "exclusive",  "immediate", 0
-      };
-      enum TTYPE_enum {
-        TTYPE_DEFERRED, TTYPE_EXCLUSIVE, TTYPE_IMMEDIATE
-      };
-      int ttype;
-      if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], TTYPE_strs, "transaction type",
-                              0, &ttype) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      switch( (enum TTYPE_enum)ttype ){
-        case TTYPE_DEFERRED:    /* no-op */;                 break;
-        case TTYPE_EXCLUSIVE:   zBegin = "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE";  break;
-        case TTYPE_IMMEDIATE:   zBegin = "BEGIN IMMEDIATE";  break;
-      }
-    }
-    pScript = objv[objc-1];
-
-    /* Run the SQLite BEGIN command to open a transaction or savepoint. */
-    pDb->disableAuth++;
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(pDb->db, zBegin, 0, 0, 0);
-    pDb->disableAuth--;
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    pDb->nTransaction++;
-
-    /* If using NRE, schedule a callback to invoke the script pScript, then
-    ** a second callback to commit (or rollback) the transaction or savepoint
-    ** opened above. If not using NRE, evaluate the script directly, then
-    ** call function DbTransPostCmd() to commit (or rollback) the transaction 
-    ** or savepoint.  */
-    if( DbUseNre() ){
-      Tcl_NRAddCallback(interp, DbTransPostCmd, cd, 0, 0, 0);
-      (void)Tcl_NREvalObj(interp, pScript, 0);
-    }else{
-      rc = DbTransPostCmd(&cd, interp, Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pScript, 0));
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **    $db unlock_notify ?script?
-  */
-  case DB_UNLOCK_NOTIFY: {
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unlock_notify not available in this build",
-                     (char*)0);
-    rc = TCL_ERROR;
-#else
-    if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?SCRIPT?");
-      rc = TCL_ERROR;
-    }else{
-      void (*xNotify)(void **, int) = 0;
-      void *pNotifyArg = 0;
-
-      if( pDb->pUnlockNotify ){
-        Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pUnlockNotify);
-        pDb->pUnlockNotify = 0;
-      }
-  
-      if( objc==3 ){
-        xNotify = DbUnlockNotify;
-        pNotifyArg = (void *)pDb;
-        pDb->pUnlockNotify = objv[2];
-        Tcl_IncrRefCount(pDb->pUnlockNotify);
-      }
-  
-      if( sqlite3_unlock_notify(pDb->db, xNotify, pNotifyArg) ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db), (char*)0);
-        rc = TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **    $db wal_hook ?script?
-  **    $db update_hook ?script?
-  **    $db rollback_hook ?script?
-  */
-  case DB_WAL_HOOK: 
-  case DB_UPDATE_HOOK: 
-  case DB_ROLLBACK_HOOK: {
-
-    /* set ppHook to point at pUpdateHook or pRollbackHook, depending on 
-    ** whether [$db update_hook] or [$db rollback_hook] was invoked.
-    */
-    Tcl_Obj **ppHook; 
-    if( choice==DB_UPDATE_HOOK ){
-      ppHook = &pDb->pUpdateHook;
-    }else if( choice==DB_WAL_HOOK ){
-      ppHook = &pDb->pWalHook;
-    }else{
-      ppHook = &pDb->pRollbackHook;
-    }
-
-    if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
-       Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?SCRIPT?");
-       return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( *ppHook ){
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, *ppHook);
-      if( objc==3 ){
-        Tcl_DecrRefCount(*ppHook);
-        *ppHook = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    if( objc==3 ){
-      assert( !(*ppHook) );
-      if( Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[2])>0 ){
-        *ppHook = objv[2];
-        Tcl_IncrRefCount(*ppHook);
-      }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_update_hook(pDb->db, (pDb->pUpdateHook?DbUpdateHandler:0), pDb);
-    sqlite3_rollback_hook(pDb->db,(pDb->pRollbackHook?DbRollbackHandler:0),pDb);
-    sqlite3_wal_hook(pDb->db,(pDb->pWalHook?DbWalHandler:0),pDb);
-
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*    $db version
-  **
-  ** Return the version string for this database.
-  */
-  case DB_VERSION: {
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_libversion(), TCL_STATIC);
-    break;
-  }
-
-
-  } /* End of the SWITCH statement */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_TCL_NRE
-/*
-** Adaptor that provides an objCmd interface to the NRE-enabled
-** interface implementation.
-*/
-static int DbObjCmdAdaptor(
-  void *cd,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *const*objv
-){
-  return Tcl_NRCallObjProc(interp, DbObjCmd, cd, objc, objv);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_TCL_NRE */
-
-/*
-**   sqlite3 DBNAME FILENAME ?-vfs VFSNAME? ?-key KEY? ?-readonly BOOLEAN?
-**                           ?-create BOOLEAN? ?-nomutex BOOLEAN?
-**
-** This is the main Tcl command.  When the "sqlite" Tcl command is
-** invoked, this routine runs to process that command.
-**
-** The first argument, DBNAME, is an arbitrary name for a new
-** database connection.  This command creates a new command named
-** DBNAME that is used to control that connection.  The database
-** connection is deleted when the DBNAME command is deleted.
-**
-** The second argument is the name of the database file.
-**
-*/
-static int DbMain(void *cd, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const*objv){
-  SqliteDb *p;
-  const char *zArg;
-  char *zErrMsg;
-  int i;
-  const char *zFile;
-  const char *zVfs = 0;
-  int flags;
-  Tcl_DString translatedFilename;
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  void *pKey = 0;
-  int nKey = 0;
-#endif
-  int rc;
-
-  /* In normal use, each TCL interpreter runs in a single thread.  So
-  ** by default, we can turn of mutexing on SQLite database connections.
-  ** However, for testing purposes it is useful to have mutexes turned
-  ** on.  So, by default, mutexes default off.  But if compiled with
-  ** SQLITE_TCL_DEFAULT_FULLMUTEX then mutexes default on.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TCL_DEFAULT_FULLMUTEX
-  flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
-#else
-  flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
-#endif
-
-  if( objc==2 ){
-    zArg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], 0);
-    if( strcmp(zArg,"-version")==0 ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,sqlite3_libversion(), (char*)0);
-      return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if( strcmp(zArg,"-has-codec")==0 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"1",(char*)0);
-#else
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"0",(char*)0);
-#endif
-      return TCL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=3; i+1<objc; i+=2){
-    zArg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
-    if( strcmp(zArg,"-key")==0 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-      pKey = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[i+1], &nKey);
-#endif
-    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-vfs")==0 ){
-      zVfs = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
-    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-readonly")==0 ){
-      int b;
-      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      if( b ){
-        flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-      }else{
-        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
-      }
-    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-create")==0 ){
-      int b;
-      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      if( b && (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)==0 ){
-        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
-      }else{
-        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
-      }
-    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-nomutex")==0 ){
-      int b;
-      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      if( b ){
-        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
-        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
-      }else{
-        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
-      }
-    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-fullmutex")==0 ){
-      int b;
-      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      if( b ){
-        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
-        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX;
-      }else{
-        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX;
-      }
-    }else if( strcmp(zArg, "-uri")==0 ){
-      int b;
-      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      if( b ){
-        flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
-      }else{
-        flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
-      }
-    }else{
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option: ", zArg, (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  if( objc<3 || (objc&1)!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, 
-      "HANDLE FILENAME ?-vfs VFSNAME? ?-readonly BOOLEAN? ?-create BOOLEAN?"
-      " ?-nomutex BOOLEAN? ?-fullmutex BOOLEAN? ?-uri BOOLEAN?"
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-      " ?-key CODECKEY?"
-#endif
-    );
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zErrMsg = 0;
-  p = (SqliteDb*)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(*p) );
-  if( p==0 ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)"malloc failed", TCL_STATIC);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  zFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
-  zFile = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, zFile, &translatedFilename);
-  rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zFile, &p->db, flags, zVfs);
-  Tcl_DStringFree(&translatedFilename);
-  if( p->db ){
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(p->db) ){
-      zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
-      sqlite3_close(p->db);
-      p->db = 0;
-    }
-  }else{
-    zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errstr(rc));
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( p->db ){
-    sqlite3_key(p->db, pKey, nKey);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( p->db==0 ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, zErrMsg, TCL_VOLATILE);
-    Tcl_Free((char*)p);
-    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p->maxStmt = NUM_PREPARED_STMTS;
-  p->interp = interp;
-  zArg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], 0);
-  if( DbUseNre() ){
-    Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp, zArg, DbObjCmdAdaptor, DbObjCmd,
-                        (char*)p, DbDeleteCmd);
-  }else{
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, zArg, DbObjCmd, (char*)p, DbDeleteCmd);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Provide a dummy Tcl_InitStubs if we are using this as a static
-** library.
-*/
-#ifndef USE_TCL_STUBS
-# undef  Tcl_InitStubs
-# define Tcl_InitStubs(a,b,c) TCL_VERSION
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Make sure we have a PACKAGE_VERSION macro defined.  This will be
-** defined automatically by the TEA makefile.  But other makefiles
-** do not define it.
-*/
-#ifndef PACKAGE_VERSION
-# define PACKAGE_VERSION SQLITE_VERSION
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-**
-** This Tcl module contains only a single new Tcl command named "sqlite".
-** (Hence there is no namespace.  There is no point in using a namespace
-** if the extension only supplies one new name!)  The "sqlite" command is
-** used to open a new SQLite database.  See the DbMain() routine above
-** for additional information.
-**
-** The EXTERN macros are required by TCL in order to work on windows.
-*/
-EXTERN int Sqlite3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  int rc = Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.4", 0) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc==TCL_OK ){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3", (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)DbMain, 0, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY
-    /* The "sqlite" alias is undocumented.  It is here only to support
-    ** legacy scripts.  All new scripts should use only the "sqlite3"
-    ** command. */
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite", (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)DbMain, 0, 0);
-#endif
-    rc = Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "sqlite3", PACKAGE_VERSION);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-EXTERN int Tclsqlite3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return Sqlite3_Init(interp); }
-EXTERN int Sqlite3_Unload(Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags){ return TCL_OK; }
-EXTERN int Tclsqlite3_Unload(Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags){ return TCL_OK; }
-
-/* Because it accesses the file-system and uses persistent state, SQLite
-** is not considered appropriate for safe interpreters.  Hence, we deliberately
-** omit the _SafeInit() interfaces.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY
-int Sqlite_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return Sqlite3_Init(interp); }
-int Tclsqlite_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return Sqlite3_Init(interp); }
-int Sqlite_Unload(Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags){ return TCL_OK; }
-int Tclsqlite_Unload(Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags){ return TCL_OK; }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TCLSH
-/*****************************************************************************
-** All of the code that follows is used to build standalone TCL interpreters
-** that are statically linked with SQLite.  Enable these by compiling
-** with -DTCLSH=n where n can be 1 or 2.  An n of 1 generates a standard
-** tclsh but with SQLite built in.  An n of 2 generates the SQLite space
-** analysis program.
-*/
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_TCLMD5)
-/*
- * This code implements the MD5 message-digest algorithm.
- * The algorithm is due to Ron Rivest.  This code was
- * written by Colin Plumb in 1993, no copyright is claimed.
- * This code is in the public domain; do with it what you wish.
- *
- * Equivalent code is available from RSA Data Security, Inc.
- * This code has been tested against that, and is equivalent,
- * except that you don't need to include two pages of legalese
- * with every copy.
- *
- * To compute the message digest of a chunk of bytes, declare an
- * MD5Context structure, pass it to MD5Init, call MD5Update as
- * needed on buffers full of bytes, and then call MD5Final, which
- * will fill a supplied 16-byte array with the digest.
- */
-
-/*
- * If compiled on a machine that doesn't have a 32-bit integer,
- * you just set "uint32" to the appropriate datatype for an
- * unsigned 32-bit integer.  For example:
- *
- *       cc -Duint32='unsigned long' md5.c
- *
- */
-#ifndef uint32
-#  define uint32 unsigned int
-#endif
-
-struct MD5Context {
-  int isInit;
-  uint32 buf[4];
-  uint32 bits[2];
-  unsigned char in[64];
-};
-typedef struct MD5Context MD5Context;
-
-/*
- * Note: this code is harmless on little-endian machines.
- */
-static void byteReverse (unsigned char *buf, unsigned longs){
-        uint32 t;
-        do {
-                t = (uint32)((unsigned)buf[3]<<8 | buf[2]) << 16 |
-                            ((unsigned)buf[1]<<8 | buf[0]);
-                *(uint32 *)buf = t;
-                buf += 4;
-        } while (--longs);
-}
-/* The four core functions - F1 is optimized somewhat */
-
-/* #define F1(x, y, z) (x & y | ~x & z) */
-#define F1(x, y, z) (z ^ (x & (y ^ z)))
-#define F2(x, y, z) F1(z, x, y)
-#define F3(x, y, z) (x ^ y ^ z)
-#define F4(x, y, z) (y ^ (x | ~z))
-
-/* This is the central step in the MD5 algorithm. */
-#define MD5STEP(f, w, x, y, z, data, s) \
-        ( w += f(x, y, z) + data,  w = w<<s | w>>(32-s),  w += x )
-
-/*
- * The core of the MD5 algorithm, this alters an existing MD5 hash to
- * reflect the addition of 16 longwords of new data.  MD5Update blocks
- * the data and converts bytes into longwords for this routine.
- */
-static void MD5Transform(uint32 buf[4], const uint32 in[16]){
-        register uint32 a, b, c, d;
-
-        a = buf[0];
-        b = buf[1];
-        c = buf[2];
-        d = buf[3];
-
-        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 0]+0xd76aa478,  7);
-        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 1]+0xe8c7b756, 12);
-        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[ 2]+0x242070db, 17);
-        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[ 3]+0xc1bdceee, 22);
-        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 4]+0xf57c0faf,  7);
-        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 5]+0x4787c62a, 12);
-        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[ 6]+0xa8304613, 17);
-        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[ 7]+0xfd469501, 22);
-        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 8]+0x698098d8,  7);
-        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 9]+0x8b44f7af, 12);
-        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[10]+0xffff5bb1, 17);
-        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[11]+0x895cd7be, 22);
-        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[12]+0x6b901122,  7);
-        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[13]+0xfd987193, 12);
-        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[14]+0xa679438e, 17);
-        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[15]+0x49b40821, 22);
-
-        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 1]+0xf61e2562,  5);
-        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[ 6]+0xc040b340,  9);
-        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[11]+0x265e5a51, 14);
-        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 0]+0xe9b6c7aa, 20);
-        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 5]+0xd62f105d,  5);
-        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[10]+0x02441453,  9);
-        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[15]+0xd8a1e681, 14);
-        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 4]+0xe7d3fbc8, 20);
-        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 9]+0x21e1cde6,  5);
-        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[14]+0xc33707d6,  9);
-        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[ 3]+0xf4d50d87, 14);
-        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 8]+0x455a14ed, 20);
-        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[13]+0xa9e3e905,  5);
-        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[ 2]+0xfcefa3f8,  9);
-        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[ 7]+0x676f02d9, 14);
-        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[12]+0x8d2a4c8a, 20);
-
-        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 5]+0xfffa3942,  4);
-        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 8]+0x8771f681, 11);
-        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[11]+0x6d9d6122, 16);
-        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[14]+0xfde5380c, 23);
-        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 1]+0xa4beea44,  4);
-        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 4]+0x4bdecfa9, 11);
-        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[ 7]+0xf6bb4b60, 16);
-        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[10]+0xbebfbc70, 23);
-        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[13]+0x289b7ec6,  4);
-        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 0]+0xeaa127fa, 11);
-        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[ 3]+0xd4ef3085, 16);
-        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[ 6]+0x04881d05, 23);
-        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 9]+0xd9d4d039,  4);
-        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[12]+0xe6db99e5, 11);
-        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[15]+0x1fa27cf8, 16);
-        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[ 2]+0xc4ac5665, 23);
-
-        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 0]+0xf4292244,  6);
-        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[ 7]+0x432aff97, 10);
-        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[14]+0xab9423a7, 15);
-        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 5]+0xfc93a039, 21);
-        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[12]+0x655b59c3,  6);
-        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[ 3]+0x8f0ccc92, 10);
-        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[10]+0xffeff47d, 15);
-        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 1]+0x85845dd1, 21);
-        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 8]+0x6fa87e4f,  6);
-        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[15]+0xfe2ce6e0, 10);
-        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[ 6]+0xa3014314, 15);
-        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[13]+0x4e0811a1, 21);
-        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 4]+0xf7537e82,  6);
-        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[11]+0xbd3af235, 10);
-        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[ 2]+0x2ad7d2bb, 15);
-        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 9]+0xeb86d391, 21);
-
-        buf[0] += a;
-        buf[1] += b;
-        buf[2] += c;
-        buf[3] += d;
-}
-
-/*
- * Start MD5 accumulation.  Set bit count to 0 and buffer to mysterious
- * initialization constants.
- */
-static void MD5Init(MD5Context *ctx){
-        ctx->isInit = 1;
-        ctx->buf[0] = 0x67452301;
-        ctx->buf[1] = 0xefcdab89;
-        ctx->buf[2] = 0x98badcfe;
-        ctx->buf[3] = 0x10325476;
-        ctx->bits[0] = 0;
-        ctx->bits[1] = 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Update context to reflect the concatenation of another buffer full
- * of bytes.
- */
-static 
-void MD5Update(MD5Context *ctx, const unsigned char *buf, unsigned int len){
-        uint32 t;
-
-        /* Update bitcount */
-
-        t = ctx->bits[0];
-        if ((ctx->bits[0] = t + ((uint32)len << 3)) < t)
-                ctx->bits[1]++; /* Carry from low to high */
-        ctx->bits[1] += len >> 29;
-
-        t = (t >> 3) & 0x3f;    /* Bytes already in shsInfo->data */
-
-        /* Handle any leading odd-sized chunks */
-
-        if ( t ) {
-                unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)ctx->in + t;
-
-                t = 64-t;
-                if (len < t) {
-                        memcpy(p, buf, len);
-                        return;
-                }
-                memcpy(p, buf, t);
-                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
-                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
-                buf += t;
-                len -= t;
-        }
-
-        /* Process data in 64-byte chunks */
-
-        while (len >= 64) {
-                memcpy(ctx->in, buf, 64);
-                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
-                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
-                buf += 64;
-                len -= 64;
-        }
-
-        /* Handle any remaining bytes of data. */
-
-        memcpy(ctx->in, buf, len);
-}
-
-/*
- * Final wrapup - pad to 64-byte boundary with the bit pattern 
- * 1 0* (64-bit count of bits processed, MSB-first)
- */
-static void MD5Final(unsigned char digest[16], MD5Context *ctx){
-        unsigned count;
-        unsigned char *p;
-
-        /* Compute number of bytes mod 64 */
-        count = (ctx->bits[0] >> 3) & 0x3F;
-
-        /* Set the first char of padding to 0x80.  This is safe since there is
-           always at least one byte free */
-        p = ctx->in + count;
-        *p++ = 0x80;
-
-        /* Bytes of padding needed to make 64 bytes */
-        count = 64 - 1 - count;
-
-        /* Pad out to 56 mod 64 */
-        if (count < 8) {
-                /* Two lots of padding:  Pad the first block to 64 bytes */
-                memset(p, 0, count);
-                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
-                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
-
-                /* Now fill the next block with 56 bytes */
-                memset(ctx->in, 0, 56);
-        } else {
-                /* Pad block to 56 bytes */
-                memset(p, 0, count-8);
-        }
-        byteReverse(ctx->in, 14);
-
-        /* Append length in bits and transform */
-        memcpy(ctx->in + 14*4, ctx->bits, 8);
-
-        MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
-        byteReverse((unsigned char *)ctx->buf, 4);
-        memcpy(digest, ctx->buf, 16);
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert a 128-bit MD5 digest into a 32-digit base-16 number.
-*/
-static void MD5DigestToBase16(unsigned char *digest, char *zBuf){
-  static char const zEncode[] = "0123456789abcdef";
-  int i, j;
-
-  for(j=i=0; i<16; i++){
-    int a = digest[i];
-    zBuf[j++] = zEncode[(a>>4)&0xf];
-    zBuf[j++] = zEncode[a & 0xf];
-  }
-  zBuf[j] = 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Convert a 128-bit MD5 digest into sequency of eight 5-digit integers
-** each representing 16 bits of the digest and separated from each
-** other by a "-" character.
-*/
-static void MD5DigestToBase10x8(unsigned char digest[16], char zDigest[50]){
-  int i, j;
-  unsigned int x;
-  for(i=j=0; i<16; i+=2){
-    x = digest[i]*256 + digest[i+1];
-    if( i>0 ) zDigest[j++] = '-';
-    sqlite3_snprintf(50-j, &zDigest[j], "%05u", x);
-    j += 5;
-  }
-  zDigest[j] = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** A TCL command for md5.  The argument is the text to be hashed.  The
-** Result is the hash in base64.  
-*/
-static int md5_cmd(void*cd, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv){
-  MD5Context ctx;
-  unsigned char digest[16];
-  char zBuf[50];
-  void (*converter)(unsigned char*, char*);
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-        " TEXT\"", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  MD5Init(&ctx);
-  MD5Update(&ctx, (unsigned char*)argv[1], (unsigned)strlen(argv[1]));
-  MD5Final(digest, &ctx);
-  converter = (void(*)(unsigned char*,char*))cd;
-  converter(digest, zBuf);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** A TCL command to take the md5 hash of a file.  The argument is the
-** name of the file.
-*/
-static int md5file_cmd(void*cd, Tcl_Interp*interp, int argc, const char **argv){
-  FILE *in;
-  MD5Context ctx;
-  void (*converter)(unsigned char*, char*);
-  unsigned char digest[16];
-  char zBuf[10240];
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-        " FILENAME\"", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  in = fopen(argv[1],"rb");
-  if( in==0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"unable to open file \"", argv[1], 
-         "\" for reading", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  MD5Init(&ctx);
-  for(;;){
-    int n;
-    n = (int)fread(zBuf, 1, sizeof(zBuf), in);
-    if( n<=0 ) break;
-    MD5Update(&ctx, (unsigned char*)zBuf, (unsigned)n);
-  }
-  fclose(in);
-  MD5Final(digest, &ctx);
-  converter = (void(*)(unsigned char*,char*))cd;
-  converter(digest, zBuf);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the four new TCL commands for generating MD5 checksums
-** with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Md5_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5_cmd,
-                    MD5DigestToBase16, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5-10x8", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5_cmd,
-                    MD5DigestToBase10x8, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5file", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5file_cmd,
-                    MD5DigestToBase16, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5file-10x8", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5file_cmd,
-                    MD5DigestToBase10x8, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_TCLMD5) */
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-/*
-** During testing, the special md5sum() aggregate function is available.
-** inside SQLite.  The following routines implement that function.
-*/
-static void md5step(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  MD5Context *p;
-  int i;
-  if( argc<1 ) return;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( !p->isInit ){
-    MD5Init(p);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-    const char *zData = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
-    if( zData ){
-      MD5Update(p, (unsigned char*)zData, (int)strlen(zData));
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void md5finalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  MD5Context *p;
-  unsigned char digest[16];
-  char zBuf[33];
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  MD5Final(digest,p);
-  MD5DigestToBase16(digest, zBuf);
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-int Md5_Register(sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "md5sum", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0, 
-                                 md5step, md5finalize);
-  sqlite3_overload_function(db, "md5sum", -1);  /* To exercise this API */
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */
-
-
-/*
-** If the macro TCLSH is one, then put in code this for the
-** "main" routine that will initialize Tcl and take input from
-** standard input, or if a file is named on the command line
-** the TCL interpreter reads and evaluates that file.
-*/
-#if TCLSH==1
-static const char *tclsh_main_loop(void){
-  static const char zMainloop[] =
-    "set line {}\n"
-    "while {![eof stdin]} {\n"
-      "if {$line!=\"\"} {\n"
-        "puts -nonewline \"> \"\n"
-      "} else {\n"
-        "puts -nonewline \"% \"\n"
-      "}\n"
-      "flush stdout\n"
-      "append line [gets stdin]\n"
-      "if {[info complete $line]} {\n"
-        "if {[catch {uplevel #0 $line} result]} {\n"
-          "puts stderr \"Error: $result\"\n"
-        "} elseif {$result!=\"\"} {\n"
-          "puts $result\n"
-        "}\n"
-        "set line {}\n"
-      "} else {\n"
-        "append line \\n\n"
-      "}\n"
-    "}\n"
-  ;
-  return zMainloop;
-}
-#endif
-#if TCLSH==2
-static const char *tclsh_main_loop(void);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-static void init_all(Tcl_Interp *);
-static int init_all_cmd(
-  ClientData cd,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-
-  Tcl_Interp *slave;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SLAVE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  slave = Tcl_GetSlave(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  if( !slave ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  init_all(slave);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Tclcmd: db_use_legacy_prepare DB BOOLEAN
-**
-**   The first argument to this command must be a database command created by
-**   [sqlite3]. If the second argument is true, then the handle is configured
-**   to use the sqlite3_prepare_v2() function to prepare statements. If it
-**   is false, sqlite3_prepare().
-*/
-static int db_use_legacy_prepare_cmd(
-  ClientData cd,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-  SqliteDb *pDb;
-  int bPrepare;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB BOOLEAN");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &cmdInfo) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such db: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pDb = (SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData;
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &bPrepare) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pDb->bLegacyPrepare = bPrepare;
-
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Tclcmd: db_last_stmt_ptr DB
-**
-**   If the statement cache associated with database DB is not empty,
-**   return the text representation of the most recently used statement
-**   handle.
-*/
-static int db_last_stmt_ptr(
-  ClientData cd,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  extern int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp*, char*, void*);
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-  SqliteDb *pDb;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  char zBuf[100];
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &cmdInfo) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such db: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pDb = (SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData;
-
-  if( pDb->stmtList ) pStmt = pDb->stmtList->pStmt;
-  if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, zBuf, TCL_VOLATILE);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
-
-/*
-** Configure the interpreter passed as the first argument to have access
-** to the commands and linked variables that make up:
-**
-**   * the [sqlite3] extension itself, 
-**
-**   * If SQLITE_TCLMD5 or SQLITE_TEST is defined, the Md5 commands, and
-**
-**   * If SQLITE_TEST is set, the various test interfaces used by the Tcl
-**     test suite.
-*/
-static void init_all(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  Sqlite3_Init(interp);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_TCLMD5)
-  Md5_Init(interp);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  {
-    extern int Sqliteconfig_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest1_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest2_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest3_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest4_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest5_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest6_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest7_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest8_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest9_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetestasync_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest_autoext_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest_blob_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest_demovfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
-    extern int Sqlitetest_func_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest_hexio_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest_init_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest_malloc_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetest_mutex_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetestschema_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetestsse_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetesttclvar_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetestfs_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int SqlitetestThread_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int SqlitetestOnefile_Init();
-    extern int SqlitetestOsinst_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetestbackup_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetestintarray_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitetestvfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
-    extern int Sqlitetestrtree_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitequota_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Sqlitemultiplex_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int SqliteSuperlock_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int SqlitetestSyscall_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    extern int Fts5tcl_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
-    extern int SqliteRbu_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
-    extern int Sqlitetestfts3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-    extern int Zipvfs_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-    Zipvfs_Init(interp);
-#endif
-
-    Sqliteconfig_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest1_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest2_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest3_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest4_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest5_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest6_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest7_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest8_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest9_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetestasync_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest_autoext_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest_blob_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest_demovfs_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest_func_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest_hexio_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest_init_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest_malloc_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetest_mutex_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetestschema_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetesttclvar_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetestfs_Init(interp);
-    SqlitetestThread_Init(interp);
-    SqlitetestOnefile_Init(interp);
-    SqlitetestOsinst_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetestbackup_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetestintarray_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetestvfs_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitetestrtree_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitequota_Init(interp);
-    Sqlitemultiplex_Init(interp);
-    SqliteSuperlock_Init(interp);
-    SqlitetestSyscall_Init(interp);
-    Fts5tcl_Init(interp);
-    SqliteRbu_Init(interp);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
-    Sqlitetestfts3_Init(interp);
-#endif
-
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
-        interp, "load_testfixture_extensions", init_all_cmd, 0, 0
-    );
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
-        interp, "db_use_legacy_prepare", db_use_legacy_prepare_cmd, 0, 0
-    );
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
-        interp, "db_last_stmt_ptr", db_last_stmt_ptr, 0, 0
-    );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-    Sqlitetestsse_Init(interp);
-#endif
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Needed for the setrlimit() system call on unix */
-#if defined(unix)
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#endif
-
-#define TCLSH_MAIN main   /* Needed to fake out mktclapp */
-int TCLSH_MAIN(int argc, char **argv){
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;
-
-#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-  if( getenv("BREAK") ){
-    fprintf(stderr,
-        "attach debugger to process %d and press any key to continue.\n",
-        GETPID());
-    fgetc(stdin);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Since the primary use case for this binary is testing of SQLite,
-  ** be sure to generate core files if we crash */
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(unix)
-  { struct rlimit x;
-    getrlimit(RLIMIT_CORE, &x);
-    x.rlim_cur = x.rlim_max;
-    setrlimit(RLIMIT_CORE, &x);
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST && unix */
-
-
-  /* Call sqlite3_shutdown() once before doing anything else. This is to
-  ** test that sqlite3_shutdown() can be safely called by a process before
-  ** sqlite3_initialize() is. */
-  sqlite3_shutdown();
-
-  Tcl_FindExecutable(argv[0]);
-  Tcl_SetSystemEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
-  interp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
-
-#if TCLSH==2
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD);
-#endif
-
-  init_all(interp);
-  if( argc>=2 ){
-    int i;
-    char zArgc[32];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zArgc), zArgc, "%d", argc-(3-TCLSH));
-    Tcl_SetVar(interp,"argc", zArgc, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    Tcl_SetVar(interp,"argv0",argv[1],TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    Tcl_SetVar(interp,"argv", "", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    for(i=3-TCLSH; i<argc; i++){
-      Tcl_SetVar(interp, "argv", argv[i],
-          TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LIST_ELEMENT | TCL_APPEND_VALUE);
-    }
-    if( TCLSH==1 && Tcl_EvalFile(interp, argv[1])!=TCL_OK ){
-      const char *zInfo = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "errorInfo", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-      if( zInfo==0 ) zInfo = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
-      fprintf(stderr,"%s: %s\n", *argv, zInfo);
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  if( TCLSH==2 || argc<=1 ){
-    Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, tclsh_main_loop());
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* TCLSH */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test1.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c47754bf93..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7122 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing all sorts of SQLite interfaces.  This code
-** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
-** testing of the SQLite library.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#  include "os_win.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/*
-** This is a copy of the first part of the SqliteDb structure in 
-** tclsqlite.c.  We need it here so that the get_sqlite_pointer routine
-** can extract the sqlite3* pointer from an existing Tcl SQLite
-** connection.
-*/
-struct SqliteDb {
-  sqlite3 *db;
-};
-
-/*
-** Convert text generated by the "%p" conversion format back into
-** a pointer.
-*/
-static int testHexToInt(int h){
-  if( h>='0' && h<='9' ){
-    return h - '0';
-  }else if( h>='a' && h<='f' ){
-    return h - 'a' + 10;
-  }else{
-    assert( h>='A' && h<='F' );
-    return h - 'A' + 10;
-  }
-}
-void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char *z){
-  void *p;
-  u64 v;
-  u32 v2;
-  if( z[0]=='0' && z[1]=='x' ){
-    z += 2;
-  }
-  v = 0;
-  while( *z ){
-    v = (v<<4) + testHexToInt(*z);
-    z++;
-  }
-  if( sizeof(p)==sizeof(v) ){
-    memcpy(&p, &v, sizeof(p));
-  }else{
-    assert( sizeof(p)==sizeof(v2) );
-    v2 = (u32)v;
-    memcpy(&p, &v2, sizeof(p));
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** A TCL command that returns the address of the sqlite* pointer
-** for an sqlite connection instance.  Bad things happen if the
-** input is not an sqlite connection.
-*/
-static int get_sqlite_pointer(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  struct SqliteDb *p;
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SQLITE-CONNECTION");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &cmdInfo) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "command not found: ",
-           Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = (struct SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData;
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%p", p->db);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3 object.
-*/
-int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, sqlite3 **ppDb){
-  struct SqliteDb *p;
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-  if( Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, zA, &cmdInfo) ){
-    p = (struct SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData;
-    *ppDb = p->db;
-  }else{
-    *ppDb = (sqlite3*)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(zA);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-/*
-** Decode a Win32 HANDLE object.
-*/
-int getWin32Handle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, LPHANDLE phFile){
-  *phFile = (HANDLE)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(zA);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-#define t1ErrorName sqlite3ErrName
-
-/*
-** Convert an sqlite3_stmt* into an sqlite3*.  This depends on the
-** fact that the sqlite3* is the first field in the Vdbe structure.
-*/
-#define StmtToDb(X)   sqlite3_db_handle(X)
-
-/*
-** Check a return value to make sure it agrees with the results
-** from sqlite3_errcode.
-*/
-int sqlite3TestErrCode(Tcl_Interp *interp, sqlite3 *db, int rc){
-  if( sqlite3_threadsafe()==0 && rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE && rc!=SQLITE_OK
-   && sqlite3_errcode(db)!=rc ){
-    char zBuf[200];
-    int r2 = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,
-       "error code %s (%d) does not match sqlite3_errcode %s (%d)",
-       t1ErrorName(rc), rc, t1ErrorName(r2), r2);
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3_stmt object.
-*/
-static int getStmtPointer(
-  Tcl_Interp *interp, 
-  const char *zArg,  
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt
-){
-  *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(zArg);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate a text representation of a pointer that can be understood
-** by the getDbPointer and getVmPointer routines above.
-**
-** The problem is, on some machines (Solaris) if you do a printf with
-** "%p" you cannot turn around and do a scanf with the same "%p" and
-** get your pointer back.  You have to prepend a "0x" before it will
-** work.  Or at least that is what is reported to me (drh).  But this
-** behavior varies from machine to machine.  The solution used her is
-** to test the string right after it is generated to see if it can be
-** understood by scanf, and if not, try prepending an "0x" to see if
-** that helps.  If nothing works, a fatal error is generated.
-*/
-int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *zPtr, void *p){
-  sqlite3_snprintf(100, zPtr, "%p", p);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The callback routine for sqlite3_exec_printf().
-*/
-static int exec_printf_cb(void *pArg, int argc, char **argv, char **name){
-  Tcl_DString *str = (Tcl_DString*)pArg;
-  int i;
-
-  if( Tcl_DStringLength(str)==0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-      Tcl_DStringAppendElement(str, name[i] ? name[i] : "NULL");
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(str, argv[i] ? argv[i] : "NULL");
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The I/O tracing callback.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-static FILE *iotrace_file = 0;
-static void io_trace_callback(const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  vfprintf(iotrace_file, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  fflush(iotrace_file);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Usage:  io_trace FILENAME
-**
-** Turn I/O tracing on or off.  If FILENAME is not an empty string,
-** I/O tracing begins going into FILENAME. If FILENAME is an empty
-** string, I/O tracing is turned off.
-*/
-static int test_io_trace(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-          " FILENAME\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( iotrace_file ){
-    if( iotrace_file!=stdout && iotrace_file!=stderr ){
-      fclose(iotrace_file);
-    }
-    iotrace_file = 0;
-    sqlite3IoTrace = 0;
-  }
-  if( argv[1][0] ){
-    if( strcmp(argv[1],"stdout")==0 ){
-      iotrace_file = stdout;
-    }else if( strcmp(argv[1],"stderr")==0 ){
-      iotrace_file = stderr;
-    }else{
-      iotrace_file = fopen(argv[1], "w");
-    }
-    sqlite3IoTrace = io_trace_callback;
-  }
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  clang_sanitize_address 
-**
-** Returns true if the program was compiled using clang with the 
-** -fsanitize=address switch on the command line. False otherwise.
-**
-** Also return true if the OMIT_MISUSE environment variable exists.
-*/
-static int clang_sanitize_address(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int res = 0;
-#if defined(__has_feature)
-# if __has_feature(address_sanitizer)
-  res = 1;
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifdef __SANITIZE_ADDRESS__
-  res = 1;
-#endif
-  if( res==0 && getenv("OMIT_MISUSE")!=0 ) res = 1;
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(res));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-  
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_exec_printf  DB  FORMAT  STRING
-**
-** Invoke the sqlite3_exec_printf() interface using the open database
-** DB.  The SQL is the string FORMAT.  The format string should contain
-** one %s or %q.  STRING is the value inserted into %s or %q.
-*/
-static int test_exec_printf(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Tcl_DString str;
-  int rc;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  char *zSql;
-  char zBuf[30];
-  if( argc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-       " DB FORMAT STRING", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
-  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[2], argv[3]);
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, exec_printf_cb, &str, &zErr);
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", rc);
-  Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
-  Tcl_AppendElement(interp, rc==SQLITE_OK ? Tcl_DStringValue(&str) : zErr);
-  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
-  if( zErr ) sqlite3_free(zErr);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_exec_hex  DB  HEX
-**
-** Invoke the sqlite3_exec() on a string that is obtained by translating
-** HEX into ASCII.  Most characters are translated as is.  %HH becomes
-** a hex character.
-*/
-static int test_exec_hex(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Tcl_DString str;
-  int rc, i, j;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  char *zHex;
-  char zSql[501];
-  char zBuf[30];
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-       " DB HEX", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zHex = argv[2];
-  for(i=j=0; i<(sizeof(zSql)-1) && zHex[j]; i++, j++){
-    if( zHex[j]=='%' && zHex[j+2] && zHex[j+2] ){
-      zSql[i] = (testHexToInt(zHex[j+1])<<4) + testHexToInt(zHex[j+2]);
-      j += 2;
-    }else{
-      zSql[i] = zHex[j];
-    }
-  }
-  zSql[i] = 0;
-  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, exec_printf_cb, &str, &zErr);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", rc);
-  Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
-  Tcl_AppendElement(interp, rc==SQLITE_OK ? Tcl_DStringValue(&str) : zErr);
-  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
-  if( zErr ) sqlite3_free(zErr);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  db_enter DB
-**         db_leave DB
-**
-** Enter or leave the mutex on a database connection.
-*/
-static int db_enter(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-       " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-static int db_leave(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-       " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_exec  DB  SQL
-**
-** Invoke the sqlite3_exec interface using the open database DB
-*/
-static int test_exec(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Tcl_DString str;
-  int rc;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  char *zSql;
-  int i, j;
-  char zBuf[30];
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-       " DB SQL", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
-  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", argv[2]);
-  for(i=j=0; zSql[i];){
-    if( zSql[i]=='%' ){
-      zSql[j++] = (testHexToInt(zSql[i+1])<<4) + testHexToInt(zSql[i+2]);
-      i += 3;
-    }else{
-      zSql[j++] = zSql[i++];
-    }
-  }
-  zSql[j] = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, exec_printf_cb, &str, &zErr);
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", rc);
-  Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
-  Tcl_AppendElement(interp, rc==SQLITE_OK ? Tcl_DStringValue(&str) : zErr);
-  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
-  if( zErr ) sqlite3_free(zErr);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_exec_nr  DB  SQL
-**
-** Invoke the sqlite3_exec interface using the open database DB.  Discard
-** all results
-*/
-static int test_exec_nr(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-       " DB SQL", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_z_test  SEPARATOR  ARG0  ARG1 ...
-**
-** Test the %z format of sqlite_mprintf().  Use multiple mprintf() calls to 
-** concatenate arg0 through argn using separator as the separator.
-** Return the result.
-*/
-static int test_mprintf_z(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  char *zResult = 0;
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=2; i<argc && (i==2 || zResult); i++){
-    zResult = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%s", zResult, argv[1], argv[i]);
-  }
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zResult, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(zResult);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_n_test  STRING
-**
-** Test the %n format of sqlite_mprintf().  Return the length of the
-** input string.
-*/
-static int test_mprintf_n(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  char *zStr;
-  int n = 0;
-  zStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%n", argv[1], &n);
-  sqlite3_free(zStr);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(n));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_snprintf_int  SIZE FORMAT  INT
-**
-** Test the of sqlite3_snprintf() routine.  SIZE is the size of the
-** output buffer in bytes.  The maximum size is 100.  FORMAT is the
-** format string.  INT is a single integer argument.  The FORMAT
-** string must require no more than this one integer argument.  If
-** You pass in a format string that requires more than one argument,
-** bad things will happen.
-*/
-static int test_snprintf_int(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  char zStr[100];
-  int n = atoi(argv[1]);
-  const char *zFormat = argv[2];
-  int a1 = atoi(argv[3]);
-  if( n>sizeof(zStr) ) n = sizeof(zStr);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zStr), zStr, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz");
-  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStr, zFormat, a1);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zStr, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_get_table_printf  DB  FORMAT  STRING  ?--no-counts?
-**
-** Invoke the sqlite3_get_table_printf() interface using the open database
-** DB.  The SQL is the string FORMAT.  The format string should contain
-** one %s or %q.  STRING is the value inserted into %s or %q.
-*/
-static int test_get_table_printf(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Tcl_DString str;
-  int rc;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  int nRow = 0, nCol = 0;
-  char **aResult;
-  int i;
-  char zBuf[30];
-  char *zSql;
-  int resCount = -1;
-  if( argc==5 ){
-    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], &resCount) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-       " DB FORMAT STRING ?COUNT?", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
-  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[2],argv[3]);
-  if( argc==5 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_get_table(db, zSql, &aResult, 0, 0, &zErr);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_get_table(db, zSql, &aResult, &nRow, &nCol, &zErr);
-    resCount = (nRow+1)*nCol;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", rc);
-  Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( argc==4 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", nRow);
-      Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", nCol);
-      Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<resCount; i++){
-      Tcl_AppendElement(interp, aResult[i] ? aResult[i] : "NULL");
-    }
-  }else{
-    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zErr);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free_table(aResult);
-  if( zErr ) sqlite3_free(zErr);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid DB
-**
-** Returns the integer ROWID of the most recent insert.
-*/
-static int test_last_rowid(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  char zBuf[30];
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], " DB\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_key DB KEY
-**
-** Set the codec key.
-*/
-static int test_key(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zKey;
-  int nKey;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FILENAME\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zKey = argv[2];
-  nKey = strlen(zKey);
-  sqlite3_key(db, zKey, nKey);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_rekey DB KEY
-**
-** Change the codec key.
-*/
-static int test_rekey(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zKey;
-  int nKey;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FILENAME\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zKey = argv[2];
-  nKey = strlen(zKey);
-  sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, nKey);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_close DB
-**
-** Closes the database opened by sqlite3_open.
-*/
-static int sqlite_test_close(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FILENAME\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_close(db);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_close_v2 DB
-**
-** Closes the database opened by sqlite3_open.
-*/
-static int sqlite_test_close_v2(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FILENAME\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_close_v2(db);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the x_coalesce() function.
-** Return the first argument non-NULL argument.
-*/
-static void t1_ifnullFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-    if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){
-      int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[i]);
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]),
-          n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** These are test functions.    hex8() interprets its argument as
-** UTF8 and returns a hex encoding.  hex16le() interprets its argument
-** as UTF16le and returns a hex encoding.
-*/
-static void hex8Func(sqlite3_context *p, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  const unsigned char *z;
-  int i;
-  char zBuf[200];
-  z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(zBuf)/2 - 2 && z[i]; i++){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf)-i*2, &zBuf[i*2], "%02x", z[i]);
-  }
-  zBuf[i*2] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(p, (char*)zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-static void hex16Func(sqlite3_context *p, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  const unsigned short int *z;
-  int i;
-  char zBuf[400];
-  z = sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]);
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(zBuf)/4 - 4 && z[i]; i++){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf)-i*4, &zBuf[i*4],"%04x", z[i]&0xff);
-  }
-  zBuf[i*4] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(p, (char*)zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A structure into which to accumulate text.
-*/
-struct dstr {
-  int nAlloc;  /* Space allocated */
-  int nUsed;   /* Space used */
-  char *z;     /* The space */
-};
-
-/*
-** Append text to a dstr
-*/
-static void dstrAppend(struct dstr *p, const char *z, int divider){
-  int n = (int)strlen(z);
-  if( p->nUsed + n + 2 > p->nAlloc ){
-    char *zNew;
-    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + n + 200;
-    zNew = sqlite3_realloc(p->z, p->nAlloc);
-    if( zNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(p->z);
-      memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-      return;
-    }
-    p->z = zNew;
-  }
-  if( divider && p->nUsed>0 ){
-    p->z[p->nUsed++] = divider;
-  }
-  memcpy(&p->z[p->nUsed], z, n+1);
-  p->nUsed += n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoked for each callback from sqlite3ExecFunc
-*/
-static int execFuncCallback(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
-  struct dstr *p = (struct dstr*)pData;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-    if( argv[i]==0 ){
-      dstrAppend(p, "NULL", ' ');
-    }else{
-      dstrAppend(p, argv[i], ' ');
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the x_sqlite_exec() function.  This function takes
-** a single argument and attempts to execute that argument as SQL code.
-** This is illegal and should set the SQLITE_MISUSE flag on the database.
-**
-** 2004-Jan-07:  We have changed this to make it legal to call sqlite3_exec()
-** from within a function call.  
-** 
-** This routine simulates the effect of having two threads attempt to
-** use the same database at the same time.
-*/
-static void sqlite3ExecFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc,  
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  struct dstr x;
-  memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x));
-  (void)sqlite3_exec((sqlite3*)sqlite3_user_data(context),
-      (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]),
-      execFuncCallback, &x, 0);
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, x.z, x.nUsed, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  sqlite3_free(x.z);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of tkt2213func(), a scalar function that takes exactly
-** one argument. It has two interesting features:
-**
-** * It calls sqlite3_value_text() 3 times on the argument sqlite3_value*.
-**   If the three pointers returned are not the same an SQL error is raised.
-**
-** * Otherwise it returns a copy of the text representation of its 
-**   argument in such a way as the VDBE representation is a Mem* cell 
-**   with the MEM_Term flag clear. 
-**
-** Ticket #2213 can therefore be tested by evaluating the following
-** SQL expression:
-**
-**   tkt2213func(tkt2213func('a string'));
-*/
-static void tkt2213Function(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc,  
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int nText;
-  unsigned char const *zText1;
-  unsigned char const *zText2;
-  unsigned char const *zText3;
-
-  nText = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  zText1 = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zText2 = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zText3 = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-
-  if( zText1!=zText2 || zText2!=zText3 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "tkt2213 is not fixed", -1);
-  }else{
-    char *zCopy = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nText);
-    memcpy(zCopy, zText1, nText);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zCopy, nText, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The following SQL function takes 4 arguments.  The 2nd and
-** 4th argument must be one of these strings:  'text', 'text16',
-** or 'blob' corresponding to API functions
-**
-**      sqlite3_value_text()
-**      sqlite3_value_text16()
-**      sqlite3_value_blob()
-**
-** The third argument is a string, either 'bytes' or 'bytes16' or 'noop',
-** corresponding to APIs:
-**
-**      sqlite3_value_bytes()
-**      sqlite3_value_bytes16()
-**      noop
-**
-** The APIs designated by the 2nd through 4th arguments are applied
-** to the first argument in order.  If the pointers returned by the
-** second and fourth are different, this routine returns 1.  Otherwise,
-** this routine returns 0.
-**
-** This function is used to test to see when returned pointers from
-** the _text(), _text16() and _blob() APIs become invalidated.
-*/
-static void ptrChngFunction(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc,  
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const void *p1, *p2;
-  const char *zCmd;
-  if( argc!=4 ) return;
-  zCmd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  if( zCmd==0 ) return;
-  if( strcmp(zCmd,"text")==0 ){
-    p1 = (const void*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  }else if( strcmp(zCmd, "text16")==0 ){
-    p1 = (const void*)sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]);
-#endif
-  }else if( strcmp(zCmd, "blob")==0 ){
-    p1 = (const void*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-  }else{
-    return;
-  }
-  zCmd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-  if( zCmd==0 ) return;
-  if( strcmp(zCmd,"bytes")==0 ){
-    sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  }else if( strcmp(zCmd, "bytes16")==0 ){
-    sqlite3_value_bytes16(argv[0]);
-#endif
-  }else if( strcmp(zCmd, "noop")==0 ){
-    /* do nothing */
-  }else{
-    return;
-  }
-  zCmd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]);
-  if( zCmd==0 ) return;
-  if( strcmp(zCmd,"text")==0 ){
-    p2 = (const void*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  }else if( strcmp(zCmd, "text16")==0 ){
-    p2 = (const void*)sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]);
-#endif
-  }else if( strcmp(zCmd, "blob")==0 ){
-    p2 = (const void*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-  }else{
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, p1!=p2);
-}
-
-/*
-** This SQL function returns a different answer each time it is called, even if
-** the arguments are the same.
-*/
-static void nondeterministicFunction(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc,  
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  static int cnt = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, cnt++);
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_create_function DB
-**
-** Call the sqlite3_create_function API on the given database in order
-** to create a function named "x_coalesce".  This function does the same thing
-** as the "coalesce" function.  This function also registers an SQL function
-** named "x_sqlite_exec" that invokes sqlite3_exec().  Invoking sqlite3_exec()
-** in this way is illegal recursion and should raise an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
-** The effect is similar to trying to use the same database connection from
-** two threads at the same time.
-**
-** The original motivation for this routine was to be able to call the
-** sqlite3_create_function function while a query is in progress in order
-** to test the SQLITE_MISUSE detection logic.
-*/
-static int test_create_function(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " DB\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "x_coalesce", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 
-        t1_ifnullFunc, 0, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "hex8", 1, SQLITE_UTF8 | SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,
-          0, hex8Func, 0, 0);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "hex16", 1, SQLITE_UTF16 | SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,
-          0, hex16Func, 0, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "tkt2213func", 1, SQLITE_ANY, 0, 
-          tkt2213Function, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "pointer_change", 4, SQLITE_ANY, 0, 
-          ptrChngFunction, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Functions counter1() and counter2() have the same implementation - they
-  ** both return an ascending integer with each call.  But counter1() is marked
-  ** as non-deterministic and counter2() is marked as deterministic.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "counter1", -1, SQLITE_UTF8,
-          0, nondeterministicFunction, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "counter2", -1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,
-          0, nondeterministicFunction, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  /* Use the sqlite3_create_function16() API here. Mainly for fun, but also 
-  ** because it is not tested anywhere else. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    const void *zUtf16;
-    sqlite3_value *pVal;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "x_sqlite_exec", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    zUtf16 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3_create_function16(db, zUtf16, 
-                1, SQLITE_UTF16, db, sqlite3ExecFunc, 0, 0);
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Routines to implement the x_count() aggregate function.
-**
-** x_count() counts the number of non-null arguments.  But there are
-** some twists for testing purposes.
-**
-** If the argument to x_count() is 40 then a UTF-8 error is reported
-** on the step function.  If x_count(41) is seen, then a UTF-16 error
-** is reported on the step function.  If the total count is 42, then
-** a UTF-8 error is reported on the finalize function.
-*/
-typedef struct t1CountCtx t1CountCtx;
-struct t1CountCtx {
-  int n;
-};
-static void t1CountStep(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  t1CountCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) && p ){
-    p->n++;
-  }
-  if( argc>0 ){
-    int v = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-    if( v==40 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, "value of 40 handed to x_count", -1);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-    }else if( v==41 ){
-      const char zUtf16ErrMsg[] = { 0, 0x61, 0, 0x62, 0, 0x63, 0, 0, 0};
-      sqlite3_result_error16(context, &zUtf16ErrMsg[1-SQLITE_BIGENDIAN], -1);
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-}   
-static void t1CountFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  t1CountCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  if( p ){
-    if( p->n==42 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, "x_count totals to 42", -1);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_result_int(context, p ? p->n : 0);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-static void legacyCountStep(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  /* no-op */
-}
-
-static void legacyCountFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_aggregate_count(context));
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_create_aggregate DB
-**
-** Call the sqlite3_create_function API on the given database in order
-** to create a function named "x_count".  This function is similar
-** to the built-in count() function, with a few special quirks
-** for testing the sqlite3_result_error() APIs.
-**
-** The original motivation for this routine was to be able to call the
-** sqlite3_create_aggregate function while a query is in progress in order
-** to test the SQLITE_MISUSE detection logic.  See misuse.test.
-**
-** This routine was later extended to test the use of sqlite3_result_error()
-** within aggregate functions.
-**
-** Later: It is now also extended to register the aggregate function
-** "legacy_count()" with the supplied database handle. This is used
-** to test the deprecated sqlite3_aggregate_count() API.
-*/
-static int test_create_aggregate(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FILENAME\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "x_count", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0,
-      t1CountStep,t1CountFinalize);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "x_count", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0,
-        t1CountStep,t1CountFinalize);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "legacy_count", 0, SQLITE_ANY, 0, 0,
-        legacyCountStep, legacyCountFinalize
-    );
-  }
-#endif
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:  printf TEXT
-**
-** Send output to printf.  Use this rather than puts to merge the output
-** in the correct sequence with debugging printfs inserted into C code.
-** Puts uses a separate buffer and debugging statements will be out of
-** sequence if it is used.
-*/
-static int test_printf(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " TEXT\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  printf("%s\n", argv[1]);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_int FORMAT INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER
-**
-** Call mprintf with three integer arguments
-*/
-static int sqlite3_mprintf_int(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int a[3], i;
-  char *z;
-  if( argc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FORMAT INT INT INT\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  for(i=2; i<5; i++){
-    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i], &a[i-2]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], a[0], a[1], a[2]);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_int64 FORMAT INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER
-**
-** Call mprintf with three 64-bit integer arguments
-*/
-static int sqlite3_mprintf_int64(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  sqlite_int64 a[3];
-  char *z;
-  if( argc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FORMAT INT INT INT\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  for(i=2; i<5; i++){
-    if( sqlite3Atoi64(argv[i], &a[i-2], 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "argument is not a valid 64-bit integer", 0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], a[0], a[1], a[2]);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_long FORMAT INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER
-**
-** Call mprintf with three long integer arguments.   This might be the
-** same as sqlite3_mprintf_int or sqlite3_mprintf_int64, depending on
-** platform.
-*/
-static int sqlite3_mprintf_long(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  long int a[3];
-  int b[3];
-  char *z;
-  if( argc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FORMAT INT INT INT\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  for(i=2; i<5; i++){
-    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i], &b[i-2]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    a[i-2] = (long int)b[i-2];
-    a[i-2] &= (((u64)1)<<(sizeof(int)*8))-1;
-  }
-  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], a[0], a[1], a[2]);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_str FORMAT INTEGER INTEGER STRING
-**
-** Call mprintf with two integer arguments and one string argument
-*/
-static int sqlite3_mprintf_str(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int a[3], i;
-  char *z;
-  if( argc<4 || argc>5 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FORMAT INT INT ?STRING?\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  for(i=2; i<4; i++){
-    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i], &a[i-2]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], a[0], a[1], argc>4 ? argv[4] : NULL);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_snprintf_str INTEGER FORMAT INTEGER INTEGER STRING
-**
-** Call mprintf with two integer arguments and one string argument
-*/
-static int sqlite3_snprintf_str(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int a[3], i;
-  int n;
-  char *z;
-  if( argc<5 || argc>6 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " INT FORMAT INT INT ?STRING?\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( n<0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "N must be non-negative", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  for(i=3; i<5; i++){
-    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i], &a[i-3]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  z = sqlite3_malloc( n+1 );
-  sqlite3_snprintf(n, z, argv[2], a[0], a[1], argc>4 ? argv[5] : NULL);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_double FORMAT INTEGER INTEGER DOUBLE
-**
-** Call mprintf with two integer arguments and one double argument
-*/
-static int sqlite3_mprintf_double(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int a[3], i;
-  double r;
-  char *z;
-  if( argc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FORMAT INT INT DOUBLE\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  for(i=2; i<4; i++){
-    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i], &a[i-2]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[4], &r) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], a[0], a[1], r);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_scaled FORMAT DOUBLE DOUBLE
-**
-** Call mprintf with a single double argument which is the product of the
-** two arguments given above.  This is used to generate overflow and underflow
-** doubles to test that they are converted properly.
-*/
-static int sqlite3_mprintf_scaled(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  double r[2];
-  char *z;
-  if( argc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FORMAT DOUBLE DOUBLE\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  for(i=2; i<4; i++){
-    if( Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[i], &r[i-2]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], r[0]*r[1]);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_stronly FORMAT STRING
-**
-** Call mprintf with a single double argument which is the product of the
-** two arguments given above.  This is used to generate overflow and underflow
-** doubles to test that they are converted properly.
-*/
-static int sqlite3_mprintf_stronly(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  char *z;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FORMAT STRING\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], argv[2]);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_hexdouble FORMAT HEX
-**
-** Call mprintf with a single double argument which is derived from the
-** hexadecimal encoding of an IEEE double.
-*/
-static int sqlite3_mprintf_hexdouble(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  char *z;
-  double r;
-  unsigned int x1, x2;
-  sqlite_uint64 d;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FORMAT STRING\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( sscanf(argv[2], "%08x%08x", &x2, &x1)!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "2nd argument should be 16-characters of hex", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  d = x2;
-  d = (d<<32) + x1;
-  memcpy(&r, &d, sizeof(r));
-  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], r);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_enable_shared_cache ?BOOLEAN?
-**
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
-static int test_enable_shared(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int enable;
-  int ret = 0;
-
-  if( objc!=2 && objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?BOOLEAN?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  ret = sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled;
-
-  if( objc==2 ){
-    if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &enable) ){
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(enable);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrStr(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(ret));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_extended_result_codes   DB    BOOLEAN
-**
-*/
-static int test_extended_result_codes(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int enable;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB BOOLEAN");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &enable) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_extended_result_codes(db, enable);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_libversion_number
-**
-*/
-static int test_libversion_number(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_libversion_number()));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_table_column_metadata DB dbname tblname colname
-**
-*/
-static int test_table_column_metadata(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zDb;
-  const char *zTbl;
-  const char *zCol;
-  int rc;
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-
-  const char *zDatatype;
-  const char *zCollseq;
-  int notnull;
-  int primarykey;
-  int autoincrement;
-
-  if( objc!=5 && objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB dbname tblname colname");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  zTbl = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-  zCol = objc==5 ? Tcl_GetString(objv[4]) : 0;
-
-  if( strlen(zDb)==0 ) zDb = 0;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata(db, zDb, zTbl, zCol, 
-      &zDatatype, &zCollseq, &notnull, &primarykey, &autoincrement);
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_errmsg(db), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zDatatype, -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zCollseq, -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(notnull));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(primarykey));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(autoincrement));
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-
-static int blobHandleFromObj(
-  Tcl_Interp *interp, 
-  Tcl_Obj *pObj,
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
-){
-  char *z;
-  int n;
-
-  z = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pObj, &n);
-  if( n==0 ){
-    *ppBlob = 0;
-  }else{
-    int notUsed;
-    Tcl_Channel channel;
-    ClientData instanceData;
-    
-    channel = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, z, &notUsed);
-    if( !channel ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-    Tcl_Flush(channel);
-    Tcl_Seek(channel, 0, SEEK_SET);
-
-    instanceData = Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(channel);
-    *ppBlob = *((sqlite3_blob **)instanceData);
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_blob_reopen(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  Tcl_WideInt iRowid;
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "CHANNEL ROWID");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( blobHandleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &pBlob) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iRowid) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(pBlob, iRowid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  }
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_create_collation_v2 DB-HANDLE NAME CMP-PROC DEL-PROC
-**
-**   This Tcl proc is used for testing the experimental
-**   sqlite3_create_collation_v2() interface.
-*/
-struct TestCollationX {
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;
-  Tcl_Obj *pCmp;
-  Tcl_Obj *pDel;
-};
-typedef struct TestCollationX TestCollationX;
-static void testCreateCollationDel(void *pCtx){
-  TestCollationX *p = (TestCollationX *)pCtx;
-
-  int rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, p->pDel, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT|TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ){
-    Tcl_BackgroundError(p->interp);
-  }
-
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pCmp);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pDel);
-  sqlite3_free((void *)p);
-}
-static int testCreateCollationCmp(
-  void *pCtx,
-  int nLeft,
-  const void *zLeft,
-  int nRight,
-  const void *zRight
-){
-  TestCollationX *p = (TestCollationX *)pCtx;
-  Tcl_Obj *pScript = Tcl_DuplicateObj(p->pCmp);
-  int iRes = 0;
-
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pScript);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pScript, Tcl_NewStringObj((char *)zLeft, nLeft));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pScript, Tcl_NewStringObj((char *)zRight,nRight));
-
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pScript, TCL_EVAL_DIRECT|TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL)
-   || TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(p->interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(p->interp), &iRes)
-  ){
-    Tcl_BackgroundError(p->interp);
-  }
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pScript);
-
-  return iRes;
-}
-static int test_create_collation_v2(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  TestCollationX *p;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB-HANDLE NAME CMP-PROC DEL-PROC");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  p = (TestCollationX *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TestCollationX));
-  p->pCmp = objv[3];
-  p->pDel = objv[4];
-  p->interp = interp;
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(p->pCmp);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(p->pDel);
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 16, 
-      (void *)p, testCreateCollationCmp, testCreateCollationDel
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "sqlite3_create_collate_v2() failed to detect "
-      "an invalid encoding", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), SQLITE_UTF8, 
-      (void *)p, testCreateCollationCmp, testCreateCollationDel
-  );
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** USAGE: sqlite3_create_function_v2 DB NAME NARG ENC ?SWITCHES?
-**
-** Available switches are:
-**
-**   -func    SCRIPT
-**   -step    SCRIPT
-**   -final   SCRIPT
-**   -destroy SCRIPT
-*/
-typedef struct CreateFunctionV2 CreateFunctionV2;
-struct CreateFunctionV2 {
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;
-  Tcl_Obj *pFunc;                 /* Script for function invocation */
-  Tcl_Obj *pStep;                 /* Script for agg. step invocation */
-  Tcl_Obj *pFinal;                /* Script for agg. finalization invocation */
-  Tcl_Obj *pDestroy;              /* Destructor script */
-};
-static void cf2Func(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){
-}
-static void cf2Step(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){
-}
-static void cf2Final(sqlite3_context *ctx){
-}
-static void cf2Destroy(void *pUser){
-  CreateFunctionV2 *p = (CreateFunctionV2 *)pUser;
-
-  if( p->interp && p->pDestroy ){
-    int rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, p->pDestroy, 0);
-    if( rc!=TCL_OK ) Tcl_BackgroundError(p->interp);
-  }
-
-  if( p->pFunc ) Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pFunc); 
-  if( p->pStep ) Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pStep); 
-  if( p->pFinal ) Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pFinal); 
-  if( p->pDestroy ) Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pDestroy); 
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-static int test_create_function_v2(
-  ClientData clientData,          /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,             /* The invoking TCL interpreter */
-  int objc,                       /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]           /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zFunc;
-  int nArg;
-  int enc;
-  CreateFunctionV2 *p;
-  int i;
-  int rc;
-
-  struct EncTable {
-    const char *zEnc;
-    int enc;
-  } aEnc[] = {
-    {"utf8",    SQLITE_UTF8 },
-    {"utf16",   SQLITE_UTF16 },
-    {"utf16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE },
-    {"utf16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE },
-    {"any",     SQLITE_ANY },
-    {"0", 0 }
-  };
-
-  if( objc<5 || (objc%2)==0 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB NAME NARG ENC SWITCHES...");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zFunc = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &nArg) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[4], aEnc, sizeof(aEnc[0]), 
-          "encoding", 0, &enc)
-  ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  enc = aEnc[enc].enc;
-
-  p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(CreateFunctionV2));
-  assert( p );
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(CreateFunctionV2));
-  p->interp = interp;
-
-  for(i=5; i<objc; i+=2){
-    int iSwitch;
-    const char *azSwitch[] = {"-func", "-step", "-final", "-destroy", 0};
-    if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], azSwitch, "switch", 0, &iSwitch) ){
-      sqlite3_free(p);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    switch( iSwitch ){
-      case 0: p->pFunc = objv[i+1];      break;
-      case 1: p->pStep = objv[i+1];      break;
-      case 2: p->pFinal = objv[i+1];     break;
-      case 3: p->pDestroy = objv[i+1];   break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->pFunc ) p->pFunc = Tcl_DuplicateObj(p->pFunc); 
-  if( p->pStep ) p->pStep = Tcl_DuplicateObj(p->pStep); 
-  if( p->pFinal ) p->pFinal = Tcl_DuplicateObj(p->pFinal); 
-  if( p->pDestroy ) p->pDestroy = Tcl_DuplicateObj(p->pDestroy); 
-
-  if( p->pFunc ) Tcl_IncrRefCount(p->pFunc); 
-  if( p->pStep ) Tcl_IncrRefCount(p->pStep); 
-  if( p->pFinal ) Tcl_IncrRefCount(p->pFinal); 
-  if( p->pDestroy ) Tcl_IncrRefCount(p->pDestroy); 
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, (void *)p, 
-      (p->pFunc ? cf2Func : 0),
-      (p->pStep ? cf2Step : 0),
-      (p->pFinal ? cf2Final : 0),
-      cf2Destroy
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_load_extension DB-HANDLE FILE ?PROC?
-*/
-static int test_load_extension(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  char *zDb;
-  char *zFile;
-  char *zProc = 0;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-
-  if( objc!=4 && objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB-HANDLE FILE ?PROC?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  zFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  if( objc==4 ){
-    zProc = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-  }
-
-  /* Extract the C database handle from the Tcl command name */
-  if( !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, zDb, &cmdInfo) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "command not found: ", zDb, (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  db = ((struct SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData)->db;
-  assert(db);
-
-  /* Call the underlying C function. If an error occurs, set rc to 
-  ** TCL_ERROR and load any error string into the interpreter. If no 
-  ** error occurs, set rc to TCL_OK.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("this build omits sqlite3_load_extension()");
-#else
-  rc = sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErr);
-#endif
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, zErr ? zErr : "", TCL_VOLATILE);
-    rc = TCL_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    rc = TCL_OK;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zErr);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_enable_load_extension DB-HANDLE ONOFF
-*/
-static int test_enable_load(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  char *zDb;
-  int onoff;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB-HANDLE ONOFF");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-
-  /* Extract the C database handle from the Tcl command name */
-  if( !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, zDb, &cmdInfo) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "command not found: ", zDb, (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  db = ((struct SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData)->db;
-  assert(db);
-
-  /* Get the onoff parameter */
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &onoff) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "this build omits sqlite3_load_extension()");
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-#else
-  sqlite3_enable_load_extension(db, onoff);
-  return TCL_OK;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite_abort
-**
-** Shutdown the process immediately.  This is not a clean shutdown.
-** This command is used to test the recoverability of a database in
-** the event of a program crash.
-*/
-static int sqlite_abort(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-#if defined(_MSC_VER)
-  /* We do this, otherwise the test will halt with a popup message
-   * that we have to click away before the test will continue.
-   */
-  _set_abort_behavior( 0, _CALL_REPORTFAULT );
-#endif
-  exit(255);
-  assert( interp==0 );   /* This will always fail */
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routine is a user-defined SQL function whose purpose
-** is to test the sqlite_set_result() API.
-*/
-static void testFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  while( argc>=2 ){
-    const char *zArg0 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    if( zArg0 ){
-      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0, "int") ){
-        sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]));
-      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0,"int64")==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]));
-      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0,"string")==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]), -1,
-            SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0,"double")==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_double(context, sqlite3_value_double(argv[1]));
-      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0,"null")==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_null(context);
-      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0,"value")==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[sqlite3_value_int(argv[1])]);
-      }else{
-        goto error_out;
-      }
-    }else{
-      goto error_out;
-    }
-    argc -= 2;
-    argv += 2;
-  }
-  return;
-
-error_out:
-  sqlite3_result_error(context,"first argument should be one of: "
-      "int int64 string double null value", -1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite_register_test_function  DB  NAME
-**
-** Register the test SQL function on the database DB under the name NAME.
-*/
-static int test_register_func(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-       " DB FUNCTION-NAME", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, argv[2], -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 
-      testFunc, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_finalize  STMT 
-**
-** Finalize a statement handle.
-*/
-static int test_finalize(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3 *db = 0;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <STMT>", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  if( pStmt ){
-    db = StmtToDb(pStmt);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  if( db && sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_stmt_status  STMT  CODE  RESETFLAG
-**
-** Get the value of a status counter from a statement.
-*/
-static int test_stmt_status(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int iValue;
-  int i, op = 0, resetFlag;
-  const char *zOpName;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-  static const struct {
-    const char *zName;
-    int op;
-  } aOp[] = {
-    { "SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP",   SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP   },
-    { "SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT",            SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT            },
-    { "SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX",       SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX       },
-    { "SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP",         SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP         },
-  };
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT PARAMETER RESETFLAG");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zOpName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aOp); i++){
-    if( strcmp(aOp[i].zName, zOpName)==0 ){
-      op = aOp[i].op;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( i>=ArraySize(aOp) ){
-    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &op) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &resetFlag) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  iValue = sqlite3_stmt_status(pStmt, op, resetFlag);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(iValue));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus STMT IDX
-*/
-static int test_stmt_scanstatus(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* First argument */
-  int idx;                        /* Second argument */
-
-  const char *zName;
-  const char *zExplain;
-  sqlite3_int64 nLoop;
-  sqlite3_int64 nVisit;
-  double rEst;
-  int res;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT IDX");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  res = sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(pStmt, idx, SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP, (void*)&nLoop);
-  if( res==0 ){
-    Tcl_Obj *pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("nLoop", -1));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(nLoop));
-    sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(pStmt, idx, SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT, (void*)&nVisit);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("nVisit", -1));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(nVisit));
-    sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(pStmt, idx, SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST, (void*)&rEst);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("nEst", -1));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(rEst));
-    sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(pStmt, idx, SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME, (void*)&zName);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("zName", -1));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zName, -1));
-    sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(pStmt, idx, SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN, (void*)&zExplain);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("zExplain", -1));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zExplain, -1));
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-  }else{
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset  STMT
-*/
-static int test_stmt_scanstatus_reset(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* First argument */
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(pStmt);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_next_stmt  DB  STMT
-**
-** Return the next statment in sequence after STMT.
-*/
-static int test_next_stmt(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  sqlite3 *db = 0;
-  char zBuf[50];
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB STMT", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  pStmt = sqlite3_next_stmt(db, pStmt);
-  if( pStmt ){
-    if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_stmt_readonly  STMT
-**
-** Return true if STMT is a NULL pointer or a pointer to a statement
-** that is guaranteed to leave the database unmodified.
-*/
-static int test_stmt_readonly(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_stmt_readonly(pStmt);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_stmt_busy  STMT
-**
-** Return true if STMT is a non-NULL pointer to a statement
-** that has been stepped but not to completion.
-*/
-static int test_stmt_busy(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_stmt_busy(pStmt);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  uses_stmt_journal  STMT
-**
-** Return true if STMT uses a statement journal.
-*/
-static int uses_stmt_journal(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_stmt_readonly(pStmt);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(((Vdbe *)pStmt)->usesStmtJournal));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_reset  STMT 
-**
-** Reset a statement handle.
-*/
-static int test_reset(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <STMT>", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-  if( pStmt && sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-/*
-  if( rc ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-*/
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_expired STMT 
-**
-** Return TRUE if a recompilation of the statement is recommended.
-*/
-static int test_expired(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <STMT>", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(sqlite3_expired(pStmt)));
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_transfer_bindings FROMSTMT TOSTMT
-**
-** Transfer all bindings from FROMSTMT over to TOSTMT
-*/
-static int test_transfer_bind(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt1, *pStmt2;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " FROM-STMT TO-STMT", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt1)) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &pStmt2)) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, 
-     Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_transfer_bindings(pStmt1,pStmt2)));
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_changes DB
-**
-** Return the number of changes made to the database by the last SQL
-** execution.
-*/
-static int test_changes(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_changes(db)));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the "static_bind_value" that variables are bound to when
-** the FLAG option of sqlite3_bind is "static"
-*/
-static char *sqlite_static_bind_value = 0;
-static int sqlite_static_bind_nbyte = 0;
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_bind  VM  IDX  VALUE  FLAGS
-**
-** Sets the value of the IDX-th occurrence of "?" in the original SQL
-** string.  VALUE is the new value.  If FLAGS=="null" then VALUE is
-** ignored and the value is set to NULL.  If FLAGS=="static" then
-** the value is set to the value of a static variable named
-** "sqlite_static_bind_value".  If FLAGS=="normal" then a copy
-** of the VALUE is made.  If FLAGS=="blob10" then a VALUE is ignored
-** an a 10-byte blob "abc\000xyz\000pq" is inserted.
-*/
-static int test_bind(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-  int idx;
-  if( argc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-       " VM IDX VALUE (null|static|normal)\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, argv[1], &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( strcmp(argv[4],"null")==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, idx);
-  }else if( strcmp(argv[4],"static")==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, idx, sqlite_static_bind_value, -1, 0);
-  }else if( strcmp(argv[4],"static-nbytes")==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, idx, sqlite_static_bind_value,
-                                       sqlite_static_bind_nbyte, 0);
-  }else if( strcmp(argv[4],"normal")==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, idx, argv[3], -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }else if( strcmp(argv[4],"blob10")==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, idx, "abc\000xyz\000pq", 10, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }else{
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "4th argument should be "
-        "\"null\" or \"static\" or \"normal\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc ){
-    char zBuf[50];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "(%d) ", rc);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Usage: add_test_collate <db ptr> <utf8> <utf16le> <utf16be>
-**
-** This function is used to test that SQLite selects the correct collation
-** sequence callback when multiple versions (for different text encodings)
-** are available.
-**
-** Calling this routine registers the collation sequence "test_collate"
-** with database handle <db>. The second argument must be a list of three
-** boolean values. If the first is true, then a version of test_collate is
-** registered for UTF-8, if the second is true, a version is registered for
-** UTF-16le, if the third is true, a UTF-16be version is available.
-** Previous versions of test_collate are deleted.
-**
-** The collation sequence test_collate is implemented by calling the
-** following TCL script:
-**
-**   "test_collate <enc> <lhs> <rhs>"
-**
-** The <lhs> and <rhs> are the two values being compared, encoded in UTF-8.
-** The <enc> parameter is the encoding of the collation function that
-** SQLite selected to call. The TCL test script implements the
-** "test_collate" proc.
-**
-** Note that this will only work with one interpreter at a time, as the
-** interp pointer to use when evaluating the TCL script is stored in
-** pTestCollateInterp.
-*/
-static Tcl_Interp* pTestCollateInterp;
-static int test_collate_func(
-  void *pCtx, 
-  int nA, const void *zA,
-  int nB, const void *zB
-){
-  Tcl_Interp *i = pTestCollateInterp;
-  int encin = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pCtx);
-  int res;
-  int n;
-
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  Tcl_Obj *pX;
-
-  pX = Tcl_NewStringObj("test_collate", -1);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pX);
-
-  switch( encin ){
-    case SQLITE_UTF8:
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(i,pX,Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-8",-1));
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_UTF16LE:
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(i,pX,Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-16LE",-1));
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_UTF16BE:
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(i,pX,Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-16BE",-1));
-      break;
-    default:
-      assert(0);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  if( pVal ){
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, nA, zA, encin, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(i,pX,
-        Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)sqlite3_value_text(pVal),n));
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, nB, zB, encin, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(i,pX,
-        Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)sqlite3_value_text(pVal),n));
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  }
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
-  Tcl_EvalObjEx(i, pX, 0);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pX);
-  Tcl_GetIntFromObj(i, Tcl_GetObjResult(i), &res);
-  return res;
-}
-static int test_collate(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int val;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
-  pTestCollateInterp = interp;
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_create_collation(db, "test_collate", SQLITE_UTF8, 
-          (void *)SQLITE_UTF8, val?test_collate_func:0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    const void *zUtf16;
-    if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    rc = sqlite3_create_collation(db, "test_collate", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 
-            (void *)SQLITE_UTF16LE, val?test_collate_func:0);
-    if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-#if 0
-    if( sqlite3_iMallocFail>0 ){
-      sqlite3_iMallocFail++;
-    }
-#endif
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "test_collate", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    zUtf16 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3_create_collation16(db, zUtf16, SQLITE_UTF16BE, 
-          (void *)SQLITE_UTF16BE, val?test_collate_func:0);
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-
-bad_args:
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-      Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <DB> <utf8> <utf16le> <utf16be>", 0);
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: add_test_utf16bin_collate <db ptr>
-**
-** Add a utf-16 collation sequence named "utf16bin" to the database
-** handle. This collation sequence compares arguments in the same way as the
-** built-in collation "binary".
-*/
-static int test_utf16bin_collate_func(
-  void *pCtx, 
-  int nA, const void *zA,
-  int nB, const void *zB
-){
-  int nCmp = (nA>nB ? nB : nA);
-  int res = memcmp(zA, zB, nCmp);
-  if( res==0 ) res = nA - nB;
-  return res;
-}
-static int test_utf16bin_collate(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ) goto bad_args;
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_collation(db, "utf16bin", SQLITE_UTF16, 0, 
-      test_utf16bin_collate_func
-  );
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  return TCL_OK;
-
-bad_args:
-  Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** When the collation needed callback is invoked, record the name of 
-** the requested collating function here.  The recorded name is linked
-** to a TCL variable and used to make sure that the requested collation
-** name is correct.
-*/
-static char zNeededCollation[200];
-static char *pzNeededCollation = zNeededCollation;
-
-
-/*
-** Called when a collating sequence is needed.  Registered using
-** sqlite3_collation_needed16().
-*/
-static void test_collate_needed_cb(
-  void *pCtx, 
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int eTextRep,
-  const void *pName
-){
-  int enc = ENC(db);
-  int i;
-  char *z;
-  for(z = (char*)pName, i=0; *z || z[1]; z++){
-    if( *z ) zNeededCollation[i++] = *z;
-  }
-  zNeededCollation[i] = 0;
-  sqlite3_create_collation(
-      db, "test_collate", ENC(db), SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(enc), test_collate_func);
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: add_test_collate_needed DB
-*/
-static int test_collate_needed(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ) goto bad_args;
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_collation_needed16(db, 0, test_collate_needed_cb);
-  zNeededCollation[0] = 0;
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  return TCL_OK;
-
-bad_args:
-  Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   add_alignment_test_collations  DB
-**
-** Add two new collating sequences to the database DB
-**
-**     utf16_aligned
-**     utf16_unaligned
-**
-** Both collating sequences use the same sort order as BINARY.
-** The only difference is that the utf16_aligned collating
-** sequence is declared with the SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED flag.
-** Both collating functions increment the unaligned utf16 counter
-** whenever they see a string that begins on an odd byte boundary.
-*/
-static int unaligned_string_counter = 0;
-static int alignmentCollFunc(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
-  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
-  int rc, n;
-  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
-  if( nKey1>0 && 1==(1&(SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pKey1))) ) unaligned_string_counter++;
-  if( nKey2>0 && 1==(1&(SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pKey2))) ) unaligned_string_counter++;
-  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-static int add_alignment_test_collations(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( objc>=2 ){
-    if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    sqlite3_create_collation(db, "utf16_unaligned", SQLITE_UTF16, 
-        0, alignmentCollFunc);
-    sqlite3_create_collation(db, "utf16_aligned", SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED, 
-        0, alignmentCollFunc);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16) */
-
-/*
-** Usage: add_test_function <db ptr> <utf8> <utf16le> <utf16be>
-**
-** This function is used to test that SQLite selects the correct user
-** function callback when multiple versions (for different text encodings)
-** are available.
-**
-** Calling this routine registers up to three versions of the user function
-** "test_function" with database handle <db>.  If the second argument is
-** true, then a version of test_function is registered for UTF-8, if the
-** third is true, a version is registered for UTF-16le, if the fourth is
-** true, a UTF-16be version is available.  Previous versions of
-** test_function are deleted.
-**
-** The user function is implemented by calling the following TCL script:
-**
-**   "test_function <enc> <arg>"
-**
-** Where <enc> is one of UTF-8, UTF-16LE or UTF16BE, and <arg> is the
-** single argument passed to the SQL function. The value returned by
-** the TCL script is used as the return value of the SQL function. It
-** is passed to SQLite using UTF-16BE for a UTF-8 test_function(), UTF-8
-** for a UTF-16LE test_function(), and UTF-16LE for an implementation that
-** prefers UTF-16BE.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-static void test_function_utf8(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;
-  Tcl_Obj *pX;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  interp = (Tcl_Interp *)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
-  pX = Tcl_NewStringObj("test_function", -1);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pX);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-8", -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, 
-      Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), -1));
-  Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pX, 0);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pX);
-  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), 
-      SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3_result_text16be(pCtx, sqlite3_value_text16be(pVal),
-      -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-}
-static void test_function_utf16le(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;
-  Tcl_Obj *pX;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  interp = (Tcl_Interp *)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
-  pX = Tcl_NewStringObj("test_function", -1);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pX);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-16LE", -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, 
-      Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), -1));
-  Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pX, 0);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pX);
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), 
-      SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx,(char*)sqlite3_value_text(pVal),-1,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-}
-static void test_function_utf16be(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;
-  Tcl_Obj *pX;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  interp = (Tcl_Interp *)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
-  pX = Tcl_NewStringObj("test_function", -1);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pX);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-16BE", -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, 
-      Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), -1));
-  Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pX, 0);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pX);
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), 
-      SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3_result_text16(pCtx, sqlite3_value_text16le(pVal),
-      -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  sqlite3_result_text16be(pCtx, sqlite3_value_text16le(pVal),
-      -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  sqlite3_result_text16le(pCtx, sqlite3_value_text16le(pVal),
-      -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-static int test_function(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int val;
-
-  if( objc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( val ){
-    sqlite3_create_function(db, "test_function", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 
-        interp, test_function_utf8, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( val ){
-    sqlite3_create_function(db, "test_function", 1, SQLITE_UTF16LE, 
-        interp, test_function_utf16le, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( val ){
-    sqlite3_create_function(db, "test_function", 1, SQLITE_UTF16BE, 
-        interp, test_function_utf16be, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-bad_args:
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-      Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <DB> <utf8> <utf16le> <utf16be>", 0);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:         sqlite3_test_errstr <err code>
-**
-** Test that the english language string equivalents for sqlite error codes
-** are sane. The parameter is an integer representing an sqlite error code.
-** The result is a list of two elements, the string representation of the
-** error code and the english language explanation.
-*/
-static int test_errstr(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  char *zCode;
-  int i;
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "<error code>");
-  }
-
-  zCode = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  for(i=0; i<200; i++){
-    if( 0==strcmp(t1ErrorName(i), zCode) ) break;
-  }
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrStr(i), 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    breakpoint
-**
-** This routine exists for one purpose - to provide a place to put a
-** breakpoint with GDB that can be triggered using TCL code.  The use
-** for this is when a particular test fails on (say) the 1485th iteration.
-** In the TCL test script, we can add code like this:
-**
-**     if {$i==1485} breakpoint
-**
-** Then run testfixture in the debugger and wait for the breakpoint to
-** fire.  Then additional breakpoints can be set to trace down the bug.
-*/
-static int test_breakpoint(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  return TCL_OK;         /* Do nothing */
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  STMT IDX N
-**
-** Test the sqlite3_bind_zeroblob interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
-** IDX is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
-** binds a N-byte zero-filled BLOB to the wildcard.
-*/
-static int test_bind_zeroblob(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int idx;
-  int n;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT IDX N");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, idx, n);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64  STMT IDX N
-**
-** Test the sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
-** IDX is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
-** binds a N-byte zero-filled BLOB to the wildcard.
-*/
-static int test_bind_zeroblob64(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int idx;
-  i64 n;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT IDX N");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(pStmt, idx, n);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_int  STMT N VALUE
-**
-** Test the sqlite3_bind_int interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
-** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
-** binds a 32-bit integer VALUE to that wildcard.
-*/
-static int test_bind_int(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int idx;
-  int value;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N VALUE", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &value) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, idx, value);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_int64  STMT N VALUE
-**
-** Test the sqlite3_bind_int64 interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
-** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
-** binds a 64-bit integer VALUE to that wildcard.
-*/
-static int test_bind_int64(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int idx;
-  Tcl_WideInt value;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N VALUE", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &value) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, idx, value);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_double  STMT N VALUE
-**
-** Test the sqlite3_bind_double interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
-** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
-** binds a 64-bit integer VALUE to that wildcard.
-*/
-static int test_bind_double(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int idx;
-  double value = 0;
-  int rc;
-  const char *zVal;
-  int i;
-  static const struct {
-    const char *zName;     /* Name of the special floating point value */
-    unsigned int iUpper;   /* Upper 32 bits */
-    unsigned int iLower;   /* Lower 32 bits */
-  } aSpecialFp[] = {
-    {  "NaN",      0x7fffffff, 0xffffffff },
-    {  "SNaN",     0x7ff7ffff, 0xffffffff },
-    {  "-NaN",     0xffffffff, 0xffffffff },
-    {  "-SNaN",    0xfff7ffff, 0xffffffff },
-    {  "+Inf",     0x7ff00000, 0x00000000 },
-    {  "-Inf",     0xfff00000, 0x00000000 },
-    {  "Epsilon",  0x00000000, 0x00000001 },
-    {  "-Epsilon", 0x80000000, 0x00000001 },
-    {  "NaN0",     0x7ff80000, 0x00000000 },
-    {  "-NaN0",    0xfff80000, 0x00000000 },
-  };
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N VALUE", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Intercept the string "NaN" and generate a NaN value for it.
-  ** All other strings are passed through to Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj().
-  ** Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj() should understand "NaN" but some versions
-  ** contain a bug.
-  */
-  zVal = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSpecialFp)/sizeof(aSpecialFp[0]); i++){
-    if( strcmp(aSpecialFp[i].zName, zVal)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_uint64 x;
-      x = aSpecialFp[i].iUpper;
-      x <<= 32;
-      x |= aSpecialFp[i].iLower;
-      assert( sizeof(value)==8 );
-      assert( sizeof(x)==8 );
-      memcpy(&value, &x, 8);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( i>=sizeof(aSpecialFp)/sizeof(aSpecialFp[0]) &&
-         Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &value) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, idx, value);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_null  STMT N
-**
-** Test the sqlite3_bind_null interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
-** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
-** binds a NULL to the wildcard.
-*/
-static int test_bind_null(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int idx;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, idx);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_text  STMT N STRING BYTES
-**
-** Test the sqlite3_bind_text interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
-** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
-** binds a UTF-8 string STRING to the wildcard.  The string is BYTES bytes
-** long.
-*/
-static int test_bind_text(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int idx;
-  int bytes;
-  char *value;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N VALUE BYTES", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  value = (char*)Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[3], &bytes);
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, idx, value, bytes, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_text16 ?-static? STMT N STRING BYTES
-**
-** Test the sqlite3_bind_text16 interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
-** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
-** binds a UTF-16 string STRING to the wildcard.  The string is BYTES bytes
-** long.
-*/
-static int test_bind_text16(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int idx;
-  int bytes;
-  char *value;
-  int rc;
-
-  void (*xDel)(void*) = (objc==6?SQLITE_STATIC:SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  Tcl_Obj *oStmt    = objv[objc-4];
-  Tcl_Obj *oN       = objv[objc-3];
-  Tcl_Obj *oString  = objv[objc-2];
-  Tcl_Obj *oBytes   = objv[objc-1];
-
-  if( objc!=5 && objc!=6){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N VALUE BYTES", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(oStmt), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, oN, &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  value = (char*)Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(oString, 0);
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, oBytes, &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_text16(pStmt, idx, (void *)value, bytes, xDel);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_blob ?-static? STMT N DATA BYTES
-**
-** Test the sqlite3_bind_blob interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
-** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
-** binds a BLOB to the wildcard.  The BLOB is BYTES bytes in size.
-*/
-static int test_bind_blob(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int idx;
-  int bytes;
-  char *value;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_destructor_type xDestructor = SQLITE_TRANSIENT;
-
-  if( objc!=5 && objc!=6 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N DATA BYTES", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( objc==6 ){
-    xDestructor = SQLITE_STATIC;
-    objv++;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  value = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, idx, value, bytes, xDestructor);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_parameter_count  STMT
-**
-** Return the number of wildcards in the given statement.
-*/
-static int test_bind_parameter_count(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt)));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_parameter_name  STMT  N
-**
-** Return the name of the Nth wildcard.  The first wildcard is 1.
-** An empty string is returned if N is out of range or if the wildcard
-** is nameless.
-*/
-static int test_bind_parameter_name(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int i;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT N");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &i) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, 
-     Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(pStmt,i),-1)
-  );
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_parameter_index  STMT  NAME
-**
-** Return the index of the wildcard called NAME.  Return 0 if there is
-** no such wildcard.
-*/
-static int test_bind_parameter_index(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT NAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, 
-     Tcl_NewIntObj(
-       sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(pStmt,Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))
-     )
-  );
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_clear_bindings STMT
-**
-*/
-static int test_clear_bindings(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_clear_bindings(pStmt)));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_sleep MILLISECONDS
-*/
-static int test_sleep(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int ms;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "MILLISECONDS");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ms) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_sleep(ms)));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_extended_errcode DB
-**
-** Return the string representation of the most recent sqlite3_* API
-** error code. e.g. "SQLITE_ERROR".
-*/
-static int test_ex_errcode(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_extended_errcode(db);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_errcode DB
-**
-** Return the string representation of the most recent sqlite3_* API
-** error code. e.g. "SQLITE_ERROR".
-*/
-static int test_errcode(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_errmsg DB
-**
-** Returns the UTF-8 representation of the error message string for the
-** most recent sqlite3_* API call.
-*/
-static int test_errmsg(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zErr;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  zErr = sqlite3_errmsg(db);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zErr, -1));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   test_errmsg16 DB
-**
-** Returns the UTF-16 representation of the error message string for the
-** most recent sqlite3_* API call. This is a byte array object at the TCL 
-** level, and it includes the 0x00 0x00 terminator bytes at the end of the
-** UTF-16 string.
-*/
-static int test_errmsg16(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const void *zErr;
-  const char *z;
-  int bytes = 0;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  zErr = sqlite3_errmsg16(db);
-  if( zErr ){
-    z = zErr;
-    for(bytes=0; z[bytes] || z[bytes+1]; bytes+=2){}
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(zErr, bytes));
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_prepare DB sql bytes ?tailvar?
-**
-** Compile up to <bytes> bytes of the supplied SQL string <sql> using
-** database handle <DB>. The parameter <tailval> is the name of a global
-** variable that is set to the unused portion of <sql> (if any). A
-** STMT handle is returned.
-*/
-static int test_prepare(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zSql;
-  int bytes;
-  const char *zTail = 0;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  char zBuf[50];
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=5 && objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB sql bytes ?tailvar?", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zSql = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, bytes, &pStmt, objc>=5 ? &zTail : 0);
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( zTail && objc>=5 ){
-    if( bytes>=0 ){
-      bytes = bytes - (int)(zTail-zSql);
-    }
-    if( (int)strlen(zTail)<bytes ){
-      bytes = (int)strlen(zTail);
-    }
-    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, objv[4], 0, Tcl_NewStringObj(zTail, bytes), 0);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pStmt==0 );
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "(%d) ", rc);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, sqlite3_errmsg(db), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( pStmt ){
-    if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_prepare_v2 DB sql bytes ?tailvar?
-**
-** Compile up to <bytes> bytes of the supplied SQL string <sql> using
-** database handle <DB>. The parameter <tailval> is the name of a global
-** variable that is set to the unused portion of <sql> (if any). A
-** STMT handle is returned.
-*/
-static int test_prepare_v2(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zSql;
-  char *zCopy = 0;                /* malloc() copy of zSql */
-  int bytes;
-  const char *zTail = 0;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  char zBuf[50];
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=5 && objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB sql bytes tailvar", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zSql = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Instead of using zSql directly, make a copy into a buffer obtained
-  ** directly from malloc(). The idea is to make it easier for valgrind
-  ** to spot buffer overreads.  */
-  if( bytes>=0 ){
-    zCopy = malloc(bytes);
-    memcpy(zCopy, zSql, bytes);
-  }else{
-    int n = (int)strlen(zSql) + 1;
-    zCopy = malloc(n);
-    memcpy(zCopy, zSql, n);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zCopy, bytes, &pStmt, objc>=5 ? &zTail : 0);
-  free(zCopy);
-  zTail = &zSql[(zTail - zCopy)];
-
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0);
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zTail && objc>=5 ){
-    if( bytes>=0 ){
-      bytes = bytes - (int)(zTail-zSql);
-    }
-    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, objv[4], 0, Tcl_NewStringObj(zTail, bytes), 0);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pStmt==0 );
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "(%d) ", rc);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, sqlite3_errmsg(db), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( pStmt ){
-    if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_prepare_tkt3134 DB
-**
-** Generate a prepared statement for a zero-byte string as a test
-** for ticket #3134.  The string should be preceded by a zero byte.
-*/
-static int test_prepare_tkt3134(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  static const char zSql[] = "\000SELECT 1";
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  char zBuf[50];
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB sql bytes tailvar", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, &zSql[1], 0, &pStmt, 0);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pStmt==0 );
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "(%d) ", rc);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, sqlite3_errmsg(db), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( pStmt ){
-    if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_prepare16 DB sql bytes tailvar
-**
-** Compile up to <bytes> bytes of the supplied SQL string <sql> using
-** database handle <DB>. The parameter <tailval> is the name of a global
-** variable that is set to the unused portion of <sql> (if any). A
-** STMT handle is returned.
-*/
-static int test_prepare16(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const void *zSql;
-  const void *zTail = 0;
-  Tcl_Obj *pTail = 0;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  char zBuf[50]; 
-  int rc;
-  int bytes;                /* The integer specified as arg 3 */
-  int objlen;               /* The byte-array length of arg 2 */
-
-  if( objc!=5 && objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB sql bytes ?tailvar?", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zSql = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[2], &objlen);
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare16(db, zSql, bytes, &pStmt, objc>=5 ? &zTail : 0);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( objc>=5 ){
-    if( zTail ){
-      objlen = objlen - (int)((u8 *)zTail-(u8 *)zSql);
-    }else{
-      objlen = 0;
-    }
-    pTail = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((u8 *)zTail, objlen);
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pTail);
-    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, objv[4], 0, pTail, 0);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pTail);
-  }
-
-  if( pStmt ){
-    if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_prepare16_v2 DB sql bytes ?tailvar?
-**
-** Compile up to <bytes> bytes of the supplied SQL string <sql> using
-** database handle <DB>. The parameter <tailval> is the name of a global
-** variable that is set to the unused portion of <sql> (if any). A
-** STMT handle is returned.
-*/
-static int test_prepare16_v2(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const void *zSql;
-  const void *zTail = 0;
-  Tcl_Obj *pTail = 0;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  char zBuf[50]; 
-  int rc;
-  int bytes;                /* The integer specified as arg 3 */
-  int objlen;               /* The byte-array length of arg 2 */
-
-  if( objc!=5 && objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB sql bytes ?tailvar?", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zSql = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[2], &objlen);
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare16_v2(db, zSql, bytes, &pStmt, objc>=5 ? &zTail : 0);
-  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( rc ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( objc>=5 ){
-    if( zTail ){
-      objlen = objlen - (int)((u8 *)zTail-(u8 *)zSql);
-    }else{
-      objlen = 0;
-    }
-    pTail = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((u8 *)zTail, objlen);
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pTail);
-    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, objv[4], 0, pTail, 0);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pTail);
-  }
-
-  if( pStmt ){
-    if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_open filename ?options-list?
-*/
-static int test_open(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zFilename;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  char zBuf[100];
-
-  if( objc!=3 && objc!=2 && objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " filename options-list", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zFilename = objc>1 ? Tcl_GetString(objv[1]) : 0;
-  sqlite3_open(zFilename, &db);
-  
-  if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_open_v2 FILENAME FLAGS VFS
-*/
-static int test_open_v2(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zFilename;
-  const char *zVfs;
-  int flags = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  char zBuf[100];
-
-  int nFlag;
-  Tcl_Obj **apFlag;
-  int i;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME FLAGS VFS");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zFilename = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  zVfs = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-  if( zVfs[0]==0x00 ) zVfs = 0;
-
-  rc = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &nFlag, &apFlag);
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
-  for(i=0; i<nFlag; i++){
-    int iFlag;
-    struct OpenFlag {
-      const char *zFlag;
-      int flag;
-    } aFlag[] = {
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE", SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE", SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE", SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY", SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB", SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB", SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB", SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL", SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL", SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL", SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL", SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX", SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX", SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_WAL", SQLITE_OPEN_WAL },
-      { "SQLITE_OPEN_URI", SQLITE_OPEN_URI },
-      { 0, 0 }
-    };
-    rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, apFlag[i], aFlag, sizeof(aFlag[0]), 
-        "flag", 0, &iFlag
-    );
-    if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
-    flags |= aFlag[iFlag].flag;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zFilename, &db, flags, zVfs);
-  if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_open16 filename options
-*/
-static int test_open16(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  const void *zFilename;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  char zBuf[100];
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " filename options-list", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zFilename = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], 0);
-  sqlite3_open16(zFilename, &db);
-  
-  if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_complete16 <UTF-16 string>
-**
-** Return 1 if the supplied argument is a complete SQL statement, or zero
-** otherwise.
-*/
-static int test_complete16(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16)
-  char *zBuf;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "<utf-16 sql>");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zBuf = (char*)Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], 0);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_complete16(zBuf)));
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE && SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_step STMT
-**
-** Advance the statement to the next row.
-*/
-static int test_step(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-
-  /* if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE && rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return TCL_ERROR; */
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_sql(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_sql(pStmt), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_count STMT 
-**
-** Return the number of columns returned by the sql statement STMT.
-*/
-static int test_column_count(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_column_count(pStmt)));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_type STMT column
-**
-** Return the type of the data in column 'column' of the current row.
-*/
-static int test_column_type(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int col;
-  int tp;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  tp = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, col);
-  switch( tp ){
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: 
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, "INTEGER", TCL_STATIC); 
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_NULL:
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, "NULL", TCL_STATIC); 
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT:
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, "FLOAT", TCL_STATIC); 
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_TEXT:
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, "TEXT", TCL_STATIC); 
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_BLOB:
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, "BLOB", TCL_STATIC); 
-      break;
-    default:
-      assert(0);
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_int64 STMT column
-**
-** Return the data in column 'column' of the current row cast as an
-** wide (64-bit) integer.
-*/
-static int test_column_int64(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int col;
-  i64 iVal;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  iVal = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, col);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(iVal));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_blob STMT column
-*/
-static int test_column_blob(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int col;
-
-  int len;
-  const void *pBlob;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  len = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, col);
-  pBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, col);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(pBlob, len));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_double STMT column
-**
-** Return the data in column 'column' of the current row cast as a double.
-*/
-static int test_column_double(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int col;
-  double rVal;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rVal = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, col);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(rVal));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_data_count STMT 
-**
-** Return the number of columns returned by the sql statement STMT.
-*/
-static int test_data_count(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_text STMT column
-**
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_decltype STMT column
-**
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_name STMT column
-*/
-static int test_stmt_utf8(
-  void * clientData,        /* Pointer to SQLite API function to be invoke */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int col;
-  const char *(*xFunc)(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-  const char *zRet;
-
-  xFunc = (const char *(*)(sqlite3_stmt*, int))clientData;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zRet = xFunc(pStmt, col);
-  if( zRet ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)zRet, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_global_recover(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  int rc;
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_global_recover();
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_text STMT column
-**
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_decltype STMT column
-**
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_name STMT column
-*/
-static int test_stmt_utf16(
-  void * clientData,     /* Pointer to SQLite API function to be invoked */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int col;
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-  const void *zName16;
-  const void *(*xFunc)(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-
-  xFunc = (const void *(*)(sqlite3_stmt*, int))clientData;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  zName16 = xFunc(pStmt, col);
-  if( zName16 ){
-    int n;
-    const char *z = zName16;
-    for(n=0; z[n] || z[n+1]; n+=2){}
-    pRet = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(zName16, n+2);
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_int STMT column
-**
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_bytes STMT column
-**
-** Usage: sqlite3_column_bytes16 STMT column
-**
-*/
-static int test_stmt_int(
-  void * clientData,    /* Pointer to SQLite API function to be invoked */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int col;
-  int (*xFunc)(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-
-  xFunc = (int (*)(sqlite3_stmt*, int))clientData;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(xFunc(pStmt, col)));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite_set_magic  DB  MAGIC-NUMBER
-**
-** Set the db->magic value.  This is used to test error recovery logic.
-*/
-static int sqlite_set_magic(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int argc,
-  char **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-         " DB MAGIC", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( strcmp(argv[2], "SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN")==0 ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
-  }else if( strcmp(argv[2], "SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED")==0 ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
-  }else if( strcmp(argv[2], "SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY")==0 ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
-  }else if( strcmp(argv[2], "SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR")==0 ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
-  }else if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], (int*)&db->magic) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_interrupt  DB 
-**
-** Trigger an interrupt on DB
-*/
-static int test_interrupt(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int argc,
-  char **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_interrupt(db);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static u8 *sqlite3_stack_baseline = 0;
-
-/*
-** Fill the stack with a known bitpattern.
-*/
-static void prepStack(void){
-  int i;
-  u32 bigBuf[65536];
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(bigBuf)/sizeof(bigBuf[0]); i++) bigBuf[i] = 0xdeadbeef;
-  sqlite3_stack_baseline = (u8*)&bigBuf[65536];
-}
-
-/*
-** Get the current stack depth.  Used for debugging only.
-*/
-u64 sqlite3StackDepth(void){
-  u8 x;
-  return (u64)(sqlite3_stack_baseline - &x);
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_stack_used DB SQL
-**
-** Try to measure the amount of stack space used by a call to sqlite3_exec
-*/
-static int test_stack_used(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int argc,
-  char **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int i;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-        " DB SQL", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  prepStack();
-  (void)sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, 0);
-  for(i=65535; i>=0 && ((u32*)sqlite3_stack_baseline)[-i]==0xdeadbeef; i--){}
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(i*4));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite_delete_function DB function-name
-**
-** Delete the user function 'function-name' from database handle DB. It
-** is assumed that the user function was created as UTF8, any number of
-** arguments (the way the TCL interface does it).
-*/
-static int delete_function(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int argc,
-  char **argv
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-        " DB function-name", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, argv[2], -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite_delete_collation DB collation-name
-**
-** Delete the collation sequence 'collation-name' from database handle 
-** DB. It is assumed that the collation sequence was created as UTF8 (the 
-** way the TCL interface does it).
-*/
-static int delete_collation(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int argc,
-  char **argv
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-        " DB function-name", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_create_collation(db, argv[2], SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_get_autocommit DB
-**
-** Return true if the database DB is currently in auto-commit mode.
-** Return false if not.
-*/
-static int get_autocommit(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int argc,
-  char **argv
-){
-  char zBuf[30];
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-        " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", sqlite3_get_autocommit(db));
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_busy_timeout DB MS
-**
-** Set the busy timeout.  This is more easily done using the timeout
-** method of the TCL interface.  But we need a way to test the case
-** where it returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
-*/
-static int test_busy_timeout(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int argc,
-  char **argv
-){
-  int rc, ms;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
-        " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &ms) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, ms);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  tcl_variable_type VARIABLENAME
-**
-** Return the name of the internal representation for the
-** value of the given variable.
-*/
-static int tcl_variable_type(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Tcl_Obj *pVar;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "VARIABLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pVar = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), 0, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
-  if( pVar==0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( pVar->typePtr ){
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(pVar->typePtr->name, -1));
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_release_memory ?N?
-**
-** Attempt to release memory currently held but not actually required.
-** The integer N is the number of bytes we are trying to release.  The 
-** return value is the amount of memory actually released.
-*/
-static int test_release_memory(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-  int N;
-  int amt;
-  if( objc!=1 && objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?N?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc==2 ){
-    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &N) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    N = -1;
-  }
-  amt = sqlite3_release_memory(N);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(amt));
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_db_release_memory DB
-**
-** Attempt to release memory currently held by database DB.  Return the
-** result code (which in the current implementation is always zero).
-*/
-static int test_db_release_memory(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_db_release_memory(db);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_db_filename DB DBNAME
-**
-** Return the name of a file associated with a database.
-*/
-static int test_db_filename(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zDbName;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB DBNAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zDbName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3_db_filename(db, zDbName), (void*)0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_db_readonly DB DBNAME
-**
-** Return 1 or 0 if DBNAME is readonly or not.  Return -1 if DBNAME does
-** not exist.
-*/
-static int test_db_readonly(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zDbName;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB DBNAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zDbName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_db_readonly(db, zDbName)));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit ?N?
-**
-** Query or set the soft heap limit for the current thread.  The
-** limit is only changed if the N is present.  The previous limit
-** is returned.
-*/
-static int test_soft_heap_limit(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_int64 amt;
-  Tcl_WideInt N = -1;
-  if( objc!=1 && objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?N?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc==2 ){
-    if( Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &N) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  amt = sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(amt));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_thread_cleanup
-**
-** Call the sqlite3_thread_cleanup API.
-*/
-static int test_thread_cleanup(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_thread_cleanup();
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   sqlite3_pager_refcounts  DB
-**
-** Return a list of numbers which are the PagerRefcount for all
-** pagers on each database connection.
-*/
-static int test_pager_refcounts(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int i;
-  int v, *a;
-  Tcl_Obj *pResult;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  pResult = Tcl_NewObj();
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ){
-      v = -1;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-      a = sqlite3PagerStats(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt));
-      v = a[0];
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    }
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pResult, Tcl_NewIntObj(v));
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pResult);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   working_64bit_int
-**
-** Some TCL builds (ex: cygwin) do not support 64-bit integers.  This
-** leads to a number of test failures.  The present command checks the
-** TCL build to see whether or not it supports 64-bit integers.  It
-** returns TRUE if it does and FALSE if not.
-**
-** This command is used to warn users that their TCL build is defective
-** and that the errors they are seeing in the test scripts might be
-** a result of their defective TCL rather than problems in SQLite.
-*/
-static int working_64bit_int(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  Tcl_Obj *pTestObj;
-  int working = 0;
-
-  pTestObj = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(1000000*(i64)1234567890);
-  working = strcmp(Tcl_GetString(pTestObj), "1234567890000000")==0;
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pTestObj);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(working));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   vfs_unlink_test
-**
-** This TCL command unregisters the primary VFS and then registers
-** it back again.  This is used to test the ability to register a
-** VFS when none are previously registered, and the ability to 
-** unregister the only available VFS.  Ticket #2738
-*/
-static int vfs_unlink_test(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pMain;
-  sqlite3_vfs *apVfs[20];
-  sqlite3_vfs one, two;
-
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(0);   /* Unregister of NULL is harmless */
-  one.zName = "__one";
-  two.zName = "__two";
-
-  /* Calling sqlite3_vfs_register with 2nd argument of 0 does not
-  ** change the default VFS
-  */
-  pMain = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&one, 0);
-  assert( pMain==0 || pMain==sqlite3_vfs_find(0) );
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&two, 0);
-  assert( pMain==0 || pMain==sqlite3_vfs_find(0) );
-
-  /* We can find a VFS by its name */
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find("__one")==&one );
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find("__two")==&two );
-
-  /* Calling sqlite_vfs_register with non-zero second parameter changes the
-  ** default VFS, even if the 1st parameter is an existig VFS that is
-  ** previously registered as the non-default.
-  */
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&one, 1);
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find("__one")==&one );
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find("__two")==&two );
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find(0)==&one );
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&two, 1);
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find("__one")==&one );
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find("__two")==&two );
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find(0)==&two );
-  if( pMain ){
-    sqlite3_vfs_register(pMain, 1);
-    assert( sqlite3_vfs_find("__one")==&one );
-    assert( sqlite3_vfs_find("__two")==&two );
-    assert( sqlite3_vfs_find(0)==pMain );
-  }
-  
-  /* Unlink the default VFS.  Repeat until there are no more VFSes
-  ** registered.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(apVfs)/sizeof(apVfs[0]); i++){
-    apVfs[i] = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-    if( apVfs[i] ){
-      assert( apVfs[i]==sqlite3_vfs_find(apVfs[i]->zName) );
-      sqlite3_vfs_unregister(apVfs[i]);
-      assert( 0==sqlite3_vfs_find(apVfs[i]->zName) );
-    }
-  }
-  assert( 0==sqlite3_vfs_find(0) );
-  
-  /* Register the main VFS as non-default (will be made default, since
-  ** it'll be the only one in existence).
-  */
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(pMain, 0);
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find(0)==pMain );
-  
-  /* Un-register the main VFS again to restore an empty VFS list */
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(pMain);
-  assert( 0==sqlite3_vfs_find(0) );
-
-  /* Relink all VFSes in reverse order. */  
-  for(i=sizeof(apVfs)/sizeof(apVfs[0])-1; i>=0; i--){
-    if( apVfs[i] ){
-      sqlite3_vfs_register(apVfs[i], 1);
-      assert( apVfs[i]==sqlite3_vfs_find(0) );
-      assert( apVfs[i]==sqlite3_vfs_find(apVfs[i]->zName) );
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Unregister out sample VFSes. */
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&one);
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&two);
-
-  /* Unregistering a VFS that is not currently registered is harmless */
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&one);
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&two);
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find("__one")==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find("__two")==0 );
-
-  /* We should be left with the original default VFS back as the
-  ** original */
-  assert( sqlite3_vfs_find(0)==pMain );
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   vfs_initfail_test
-**
-** This TCL command attempts to vfs_find and vfs_register when the
-** sqlite3_initialize() interface is failing.  All calls should fail.
-*/
-static int vfs_initfail_test(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs one;
-  one.zName = "__one";
-
-  if( sqlite3_vfs_find(0) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&one, 0);
-  if( sqlite3_vfs_find(0) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&one, 1);
-  if( sqlite3_vfs_find(0) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Saved VFSes
-*/
-static sqlite3_vfs *apVfs[20];
-static int nVfs = 0;
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   vfs_unregister_all
-**
-** Unregister all VFSes.
-*/
-static int vfs_unregister_all(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(apVfs); i++){
-    apVfs[i] = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-    if( apVfs[i]==0 ) break;
-    sqlite3_vfs_unregister(apVfs[i]);
-  }
-  nVfs = i;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-/*
-** tclcmd:   vfs_reregister_all
-**
-** Restore all VFSes that were removed using vfs_unregister_all
-*/
-static int vfs_reregister_all(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<nVfs; i++){
-    sqlite3_vfs_register(apVfs[i], i==0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_test DB
-**
-** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_file_control interface and
-** verifies correct operation of the same.
-*/
-static int file_control_test(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int iArg = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, 0, 0, &iArg);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND );
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, "notadatabase", SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &iArg);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, "main", -1, &iArg);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND );
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, "temp", -1, &iArg);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_lasterrno_test DB
-**
-** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_file_control interface and
-** verifies correct operation of the SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO verb.
-*/
-static int file_control_lasterrno_test(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int iArg = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, NULL, SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO, &iArg);
-  if( rc ){ 
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc)); 
-    return TCL_ERROR; 
-  }
-  if( iArg!=0 ) {
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Unexpected non-zero errno: ",
-                     Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_NewIntObj(iArg), 0), " ", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;  
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_chunksize_test DB DBNAME SIZE
-**
-** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_file_control interface and
-** verifies correct operation of the SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE and
-** SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE verbs.
-*/
-static int file_control_chunksize_test(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int nSize;                      /* New chunk size */
-  char *zDb;                      /* Db name ("main", "temp" etc.) */
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database handle */
-  int rc;                         /* file_control() return code */
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB DBNAME SIZE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) 
-   || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &nSize)
-  ){
-   return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  if( zDb[0]=='\0' ) zDb = NULL;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE, (void *)&nSize);
-  if( rc ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_sizehint_test DB DBNAME SIZE
-**
-** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_file_control interface 
-** with SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
-*/
-static int file_control_sizehint_test(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  Tcl_WideInt nSize;              /* Hinted size */
-  char *zDb;                      /* Db name ("main", "temp" etc.) */
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database handle */
-  int rc;                         /* file_control() return code */
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB DBNAME SIZE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) 
-   || Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &nSize)
-  ){
-   return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  if( zDb[0]=='\0' ) zDb = NULL;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, (void *)&nSize);
-  if( rc ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_lockproxy_test DB PWD
-**
-** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_file_control interface and
-** verifies correct operation of the SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE and
-** SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE verbs.
-*/
-static int file_control_lockproxy_test(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-                     Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB PWD", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-   return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
-#  if defined(__APPLE__)
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-  {
-    char *testPath;
-    int rc;
-    int nPwd;
-    const char *zPwd;
-    char proxyPath[400];
-    
-    zPwd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &nPwd);
-    if( sizeof(proxyPath)<nPwd+20 ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "PWD too big", (void*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(proxyPath), proxyPath, "%s/test.proxy", zPwd);
-    rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, NULL, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, proxyPath);
-    if( rc ){
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc)); 
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, NULL, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &testPath);
-    if( strncmp(proxyPath,testPath,11) ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Lock proxy file did not match the "
-                               "previously assigned value", 0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( rc ){
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, NULL, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, proxyPath);
-    if( rc ){
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;  
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_win32_av_retry DB  NRETRY  DELAY
-**
-** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_file_control interface with
-** the SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY opcode.
-*/
-static int file_control_win32_av_retry(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  int a[2];
-  char z[100];
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB NRETRY DELAY", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &a[0]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &a[1]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, NULL, SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY, (void*)a);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%d %d %d", rc, a[0], a[1]);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, (char*)0);
-  return TCL_OK;  
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_win32_set_handle DB HANDLE
-**
-** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_file_control interface with
-** the SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE opcode.
-*/
-static int file_control_win32_set_handle(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  HANDLE hFile = NULL;
-  char z[100];
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB HANDLE", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getWin32Handle(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &hFile) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, NULL, SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE,
-                            (void*)&hFile);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%d %p", rc, (void*)hFile);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, (char*)0);
-  return TCL_OK;  
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_persist_wal DB PERSIST-FLAG
-**
-** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_file_control interface with
-** the SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL opcode.
-*/
-static int file_control_persist_wal(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  int bPersist;
-  char z[100];
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB FLAG", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &bPersist) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, NULL, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, (void*)&bPersist);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%d %d", rc, bPersist);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, (char*)0);
-  return TCL_OK;  
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_powersafe_overwrite DB PSOW-FLAG
-**
-** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_file_control interface with
-** the SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE opcode.
-*/
-static int file_control_powersafe_overwrite(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  int b;
-  char z[100];
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB FLAG", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &b) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db,NULL,SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE,(void*)&b);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%d %d", rc, b);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, (char*)0);
-  return TCL_OK;  
-}
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_vfsname DB ?AUXDB?
-**
-** Return a string that describes the stack of VFSes.
-*/
-static int file_control_vfsname(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zDbName = "main";
-  char *zVfsName = 0;
-
-  if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB ?AUXDB?", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc==3 ){
-    zDbName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_file_control(db, zDbName, SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME,(void*)&zVfsName);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zVfsName, (char*)0);
-  sqlite3_free(zVfsName);
-  return TCL_OK;  
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   file_control_tempfilename DB ?AUXDB?
-**
-** Return a string that is a temporary filename
-*/
-static int file_control_tempfilename(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zDbName = "main";
-  char *zTName = 0;
-
-  if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB ?AUXDB?", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc==3 ){
-    zDbName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_file_control(db, zDbName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME, (void*)&zTName);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zTName, (char*)0);
-  sqlite3_free(zTName);
-  return TCL_OK;  
-}
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite3_vfs_list
-**
-**   Return a tcl list containing the names of all registered vfs's.
-*/
-static int vfs_list(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  for(pVfs=sqlite3_vfs_find(0); pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(pVfs->zName, -1));
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-  return TCL_OK;  
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite3_limit DB ID VALUE
-**
-** This TCL command runs the sqlite3_limit interface and
-** verifies correct operation of the same.
-*/
-static int test_limit(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  static const struct {
-     char *zName;
-     int id;
-  } aId[] = {
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH",              SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH               },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH",          SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH           },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN",              SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN               },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH",          SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH           },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT",     SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT      },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP",             SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP              },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG",        SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG         },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED",            SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED             },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH", SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH  },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER",     SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER      },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH",       SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH        },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS",      SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS       },
-    
-    /* Out of range test cases */
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_TOOSMALL",            -1,                               },
-    { "SQLITE_LIMIT_TOOBIG",              SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1     },
-  };
-  int i, id = 0;
-  int val;
-  const char *zId;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " DB ID VALUE", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zId = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aId)/sizeof(aId[0]); i++){
-    if( strcmp(zId, aId[i].zName)==0 ){
-      id = aId[i].id;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( i>=sizeof(aId)/sizeof(aId[0]) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown limit type: ", zId, (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_limit(db, id, val);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;  
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  save_prng_state
-**
-** Save the state of the pseudo-random number generator.
-** At the same time, verify that sqlite3_test_control works even when
-** called with an out-of-range opcode.
-*/
-static int save_prng_state(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int rc = sqlite3_test_control(9999);
-  assert( rc==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3_test_control(-1);
-  assert( rc==0 );
-  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-/*
-** tclcmd:  restore_prng_state
-*/
-static int restore_prng_state(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-/*
-** tclcmd:  reset_prng_state
-*/
-static int reset_prng_state(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  database_may_be_corrupt
-**
-** Indicate that database files might be corrupt.  In other words, set the normal
-** state of operation.
-*/
-static int database_may_be_corrupt(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-/*
-** tclcmd:  database_never_corrupt
-**
-** Indicate that database files are always well-formed.  This enables extra assert()
-** statements that test conditions that are always true for well-formed databases.
-*/
-static int database_never_corrupt(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, 1);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  pcache_stats
-*/
-static int test_pcache_stats(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int nMin;
-  int nMax;
-  int nCurrent;
-  int nRecyclable;
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-
-  sqlite3PcacheStats(&nCurrent, &nMax, &nMin, &nRecyclable);
-
-  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("current", -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(nCurrent));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("max", -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(nMax));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("min", -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(nMin));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("recyclable", -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(nRecyclable));
-
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-static void test_unlock_notify_cb(void **aArg, int nArg){
-  int ii;
-  for(ii=0; ii<nArg; ii++){
-    Tcl_EvalEx((Tcl_Interp *)aArg[ii], "unlock_notify", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY */
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  sqlite3_unlock_notify db
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-static int test_unlock_notify(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_unlock_notify(db, test_unlock_notify_cb, (void *)interp);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint db ?NAME?
-*/
-static int test_wal_checkpoint(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  char *zDb = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=3 && objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB ?NAME?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc==3 ){
-    zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 db MODE ?NAME?
-**
-** This command calls the wal_checkpoint_v2() function with the specified
-** mode argument (passive, full or restart). If present, the database name
-** NAME is passed as the second argument to wal_checkpoint_v2(). If it the
-** NAME argument is not present, a NULL pointer is passed instead.
-**
-** If wal_checkpoint_v2() returns any value other than SQLITE_BUSY or
-** SQLITE_OK, then this command returns TCL_ERROR. The Tcl result is set
-** to the error message obtained from sqlite3_errmsg().
-**
-** Otherwise, this command returns a list of three integers. The first integer
-** is 1 if SQLITE_BUSY was returned, or 0 otherwise. The following two integers
-** are the values returned via the output parameters by wal_checkpoint_v2() -
-** the number of frames in the log and the number of frames in the log
-** that have been checkpointed.
-*/
-static int test_wal_checkpoint_v2(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  char *zDb = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  int eMode;
-  int nLog = -555;
-  int nCkpt = -555;
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-
-  const char * aMode[] = { "passive", "full", "restart", "truncate", 0 };
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE==0 );
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL==1 );
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART==2 );
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE==3 );
-
-  if( objc!=3 && objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB MODE ?NAME?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( objc==4 ){
-    zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) || (
-      TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(0, objv[2], &eMode)
-   && TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], aMode, "mode", 0, &eMode) 
-  )){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, eMode, &nLog, &nCkpt);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-    const char *zErrCode = sqlite3ErrName(rc);
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErrCode, " - ", (char *)sqlite3_errmsg(db), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc==SQLITE_BUSY?1:0));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(nLog));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(nCkpt));
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint db VALUE
-*/
-static int test_wal_autocheckpoint(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  int iVal;
-
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB VALUE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) 
-   || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(0, objv[2], &iVal)
-  ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, iVal);
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    const char *zErrCode = sqlite3ErrName(rc);
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zErrCode, -1));
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  test_sqlite3_log ?SCRIPT?
-*/
-static struct LogCallback {
-  Tcl_Interp *pInterp;
-  Tcl_Obj *pObj;
-} logcallback = {0, 0};
-static void xLogcallback(void *unused, int err, char *zMsg){
-  Tcl_Obj *pNew = Tcl_DuplicateObj(logcallback.pObj);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pNew);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
-      0, pNew, Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3ErrName(err), -1)
-  );
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pNew, Tcl_NewStringObj(zMsg, -1));
-  Tcl_EvalObjEx(logcallback.pInterp, pNew, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL|TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pNew);
-}
-static int test_sqlite3_log(
-  ClientData clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  if( objc>2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SCRIPT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( logcallback.pObj ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(logcallback.pObj);
-    logcallback.pObj = 0;
-    logcallback.pInterp = 0;
-    sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( objc>1 ){
-    logcallback.pObj = objv[1];
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(logcallback.pObj);
-    logcallback.pInterp = interp;
-    sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, xLogcallback, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-**     tcl_objproc COMMANDNAME ARGS...
-**
-** Run a TCL command using its objProc interface.  Throw an error if
-** the command has no objProc interface.
-*/
-static int runAsObjProc(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-  if( objc<2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "COMMAND ...");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &cmdInfo) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "command not found: ",
-           Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( cmdInfo.objProc==0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "command has no objProc: ",
-           Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return cmdInfo.objProc(cmdInfo.objClientData, interp, objc-1, objv+1);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** WARNING: The following function, printExplainQueryPlan() is an exact
-** copy of example code from eqp.in (eqp.html). If this code is modified,
-** then the documentation copy needs to be modified as well.
-*/
-/*
-** Argument pStmt is a prepared SQL statement. This function compiles
-** an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN command to report on the prepared statement,
-** and prints the report to stdout using printf().
-*/
-int printExplainQueryPlan(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  const char *zSql;               /* Input SQL */
-  char *zExplain;                 /* SQL with EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN prepended */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pExplain;         /* Compiled EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN command */
-  int rc;                         /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare_v2() */
-
-  zSql = sqlite3_sql(pStmt);
-  if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-
-  zExplain = sqlite3_mprintf("EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN %s", zSql);
-  if( zExplain==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt), zExplain, -1, &pExplain, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(zExplain);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pExplain) ){
-    int iSelectid = sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 0);
-    int iOrder = sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 1);
-    int iFrom = sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 2);
-    const char *zDetail = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pExplain, 3);
-
-    printf("%d %d %d %s\n", iSelectid, iOrder, iFrom, zDetail);
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pExplain);
-}
-
-static int test_print_eqp(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = printExplainQueryPlan(pStmt);
-  /* This is needed on Windows so that a test case using this 
-  ** function can open a read pipe and get the output of
-  ** printExplainQueryPlan() immediately.
-  */
-  fflush(stdout);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_test_control VERB ARGS...
-*/
-static int test_test_control(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  struct Verb {
-    const char *zName;
-    int i;
-  } aVerb[] = {
-    { "SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT }, 
-    { "SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP",     SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP     }, 
-    { "SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER",        SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER        },
-  };
-  int iVerb;
-  int iFlag;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc<2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "VERB ARGS...");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(
-      interp, objv[1], aVerb, sizeof(aVerb[0]), "VERB", 0, &iVerb
-  );
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
-
-  iFlag = aVerb[iVerb].i;
-  switch( iFlag ){
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: {
-      int val;
-      if( objc!=3 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "ONOFF");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, val);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP: {
-      int val;
-      sqlite3 *db;
-      if( objc!=4 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "DB LIMIT");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP, db, val);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER: {
-      int onOff, tnum;
-      const char *zDbName;
-      sqlite3 *db;
-      if( objc!=6 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "DB dbName onOff tnum");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      zDbName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-      if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &onOff) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &tnum) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-      sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, db, zDbName, onOff, tnum);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-
-static int test_getrusage(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  char buf[1024];
-  struct rusage r;
-  memset(&r, 0, sizeof(r));
-  getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &r);
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf,
-    "ru_utime=%d.%06d ru_stime=%d.%06d ru_minflt=%d ru_majflt=%d", 
-    (int)r.ru_utime.tv_sec, (int)r.ru_utime.tv_usec, 
-    (int)r.ru_stime.tv_sec, (int)r.ru_stime.tv_usec, 
-    (int)r.ru_minflt, (int)r.ru_majflt
-  );
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-/*
-** Information passed from the main thread into the windows file locker
-** background thread.
-*/
-struct win32FileLocker {
-  char *evName;       /* Name of event to signal thread startup */
-  HANDLE h;           /* Handle of the file to be locked */
-  int delay1;         /* Delay before locking */
-  int delay2;         /* Delay before unlocking */
-  int ok;             /* Finished ok */
-  int err;            /* True if an error occurs */
-};
-#endif
-
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#include <process.h>
-/*
-** The background thread that does file locking.
-*/
-static void win32_file_locker(void *pAppData){
-  struct win32FileLocker *p = (struct win32FileLocker*)pAppData;
-  if( p->evName ){
-    HANDLE ev = OpenEvent(EVENT_MODIFY_STATE, FALSE, p->evName);
-    if ( ev ){
-      SetEvent(ev);
-      CloseHandle(ev);
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->delay1 ) Sleep(p->delay1);
-  if( LockFile(p->h, 0, 0, 100000000, 0) ){
-    Sleep(p->delay2);
-    UnlockFile(p->h, 0, 0, 100000000, 0);
-    p->ok = 1;
-  }else{
-    p->err = 1;
-  }
-  CloseHandle(p->h);
-  p->h = 0;
-  p->delay1 = 0;
-  p->delay2 = 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-/*
-**      lock_win32_file FILENAME DELAY1 DELAY2
-**
-** Get an exclusive manditory lock on file for DELAY2 milliseconds.
-** Wait DELAY1 milliseconds before acquiring the lock.
-*/
-static int win32_file_lock(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  static struct win32FileLocker x = { "win32_file_lock", 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-  const char *zFilename;
-  char zBuf[200];
-  int retry = 0;
-  HANDLE ev;
-  DWORD wResult;
-  
-  if( objc!=4 && objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME DELAY1 DELAY2");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc==1 ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d %d %d %d %d",
-                     x.ok, x.err, x.delay1, x.delay2, x.h);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
-    return TCL_OK;
-  }
-  while( x.h && retry<30 ){
-    retry++;
-    Sleep(100);
-  }
-  if( x.h ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "busy", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x.delay1) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x.delay2) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zFilename = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  x.h = CreateFile(zFilename, GENERIC_READ|GENERIC_WRITE,
-              FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, 0, OPEN_ALWAYS,
-              FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, 0);
-  if( !x.h ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot open file: ", zFilename, (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  ev = CreateEvent(NULL, TRUE, FALSE, x.evName);
-  if ( !ev ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot create event: ", x.evName, (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  _beginthread(win32_file_locker, 0, (void*)&x);
-  Sleep(0);
-  if ( (wResult = WaitForSingleObject(ev, 10000))!=WAIT_OBJECT_0 ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "0x%x", wResult);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wait failed: ", zBuf, (char*)0);
-    CloseHandle(ev);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  CloseHandle(ev);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-**      exists_win32_path PATH
-**
-** Returns non-zero if the specified path exists, whose fully qualified name
-** may exceed 260 characters if it is prefixed with "\\?\".
-*/
-static int win32_exists_path(
-  void *clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "PATH");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
-      GetFileAttributesW( Tcl_GetUnicode(objv[1]))!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-**      find_win32_file PATTERN
-**
-** Returns a list of entries in a directory that match the specified pattern,
-** whose fully qualified name may exceed 248 characters if it is prefixed with
-** "\\?\".
-*/
-static int win32_find_file(
-  void *clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  HANDLE hFindFile = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-  WIN32_FIND_DATAW findData;
-  Tcl_Obj *listObj;
-  DWORD lastErrno;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "PATTERN");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  hFindFile = FindFirstFileW(Tcl_GetUnicode(objv[1]), &findData);
-  if( hFindFile==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetLastError()));
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  listObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(listObj);
-  do {
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(
-        findData.cFileName, -1));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
-        findData.dwFileAttributes));
-  } while( FindNextFileW(hFindFile, &findData) );
-  lastErrno = GetLastError();
-  if( lastErrno!=NO_ERROR && lastErrno!=ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES ){
-    FindClose(hFindFile);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listObj);
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetLastError()));
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  FindClose(hFindFile);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-**      delete_win32_file FILENAME
-**
-** Deletes the specified file, whose fully qualified name may exceed 260
-** characters if it is prefixed with "\\?\".
-*/
-static int win32_delete_file(
-  void *clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( !DeleteFileW(Tcl_GetUnicode(objv[1])) ){
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetLastError()));
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-**      make_win32_dir DIRECTORY
-**
-** Creates the specified directory, whose fully qualified name may exceed 248
-** characters if it is prefixed with "\\?\".
-*/
-static int win32_mkdir(
-  void *clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DIRECTORY");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( !CreateDirectoryW(Tcl_GetUnicode(objv[1]), NULL) ){
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetLastError()));
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-**      remove_win32_dir DIRECTORY
-**
-** Removes the specified directory, whose fully qualified name may exceed 248
-** characters if it is prefixed with "\\?\".
-*/
-static int win32_rmdir(
-  void *clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DIRECTORY");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( !RemoveDirectoryW(Tcl_GetUnicode(objv[1])) ){
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetLastError()));
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-**      optimization_control DB OPT BOOLEAN
-**
-** Enable or disable query optimizations using the sqlite3_test_control()
-** interface.  Disable if BOOLEAN is false and enable if BOOLEAN is true.
-** OPT is the name of the optimization to be disabled.
-*/
-static int optimization_control(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zOpt;
-  int onoff;
-  int mask = 0;
-  static const struct {
-    const char *zOptName;
-    int mask;
-  } aOpt[] = {
-    { "all",                 SQLITE_AllOpts        },
-    { "none",                0                     },
-    { "query-flattener",     SQLITE_QueryFlattener },
-    { "column-cache",        SQLITE_ColumnCache    },
-    { "groupby-order",       SQLITE_GroupByOrder   },
-    { "factor-constants",    SQLITE_FactorOutConst },
-    { "distinct-opt",        SQLITE_DistinctOpt    },
-    { "cover-idx-scan",      SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   },
-    { "order-by-idx-join",   SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin },
-    { "transitive",          SQLITE_Transitive     },
-    { "subquery-coroutine",  SQLITE_SubqCoroutine  },
-    { "omit-noop-join",      SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   },
-    { "stat3",               SQLITE_Stat34         },
-    { "stat4",               SQLITE_Stat34         },
-  };
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB OPT BOOLEAN");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &onoff) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zOpt = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aOpt)/sizeof(aOpt[0]); i++){
-    if( strcmp(zOpt, aOpt[i].zOptName)==0 ){
-      mask = aOpt[i].mask;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( onoff ) mask = ~mask;
-  if( i>=sizeof(aOpt)/sizeof(aOpt[0]) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown optimization - should be one of:",
-                     (char*)0);
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aOpt)/sizeof(aOpt[0]); i++){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", aOpt[i].zOptName, (char*)0);
-    }
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, db, mask);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
-/*
-**     load_static_extension DB NAME ...
-**
-** Load one or more statically linked extensions.
-*/
-static int tclLoadStaticExtensionCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  extern int sqlite3_amatch_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_closure_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_eval_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_fileio_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_fuzzer_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_ieee_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_nextchar_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_percentile_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_regexp_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_series_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_spellfix_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_totype_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  extern int sqlite3_wholenumber_init(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  static const struct {
-    const char *zExtName;
-    int (*pInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  } aExtension[] = {
-    { "amatch",                sqlite3_amatch_init               },
-    { "closure",               sqlite3_closure_init              },
-    { "eval",                  sqlite3_eval_init                 },
-    { "fileio",                sqlite3_fileio_init               },
-    { "fuzzer",                sqlite3_fuzzer_init               },
-    { "ieee754",               sqlite3_ieee_init                 },
-    { "nextchar",              sqlite3_nextchar_init             },
-    { "percentile",            sqlite3_percentile_init           },
-    { "regexp",                sqlite3_regexp_init               },
-    { "series",                sqlite3_series_init               },
-    { "spellfix",              sqlite3_spellfix_init             },
-    { "totype",                sqlite3_totype_init               },
-    { "wholenumber",           sqlite3_wholenumber_init          },
-  };
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zName;
-  int i, j, rc;
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-  if( objc<3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB NAME ...");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  for(j=2; j<objc; j++){
-    zName = Tcl_GetString(objv[j]);
-    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aExtension); i++){
-      if( strcmp(zName, aExtension[i].zExtName)==0 ) break;
-    }
-    if( i>=ArraySize(aExtension) ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such extension: ", zName, (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( aExtension[i].pInit ){
-      rc = aExtension[i].pInit(db, &zErrMsg, 0);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErrMsg ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "initialization of ", zName, " failed: ", zErrMsg,
-                       (char*)0);
-      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-**     sorter_test_fakeheap BOOL
-**
-*/
-static int sorter_test_fakeheap(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int bArg;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "BOOL");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &bArg) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( bArg ){
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(-1);
-    }
-  }else{
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(-1) ){
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-**     sorter_test_sort4_helper DB SQL1 NSTEP SQL2
-**
-** Compile SQL statement $SQL1 and step it $NSTEP times. For each row, 
-** check that the leftmost and rightmost columns returned are both integers,
-** and that both contain the same value.
-**
-** Then execute statement $SQL2. Check that the statement returns the same
-** set of integers in the same order as in the previous step (using $SQL1).
-*/
-static int sorter_test_sort4_helper(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zSql1;
-  const char *zSql2;
-  int nStep; 
-  int iStep; 
-  int iCksum1 = 0; 
-  int iCksum2 = 0; 
-  int rc;
-  int iB;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  
-  if( objc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB SQL1 NSTEP SQL2");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zSql1 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &nStep) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zSql2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql1, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sql_error;
-
-  iB = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt)-1;
-  for(iStep=0; iStep<nStep && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt); iStep++){
-    int a = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
-    if( a!=sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, iB) ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "data error: (a!=b)", 0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    iCksum1 += (iCksum1 << 3) + a;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sql_error;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql2, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sql_error;
-  for(iStep=0; SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt); iStep++){
-    int a = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
-    iCksum2 += (iCksum2 << 3) + a;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sql_error;
-
-  if( iCksum1!=iCksum2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "checksum mismatch", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
- sql_error:
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "sql error: ", sqlite3_errmsg(db), 0);
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-#include "sqlite3userauth.h"
-/*
-** tclcmd:  sqlite3_user_authenticate DB USERNAME PASSWORD
-*/
-static int test_user_authenticate(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  char *zUser = 0;
-  char *zPasswd = 0;
-  int nPasswd = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB USERNAME PASSWORD");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zUser = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  zPasswd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nPasswd);
-  rc = sqlite3_user_authenticate(db, zUser, zPasswd, nPasswd);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-/*
-** tclcmd:  sqlite3_user_add DB USERNAME PASSWORD ISADMIN
-*/
-static int test_user_add(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  char *zUser = 0;
-  char *zPasswd = 0;
-  int nPasswd = 0;
-  int isAdmin = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB USERNAME PASSWORD ISADMIN");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zUser = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  zPasswd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nPasswd);
-  Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &isAdmin);
-  rc = sqlite3_user_add(db, zUser, zPasswd, nPasswd, isAdmin);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-/*
-** tclcmd:  sqlite3_user_change DB USERNAME PASSWORD ISADMIN
-*/
-static int test_user_change(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  char *zUser = 0;
-  char *zPasswd = 0;
-  int nPasswd = 0;
-  int isAdmin = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB USERNAME PASSWORD ISADMIN");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zUser = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  zPasswd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nPasswd);
-  Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &isAdmin);
-  rc = sqlite3_user_change(db, zUser, zPasswd, nPasswd, isAdmin);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-/*
-** tclcmd:  sqlite3_user_delete DB USERNAME
-*/
-static int test_user_delete(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  char *zUser = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB USERNAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zUser = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  rc = sqlite3_user_delete(db, zUser);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: bad_behavior TYPE
-**
-** Do some things that should trigger a valgrind or -fsanitize=undefined
-** warning.  This is used to verify that errors and warnings output by those
-** tools are detected by the test scripts.
-**
-**       TYPE       BEHAVIOR
-**       1          Overflow a signed integer
-**       2          Jump based on an uninitialized variable
-**       3          Read after free
-**       4          Panic
-*/
-static int test_bad_behavior(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to an integer containing zero */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int iType;
-  int xyz;
-  int i = *(int*)clientData;
-  int j;
-  int w[10];
-  int *a;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "TYPE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &iType) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  switch( iType ){
-    case 1: {
-      xyz = 0x7fffff00 - i;
-      xyz += 0x100;
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(xyz));
-      break;
-    }
-    case 2: {
-      w[1] = 5;
-      if( w[i]>0 ) w[1]++;
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(w[1]));
-      break;
-    }
-    case 3: {
-      a = malloc( sizeof(int)*10 );
-      for(j=0; j<10; j++) a[j] = j;
-      free(a);
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(a[i]));
-      break;
-    }
-    case 4: {
-      Tcl_Panic("Deliberate panic");
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}  
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   register_dbstat_vtab DB
-**
-** Cause the dbstat virtual table to be available on the connection DB
-*/
-static int test_register_dbstat_vtab(
-  void *clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "dbstat not available because of "
-                           "SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", (void*)0);
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-#else
-  struct SqliteDb { sqlite3 *db; };
-  char *zDb;
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  if( Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, zDb, &cmdInfo) ){
-    sqlite3* db = ((struct SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData)->db;
-    sqlite3DbstatRegister(db);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-}
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest1_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  extern int sqlite3_search_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_found_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_interrupt_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_open_file_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_sort_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_current_time;
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  extern int sqlite3_hostid_num;
-#endif
-  extern int sqlite3_max_blobsize;
-  extern int sqlite3BtreeSharedCacheReport(void*,
-                                          Tcl_Interp*,int,Tcl_Obj*CONST*);
-  static int iZero = 0;
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-     { "db_enter",                      (Tcl_CmdProc*)db_enter               },
-     { "db_leave",                      (Tcl_CmdProc*)db_leave               },
-     { "sqlite3_mprintf_int",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_int    },
-     { "sqlite3_mprintf_int64",         (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_int64  },
-     { "sqlite3_mprintf_long",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_long   },
-     { "sqlite3_mprintf_str",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_str    },
-     { "sqlite3_snprintf_str",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_snprintf_str   },
-     { "sqlite3_mprintf_stronly",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_stronly},
-     { "sqlite3_mprintf_double",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_double },
-     { "sqlite3_mprintf_scaled",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_scaled },
-     { "sqlite3_mprintf_hexdouble",   (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_hexdouble},
-     { "sqlite3_mprintf_z_test",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_mprintf_z        },
-     { "sqlite3_mprintf_n_test",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_mprintf_n        },
-     { "sqlite3_snprintf_int",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_snprintf_int     },
-     { "sqlite3_last_insert_rowid",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_last_rowid       },
-     { "sqlite3_exec_printf",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_exec_printf      },
-     { "sqlite3_exec_hex",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_exec_hex         },
-     { "sqlite3_exec",                  (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_exec             },
-     { "sqlite3_exec_nr",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_exec_nr          },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-     { "sqlite3_get_table_printf",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_get_table_printf },
-#endif
-     { "sqlite3_close",                 (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite_test_close     },
-     { "sqlite3_close_v2",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite_test_close_v2  },
-     { "sqlite3_create_function",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_create_function  },
-     { "sqlite3_create_aggregate",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_create_aggregate },
-     { "sqlite_register_test_function", (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_register_func    },
-     { "sqlite_abort",                  (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite_abort          },
-     { "sqlite_bind",                   (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_bind             },
-     { "breakpoint",                    (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_breakpoint       },
-     { "sqlite3_key",                   (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_key              },
-     { "sqlite3_rekey",                 (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_rekey            },
-     { "sqlite_set_magic",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite_set_magic      },
-     { "sqlite3_interrupt",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_interrupt        },
-     { "sqlite_delete_function",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)delete_function       },
-     { "sqlite_delete_collation",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)delete_collation      },
-     { "sqlite3_get_autocommit",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)get_autocommit        },
-     { "sqlite3_stack_used",            (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_stack_used       },
-     { "sqlite3_busy_timeout",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_busy_timeout     },
-     { "printf",                        (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_printf           },
-     { "sqlite3IoTrace",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_io_trace         },
-     { "clang_sanitize_address",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)clang_sanitize_address },
-  };
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-     void *clientData;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "bad_behavior",                  test_bad_behavior,  (void*)&iZero },
-     { "register_dbstat_vtab",          test_register_dbstat_vtab  },
-     { "sqlite3_connection_pointer",    get_sqlite_pointer, 0 },
-     { "sqlite3_bind_int",              test_bind_int,      0 },
-     { "sqlite3_bind_zeroblob",         test_bind_zeroblob, 0 },
-     { "sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64",       test_bind_zeroblob64, 0 },
-     { "sqlite3_bind_int64",            test_bind_int64,    0 },
-     { "sqlite3_bind_double",           test_bind_double,   0 },
-     { "sqlite3_bind_null",             test_bind_null     ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_bind_text",             test_bind_text     ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_bind_text16",           test_bind_text16   ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_bind_blob",             test_bind_blob     ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_bind_parameter_count",  test_bind_parameter_count, 0},
-     { "sqlite3_bind_parameter_name",   test_bind_parameter_name,  0},
-     { "sqlite3_bind_parameter_index",  test_bind_parameter_index, 0},
-     { "sqlite3_clear_bindings",        test_clear_bindings, 0},
-     { "sqlite3_sleep",                 test_sleep,          0},
-     { "sqlite3_errcode",               test_errcode       ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_extended_errcode",      test_ex_errcode    ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_errmsg",                test_errmsg        ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_errmsg16",              test_errmsg16      ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_open",                  test_open          ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_open16",                test_open16        ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_open_v2",               test_open_v2       ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_complete16",            test_complete16    ,0 },
-
-     { "sqlite3_prepare",               test_prepare       ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_prepare16",             test_prepare16     ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_prepare_v2",            test_prepare_v2    ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_prepare_tkt3134",       test_prepare_tkt3134, 0},
-     { "sqlite3_prepare16_v2",          test_prepare16_v2  ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_finalize",              test_finalize      ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_stmt_status",           test_stmt_status   ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_reset",                 test_reset         ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_expired",               test_expired       ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_transfer_bindings",     test_transfer_bind ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_changes",               test_changes       ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_step",                  test_step          ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_sql",                   test_sql           ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_next_stmt",             test_next_stmt     ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_stmt_readonly",         test_stmt_readonly ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_stmt_busy",             test_stmt_busy     ,0 },
-     { "uses_stmt_journal",             uses_stmt_journal ,0 },
-
-     { "sqlite3_release_memory",        test_release_memory,     0},
-     { "sqlite3_db_release_memory",     test_db_release_memory,  0},
-     { "sqlite3_db_filename",           test_db_filename,        0},
-     { "sqlite3_db_readonly",           test_db_readonly,        0},
-     { "sqlite3_soft_heap_limit",       test_soft_heap_limit,    0},
-     { "sqlite3_thread_cleanup",        test_thread_cleanup,     0},
-     { "sqlite3_pager_refcounts",       test_pager_refcounts,    0},
-
-     { "sqlite3_load_extension",        test_load_extension,     0},
-     { "sqlite3_enable_load_extension", test_enable_load,        0},
-     { "sqlite3_extended_result_codes", test_extended_result_codes, 0},
-     { "sqlite3_limit",                 test_limit,                 0},
-
-     { "save_prng_state",               save_prng_state,    0 },
-     { "restore_prng_state",            restore_prng_state, 0 },
-     { "reset_prng_state",              reset_prng_state,   0 },
-     { "database_never_corrupt",        database_never_corrupt, 0},
-     { "database_may_be_corrupt",       database_may_be_corrupt, 0},
-     { "optimization_control",          optimization_control,0},
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-     { "lock_win32_file",               win32_file_lock,    0 },
-     { "exists_win32_path",             win32_exists_path,  0 },
-     { "find_win32_file",               win32_find_file,    0 },
-     { "delete_win32_file",             win32_delete_file,  0 },
-     { "make_win32_dir",                win32_mkdir,        0 },
-     { "remove_win32_dir",              win32_rmdir,        0 },
-#endif
-     { "tcl_objproc",                   runAsObjProc,       0 },
-
-     /* sqlite3_column_*() API */
-     { "sqlite3_column_count",          test_column_count  ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_data_count",            test_data_count    ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_column_type",           test_column_type   ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_column_blob",           test_column_blob   ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_column_double",         test_column_double ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_column_int64",          test_column_int64  ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_column_text",   test_stmt_utf8,  (void*)sqlite3_column_text },
-     { "sqlite3_column_name",   test_stmt_utf8,  (void*)sqlite3_column_name },
-     { "sqlite3_column_int",    test_stmt_int,   (void*)sqlite3_column_int  },
-     { "sqlite3_column_bytes",  test_stmt_int,   (void*)sqlite3_column_bytes},
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-     { "sqlite3_column_decltype",test_stmt_utf8,(void*)sqlite3_column_decltype},
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-{ "sqlite3_column_database_name",test_stmt_utf8,(void*)sqlite3_column_database_name},
-{ "sqlite3_column_table_name",test_stmt_utf8,(void*)sqlite3_column_table_name},
-{ "sqlite3_column_origin_name",test_stmt_utf8,(void*)sqlite3_column_origin_name},
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-     { "sqlite3_column_bytes16", test_stmt_int, (void*)sqlite3_column_bytes16 },
-     { "sqlite3_column_text16",  test_stmt_utf16, (void*)sqlite3_column_text16},
-     { "sqlite3_column_name16",  test_stmt_utf16, (void*)sqlite3_column_name16},
-     { "add_alignment_test_collations", add_alignment_test_collations, 0      },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-     { "sqlite3_column_decltype16",test_stmt_utf16,(void*)sqlite3_column_decltype16},
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-{"sqlite3_column_database_name16",
-  test_stmt_utf16, (void*)sqlite3_column_database_name16},
-{"sqlite3_column_table_name16", test_stmt_utf16, (void*)sqlite3_column_table_name16},
-{"sqlite3_column_origin_name16", test_stmt_utf16, (void*)sqlite3_column_origin_name16},
-#endif
-#endif
-     { "sqlite3_create_collation_v2", test_create_collation_v2, 0 },
-     { "sqlite3_global_recover",     test_global_recover, 0   },
-     { "working_64bit_int",          working_64bit_int,   0   },
-     { "vfs_unlink_test",            vfs_unlink_test,     0   },
-     { "vfs_initfail_test",          vfs_initfail_test,   0   },
-     { "vfs_unregister_all",         vfs_unregister_all,  0   },
-     { "vfs_reregister_all",         vfs_reregister_all,  0   },
-     { "file_control_test",          file_control_test,   0   },
-     { "file_control_lasterrno_test", file_control_lasterrno_test,  0   },
-     { "file_control_lockproxy_test", file_control_lockproxy_test,  0   },
-     { "file_control_chunksize_test", file_control_chunksize_test,  0   },
-     { "file_control_sizehint_test",  file_control_sizehint_test,   0   },
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-     { "file_control_win32_av_retry", file_control_win32_av_retry,  0   },
-     { "file_control_win32_set_handle", file_control_win32_set_handle, 0  },
-#endif
-     { "file_control_persist_wal",    file_control_persist_wal,     0   },
-     { "file_control_powersafe_overwrite",file_control_powersafe_overwrite,0},
-     { "file_control_vfsname",        file_control_vfsname,         0   },
-     { "file_control_tempfilename",   file_control_tempfilename,    0   },
-     { "sqlite3_vfs_list",           vfs_list,     0   },
-     { "sqlite3_create_function_v2", test_create_function_v2, 0 },
-
-     /* Functions from os.h */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-     { "add_test_collate",        test_collate, 0            },
-     { "add_test_collate_needed", test_collate_needed, 0     },
-     { "add_test_function",       test_function, 0           },
-     { "add_test_utf16bin_collate",    test_utf16bin_collate, 0        },
-#endif
-     { "sqlite3_test_errstr",     test_errstr, 0             },
-     { "tcl_variable_type",       tcl_variable_type, 0       },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-     { "sqlite3_enable_shared_cache", test_enable_shared, 0  },
-     { "sqlite3_shared_cache_report", sqlite3BtreeSharedCacheReport, 0},
-#endif
-     { "sqlite3_libversion_number", test_libversion_number, 0  },
-     { "sqlite3_table_column_metadata", test_table_column_metadata, 0  },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-     { "sqlite3_blob_reopen", test_blob_reopen, 0  },
-#endif
-     { "pcache_stats",       test_pcache_stats, 0  },
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-     { "sqlite3_unlock_notify", test_unlock_notify, 0  },
-#endif
-     { "sqlite3_wal_checkpoint",   test_wal_checkpoint, 0  },
-     { "sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2",test_wal_checkpoint_v2, 0  },
-     { "sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint",test_wal_autocheckpoint, 0  },
-     { "test_sqlite3_log",         test_sqlite3_log, 0  },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-     { "print_explain_query_plan", test_print_eqp, 0  },
-#endif
-     { "sqlite3_test_control", test_test_control },
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-     { "getrusage", test_getrusage },
-#endif
-     { "load_static_extension", tclLoadStaticExtensionCmd },
-     { "sorter_test_fakeheap", sorter_test_fakeheap },
-     { "sorter_test_sort4_helper", sorter_test_sort4_helper },
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-     { "sqlite3_user_authenticate", test_user_authenticate, 0 },
-     { "sqlite3_user_add",          test_user_add,          0 },
-     { "sqlite3_user_change",       test_user_change,       0 },
-     { "sqlite3_user_delete",       test_user_delete,       0 },
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-     { "sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus",       test_stmt_scanstatus,   0 },
-     { "sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset", test_stmt_scanstatus_reset,   0 },
-#endif
-
-  };
-  static int bitmask_size = sizeof(Bitmask)*8;
-  int i;
-  extern int sqlite3_sync_count, sqlite3_fullsync_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_opentemp_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_like_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count;
-  extern int sqlite3_pager_writej_count;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  extern LONG volatile sqlite3_os_type;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  extern int sqlite3WhereTrace;
-  extern int sqlite3OSTrace;
-  extern int sqlite3WalTrace;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-  extern int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, 
-        aObjCmd[i].xProc, aObjCmd[i].clientData, 0);
-  }
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_search_count", 
-      (char*)&sqlite3_search_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_found_count", 
-      (char*)&sqlite3_found_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_sort_count", 
-      (char*)&sqlite3_sort_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite3_max_blobsize", 
-      (char*)&sqlite3_max_blobsize, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_like_count", 
-      (char*)&sqlite3_like_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_interrupt_count", 
-      (char*)&sqlite3_interrupt_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_open_file_count", 
-      (char*)&sqlite3_open_file_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_current_time", 
-      (char*)&sqlite3_current_time, TCL_LINK_INT);
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_hostid_num", 
-      (char*)&sqlite3_hostid_num, TCL_LINK_INT);
-#endif
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite3_xferopt_count",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_xferopt_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite3_pager_readdb_count",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_pager_readdb_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite3_pager_writedb_count",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_pager_writedb_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite3_pager_writej_count",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_pager_writej_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "unaligned_string_counter",
-      (char*)&unaligned_string_counter, TCL_LINK_INT);
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_last_needed_collation",
-      (char*)&pzNeededCollation, TCL_LINK_STRING|TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_os_type",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_os_type, TCL_LINK_LONG);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  {
-    static const char *query_plan = "*** OBSOLETE VARIABLE ***";
-    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_query_plan",
-       (char*)&query_plan, TCL_LINK_STRING|TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
-  }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_where_trace",
-      (char*)&sqlite3WhereTrace, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_os_trace",
-      (char*)&sqlite3OSTrace, TCL_LINK_INT);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_wal_trace",
-      (char*)&sqlite3WalTrace, TCL_LINK_INT);
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_opentemp_count",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_opentemp_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-#endif
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_static_bind_value",
-      (char*)&sqlite_static_bind_value, TCL_LINK_STRING);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_static_bind_nbyte",
-      (char*)&sqlite_static_bind_nbyte, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_temp_directory",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_temp_directory, TCL_LINK_STRING);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_data_directory",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_data_directory, TCL_LINK_STRING);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "bitmask_size",
-      (char*)&bitmask_size, TCL_LINK_INT|TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_sync_count",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_sync_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_fullsync_count",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_fullsync_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_fts3_enable_parentheses",
-      (char*)&sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses, TCL_LINK_INT);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test2.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test2.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7192ddfffb3..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test2.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,748 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing the pager.c module in SQLite.  This code
-** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
-** testing of the SQLite library.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-/*
-** Page size and reserved size used for testing.
-*/
-static int test_pagesize = 1024;
-
-/*
-** Dummy page reinitializer
-*/
-static void pager_test_reiniter(DbPage *pNotUsed){
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   pager_open FILENAME N-PAGE
-**
-** Open a new pager
-*/
-static int pager_open(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  u32 pageSize;
-  Pager *pPager;
-  int nPage;
-  int rc;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FILENAME N-PAGE\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &nPage) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), &pPager, argv[1], 0, 0,
-      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
-      pager_test_reiniter);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pPager, nPage);
-  pageSize = test_pagesize;
-  sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &pageSize, -1);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPager);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   pager_close ID
-**
-** Close the given pager.
-*/
-static int pager_close(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerClose(pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   pager_rollback ID
-**
-** Rollback changes
-*/
-static int pager_rollback(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   pager_commit ID
-**
-** Commit all changes
-*/
-static int pager_commit(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pPager, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   pager_stmt_begin ID
-**
-** Start a new checkpoint.
-*/
-static int pager_stmt_begin(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, 1);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   pager_stmt_rollback ID
-**
-** Rollback changes to a checkpoint
-*/
-static int pager_stmt_rollback(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, 0);
-  sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   pager_stmt_commit ID
-**
-** Commit changes to a checkpoint
-*/
-static int pager_stmt_commit(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   pager_stats ID
-**
-** Return pager statistics.
-*/
-static int pager_stats(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  int i, *a;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  a = sqlite3PagerStats(pPager);
-  for(i=0; i<9; i++){
-    static char *zName[] = {
-      "ref", "page", "max", "size", "state", "err",
-      "hit", "miss", "ovfl",
-    };
-    char zBuf[100];
-    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zName[i]);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",a[i]);
-    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   pager_pagecount ID
-**
-** Return the size of the database file.
-*/
-static int pager_pagecount(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  int nPage;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", nPage);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   page_get ID PGNO
-**
-** Return a pointer to a page from the database.
-*/
-static int page_get(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  DbPage *pPage = 0;
-  int pgno;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID PGNO\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &pgno) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPage);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPage);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   page_lookup ID PGNO
-**
-** Return a pointer to a page if the page is already in cache.
-** If not in cache, return an empty string.
-*/
-static int page_lookup(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  DbPage *pPage;
-  int pgno;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID PGNO\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &pgno) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
-  if( pPage ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPage);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   pager_truncate ID PGNO
-*/
-static int pager_truncate(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  int pgno;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID PGNO\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &pgno) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pPager, pgno);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:   page_unref PAGE
-**
-** Drop a pointer to a page.
-*/
-static int page_unref(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  DbPage *pPage;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " PAGE\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPage = (DbPage *)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   page_read PAGE
-**
-** Return the content of a page
-*/
-static int page_read(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  char zBuf[100];
-  DbPage *pPage;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " PAGE\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPage = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  memcpy(zBuf, sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage), sizeof(zBuf));
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   page_number PAGE
-**
-** Return the page number for a page.
-*/
-static int page_number(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  char zBuf[100];
-  DbPage *pPage;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " PAGE\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPage = (DbPage *)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage));
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   page_write PAGE DATA
-**
-** Write something into a page.
-*/
-static int page_write(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  DbPage *pPage;
-  char *pData;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " PAGE DATA\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pPage = (DbPage *)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage);
-  strncpy(pData, argv[2], test_pagesize-1);
-  pData[test_pagesize-1] = 0;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-/*
-** Usage:   fake_big_file  N  FILENAME
-**
-** Write a few bytes at the N megabyte point of FILENAME.  This will
-** create a large file.  If the file was a valid SQLite database, then
-** the next time the database is opened, SQLite will begin allocating
-** new pages after N.  If N is 2096 or bigger, this will test the
-** ability of SQLite to write to large files.
-*/
-static int fake_big_file(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-  sqlite3_file *fd = 0;
-  int rc;
-  int n;
-  i64 offset;
-  char *zFile;
-  int nFile;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " N-MEGABYTES FILE\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  nFile = (int)strlen(argv[2]);
-  zFile = sqlite3_malloc( nFile+2 );
-  if( zFile==0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  memcpy(zFile, argv[2], nFile+1);
-  zFile[nFile+1] = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zFile, &fd, 
-      (SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB), 0
-  );
-  if( rc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "open failed: ", sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zFile);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  offset = n;
-  offset *= 1024*1024;
-  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(fd, "Hello, World!", 14, offset);
-  sqlite3OsCloseFree(fd);
-  sqlite3_free(zFile);
-  if( rc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "write failed: ", sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** test_control_pending_byte  PENDING_BYTE
-**
-** Set the PENDING_BYTE using the sqlite3_test_control() interface.
-*/
-static int testPendingByte(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int pbyte;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-                     " PENDING-BYTE\"", (void*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &pbyte) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, pbyte);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3FaultSim() callback:
-*/
-static Tcl_Interp *faultSimInterp = 0;
-static int faultSimScriptSize = 0;
-static char *faultSimScript;
-static int faultSimCallback(int x){
-  char zInt[30];
-  int i;
-  int isNeg;
-  int rc;
-  if( x==0 ){
-    memcpy(faultSimScript+faultSimScriptSize, "0", 2);
-  }else{
-    /* Convert x to text without using any sqlite3 routines */
-    if( x<0 ){
-      isNeg = 1;
-      x = -x;
-    }else{
-      isNeg = 0;
-    }
-    zInt[sizeof(zInt)-1] = 0;
-    for(i=sizeof(zInt)-2; i>0 && x>0; i--, x /= 10){
-      zInt[i] = (x%10) + '0';
-    }
-    if( isNeg ) zInt[i--] = '-';
-    memcpy(faultSimScript+faultSimScriptSize, zInt+i+1, sizeof(zInt)-i);
-  }
-  rc = Tcl_Eval(faultSimInterp, faultSimScript);
-  if( rc ){
-    fprintf(stderr, "fault simulator script failed: [%s]", faultSimScript);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    rc = atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(faultSimInterp));
-  }
-  Tcl_ResetResult(faultSimInterp);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_test_control_fault_install SCRIPT
-**
-** Arrange to invoke SCRIPT with the integer argument to sqlite3FaultSim()
-** appended, whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called.  Or, if SCRIPT is the
-** empty string, cancel the sqlite3FaultSim() callback.
-*/
-static int faultInstallCmd(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  const char *zScript;
-  int nScript;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=1 && argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-                     " SCRIPT\"", (void*)0);
-  }
-  zScript = argc==2 ? argv[1] : "";
-  nScript = (int)strlen(zScript);
-  if( faultSimScript ){
-    free(faultSimScript);
-    faultSimScript = 0;
-  }
-  if( nScript==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL, 0);
-  }else{
-    faultSimScript = malloc( nScript+100 );
-    if( faultSimScript==0 ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "out of memory", (void*)0);
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    memcpy(faultSimScript, zScript, nScript);
-    faultSimScript[nScript] = ' ';
-    faultSimScriptSize = nScript+1;
-    faultSimInterp = interp;
-    rc = sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL, faultSimCallback);
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest SIZE PROGRAM
-**
-** Invoke the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST operator on test_control.
-** See comments on sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
-*/
-static int testBitvecBuiltinTest(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int sz, rc;
-  int nProg = 0;
-  int aProg[100];
-  const char *z;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-                     " SIZE PROGRAM\"", (void*)0);
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &sz) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  z = argv[2];
-  while( nProg<99 && *z ){
-    while( *z && !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
-    if( *z==0 ) break;
-    aProg[nProg++] = atoi(z);
-    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
-  }
-  aProg[nProg] = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST, sz, aProg);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}  
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest2_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist;
-  extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-  extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
-  extern int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit;
-  extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending;
-  extern int sqlite3_diskfull;
-  static struct {
-    char *zName;
-    Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-    { "pager_open",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_open          },
-    { "pager_close",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_close         },
-    { "pager_commit",            (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_commit        },
-    { "pager_rollback",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_rollback      },
-    { "pager_stmt_begin",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stmt_begin    },
-    { "pager_stmt_commit",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stmt_commit   },
-    { "pager_stmt_rollback",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stmt_rollback },
-    { "pager_stats",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stats         },
-    { "pager_pagecount",         (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_pagecount     },
-    { "page_get",                (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_get            },
-    { "page_lookup",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_lookup         },
-    { "page_unref",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_unref          },
-    { "page_read",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_read           },
-    { "page_write",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_write          },
-    { "page_number",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_number         },
-    { "pager_truncate",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_truncate      },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-    { "fake_big_file",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)fake_big_file       },
-#endif
-    { "sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest",(Tcl_CmdProc*)testBitvecBuiltinTest     },
-    { "sqlite3_test_control_pending_byte",  (Tcl_CmdProc*)testPendingByte },
-    { "sqlite3_test_control_fault_install", (Tcl_CmdProc*)faultInstallCmd },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_io_error_pending",
-     (char*)&sqlite3_io_error_pending, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_io_error_persist",
-     (char*)&sqlite3_io_error_persist, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_io_error_hit",
-     (char*)&sqlite3_io_error_hit, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_io_error_hardhit",
-     (char*)&sqlite3_io_error_hardhit, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_diskfull_pending",
-     (char*)&sqlite3_diskfull_pending, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_diskfull",
-     (char*)&sqlite3_diskfull, TCL_LINK_INT);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_pending_byte",
-     (char*)&sqlite3PendingByte, TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test3.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 07d12d28c03..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,633 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing the btree.c module in SQLite.  This code
-** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
-** testing of the SQLite library.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "btreeInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-/*
-** A bogus sqlite3 connection structure for use in the btree
-** tests.
-*/
-static sqlite3 sDb;
-static int nRefSqlite3 = 0;
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_open FILENAME NCACHE
-**
-** Open a new database
-*/
-static int btree_open(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Btree *pBt;
-  int rc, nCache;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  int n;
-  char *zFilename;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " FILENAME NCACHE FLAGS\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &nCache) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  nRefSqlite3++;
-  if( nRefSqlite3==1 ){
-    sDb.pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-    sDb.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sDb.mutex);
-  }
-  n = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
-  zFilename = sqlite3_malloc( n+2 );
-  if( zFilename==0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  memcpy(zFilename, argv[1], n+1);
-  zFilename[n+1] = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(sDb.pVfs, zFilename, &sDb, &pBt, 0, 
-     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
-  sqlite3_free(zFilename);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pBt, nCache);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%p", pBt);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_close ID
-**
-** Close the given database.
-*/
-static int btree_close(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Btree *pBt;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pBt = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeClose(pBt);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  nRefSqlite3--;
-  if( nRefSqlite3==0 ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sDb.mutex);
-    sqlite3_mutex_free(sDb.mutex);
-    sDb.mutex = 0;
-    sDb.pVfs = 0;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_begin_transaction ID
-**
-** Start a new transaction
-*/
-static int btree_begin_transaction(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Btree *pBt;
-  int rc;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pBt = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 1);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_pager_stats ID
-**
-** Returns pager statistics
-*/
-static int btree_pager_stats(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Btree *pBt;
-  int i;
-  int *a;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pBt = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
- 
-  /* Normally in this file, with a b-tree handle opened using the 
-  ** [btree_open] command it is safe to call sqlite3BtreeEnter() directly.
-  ** But this function is sometimes called with a btree handle obtained
-  ** from an open SQLite connection (using [btree_from_db]). In this case
-  ** we need to obtain the mutex for the controlling SQLite handle before
-  ** it is safe to call sqlite3BtreeEnter().
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pBt->db->mutex);
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-  a = sqlite3PagerStats(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
-  for(i=0; i<11; i++){
-    static char *zName[] = {
-      "ref", "page", "max", "size", "state", "err",
-      "hit", "miss", "ovfl", "read", "write"
-    };
-    char zBuf[100];
-    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zName[i]);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%d",a[i]);
-    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-
-  /* Release the mutex on the SQLite handle that controls this b-tree */
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->db->mutex);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_cursor ID TABLENUM WRITEABLE
-**
-** Create a new cursor.  Return the ID for the cursor.
-*/
-static int btree_cursor(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Btree *pBt;
-  int iTable;
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int wrFlag;
-  char zBuf[30];
-
-  if( argc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID TABLENUM WRITEABLE\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pBt = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &iTable) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, argv[3], &wrFlag) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  pCur = (BtCursor *)ckalloc(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
-  memset(pCur, 0, sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(pBt, iTable, wrFlag);
-#endif
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, iTable, wrFlag, 0, pCur);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-  if( rc ){
-    ckfree((char *)pCur);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%p", pCur);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_close_cursor ID
-**
-** Close a cursor opened using btree_cursor.
-*/
-static int btree_close_cursor(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  Btree *pBt;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pCur = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  pBt = pCur->pBtree;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCur);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-  ckfree((char *)pCur);
-  if( rc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_next ID
-**
-** Move the cursor to the next entry in the table.  Return 0 on success
-** or 1 if the cursor was already on the last entry in the table or if
-** the table is empty.
-*/
-static int btree_next(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  int rc;
-  int res = 0;
-  char zBuf[100];
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pCur = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, &res);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
-  if( rc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",res);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_first ID
-**
-** Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return 0 if the
-** cursor was left point to something and 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-static int btree_first(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  int rc;
-  int res = 0;
-  char zBuf[100];
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pCur = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCur, &res);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
-  if( rc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",res);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_eof ID
-**
-** Return TRUE if the given cursor is not pointing at a valid entry.
-** Return FALSE if the cursor does point to a valid entry.
-*/
-static int btree_eof(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  int rc;
-  char zBuf[50];
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pCur = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeEof(pCur);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf, "%d", rc);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_payload_size ID
-**
-** Return the number of bytes of payload
-*/
-static int btree_payload_size(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  int n2;
-  u64 n1;
-  char zBuf[50];
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pCur = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
-
-  /* The cursor may be in "require-seek" state. If this is the case, the
-  ** call to BtreeDataSize() will fix it. */
-  sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCur, (u32*)&n2);
-  if( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->intKey ){
-    n1 = 0;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, (i64*)&n1);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf, "%d", (int)(n1+n2));
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** usage:   varint_test  START  MULTIPLIER  COUNT  INCREMENT
-**
-** This command tests the putVarint() and getVarint()
-** routines, both for accuracy and for speed.
-**
-** An integer is written using putVarint() and read back with
-** getVarint() and varified to be unchanged.  This repeats COUNT
-** times.  The first integer is START*MULTIPLIER.  Each iteration
-** increases the integer by INCREMENT.
-**
-** This command returns nothing if it works.  It returns an error message
-** if something goes wrong.
-*/
-static int btree_varint_test(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  u32 start, mult, count, incr;
-  u64 in, out;
-  int n1, n2, i, j;
-  unsigned char zBuf[100];
-  if( argc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " START MULTIPLIER COUNT INCREMENT\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], (int*)&start) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], (int*)&mult) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], (int*)&count) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], (int*)&incr) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  in = start;
-  in *= mult;
-  for(i=0; i<(int)count; i++){
-    char zErr[200];
-    n1 = putVarint(zBuf, in);
-    if( n1>9 || n1<1 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-         "putVarint returned %d - should be between 1 and 9", n1);
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    n2 = getVarint(zBuf, &out);
-    if( n1!=n2 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-          "putVarint returned %d and getVarint returned %d", n1, n2);
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( in!=out ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-          "Wrote 0x%016llx and got back 0x%016llx", in, out);
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( (in & 0xffffffff)==in ){
-      u32 out32;
-      n2 = getVarint32(zBuf, out32);
-      out = out32;
-      if( n1!=n2 ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-          "putVarint returned %d and GetVarint32 returned %d", 
-                  n1, n2);
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      if( in!=out ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-          "Wrote 0x%016llx and got back 0x%016llx from GetVarint32",
-            in, out);
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* In order to get realistic timings, run getVarint 19 more times.
-    ** This is because getVarint is called about 20 times more often
-    ** than putVarint.
-    */
-    for(j=0; j<19; j++){
-      getVarint(zBuf, &out);
-    }
-    in += incr;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** usage:   btree_from_db  DB-HANDLE
-**
-** This command returns the btree handle for the main database associated
-** with the database-handle passed as the argument. Example usage:
-**
-** sqlite3 db test.db
-** set bt [btree_from_db db]
-*/
-static int btree_from_db(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  char zBuf[100];
-  Tcl_CmdInfo info;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Btree *pBt;
-  int iDb = 0;
-
-  if( argc!=2 && argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " DB-HANDLE ?N?\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( 1!=Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, argv[1], &info) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "No such db-handle: \"", argv[1], "\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    iDb = atoi(argv[2]);
-  }
-
-  db = *((sqlite3 **)info.objClientData);
-  assert( db );
-
-  pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%p", pBt);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, zBuf, TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   btree_ismemdb ID
-**
-** Return true if the B-Tree is in-memory.
-*/
-static int btree_ismemdb(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  Btree *pBt;
-  int res;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pBt = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pBt->db->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-  res = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->db->mutex);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(res));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** usage:   btree_set_cache_size ID NCACHE
-**
-** Set the size of the cache used by btree $ID.
-*/
-static int btree_set_cache_size(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int nCache;
-  Btree *pBt;
-  
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(
-        interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], " BT NCACHE\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pBt = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &nCache) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pBt->db->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pBt, nCache);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->db->mutex);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}      
-
-
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-     { "btree_open",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_open               },
-     { "btree_close",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_close              },
-     { "btree_begin_transaction",  (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_begin_transaction  },
-     { "btree_pager_stats",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_pager_stats        },
-     { "btree_cursor",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_cursor             },
-     { "btree_close_cursor",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_close_cursor       },
-     { "btree_next",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_next               },
-     { "btree_eof",                (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_eof                },
-     { "btree_payload_size",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_payload_size       },
-     { "btree_first",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_first              },
-     { "btree_varint_test",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_varint_test        },
-     { "btree_from_db",            (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_from_db            },
-     { "btree_ismemdb",            (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_ismemdb            },
-     { "btree_set_cache_size",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_set_cache_size     }
-  };
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test4.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test4.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d6890303033..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test4.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,722 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 December 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing the SQLite library in a multithreaded environment.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <sched.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-/*
-** Each thread is controlled by an instance of the following
-** structure.
-*/
-typedef struct Thread Thread;
-struct Thread {
-  /* The first group of fields are writable by the master and read-only
-  ** to the thread. */
-  char *zFilename;       /* Name of database file */
-  void (*xOp)(Thread*);  /* next operation to do */
-  char *zArg;            /* argument usable by xOp */
-  int opnum;             /* Operation number */
-  int busy;              /* True if this thread is in use */
-
-  /* The next group of fields are writable by the thread but read-only to the
-  ** master. */
-  int completed;        /* Number of operations completed */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* Open database */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Pending operation */
-  char *zErr;           /* operation error */
-  char *zStaticErr;     /* Static error message */
-  int rc;               /* operation return code */
-  int argc;             /* number of columns in result */
-  const char *argv[100];    /* result columns */
-  const char *colv[100];    /* result column names */
-};
-
-/*
-** There can be as many as 26 threads running at once.  Each is named
-** by a capital letter: A, B, C, ..., Y, Z.
-*/
-#define N_THREAD 26
-static Thread threadset[N_THREAD];
-
-
-/*
-** The main loop for a thread.  Threads use busy waiting. 
-*/
-static void *thread_main(void *pArg){
-  Thread *p = (Thread*)pArg;
-  if( p->db ){
-    sqlite3_close(p->db);
-  }
-  sqlite3_open(p->zFilename, &p->db);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(p->db) ){
-    p->zErr = strdup(sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
-    sqlite3_close(p->db);
-    p->db = 0;
-  }
-  p->pStmt = 0;
-  p->completed = 1;
-  while( p->opnum<=p->completed ) sched_yield();
-  while( p->xOp ){
-    if( p->zErr && p->zErr!=p->zStaticErr ){
-      sqlite3_free(p->zErr);
-      p->zErr = 0;
-    }
-    (*p->xOp)(p);
-    p->completed++;
-    while( p->opnum<=p->completed ) sched_yield();
-  }
-  if( p->pStmt ){
-    sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-    p->pStmt = 0;
-  }
-  if( p->db ){
-    sqlite3_close(p->db);
-    p->db = 0;
-  }
-  if( p->zErr && p->zErr!=p->zStaticErr ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->zErr);
-    p->zErr = 0;
-  }
-  p->completed++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_thread_cleanup();
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a thread ID which is an upper case letter.  Return the index.
-** If the argument is not a valid thread ID put an error message in
-** the interpreter and return -1.
-*/
-static int parse_thread_id(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zArg){
-  if( zArg==0 || zArg[0]==0 || zArg[1]!=0 || !isupper((unsigned char)zArg[0]) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "thread ID must be an upper case letter", 0);
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return zArg[0] - 'A';
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    thread_create NAME  FILENAME
-**
-** NAME should be an upper case letter.  Start the thread running with
-** an open connection to the given database.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_create(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  pthread_t x;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID FILENAME", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "thread ", argv[1], " is already running", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  threadset[i].busy = 1;
-  sqlite3_free(threadset[i].zFilename);
-  threadset[i].zFilename = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", argv[2]);
-  threadset[i].opnum = 1;
-  threadset[i].completed = 0;
-  rc = pthread_create(&x, 0, thread_main, &threadset[i]);
-  if( rc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create the thread", 0);
-    sqlite3_free(threadset[i].zFilename);
-    threadset[i].busy = 0;
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pthread_detach(x);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Wait for a thread to reach its idle state.
-*/
-static void thread_wait(Thread *p){
-  while( p->opnum>p->completed ) sched_yield();
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  thread_wait ID
-**
-** Wait on thread ID to reach its idle state.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_wait(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Stop a thread.
-*/
-static void stop_thread(Thread *p){
-  thread_wait(p);
-  p->xOp = 0;
-  p->opnum++;
-  thread_wait(p);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zArg);
-  p->zArg = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(p->zFilename);
-  p->zFilename = 0;
-  p->busy = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  thread_halt ID
-**
-** Cause a thread to shut itself down.  Wait for the shutdown to be
-** completed.  If ID is "*" then stop all threads.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_halt(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( argv[1][0]=='*' && argv[1][1]==0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<N_THREAD; i++){
-      if( threadset[i].busy ) stop_thread(&threadset[i]);
-    }
-  }else{
-    i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-    if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    stop_thread(&threadset[i]);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_argc  ID
-**
-** Wait on the most recent thread_step to complete, then return the
-** number of columns in the result set.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_argc(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  char zBuf[100];
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", threadset[i].argc);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_argv  ID   N
-**
-** Wait on the most recent thread_step to complete, then return the
-** value of the N-th columns in the result set.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_argv(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  int n;
-
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID N", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  if( n<0 || n>=threadset[i].argc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "column number out of range", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].argv[n], 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_colname  ID   N
-**
-** Wait on the most recent thread_step to complete, then return the
-** name of the N-th columns in the result set.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_colname(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  int n;
-
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID N", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  if( n<0 || n>=threadset[i].argc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "column number out of range", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].colv[n], 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_result  ID
-**
-** Wait on the most recent operation to complete, then return the
-** result code from that operation.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_result(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zName;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  zName = sqlite3ErrName(threadset[i].rc);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zName, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_error  ID
-**
-** Wait on the most recent operation to complete, then return the
-** error string.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_error(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].zErr, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure runs in the thread to compile an SQL statement.
-*/
-static void do_compile(Thread *p){
-  if( p->db==0 ){
-    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no database is open";
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-  if( p->pStmt ){
-    sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-    p->pStmt = 0;
-  }
-  p->rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, p->zArg, -1, &p->pStmt, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_compile ID SQL
-**
-** Compile a new virtual machine.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_compile(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID SQL", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  threadset[i].xOp = do_compile;
-  sqlite3_free(threadset[i].zArg);
-  threadset[i].zArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", argv[2]);
-  threadset[i].opnum++;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure runs in the thread to step the virtual machine.
-*/
-static void do_step(Thread *p){
-  int i;
-  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
-    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-  p->rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
-  if( p->rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    p->argc = sqlite3_column_count(p->pStmt);
-    for(i=0; i<sqlite3_data_count(p->pStmt); i++){
-      p->argv[i] = (char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i);
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<p->argc; i++){
-      p->colv[i] = sqlite3_column_name(p->pStmt, i);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_step ID
-**
-** Advance the virtual machine by one step
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_step(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " IDL", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  threadset[i].xOp = do_step;
-  threadset[i].opnum++;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure runs in the thread to finalize a virtual machine.
-*/
-static void do_finalize(Thread *p){
-  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
-    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-  p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-  p->pStmt = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_finalize ID
-**
-** Finalize the virtual machine.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_finalize(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " IDL", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  threadset[i].xOp = do_finalize;
-  sqlite3_free(threadset[i].zArg);
-  threadset[i].zArg = 0;
-  threadset[i].opnum++;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_swap ID ID
-**
-** Interchange the sqlite* pointer between two threads.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_swap(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i, j;
-  sqlite3 *temp;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID1 ID2", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  j = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[2]);
-  if( j<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[j].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[j]);
-  temp = threadset[i].db;
-  threadset[i].db = threadset[j].db;
-  threadset[j].db = temp;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_db_get ID
-**
-** Return the database connection pointer for the given thread.  Then
-** remove the pointer from the thread itself.  Afterwards, the thread
-** can be stopped and the connection can be used by the main thread.
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_db_get(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  extern int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp*, char*, void*);
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, threadset[i].db);
-  threadset[i].db = 0;
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_db_put ID DB
-**
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_db_put(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  extern int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp*, char*, void*);
-  extern void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char *);
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID DB", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  assert( !threadset[i].db );
-  threadset[i].db = (sqlite3*)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[2]);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: thread_stmt_get ID
-**
-** Return the database stmt pointer for the given thread.  Then
-** remove the pointer from the thread itself. 
-*/
-static int tcl_thread_stmt_get(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  extern int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp*, char*, void*);
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, threadset[i].pStmt);
-  threadset[i].pStmt = 0;
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest4_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-     { "thread_create",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_create     },
-     { "thread_wait",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_wait       },
-     { "thread_halt",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_halt       },
-     { "thread_argc",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_argc       },
-     { "thread_argv",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_argv       },
-     { "thread_colname",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_colname    },
-     { "thread_result",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_result     },
-     { "thread_error",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_error      },
-     { "thread_compile",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_compile    },
-     { "thread_step",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_step       },
-     { "thread_finalize",   (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_finalize   },
-     { "thread_swap",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_swap       },
-     { "thread_db_get",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_db_get     },
-     { "thread_db_put",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_db_put     },
-     { "thread_stmt_get",   (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_stmt_get   },
-  };
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#else
-int Sqlitetest4_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return TCL_OK; }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test5.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test5.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 952e3325e5f..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test5.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing the utf.c module in SQLite.  This code
-** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
-** testing of the SQLite library. Specifically, the code in this file
-** is used for testing the SQLite routines for converting between
-** the various supported unicode encodings.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/*
-** The first argument is a TCL UTF-8 string. Return the byte array
-** object with the encoded representation of the string, including
-** the NULL terminator.
-*/
-static int binarize(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int len;
-  char *bytes;
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-  assert(objc==2);
-
-  bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &len);
-  pRet = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((u8*)bytes, len+1);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: test_value_overhead <repeat-count> <do-calls>.
-**
-** This routine is used to test the overhead of calls to
-** sqlite3_value_text(), on a value that contains a UTF-8 string. The idea
-** is to figure out whether or not it is a problem to use sqlite3_value
-** structures with collation sequence functions.
-**
-** If <do-calls> is 0, then the calls to sqlite3_value_text() are not
-** actually made.
-*/
-static int test_value_overhead(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int do_calls;
-  int repeat_count;
-  int i;
-  Mem val;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <repeat-count> <do-calls>", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &repeat_count) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &do_calls) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  val.flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|MEM_Static;
-  val.z = "hello world";
-  val.enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-
-  for(i=0; i<repeat_count; i++){
-    if( do_calls ){
-      sqlite3_value_text(&val);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static u8 name_to_enc(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pObj){
-  struct EncName {
-    char *zName;
-    u8 enc;
-  } encnames[] = {
-    { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 },
-    { "UTF16LE", SQLITE_UTF16LE },
-    { "UTF16BE", SQLITE_UTF16BE },
-    { "UTF16", SQLITE_UTF16 },
-    { 0, 0 }
-  };
-  struct EncName *pEnc;
-  char *z = Tcl_GetString(pObj);
-  for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
-    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, pEnc->zName) ){
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( !pEnc->enc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "No such encoding: ", z, 0);
-  }
-  if( pEnc->enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
-    return SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-  }
-  return pEnc->enc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:   test_translate <string/blob> <from enc> <to enc> ?<transient>?
-**
-*/
-static int test_translate(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  u8 enc_from;
-  u8 enc_to;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-
-  char *z;
-  int len;
-  void (*xDel)(void *p) = SQLITE_STATIC;
-
-  if( objc!=4 && objc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), 
-        " <string/blob> <from enc> <to enc>", 0
-    );
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc==5 ){
-    xDel = sqlite3_free;
-  }
-
-  enc_from = name_to_enc(interp, objv[2]);
-  if( !enc_from ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  enc_to = name_to_enc(interp, objv[3]);
-  if( !enc_to ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-
-  if( enc_from==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    z = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-    if( objc==5 ){
-      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", z);
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, z, enc_from, xDel);
-  }else{
-    z = (char*)Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], &len);
-    if( objc==5 ){
-      char *zTmp = z;
-      z = sqlite3_malloc(len);
-      memcpy(z, zTmp, len);
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, z, enc_from, xDel);
-  }
-
-  z = (char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc_to);
-  len = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, enc_to) + (enc_to==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((u8*)z, len));
-
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: translate_selftest
-**
-** Call sqlite3UtfSelfTest() to run the internal tests for unicode
-** translation. If there is a problem an assert() will fail.
-**/
-void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void);
-static int test_translate_selftest(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  sqlite3UtfSelfTest();
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest5_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-    char *zName;
-    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-    { "binarize",                (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)binarize },
-    { "test_value_overhead",     (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_value_overhead },
-    { "test_translate",          (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_translate     },
-    { "translate_selftest",      (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_translate_selftest},
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test6.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test6.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 306482dcd30..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test6.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1019 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that modified the OS layer in order to simulate
-** the effect on the database file of an OS crash or power failure.  This
-** is used to test the ability of SQLite to recover from those situations.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_TEST          /* This file is used for testing only */
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO  /* This file is a no-op if disk I/O is disabled */
-
-/* #define TRACE_CRASHTEST */
-
-typedef struct CrashFile CrashFile;
-typedef struct CrashGlobal CrashGlobal;
-typedef struct WriteBuffer WriteBuffer;
-
-/*
-** Method:
-**
-**   This layer is implemented as a wrapper around the "real" 
-**   sqlite3_file object for the host system. Each time data is 
-**   written to the file object, instead of being written to the
-**   underlying file, the write operation is stored in an in-memory 
-**   structure (type WriteBuffer). This structure is placed at the
-**   end of a global ordered list (the write-list).
-**
-**   When data is read from a file object, the requested region is
-**   first retrieved from the real file. The write-list is then 
-**   traversed and data copied from any overlapping WriteBuffer 
-**   structures to the output buffer. i.e. a read() operation following
-**   one or more write() operations works as expected, even if no
-**   data has actually been written out to the real file.
-**
-**   When a fsync() operation is performed, an operating system crash 
-**   may be simulated, in which case exit(-1) is called (the call to 
-**   xSync() never returns). Whether or not a crash is simulated,
-**   the data associated with a subset of the WriteBuffer structures 
-**   stored in the write-list is written to the real underlying files 
-**   and the entries removed from the write-list. If a crash is simulated,
-**   a subset of the buffers may be corrupted before the data is written.
-**
-**   The exact subset of the write-list written and/or corrupted is
-**   determined by the simulated device characteristics and sector-size.
-**
-** "Normal" mode:
-**
-**   Normal mode is used when the simulated device has none of the
-**   SQLITE_IOCAP_XXX flags set.
-**
-**   In normal mode, if the fsync() is not a simulated crash, the 
-**   write-list is traversed from beginning to end. Each WriteBuffer
-**   structure associated with the file handle used to call xSync()
-**   is written to the real file and removed from the write-list.
-**
-**   If a crash is simulated, one of the following takes place for 
-**   each WriteBuffer in the write-list, regardless of which 
-**   file-handle it is associated with:
-**
-**     1. The buffer is correctly written to the file, just as if
-**        a crash were not being simulated.
-**
-**     2. Nothing is done.
-**
-**     3. Garbage data is written to all sectors of the file that 
-**        overlap the region specified by the WriteBuffer. Or garbage
-**        data is written to some contiguous section within the 
-**        overlapped sectors.
-**
-** Device Characteristic flag handling:
-**
-**   If the IOCAP_ATOMIC flag is set, then option (3) above is 
-**   never selected.
-**
-**   If the IOCAP_ATOMIC512 flag is set, and the WriteBuffer represents
-**   an aligned write() of an integer number of 512 byte regions, then
-**   option (3) above is never selected. Instead, each 512 byte region
-**   is either correctly written or left completely untouched. Similar
-**   logic governs the behavior if any of the other ATOMICXXX flags
-**   is set.
-**
-**   If either the IOCAP_SAFEAPPEND or IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL flags are set
-**   and a crash is being simulated, then an entry of the write-list is
-**   selected at random. Everything in the list after the selected entry 
-**   is discarded before processing begins.
-**
-**   If IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is set and a crash is being simulated, option 
-**   (1) is selected for all write-list entries except the last. If a 
-**   crash is not being simulated, then all entries in the write-list
-**   that occur before at least one write() on the file-handle specified
-**   as part of the xSync() are written to their associated real files.
-**
-**   If IOCAP_SAFEAPPEND is set and the first byte written by the write()
-**   operation is one byte past the current end of the file, then option
-**   (1) is always selected.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Each write operation in the write-list is represented by an instance
-** of the following structure.
-**
-** If zBuf is 0, then this structure represents a call to xTruncate(), 
-** not xWrite(). In that case, iOffset is the size that the file is
-** truncated to.
-*/
-struct WriteBuffer {
-  i64 iOffset;                 /* Byte offset of the start of this write() */
-  int nBuf;                    /* Number of bytes written */
-  u8 *zBuf;                    /* Pointer to copy of written data */
-  CrashFile *pFile;            /* File this write() applies to */
-
-  WriteBuffer *pNext;          /* Next in CrashGlobal.pWriteList */
-};
-
-struct CrashFile {
-  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;   /* Must be first */
-  sqlite3_file *pRealFile;             /* Underlying "real" file handle */
-  char *zName;
-  int flags;                           /* Flags the file was opened with */
-
-  /* Cache of the entire file. This is used to speed up OsRead() and 
-  ** OsFileSize() calls. Although both could be done by traversing the
-  ** write-list, in practice this is impractically slow.
-  */
-  u8 *zData;                           /* Buffer containing file contents */
-  int nData;                           /* Size of buffer allocated at zData */
-  i64 iSize;                           /* Size of file in bytes */
-};
-
-struct CrashGlobal {
-  WriteBuffer *pWriteList;     /* Head of write-list */
-  WriteBuffer *pWriteListEnd;  /* End of write-list */
-
-  int iSectorSize;             /* Value of simulated sector size */
-  int iDeviceCharacteristics;  /* Value of simulated device characteristics */
-
-  int iCrash;                  /* Crash on the iCrash'th call to xSync() */
-  char zCrashFile[500];        /* Crash during an xSync() on this file */ 
-};
-
-static CrashGlobal g = {0, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE, 0, 0};
-
-/*
-** Set this global variable to 1 to enable crash testing.
-*/
-static int sqlite3CrashTestEnable = 0;
-
-static void *crash_malloc(int nByte){
-  return (void *)Tcl_Alloc((size_t)nByte);
-}
-static void crash_free(void *p){
-  Tcl_Free(p);
-}
-static void *crash_realloc(void *p, int n){
-  return (void *)Tcl_Realloc(p, (size_t)n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Wrapper around the sqlite3OsWrite() function that avoids writing to the
-** 512 byte block begining at offset PENDING_BYTE.
-*/
-static int writeDbFile(CrashFile *p, u8 *z, i64 iAmt, i64 iOff){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int iSkip = 0;
-  if( (iAmt-iSkip)>0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pRealFile, &z[iSkip], (int)(iAmt-iSkip), iOff+iSkip);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Flush the write-list as if xSync() had been called on file handle
-** pFile. If isCrash is true, simulate a crash.
-*/
-static int writeListSync(CrashFile *pFile, int isCrash){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int iDc = g.iDeviceCharacteristics;
-
-  WriteBuffer *pWrite;
-  WriteBuffer **ppPtr;
-
-  /* If this is not a crash simulation, set pFinal to point to the 
-  ** last element of the write-list that is associated with file handle
-  ** pFile.
-  **
-  ** If this is a crash simulation, set pFinal to an arbitrarily selected
-  ** element of the write-list.
-  */
-  WriteBuffer *pFinal = 0;
-  if( !isCrash ){
-    for(pWrite=g.pWriteList; pWrite; pWrite=pWrite->pNext){
-      if( pWrite->pFile==pFile ){
-        pFinal = pWrite;
-      }
-    }
-  }else if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL|SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
-    int nWrite = 0;
-    int iFinal;
-    for(pWrite=g.pWriteList; pWrite; pWrite=pWrite->pNext) nWrite++;
-    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(int), &iFinal);
-    iFinal = ((iFinal<0)?-1*iFinal:iFinal)%nWrite;
-    for(pWrite=g.pWriteList; iFinal>0; pWrite=pWrite->pNext) iFinal--;
-    pFinal = pWrite;
-  }
-
-#ifdef TRACE_CRASHTEST
-  printf("Sync %s (is %s crash)\n", pFile->zName, (isCrash?"a":"not a"));
-#endif
-
-  ppPtr = &g.pWriteList;
-  for(pWrite=*ppPtr; rc==SQLITE_OK && pWrite; pWrite=*ppPtr){
-    sqlite3_file *pRealFile = pWrite->pFile->pRealFile;
-
-    /* (eAction==1)      -> write block out normally,
-    ** (eAction==2)      -> do nothing,
-    ** (eAction==3)      -> trash sectors.
-    */
-    int eAction = 0;
-    if( !isCrash ){
-      eAction = 2;
-      if( (pWrite->pFile==pFile || iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
-        eAction = 1;
-      }
-    }else{
-      char random;
-      sqlite3_randomness(1, &random);
-
-      /* Do not select option 3 (sector trashing) if the IOCAP_ATOMIC flag 
-      ** is set or this is an OsTruncate(), not an Oswrite().
-      */
-      if( (iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC) || (pWrite->zBuf==0) ){
-        random &= 0x01;
-      }
-
-      /* If IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is set and this is not the final entry
-      ** in the truncated write-list, always select option 1 (write
-      ** out correctly).
-      */
-      if( (iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL && pWrite!=pFinal) ){
-        random = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* If IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND is set and this OsWrite() operation is
-      ** an append (first byte of the written region is 1 byte past the
-      ** current EOF), always select option 1 (write out correctly).
-      */
-      if( iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND && pWrite->zBuf ){
-        i64 iSize;
-        sqlite3OsFileSize(pRealFile, &iSize);
-        if( iSize==pWrite->iOffset ){
-          random = 0;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( (random&0x06)==0x06 ){
-        eAction = 3;
-      }else{
-        eAction = ((random&0x01)?2:1);
-      }
-    }
-
-    switch( eAction ){
-      case 1: {               /* Write out correctly */
-        if( pWrite->zBuf ){
-          rc = writeDbFile(
-              pWrite->pFile, pWrite->zBuf, pWrite->nBuf, pWrite->iOffset
-          );
-        }else{
-          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pRealFile, pWrite->iOffset);
-        }
-        *ppPtr = pWrite->pNext;
-#ifdef TRACE_CRASHTEST
-        if( isCrash ){
-          printf("Writing %d bytes @ %d (%s)\n", 
-            pWrite->nBuf, (int)pWrite->iOffset, pWrite->pFile->zName
-          );
-        }
-#endif
-        crash_free(pWrite);
-        break;
-      }
-      case 2: {               /* Do nothing */
-        ppPtr = &pWrite->pNext;
-#ifdef TRACE_CRASHTEST
-        if( isCrash ){
-          printf("Omiting %d bytes @ %d (%s)\n", 
-            pWrite->nBuf, (int)pWrite->iOffset, pWrite->pFile->zName
-          );
-        }
-#endif
-        break;
-      }
-      case 3: {               /* Trash sectors */
-        u8 *zGarbage;
-        int iFirst = (int)(pWrite->iOffset/g.iSectorSize);
-        int iLast = (int)((pWrite->iOffset+pWrite->nBuf-1)/g.iSectorSize);
-
-        assert(pWrite->zBuf);
-
-#ifdef TRACE_CRASHTEST
-        printf("Trashing %d sectors @ %lld (sector %d) (%s)\n", 
-            1+iLast-iFirst, pWrite->iOffset, iFirst, pWrite->pFile->zName
-        );
-#endif
-
-        zGarbage = crash_malloc(g.iSectorSize);
-        if( zGarbage ){
-          sqlite3_int64 i;
-          for(i=iFirst; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=iLast; i++){
-            sqlite3_randomness(g.iSectorSize, zGarbage); 
-            rc = writeDbFile(
-              pWrite->pFile, zGarbage, g.iSectorSize, i*g.iSectorSize
-            );
-          }
-          crash_free(zGarbage);
-        }else{
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        }
-
-        ppPtr = &pWrite->pNext;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      default:
-        assert(!"Cannot happen");
-    }
-
-    if( pWrite==pFinal ) break;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isCrash ){
-    exit(-1);
-  }
-
-  for(pWrite=g.pWriteList; pWrite && pWrite->pNext; pWrite=pWrite->pNext);
-  g.pWriteListEnd = pWrite;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an entry to the end of the write-list.
-*/
-static int writeListAppend(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  sqlite3_int64 iOffset,
-  const u8 *zBuf,
-  int nBuf
-){
-  WriteBuffer *pNew;
-
-  assert((zBuf && nBuf) || (!nBuf && !zBuf));
-
-  pNew = (WriteBuffer *)crash_malloc(sizeof(WriteBuffer) + nBuf);
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    fprintf(stderr, "out of memory in the crash simulator\n");
-  }
-  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(WriteBuffer)+nBuf);
-  pNew->iOffset = iOffset;
-  pNew->nBuf = nBuf;
-  pNew->pFile = (CrashFile *)pFile;
-  if( zBuf ){
-    pNew->zBuf = (u8 *)&pNew[1];
-    memcpy(pNew->zBuf, zBuf, nBuf);
-  }
-
-  if( g.pWriteList ){
-    assert(g.pWriteListEnd);
-    g.pWriteListEnd->pNext = pNew;
-  }else{
-    g.pWriteList = pNew;
-  }
-  g.pWriteListEnd = pNew;
-  
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a crash-file.
-*/
-static int cfClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  CrashFile *pCrash = (CrashFile *)pFile;
-  writeListSync(pCrash, 0);
-  sqlite3OsClose(pCrash->pRealFile);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a crash-file.
-*/
-static int cfRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  CrashFile *pCrash = (CrashFile *)pFile;
-  int nCopy = (int)MIN((i64)iAmt, (pCrash->iSize - iOfst));
-
-  if( nCopy>0 ){
-    memcpy(zBuf, &pCrash->zData[iOfst], nCopy);
-  }
-
-  /* Check the file-size to see if this is a short-read */
-  if( nCopy<iAmt ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to a crash-file.
-*/
-static int cfWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  const void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  CrashFile *pCrash = (CrashFile *)pFile;
-  if( iAmt+iOfst>pCrash->iSize ){
-    pCrash->iSize = (int)(iAmt+iOfst);
-  }
-  while( pCrash->iSize>pCrash->nData ){
-    u8 *zNew;
-    int nNew = (pCrash->nData*2) + 4096;
-    zNew = crash_realloc(pCrash->zData, nNew);
-    if( !zNew ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset(&zNew[pCrash->nData], 0, nNew-pCrash->nData);
-    pCrash->nData = nNew;
-    pCrash->zData = zNew;
-  }
-  memcpy(&pCrash->zData[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
-  return writeListAppend(pFile, iOfst, zBuf, iAmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate a crash-file.
-*/
-static int cfTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
-  CrashFile *pCrash = (CrashFile *)pFile;
-  assert(size>=0);
-  if( pCrash->iSize>size ){
-    pCrash->iSize = (int)size;
-  }
-  return writeListAppend(pFile, size, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync a crash-file.
-*/
-static int cfSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
-  CrashFile *pCrash = (CrashFile *)pFile;
-  int isCrash = 0;
-
-  const char *zName = pCrash->zName;
-  const char *zCrashFile = g.zCrashFile;
-  int nName = (int)strlen(zName);
-  int nCrashFile = (int)strlen(zCrashFile);
-
-  if( nCrashFile>0 && zCrashFile[nCrashFile-1]=='*' ){
-    nCrashFile--;
-    if( nName>nCrashFile ) nName = nCrashFile;
-  }
-
-#ifdef TRACE_CRASHTEST
-  printf("cfSync(): nName = %d, nCrashFile = %d, zName = %s, zCrashFile = %s\n",
-         nName, nCrashFile, zName, zCrashFile);
-#endif
-
-  if( nName==nCrashFile && 0==memcmp(zName, zCrashFile, nName) ){
-#ifdef TRACE_CRASHTEST
-    printf("cfSync(): name matched, g.iCrash = %d\n", g.iCrash);
-#endif
-    if( (--g.iCrash)==0 ) isCrash = 1;
-  }
-
-  return writeListSync(pCrash, isCrash);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current file-size of the crash-file.
-*/
-static int cfFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  CrashFile *pCrash = (CrashFile *)pFile;
-  *pSize = (i64)pCrash->iSize;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Calls related to file-locks are passed on to the real file handle.
-*/
-static int cfLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  return sqlite3OsLock(((CrashFile *)pFile)->pRealFile, eLock);
-}
-static int cfUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  return sqlite3OsUnlock(((CrashFile *)pFile)->pRealFile, eLock);
-}
-static int cfCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
-  return sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(((CrashFile *)pFile)->pRealFile, pResOut);
-}
-static int cfFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
-  if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT ){
-    CrashFile *pCrash = (CrashFile *)pFile;
-    i64 nByte = *(i64 *)pArg;
-    if( nByte>pCrash->iSize ){
-      if( SQLITE_OK==writeListAppend(pFile, nByte, 0, 0) ){
-        pCrash->iSize = (int)nByte;
-      }
-    }
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsFileControl(((CrashFile *)pFile)->pRealFile, op, pArg);
-}
-
-/*
-** The xSectorSize() and xDeviceCharacteristics() functions return
-** the global values configured by the [sqlite_crashparams] tcl
-*  interface.
-*/
-static int cfSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return g.iSectorSize;
-}
-static int cfDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return g.iDeviceCharacteristics;
-}
-
-/*
-** Pass-throughs for WAL support.
-*/
-static int cfShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags){
-  return sqlite3OsShmLock(((CrashFile*)pFile)->pRealFile, ofst, n, flags);
-}
-static void cfShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  sqlite3OsShmBarrier(((CrashFile*)pFile)->pRealFile);
-}
-static int cfShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pFile, int delFlag){
-  return sqlite3OsShmUnmap(((CrashFile*)pFile)->pRealFile, delFlag);
-}
-static int cfShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,            /* Handle open on database file */
-  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
-  int sz,                         /* Size of regions */
-  int w,                          /* True to extend file if necessary */
-  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
-  return sqlite3OsShmMap(((CrashFile*)pFile)->pRealFile, iRegion, sz, w, pp);
-}
-
-static const sqlite3_io_methods CrashFileVtab = {
-  2,                            /* iVersion */
-  cfClose,                      /* xClose */
-  cfRead,                       /* xRead */
-  cfWrite,                      /* xWrite */
-  cfTruncate,                   /* xTruncate */
-  cfSync,                       /* xSync */
-  cfFileSize,                   /* xFileSize */
-  cfLock,                       /* xLock */
-  cfUnlock,                     /* xUnlock */
-  cfCheckReservedLock,          /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  cfFileControl,                /* xFileControl */
-  cfSectorSize,                 /* xSectorSize */
-  cfDeviceCharacteristics,      /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  cfShmMap,                     /* xShmMap */
-  cfShmLock,                    /* xShmLock */
-  cfShmBarrier,                 /* xShmBarrier */
-  cfShmUnmap                    /* xShmUnmap */
-};
-
-/*
-** Application data for the crash VFS
-*/
-struct crashAppData {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrig;                   /* Wrapped vfs structure */
-};
-
-/*
-** Open a crash-file file handle.
-**
-** The caller will have allocated pVfs->szOsFile bytes of space
-** at pFile. This file uses this space for the CrashFile structure
-** and allocates space for the "real" file structure using 
-** sqlite3_malloc(). The assumption here is (pVfs->szOsFile) is
-** equal or greater than sizeof(CrashFile).
-*/
-static int cfOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs,
-  const char *zName,
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  int rc;
-  CrashFile *pWrapper = (CrashFile *)pFile;
-  sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file*)&pWrapper[1];
-
-  memset(pWrapper, 0, sizeof(CrashFile));
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pReal, flags, pOutFlags);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    i64 iSize;
-    pWrapper->pMethod = &CrashFileVtab;
-    pWrapper->zName = (char *)zName;
-    pWrapper->pRealFile = pReal;
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pReal, &iSize);
-    pWrapper->iSize = (int)iSize;
-    pWrapper->flags = flags;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pWrapper->nData = (int)(4096 + pWrapper->iSize);
-    pWrapper->zData = crash_malloc(pWrapper->nData);
-    if( pWrapper->zData ){
-      /* os_unix.c contains an assert() that fails if the caller attempts
-      ** to read data from the 512-byte locking region of a file opened
-      ** with the SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB flag. This region of a database file
-      ** never contains valid data anyhow. So avoid doing such a read here.
-      **
-      ** UPDATE: It also contains an assert() verifying that each call
-      ** to the xRead() method reads less than 128KB of data.
-      */
-      i64 iOff;
-
-      memset(pWrapper->zData, 0, pWrapper->nData);
-      for(iOff=0; iOff<pWrapper->iSize; iOff += 512){
-        int nRead = (int)(pWrapper->iSize - iOff);
-        if( nRead>512 ) nRead = 512;
-        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pReal, &pWrapper->zData[iOff], nRead, iOff);
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pWrapper->pMethod ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int cfDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
-}
-static int cfAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
-}
-static int cfFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int nPathOut,
-  char *zPathOut
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
-}
-static void *cfDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs, const char *zPath){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
-}
-static void cfDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zErrMsg);
-}
-static void (*cfDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs, void *pH, const char *zSym))(void){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pH, zSym);
-}
-static void cfDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs, void *pHandle){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
-}
-static int cfRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-static int cfSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs, int nMicro){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
-}
-static int cfCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pCfVfs, double *pTimeOut){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)pCfVfs->pAppData;
-  return pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, pTimeOut);
-}
-
-static int processDevSymArgs(
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
-  int *piDeviceChar,
-  int *piSectorSize
-){
-  struct DeviceFlag {
-    char *zName;
-    int iValue;
-  } aFlag[] = {
-    { "atomic",              SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                },
-    { "atomic512",           SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512             },
-    { "atomic1k",            SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K              },
-    { "atomic2k",            SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K              },
-    { "atomic4k",            SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K              },
-    { "atomic8k",            SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K              },
-    { "atomic16k",           SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K             },
-    { "atomic32k",           SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K             },
-    { "atomic64k",           SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K             },
-    { "sequential",          SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL            },
-    { "safe_append",         SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND           },
-    { "powersafe_overwrite", SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE   },
-    { 0, 0 }
-  };
-
-  int i;
-  int iDc = 0;
-  int iSectorSize = 0;
-  int setSectorsize = 0;
-  int setDeviceChar = 0;
-
-  for(i=0; i<objc; i+=2){
-    int nOpt;
-    char *zOpt = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &nOpt);
-
-    if( (nOpt>11 || nOpt<2 || strncmp("-sectorsize", zOpt, nOpt)) 
-     && (nOpt>16 || nOpt<2 || strncmp("-characteristics", zOpt, nOpt))
-    ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, 
-        "Bad option: \"", zOpt, 
-        "\" - must be \"-characteristics\" or \"-sectorsize\"", 0
-      );
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if( i==objc-1 ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Option requires an argument: \"", zOpt, "\"",0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if( zOpt[1]=='s' ){
-      if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &iSectorSize) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      setSectorsize = 1;
-    }else{
-      int j;
-      Tcl_Obj **apObj;
-      int nObj;
-      if( Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[i+1], &nObj, &apObj) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      for(j=0; j<nObj; j++){
-        int rc;
-        int iChoice;
-        Tcl_Obj *pFlag = Tcl_DuplicateObj(apObj[j]);
-        Tcl_IncrRefCount(pFlag);
-        Tcl_UtfToLower(Tcl_GetString(pFlag));
- 
-        rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(
-            interp, pFlag, aFlag, sizeof(aFlag[0]), "no such flag", 0, &iChoice
-        );
-        Tcl_DecrRefCount(pFlag);
-        if( rc ){
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-
-        iDc |= aFlag[iChoice].iValue;
-      }
-      setDeviceChar = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( setDeviceChar ){
-    *piDeviceChar = iDc;
-  }
-  if( setSectorsize ){
-    *piSectorSize = iSectorSize;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite_crash_enable ENABLE
-**
-** Parameter ENABLE must be a boolean value. If true, then the "crash"
-** vfs is added to the system. If false, it is removed.
-*/
-static int crashEnableCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int isEnable;
-  static sqlite3_vfs crashVfs = {
-    2,                  /* iVersion */
-    0,                  /* szOsFile */
-    0,                  /* mxPathname */
-    0,                  /* pNext */
-    "crash",            /* zName */
-    0,                  /* pAppData */
-  
-    cfOpen,               /* xOpen */
-    cfDelete,             /* xDelete */
-    cfAccess,             /* xAccess */
-    cfFullPathname,       /* xFullPathname */
-    cfDlOpen,             /* xDlOpen */
-    cfDlError,            /* xDlError */
-    cfDlSym,              /* xDlSym */
-    cfDlClose,            /* xDlClose */
-    cfRandomness,         /* xRandomness */
-    cfSleep,              /* xSleep */
-    cfCurrentTime,        /* xCurrentTime */
-    0,                    /* xGetlastError */
-    0,                    /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
-  };
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "ENABLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &isEnable) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( (isEnable && crashVfs.pAppData) || (!isEnable && !crashVfs.pAppData) ){
-    return TCL_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( crashVfs.pAppData==0 ){
-    sqlite3_vfs *pOriginalVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-    crashVfs.mxPathname = pOriginalVfs->mxPathname;
-    crashVfs.pAppData = (void *)pOriginalVfs;
-    crashVfs.szOsFile = sizeof(CrashFile) + pOriginalVfs->szOsFile;
-    sqlite3_vfs_register(&crashVfs, 0);
-  }else{
-    crashVfs.pAppData = 0;
-    sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&crashVfs);
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite_crashparams ?OPTIONS? DELAY CRASHFILE
-**
-** This procedure implements a TCL command that enables crash testing
-** in testfixture.  Once enabled, crash testing cannot be disabled.
-**
-** Available options are "-characteristics" and "-sectorsize". Both require
-** an argument. For -sectorsize, this is the simulated sector size in
-** bytes. For -characteristics, the argument must be a list of io-capability
-** flags to simulate. Valid flags are "atomic", "atomic512", "atomic1K",
-** "atomic2K", "atomic4K", "atomic8K", "atomic16K", "atomic32K", 
-** "atomic64K", "sequential" and "safe_append".
-**
-** Example:
-**
-**   sqlite_crashparams -sect 1024 -char {atomic sequential} ./test.db 1
-**
-*/
-static int crashParamsObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int iDelay;
-  const char *zCrashFile;
-  int nCrashFile, iDc, iSectorSize;
-
-  iDc = -1;
-  iSectorSize = -1;
-
-  if( objc<3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?OPTIONS? DELAY CRASHFILE");
-    goto error;
-  }
-
-  zCrashFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[objc-1], &nCrashFile);
-  if( nCrashFile>=sizeof(g.zCrashFile) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Filename is too long: \"", zCrashFile, "\"", 0);
-    goto error;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &iDelay) ){
-    goto error;
-  }
-
-  if( processDevSymArgs(interp, objc-3, &objv[1], &iDc, &iSectorSize) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( iDc>=0 ){
-    g.iDeviceCharacteristics = iDc;
-  }
-  if( iSectorSize>=0 ){
-    g.iSectorSize = iSectorSize;
-  }
-
-  g.iCrash = iDelay;
-  memcpy(g.zCrashFile, zCrashFile, nCrashFile+1);
-  sqlite3CrashTestEnable = 1;
-  return TCL_OK;
-
-error:
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-static int devSymObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  void devsym_register(int iDeviceChar, int iSectorSize);
-
-  int iDc = -1;
-  int iSectorSize = -1;
-
-  if( processDevSymArgs(interp, objc-1, &objv[1], &iDc, &iSectorSize) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  devsym_register(iDc, iSectorSize);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: register_jt_vfs ?-default? PARENT-VFS
-*/
-static int jtObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int jt_register(char *, int);
-  char *zParent = 0;
-
-  if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-default? PARENT-VFS");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zParent = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  if( objc==3 ){
-    if( strcmp(zParent, "-default") ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, 
-          "bad option \"", zParent, "\": must be -default", 0
-      );
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    zParent = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  }
-
-  if( !(*zParent) ){
-    zParent = 0;
-  }
-  if( jt_register(zParent, objc==3) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error in jt_register", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: unregister_jt_vfs
-*/
-static int jtUnregisterObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  void jt_unregister(void);
-
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  jt_unregister();
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
-
-/*
-** This procedure registers the TCL procedures defined in this file.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest6_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_crash_enable", crashEnableCmd, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_crashparams", crashParamsObjCmd, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_simulate_device", devSymObjCmd, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "register_jt_vfs", jtObjCmd, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "unregister_jt_vfs", jtUnregisterObjCmd, 0, 0);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test7.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test7.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ba3631b416..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test7.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,714 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 January 09
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing the client/server version of the SQLite library.
-** Derived from test4.c.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-
-/*
-** This test only works on UNIX with a SQLITE_THREADSAFE build that includes
-** the SQLITE_SERVER option.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_SERVER) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && \
-    SQLITE_OS_UNIX && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <sched.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-/*
-** Interfaces defined in server.c
-*/
-int sqlite3_client_open(const char*, sqlite3**);
-int sqlite3_client_prepare(sqlite3*,const char*,int,
-                           sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-int sqlite3_client_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
-int sqlite3_client_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);
-int sqlite3_client_finalize(sqlite3_stmt*);
-int sqlite3_client_close(sqlite3*);
-int sqlite3_server_start(void);
-int sqlite3_server_stop(void);
-void sqlite3_server_start2(int *pnDecr);
-
-/*
-** Each thread is controlled by an instance of the following
-** structure.
-*/
-typedef struct Thread Thread;
-struct Thread {
-  /* The first group of fields are writable by the supervisor thread
-  ** and read-only to the client threads
-  */
-  char *zFilename;         /* Name of database file */
-  void (*xOp)(Thread*);    /* next operation to do */
-  char *zArg;              /* argument usable by xOp */
-  volatile int opnum;      /* Operation number */
-  volatile int busy;       /* True if this thread is in use */
-
-  /* The next group of fields are writable by the client threads 
-  ** but read-only to the superviser thread.
-  */
-  volatile int completed;  /* Number of operations completed */
-  sqlite3 *db;             /* Open database */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Pending operation */
-  char *zErr;              /* operation error */
-  char *zStaticErr;        /* Static error message */
-  int rc;                  /* operation return code */
-  int argc;                /* number of columns in result */
-  const char *argv[100];   /* result columns */
-  const char *colv[100];   /* result column names */
-
-  /* Initialized to 1 by the supervisor thread when the client is 
-  ** created, and then deemed read-only to the supervisor thread. 
-  ** Is set to 0 by the server thread belonging to this client 
-  ** just before it exits.  
-  */
-  int nServer;             /* Number of server threads running */
-};
-
-/*
-** There can be as many as 26 threads running at once.  Each is named
-** by a capital letter: A, B, C, ..., Y, Z.
-*/
-#define N_THREAD 26
-static Thread threadset[N_THREAD];
-
-/*
-** The main loop for a thread.  Threads use busy waiting. 
-*/
-static void *client_main(void *pArg){
-  Thread *p = (Thread*)pArg;
-  if( p->db ){
-    sqlite3_client_close(p->db);
-  }
-  sqlite3_client_open(p->zFilename, &p->db);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(p->db) ){
-    p->zErr = strdup(sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
-    sqlite3_client_close(p->db);
-    p->db = 0;
-  }
-  p->pStmt = 0;
-  p->completed = 1;
-  while( p->opnum<=p->completed ) sched_yield();
-  while( p->xOp ){
-    if( p->zErr && p->zErr!=p->zStaticErr ){
-      sqlite3_free(p->zErr);
-      p->zErr = 0;
-    }
-    (*p->xOp)(p);
-    p->completed++;
-    while( p->opnum<=p->completed ) sched_yield();
-  }
-  if( p->pStmt ){
-    sqlite3_client_finalize(p->pStmt);
-    p->pStmt = 0;
-  }
-  if( p->db ){
-    sqlite3_client_close(p->db);
-    p->db = 0;
-  }
-  if( p->zErr && p->zErr!=p->zStaticErr ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->zErr);
-    p->zErr = 0;
-  }
-  p->completed++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_thread_cleanup();
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a thread ID which is an upper case letter.  Return the index.
-** If the argument is not a valid thread ID put an error message in
-** the interpreter and return -1.
-*/
-static int parse_client_id(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zArg){
-  if( zArg==0 || zArg[0]==0 || zArg[1]!=0 || !isupper((unsigned char)zArg[0]) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "thread ID must be an upper case letter", 0);
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return zArg[0] - 'A';
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    client_create NAME  FILENAME
-**
-** NAME should be an upper case letter.  Start the thread running with
-** an open connection to the given database.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_create(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  pthread_t x;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID FILENAME", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "thread ", argv[1], " is already running", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  threadset[i].busy = 1;
-  sqlite3_free(threadset[i].zFilename);
-  threadset[i].zFilename = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", argv[2]);
-  threadset[i].opnum = 1;
-  threadset[i].completed = 0;
-  rc = pthread_create(&x, 0, client_main, &threadset[i]);
-  if( rc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create the thread", 0);
-    sqlite3_free(threadset[i].zFilename);
-    threadset[i].busy = 0;
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pthread_detach(x);
-  if( threadset[i].nServer==0 ){
-    threadset[i].nServer = 1;
-    sqlite3_server_start2(&threadset[i].nServer);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Wait for a thread to reach its idle state.
-*/
-static void client_wait(Thread *p){
-  while( p->opnum>p->completed ) sched_yield();
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  client_wait ID
-**
-** Wait on thread ID to reach its idle state.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_wait(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Stop a thread.
-*/
-static void stop_thread(Thread *p){
-  client_wait(p);
-  p->xOp = 0;
-  p->opnum++;
-  client_wait(p);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zArg);
-  p->zArg = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(p->zFilename);
-  p->zFilename = 0;
-  p->busy = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  client_halt ID
-**
-** Cause a client thread to shut itself down.  Wait for the shutdown to be
-** completed.  If ID is "*" then stop all client threads.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_halt(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( argv[1][0]=='*' && argv[1][1]==0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<N_THREAD; i++){
-      if( threadset[i].busy ){
-        stop_thread(&threadset[i]);
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-    if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    stop_thread(&threadset[i]);
-  }
-
-  /* If no client threads are still running, also stop the server */
-  for(i=0; i<N_THREAD && threadset[i].busy==0; i++){}
-  if( i>=N_THREAD ){
-    sqlite3_server_stop();
-    while( 1 ){
-      for(i=0; i<N_THREAD && threadset[i].nServer==0; i++);
-      if( i==N_THREAD ) break;
-      sched_yield();
-    }
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: client_argc  ID
-**
-** Wait on the most recent client_step to complete, then return the
-** number of columns in the result set.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_argc(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  char zBuf[100];
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", threadset[i].argc);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: client_argv  ID   N
-**
-** Wait on the most recent client_step to complete, then return the
-** value of the N-th columns in the result set.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_argv(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  int n;
-
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID N", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  if( n<0 || n>=threadset[i].argc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "column number out of range", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].argv[n], 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: client_colname  ID   N
-**
-** Wait on the most recent client_step to complete, then return the
-** name of the N-th columns in the result set.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_colname(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  int n;
-
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID N", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  if( n<0 || n>=threadset[i].argc ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "column number out of range", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].colv[n], 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-/*
-** Usage: client_result  ID
-**
-** Wait on the most recent operation to complete, then return the
-** result code from that operation.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_result(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zName;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  zName = sqlite3ErrName(threadset[i].rc);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zName, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: client_error  ID
-**
-** Wait on the most recent operation to complete, then return the
-** error string.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_error(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].zErr, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure runs in the thread to compile an SQL statement.
-*/
-static void do_compile(Thread *p){
-  if( p->db==0 ){
-    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no database is open";
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-  if( p->pStmt ){
-    sqlite3_client_finalize(p->pStmt);
-    p->pStmt = 0;
-  }
-  p->rc = sqlite3_client_prepare(p->db, p->zArg, -1, &p->pStmt, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: client_compile ID SQL
-**
-** Compile a new virtual machine.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_compile(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID SQL", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  threadset[i].xOp = do_compile;
-  sqlite3_free(threadset[i].zArg);
-  threadset[i].zArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", argv[2]);
-  threadset[i].opnum++;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure runs in the thread to step the virtual machine.
-*/
-static void do_step(Thread *p){
-  int i;
-  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
-    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-  p->rc = sqlite3_client_step(p->pStmt);
-  if( p->rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    p->argc = sqlite3_column_count(p->pStmt);
-    for(i=0; i<sqlite3_data_count(p->pStmt); i++){
-      p->argv[i] = (char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i);
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<p->argc; i++){
-      p->colv[i] = sqlite3_column_name(p->pStmt, i);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: client_step ID
-**
-** Advance the virtual machine by one step
-*/
-static int tcl_client_step(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " IDL", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  threadset[i].xOp = do_step;
-  threadset[i].opnum++;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure runs in the thread to finalize a virtual machine.
-*/
-static void do_finalize(Thread *p){
-  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
-    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-  p->rc = sqlite3_client_finalize(p->pStmt);
-  p->pStmt = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: client_finalize ID
-**
-** Finalize the virtual machine.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_finalize(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " IDL", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  threadset[i].xOp = do_finalize;
-  sqlite3_free(threadset[i].zArg);
-  threadset[i].zArg = 0;
-  threadset[i].opnum++;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure runs in the thread to reset a virtual machine.
-*/
-static void do_reset(Thread *p){
-  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
-    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-  p->rc = sqlite3_client_reset(p->pStmt);
-  p->pStmt = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: client_reset ID
-**
-** Finalize the virtual machine.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_reset(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( argc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " IDL", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  threadset[i].xOp = do_reset;
-  sqlite3_free(threadset[i].zArg);
-  threadset[i].zArg = 0;
-  threadset[i].opnum++;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: client_swap ID ID
-**
-** Interchange the sqlite* pointer between two threads.
-*/
-static int tcl_client_swap(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
-){
-  int i, j;
-  sqlite3 *temp;
-  if( argc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-       " ID1 ID2", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
-  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
-  j = parse_client_id(interp, argv[2]);
-  if( j<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( !threadset[j].busy ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  client_wait(&threadset[j]);
-  temp = threadset[i].db;
-  threadset[i].db = threadset[j].db;
-  threadset[j].db = temp;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest7_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-     { "client_create",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_create     },
-     { "client_wait",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_wait       },
-     { "client_halt",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_halt       },
-     { "client_argc",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_argc       },
-     { "client_argv",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_argv       },
-     { "client_colname",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_colname    },
-     { "client_result",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_result     },
-     { "client_error",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_error      },
-     { "client_compile",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_compile    },
-     { "client_step",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_step       },
-     { "client_reset",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_reset      },
-     { "client_finalize",   (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_finalize   },
-     { "client_swap",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_swap       },
-  };
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#else
-int Sqlitetest7_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return TCL_OK; }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test8.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2107710a99c..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1396 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 June 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing the virtual table interfaces.  This code
-** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
-** testing of the SQLite library.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-
-typedef struct echo_vtab echo_vtab;
-typedef struct echo_cursor echo_cursor;
-
-/*
-** The test module defined in this file uses four global Tcl variables to
-** commicate with test-scripts:
-**
-**     $::echo_module
-**     $::echo_module_sync_fail
-**     $::echo_module_begin_fail
-**     $::echo_module_cost
-**
-** The variable ::echo_module is a list. Each time one of the following
-** methods is called, one or more elements are appended to the list.
-** This is used for automated testing of virtual table modules.
-**
-** The ::echo_module_sync_fail variable is set by test scripts and read
-** by code in this file. If it is set to the name of a real table in the
-** the database, then all xSync operations on echo virtual tables that
-** use the named table as a backing store will fail.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Errors can be provoked within the following echo virtual table methods:
-**
-**   xBestIndex   xOpen     xFilter   xNext   
-**   xColumn      xRowid    xUpdate   xSync   
-**   xBegin       xRename
-**
-** This is done by setting the global tcl variable:
-**
-**   echo_module_fail($method,$tbl)
-**
-** where $method is set to the name of the virtual table method to fail
-** (i.e. "xBestIndex") and $tbl is the name of the table being echoed (not
-** the name of the virtual table, the name of the underlying real table).
-*/
-
-/* 
-** An echo virtual-table object.
-**
-** echo.vtab.aIndex is an array of booleans. The nth entry is true if 
-** the nth column of the real table is the left-most column of an index
-** (implicit or otherwise). In other words, if SQLite can optimize
-** a query like "SELECT * FROM real_table WHERE col = ?".
-**
-** Member variable aCol[] contains copies of the column names of the real
-** table.
-*/
-struct echo_vtab {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;     /* Tcl interpreter containing debug variables */
-  sqlite3 *db;            /* Database connection */
-
-  int isPattern;
-  int inTransaction;      /* True if within a transaction */
-  char *zThis;            /* Name of the echo table */
-  char *zTableName;       /* Name of the real table */
-  char *zLogName;         /* Name of the log table */
-  int nCol;               /* Number of columns in the real table */
-  int *aIndex;            /* Array of size nCol. True if column has an index */
-  char **aCol;            /* Array of size nCol. Column names */
-};
-
-/* An echo cursor object */
-struct echo_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-};
-
-static int simulateVtabError(echo_vtab *p, const char *zMethod){
-  const char *zErr;
-  char zVarname[128];
-  zVarname[127] = '\0';
-  sqlite3_snprintf(127, zVarname, "echo_module_fail(%s,%s)", zMethod, p->zTableName);
-  zErr = Tcl_GetVar(p->interp, zVarname, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-  if( zErr ){
-    p->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("echo-vtab-error: %s", zErr);
-  }
-  return (zErr!=0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
-** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
-** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** Examples:
-**
-**     "abc"   becomes   abc
-**     'xyz'   becomes   xyz
-**     [pqr]   becomes   pqr
-**     `mno`   becomes   mno
-*/
-static void dequoteString(char *z){
-  int quote;
-  int i, j;
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  quote = z[0];
-  switch( quote ){
-    case '\'':  break;
-    case '"':   break;
-    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
-    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
-    default:    return;
-  }
-  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
-    if( z[i]==quote ){
-      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
-        z[j++] = quote;
-        i++;
-      }else{
-        z[j++] = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-    }else{
-      z[j++] = z[i];
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve the column names for the table named zTab via database
-** connection db. SQLITE_OK is returned on success, or an sqlite error
-** code otherwise.
-**
-** If successful, the number of columns is written to *pnCol. *paCol is
-** set to point at sqlite3_malloc()'d space containing the array of
-** nCol column names. The caller is responsible for calling sqlite3_free
-** on *paCol.
-*/
-static int getColumnNames(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  const char *zTab,
-  char ***paCol, 
-  int *pnCol
-){
-  char **aCol = 0;
-  char *zSql;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nCol = 0;
-
-  /* Prepare the statement "SELECT * FROM <tbl>". The column names
-  ** of the result set of the compiled SELECT will be the same as
-  ** the column names of table <tbl>.
-  */
-  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q", zTab);
-  if( !zSql ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto out;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int ii;
-    int nBytes;
-    char *zSpace;
-    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-
-    /* Figure out how much space to allocate for the array of column names 
-    ** (including space for the strings themselves). Then allocate it.
-    */
-    nBytes = sizeof(char *) * nCol;
-    for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
-      const char *zName = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, ii);
-      if( !zName ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        goto out;
-      }
-      nBytes += (int)strlen(zName)+1;
-    }
-    aCol = (char **)sqlite3MallocZero(nBytes);
-    if( !aCol ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto out;
-    }
-
-    /* Copy the column names into the allocated space and set up the
-    ** pointers in the aCol[] array.
-    */
-    zSpace = (char *)(&aCol[nCol]);
-    for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
-      aCol[ii] = zSpace;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nBytes, zSpace, "%s", sqlite3_column_name(pStmt,ii));
-      zSpace += (int)strlen(zSpace) + 1;
-    }
-    assert( (zSpace-nBytes)==(char *)aCol );
-  }
-
-  *paCol = aCol;
-  *pnCol = nCol;
-
-out:
-  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zTab is the name of a table in database db with nCol 
-** columns. This function allocates an array of integers nCol in 
-** size and populates it according to any implicit or explicit 
-** indices on table zTab.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *paIndex set to point 
-** at the allocated array. Otherwise, an error code is returned.
-**
-** See comments associated with the member variable aIndex above 
-** "struct echo_vtab" for details of the contents of the array.
-*/
-static int getIndexArray(
-  sqlite3 *db,             /* Database connection */
-  const char *zTab,        /* Name of table in database db */
-  int nCol,
-  int **paIndex
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  int *aIndex = 0;
-  int rc;
-  char *zSql;
-
-  /* Allocate space for the index array */
-  aIndex = (int *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(int) * nCol);
-  if( !aIndex ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto get_index_array_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Compile an sqlite pragma to loop through all indices on table zTab */
-  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_list(%s)", zTab);
-  if( !zSql ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto get_index_array_out;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
-
-  /* For each index, figure out the left-most column and set the 
-  ** corresponding entry in aIndex[] to 1.
-  */
-  while( pStmt && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    const char *zIdx = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt2 = 0;
-    if( zIdx==0 ) continue;
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_info(%s)", zIdx);
-    if( !zSql ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto get_index_array_out;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt2, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    if( pStmt2 && sqlite3_step(pStmt2)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      int cid = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt2, 1);
-      assert( cid>=0 && cid<nCol );
-      aIndex[cid] = 1;
-    }
-    if( pStmt2 ){
-      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt2);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto get_index_array_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-get_index_array_out:
-  if( pStmt ){
-    int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = rc2;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(aIndex);
-    aIndex = 0;
-  }
-  *paIndex = aIndex;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Global Tcl variable $echo_module is a list. This routine appends
-** the string element zArg to that list in interpreter interp.
-*/
-static void appendToEchoModule(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zArg){
-  int flags = (TCL_APPEND_VALUE | TCL_LIST_ELEMENT | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-  Tcl_SetVar(interp, "echo_module", (zArg?zArg:""), flags);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called from within the echo-modules xCreate and
-** xConnect methods. The argc and argv arguments are copies of those 
-** passed to the calling method. This function is responsible for
-** calling sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema of the virtual
-** table being created or connected.
-**
-** If the constructor was passed just one argument, i.e.:
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE t1 AS echo(t2);
-**
-** Then t2 is assumed to be the name of a *real* database table. The
-** schema of the virtual table is declared by passing a copy of the 
-** CREATE TABLE statement for the real table to sqlite3_declare_vtab().
-** Hence, the virtual table should have exactly the same column names and 
-** types as the real table.
-*/
-static int echoDeclareVtab(
-  echo_vtab *pVtab, 
-  sqlite3 *db 
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pVtab->zTableName ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, 
-        "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE type = 'table' AND name = ?",
-        -1, &pStmt, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, pVtab->zTableName, -1, 0);
-      if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-        int rc2;
-        const char *zCreateTable = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
-        rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zCreateTable);
-        rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = rc2;
-        }
-      } else {
-        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = getColumnNames(db, pVtab->zTableName, &pVtab->aCol, &pVtab->nCol);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = getIndexArray(db, pVtab->zTableName, pVtab->nCol, &pVtab->aIndex);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function frees all runtime structures associated with the virtual
-** table pVtab.
-*/
-static int echoDestructor(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  echo_vtab *p = (echo_vtab*)pVtab;
-  sqlite3_free(p->aIndex);
-  sqlite3_free(p->aCol);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zThis);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zTableName);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zLogName);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-typedef struct EchoModule EchoModule;
-struct EchoModule {
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;
-};
-
-/*
-** This function is called to do the work of the xConnect() method -
-** to allocate the required in-memory structures for a newly connected
-** virtual table.
-*/
-static int echoConstructor(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  int rc;
-  int i;
-  echo_vtab *pVtab;
-
-  /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab/echo_vtab structure itself */
-  pVtab = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pVtab) );
-  if( !pVtab ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pVtab->interp = ((EchoModule *)pAux)->interp;
-  pVtab->db = db;
-
-  /* Allocate echo_vtab.zThis */
-  pVtab->zThis = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", argv[2]);
-  if( !pVtab->zThis ){
-    echoDestructor((sqlite3_vtab *)pVtab);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate echo_vtab.zTableName */
-  if( argc>3 ){
-    pVtab->zTableName = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", argv[3]);
-    dequoteString(pVtab->zTableName);
-    if( pVtab->zTableName && pVtab->zTableName[0]=='*' ){
-      char *z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", argv[2], &(pVtab->zTableName[1]));
-      sqlite3_free(pVtab->zTableName);
-      pVtab->zTableName = z;
-      pVtab->isPattern = 1;
-    }
-    if( !pVtab->zTableName ){
-      echoDestructor((sqlite3_vtab *)pVtab);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Log the arguments to this function to Tcl var ::echo_module */
-  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-    appendToEchoModule(pVtab->interp, argv[i]);
-  }
-
-  /* Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab and set up other members of the echo_vtab
-  ** structure. If an error occurs, delete the sqlite3_vtab structure and
-  ** return an error code.
-  */
-  rc = echoDeclareVtab(pVtab, db);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    echoDestructor((sqlite3_vtab *)pVtab);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Success. Set *ppVtab and return */
-  *ppVtab = &pVtab->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Echo virtual table module xCreate method.
-*/
-static int echoCreate(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  appendToEchoModule(((EchoModule *)pAux)->interp, "xCreate");
-  rc = echoConstructor(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
-
-  /* If there were two arguments passed to the module at the SQL level 
-  ** (i.e. "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE tbl USING echo(arg1, arg2)"), then 
-  ** the second argument is used as a table name. Attempt to create
-  ** such a table with a single column, "logmsg". This table will
-  ** be used to log calls to the xUpdate method. It will be deleted
-  ** when the virtual table is DROPed.
-  **
-  ** Note: The main point of this is to test that we can drop tables
-  ** from within an xDestroy method call.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc==5 ){
-    char *zSql;
-    echo_vtab *pVtab = *(echo_vtab **)ppVtab;
-    pVtab->zLogName = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", argv[4]);
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE %Q(logmsg)", pVtab->zLogName);
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( *ppVtab && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    echoDestructor(*ppVtab);
-    *ppVtab = 0;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    (*(echo_vtab**)ppVtab)->inTransaction = 1;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Echo virtual table module xConnect method.
-*/
-static int echoConnect(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  appendToEchoModule(((EchoModule *)pAux)->interp, "xConnect");
-  return echoConstructor(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Echo virtual table module xDisconnect method.
-*/
-static int echoDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  appendToEchoModule(((echo_vtab *)pVtab)->interp, "xDisconnect");
-  return echoDestructor(pVtab);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Echo virtual table module xDestroy method.
-*/
-static int echoDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  echo_vtab *p = (echo_vtab *)pVtab;
-  appendToEchoModule(((echo_vtab *)pVtab)->interp, "xDestroy");
-
-  /* Drop the "log" table, if one exists (see echoCreate() for details) */
-  if( p && p->zLogName ){
-    char *zSql;
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("DROP TABLE %Q", p->zLogName);
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = echoDestructor(pVtab);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Echo virtual table module xOpen method.
-*/
-static int echoOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  echo_cursor *pCur;
-  if( simulateVtabError((echo_vtab *)pVTab, "xOpen") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  pCur = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(echo_cursor));
-  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCur;
-  return (pCur ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Echo virtual table module xClose method.
-*/
-static int echoClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  int rc;
-  echo_cursor *pCur = (echo_cursor *)cur;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = pCur->pStmt;
-  pCur->pStmt = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(pCur);
-  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid record
-** (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
-*/
-static int echoEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  return (((echo_cursor *)cur)->pStmt ? 0 : 1);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Echo virtual table module xNext method.
-*/
-static int echoNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  echo_cursor *pCur = (echo_cursor *)cur;
-
-  if( simulateVtabError((echo_vtab *)(cur->pVtab), "xNext") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( pCur->pStmt ){
-    rc = sqlite3_step(pCur->pStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pStmt);
-      pCur->pStmt = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Echo virtual table module xColumn method.
-*/
-static int echoColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
-  int iCol = i + 1;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = ((echo_cursor *)cur)->pStmt;
-
-  if( simulateVtabError((echo_vtab *)(cur->pVtab), "xColumn") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( !pStmt ){
-    sqlite3_result_null(ctx);
-  }else{
-    assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)>iCol );
-    sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt, iCol));
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Echo virtual table module xRowid method.
-*/
-static int echoRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = ((echo_cursor *)cur)->pStmt;
-
-  if( simulateVtabError((echo_vtab *)(cur->pVtab), "xRowid") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute a simple hash of the null terminated string zString.
-**
-** This module uses only sqlite3_index_info.idxStr, not 
-** sqlite3_index_info.idxNum. So to test idxNum, when idxStr is set
-** in echoBestIndex(), idxNum is set to the corresponding hash value.
-** In echoFilter(), code assert()s that the supplied idxNum value is
-** indeed the hash of the supplied idxStr.
-*/
-static int hashString(const char *zString){
-  u32 val = 0;
-  int ii;
-  for(ii=0; zString[ii]; ii++){
-    val = (val << 3) + (int)zString[ii];
-  }
-  return (int)(val&0x7fffffff);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Echo virtual table module xFilter method.
-*/
-static int echoFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int rc;
-  int i;
-
-  echo_cursor *pCur = (echo_cursor *)pVtabCursor;
-  echo_vtab *pVtab = (echo_vtab *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  sqlite3 *db = pVtab->db;
-
-  if( simulateVtabError(pVtab, "xFilter") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check that idxNum matches idxStr */
-  assert( idxNum==hashString(idxStr) );
-
-  /* Log arguments to the ::echo_module Tcl variable */
-  appendToEchoModule(pVtab->interp, "xFilter");
-  appendToEchoModule(pVtab->interp, idxStr);
-  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-    appendToEchoModule(pVtab->interp, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]));
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pStmt);
-  pCur->pStmt = 0;
-
-  /* Prepare the SQL statement created by echoBestIndex and bind the
-  ** runtime parameters passed to this function to it.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, idxStr, -1, &pCur->pStmt, 0);
-  assert( pCur->pStmt || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCur->pStmt, i+1, argv[i]);
-  }
-
-  /* If everything was successful, advance to the first row of the scan */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = echoNext(pVtabCursor);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** A helper function used by echoUpdate() and echoBestIndex() for
-** manipulating strings in concert with the sqlite3_mprintf() function.
-**
-** Parameter pzStr points to a pointer to a string allocated with
-** sqlite3_mprintf. The second parameter, zAppend, points to another
-** string. The two strings are concatenated together and *pzStr
-** set to point at the result. The initial buffer pointed to by *pzStr
-** is deallocated via sqlite3_free().
-**
-** If the third argument, doFree, is true, then sqlite3_free() is
-** also called to free the buffer pointed to by zAppend.
-*/
-static void string_concat(char **pzStr, char *zAppend, int doFree, int *pRc){
-  char *zIn = *pzStr;
-  if( !zAppend && doFree && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(zIn);
-    zIn = 0;
-  }else{
-    if( zIn ){
-      char *zTemp = zIn;
-      zIn = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", zIn, zAppend);
-      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-    }else{
-      zIn = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zAppend);
-    }
-    if( !zIn ){
-      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  *pzStr = zIn;
-  if( doFree ){
-    sqlite3_free(zAppend);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The echo module implements the subset of query constraints and sort
-** orders that may take advantage of SQLite indices on the underlying
-** real table. For example, if the real table is declared as:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE real(a, b, c);
-**     CREATE INDEX real_index ON real(b);
-**
-** then the echo module handles WHERE or ORDER BY clauses that refer
-** to the column "b", but not "a" or "c". If a multi-column index is
-** present, only its left most column is considered. 
-**
-** This xBestIndex method encodes the proposed search strategy as
-** an SQL query on the real table underlying the virtual echo module 
-** table and stores the query in sqlite3_index_info.idxStr. The SQL
-** statement is of the form:
-**
-**   SELECT rowid, * FROM <real-table> ?<where-clause>? ?<order-by-clause>?
-**
-** where the <where-clause> and <order-by-clause> are determined
-** by the contents of the structure pointed to by the pIdxInfo argument.
-*/
-static int echoBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
-  int ii;
-  char *zQuery = 0;
-  char *zNew;
-  int nArg = 0;
-  const char *zSep = "WHERE";
-  echo_vtab *pVtab = (echo_vtab *)tab;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp = pVtab->interp;
-
-  int nRow = 0;
-  int useIdx = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int useCost = 0;
-  double cost = 0;
-  int isIgnoreUsable = 0;
-  if( Tcl_GetVar(interp, "echo_module_ignore_usable", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY) ){
-    isIgnoreUsable = 1;
-  }
-
-  if( simulateVtabError(pVtab, "xBestIndex") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Determine the number of rows in the table and store this value in local
-  ** variable nRow. The 'estimated-cost' of the scan will be the number of
-  ** rows in the table for a linear scan, or the log (base 2) of the 
-  ** number of rows if the proposed scan uses an index.  
-  */
-  if( Tcl_GetVar(interp, "echo_module_cost", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY) ){
-    cost = atof(Tcl_GetVar(interp, "echo_module_cost", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY));
-    useCost = 1;
-  } else {
-    zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q", pVtab->zTableName);
-    if( !zQuery ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare(pVtab->db, zQuery, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zQuery);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-    nRow = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
-    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT rowid, * FROM %Q", pVtab->zTableName);
-  if( !zQuery ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; ii++){
-    const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint;
-    struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
-    int iCol;
-
-    pConstraint = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
-    pUsage = &pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii];
-
-    if( !isIgnoreUsable && !pConstraint->usable ) continue;
-
-    iCol = pConstraint->iColumn;
-    if( iCol<0 || pVtab->aIndex[iCol] ){
-      char *zCol = iCol>=0 ? pVtab->aCol[iCol] : "rowid";
-      char *zOp = 0;
-      useIdx = 1;
-      switch( pConstraint->op ){
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ:
-          zOp = "="; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT:
-          zOp = "<"; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT:
-          zOp = ">"; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE:
-          zOp = "<="; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE:
-          zOp = ">="; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH:
-          zOp = "LIKE"; break;
-      }
-      if( zOp[0]=='L' ){
-        zNew = sqlite3_mprintf(" %s %s LIKE (SELECT '%%'||?||'%%')", 
-                               zSep, zCol);
-      } else {
-        zNew = sqlite3_mprintf(" %s %s %s ?", zSep, zCol, zOp);
-      }
-      string_concat(&zQuery, zNew, 1, &rc);
-
-      zSep = "AND";
-      pUsage->argvIndex = ++nArg;
-      pUsage->omit = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If there is only one term in the ORDER BY clause, and it is
-  ** on a column that this virtual table has an index for, then consume 
-  ** the ORDER BY clause.
-  */
-  if( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==1 && (
-        pIdxInfo->aOrderBy->iColumn<0 ||
-        pVtab->aIndex[pIdxInfo->aOrderBy->iColumn]) ){
-    int iCol = pIdxInfo->aOrderBy->iColumn;
-    char *zCol = iCol>=0 ? pVtab->aCol[iCol] : "rowid";
-    char *zDir = pIdxInfo->aOrderBy->desc?"DESC":"ASC";
-    zNew = sqlite3_mprintf(" ORDER BY %s %s", zCol, zDir);
-    string_concat(&zQuery, zNew, 1, &rc);
-    pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
-  }
-
-  appendToEchoModule(pVtab->interp, "xBestIndex");;
-  appendToEchoModule(pVtab->interp, zQuery);
-
-  if( !zQuery ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pIdxInfo->idxNum = hashString(zQuery);
-  pIdxInfo->idxStr = zQuery;
-  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1;
-  if( useCost ){
-    pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = cost;
-  }else if( useIdx ){
-    /* Approximation of log2(nRow). */
-    for( ii=0; ii<(sizeof(int)*8)-1; ii++ ){
-      if( nRow & (1<<ii) ){
-        pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)ii;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)nRow;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The xUpdate method for echo module virtual tables.
-** 
-**    apData[0]  apData[1]  apData[2..]
-**
-**    INTEGER                              DELETE            
-**
-**    INTEGER    NULL       (nCol args)    UPDATE (do not set rowid)
-**    INTEGER    INTEGER    (nCol args)    UPDATE (with SET rowid = <arg1>)
-**
-**    NULL       NULL       (nCol args)    INSERT INTO (automatic rowid value)
-**    NULL       INTEGER    (nCol args)    INSERT (incl. rowid value)
-**
-*/
-int echoUpdate(
-  sqlite3_vtab *tab, 
-  int nData, 
-  sqlite3_value **apData, 
-  sqlite_int64 *pRowid
-){
-  echo_vtab *pVtab = (echo_vtab *)tab;
-  sqlite3 *db = pVtab->db;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  char *z = 0;               /* SQL statement to execute */
-  int bindArgZero = 0;       /* True to bind apData[0] to sql var no. nData */
-  int bindArgOne = 0;        /* True to bind apData[1] to sql var no. 1 */
-  int i;                     /* Counter variable used by for loops */
-
-  assert( nData==pVtab->nCol+2 || nData==1 );
-
-  /* Ticket #3083 - make sure we always start a transaction prior to
-  ** making any changes to a virtual table */
-  assert( pVtab->inTransaction );
-
-  if( simulateVtabError(pVtab, "xUpdate") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* If apData[0] is an integer and nData>1 then do an UPDATE */
-  if( nData>1 && sqlite3_value_type(apData[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-    char *zSep = " SET";
-    z = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE %Q", pVtab->zTableName);
-    if( !z ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-
-    bindArgOne = (apData[1] && sqlite3_value_type(apData[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER);
-    bindArgZero = 1;
-
-    if( bindArgOne ){
-       string_concat(&z, " SET rowid=?1 ", 0, &rc);
-       zSep = ",";
-    }
-    for(i=2; i<nData; i++){
-      if( apData[i]==0 ) continue;
-      string_concat(&z, sqlite3_mprintf(
-          "%s %Q=?%d", zSep, pVtab->aCol[i-2], i), 1, &rc);
-      zSep = ",";
-    }
-    string_concat(&z, sqlite3_mprintf(" WHERE rowid=?%d", nData), 1, &rc);
-  }
-
-  /* If apData[0] is an integer and nData==1 then do a DELETE */
-  else if( nData==1 && sqlite3_value_type(apData[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-    z = sqlite3_mprintf("DELETE FROM %Q WHERE rowid = ?1", pVtab->zTableName);
-    if( !z ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    bindArgZero = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* If the first argument is NULL and there are more than two args, INSERT */
-  else if( nData>2 && sqlite3_value_type(apData[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
-    int ii;
-    char *zInsert = 0;
-    char *zValues = 0;
-  
-    zInsert = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO %Q (", pVtab->zTableName);
-    if( !zInsert ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(apData[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-      bindArgOne = 1;
-      zValues = sqlite3_mprintf("?");
-      string_concat(&zInsert, "rowid", 0, &rc);
-    }
-
-    assert((pVtab->nCol+2)==nData);
-    for(ii=2; ii<nData; ii++){
-      string_concat(&zInsert, 
-          sqlite3_mprintf("%s%Q", zValues?", ":"", pVtab->aCol[ii-2]), 1, &rc);
-      string_concat(&zValues, 
-          sqlite3_mprintf("%s?%d", zValues?", ":"", ii), 1, &rc);
-    }
-
-    string_concat(&z, zInsert, 1, &rc);
-    string_concat(&z, ") VALUES(", 0, &rc);
-    string_concat(&z, zValues, 1, &rc);
-    string_concat(&z, ")", 0, &rc);
-  }
-
-  /* Anything else is an error */
-  else{
-    assert(0);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, z, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  }
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pStmt );
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) {
-    if( bindArgZero ){
-      sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, nData, apData[0]);
-    }
-    if( bindArgOne ){
-      sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, 1, apData[1]);
-    }
-    for(i=2; i<nData && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-      if( apData[i] ) rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i, apData[i]);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pRowid && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    tab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("echo-vtab-error: %s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** xBegin, xSync, xCommit and xRollback callbacks for echo module
-** virtual tables. Do nothing other than add the name of the callback
-** to the $::echo_module Tcl variable.
-*/
-static int echoTransactionCall(sqlite3_vtab *tab, const char *zCall){
-  char *z;
-  echo_vtab *pVtab = (echo_vtab *)tab;
-  z = sqlite3_mprintf("echo(%s)", pVtab->zTableName);
-  if( z==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  appendToEchoModule(pVtab->interp, zCall);
-  appendToEchoModule(pVtab->interp, z);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int echoBegin(sqlite3_vtab *tab){
-  int rc;
-  echo_vtab *pVtab = (echo_vtab *)tab;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp = pVtab->interp;
-  const char *zVal; 
-
-  /* Ticket #3083 - do not start a transaction if we are already in
-  ** a transaction */
-  assert( !pVtab->inTransaction );
-
-  if( simulateVtabError(pVtab, "xBegin") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = echoTransactionCall(tab, "xBegin");
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* Check if the $::echo_module_begin_fail variable is defined. If it is,
-    ** and it is set to the name of the real table underlying this virtual
-    ** echo module table, then cause this xSync operation to fail.
-    */
-    zVal = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "echo_module_begin_fail", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    if( zVal && 0==strcmp(zVal, pVtab->zTableName) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pVtab->inTransaction = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-static int echoSync(sqlite3_vtab *tab){
-  int rc;
-  echo_vtab *pVtab = (echo_vtab *)tab;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp = pVtab->interp;
-  const char *zVal; 
-
-  /* Ticket #3083 - Only call xSync if we have previously started a
-  ** transaction */
-  assert( pVtab->inTransaction );
-
-  if( simulateVtabError(pVtab, "xSync") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = echoTransactionCall(tab, "xSync");
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* Check if the $::echo_module_sync_fail variable is defined. If it is,
-    ** and it is set to the name of the real table underlying this virtual
-    ** echo module table, then cause this xSync operation to fail.
-    */
-    zVal = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "echo_module_sync_fail", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    if( zVal && 0==strcmp(zVal, pVtab->zTableName) ){
-      rc = -1;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-static int echoCommit(sqlite3_vtab *tab){
-  echo_vtab *pVtab = (echo_vtab*)tab;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* Ticket #3083 - Only call xCommit if we have previously started
-  ** a transaction */
-  assert( pVtab->inTransaction );
-
-  if( simulateVtabError(pVtab, "xCommit") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  rc = echoTransactionCall(tab, "xCommit");
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  pVtab->inTransaction = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-static int echoRollback(sqlite3_vtab *tab){
-  int rc;
-  echo_vtab *pVtab = (echo_vtab*)tab;
-
-  /* Ticket #3083 - Only call xRollback if we have previously started
-  ** a transaction */
-  assert( pVtab->inTransaction );
-
-  rc = echoTransactionCall(tab, "xRollback");
-  pVtab->inTransaction = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of "GLOB" function on the echo module.  Pass
-** all arguments to the ::echo_glob_overload procedure of TCL
-** and return the result of that procedure as a string.
-*/
-static void overloadedGlobFunction(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **apArg
-){
-  Tcl_Interp *interp = sqlite3_user_data(pContext);
-  Tcl_DString str;
-  int i;
-  int rc;
-  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
-  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, "::echo_glob_overload");
-  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, (char*)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[i]));
-  }
-  rc = Tcl_Eval(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
-  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_text(pContext, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp),
-                        -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the xFindFunction implementation for the echo module.
-** SQLite calls this routine when the first argument of a function
-** is a column of an echo virtual table.  This routine can optionally
-** override the implementation of that function.  It will choose to
-** do so if the function is named "glob", and a TCL command named
-** ::echo_glob_overload exists.
-*/
-static int echoFindFunction(
-  sqlite3_vtab *vtab,
-  int nArg,
-  const char *zFuncName,
-  void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void **ppArg
-){
-  echo_vtab *pVtab = (echo_vtab *)vtab;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp = pVtab->interp;
-  Tcl_CmdInfo info;
-  if( strcmp(zFuncName,"glob")!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, "::echo_glob_overload", &info)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  *pxFunc = overloadedGlobFunction;
-  *ppArg = interp;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-static int echoRename(sqlite3_vtab *vtab, const char *zNewName){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  echo_vtab *p = (echo_vtab *)vtab;
-
-  if( simulateVtabError(p, "xRename") ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( p->isPattern ){
-    int nThis = (int)strlen(p->zThis);
-    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("ALTER TABLE %s RENAME TO %s%s", 
-        p->zTableName, zNewName, &p->zTableName[nThis]
-    );
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int echoSavepoint(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int iSavepoint){
-  assert( pVTab );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int echoRelease(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int iSavepoint){
-  assert( pVTab );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int echoRollbackTo(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int iSavepoint){
-  assert( pVTab );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** A virtual table module that merely "echos" the contents of another
-** table (like an SQL VIEW).
-*/
-static sqlite3_module echoModule = {
-  1,                         /* iVersion */
-  echoCreate,
-  echoConnect,
-  echoBestIndex,
-  echoDisconnect, 
-  echoDestroy,
-  echoOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-  echoClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
-  echoFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-  echoNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-  echoEof,                   /* xEof */
-  echoColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
-  echoRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
-  echoUpdate,                /* xUpdate - write data */
-  echoBegin,                 /* xBegin - begin transaction */
-  echoSync,                  /* xSync - sync transaction */
-  echoCommit,                /* xCommit - commit transaction */
-  echoRollback,              /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
-  echoFindFunction,          /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
-  echoRename                 /* xRename - rename the table */
-};
-
-static sqlite3_module echoModuleV2 = {
-  2,                         /* iVersion */
-  echoCreate,
-  echoConnect,
-  echoBestIndex,
-  echoDisconnect, 
-  echoDestroy,
-  echoOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-  echoClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
-  echoFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-  echoNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-  echoEof,                   /* xEof */
-  echoColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
-  echoRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
-  echoUpdate,                /* xUpdate - write data */
-  echoBegin,                 /* xBegin - begin transaction */
-  echoSync,                  /* xSync - sync transaction */
-  echoCommit,                /* xCommit - commit transaction */
-  echoRollback,              /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
-  echoFindFunction,          /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
-  echoRename,                /* xRename - rename the table */
-  echoSavepoint,
-  echoRelease,
-  echoRollbackTo
-};
-
-/*
-** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3 object.
-*/
-extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, sqlite3 **ppDb);
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-static void moduleDestroy(void *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the echo virtual table module.
-*/
-static int register_echo_module(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  EchoModule *pMod;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Virtual table module "echo" */
-  pMod = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(EchoModule));
-  pMod->interp = interp;
-  rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-      db, "echo", &echoModule, (void*)pMod, moduleDestroy
-  );
-
-  /* Virtual table module "echo_v2" */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pMod = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(EchoModule));
-    pMod->interp = interp;
-    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "echo_v2", 
-        &echoModuleV2, (void*)pMod, moduleDestroy
-    );
-  }
-
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Tcl interface to sqlite3_declare_vtab, invoked as follows from Tcl:
-**
-** sqlite3_declare_vtab DB SQL
-*/
-static int declare_vtab(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB SQL");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3_errmsg(db), TCL_VOLATILE);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest8_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-     void *clientData;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "register_echo_module",       register_echo_module, 0 },
-     { "sqlite3_declare_vtab",       declare_vtab, 0 },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, 
-        aObjCmd[i].xProc, aObjCmd[i].clientData, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test9.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test9.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e5993e8ff78..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test9.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 March 29
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains obscure tests of the C-interface required
-** for completeness. Test code is written in C for these cases
-** as there is not much point in binding to Tcl.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/*
-** c_collation_test
-*/
-static int c_collation_test(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  const char *zErrFunction = "N/A";
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  int rc;
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Open a database. */
-  rc = sqlite3_open(":memory:", &db);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    zErrFunction = "sqlite3_open";
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_collation(db, "collate", 456, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ){
-    sqlite3_close(db);
-    zErrFunction = "sqlite3_create_collation";
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_close(db);
-  return TCL_OK;
-
-error_out:
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error testing function: ", zErrFunction, 0);
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** c_realloc_test
-*/
-static int c_realloc_test(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  void *p;
-  const char *zErrFunction = "N/A";
-
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  p = sqlite3_malloc(5);
-  if( !p ){
-    zErrFunction = "sqlite3_malloc";
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Test that realloc()ing a block of memory to a negative size is
-  ** the same as free()ing that memory.
-  */
-  p = sqlite3_realloc(p, -1);
-  if( p ){
-    zErrFunction = "sqlite3_realloc";
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-
-error_out:
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error testing function: ", zErrFunction, 0);
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** c_misuse_test
-*/
-static int c_misuse_test(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  const char *zErrFunction = "N/A";
-  sqlite3 *db = 0;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Open a database. Then close it again. We need to do this so that
-  ** we have a "closed database handle" to pass to various API functions.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3_open(":memory:", &db);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    zErrFunction = "sqlite3_open";
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  sqlite3_close(db);
-
-
-  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ){
-    zErrFunction = "sqlite3_errcode";
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)1234;
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, 0, 0, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ){
-    zErrFunction = "sqlite3_prepare";
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  assert( pStmt==0 ); /* Verify that pStmt is zeroed even on a MISUSE error */
-
-  pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)1234;
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, 0, 0, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ){
-    zErrFunction = "sqlite3_prepare_v2";
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  assert( pStmt==0 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)1234;
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare16(db, 0, 0, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ){
-    zErrFunction = "sqlite3_prepare16";
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  assert( pStmt==0 );
-  pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)1234;
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare16_v2(db, 0, 0, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ){
-    zErrFunction = "sqlite3_prepare16_v2";
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  assert( pStmt==0 );
-#endif
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-
-error_out:
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error testing function: ", zErrFunction, 0);
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest9_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-     void *clientData;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "c_misuse_test",    c_misuse_test, 0 },
-     { "c_realloc_test",   c_realloc_test, 0 },
-     { "c_collation_test", c_collation_test, 0 },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, 
-        aObjCmd[i].xProc, aObjCmd[i].clientData, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_async.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_async.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b943185bf..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_async.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 December 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains a binding of the asynchronous IO extension interface
-** (defined in ext/async/sqlite3async.h) to Tcl.
-*/
-
-#define TCL_THREADS 
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ASYNCIO
-
-#include "sqlite3async.h"
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-
-/* From main.c */
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-
-struct TestAsyncGlobal {
-  int isInstalled;                     /* True when async VFS is installed */
-} testasync_g = { 0 };
-
-TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(testasync_g_writerMutex);
-
-/*
-** sqlite3async_initialize PARENT-VFS ISDEFAULT
-*/
-static int testAsyncInit(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zParent;
-  int isDefault;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "PARENT-VFS ISDEFAULT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zParent = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  if( !*zParent ) {
-    zParent = 0;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &isDefault) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3async_initialize(zParent, isDefault);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3ErrName(rc), -1));
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3async_shutdown
-*/
-static int testAsyncShutdown(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3async_shutdown();
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static Tcl_ThreadCreateType tclWriterThread(ClientData pIsStarted){
-  Tcl_MutexLock(&testasync_g_writerMutex);
-  *((int *)pIsStarted) = 1;
-  sqlite3async_run();
-  Tcl_MutexUnlock(&testasync_g_writerMutex);
-  Tcl_ExitThread(0);
-  TCL_THREAD_CREATE_RETURN;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3async_start
-**
-** Start a new writer thread.
-*/
-static int testAsyncStart(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  volatile int isStarted = 0;
-  ClientData threadData = (ClientData)&isStarted;
-
-  Tcl_ThreadId x;
-  const int nStack = TCL_THREAD_STACK_DEFAULT;
-  const int flags = TCL_THREAD_NOFLAGS;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = Tcl_CreateThread(&x, tclWriterThread, threadData, nStack, flags);
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Tcl_CreateThread() failed", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  while( isStarted==0 ) { /* Busy loop */ }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3async_wait
-**
-** Wait for the current writer thread to terminate.
-**
-** If the current writer thread is set to run forever then this
-** command would block forever.  To prevent that, an error is returned. 
-*/
-static int testAsyncWait(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int eCond;
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3async_control(SQLITEASYNC_GET_HALT, &eCond);
-  if( eCond==SQLITEASYNC_HALT_NEVER ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "would block forever", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  Tcl_MutexLock(&testasync_g_writerMutex);
-  Tcl_MutexUnlock(&testasync_g_writerMutex);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3async_control OPTION ?VALUE?
-*/
-static int testAsyncControl(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int aeOpt[] = { SQLITEASYNC_HALT, SQLITEASYNC_DELAY, SQLITEASYNC_LOCKFILES };
-  const char *azOpt[] = { "halt", "delay", "lockfiles", 0 };
-  const char *az[] = { "never", "now", "idle", 0 };
-  int iVal;
-  int eOpt;
-
-  if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "OPTION ?VALUE?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], azOpt, "option", 0, &eOpt) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  eOpt = aeOpt[eOpt];
-
-  if( objc==3 ){
-    switch( eOpt ){
-      case SQLITEASYNC_HALT: {
-        assert( SQLITEASYNC_HALT_NEVER==0 );
-        assert( SQLITEASYNC_HALT_NOW==1 );
-        assert( SQLITEASYNC_HALT_IDLE==2 );
-        if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], az, "value", 0, &iVal) ){
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case SQLITEASYNC_DELAY:
-        if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iVal) ){
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case SQLITEASYNC_LOCKFILES:
-        if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iVal) ){
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-
-    rc = sqlite3async_control(eOpt, iVal);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3async_control(
-        eOpt==SQLITEASYNC_HALT ? SQLITEASYNC_GET_HALT :
-        eOpt==SQLITEASYNC_DELAY ? SQLITEASYNC_GET_DELAY :
-        SQLITEASYNC_GET_LOCKFILES, &iVal);
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3ErrName(rc), -1));
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( eOpt==SQLITEASYNC_HALT ){
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(az[iVal], -1));
-  }else{
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(iVal));
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ASYNCIO */
-
-/*
-** This routine registers the custom TCL commands defined in this
-** module.  This should be the only procedure visible from outside
-** of this module.
-*/
-int Sqlitetestasync_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ASYNCIO
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,"sqlite3async_start",testAsyncStart,0,0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,"sqlite3async_wait",testAsyncWait,0,0);
-
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,"sqlite3async_control",testAsyncControl,0,0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,"sqlite3async_initialize",testAsyncInit,0,0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,"sqlite3async_shutdown",testAsyncShutdown,0,0);
-#endif  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ASYNCIO */
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_autoext.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_autoext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a5236d23908..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_autoext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 August 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Test extension for testing the sqlite3_auto_extension() function.
-*/
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include "sqlite3ext.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-
-/*
-** The sqr() SQL function returns the square of its input value.
-*/
-static void sqrFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  double r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, r*r);
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the entry point to register the extension for the sqr() function.
-*/
-static int sqr_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg, 
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
-  sqlite3_create_function(db, "sqr", 1, SQLITE_ANY, 0, sqrFunc, 0, 0);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The cube() SQL function returns the cube of its input value.
-*/
-static void cubeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  double r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, r*r*r);
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the entry point to register the extension for the cube() function.
-*/
-static int cube_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg, 
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
-  sqlite3_create_function(db, "cube", 1, SQLITE_ANY, 0, cubeFunc, 0, 0);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is a broken extension entry point
-*/
-static int broken_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg, 
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  char *zErr;
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
-  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("broken autoext!");
-  *pzErrMsg = zErr;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite3_auto_extension_sqr
-**
-** Register the "sqr" extension to be loaded automatically.
-*/
-static int autoExtSqrObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc = sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)sqr_init);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension_sqr
-**
-** Unregister the "sqr" extension.
-*/
-static int cancelAutoExtSqrObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc = sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension((void*)sqr_init);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite3_auto_extension_cube
-**
-** Register the "cube" extension to be loaded automatically.
-*/
-static int autoExtCubeObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc = sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)cube_init);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension_cube
-**
-** Unregister the "cube" extension.
-*/
-static int cancelAutoExtCubeObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc = sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension((void*)cube_init);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite3_auto_extension_broken
-**
-** Register the broken extension to be loaded automatically.
-*/
-static int autoExtBrokenObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc = sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)broken_init);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension_broken
-**
-** Unregister the broken extension.
-*/
-static int cancelAutoExtBrokenObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc = sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension((void*)broken_init);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:   sqlite3_reset_auto_extension
-**
-** Reset all auto-extensions
-*/
-static int resetAutoExtObjCmd(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This procedure registers the TCL procs defined in this file.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest_autoext_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_auto_extension_sqr",
-          autoExtSqrObjCmd, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_auto_extension_cube",
-          autoExtCubeObjCmd, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_auto_extension_broken",
-          autoExtBrokenObjCmd, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension_sqr",
-          cancelAutoExtSqrObjCmd, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension_cube",
-          cancelAutoExtCubeObjCmd, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension_broken",
-          cancelAutoExtBrokenObjCmd, 0, 0);
-#endif
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_reset_auto_extension",
-          resetAutoExtObjCmd, 0, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_backup.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_backup.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b4d6b9b1ce..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_backup.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2009 January 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains test logic for the sqlite3_backup() interface.
-**
-*/
-
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-
-/* These functions are implemented in main.c. */
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-/* These functions are implemented in test1.c. */
-extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *, const char *, sqlite3 **);
-
-static int backupTestCmd(
-  ClientData clientData, 
-  Tcl_Interp *interp, 
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *const*objv
-){
-  enum BackupSubCommandEnum {
-    BACKUP_STEP, BACKUP_FINISH, BACKUP_REMAINING, BACKUP_PAGECOUNT
-  };
-  struct BackupSubCommand {
-    const char *zCmd;
-    enum BackupSubCommandEnum eCmd;
-    int nArg;
-    const char *zArg;
-  } aSub[] = {
-    {"step",      BACKUP_STEP      , 1, "npage" },
-    {"finish",    BACKUP_FINISH    , 0, ""      },
-    {"remaining", BACKUP_REMAINING , 0, ""      },
-    {"pagecount", BACKUP_PAGECOUNT , 0, ""      },
-    {0, 0, 0, 0}
-  };
-
-  sqlite3_backup *p = (sqlite3_backup *)clientData;
-  int iCmd;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(
-      interp, objv[1], aSub, sizeof(aSub[0]), "option", 0, &iCmd
-  );
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( objc!=(2 + aSub[iCmd].nArg) ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, aSub[iCmd].zArg);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  switch( aSub[iCmd].eCmd ){
-
-    case BACKUP_FINISH: {
-      const char *zCmdName;
-      Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-      zCmdName = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]);
-      Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, zCmdName, &cmdInfo);
-      cmdInfo.deleteProc = 0;
-      Tcl_SetCommandInfo(interp, zCmdName, &cmdInfo);
-      Tcl_DeleteCommand(interp, zCmdName);
-
-      rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(p);
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case BACKUP_STEP: {
-      int nPage;
-      if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &nPage) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3_backup_step(p, nPage);
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case BACKUP_REMAINING:
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_backup_remaining(p)));
-      break;
-
-    case BACKUP_PAGECOUNT:
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_backup_pagecount(p)));
-      break;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static void backupTestFinish(ClientData clientData){
-  sqlite3_backup *pBackup = (sqlite3_backup *)clientData;
-  sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup);
-}
-
-/*
-**     sqlite3_backup CMDNAME DESTHANDLE DESTNAME SRCHANDLE SRCNAME
-**
-*/
-static int backupTestInit(
-  ClientData clientData, 
-  Tcl_Interp *interp, 
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *const*objv
-){
-  sqlite3_backup *pBackup;
-  sqlite3 *pDestDb;
-  sqlite3 *pSrcDb;
-  const char *zDestName;
-  const char *zSrcName;
-  const char *zCmd;
-
-  if( objc!=6 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(
-      interp, 1, objv, "CMDNAME DESTHANDLE DESTNAME SRCHANDLE SRCNAME"
-    );
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zCmd = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &pDestDb);
-  zDestName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-  getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), &pSrcDb);
-  zSrcName = Tcl_GetString(objv[5]);
-
-  pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(pDestDb, zDestName, pSrcDb, zSrcName);
-  if( !pBackup ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "sqlite3_backup_init() failed", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, zCmd, backupTestCmd, pBackup, backupTestFinish);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Sqlitetestbackup_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_backup", backupTestInit, 0, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_blob.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_blob.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a7075a28a3..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_blob.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2014 October 30
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-
-/* These functions are implemented in main.c. */
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-/* From test1.c: */
-extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, sqlite3 **ppDb);
-extern void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char *z);
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the
-** pointer passed as the only argument. The original pointer may be extracted
-** from the text using sqlite3TestTextToPtr().
-*/
-static char *ptrToText(void *p){
-  static char buf[100];
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf)-1, buf, "%p", p);
-  return buf;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to extract a blob handle (type sqlite3_blob*) from the Tcl
-** object passed as the second argument. If successful, set *ppBlob to
-** point to the blob handle and return TCL_OK. Otherwise, store an error
-** message in the tcl interpreter and return TCL_ERROR. The final value
-** of *ppBlob is undefined in this case.
-**
-** If the object contains a string that begins with "incrblob_", then it
-** is assumed to be the name of a Tcl channel opened using the [db incrblob] 
-** command (see tclsqlite.c). Otherwise, it is assumed to be a pointer 
-** encoded using the ptrToText() routine or similar.
-*/
-static int blobHandleFromObj(
-  Tcl_Interp *interp, 
-  Tcl_Obj *pObj,
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
-){
-  char *z;
-  int n;
-
-  z = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pObj, &n);
-  if( n==0 ){
-    *ppBlob = 0;
-  }else if( n>9 && 0==memcmp("incrblob_", z, 9) ){
-    int notUsed;
-    Tcl_Channel channel;
-    ClientData instanceData;
-    
-    channel = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, z, &notUsed);
-    if( !channel ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-    Tcl_Flush(channel);
-    Tcl_Seek(channel, 0, SEEK_SET);
-
-    instanceData = Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(channel);
-    *ppBlob = *((sqlite3_blob **)instanceData);
-  }else{
-    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob*)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(z);
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Like Tcl_GetString(), except that if the string is 0 bytes in size, a
-** NULL Pointer is returned.
-*/
-static char *blobStringFromObj(Tcl_Obj *pObj){
-  int n;
-  char *z;
-  z = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pObj, &n);
-  return (n ? z : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_blob_open DB DATABASE TABLE COLUMN ROWID FLAGS VARNAME
-**
-** Tcl test harness for the sqlite3_blob_open() function.
-*/
-static int test_blob_open(
-  ClientData clientData,          /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,             /* Calling TCL interpreter */
-  int objc,                       /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]           /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zDb;
-  const char *zTable;
-  const char *zColumn;
-  sqlite_int64 iRowid;
-  int flags;
-  const char *zVarname;
-  int nVarname;
-
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob = (sqlite3_blob*)0xFFFFFFFF;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=8 ){
-    const char *zUsage = "DB DATABASE TABLE COLUMN ROWID FLAGS VARNAME";
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, zUsage);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  zTable = blobStringFromObj(objv[3]);
-  zColumn = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
-  if( Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &iRowid) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &flags) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zVarname = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[7], &nVarname);
-
-  if( nVarname>0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_blob_open(db, zDb, zTable, zColumn, iRowid, flags, &pBlob);
-    Tcl_SetVar(interp, zVarname, ptrToText(pBlob), 0);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_blob_open(db, zDb, zTable, zColumn, iRowid, flags, 0);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  }else{
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char*)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_blob_close  HANDLE
-*/
-static int test_blob_close(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;
-  int rc;
-  
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( blobHandleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &pBlob) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_blob_close(pBlob);
-
-  if( rc ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char*)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  }else{
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_blob_bytes  HANDLE
-*/
-static int test_blob_bytes(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;
-  int nByte;
-  
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( blobHandleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &pBlob) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(pBlob);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nByte));
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_blob_read  CHANNEL OFFSET N
-**
-**   This command is used to test the sqlite3_blob_read() in ways that
-**   the Tcl channel interface does not. The first argument should
-**   be the name of a valid channel created by the [incrblob] method
-**   of a database handle. This function calls sqlite3_blob_read()
-**   to read N bytes from offset OFFSET from the underlying SQLite
-**   blob handle.
-**
-**   On success, a byte-array object containing the read data is 
-**   returned. On failure, the interpreter result is set to the
-**   text representation of the returned error code (i.e. "SQLITE_NOMEM")
-**   and a Tcl exception is thrown.
-*/
-static int test_blob_read(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;
-  int nByte;
-  int iOffset;
-  unsigned char *zBuf = 0;
-  int rc;
-  
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "CHANNEL OFFSET N");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( blobHandleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &pBlob) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iOffset)
-   || TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &nByte)
-  ){ 
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( nByte>0 ){
-    zBuf = (unsigned char *)Tcl_Alloc(nByte);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_blob_read(pBlob, zBuf, nByte, iOffset);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(zBuf, nByte));
-  }else{
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  }
-  Tcl_Free((char *)zBuf);
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR);
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_blob_write HANDLE OFFSET DATA ?NDATA?
-**
-**   This command is used to test the sqlite3_blob_write() in ways that
-**   the Tcl channel interface does not. The first argument should
-**   be the name of a valid channel created by the [incrblob] method
-**   of a database handle. This function calls sqlite3_blob_write()
-**   to write the DATA byte-array to the underlying SQLite blob handle.
-**   at offset OFFSET.
-**
-**   On success, an empty string is returned. On failure, the interpreter
-**   result is set to the text representation of the returned error code 
-**   (i.e. "SQLITE_NOMEM") and a Tcl exception is thrown.
-*/
-static int test_blob_write(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;
-  int iOffset;
-  int rc;
-
-  unsigned char *zBuf;
-  int nBuf;
-  
-  if( objc!=4 && objc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE OFFSET DATA ?NDATA?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( blobHandleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &pBlob) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iOffset) ){ 
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[3], &nBuf);
-  if( objc==5 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &nBuf) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_blob_write(pBlob, zBuf, nBuf, iOffset);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  }
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest_blob_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "sqlite3_blob_open",            test_blob_open        },
-     { "sqlite3_blob_close",           test_blob_close       },
-     { "sqlite3_blob_bytes",           test_blob_bytes       },
-     { "sqlite3_blob_read",            test_blob_read        },
-     { "sqlite3_blob_write",           test_blob_write       },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, aObjCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_btree.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_btree.c
deleted file mode 100644
index dfe77051b6b..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_btree.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 May 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing the btree.c module in SQLite.  This code
-** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
-** testing of the SQLite library.
-*/
-#include "btreeInt.h"
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_shared_cache_report
-**
-** Return a list of file that are shared and the number of
-** references to each file.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSharedCacheReport(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  extern BtShared *sqlite3SharedCacheList;
-  BtShared *pBt;
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
-    const char *zFile = sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 1);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zFile, -1));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(pBt->nRef));
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print debugging information about all cursors to standard output.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
-    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    char *zMode = (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag) ? "rw" : "ro";
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("CURSOR %p rooted at %4d(%s) currently at %d.%d%s\n",
-       pCur, pCur->pgnoRoot, zMode,
-       pPage ? pPage->pgno : 0, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage],
-       (pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ? "" : " eof"
-    );
-  }
-#endif
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_config.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_config.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5da2df16b77..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_config.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,707 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 May 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** 
-** This file contains code used for testing the SQLite system.
-** None of the code in this file goes into a deliverable build.
-** 
-** The focus of this file is providing the TCL testing layer
-** access to compile-time constants.
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteLimit.h"
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#  include "os_win.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/*
-** Macro to stringify the results of the evaluation a pre-processor
-** macro. i.e. so that STRINGVALUE(SQLITE_NOMEM) -> "7".
-*/
-#define STRINGVALUE2(x) #x
-#define STRINGVALUE(x) STRINGVALUE2(x)
-
-/*
-** This routine sets entries in the global ::sqlite_options() array variable
-** according to the compile-time configuration of the database.  Test
-** procedures use this to determine when tests should be omitted.
-*/
-static void set_options(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-#if HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "malloc_usable_size", "1",
-              TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "malloc_usable_size", "0",
-              TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "rowid32", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "rowid32", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options","casesensitivelike","1",TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options","casesensitivelike","0",TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "curdir", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "curdir", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "win32malloc", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "win32malloc", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "debug", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "debug", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "direct_read", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "direct_read", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "dirsync", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "dirsync", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "lfs", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "lfs", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mmap", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mmap", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "worker_threads", 
-      STRINGVALUE(SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY
-  );
-
-#if 1 /* def SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "memdebug", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "memdebug", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "8_3_names", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "8_3_names", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mem3", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mem3", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mem5", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mem5", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mutex", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mutex", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mutex_noop", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mutex_noop", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "altertable", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "altertable", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "analyze", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "analyze", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "api_armor", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "api_armor", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "atomicwrite", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "atomicwrite", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "json1", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "json1", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "attach", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "attach", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "auth", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "auth", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "autoinc", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "autoinc", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "autoindex", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "autoindex", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "autoreset", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "autoreset", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "autovacuum", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "autovacuum", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM)
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp,"sqlite_options","default_autovacuum","0",TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "default_autovacuum", 
-      STRINGVALUE(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "between_opt", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "between_opt", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "builtin_test", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "builtin_test", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "bloblit", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "bloblit", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "cast", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "cast", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "check", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "check", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "cte", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "cte", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "columnmetadata", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "columnmetadata", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "oversize_cell_check", "1",
-              TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "oversize_cell_check", "0",
-              TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "compileoption_diags", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "compileoption_diags", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "complete", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "complete", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "compound", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "compound", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "conflict", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "crashtest", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "datetime", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "datetime", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "decltype", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "decltype", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "deprecated", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "deprecated", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "diskio", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "diskio", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "explain", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "explain", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "floatingpoint", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "floatingpoint", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "foreignkey", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "foreignkey", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts1", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts1", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts2", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts2", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts3", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts3", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts5", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts5", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE)
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts3_unicode", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts3_unicode", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts4_deferred", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "fts4_deferred", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "gettable", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "gettable", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "icu", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "icu", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "incrblob", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "incrblob", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "integrityck", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "integrityck", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT==1
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "legacyformat", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "legacyformat", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "like_opt", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "like_opt", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "load_ext", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "load_ext", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "localtime", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "localtime", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "lookaside", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "lookaside", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "long_double",
-              sizeof(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)>sizeof(double) ? "1" : "0",
-              TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "memorydb", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "memorydb", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "memorymanage", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "memorymanage", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mergesort", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "or_opt", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "or_opt", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RBU
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "rbu", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "rbu", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "pager_pragmas", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "pager_pragmas", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "pragma", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "integrityck", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "pragma", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "progress", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "progress", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "reindex", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "reindex", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "rtree", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "rtree", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "rtree_int_only", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "rtree_int_only", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "schema_pragmas", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "schema_pragmas", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "schema_version", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "schema_version", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "stat4", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "stat4", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "stat3", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "stat3", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "scanstatus", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "scanstatus", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
-#  if defined(__APPLE__)
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp,"sqlite_options","lock_proxy_pragmas","1",TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp,"sqlite_options","lock_proxy_pragmas","0",TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING) && defined(__APPLE__)
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp,"sqlite_options","prefer_proxy_locking","1",TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp,"sqlite_options","prefer_proxy_locking","0",TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-    
-    
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "shared_cache", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "shared_cache", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "subquery", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "subquery", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "tclvar", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "tclvar", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "threadsafe", 
-      STRINGVALUE(SQLITE_THREADSAFE), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-  assert( sqlite3_threadsafe()==SQLITE_THREADSAFE );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "tempdb", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "tempdb", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "trace", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "trace", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "trigger", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "trigger", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "truncate_opt", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "truncate_opt", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "utf16", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "utf16", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "vacuum", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "vacuum", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "view", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "view", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "vtab", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "vtab", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "wal", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "wal", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "wsd", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "wsd", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "update_delete_limit", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "update_delete_limit", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY)
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "unlock_notify", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "unlock_notify", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "secure_delete", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "secure_delete", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "userauth", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "userauth", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_OVWR
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "multiplex_ext_overwrite", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "multiplex_ext_overwrite", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "yytrackmaxstackdepth", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#else
-  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "yytrackmaxstackdepth", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-#endif
-
-#define LINKVAR(x) { \
-    static const int cv_ ## x = SQLITE_ ## x; \
-    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "SQLITE_" #x, (char *)&(cv_ ## x), \
-                TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY); }
-
-  LINKVAR( MAX_LENGTH );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_COLUMN );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_SQL_LENGTH );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_EXPR_DEPTH );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_VDBE_OP );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_FUNCTION_ARG );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_PAGE_COUNT );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
-  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE );
-  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE );
-  LINKVAR( DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_ATTACHED );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE );
-  LINKVAR( MAX_WORKER_THREADS );
-
-  {
-    static const int cv_TEMP_STORE = SQLITE_TEMP_STORE;
-    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "TEMP_STORE", (char *)&(cv_TEMP_STORE),
-                TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
-  }
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-  {
-    static const int cv__MSC_VER = 1;
-    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "_MSC_VER", (char *)&(cv__MSC_VER),
-                TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
-  }
-#endif
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-  {
-    static const int cv___GNUC__ = 1;
-    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "__GNUC__", (char *)&(cv___GNUC__),
-                TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqliteconfig_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  set_options(interp);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_demovfs.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_demovfs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9410a309a6e..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_demovfs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,679 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 April 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements an example of a simple VFS implementation that 
-** omits complex features often not required or not possible on embedded
-** platforms.  Code is included to buffer writes to the journal file, 
-** which can be a significant performance improvement on some embedded
-** platforms.
-**
-** OVERVIEW
-**
-**   The code in this file implements a minimal SQLite VFS that can be 
-**   used on Linux and other posix-like operating systems. The following 
-**   system calls are used:
-**
-**    File-system: access(), unlink(), getcwd()
-**    File IO:     open(), read(), write(), fsync(), close(), fstat()
-**    Other:       sleep(), usleep(), time()
-**
-**   The following VFS features are omitted:
-**
-**     1. File locking. The user must ensure that there is at most one
-**        connection to each database when using this VFS. Multiple
-**        connections to a single shared-cache count as a single connection
-**        for the purposes of the previous statement.
-**
-**     2. The loading of dynamic extensions (shared libraries).
-**
-**     3. Temporary files. The user must configure SQLite to use in-memory
-**        temp files when using this VFS. The easiest way to do this is to
-**        compile with:
-**
-**          -DSQLITE_TEMP_STORE=3
-**
-**     4. File truncation. As of version 3.6.24, SQLite may run without
-**        a working xTruncate() call, providing the user does not configure
-**        SQLite to use "journal_mode=truncate", or use both
-**        "journal_mode=persist" and ATTACHed databases.
-**
-**   It is assumed that the system uses UNIX-like path-names. Specifically,
-**   that '/' characters are used to separate path components and that
-**   a path-name is a relative path unless it begins with a '/'. And that
-**   no UTF-8 encoded paths are greater than 512 bytes in length.
-**
-** JOURNAL WRITE-BUFFERING
-**
-**   To commit a transaction to the database, SQLite first writes rollback
-**   information into the journal file. This usually consists of 4 steps:
-**
-**     1. The rollback information is sequentially written into the journal
-**        file, starting at the start of the file.
-**     2. The journal file is synced to disk.
-**     3. A modification is made to the first few bytes of the journal file.
-**     4. The journal file is synced to disk again.
-**
-**   Most of the data is written in step 1 using a series of calls to the
-**   VFS xWrite() method. The buffers passed to the xWrite() calls are of
-**   various sizes. For example, as of version 3.6.24, when committing a 
-**   transaction that modifies 3 pages of a database file that uses 4096 
-**   byte pages residing on a media with 512 byte sectors, SQLite makes 
-**   eleven calls to the xWrite() method to create the rollback journal, 
-**   as follows:
-**
-**             Write offset | Bytes written
-**             ----------------------------
-**                        0            512
-**                      512              4
-**                      516           4096
-**                     4612              4
-**                     4616              4
-**                     4620           4096
-**                     8716              4
-**                     8720              4
-**                     8724           4096
-**                    12820              4
-**             ++++++++++++SYNC+++++++++++
-**                        0             12
-**             ++++++++++++SYNC+++++++++++
-**
-**   On many operating systems, this is an efficient way to write to a file.
-**   However, on some embedded systems that do not cache writes in OS 
-**   buffers it is much more efficient to write data in blocks that are
-**   an integer multiple of the sector-size in size and aligned at the
-**   start of a sector.
-**
-**   To work around this, the code in this file allocates a fixed size
-**   buffer of SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ using sqlite3_malloc() whenever a 
-**   journal file is opened. It uses the buffer to coalesce sequential
-**   writes into aligned SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ blocks. When SQLite
-**   invokes the xSync() method to sync the contents of the file to disk,
-**   all accumulated data is written out, even if it does not constitute
-**   a complete block. This means the actual IO to create the rollback 
-**   journal for the example transaction above is this:
-**
-**             Write offset | Bytes written
-**             ----------------------------
-**                        0           8192
-**                     8192           4632
-**             ++++++++++++SYNC+++++++++++
-**                        0             12
-**             ++++++++++++SYNC+++++++++++
-**
-**   Much more efficient if the underlying OS is not caching write 
-**   operations.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <sys/file.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-
-/*
-** Size of the write buffer used by journal files in bytes.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ
-# define SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ 8192
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum pathname length supported by this VFS.
-*/
-#define MAXPATHNAME 512
-
-/*
-** When using this VFS, the sqlite3_file* handles that SQLite uses are
-** actually pointers to instances of type DemoFile.
-*/
-typedef struct DemoFile DemoFile;
-struct DemoFile {
-  sqlite3_file base;              /* Base class. Must be first. */
-  int fd;                         /* File descriptor */
-
-  char *aBuffer;                  /* Pointer to malloc'd buffer */
-  int nBuffer;                    /* Valid bytes of data in zBuffer */
-  sqlite3_int64 iBufferOfst;      /* Offset in file of zBuffer[0] */
-};
-
-/*
-** Write directly to the file passed as the first argument. Even if the
-** file has a write-buffer (DemoFile.aBuffer), ignore it.
-*/
-static int demoDirectWrite(
-  DemoFile *p,                    /* File handle */
-  const void *zBuf,               /* Buffer containing data to write */
-  int iAmt,                       /* Size of data to write in bytes */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst              /* File offset to write to */
-){
-  off_t ofst;                     /* Return value from lseek() */
-  size_t nWrite;                  /* Return value from write() */
-
-  ofst = lseek(p->fd, iOfst, SEEK_SET);
-  if( ofst!=iOfst ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-  }
-
-  nWrite = write(p->fd, zBuf, iAmt);
-  if( nWrite!=iAmt ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Flush the contents of the DemoFile.aBuffer buffer to disk. This is a
-** no-op if this particular file does not have a buffer (i.e. it is not
-** a journal file) or if the buffer is currently empty.
-*/
-static int demoFlushBuffer(DemoFile *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->nBuffer ){
-    rc = demoDirectWrite(p, p->aBuffer, p->nBuffer, p->iBufferOfst);
-    p->nBuffer = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-*/
-static int demoClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  int rc;
-  DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile;
-  rc = demoFlushBuffer(p);
-  sqlite3_free(p->aBuffer);
-  close(p->fd);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file.
-*/
-static int demoRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile;
-  off_t ofst;                     /* Return value from lseek() */
-  int nRead;                      /* Return value from read() */
-  int rc;                         /* Return code from demoFlushBuffer() */
-
-  /* Flush any data in the write buffer to disk in case this operation
-  ** is trying to read data the file-region currently cached in the buffer.
-  ** It would be possible to detect this case and possibly save an 
-  ** unnecessary write here, but in practice SQLite will rarely read from
-  ** a journal file when there is data cached in the write-buffer.
-  */
-  rc = demoFlushBuffer(p);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  ofst = lseek(p->fd, iOfst, SEEK_SET);
-  if( ofst!=iOfst ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-  }
-  nRead = read(p->fd, zBuf, iAmt);
-
-  if( nRead==iAmt ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( nRead>=0 ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to a crash-file.
-*/
-static int demoWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  const void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile;
-  
-  if( p->aBuffer ){
-    char *z = (char *)zBuf;       /* Pointer to remaining data to write */
-    int n = iAmt;                 /* Number of bytes at z */
-    sqlite3_int64 i = iOfst;      /* File offset to write to */
-
-    while( n>0 ){
-      int nCopy;                  /* Number of bytes to copy into buffer */
-
-      /* If the buffer is full, or if this data is not being written directly
-      ** following the data already buffered, flush the buffer. Flushing
-      ** the buffer is a no-op if it is empty.  
-      */
-      if( p->nBuffer==SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ || p->iBufferOfst+p->nBuffer!=i ){
-        int rc = demoFlushBuffer(p);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-      assert( p->nBuffer==0 || p->iBufferOfst+p->nBuffer==i );
-      p->iBufferOfst = i - p->nBuffer;
-
-      /* Copy as much data as possible into the buffer. */
-      nCopy = SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ - p->nBuffer;
-      if( nCopy>n ){
-        nCopy = n;
-      }
-      memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->nBuffer], z, nCopy);
-      p->nBuffer += nCopy;
-
-      n -= nCopy;
-      i += nCopy;
-      z += nCopy;
-    }
-  }else{
-    return demoDirectWrite(p, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate a file. This is a no-op for this VFS (see header comments at
-** the top of the file).
-*/
-static int demoTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
-#if 0
-  if( ftruncate(((DemoFile *)pFile)->fd, size) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the contents of the file to the persistent media.
-*/
-static int demoSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
-  DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = demoFlushBuffer(p);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  rc = fsync(p->fd);
-  return (rc==0 ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write the size of the file in bytes to *pSize.
-*/
-static int demoFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile;
-  int rc;                         /* Return code from fstat() call */
-  struct stat sStat;              /* Output of fstat() call */
-
-  /* Flush the contents of the buffer to disk. As with the flush in the
-  ** demoRead() method, it would be possible to avoid this and save a write
-  ** here and there. But in practice this comes up so infrequently it is
-  ** not worth the trouble.
-  */
-  rc = demoFlushBuffer(p);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  rc = fstat(p->fd, &sStat);
-  if( rc!=0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-  *pSize = sStat.st_size;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locking functions. The xLock() and xUnlock() methods are both no-ops.
-** The xCheckReservedLock() always indicates that no other process holds
-** a reserved lock on the database file. This ensures that if a hot-journal
-** file is found in the file-system it is rolled back.
-*/
-static int demoLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int demoUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int demoCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
-  *pResOut = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** No xFileControl() verbs are implemented by this VFS.
-*/
-static int demoFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The xSectorSize() and xDeviceCharacteristics() methods. These two
-** may return special values allowing SQLite to optimize file-system 
-** access to some extent. But it is also safe to simply return 0.
-*/
-static int demoSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return 0;
-}
-static int demoDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a file handle.
-*/
-static int demoOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,              /* VFS */
-  const char *zName,              /* File to open, or 0 for a temp file */
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,            /* Pointer to DemoFile struct to populate */
-  int flags,                      /* Input SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
-  int *pOutFlags                  /* Output SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags (or NULL) */
-){
-  static const sqlite3_io_methods demoio = {
-    1,                            /* iVersion */
-    demoClose,                    /* xClose */
-    demoRead,                     /* xRead */
-    demoWrite,                    /* xWrite */
-    demoTruncate,                 /* xTruncate */
-    demoSync,                     /* xSync */
-    demoFileSize,                 /* xFileSize */
-    demoLock,                     /* xLock */
-    demoUnlock,                   /* xUnlock */
-    demoCheckReservedLock,        /* xCheckReservedLock */
-    demoFileControl,              /* xFileControl */
-    demoSectorSize,               /* xSectorSize */
-    demoDeviceCharacteristics     /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  };
-
-  DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile; /* Populate this structure */
-  int oflags = 0;                 /* flags to pass to open() call */
-  char *aBuf = 0;
-
-  if( zName==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-
-  if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ){
-    aBuf = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ);
-    if( !aBuf ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE ) oflags |= O_EXCL;
-  if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE )    oflags |= O_CREAT;
-  if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY )  oflags |= O_RDONLY;
-  if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ) oflags |= O_RDWR;
-
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(DemoFile));
-  p->fd = open(zName, oflags, 0600);
-  if( p->fd<0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(aBuf);
-    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-  }
-  p->aBuffer = aBuf;
-
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    *pOutFlags = flags;
-  }
-  p->base.pMethods = &demoio;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the file identified by argument zPath. If the dirSync parameter
-** is non-zero, then ensure the file-system modification to delete the
-** file has been synced to disk before returning.
-*/
-static int demoDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  rc = unlink(zPath);
-  if( rc!=0 && errno==ENOENT ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( rc==0 && dirSync ){
-    int dfd;                      /* File descriptor open on directory */
-    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
-    char zDir[MAXPATHNAME+1];     /* Name of directory containing file zPath */
-
-    /* Figure out the directory name from the path of the file deleted. */
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MAXPATHNAME, zDir, "%s", zPath);
-    zDir[MAXPATHNAME] = '\0';
-    for(i=strlen(zDir); i>1 && zDir[i]!='/'; i++);
-    zDir[i] = '\0';
-
-    /* Open a file-descriptor on the directory. Sync. Close. */
-    dfd = open(zDir, O_RDONLY, 0);
-    if( dfd<0 ){
-      rc = -1;
-    }else{
-      rc = fsync(dfd);
-      close(dfd);
-    }
-  }
-  return (rc==0 ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
-}
-
-#ifndef F_OK
-# define F_OK 0
-#endif
-#ifndef R_OK
-# define R_OK 4
-#endif
-#ifndef W_OK
-# define W_OK 2
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Query the file-system to see if the named file exists, is readable or
-** is both readable and writable.
-*/
-static int demoAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  int rc;                         /* access() return code */
-  int eAccess = F_OK;             /* Second argument to access() */
-
-  assert( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS       /* access(zPath, F_OK) */
-       || flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READ         /* access(zPath, R_OK) */
-       || flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE    /* access(zPath, R_OK|W_OK) */
-  );
-
-  if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE ) eAccess = R_OK|W_OK;
-  if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READ )      eAccess = R_OK;
-
-  rc = access(zPath, eAccess);
-  *pResOut = (rc==0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Argument zPath points to a nul-terminated string containing a file path.
-** If zPath is an absolute path, then it is copied as is into the output 
-** buffer. Otherwise, if it is a relative path, then the equivalent full
-** path is written to the output buffer.
-**
-** This function assumes that paths are UNIX style. Specifically, that:
-**
-**   1. Path components are separated by a '/'. and 
-**   2. Full paths begin with a '/' character.
-*/
-static int demoFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,              /* VFS */
-  const char *zPath,              /* Input path (possibly a relative path) */
-  int nPathOut,                   /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zPathOut                  /* Pointer to output buffer */
-){
-  char zDir[MAXPATHNAME+1];
-  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
-    zDir[0] = '\0';
-  }else{
-    if( getcwd(zDir, sizeof(zDir))==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-  zDir[MAXPATHNAME] = '\0';
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(nPathOut, zPathOut, "%s/%s", zDir, zPath);
-  zPathOut[nPathOut-1] = '\0';
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following four VFS methods:
-**
-**   xDlOpen
-**   xDlError
-**   xDlSym
-**   xDlClose
-**
-** are supposed to implement the functionality needed by SQLite to load
-** extensions compiled as shared objects. This simple VFS does not support
-** this functionality, so the following functions are no-ops.
-*/
-static void *demoDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
-  return 0;
-}
-static void demoDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
-  sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, zErrMsg, "Loadable extensions are not supported");
-  zErrMsg[nByte-1] = '\0';
-}
-static void (*demoDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pH, const char *z))(void){
-  return 0;
-}
-static void demoDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zByte points to a buffer nByte bytes in size. Populate this
-** buffer with pseudo-random data.
-*/
-static int demoRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zByte){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for at least nMicro microseconds. Return the (approximate) number 
-** of microseconds slept for.
-*/
-static int demoSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
-  sleep(nMicro / 1000000);
-  usleep(nMicro % 1000000);
-  return nMicro;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set *pTime to the current UTC time expressed as a Julian day. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code otherwise.
-**
-**   http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Julian_day
-**
-** This implementation is not very good. The current time is rounded to
-** an integer number of seconds. Also, assuming time_t is a signed 32-bit 
-** value, it will stop working some time in the year 2038 AD (the so-called
-** "year 2038" problem that afflicts systems that store time this way). 
-*/
-static int demoCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTime){
-  time_t t = time(0);
-  *pTime = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5; 
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to the VFS implemented in this file.
-** To make the VFS available to SQLite:
-**
-**   sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_demovfs(), 0);
-*/
-sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_demovfs(void){
-  static sqlite3_vfs demovfs = {
-    1,                            /* iVersion */
-    sizeof(DemoFile),             /* szOsFile */
-    MAXPATHNAME,                  /* mxPathname */
-    0,                            /* pNext */
-    "demo",                       /* zName */
-    0,                            /* pAppData */
-    demoOpen,                     /* xOpen */
-    demoDelete,                   /* xDelete */
-    demoAccess,                   /* xAccess */
-    demoFullPathname,             /* xFullPathname */
-    demoDlOpen,                   /* xDlOpen */
-    demoDlError,                  /* xDlError */
-    demoDlSym,                    /* xDlSym */
-    demoDlClose,                  /* xDlClose */
-    demoRandomness,               /* xRandomness */
-    demoSleep,                    /* xSleep */
-    demoCurrentTime,              /* xCurrentTime */
-  };
-  return &demovfs;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-static int register_demovfs(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_demovfs(), 1);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-static int unregister_demovfs(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_demovfs());
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest_demovfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "register_demovfs", register_demovfs, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "unregister_demovfs", unregister_demovfs, 0, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#else
-int Sqlitetest_demovfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return TCL_OK; }
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_devsym.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_devsym.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 21f0f684d86..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_devsym.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,398 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 Jan 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that modified the OS layer in order to simulate
-** different device types (by overriding the return values of the 
-** xDeviceCharacteristics() and xSectorSize() methods).
-*/
-#if SQLITE_TEST          /* This file is used for testing only */
-
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length supported by the devsym backend.
-*/
-#define DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME 512
-
-/*
-** Name used to identify this VFS.
-*/
-#define DEVSYM_VFS_NAME "devsym"
-
-typedef struct devsym_file devsym_file;
-struct devsym_file {
-  sqlite3_file base;
-  sqlite3_file *pReal;
-};
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for devsym_file.
-*/
-static int devsymClose(sqlite3_file*);
-static int devsymRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int devsymWrite(sqlite3_file*,const void*,int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int devsymTruncate(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-static int devsymSync(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-static int devsymFileSize(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-static int devsymLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int devsymUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int devsymCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int *);
-static int devsymFileControl(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-static int devsymSectorSize(sqlite3_file*);
-static int devsymDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file*);
-static int devsymShmLock(sqlite3_file*,int,int,int);
-static int devsymShmMap(sqlite3_file*,int,int,int, void volatile **);
-static void devsymShmBarrier(sqlite3_file*);
-static int devsymShmUnmap(sqlite3_file*,int);
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for devsym_vfs.
-*/
-static int devsymOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int , int *);
-static int devsymDelete(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-static int devsymAccess(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *);
-static int devsymFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int, char *zOut);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-static void *devsymDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-static void devsymDlError(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-static void (*devsymDlSym(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
-static void devsymDlClose(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-static int devsymRandomness(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-static int devsymSleep(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-static int devsymCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-
-static sqlite3_vfs devsym_vfs = {
-  2,                     /* iVersion */
-  sizeof(devsym_file),      /* szOsFile */
-  DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME,      /* mxPathname */
-  0,                     /* pNext */
-  DEVSYM_VFS_NAME,          /* zName */
-  0,                     /* pAppData */
-  devsymOpen,               /* xOpen */
-  devsymDelete,             /* xDelete */
-  devsymAccess,             /* xAccess */
-  devsymFullPathname,       /* xFullPathname */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-  devsymDlOpen,             /* xDlOpen */
-  devsymDlError,            /* xDlError */
-  devsymDlSym,              /* xDlSym */
-  devsymDlClose,            /* xDlClose */
-#else
-  0,                        /* xDlOpen */
-  0,                        /* xDlError */
-  0,                        /* xDlSym */
-  0,                        /* xDlClose */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-  devsymRandomness,         /* xRandomness */
-  devsymSleep,              /* xSleep */
-  devsymCurrentTime,        /* xCurrentTime */
-  0,                        /* xGetLastError */
-  0                         /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
-};
-
-static sqlite3_io_methods devsym_io_methods = {
-  2,                                /* iVersion */
-  devsymClose,                      /* xClose */
-  devsymRead,                       /* xRead */
-  devsymWrite,                      /* xWrite */
-  devsymTruncate,                   /* xTruncate */
-  devsymSync,                       /* xSync */
-  devsymFileSize,                   /* xFileSize */
-  devsymLock,                       /* xLock */
-  devsymUnlock,                     /* xUnlock */
-  devsymCheckReservedLock,          /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  devsymFileControl,                /* xFileControl */
-  devsymSectorSize,                 /* xSectorSize */
-  devsymDeviceCharacteristics,      /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  devsymShmMap,                     /* xShmMap */
-  devsymShmLock,                    /* xShmLock */
-  devsymShmBarrier,                 /* xShmBarrier */
-  devsymShmUnmap                    /* xShmUnmap */
-};
-
-struct DevsymGlobal {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-  int iDeviceChar;
-  int iSectorSize;
-};
-struct DevsymGlobal g = {0, 0, 512};
-
-/*
-** Close an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  const void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current file-size of an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsLock(p->pReal, eLock);
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsUnlock(p->pReal, eLock);
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(p->pReal, pResOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** File control method. For custom operations on an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsFileControl(p->pReal, op, pArg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector-size in bytes for an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return g.iSectorSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an devsym-file.
-*/
-static int devsymDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return g.iDeviceChar;
-}
-
-/*
-** Shared-memory methods are all pass-thrus.
-*/
-static int devsymShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsShmLock(p->pReal, ofst, n, flags);
-}
-static int devsymShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  int iRegion, 
-  int szRegion, 
-  int isWrite, 
-  void volatile **pp
-){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsShmMap(p->pReal, iRegion, szRegion, isWrite, pp);
-}
-static void devsymShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  sqlite3OsShmBarrier(p->pReal);
-}
-static int devsymShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pFile, int delFlag){
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsShmUnmap(p->pReal, delFlag);
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Open an devsym file handle.
-*/
-static int devsymOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
-  const char *zName,
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  int rc;
-  devsym_file *p = (devsym_file *)pFile;
-  p->pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(g.pVfs, zName, p->pReal, flags, pOutFlags);
-  if( p->pReal->pMethods ){
-    pFile->pMethods = &devsym_io_methods;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true,
-** ensure the file-system modifications are synced to disk before
-** returning.
-*/
-static int devsymDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  return sqlite3OsDelete(g.pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
-}
-
-/*
-** Test for access permissions. Return true if the requested permission
-** is available, or false otherwise.
-*/
-static int devsymAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  return sqlite3OsAccess(g.pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate buffer zOut with the full canonical pathname corresponding
-** to the pathname in zPath. zOut is guaranteed to point to a buffer
-** of at least (DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
-*/
-static int devsymFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int nOut, 
-  char *zOut
-){
-  return sqlite3OsFullPathname(g.pVfs, zPath, nOut, zOut);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Open the dynamic library located at zPath and return a handle.
-*/
-static void *devsymDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
-  return sqlite3OsDlOpen(g.pVfs, zPath);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
-** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated 
-** with dynamic libraries.
-*/
-static void devsymDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
-  sqlite3OsDlError(g.pVfs, nByte, zErrMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle.
-*/
-static void (*devsymDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *p, const char *zSym))(void){
-  return sqlite3OsDlSym(g.pVfs, p, zSym);
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the dynamic library handle pHandle.
-*/
-static void devsymDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  sqlite3OsDlClose(g.pVfs, pHandle);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of 
-** random data.
-*/
-static int devsymRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  return sqlite3OsRandomness(g.pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds 
-** actually slept.
-*/
-static int devsymSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
-  return sqlite3OsSleep(g.pVfs, nMicro);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut.
-*/
-static int devsymCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
-  return g.pVfs->xCurrentTime(g.pVfs, pTimeOut);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This procedure registers the devsym vfs with SQLite. If the argument is
-** true, the devsym vfs becomes the new default vfs. It is the only publicly
-** available function in this file.
-*/
-void devsym_register(int iDeviceChar, int iSectorSize){
-  if( g.pVfs==0 ){
-    g.pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-    devsym_vfs.szOsFile += g.pVfs->szOsFile;
-    sqlite3_vfs_register(&devsym_vfs, 0);
-  }
-  if( iDeviceChar>=0 ){
-    g.iDeviceChar = iDeviceChar;
-  }else{
-    g.iDeviceChar = 0;
-  }
-  if( iSectorSize>=0 ){
-    g.iSectorSize = iSectorSize;
-  }else{
-    g.iSectorSize = 512;
-  }
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_fs.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_fs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 417c81b49f2..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_fs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2013 Jan 11
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing the virtual table interfaces.  This code
-** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
-** testing of the SQLite library.
-**
-** The FS virtual table is created as follows:
-**
-**   CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE tbl USING fs(idx);
-**
-** where idx is the name of a table in the db with 2 columns.  The virtual
-** table also has two columns - file path and file contents.
-**
-** The first column of table idx must be an IPK, and the second contains file
-** paths. For example:
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE idx(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, path TEXT);
-**   INSERT INTO idx VALUES(4, '/etc/passwd');
-**
-** Adding the row to the idx table automatically creates a row in the 
-** virtual table with rowid=4, path=/etc/passwd and a text field that 
-** contains data read from file /etc/passwd on disk.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-# include <io.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-
-typedef struct fs_vtab fs_vtab;
-typedef struct fs_cursor fs_cursor;
-
-/* 
-** A fs virtual-table object 
-*/
-struct fs_vtab {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  char *zDb;                      /* Name of db containing zTbl */
-  char *zTbl;                     /* Name of docid->file map table */
-};
-
-/* A fs cursor object */
-struct fs_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  char *zBuf;
-  int nBuf;
-  int nAlloc;
-};
-
-/*
-** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
-** methods of the fs virtual table.
-**
-** The argv[] array contains the following:
-**
-**   argv[0]   -> module name  ("fs")
-**   argv[1]   -> database name
-**   argv[2]   -> table name
-**   argv[...] -> other module argument fields.
-*/
-static int fsConnect(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  fs_vtab *pVtab;
-  int nByte;
-  const char *zTbl;
-  const char *zDb = argv[1];
-
-  if( argc!=4 ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("wrong number of arguments");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  zTbl = argv[3];
-
-  nByte = sizeof(fs_vtab) + (int)strlen(zTbl) + 1 + (int)strlen(zDb) + 1;
-  pVtab = (fs_vtab *)sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
-  if( !pVtab ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  pVtab->zTbl = (char *)&pVtab[1];
-  pVtab->zDb = &pVtab->zTbl[strlen(zTbl)+1];
-  pVtab->db = db;
-  memcpy(pVtab->zTbl, zTbl, strlen(zTbl));
-  memcpy(pVtab->zDb, zDb, strlen(zDb));
-  *ppVtab = &pVtab->base;
-  sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, "CREATE TABLE xyz(path TEXT, data TEXT)");
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/* Note that for this virtual table, the xCreate and xConnect
-** methods are identical. */
-
-static int fsDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  sqlite3_free(pVtab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/* The xDisconnect and xDestroy methods are also the same */
-
-/*
-** Open a new fs cursor.
-*/
-static int fsOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  fs_cursor *pCur;
-  pCur = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(fs_cursor));
-  *ppCursor = &pCur->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a fs cursor.
-*/
-static int fsClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  fs_cursor *pCur = (fs_cursor *)cur;
-  sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pStmt);
-  sqlite3_free(pCur->zBuf);
-  sqlite3_free(pCur);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fsNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  fs_cursor *pCur = (fs_cursor *)cur;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_step(pCur->pStmt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int fsFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int rc;
-  fs_cursor *pCur = (fs_cursor *)pVtabCursor;
-  fs_vtab *p = (fs_vtab *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
-
-  assert( (idxNum==0 && argc==0) || (idxNum==1 && argc==1) );
-  if( idxNum==1 ){
-    char *zStmt = sqlite3_mprintf(
-        "SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q WHERE rowid=?", p->zDb, p->zTbl);
-    if( !zStmt ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zStmt, -1, &pCur->pStmt, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_value(pCur->pStmt, 1, argv[0]);
-    }
-  }else{
-    char *zStmt = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", p->zDb, p->zTbl);
-    if( !zStmt ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zStmt, -1, &pCur->pStmt, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zStmt);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = fsNext(pVtabCursor); 
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int fsColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
-  fs_cursor *pCur = (fs_cursor*)cur;
-
-  assert( i==0 || i==1 );
-  if( i==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCur->pStmt, 0));
-  }else{
-    const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCur->pStmt, 1);
-    struct stat sbuf;
-    int fd;
-    int n;
-
-    fd = open(zFile, O_RDONLY);
-    if( fd<0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
-    fstat(fd, &sbuf);
-
-    if( sbuf.st_size>=pCur->nAlloc ){
-      int nNew = sbuf.st_size*2;
-      char *zNew;
-      if( nNew<1024 ) nNew = 1024;
-
-      zNew = sqlite3Realloc(pCur->zBuf, nNew);
-      if( zNew==0 ){
-        close(fd);
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      pCur->zBuf = zNew;
-      pCur->nAlloc = nNew;
-    }
-
-    n = (int)read(fd, pCur->zBuf, sbuf.st_size);
-    close(fd);
-    if( n!=sbuf.st_size ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    pCur->nBuf = sbuf.st_size;
-    pCur->zBuf[pCur->nBuf] = '\0';
-
-    sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCur->zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fsRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  fs_cursor *pCur = (fs_cursor*)cur;
-  *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCur->pStmt, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fsEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  fs_cursor *pCur = (fs_cursor*)cur;
-  return (sqlite3_data_count(pCur->pStmt)==0);
-}
-
-static int fsBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
-  int ii;
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; ii++){
-    struct sqlite3_index_constraint const *pCons = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
-    if( pCons->iColumn<0 && pCons->usable
-           && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
-      struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
-      pUsage = &pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii];
-      pUsage->omit = 0;
-      pUsage->argvIndex = 1;
-      pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
-      pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** A virtual table module that provides read-only access to a
-** Tcl global variable namespace.
-*/
-static sqlite3_module fsModule = {
-  0,                         /* iVersion */
-  fsConnect,
-  fsConnect,
-  fsBestIndex,
-  fsDisconnect, 
-  fsDisconnect,
-  fsOpen,                      /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-  fsClose,                     /* xClose - close a cursor */
-  fsFilter,                    /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-  fsNext,                      /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-  fsEof,                       /* xEof - check for end of scan */
-  fsColumn,                    /* xColumn - read data */
-  fsRowid,                     /* xRowid - read data */
-  0,                           /* xUpdate */
-  0,                           /* xBegin */
-  0,                           /* xSync */
-  0,                           /* xCommit */
-  0,                           /* xRollback */
-  0,                           /* xFindMethod */
-  0,                           /* xRename */
-};
-
-/*
-** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3 object.
-*/
-extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, sqlite3 **ppDb);
-
-/*
-** Register the echo virtual table module.
-*/
-static int register_fs_module(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3_create_module(db, "fs", &fsModule, (void *)interp);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetestfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-     void *clientData;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "register_fs_module",   register_fs_module, 0 },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, 
-        aObjCmd[i].xProc, aObjCmd[i].clientData, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_func.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_func.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 63cf18e3f76..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_func.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,809 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 March 19
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing all sorts of SQLite interfaces.  This code
-** implements new SQL functions used by the test scripts.
-*/
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
-** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
-** the database handle that malloc() has failed.
-*/
-static void *testContextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, int nByte){
-  char *z = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  if( !z && nByte>0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function generates a string of random characters.  Used for
-** generating test data.
-*/
-static void randStr(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  static const unsigned char zSrc[] = 
-     "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-     "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-     "0123456789"
-     ".-!,:*^+=_|?/<> ";
-  int iMin, iMax, n, r, i;
-  unsigned char zBuf[1000];
-
-  /* It used to be possible to call randstr() with any number of arguments,
-  ** but now it is registered with SQLite as requiring exactly 2.
-  */
-  assert(argc==2);
-
-  iMin = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  if( iMin<0 ) iMin = 0;
-  if( iMin>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMin = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
-  iMax = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-  if( iMax<iMin ) iMax = iMin;
-  if( iMax>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMax = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
-  n = iMin;
-  if( iMax>iMin ){
-    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
-    r &= 0x7fffffff;
-    n += r%(iMax + 1 - iMin);
-  }
-  assert( n<sizeof(zBuf) );
-  sqlite3_randomness(n, zBuf);
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-    zBuf[i] = zSrc[zBuf[i]%(sizeof(zSrc)-1)];
-  }
-  zBuf[n] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zBuf, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following two SQL functions are used to test returning a text
-** result with a destructor. Function 'test_destructor' takes one argument
-** and returns the same argument interpreted as TEXT. A destructor is
-** passed with the sqlite3_result_text() call.
-**
-** SQL function 'test_destructor_count' returns the number of outstanding 
-** allocations made by 'test_destructor';
-**
-** WARNING: Not threadsafe.
-*/
-static int test_destructor_count_var = 0;
-static void destructor(void *p){
-  char *zVal = (char *)p;
-  assert(zVal);
-  zVal--;
-  sqlite3_free(zVal);
-  test_destructor_count_var--;
-}
-static void test_destructor(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  char *zVal;
-  int len;
-  
-  test_destructor_count_var++;
-  assert( nArg==1 );
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); 
-  zVal = testContextMalloc(pCtx, len+3);
-  if( !zVal ){
-    return;
-  }
-  zVal[len+1] = 0;
-  zVal[len+2] = 0;
-  zVal++;
-  memcpy(zVal, sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), len);
-  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-static void test_destructor16(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  char *zVal;
-  int len;
-  
-  test_destructor_count_var++;
-  assert( nArg==1 );
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  len = sqlite3_value_bytes16(argv[0]); 
-  zVal = testContextMalloc(pCtx, len+3);
-  if( !zVal ){
-    return;
-  }
-  zVal[len+1] = 0;
-  zVal[len+2] = 0;
-  zVal++;
-  memcpy(zVal, sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]), len);
-  sqlite3_result_text16(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
-}
-#endif
-static void test_destructor_count(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, test_destructor_count_var);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following aggregate function, test_agg_errmsg16(), takes zero 
-** arguments. It returns the text value returned by the sqlite3_errmsg16()
-** API function.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
-void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
-  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
-#endif
-static void test_agg_errmsg16_step(sqlite3_context *a, int b,sqlite3_value **c){
-}
-static void test_agg_errmsg16_final(sqlite3_context *ctx){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  const void *z;
-  sqlite3 * db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(ctx);
-  sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 2048);
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  z = sqlite3_errmsg16(db);
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  sqlite3_result_text16(ctx, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Routines for testing the sqlite3_get_auxdata() and sqlite3_set_auxdata()
-** interface.
-**
-** The test_auxdata() SQL function attempts to register each of its arguments
-** as auxiliary data.  If there are no prior registrations of aux data for
-** that argument (meaning the argument is not a constant or this is its first
-** call) then the result for that argument is 0.  If there is a prior
-** registration, the result for that argument is 1.  The overall result
-** is the individual argument results separated by spaces.
-*/
-static void free_test_auxdata(void *p) {sqlite3_free(p);}
-static void test_auxdata(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  char *zRet = testContextMalloc(pCtx, nArg*2);
-  if( !zRet ) return;
-  memset(zRet, 0, nArg*2);
-  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-    char const *z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
-    if( z ){
-      int n;
-      char *zAux = sqlite3_get_auxdata(pCtx, i);
-      if( zAux ){
-        zRet[i*2] = '1';
-        assert( strcmp(zAux,z)==0 );
-      }else {
-        zRet[i*2] = '0';
-      }
-      n = (int)strlen(z) + 1;
-      zAux = testContextMalloc(pCtx, n);
-      if( zAux ){
-        memcpy(zAux, z, n);
-        sqlite3_set_auxdata(pCtx, i, zAux, free_test_auxdata);
-      }
-      zRet[i*2+1] = ' ';
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zRet, 2*nArg-1, free_test_auxdata);
-}
-
-/*
-** A function to test error reporting from user functions. This function
-** returns a copy of its first argument as the error message.  If the
-** second argument exists, it becomes the error code.
-*/
-static void test_error(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), -1);
-  if( nArg==2 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the counter(X) function.  If X is an integer
-** constant, then the first invocation will return X.  The second X+1.
-** and so forth.  Can be used (for example) to provide a sequence number
-** in a result set.
-*/
-static void counterFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,   /* Function context */
-  int nArg,                /* Number of function arguments */
-  sqlite3_value **argv     /* Values for all function arguments */
-){
-  int *pCounter = (int*)sqlite3_get_auxdata(pCtx, 0);
-  if( pCounter==0 ){
-    pCounter = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCounter) );
-    if( pCounter==0 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
-      return;
-    }
-    *pCounter = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-    sqlite3_set_auxdata(pCtx, 0, pCounter, sqlite3_free);
-  }else{
-    ++*pCounter;
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, *pCounter);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function takes two arguments.  It performance UTF-8/16 type
-** conversions on the first argument then returns a copy of the second
-** argument.
-**
-** This function is used in cases such as the following:
-**
-**      SELECT test_isolation(x,x) FROM t1;
-**
-** We want to verify that the type conversions that occur on the
-** first argument do not invalidate the second argument.
-*/
-static void test_isolation(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, argv[1]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke an SQL statement recursively.  The function result is the 
-** first column of the first row of the result set.
-*/
-static void test_eval(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(pCtx);
-  const char *zSql;
-
-  zSql = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt, 0));
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  }
-  if( rc ){
-    char *zErr;
-    assert( pStmt==0 );
-    zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("sqlite3_prepare_v2() error: %s",sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zErr, -1, sqlite3_free);
-    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** convert one character from hex to binary
-*/
-static int testHexChar(char c){
-  if( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
-    return c - '0';
-  }else if( c>='a' && c<='f' ){
-    return c - 'a' + 10;
-  }else if( c>='A' && c<='F' ){
-    return c - 'A' + 10;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert hex to binary.
-*/
-static void testHexToBin(const char *zIn, char *zOut){
-  while( zIn[0] && zIn[1] ){
-    *(zOut++) = (testHexChar(zIn[0])<<4) + testHexChar(zIn[1]);
-    zIn += 2;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**      hex_to_utf16be(HEX)
-**
-** Convert the input string from HEX into binary.  Then return the
-** result using sqlite3_result_text16le().
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-static void testHexToUtf16be(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int n;
-  const char *zIn;
-  char *zOut;
-  assert( nArg==1 );
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  zIn = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zOut = sqlite3_malloc( n/2 );
-  if( zOut==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
-  }else{
-    testHexToBin(zIn, zOut);
-    sqlite3_result_text16be(pCtx, zOut, n/2, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-**      hex_to_utf8(HEX)
-**
-** Convert the input string from HEX into binary.  Then return the
-** result using sqlite3_result_text16le().
-*/
-static void testHexToUtf8(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int n;
-  const char *zIn;
-  char *zOut;
-  assert( nArg==1 );
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  zIn = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zOut = sqlite3_malloc( n/2 );
-  if( zOut==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
-  }else{
-    testHexToBin(zIn, zOut);
-    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zOut, n/2, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**      hex_to_utf16le(HEX)
-**
-** Convert the input string from HEX into binary.  Then return the
-** result using sqlite3_result_text16le().
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-static void testHexToUtf16le(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int nArg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int n;
-  const char *zIn;
-  char *zOut;
-  assert( nArg==1 );
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  zIn = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zOut = sqlite3_malloc( n/2 );
-  if( zOut==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
-  }else{
-    testHexToBin(zIn, zOut);
-    sqlite3_result_text16le(pCtx, zOut, n/2, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** SQL function:   real2hex(X)
-**
-** If argument X is a real number, then convert it into a string which is
-** the big-endian hexadecimal representation of the ieee754 encoding of
-** that number.  If X is not a real number, return NULL.
-*/
-static void real2hex(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  union {
-    sqlite3_uint64 i;
-    double r;
-    unsigned char x[8];
-  } v;
-  char zOut[20];
-  int i;
-  int bigEndian;
-  v.i = 1;
-  bigEndian = v.x[0]==0;
-  v.r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-  for(i=0; i<8; i++){
-    if( bigEndian ){
-      zOut[i*2]   = "0123456789abcdef"[v.x[i]>>4];
-      zOut[i*2+1] = "0123456789abcdef"[v.x[i]&0xf];
-    }else{
-      zOut[14-i*2]   = "0123456789abcdef"[v.x[i]>>4];
-      zOut[14-i*2+1] = "0123456789abcdef"[v.x[i]&0xf];
-    }
-  }
-  zOut[16] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, zOut, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-
-/*
-**     test_extract(record, field)
-**
-** This function implements an SQL user-function that accepts a blob
-** containing a formatted database record as the first argument. The
-** second argument is the index of the field within that record to
-** extract and return.
-*/
-static void test_extract(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  u8 *pRec;
-  u8 *pEndHdr;                    /* Points to one byte past record header */
-  u8 *pHdr;                       /* Current point in record header */
-  u8 *pBody;                      /* Current point in record data */
-  u64 nHdr;                       /* Bytes in record header */
-  int iIdx;                       /* Required field */
-  int iCurrent = 0;               /* Current field */
-
-  assert( argc==2 );
-  pRec = (u8*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-  iIdx = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-
-  pHdr = pRec + sqlite3GetVarint(pRec, &nHdr);
-  pBody = pEndHdr = &pRec[nHdr];
-
-  for(iCurrent=0; pHdr<pEndHdr && iCurrent<=iIdx; iCurrent++){
-    u64 iSerialType;
-    Mem mem;
-
-    memset(&mem, 0, sizeof(mem));
-    mem.db = db;
-    mem.enc = ENC(db);
-    pHdr += sqlite3GetVarint(pHdr, &iSerialType);
-    pBody += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pBody, (u32)iSerialType, &mem);
-
-    if( iCurrent==iIdx ){
-      sqlite3_result_value(context, &mem);
-    }
-
-    if( mem.szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, mem.zMalloc);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**      test_decode(record)
-**
-** This function implements an SQL user-function that accepts a blob
-** containing a formatted database record as its only argument. It returns
-** a tcl list (type SQLITE_TEXT) containing each of the values stored
-** in the record.
-*/
-static void test_decode(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  u8 *pRec;
-  u8 *pEndHdr;                    /* Points to one byte past record header */
-  u8 *pHdr;                       /* Current point in record header */
-  u8 *pBody;                      /* Current point in record data */
-  u64 nHdr;                       /* Bytes in record header */
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;                  /* Return value */
-
-  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
-
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  pRec = (u8*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-
-  pHdr = pRec + sqlite3GetVarint(pRec, &nHdr);
-  pBody = pEndHdr = &pRec[nHdr];
-  while( pHdr<pEndHdr ){
-    Tcl_Obj *pVal = 0;
-    u64 iSerialType;
-    Mem mem;
-
-    memset(&mem, 0, sizeof(mem));
-    mem.db = db;
-    mem.enc = ENC(db);
-    pHdr += sqlite3GetVarint(pHdr, &iSerialType);
-    pBody += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pBody, (u32)iSerialType, &mem);
-
-    switch( sqlite3_value_type(&mem) ){
-      case SQLITE_TEXT:
-        pVal = Tcl_NewStringObj((const char*)sqlite3_value_text(&mem), -1);
-        break;
-
-      case SQLITE_BLOB: {
-        char hexdigit[] = {
-          '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
-          '8', '9', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f'
-        };
-        int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(&mem);
-        u8 *z = (u8*)sqlite3_value_blob(&mem);
-        int i;
-        pVal = Tcl_NewStringObj("x'", -1);
-        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-          char hex[3];
-          hex[0] = hexdigit[((z[i] >> 4) & 0x0F)];
-          hex[1] = hexdigit[(z[i] & 0x0F)];
-          hex[2] = '\0';
-          Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(pVal, hex, 0);
-        }
-        Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(pVal, "'", 0);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
-        pVal = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(sqlite3_value_double(&mem));
-        break;
-
-      case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-        pVal = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(sqlite3_value_int64(&mem));
-        break;
-
-      case SQLITE_NULL:
-        pVal = Tcl_NewStringObj("NULL", -1);
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        assert( 0 );
-    }
-
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, pVal);
-
-    if( mem.szMalloc ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, mem.zMalloc);
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
-}
-
-/*
-**       test_zeroblob(N)
-**
-** The implementation of scalar SQL function "test_zeroblob()". This is
-** similar to the built-in zeroblob() function, except that it does not
-** check that the integer parameter is within range before passing it
-** to sqlite3_result_zeroblob().
-*/
-static void test_zeroblob(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int nZero = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, nZero);
-}
-
-/*         test_getsubtype(V)
-**
-** Return the subtype for value V.
-*/
-static void test_getsubtype(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, (int)sqlite3_value_subtype(argv[0]));
-}
-
-/*         test_setsubtype(V, T)
-**
-** Return the value V with its subtype changed to T
-*/
-static void test_setsubtype(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_result_subtype(context, (unsigned int)sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]));
-}
-
-static int registerTestFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-  static const struct {
-     char *zName;
-     signed char nArg;
-     unsigned int eTextRep; /* 1: UTF-16.  0: UTF-8 */
-     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **);
-  } aFuncs[] = {
-    { "randstr",               2, SQLITE_UTF8, randStr    },
-    { "test_destructor",       1, SQLITE_UTF8, test_destructor},
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-    { "test_destructor16",     1, SQLITE_UTF8, test_destructor16},
-    { "hex_to_utf16be",        1, SQLITE_UTF8, testHexToUtf16be},
-    { "hex_to_utf16le",        1, SQLITE_UTF8, testHexToUtf16le},
-#endif
-    { "hex_to_utf8",           1, SQLITE_UTF8, testHexToUtf8},
-    { "test_destructor_count", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, test_destructor_count},
-    { "test_auxdata",         -1, SQLITE_UTF8, test_auxdata},
-    { "test_error",            1, SQLITE_UTF8, test_error},
-    { "test_error",            2, SQLITE_UTF8, test_error},
-    { "test_eval",             1, SQLITE_UTF8, test_eval},
-    { "test_isolation",        2, SQLITE_UTF8, test_isolation},
-    { "test_counter",          1, SQLITE_UTF8, counterFunc},
-    { "real2hex",              1, SQLITE_UTF8, real2hex},
-    { "test_decode",           1, SQLITE_UTF8, test_decode},
-    { "test_extract",          2, SQLITE_UTF8, test_extract},
-    { "test_zeroblob",  1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, test_zeroblob},
-    { "test_getsubtype",       1, SQLITE_UTF8, test_getsubtype},
-    { "test_setsubtype",       2, SQLITE_UTF8, test_setsubtype},
-  };
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
-    sqlite3_create_function(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
-        aFuncs[i].eTextRep, 0, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_create_function(db, "test_agg_errmsg16", 0, SQLITE_ANY, 0, 0, 
-      test_agg_errmsg16_step, test_agg_errmsg16_final);
-      
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** TCLCMD:  autoinstall_test_functions
-**
-** Invoke this TCL command to use sqlite3_auto_extension() to cause
-** the standard set of test functions to be loaded into each new
-** database connection.
-*/
-static int autoinstall_test_funcs(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  extern int Md5_Register(sqlite3*);
-  int rc = sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)registerTestFunctions);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)Md5_Register);
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** A bogus step function and finalizer function.
-*/
-static void tStep(sqlite3_context *a, int b, sqlite3_value **c){}
-static void tFinal(sqlite3_context *a){}
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  abuse_create_function
-**
-** Make various calls to sqlite3_create_function that do not have valid
-** parameters.  Verify that the error condition is detected and reported.
-*/
-static int abuse_create_function(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp*, const char*, sqlite3**);
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  int mxArg;
-
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "tx", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, tStep,tStep,tFinal);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ) goto abuse_err;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "tx", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, tStep, tStep, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ) goto abuse_err;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "tx", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, tStep, 0, tFinal);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE) goto abuse_err;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "tx", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0, 0, tFinal);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ) goto abuse_err;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "tx", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0, tStep, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ) goto abuse_err;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "tx", -2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, tStep, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ) goto abuse_err;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "tx", 128, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, tStep, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ) goto abuse_err;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "funcxx"
-       "_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789"
-       "_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789"
-       "_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789"
-       "_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789"
-       "_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789",
-       1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, tStep, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE ) goto abuse_err;
-
-  /* This last function registration should actually work.  Generate
-  ** a no-op function (that always returns NULL) and which has the
-  ** maximum-length function name and the maximum number of parameters.
-  */
-  sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG, 10000);
-  mxArg = sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG, -1);
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "nullx"
-       "_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789"
-       "_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789"
-       "_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789"
-       "_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789"
-       "_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789",
-       mxArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, tStep, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abuse_err;
-                                
-  return TCL_OK;
-
-abuse_err:
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "sqlite3_create_function abused test failed", 
-                   (char*)0);
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest_func_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "autoinstall_test_functions",    autoinstall_test_funcs },
-     { "abuse_create_function",         abuse_create_function  },
-  };
-  int i;
-  extern int Md5_Register(sqlite3*);
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, aObjCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3_initialize();
-  sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)registerTestFunctions);
-  sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)Md5_Register);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_hexio.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_hexio.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b20b5ce730a..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_hexio.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,388 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing all sorts of SQLite interfaces.  This code
-** implements TCL commands for reading and writing the binary
-** database files and displaying the content of those files as
-** hexadecimal.  We could, in theory, use the built-in "binary"
-** command of TCL to do a lot of this, but there are some issues
-** with historical versions of the "binary" command.  So it seems
-** easier and safer to build our own mechanism.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-
-/*
-** Convert binary to hex.  The input zBuf[] contains N bytes of
-** binary data.  zBuf[] is 2*n+1 bytes long.  Overwrite zBuf[]
-** with a hexadecimal representation of its original binary input.
-*/
-void sqlite3TestBinToHex(unsigned char *zBuf, int N){
-  const unsigned char zHex[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
-  int i, j;
-  unsigned char c;
-  i = N*2;
-  zBuf[i--] = 0;
-  for(j=N-1; j>=0; j--){
-    c = zBuf[j];
-    zBuf[i--] = zHex[c&0xf];
-    zBuf[i--] = zHex[c>>4];
-  }
-  assert( i==-1 );
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert hex to binary.  The input zIn[] contains N bytes of
-** hexadecimal.  Convert this into binary and write aOut[] with
-** the binary data.  Spaces in the original input are ignored.
-** Return the number of bytes of binary rendered.
-*/
-int sqlite3TestHexToBin(const unsigned char *zIn, int N, unsigned char *aOut){
-  const unsigned char aMap[] = {
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,  9,10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0,11,12,13,14,15,16, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0,11,12,13,14,15,16, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-  };
-  int i, j;
-  int hi=1;
-  unsigned char c;
-
-  for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
-    c = aMap[zIn[i]];
-    if( c==0 ) continue;
-    if( hi ){
-      aOut[j] = (c-1)<<4;
-      hi = 0;
-    }else{
-      aOut[j++] |= c-1;
-      hi = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return j;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:   hexio_read  FILENAME  OFFSET  AMT
-**
-** Read AMT bytes from file FILENAME beginning at OFFSET from the
-** beginning of the file.  Convert that information to hexadecimal
-** and return the resulting HEX string.
-*/
-static int hexio_read(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int offset;
-  int amt, got;
-  const char *zFile;
-  unsigned char *zBuf;
-  FILE *in;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME OFFSET AMT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &offset) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &amt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  zBuf = sqlite3_malloc( amt*2+1 );
-  if( zBuf==0 ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  in = fopen(zFile, "rb");
-  if( in==0 ){
-    in = fopen(zFile, "r");
-  }
-  if( in==0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot open input file ", zFile, 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  fseek(in, offset, SEEK_SET);
-  got = (int)fread(zBuf, 1, amt, in);
-  fclose(in);
-  if( got<0 ){
-    got = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3TestBinToHex(zBuf, got);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:   hexio_write  FILENAME  OFFSET  DATA
-**
-** Write DATA into file FILENAME beginning at OFFSET from the
-** beginning of the file.  DATA is expressed in hexadecimal.
-*/
-static int hexio_write(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int offset;
-  int nIn, nOut, written;
-  const char *zFile;
-  const unsigned char *zIn;
-  unsigned char *aOut;
-  FILE *out;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME OFFSET HEXDATA");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &offset) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  zIn = (const unsigned char *)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nIn);
-  aOut = sqlite3_malloc( nIn/2 );
-  if( aOut==0 ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  nOut = sqlite3TestHexToBin(zIn, nIn, aOut);
-  out = fopen(zFile, "r+b");
-  if( out==0 ){
-    out = fopen(zFile, "r+");
-  }
-  if( out==0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cannot open output file ", zFile, 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  fseek(out, offset, SEEK_SET);
-  written = (int)fwrite(aOut, 1, nOut, out);
-  sqlite3_free(aOut);
-  fclose(out);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(written));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** USAGE:   hexio_get_int   HEXDATA
-**
-** Interpret the HEXDATA argument as a big-endian integer.  Return
-** the value of that integer.  HEXDATA can contain between 2 and 8
-** hexadecimal digits.
-*/
-static int hexio_get_int(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int val;
-  int nIn, nOut;
-  const unsigned char *zIn;
-  unsigned char *aOut;
-  unsigned char aNum[4];
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HEXDATA");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zIn = (const unsigned char *)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &nIn);
-  aOut = sqlite3_malloc( nIn/2 );
-  if( aOut==0 ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  nOut = sqlite3TestHexToBin(zIn, nIn, aOut);
-  if( nOut>=4 ){
-    memcpy(aNum, aOut, 4);
-  }else{
-    memset(aNum, 0, sizeof(aNum));
-    memcpy(&aNum[4-nOut], aOut, nOut);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(aOut);
-  val = (aNum[0]<<24) | (aNum[1]<<16) | (aNum[2]<<8) | aNum[3];
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(val));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** USAGE:   hexio_render_int16   INTEGER
-**
-** Render INTEGER has a 16-bit big-endian integer in hexadecimal.
-*/
-static int hexio_render_int16(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int val;
-  unsigned char aNum[10];
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "INTEGER");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  aNum[0] = val>>8;
-  aNum[1] = val;
-  sqlite3TestBinToHex(aNum, 2);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)aNum, 4));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** USAGE:   hexio_render_int32   INTEGER
-**
-** Render INTEGER has a 32-bit big-endian integer in hexadecimal.
-*/
-static int hexio_render_int32(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int val;
-  unsigned char aNum[10];
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "INTEGER");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  aNum[0] = val>>24;
-  aNum[1] = val>>16;
-  aNum[2] = val>>8;
-  aNum[3] = val;
-  sqlite3TestBinToHex(aNum, 4);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)aNum, 8));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** USAGE:  utf8_to_utf8  HEX
-**
-** The argument is a UTF8 string represented in hexadecimal.
-** The UTF8 might not be well-formed.  Run this string through
-** sqlite3Utf8to8() convert it back to hex and return the result.
-*/
-static int utf8_to_utf8(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  int n;
-  int nOut;
-  const unsigned char *zOrig;
-  unsigned char *z;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HEX");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zOrig = (unsigned char *)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &n);
-  z = sqlite3_malloc( n+3 );
-  n = sqlite3TestHexToBin(zOrig, n, z);
-  z[n] = 0;
-  nOut = sqlite3Utf8To8(z);
-  sqlite3TestBinToHex(z,nOut);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, (char*)z, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  return TCL_OK;
-#else
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, 
-      "[utf8_to_utf8] unavailable - SQLITE_DEBUG not defined", 0
-  );
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-#endif
-}
-
-static int getFts3Varint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
-  const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p;
-  sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1;
-  while( (*q & 0x80) == 0x80 ){
-    x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f);
-    y <<= 7;
-  }
-  x += y * (*q++);
-  *v = (sqlite_int64) x;
-  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** USAGE:  read_fts3varint BLOB VARNAME
-**
-** Read a varint from the start of BLOB. Set variable VARNAME to contain
-** the interpreted value. Return the number of bytes of BLOB consumed.
-*/
-static int read_fts3varint(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int nBlob;
-  unsigned char *zBlob;
-  sqlite3_int64 iVal;
-  int nVal;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "BLOB VARNAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zBlob = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], &nBlob);
-
-  nVal = getFts3Varint((char*)zBlob, (sqlite3_int64 *)(&iVal));
-  Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, objv[2], 0, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(iVal), 0);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nVal));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest_hexio_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "hexio_read",                   hexio_read            },
-     { "hexio_write",                  hexio_write           },
-     { "hexio_get_int",                hexio_get_int         },
-     { "hexio_render_int16",           hexio_render_int16    },
-     { "hexio_render_int32",           hexio_render_int32    },
-     { "utf8_to_utf8",                 utf8_to_utf8          },
-     { "read_fts3varint",              read_fts3varint       },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, aObjCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_init.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_init.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 502d95c0523..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_init.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2009 August 17
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** The code in this file is used for testing SQLite. It is not part of
-** the source code used in production systems.
-**
-** Specifically, this file tests the effect of errors while initializing
-** the various pluggable sub-systems from within sqlite3_initialize().
-** If an error occurs in sqlite3_initialize() the following should be
-** true:
-**
-**   1) An error code is returned to the user, and
-**   2) A subsequent call to sqlite3_shutdown() calls the shutdown method
-**      of those subsystems that were initialized, and
-**   3) A subsequent call to sqlite3_initialize() attempts to initialize
-**      the remaining, uninitialized, subsystems.
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <string.h>
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-static struct Wrapped {
-  sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache;
-  sqlite3_mem_methods     mem;
-  sqlite3_mutex_methods   mutex;
-
-  int mem_init;                /* True if mem subsystem is initalized */
-  int mem_fail;                /* True to fail mem subsystem inialization */
-  int mutex_init;              /* True if mutex subsystem is initalized */
-  int mutex_fail;              /* True to fail mutex subsystem inialization */
-  int pcache_init;             /* True if pcache subsystem is initalized */
-  int pcache_fail;             /* True to fail pcache subsystem inialization */
-} wrapped;
-
-static int wrMemInit(void *pAppData){
-  int rc;
-  if( wrapped.mem_fail ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    rc = wrapped.mem.xInit(wrapped.mem.pAppData);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    wrapped.mem_init = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-static void wrMemShutdown(void *pAppData){
-  wrapped.mem.xShutdown(wrapped.mem.pAppData);
-  wrapped.mem_init = 0;
-}
-static void *wrMemMalloc(int n)           {return wrapped.mem.xMalloc(n);}
-static void wrMemFree(void *p)            {wrapped.mem.xFree(p);}
-static void *wrMemRealloc(void *p, int n) {return wrapped.mem.xRealloc(p, n);}
-static int wrMemSize(void *p)             {return wrapped.mem.xSize(p);}
-static int wrMemRoundup(int n)            {return wrapped.mem.xRoundup(n);}
-
-
-static int wrMutexInit(void){
-  int rc;
-  if( wrapped.mutex_fail ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    rc = wrapped.mutex.xMutexInit();
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    wrapped.mutex_init = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-static int wrMutexEnd(void){
-  wrapped.mutex.xMutexEnd();
-  wrapped.mutex_init = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static sqlite3_mutex *wrMutexAlloc(int e){
-  return wrapped.mutex.xMutexAlloc(e);
-}
-static void wrMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  wrapped.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
-}
-static void wrMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  wrapped.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
-}
-static int wrMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return wrapped.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
-}
-static void wrMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  wrapped.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
-}
-static int wrMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return wrapped.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
-}
-static int wrMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return wrapped.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
-}
-
-
-
-static int wrPCacheInit(void *pArg){
-  int rc;
-  if( wrapped.pcache_fail ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    rc = wrapped.pcache.xInit(wrapped.pcache.pArg);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    wrapped.pcache_init = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-static void wrPCacheShutdown(void *pArg){
-  wrapped.pcache.xShutdown(wrapped.pcache.pArg);
-  wrapped.pcache_init = 0;
-}
-
-static sqlite3_pcache *wrPCacheCreate(int a, int b, int c){
-  return wrapped.pcache.xCreate(a, b, c);
-}  
-static void wrPCacheCachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int n){
-  wrapped.pcache.xCachesize(p, n);
-}  
-static int wrPCachePagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
-  return wrapped.pcache.xPagecount(p);
-}  
-static sqlite3_pcache_page *wrPCacheFetch(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned a, int b){
-  return wrapped.pcache.xFetch(p, a, b);
-}  
-static void wrPCacheUnpin(sqlite3_pcache *p, sqlite3_pcache_page *a, int b){
-  wrapped.pcache.xUnpin(p, a, b);
-}  
-static void wrPCacheRekey(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *a, 
-  unsigned b, 
-  unsigned c
-){
-  wrapped.pcache.xRekey(p, a, b, c);
-}  
-static void wrPCacheTruncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned a){
-  wrapped.pcache.xTruncate(p, a);
-}  
-static void wrPCacheDestroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
-  wrapped.pcache.xDestroy(p);
-}  
-
-static void installInitWrappers(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutexmethods = {
-    wrMutexInit,  wrMutexEnd,   wrMutexAlloc,
-    wrMutexFree,  wrMutexEnter, wrMutexTry,
-    wrMutexLeave, wrMutexHeld,  wrMutexNotheld
-  };
-  sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcachemethods = {
-    1, 0,
-    wrPCacheInit,      wrPCacheShutdown,  wrPCacheCreate, 
-    wrPCacheCachesize, wrPCachePagecount, wrPCacheFetch,
-    wrPCacheUnpin,     wrPCacheRekey,     wrPCacheTruncate,  
-    wrPCacheDestroy
-  };
-  sqlite3_mem_methods memmethods = {
-    wrMemMalloc,   wrMemFree,    wrMemRealloc,
-    wrMemSize,     wrMemRoundup, wrMemInit,
-    wrMemShutdown,
-    0
-  };
-
-  memset(&wrapped, 0, sizeof(wrapped));
-
-  sqlite3_shutdown();
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX, &wrapped.mutex);
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC, &wrapped.mem);
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2, &wrapped.pcache);
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX, &mutexmethods);
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &memmethods);
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &pcachemethods);
-}
-
-static int init_wrapper_install(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  int i;
-  installInitWrappers();
-  for(i=1; i<objc; i++){
-    char *z = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
-    if( strcmp(z, "mem")==0 ){
-      wrapped.mem_fail = 1;
-    }else if( strcmp(z, "mutex")==0 ){
-      wrapped.mutex_fail = 1;
-    }else if( strcmp(z, "pcache")==0 ){
-      wrapped.pcache_fail = 1;
-    }else{
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Unknown argument: \"", z, "\"");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int init_wrapper_uninstall(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_shutdown();
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX, &wrapped.mutex);
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &wrapped.mem);
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &wrapped.pcache);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int init_wrapper_clear(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  wrapped.mem_fail = 0;
-  wrapped.mutex_fail = 0;
-  wrapped.pcache_fail = 0;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int init_wrapper_query(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  if( wrapped.mutex_init ){
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("mutex", -1));
-  }
-  if( wrapped.mem_init ){
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("mem", -1));
-  }
-  if( wrapped.pcache_init ){
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj("pcache", -1));
-  }
-
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Sqlitetest_init_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-    {"init_wrapper_install",   init_wrapper_install},
-    {"init_wrapper_query",     init_wrapper_query  },
-    {"init_wrapper_uninstall", init_wrapper_uninstall},
-    {"init_wrapper_clear",     init_wrapper_clear}
-  };
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, aObjCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_intarray.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_intarray.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 70e34db3e19..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_intarray.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2009 November 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements a read-only VIRTUAL TABLE that contains the
-** content of a C-language array of integer values.  See the corresponding
-** header file for full details.
-*/
-#include "test_intarray.h"
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-
-/*
-** Definition of the sqlite3_intarray object.
-**
-** The internal representation of an intarray object is subject
-** to change, is not externally visible, and should be used by
-** the implementation of intarray only.  This object is opaque
-** to users.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_intarray {
-  int n;                    /* Number of elements in the array */
-  sqlite3_int64 *a;         /* Contents of the array */
-  void (*xFree)(void*);     /* Function used to free a[] */
-};
-
-/* Objects used internally by the virtual table implementation */
-typedef struct intarray_vtab intarray_vtab;
-typedef struct intarray_cursor intarray_cursor;
-
-/* An intarray table object */
-struct intarray_vtab {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;            /* Base class */
-  sqlite3_intarray *pContent;   /* Content of the integer array */
-};
-
-/* An intarray cursor object */
-struct intarray_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;    /* Base class */
-  int i;                       /* Current cursor position */
-};
-
-/*
-** None of this works unless we have virtual tables.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-
-/*
-** Free an sqlite3_intarray object.
-*/
-static void intarrayFree(sqlite3_intarray *p){
-  if( p->xFree ){
-    p->xFree(p->a);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Table destructor for the intarray module.
-*/
-static int intarrayDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *p){
-  intarray_vtab *pVtab = (intarray_vtab*)p;
-  sqlite3_free(pVtab);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Table constructor for the intarray module.
-*/
-static int intarrayCreate(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database where module is created */
-  void *pAux,               /* clientdata for the module */
-  int argc,                 /* Number of arguments */
-  const char *const*argv,   /* Value for all arguments */
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,    /* Write the new virtual table object here */
-  char **pzErr              /* Put error message text here */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  intarray_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(intarray_vtab));
-
-  if( pVtab ){
-    memset(pVtab, 0, sizeof(intarray_vtab));
-    pVtab->pContent = (sqlite3_intarray*)pAux;
-    rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, "CREATE TABLE x(value INTEGER PRIMARY KEY)");
-  }
-  *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pVtab;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a new cursor on the intarray table.
-*/
-static int intarrayOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  intarray_cursor *pCur;
-  pCur = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(intarray_cursor));
-  if( pCur ){
-    memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(intarray_cursor));
-    *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCur;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a intarray table cursor.
-*/
-static int intarrayClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  intarray_cursor *pCur = (intarray_cursor *)cur;
-  sqlite3_free(pCur);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve a column of data.
-*/
-static int intarrayColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
-  intarray_cursor *pCur = (intarray_cursor*)cur;
-  intarray_vtab *pVtab = (intarray_vtab*)cur->pVtab;
-  if( pCur->i>=0 && pCur->i<pVtab->pContent->n ){
-    sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, pVtab->pContent->a[pCur->i]);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve the current rowid.
-*/
-static int intarrayRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  intarray_cursor *pCur = (intarray_cursor *)cur;
-  *pRowid = pCur->i;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int intarrayEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  intarray_cursor *pCur = (intarray_cursor *)cur;
-  intarray_vtab *pVtab = (intarray_vtab *)cur->pVtab;
-  return pCur->i>=pVtab->pContent->n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next row.
-*/
-static int intarrayNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  intarray_cursor *pCur = (intarray_cursor *)cur;
-  pCur->i++;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset a intarray table cursor.
-*/
-static int intarrayFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  intarray_cursor *pCur = (intarray_cursor *)pVtabCursor;
-  pCur->i = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Analyse the WHERE condition.
-*/
-static int intarrayBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** A virtual table module that merely echos method calls into TCL
-** variables.
-*/
-static sqlite3_module intarrayModule = {
-  0,                           /* iVersion */
-  intarrayCreate,              /* xCreate - create a new virtual table */
-  intarrayCreate,              /* xConnect - connect to an existing vtab */
-  intarrayBestIndex,           /* xBestIndex - find the best query index */
-  intarrayDestroy,             /* xDisconnect - disconnect a vtab */
-  intarrayDestroy,             /* xDestroy - destroy a vtab */
-  intarrayOpen,                /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-  intarrayClose,               /* xClose - close a cursor */
-  intarrayFilter,              /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-  intarrayNext,                /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-  intarrayEof,                 /* xEof */
-  intarrayColumn,              /* xColumn - read data */
-  intarrayRowid,               /* xRowid - read data */
-  0,                           /* xUpdate */
-  0,                           /* xBegin */
-  0,                           /* xSync */
-  0,                           /* xCommit */
-  0,                           /* xRollback */
-  0,                           /* xFindMethod */
-  0,                           /* xRename */
-};
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
-
-/*
-** Invoke this routine to create a specific instance of an intarray object.
-** The new intarray object is returned by the 3rd parameter.
-**
-** Each intarray object corresponds to a virtual table in the TEMP table
-** with a name of zName.
-**
-** Destroy the intarray object by dropping the virtual table.  If not done
-** explicitly by the application, the virtual table will be dropped implicitly
-** by the system when the database connection is closed.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_create(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  sqlite3_intarray **ppReturn
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3_intarray *p;
-
-  *ppReturn = p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) );
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, zName, &intarrayModule, p,
-                                (void(*)(void*))intarrayFree);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    char *zSql;
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE temp.%Q USING %Q",
-                           zName, zName);
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Bind a new array array of integers to a specific intarray object.
-**
-** The array of integers bound must be unchanged for the duration of
-** any query against the corresponding virtual table.  If the integer
-** array does change or is deallocated undefined behavior will result.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
-  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
-  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
-  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
-  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
-){
-  if( pIntArray->xFree ){
-    pIntArray->xFree(pIntArray->a);
-  }
-  pIntArray->n = nElements;
-  pIntArray->a = aElements;
-  pIntArray->xFree = xFree;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** Everything below is interface for testing this module.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-/*
-** Routines to encode and decode pointers
-*/
-extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, sqlite3 **ppDb);
-extern void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
-extern int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp*, char *zPtr, void*);
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-/*
-**    sqlite3_intarray_create  DB  NAME
-**
-** Invoke the sqlite3_intarray_create interface.  A string that becomes
-** the first parameter to sqlite3_intarray_bind.
-*/
-static int test_intarray_create(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zName;
-  sqlite3_intarray *pArray;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char zPtr[100];
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  rc = sqlite3_intarray_create(db, zName, &pArray);
-#endif
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pArray==0 );
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zPtr, pArray);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zPtr, (char*)0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-**    sqlite3_intarray_bind  INTARRAY  ?VALUE ...?
-**
-** Invoke the sqlite3_intarray_bind interface on the given array of integers.
-*/
-static int test_intarray_bind(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3_intarray *pArray;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i, n;
-  sqlite3_int64 *a;
-
-  if( objc<2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "INTARRAY");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pArray = (sqlite3_intarray*)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  n = objc - 2;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  a = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(a[0])*n );
-  if( a==0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "SQLITE_NOMEM", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-    Tcl_WideInt x = 0;
-    Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(0, objv[i+2], &x);
-    a[i] = x;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_intarray_bind(pArray, n, a, sqlite3_free);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetestintarray_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-     void *clientData;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "sqlite3_intarray_create", test_intarray_create, 0 },
-     { "sqlite3_intarray_bind", test_intarray_bind, 0 },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, 
-        aObjCmd[i].xProc, aObjCmd[i].clientData, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_intarray.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_intarray.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 84b1f3fe667..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_intarray.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2009 November 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This is the C-language interface definition for the "intarray" or
-** integer array virtual table for SQLite.
-**
-** The intarray virtual table is designed to facilitate using an
-** array of integers as the right-hand side of an IN operator.  So
-** instead of doing a prepared statement like this:
-**
-**     SELECT * FROM table WHERE x IN (?,?,?,...,?);
-**
-** And then binding indivdual integers to each of ? slots, a C-language
-** application can create an intarray object (named "ex1" in the following
-** example), prepare a statement like this:
-**
-**     SELECT * FROM table WHERE x IN ex1;
-**
-** Then bind an ordinary C/C++ array of integer values to the ex1 object
-** to run the statement.
-**
-** USAGE:
-**
-** One or more intarray objects can be created as follows:
-**
-**      sqlite3_intarray *p1, *p2, *p3;
-**      sqlite3_intarray_create(db, "ex1", &p1);
-**      sqlite3_intarray_create(db, "ex2", &p2);
-**      sqlite3_intarray_create(db, "ex3", &p3);
-**
-** Each call to sqlite3_intarray_create() generates a new virtual table
-** module and a singleton of that virtual table module in the TEMP
-** database.  Both the module and the virtual table instance use the
-** name given by the second parameter.  The virtual tables can then be
-** used in prepared statements:
-**
-**      SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3
-**       WHERE t1.x IN ex1
-**         AND t2.y IN ex2
-**         AND t3.z IN ex3;
-**
-** Each integer array is initially empty.  New arrays can be bound to
-** an integer array as follows:
-**
-**     sqlite3_int64 a1[] = { 1, 2, 3, 4 };
-**     sqlite3_int64 a2[] = { 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 };
-**     sqlite3_int64 *a3 = sqlite3_malloc( 100*sizeof(sqlite3_int64) );
-**     // Fill in content of a3[]
-**     sqlite3_intarray_bind(p1, 4, a1, 0);
-**     sqlite3_intarray_bind(p2, 7, a2, 0);
-**     sqlite3_intarray_bind(p3, 100, a3, sqlite3_free);
-**
-** A single intarray object can be rebound multiple times.  But do not
-** attempt to change the bindings of an intarray while it is in the middle
-** of a query.
-**
-** The array that holds the integers is automatically freed by the function
-** in the fourth parameter to sqlite3_intarray_bind() when the array is no
-** longer needed.  The application must not change the intarray values
-** while an intarray is in the middle of a query.
-**
-** The intarray object is automatically destroyed when its corresponding
-** virtual table is dropped.  Since the virtual tables are created in the
-** TEMP database, they are automatically dropped when the database connection
-** closes so the application does not normally need to take any special
-** action to free the intarray objects.
-*/
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#ifndef _INTARRAY_H_
-#define _INTARRAY_H_
-
-/*
-** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
-*/
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An sqlite3_intarray is an abstract type to stores an instance of
-** an integer array.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_intarray sqlite3_intarray;
-
-/*
-** Invoke this routine to create a specific instance of an intarray object.
-** The new intarray object is returned by the 3rd parameter.
-**
-** Each intarray object corresponds to a virtual table in the TEMP table
-** with a name of zName.
-**
-** Destroy the intarray object by dropping the virtual table.  If not done
-** explicitly by the application, the virtual table will be dropped implicitly
-** by the system when the database connection is closed.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_create(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  sqlite3_intarray **ppReturn
-);
-
-/*
-** Bind a new array array of integers to a specific intarray object.
-**
-** The array of integers bound must be unchanged for the duration of
-** any query against the corresponding virtual table.  If the integer
-** array does change or is deallocated undefined behavior will result.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
-  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
-  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
-  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
-  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
-);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-#endif /* _INTARRAY_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_journal.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_journal.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e320b7abb0..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_journal.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,860 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 Jan 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code for a VFS layer that acts as a wrapper around
-** an existing VFS. The code in this file attempts to verify that SQLite
-** correctly populates and syncs a journal file before writing to a
-** corresponding database file.
-**
-** INTERFACE
-**
-**   The public interface to this wrapper VFS is two functions:
-**
-**     jt_register()
-**     jt_unregister()
-**
-**   See header comments associated with those two functions below for 
-**   details.
-**
-** LIMITATIONS
-**
-**   This wrapper will not work if "PRAGMA synchronous = off" is used.
-**
-** OPERATION
-**
-**  Starting a Transaction:
-**
-**   When a write-transaction is started, the contents of the database is
-**   inspected and the following data stored as part of the database file 
-**   handle (type struct jt_file):
-**
-**     a) The page-size of the database file.
-**     b) The number of pages that are in the database file.
-**     c) The set of page numbers corresponding to free-list leaf pages.
-**     d) A check-sum for every page in the database file.
-**
-**   The start of a write-transaction is deemed to have occurred when a 
-**   28-byte journal header is written to byte offset 0 of the journal 
-**   file.
-**
-**  Syncing the Journal File:
-**
-**   Whenever the xSync method is invoked to sync a journal-file, the
-**   contents of the journal file are read. For each page written to
-**   the journal file, a check-sum is calculated and compared to the  
-**   check-sum calculated for the corresponding database page when the
-**   write-transaction was initialized. The success of the comparison
-**   is assert()ed. So if SQLite has written something other than the
-**   original content to the database file, an assert() will fail.
-**
-**   Additionally, the set of page numbers for which records exist in
-**   the journal file is added to (unioned with) the set of page numbers
-**   corresponding to free-list leaf pages collected when the 
-**   write-transaction was initialized. This set comprises the page-numbers 
-**   corresponding to those pages that SQLite may now safely modify.
-**
-**  Writing to the Database File:
-**
-**   When a block of data is written to a database file, the following
-**   invariants are asserted:
-**
-**     a) That the block of data is an aligned block of page-size bytes.
-**
-**     b) That if the page being written did not exist when the 
-**        transaction was started (i.e. the database file is growing), then
-**        the journal-file must have been synced at least once since
-**        the start of the transaction.
-**
-**     c) That if the page being written did exist when the transaction 
-**        was started, then the page must have either been a free-list
-**        leaf page at the start of the transaction, or else must have
-**        been stored in the journal file prior to the most recent sync.
-**
-**  Closing a Transaction:
-**
-**   When a transaction is closed, all data collected at the start of
-**   the transaction, or following an xSync of a journal-file, is 
-**   discarded. The end of a transaction is recognized when any one 
-**   of the following occur:
-**
-**     a) A block of zeroes (or anything else that is not a valid 
-**        journal-header) is written to the start of the journal file.
-**
-**     b) A journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size using xTruncate.
-**
-**     c) The journal file is deleted using xDelete.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_TEST          /* This file is used for testing only */
-
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length supported by the jt backend.
-*/
-#define JT_MAX_PATHNAME 512
-
-/*
-** Name used to identify this VFS.
-*/
-#define JT_VFS_NAME "jt"
-
-typedef struct jt_file jt_file;
-struct jt_file {
-  sqlite3_file base;
-  const char *zName;       /* Name of open file */
-  int flags;               /* Flags the file was opened with */
-
-  /* The following are only used by database file file handles */
-  int eLock;               /* Current lock held on the file */
-  u32 nPage;               /* Size of file in pages when transaction started */
-  u32 nPagesize;           /* Page size when transaction started */
-  Bitvec *pWritable;       /* Bitvec of pages that may be written to the file */
-  u32 *aCksum;             /* Checksum for first nPage pages */
-  int nSync;               /* Number of times journal file has been synced */
-
-  /* Only used by journal file-handles */
-  sqlite3_int64 iMaxOff;   /* Maximum offset written to this transaction */
-
-  jt_file *pNext;          /* All files are stored in a linked list */
-  sqlite3_file *pReal;     /* The file handle for the underlying vfs */
-};
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for jt_file.
-*/
-static int jtClose(sqlite3_file*);
-static int jtRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int jtWrite(sqlite3_file*,const void*,int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int jtTruncate(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-static int jtSync(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-static int jtFileSize(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-static int jtLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int jtUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int jtCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int *);
-static int jtFileControl(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-static int jtSectorSize(sqlite3_file*);
-static int jtDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file*);
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for jt_vfs.
-*/
-static int jtOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int , int *);
-static int jtDelete(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-static int jtAccess(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *);
-static int jtFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int, char *zOut);
-static void *jtDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-static void jtDlError(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-static void (*jtDlSym(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
-static void jtDlClose(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-static int jtRandomness(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-static int jtSleep(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-static int jtCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-static int jtCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
-
-static sqlite3_vfs jt_vfs = {
-  2,                             /* iVersion */
-  sizeof(jt_file),               /* szOsFile */
-  JT_MAX_PATHNAME,               /* mxPathname */
-  0,                             /* pNext */
-  JT_VFS_NAME,                   /* zName */
-  0,                             /* pAppData */
-  jtOpen,                        /* xOpen */
-  jtDelete,                      /* xDelete */
-  jtAccess,                      /* xAccess */
-  jtFullPathname,                /* xFullPathname */
-  jtDlOpen,                      /* xDlOpen */
-  jtDlError,                     /* xDlError */
-  jtDlSym,                       /* xDlSym */
-  jtDlClose,                     /* xDlClose */
-  jtRandomness,                  /* xRandomness */
-  jtSleep,                       /* xSleep */
-  jtCurrentTime,                 /* xCurrentTime */
-  0,                             /* xGetLastError */
-  jtCurrentTimeInt64             /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
-};
-
-static sqlite3_io_methods jt_io_methods = {
-  1,                             /* iVersion */
-  jtClose,                       /* xClose */
-  jtRead,                        /* xRead */
-  jtWrite,                       /* xWrite */
-  jtTruncate,                    /* xTruncate */
-  jtSync,                        /* xSync */
-  jtFileSize,                    /* xFileSize */
-  jtLock,                        /* xLock */
-  jtUnlock,                      /* xUnlock */
-  jtCheckReservedLock,           /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  jtFileControl,                 /* xFileControl */
-  jtSectorSize,                  /* xSectorSize */
-  jtDeviceCharacteristics        /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-};
-
-struct JtGlobal {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;             /* Parent VFS */
-  jt_file *pList;                /* List of all open files */
-};
-static struct JtGlobal g = {0, 0};
-
-/*
-** Functions to obtain and relinquish a mutex to protect g.pList. The
-** STATIC_PRNG mutex is reused, purely for the sake of convenience.
-*/
-static void enterJtMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG));
-}
-static void leaveJtMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG));
-}
-
-extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
-static void stop_ioerr_simulation(int *piSave, int *piSave2){
-  *piSave = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-  *piSave2 = sqlite3_io_error_hit;
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
-  sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;
-}
-static void start_ioerr_simulation(int iSave, int iSave2){
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = iSave;
-  sqlite3_io_error_hit = iSave2;
-}
-
-/*
-** The jt_file pointed to by the argument may or may not be a file-handle
-** open on a main database file. If it is, and a transaction is currently
-** opened on the file, then discard all transaction related data.
-*/
-static void closeTransaction(jt_file *p){
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->pWritable);
-  sqlite3_free(p->aCksum);
-  p->pWritable = 0;
-  p->aCksum = 0;
-  p->nSync = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  jt_file **pp;
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-
-  closeTransaction(p);
-  enterJtMutex();
-  if( p->zName ){
-    for(pp=&g.pList; *pp!=p; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
-    *pp = p->pNext;
-  }
-  leaveJtMutex();
-  return sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zJournal is the name of a journal file that is currently 
-** open. This function locates and returns the handle opened on the
-** corresponding database file by the pager that currently has the
-** journal file opened. This file-handle is identified by the 
-** following properties:
-**
-**   a) SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB was specified when the file was opened.
-**
-**   b) The file-name specified when the file was opened matches
-**      all but the final 8 characters of the journal file name.
-**
-**   c) There is currently a reserved lock on the file.
-**/
-static jt_file *locateDatabaseHandle(const char *zJournal){
-  jt_file *pMain = 0;
-  enterJtMutex();
-  for(pMain=g.pList; pMain; pMain=pMain->pNext){
-    int nName = (int)(strlen(zJournal) - strlen("-journal"));
-    if( (pMain->flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
-     && ((int)strlen(pMain->zName)==nName)
-     && 0==memcmp(pMain->zName, zJournal, nName)
-     && (pMain->eLock>=SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED)
-    ){
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  leaveJtMutex();
-  return pMain;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter z points to a buffer of 4 bytes in size containing a 
-** unsigned 32-bit integer stored in big-endian format. Decode the 
-** integer and return its value.
-*/
-static u32 decodeUint32(const unsigned char *z){
-  return (z[0]<<24) + (z[1]<<16) + (z[2]<<8) + z[3];
-}
-
-/*
-** Calculate a checksum from the buffer of length n bytes pointed to
-** by parameter z.
-*/
-static u32 genCksum(const unsigned char *z, int n){
-  int i;
-  u32 cksum = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-    cksum = cksum + z[i] + (cksum<<3);
-  }
-  return cksum;
-}
-
-/*
-** The first argument, zBuf, points to a buffer containing a 28 byte
-** serialized journal header. This function deserializes four of the
-** integer fields contained in the journal header and writes their
-** values to the output variables.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the journal-header is successfully 
-** decoded. Otherwise, SQLITE_ERROR.
-*/
-static int decodeJournalHdr(
-  const unsigned char *zBuf,         /* Input: 28 byte journal header */
-  u32 *pnRec,                        /* Out: Number of journalled records */
-  u32 *pnPage,                       /* Out: Original database page count */
-  u32 *pnSector,                     /* Out: Sector size in bytes */
-  u32 *pnPagesize                    /* Out: Page size in bytes */
-){
-  unsigned char aMagic[] = { 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7 };
-  if( memcmp(aMagic, zBuf, 8) ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( pnRec ) *pnRec = decodeUint32(&zBuf[8]);
-  if( pnPage ) *pnPage = decodeUint32(&zBuf[16]);
-  if( pnSector ) *pnSector = decodeUint32(&zBuf[20]);
-  if( pnPagesize ) *pnPagesize = decodeUint32(&zBuf[24]);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when a new transaction is opened, just after
-** the first journal-header is written to the journal file.
-*/
-static int openTransaction(jt_file *pMain, jt_file *pJournal){
-  unsigned char *aData;
-  sqlite3_file *p = pMain->pReal;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  closeTransaction(pMain);
-  aData = sqlite3_malloc(pMain->nPagesize);
-  pMain->pWritable = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pMain->nPage);
-  pMain->aCksum = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32) * (pMain->nPage + 1));
-  pJournal->iMaxOff = 0;
-
-  if( !pMain->pWritable || !pMain->aCksum || !aData ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }else if( pMain->nPage>0 ){
-    u32 iTrunk;
-    int iSave;
-    int iSave2;
-
-    stop_ioerr_simulation(&iSave, &iSave2);
-
-    /* Read the database free-list. Add the page-number for each free-list
-    ** leaf to the jt_file.pWritable bitvec.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p, aData, pMain->nPagesize, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      u32 nDbsize = decodeUint32(&aData[28]);
-      if( nDbsize>0 && memcmp(&aData[24], &aData[92], 4)==0 ){
-        u32 iPg;
-        for(iPg=nDbsize+1; iPg<=pMain->nPage; iPg++){
-          sqlite3BitvecSet(pMain->pWritable, iPg);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    iTrunk = decodeUint32(&aData[32]);
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iTrunk>0 ){
-      u32 nLeaf;
-      u32 iLeaf;
-      sqlite3_int64 iOff = (i64)(iTrunk-1)*pMain->nPagesize;
-      rc = sqlite3OsRead(p, aData, pMain->nPagesize, iOff);
-      nLeaf = decodeUint32(&aData[4]);
-      for(iLeaf=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iLeaf<nLeaf; iLeaf++){
-        u32 pgno = decodeUint32(&aData[8+4*iLeaf]);
-        sqlite3BitvecSet(pMain->pWritable, pgno);
-      }
-      iTrunk = decodeUint32(aData);
-    }
-
-    /* Calculate and store a checksum for each page in the database file. */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int ii;
-      for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(int)pMain->nPage; ii++){
-        i64 iOff = (i64)(pMain->nPagesize) * (i64)ii;
-        if( iOff==PENDING_BYTE ) continue;
-        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMain->pReal, aData, pMain->nPagesize, iOff);
-        pMain->aCksum[ii] = genCksum(aData, pMain->nPagesize);
-        if( ii+1==(int)pMain->nPage && rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    start_ioerr_simulation(iSave, iSave2);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(aData);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The first argument to this function is a handle open on a journal file.
-** This function reads the journal file and adds the page number for each
-** page in the journal to the Bitvec object passed as the second argument.
-*/
-static int readJournalFile(jt_file *p, jt_file *pMain){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unsigned char zBuf[28];
-  sqlite3_file *pReal = p->pReal;
-  sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
-  sqlite3_int64 iSize = p->iMaxOff;
-  unsigned char *aPage;
-  int iSave;
-  int iSave2;
-
-  aPage = sqlite3_malloc(pMain->nPagesize);
-  if( !aPage ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  stop_ioerr_simulation(&iSave, &iSave2);
-
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iSize ){
-    u32 nRec, nPage, nSector, nPagesize;
-    u32 ii;
-
-    /* Read and decode the next journal-header from the journal file. */
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pReal, zBuf, 28, iOff);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK 
-     || decodeJournalHdr(zBuf, &nRec, &nPage, &nSector, &nPagesize) 
-    ){
-      goto finish_rjf;
-    }
-    iOff += nSector;
-
-    if( nRec==0 ){
-      /* A trick. There might be another journal-header immediately 
-      ** following this one. In this case, 0 records means 0 records, 
-      ** not "read until the end of the file". See also ticket #2565.
-      */
-      if( iSize>=(iOff+nSector) ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pReal, zBuf, 28, iOff);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || 0==decodeJournalHdr(zBuf, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){
-          continue;
-        }
-      }
-      nRec = (u32)((iSize-iOff) / (pMain->nPagesize+8));
-    }
-
-    /* Read all the records that follow the journal-header just read. */
-    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nRec && iOff<iSize; ii++){
-      u32 pgno;
-      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pReal, zBuf, 4, iOff);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pgno = decodeUint32(zBuf);
-        if( pgno>0 && pgno<=pMain->nPage ){
-          if( 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(pMain->pWritable, pgno) ){
-            rc = sqlite3OsRead(pReal, aPage, pMain->nPagesize, iOff+4);
-            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-              u32 cksum = genCksum(aPage, pMain->nPagesize);
-              assert( cksum==pMain->aCksum[pgno-1] );
-            }
-          }
-          sqlite3BitvecSet(pMain->pWritable, pgno);
-        }
-        iOff += (8 + pMain->nPagesize);
-      }
-    }
-
-    iOff = ((iOff + (nSector-1)) / nSector) * nSector;
-  }
-
-finish_rjf:
-  start_ioerr_simulation(iSave, iSave2);
-  sqlite3_free(aPage);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  const void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  int rc;
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  if( p->flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ){
-    if( iOfst==0 ){
-      jt_file *pMain = locateDatabaseHandle(p->zName);
-      assert( pMain );
-  
-      if( iAmt==28 ){
-        /* Zeroing the first journal-file header. This is the end of a
-        ** transaction. */
-        closeTransaction(pMain);
-      }else if( iAmt!=12 ){
-        /* Writing the first journal header to a journal file. This happens
-        ** when a transaction is first started.  */
-        u8 *z = (u8 *)zBuf;
-        pMain->nPage = decodeUint32(&z[16]);
-        pMain->nPagesize = decodeUint32(&z[24]);
-        if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc=openTransaction(pMain, p)) ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( p->iMaxOff<(iOfst + iAmt) ){
-      p->iMaxOff = iOfst + iAmt;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( p->flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB && p->pWritable ){
-    if( iAmt<(int)p->nPagesize 
-     && p->nPagesize%iAmt==0 
-     && iOfst>=(PENDING_BYTE+512) 
-     && iOfst+iAmt<=PENDING_BYTE+p->nPagesize
-    ){
-      /* No-op. This special case is hit when the backup code is copying a
-      ** to a database with a larger page-size than the source database and
-      ** it needs to fill in the non-locking-region part of the original
-      ** pending-byte page.
-      */
-    }else{
-      u32 pgno = (u32)(iOfst/p->nPagesize + 1);
-      assert( (iAmt==1||iAmt==(int)p->nPagesize) &&
-              ((iOfst+iAmt)%p->nPagesize)==0 );
-      assert( pgno<=p->nPage || p->nSync>0 );
-      assert( pgno>p->nPage || sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pWritable, pgno) );
-    }
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  if( (p->flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) && iAmt==12 ){
-    jt_file *pMain = locateDatabaseHandle(p->zName);
-    int rc2 = readJournalFile(p, pMain);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  if( p->flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL && size==0 ){
-    /* Truncating a journal file. This is the end of a transaction. */
-    jt_file *pMain = locateDatabaseHandle(p->zName);
-    closeTransaction(pMain);
-  }
-  if( p->flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB && p->pWritable ){
-    u32 pgno;
-    u32 locking_page = (u32)(PENDING_BYTE/p->nPagesize+1);
-    for(pgno=(u32)(size/p->nPagesize+1); pgno<=p->nPage; pgno++){
-      assert( pgno==locking_page || sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pWritable, pgno) );
-    }
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-
-  if( p->flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ){
-    int rc;
-    jt_file *pMain;                   /* The associated database file */
-
-    /* The journal file is being synced. At this point, we inspect the 
-    ** contents of the file up to this point and set each bit in the 
-    ** jt_file.pWritable bitvec of the main database file associated with
-    ** this journal file.
-    */
-    pMain = locateDatabaseHandle(p->zName);
-    assert(pMain);
-
-    /* Set the bitvec values */
-    if( pMain->pWritable ){
-      pMain->nSync++;
-      rc = readJournalFile(p, pMain);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current file-size of an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  int rc;
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  rc = sqlite3OsLock(p->pReal, eLock);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eLock>p->eLock ){
-    p->eLock = eLock;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  int rc;
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(p->pReal, eLock);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eLock<p->eLock ){
-    p->eLock = eLock;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(p->pReal, pResOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** File control method. For custom operations on an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  return p->pReal->pMethods->xFileControl(p->pReal, op, pArg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector-size in bytes for an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsSectorSize(p->pReal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an jt-file.
-*/
-static int jtDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  return sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->pReal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open an jt file handle.
-*/
-static int jtOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
-  const char *zName,
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  int rc;
-  jt_file *p = (jt_file *)pFile;
-  pFile->pMethods = 0;
-  p->pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
-  p->pReal->pMethods = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(g.pVfs, zName, p->pReal, flags, pOutFlags);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pReal->pMethods==0 );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pFile->pMethods = &jt_io_methods;
-    p->eLock = 0;
-    p->zName = zName;
-    p->flags = flags;
-    p->pNext = 0;
-    p->pWritable = 0;
-    p->aCksum = 0;
-    enterJtMutex();
-    if( zName ){
-      p->pNext = g.pList;
-      g.pList = p;
-    }
-    leaveJtMutex();
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true,
-** ensure the file-system modifications are synced to disk before
-** returning.
-*/
-static int jtDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  int nPath = (int)strlen(zPath);
-  if( nPath>8 && 0==strcmp("-journal", &zPath[nPath-8]) ){
-    /* Deleting a journal file. The end of a transaction. */
-    jt_file *pMain = locateDatabaseHandle(zPath);
-    if( pMain ){
-      closeTransaction(pMain);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3OsDelete(g.pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
-}
-
-/*
-** Test for access permissions. Return true if the requested permission
-** is available, or false otherwise.
-*/
-static int jtAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  return sqlite3OsAccess(g.pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate buffer zOut with the full canonical pathname corresponding
-** to the pathname in zPath. zOut is guaranteed to point to a buffer
-** of at least (JT_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
-*/
-static int jtFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int nOut, 
-  char *zOut
-){
-  return sqlite3OsFullPathname(g.pVfs, zPath, nOut, zOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the dynamic library located at zPath and return a handle.
-*/
-static void *jtDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
-  return g.pVfs->xDlOpen(g.pVfs, zPath);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
-** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated 
-** with dynamic libraries.
-*/
-static void jtDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
-  g.pVfs->xDlError(g.pVfs, nByte, zErrMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle.
-*/
-static void (*jtDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *p, const char *zSym))(void){
-  return g.pVfs->xDlSym(g.pVfs, p, zSym);
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the dynamic library handle pHandle.
-*/
-static void jtDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  g.pVfs->xDlClose(g.pVfs, pHandle);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of 
-** random data.
-*/
-static int jtRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  return sqlite3OsRandomness(g.pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds 
-** actually slept.
-*/
-static int jtSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
-  return sqlite3OsSleep(g.pVfs, nMicro);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut.
-*/
-static int jtCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
-  return g.pVfs->xCurrentTime(g.pVfs, pTimeOut);
-}
-/*
-** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut.
-*/
-static int jtCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){
-  return g.pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(g.pVfs, pTimeOut);
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************
-** Start of public API.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Configure the jt VFS as a wrapper around the VFS named by parameter 
-** zWrap. If the isDefault parameter is true, then the jt VFS is installed
-** as the new default VFS for SQLite connections. If isDefault is not
-** true, then the jt VFS is installed as non-default. In this case it
-** is available via its name, "jt".
-*/
-int jt_register(char *zWrap, int isDefault){
-  g.pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zWrap);
-  if( g.pVfs==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  jt_vfs.szOsFile = sizeof(jt_file) + g.pVfs->szOsFile;
-  if( g.pVfs->iVersion==1 ){
-    jt_vfs.iVersion = 1;
-  }else if( g.pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64==0 ){
-    jt_vfs.xCurrentTimeInt64 = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&jt_vfs, isDefault);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Uninstall the jt VFS, if it is installed.
-*/
-void jt_unregister(void){
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&jt_vfs);
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_loadext.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_loadext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a1f46da9cf..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_loadext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 June 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Test extension for testing the sqlite3_load_extension() function.
-*/
-#include <string.h>
-#include "sqlite3ext.h"
-SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-
-/*
-** The half() SQL function returns half of its input value.
-*/
-static void halfFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, 0.5*sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]));
-}
-
-/*
-** SQL functions to call the sqlite3_status function and return results.
-*/
-static void statusFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int op, mx, cur, resetFlag, rc;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-    op = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_TEXT ){
-    int i;
-    const char *zName;
-    static const struct {
-      const char *zName;
-      int op;
-    } aOp[] = {
-      { "MEMORY_USED",         SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED         },
-      { "PAGECACHE_USED",      SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED      },
-      { "PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW",  SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW  },
-      { "SCRATCH_USED",        SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED        },
-      { "SCRATCH_OVERFLOW",    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW    },
-      { "MALLOC_SIZE",         SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE         },
-    };
-    int nOp = sizeof(aOp)/sizeof(aOp[0]);
-    zName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++){
-      if( strcmp(aOp[i].zName, zName)==0 ){
-        op = aOp[i].op;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( i>=nOp ){
-      char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown status property: %s", zName);
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, zMsg, -1);
-      sqlite3_free(zMsg);
-      return;
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "unknown status type", -1);
-    return;
-  }
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    resetFlag = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-  }else{
-    resetFlag = 0;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_status(op, &cur, &mx, resetFlag);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("sqlite3_status(%d,...) returns %d", op, rc);
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zMsg, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zMsg);
-    return;
-  } 
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    sqlite3_result_int(context, mx);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_int(context, cur);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Extension load function.
-*/
-#ifdef _WIN32
-__declspec(dllexport)
-#endif
-int testloadext_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg, 
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  int nErr = 0;
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
-  nErr |= sqlite3_create_function(db, "half", 1, SQLITE_ANY, 0, halfFunc, 0, 0);
-  nErr |= sqlite3_create_function(db, "sqlite3_status", 1, SQLITE_ANY, 0,
-                          statusFunc, 0, 0);
-  nErr |= sqlite3_create_function(db, "sqlite3_status", 2, SQLITE_ANY, 0,
-                          statusFunc, 0, 0);
-  return nErr ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Another extension entry point. This one always fails.
-*/
-#ifdef _WIN32
-__declspec(dllexport)
-#endif
-int testbrokenext_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg, 
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  char *zErr;
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
-  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("broken!");
-  *pzErrMsg = zErr;
-  return 1;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_malloc.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_malloc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ab177dcb7f..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_malloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1562 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 August 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code used to implement test interfaces to the
-** memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-/*
-** This structure is used to encapsulate the global state variables used 
-** by malloc() fault simulation.
-*/
-static struct MemFault {
-  int iCountdown;         /* Number of pending successes before a failure */
-  int nRepeat;            /* Number of times to repeat the failure */
-  int nBenign;            /* Number of benign failures seen since last config */
-  int nFail;              /* Number of failures seen since last config */
-  u8 enable;              /* True if enabled */
-  int isInstalled;        /* True if the fault simulation layer is installed */
-  int isBenignMode;       /* True if malloc failures are considered benign */
-  sqlite3_mem_methods m;  /* 'Real' malloc implementation */
-} memfault;
-
-/*
-** This routine exists as a place to set a breakpoint that will
-** fire on any simulated malloc() failure.
-*/
-static void sqlite3Fault(void){
-  static int cnt = 0;
-  cnt++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if a fault should be simulated.  Return true to simulate
-** the fault.  Return false if the fault should not be simulated.
-*/
-static int faultsimStep(void){
-  if( likely(!memfault.enable) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( memfault.iCountdown>0 ){
-    memfault.iCountdown--;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3Fault();
-  memfault.nFail++;
-  if( memfault.isBenignMode>0 ){
-    memfault.nBenign++;
-  }
-  memfault.nRepeat--;
-  if( memfault.nRepeat<=0 ){
-    memfault.enable = 0;
-  }
-  return 1;  
-}
-
-/*
-** A version of sqlite3_mem_methods.xMalloc() that includes fault simulation
-** logic.
-*/
-static void *faultsimMalloc(int n){
-  void *p = 0;
-  if( !faultsimStep() ){
-    p = memfault.m.xMalloc(n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** A version of sqlite3_mem_methods.xRealloc() that includes fault simulation
-** logic.
-*/
-static void *faultsimRealloc(void *pOld, int n){
-  void *p = 0;
-  if( !faultsimStep() ){
-    p = memfault.m.xRealloc(pOld, n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* 
-** The following method calls are passed directly through to the underlying
-** malloc system:
-**
-**     xFree
-**     xSize
-**     xRoundup
-**     xInit
-**     xShutdown
-*/
-static void faultsimFree(void *p){
-  memfault.m.xFree(p);
-}
-static int faultsimSize(void *p){
-  return memfault.m.xSize(p);
-}
-static int faultsimRoundup(int n){
-  return memfault.m.xRoundup(n);
-}
-static int faultsimInit(void *p){
-  return memfault.m.xInit(memfault.m.pAppData);
-}
-static void faultsimShutdown(void *p){
-  memfault.m.xShutdown(memfault.m.pAppData);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine configures the malloc failure simulation.  After
-** calling this routine, the next nDelay mallocs will succeed, followed
-** by a block of nRepeat failures, after which malloc() calls will begin
-** to succeed again.
-*/
-static void faultsimConfig(int nDelay, int nRepeat){
-  memfault.iCountdown = nDelay;
-  memfault.nRepeat = nRepeat;
-  memfault.nBenign = 0;
-  memfault.nFail = 0;
-  memfault.enable = nDelay>=0;
-
-  /* Sometimes, when running multi-threaded tests, the isBenignMode 
-  ** variable is not properly incremented/decremented so that it is
-  ** 0 when not inside a benign malloc block. This doesn't affect
-  ** the multi-threaded tests, as they do not use this system. But
-  ** it does affect OOM tests run later in the same process. So
-  ** zero the variable here, just to be sure.
-  */
-  memfault.isBenignMode = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of faults (both hard and benign faults) that have
-** occurred since the injector was last configured.
-*/
-static int faultsimFailures(void){
-  return memfault.nFail;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of benign faults that have occurred since the
-** injector was last configured.
-*/
-static int faultsimBenignFailures(void){
-  return memfault.nBenign;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of successes that will occur before the next failure.
-** If no failures are scheduled, return -1.
-*/
-static int faultsimPending(void){
-  if( memfault.enable ){
-    return memfault.iCountdown;
-  }else{
-    return -1;
-  }
-}
-
-
-static void faultsimBeginBenign(void){
-  memfault.isBenignMode++;
-}
-static void faultsimEndBenign(void){
-  memfault.isBenignMode--;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add or remove the fault-simulation layer using sqlite3_config(). If
-** the argument is non-zero, the 
-*/
-static int faultsimInstall(int install){
-  static struct sqlite3_mem_methods m = {
-    faultsimMalloc,                   /* xMalloc */
-    faultsimFree,                     /* xFree */
-    faultsimRealloc,                  /* xRealloc */
-    faultsimSize,                     /* xSize */
-    faultsimRoundup,                  /* xRoundup */
-    faultsimInit,                     /* xInit */
-    faultsimShutdown,                 /* xShutdown */
-    0                                 /* pAppData */
-  };
-  int rc;
-
-  install = (install ? 1 : 0);
-  assert(memfault.isInstalled==1 || memfault.isInstalled==0);
-
-  if( install==memfault.isInstalled ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( install ){
-    rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC, &memfault.m);
-    assert(memfault.m.xMalloc);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &m);
-    }
-    sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, 
-        faultsimBeginBenign, faultsimEndBenign
-    );
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_mem_methods m2;
-    assert(memfault.m.xMalloc);
-
-    /* One should be able to reset the default memory allocator by storing
-    ** a zeroed allocator then calling GETMALLOC. */
-    memset(&m2, 0, sizeof(m2));
-    sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &m2);
-    sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC, &m2);
-    assert( memcmp(&m2, &memfault.m, sizeof(m2))==0 );
-
-    rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &memfault.m);
-    sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    memfault.isInstalled = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-
-/*
-** This function is implemented in main.c. Returns a pointer to a static
-** buffer containing the symbolic SQLite error code that corresponds to
-** the least-significant 8-bits of the integer passed as an argument.
-** For example:
-**
-**   sqlite3ErrName(1) -> "SQLITE_ERROR"
-*/
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-/*
-** Transform pointers to text and back again
-*/
-static void pointerToText(void *p, char *z){
-  static const char zHex[] = "0123456789abcdef";
-  int i, k;
-  unsigned int u;
-  sqlite3_uint64 n;
-  if( p==0 ){
-    strcpy(z, "0");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( sizeof(n)==sizeof(p) ){
-    memcpy(&n, &p, sizeof(p));
-  }else if( sizeof(u)==sizeof(p) ){
-    memcpy(&u, &p, sizeof(u));
-    n = u;
-  }else{
-    assert( 0 );
-  }
-  for(i=0, k=sizeof(p)*2-1; i<sizeof(p)*2; i++, k--){
-    z[k] = zHex[n&0xf];
-    n >>= 4;
-  }
-  z[sizeof(p)*2] = 0;
-}
-static int hexToInt(int h){
-  if( h>='0' && h<='9' ){
-    return h - '0';
-  }else if( h>='a' && h<='f' ){
-    return h - 'a' + 10;
-  }else{
-    return -1;
-  }
-}
-static int textToPointer(const char *z, void **pp){
-  sqlite3_uint64 n = 0;
-  int i;
-  unsigned int u;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(void*)*2 && z[0]; i++){
-    int v;
-    v = hexToInt(*z++);
-    if( v<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    n = n*16 + v;
-  }
-  if( *z!=0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( sizeof(n)==sizeof(*pp) ){
-    memcpy(pp, &n, sizeof(n));
-  }else if( sizeof(u)==sizeof(*pp) ){
-    u = (unsigned int)n;
-    memcpy(pp, &u, sizeof(u));
-  }else{
-    assert( 0 );
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_malloc  NBYTES
-**
-** Raw test interface for sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-static int test_malloc(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int nByte;
-  void *p;
-  char zOut[100];
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "NBYTES");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &nByte) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  p = sqlite3_malloc((unsigned)nByte);
-  pointerToText(p, zOut);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zOut, NULL);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_realloc  PRIOR  NBYTES
-**
-** Raw test interface for sqlite3_realloc().
-*/
-static int test_realloc(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int nByte;
-  void *pPrior, *p;
-  char zOut[100];
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "PRIOR NBYTES");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &nByte) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( textToPointer(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pPrior) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad pointer: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3_realloc(pPrior, (unsigned)nByte);
-  pointerToText(p, zOut);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zOut, NULL);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_free  PRIOR
-**
-** Raw test interface for sqlite3_free().
-*/
-static int test_free(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  void *pPrior;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "PRIOR");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( textToPointer(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pPrior) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad pointer: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pPrior);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** These routines are in test_hexio.c
-*/
-int sqlite3TestHexToBin(const char *, int, char *);
-int sqlite3TestBinToHex(char*,int);
-
-/*
-** Usage:    memset  ADDRESS  SIZE  HEX
-**
-** Set a chunk of memory (obtained from malloc, probably) to a
-** specified hex pattern.
-*/
-static int test_memset(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  void *p;
-  int size, n, i;
-  char *zHex;
-  char *zOut;
-  char zBin[100];
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "ADDRESS SIZE HEX");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( textToPointer(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &p) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad pointer: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &size) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( size<=0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "size must be positive", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zHex = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &n);
-  if( n>sizeof(zBin)*2 ) n = sizeof(zBin)*2;
-  n = sqlite3TestHexToBin(zHex, n, zBin);
-  if( n==0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no data", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zOut = p;
-  for(i=0; i<size; i++){
-    zOut[i] = zBin[i%n];
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    memget  ADDRESS  SIZE
-**
-** Return memory as hexadecimal text.
-*/
-static int test_memget(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  void *p;
-  int size, n;
-  char *zBin;
-  char zHex[100];
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "ADDRESS SIZE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( textToPointer(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &p) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad pointer: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &size) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( size<=0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "size must be positive", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zBin = p;
-  while( size>0 ){
-    if( size>(sizeof(zHex)-1)/2 ){
-      n = (sizeof(zHex)-1)/2;
-    }else{
-      n = size;
-    }
-    memcpy(zHex, zBin, n);
-    zBin += n;
-    size -= n;
-    sqlite3TestBinToHex(zHex, n);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zHex, (char*)0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_memory_used
-**
-** Raw test interface for sqlite3_memory_used().
-*/
-static int test_memory_used(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(sqlite3_memory_used()));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_memory_highwater ?RESETFLAG?
-**
-** Raw test interface for sqlite3_memory_highwater().
-*/
-static int test_memory_highwater(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int resetFlag = 0;
-  if( objc!=1 && objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?RESET?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc==2 ){
-    if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &resetFlag) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  } 
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, 
-     Tcl_NewWideIntObj(sqlite3_memory_highwater(resetFlag)));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_memdebug_backtrace DEPTH
-**
-** Set the depth of backtracing.  If SQLITE_MEMDEBUG is not defined
-** then this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int test_memdebug_backtrace(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int depth;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DEPT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &depth) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-  {
-    extern void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int);
-    sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(depth);
-  }
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_memdebug_dump  FILENAME
-**
-** Write a summary of unfreed memory to FILENAME.
-*/
-static int test_memdebug_dump(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-#if defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE) \
-     || defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)
-  {
-    extern void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char*);
-    sqlite3MemdebugDump(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  }
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_memdebug_malloc_count
-**
-** Return the total number of times malloc() has been called.
-*/
-static int test_memdebug_malloc_count(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int nMalloc = -1;
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-#if defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
-  {
-    extern int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount();
-    nMalloc = sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount();
-  }
-#endif
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nMalloc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_memdebug_fail  COUNTER  ?OPTIONS?
-**
-** where options are:
-**
-**     -repeat    <count>
-**     -benigncnt <varname>
-**
-** Arrange for a simulated malloc() failure after COUNTER successes.
-** If a repeat count is specified, the fault is repeated that many
-** times.
-**
-** Each call to this routine overrides the prior counter value.
-** This routine returns the number of simulated failures that have
-** happened since the previous call to this routine.
-**
-** To disable simulated failures, use a COUNTER of -1.
-*/
-static int test_memdebug_fail(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int ii;
-  int iFail;
-  int nRepeat = 1;
-  Tcl_Obj *pBenignCnt = 0;
-  int nBenign;
-  int nFail = 0;
-
-  if( objc<2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "COUNTER ?OPTIONS?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &iFail) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  for(ii=2; ii<objc; ii+=2){
-    int nOption;
-    char *zOption = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[ii], &nOption);
-    char *zErr = 0;
-
-    if( nOption>1 && strncmp(zOption, "-repeat", nOption)==0 ){
-      if( ii==(objc-1) ){
-        zErr = "option requires an argument: ";
-      }else{
-        if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[ii+1], &nRepeat) ){
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-    }else if( nOption>1 && strncmp(zOption, "-benigncnt", nOption)==0 ){
-      if( ii==(objc-1) ){
-        zErr = "option requires an argument: ";
-      }else{
-        pBenignCnt = objv[ii+1];
-      }
-    }else{
-      zErr = "unknown option: ";
-    }
-
-    if( zErr ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, zOption, 0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  nBenign = faultsimBenignFailures();
-  nFail = faultsimFailures();
-  faultsimConfig(iFail, nRepeat);
-
-  if( pBenignCnt ){
-    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, pBenignCnt, 0, Tcl_NewIntObj(nBenign), 0);
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nFail));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_memdebug_pending
-**
-** Return the number of malloc() calls that will succeed before a 
-** simulated failure occurs. A negative return value indicates that
-** no malloc() failure is scheduled.
-*/
-static int test_memdebug_pending(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int nPending;
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  nPending = faultsimPending();
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nPending));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following global variable keeps track of the number of tests
-** that have run.  This variable is only useful when running in the
-** debugger.
-*/
-static int sqlite3_memdebug_title_count = 0;
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_memdebug_settitle TITLE
-**
-** Set a title string stored with each allocation.  The TITLE is
-** typically the name of the test that was running when the
-** allocation occurred.  The TITLE is stored with the allocation
-** and can be used to figure out which tests are leaking memory.
-**
-** Each title overwrite the previous.
-*/
-static int test_memdebug_settitle(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_memdebug_title_count++;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "TITLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-  {
-    const char *zTitle;
-    extern int sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char*);
-    zTitle = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-    sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(zTitle);
-  }
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#define MALLOC_LOG_FRAMES  10 
-#define MALLOC_LOG_KEYINTS (                                              \
-    10 * ((sizeof(int)>=sizeof(void*)) ? 1 : sizeof(void*)/sizeof(int))   \
-)
-static Tcl_HashTable aMallocLog;
-static int mallocLogEnabled = 0;
-
-typedef struct MallocLog MallocLog;
-struct MallocLog {
-  int nCall;
-  int nByte;
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-static void test_memdebug_callback(int nByte, int nFrame, void **aFrame){
-  if( mallocLogEnabled ){
-    MallocLog *pLog;
-    Tcl_HashEntry *pEntry;
-    int isNew;
-
-    int aKey[MALLOC_LOG_KEYINTS];
-    unsigned int nKey = sizeof(int)*MALLOC_LOG_KEYINTS;
-
-    memset(aKey, 0, nKey);
-    if( (sizeof(void*)*nFrame)<nKey ){
-      nKey = nFrame*sizeof(void*);
-    }
-    memcpy(aKey, aFrame, nKey);
-
-    pEntry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&aMallocLog, (const char *)aKey, &isNew);
-    if( isNew ){
-      pLog = (MallocLog *)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(MallocLog));
-      memset(pLog, 0, sizeof(MallocLog));
-      Tcl_SetHashValue(pEntry, (ClientData)pLog);
-    }else{
-      pLog = (MallocLog *)Tcl_GetHashValue(pEntry);
-    }
-
-    pLog->nCall++;
-    pLog->nByte += nByte;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
-
-static void test_memdebug_log_clear(void){
-  Tcl_HashSearch search;
-  Tcl_HashEntry *pEntry;
-  for(
-    pEntry=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&aMallocLog, &search);
-    pEntry;
-    pEntry=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)
-  ){
-    MallocLog *pLog = (MallocLog *)Tcl_GetHashValue(pEntry);
-    Tcl_Free((char *)pLog);
-  }
-  Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&aMallocLog);
-  Tcl_InitHashTable(&aMallocLog, MALLOC_LOG_KEYINTS);
-}
-
-static int test_memdebug_log(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  static int isInit = 0;
-  int iSub;
-
-  static const char *MB_strs[] = { "start", "stop", "dump", "clear", "sync" };
-  enum MB_enum { 
-      MB_LOG_START, MB_LOG_STOP, MB_LOG_DUMP, MB_LOG_CLEAR, MB_LOG_SYNC 
-  };
-
-  if( !isInit ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-    extern void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(
-        void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **));
-    sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(test_memdebug_callback);
-#endif
-    Tcl_InitHashTable(&aMallocLog, MALLOC_LOG_KEYINTS);
-    isInit = 1;
-  }
-
-  if( objc<2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SUB-COMMAND ...");
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], MB_strs, "sub-command", 0, &iSub) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  switch( (enum MB_enum)iSub ){
-    case MB_LOG_START:
-      mallocLogEnabled = 1;
-      break;
-    case MB_LOG_STOP:
-      mallocLogEnabled = 0;
-      break;
-    case MB_LOG_DUMP: {
-      Tcl_HashSearch search;
-      Tcl_HashEntry *pEntry;
-      Tcl_Obj *pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-
-      assert(sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)>=sizeof(void*));
-
-      for(
-        pEntry=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&aMallocLog, &search);
-        pEntry;
-        pEntry=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)
-      ){
-        Tcl_Obj *apElem[MALLOC_LOG_FRAMES+2];
-        MallocLog *pLog = (MallocLog *)Tcl_GetHashValue(pEntry);
-        Tcl_WideInt *aKey = (Tcl_WideInt *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&aMallocLog, pEntry);
-        int ii;
-  
-        apElem[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pLog->nCall);
-        apElem[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pLog->nByte);
-        for(ii=0; ii<MALLOC_LOG_FRAMES; ii++){
-          apElem[ii+2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(aKey[ii]);
-        }
-
-        Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet,
-            Tcl_NewListObj(MALLOC_LOG_FRAMES+2, apElem)
-        );
-      }
-
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-      break;
-    }
-    case MB_LOG_CLEAR: {
-      test_memdebug_log_clear();
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case MB_LOG_SYNC: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-      extern void sqlite3MemdebugSync();
-      test_memdebug_log_clear();
-      mallocLogEnabled = 1;
-      sqlite3MemdebugSync();
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_scratch SIZE N
-**
-** Set the scratch memory buffer using SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH.
-** The buffer is static and is of limited size.  N might be
-** adjusted downward as needed to accommodate the requested size.
-** The revised value of N is returned.
-**
-** A negative SIZE causes the buffer pointer to be NULL.
-*/
-static int test_config_scratch(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int sz, N, rc;
-  Tcl_Obj *pResult;
-  static char *buf = 0;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SIZE N");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &sz) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &N) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  free(buf);
-  if( sz<0 ){
-    buf = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, 0, 0, 0);
-  }else{
-    buf = malloc( sz*N + 1 );
-    rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, buf, sz, N);
-  }
-  pResult = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pResult, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pResult, Tcl_NewIntObj(N));
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pResult);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_pagecache SIZE N
-**
-** Set the page-cache memory buffer using SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
-** The buffer is static and is of limited size.  N might be
-** adjusted downward as needed to accommodate the requested size.
-** The revised value of N is returned.
-**
-** A negative SIZE causes the buffer pointer to be NULL.
-*/
-static int test_config_pagecache(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int sz, N;
-  Tcl_Obj *pRes;
-  static char *buf = 0;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SIZE N");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &sz) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &N) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  free(buf);
-  buf = 0;
-
-  /* Set the return value */
-  pRes = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRes, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRes, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage));
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRes);
-
-  if( sz<0 ){
-    sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, 0, 0, 0);
-  }else{
-    buf = malloc( sz*N );
-    sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, buf, sz, N);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_alt_pcache INSTALL_FLAG DISCARD_CHANCE PRNG_SEED
-**
-** Set up the alternative test page cache.  Install if INSTALL_FLAG is
-** true and uninstall (reverting to the default page cache) if INSTALL_FLAG
-** is false.  DISCARD_CHANGE is an integer between 0 and 100 inclusive
-** which determines the chance of discarding a page when unpinned.  100
-** is certainty.  0 is never.  PRNG_SEED is the pseudo-random number generator
-** seed.
-*/
-static int test_alt_pcache(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int installFlag;
-  int discardChance = 0;
-  int prngSeed = 0;
-  int highStress = 0;
-  extern void installTestPCache(int,unsigned,unsigned,unsigned);
-  if( objc<2 || objc>5 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, 
-        "INSTALLFLAG DISCARDCHANCE PRNGSEEED HIGHSTRESS");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &installFlag) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( objc>=3 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &discardChance) ){
-     return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc>=4 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &prngSeed) ){
-     return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc>=5 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &highStress) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( discardChance<0 || discardChance>100 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "discard-chance should be between 0 and 100",
-                     (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  installTestPCache(installFlag, (unsigned)discardChance, (unsigned)prngSeed,
-                    (unsigned)highStress);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_memstatus BOOLEAN
-**
-** Enable or disable memory status reporting using SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS.
-*/
-static int test_config_memstatus(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int enable, rc;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "BOOLEAN");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &enable) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS, enable);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_lookaside  SIZE  COUNT
-**
-*/
-static int test_config_lookaside(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int sz, cnt;
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SIZE COUNT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &sz) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &cnt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
-      interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside)
-  );
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
-      interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside)
-  );
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE, sz, cnt);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_db_config_lookaside  CONNECTION  BUFID  SIZE  COUNT
-**
-** There are two static buffers with BUFID 1 and 2.   Each static buffer
-** is 10KB in size.  A BUFID of 0 indicates that the buffer should be NULL
-** which will cause sqlite3_db_config() to allocate space on its own.
-*/
-static int test_db_config_lookaside(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;
-  int sz, cnt;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int bufid;
-  static char azBuf[2][10000];
-  extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp*, const char*, sqlite3**);
-  if( objc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "BUFID SIZE COUNT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &bufid) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &sz) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &cnt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( bufid==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE, 0, sz, cnt);
-  }else if( bufid>=1 && bufid<=2 && sz*cnt<=sizeof(azBuf[0]) ){
-    rc = sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE, azBuf[bufid], sz,cnt);
-  }else{
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "illegal arguments - see documentation", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_heap NBYTE NMINALLOC
-*/
-static int test_config_heap(
-  void * clientData, 
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  static char *zBuf; /* Use this memory */
-  int nByte;         /* Size of buffer to pass to sqlite3_config() */
-  int nMinAlloc;     /* Size of minimum allocation */
-  int rc;            /* Return code of sqlite3_config() */
-
-  Tcl_Obj * CONST *aArg = &objv[1];
-  int nArg = objc-1;
-
-  if( nArg!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "NBYTE NMINALLOC");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, aArg[0], &nByte) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, aArg[1], &nMinAlloc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  if( nByte==0 ){
-    free( zBuf );
-    zBuf = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, (void*)0, 0, 0);
-  }else{
-    zBuf = realloc(zBuf, nByte);
-    rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, zBuf, nByte, nMinAlloc);
-  }
-
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_heap_size NBYTE
-*/
-static int test_config_heap_size(
-  void * clientData, 
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int nByte;         /* Size to pass to sqlite3_config() */
-  int rc;            /* Return code of sqlite3_config() */
-
-  Tcl_Obj * CONST *aArg = &objv[1];
-  int nArg = objc-1;
-
-  if( nArg!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "NBYTE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, aArg[0], &nByte) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE, nByte);
-
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_error  [DB]
-**
-** Invoke sqlite3_config() or sqlite3_db_config() with invalid
-** opcodes and verify that they return errors.
-*/
-static int test_config_error(
-  void * clientData, 
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp*, const char*, sqlite3**);
-
-  if( objc!=2 && objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "[DB]");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( objc==2 ){
-    if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    if( sqlite3_db_config(db, 99999)!=SQLITE_ERROR ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, 
-            "sqlite3_db_config(db, 99999) does not return SQLITE_ERROR",
-            (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }else{
-    if( sqlite3_config(99999)!=SQLITE_ERROR ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, 
-          "sqlite3_config(99999) does not return SQLITE_ERROR",
-          (char*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_uri  BOOLEAN
-**
-** Enables or disables interpretation of URI parameters by default using
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_URI.
-*/
-static int test_config_uri(
-  void * clientData, 
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;
-  int bOpenUri;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "BOOL");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &bOpenUri) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI, bOpenUri);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_cis  BOOLEAN
-**
-** Enables or disables the use of the covering-index scan optimization.
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN.
-*/
-static int test_config_cis(
-  void * clientData, 
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;
-  int bUseCis;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "BOOL");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &bUseCis) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN, bUseCis);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_config_pmasz  INTEGER
-**
-** Set the minimum PMA size.
-*/
-static int test_config_pmasz(
-  void * clientData, 
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;
-  int iPmaSz;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "BOOL");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &iPmaSz) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ, iPmaSz);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_dump_memsys3  FILENAME
-**           sqlite3_dump_memsys5  FILENAME
-**
-** Write a summary of unfreed memsys3 allocations to FILENAME.
-*/
-static int test_dump_memsys3(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  switch( SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(clientData) ){
-    case 3: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-      extern void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char*);
-      sqlite3Memsys3Dump(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-      break;
-#endif
-    }
-    case 5: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-      extern void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char*);
-      sqlite3Memsys5Dump(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-      break;
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_status  OPCODE  RESETFLAG
-**
-** Return a list of three elements which are the sqlite3_status() return
-** code, the current value, and the high-water mark value.
-*/
-static int test_status(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc, iValue, mxValue;
-  int i, op = 0, resetFlag;
-  const char *zOpName;
-  static const struct {
-    const char *zName;
-    int op;
-  } aOp[] = {
-    { "SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED",         SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED         },
-    { "SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE",         SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE         },
-    { "SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED",      SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED      },
-    { "SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW",  SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW  },
-    { "SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE",      SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE      },
-    { "SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED",        SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED        },
-    { "SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW",    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW    },
-    { "SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE",        SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE        },
-    { "SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK",        SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK        },
-    { "SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT",        SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT        },
-  };
-  Tcl_Obj *pResult;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "PARAMETER RESETFLAG");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zOpName = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aOp); i++){
-    if( strcmp(aOp[i].zName, zOpName)==0 ){
-      op = aOp[i].op;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( i>=ArraySize(aOp) ){
-    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &op) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &resetFlag) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  iValue = 0;
-  mxValue = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_status(op, &iValue, &mxValue, resetFlag);
-  pResult = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pResult, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pResult, Tcl_NewIntObj(iValue));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pResult, Tcl_NewIntObj(mxValue));
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pResult);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:    sqlite3_db_status  DATABASE  OPCODE  RESETFLAG
-**
-** Return a list of three elements which are the sqlite3_db_status() return
-** code, the current value, and the high-water mark value.
-*/
-static int test_db_status(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc, iValue, mxValue;
-  int i, op = 0, resetFlag;
-  const char *zOpName;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp*, const char*, sqlite3**);
-  static const struct {
-    const char *zName;
-    int op;
-  } aOp[] = {
-    { "LOOKASIDE_USED",      SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED      },
-    { "CACHE_USED",          SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED          },
-    { "SCHEMA_USED",         SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED         },
-    { "STMT_USED",           SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED           },
-    { "LOOKASIDE_HIT",       SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT       },
-    { "LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE", SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE },
-    { "LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL", SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL },
-    { "CACHE_HIT",           SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT           },
-    { "CACHE_MISS",          SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS          },
-    { "CACHE_WRITE",         SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE         },
-    { "DEFERRED_FKS",        SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        }
-  };
-  Tcl_Obj *pResult;
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB PARAMETER RESETFLAG");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zOpName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  if( memcmp(zOpName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOpName += 7;
-  if( memcmp(zOpName, "DBSTATUS_", 9)==0 ) zOpName += 9;
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aOp); i++){
-    if( strcmp(aOp[i].zName, zOpName)==0 ){
-      op = aOp[i].op;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( i>=ArraySize(aOp) ){
-    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &op) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &resetFlag) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  iValue = 0;
-  mxValue = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_db_status(db, op, &iValue, &mxValue, resetFlag);
-  pResult = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pResult, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pResult, Tcl_NewIntObj(iValue));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pResult, Tcl_NewIntObj(mxValue));
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pResult);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** install_malloc_faultsim BOOLEAN
-*/
-static int test_install_malloc_faultsim(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;
-  int isInstall;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "BOOLEAN");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &isInstall) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = faultsimInstall(isInstall);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_install_memsys3
-*/
-static int test_install_memsys3(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-  const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
-  rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetMemsys3());
-#endif
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_vfs_oom_test(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  extern int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test;
-  if( objc>2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?INTEGER?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }else if( objc==2 ){
-    int iNew;
-    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &iNew) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = iNew;
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetest_malloc_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-     int clientData;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "sqlite3_malloc",             test_malloc                   ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_realloc",            test_realloc                  ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_free",               test_free                     ,0 },
-     { "memset",                     test_memset                   ,0 },
-     { "memget",                     test_memget                   ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_memory_used",        test_memory_used              ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_memory_highwater",   test_memory_highwater         ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_memdebug_backtrace", test_memdebug_backtrace       ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_memdebug_dump",      test_memdebug_dump            ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_memdebug_fail",      test_memdebug_fail            ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_memdebug_pending",   test_memdebug_pending         ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_memdebug_settitle",  test_memdebug_settitle        ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_memdebug_malloc_count", test_memdebug_malloc_count ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_memdebug_log",       test_memdebug_log             ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_scratch",     test_config_scratch           ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_pagecache",   test_config_pagecache         ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_alt_pcache",  test_alt_pcache               ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_status",             test_status                   ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_db_status",          test_db_status                ,0 },
-     { "install_malloc_faultsim",    test_install_malloc_faultsim  ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_heap",        test_config_heap              ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_heap_size",   test_config_heap_size         ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_memstatus",   test_config_memstatus         ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_lookaside",   test_config_lookaside         ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_error",       test_config_error             ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_uri",         test_config_uri               ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_cis",         test_config_cis               ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_config_pmasz",       test_config_pmasz             ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_db_config_lookaside",test_db_config_lookaside      ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_dump_memsys3",       test_dump_memsys3             ,3 },
-     { "sqlite3_dump_memsys5",       test_dump_memsys3             ,5 },
-     { "sqlite3_install_memsys3",    test_install_memsys3          ,0 },
-     { "sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test", test_vfs_oom_test          ,0 },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    ClientData c = (ClientData)SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(aObjCmd[i].clientData);
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, aObjCmd[i].xProc, c, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_multiplex.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_multiplex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 843a92ca65d..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_multiplex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1436 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 October 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains a VFS "shim" - a layer that sits in between the
-** pager and the real VFS - that breaks up a very large database file
-** into two or more smaller files on disk.  This is useful, for example,
-** in order to support large, multi-gigabyte databases on older filesystems
-** that limit the maximum file size to 2 GiB.
-**
-** USAGE:
-**
-** Compile this source file and link it with your application.  Then
-** at start-time, invoke the following procedure:
-**
-**   int sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(
-**      const char *zOrigVfsName,    // The underlying real VFS
-**      int makeDefault              // True to make multiplex the default VFS
-**   );
-**
-** The procedure call above will create and register a new VFS shim named
-** "multiplex".  The multiplex VFS will use the VFS named by zOrigVfsName to
-** do the actual disk I/O.  (The zOrigVfsName parameter may be NULL, in 
-** which case the default VFS at the moment sqlite3_multiplex_initialize()
-** is called will be used as the underlying real VFS.)  
-**
-** If the makeDefault parameter is TRUE then multiplex becomes the new
-** default VFS.  Otherwise, you can use the multiplex VFS by specifying
-** "multiplex" as the 4th parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() or by employing
-** URI filenames and adding "vfs=multiplex" as a parameter to the filename
-** URI.
-**
-** The multiplex VFS allows databases up to 32 GiB in size.  But it splits
-** the files up into smaller pieces, so that they will work even on 
-** filesystems that do not support large files.  The default chunk size
-** is 2147418112 bytes (which is 64KiB less than 2GiB) but this can be
-** changed at compile-time by defining the SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_CHUNK_SIZE
-** macro.  Use the "chunksize=NNNN" query parameter with a URI filename
-** in order to select an alternative chunk size for individual connections
-** at run-time.
-*/
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "test_multiplex.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
-#endif
-#include "sqlite3ext.h"
-
-/* 
-** These should be defined to be the same as the values in 
-** sqliteInt.h.  They are defined separately here so that
-** the multiplex VFS shim can be built as a loadable 
-** module.
-*/
-#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
-#define MAX_PAGE_SIZE       0x10000
-#define DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 0x1000
-
-/*
-** For a build without mutexes, no-op the mutex calls.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
-#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 */
-
-/* Maximum chunk number */
-#define MX_CHUNK_NUMBER 299
-
-/* First chunk for rollback journal files */
-#define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_JOURNAL_8_3_OFFSET 400
-#define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_WAL_8_3_OFFSET 700
-
-
-/************************ Shim Definitions ******************************/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_VFS_NAME
-# define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_VFS_NAME "multiplex"
-#endif
-
-/* This is the limit on the chunk size.  It may be changed by calling
-** the xFileControl() interface.  It will be rounded up to a 
-** multiple of MAX_PAGE_SIZE.  We default it here to 2GiB less 64KiB.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_CHUNK_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_CHUNK_SIZE 2147418112
-#endif
-
-/* This used to be the default limit on number of chunks, but
-** it is no longer enforced. There is currently no limit to the
-** number of chunks.
-**
-** May be changed by calling the xFileControl() interface.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS
-# define SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_MAX_CHUNKS 12
-#endif
-
-/************************ Object Definitions ******************************/
-
-/* Forward declaration of all object types */
-typedef struct multiplexGroup multiplexGroup;
-typedef struct multiplexConn multiplexConn;
-
-/*
-** A "multiplex group" is a collection of files that collectively
-** makeup a single SQLite DB file.  This allows the size of the DB
-** to exceed the limits imposed by the file system.
-**
-** There is an instance of the following object for each defined multiplex
-** group.
-*/
-struct multiplexGroup {
-  struct multiplexReal {           /* For each chunk */
-    sqlite3_file *p;                  /* Handle for the chunk */
-    char *z;                          /* Name of this chunk */
-  } *aReal;                        /* list of all chunks */
-  int nReal;                       /* Number of chunks */
-  char *zName;                     /* Base filename of this group */
-  int nName;                       /* Length of base filename */
-  int flags;                       /* Flags used for original opening */
-  unsigned int szChunk;            /* Chunk size used for this group */
-  unsigned char bEnabled;          /* TRUE to use Multiplex VFS for this file */
-  unsigned char bTruncate;         /* TRUE to enable truncation of databases */
-  multiplexGroup *pNext, *pPrev;   /* Doubly linked list of all group objects */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following object represents each open connection
-** to a file that is multiplex'ed.  This object is a 
-** subclass of sqlite3_file.  The sqlite3_file object for the underlying
-** VFS is appended to this structure.
-*/
-struct multiplexConn {
-  sqlite3_file base;              /* Base class - must be first */
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup;         /* The underlying group of files */
-};
-
-/************************* Global Variables **********************************/
-/*
-** All global variables used by this file are containing within the following
-** gMultiplex structure.
-*/
-static struct {
-  /* The pOrigVfs is the real, original underlying VFS implementation.
-  ** Most operations pass-through to the real VFS.  This value is read-only
-  ** during operation.  It is only modified at start-time and thus does not
-  ** require a mutex.
-  */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs;
-
-  /* The sThisVfs is the VFS structure used by this shim.  It is initialized
-  ** at start-time and thus does not require a mutex
-  */
-  sqlite3_vfs sThisVfs;
-
-  /* The sIoMethods defines the methods used by sqlite3_file objects 
-  ** associated with this shim.  It is initialized at start-time and does
-  ** not require a mutex.
-  **
-  ** When the underlying VFS is called to open a file, it might return 
-  ** either a version 1 or a version 2 sqlite3_file object.  This shim
-  ** has to create a wrapper sqlite3_file of the same version.  Hence
-  ** there are two I/O method structures, one for version 1 and the other
-  ** for version 2.
-  */
-  sqlite3_io_methods sIoMethodsV1;
-  sqlite3_io_methods sIoMethodsV2;
-
-  /* True when this shim has been initialized.
-  */
-  int isInitialized;
-
-  /* For run-time access any of the other global data structures in this
-  ** shim, the following mutex must be held.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *pMutex;
-
-  /* List of multiplexGroup objects.
-  */
-  multiplexGroup *pGroups;
-} gMultiplex;
-
-/************************* Utility Routines *********************************/
-/*
-** Acquire and release the mutex used to serialize access to the
-** list of multiplexGroups.
-*/
-static void multiplexEnter(void){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(gMultiplex.pMutex); }
-static void multiplexLeave(void){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(gMultiplex.pMutex); }
-
-/*
-** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
-** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
-**
-** The value returned will never be negative.  Nor will it ever be greater
-** than the actual length of the string.  For very long strings (greater
-** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length.
-*/
-static int multiplexStrlen30(const char *z){
-  const char *z2 = z;
-  if( z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
-  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate the file-name for chunk iChunk of the group with base name
-** zBase. The file-name is written to buffer zOut before returning. Buffer
-** zOut must be allocated by the caller so that it is at least (nBase+5)
-** bytes in size, where nBase is the length of zBase, not including the
-** nul-terminator.
-**
-** If iChunk is 0 (or 400 - the number for the first journal file chunk),
-** the output is a copy of the input string. Otherwise, if 
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is not defined or the input buffer does not contain
-** a "." character, then the output is a copy of the input string with the 
-** three-digit zero-padded decimal representation if iChunk appended to it. 
-** For example:
-**
-**   zBase="test.db", iChunk=4  ->  zOut="test.db004"
-**
-** Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is defined and the input buffer contains
-** a "." character, then everything after the "." is replaced by the 
-** three-digit representation of iChunk.
-**
-**   zBase="test.db", iChunk=4  ->  zOut="test.004"
-**
-** The output buffer string is terminated by 2 0x00 bytes. This makes it safe
-** to pass to sqlite3_uri_parameter() and similar.
-*/
-static void multiplexFilename(
-  const char *zBase,              /* Filename for chunk 0 */
-  int nBase,                      /* Size of zBase in bytes (without \0) */
-  int flags,                      /* Flags used to open file */
-  int iChunk,                     /* Chunk to generate filename for */
-  char *zOut                      /* Buffer to write generated name to */
-){
-  int n = nBase;
-  memcpy(zOut, zBase, n+1);
-  if( iChunk!=0 && iChunk<=MX_CHUNK_NUMBER ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
-    int i;
-    for(i=n-1; i>0 && i>=n-4 && zOut[i]!='.'; i--){}
-    if( i>=n-4 ) n = i+1;
-    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ){
-      /* The extensions on overflow files for main databases are 001, 002,
-      ** 003 and so forth.  To avoid name collisions, add 400 to the 
-      ** extensions of journal files so that they are 401, 402, 403, ....
-      */
-      iChunk += SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_JOURNAL_8_3_OFFSET;
-    }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ){
-      /* To avoid name collisions, add 700 to the 
-      ** extensions of WAL files so that they are 701, 702, 703, ....
-      */
-      iChunk += SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_WAL_8_3_OFFSET;
-    }
-#endif
-    sqlite3_snprintf(4,&zOut[n],"%03d",iChunk);
-    n += 3;
-  }
-
-  assert( zOut[n]=='\0' );
-  zOut[n+1] = '\0';
-}
-
-/* Compute the filename for the iChunk-th chunk
-*/
-static int multiplexSubFilename(multiplexGroup *pGroup, int iChunk){
-  if( iChunk>=pGroup->nReal ){
-    struct multiplexReal *p;
-    p = sqlite3_realloc64(pGroup->aReal, (iChunk+1)*sizeof(*p));
-    if( p==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset(&p[pGroup->nReal], 0, sizeof(p[0])*(iChunk+1-pGroup->nReal));
-    pGroup->aReal = p;
-    pGroup->nReal = iChunk+1;
-  }
-  if( pGroup->zName && pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z==0 ){
-    char *z;
-    int n = pGroup->nName;
-    pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z = z = sqlite3_malloc64( n+5 );
-    if( z==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    multiplexFilename(pGroup->zName, pGroup->nName, pGroup->flags, iChunk, z);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Translate an sqlite3_file* that is really a multiplexGroup* into
-** the sqlite3_file* for the underlying original VFS.
-**
-** For chunk 0, the pGroup->flags determines whether or not a new file
-** is created if it does not already exist.  For chunks 1 and higher, the
-** file is created only if createFlag is 1.
-*/
-static sqlite3_file *multiplexSubOpen(
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup,    /* The multiplexor group */
-  int iChunk,                /* Which chunk to open.  0==original file */
-  int *rc,                   /* Result code in and out */
-  int *pOutFlags,            /* Output flags */
-  int createFlag             /* True to create if iChunk>0 */
-){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = 0;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;        /* Real VFS */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
-  /* If JOURNAL_8_3_OFFSET is set to (say) 400, then any overflow files are 
-  ** part of a database journal are named db.401, db.402, and so on. A 
-  ** database may therefore not grow to larger than 400 chunks. Attempting
-  ** to open chunk 401 indicates the database is full. */
-  if( iChunk>=SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_JOURNAL_8_3_OFFSET ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "multiplexed chunk overflow: %s", pGroup->zName);
-    *rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  *rc = multiplexSubFilename(pGroup, iChunk);
-  if( (*rc)==SQLITE_OK && (pSubOpen = pGroup->aReal[iChunk].p)==0 ){
-    int flags, bExists;
-    flags = pGroup->flags;
-    if( createFlag ){
-      flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
-    }else if( iChunk==0 ){
-      /* Fall through */
-    }else if( pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z==0 ){
-      return 0;
-    }else{
-      *rc = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z,
-                              SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
-     if( *rc || !bExists ){
-        if( *rc ){
-          sqlite3_log(*rc, "multiplexor.xAccess failure on %s",
-                      pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z);
-        }
-        return 0;
-      }
-      flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
-    }
-    pSubOpen = sqlite3_malloc64( pOrigVfs->szOsFile );
-    if( pSubOpen==0 ){
-      *rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    pGroup->aReal[iChunk].p = pSubOpen;
-    *rc = pOrigVfs->xOpen(pOrigVfs, pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z, pSubOpen,
-                          flags, pOutFlags);
-    if( (*rc)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_log(*rc, "multiplexor.xOpen failure on %s",
-                  pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z);
-      sqlite3_free(pSubOpen);
-      pGroup->aReal[iChunk].p = 0;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return pSubOpen;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size, in bytes, of chunk number iChunk.  If that chunk
-** does not exist, then return 0.  This function does not distingish between
-** non-existant files and zero-length files.
-*/
-static sqlite3_int64 multiplexSubSize(
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup,    /* The multiplexor group */
-  int iChunk,                /* Which chunk to open.  0==original file */
-  int *rc                    /* Result code in and out */
-){
-  sqlite3_file *pSub;
-  sqlite3_int64 sz = 0;
-
-  if( *rc ) return 0;
-  pSub = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, iChunk, rc, NULL, 0);
-  if( pSub==0 ) return 0;
-  *rc = pSub->pMethods->xFileSize(pSub, &sz);
-  return sz;
-}    
-
-/*
-** This is the implementation of the multiplex_control() SQL function.
-*/
-static void multiplexControlFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  int op = 0;
-  int iVal;
-
-  if( !db || argc!=2 ){ 
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 
-  }else{
-    /* extract params */
-    op = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-    iVal = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-    /* map function op to file_control op */
-    switch( op ){
-      case 1: 
-        op = MULTIPLEX_CTRL_ENABLE; 
-        break;
-      case 2: 
-        op = MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_CHUNK_SIZE; 
-        break;
-      case 3: 
-        op = MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_MAX_CHUNKS; 
-        break;
-      default:
-        rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, 0, op, &iVal);
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the entry point to register the auto-extension for the 
-** multiplex_control() function.
-*/
-static int multiplexFuncInit(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg, 
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "multiplex_control", 2, SQLITE_ANY, 
-      0, multiplexControlFunc, 0, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a single sub-file in the connection group.
-*/
-static void multiplexSubClose(
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup,
-  int iChunk,
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs
-){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = pGroup->aReal[iChunk].p;
-  if( pSubOpen ){
-    pSubOpen->pMethods->xClose(pSubOpen);
-    if( pOrigVfs && pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z ){
-      pOrigVfs->xDelete(pOrigVfs, pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z, 0);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pGroup->aReal[iChunk].p);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z);
-  memset(&pGroup->aReal[iChunk], 0, sizeof(pGroup->aReal[iChunk]));
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate memory held by a multiplexGroup
-*/
-static void multiplexFreeComponents(multiplexGroup *pGroup){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pGroup->nReal; i++){ multiplexSubClose(pGroup, i, 0); }
-  sqlite3_free(pGroup->aReal);
-  pGroup->aReal = 0;
-  pGroup->nReal = 0;
-}
-
-
-/************************* VFS Method Wrappers *****************************/
-
-/*
-** This is the xOpen method used for the "multiplex" VFS.
-**
-** Most of the work is done by the underlying original VFS.  This method
-** simply links the new file into the appropriate multiplex group if it is a
-** file that needs to be tracked.
-*/
-static int multiplexOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The multiplex VFS */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of file to be opened */
-  sqlite3_file *pConn,       /* Fill in this file descriptor */
-  int flags,                 /* Flags to control the opening */
-  int *pOutFlags             /* Flags showing results of opening */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Result code */
-  multiplexConn *pMultiplexOpen;       /* The new multiplex file descriptor */
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup = 0;          /* Corresponding multiplexGroup object */
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = 0;                    /* Real file descriptor */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */
-  int nName = 0;
-  int sz = 0;
-  char *zToFree = 0;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  memset(pConn, 0, pVfs->szOsFile);
-  assert( zName || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE) );
-
-  /* We need to create a group structure and manage
-  ** access to this group of files.
-  */
-  multiplexEnter();
-  pMultiplexOpen = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* allocate space for group */
-    nName = zName ? multiplexStrlen30(zName) : 0;
-    sz = sizeof(multiplexGroup)                             /* multiplexGroup */
-       + nName + 1;                                         /* zName */
-    pGroup = sqlite3_malloc64( sz );
-    if( pGroup==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    const char *zUri = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) ? zName : 0;
-    /* assign pointers to extra space allocated */
-    memset(pGroup, 0, sz);
-    pMultiplexOpen->pGroup = pGroup;
-    pGroup->bEnabled = (unsigned char)-1;
-    pGroup->bTruncate = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zUri, "truncate", 
-                                   (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)==0);
-    pGroup->szChunk = (int)sqlite3_uri_int64(zUri, "chunksize",
-                                        SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_CHUNK_SIZE);
-    pGroup->szChunk = (pGroup->szChunk+0xffff)&~0xffff;
-    if( zName ){
-      char *p = (char *)&pGroup[1];
-      pGroup->zName = p;
-      memcpy(pGroup->zName, zName, nName+1);
-      pGroup->nName = nName;
-    }
-    if( pGroup->bEnabled ){
-      /* Make sure that the chunksize is such that the pending byte does not
-      ** falls at the end of a chunk.  A region of up to 64K following
-      ** the pending byte is never written, so if the pending byte occurs
-      ** near the end of a chunk, that chunk will be too small. */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-      extern int sqlite3PendingByte;
-#else
-      int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
-      while( (sqlite3PendingByte % pGroup->szChunk)>=(pGroup->szChunk-65536) ){
-        pGroup->szChunk += 65536;
-      }
-    }
-    pGroup->flags = flags;
-    rc = multiplexSubFilename(pGroup, 1);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, pOutFlags, 0);
-      if( pSubOpen==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_int64 sz64;
-
-      rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileSize(pSubOpen, &sz64);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zName ){
-        int bExists;
-        if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ){
-          pGroup->bEnabled = 0;
-        }else
-        if( sz64==0 ){
-          if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ){
-            /* If opening a main journal file and the first chunk is zero
-            ** bytes in size, delete any subsequent chunks from the 
-            ** file-system. */
-            int iChunk = 1;
-            do {
-              rc = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, 
-                  pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists
-              );
-              if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
-                rc = pOrigVfs->xDelete(pOrigVfs, pGroup->aReal[iChunk].z, 0);
-                if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-                  rc = multiplexSubFilename(pGroup, ++iChunk);
-                }
-              }
-            }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists );
-          }
-        }else{
-          /* If the first overflow file exists and if the size of the main file
-          ** is different from the chunk size, that means the chunk size is set
-          ** set incorrectly.  So fix it.
-          **
-          ** Or, if the first overflow file does not exist and the main file is
-          ** larger than the chunk size, that means the chunk size is too small.
-          ** But we have no way of determining the intended chunk size, so 
-          ** just disable the multiplexor all togethre.
-          */
-          rc = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, pGroup->aReal[1].z,
-              SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
-          bExists = multiplexSubSize(pGroup, 1, &rc)>0;
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists && sz64==(sz64&0xffff0000) && sz64>0
-              && sz64!=pGroup->szChunk ){
-            pGroup->szChunk = (int)sz64;
-          }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !bExists && sz64>pGroup->szChunk ){
-            pGroup->bEnabled = 0;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( pSubOpen->pMethods->iVersion==1 ){
-        pMultiplexOpen->base.pMethods = &gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1;
-      }else{
-        pMultiplexOpen->base.pMethods = &gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2;
-      }
-      /* place this group at the head of our list */
-      pGroup->pNext = gMultiplex.pGroups;
-      if( gMultiplex.pGroups ) gMultiplex.pGroups->pPrev = pGroup;
-      gMultiplex.pGroups = pGroup;
-    }else{
-      multiplexFreeComponents(pGroup);
-      sqlite3_free(pGroup);
-    }
-  }
-  multiplexLeave();
-  sqlite3_free(zToFree);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the xDelete method used for the "multiplex" VFS.
-** It attempts to delete the filename specified.
-*/
-static int multiplexDelete(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The multiplex VFS */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of file to delete */
-  int syncDir
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */
-  rc = pOrigVfs->xDelete(pOrigVfs, zName, syncDir);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* If the main chunk was deleted successfully, also delete any subsequent
-    ** chunks - starting with the last (highest numbered). 
-    */
-    int nName = (int)strlen(zName);
-    char *z;
-    z = sqlite3_malloc64(nName + 5);
-    if( z==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      int iChunk = 0;
-      int bExists;
-      do{
-        multiplexFilename(zName, nName, SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL, ++iChunk, z);
-        rc = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, z, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
-      }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists );
-      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iChunk>1 ){
-        multiplexFilename(zName, nName, SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL, --iChunk, z);
-        rc = pOrigVfs->xDelete(pOrigVfs, z, syncDir);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        iChunk = 0;
-        do{
-          multiplexFilename(zName, nName, SQLITE_OPEN_WAL, ++iChunk, z);
-          rc = pOrigVfs->xAccess(pOrigVfs, z, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
-        }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists );
-        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iChunk>1 ){
-          multiplexFilename(zName, nName, SQLITE_OPEN_WAL, --iChunk, z);
-          rc = pOrigVfs->xDelete(pOrigVfs, z, syncDir);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(z);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int multiplexAccess(sqlite3_vfs *a, const char *b, int c, int *d){
-  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xAccess(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b, c, d);
-}
-static int multiplexFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *a, const char *b, int c, char *d){
-  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xFullPathname(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b, c, d);
-}
-static void *multiplexDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *a, const char *b){
-  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xDlOpen(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b);
-}
-static void multiplexDlError(sqlite3_vfs *a, int b, char *c){
-  gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xDlError(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b, c);
-}
-static void (*multiplexDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *a, void *b, const char *c))(void){
-  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xDlSym(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b, c);
-}
-static void multiplexDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *a, void *b){
-  gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xDlClose(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b);
-}
-static int multiplexRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *a, int b, char *c){
-  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xRandomness(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b, c);
-}
-static int multiplexSleep(sqlite3_vfs *a, int b){
-  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xSleep(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b);
-}
-static int multiplexCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *a, double *b){
-  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xCurrentTime(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b);
-}
-static int multiplexGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *a, int b, char *c){
-  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xGetLastError(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b, c);
-}
-static int multiplexCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *a, sqlite3_int64 *b){
-  return gMultiplex.pOrigVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(gMultiplex.pOrigVfs, b);
-}
-
-/************************ I/O Method Wrappers *******************************/
-
-/* xClose requests get passed through to the original VFS.
-** We loop over all open chunk handles and close them.
-** The group structure for this file is unlinked from 
-** our list of groups and freed.
-*/
-static int multiplexClose(sqlite3_file *pConn){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  multiplexEnter();
-  multiplexFreeComponents(pGroup);
-  /* remove from linked list */
-  if( pGroup->pNext ) pGroup->pNext->pPrev = pGroup->pPrev;
-  if( pGroup->pPrev ){
-    pGroup->pPrev->pNext = pGroup->pNext;
-  }else{
-    gMultiplex.pGroups = pGroup->pNext;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pGroup);
-  multiplexLeave();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xRead requests thru to the original VFS after
-** determining the correct chunk to operate on.
-** Break up reads across chunk boundaries.
-*/
-static int multiplexRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pConn,
-  void *pBuf,
-  int iAmt,
-  sqlite3_int64 iOfst
-){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nMutex = 0;
-  multiplexEnter(); nMutex++;
-  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
-    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-    multiplexLeave(); nMutex--;
-    if( pSubOpen==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-    }else{
-      rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xRead(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-    }
-  }else{
-    while( iAmt > 0 ){
-      int i = (int)(iOfst / pGroup->szChunk);
-      sqlite3_file *pSubOpen;
-      if( nMutex==0 ){ multiplexEnter(); nMutex++; }
-      pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, i, &rc, NULL, 1);
-      multiplexLeave(); nMutex--;
-      if( pSubOpen ){
-        int extra = ((int)(iOfst % pGroup->szChunk) + iAmt) - pGroup->szChunk;
-        if( extra<0 ) extra = 0;
-        iAmt -= extra;
-        rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xRead(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt,
-                                       iOfst % pGroup->szChunk);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-        pBuf = (char *)pBuf + iAmt;
-        iOfst += iAmt;
-        iAmt = extra;
-      }else{
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( nMutex==0 || nMutex==1 );
-  if( nMutex ) multiplexLeave();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xWrite requests thru to the original VFS after
-** determining the correct chunk to operate on.
-** Break up writes across chunk boundaries.
-*/
-static int multiplexWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pConn,
-  const void *pBuf,
-  int iAmt,
-  sqlite3_int64 iOfst
-){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  multiplexEnter();
-  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
-    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-    if( pSubOpen==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-    }else{
-      rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xWrite(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-    }
-  }else{
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iAmt>0 ){
-      int i = (int)(iOfst / pGroup->szChunk);
-      sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, i, &rc, NULL, 1);
-      if( pSubOpen ){
-        int extra = ((int)(iOfst % pGroup->szChunk) + iAmt) -
-                    pGroup->szChunk;
-        if( extra<0 ) extra = 0;
-        iAmt -= extra;
-        rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xWrite(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt,
-                                        iOfst % pGroup->szChunk);
-        pBuf = (char *)pBuf + iAmt;
-        iOfst += iAmt;
-        iAmt = extra;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  multiplexLeave();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xTruncate requests thru to the original VFS after
-** determining the correct chunk to operate on.  Delete any
-** chunks above the truncate mark.
-*/
-static int multiplexTruncate(sqlite3_file *pConn, sqlite3_int64 size){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  multiplexEnter();
-  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
-    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-    if( pSubOpen==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
-    }else{
-      rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xTruncate(pSubOpen, size);
-    }
-  }else{
-    int i;
-    int iBaseGroup = (int)(size / pGroup->szChunk);
-    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen;
-    sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gMultiplex.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */
-    /* delete the chunks above the truncate limit */
-    for(i = pGroup->nReal-1; i>iBaseGroup && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
-      if( pGroup->bTruncate ){
-        multiplexSubClose(pGroup, i, pOrigVfs);
-      }else{
-        pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, i, &rc, 0, 0);
-        if( pSubOpen ){
-          rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xTruncate(pSubOpen, 0);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, iBaseGroup, &rc, 0, 0);
-      if( pSubOpen ){
-        rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xTruncate(pSubOpen, size % pGroup->szChunk);
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc ) rc = SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
-  }
-  multiplexLeave();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xSync requests through to the original VFS without change
-*/
-static int multiplexSync(sqlite3_file *pConn, int flags){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-  multiplexEnter();
-  for(i=0; i<pGroup->nReal; i++){
-    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = pGroup->aReal[i].p;
-    if( pSubOpen ){
-      int rc2 = pSubOpen->pMethods->xSync(pSubOpen, flags);
-      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-    }
-  }
-  multiplexLeave();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xFileSize requests through to the original VFS.
-** Aggregate the size of all the chunks before returning.
-*/
-static int multiplexFileSize(sqlite3_file *pConn, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-  multiplexEnter();
-  if( !pGroup->bEnabled ){
-    sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-    if( pSubOpen==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-    }else{
-      rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileSize(pSubOpen, pSize);
-    }
-  }else{
-    *pSize = 0;
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-      sqlite3_int64 sz = multiplexSubSize(pGroup, i, &rc);
-      if( sz==0 ) break;
-      *pSize = i*(sqlite3_int64)pGroup->szChunk + sz;
-    }
-  }
-  multiplexLeave();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int multiplexLock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int lock){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-  if( pSubOpen ){
-    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xLock(pSubOpen, lock);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_BUSY;
-}
-
-/* Pass xUnlock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int multiplexUnlock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int lock){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-  if( pSubOpen ){
-    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xUnlock(pSubOpen, lock);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-}
-
-/* Pass xCheckReservedLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int multiplexCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int *pResOut){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-  if( pSubOpen ){
-    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(pSubOpen, pResOut);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
-}
-
-/* Pass xFileControl requests through to the original VFS unchanged,
-** except for any MULTIPLEX_CTRL_* requests here.
-*/
-static int multiplexFileControl(sqlite3_file *pConn, int op, void *pArg){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup = p->pGroup;
-  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen;
-
-  if( !gMultiplex.isInitialized ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  switch( op ){
-    case MULTIPLEX_CTRL_ENABLE:
-      if( pArg ) {
-        int bEnabled = *(int *)pArg;
-        pGroup->bEnabled = bEnabled;
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      break;
-    case MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_CHUNK_SIZE:
-      if( pArg ) {
-        unsigned int szChunk = *(unsigned*)pArg;
-        if( szChunk<1 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-        }else{
-          /* Round up to nearest multiple of MAX_PAGE_SIZE. */
-          szChunk = (szChunk + (MAX_PAGE_SIZE-1));
-          szChunk &= ~(MAX_PAGE_SIZE-1);
-          pGroup->szChunk = szChunk;
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    case MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_MAX_CHUNKS:
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT:
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE:
-      /* no-op these */
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA: {
-      char **aFcntl = (char**)pArg;
-      /*
-      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-29875-31678 The argument to the SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA
-      ** file control is an array of pointers to strings (char**) in which the
-      ** second element of the array is the name of the pragma and the third
-      ** element is the argument to the pragma or NULL if the pragma has no
-      ** argument.
-      */
-      if( aFcntl[1] && sqlite3_stricmp(aFcntl[1],"multiplex_truncate")==0 ){
-        if( aFcntl[2] && aFcntl[2][0] ){
-          if( sqlite3_stricmp(aFcntl[2], "on")==0
-           || sqlite3_stricmp(aFcntl[2], "1")==0 ){
-            pGroup->bTruncate = 1;
-          }else
-          if( sqlite3_stricmp(aFcntl[2], "off")==0
-           || sqlite3_stricmp(aFcntl[2], "0")==0 ){
-            pGroup->bTruncate = 0;
-          }
-        }
-        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-27806-26076 The handler for an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA
-        ** file control can optionally make the first element of the char**
-        ** argument point to a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() or the
-        ** equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma
-        ** or the error message if the pragma fails.
-        */
-        aFcntl[0] = sqlite3_mprintf(pGroup->bTruncate ? "on" : "off");
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        break;
-      }
-      /* If the multiplexor does not handle the pragma, pass it through
-      ** into the default case. */
-    }
-    default:
-      pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-      if( pSubOpen ){
-        rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileControl(pSubOpen, op, pArg);
-        if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-         *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("multiplex/%z", *(char**)pArg);
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xSectorSize requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int multiplexSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pConn){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-  if( pSubOpen && pSubOpen->pMethods->xSectorSize ){
-    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xSectorSize(pSubOpen);
-  }
-  return DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-}
-
-/* Pass xDeviceCharacteristics requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int multiplexDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pConn){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-  if( pSubOpen ){
-    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(pSubOpen);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Pass xShmMap requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int multiplexShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *pConn,            /* Handle open on database file */
-  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
-  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
-  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
-  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-  if( pSubOpen ){
-    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmMap(pSubOpen, iRegion, szRegion, bExtend,pp);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
-/* Pass xShmLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int multiplexShmLock(
-  sqlite3_file *pConn,       /* Database file holding the shared memory */
-  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
-  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
-  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
-){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-  if( pSubOpen ){
-    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmLock(pSubOpen, ofst, n, flags);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_BUSY;
-}
-
-/* Pass xShmBarrier requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static void multiplexShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pConn){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-  if( pSubOpen ){
-    pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmBarrier(pSubOpen);
-  }
-}
-
-/* Pass xShmUnmap requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int multiplexShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pConn, int deleteFlag){
-  multiplexConn *p = (multiplexConn*)pConn;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = multiplexSubOpen(p->pGroup, 0, &rc, NULL, 0);
-  if( pSubOpen ){
-    return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmUnmap(pSubOpen, deleteFlag);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/************************** Public Interfaces *****************************/
-/*
-** CAPI: Initialize the multiplex VFS shim - sqlite3_multiplex_initialize()
-**
-** Use the VFS named zOrigVfsName as the VFS that does the actual work.  
-** Use the default if zOrigVfsName==NULL.  
-**
-** The multiplex VFS shim is named "multiplex".  It will become the default
-** VFS if makeDefault is non-zero.
-**
-** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once
-** during start-up.
-*/
-int sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(const char *zOrigVfsName, int makeDefault){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs;
-  if( gMultiplex.isInitialized ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  pOrigVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zOrigVfsName);
-  if( pOrigVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  assert( pOrigVfs!=&gMultiplex.sThisVfs );
-  gMultiplex.pMutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-  if( !gMultiplex.pMutex ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  gMultiplex.pGroups = NULL;
-  gMultiplex.isInitialized = 1;
-  gMultiplex.pOrigVfs = pOrigVfs;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs = *pOrigVfs;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.szOsFile += sizeof(multiplexConn);
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.zName = SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_VFS_NAME;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xOpen = multiplexOpen;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xDelete = multiplexDelete;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xAccess = multiplexAccess;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xFullPathname = multiplexFullPathname;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xDlOpen = multiplexDlOpen;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xDlError = multiplexDlError;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xDlSym = multiplexDlSym;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xDlClose = multiplexDlClose;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xRandomness = multiplexRandomness;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xSleep = multiplexSleep;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xCurrentTime = multiplexCurrentTime;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xGetLastError = multiplexGetLastError;
-  gMultiplex.sThisVfs.xCurrentTimeInt64 = multiplexCurrentTimeInt64;
-
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.iVersion = 1;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xClose = multiplexClose;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xRead = multiplexRead;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xWrite = multiplexWrite;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xTruncate = multiplexTruncate;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xSync = multiplexSync;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xFileSize = multiplexFileSize;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xLock = multiplexLock;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xUnlock = multiplexUnlock;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xCheckReservedLock = multiplexCheckReservedLock;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xFileControl = multiplexFileControl;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xSectorSize = multiplexSectorSize;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1.xDeviceCharacteristics =
-                                            multiplexDeviceCharacteristics;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2 = gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV1;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.iVersion = 2;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmMap = multiplexShmMap;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmLock = multiplexShmLock;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmBarrier = multiplexShmBarrier;
-  gMultiplex.sIoMethodsV2.xShmUnmap = multiplexShmUnmap;
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&gMultiplex.sThisVfs, makeDefault);
-
-  sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)multiplexFuncInit);
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** CAPI: Shutdown the multiplex system - sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown()
-**
-** All SQLite database connections must be closed before calling this
-** routine.
-**
-** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
-** shutting down in order to free all remaining multiplex groups.
-*/
-int sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(int eForce){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( gMultiplex.isInitialized==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  if( gMultiplex.pGroups ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown() called "
-                "while database connections are still open");
-    if( !eForce ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  gMultiplex.isInitialized = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_free(gMultiplex.pMutex);
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&gMultiplex.sThisVfs);
-  memset(&gMultiplex, 0, sizeof(gMultiplex));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/***************************** Test Code ***********************************/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-#include <tcl.h>
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_multiplex_initialize NAME MAKEDEFAULT
-*/
-static int test_multiplex_initialize(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zName;              /* Name of new multiplex VFS */
-  int makeDefault;                /* True to make the new VFS the default */
-  int rc;                         /* Value returned by multiplex_initialize() */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
-
-  /* Process arguments */
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "NAME MAKEDEFAULT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zName = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &makeDefault) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( zName[0]=='\0' ) zName = 0;
-
-  /* Call sqlite3_multiplex_initialize() */
-  rc = sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(zName, makeDefault);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown
-*/
-static int test_multiplex_shutdown(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Value returned by multiplex_shutdown() */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
-
-  if( objc==2 && strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),"-force")!=0 ){
-    objc = 3;
-  }
-  if( (objc!=1 && objc!=2) ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-force?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Call sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown() */
-  rc = sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(objc==2);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  sqlite3_multiplex_dump
-*/
-static int test_multiplex_dump(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Tcl_Obj *pResult;
-  Tcl_Obj *pGroupTerm;
-  multiplexGroup *pGroup;
-  int i;
-  int nChunks = 0;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objv);
-
-  pResult = Tcl_NewObj();
-  multiplexEnter();
-  for(pGroup=gMultiplex.pGroups; pGroup; pGroup=pGroup->pNext){
-    pGroupTerm = Tcl_NewObj();
-
-    if( pGroup->zName ){
-      pGroup->zName[pGroup->nName] = '\0';
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
-          Tcl_NewStringObj(pGroup->zName, -1));
-    }else{
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm, Tcl_NewObj());
-    }
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
-          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->nName));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
-          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->flags));
-
-    /* count number of chunks with open handles */
-    for(i=0; i<pGroup->nReal; i++){
-      if( pGroup->aReal[i].p!=0 ) nChunks++;
-    }
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
-          Tcl_NewIntObj(nChunks));
-
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
-          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->szChunk));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
-          Tcl_NewIntObj(pGroup->nReal));
-
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pResult, pGroupTerm);
-  }
-  multiplexLeave();
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pResult);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Tclcmd: test_multiplex_control HANDLE DBNAME SUB-COMMAND ?INT-VALUE?
-*/
-static int test_multiplex_control(
-  ClientData cd,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code from file_control() */
-  int idx;                        /* Index in aSub[] */
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;            /* Command info structure for HANDLE */
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Underlying db handle for HANDLE */
-  int iValue = 0;
-  void *pArg = 0;
-
-  struct SubCommand {
-    const char *zName;
-    int op;
-    int argtype;
-  } aSub[] = {
-    { "enable",       MULTIPLEX_CTRL_ENABLE,           1 },
-    { "chunk_size",   MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_CHUNK_SIZE,   1 },
-    { "max_chunks",   MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_MAX_CHUNKS,   1 },
-    { 0, 0, 0 }
-  };
-
-  if( objc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE DBNAME SUB-COMMAND INT-VALUE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( 0==Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &cmdInfo) ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "expected database handle, got \"", 0);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "\"", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    db = *(sqlite3 **)cmdInfo.objClientData;
-  }
-
-  rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(
-      interp, objv[3], aSub, sizeof(aSub[0]), "sub-command", 0, &idx
-  );
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
-
-  switch( aSub[idx].argtype ){
-    case 1:
-      if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &iValue) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      pArg = (void *)&iValue;
-      break;
-    default:
-      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 4, objv, "SUB-COMMAND");
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), aSub[idx].op, pArg);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine registers the custom TCL commands defined in this
-** module.  This should be the only procedure visible from outside
-** of this module.
-*/
-int Sqlitemultiplex_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-    { "sqlite3_multiplex_initialize", test_multiplex_initialize },
-    { "sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown", test_multiplex_shutdown },
-    { "sqlite3_multiplex_dump", test_multiplex_dump },
-    { "sqlite3_multiplex_control", test_multiplex_control },
-  };
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_multiplex.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_multiplex.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d973e4af271..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_multiplex.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2011 March 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains a VFS "shim" - a layer that sits in between the
-** pager and the real VFS.
-**
-** This particular shim enforces a multiplex system on DB files.  
-** This shim shards/partitions a single DB file into smaller 
-** "chunks" such that the total DB file size may exceed the maximum
-** file size of the underlying file system.
-**
-*/
-
-#ifndef _TEST_MULTIPLEX_H
-#define _TEST_MULTIPLEX_H
-
-/*
-** CAPI: File-control Operations Supported by Multiplex VFS
-**
-** Values interpreted by the xFileControl method of a Multiplex VFS db file-handle.
-**
-** MULTIPLEX_CTRL_ENABLE:
-**   This file control is used to enable or disable the multiplex
-**   shim.
-**
-** MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_CHUNK_SIZE:
-**   This file control is used to set the maximum allowed chunk 
-**   size for a multiplex file set.  The chunk size should be 
-**   a multiple of SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, and will be rounded up
-**   if not.
-**
-** MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_MAX_CHUNKS:
-**   This file control is used to set the maximum number of chunks
-**   allowed to be used for a mutliplex file set.
-*/
-#define MULTIPLEX_CTRL_ENABLE          214014
-#define MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_CHUNK_SIZE  214015
-#define MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_MAX_CHUNKS  214016
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI: Initialize the multiplex VFS shim - sqlite3_multiplex_initialize()
-**
-** Use the VFS named zOrigVfsName as the VFS that does the actual work.  
-** Use the default if zOrigVfsName==NULL.  
-**
-** The multiplex VFS shim is named "multiplex".  It will become the default
-** VFS if makeDefault is non-zero.
-**
-** An auto-extension is registered which will make the function 
-** multiplex_control() available to database connections.  This
-** function gives access to the xFileControl interface of the 
-** multiplex VFS shim.
-**
-** SELECT multiplex_control(<op>,<val>);
-** 
-**   <op>=1 MULTIPLEX_CTRL_ENABLE
-**   <val>=0 disable
-**   <val>=1 enable
-** 
-**   <op>=2 MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_CHUNK_SIZE
-**   <val> int, chunk size
-** 
-**   <op>=3 MULTIPLEX_CTRL_SET_MAX_CHUNKS
-**   <val> int, max chunks
-**
-** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once
-** during start-up.
-*/
-extern int sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(const char *zOrigVfsName, int makeDefault);
-
-/*
-** CAPI: Shutdown the multiplex system - sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown()
-**
-** All SQLite database connections must be closed before calling this
-** routine.
-**
-** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
-** shutting down in order to free all remaining multiplex groups.
-*/
-extern int sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(int eForce);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _TEST_MULTIPLEX_H */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_mutex.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_mutex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 995b89a4c64..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_mutex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,506 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 June 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains test logic for the sqlite3_mutex interfaces.
-*/
-
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#define MAX_MUTEXES        (SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3+1)
-#define STATIC_MUTEXES     (MAX_MUTEXES-(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE+1))
-
-/* defined in main.c */
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-static const char *aName[MAX_MUTEXES+1] = {
-  "fast",        "recursive",   "static_master", "static_mem",
-  "static_open", "static_prng", "static_lru",    "static_pmem",
-  "static_app1", "static_app2", "static_app3",   "static_vfs1",
-  "static_vfs2", "static_vfs3", 0
-};
-
-/* A countable mutex */
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
-  sqlite3_mutex *pReal;
-  int eType;
-};
-
-/* State variables */
-static struct test_mutex_globals {
-  int isInstalled;           /* True if installed */
-  int disableInit;           /* True to cause sqlite3_initalize() to fail */
-  int disableTry;            /* True to force sqlite3_mutex_try() to fail */
-  int isInit;                /* True if initialized */
-  sqlite3_mutex_methods m;   /* Interface to "real" mutex system */
-  int aCounter[MAX_MUTEXES]; /* Number of grabs of each type of mutex */
-  sqlite3_mutex aStatic[STATIC_MUTEXES]; /* The static mutexes */
-} g = {0};
-
-/* Return true if the countable mutex is currently held */
-static int counterMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return g.m.xMutexHeld(p->pReal);
-}
-
-/* Return true if the countable mutex is not currently held */
-static int counterMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return g.m.xMutexNotheld(p->pReal);
-}
-
-/* Initialize the countable mutex interface
-** Or, if g.disableInit is non-zero, then do not initialize but instead
-** return the value of g.disableInit as the result code.  This can be used
-** to simulate an initialization failure.
-*/
-static int counterMutexInit(void){ 
-  int rc;
-  if( g.disableInit ) return g.disableInit;
-  rc = g.m.xMutexInit();
-  g.isInit = 1;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Uninitialize the mutex subsystem
-*/
-static int counterMutexEnd(void){ 
-  g.isInit = 0;
-  return g.m.xMutexEnd();
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a countable mutex
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *counterMutexAlloc(int eType){
-  sqlite3_mutex *pReal;
-  sqlite3_mutex *pRet = 0;
-
-  assert( g.isInit );
-  assert( eType>=SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST );
-  assert( eType<=SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 );
-
-  pReal = g.m.xMutexAlloc(eType);
-  if( !pReal ) return 0;
-
-  if( eType==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || eType==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ){
-    pRet = (sqlite3_mutex *)malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_mutex));
-  }else{
-    int eStaticType = eType - (MAX_MUTEXES - STATIC_MUTEXES);
-    assert( eStaticType>=0 );
-    assert( eStaticType<STATIC_MUTEXES );
-    pRet = &g.aStatic[eStaticType];
-  }
-
-  pRet->eType = eType;
-  pRet->pReal = pReal;
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a countable mutex
-*/
-static void counterMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( g.isInit );
-  g.m.xMutexFree(p->pReal);
-  if( p->eType==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->eType==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ){
-    free(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Enter a countable mutex.  Block until entry is safe.
-*/
-static void counterMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( g.isInit );
-  assert( p->eType>=0 );
-  assert( p->eType<MAX_MUTEXES );
-  g.aCounter[p->eType]++;
-  g.m.xMutexEnter(p->pReal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to enter a mutex.  Return true on success.
-*/
-static int counterMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( g.isInit );
-  assert( p->eType>=0 );
-  assert( p->eType<MAX_MUTEXES );
-  g.aCounter[p->eType]++;
-  if( g.disableTry ) return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  return g.m.xMutexTry(p->pReal);
-}
-
-/* Leave a mutex
-*/
-static void counterMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( g.isInit );
-  g.m.xMutexLeave(p->pReal);
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_shutdown
-*/
-static int test_shutdown(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_shutdown();
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_initialize
-*/
-static int test_initialize(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** install_mutex_counters BOOLEAN
-*/
-static int test_install_mutex_counters(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int isInstall;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_methods counter_methods = {
-    counterMutexInit,
-    counterMutexEnd,
-    counterMutexAlloc,
-    counterMutexFree,
-    counterMutexEnter,
-    counterMutexTry,
-    counterMutexLeave,
-    counterMutexHeld,
-    counterMutexNotheld
-  };
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "BOOLEAN");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &isInstall) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  assert(isInstall==0 || isInstall==1);
-  assert(g.isInstalled==0 || g.isInstalled==1);
-  if( isInstall==g.isInstalled ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "mutex counters are ", 0);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, isInstall?"already installed":"not installed", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( isInstall ){
-    assert( g.m.xMutexAlloc==0 );
-    rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX, &g.m);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX, &counter_methods);
-    }
-    g.disableTry = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( g.m.xMutexAlloc );
-    rc = sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX, &g.m);
-    memset(&g.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_mutex_methods));
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    g.isInstalled = isInstall;
-  }
-
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** read_mutex_counters
-*/
-static int test_read_mutex_counters(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-  int ii;
-
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
-  for(ii=0; ii<MAX_MUTEXES; ii++){
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(aName[ii], -1));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(g.aCounter[ii]));
-  }
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** clear_mutex_counters
-*/
-static int test_clear_mutex_counters(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int ii;
-
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<MAX_MUTEXES; ii++){
-    g.aCounter[ii] = 0;
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create and free a mutex.  Return the mutex pointer.  The pointer
-** will be invalid since the mutex has already been freed.  The
-** return pointer just checks to see if the mutex really was allocated.
-*/
-static int test_alloc_mutex(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *p = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-  char zBuf[100];
-  sqlite3_mutex_free(p);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%p", p);
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_config OPTION
-**
-** OPTION can be either one of the keywords:
-**
-**            SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
-**            SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
-**            SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
-**
-** Or OPTION can be an raw integer.
-*/
-static int test_config(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  struct ConfigOption {
-    const char *zName;
-    int iValue;
-  } aOpt[] = {
-    {"singlethread", SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD},
-    {"multithread",  SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD},
-    {"serialized",   SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED},
-    {0, 0}
-  };
-  int s = sizeof(struct ConfigOption);
-  int i;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], aOpt, s, "flag", 0, &i) ){
-    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &i) ){
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }else{
-    i = aOpt[i].iValue;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_config(i);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static sqlite3 *getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *pInterp, Tcl_Obj *pObj){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Tcl_CmdInfo info;
-  char *zCmd = Tcl_GetString(pObj);
-  if( Tcl_GetCommandInfo(pInterp, zCmd, &info) ){
-    db = *((sqlite3 **)info.objClientData);
-  }else{
-    db = (sqlite3*)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(zCmd);
-  }
-  assert( db );
-  return db;
-}
-
-static sqlite3_mutex *getStaticMutexPointer(
-  Tcl_Interp *pInterp,
-  Tcl_Obj *pObj
-){
-  int iMutex;
-  if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(pInterp, pObj, aName, "mutex name", 0, &iMutex) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( iMutex!=SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST && iMutex!=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-  return counterMutexAlloc(iMutex);
-}
-
-static int test_enter_static_mutex(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex *pMutex;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "NAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pMutex = getStaticMutexPointer(interp, objv[1]);
-  if( !pMutex ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMutex);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_leave_static_mutex(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex *pMutex;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "NAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pMutex = getStaticMutexPointer(interp, objv[1]);
-  if( !pMutex ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMutex);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_enter_db_mutex(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  db = getDbPointer(interp, objv[1]);
-  if( !db ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_leave_db_mutex(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  db = getDbPointer(interp, objv[1]);
-  if( !db ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Sqlitetest_mutex_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-    char *zName;
-    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-    { "sqlite3_shutdown",        (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_shutdown },
-    { "sqlite3_initialize",      (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_initialize },
-    { "sqlite3_config",          (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_config },
-
-    { "enter_static_mutex",      (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_enter_static_mutex },
-    { "leave_static_mutex",      (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_leave_static_mutex },
-
-    { "enter_db_mutex",          (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_enter_db_mutex },
-    { "leave_db_mutex",          (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_leave_db_mutex },
-
-    { "alloc_dealloc_mutex",     (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_alloc_mutex },
-    { "install_mutex_counters",  (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_install_mutex_counters },
-    { "read_mutex_counters",     (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_read_mutex_counters },
-    { "clear_mutex_counters",    (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_clear_mutex_counters },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "disable_mutex_init", 
-              (char*)&g.disableInit, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "disable_mutex_try", 
-              (char*)&g.disableTry, TCL_LINK_INT);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_onefile.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_onefile.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 122be700e64..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_onefile.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,830 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 September 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** OVERVIEW:
-**
-**   This file contains some example code demonstrating how the SQLite 
-**   vfs feature can be used to have SQLite operate directly on an 
-**   embedded media, without using an intermediate file system.
-**
-**   Because this is only a demo designed to run on a workstation, the
-**   underlying media is simulated using a regular file-system file. The
-**   size of the file is fixed when it is first created (default size 10 MB).
-**   From SQLite's point of view, this space is used to store a single
-**   database file and the journal file. 
-**
-**   Any statement journal created is stored in volatile memory obtained 
-**   from sqlite3_malloc(). Any attempt to create a temporary database file 
-**   will fail (SQLITE_IOERR). To prevent SQLite from attempting this,
-**   it should be configured to store all temporary database files in 
-**   main memory (see pragma "temp_store" or the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE compile 
-**   time option).
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-**   After it has been created, the blob file is accessed using the
-**   following three functions only:
-**
-**       mediaRead();            - Read a 512 byte block from the file.
-**       mediaWrite();           - Write a 512 byte block to the file.
-**       mediaSync();            - Tell the media hardware to sync.
-**
-**   It is assumed that these can be easily implemented by any "real"
-**   media vfs driver adapting this code.
-**
-** FILE FORMAT:
-**
-**   The basic principle is that the "database file" is stored at the
-**   beginning of the 10 MB blob and grows in a forward direction. The 
-**   "journal file" is stored at the end of the 10MB blob and grows
-**   in the reverse direction. If, during a transaction, insufficient
-**   space is available to expand either the journal or database file,
-**   an SQLITE_FULL error is returned. The database file is never allowed
-**   to consume more than 90% of the blob space. If SQLite tries to
-**   create a file larger than this, SQLITE_FULL is returned.
-**
-**   No allowance is made for "wear-leveling", as is required by.
-**   embedded devices in the absence of equivalent hardware features.
-**
-**   The first 512 block byte of the file is reserved for storing the
-**   size of the "database file". It is updated as part of the sync()
-**   operation. On startup, it can only be trusted if no journal file
-**   exists. If a journal-file does exist, then it stores the real size
-**   of the database region. The second and subsequent blocks store the 
-**   actual database content.
-**
-**   The size of the "journal file" is not stored persistently in the 
-**   file. When the system is running, the size of the journal file is
-**   stored in volatile memory. When recovering from a crash, this vfs
-**   reports a very large size for the journal file. The normal journal
-**   header and checksum mechanisms serve to prevent SQLite from 
-**   processing any data that lies past the logical end of the journal.
-**
-**   When SQLite calls OsDelete() to delete the journal file, the final
-**   512 bytes of the blob (the area containing the first journal header)
-**   are zeroed.
-**
-** LOCKING:
-**
-**   File locking is a no-op. Only one connection may be open at any one
-**   time using this demo vfs.
-*/
-
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length supported by the fs backend.
-*/
-#define BLOCKSIZE 512
-#define BLOBSIZE 10485760
-
-/*
-** Name used to identify this VFS.
-*/
-#define FS_VFS_NAME "fs"
-
-typedef struct fs_real_file fs_real_file;
-struct fs_real_file {
-  sqlite3_file *pFile;
-  const char *zName;
-  int nDatabase;              /* Current size of database region */
-  int nJournal;               /* Current size of journal region */
-  int nBlob;                  /* Total size of allocated blob */
-  int nRef;                   /* Number of pointers to this structure */
-  fs_real_file *pNext;
-  fs_real_file **ppThis;
-};
-
-typedef struct fs_file fs_file;
-struct fs_file {
-  sqlite3_file base;
-  int eType;
-  fs_real_file *pReal;
-};
-
-typedef struct tmp_file tmp_file;
-struct tmp_file {
-  sqlite3_file base;
-  int nSize;
-  int nAlloc;
-  char *zAlloc;
-};
-
-/* Values for fs_file.eType. */
-#define DATABASE_FILE   1
-#define JOURNAL_FILE    2
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for fs_file.
-*/
-static int fsClose(sqlite3_file*);
-static int fsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int fsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int fsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-static int fsSync(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-static int fsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-static int fsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int fsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int fsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
-static int fsFileControl(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-static int fsSectorSize(sqlite3_file*);
-static int fsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file*);
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for tmp_file.
-*/
-static int tmpClose(sqlite3_file*);
-static int tmpRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int tmpWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int tmpTruncate(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-static int tmpSync(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-static int tmpFileSize(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-static int tmpLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int tmpUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int tmpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
-static int tmpFileControl(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-static int tmpSectorSize(sqlite3_file*);
-static int tmpDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file*);
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for fs_vfs.
-*/
-static int fsOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int , int *);
-static int fsDelete(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-static int fsAccess(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *);
-static int fsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut,char *zOut);
-static void *fsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-static void fsDlError(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-static void (*fsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
-static void fsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-static int fsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-static int fsSleep(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-static int fsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-
-
-typedef struct fs_vfs_t fs_vfs_t;
-struct fs_vfs_t {
-  sqlite3_vfs base;
-  fs_real_file *pFileList;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent;
-};
-
-static fs_vfs_t fs_vfs = {
-  {
-    1,                                          /* iVersion */
-    0,                                          /* szOsFile */
-    0,                                          /* mxPathname */
-    0,                                          /* pNext */
-    FS_VFS_NAME,                                /* zName */
-    0,                                          /* pAppData */
-    fsOpen,                                     /* xOpen */
-    fsDelete,                                   /* xDelete */
-    fsAccess,                                   /* xAccess */
-    fsFullPathname,                             /* xFullPathname */
-    fsDlOpen,                                   /* xDlOpen */
-    fsDlError,                                  /* xDlError */
-    fsDlSym,                                    /* xDlSym */
-    fsDlClose,                                  /* xDlClose */
-    fsRandomness,                               /* xRandomness */
-    fsSleep,                                    /* xSleep */
-    fsCurrentTime,                              /* xCurrentTime */
-    0                                           /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
-  }, 
-  0,                                            /* pFileList */
-  0                                             /* pParent */
-};
-
-static sqlite3_io_methods fs_io_methods = {
-  1,                            /* iVersion */
-  fsClose,                      /* xClose */
-  fsRead,                       /* xRead */
-  fsWrite,                      /* xWrite */
-  fsTruncate,                   /* xTruncate */
-  fsSync,                       /* xSync */
-  fsFileSize,                   /* xFileSize */
-  fsLock,                       /* xLock */
-  fsUnlock,                     /* xUnlock */
-  fsCheckReservedLock,          /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  fsFileControl,                /* xFileControl */
-  fsSectorSize,                 /* xSectorSize */
-  fsDeviceCharacteristics,      /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  0,                            /* xShmMap */
-  0,                            /* xShmLock */
-  0,                            /* xShmBarrier */
-  0                             /* xShmUnmap */
-};
-
-
-static sqlite3_io_methods tmp_io_methods = {
-  1,                            /* iVersion */
-  tmpClose,                     /* xClose */
-  tmpRead,                      /* xRead */
-  tmpWrite,                     /* xWrite */
-  tmpTruncate,                  /* xTruncate */
-  tmpSync,                      /* xSync */
-  tmpFileSize,                  /* xFileSize */
-  tmpLock,                      /* xLock */
-  tmpUnlock,                    /* xUnlock */
-  tmpCheckReservedLock,         /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  tmpFileControl,               /* xFileControl */
-  tmpSectorSize,                /* xSectorSize */
-  tmpDeviceCharacteristics,     /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  0,                            /* xShmMap */
-  0,                            /* xShmLock */
-  0,                            /* xShmBarrier */
-  0                             /* xShmUnmap */
-};
-
-/* Useful macros used in several places */
-#define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
-#define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))
-
-
-/*
-** Close a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  tmp_file *pTmp = (tmp_file *)pFile;
-  sqlite3_free(pTmp->zAlloc);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  tmp_file *pTmp = (tmp_file *)pFile;
-  if( (iAmt+iOfst)>pTmp->nSize ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-  memcpy(zBuf, &pTmp->zAlloc[iOfst], iAmt);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  const void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  tmp_file *pTmp = (tmp_file *)pFile;
-  if( (iAmt+iOfst)>pTmp->nAlloc ){
-    int nNew = (int)(2*(iAmt+iOfst+pTmp->nAlloc));
-    char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pTmp->zAlloc, nNew);
-    if( !zNew ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pTmp->zAlloc = zNew;
-    pTmp->nAlloc = nNew;
-  }
-  memcpy(&pTmp->zAlloc[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
-  pTmp->nSize = (int)MAX(pTmp->nSize, iOfst+iAmt);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
-  tmp_file *pTmp = (tmp_file *)pFile;
-  pTmp->nSize = (int)MIN(pTmp->nSize, size);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current file-size of a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  tmp_file *pTmp = (tmp_file *)pFile;
-  *pSize = pTmp->nSize;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
-  *pResOut = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** File control method. For custom operations on a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector-size in bytes for a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the device characteristic flags supported by a tmp-file.
-*/
-static int tmpDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  fs_file *p = (fs_file *)pFile;
-  fs_real_file *pReal = p->pReal;
-
-  /* Decrement the real_file ref-count. */
-  pReal->nRef--;
-  assert(pReal->nRef>=0);
-
-  /* When the ref-count reaches 0, destroy the structure */
-  if( pReal->nRef==0 ){
-    *pReal->ppThis = pReal->pNext;
-    if( pReal->pNext ){
-      pReal->pNext->ppThis = pReal->ppThis;
-    }
-    rc = pReal->pFile->pMethods->xClose(pReal->pFile);
-    sqlite3_free(pReal);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  fs_file *p = (fs_file *)pFile;
-  fs_real_file *pReal = p->pReal;
-  sqlite3_file *pF = pReal->pFile;
-
-  if( (p->eType==DATABASE_FILE && (iAmt+iOfst)>pReal->nDatabase)
-   || (p->eType==JOURNAL_FILE && (iAmt+iOfst)>pReal->nJournal)
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }else if( p->eType==DATABASE_FILE ){
-    rc = pF->pMethods->xRead(pF, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst+BLOCKSIZE);
-  }else{
-    /* Journal file. */
-    int iRem = iAmt;
-    int iBuf = 0;
-    int ii = (int)iOfst;
-    while( iRem>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int iRealOff = pReal->nBlob - BLOCKSIZE*((ii/BLOCKSIZE)+1) + ii%BLOCKSIZE;
-      int iRealAmt = MIN(iRem, BLOCKSIZE - (iRealOff%BLOCKSIZE));
-
-      rc = pF->pMethods->xRead(pF, &((char *)zBuf)[iBuf], iRealAmt, iRealOff);
-      ii += iRealAmt;
-      iBuf += iRealAmt;
-      iRem -= iRealAmt;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  const void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  fs_file *p = (fs_file *)pFile;
-  fs_real_file *pReal = p->pReal;
-  sqlite3_file *pF = pReal->pFile;
-
-  if( p->eType==DATABASE_FILE ){
-    if( (iAmt+iOfst+BLOCKSIZE)>(pReal->nBlob-pReal->nJournal) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-    }else{
-      rc = pF->pMethods->xWrite(pF, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst+BLOCKSIZE);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pReal->nDatabase = (int)MAX(pReal->nDatabase, iAmt+iOfst);
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Journal file. */
-    int iRem = iAmt;
-    int iBuf = 0;
-    int ii = (int)iOfst;
-    while( iRem>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int iRealOff = pReal->nBlob - BLOCKSIZE*((ii/BLOCKSIZE)+1) + ii%BLOCKSIZE;
-      int iRealAmt = MIN(iRem, BLOCKSIZE - (iRealOff%BLOCKSIZE));
-
-      if( iRealOff<(pReal->nDatabase+BLOCKSIZE) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-      }else{
-        rc = pF->pMethods->xWrite(pF, &((char *)zBuf)[iBuf], iRealAmt,iRealOff);
-        ii += iRealAmt;
-        iBuf += iRealAmt;
-        iRem -= iRealAmt;
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pReal->nJournal = (int)MAX(pReal->nJournal, iAmt+iOfst);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
-  fs_file *p = (fs_file *)pFile;
-  fs_real_file *pReal = p->pReal;
-  if( p->eType==DATABASE_FILE ){
-    pReal->nDatabase = (int)MIN(pReal->nDatabase, size);
-  }else{
-    pReal->nJournal = (int)MIN(pReal->nJournal, size);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
-  fs_file *p = (fs_file *)pFile;
-  fs_real_file *pReal = p->pReal;
-  sqlite3_file *pRealFile = pReal->pFile;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( p->eType==DATABASE_FILE ){
-    unsigned char zSize[4];
-    zSize[0] = (pReal->nDatabase&0xFF000000)>>24;
-    zSize[1] = (pReal->nDatabase&0x00FF0000)>>16;
-    zSize[2] = (pReal->nDatabase&0x0000FF00)>>8;
-    zSize[3] = (pReal->nDatabase&0x000000FF);
-    rc = pRealFile->pMethods->xWrite(pRealFile, zSize, 4, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pRealFile->pMethods->xSync(pRealFile, flags&(~SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY));
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current file-size of an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  fs_file *p = (fs_file *)pFile;
-  fs_real_file *pReal = p->pReal;
-  if( p->eType==DATABASE_FILE ){
-    *pSize = pReal->nDatabase;
-  }else{
-    *pSize = pReal->nJournal;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
-  *pResOut = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** File control method. For custom operations on an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector-size in bytes for an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return BLOCKSIZE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an fs-file.
-*/
-static int fsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open an fs file handle.
-*/
-static int fsOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
-  const char *zName,
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  fs_vfs_t *pFsVfs = (fs_vfs_t *)pVfs;
-  fs_file *p = (fs_file *)pFile;
-  fs_real_file *pReal = 0;
-  int eType;
-  int nName;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( 0==(flags&(SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)) ){
-    tmp_file *p2 = (tmp_file *)pFile;
-    memset(p2, 0, sizeof(*p2));
-    p2->base.pMethods = &tmp_io_methods;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  eType = ((flags&(SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB))?DATABASE_FILE:JOURNAL_FILE);
-  p->base.pMethods = &fs_io_methods;
-  p->eType = eType;
-
-  assert(strlen("-journal")==8);
-  nName = (int)strlen(zName)-((eType==JOURNAL_FILE)?8:0);
-  pReal=pFsVfs->pFileList; 
-  for(; pReal && strncmp(pReal->zName, zName, nName); pReal=pReal->pNext);
-
-  if( !pReal ){
-    int real_flags = (flags&~(SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB))|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
-    sqlite3_int64 size;
-    sqlite3_file *pRealFile;
-    sqlite3_vfs *pParent = pFsVfs->pParent;
-    assert(eType==DATABASE_FILE);
-
-    pReal = (fs_real_file *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pReal)+pParent->szOsFile);
-    if( !pReal ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto open_out;
-    }
-    memset(pReal, 0, sizeof(*pReal)+pParent->szOsFile);
-    pReal->zName = zName;
-    pReal->pFile = (sqlite3_file *)(&pReal[1]);
-
-    rc = pParent->xOpen(pParent, zName, pReal->pFile, real_flags, pOutFlags);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto open_out;
-    }
-    pRealFile = pReal->pFile;
-
-    rc = pRealFile->pMethods->xFileSize(pRealFile, &size);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto open_out;
-    }
-    if( size==0 ){
-      rc = pRealFile->pMethods->xWrite(pRealFile, "\0", 1, BLOBSIZE-1);
-      pReal->nBlob = BLOBSIZE;
-    }else{
-      unsigned char zS[4];
-      pReal->nBlob = (int)size;
-      rc = pRealFile->pMethods->xRead(pRealFile, zS, 4, 0);
-      pReal->nDatabase = (zS[0]<<24)+(zS[1]<<16)+(zS[2]<<8)+zS[3];
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = pRealFile->pMethods->xRead(pRealFile, zS, 4, pReal->nBlob-4);
-        if( zS[0] || zS[1] || zS[2] || zS[3] ){
-          pReal->nJournal = pReal->nBlob;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pReal->pNext = pFsVfs->pFileList;
-      if( pReal->pNext ){
-        pReal->pNext->ppThis = &pReal->pNext;
-      }
-      pReal->ppThis = &pFsVfs->pFileList;
-      pFsVfs->pFileList = pReal;
-    }
-  }
-
-open_out:
-  if( pReal ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->pReal = pReal;
-      pReal->nRef++;
-    }else{
-      if( pReal->pFile->pMethods ){
-        pReal->pFile->pMethods->xClose(pReal->pFile);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(pReal);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true,
-** ensure the file-system modifications are synced to disk before
-** returning.
-*/
-static int fsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  fs_vfs_t *pFsVfs = (fs_vfs_t *)pVfs;
-  fs_real_file *pReal;
-  sqlite3_file *pF;
-  int nName = (int)strlen(zPath) - 8;
-
-  assert(strlen("-journal")==8);
-  assert(strcmp("-journal", &zPath[nName])==0);
-
-  pReal = pFsVfs->pFileList; 
-  for(; pReal && strncmp(pReal->zName, zPath, nName); pReal=pReal->pNext);
-  if( pReal ){
-    pF = pReal->pFile;
-    rc = pF->pMethods->xWrite(pF, "\0\0\0\0", 4, pReal->nBlob-BLOCKSIZE);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pReal->nJournal = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Test for access permissions. Return true if the requested permission
-** is available, or false otherwise.
-*/
-static int fsAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  fs_vfs_t *pFsVfs = (fs_vfs_t *)pVfs;
-  fs_real_file *pReal;
-  int isJournal = 0;
-  int nName = (int)strlen(zPath);
-
-  if( flags!=SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS ){
-    sqlite3_vfs *pParent = ((fs_vfs_t *)pVfs)->pParent;
-    return pParent->xAccess(pParent, zPath, flags, pResOut);
-  }
-
-  assert(strlen("-journal")==8);
-  if( nName>8 && strcmp("-journal", &zPath[nName-8])==0 ){
-    nName -= 8;
-    isJournal = 1;
-  }
-
-  pReal = pFsVfs->pFileList; 
-  for(; pReal && strncmp(pReal->zName, zPath, nName); pReal=pReal->pNext);
-
-  *pResOut = (pReal && (!isJournal || pReal->nJournal>0));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate buffer zOut with the full canonical pathname corresponding
-** to the pathname in zPath. zOut is guaranteed to point to a buffer
-** of at least (FS_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
-*/
-static int fsFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent = ((fs_vfs_t *)pVfs)->pParent;
-  return pParent->xFullPathname(pParent, zPath, nOut, zOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the dynamic library located at zPath and return a handle.
-*/
-static void *fsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent = ((fs_vfs_t *)pVfs)->pParent;
-  return pParent->xDlOpen(pParent, zPath);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
-** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated 
-** with dynamic libraries.
-*/
-static void fsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent = ((fs_vfs_t *)pVfs)->pParent;
-  pParent->xDlError(pParent, nByte, zErrMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle.
-*/
-static void (*fsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pH, const char *zSym))(void){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent = ((fs_vfs_t *)pVfs)->pParent;
-  return pParent->xDlSym(pParent, pH, zSym);
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the dynamic library handle pHandle.
-*/
-static void fsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent = ((fs_vfs_t *)pVfs)->pParent;
-  pParent->xDlClose(pParent, pHandle);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of 
-** random data.
-*/
-static int fsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent = ((fs_vfs_t *)pVfs)->pParent;
-  return pParent->xRandomness(pParent, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds 
-** actually slept.
-*/
-static int fsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent = ((fs_vfs_t *)pVfs)->pParent;
-  return pParent->xSleep(pParent, nMicro);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut.
-*/
-static int fsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent = ((fs_vfs_t *)pVfs)->pParent;
-  return pParent->xCurrentTime(pParent, pTimeOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure registers the fs vfs with SQLite. If the argument is
-** true, the fs vfs becomes the new default vfs. It is the only publicly
-** available function in this file.
-*/
-int fs_register(void){
-  if( fs_vfs.pParent ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  fs_vfs.pParent = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  fs_vfs.base.mxPathname = fs_vfs.pParent->mxPathname;
-  fs_vfs.base.szOsFile = MAX(sizeof(tmp_file), sizeof(fs_file));
-  return sqlite3_vfs_register(&fs_vfs.base, 0);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int SqlitetestOnefile_Init() {return fs_register();}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_osinst.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_osinst.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ae23a87c65..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_osinst.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1217 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 April 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the implementation of an SQLite vfs wrapper that
-** adds instrumentation to all vfs and file methods. C and Tcl interfaces
-** are provided to control the instrumentation.
-*/
-
-/*
-** This module contains code for a wrapper VFS that causes a log of
-** most VFS calls to be written into a nominated file on disk. The log 
-** is stored in a compressed binary format to reduce the amount of IO 
-** overhead introduced into the application by logging.
-**
-** All calls on sqlite3_file objects except xFileControl() are logged.
-** Additionally, calls to the xAccess(), xOpen(), and xDelete()
-** methods are logged. The other sqlite3_vfs object methods (xDlXXX,
-** xRandomness, xSleep, xCurrentTime, xGetLastError and xCurrentTimeInt64) 
-** are not logged.
-**
-** The binary log files are read using a virtual table implementation
-** also contained in this file. 
-**
-** CREATING LOG FILES:
-**
-**       int sqlite3_vfslog_new(
-**         const char *zVfs,          // Name of new VFS
-**         const char *zParentVfs,    // Name of parent VFS (or NULL)
-**         const char *zLog           // Name of log file to write to
-**       );
-**
-**       int sqlite3_vfslog_finalize(const char *zVfs);
-**
-** ANNOTATING LOG FILES:
-**
-**   To write an arbitrary message into a log file:
-**
-**       int sqlite3_vfslog_annotate(const char *zVfs, const char *zMsg);
-**
-** READING LOG FILES:
-**
-**   Log files are read using the "vfslog" virtual table implementation
-**   in this file. To register the virtual table with SQLite, use:
-**
-**       int sqlite3_vfslog_register(sqlite3 *db);
-**
-**   Then, if the log file is named "vfs.log", the following SQL command:
-**
-**       CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE v USING vfslog('vfs.log');
-**
-**   creates a virtual table with 6 columns, as follows:
-**
-**       CREATE TABLE v(
-**         event    TEXT,             // "xOpen", "xRead" etc.
-**         file     TEXT,             // Name of file this call applies to
-**         clicks   INTEGER,          // Time spent in call
-**         rc       INTEGER,          // Return value
-**         size     INTEGER,          // Bytes read or written
-**         offset   INTEGER           // File offset read or written
-**       );
-*/
-
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-
-#include "os_setup.h"
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#  include "os_win.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length supported by the vfslog backend.
-*/
-#define INST_MAX_PATHNAME 512
-
-#define OS_ACCESS            1
-#define OS_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK 2
-#define OS_CLOSE             3
-#define OS_CURRENTTIME       4
-#define OS_DELETE            5
-#define OS_DEVCHAR           6
-#define OS_FILECONTROL       7
-#define OS_FILESIZE          8
-#define OS_FULLPATHNAME      9
-#define OS_LOCK              11
-#define OS_OPEN              12
-#define OS_RANDOMNESS        13
-#define OS_READ              14 
-#define OS_SECTORSIZE        15
-#define OS_SLEEP             16
-#define OS_SYNC              17
-#define OS_TRUNCATE          18
-#define OS_UNLOCK            19
-#define OS_WRITE             20
-#define OS_SHMUNMAP          22
-#define OS_SHMMAP            23
-#define OS_SHMLOCK           25
-#define OS_SHMBARRIER        26
-#define OS_ANNOTATE          28
-
-#define OS_NUMEVENTS         29
-
-#define VFSLOG_BUFFERSIZE 8192
-
-typedef struct VfslogVfs VfslogVfs;
-typedef struct VfslogFile VfslogFile;
-
-struct VfslogVfs {
-  sqlite3_vfs base;               /* VFS methods */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* Parent VFS */
-  int iNextFileId;                /* Next file id */
-  sqlite3_file *pLog;             /* Log file handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iOffset;          /* Log file offset of start of write buffer */
-  int nBuf;                       /* Number of valid bytes in aBuf[] */
-  char aBuf[VFSLOG_BUFFERSIZE];   /* Write buffer */
-};
-
-struct VfslogFile {
-  sqlite3_file base;              /* IO methods */
-  sqlite3_file *pReal;            /* Underlying file handle */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfslog;           /* Associated VsflogVfs object */
-  int iFileId;                    /* File id number */
-};
-
-#define REALVFS(p) (((VfslogVfs *)(p))->pVfs)
-
-
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for vfslog_file.
-*/
-static int vfslogClose(sqlite3_file*);
-static int vfslogRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int vfslogWrite(sqlite3_file*,const void*,int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int vfslogTruncate(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-static int vfslogSync(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-static int vfslogFileSize(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-static int vfslogLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int vfslogUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int vfslogCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
-static int vfslogFileControl(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-static int vfslogSectorSize(sqlite3_file*);
-static int vfslogDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file*);
-
-static int vfslogShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags);
-static int vfslogShmMap(sqlite3_file *pFile,int,int,int,volatile void **);
-static void vfslogShmBarrier(sqlite3_file*);
-static int vfslogShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pFile, int deleteFlag);
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for vfslog_vfs.
-*/
-static int vfslogOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int , int *);
-static int vfslogDelete(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-static int vfslogAccess(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *);
-static int vfslogFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int, char *zOut);
-static void *vfslogDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-static void vfslogDlError(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-static void (*vfslogDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *p, const char*zSym))(void);
-static void vfslogDlClose(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-static int vfslogRandomness(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-static int vfslogSleep(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-static int vfslogCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-
-static int vfslogGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
-static int vfslogCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
-
-static sqlite3_vfs vfslog_vfs = {
-  1,                              /* iVersion */
-  sizeof(VfslogFile),             /* szOsFile */
-  INST_MAX_PATHNAME,              /* mxPathname */
-  0,                              /* pNext */
-  0,                              /* zName */
-  0,                              /* pAppData */
-  vfslogOpen,                     /* xOpen */
-  vfslogDelete,                   /* xDelete */
-  vfslogAccess,                   /* xAccess */
-  vfslogFullPathname,             /* xFullPathname */
-  vfslogDlOpen,                   /* xDlOpen */
-  vfslogDlError,                  /* xDlError */
-  vfslogDlSym,                    /* xDlSym */
-  vfslogDlClose,                  /* xDlClose */
-  vfslogRandomness,               /* xRandomness */
-  vfslogSleep,                    /* xSleep */
-  vfslogCurrentTime,              /* xCurrentTime */
-  vfslogGetLastError,             /* xGetLastError */
-  vfslogCurrentTimeInt64          /* xCurrentTime */
-};
-
-static sqlite3_io_methods vfslog_io_methods = {
-  2,                              /* iVersion */
-  vfslogClose,                    /* xClose */
-  vfslogRead,                     /* xRead */
-  vfslogWrite,                    /* xWrite */
-  vfslogTruncate,                 /* xTruncate */
-  vfslogSync,                     /* xSync */
-  vfslogFileSize,                 /* xFileSize */
-  vfslogLock,                     /* xLock */
-  vfslogUnlock,                   /* xUnlock */
-  vfslogCheckReservedLock,        /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  vfslogFileControl,              /* xFileControl */
-  vfslogSectorSize,               /* xSectorSize */
-  vfslogDeviceCharacteristics,    /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  vfslogShmMap,                   /* xShmMap */
-  vfslogShmLock,                  /* xShmLock */
-  vfslogShmBarrier,               /* xShmBarrier */
-  vfslogShmUnmap                  /* xShmUnmap */
-};
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && !defined(NO_GETTOD)
-#include <sys/time.h>
-static sqlite3_uint64 vfslog_time(){
-  struct timeval sTime;
-  gettimeofday(&sTime, 0);
-  return sTime.tv_usec + (sqlite3_uint64)sTime.tv_sec * 1000000;
-}
-#elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#include <time.h>
-static sqlite3_uint64 vfslog_time(){
-  FILETIME ft;
-  sqlite3_uint64 u64time = 0;
- 
-  GetSystemTimeAsFileTime(&ft);
-
-  u64time |= ft.dwHighDateTime;
-  u64time <<= 32;
-  u64time |= ft.dwLowDateTime;
-
-  /* ft is 100-nanosecond intervals, we want microseconds */
-  return u64time /(sqlite3_uint64)10;
-}
-#else
-static sqlite3_uint64 vfslog_time(){
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-static void vfslog_call(sqlite3_vfs *, int, int, sqlite3_int64, int, int, int);
-static void vfslog_string(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
-
-/*
-** Close an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  if( p->pReal->pMethods ){
-    rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xClose(p->pReal);
-  }
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_CLOSE, p->iFileId, t, rc, 0, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_READ, p->iFileId, t, rc, iAmt, (int)iOfst);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  const void *z,
-  int iAmt,
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xWrite(p->pReal, z, iAmt, iOfst);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_WRITE, p->iFileId, t, rc, iAmt, (int)iOfst);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xTruncate(p->pReal, size);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_TRUNCATE, p->iFileId, t, rc, 0, (int)size);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xSync(p->pReal, flags);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_SYNC, p->iFileId, t, rc, flags, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current file-size of an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_FILESIZE, p->iFileId, t, rc, 0, (int)*pSize);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xLock(p->pReal, eLock);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_LOCK, p->iFileId, t, rc, eLock, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xUnlock(p->pReal, eLock);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_UNLOCK, p->iFileId, t, rc, eLock, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(p->pReal, pResOut);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK, p->iFileId, t, rc, *pResOut, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** File control method. For custom operations on an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  int rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xFileControl(p->pReal, op, pArg);
-  if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("vfslog/%z", *(char**)pArg);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector-size in bytes for an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xSectorSize(p->pReal);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_SECTORSIZE, p->iFileId, t, rc, 0, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an vfslog-file.
-*/
-static int vfslogDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(p->pReal);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_DEVCHAR, p->iFileId, t, rc, 0, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int vfslogShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmLock(p->pReal, ofst, n, flags);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_SHMLOCK, p->iFileId, t, rc, 0, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-static int vfslogShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  int iRegion, 
-  int szRegion, 
-  int isWrite, 
-  volatile void **pp
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmMap(p->pReal, iRegion, szRegion, isWrite, pp);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_SHMMAP, p->iFileId, t, rc, 0, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-static void vfslogShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  p->pReal->pMethods->xShmBarrier(p->pReal);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_SHMBARRIER, p->iFileId, t, SQLITE_OK, 0, 0);
-}
-static int vfslogShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pFile, int deleteFlag){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmUnmap(p->pReal, deleteFlag);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(p->pVfslog, OS_SHMUNMAP, p->iFileId, t, rc, 0, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Open an vfslog file handle.
-*/
-static int vfslogOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
-  const char *zName,
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  VfslogFile *p = (VfslogFile *)pFile;
-  VfslogVfs *pLog = (VfslogVfs *)pVfs;
-
-  pFile->pMethods = &vfslog_io_methods;
-  p->pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
-  p->pVfslog = pVfs;
-  p->iFileId = ++pLog->iNextFileId;
-
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = REALVFS(pVfs)->xOpen(REALVFS(pVfs), zName, p->pReal, flags, pOutFlags);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-
-  vfslog_call(pVfs, OS_OPEN, p->iFileId, t, rc, 0, 0);
-  vfslog_string(pVfs, zName);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true,
-** ensure the file-system modifications are synced to disk before
-** returning.
-*/
-static int vfslogDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = REALVFS(pVfs)->xDelete(REALVFS(pVfs), zPath, dirSync);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(pVfs, OS_DELETE, 0, t, rc, dirSync, 0);
-  vfslog_string(pVfs, zPath);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Test for access permissions. Return true if the requested permission
-** is available, or false otherwise.
-*/
-static int vfslogAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_uint64 t;
-  t = vfslog_time();
-  rc = REALVFS(pVfs)->xAccess(REALVFS(pVfs), zPath, flags, pResOut);
-  t = vfslog_time() - t;
-  vfslog_call(pVfs, OS_ACCESS, 0, t, rc, flags, *pResOut);
-  vfslog_string(pVfs, zPath);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate buffer zOut with the full canonical pathname corresponding
-** to the pathname in zPath. zOut is guaranteed to point to a buffer
-** of at least (INST_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
-*/
-static int vfslogFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int nOut, 
-  char *zOut
-){
-  return REALVFS(pVfs)->xFullPathname(REALVFS(pVfs), zPath, nOut, zOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the dynamic library located at zPath and return a handle.
-*/
-static void *vfslogDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
-  return REALVFS(pVfs)->xDlOpen(REALVFS(pVfs), zPath);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
-** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated 
-** with dynamic libraries.
-*/
-static void vfslogDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
-  REALVFS(pVfs)->xDlError(REALVFS(pVfs), nByte, zErrMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle.
-*/
-static void (*vfslogDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *p, const char *zSym))(void){
-  return REALVFS(pVfs)->xDlSym(REALVFS(pVfs), p, zSym);
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the dynamic library handle pHandle.
-*/
-static void vfslogDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  REALVFS(pVfs)->xDlClose(REALVFS(pVfs), pHandle);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of 
-** random data.
-*/
-static int vfslogRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  return REALVFS(pVfs)->xRandomness(REALVFS(pVfs), nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds 
-** actually slept.
-*/
-static int vfslogSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
-  return REALVFS(pVfs)->xSleep(REALVFS(pVfs), nMicro);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut.
-*/
-static int vfslogCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
-  return REALVFS(pVfs)->xCurrentTime(REALVFS(pVfs), pTimeOut);
-}
-
-static int vfslogGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int a, char *b){
-  return REALVFS(pVfs)->xGetLastError(REALVFS(pVfs), a, b);
-}
-static int vfslogCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *p){
-  return REALVFS(pVfs)->xCurrentTimeInt64(REALVFS(pVfs), p);
-}
-
-static void vfslog_flush(VfslogVfs *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-  extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist;
-  extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending;
-
-  int pending = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-  int persist = sqlite3_io_error_persist;
-  int diskfull = sqlite3_diskfull_pending;
-
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
-  sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;
-  sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-#endif
-
-  if( p->nBuf ){
-    p->pLog->pMethods->xWrite(p->pLog, p->aBuf, p->nBuf, p->iOffset);
-    p->iOffset += p->nBuf;
-    p->nBuf = 0;
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = pending;
-  sqlite3_io_error_persist = persist;
-  sqlite3_diskfull_pending = diskfull;
-#endif
-}
-
-static void put32bits(unsigned char *p, unsigned int v){
-  p[0] = v>>24;
-  p[1] = v>>16;
-  p[2] = v>>8;
-  p[3] = v;
-}
-
-static void vfslog_call(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
-  int eEvent,
-  int iFileid,
-  sqlite3_int64 nClick,
-  int return_code,
-  int size,
-  int offset
-){
-  VfslogVfs *p = (VfslogVfs *)pVfs;
-  unsigned char *zRec;
-  if( (24+p->nBuf)>sizeof(p->aBuf) ){
-    vfslog_flush(p);
-  }
-  zRec = (unsigned char *)&p->aBuf[p->nBuf];
-  put32bits(&zRec[0], eEvent);
-  put32bits(&zRec[4], iFileid);
-  put32bits(&zRec[8], (unsigned int)(nClick&0xffff));
-  put32bits(&zRec[12], return_code);
-  put32bits(&zRec[16], size);
-  put32bits(&zRec[20], offset);
-  p->nBuf += 24;
-}
-
-static void vfslog_string(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zStr){
-  VfslogVfs *p = (VfslogVfs *)pVfs;
-  unsigned char *zRec;
-  int nStr = zStr ? (int)strlen(zStr) : 0;
-  if( (4+nStr+p->nBuf)>sizeof(p->aBuf) ){
-    vfslog_flush(p);
-  }
-  zRec = (unsigned char *)&p->aBuf[p->nBuf];
-  put32bits(&zRec[0], nStr);
-  if( zStr ){
-    memcpy(&zRec[4], zStr, nStr);
-  }
-  p->nBuf += (4 + nStr);
-}
-
-static void vfslog_finalize(VfslogVfs *p){
-  if( p->pLog->pMethods ){
-    vfslog_flush(p);
-    p->pLog->pMethods->xClose(p->pLog);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-int sqlite3_vfslog_finalize(const char *zVfs){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
-  if( !pVfs || pVfs->xOpen!=vfslogOpen ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  } 
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(pVfs);
-  vfslog_finalize((VfslogVfs *)pVfs);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-int sqlite3_vfslog_new(
-  const char *zVfs,               /* New VFS name */
-  const char *zParentVfs,         /* Parent VFS name (or NULL) */
-  const char *zLog                /* Log file name */
-){
-  VfslogVfs *p;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent;
-  int nByte;
-  int flags;
-  int rc;
-  char *zFile;
-  int nVfs;
-
-  pParent = sqlite3_vfs_find(zParentVfs);
-  if( !pParent ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  nVfs = (int)strlen(zVfs);
-  nByte = sizeof(VfslogVfs) + pParent->szOsFile + nVfs+1+pParent->mxPathname+1;
-  p = (VfslogVfs *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  memset(p, 0, nByte);
-
-  p->pVfs = pParent;
-  p->pLog = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
-  memcpy(&p->base, &vfslog_vfs, sizeof(sqlite3_vfs));
-  p->base.zName = &((char *)p->pLog)[pParent->szOsFile];
-  p->base.szOsFile += pParent->szOsFile;
-  memcpy((char *)p->base.zName, zVfs, nVfs);
-
-  zFile = (char *)&p->base.zName[nVfs+1];
-  pParent->xFullPathname(pParent, zLog, pParent->mxPathname, zFile);
-
-  flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL;
-  pParent->xDelete(pParent, zFile, 0);
-  rc = pParent->xOpen(pParent, zFile, p->pLog, flags, &flags);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    memcpy(p->aBuf, "sqlite_ostrace1.....", 20);
-    p->iOffset = 0;
-    p->nBuf = 20;
-    rc = sqlite3_vfs_register((sqlite3_vfs *)p, 1);
-  }
-  if( rc ){
-    vfslog_finalize(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-int sqlite3_vfslog_annotate(const char *zVfs, const char *zMsg){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
-  if( !pVfs || pVfs->xOpen!=vfslogOpen ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  } 
-  vfslog_call(pVfs, OS_ANNOTATE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  vfslog_string(pVfs, zMsg);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static const char *vfslog_eventname(int eEvent){
-  const char *zEvent = 0;
-
-  switch( eEvent ){
-    case OS_CLOSE:             zEvent = "xClose"; break;
-    case OS_READ:              zEvent = "xRead"; break;
-    case OS_WRITE:             zEvent = "xWrite"; break;
-    case OS_TRUNCATE:          zEvent = "xTruncate"; break;
-    case OS_SYNC:              zEvent = "xSync"; break;
-    case OS_FILESIZE:          zEvent = "xFilesize"; break;
-    case OS_LOCK:              zEvent = "xLock"; break;
-    case OS_UNLOCK:            zEvent = "xUnlock"; break;
-    case OS_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK: zEvent = "xCheckResLock"; break;
-    case OS_FILECONTROL:       zEvent = "xFileControl"; break;
-    case OS_SECTORSIZE:        zEvent = "xSectorSize"; break;
-    case OS_DEVCHAR:           zEvent = "xDeviceChar"; break;
-    case OS_OPEN:              zEvent = "xOpen"; break;
-    case OS_DELETE:            zEvent = "xDelete"; break;
-    case OS_ACCESS:            zEvent = "xAccess"; break;
-    case OS_FULLPATHNAME:      zEvent = "xFullPathname"; break;
-    case OS_RANDOMNESS:        zEvent = "xRandomness"; break;
-    case OS_SLEEP:             zEvent = "xSleep"; break;
-    case OS_CURRENTTIME:       zEvent = "xCurrentTime"; break;
-
-    case OS_SHMUNMAP:          zEvent = "xShmUnmap"; break;
-    case OS_SHMLOCK:           zEvent = "xShmLock"; break;
-    case OS_SHMBARRIER:        zEvent = "xShmBarrier"; break;
-    case OS_SHMMAP:            zEvent = "xShmMap"; break;
-
-    case OS_ANNOTATE:          zEvent = "annotation"; break;
-  }
-
-  return zEvent;
-}
-
-typedef struct VfslogVtab VfslogVtab;
-typedef struct VfslogCsr VfslogCsr;
-
-/*
-** Virtual table type for the vfslog reader module.
-*/
-struct VfslogVtab {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class */
-  sqlite3_file *pFd;              /* File descriptor open on vfslog file */
-  sqlite3_int64 nByte;            /* Size of file in bytes */
-  char *zFile;                    /* File name for pFd */
-};
-
-/*
-** Virtual table cursor type for the vfslog reader module.
-*/
-struct VfslogCsr {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class */
-  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;           /* Current rowid. */
-  sqlite3_int64 iOffset;          /* Offset of next record in file */
-  char *zTransient;               /* Transient 'file' string */
-  int nFile;                      /* Size of array azFile[] */
-  char **azFile;                  /* File strings */
-  unsigned char aBuf[1024];       /* Current vfs log entry (read from file) */
-};
-
-static unsigned int get32bits(unsigned char *p){
-  return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3];
-}
-
-/*
-** The argument must point to a buffer containing a nul-terminated string.
-** If the string begins with an SQL quote character it is overwritten by
-** the dequoted version. Otherwise the buffer is left unmodified.
-*/
-static void dequote(char *z){
-  char quote;                     /* Quote character (if any ) */
-  quote = z[0];
-  if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
-    int iIn = 1;                  /* Index of next byte to read from input */
-    int iOut = 0;                 /* Index of next byte to write to output */
-    if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';  
-    while( z[iIn] ){
-      if( z[iIn]==quote ){
-        if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break;
-        z[iOut++] = quote;
-        iIn += 2;
-      }else{
-        z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
-      }
-    }
-    z[iOut] = '\0';
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Connect to or create a vfslog virtual table.
-*/
-static int vlogConnect(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* VFS used to read log file */
-  int flags;                      /* flags passed to pVfs->xOpen() */
-  VfslogVtab *p;
-  int rc;
-  int nByte;
-  char *zFile;
-
-  *ppVtab = 0;
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  nByte = sizeof(VfslogVtab) + pVfs->szOsFile + pVfs->mxPathname;
-  p = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(p, 0, nByte);
-
-  p->pFd = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
-  p->zFile = &((char *)p->pFd)[pVfs->szOsFile];
-
-  zFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", argv[3]);
-  if( !zFile ){
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  dequote(zFile);
-  pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zFile, pVfs->mxPathname, p->zFile);
-  sqlite3_free(zFile);
-
-  flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL;
-  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, p->zFile, p->pFd, flags, &flags);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    p->pFd->pMethods->xFileSize(p->pFd, &p->nByte);
-    sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, 
-        "CREATE TABLE xxx(event, file, click, rc, size, offset)"
-    );
-    *ppVtab = &p->base;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** There is no "best-index". This virtual table always does a linear
-** scan of the binary VFS log file.
-*/
-static int vlogBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
-  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 10.0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Disconnect from or destroy a vfslog virtual table.
-*/
-static int vlogDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  VfslogVtab *p = (VfslogVtab *)pVtab;
-  if( p->pFd->pMethods ){
-    p->pFd->pMethods->xClose(p->pFd);
-    p->pFd->pMethods = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a new vfslog cursor.
-*/
-static int vlogOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  VfslogCsr *pCsr;                /* Newly allocated cursor object */
-
-  pCsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(VfslogCsr));
-  if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(VfslogCsr));
-  *ppCursor = &pCsr->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a vfslog cursor.
-*/
-static int vlogClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  VfslogCsr *p = (VfslogCsr *)pCursor;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nFile; i++){
-    sqlite3_free(p->azFile[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p->azFile);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zTransient);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move a vfslog cursor to the next entry in the file.
-*/
-static int vlogNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  VfslogCsr *pCsr = (VfslogCsr *)pCursor;
-  VfslogVtab *p = (VfslogVtab *)pCursor->pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nRead;
-
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zTransient);
-  pCsr->zTransient = 0;
-
-  nRead = 24;
-  if( pCsr->iOffset+nRead<=p->nByte ){
-    int eEvent;
-    rc = p->pFd->pMethods->xRead(p->pFd, pCsr->aBuf, nRead, pCsr->iOffset);
-
-    eEvent = get32bits(pCsr->aBuf);
-    if( (rc==SQLITE_OK)
-     && (eEvent==OS_OPEN || eEvent==OS_DELETE || eEvent==OS_ACCESS) 
-    ){
-      char buf[4];
-      rc = p->pFd->pMethods->xRead(p->pFd, buf, 4, pCsr->iOffset+nRead);
-      nRead += 4;
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        int nStr = get32bits((unsigned char *)buf);
-        char *zStr = sqlite3_malloc(nStr+1);
-        rc = p->pFd->pMethods->xRead(p->pFd, zStr, nStr, pCsr->iOffset+nRead);
-        zStr[nStr] = '\0';
-        nRead += nStr;
-
-        if( eEvent==OS_OPEN ){
-          int iFileid = get32bits(&pCsr->aBuf[4]);
-          if( iFileid>=pCsr->nFile ){
-            int nNew = sizeof(pCsr->azFile[0])*(iFileid+1);
-            pCsr->azFile = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->azFile, nNew);
-            nNew -= sizeof(pCsr->azFile[0])*pCsr->nFile;
-            memset(&pCsr->azFile[pCsr->nFile], 0, nNew);
-            pCsr->nFile = iFileid+1;
-          }
-          sqlite3_free(pCsr->azFile[iFileid]);
-          pCsr->azFile[iFileid] = zStr;
-        }else{
-          pCsr->zTransient = zStr;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  pCsr->iRowid += 1;
-  pCsr->iOffset += nRead;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int vlogEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  VfslogCsr *pCsr = (VfslogCsr *)pCursor;
-  VfslogVtab *p = (VfslogVtab *)pCursor->pVtab;
-  return (pCsr->iOffset>=p->nByte);
-}
-
-static int vlogFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, 
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  VfslogCsr *pCsr = (VfslogCsr *)pCursor;
-  pCsr->iRowid = 0;
-  pCsr->iOffset = 20;
-  return vlogNext(pCursor);
-}
-
-static int vlogColumn(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, 
-  sqlite3_context *ctx, 
-  int i
-){
-  unsigned int val;
-  VfslogCsr *pCsr = (VfslogCsr *)pCursor;
-
-  assert( i<7 );
-  val = get32bits(&pCsr->aBuf[4*i]);
-
-  switch( i ){
-    case 0: {
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, vfslog_eventname(val), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    }
-    case 1: {
-      char *zStr = pCsr->zTransient;
-      if( val!=0 && val<(unsigned)pCsr->nFile ){
-        zStr = pCsr->azFile[val];
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zStr, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    }
-    default:
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, val);
-      break;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int vlogRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  VfslogCsr *pCsr = (VfslogCsr *)pCursor;
-  *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-int sqlite3_vfslog_register(sqlite3 *db){
-  static sqlite3_module vfslog_module = {
-    0,                            /* iVersion */
-    vlogConnect,                /* xCreate */
-    vlogConnect,                /* xConnect */
-    vlogBestIndex,              /* xBestIndex */
-    vlogDisconnect,             /* xDisconnect */
-    vlogDisconnect,             /* xDestroy */
-    vlogOpen,                   /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-    vlogClose,                  /* xClose - close a cursor */
-    vlogFilter,                 /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-    vlogNext,                   /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-    vlogEof,                    /* xEof - check for end of scan */
-    vlogColumn,                 /* xColumn - read data */
-    vlogRowid,                  /* xRowid - read data */
-    0,                            /* xUpdate */
-    0,                            /* xBegin */
-    0,                            /* xSync */
-    0,                            /* xCommit */
-    0,                            /* xRollback */
-    0,                            /* xFindMethod */
-    0,                            /* xRename */
-  };
-
-  sqlite3_create_module(db, "vfslog", &vfslog_module, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/**************************************************************************
-***************************************************************************
-** Tcl interface starts here.
-*/
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(TCLSH)
-
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-static int test_vfslog(
-  void *clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  struct SqliteDb { sqlite3 *db; };
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-
-  static const char *strs[] = { "annotate", "finalize", "new",  "register", 0 };
-  enum VL_enum { VL_ANNOTATE, VL_FINALIZE, VL_NEW, VL_REGISTER };
-  int iSub;
-
-  if( objc<2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SUB-COMMAND ...");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], strs, "sub-command", 0, &iSub) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  switch( (enum VL_enum)iSub ){
-    case VL_ANNOTATE: {
-      char *zVfs;
-      char *zMsg;
-      if( objc!=4 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "VFS");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      zVfs = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-      zMsg = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-      rc = sqlite3_vfslog_annotate(zVfs, zMsg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed", 0);
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case VL_FINALIZE: {
-      char *zVfs;
-      if( objc!=3 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "VFS");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      zVfs = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-      rc = sqlite3_vfslog_finalize(zVfs);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed", 0);
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      break;
-    };
-
-    case VL_NEW: {
-      char *zVfs;
-      char *zParent;
-      char *zLog;
-      if( objc!=5 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "VFS PARENT LOGFILE");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      zVfs = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-      zParent = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-      zLog = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
-      if( *zParent=='\0' ) zParent = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3_vfslog_new(zVfs, zParent, zLog);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed", 0);
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      break;
-    };
-
-    case VL_REGISTER: {
-      char *zDb;
-      if( objc!=3 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "DB");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "vfslog not available because of "
-                               "SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", (void*)0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-#else
-      zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-      if( Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, zDb, &cmdInfo) ){
-        db = ((struct SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData)->db;
-        rc = sqlite3_vfslog_register(db);
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad sqlite3 handle: ", zDb, (void*)0);
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      break;
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int SqlitetestOsinst_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "vfslog", test_vfslog, 0, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_pcache.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_pcache.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fcfe7e26e3..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_pcache.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,467 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 November 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** 
-** This file contains code used for testing the SQLite system.
-** None of the code in this file goes into a deliverable build.
-** 
-** This file contains an application-defined pager cache
-** implementation that can be plugged in in place of the
-** default pcache.  This alternative pager cache will throw
-** some errors that the default cache does not.
-**
-** This pagecache implementation is designed for simplicity
-** not speed.  
-*/
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-/*
-** Global data used by this test implementation.  There is no
-** mutexing, which means this page cache will not work in a
-** multi-threaded test.
-*/
-typedef struct testpcacheGlobalType testpcacheGlobalType;
-struct testpcacheGlobalType {
-  void *pDummy;             /* Dummy allocation to simulate failures */
-  int nInstance;            /* Number of current instances */
-  unsigned discardChance;   /* Chance of discarding on an unpin (0-100) */
-  unsigned prngSeed;        /* Seed for the PRNG */
-  unsigned highStress;      /* Call xStress agressively */
-};
-static testpcacheGlobalType testpcacheGlobal;
-
-/*
-** Initializer.
-**
-** Verify that the initializer is only called when the system is
-** uninitialized.  Allocate some memory and report SQLITE_NOMEM if
-** the allocation fails.  This provides a means to test the recovery
-** from a failed initialization attempt.  It also verifies that the
-** the destructor always gets call - otherwise there would be a
-** memory leak.
-*/
-static int testpcacheInit(void *pArg){
-  assert( pArg==(void*)&testpcacheGlobal );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy==0 );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.nInstance==0 );
-  testpcacheGlobal.pDummy = sqlite3_malloc(10);
-  return testpcacheGlobal.pDummy==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Destructor
-**
-** Verify that this is only called after initialization.
-** Free the memory allocated by the initializer.
-*/
-static void testpcacheShutdown(void *pArg){
-  assert( pArg==(void*)&testpcacheGlobal );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy!=0 );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.nInstance==0 );
-  sqlite3_free( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy );
-  testpcacheGlobal.pDummy = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Number of pages in a cache.
-**
-** The number of pages is a hard upper bound in this test module.
-** If more pages are requested, sqlite3PcacheFetch() returns NULL.
-**
-** If testing with in-memory temp tables, provide a larger pcache.
-** Some of the test cases need this.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>=2
-# define TESTPCACHE_NPAGE    499
-#else
-# define TESTPCACHE_NPAGE    217
-#endif
-#define TESTPCACHE_RESERVE   17
-
-/*
-** Magic numbers used to determine validity of the page cache.
-*/
-#define TESTPCACHE_VALID  0x364585fd
-#define TESTPCACHE_CLEAR  0xd42670d4
-
-/*
-** Private implementation of a page cache.
-*/
-typedef struct testpcache testpcache;
-struct testpcache {
-  int szPage;               /* Size of each page.  Multiple of 8. */
-  int szExtra;              /* Size of extra data that accompanies each page */
-  int bPurgeable;           /* True if the page cache is purgeable */
-  int nFree;                /* Number of unused slots in a[] */
-  int nPinned;              /* Number of pinned slots in a[] */
-  unsigned iRand;           /* State of the PRNG */
-  unsigned iMagic;          /* Magic number for sanity checking */
-  struct testpcachePage {
-    sqlite3_pcache_page page;  /* Base class */
-    unsigned key;              /* The key for this page. 0 means unallocated */
-    int isPinned;              /* True if the page is pinned */
-  } a[TESTPCACHE_NPAGE];    /* All pages in the cache */
-};
-
-/*
-** Get a random number using the PRNG in the given page cache.
-*/
-static unsigned testpcacheRandom(testpcache *p){
-  unsigned x = 0;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<4; i++){
-    p->iRand = (p->iRand*69069 + 5);
-    x = (x<<8) | ((p->iRand>>16)&0xff);
-  }
-  return x;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new page cache instance.
-*/
-static sqlite3_pcache *testpcacheCreate(
-  int szPage, 
-  int szExtra, 
-  int bPurgeable
-){
-  int nMem;
-  char *x;
-  testpcache *p;
-  int i;
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy!=0 );
-  szPage = (szPage+7)&~7;
-  nMem = sizeof(testpcache) + TESTPCACHE_NPAGE*(szPage+szExtra);
-  p = sqlite3_malloc( nMem );
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  x = (char*)&p[1];
-  p->szPage = szPage;
-  p->szExtra = szExtra;
-  p->nFree = TESTPCACHE_NPAGE;
-  p->nPinned = 0;
-  p->iRand = testpcacheGlobal.prngSeed;
-  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
-  p->iMagic = TESTPCACHE_VALID;
-  for(i=0; i<TESTPCACHE_NPAGE; i++, x += (szPage+szExtra)){
-    p->a[i].key = 0;
-    p->a[i].isPinned = 0;
-    p->a[i].page.pBuf = (void*)x;
-    p->a[i].page.pExtra = (void*)&x[szPage];
-  }
-  testpcacheGlobal.nInstance++;
-  return (sqlite3_pcache*)p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the cache size
-*/
-static void testpcacheCachesize(sqlite3_pcache *pCache, int newSize){
-  testpcache *p = (testpcache*)pCache;
-  assert( p->iMagic==TESTPCACHE_VALID );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy!=0 );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.nInstance>0 );
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of pages in the cache that are being used.
-** This includes both pinned and unpinned pages.
-*/
-static int testpcachePagecount(sqlite3_pcache *pCache){
-  testpcache *p = (testpcache*)pCache;
-  assert( p->iMagic==TESTPCACHE_VALID );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy!=0 );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.nInstance>0 );
-  return TESTPCACHE_NPAGE - p->nFree;
-}
-
-/*
-** Fetch a page.
-*/
-static sqlite3_pcache_page *testpcacheFetch(
-  sqlite3_pcache *pCache,
-  unsigned key,
-  int createFlag
-){
-  testpcache *p = (testpcache*)pCache;
-  int i, j;
-  assert( p->iMagic==TESTPCACHE_VALID );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy!=0 );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.nInstance>0 );
-
-  /* See if the page is already in cache.  Return immediately if it is */
-  for(i=0; i<TESTPCACHE_NPAGE; i++){
-    if( p->a[i].key==key ){
-      if( !p->a[i].isPinned ){
-        p->nPinned++;
-        assert( p->nPinned <= TESTPCACHE_NPAGE - p->nFree );
-        p->a[i].isPinned = 1;
-      }
-      return &p->a[i].page;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If createFlag is 0, never allocate a new page */
-  if( createFlag==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If no pages are available, always fail */
-  if( p->nPinned==TESTPCACHE_NPAGE ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Do not allocate the last TESTPCACHE_RESERVE pages unless createFlag is 2 */
-  if( p->nPinned>=TESTPCACHE_NPAGE-TESTPCACHE_RESERVE && createFlag<2 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Do not allocate if highStress is enabled and createFlag is not 2.  
-  **
-  ** The highStress setting causes pagerStress() to be called much more
-  ** often, which exercises the pager logic more intensely.
-  */
-  if( testpcacheGlobal.highStress && createFlag<2 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Find a free page to allocate if there are any free pages.
-  ** Withhold TESTPCACHE_RESERVE free pages until createFlag is 2.
-  */
-  if( p->nFree>TESTPCACHE_RESERVE || (createFlag==2 && p->nFree>0) ){
-    j = testpcacheRandom(p) % TESTPCACHE_NPAGE;
-    for(i=0; i<TESTPCACHE_NPAGE; i++, j = (j+1)%TESTPCACHE_NPAGE){
-      if( p->a[j].key==0 ){
-        p->a[j].key = key;
-        p->a[j].isPinned = 1;
-        memset(p->a[j].page.pBuf, 0, p->szPage);
-        memset(p->a[j].page.pExtra, 0, p->szExtra);
-        p->nPinned++;
-        p->nFree--;
-        assert( p->nPinned <= TESTPCACHE_NPAGE - p->nFree );
-        return &p->a[j].page;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* The prior loop always finds a freepage to allocate */
-    assert( 0 );
-  }
-
-  /* If this cache is not purgeable then we have to fail.
-  */
-  if( p->bPurgeable==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If there are no free pages, recycle a page.  The page to
-  ** recycle is selected at random from all unpinned pages.
-  */
-  j = testpcacheRandom(p) % TESTPCACHE_NPAGE;
-  for(i=0; i<TESTPCACHE_NPAGE; i++, j = (j+1)%TESTPCACHE_NPAGE){
-    if( p->a[j].key>0 && p->a[j].isPinned==0 ){
-      p->a[j].key = key;
-      p->a[j].isPinned = 1;
-      memset(p->a[j].page.pBuf, 0, p->szPage);
-      memset(p->a[j].page.pExtra, 0, p->szExtra);
-      p->nPinned++;
-      assert( p->nPinned <= TESTPCACHE_NPAGE - p->nFree );
-      return &p->a[j].page;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The previous loop always finds a page to recycle. */
-  assert(0);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unpin a page.
-*/
-static void testpcacheUnpin(
-  sqlite3_pcache *pCache,
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pOldPage,
-  int discard
-){
-  testpcache *p = (testpcache*)pCache;
-  int i;
-  assert( p->iMagic==TESTPCACHE_VALID );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy!=0 );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.nInstance>0 );
-
-  /* Randomly discard pages as they are unpinned according to the
-  ** discardChance setting.  If discardChance is 0, the random discard
-  ** never happens.  If discardChance is 100, it always happens.
-  */
-  if( p->bPurgeable
-  && (100-testpcacheGlobal.discardChance) <= (testpcacheRandom(p)%100)
-  ){
-    discard = 1;
-  }
-
-  for(i=0; i<TESTPCACHE_NPAGE; i++){
-    if( &p->a[i].page==pOldPage ){
-      /* The pOldPage pointer always points to a pinned page */
-      assert( p->a[i].isPinned );
-      p->a[i].isPinned = 0;
-      p->nPinned--;
-      assert( p->nPinned>=0 );
-      if( discard ){
-        p->a[i].key = 0;
-        p->nFree++;
-        assert( p->nFree<=TESTPCACHE_NPAGE );
-      }
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The pOldPage pointer always points to a valid page */
-  assert( 0 );
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Rekey a single page.
-*/
-static void testpcacheRekey(
-  sqlite3_pcache *pCache,
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pOldPage,
-  unsigned oldKey,
-  unsigned newKey
-){
-  testpcache *p = (testpcache*)pCache;
-  int i;
-  assert( p->iMagic==TESTPCACHE_VALID );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy!=0 );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.nInstance>0 );
-
-  /* If there already exists another page at newKey, verify that
-  ** the other page is unpinned and discard it.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<TESTPCACHE_NPAGE; i++){
-    if( p->a[i].key==newKey ){
-      /* The new key is never a page that is already pinned */
-      assert( p->a[i].isPinned==0 );
-      p->a[i].key = 0;
-      p->nFree++;
-      assert( p->nFree<=TESTPCACHE_NPAGE );
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Find the page to be rekeyed and rekey it.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<TESTPCACHE_NPAGE; i++){
-    if( p->a[i].key==oldKey ){
-      /* The oldKey and pOldPage parameters match */
-      assert( &p->a[i].page==pOldPage );
-      /* Page to be rekeyed must be pinned */
-      assert( p->a[i].isPinned );
-      p->a[i].key = newKey;
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Rekey is always given a valid page to work with */
-  assert( 0 );
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Truncate the page cache.  Every page with a key of iLimit or larger
-** is discarded.
-*/
-static void testpcacheTruncate(sqlite3_pcache *pCache, unsigned iLimit){
-  testpcache *p = (testpcache*)pCache;
-  unsigned int i;
-  assert( p->iMagic==TESTPCACHE_VALID );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy!=0 );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.nInstance>0 );
-  for(i=0; i<TESTPCACHE_NPAGE; i++){
-    if( p->a[i].key>=iLimit ){
-      p->a[i].key = 0;
-      if( p->a[i].isPinned ){
-        p->nPinned--;
-        assert( p->nPinned>=0 );
-      }
-      p->nFree++;
-      assert( p->nFree<=TESTPCACHE_NPAGE );
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy a page cache.
-*/
-static void testpcacheDestroy(sqlite3_pcache *pCache){
-  testpcache *p = (testpcache*)pCache;
-  assert( p->iMagic==TESTPCACHE_VALID );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy!=0 );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.nInstance>0 );
-  p->iMagic = TESTPCACHE_CLEAR;
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  testpcacheGlobal.nInstance--;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Invoke this routine to register or unregister the testing pager cache
-** implemented by this file.
-**
-** Install the test pager cache if installFlag is 1 and uninstall it if
-** installFlag is 0.
-**
-** When installing, discardChance is a number between 0 and 100 that
-** indicates the probability of discarding a page when unpinning the
-** page.  0 means never discard (unless the discard flag is set).
-** 100 means always discard.
-*/
-void installTestPCache(
-  int installFlag,            /* True to install.  False to uninstall. */
-  unsigned discardChance,     /* 0-100.  Chance to discard on unpin */
-  unsigned prngSeed,          /* Seed for the PRNG */
-  unsigned highStress         /* Call xStress agressively */
-){
-  static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 testPcache = {
-    1,
-    (void*)&testpcacheGlobal,
-    testpcacheInit,
-    testpcacheShutdown,
-    testpcacheCreate,
-    testpcacheCachesize,
-    testpcachePagecount,
-    testpcacheFetch,
-    testpcacheUnpin,
-    testpcacheRekey,
-    testpcacheTruncate,
-    testpcacheDestroy,
-  };
-  static sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultPcache;
-  static int isInstalled = 0;
-
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.nInstance==0 );
-  assert( testpcacheGlobal.pDummy==0 );
-  assert( discardChance<=100 );
-  testpcacheGlobal.discardChance = discardChance;
-  testpcacheGlobal.prngSeed = prngSeed ^ (prngSeed<<16);
-  testpcacheGlobal.highStress = highStress;
-  if( installFlag!=isInstalled ){
-    if( installFlag ){
-      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2, &defaultPcache);
-      assert( defaultPcache.xCreate!=testpcacheCreate );
-      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &testPcache);
-    }else{
-      assert( defaultPcache.xCreate!=0 );
-      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultPcache);
-    }
-    isInstalled = installFlag;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_quota.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_quota.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e8e0b340722..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_quota.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1972 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 September 31
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains a VFS "shim" - a layer that sits in between the
-** pager and the real VFS.
-**
-** This particular shim enforces a quota system on files.  One or more
-** database files are in a "quota group" that is defined by a GLOB
-** pattern.  A quota is set for the combined size of all files in the
-** the group.  A quota of zero means "no limit".  If the total size
-** of all files in the quota group is greater than the limit, then
-** write requests that attempt to enlarge a file fail with SQLITE_FULL.
-**
-** However, before returning SQLITE_FULL, the write requests invoke
-** a callback function that is configurable for each quota group.
-** This callback has the opportunity to enlarge the quota.  If the
-** callback does enlarge the quota such that the total size of all
-** files within the group is less than the new quota, then the write
-** continues as if nothing had happened.
-*/
-#include "test_quota.h"
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-/*
-** For an build without mutexes, no-op the mutex calls.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
-#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 */
-
-#include "os_setup.h"
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-# include "os_win.h"
-# include <io.h>
-#endif
-
-
-/************************ Object Definitions ******************************/
-
-/* Forward declaration of all object types */
-typedef struct quotaGroup quotaGroup;
-typedef struct quotaConn quotaConn;
-typedef struct quotaFile quotaFile;
-
-/*
-** A "quota group" is a collection of files whose collective size we want
-** to limit.  Each quota group is defined by a GLOB pattern.
-**
-** There is an instance of the following object for each defined quota
-** group.  This object records the GLOB pattern that defines which files
-** belong to the quota group.  The object also remembers the size limit
-** for the group (the quota) and the callback to be invoked when the
-** sum of the sizes of the files within the group goes over the limit.
-**
-** A quota group must be established (using sqlite3_quota_set(...))
-** prior to opening any of the database connections that access files
-** within the quota group.
-*/
-struct quotaGroup {
-  const char *zPattern;          /* Filename pattern to be quotaed */
-  sqlite3_int64 iLimit;          /* Upper bound on total file size */
-  sqlite3_int64 iSize;           /* Current size of all files */
-  void (*xCallback)(             /* Callback invoked when going over quota */
-     const char *zFilename,         /* Name of file whose size increases */
-     sqlite3_int64 *piLimit,        /* IN/OUT: The current limit */
-     sqlite3_int64 iSize,           /* Total size of all files in the group */
-     void *pArg                     /* Client data */
-  );
-  void *pArg;                    /* Third argument to the xCallback() */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void*);       /* Optional destructor for pArg */
-  quotaGroup *pNext, **ppPrev;   /* Doubly linked list of all quota objects */
-  quotaFile *pFiles;             /* Files within this group */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure represents a single file that is part
-** of a quota group.  A single file can be opened multiple times.  In
-** order keep multiple openings of the same file from causing the size
-** of the file to count against the quota multiple times, each file
-** has a unique instance of this object and multiple open connections
-** to the same file each point to a single instance of this object.
-*/
-struct quotaFile {
-  char *zFilename;                /* Name of this file */
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;             /* Quota group to which this file belongs */
-  sqlite3_int64 iSize;            /* Current size of this file */
-  int nRef;                       /* Number of times this file is open */
-  int deleteOnClose;              /* True to delete this file when it closes */
-  quotaFile *pNext, **ppPrev;     /* Linked list of files in the same group */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following object represents each open connection
-** to a file that participates in quota tracking.  This object is a 
-** subclass of sqlite3_file.  The sqlite3_file object for the underlying
-** VFS is appended to this structure.
-*/
-struct quotaConn {
-  sqlite3_file base;              /* Base class - must be first */
-  quotaFile *pFile;               /* The underlying file */
-  /* The underlying VFS sqlite3_file is appended to this object */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following object records the state of an
-** open file.  This object is opaque to all users - the internal
-** structure is only visible to the functions below.
-*/
-struct quota_FILE {
-  FILE *f;                /* Open stdio file pointer */
-  sqlite3_int64 iOfst;    /* Current offset into the file */
-  quotaFile *pFile;       /* The file record in the quota system */
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  char *zMbcsName;        /* Full MBCS pathname of the file */
-#endif
-};
-
-
-/************************* Global Variables **********************************/
-/*
-** All global variables used by this file are containing within the following
-** gQuota structure.
-*/
-static struct {
-  /* The pOrigVfs is the real, original underlying VFS implementation.
-  ** Most operations pass-through to the real VFS.  This value is read-only
-  ** during operation.  It is only modified at start-time and thus does not
-  ** require a mutex.
-  */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs;
-
-  /* The sThisVfs is the VFS structure used by this shim.  It is initialized
-  ** at start-time and thus does not require a mutex
-  */
-  sqlite3_vfs sThisVfs;
-
-  /* The sIoMethods defines the methods used by sqlite3_file objects 
-  ** associated with this shim.  It is initialized at start-time and does
-  ** not require a mutex.
-  **
-  ** When the underlying VFS is called to open a file, it might return 
-  ** either a version 1 or a version 2 sqlite3_file object.  This shim
-  ** has to create a wrapper sqlite3_file of the same version.  Hence
-  ** there are two I/O method structures, one for version 1 and the other
-  ** for version 2.
-  */
-  sqlite3_io_methods sIoMethodsV1;
-  sqlite3_io_methods sIoMethodsV2;
-
-  /* True when this shim as been initialized.
-  */
-  int isInitialized;
-
-  /* For run-time access any of the other global data structures in this
-  ** shim, the following mutex must be held.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *pMutex;
-
-  /* List of quotaGroup objects.
-  */
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;
-
-} gQuota;
-
-/************************* Utility Routines *********************************/
-/*
-** Acquire and release the mutex used to serialize access to the
-** list of quotaGroups.
-*/
-static void quotaEnter(void){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(gQuota.pMutex); }
-static void quotaLeave(void){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(gQuota.pMutex); }
-
-/* Count the number of open files in a quotaGroup 
-*/
-static int quotaGroupOpenFileCount(quotaGroup *pGroup){
-  int N = 0;
-  quotaFile *pFile = pGroup->pFiles;
-  while( pFile ){
-    if( pFile->nRef ) N++;
-    pFile = pFile->pNext;
-  }
-  return N;
-}
-
-/* Remove a file from a quota group.
-*/
-static void quotaRemoveFile(quotaFile *pFile){
-  quotaGroup *pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
-  pGroup->iSize -= pFile->iSize;
-  *pFile->ppPrev = pFile->pNext;
-  if( pFile->pNext ) pFile->pNext->ppPrev = pFile->ppPrev;
-  sqlite3_free(pFile);
-}
-
-/* Remove all files from a quota group.  It is always the case that
-** all files will be closed when this routine is called.
-*/
-static void quotaRemoveAllFiles(quotaGroup *pGroup){
-  while( pGroup->pFiles ){
-    assert( pGroup->pFiles->nRef==0 );
-    quotaRemoveFile(pGroup->pFiles);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/* If the reference count and threshold for a quotaGroup are both
-** zero, then destroy the quotaGroup.
-*/
-static void quotaGroupDeref(quotaGroup *pGroup){
-  if( pGroup->iLimit==0 && quotaGroupOpenFileCount(pGroup)==0 ){
-    quotaRemoveAllFiles(pGroup);
-    *pGroup->ppPrev = pGroup->pNext;
-    if( pGroup->pNext ) pGroup->pNext->ppPrev = pGroup->ppPrev;
-    if( pGroup->xDestroy ) pGroup->xDestroy(pGroup->pArg);
-    sqlite3_free(pGroup);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if string z matches glob pattern zGlob.
-**
-** Globbing rules:
-**
-**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
-**
-**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
-**
-**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
-**                characters.
-**
-**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
-**
-**     /          Matches "/" or "\\"
-**
-*/
-static int quotaStrglob(const char *zGlob, const char *z){
-  int c, c2, cx;
-  int invert;
-  int seen;
-
-  while( (c = (*(zGlob++)))!=0 ){
-    if( c=='*' ){
-      while( (c=(*(zGlob++))) == '*' || c=='?' ){
-        if( c=='?' && (*(z++))==0 ) return 0;
-      }
-      if( c==0 ){
-        return 1;
-      }else if( c=='[' ){
-        while( *z && quotaStrglob(zGlob-1,z)==0 ){
-          z++;
-        }
-        return (*z)!=0;
-      }
-      cx = (c=='/') ? '\\' : c;
-      while( (c2 = (*(z++)))!=0 ){
-        while( c2!=c && c2!=cx ){
-          c2 = *(z++);
-          if( c2==0 ) return 0;
-        }
-        if( quotaStrglob(zGlob,z) ) return 1;
-      }
-      return 0;
-    }else if( c=='?' ){
-      if( (*(z++))==0 ) return 0;
-    }else if( c=='[' ){
-      int prior_c = 0;
-      seen = 0;
-      invert = 0;
-      c = *(z++);
-      if( c==0 ) return 0;
-      c2 = *(zGlob++);
-      if( c2=='^' ){
-        invert = 1;
-        c2 = *(zGlob++);
-      }
-      if( c2==']' ){
-        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
-        c2 = *(zGlob++);
-      }
-      while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
-        if( c2=='-' && zGlob[0]!=']' && zGlob[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
-          c2 = *(zGlob++);
-          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
-          prior_c = 0;
-        }else{
-          if( c==c2 ){
-            seen = 1;
-          }
-          prior_c = c2;
-        }
-        c2 = *(zGlob++);
-      }
-      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ) return 0;
-    }else if( c=='/' ){
-      if( z[0]!='/' && z[0]!='\\' ) return 0;
-      z++;
-    }else{
-      if( c!=(*(z++)) ) return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return *z==0;
-}
-
-
-/* Find a quotaGroup given the filename.
-**
-** Return a pointer to the quotaGroup object. Return NULL if not found.
-*/
-static quotaGroup *quotaGroupFind(const char *zFilename){
-  quotaGroup *p;
-  for(p=gQuota.pGroup; p && quotaStrglob(p->zPattern, zFilename)==0;
-      p=p->pNext){}
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Translate an sqlite3_file* that is really a quotaConn* into
-** the sqlite3_file* for the underlying original VFS.
-*/
-static sqlite3_file *quotaSubOpen(sqlite3_file *pConn){
-  quotaConn *p = (quotaConn*)pConn;
-  return (sqlite3_file*)&p[1];
-}
-
-/* Find a file in a quota group and return a pointer to that file.
-** Return NULL if the file is not in the group.
-*/
-static quotaFile *quotaFindFile(
-  quotaGroup *pGroup,     /* Group in which to look for the file */
-  const char *zName,      /* Full pathname of the file */
-  int createFlag          /* Try to create the file if not found */
-){
-  quotaFile *pFile = pGroup->pFiles;
-  while( pFile && strcmp(pFile->zFilename, zName)!=0 ){
-    pFile = pFile->pNext;
-  }
-  if( pFile==0 && createFlag ){
-    int nName = (int)(strlen(zName) & 0x3fffffff);
-    pFile = (quotaFile *)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pFile) + nName + 1 );
-    if( pFile ){
-      memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile));
-      pFile->zFilename = (char*)&pFile[1];
-      memcpy(pFile->zFilename, zName, nName+1);
-      pFile->pNext = pGroup->pFiles;
-      if( pGroup->pFiles ) pGroup->pFiles->ppPrev = &pFile->pNext;
-      pFile->ppPrev = &pGroup->pFiles;
-      pGroup->pFiles = pFile;
-      pFile->pGroup = pGroup;
-    }
-  }
-  return pFile;
-}
-/*
-** Translate UTF8 to MBCS for use in fopen() calls.  Return a pointer to the
-** translated text..  Call quota_mbcs_free() to deallocate any memory
-** used to store the returned pointer when done.
-*/
-static char *quota_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zUtf8){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  size_t n;          /* Bytes in zUtf8 */
-  int nWide;         /* number of UTF-16 characters */
-  int nMbcs;         /* Bytes of MBCS */
-  LPWSTR zTmpWide;   /* The UTF16 text */
-  char *zMbcs;       /* The MBCS text */
-  int codepage;      /* Code page used by fopen() */
-
-  n = strlen(zUtf8);
-  nWide = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zUtf8, -1, NULL, 0);
-  if( nWide==0 ) return 0;
-  zTmpWide = (LPWSTR)sqlite3_malloc( (nWide+1)*sizeof(zTmpWide[0]) );
-  if( zTmpWide==0 ) return 0;
-  MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zUtf8, -1, zTmpWide, nWide);
-  codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-  nMbcs = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zTmpWide, nWide, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  zMbcs = nMbcs ? (char*)sqlite3_malloc( nMbcs+1 ) : 0;
-  if( zMbcs ){
-    WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zTmpWide, nWide, zMbcs, nMbcs, 0, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
-  return zMbcs;
-#else
-  return (char*)zUtf8;  /* No-op on unix */
-#endif  
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate any memory allocated by quota_utf8_to_mbcs().
-*/
-static void quota_mbcs_free(char *zOld){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  sqlite3_free(zOld);
-#else
-  /* No-op on unix */
-#endif  
-}
-
-/************************* VFS Method Wrappers *****************************/
-/*
-** This is the xOpen method used for the "quota" VFS.
-**
-** Most of the work is done by the underlying original VFS.  This method
-** simply links the new file into the appropriate quota group if it is a
-** file that needs to be tracked.
-*/
-static int quotaOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* The quota VFS */
-  const char *zName,          /* Name of file to be opened */
-  sqlite3_file *pConn,        /* Fill in this file descriptor */
-  int flags,                  /* Flags to control the opening */
-  int *pOutFlags              /* Flags showing results of opening */
-){
-  int rc;                                    /* Result code */         
-  quotaConn *pQuotaOpen;                     /* The new quota file descriptor */
-  quotaFile *pFile;                          /* Corresponding quotaFile obj */
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;                        /* The group file belongs to */
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen;                    /* Real file descriptor */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gQuota.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */
-
-  /* If the file is not a main database file or a WAL, then use the
-  ** normal xOpen method.
-  */
-  if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL))==0 ){
-    return pOrigVfs->xOpen(pOrigVfs, zName, pConn, flags, pOutFlags);
-  }
-
-  /* If the name of the file does not match any quota group, then
-  ** use the normal xOpen method.
-  */
-  quotaEnter();
-  pGroup = quotaGroupFind(zName);
-  if( pGroup==0 ){
-    rc = pOrigVfs->xOpen(pOrigVfs, zName, pConn, flags, pOutFlags);
-  }else{
-    /* If we get to this point, it means the file needs to be quota tracked.
-    */
-    pQuotaOpen = (quotaConn*)pConn;
-    pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-    rc = pOrigVfs->xOpen(pOrigVfs, zName, pSubOpen, flags, pOutFlags);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pFile = quotaFindFile(pGroup, zName, 1);
-      if( pFile==0 ){
-        quotaLeave();
-        pSubOpen->pMethods->xClose(pSubOpen);
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      pFile->deleteOnClose = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE)!=0;
-      pFile->nRef++;
-      pQuotaOpen->pFile = pFile;
-      if( pSubOpen->pMethods->iVersion==1 ){
-        pQuotaOpen->base.pMethods = &gQuota.sIoMethodsV1;
-      }else{
-        pQuotaOpen->base.pMethods = &gQuota.sIoMethodsV2;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  quotaLeave();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the xDelete method used for the "quota" VFS.
-**
-** If the file being deleted is part of the quota group, then reduce
-** the size of the quota group accordingly.  And remove the file from
-** the set of files in the quota group.
-*/
-static int quotaDelete(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* The quota VFS */
-  const char *zName,          /* Name of file to be deleted */
-  int syncDir                 /* Do a directory sync after deleting */
-){
-  int rc;                                    /* Result code */         
-  quotaFile *pFile;                          /* Files in the quota */
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;                        /* The group file belongs to */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs = gQuota.pOrigVfs;   /* Real VFS */
-
-  /* Do the actual file delete */
-  rc = pOrigVfs->xDelete(pOrigVfs, zName, syncDir);
-
-  /* If the file just deleted is a member of a quota group, then remove
-  ** it from that quota group.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    quotaEnter();
-    pGroup = quotaGroupFind(zName);
-    if( pGroup ){
-      pFile = quotaFindFile(pGroup, zName, 0);
-      if( pFile ){
-        if( pFile->nRef ){
-          pFile->deleteOnClose = 1;
-        }else{
-          quotaRemoveFile(pFile);
-          quotaGroupDeref(pGroup);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    quotaLeave();
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/************************ I/O Method Wrappers *******************************/
-
-/* xClose requests get passed through to the original VFS.  But we
-** also have to unlink the quotaConn from the quotaFile and quotaGroup.
-** The quotaFile and/or quotaGroup are freed if they are no longer in use.
-*/
-static int quotaClose(sqlite3_file *pConn){
-  quotaConn *p = (quotaConn*)pConn;
-  quotaFile *pFile = p->pFile;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  int rc;
-  rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xClose(pSubOpen);
-  quotaEnter();
-  pFile->nRef--;
-  if( pFile->nRef==0 ){
-    quotaGroup *pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
-    if( pFile->deleteOnClose ){
-      gQuota.pOrigVfs->xDelete(gQuota.pOrigVfs, pFile->zFilename, 0);
-      quotaRemoveFile(pFile);
-    }
-    quotaGroupDeref(pGroup);
-  }
-  quotaLeave();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xRead requests directory thru to the original VFS without
-** further processing.
-*/
-static int quotaRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pConn,
-  void *pBuf,
-  int iAmt,
-  sqlite3_int64 iOfst
-){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xRead(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-}
-
-/* Check xWrite requests to see if they expand the file.  If they do,
-** the perform a quota check before passing them through to the
-** original VFS.
-*/
-static int quotaWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pConn,
-  const void *pBuf,
-  int iAmt,
-  sqlite3_int64 iOfst
-){
-  quotaConn *p = (quotaConn*)pConn;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  sqlite3_int64 iEnd = iOfst+iAmt;
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;
-  quotaFile *pFile = p->pFile;
-  sqlite3_int64 szNew;
-
-  if( pFile->iSize<iEnd ){
-    pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
-    quotaEnter();
-    szNew = pGroup->iSize - pFile->iSize + iEnd;
-    if( szNew>pGroup->iLimit && pGroup->iLimit>0 ){
-      if( pGroup->xCallback ){
-        pGroup->xCallback(pFile->zFilename, &pGroup->iLimit, szNew, 
-                          pGroup->pArg);
-      }
-      if( szNew>pGroup->iLimit && pGroup->iLimit>0 ){
-        quotaLeave();
-        return SQLITE_FULL;
-      }
-    }
-    pGroup->iSize = szNew;
-    pFile->iSize = iEnd;
-    quotaLeave();
-  }
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xWrite(pSubOpen, pBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-}
-
-/* Pass xTruncate requests thru to the original VFS.  If the
-** success, update the file size.
-*/
-static int quotaTruncate(sqlite3_file *pConn, sqlite3_int64 size){
-  quotaConn *p = (quotaConn*)pConn;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  int rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xTruncate(pSubOpen, size);
-  quotaFile *pFile = p->pFile;
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    quotaEnter();
-    pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
-    pGroup->iSize -= pFile->iSize;
-    pFile->iSize = size;
-    pGroup->iSize += size;
-    quotaLeave();
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xSync requests through to the original VFS without change
-*/
-static int quotaSync(sqlite3_file *pConn, int flags){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xSync(pSubOpen, flags);
-}
-
-/* Pass xFileSize requests through to the original VFS but then
-** update the quotaGroup with the new size before returning.
-*/
-static int quotaFileSize(sqlite3_file *pConn, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
-  quotaConn *p = (quotaConn*)pConn;
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  quotaFile *pFile = p->pFile;
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;
-  sqlite3_int64 sz;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileSize(pSubOpen, &sz);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    quotaEnter();
-    pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
-    pGroup->iSize -= pFile->iSize;
-    pFile->iSize = sz;
-    pGroup->iSize += sz;
-    quotaLeave();
-    *pSize = sz;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int quotaLock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int lock){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xLock(pSubOpen, lock);
-}
-
-/* Pass xUnlock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int quotaUnlock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int lock){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xUnlock(pSubOpen, lock);
-}
-
-/* Pass xCheckReservedLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int quotaCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pConn, int *pResOut){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(pSubOpen, pResOut);
-}
-
-/* Pass xFileControl requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int quotaFileControl(sqlite3_file *pConn, int op, void *pArg){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  int rc = pSubOpen->pMethods->xFileControl(pSubOpen, op, pArg);
-#if defined(SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME)
-  if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("quota/%z", *(char**)pArg);
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Pass xSectorSize requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int quotaSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pConn){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xSectorSize(pSubOpen);
-}
-
-/* Pass xDeviceCharacteristics requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int quotaDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pConn){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(pSubOpen);
-}
-
-/* Pass xShmMap requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int quotaShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *pConn,            /* Handle open on database file */
-  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
-  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
-  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
-  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmMap(pSubOpen, iRegion, szRegion, bExtend, pp);
-}
-
-/* Pass xShmLock requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int quotaShmLock(
-  sqlite3_file *pConn,       /* Database file holding the shared memory */
-  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
-  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
-  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
-){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmLock(pSubOpen, ofst, n, flags);
-}
-
-/* Pass xShmBarrier requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static void quotaShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pConn){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmBarrier(pSubOpen);
-}
-
-/* Pass xShmUnmap requests through to the original VFS unchanged.
-*/
-static int quotaShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pConn, int deleteFlag){
-  sqlite3_file *pSubOpen = quotaSubOpen(pConn);
-  return pSubOpen->pMethods->xShmUnmap(pSubOpen, deleteFlag);
-}
-
-/************************** Public Interfaces *****************************/
-/*
-** Initialize the quota VFS shim.  Use the VFS named zOrigVfsName
-** as the VFS that does the actual work.  Use the default if
-** zOrigVfsName==NULL.  
-**
-** The quota VFS shim is named "quota".  It will become the default
-** VFS if makeDefault is non-zero.
-**
-** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once
-** during start-up.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_initialize(const char *zOrigVfsName, int makeDefault){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pOrigVfs;
-  if( gQuota.isInitialized ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  pOrigVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zOrigVfsName);
-  if( pOrigVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  assert( pOrigVfs!=&gQuota.sThisVfs );
-  gQuota.pMutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-  if( !gQuota.pMutex ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  gQuota.isInitialized = 1;
-  gQuota.pOrigVfs = pOrigVfs;
-  gQuota.sThisVfs = *pOrigVfs;
-  gQuota.sThisVfs.xOpen = quotaOpen;
-  gQuota.sThisVfs.xDelete = quotaDelete;
-  gQuota.sThisVfs.szOsFile += sizeof(quotaConn);
-  gQuota.sThisVfs.zName = "quota";
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.iVersion = 1;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xClose = quotaClose;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xRead = quotaRead;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xWrite = quotaWrite;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xTruncate = quotaTruncate;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xSync = quotaSync;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xFileSize = quotaFileSize;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xLock = quotaLock;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xUnlock = quotaUnlock;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xCheckReservedLock = quotaCheckReservedLock;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xFileControl = quotaFileControl;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xSectorSize = quotaSectorSize;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV1.xDeviceCharacteristics = quotaDeviceCharacteristics;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV2 = gQuota.sIoMethodsV1;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV2.iVersion = 2;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV2.xShmMap = quotaShmMap;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV2.xShmLock = quotaShmLock;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV2.xShmBarrier = quotaShmBarrier;
-  gQuota.sIoMethodsV2.xShmUnmap = quotaShmUnmap;
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&gQuota.sThisVfs, makeDefault);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the quota system.
-**
-** All SQLite database connections must be closed before calling this
-** routine.
-**
-** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
-** shutting down in order to free all remaining quota groups.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_shutdown(void){
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;
-  if( gQuota.isInitialized==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  for(pGroup=gQuota.pGroup; pGroup; pGroup=pGroup->pNext){
-    if( quotaGroupOpenFileCount(pGroup)>0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  while( gQuota.pGroup ){
-    pGroup = gQuota.pGroup;
-    gQuota.pGroup = pGroup->pNext;
-    pGroup->iLimit = 0;
-    assert( quotaGroupOpenFileCount(pGroup)==0 );
-    quotaGroupDeref(pGroup);
-  }
-  gQuota.isInitialized = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_free(gQuota.pMutex);
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&gQuota.sThisVfs);
-  memset(&gQuota, 0, sizeof(gQuota));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create or destroy a quota group.
-**
-** The quota group is defined by the zPattern.  When calling this routine
-** with a zPattern for a quota group that already exists, this routine
-** merely updates the iLimit, xCallback, and pArg values for that quota
-** group.  If zPattern is new, then a new quota group is created.
-**
-** If the iLimit for a quota group is set to zero, then the quota group
-** is disabled and will be deleted when the last database connection using
-** the quota group is closed.
-**
-** Calling this routine on a zPattern that does not exist and with a
-** zero iLimit is a no-op.
-**
-** A quota group must exist with a non-zero iLimit prior to opening
-** database connections if those connections are to participate in the
-** quota group.  Creating a quota group does not affect database connections
-** that are already open.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_set(
-  const char *zPattern,           /* The filename pattern */
-  sqlite3_int64 iLimit,           /* New quota to set for this quota group */
-  void (*xCallback)(              /* Callback invoked when going over quota */
-     const char *zFilename,         /* Name of file whose size increases */
-     sqlite3_int64 *piLimit,        /* IN/OUT: The current limit */
-     sqlite3_int64 iSize,           /* Total size of all files in the group */
-     void *pArg                     /* Client data */
-  ),
-  void *pArg,                     /* client data passed thru to callback */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void*)         /* Optional destructor for pArg */
-){
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;
-  quotaEnter();
-  pGroup = gQuota.pGroup;
-  while( pGroup && strcmp(pGroup->zPattern, zPattern)!=0 ){
-    pGroup = pGroup->pNext;
-  }
-  if( pGroup==0 ){
-    int nPattern = (int)(strlen(zPattern) & 0x3fffffff);
-    if( iLimit<=0 ){
-      quotaLeave();
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    pGroup = (quotaGroup *)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pGroup) + nPattern + 1 );
-    if( pGroup==0 ){
-      quotaLeave();
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset(pGroup, 0, sizeof(*pGroup));
-    pGroup->zPattern = (char*)&pGroup[1];
-    memcpy((char *)pGroup->zPattern, zPattern, nPattern+1);
-    if( gQuota.pGroup ) gQuota.pGroup->ppPrev = &pGroup->pNext;
-    pGroup->pNext = gQuota.pGroup;
-    pGroup->ppPrev = &gQuota.pGroup;
-    gQuota.pGroup = pGroup;
-  }
-  pGroup->iLimit = iLimit;
-  pGroup->xCallback = xCallback;
-  if( pGroup->xDestroy && pGroup->pArg!=pArg ){
-    pGroup->xDestroy(pGroup->pArg);
-  }
-  pGroup->pArg = pArg;
-  pGroup->xDestroy = xDestroy;
-  quotaGroupDeref(pGroup);
-  quotaLeave();
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Bring the named file under quota management.  Or if it is already under
-** management, update its size.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_file(const char *zFilename){
-  char *zFull = 0;
-  sqlite3_file *fd;
-  int rc;
-  int outFlags = 0;
-  sqlite3_int64 iSize;
-  int nAlloc = gQuota.sThisVfs.szOsFile + gQuota.sThisVfs.mxPathname+2;
-
-  /* Allocate space for a file-handle and the full path for file zFilename */
-  fd = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc);
-  if( fd==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    zFull = &((char *)fd)[gQuota.sThisVfs.szOsFile];
-    rc = gQuota.pOrigVfs->xFullPathname(gQuota.pOrigVfs, zFilename,
-        gQuota.sThisVfs.mxPathname+1, zFull);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    zFull[strlen(zFull)+1] = '\0';
-    rc = quotaOpen(&gQuota.sThisVfs, zFull, fd, 
-                   SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB, &outFlags);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      fd->pMethods->xFileSize(fd, &iSize);
-      fd->pMethods->xClose(fd);
-    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
-      quotaGroup *pGroup;
-      quotaFile *pFile;
-      quotaEnter();
-      pGroup = quotaGroupFind(zFull);
-      if( pGroup ){
-        pFile = quotaFindFile(pGroup, zFull, 0);
-        if( pFile ) quotaRemoveFile(pFile);
-      }
-      quotaLeave();
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(fd);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a potentially quotaed file for I/O.
-*/
-quota_FILE *sqlite3_quota_fopen(const char *zFilename, const char *zMode){
-  quota_FILE *p = 0;
-  char *zFull = 0;
-  char *zFullTranslated = 0;
-  int rc;
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;
-  quotaFile *pFile;
-
-  zFull = (char*)sqlite3_malloc(gQuota.sThisVfs.mxPathname + 1);
-  if( zFull==0 ) return 0;
-  rc = gQuota.pOrigVfs->xFullPathname(gQuota.pOrigVfs, zFilename,
-                                      gQuota.sThisVfs.mxPathname+1, zFull);
-  if( rc ) goto quota_fopen_error;
-  p = (quota_FILE*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p));
-  if( p==0 ) goto quota_fopen_error;
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  zFullTranslated = quota_utf8_to_mbcs(zFull);
-  if( zFullTranslated==0 ) goto quota_fopen_error;
-  p->f = fopen(zFullTranslated, zMode);
-  if( p->f==0 ) goto quota_fopen_error;
-  quotaEnter();
-  pGroup = quotaGroupFind(zFull);
-  if( pGroup ){
-    pFile = quotaFindFile(pGroup, zFull, 1);
-    if( pFile==0 ){
-      quotaLeave();
-      goto quota_fopen_error;
-    }
-    pFile->nRef++;
-    p->pFile = pFile;
-  }
-  quotaLeave();
-  sqlite3_free(zFull);
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  p->zMbcsName = zFullTranslated;
-#endif
-  return p;
-
-quota_fopen_error:
-  quota_mbcs_free(zFullTranslated);
-  sqlite3_free(zFull);
-  if( p && p->f ) fclose(p->f);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read content from a quota_FILE
-*/
-size_t sqlite3_quota_fread(
-  void *pBuf,            /* Store the content here */
-  size_t size,           /* Size of each element */
-  size_t nmemb,          /* Number of elements to read */
-  quota_FILE *p          /* Read from this quota_FILE object */
-){
-  return fread(pBuf, size, nmemb, p->f);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write content into a quota_FILE.  Invoke the quota callback and block
-** the write if we exceed quota.
-*/
-size_t sqlite3_quota_fwrite(
-  const void *pBuf,      /* Take content to write from here */
-  size_t size,           /* Size of each element */
-  size_t nmemb,          /* Number of elements */
-  quota_FILE *p          /* Write to this quota_FILE objecct */
-){
-  sqlite3_int64 iOfst;
-  sqlite3_int64 iEnd;
-  sqlite3_int64 szNew;
-  quotaFile *pFile;
-  size_t rc;
-
-  iOfst = ftell(p->f);
-  iEnd = iOfst + size*nmemb;
-  pFile = p->pFile;
-  if( pFile && pFile->iSize<iEnd ){
-    quotaGroup *pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
-    quotaEnter();
-    szNew = pGroup->iSize - pFile->iSize + iEnd;
-    if( szNew>pGroup->iLimit && pGroup->iLimit>0 ){
-      if( pGroup->xCallback ){
-        pGroup->xCallback(pFile->zFilename, &pGroup->iLimit, szNew, 
-                          pGroup->pArg);
-      }
-      if( szNew>pGroup->iLimit && pGroup->iLimit>0 ){
-        iEnd = pGroup->iLimit - pGroup->iSize + pFile->iSize;
-        nmemb = (size_t)((iEnd - iOfst)/size);
-        iEnd = iOfst + size*nmemb;
-        szNew = pGroup->iSize - pFile->iSize + iEnd;
-      }
-    }
-    pGroup->iSize = szNew;
-    pFile->iSize = iEnd;
-    quotaLeave();
-  }else{
-    pFile = 0;
-  }
-  rc = fwrite(pBuf, size, nmemb, p->f);
-
-  /* If the write was incomplete, adjust the file size and group size
-  ** downward */
-  if( rc<nmemb && pFile ){
-    size_t nWritten = rc;
-    sqlite3_int64 iNewEnd = iOfst + size*nWritten;
-    if( iNewEnd<iEnd ) iNewEnd = iEnd;
-    quotaEnter();
-    pFile->pGroup->iSize += iNewEnd - pFile->iSize;
-    pFile->iSize = iNewEnd;
-    quotaLeave();
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an open quota_FILE stream.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_fclose(quota_FILE *p){
-  int rc;
-  quotaFile *pFile;
-  rc = fclose(p->f);
-  pFile = p->pFile;
-  if( pFile ){
-    quotaEnter();
-    pFile->nRef--;
-    if( pFile->nRef==0 ){
-      quotaGroup *pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
-      if( pFile->deleteOnClose ){
-        gQuota.pOrigVfs->xDelete(gQuota.pOrigVfs, pFile->zFilename, 0);
-        quotaRemoveFile(pFile);
-      }
-      quotaGroupDeref(pGroup);
-    }
-    quotaLeave();
-  }
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  quota_mbcs_free(p->zMbcsName);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Flush memory buffers for a quota_FILE to disk.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_fflush(quota_FILE *p, int doFsync){
-  int rc;
-  rc = fflush(p->f);
-  if( rc==0 && doFsync ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-    rc = fsync(fileno(p->f));
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-    rc = _commit(_fileno(p->f));
-#endif
-  }
-  return rc!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Seek on a quota_FILE stream.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_fseek(quota_FILE *p, long offset, int whence){
-  return fseek(p->f, offset, whence);
-}
-
-/*
-** rewind a quota_FILE stream.
-*/
-void sqlite3_quota_rewind(quota_FILE *p){
-  rewind(p->f);
-}
-
-/*
-** Tell the current location of a quota_FILE stream.
-*/
-long sqlite3_quota_ftell(quota_FILE *p){
-  return ftell(p->f);
-}
-
-/*
-** Test the error indicator for the given file.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_ferror(quota_FILE *p){
-  return ferror(p->f);
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate a file to szNew bytes.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_ftruncate(quota_FILE *p, sqlite3_int64 szNew){
-  quotaFile *pFile = p->pFile;
-  int rc;
-  if( (pFile = p->pFile)!=0 && pFile->iSize<szNew ){
-    quotaGroup *pGroup;
-    if( pFile->iSize<szNew ){
-      /* This routine cannot be used to extend a file that is under
-      ** quota management.  Only true truncation is allowed. */
-      return -1;
-    }
-    pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
-    quotaEnter();
-    pGroup->iSize += szNew - pFile->iSize;
-    quotaLeave();
-  }
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-  rc = ftruncate(fileno(p->f), szNew);
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#  if defined(__MINGW32__) && defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-     /* _chsize_s() is missing from MingW (as of 2012-11-06).  Use
-     ** _chsize() as a work-around for testing purposes. */
-     rc = _chsize(_fileno(p->f), (long)szNew);
-#  else
-     rc = _chsize_s(_fileno(p->f), szNew);
-#  endif
-#endif
-  if( pFile && rc==0 ){
-    quotaGroup *pGroup = pFile->pGroup;
-    quotaEnter();
-    pGroup->iSize += szNew - pFile->iSize;
-    pFile->iSize = szNew;
-    quotaLeave();
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the time that the given file was last modified, in
-** seconds size 1970.  Write the result into *pTime.  Return 0 on
-** success and non-zero on any kind of error.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_file_mtime(quota_FILE *p, time_t *pTime){
-  int rc;
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-  struct stat buf;
-  rc = fstat(fileno(p->f), &buf);
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  struct _stati64 buf;
-  rc = _stati64(p->zMbcsName, &buf);
-#endif
-  if( rc==0 ) *pTime = buf.st_mtime;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the true size of the file, as reported by the operating
-** system.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_quota_file_truesize(quota_FILE *p){
-  int rc;
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-  struct stat buf;
-  rc = fstat(fileno(p->f), &buf);
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  struct _stati64 buf;
-  rc = _stati64(p->zMbcsName, &buf);
-#endif
-  return rc==0 ? buf.st_size : -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the file, as it is known to the quota subsystem.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_quota_file_size(quota_FILE *p){
-  return p->pFile ? p->pFile->iSize : -1;
-}
- 
-/*
-** Determine the amount of data in bytes available for reading
-** in the given file.
-*/
-long sqlite3_quota_file_available(quota_FILE *p){
-  FILE* f = p->f;
-  long pos1, pos2;
-  int rc;
-  pos1 = ftell(f);
-  if ( pos1 < 0 ) return -1;
-  rc = fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END);
-  if ( rc != 0 ) return -1;
-  pos2 = ftell(f);
-  if ( pos2 < 0 ) return -1;
-  rc = fseek(f, pos1, SEEK_SET);
-  if ( rc != 0 ) return -1;
-  return pos2 - pos1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove a managed file.  Update quotas accordingly.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_remove(const char *zFilename){
-  char *zFull;            /* Full pathname for zFilename */
-  size_t nFull;           /* Number of bytes in zFilename */
-  int rc;                 /* Result code */
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;     /* Group containing zFilename */
-  quotaFile *pFile;       /* A file in the group */
-  quotaFile *pNextFile;   /* next file in the group */
-  int diff;               /* Difference between filenames */
-  char c;                 /* First character past end of pattern */
-
-  zFull = (char*)sqlite3_malloc(gQuota.sThisVfs.mxPathname + 1);
-  if( zFull==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  rc = gQuota.pOrigVfs->xFullPathname(gQuota.pOrigVfs, zFilename,
-                                      gQuota.sThisVfs.mxPathname+1, zFull);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3_free(zFull);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out the length of the full pathname.  If the name ends with
-  ** / (or \ on windows) then remove the trailing /.
-  */
-  nFull = strlen(zFull);
-  if( nFull>0 && (zFull[nFull-1]=='/' || zFull[nFull-1]=='\\') ){
-    nFull--;
-    zFull[nFull] = 0;
-  }
-
-  quotaEnter();
-  pGroup = quotaGroupFind(zFull);
-  if( pGroup ){
-    for(pFile=pGroup->pFiles; pFile && rc==SQLITE_OK; pFile=pNextFile){
-      pNextFile = pFile->pNext;
-      diff = strncmp(zFull, pFile->zFilename, nFull);
-      if( diff==0 && ((c = pFile->zFilename[nFull])==0 || c=='/' || c=='\\') ){
-        if( pFile->nRef ){
-          pFile->deleteOnClose = 1;
-        }else{
-          rc = gQuota.pOrigVfs->xDelete(gQuota.pOrigVfs, pFile->zFilename, 0);
-          quotaRemoveFile(pFile);
-          quotaGroupDeref(pGroup);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  quotaLeave();
-  sqlite3_free(zFull);
-  return rc;
-}
-  
-/***************************** Test Code ***********************************/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-/*
-** Argument passed to a TCL quota-over-limit callback.
-*/
-typedef struct TclQuotaCallback TclQuotaCallback;
-struct TclQuotaCallback {
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;    /* Interpreter in which to run the script */
-  Tcl_Obj *pScript;      /* Script to be run */
-};
-
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-
-/*
-** This is the callback from a quota-over-limit.
-*/
-static void tclQuotaCallback(
-  const char *zFilename,          /* Name of file whose size increases */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piLimit,         /* IN/OUT: The current limit */
-  sqlite3_int64 iSize,            /* Total size of all files in the group */
-  void *pArg                      /* Client data */
-){
-  TclQuotaCallback *p;            /* Callback script object */
-  Tcl_Obj *pEval;                 /* Script to evaluate */
-  Tcl_Obj *pVarname;              /* Name of variable to pass as 2nd arg */
-  unsigned int rnd;               /* Random part of pVarname */
-  int rc;                         /* Tcl error code */
-
-  p = (TclQuotaCallback *)pArg;
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-
-  pVarname = Tcl_NewStringObj("::piLimit_", -1);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pVarname);
-  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(rnd), (void *)&rnd);
-  Tcl_AppendObjToObj(pVarname, Tcl_NewIntObj((int)(rnd&0x7FFFFFFF)));
-  Tcl_ObjSetVar2(p->interp, pVarname, 0, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(*piLimit), 0);
-
-  pEval = Tcl_DuplicateObj(p->pScript);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pEval);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEval, Tcl_NewStringObj(zFilename, -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEval, pVarname);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEval, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(iSize));
-  rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pEval, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-
-  if( rc==TCL_OK ){
-    Tcl_WideInt x;
-    Tcl_Obj *pLimit = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(p->interp, pVarname, 0, 0);
-    rc = Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(p->interp, pLimit, &x);
-    *piLimit = x;
-    Tcl_UnsetVar(p->interp, Tcl_GetString(pVarname), 0);
-  }
-
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pEval);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pVarname);
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ) Tcl_BackgroundError(p->interp);
-}
-
-/*
-** Destructor for a TCL quota-over-limit callback.
-*/
-static void tclCallbackDestructor(void *pObj){
-  TclQuotaCallback *p = (TclQuotaCallback*)pObj;
-  if( p ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pScript);
-    sqlite3_free((char *)p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_initialize NAME MAKEDEFAULT
-*/
-static int test_quota_initialize(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zName;              /* Name of new quota VFS */
-  int makeDefault;                /* True to make the new VFS the default */
-  int rc;                         /* Value returned by quota_initialize() */
-
-  /* Process arguments */
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "NAME MAKEDEFAULT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zName = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &makeDefault) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( zName[0]=='\0' ) zName = 0;
-
-  /* Call sqlite3_quota_initialize() */
-  rc = sqlite3_quota_initialize(zName, makeDefault);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_shutdown
-*/
-static int test_quota_shutdown(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Value returned by quota_shutdown() */
-
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Call sqlite3_quota_shutdown() */
-  rc = sqlite3_quota_shutdown();
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_set PATTERN LIMIT SCRIPT
-*/
-static int test_quota_set(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zPattern;           /* File pattern to configure */
-  Tcl_WideInt iLimit;             /* Initial quota in bytes */
-  Tcl_Obj *pScript;               /* Tcl script to invoke to increase quota */
-  int rc;                         /* Value returned by quota_set() */
-  TclQuotaCallback *p;            /* Callback object */
-  int nScript;                    /* Length of callback script */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void*);        /* Optional destructor for pArg */
-  void (*xCallback)(const char *, sqlite3_int64 *, sqlite3_int64, void *);
-
-  /* Process arguments */
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "PATTERN LIMIT SCRIPT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zPattern = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  if( Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iLimit) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  pScript = objv[3];
-  Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pScript, &nScript);
-
-  if( nScript>0 ){
-    /* Allocate a TclQuotaCallback object */
-    p = (TclQuotaCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TclQuotaCallback));
-    if( !p ){
-      Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)"SQLITE_NOMEM", TCL_STATIC);
-      return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    memset(p, 0, sizeof(TclQuotaCallback));
-    p->interp = interp;
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pScript);
-    p->pScript = pScript;
-    xDestroy = tclCallbackDestructor;
-    xCallback = tclQuotaCallback;
-  }else{
-    p = 0;
-    xDestroy = 0;
-    xCallback = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Invoke sqlite3_quota_set() */
-  rc = sqlite3_quota_set(zPattern, iLimit, xCallback, (void*)p, xDestroy);
-
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_file FILENAME
-*/
-static int test_quota_file(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zFilename;          /* File pattern to configure */
-  int rc;                         /* Value returned by quota_file() */
-
-  /* Process arguments */
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zFilename = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-
-  /* Invoke sqlite3_quota_file() */
-  rc = sqlite3_quota_file(zFilename);
-
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd:  sqlite3_quota_dump
-*/
-static int test_quota_dump(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Tcl_Obj *pResult;
-  Tcl_Obj *pGroupTerm;
-  Tcl_Obj *pFileTerm;
-  quotaGroup *pGroup;
-  quotaFile *pFile;
-
-  pResult = Tcl_NewObj();
-  quotaEnter();
-  for(pGroup=gQuota.pGroup; pGroup; pGroup=pGroup->pNext){
-    pGroupTerm = Tcl_NewObj();
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
-          Tcl_NewStringObj(pGroup->zPattern, -1));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
-          Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pGroup->iLimit));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm,
-          Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pGroup->iSize));
-    for(pFile=pGroup->pFiles; pFile; pFile=pFile->pNext){
-      int i;
-      char zTemp[1000];
-      pFileTerm = Tcl_NewObj();
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTemp), zTemp, "%s", pFile->zFilename);
-      for(i=0; zTemp[i]; i++){ if( zTemp[i]=='\\' ) zTemp[i] = '/'; }
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pFileTerm,
-            Tcl_NewStringObj(zTemp, -1));
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pFileTerm,
-            Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pFile->iSize));
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pFileTerm,
-            Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pFile->nRef));
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pFileTerm,
-            Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pFile->deleteOnClose));
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pGroupTerm, pFileTerm);
-    }
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pResult, pGroupTerm);
-  }
-  quotaLeave();
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pResult);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_fopen FILENAME MODE
-*/
-static int test_quota_fopen(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zFilename;          /* File pattern to configure */
-  const char *zMode;              /* Mode string */
-  quota_FILE *p;                  /* Open string object */
-  char zReturn[50];               /* Name of pointer to return */
-
-  /* Process arguments */
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME MODE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zFilename = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  zMode = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  p = sqlite3_quota_fopen(zFilename, zMode);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zReturn), zReturn, "%p", p);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, zReturn, TCL_VOLATILE);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/* Defined in test1.c */
-extern void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_fread HANDLE SIZE NELEM
-*/
-static int test_quota_fread(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  char *zBuf;
-  int sz;
-  int nElem;
-  size_t got;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE SIZE NELEM");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &sz) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &nElem) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zBuf = (char*)sqlite3_malloc( sz*nElem + 1 );
-  if( zBuf==0 ){
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "out of memory", TCL_STATIC);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  got = sqlite3_quota_fread(zBuf, sz, nElem, p);
-  zBuf[got*sz] = 0;
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, zBuf, TCL_VOLATILE);
-  sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_fwrite HANDLE SIZE NELEM CONTENT
-*/
-static int test_quota_fwrite(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  char *zBuf;
-  int sz;
-  int nElem;
-  size_t got;
-
-  if( objc!=5 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE SIZE NELEM CONTENT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &sz) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &nElem) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zBuf = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
-  got = sqlite3_quota_fwrite(zBuf, sz, nElem, p);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(got));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_fclose HANDLE
-*/
-static int test_quota_fclose(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  rc = sqlite3_quota_fclose(p);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_fflush HANDLE ?HARDSYNC?
-*/
-static int test_quota_fflush(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  int rc;
-  int doSync = 0;
-
-  if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE ?HARDSYNC?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  if( objc==3 ){
-    if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &doSync) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_quota_fflush(p, doSync);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_fseek HANDLE OFFSET WHENCE
-*/
-static int test_quota_fseek(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  int ofst;
-  const char *zWhence;
-  int whence;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE OFFSET WHENCE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &ofst) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zWhence = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-  if( strcmp(zWhence, "SEEK_SET")==0 ){
-    whence = SEEK_SET;
-  }else if( strcmp(zWhence, "SEEK_CUR")==0 ){
-    whence = SEEK_CUR;
-  }else if( strcmp(zWhence, "SEEK_END")==0 ){
-    whence = SEEK_END;
-  }else{
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
-           "WHENCE should be SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, or SEEK_END", (char*)0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_quota_fseek(p, ofst, whence);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_rewind HANDLE
-*/
-static int test_quota_rewind(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  sqlite3_quota_rewind(p);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_ftell HANDLE
-*/
-static int test_quota_ftell(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  sqlite3_int64 x;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  x = sqlite3_quota_ftell(p);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_ftruncate HANDLE SIZE
-*/
-static int test_quota_ftruncate(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  sqlite3_int64 x;
-  Tcl_WideInt w;
-  int rc;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE SIZE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  if( Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &w) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  x = (sqlite3_int64)w;
-  rc = sqlite3_quota_ftruncate(p, x);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_file_size HANDLE
-*/
-static int test_quota_file_size(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  sqlite3_int64 x;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  x = sqlite3_quota_file_size(p);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_file_truesize HANDLE
-*/
-static int test_quota_file_truesize(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  sqlite3_int64 x;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  x = sqlite3_quota_file_truesize(p);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_file_mtime HANDLE
-*/
-static int test_quota_file_mtime(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  time_t t;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  t = 0;
-  sqlite3_quota_file_mtime(p, &t);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(t));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_remove FILENAME
-*/
-static int test_quota_remove(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zFilename;          /* File pattern to configure */
-  int rc;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "FILENAME");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zFilename = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  rc = sqlite3_quota_remove(zFilename);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_glob PATTERN TEXT
-**
-** Test the glob pattern matching.  Return 1 if TEXT matches PATTERN
-** and return 0 if it does not.
-*/
-static int test_quota_glob(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zPattern;          /* The glob pattern */
-  const char *zText;             /* Text to compare agains the pattern */
-  int rc;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "PATTERN TEXT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  zPattern = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  zText = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  rc = quotaStrglob(zPattern, zText);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(rc));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_file_available HANDLE
-**
-** Return the number of bytes from the current file point to the end of
-** the file.
-*/
-static int test_quota_file_available(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  sqlite3_int64 x;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  x = sqlite3_quota_file_available(p);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** tclcmd: sqlite3_quota_ferror HANDLE
-**
-** Return true if the file handle is in the error state.
-*/
-static int test_quota_ferror(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  quota_FILE *p;
-  int x;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "HANDLE");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  x = sqlite3_quota_ferror(p);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine registers the custom TCL commands defined in this
-** module.  This should be the only procedure visible from outside
-** of this module.
-*/
-int Sqlitequota_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-    { "sqlite3_quota_initialize",    test_quota_initialize },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_shutdown",      test_quota_shutdown },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_set",           test_quota_set },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_file",          test_quota_file },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_dump",          test_quota_dump },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_fopen",         test_quota_fopen },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_fread",         test_quota_fread },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_fwrite",        test_quota_fwrite },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_fclose",        test_quota_fclose },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_fflush",        test_quota_fflush },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_fseek",         test_quota_fseek },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_rewind",        test_quota_rewind },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_ftell",         test_quota_ftell },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_ftruncate",     test_quota_ftruncate },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_file_size",     test_quota_file_size },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_file_truesize", test_quota_file_truesize },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_file_mtime",    test_quota_file_mtime },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_remove",        test_quota_remove },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_glob",          test_quota_glob },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_file_available",test_quota_file_available },
-    { "sqlite3_quota_ferror",        test_quota_ferror },
-  };
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_quota.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_quota.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c17e15adca1..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_quota.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2011 December 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the interface definition for the quota a VFS shim.
-**
-** This particular shim enforces a quota system on files.  One or more
-** database files are in a "quota group" that is defined by a GLOB
-** pattern.  A quota is set for the combined size of all files in the
-** the group.  A quota of zero means "no limit".  If the total size
-** of all files in the quota group is greater than the limit, then
-** write requests that attempt to enlarge a file fail with SQLITE_FULL.
-**
-** However, before returning SQLITE_FULL, the write requests invoke
-** a callback function that is configurable for each quota group.
-** This callback has the opportunity to enlarge the quota.  If the
-** callback does enlarge the quota such that the total size of all
-** files within the group is less than the new quota, then the write
-** continues as if nothing had happened.
-*/
-#ifndef _QUOTA_H_
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-/* Make this callable from C++ */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Initialize the quota VFS shim.  Use the VFS named zOrigVfsName
-** as the VFS that does the actual work.  Use the default if
-** zOrigVfsName==NULL.  
-**
-** The quota VFS shim is named "quota".  It will become the default
-** VFS if makeDefault is non-zero.
-**
-** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once
-** during start-up.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_initialize(const char *zOrigVfsName, int makeDefault);
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the quota system.
-**
-** All SQLite database connections must be closed before calling this
-** routine.
-**
-** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
-** shutting down in order to free all remaining quota groups.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_shutdown(void);
-
-/*
-** Create or destroy a quota group.
-**
-** The quota group is defined by the zPattern.  When calling this routine
-** with a zPattern for a quota group that already exists, this routine
-** merely updates the iLimit, xCallback, and pArg values for that quota
-** group.  If zPattern is new, then a new quota group is created.
-**
-** The zPattern is always compared against the full pathname of the file.
-** Even if APIs are called with relative pathnames, SQLite converts the
-** name to a full pathname before comparing it against zPattern.  zPattern
-** is a glob pattern with the following matching rules:
-**
-**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
-**
-**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
-**
-**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
-**                characters.  "]" can be part of the list if it is
-**                the first character.  Within the list "X-Y" matches
-**                characters X or Y or any character in between the
-**                two.  Ex:  "[0-9]" matches any digit.
-**
-**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
-**
-**     /          Matches either / or \.  This allows glob patterns
-**                containing / to work on both unix and windows.
-**
-** Note that, unlike unix shell globbing, the directory separator "/"
-** can match a wildcard.  So, for example, the pattern "/abc/xyz/" "*"
-** matches any files anywhere in the directory hierarchy beneath
-** /abc/xyz.
-**
-** The glob algorithm works on bytes.  Multi-byte UTF8 characters are
-** matched as if each byte were a separate character.
-**
-** If the iLimit for a quota group is set to zero, then the quota group
-** is disabled and will be deleted when the last database connection using
-** the quota group is closed.
-**
-** Calling this routine on a zPattern that does not exist and with a
-** zero iLimit is a no-op.
-**
-** A quota group must exist with a non-zero iLimit prior to opening
-** database connections if those connections are to participate in the
-** quota group.  Creating a quota group does not affect database connections
-** that are already open.
-**
-** The patterns that define the various quota groups should be distinct.
-** If the same filename matches more than one quota group pattern, then
-** the behavior of this package is undefined.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_set(
-  const char *zPattern,           /* The filename pattern */
-  sqlite3_int64 iLimit,           /* New quota to set for this quota group */
-  void (*xCallback)(              /* Callback invoked when going over quota */
-     const char *zFilename,         /* Name of file whose size increases */
-     sqlite3_int64 *piLimit,        /* IN/OUT: The current limit */
-     sqlite3_int64 iSize,           /* Total size of all files in the group */
-     void *pArg                     /* Client data */
-  ),
-  void *pArg,                     /* client data passed thru to callback */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void*)         /* Optional destructor for pArg */
-);
-
-/*
-** Bring the named file under quota management, assuming its name matches
-** the glob pattern of some quota group.  Or if it is already under
-** management, update its size.  If zFilename does not match the glob
-** pattern of any quota group, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_file(const char *zFilename);
-
-/*
-** The following object serves the same role as FILE in the standard C
-** library.  It represents an open connection to a file on disk for I/O.
-**
-** A single quota_FILE should not be used by two or more threads at the
-** same time.  Multiple threads can be using different quota_FILE objects
-** simultaneously, but not the same quota_FILE object.
-*/
-typedef struct quota_FILE quota_FILE;
-
-/*
-** Create a new quota_FILE object used to read and/or write to the
-** file zFilename.  The zMode parameter is as with standard library zMode.
-*/
-quota_FILE *sqlite3_quota_fopen(const char *zFilename, const char *zMode);
-
-/*
-** Perform I/O against a quota_FILE object.  When doing writes, the
-** quota mechanism may result in a short write, in order to prevent
-** the sum of sizes of all files from going over quota.
-*/
-size_t sqlite3_quota_fread(void*, size_t, size_t, quota_FILE*);
-size_t sqlite3_quota_fwrite(const void*, size_t, size_t, quota_FILE*);
-
-/*
-** Flush all written content held in memory buffers out to disk.
-** This is the equivalent of fflush() in the standard library.
-**
-** If the hardSync parameter is true (non-zero) then this routine
-** also forces OS buffers to disk - the equivalent of fsync().
-**
-** This routine return zero on success and non-zero if something goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_fflush(quota_FILE*, int hardSync);
-
-/*
-** Close a quota_FILE object and free all associated resources.  The
-** file remains under quota management.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_fclose(quota_FILE*);
-
-/*
-** Move the read/write pointer for a quota_FILE object.  Or tell the
-** current location of the read/write pointer.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_fseek(quota_FILE*, long, int);
-void sqlite3_quota_rewind(quota_FILE*);
-long sqlite3_quota_ftell(quota_FILE*);
-
-/*
-** Test the error indicator for the given file.
-**
-** Return non-zero if the error indicator is set.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_ferror(quota_FILE*);
-
-/*
-** Truncate a file previously opened by sqlite3_quota_fopen().  Return
-** zero on success and non-zero on any kind of failure.
-**
-** The newSize argument must be less than or equal to the current file size.
-** Any attempt to "truncate" a file to a larger size results in 
-** undefined behavior.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_ftruncate(quota_FILE*, sqlite3_int64 newSize);
-
-/*
-** Return the last modification time of the opened file, in seconds
-** since 1970.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_file_mtime(quota_FILE*, time_t *pTime);
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the file as it is known to the quota system.
-**
-** This size might be different from the true size of the file on
-** disk if some outside process has modified the file without using the
-** quota mechanism, or if calls to sqlite3_quota_fwrite() have occurred
-** which have increased the file size, but those writes have not yet been
-** forced to disk using sqlite3_quota_fflush().
-**
-** Return -1 if the file is not participating in quota management.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_quota_file_size(quota_FILE*);
-
-/*
-** Return the true size of the file.
-**
-** The true size should be the same as the size of the file as known
-** to the quota system, however the sizes might be different if the
-** file has been extended or truncated via some outside process or if
-** pending writes have not yet been flushed to disk.
-**
-** Return -1 if the file does not exist or if the size of the file
-** cannot be determined for some reason.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_quota_file_truesize(quota_FILE*);
-
-/*
-** Determine the amount of data in bytes available for reading
-** in the given file.
-**
-** Return -1 if the amount cannot be determined for some reason.
-*/
-long sqlite3_quota_file_available(quota_FILE*);
-
-/*
-** Delete a file from the disk, if that file is under quota management.
-** Adjust quotas accordingly.
-**
-** If zFilename is the name of a directory that matches one of the
-** quota glob patterns, then all files under quota management that
-** are contained within that directory are deleted.
-**
-** A standard SQLite result code is returned (SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_NOMEM, etc.)
-** When deleting a directory of files, if the deletion of any one
-** file fails (for example due to an I/O error), then this routine
-** returns immediately, with the error code, and does not try to 
-** delete any of the other files in the specified directory.
-**
-** All files are removed from quota management and deleted from disk.
-** However, no attempt is made to remove empty directories.
-**
-** This routine is a no-op for files that are not under quota management.
-*/
-int sqlite3_quota_remove(const char *zFilename);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-#endif /* _QUOTA_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_rtree.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_rtree.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 797ec0026c8..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_rtree.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,503 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 August 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing all sorts of SQLite interfaces. This code
-** is not included in the SQLite library. 
-*/
-
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-/* Solely for the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macro. */
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-/* 
-** Type used to cache parameter information for the "circle" r-tree geometry
-** callback.
-*/
-typedef struct Circle Circle;
-struct Circle {
-  struct Box {
-    double xmin;
-    double xmax;
-    double ymin;
-    double ymax;
-  } aBox[2];
-  double centerx;
-  double centery;
-  double radius;
-  double mxArea;
-  int eScoreType;
-};
-
-/*
-** Destructor function for Circle objects allocated by circle_geom().
-*/
-static void circle_del(void *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of "circle" r-tree geometry callback.
-*/
-static int circle_geom(
-  sqlite3_rtree_geometry *p,
-  int nCoord, 
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord,
-  int *pRes
-){
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  Circle *pCircle;                /* Structure defining circular region */
-  double xmin, xmax;              /* X dimensions of box being tested */
-  double ymin, ymax;              /* X dimensions of box being tested */
-
-  xmin = aCoord[0];
-  xmax = aCoord[1];
-  ymin = aCoord[2];
-  ymax = aCoord[3];
-  pCircle = (Circle *)p->pUser;
-  if( pCircle==0 ){
-    /* If pUser is still 0, then the parameter values have not been tested
-    ** for correctness or stored into a Circle structure yet. Do this now. */
-
-    /* This geometry callback is for use with a 2-dimensional r-tree table.
-    ** Return an error if the table does not have exactly 2 dimensions. */
-    if( nCoord!=4 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Test that the correct number of parameters (3) have been supplied,
-    ** and that the parameters are in range (that the radius of the circle 
-    ** radius is greater than zero). */
-    if( p->nParam!=3 || p->aParam[2]<0.0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Allocate a structure to cache parameter data in. Return SQLITE_NOMEM
-    ** if the allocation fails. */
-    pCircle = (Circle *)(p->pUser = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Circle)));
-    if( !pCircle ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    p->xDelUser = circle_del;
-
-    /* Record the center and radius of the circular region. One way that
-    ** tested bounding boxes that intersect the circular region are detected
-    ** is by testing if each corner of the bounding box lies within radius
-    ** units of the center of the circle. */
-    pCircle->centerx = p->aParam[0];
-    pCircle->centery = p->aParam[1];
-    pCircle->radius = p->aParam[2];
-
-    /* Define two bounding box regions. The first, aBox[0], extends to
-    ** infinity in the X dimension. It covers the same range of the Y dimension
-    ** as the circular region. The second, aBox[1], extends to infinity in
-    ** the Y dimension and is constrained to the range of the circle in the
-    ** X dimension.
-    **
-    ** Then imagine each box is split in half along its short axis by a line
-    ** that intersects the center of the circular region. A bounding box
-    ** being tested can be said to intersect the circular region if it contains
-    ** points from each half of either of the two infinite bounding boxes.
-    */
-    pCircle->aBox[0].xmin = pCircle->centerx;
-    pCircle->aBox[0].xmax = pCircle->centerx;
-    pCircle->aBox[0].ymin = pCircle->centery + pCircle->radius;
-    pCircle->aBox[0].ymax = pCircle->centery - pCircle->radius;
-    pCircle->aBox[1].xmin = pCircle->centerx + pCircle->radius;
-    pCircle->aBox[1].xmax = pCircle->centerx - pCircle->radius;
-    pCircle->aBox[1].ymin = pCircle->centery;
-    pCircle->aBox[1].ymax = pCircle->centery;
-    pCircle->mxArea = (xmax - xmin)*(ymax - ymin) + 1.0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if any of the 4 corners of the bounding-box being tested lie 
-  ** inside the circular region. If they do, then the bounding-box does
-  ** intersect the region of interest. Set the output variable to true and
-  ** return SQLITE_OK in this case. */
-  for(i=0; i<4; i++){
-    double x = (i&0x01) ? xmax : xmin;
-    double y = (i&0x02) ? ymax : ymin;
-    double d2;
-    
-    d2  = (x-pCircle->centerx)*(x-pCircle->centerx);
-    d2 += (y-pCircle->centery)*(y-pCircle->centery);
-    if( d2<(pCircle->radius*pCircle->radius) ){
-      *pRes = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check if the bounding box covers any other part of the circular region.
-  ** See comments above for a description of how this test works. If it does
-  ** cover part of the circular region, set the output variable to true
-  ** and return SQLITE_OK. */
-  for(i=0; i<2; i++){
-    if( xmin<=pCircle->aBox[i].xmin 
-     && xmax>=pCircle->aBox[i].xmax 
-     && ymin<=pCircle->aBox[i].ymin 
-     && ymax>=pCircle->aBox[i].ymax 
-    ){
-      *pRes = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The specified bounding box does not intersect the circular region. Set
-  ** the output variable to zero and return SQLITE_OK. */
-  *pRes = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of "circle" r-tree geometry callback using the 
-** 2nd-generation interface that allows scoring.
-**
-** Two calling forms:
-**
-**          Qcircle(X,Y,Radius,eType)        -- All values are doubles
-**          Qcircle('x:X y:Y r:R e:ETYPE')   -- Single string parameter
-*/
-static int circle_query_func(sqlite3_rtree_query_info *p){
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  Circle *pCircle;                /* Structure defining circular region */
-  double xmin, xmax;              /* X dimensions of box being tested */
-  double ymin, ymax;              /* X dimensions of box being tested */
-  int nWithin = 0;                /* Number of corners inside the circle */
-
-  xmin = p->aCoord[0];
-  xmax = p->aCoord[1];
-  ymin = p->aCoord[2];
-  ymax = p->aCoord[3];
-  pCircle = (Circle *)p->pUser;
-  if( pCircle==0 ){
-    /* If pUser is still 0, then the parameter values have not been tested
-    ** for correctness or stored into a Circle structure yet. Do this now. */
-
-    /* This geometry callback is for use with a 2-dimensional r-tree table.
-    ** Return an error if the table does not have exactly 2 dimensions. */
-    if( p->nCoord!=4 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Test that the correct number of parameters (1 or 4) have been supplied.
-    */
-    if( p->nParam!=4 && p->nParam!=1 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Allocate a structure to cache parameter data in. Return SQLITE_NOMEM
-    ** if the allocation fails. */
-    pCircle = (Circle *)(p->pUser = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Circle)));
-    if( !pCircle ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    p->xDelUser = circle_del;
-
-    /* Record the center and radius of the circular region. One way that
-    ** tested bounding boxes that intersect the circular region are detected
-    ** is by testing if each corner of the bounding box lies within radius
-    ** units of the center of the circle. */
-    if( p->nParam==4 ){
-      pCircle->centerx = p->aParam[0];
-      pCircle->centery = p->aParam[1];
-      pCircle->radius = p->aParam[2];
-      pCircle->eScoreType = (int)p->aParam[3];
-    }else{
-      const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(p->apSqlParam[0]);
-      pCircle->centerx = 0.0;
-      pCircle->centery = 0.0;
-      pCircle->radius = 0.0;
-      pCircle->eScoreType = 0;
-      while( z && z[0] ){
-        if( z[0]=='r' && z[1]==':' ){
-          pCircle->radius = atof(&z[2]);
-        }else if( z[0]=='x' && z[1]==':' ){
-          pCircle->centerx = atof(&z[2]);
-        }else if( z[0]=='y' && z[1]==':' ){
-          pCircle->centery = atof(&z[2]);
-        }else if( z[0]=='e' && z[1]==':' ){
-          pCircle->eScoreType = (int)atof(&z[2]);
-        }else if( z[0]==' ' ){
-          z++;
-          continue;
-        }
-        while( z[0]!=0 && z[0]!=' ' ) z++;
-        while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pCircle->radius<0.0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(pCircle);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-
-    /* Define two bounding box regions. The first, aBox[0], extends to
-    ** infinity in the X dimension. It covers the same range of the Y dimension
-    ** as the circular region. The second, aBox[1], extends to infinity in
-    ** the Y dimension and is constrained to the range of the circle in the
-    ** X dimension.
-    **
-    ** Then imagine each box is split in half along its short axis by a line
-    ** that intersects the center of the circular region. A bounding box
-    ** being tested can be said to intersect the circular region if it contains
-    ** points from each half of either of the two infinite bounding boxes.
-    */
-    pCircle->aBox[0].xmin = pCircle->centerx;
-    pCircle->aBox[0].xmax = pCircle->centerx;
-    pCircle->aBox[0].ymin = pCircle->centery + pCircle->radius;
-    pCircle->aBox[0].ymax = pCircle->centery - pCircle->radius;
-    pCircle->aBox[1].xmin = pCircle->centerx + pCircle->radius;
-    pCircle->aBox[1].xmax = pCircle->centerx - pCircle->radius;
-    pCircle->aBox[1].ymin = pCircle->centery;
-    pCircle->aBox[1].ymax = pCircle->centery;
-    pCircle->mxArea = 200.0*200.0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if any of the 4 corners of the bounding-box being tested lie 
-  ** inside the circular region. If they do, then the bounding-box does
-  ** intersect the region of interest. Set the output variable to true and
-  ** return SQLITE_OK in this case. */
-  for(i=0; i<4; i++){
-    double x = (i&0x01) ? xmax : xmin;
-    double y = (i&0x02) ? ymax : ymin;
-    double d2;
-    
-    d2  = (x-pCircle->centerx)*(x-pCircle->centerx);
-    d2 += (y-pCircle->centery)*(y-pCircle->centery);
-    if( d2<(pCircle->radius*pCircle->radius) ) nWithin++;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if the bounding box covers any other part of the circular region.
-  ** See comments above for a description of how this test works. If it does
-  ** cover part of the circular region, set the output variable to true
-  ** and return SQLITE_OK. */
-  if( nWithin==0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<2; i++){
-      if( xmin<=pCircle->aBox[i].xmin 
-       && xmax>=pCircle->aBox[i].xmax 
-       && ymin<=pCircle->aBox[i].ymin 
-       && ymax>=pCircle->aBox[i].ymax 
-      ){
-        nWithin = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pCircle->eScoreType==1 ){
-    /* Depth first search */
-    p->rScore = p->iLevel;
-  }else if( pCircle->eScoreType==2 ){
-    /* Breadth first search */
-    p->rScore = 100 - p->iLevel;
-  }else if( pCircle->eScoreType==3 ){
-    /* Depth-first search, except sort the leaf nodes by area with
-    ** the largest area first */
-    if( p->iLevel==1 ){
-      p->rScore = 1.0 - (xmax-xmin)*(ymax-ymin)/pCircle->mxArea;
-      if( p->rScore<0.01 ) p->rScore = 0.01;
-    }else{
-      p->rScore = 0.0;
-    }
-  }else if( pCircle->eScoreType==4 ){
-    /* Depth-first search, except exclude odd rowids */
-    p->rScore = p->iLevel;
-    if( p->iRowid&1 ) nWithin = 0;
-  }else{
-    /* Breadth-first search, except exclude odd rowids */
-    p->rScore = 100 - p->iLevel;
-    if( p->iRowid&1 ) nWithin = 0;
-  }
-  if( nWithin==0 ){
-    p->eWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
-  }else if( nWithin>=4 ){
-    p->eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN;
-  }else{
-    p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Implementation of "breadthfirstsearch" r-tree geometry callback using the 
-** 2nd-generation interface that allows scoring.
-**
-**     ... WHERE id MATCH breadthfirstsearch($x0,$x1,$y0,$y1) ...
-**
-** It returns all entries whose bounding boxes overlap with $x0,$x1,$y0,$y1.
-*/
-static int bfs_query_func(sqlite3_rtree_query_info *p){
-  double x0,x1,y0,y1;        /* Dimensions of box being tested */
-  double bx0,bx1,by0,by1;    /* Boundary of the query function */
-
-  if( p->nParam!=4 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  x0 = p->aCoord[0];
-  x1 = p->aCoord[1];
-  y0 = p->aCoord[2];
-  y1 = p->aCoord[3];
-  bx0 = p->aParam[0];
-  bx1 = p->aParam[1];
-  by0 = p->aParam[2];
-  by1 = p->aParam[3];
-  p->rScore = 100 - p->iLevel;
-  if( p->eParentWithin==FULLY_WITHIN ){
-    p->eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN;
-  }else if( x0>=bx0 && x1<=bx1 && y0>=by0 && y1<=by1 ){
-    p->eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN;
-  }else if( x1>=bx0 && x0<=bx1 && y1>=by0 && y0<=by1 ){
-    p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
-  }else{
-    p->eWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* END of implementation of "circle" geometry callback.
-**************************************************************************
-*************************************************************************/
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "tcl.h"
-
-typedef struct Cube Cube;
-struct Cube {
-  double x;
-  double y;
-  double z;
-  double width;
-  double height;
-  double depth;
-};
-
-static void cube_context_free(void *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The context pointer registered along with the 'cube' callback is
-** always ((void *)&gHere). This is just to facilitate testing, it is not
-** actually used for anything.
-*/
-static int gHere = 42;
-
-/*
-** Implementation of a simple r-tree geom callback to test for intersection
-** of r-tree rows with a "cube" shape. Cubes are defined by six scalar
-** coordinates as follows:
-**
-**   cube(x, y, z, width, height, depth)
-**
-** The width, height and depth parameters must all be greater than zero.
-*/
-static int cube_geom(
-  sqlite3_rtree_geometry *p,
-  int nCoord,
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord,
-  int *piRes
-){
-  Cube *pCube = (Cube *)p->pUser;
-
-  assert( p->pContext==(void *)&gHere );
-
-  if( pCube==0 ){
-    if( p->nParam!=6 || nCoord!=6
-     || p->aParam[3]<=0.0 || p->aParam[4]<=0.0 || p->aParam[5]<=0.0
-    ){
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    pCube = (Cube *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Cube));
-    if( !pCube ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pCube->x = p->aParam[0];
-    pCube->y = p->aParam[1];
-    pCube->z = p->aParam[2];
-    pCube->width = p->aParam[3];
-    pCube->height = p->aParam[4];
-    pCube->depth = p->aParam[5];
-
-    p->pUser = (void *)pCube;
-    p->xDelUser = cube_context_free;
-  }
-
-  assert( nCoord==6 );
-  *piRes = 0;
-  if( aCoord[0]<=(pCube->x+pCube->width)
-   && aCoord[1]>=pCube->x
-   && aCoord[2]<=(pCube->y+pCube->height)
-   && aCoord[3]>=pCube->y
-   && aCoord[4]<=(pCube->z+pCube->depth)
-   && aCoord[5]>=pCube->z
-  ){
-    *piRes = 1;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE */
-
-static int register_cube_geom(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(interp);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objv);
-#else
-  extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp*, const char*, sqlite3**);
-  extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(db, "cube", cube_geom, (void *)&gHere);
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int register_circle_geom(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(interp);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objv);
-#else
-  extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp*, const char*, sqlite3**);
-  extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  rc = sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(db, "circle", circle_geom, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(db, "Qcircle",
-                                      circle_query_func, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(db, "breadthfirstsearch",
-                                      bfs_query_func, 0, 0);
-  }
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int Sqlitetestrtree_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "register_cube_geom", register_cube_geom, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "register_circle_geom",register_circle_geom,0,0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_schema.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_schema.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ee18193b04..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_schema.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 June 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing the virtual table interfaces.  This code
-** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
-** testing of the SQLite library.
-*/
-
-/* The code in this file defines a sqlite3 virtual-table module that
-** provides a read-only view of the current database schema. There is one
-** row in the schema table for each column in the database schema.
-*/
-#define SCHEMA \
-"CREATE TABLE x("                                                            \
-  "database,"          /* Name of database (i.e. main, temp etc.) */         \
-  "tablename,"         /* Name of table */                                   \
-  "cid,"               /* Column number (from left-to-right, 0 upward) */    \
-  "name,"              /* Column name */                                     \
-  "type,"              /* Specified type (i.e. VARCHAR(32)) */               \
-  "not_null,"          /* Boolean. True if NOT NULL was specified */         \
-  "dflt_value,"        /* Default value for this column */                   \
-  "pk"                 /* True if this column is part of the primary key */  \
-")"
-
-/* If SQLITE_TEST is defined this code is preprocessed for use as part
-** of the sqlite test binary "testfixture". Otherwise it is preprocessed
-** to be compiled into an sqlite dynamic extension.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  #include "sqliteInt.h"
-  #include "tcl.h"
-#else
-  #include "sqlite3ext.h"
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-typedef struct schema_vtab schema_vtab;
-typedef struct schema_cursor schema_cursor;
-
-/* A schema table object */
-struct schema_vtab {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-};
-
-/* A schema table cursor object */
-struct schema_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pDbList;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pTableList;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pColumnList;
-  int rowid;
-};
-
-/*
-** None of this works unless we have virtual tables.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-
-/*
-** Table destructor for the schema module.
-*/
-static int schemaDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  sqlite3_free(pVtab);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Table constructor for the schema module.
-*/
-static int schemaCreate(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  schema_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(schema_vtab));
-  if( pVtab ){
-    memset(pVtab, 0, sizeof(schema_vtab));
-    pVtab->db = db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, SCHEMA);
-#endif
-  }
-  *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pVtab;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a new cursor on the schema table.
-*/
-static int schemaOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  schema_cursor *pCur;
-  pCur = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(schema_cursor));
-  if( pCur ){
-    memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(schema_cursor));
-    *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCur;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a schema table cursor.
-*/
-static int schemaClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur;
-  sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pDbList);
-  sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pTableList);
-  sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pColumnList);
-  sqlite3_free(pCur);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve a column of data.
-*/
-static int schemaColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
-  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur;
-  switch( i ){
-    case 0:
-      sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCur->pDbList, 1));
-      break;
-    case 1:
-      sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCur->pTableList, 0));
-      break;
-    default:
-      sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCur->pColumnList, i-2));
-      break;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve the current rowid.
-*/
-static int schemaRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur;
-  *pRowid = pCur->rowid;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int finalize(sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
-  int rc = sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
-  *ppStmt = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int schemaEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur;
-  return (pCur->pDbList ? 0 : 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next row.
-*/
-static int schemaNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur;
-  schema_vtab *pVtab = (schema_vtab *)(cur->pVtab);
-  char *zSql = 0;
-
-  while( !pCur->pColumnList || SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pColumnList) ){
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = finalize(&pCur->pColumnList)) ) goto next_exit;
-
-    while( !pCur->pTableList || SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pTableList) ){
-      if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = finalize(&pCur->pTableList)) ) goto next_exit;
-
-      assert(pCur->pDbList);
-      while( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pDbList) ){
-        rc = finalize(&pCur->pDbList);
-        goto next_exit;
-      }
-
-      /* Set zSql to the SQL to pull the list of tables from the 
-      ** sqlite_master (or sqlite_temp_master) table of the database
-      ** identified by the row pointed to by the SQL statement pCur->pDbList
-      ** (iterating through a "PRAGMA database_list;" statement).
-      */
-      if( sqlite3_column_int(pCur->pDbList, 0)==1 ){
-        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-            "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'"
-        );
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_stmt *pDbList = pCur->pDbList;
-        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-            "SELECT name FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE type='table'",
-             sqlite3_column_text(pDbList, 1)
-        );
-      }
-      if( !zSql ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        goto next_exit;
-      }
-
-      rc = sqlite3_prepare(pVtab->db, zSql, -1, &pCur->pTableList, 0);
-      sqlite3_free(zSql);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto next_exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Set zSql to the SQL to the table_info pragma for the table currently
-    ** identified by the rows pointed to by statements pCur->pDbList and
-    ** pCur->pTableList.
-    */
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.table_info(%Q)", 
-        sqlite3_column_text(pCur->pDbList, 1),
-        sqlite3_column_text(pCur->pTableList, 0)
-    );
-
-    if( !zSql ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto next_exit;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare(pVtab->db, zSql, -1, &pCur->pColumnList, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto next_exit;
-  }
-  pCur->rowid++;
-
-next_exit:
-  /* TODO: Handle rc */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset a schema table cursor.
-*/
-static int schemaFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int rc;
-  schema_vtab *pVtab = (schema_vtab *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
-  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)pVtabCursor;
-  pCur->rowid = 0;
-  finalize(&pCur->pTableList);
-  finalize(&pCur->pColumnList);
-  finalize(&pCur->pDbList);
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(pVtab->db,"PRAGMA database_list", -1, &pCur->pDbList, 0);
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? schemaNext(pVtabCursor) : rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Analyse the WHERE condition.
-*/
-static int schemaBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** A virtual table module that merely echos method calls into TCL
-** variables.
-*/
-static sqlite3_module schemaModule = {
-  0,                           /* iVersion */
-  schemaCreate,
-  schemaCreate,
-  schemaBestIndex,
-  schemaDestroy,
-  schemaDestroy,
-  schemaOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-  schemaClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
-  schemaFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-  schemaNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-  schemaEof,                   /* xEof */
-  schemaColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
-  schemaRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
-  0,                           /* xUpdate */
-  0,                           /* xBegin */
-  0,                           /* xSync */
-  0,                           /* xCommit */
-  0,                           /* xRollback */
-  0,                           /* xFindMethod */
-  0,                           /* xRename */
-};
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-
-/*
-** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3 object.
-*/
-extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, sqlite3 **ppDb);
-
-/*
-** Register the schema virtual table module.
-*/
-static int register_schema_module(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3_create_module(db, "schema", &schemaModule, 0);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetestschema_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-     void *clientData;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "register_schema_module", register_schema_module, 0 },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, 
-        aObjCmd[i].xProc, aObjCmd[i].clientData, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#else
-
-/*
-** Extension load function.
-*/
-#ifdef _WIN32
-__declspec(dllexport)
-#endif
-int sqlite3_schema_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg, 
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3_create_module(db, "schema", &schemaModule, 0);
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_server.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_server.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4eb1cf19660..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_server.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,516 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 January 07
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains demonstration code.  Nothing in this file gets compiled
-** or linked into the SQLite library unless you use a non-standard option:
-**
-**      -DSQLITE_SERVER=1
-**
-** The configure script will never generate a Makefile with the option
-** above.  You will need to manually modify the Makefile if you want to
-** include any of the code from this file in your project.  Or, at your
-** option, you may copy and paste the code from this file and
-** thereby avoiding a recompile of SQLite.
-**
-**
-** This source file demonstrates how to use SQLite to create an SQL database 
-** server thread in a multiple-threaded program.  One or more client threads
-** send messages to the server thread and the server thread processes those
-** messages in the order received and returns the results to the client.
-**
-** One might ask:  "Why bother?  Why not just let each thread connect
-** to the database directly?"  There are a several of reasons to
-** prefer the client/server approach.
-**
-**    (1)  Some systems (ex: Redhat9) have broken threading implementations
-**         that prevent SQLite database connections from being used in
-**         a thread different from the one where they were created.  With
-**         the client/server approach, all database connections are created
-**         and used within the server thread.  Client calls to the database
-**         can be made from multiple threads (though not at the same time!)
-**
-**    (2)  Beginning with SQLite version 3.3.0, when two or more 
-**         connections to the same database occur within the same thread,
-**         they can optionally share their database cache.  This reduces
-**         I/O and memory requirements.  Cache shared is controlled using
-**         the sqlite3_enable_shared_cache() API.
-**
-**    (3)  Database connections on a shared cache use table-level locking
-**         instead of file-level locking for improved concurrency.
-**
-**    (4)  Database connections on a shared cache can by optionally
-**         set to READ UNCOMMITTED isolation.  (The default isolation for
-**         SQLite is SERIALIZABLE.)  When this occurs, readers will
-**         never be blocked by a writer and writers will not be
-**         blocked by readers.  There can still only be a single writer
-**         at a time, but multiple readers can simultaneously exist with
-**         that writer.  This is a huge increase in concurrency.
-**
-** To summarize the rational for using a client/server approach: prior
-** to SQLite version 3.3.0 it probably was not worth the trouble.  But
-** with SQLite version 3.3.0 and beyond you can get significant performance
-** and concurrency improvements and memory usage reductions by going
-** client/server.
-**
-** Note:  The extra features of version 3.3.0 described by points (2)
-** through (4) above are only available if you compile without the
-** option -DSQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE. 
-**
-** Here is how the client/server approach works:  The database server
-** thread is started on this procedure:
-**
-**       void *sqlite3_server(void *NotUsed);
-**
-** The sqlite_server procedure runs as long as the g.serverHalt variable
-** is false.  A mutex is used to make sure no more than one server runs
-** at a time.  The server waits for messages to arrive on a message
-** queue and processes the messages in order.
-**
-** Two convenience routines are provided for starting and stopping the
-** server thread:
-**
-**       void sqlite3_server_start(void);
-**       void sqlite3_server_stop(void);
-**
-** Both of the convenience routines return immediately.  Neither will
-** ever give an error.  If a server is already started or already halted,
-** then the routines are effectively no-ops.
-**
-** Clients use the following interfaces:
-**
-**       sqlite3_client_open
-**       sqlite3_client_prepare
-**       sqlite3_client_step
-**       sqlite3_client_reset
-**       sqlite3_client_finalize
-**       sqlite3_client_close
-**
-** These interfaces work exactly like the standard core SQLite interfaces
-** having the same names without the "_client_" infix.  Many other SQLite
-** interfaces can be used directly without having to send messages to the
-** server as long as SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined.
-** The following interfaces fall into this second category:
-**
-**       sqlite3_bind_*
-**       sqlite3_changes
-**       sqlite3_clear_bindings
-**       sqlite3_column_*
-**       sqlite3_complete
-**       sqlite3_create_collation
-**       sqlite3_create_function
-**       sqlite3_data_count
-**       sqlite3_db_handle
-**       sqlite3_errcode
-**       sqlite3_errmsg
-**       sqlite3_last_insert_rowid
-**       sqlite3_total_changes
-**       sqlite3_transfer_bindings
-**
-** A single SQLite connection (an sqlite3* object) or an SQLite statement
-** (an sqlite3_stmt* object) should only be passed to a single interface
-** function at a time.  The connections and statements can be passed from
-** any thread to any of the functions listed in the second group above as
-** long as the same connection is not in use by two threads at once and
-** as long as SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined.  Additional
-** information about the SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT constraint is
-** below.
-**
-** The busy handler for all database connections should remain turned
-** off.  That means that any lock contention will cause the associated
-** sqlite3_client_step() call to return immediately with an SQLITE_BUSY
-** error code.  If a busy handler is enabled and lock contention occurs,
-** then the entire server thread will block.  This will cause not only
-** the requesting client to block but every other database client as
-** well.  It is possible to enhance the code below so that lock
-** contention will cause the message to be placed back on the top of
-** the queue to be tried again later.  But such enhanced processing is
-** not included here, in order to keep the example simple.
-**
-** This example code assumes the use of pthreads.  Pthreads
-** implementations are available for windows.  (See, for example
-** http://sourceware.org/pthreads-win32/announcement.html.)  Or, you
-** can translate the locking and thread synchronization code to use
-** windows primitives easily enough.  The details are left as an
-** exercise to the reader.
-**
-**** Restrictions Associated With SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT ****
-**
-** If you compile with SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT defined, then
-** SQLite includes code that tracks how much memory is being used by
-** each thread.  These memory counts can become confused if memory
-** is allocated by one thread and then freed by another.  For that
-** reason, when SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is used, all operations
-** that might allocate or free memory should be performanced in the same
-** thread that originally created the database connection.  In that case,
-** many of the operations that are listed above as safe to be performed
-** in separate threads would need to be sent over to the server to be
-** done there.  If SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is defined, then
-** the following functions can be used safely from different threads
-** without messing up the allocation counts:
-**
-**       sqlite3_bind_parameter_name
-**       sqlite3_bind_parameter_index
-**       sqlite3_changes
-**       sqlite3_column_blob
-**       sqlite3_column_count
-**       sqlite3_complete
-**       sqlite3_data_count
-**       sqlite3_db_handle
-**       sqlite3_errcode
-**       sqlite3_errmsg
-**       sqlite3_last_insert_rowid
-**       sqlite3_total_changes
-**
-** The remaining functions are not thread-safe when memory management
-** is enabled.  So one would have to define some new interface routines
-** along the following lines:
-**
-**       sqlite3_client_bind_*
-**       sqlite3_client_clear_bindings
-**       sqlite3_client_column_*
-**       sqlite3_client_create_collation
-**       sqlite3_client_create_function
-**       sqlite3_client_transfer_bindings
-**
-** The example code in this file is intended for use with memory
-** management turned off.  So the implementation of these additional
-** client interfaces is left as an exercise to the reader.
-**
-** It may seem surprising to the reader that the list of safe functions
-** above does not include things like sqlite3_bind_int() or
-** sqlite3_column_int().  But those routines might, in fact, allocate
-** or deallocate memory.  In the case of sqlite3_bind_int(), if the
-** parameter was previously bound to a string that string might need
-** to be deallocated before the new integer value is inserted.  In
-** the case of sqlite3_column_int(), the value of the column might be
-** a UTF-16 string which will need to be converted to UTF-8 then into
-** an integer.
-*/
-
-/* Include this to get the definition of SQLITE_THREADSAFE, in the
-** case that default values are used.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Only compile the code in this file on UNIX with a SQLITE_THREADSAFE build
-** and only if the SQLITE_SERVER macro is defined.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_SERVER) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-
-/*
-** We require only pthreads and the public interface of SQLite.
-*/
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-
-/*
-** Messages are passed from client to server and back again as 
-** instances of the following structure.
-*/
-typedef struct SqlMessage SqlMessage;
-struct SqlMessage {
-  int op;                      /* Opcode for the message */
-  sqlite3 *pDb;                /* The SQLite connection */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;         /* A specific statement */
-  int errCode;                 /* Error code returned */
-  const char *zIn;             /* Input filename or SQL statement */
-  int nByte;                   /* Size of the zIn parameter for prepare() */
-  const char *zOut;            /* Tail of the SQL statement */
-  SqlMessage *pNext;           /* Next message in the queue */
-  SqlMessage *pPrev;           /* Previous message in the queue */
-  pthread_mutex_t clientMutex; /* Hold this mutex to access the message */
-  pthread_cond_t clientWakeup; /* Signal to wake up the client */
-};
-
-/*
-** Legal values for SqlMessage.op
-*/
-#define MSG_Open       1  /* sqlite3_open(zIn, &pDb) */
-#define MSG_Prepare    2  /* sqlite3_prepare(pDb, zIn, nByte, &pStmt, &zOut) */
-#define MSG_Step       3  /* sqlite3_step(pStmt) */
-#define MSG_Reset      4  /* sqlite3_reset(pStmt) */
-#define MSG_Finalize   5  /* sqlite3_finalize(pStmt) */
-#define MSG_Close      6  /* sqlite3_close(pDb) */
-#define MSG_Done       7  /* Server has finished with this message */
-
-
-/*
-** State information about the server is stored in a static variable
-** named "g" as follows:
-*/
-static struct ServerState {
-  pthread_mutex_t queueMutex;   /* Hold this mutex to access the msg queue */
-  pthread_mutex_t serverMutex;  /* Held by the server while it is running */
-  pthread_cond_t serverWakeup;  /* Signal this condvar to wake up the server */
-  volatile int serverHalt;      /* Server halts itself when true */
-  SqlMessage *pQueueHead;       /* Head of the message queue */
-  SqlMessage *pQueueTail;       /* Tail of the message queue */
-} g = {
-  PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER,
-};
-
-/*
-** Send a message to the server.  Block until we get a reply.
-**
-** The mutex and condition variable in the message are uninitialized
-** when this routine is called.  This routine takes care of 
-** initializing them and destroying them when it has finished.
-*/
-static void sendToServer(SqlMessage *pMsg){
-  /* Initialize the mutex and condition variable on the message
-  */
-  pthread_mutex_init(&pMsg->clientMutex, 0);
-  pthread_cond_init(&pMsg->clientWakeup, 0);
-
-  /* Add the message to the head of the server's message queue.
-  */
-  pthread_mutex_lock(&g.queueMutex);
-  pMsg->pNext = g.pQueueHead;
-  if( g.pQueueHead==0 ){
-    g.pQueueTail = pMsg;
-  }else{
-    g.pQueueHead->pPrev = pMsg;
-  }
-  pMsg->pPrev = 0;
-  g.pQueueHead = pMsg;
-  pthread_mutex_unlock(&g.queueMutex);
-
-  /* Signal the server that the new message has be queued, then
-  ** block waiting for the server to process the message.
-  */
-  pthread_mutex_lock(&pMsg->clientMutex);
-  pthread_cond_signal(&g.serverWakeup);
-  while( pMsg->op!=MSG_Done ){
-    pthread_cond_wait(&pMsg->clientWakeup, &pMsg->clientMutex);
-  }
-  pthread_mutex_unlock(&pMsg->clientMutex);
-
-  /* Destroy the mutex and condition variable of the message.
-  */
-  pthread_mutex_destroy(&pMsg->clientMutex);
-  pthread_cond_destroy(&pMsg->clientWakeup);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following 6 routines are client-side implementations of the
-** core SQLite interfaces:
-**
-**        sqlite3_open
-**        sqlite3_prepare
-**        sqlite3_step
-**        sqlite3_reset
-**        sqlite3_finalize
-**        sqlite3_close
-**
-** Clients should use the following client-side routines instead of 
-** the core routines above.
-**
-**        sqlite3_client_open
-**        sqlite3_client_prepare
-**        sqlite3_client_step
-**        sqlite3_client_reset
-**        sqlite3_client_finalize
-**        sqlite3_client_close
-**
-** Each of these routines creates a message for the desired operation,
-** sends that message to the server, waits for the server to process
-** then message and return a response.
-*/
-int sqlite3_client_open(const char *zDatabaseName, sqlite3 **ppDb){
-  SqlMessage msg;
-  msg.op = MSG_Open;
-  msg.zIn = zDatabaseName;
-  sendToServer(&msg);
-  *ppDb = msg.pDb;
-  return msg.errCode;
-}
-int sqlite3_client_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *pDb,
-  const char *zSql,
-  int nByte,
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
-  const char **pzTail
-){
-  SqlMessage msg;
-  msg.op = MSG_Prepare;
-  msg.pDb = pDb;
-  msg.zIn = zSql;
-  msg.nByte = nByte;
-  sendToServer(&msg);
-  *ppStmt = msg.pStmt;
-  if( pzTail ) *pzTail = msg.zOut;
-  return msg.errCode;
-}
-int sqlite3_client_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  SqlMessage msg;
-  msg.op = MSG_Step;
-  msg.pStmt = pStmt;
-  sendToServer(&msg);
-  return msg.errCode;
-}
-int sqlite3_client_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  SqlMessage msg;
-  msg.op = MSG_Reset;
-  msg.pStmt = pStmt;
-  sendToServer(&msg);
-  return msg.errCode;
-}
-int sqlite3_client_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  SqlMessage msg;
-  msg.op = MSG_Finalize;
-  msg.pStmt = pStmt;
-  sendToServer(&msg);
-  return msg.errCode;
-}
-int sqlite3_client_close(sqlite3 *pDb){
-  SqlMessage msg;
-  msg.op = MSG_Close;
-  msg.pDb = pDb;
-  sendToServer(&msg);
-  return msg.errCode;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine implements the server.  To start the server, first
-** make sure g.serverHalt is false, then create a new detached thread
-** on this procedure.  See the sqlite3_server_start() routine below
-** for an example.  This procedure loops until g.serverHalt becomes
-** true.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_server(void *NotUsed){
-  if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&g.serverMutex) ){
-    return 0;  /* Another server is already running */
-  }
-  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(1);
-  while( !g.serverHalt ){
-    SqlMessage *pMsg;
-
-    /* Remove the last message from the message queue.
-    */
-    pthread_mutex_lock(&g.queueMutex);
-    while( g.pQueueTail==0 && g.serverHalt==0 ){
-      pthread_cond_wait(&g.serverWakeup, &g.queueMutex);
-    }
-    pMsg = g.pQueueTail;
-    if( pMsg ){
-      if( pMsg->pPrev ){
-        pMsg->pPrev->pNext = 0;
-      }else{
-        g.pQueueHead = 0;
-      }
-      g.pQueueTail = pMsg->pPrev;
-    }
-    pthread_mutex_unlock(&g.queueMutex);
-    if( pMsg==0 ) break;
-
-    /* Process the message just removed
-    */
-    pthread_mutex_lock(&pMsg->clientMutex);
-    switch( pMsg->op ){
-      case MSG_Open: {
-        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_open(pMsg->zIn, &pMsg->pDb);
-        break;
-      }
-      case MSG_Prepare: {
-        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_prepare(pMsg->pDb, pMsg->zIn, pMsg->nByte,
-                                        &pMsg->pStmt, &pMsg->zOut);
-        break;
-      }
-      case MSG_Step: {
-        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_step(pMsg->pStmt);
-        break;
-      }
-      case MSG_Reset: {
-        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_reset(pMsg->pStmt);
-        break;
-      }
-      case MSG_Finalize: {
-        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_finalize(pMsg->pStmt);
-        break;
-      }
-      case MSG_Close: {
-        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_close(pMsg->pDb);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Signal the client that the message has been processed.
-    */
-    pMsg->op = MSG_Done;
-    pthread_mutex_unlock(&pMsg->clientMutex);
-    pthread_cond_signal(&pMsg->clientWakeup);
-  }
-  pthread_mutex_unlock(&g.serverMutex);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Start a server thread if one is not already running.  If there
-** is aleady a server thread running, the new thread will quickly
-** die and this routine is effectively a no-op.
-*/
-void sqlite3_server_start(void){
-  pthread_t x;
-  int rc;
-  g.serverHalt = 0;
-  rc = pthread_create(&x, 0, sqlite3_server, 0);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    pthread_detach(x);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around sqlite3_server() that decrements the int variable
-** pointed to by the first argument after the sqlite3_server() call
-** returns.
-*/
-static void *serverWrapper(void *pnDecr){
-  void *p = sqlite3_server(0);
-  (*(int*)pnDecr)--;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is the similar to sqlite3_server_start(), except that
-** the integer pointed to by the first argument is decremented when
-** the server thread exits. 
-*/
-void sqlite3_server_start2(int *pnDecr){
-  pthread_t x;
-  int rc;
-  g.serverHalt = 0;
-  rc = pthread_create(&x, 0, serverWrapper, (void*)pnDecr);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    pthread_detach(x);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If a server thread is running, then stop it.  If no server is
-** running, this routine is effectively a no-op.
-**
-** This routine waits until the server has actually stopped before
-** returning.
-*/
-void sqlite3_server_stop(void){
-  g.serverHalt = 1;
-  pthread_cond_broadcast(&g.serverWakeup);
-  pthread_mutex_lock(&g.serverMutex);
-  pthread_mutex_unlock(&g.serverMutex);
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX && SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_SERVER) */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_sqllog.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_sqllog.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c0bf954ba8..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_sqllog.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,509 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2012 November 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** OVERVIEW
-**
-**   This file contains experimental code used to record data from live
-**   SQLite applications that may be useful for offline analysis. 
-**   Specifically, this module can be used to capture the following
-**   information:
-**
-**     1) The initial contents of all database files opened by the 
-**        application, and
-**
-**     2) All SQL statements executed by the application.
-**
-**   The captured information can then be used to run (for example)
-**   performance analysis looking for slow queries or to look for
-**   optimization opportunities in either the application or in SQLite
-**   itself.
-**
-** USAGE
-**
-**   To use this module, SQLite must be compiled with the SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-**   pre-processor symbol defined and this file linked into the application.
-**   One way to link this file into the application is to append the content
-**   of this file onto the end of the "sqlite3.c" amalgamation and then 
-**   recompile the application as normal except with the addition  of the
-**   -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG option.
-**
-**   At runtime, logging is enabled by setting environment variable
-**   SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR to the name of a directory in which to store logged 
-**   data. The logging directory must already exist.
-**
-**   Usually, if the application opens the same database file more than once
-**   (either by attaching it or by using more than one database handle), only
-**   a single copy is made. This behavior may be overridden (so that a 
-**   separate copy is taken each time the database file is opened or attached)
-**   by setting the environment variable SQLITE_SQLLOG_REUSE_FILES to 0.
-**
-** OUTPUT:
-**
-**   The SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR is populated with three types of files:
-**
-**      sqllog_N.db   - Copies of database files. N may be any integer.
-**
-**      sqllog_N.sql  - A list of SQL statements executed by a single
-**                      connection. N may be any integer.
-**
-**      sqllog.idx    - An index mapping from integer N to a database
-**                      file name - indicating the full path of the
-**                      database from which sqllog_N.db was copied.
-**
-** ERROR HANDLING:
-**
-**   This module attempts to make a best effort to continue logging if an
-**   IO or other error is encountered. For example, if a log file cannot 
-**   be opened logs are not collected for that connection, but other
-**   logging proceeds as expected. Errors are logged by calling sqlite3_log().
-*/
-
-#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-static int getProcessId(void){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  return (int)_getpid();
-#else
-  return (int)getpid();
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Names of environment variables to be used */
-#define ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME "SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR"
-#define ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE2_NAME "SQLITE_SQLLOG_REUSE_FILES"
-
-/* Assume that all database and database file names are shorted than this. */
-#define SQLLOG_NAMESZ 512
-
-/* Maximum number of simultaneous database connections the process may
-** open (if any more are opened an error is logged using sqlite3_log()
-** and processing is halted).
-*/
-#define MAX_CONNECTIONS 256
-
-/* There is one instance of this object for each SQLite database connection
-** that is being logged.
-*/
-struct SLConn {
-  int isErr;                      /* True if an error has occurred */
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Connection handle */
-  int iLog;                       /* First integer value used in file names */
-  FILE *fd;                       /* File descriptor for log file */
-};
-
-/* This object is a singleton that keeps track of all data loggers.
-*/
-static struct SLGlobal {
-  /* Protected by MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;           /* Recursive mutex */
-  int nConn;                      /* Size of aConn[] array */
-
-  /* Protected by SLGlobal.mutex */
-  int bReuse;                     /* True to avoid extra copies of db files */
-  char zPrefix[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];    /* Prefix for all created files */
-  char zIdx[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];       /* Full path to *.idx file */
-  int iNextLog;                   /* Used to allocate file names */
-  int iNextDb;                    /* Used to allocate database file names */
-  int bRec;                       /* True if testSqllog() is called rec. */
-  int iClock;                     /* Clock value */
-  struct SLConn aConn[MAX_CONNECTIONS];
-} sqllogglobal;
-
-/*
-** Return true if c is an ASCII whitespace character.
-*/
-static int sqllog_isspace(char c){
-  return (c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\v' || c=='\f' || c=='\r');
-}
-
-/*
-** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing an SQL
-** command. Before returning, this function sets *pz to point to the start
-** of the first token in this command, and *pn to the number of bytes in 
-** the token. This is used to check if the SQL command is an "ATTACH" or 
-** not.
-*/
-static void sqllogTokenize(const char *z, const char **pz, int *pn){
-  const char *p = z;
-  int n;
-
-  /* Skip past any whitespace */
-  while( sqllog_isspace(*p) ){
-    p++;
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out how long the first token is */
-  *pz = p;
-  n = 0;
-  while( (p[n]>='a' && p[n]<='z') || (p[n]>='A' && p[n]<='Z') ) n++;
-  *pn = n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if the logs directory already contains a copy of database file 
-** zFile. If so, return a pointer to the full path of the copy. Otherwise,
-** return NULL.
-**
-** If a non-NULL value is returned, then the caller must arrange to 
-** eventually free it using sqlite3_free().
-*/
-static char *sqllogFindFile(const char *zFile){
-  char *zRet = 0;
-  FILE *fd = 0;
-
-  /* Open the index file for reading */
-  fd = fopen(sqllogglobal.zIdx, "r");
-  if( fd==0 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, "sqllogFindFile(): error in fopen()");
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Loop through each entry in the index file. If zFile is not NULL and the
-  ** entry is a match, then set zRet to point to the filename of the existing
-  ** copy and break out of the loop.  */
-  while( feof(fd)==0 ){
-    char zLine[SQLLOG_NAMESZ*2+5];
-    if( fgets(zLine, sizeof(zLine), fd) ){
-      int n;
-      char *z;
-
-      zLine[sizeof(zLine)-1] = '\0';
-      z = zLine;
-      while( *z>='0' && *z<='9' ) z++;
-      while( *z==' ' ) z++;
-
-      n = strlen(z);
-      while( n>0 && sqllog_isspace(z[n-1]) ) n--;
-
-      if( n==strlen(zFile) && 0==memcmp(zFile, z, n) ){
-        char zBuf[16];
-        memset(zBuf, 0, sizeof(zBuf));
-        z = zLine;
-        while( *z>='0' && *z<='9' ){
-          zBuf[z-zLine] = *z;
-          z++;
-        }
-        zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_%s.db", sqllogglobal.zPrefix, zBuf);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( ferror(fd) ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, "sqllogFindFile(): error reading index file");
-  }
-
-  fclose(fd);
-  return zRet;
-}
-
-static int sqllogFindAttached(
-  struct SLConn *p,               /* Database connection */
-  const char *zSearch,            /* Name to search for (or NULL) */
-  char *zName,                    /* OUT: Name of attached database */
-  char *zFile                     /* OUT: Name of attached file */
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* The "PRAGMA database_list" command returns a list of databases in the
-  ** order that they were attached. So a newly attached database is 
-  ** described by the last row returned.  */
-  assert( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 );
-  sqllogglobal.bRec = 1;
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list", -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-      const char *zVal1; int nVal1;
-      const char *zVal2; int nVal2;
-
-      zVal1 = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
-      nVal1 = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1);
-      memcpy(zName, zVal1, nVal1+1);
-
-      zVal2 = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2);
-      nVal2 = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 2);
-      memcpy(zFile, zVal2, nVal2+1);
-
-      if( zSearch && strlen(zSearch)==nVal1 
-       && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zSearch, zVal1, nVal1)
-      ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  }
-  sqllogglobal.bRec = 0;
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_log(rc, "sqllogFindAttached(): error in \"PRAGMA database_list\"");
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Parameter zSearch is the name of a database attached to the database 
-** connection associated with the first argument. This function creates
-** a backup of this database in the logs directory.
-**
-** The name used for the backup file is automatically generated. Call
-** it zFile.
-**
-** If the bLog parameter is true, then a statement of the following form
-** is written to the log file associated with *p:
-**
-**    ATTACH 'zFile' AS 'zName';
-**
-** Otherwise, if bLog is false, a comment is added to the log file:
-**
-**    -- Main database file is 'zFile'
-**
-** The SLGlobal.mutex mutex is always held when this function is called.
-*/
-static void sqllogCopydb(struct SLConn *p, const char *zSearch, int bLog){
-  char zName[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];      /* Attached database name */
-  char zFile[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];      /* Database file name */
-  char *zFree;
-  char *zInit = 0;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = sqllogFindAttached(p, zSearch, zName, zFile);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
-
-  if( zFile[0]=='\0' ){
-    zInit = sqlite3_mprintf("");
-  }else{
-    if( sqllogglobal.bReuse ){
-      zInit = sqllogFindFile(zFile);
-    }else{
-      zInit = 0;
-    }
-    if( zInit==0 ){
-      int rc;
-      sqlite3 *copy = 0;
-      int iDb;
-
-      /* Generate a file-name to use for the copy of this database */
-      iDb = sqllogglobal.iNextDb++;
-      zInit = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_%d.db", sqllogglobal.zPrefix, iDb);
-
-      /* Create the backup */
-      assert( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 );
-      sqllogglobal.bRec = 1;
-      rc = sqlite3_open(zInit, &copy);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3_backup *pBak;
-        sqlite3_exec(copy, "PRAGMA synchronous = 0", 0, 0, 0);
-        pBak = sqlite3_backup_init(copy, "main", p->db, zName);
-        if( pBak ){
-          sqlite3_backup_step(pBak, -1);
-          rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(pBak);
-        }else{
-          rc = sqlite3_errcode(copy);
-        }
-        sqlite3_close(copy);
-      }
-      sqllogglobal.bRec = 0;
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* Write an entry into the database index file */
-        FILE *fd = fopen(sqllogglobal.zIdx, "a");
-        if( fd ){
-          fprintf(fd, "%d %s\n", iDb, zFile);
-          fclose(fd);
-        }
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_log(rc, "sqllogCopydb(): error backing up database");
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( bLog ){
-    zFree = sqlite3_mprintf("ATTACH '%q' AS '%q'; -- clock=%d\n", 
-        zInit, zName, sqllogglobal.iClock++
-    );
-  }else{
-    zFree = sqlite3_mprintf("-- Main database is '%q'\n", zInit);
-  }
-  fprintf(p->fd, "%s", zFree);
-  sqlite3_free(zFree);
-
-  sqlite3_free(zInit);
-}
-
-/*
-** If it is not already open, open the log file for connection *p. 
-**
-** The SLGlobal.mutex mutex is always held when this function is called.
-*/
-static void sqllogOpenlog(struct SLConn *p){
-  /* If the log file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
-  if( p->fd==0 ){
-    char *zLog;
-
-    /* If it is still NULL, have global.zPrefix point to a copy of 
-    ** environment variable $ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME.  */
-    if( sqllogglobal.zPrefix[0]==0 ){
-      FILE *fd;
-      char *zVar = getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME);
-      if( zVar==0 || strlen(zVar)+10>=(sizeof(sqllogglobal.zPrefix)) ) return;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(sqllogglobal.zPrefix), sqllogglobal.zPrefix,
-                        "%s/sqllog_%d", zVar, getProcessId());
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(sqllogglobal.zIdx), sqllogglobal.zIdx,
-                        "%s.idx", sqllogglobal.zPrefix);
-      if( getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE2_NAME) ){
-        sqllogglobal.bReuse = atoi(getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE2_NAME));
-      }
-      fd = fopen(sqllogglobal.zIdx, "w");
-      if( fd ) fclose(fd);
-    }
-
-    /* Open the log file */
-    zLog = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_%d.sql", sqllogglobal.zPrefix, p->iLog);
-    p->fd = fopen(zLog, "w");
-    sqlite3_free(zLog);
-    if( p->fd==0 ){
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, "sqllogOpenlog(): Failed to open log file");
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called if the SQLLOG callback is invoked to report
-** execution of an SQL statement. Parameter p is the connection the statement
-** was executed by and parameter zSql is the text of the statement itself.
-*/
-static void testSqllogStmt(struct SLConn *p, const char *zSql){
-  const char *zFirst;             /* Pointer to first token in zSql */
-  int nFirst;                     /* Size of token zFirst in bytes */
-
-  sqllogTokenize(zSql, &zFirst, &nFirst);
-  if( nFirst!=6 || 0!=sqlite3_strnicmp("ATTACH", zFirst, 6) ){
-    /* Not an ATTACH statement. Write this directly to the log. */
-    fprintf(p->fd, "%s; -- clock=%d\n", zSql, sqllogglobal.iClock++);
-  }else{
-    /* This is an ATTACH statement. Copy the database. */
-    sqllogCopydb(p, 0, 1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG callback registered by sqlite3_init_sqllog().
-**
-** The eType parameter has the following values:
-**
-**    0:  Opening a new database connection.  zSql is the name of the
-**        file being opened.  db is a pointer to the newly created database
-**        connection.
-**
-**    1:  An SQL statement has run to completion.  zSql is the text of the
-**        SQL statement with all parameters expanded to their actual values.
-**
-**    2:  Closing a database connection.  zSql is NULL.  The db pointer to
-**        the database connection being closed has already been shut down
-**        and cannot be used for any further SQL.
-**
-** The pCtx parameter is a copy of the pointer that was originally passed
-** into the sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG) statement.  In this
-** particular implementation, pCtx is always a pointer to the 
-** sqllogglobal global variable define above.
-*/
-static void testSqllog(void *pCtx, sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int eType){
-  struct SLConn *p = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex *master = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-
-  assert( eType==0 || eType==1 || eType==2 );
-  assert( (eType==2)==(zSql==0) );
-
-  /* This is a database open command. */
-  if( eType==0 ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(master);
-    if( sqllogglobal.mutex==0 ){
-      sqllogglobal.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-    }
-    p = &sqllogglobal.aConn[sqllogglobal.nConn++];
-    p->fd = 0;
-    p->db = db;
-    p->iLog = sqllogglobal.iNextLog++;
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(master);
-
-    /* Open the log and take a copy of the main database file */
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqllogglobal.mutex);
-    if( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 ){
-      sqllogOpenlog(p);
-      if( p->fd ) sqllogCopydb(p, "main", 0);
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqllogglobal.mutex);
-  }
-
-  else{
-
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<sqllogglobal.nConn; i++){
-      p = &sqllogglobal.aConn[i];
-      if( p->db==db ) break;
-    }
-    if( i==sqllogglobal.nConn ) return;
-
-    /* A database handle close command */
-    if( eType==2 ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(master);
-      if( p->fd ) fclose(p->fd);
-      p->db = 0;
-      p->fd = 0;
-
-      sqllogglobal.nConn--;
-      if( sqllogglobal.nConn==0 ){
-        sqlite3_mutex_free(sqllogglobal.mutex);
-        sqllogglobal.mutex = 0;
-      }else{
-        int nShift = &sqllogglobal.aConn[sqllogglobal.nConn] - p;
-        if( nShift>0 ){
-          memmove(p, &p[1], nShift*sizeof(struct SLConn));
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(master);
-
-    /* An ordinary SQL command. */
-    }else if( p->fd ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqllogglobal.mutex);
-      if( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 ){
-        testSqllogStmt(p, zSql);
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqllogglobal.mutex);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called either before sqlite3_initialized() or by it.
-** It checks if the SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR variable is defined, and if so 
-** registers an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG callback to record the applications
-** database activity.
-*/
-void sqlite3_init_sqllog(void){
-  if( getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME) ){
-    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG, testSqllog, 0) ){
-      memset(&sqllogglobal, 0, sizeof(sqllogglobal));
-      sqllogglobal.bReuse = 1;
-    }
-  }
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_stat.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_stat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index daa84de2c05..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_stat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,647 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 July 12
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains an implementation of the "dbstat" virtual table.
-**
-** The dbstat virtual table is used to extract low-level formatting
-** information from an SQLite database in order to implement the
-** "sqlite3_analyzer" utility.  See the ../tool/spaceanal.tcl script
-** for an example implementation.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-# include "sqliteInt.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-
-/*
-** Page paths:
-** 
-**   The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the 
-**   root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the 
-**   root-node path is '/'.
-**
-**   The value of the path for the left-most child page of the root of
-**   a b-tree is '/000/'. (Btrees store content ordered from left to right
-**   so the pages to the left have smaller keys than the pages to the right.)
-**   The next to left-most child of the root page is
-**   '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex 
-**   value. The children of the 451st left-most sibling have paths such
-**   as '/1c2/000/, '/1c2/001/' etc.
-**
-**   Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a 
-**   six-digit hexadecimal value to the path to the cell they are linked
-**   from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from 
-**   the left-most cell of the 450th child of the root page are identified
-**   by the paths:
-**
-**      '/1c2/000+000000'         // First page in overflow chain
-**      '/1c2/000+000001'         // Second page in overflow chain
-**      '/1c2/000+000002'         // Third page in overflow chain
-**
-**   If the paths are sorted using the BINARY collation sequence, then
-**   the overflow pages associated with a cell will appear earlier in the
-**   sort-order than its child page:
-**
-**      '/1c2/000/'               // Left-most child of 451st child of root
-*/
-#define VTAB_SCHEMA                                                         \
-  "CREATE TABLE xx( "                                                       \
-  "  name       STRING,           /* Name of table or index */"             \
-  "  path       INTEGER,          /* Path to page from root */"             \
-  "  pageno     INTEGER,          /* Page number */"                        \
-  "  pagetype   STRING,           /* 'internal', 'leaf' or 'overflow' */"   \
-  "  ncell      INTEGER,          /* Cells on page (0 for overflow) */"     \
-  "  payload    INTEGER,          /* Bytes of payload on this page */"      \
-  "  unused     INTEGER,          /* Bytes of unused space on this page */" \
-  "  mx_payload INTEGER,          /* Largest payload size of all cells */"  \
-  "  pgoffset   INTEGER,          /* Offset of page in file */"             \
-  "  pgsize     INTEGER           /* Size of the page */"                   \
-  ");"
-
-
-typedef struct StatTable StatTable;
-typedef struct StatCursor StatCursor;
-typedef struct StatPage StatPage;
-typedef struct StatCell StatCell;
-
-struct StatCell {
-  int nLocal;                     /* Bytes of local payload */
-  u32 iChildPg;                   /* Child node (or 0 if this is a leaf) */
-  int nOvfl;                      /* Entries in aOvfl[] */
-  u32 *aOvfl;                     /* Array of overflow page numbers */
-  int nLastOvfl;                  /* Bytes of payload on final overflow page */
-  int iOvfl;                      /* Iterates through aOvfl[] */
-};
-
-struct StatPage {
-  u32 iPgno;
-  DbPage *pPg;
-  int iCell;
-
-  char *zPath;                    /* Path to this page */
-
-  /* Variables populated by statDecodePage(): */
-  u8 flags;                       /* Copy of flags byte */
-  int nCell;                      /* Number of cells on page */
-  int nUnused;                    /* Number of unused bytes on page */
-  StatCell *aCell;                /* Array of parsed cells */
-  u32 iRightChildPg;              /* Right-child page number (or 0) */
-  int nMxPayload;                 /* Largest payload of any cell on this page */
-};
-
-struct StatCursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Iterates through set of root pages */
-  int isEof;                      /* After pStmt has returned SQLITE_DONE */
-
-  StatPage aPage[32];
-  int iPage;                      /* Current entry in aPage[] */
-
-  /* Values to return. */
-  char *zName;                    /* Value of 'name' column */
-  char *zPath;                    /* Value of 'path' column */
-  u32 iPageno;                    /* Value of 'pageno' column */
-  char *zPagetype;                /* Value of 'pagetype' column */
-  int nCell;                      /* Value of 'ncell' column */
-  int nPayload;                   /* Value of 'payload' column */
-  int nUnused;                    /* Value of 'unused' column */
-  int nMxPayload;                 /* Value of 'mx_payload' column */
-  i64 iOffset;                    /* Value of 'pgOffset' column */
-  int szPage;                     /* Value of 'pgSize' column */
-};
-
-struct StatTable {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-};
-
-#ifndef get2byte
-# define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Connect to or create a statvfs virtual table.
-*/
-static int statConnect(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  StatTable *pTab;
-
-  pTab = (StatTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(StatTable));
-  memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(StatTable));
-  pTab->db = db;
-
-  sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, VTAB_SCHEMA);
-  *ppVtab = &pTab->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Disconnect from or destroy a statvfs virtual table.
-*/
-static int statDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  sqlite3_free(pVtab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** There is no "best-index". This virtual table always does a linear
-** scan of the binary VFS log file.
-*/
-static int statBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
-
-  /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path). 
-  ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that 
-  ** SQLite does not do an external sort.
-  */
-  if( ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==1
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
-     ) ||
-      ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==2
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[1].iColumn==1
-     && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[1].desc==0
-     )
-  ){
-    pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
-  }
-
-  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 10.0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a new statvfs cursor.
-*/
-static int statOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)pVTab;
-  StatCursor *pCsr;
-  int rc;
-
-  pCsr = (StatCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(StatCursor));
-  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(StatCursor));
-  pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, 
-      "SELECT 'sqlite_master' AS name, 1 AS rootpage, 'table' AS type"
-      "  UNION ALL  "
-      "SELECT name, rootpage, type FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage!=0"
-      "  ORDER BY name", -1,
-      &pCsr->pStmt, 0
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static void statClearPage(StatPage *p){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
-    sqlite3_free(p->aCell[i].aOvfl);
-  }
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(p->pPg);
-  sqlite3_free(p->aCell);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zPath);
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(StatPage));
-}
-
-static void statResetCsr(StatCursor *pCsr){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(pCsr->aPage); i++){
-    statClearPage(&pCsr->aPage[i]);
-  }
-  pCsr->iPage = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zPath);
-  pCsr->zPath = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a statvfs cursor.
-*/
-static int statClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  statResetCsr(pCsr);
-  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static void getLocalPayload(
-  int nUsable,                    /* Usable bytes per page */
-  u8 flags,                       /* Page flags */
-  int nTotal,                     /* Total record (payload) size */
-  int *pnLocal                    /* OUT: Bytes stored locally */
-){
-  int nLocal;
-  int nMinLocal;
-  int nMaxLocal;
- 
-  if( flags==0x0D ){              /* Table leaf node */
-    nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23;
-    nMaxLocal = nUsable - 35;
-  }else{                          /* Index interior and leaf nodes */
-    nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23;
-    nMaxLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 64 / 255 - 23;
-  }
-
-  nLocal = nMinLocal + (nTotal - nMinLocal) % (nUsable - 4);
-  if( nLocal>nMaxLocal ) nLocal = nMinLocal;
-  *pnLocal = nLocal;
-}
-
-static int statDecodePage(Btree *pBt, StatPage *p){
-  int nUnused;
-  int iOff;
-  int nHdr;
-  int isLeaf;
-  int szPage;
-
-  u8 *aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(p->pPg);
-  u8 *aHdr = &aData[p->iPgno==1 ? 100 : 0];
-
-  p->flags = aHdr[0];
-  p->nCell = get2byte(&aHdr[3]);
-  p->nMxPayload = 0;
-
-  isLeaf = (p->flags==0x0A || p->flags==0x0D);
-  nHdr = 12 - isLeaf*4 + (p->iPgno==1)*100;
-
-  nUnused = get2byte(&aHdr[5]) - nHdr - 2*p->nCell;
-  nUnused += (int)aHdr[7];
-  iOff = get2byte(&aHdr[1]);
-  while( iOff ){
-    nUnused += get2byte(&aData[iOff+2]);
-    iOff = get2byte(&aData[iOff]);
-  }
-  p->nUnused = nUnused;
-  p->iRightChildPg = isLeaf ? 0 : sqlite3Get4byte(&aHdr[8]);
-  szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
-
-  if( p->nCell ){
-    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through cells */
-    int nUsable;                  /* Usable bytes per page */
-
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-    nUsable = szPage - sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-    p->aCell = sqlite3_malloc((p->nCell+1) * sizeof(StatCell));
-    memset(p->aCell, 0, (p->nCell+1) * sizeof(StatCell));
-
-    for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
-      StatCell *pCell = &p->aCell[i];
-
-      iOff = get2byte(&aData[nHdr+i*2]);
-      if( !isLeaf ){
-        pCell->iChildPg = sqlite3Get4byte(&aData[iOff]);
-        iOff += 4;
-      }
-      if( p->flags==0x05 ){
-        /* A table interior node. nPayload==0. */
-      }else{
-        u32 nPayload;             /* Bytes of payload total (local+overflow) */
-        int nLocal;               /* Bytes of payload stored locally */
-        iOff += getVarint32(&aData[iOff], nPayload);
-        if( p->flags==0x0D ){
-          u64 dummy;
-          iOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&aData[iOff], &dummy);
-        }
-        if( nPayload>(u32)p->nMxPayload ) p->nMxPayload = nPayload;
-        getLocalPayload(nUsable, p->flags, nPayload, &nLocal);
-        pCell->nLocal = nLocal;
-        assert( nLocal>=0 );
-        assert( nPayload>=(u32)nLocal );
-        assert( nLocal<=(nUsable-35) );
-        if( nPayload>(u32)nLocal ){
-          int j;
-          int nOvfl = ((nPayload - nLocal) + nUsable-4 - 1) / (nUsable - 4);
-          pCell->nLastOvfl = (nPayload-nLocal) - (nOvfl-1) * (nUsable-4);
-          pCell->nOvfl = nOvfl;
-          pCell->aOvfl = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32)*nOvfl);
-          pCell->aOvfl[0] = sqlite3Get4byte(&aData[iOff+nLocal]);
-          for(j=1; j<nOvfl; j++){
-            int rc;
-            u32 iPrev = pCell->aOvfl[j-1];
-            DbPage *pPg = 0;
-            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), iPrev, &pPg);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-              assert( pPg==0 );
-              return rc;
-            } 
-            pCell->aOvfl[j] = sqlite3Get4byte(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg));
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the pCsr->iOffset and pCsr->szPage member variables. Based on
-** the current value of pCsr->iPageno.
-*/
-static void statSizeAndOffset(StatCursor *pCsr){
-  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)((sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr)->pVtab;
-  Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[0].pBt;
-  Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
-  sqlite3_file *fd;
-  sqlite3_int64 x[2];
-
-  /* The default page size and offset */
-  pCsr->szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
-  pCsr->iOffset = (i64)pCsr->szPage * (pCsr->iPageno - 1);
-
-  /* If connected to a ZIPVFS backend, override the page size and
-  ** offset with actual values obtained from ZIPVFS.
-  */
-  fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
-  x[0] = pCsr->iPageno;
-  if( sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, 230440, &x)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pCsr->iOffset = x[0];
-    pCsr->szPage = (int)x[1];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Move a statvfs cursor to the next entry in the file.
-*/
-static int statNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  int rc;
-  int nPayload;
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)pCursor->pVtab;
-  Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[0].pBt;
-  Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
-
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zPath);
-  pCsr->zPath = 0;
-
-statNextRestart:
-  if( pCsr->aPage[0].pPg==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      int nPage;
-      u32 iRoot = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1);
-      sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-      if( nPage==0 ){
-        pCsr->isEof = 1;
-        return sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, iRoot, &pCsr->aPage[0].pPg);
-      pCsr->aPage[0].iPgno = iRoot;
-      pCsr->aPage[0].iCell = 0;
-      pCsr->aPage[0].zPath = sqlite3_mprintf("/");
-      pCsr->iPage = 0;
-    }else{
-      pCsr->isEof = 1;
-      return sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
-    }
-  }else{
-
-    /* Page p itself has already been visited. */
-    StatPage *p = &pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage];
-
-    while( p->iCell<p->nCell ){
-      StatCell *pCell = &p->aCell[p->iCell];
-      if( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl ){
-        int nUsable;
-        sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-        nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) - 
-                        sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt);
-        sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-        pCsr->zName = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-        pCsr->iPageno = pCell->aOvfl[pCell->iOvfl];
-        pCsr->zPagetype = "overflow";
-        pCsr->nCell = 0;
-        pCsr->nMxPayload = 0;
-        pCsr->zPath = sqlite3_mprintf(
-            "%s%.3x+%.6x", p->zPath, p->iCell, pCell->iOvfl
-        );
-        if( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl-1 ){
-          pCsr->nUnused = 0;
-          pCsr->nPayload = nUsable - 4;
-        }else{
-          pCsr->nPayload = pCell->nLastOvfl;
-          pCsr->nUnused = nUsable - 4 - pCsr->nPayload;
-        }
-        pCell->iOvfl++;
-        statSizeAndOffset(pCsr);
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      if( p->iRightChildPg ) break;
-      p->iCell++;
-    }
-
-    if( !p->iRightChildPg || p->iCell>p->nCell ){
-      statClearPage(p);
-      if( pCsr->iPage==0 ) return statNext(pCursor);
-      pCsr->iPage--;
-      goto statNextRestart; /* Tail recursion */
-    }
-    pCsr->iPage++;
-    assert( p==&pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage-1] );
-
-    if( p->iCell==p->nCell ){
-      p[1].iPgno = p->iRightChildPg;
-    }else{
-      p[1].iPgno = p->aCell[p->iCell].iChildPg;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, p[1].iPgno, &p[1].pPg);
-    p[1].iCell = 0;
-    p[1].zPath = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%.3x/", p->zPath, p->iCell);
-    p->iCell++;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Populate the StatCursor fields with the values to be returned
-  ** by the xColumn() and xRowid() methods.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int i;
-    StatPage *p = &pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage];
-    pCsr->zName = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-    pCsr->iPageno = p->iPgno;
-
-    statDecodePage(pBt, p);
-    statSizeAndOffset(pCsr);
-
-    switch( p->flags ){
-      case 0x05:             /* table internal */
-      case 0x02:             /* index internal */
-        pCsr->zPagetype = "internal";
-        break;
-      case 0x0D:             /* table leaf */
-      case 0x0A:             /* index leaf */
-        pCsr->zPagetype = "leaf";
-        break;
-      default:
-        pCsr->zPagetype = "corrupted";
-        break;
-    }
-    pCsr->nCell = p->nCell;
-    pCsr->nUnused = p->nUnused;
-    pCsr->nMxPayload = p->nMxPayload;
-    pCsr->zPath = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", p->zPath);
-    nPayload = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
-      nPayload += p->aCell[i].nLocal;
-    }
-    pCsr->nPayload = nPayload;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int statEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  return pCsr->isEof;
-}
-
-static int statFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, 
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-
-  statResetCsr(pCsr);
-  return statNext(pCursor);
-}
-
-static int statColumn(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, 
-  sqlite3_context *ctx, 
-  int i
-){
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  switch( i ){
-    case 0:            /* name */
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    case 1:            /* path */
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zPath, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    case 2:            /* pageno */
-      sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, pCsr->iPageno);
-      break;
-    case 3:            /* pagetype */
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zPagetype, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    case 4:            /* ncell */
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nCell);
-      break;
-    case 5:            /* payload */
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nPayload);
-      break;
-    case 6:            /* unused */
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nUnused);
-      break;
-    case 7:            /* mx_payload */
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nMxPayload);
-      break;
-    case 8:            /* pgoffset */
-      sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, pCsr->iOffset);
-      break;
-    case 9:            /* pgsize */
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->szPage);
-      break;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int statRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
-  *pRowid = pCsr->iPageno;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-int sqlite3_dbstat_register(sqlite3 *db){
-  static sqlite3_module dbstat_module = {
-    0,                            /* iVersion */
-    statConnect,                  /* xCreate */
-    statConnect,                  /* xConnect */
-    statBestIndex,                /* xBestIndex */
-    statDisconnect,               /* xDisconnect */
-    statDisconnect,               /* xDestroy */
-    statOpen,                     /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-    statClose,                    /* xClose - close a cursor */
-    statFilter,                   /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-    statNext,                     /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-    statEof,                      /* xEof - check for end of scan */
-    statColumn,                   /* xColumn - read data */
-    statRowid,                    /* xRowid - read data */
-    0,                            /* xUpdate */
-    0,                            /* xBegin */
-    0,                            /* xSync */
-    0,                            /* xCommit */
-    0,                            /* xRollback */
-    0,                            /* xFindMethod */
-    0,                            /* xRename */
-  };
-  sqlite3_create_module(db, "dbstat", &dbstat_module, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || TCLSH==2
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-static int test_dbstat(
-  void *clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "dbstat not available because of "
-                           "SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", (void*)0);
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-#else
-  struct SqliteDb { sqlite3 *db; };
-  char *zDb;
-  Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zDb = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  if( Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, zDb, &cmdInfo) ){
-    sqlite3* db = ((struct SqliteDb*)cmdInfo.objClientData)->db;
-    sqlite3_dbstat_register(db);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-#endif
-}
-
-int SqlitetestStat_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "register_dbstat_vtab", test_dbstat, 0, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif /* if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || TCLSH==2 */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_superlock.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_superlock.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cac789842d3..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_superlock.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,356 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 November 19
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Example code for obtaining an exclusive lock on an SQLite database
-** file. This method is complicated, but works for both WAL and rollback
-** mode database files. The interface to the example code in this file 
-** consists of the following two functions:
-**
-**   sqlite3demo_superlock()
-**   sqlite3demo_superunlock()
-*/
-
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include <string.h>               /* memset(), strlen() */
-#include <assert.h>               /* assert() */
-
-/*
-** A structure to collect a busy-handler callback and argument and a count
-** of the number of times it has been invoked.
-*/
-struct SuperlockBusy {
-  int (*xBusy)(void*,int);        /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
-  void *pBusyArg;                 /* First arg to pass to xBusy */
-  int nBusy;                      /* Number of times xBusy has been invoked */
-};
-typedef struct SuperlockBusy SuperlockBusy;
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
-** superlock. The opaque handle returned by sqlite3demo_superlock() is
-** actually a pointer to an instance of this structure.
-*/
-struct Superlock {
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database handle used to lock db */
-  int bWal;                       /* True if db is a WAL database */
-};
-typedef struct Superlock Superlock;
-
-/*
-** The pCtx pointer passed to this function is actually a pointer to a
-** SuperlockBusy structure. Invoke the busy-handler function encapsulated
-** by the structure and return the result.
-*/
-static int superlockBusyHandler(void *pCtx, int UNUSED){
-  SuperlockBusy *pBusy = (SuperlockBusy *)pCtx;
-  if( pBusy->xBusy==0 ) return 0;
-  return pBusy->xBusy(pBusy->pBusyArg, pBusy->nBusy++);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to determine if the main database file for 
-** connection db is open in WAL mode or not. If no error occurs and the
-** database file is in WAL mode, set *pbWal to true and return SQLITE_OK.
-** If it is not in WAL mode, set *pbWal to false.
-**
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The value of *pbWal
-** is undefined in this case.
-*/
-static int superlockIsWal(Superlock *pLock){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Compiled PRAGMA journal_mode statement */
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(pLock->db, "PRAGMA main.journal_mode", -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  pLock->bWal = 0;
-  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    const char *zMode = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
-    if( zMode && strlen(zMode)==3 && sqlite3_strnicmp("wal", zMode, 3)==0 ){
-      pLock->bWal = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain an exclusive shm-lock on nByte bytes starting at offset idx
-** of the file fd. If the lock cannot be obtained immediately, invoke
-** the busy-handler until either it is obtained or the busy-handler
-** callback returns 0.
-*/
-static int superlockShmLock(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Database file handle */
-  int idx,                        /* Offset of shm-lock to obtain */
-  int nByte,                      /* Number of consective bytes to lock */
-  SuperlockBusy *pBusy            /* Busy-handler wrapper object */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int, int, int) = fd->pMethods->xShmLock;
-  do {
-    rc = xShmLock(fd, idx, nByte, SQLITE_SHM_LOCK|SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
-  }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && superlockBusyHandler((void *)pBusy, 0) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain the extra locks on the database file required for WAL databases.
-** Invoke the supplied busy-handler as required.
-*/
-static int superlockWalLock(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle open on WAL database */
-  SuperlockBusy *pBusy            /* Busy handler wrapper object */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_file *fd = 0;           /* Main database file handle */
-  void volatile *p = 0;           /* Pointer to first page of shared memory */
-
-  /* Obtain a pointer to the sqlite3_file object open on the main db file. */
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER, (void *)&fd);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Obtain the "recovery" lock. Normally, this lock is only obtained by
-  ** clients running database recovery.  
-  */
-  rc = superlockShmLock(fd, 2, 1, pBusy);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Zero the start of the first shared-memory page. This means that any
-  ** clients that open read or write transactions from this point on will
-  ** have to run recovery before proceeding. Since they need the "recovery"
-  ** lock that this process is holding to do that, no new read or write
-  ** transactions may now be opened. Nor can a checkpoint be run, for the
-  ** same reason.
-  */
-  rc = fd->pMethods->xShmMap(fd, 0, 32*1024, 1, &p);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  memset((void *)p, 0, 32);
-
-  /* Obtain exclusive locks on all the "read-lock" slots. Once these locks
-  ** are held, it is guaranteed that there are no active reader, writer or 
-  ** checkpointer clients.
-  */
-  rc = superlockShmLock(fd, 3, SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3, pBusy);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a superlock held on a database file. The argument passed to 
-** this function must have been obtained from a successful call to
-** sqlite3demo_superlock().
-*/
-void sqlite3demo_superunlock(void *pLock){
-  Superlock *p = (Superlock *)pLock;
-  if( p->bWal ){
-    int rc;                         /* Return code */
-    int flags = SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE;
-    sqlite3_file *fd = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->db, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER, (void *)&fd);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      fd->pMethods->xShmLock(fd, 2, 1, flags);
-      fd->pMethods->xShmLock(fd, 3, SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3, flags);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_close(p->db);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain a superlock on the database file identified by zPath, using the
-** locking primitives provided by VFS zVfs. If successful, SQLITE_OK is
-** returned and output variable *ppLock is populated with an opaque handle
-** that may be used with sqlite3demo_superunlock() to release the lock.
-**
-** If an error occurs, *ppLock is set to 0 and an SQLite error code 
-** (e.g. SQLITE_BUSY) is returned.
-**
-** If a required lock cannot be obtained immediately and the xBusy parameter
-** to this function is not NULL, then xBusy is invoked in the same way
-** as a busy-handler registered with SQLite (using sqlite3_busy_handler())
-** until either the lock can be obtained or the busy-handler function returns
-** 0 (indicating "give up").
-*/
-int sqlite3demo_superlock(
-  const char *zPath,              /* Path to database file to lock */
-  const char *zVfs,               /* VFS to use to access database file */
-  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),        /* Busy handler callback */
-  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context arg for busy handler */
-  void **ppLock                   /* OUT: Context to pass to superunlock() */
-){
-  SuperlockBusy busy = {0, 0, 0}; /* Busy handler wrapper object */
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  Superlock *pLock;
-
-  pLock = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Superlock));
-  if( !pLock ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(pLock, 0, sizeof(Superlock));
-
-  /* Open a database handle on the file to superlock. */
-  rc = sqlite3_open_v2(
-      zPath, &pLock->db, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, zVfs
-  );
-
-  /* Install a busy-handler and execute a BEGIN EXCLUSIVE. If this is not
-  ** a WAL database, this is all we need to do.  
-  **
-  ** A wrapper function is used to invoke the busy-handler instead of
-  ** registering the busy-handler function supplied by the user directly
-  ** with SQLite. This is because the same busy-handler function may be
-  ** invoked directly later on when attempting to obtain the extra locks
-  ** required in WAL mode. By using the wrapper, we are able to guarantee
-  ** that the "nBusy" integer parameter passed to the users busy-handler
-  ** represents the total number of busy-handler invocations made within
-  ** this call to sqlite3demo_superlock(), including any made during the
-  ** "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE".
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    busy.xBusy = xBusy;
-    busy.pBusyArg = pBusyArg;
-    sqlite3_busy_handler(pLock->db, superlockBusyHandler, (void *)&busy);
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(pLock->db, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE", 0, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* If the BEGIN EXCLUSIVE was executed successfully and this is a WAL
-  ** database, call superlockWalLock() to obtain the extra locks required
-  ** to prevent readers, writers and/or checkpointers from accessing the
-  ** db while this process is holding the superlock.
-  **
-  ** Before attempting any WAL locks, commit the transaction started above
-  ** to drop the WAL read and write locks currently held. Otherwise, the
-  ** new WAL locks may conflict with the old.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = superlockIsWal(pLock)) && pLock->bWal ){
-      rc = sqlite3_exec(pLock->db, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = superlockWalLock(pLock->db, &busy);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3demo_superunlock(pLock);
-    *ppLock = 0;
-  }else{
-    *ppLock = pLock;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** End of example code. Everything below here is the test harness.
-**************************************************************************
-**************************************************************************
-*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-struct InterpAndScript {
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;
-  Tcl_Obj *pScript;
-};
-typedef struct InterpAndScript InterpAndScript;
-
-static void superunlock_del(ClientData cd){
-  sqlite3demo_superunlock((void *)cd);
-}
-
-static int superunlock_cmd(
-  ClientData cd,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  if( objc!=1 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_DeleteCommand(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int superlock_busy(void *pCtx, int nBusy){
-  InterpAndScript *p = (InterpAndScript *)pCtx;
-  Tcl_Obj *pEval;                 /* Script to evaluate */
-  int iVal = 0;                   /* Value to return */
-
-  pEval = Tcl_DuplicateObj(p->pScript);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pEval);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pEval, Tcl_NewIntObj(nBusy));
-  Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pEval, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-  Tcl_GetIntFromObj(p->interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(p->interp), &iVal);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pEval);
-
-  return iVal;
-}
-
-/*
-** Tclcmd: sqlite3demo_superlock CMDNAME PATH VFS BUSY-HANDLER-SCRIPT
-*/
-static int superlock_cmd(
-  ClientData cd,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  void *pLock;                    /* Lock context */
-  char *zPath;
-  char *zVfs = 0;
-  InterpAndScript busy = {0, 0};
-  int (*xBusy)(void*,int) = 0;    /* Busy handler callback */
-  int rc;                         /* Return code from sqlite3demo_superlock() */
-
-  if( objc<3 || objc>5 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(
-        interp, 1, objv, "CMDNAME PATH ?VFS? ?BUSY-HANDLER-SCRIPT?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zPath = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-
-  if( objc>3 ){
-    zVfs = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-    if( strlen(zVfs)==0 ) zVfs = 0;
-  }
-  if( objc>4 ){
-    busy.interp = interp;
-    busy.pScript = objv[4];
-    xBusy = superlock_busy;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3demo_superlock(zPath, zVfs, xBusy, &busy, &pLock);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pLock==0 );
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pLock!=0 );
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    extern const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
-      interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), superunlock_cmd, pLock, superunlock_del
-  );
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-int SqliteSuperlock_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3demo_superlock", superlock_cmd, 0, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_syscall.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_syscall.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dac2e897e0..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_syscall.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,752 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2011 March 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** The code in this file implements a Tcl interface used to test error
-** handling in the os_unix.c module. Wrapper functions that support fault
-** injection are registered as the low-level OS functions using the 
-** xSetSystemCall() method of the VFS. The Tcl interface is as follows:
-**
-**
-**   test_syscall install LIST
-**     Install wrapper functions for all system calls in argument LIST.
-**     LIST must be a list consisting of zero or more of the following
-**     literal values:
-**
-**         open        close      access   getcwd   stat      fstat    
-**         ftruncate   fcntl      read     pread    pread64   write
-**         pwrite      pwrite64   fchmod   fallocate mmap
-**
-**   test_syscall uninstall
-**     Uninstall all wrapper functions.
-**
-**   test_syscall fault ?COUNT PERSIST?
-**     If [test_syscall fault] is invoked without the two arguments, fault
-**     injection is disabled. Otherwise, fault injection is configured to
-**     cause a failure on the COUNT'th next call to a system call with a
-**     wrapper function installed. A COUNT value of 1 means fail the next
-**     system call. 
-** 
-**     Argument PERSIST is interpreted as a boolean. If true, the all
-**     system calls following the initial failure also fail. Otherwise, only
-**     the single transient failure is injected.
-**
-**   test_syscall errno CALL ERRNO
-**     Set the value that the global "errno" is set to following a fault
-**     in call CALL. Argument CALL must be one of the system call names
-**     listed above (under [test_syscall install]). ERRNO is a symbolic
-**     name (i.e. "EACCES"). Not all errno codes are supported. Add extra
-**     to the aErrno table in function test_syscall_errno() below as 
-**     required.
-**
-**   test_syscall reset ?SYSTEM-CALL?
-**     With no argument, this is an alias for the [uninstall] command. However,
-**     this command uses a VFS call of the form:
-**
-**       xSetSystemCall(pVfs, 0, 0);
-**
-**     To restore the default system calls. The [uninstall] command restores
-**     each system call individually by calling (i.e.):
-**
-**       xSetSystemCall(pVfs, "open", 0);
-**
-**     With an argument, this command attempts to reset the system call named
-**     by the parameter using the same method as [uninstall].
-**
-**   test_syscall exists SYSTEM-CALL
-**     Return true if the named system call exists. Or false otherwise.
-**
-**   test_syscall list
-**     Return a list of all system calls. The list is constructed using
-**     the xNextSystemCall() VFS method.
-**
-**   test_syscall pagesize PGSZ
-**     If PGSZ is a power of two greater than 256, install a wrapper around
-**     OS function getpagesize() that reports the system page size as PGSZ.
-**     Or, if PGSZ is less than zero, remove any wrapper already installed.
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-
-/* From main.c */
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-static struct TestSyscallGlobal {
-  int bPersist;                   /* 1 for persistent errors, 0 for transient */
-  int nCount;                     /* Fail after this many more calls */
-  int nFail;                      /* Number of failures that have occurred */
-  int pgsz;
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr orig_getpagesize;
-} gSyscall = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-
-static int ts_open(const char *, int, int);
-static int ts_close(int fd);
-static int ts_access(const char *zPath, int mode);
-static char *ts_getcwd(char *zPath, size_t nPath);
-static int ts_stat(const char *zPath, struct stat *p);
-static int ts_fstat(int fd, struct stat *p);
-static int ts_ftruncate(int fd, off_t n);
-static int ts_fcntl(int fd, int cmd, ... );
-static int ts_read(int fd, void *aBuf, size_t nBuf);
-static int ts_pread(int fd, void *aBuf, size_t nBuf, off_t off);
-static int ts_pread64(int fd, void *aBuf, size_t nBuf, off_t off);
-static int ts_write(int fd, const void *aBuf, size_t nBuf);
-static int ts_pwrite(int fd, const void *aBuf, size_t nBuf, off_t off);
-static int ts_pwrite64(int fd, const void *aBuf, size_t nBuf, off_t off);
-static int ts_fchmod(int fd, mode_t mode);
-static int ts_fallocate(int fd, off_t off, off_t len);
-static void *ts_mmap(void *, size_t, int, int, int, off_t);
-static void *ts_mremap(void*, size_t, size_t, int, ...);
-
-struct TestSyscallArray {
-  const char *zName;
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr xTest;
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr xOrig;
-  int default_errno;              /* Default value for errno following errors */
-  int custom_errno;               /* Current value for errno if error */
-} aSyscall[] = {
-  /*  0 */ { "open",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_open,      0, EACCES, 0 },
-  /*  1 */ { "close",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_close,     0, 0, 0 },
-  /*  2 */ { "access",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_access,    0, 0, 0 },
-  /*  3 */ { "getcwd",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_getcwd,    0, 0, 0 },
-  /*  4 */ { "stat",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_stat,      0, 0, 0 },
-  /*  5 */ { "fstat",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_fstat,     0, 0, 0 },
-  /*  6 */ { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_ftruncate, 0, EIO, 0 },
-  /*  7 */ { "fcntl",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_fcntl,     0, EACCES, 0 },
-  /*  8 */ { "read",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_read,      0, 0, 0 },
-  /*  9 */ { "pread",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_pread,     0, 0, 0 },
-  /* 10 */ { "pread64",   (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_pread64,   0, 0, 0 },
-  /* 11 */ { "write",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_write,     0, 0, 0 },
-  /* 12 */ { "pwrite",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_pwrite,    0, 0, 0 },
-  /* 13 */ { "pwrite64",  (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_pwrite64,  0, 0, 0 },
-  /* 14 */ { "fchmod",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_fchmod,    0, 0, 0 },
-  /* 15 */ { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_fallocate, 0, 0, 0 },
-  /* 16 */ { "mmap",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_mmap,      0, 0, 0 },
-  /* 17 */ { "mremap",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_mremap,    0, 0, 0 },
-           { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-#define orig_open      ((int(*)(const char *, int, int))aSyscall[0].xOrig)
-#define orig_close     ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].xOrig)
-#define orig_access    ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].xOrig)
-#define orig_getcwd    ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].xOrig)
-#define orig_stat      ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].xOrig)
-#define orig_fstat     ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].xOrig)
-#define orig_ftruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].xOrig)
-#define orig_fcntl     ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].xOrig)
-#define orig_read      ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].xOrig)
-#define orig_pread     ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].xOrig)
-#define orig_pread64   ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].xOrig)
-#define orig_write     ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].xOrig)
-#define orig_pwrite    ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
-                       aSyscall[12].xOrig)
-#define orig_pwrite64  ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
-                       aSyscall[13].xOrig)
-#define orig_fchmod    ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].xOrig)
-#define orig_fallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].xOrig)
-#define orig_mmap      ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[16].xOrig)
-#define orig_mremap    ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[17].xOrig)
-
-/*
-** This function is called exactly once from within each invocation of a
-** system call wrapper in this file. It returns 1 if the function should
-** fail, or 0 if it should succeed.
-*/
-static int tsIsFail(void){
-  gSyscall.nCount--;
-  if( gSyscall.nCount==0 || (gSyscall.nFail && gSyscall.bPersist) ){
-    gSyscall.nFail++;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current error-number value for function zFunc. zFunc must be
-** the name of a system call in the aSyscall[] table.
-**
-** Usually, the current error-number is the value that errno should be set
-** to if the named system call fails. The exception is "fallocate". See 
-** comments above the implementation of ts_fallocate() for details.
-*/
-static int tsErrno(const char *zFunc){
-  int i;
-  int nFunc = strlen(zFunc);
-  for(i=0; aSyscall[i].zName; i++){
-    if( strlen(aSyscall[i].zName)!=nFunc ) continue;
-    if( memcmp(aSyscall[i].zName, zFunc, nFunc) ) continue;
-    return aSyscall[i].custom_errno;
-  }
-
-  assert(0);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around tsIsFail(). If tsIsFail() returns non-zero, set the
-** value of errno before returning.
-*/ 
-static int tsIsFailErrno(const char *zFunc){
-  if( tsIsFail() ){
-    errno = tsErrno(zFunc);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around open().
-*/
-static int ts_open(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("open") ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_open(zFile, flags, mode);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around close().
-*/
-static int ts_close(int fd){
-  if( tsIsFail() ){
-    /* Even if simulating an error, close the original file-descriptor. 
-    ** This is to stop the test process from running out of file-descriptors
-    ** when running a long test. If a call to close() appears to fail, SQLite
-    ** never attempts to use the file-descriptor afterwards (or even to close
-    ** it a second time).  */
-    orig_close(fd);
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_close(fd);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around access().
-*/
-static int ts_access(const char *zPath, int mode){
-  if( tsIsFail() ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_access(zPath, mode);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around getcwd().
-*/
-static char *ts_getcwd(char *zPath, size_t nPath){
-  if( tsIsFail() ){
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  return orig_getcwd(zPath, nPath);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around stat().
-*/
-static int ts_stat(const char *zPath, struct stat *p){
-  if( tsIsFail() ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_stat(zPath, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around fstat().
-*/
-static int ts_fstat(int fd, struct stat *p){
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("fstat") ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_fstat(fd, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around ftruncate().
-*/
-static int ts_ftruncate(int fd, off_t n){
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("ftruncate") ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_ftruncate(fd, n);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around fcntl().
-*/
-static int ts_fcntl(int fd, int cmd, ... ){
-  va_list ap;
-  void *pArg;
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("fcntl") ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  va_start(ap, cmd);
-  pArg = va_arg(ap, void *);
-  return orig_fcntl(fd, cmd, pArg);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around read().
-*/
-static int ts_read(int fd, void *aBuf, size_t nBuf){
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("read") ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_read(fd, aBuf, nBuf);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around pread().
-*/
-static int ts_pread(int fd, void *aBuf, size_t nBuf, off_t off){
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("pread") ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_pread(fd, aBuf, nBuf, off);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around pread64().
-*/
-static int ts_pread64(int fd, void *aBuf, size_t nBuf, off_t off){
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("pread64") ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_pread64(fd, aBuf, nBuf, off);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around write().
-*/
-static int ts_write(int fd, const void *aBuf, size_t nBuf){
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("write") ){
-    if( tsErrno("write")==EINTR ) orig_write(fd, aBuf, nBuf/2);
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_write(fd, aBuf, nBuf);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around pwrite().
-*/
-static int ts_pwrite(int fd, const void *aBuf, size_t nBuf, off_t off){
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("pwrite") ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_pwrite(fd, aBuf, nBuf, off);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around pwrite64().
-*/
-static int ts_pwrite64(int fd, const void *aBuf, size_t nBuf, off_t off){
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("pwrite64") ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_pwrite64(fd, aBuf, nBuf, off);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around fchmod().
-*/
-static int ts_fchmod(int fd, mode_t mode){
-  if( tsIsFail() ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  return orig_fchmod(fd, mode);
-}
-
-/*
-** A wrapper around fallocate().
-**
-** SQLite assumes that the fallocate() function is compatible with
-** posix_fallocate(). According to the Linux man page (2009-09-30):
-**
-**   posix_fallocate() returns  zero on success, or an error number on
-**   failure. Note that errno is not set.
-*/
-static int ts_fallocate(int fd, off_t off, off_t len){
-  if( tsIsFail() ){
-    return tsErrno("fallocate");
-  }
-  return orig_fallocate(fd, off, len);
-}
-
-static void *ts_mmap(
-  void *pAddr, 
-  size_t nByte, 
-  int prot, 
-  int flags, 
-  int fd, 
-  off_t iOff
-){
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("mmap") ){
-    return MAP_FAILED;
-  }
-  return orig_mmap(pAddr, nByte, prot, flags, fd, iOff);
-}
-
-static void *ts_mremap(void *a, size_t b, size_t c, int d, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  void *pArg;
-  if( tsIsFailErrno("mremap") ){
-    return MAP_FAILED;
-  }
-  va_start(ap, d);
-  pArg = va_arg(ap, void *);
-  return orig_mremap(a, b, c, d, pArg);
-}
-
-static int test_syscall_install(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; 
-  int nElem;
-  int i;
-  Tcl_Obj **apElem;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SYSCALL-LIST");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &nElem, &apElem) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-
-  for(i=0; i<nElem; i++){
-    int iCall;
-    int rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, 
-        apElem[i], aSyscall, sizeof(aSyscall[0]), "system-call", 0, &iCall
-    );
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    if( aSyscall[iCall].xOrig==0 ){
-      aSyscall[iCall].xOrig = pVfs->xGetSystemCall(pVfs, aSyscall[iCall].zName);
-      pVfs->xSetSystemCall(pVfs, aSyscall[iCall].zName, aSyscall[iCall].xTest);
-    }
-    aSyscall[iCall].custom_errno = aSyscall[iCall].default_errno;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_syscall_uninstall(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; 
-  int i;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  for(i=0; aSyscall[i].zName; i++){
-    if( aSyscall[i].xOrig ){
-      pVfs->xSetSystemCall(pVfs, aSyscall[i].zName, 0);
-      aSyscall[i].xOrig = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_syscall_reset(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; 
-  int i;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 && objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  if( objc==2 ){
-    rc = pVfs->xSetSystemCall(pVfs, 0, 0);
-    for(i=0; aSyscall[i].zName; i++) aSyscall[i].xOrig = 0;
-  }else{
-    int nFunc;
-    char *zFunc = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &nFunc);
-    rc = pVfs->xSetSystemCall(pVfs, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && aSyscall[i].zName; i++){
-      if( strlen(aSyscall[i].zName)!=nFunc ) continue;
-      if( memcmp(aSyscall[i].zName, zFunc, nFunc) ) continue;
-      aSyscall[i].xOrig = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3ErrName(rc), -1));
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_syscall_exists(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; 
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr x;
-
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  x = pVfs->xGetSystemCall(pVfs, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
-
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(x!=0));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_syscall_fault(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int nCount = 0;
-  int bPersist = 0;
-
-  if( objc!=2 && objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?COUNT PERSIST?");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( objc==4 ){
-    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &nCount)
-     || Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &bPersist)
-    ){
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(gSyscall.nFail));
-  gSyscall.nCount = nCount;
-  gSyscall.bPersist = bPersist;
-  gSyscall.nFail = 0;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_syscall_errno(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int iCall;
-  int iErrno;
-  int rc;
-
-  struct Errno {
-    const char *z;
-    int i;
-  } aErrno[] = {
-    { "EACCES",    EACCES },
-    { "EINTR",     EINTR },
-    { "EIO",       EIO },
-    { "EOVERFLOW", EOVERFLOW },
-    { "ENOMEM",    ENOMEM },
-    { "EAGAIN",    EAGAIN },
-    { "ETIMEDOUT", ETIMEDOUT },
-    { "EBUSY",     EBUSY },
-    { "EPERM",     EPERM },
-    { "EDEADLK",   EDEADLK },
-    { "ENOLCK",    ENOLCK },
-    { 0, 0 }
-  };
-
-  if( objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SYSCALL ERRNO");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, 
-      objv[2], aSyscall, sizeof(aSyscall[0]), "system-call", 0, &iCall
-  );
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
-  rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, 
-      objv[3], aErrno, sizeof(aErrno[0]), "errno", 0, &iErrno
-  );
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
-
-  aSyscall[iCall].custom_errno = aErrno[iErrno].i;
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_syscall_list(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  const char *zSys;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; 
-  Tcl_Obj *pList;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  pList = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pList);
-  for(zSys = pVfs->xNextSystemCall(pVfs, 0); 
-      zSys!=0;
-      zSys = pVfs->xNextSystemCall(pVfs, zSys)
-  ){
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pList, Tcl_NewStringObj(zSys, -1));
-  }
-
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pList);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pList);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_syscall_defaultvfs(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; 
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(pVfs->zName, -1));
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int ts_getpagesize(void){
-  return gSyscall.pgsz;
-}
-
-static int test_syscall_pagesize(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  int pgsz;
-  if( objc!=3 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "PGSZ");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &pgsz) ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( pgsz<0 ){
-    if( gSyscall.orig_getpagesize ){
-      pVfs->xSetSystemCall(pVfs, "getpagesize", gSyscall.orig_getpagesize);
-    }
-  }else{
-    if( pgsz<512 || (pgsz & (pgsz-1)) ){
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "pgsz out of range", 0);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    gSyscall.orig_getpagesize = pVfs->xGetSystemCall(pVfs, "getpagesize");
-    gSyscall.pgsz = pgsz;
-    pVfs->xSetSystemCall(
-        pVfs, "getpagesize", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ts_getpagesize
-    );
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int test_syscall(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  struct SyscallCmd {
-    const char *zName;
-    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xCmd;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-    { "fault",      test_syscall_fault },
-    { "install",    test_syscall_install },
-    { "uninstall",  test_syscall_uninstall },
-    { "reset",      test_syscall_reset },
-    { "errno",      test_syscall_errno },
-    { "exists",     test_syscall_exists },
-    { "list",       test_syscall_list },
-    { "defaultvfs", test_syscall_defaultvfs },
-    { "pagesize",   test_syscall_pagesize },
-    { 0, 0 }
-  };
-  int iCmd;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc<2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SUB-COMMAND ...");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, 
-      objv[1], aCmd, sizeof(aCmd[0]), "sub-command", 0, &iCmd
-  );
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
-  return aCmd[iCmd].xCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-int SqlitetestSyscall_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  struct SyscallCmd {
-    const char *zName;
-    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xCmd;
-  } aCmd[] = {
-    { "test_syscall",     test_syscall},
-  };
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xCmd, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#else
-int SqlitetestSyscall_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_tclvar.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_tclvar.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1219190c030..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_tclvar.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 June 13
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Code for testing the virtual table interfaces.  This code
-** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
-** testing of the SQLite library.
-**
-** The emphasis of this file is a virtual table that provides
-** access to TCL variables.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "tcl.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-
-typedef struct tclvar_vtab tclvar_vtab;
-typedef struct tclvar_cursor tclvar_cursor;
-
-/* 
-** A tclvar virtual-table object 
-*/
-struct tclvar_vtab {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;
-};
-
-/* A tclvar cursor object */
-struct tclvar_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
-
-  Tcl_Obj *pList1;     /* Result of [info vars ?pattern?] */
-  Tcl_Obj *pList2;     /* Result of [array names [lindex $pList1 $i1]] */
-  int i1;              /* Current item in pList1 */
-  int i2;              /* Current item (if any) in pList2 */
-};
-
-/* Methods for the tclvar module */
-static int tclvarConnect(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  tclvar_vtab *pVtab;
-  static const char zSchema[] = 
-     "CREATE TABLE whatever(name TEXT, arrayname TEXT, value TEXT)";
-  pVtab = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pVtab) );
-  if( pVtab==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  *ppVtab = &pVtab->base;
-  pVtab->interp = (Tcl_Interp *)pAux;
-  sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSchema);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/* Note that for this virtual table, the xCreate and xConnect
-** methods are identical. */
-
-static int tclvarDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  sqlite3_free(pVtab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/* The xDisconnect and xDestroy methods are also the same */
-
-/*
-** Open a new tclvar cursor.
-*/
-static int tclvarOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  tclvar_cursor *pCur;
-  pCur = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(tclvar_cursor));
-  *ppCursor = &pCur->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a tclvar cursor.
-*/
-static int tclvarClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  tclvar_cursor *pCur = (tclvar_cursor *)cur;
-  if( pCur->pList1 ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCur->pList1);
-  }
-  if( pCur->pList2 ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCur->pList2);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pCur);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Returns 1 if data is ready, or 0 if not.
-*/
-static int next2(Tcl_Interp *interp, tclvar_cursor *pCur, Tcl_Obj *pObj){
-  Tcl_Obj *p;
-
-  if( pObj ){
-    if( !pCur->pList2 ){
-      p = Tcl_NewStringObj("array names", -1);
-      Tcl_IncrRefCount(p);
-      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, p, pObj);
-      Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, p, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-      Tcl_DecrRefCount(p);
-      pCur->pList2 = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCur->pList2);
-      assert( pCur->i2==0 );
-    }else{
-      int n = 0;
-      pCur->i2++;
-      Tcl_ListObjLength(0, pCur->pList2, &n);
-      if( pCur->i2>=n ){
-        Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCur->pList2);
-        pCur->pList2 = 0;
-        pCur->i2 = 0;
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return 1;
-}
-
-static int tclvarNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  Tcl_Obj *pObj;
-  int n = 0;
-  int ok = 0;
-
-  tclvar_cursor *pCur = (tclvar_cursor *)cur;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp = ((tclvar_vtab *)(cur->pVtab))->interp;
-
-  Tcl_ListObjLength(0, pCur->pList1, &n);
-  while( !ok && pCur->i1<n ){
-    Tcl_ListObjIndex(0, pCur->pList1, pCur->i1, &pObj);
-    ok = next2(interp, pCur, pObj);
-    if( !ok ){
-      pCur->i1++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static int tclvarFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  tclvar_cursor *pCur = (tclvar_cursor *)pVtabCursor;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp = ((tclvar_vtab *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab))->interp;
-
-  Tcl_Obj *p = Tcl_NewStringObj("info vars", -1);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(p);
-
-  assert( argc==0 || argc==1 );
-  if( argc==1 ){
-    Tcl_Obj *pArg = Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), -1);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, p, pArg);
-  }
-  Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, p, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-  if( pCur->pList1 ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCur->pList1);
-  }
-  if( pCur->pList2 ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCur->pList2);
-    pCur->pList2 = 0;
-  }
-  pCur->i1 = 0;
-  pCur->i2 = 0;
-  pCur->pList1 = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCur->pList1);
-  assert( pCur->i1==0 && pCur->i2==0 && pCur->pList2==0 );
-
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(p);
-  return tclvarNext(pVtabCursor);
-}
-
-static int tclvarColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
-  Tcl_Obj *p1;
-  Tcl_Obj *p2;
-  const char *z1; 
-  const char *z2 = "";
-  tclvar_cursor *pCur = (tclvar_cursor*)cur;
-  Tcl_Interp *interp = ((tclvar_vtab *)cur->pVtab)->interp;
-
-  Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, pCur->pList1, pCur->i1, &p1);
-  Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, pCur->pList2, pCur->i2, &p2);
-  z1 = Tcl_GetString(p1);
-  if( p2 ){
-    z2 = Tcl_GetString(p2);
-  }
-  switch (i) {
-    case 0: {
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, z1, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    }
-    case 1: {
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, z2, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    }
-    case 2: {
-      Tcl_Obj *pVal = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, z1, *z2?z2:0, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, Tcl_GetString(pVal), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int tclvarRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  *pRowid = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int tclvarEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  tclvar_cursor *pCur = (tclvar_cursor*)cur;
-  return (pCur->pList2?0:1);
-}
-
-static int tclvarBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
-  int ii;
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; ii++){
-    struct sqlite3_index_constraint const *pCons = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
-    if( pCons->iColumn==0 && pCons->usable
-           && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
-      struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
-      pUsage = &pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii];
-      pUsage->omit = 0;
-      pUsage->argvIndex = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; ii++){
-    struct sqlite3_index_constraint const *pCons = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
-    if( pCons->iColumn==0 && pCons->usable
-           && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
-      struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
-      pUsage = &pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii];
-      pUsage->omit = 1;
-      pUsage->argvIndex = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** A virtual table module that provides read-only access to a
-** Tcl global variable namespace.
-*/
-static sqlite3_module tclvarModule = {
-  0,                         /* iVersion */
-  tclvarConnect,
-  tclvarConnect,
-  tclvarBestIndex,
-  tclvarDisconnect, 
-  tclvarDisconnect,
-  tclvarOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-  tclvarClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
-  tclvarFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-  tclvarNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-  tclvarEof,                   /* xEof - check for end of scan */
-  tclvarColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
-  tclvarRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
-  0,                           /* xUpdate */
-  0,                           /* xBegin */
-  0,                           /* xSync */
-  0,                           /* xCommit */
-  0,                           /* xRollback */
-  0,                           /* xFindMethod */
-  0,                           /* xRename */
-};
-
-/*
-** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3 object.
-*/
-extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, sqlite3 **ppDb);
-
-/*
-** Register the echo virtual table module.
-*/
-static int register_tclvar_module(
-  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
-  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3_create_module(db, "tclvar", &tclvarModule, (void *)interp);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int Sqlitetesttclvar_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  static struct {
-     char *zName;
-     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-     void *clientData;
-  } aObjCmd[] = {
-     { "register_tclvar_module",   register_tclvar_module, 0 },
-  };
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, 
-        aObjCmd[i].xProc, aObjCmd[i].clientData, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_thread.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_thread.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a4d96e19428..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_thread.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,647 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 September 9
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the implementation of some Tcl commands used to
-** test that sqlite3 database handles may be concurrently accessed by 
-** multiple threads. Right now this only works on unix.
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#if !defined(_MSC_VER)
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** One of these is allocated for each thread created by [sqlthread spawn].
-*/
-typedef struct SqlThread SqlThread;
-struct SqlThread {
-  Tcl_ThreadId parent;     /* Thread id of parent thread */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;      /* Parent interpreter */
-  char *zScript;           /* The script to execute. */
-  char *zVarname;          /* Varname in parent script */
-};
-
-/*
-** A custom Tcl_Event type used by this module. When the event is
-** handled, script zScript is evaluated in interpreter interp. If
-** the evaluation throws an exception (returns TCL_ERROR), then the
-** error is handled by Tcl_BackgroundError(). If no error occurs,
-** the result is simply discarded.
-*/
-typedef struct EvalEvent EvalEvent;
-struct EvalEvent {
-  Tcl_Event base;          /* Base class of type Tcl_Event */
-  char *zScript;           /* The script to execute. */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;      /* The interpreter to execute it in. */
-};
-
-static Tcl_ObjCmdProc sqlthread_proc;
-static Tcl_ObjCmdProc clock_seconds_proc;
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY)
-static Tcl_ObjCmdProc blocking_step_proc;
-static Tcl_ObjCmdProc blocking_prepare_v2_proc;
-#endif
-int Sqlitetest1_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
-int Sqlite3_Init(Tcl_Interp *);
-
-/* Functions from main.c */
-extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-
-/* Functions from test1.c */
-extern void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char *);
-extern int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *, const char *, sqlite3 **);
-extern int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp *, char *, void *);
-extern int sqlite3TestErrCode(Tcl_Interp *, sqlite3 *, int);
-
-/*
-** Handler for events of type EvalEvent.
-*/
-static int tclScriptEvent(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  EvalEvent *p = (EvalEvent *)evPtr;
-  rc = Tcl_Eval(p->interp, p->zScript);
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ){
-    Tcl_BackgroundError(p->interp);
-  }
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register an EvalEvent to evaluate the script pScript in the
-** parent interpreter/thread of SqlThread p.
-*/
-static void postToParent(SqlThread *p, Tcl_Obj *pScript){
-  EvalEvent *pEvent;
-  char *zMsg;
-  int nMsg;
-
-  zMsg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pScript, &nMsg); 
-  pEvent = (EvalEvent *)ckalloc(sizeof(EvalEvent)+nMsg+1);
-  pEvent->base.nextPtr = 0;
-  pEvent->base.proc = tclScriptEvent;
-  pEvent->zScript = (char *)&pEvent[1];
-  memcpy(pEvent->zScript, zMsg, nMsg+1);
-  pEvent->interp = p->interp;
-
-  Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent(p->parent, (Tcl_Event *)pEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-  Tcl_ThreadAlert(p->parent);
-}
-
-/*
-** The main function for threads created with [sqlthread spawn].
-*/
-static Tcl_ThreadCreateType tclScriptThread(ClientData pSqlThread){
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;
-  Tcl_Obj *pRes;
-  Tcl_Obj *pList;
-  int rc;
-  SqlThread *p = (SqlThread *)pSqlThread;
-  extern int Sqlitetest_mutex_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
-
-  interp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "clock_seconds", clock_seconds_proc, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlthread", sqlthread_proc, pSqlThread, 0);
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY)
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_blocking_step", blocking_step_proc,0,0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, 
-      "sqlite3_blocking_prepare_v2", blocking_prepare_v2_proc, (void *)1, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, 
-      "sqlite3_nonblocking_prepare_v2", blocking_prepare_v2_proc, 0, 0);
-#endif
-  Sqlitetest1_Init(interp);
-  Sqlitetest_mutex_Init(interp);
-  Sqlite3_Init(interp);
-
-  rc = Tcl_Eval(interp, p->zScript);
-  pRes = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-  pList = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pList);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRes);
-
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ){
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pList, Tcl_NewStringObj("error", -1));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pList, pRes);
-    postToParent(p, pList);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pList);
-    pList = Tcl_NewObj();
-  }
-
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pList, Tcl_NewStringObj("set", -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pList, Tcl_NewStringObj(p->zVarname, -1));
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pList, pRes);
-  postToParent(p, pList);
-
-  ckfree((void *)p);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pList);
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRes);
-  Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp);
-  while( Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_ALL_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT) );
-  Tcl_ExitThread(0);
-  TCL_THREAD_CREATE_RETURN;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlthread spawn VARNAME SCRIPT
-**
-**     Spawn a new thread with its own Tcl interpreter and run the
-**     specified SCRIPT(s) in it. The thread terminates after running
-**     the script. The result of the script is stored in the variable
-**     VARNAME.
-**
-**     The caller can wait for the script to terminate using [vwait VARNAME].
-*/
-static int sqlthread_spawn(
-  ClientData clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Tcl_ThreadId x;
-  SqlThread *pNew;
-  int rc;
-
-  int nVarname; char *zVarname;
-  int nScript; char *zScript;
-
-  /* Parameters for thread creation */
-  const int nStack = TCL_THREAD_STACK_DEFAULT;
-  const int flags = TCL_THREAD_NOFLAGS;
-
-  assert(objc==4);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objc);
-
-  zVarname = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &nVarname);
-  zScript = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nScript);
-
-  pNew = (SqlThread *)ckalloc(sizeof(SqlThread)+nVarname+nScript+2);
-  pNew->zVarname = (char *)&pNew[1];
-  pNew->zScript = (char *)&pNew->zVarname[nVarname+1];
-  memcpy(pNew->zVarname, zVarname, nVarname+1);
-  memcpy(pNew->zScript, zScript, nScript+1);
-  pNew->parent = Tcl_GetCurrentThread();
-  pNew->interp = interp;
-
-  rc = Tcl_CreateThread(&x, tclScriptThread, (void *)pNew, nStack, flags);
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error in Tcl_CreateThread()", 0);
-    ckfree((char *)pNew);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlthread parent SCRIPT
-**
-**     This can be called by spawned threads only. It sends the specified
-**     script back to the parent thread for execution. The result of
-**     evaluating the SCRIPT is returned. The parent thread must enter
-**     the event loop for this to work - otherwise the caller will
-**     block indefinitely.
-**
-**     NOTE: At the moment, this doesn't work. FIXME.
-*/
-static int sqlthread_parent(
-  ClientData clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  EvalEvent *pEvent;
-  char *zMsg;
-  int nMsg;
-  SqlThread *p = (SqlThread *)clientData;
-
-  assert(objc==3);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objc);
-
-  if( p==0 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no parent thread", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zMsg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &nMsg);
-  pEvent = (EvalEvent *)ckalloc(sizeof(EvalEvent)+nMsg+1);
-  pEvent->base.nextPtr = 0;
-  pEvent->base.proc = tclScriptEvent;
-  pEvent->zScript = (char *)&pEvent[1];
-  memcpy(pEvent->zScript, zMsg, nMsg+1);
-  pEvent->interp = p->interp;
-  Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent(p->parent, (Tcl_Event *)pEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-  Tcl_ThreadAlert(p->parent);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int xBusy(void *pArg, int nBusy){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pArg);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBusy);
-  sqlite3_sleep(50);
-  return 1;             /* Try again... */
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlthread open
-**
-**     Open a database handle and return the string representation of
-**     the pointer value.
-*/
-static int sqlthread_open(
-  ClientData clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *zPtr, void *p);
-
-  const char *zFilename;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  extern void Md5_Register(sqlite3*);
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objc);
-
-  zFilename = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  sqlite3_open(zFilename, &db);
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( db && objc>=4 ){
-    const char *zKey;
-    int nKey;
-    int rc;
-    zKey = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nKey);
-    rc = sqlite3_key(db, zKey, nKey);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      char *zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error %d: %s", rc, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-      sqlite3_close(db);
-      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErrMsg, (char*)0);
-      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-      return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  Md5_Register(db);
-  sqlite3_busy_handler(db, xBusy, 0);
-  
-  if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** sqlthread open
-**
-**     Return the current thread-id (Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) cast to
-**     an integer.
-*/
-static int sqlthread_id(
-  ClientData clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Tcl_ThreadId id = Tcl_GetCurrentThread();
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(id)));
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objv);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Dispatch routine for the sub-commands of [sqlthread].
-*/
-static int sqlthread_proc(
-  ClientData clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  struct SubCommand {
-    char *zName;
-    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
-    int nArg;
-    char *zUsage;
-  } aSub[] = {
-    {"parent", sqlthread_parent, 1, "SCRIPT"},
-    {"spawn",  sqlthread_spawn,  2, "VARNAME SCRIPT"},
-    {"open",   sqlthread_open,   1, "DBNAME"},
-    {"id",     sqlthread_id,     0, ""},
-    {0, 0, 0}
-  };
-  struct SubCommand *pSub;
-  int rc;
-  int iIndex;
-
-  if( objc<2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SUB-COMMAND");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(
-      interp, objv[1], aSub, sizeof(aSub[0]), "sub-command", 0, &iIndex
-  );
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
-  pSub = &aSub[iIndex];
-
-  if( objc<(pSub->nArg+2) ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, pSub->zUsage);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return pSub->xProc(clientData, interp, objc, objv);
-}
-
-/*
-** The [clock_seconds] command. This is more or less the same as the
-** regular tcl [clock seconds], except that it is available in testfixture
-** when linked against both Tcl 8.4 and 8.5. Because [clock seconds] is
-** implemented as a script in Tcl 8.5, it is not usually available to
-** testfixture.
-*/ 
-static int clock_seconds_proc(
-  ClientData clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Tcl_Time now;
-  Tcl_GetTime(&now);
-  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(now.sec));
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(objv);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*************************************************************************
-** This block contains the implementation of the [sqlite3_blocking_step]
-** command available to threads created by [sqlthread spawn] commands. It
-** is only available on UNIX for now. This is because pthread condition
-** variables are used.
-**
-** The source code for the C functions sqlite3_blocking_step(),
-** blocking_step_notify() and the structure UnlockNotification is
-** automatically extracted from this file and used as part of the
-** documentation for the sqlite3_unlock_notify() API function. This
-** should be considered if these functions are to be extended (i.e. to 
-** support windows) in the future.
-*/ 
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY)
-
-/* BEGIN_SQLITE_BLOCKING_STEP */
-/* This example uses the pthreads API */
-#include <pthread.h>
-
-/*
-** A pointer to an instance of this structure is passed as the user-context
-** pointer when registering for an unlock-notify callback.
-*/
-typedef struct UnlockNotification UnlockNotification;
-struct UnlockNotification {
-  int fired;                         /* True after unlock event has occurred */
-  pthread_cond_t cond;               /* Condition variable to wait on */
-  pthread_mutex_t mutex;             /* Mutex to protect structure */
-};
-
-/*
-** This function is an unlock-notify callback registered with SQLite.
-*/
-static void unlock_notify_cb(void **apArg, int nArg){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-    UnlockNotification *p = (UnlockNotification *)apArg[i];
-    pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
-    p->fired = 1;
-    pthread_cond_signal(&p->cond);
-    pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function assumes that an SQLite API call (either sqlite3_prepare_v2() 
-** or sqlite3_step()) has just returned SQLITE_LOCKED. The argument is the
-** associated database connection.
-**
-** This function calls sqlite3_unlock_notify() to register for an 
-** unlock-notify callback, then blocks until that callback is delivered 
-** and returns SQLITE_OK. The caller should then retry the failed operation.
-**
-** Or, if sqlite3_unlock_notify() indicates that to block would deadlock 
-** the system, then this function returns SQLITE_LOCKED immediately. In 
-** this case the caller should not retry the operation and should roll 
-** back the current transaction (if any).
-*/
-static int wait_for_unlock_notify(sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc;
-  UnlockNotification un;
-
-  /* Initialize the UnlockNotification structure. */
-  un.fired = 0;
-  pthread_mutex_init(&un.mutex, 0);
-  pthread_cond_init(&un.cond, 0);
-
-  /* Register for an unlock-notify callback. */
-  rc = sqlite3_unlock_notify(db, unlock_notify_cb, (void *)&un);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-  /* The call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() always returns either SQLITE_LOCKED 
-  ** or SQLITE_OK. 
-  **
-  ** If SQLITE_LOCKED was returned, then the system is deadlocked. In this
-  ** case this function needs to return SQLITE_LOCKED to the caller so 
-  ** that the current transaction can be rolled back. Otherwise, block
-  ** until the unlock-notify callback is invoked, then return SQLITE_OK.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pthread_mutex_lock(&un.mutex);
-    if( !un.fired ){
-      pthread_cond_wait(&un.cond, &un.mutex);
-    }
-    pthread_mutex_unlock(&un.mutex);
-  }
-
-  /* Destroy the mutex and condition variables. */
-  pthread_cond_destroy(&un.cond);
-  pthread_mutex_destroy(&un.mutex);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a wrapper around the SQLite function sqlite3_step().
-** It functions in the same way as step(), except that if a required
-** shared-cache lock cannot be obtained, this function may block waiting for
-** the lock to become available. In this scenario the normal API step()
-** function always returns SQLITE_LOCKED.
-**
-** If this function returns SQLITE_LOCKED, the caller should rollback
-** the current transaction (if any) and try again later. Otherwise, the
-** system may become deadlocked.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blocking_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc;
-  while( SQLITE_LOCKED==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
-    rc = wait_for_unlock_notify(sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt));
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a wrapper around the SQLite function sqlite3_prepare_v2().
-** It functions in the same way as prepare_v2(), except that if a required
-** shared-cache lock cannot be obtained, this function may block waiting for
-** the lock to become available. In this scenario the normal API prepare_v2()
-** function always returns SQLITE_LOCKED.
-**
-** If this function returns SQLITE_LOCKED, the caller should rollback
-** the current transaction (if any) and try again later. Otherwise, the
-** system may become deadlocked.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blocking_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nSql,                 /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pz           /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  while( SQLITE_LOCKED==(rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, nSql, ppStmt, pz)) ){
-    rc = wait_for_unlock_notify(db);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-/* END_SQLITE_BLOCKING_STEP */
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_blocking_step STMT
-**
-** Advance the statement to the next row.
-*/
-static int blocking_step_proc(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( objc!=2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-  rc = sqlite3_blocking_step(pStmt);
-
-  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage: sqlite3_blocking_prepare_v2 DB sql bytes ?tailvar?
-** Usage: sqlite3_nonblocking_prepare_v2 DB sql bytes ?tailvar?
-*/
-static int blocking_prepare_v2_proc(
-  void * clientData,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zSql;
-  int bytes;
-  const char *zTail = 0;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  char zBuf[50];
-  int rc;
-  int isBlocking = !(clientData==0);
-
-  if( objc!=5 && objc!=4 ){
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
-       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB sql bytes tailvar", 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-  zSql = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-
-  if( isBlocking ){
-    rc = sqlite3_blocking_prepare_v2(db, zSql, bytes, &pStmt, &zTail);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, bytes, &pStmt, &zTail);
-  }
-
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0);
-  if( zTail && objc>=5 ){
-    if( bytes>=0 ){
-      bytes = bytes - (zTail-zSql);
-    }
-    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, objv[4], 0, Tcl_NewStringObj(zTail, bytes), 0);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pStmt==0 );
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%s ", (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc));
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, sqlite3_errmsg(db), 0);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( pStmt ){
-    if( sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
-  }
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX && SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY */
-/*
-** End of implementation of [sqlite3_blocking_step].
-************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
-*/
-int SqlitetestThread_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlthread", sqlthread_proc, 0, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "clock_seconds", clock_seconds_proc, 0, 0);
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY)
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_blocking_step", blocking_step_proc,0,0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, 
-      "sqlite3_blocking_prepare_v2", blocking_prepare_v2_proc, (void *)1, 0);
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, 
-      "sqlite3_nonblocking_prepare_v2", blocking_prepare_v2_proc, 0, 0);
-#endif
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#else
-int SqlitetestThread_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_vfs.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_vfs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a8c6ae7bf50..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_vfs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1542 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 May 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the implementation of the Tcl [testvfs] command,
-** used to create SQLite VFS implementations with various properties and
-** instrumentation to support testing SQLite.
-**
-**   testvfs VFSNAME ?OPTIONS?
-**
-** Available options are:
-**
-**   -noshm      BOOLEAN        (True to omit shm methods. Default false)
-**   -default    BOOLEAN        (True to make the vfs default. Default false)
-**   -szosfile   INTEGER        (Value for sqlite3_vfs.szOsFile)
-**   -mxpathname INTEGER        (Value for sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname)
-**   -iversion   INTEGER        (Value for sqlite3_vfs.iVersion)
-*/
-#if SQLITE_TEST          /* This file is used for testing only */
-
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <tcl.h>
-
-typedef struct Testvfs Testvfs;
-typedef struct TestvfsShm TestvfsShm;
-typedef struct TestvfsBuffer TestvfsBuffer;
-typedef struct TestvfsFile TestvfsFile;
-typedef struct TestvfsFd TestvfsFd;
-
-/*
-** An open file handle.
-*/
-struct TestvfsFile {
-  sqlite3_file base;              /* Base class.  Must be first */
-  TestvfsFd *pFd;                 /* File data */
-};
-#define tvfsGetFd(pFile) (((TestvfsFile *)pFile)->pFd)
-
-struct TestvfsFd {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* The VFS */
-  const char *zFilename;          /* Filename as passed to xOpen() */
-  sqlite3_file *pReal;            /* The real, underlying file descriptor */
-  Tcl_Obj *pShmId;                /* Shared memory id for Tcl callbacks */
-
-  TestvfsBuffer *pShm;            /* Shared memory buffer */
-  u32 excllock;                   /* Mask of exclusive locks */
-  u32 sharedlock;                 /* Mask of shared locks */
-  TestvfsFd *pNext;               /* Next handle opened on the same file */
-};
-
-
-#define FAULT_INJECT_NONE       0
-#define FAULT_INJECT_TRANSIENT  1
-#define FAULT_INJECT_PERSISTENT 2
-
-typedef struct TestFaultInject TestFaultInject;
-struct TestFaultInject {
-  int iCnt;                       /* Remaining calls before fault injection */
-  int eFault;                     /* A FAULT_INJECT_* value */
-  int nFail;                      /* Number of faults injected */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is allocated for each VFS created. The
-** sqlite3_vfs.pAppData field of the VFS structure registered with SQLite
-** is set to point to it.
-*/
-struct Testvfs {
-  char *zName;                    /* Name of this VFS */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pParent;           /* The VFS to use for file IO */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* The testvfs registered with SQLite */
-  Tcl_Interp *interp;             /* Interpreter to run script in */
-  Tcl_Obj *pScript;               /* Script to execute */
-  TestvfsBuffer *pBuffer;         /* List of shared buffers */
-  int isNoshm;
-  int isFullshm;
-
-  int mask;                       /* Mask controlling [script] and [ioerr] */
-
-  TestFaultInject ioerr_err;
-  TestFaultInject full_err;
-  TestFaultInject cantopen_err;
-
-#if 0
-  int iIoerrCnt;
-  int ioerr;
-  int nIoerrFail;
-  int iFullCnt;
-  int fullerr;
-  int nFullFail;
-#endif
-
-  int iDevchar;
-  int iSectorsize;
-};
-
-/*
-** The Testvfs.mask variable is set to a combination of the following.
-** If a bit is clear in Testvfs.mask, then calls made by SQLite to the 
-** corresponding VFS method is ignored for purposes of:
-**
-**   + Simulating IO errors, and
-**   + Invoking the Tcl callback script.
-*/
-#define TESTVFS_SHMOPEN_MASK      0x00000001
-#define TESTVFS_SHMLOCK_MASK      0x00000010
-#define TESTVFS_SHMMAP_MASK       0x00000020
-#define TESTVFS_SHMBARRIER_MASK   0x00000040
-#define TESTVFS_SHMCLOSE_MASK     0x00000080
-
-#define TESTVFS_OPEN_MASK         0x00000100
-#define TESTVFS_SYNC_MASK         0x00000200
-#define TESTVFS_DELETE_MASK       0x00000400
-#define TESTVFS_CLOSE_MASK        0x00000800
-#define TESTVFS_WRITE_MASK        0x00001000
-#define TESTVFS_TRUNCATE_MASK     0x00002000
-#define TESTVFS_ACCESS_MASK       0x00004000
-#define TESTVFS_FULLPATHNAME_MASK 0x00008000
-#define TESTVFS_READ_MASK         0x00010000
-#define TESTVFS_UNLOCK_MASK       0x00020000
-#define TESTVFS_LOCK_MASK         0x00040000
-#define TESTVFS_CKLOCK_MASK       0x00080000
-
-#define TESTVFS_ALL_MASK          0x000FFFFF
-
-
-#define TESTVFS_MAX_PAGES 1024
-
-/*
-** A shared-memory buffer. There is one of these objects for each shared
-** memory region opened by clients. If two clients open the same file,
-** there are two TestvfsFile structures but only one TestvfsBuffer structure.
-*/
-struct TestvfsBuffer {
-  char *zFile;                    /* Associated file name */
-  int pgsz;                       /* Page size */
-  u8 *aPage[TESTVFS_MAX_PAGES];   /* Array of ckalloc'd pages */
-  TestvfsFd *pFile;               /* List of open handles */
-  TestvfsBuffer *pNext;           /* Next in linked list of all buffers */
-};
-
-
-#define PARENTVFS(x) (((Testvfs *)((x)->pAppData))->pParent)
-
-#define TESTVFS_MAX_ARGS 12
-
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for TestvfsFile.
-*/
-static int tvfsClose(sqlite3_file*);
-static int tvfsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int tvfsWrite(sqlite3_file*,const void*,int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int tvfsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-static int tvfsSync(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-static int tvfsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-static int tvfsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int tvfsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int tvfsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int *);
-static int tvfsFileControl(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-static int tvfsSectorSize(sqlite3_file*);
-static int tvfsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file*);
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for tvfs_vfs.
-*/
-static int tvfsOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int , int *);
-static int tvfsDelete(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-static int tvfsAccess(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *);
-static int tvfsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int, char *zOut);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-static void *tvfsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-static void tvfsDlError(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-static void (*tvfsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
-static void tvfsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-static int tvfsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-static int tvfsSleep(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-static int tvfsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-
-static int tvfsShmOpen(sqlite3_file*);
-static int tvfsShmLock(sqlite3_file*, int , int, int);
-static int tvfsShmMap(sqlite3_file*,int,int,int, void volatile **);
-static void tvfsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file*);
-static int tvfsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file*, int);
-
-static int tvfsFetch(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64, int, void**);
-static int tvfsUnfetch(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64, void*);
-
-static sqlite3_io_methods tvfs_io_methods = {
-  3,                              /* iVersion */
-  tvfsClose,                      /* xClose */
-  tvfsRead,                       /* xRead */
-  tvfsWrite,                      /* xWrite */
-  tvfsTruncate,                   /* xTruncate */
-  tvfsSync,                       /* xSync */
-  tvfsFileSize,                   /* xFileSize */
-  tvfsLock,                       /* xLock */
-  tvfsUnlock,                     /* xUnlock */
-  tvfsCheckReservedLock,          /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  tvfsFileControl,                /* xFileControl */
-  tvfsSectorSize,                 /* xSectorSize */
-  tvfsDeviceCharacteristics,      /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  tvfsShmMap,                     /* xShmMap */
-  tvfsShmLock,                    /* xShmLock */
-  tvfsShmBarrier,                 /* xShmBarrier */
-  tvfsShmUnmap,                   /* xShmUnmap */
-  tvfsFetch,
-  tvfsUnfetch
-};
-
-static int tvfsResultCode(Testvfs *p, int *pRc){
-  struct errcode {
-    int eCode;
-    const char *zCode;
-  } aCode[] = {
-    { SQLITE_OK,     "SQLITE_OK"     },
-    { SQLITE_ERROR,  "SQLITE_ERROR"  },
-    { SQLITE_IOERR,  "SQLITE_IOERR"  },
-    { SQLITE_LOCKED, "SQLITE_LOCKED" },
-    { SQLITE_BUSY,   "SQLITE_BUSY"   },
-  };
-
-  const char *z;
-  int i;
-
-  z = Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp);
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCode); i++){
-    if( 0==strcmp(z, aCode[i].zCode) ){
-      *pRc = aCode[i].eCode;
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static int tvfsInjectFault(TestFaultInject *p){
-  int ret = 0;
-  if( p->eFault ){
-    p->iCnt--;
-    if( p->iCnt==0 || (p->iCnt<0 && p->eFault==FAULT_INJECT_PERSISTENT ) ){
-      ret = 1;
-      p->nFail++;
-    }
-  }
-  return ret;
-}
-
-
-static int tvfsInjectIoerr(Testvfs *p){
-  return tvfsInjectFault(&p->ioerr_err);
-}
-
-static int tvfsInjectFullerr(Testvfs *p){
-  return tvfsInjectFault(&p->full_err);
-}
-static int tvfsInjectCantopenerr(Testvfs *p){
-  return tvfsInjectFault(&p->cantopen_err);
-}
-
-
-static void tvfsExecTcl(
-  Testvfs *p, 
-  const char *zMethod,
-  Tcl_Obj *arg1,
-  Tcl_Obj *arg2,
-  Tcl_Obj *arg3,
-  Tcl_Obj *arg4
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code from Tcl_EvalObj() */
-  Tcl_Obj *pEval;
-  assert( p->pScript );
-
-  assert( zMethod );
-  assert( p );
-  assert( arg2==0 || arg1!=0 );
-  assert( arg3==0 || arg2!=0 );
-
-  pEval = Tcl_DuplicateObj(p->pScript);
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(p->pScript);
-  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pEval, Tcl_NewStringObj(zMethod, -1));
-  if( arg1 ) Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pEval, arg1);
-  if( arg2 ) Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pEval, arg2);
-  if( arg3 ) Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pEval, arg3);
-  if( arg4 ) Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pEval, arg4);
-
-  rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pEval, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-  if( rc!=TCL_OK ){
-    Tcl_BackgroundError(p->interp);
-    Tcl_ResetResult(p->interp);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Close an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  int rc;
-  TestvfsFile *pTestfile = (TestvfsFile *)pFile;
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = pTestfile->pFd;
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_CLOSE_MASK ){
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xClose", 
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->zFilename, -1), pFd->pShmId, 0, 0
-    );
-  }
-
-  if( pFd->pShmId ){
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pFd->pShmId);
-    pFd->pShmId = 0;
-  }
-  if( pFile->pMethods ){
-    ckfree((char *)pFile->pMethods);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFd->pReal);
-  ckfree((char *)pFd);
-  pTestfile->pFd = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_READ_MASK ){
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xRead", 
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->zFilename, -1), pFd->pShmId, 0, 0
-    );
-    tvfsResultCode(p, &rc);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->mask&TESTVFS_READ_MASK && tvfsInjectIoerr(p) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pFd->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  const void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_WRITE_MASK ){
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xWrite", 
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->zFilename, -1), pFd->pShmId, 
-        Tcl_NewWideIntObj(iOfst), Tcl_NewIntObj(iAmt)
-    );
-    tvfsResultCode(p, &rc);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && tvfsInjectFullerr(p) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->mask&TESTVFS_WRITE_MASK && tvfsInjectIoerr(p) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-  
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFd->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_TRUNCATE_MASK ){
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xTruncate", 
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->zFilename, -1), pFd->pShmId, 0, 0
-    );
-    tvfsResultCode(p, &rc);
-  }
-  
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFd->pReal, size);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_SYNC_MASK ){
-    char *zFlags = 0;
-
-    switch( flags ){
-      case SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL:
-        zFlags = "normal";
-        break;
-      case SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:
-        zFlags = "full";
-        break;
-      case SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:
-        zFlags = "normal|dataonly";
-        break;
-      case SQLITE_SYNC_FULL|SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:
-        zFlags = "full|dataonly";
-        break;
-      default:
-        assert(0);
-    }
-
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xSync", 
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->zFilename, -1), pFd->pShmId,
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(zFlags, -1), 0
-    );
-    tvfsResultCode(p, &rc);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && tvfsInjectFullerr(p) ) rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pFd->pReal, flags);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current file-size of an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  TestvfsFd *p = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  return sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_LOCK_MASK ){
-    char zLock[30];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLock),zLock,"%d",eLock);
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xLock", Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->zFilename, -1), 
-                   Tcl_NewStringObj(zLock, -1), 0, 0);
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsLock(pFd->pReal, eLock);
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_UNLOCK_MASK ){
-    char zLock[30];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLock),zLock,"%d",eLock);
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xUnlock", Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->zFilename, -1), 
-                   Tcl_NewStringObj(zLock, -1), 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( p->mask&TESTVFS_WRITE_MASK && tvfsInjectIoerr(p) ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd->pReal, eLock);
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_CKLOCK_MASK ){
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xCheckReservedLock", Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->zFilename, -1),
-                   0, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pFd->pReal, pResOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** File control method. For custom operations on an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
-  TestvfsFd *p = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA ){
-    char **argv = (char**)pArg;
-    if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[1],"error")==0 ){
-      int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      if( argv[2] ){
-        const char *z = argv[2];
-        int x = atoi(z);
-        if( x ){
-          rc = x;
-          while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[0]) ){ z++; }
-          while( sqlite3Isspace(z[0]) ){ z++; }
-        }
-        if( z[0] ) argv[0] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", z);
-      }
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[1], "filename")==0 ){
-      argv[0] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", p->zFilename);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsFileControl(p->pReal, op, pArg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector-size in bytes for an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-  if( p->iSectorsize>=0 ){
-    return p->iSectorsize;
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFd->pReal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an tvfs-file.
-*/
-static int tvfsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-  if( p->iDevchar>=0 ){
-    return p->iDevchar;
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pFd->pReal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open an tvfs file handle.
-*/
-static int tvfsOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
-  const char *zName,
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  int rc;
-  TestvfsFile *pTestfile = (TestvfsFile *)pFile;
-  TestvfsFd *pFd;
-  Tcl_Obj *pId = 0;
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pVfs->pAppData;
-
-  pFd = (TestvfsFd *)ckalloc(sizeof(TestvfsFd) + PARENTVFS(pVfs)->szOsFile);
-  memset(pFd, 0, sizeof(TestvfsFd) + PARENTVFS(pVfs)->szOsFile);
-  pFd->pShm = 0;
-  pFd->pShmId = 0;
-  pFd->zFilename = zName;
-  pFd->pVfs = pVfs;
-  pFd->pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&pFd[1];
-  memset(pTestfile, 0, sizeof(TestvfsFile));
-  pTestfile->pFd = pFd;
-
-  /* Evaluate the Tcl script: 
-  **
-  **   SCRIPT xOpen FILENAME KEY-VALUE-ARGS
-  **
-  ** If the script returns an SQLite error code other than SQLITE_OK, an
-  ** error is returned to the caller. If it returns SQLITE_OK, the new
-  ** connection is named "anon". Otherwise, the value returned by the
-  ** script is used as the connection name.
-  */
-  Tcl_ResetResult(p->interp);
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_OPEN_MASK ){
-    Tcl_Obj *pArg = Tcl_NewObj();
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pArg);
-    if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
-      const char *z = &zName[strlen(zName)+1];
-      while( *z ){
-        Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pArg, Tcl_NewStringObj(z, -1));
-        z += strlen(z) + 1;
-        Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pArg, Tcl_NewStringObj(z, -1));
-        z += strlen(z) + 1;
-      }
-    }
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xOpen", Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->zFilename, -1), pArg, 0, 0);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pArg);
-    if( tvfsResultCode(p, &rc) ){
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }else{
-      pId = Tcl_GetObjResult(p->interp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( (p->mask&TESTVFS_OPEN_MASK) &&  tvfsInjectIoerr(p) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  if( tvfsInjectCantopenerr(p) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-  if( tvfsInjectFullerr(p) ) return SQLITE_FULL;
-
-  if( !pId ){
-    pId = Tcl_NewStringObj("anon", -1);
-  }
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pId);
-  pFd->pShmId = pId;
-  Tcl_ResetResult(p->interp);
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(PARENTVFS(pVfs), zName, pFd->pReal, flags, pOutFlags);
-  if( pFd->pReal->pMethods ){
-    sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;
-    int nByte;
-
-    if( pVfs->iVersion>1 ){
-      nByte = sizeof(sqlite3_io_methods);
-    }else{
-      nByte = offsetof(sqlite3_io_methods, xShmMap);
-    }
-
-    pMethods = (sqlite3_io_methods *)ckalloc(nByte);
-    memcpy(pMethods, &tvfs_io_methods, nByte);
-    pMethods->iVersion = pFd->pReal->pMethods->iVersion;
-    if( pMethods->iVersion>pVfs->iVersion ){
-      pMethods->iVersion = pVfs->iVersion;
-    }
-    if( pVfs->iVersion>1 && ((Testvfs *)pVfs->pAppData)->isNoshm ){
-      pMethods->xShmUnmap = 0;
-      pMethods->xShmLock = 0;
-      pMethods->xShmBarrier = 0;
-      pMethods->xShmMap = 0;
-    }
-    pFile->pMethods = pMethods;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true,
-** ensure the file-system modifications are synced to disk before
-** returning.
-*/
-static int tvfsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pVfs->pAppData;
-
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_DELETE_MASK ){
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xDelete", 
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(zPath, -1), Tcl_NewIntObj(dirSync), 0, 0
-    );
-    tvfsResultCode(p, &rc);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(PARENTVFS(pVfs), zPath, dirSync);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Test for access permissions. Return true if the requested permission
-** is available, or false otherwise.
-*/
-static int tvfsAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pVfs->pAppData;
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_ACCESS_MASK ){
-    int rc;
-    char *zArg = 0;
-    if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS ) zArg = "SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS";
-    if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE ) zArg = "SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE";
-    if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READ ) zArg = "SQLITE_ACCESS_READ";
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xAccess", 
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(zPath, -1), Tcl_NewStringObj(zArg, -1), 0, 0
-    );
-    if( tvfsResultCode(p, &rc) ){
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }else{
-      Tcl_Interp *interp = p->interp;
-      if( TCL_OK==Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(0, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), pResOut) ){
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsAccess(PARENTVFS(pVfs), zPath, flags, pResOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate buffer zOut with the full canonical pathname corresponding
-** to the pathname in zPath. zOut is guaranteed to point to a buffer
-** of at least (DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
-*/
-static int tvfsFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int nOut, 
-  char *zOut
-){
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)pVfs->pAppData;
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_FULLPATHNAME_MASK ){
-    int rc;
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xFullPathname", Tcl_NewStringObj(zPath, -1), 0, 0, 0);
-    if( tvfsResultCode(p, &rc) ){
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsFullPathname(PARENTVFS(pVfs), zPath, nOut, zOut);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Open the dynamic library located at zPath and return a handle.
-*/
-static void *tvfsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
-  return sqlite3OsDlOpen(PARENTVFS(pVfs), zPath);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
-** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated 
-** with dynamic libraries.
-*/
-static void tvfsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
-  sqlite3OsDlError(PARENTVFS(pVfs), nByte, zErrMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle.
-*/
-static void (*tvfsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *p, const char *zSym))(void){
-  return sqlite3OsDlSym(PARENTVFS(pVfs), p, zSym);
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the dynamic library handle pHandle.
-*/
-static void tvfsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  sqlite3OsDlClose(PARENTVFS(pVfs), pHandle);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of 
-** random data.
-*/
-static int tvfsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  return sqlite3OsRandomness(PARENTVFS(pVfs), nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds 
-** actually slept.
-*/
-static int tvfsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
-  return sqlite3OsSleep(PARENTVFS(pVfs), nMicro);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut.
-*/
-static int tvfsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
-  return PARENTVFS(pVfs)->xCurrentTime(PARENTVFS(pVfs), pTimeOut);
-}
-
-static int tvfsShmOpen(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  Testvfs *p;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  TestvfsBuffer *pBuffer;         /* Buffer to open connection to */
-  TestvfsFd *pFd;                 /* The testvfs file structure */
-
-  pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  p = (Testvfs *)pFd->pVfs->pAppData;
-  assert( 0==p->isFullshm );
-  assert( pFd->pShmId && pFd->pShm==0 && pFd->pNext==0 );
-
-  /* Evaluate the Tcl script: 
-  **
-  **   SCRIPT xShmOpen FILENAME
-  */
-  Tcl_ResetResult(p->interp);
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_SHMOPEN_MASK ){
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xShmOpen", Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->zFilename, -1), 0, 0, 0);
-    if( tvfsResultCode(p, &rc) ){
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  if( p->mask&TESTVFS_SHMOPEN_MASK && tvfsInjectIoerr(p) ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-
-  /* Search for a TestvfsBuffer. Create a new one if required. */
-  for(pBuffer=p->pBuffer; pBuffer; pBuffer=pBuffer->pNext){
-    if( 0==strcmp(pFd->zFilename, pBuffer->zFile) ) break;
-  }
-  if( !pBuffer ){
-    int szName = (int)strlen(pFd->zFilename);
-    int nByte = sizeof(TestvfsBuffer) + szName + 1;
-    pBuffer = (TestvfsBuffer *)ckalloc(nByte);
-    memset(pBuffer, 0, nByte);
-    pBuffer->zFile = (char *)&pBuffer[1];
-    memcpy(pBuffer->zFile, pFd->zFilename, szName+1);
-    pBuffer->pNext = p->pBuffer;
-    p->pBuffer = pBuffer;
-  }
-
-  /* Connect the TestvfsBuffer to the new TestvfsShm handle and return. */
-  pFd->pNext = pBuffer->pFile;
-  pBuffer->pFile = pFd;
-  pFd->pShm = pBuffer;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static void tvfsAllocPage(TestvfsBuffer *p, int iPage, int pgsz){
-  assert( iPage<TESTVFS_MAX_PAGES );
-  if( p->aPage[iPage]==0 ){
-    p->aPage[iPage] = (u8 *)ckalloc(pgsz);
-    memset(p->aPage[iPage], 0, pgsz);
-    p->pgsz = pgsz;
-  }
-}
-
-static int tvfsShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,            /* Handle open on database file */
-  int iPage,                      /* Page to retrieve */
-  int pgsz,                       /* Size of pages */
-  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
-  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)(pFd->pVfs->pAppData);
-
-  if( p->isFullshm ){
-    return sqlite3OsShmMap(pFd->pReal, iPage, pgsz, isWrite, pp);
-  }
-
-  if( 0==pFd->pShm ){
-    rc = tvfsShmOpen(pFile);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_SHMMAP_MASK ){
-    Tcl_Obj *pArg = Tcl_NewObj();
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pArg);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pArg, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPage));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pArg, Tcl_NewIntObj(pgsz));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pArg, Tcl_NewIntObj(isWrite));
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xShmMap", 
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->pShm->zFile, -1), pFd->pShmId, pArg, 0
-    );
-    tvfsResultCode(p, &rc);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pArg);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->mask&TESTVFS_SHMMAP_MASK && tvfsInjectIoerr(p) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isWrite && !pFd->pShm->aPage[iPage] ){
-    tvfsAllocPage(pFd->pShm, iPage, pgsz);
-  }
-  *pp = (void volatile *)pFd->pShm->aPage[iPage];
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-static int tvfsShmLock(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int ofst,
-  int n,
-  int flags
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)(pFd->pVfs->pAppData);
-  int nLock;
-  char zLock[80];
-
-  if( p->isFullshm ){
-    return sqlite3OsShmLock(pFd->pReal, ofst, n, flags);
-  }
-
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_SHMLOCK_MASK ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLock), zLock, "%d %d", ofst, n);
-    nLock = (int)strlen(zLock);
-    if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_LOCK ){
-      strcpy(&zLock[nLock], " lock");
-    }else{
-      strcpy(&zLock[nLock], " unlock");
-    }
-    nLock += (int)strlen(&zLock[nLock]);
-    if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
-      strcpy(&zLock[nLock], " shared");
-    }else{
-      strcpy(&zLock[nLock], " exclusive");
-    }
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xShmLock", 
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->pShm->zFile, -1), pFd->pShmId,
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(zLock, -1), 0
-    );
-    tvfsResultCode(p, &rc);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->mask&TESTVFS_SHMLOCK_MASK && tvfsInjectIoerr(p) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int isLock = (flags & SQLITE_SHM_LOCK);
-    int isExcl = (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
-    u32 mask = (((1<<n)-1) << ofst);
-    if( isLock ){
-      TestvfsFd *p2;
-      for(p2=pFd->pShm->pFile; p2; p2=p2->pNext){
-        if( p2==pFd ) continue;
-        if( (p2->excllock&mask) || (isExcl && p2->sharedlock&mask) ){
-          rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( isExcl )  pFd->excllock |= mask;
-        if( !isExcl ) pFd->sharedlock |= mask;
-      }
-    }else{
-      if( isExcl )  pFd->excllock &= (~mask);
-      if( !isExcl ) pFd->sharedlock &= (~mask);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static void tvfsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)(pFd->pVfs->pAppData);
-
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_SHMBARRIER_MASK ){
-    const char *z = pFd->pShm ? pFd->pShm->zFile : "";
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xShmBarrier", Tcl_NewStringObj(z, -1), pFd->pShmId, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  if( p->isFullshm ){
-    sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pFd->pReal);
-    return;
-  }
-}
-
-static int tvfsShmUnmap(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int deleteFlag
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)(pFd->pVfs->pAppData);
-  TestvfsBuffer *pBuffer = pFd->pShm;
-  TestvfsFd **ppFd;
-
-  if( p->isFullshm ){
-    return sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pFd->pReal, deleteFlag);
-  }
-
-  if( !pBuffer ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pFd->pShmId && pFd->pShm );
-
-  if( p->pScript && p->mask&TESTVFS_SHMCLOSE_MASK ){
-    tvfsExecTcl(p, "xShmUnmap", 
-        Tcl_NewStringObj(pFd->pShm->zFile, -1), pFd->pShmId, 0, 0
-    );
-    tvfsResultCode(p, &rc);
-  }
-
-  for(ppFd=&pBuffer->pFile; *ppFd!=pFd; ppFd=&((*ppFd)->pNext));
-  assert( (*ppFd)==pFd );
-  *ppFd = pFd->pNext;
-  pFd->pNext = 0;
-
-  if( pBuffer->pFile==0 ){
-    int i;
-    TestvfsBuffer **pp;
-    for(pp=&p->pBuffer; *pp!=pBuffer; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
-    *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
-    for(i=0; pBuffer->aPage[i]; i++){
-      ckfree((char *)pBuffer->aPage[i]);
-    }
-    ckfree((char *)pBuffer);
-  }
-  pFd->pShm = 0;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int tvfsFetch(
-    sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-    sqlite3_int64 iOfst, 
-    int iAmt, 
-    void **pp
-){
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  return sqlite3OsFetch(pFd->pReal, iOfst, iAmt, pp);
-}
-
-static int tvfsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p){
-  TestvfsFd *pFd = tvfsGetFd(pFile);
-  return sqlite3OsUnfetch(pFd->pReal, iOfst, p);
-}
-
-static int testvfs_obj_cmd(
-  ClientData cd,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)cd;
-
-  enum DB_enum { 
-    CMD_SHM, CMD_DELETE, CMD_FILTER, CMD_IOERR, CMD_SCRIPT, 
-    CMD_DEVCHAR, CMD_SECTORSIZE, CMD_FULLERR, CMD_CANTOPENERR
-  };
-  struct TestvfsSubcmd {
-    char *zName;
-    enum DB_enum eCmd;
-  } aSubcmd[] = {
-    { "shm",         CMD_SHM         },
-    { "delete",      CMD_DELETE      },
-    { "filter",      CMD_FILTER      },
-    { "ioerr",       CMD_IOERR       },
-    { "fullerr",     CMD_FULLERR     },
-    { "cantopenerr", CMD_CANTOPENERR },
-    { "script",      CMD_SCRIPT      },
-    { "devchar",     CMD_DEVCHAR     },
-    { "sectorsize",  CMD_SECTORSIZE  },
-    { 0, 0 }
-  };
-  int i;
-  
-  if( objc<2 ){
-    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SUBCOMMAND ...");
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(
-        interp, objv[1], aSubcmd, sizeof(aSubcmd[0]), "subcommand", 0, &i) 
-  ){
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-
-  switch( aSubcmd[i].eCmd ){
-    case CMD_SHM: {
-      Tcl_Obj *pObj;
-      int rc;
-      TestvfsBuffer *pBuffer;
-      char *zName;
-      if( objc!=3 && objc!=4 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "FILE ?VALUE?");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      zName = ckalloc(p->pParent->mxPathname);
-      rc = p->pParent->xFullPathname(
-          p->pParent, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 
-          p->pParent->mxPathname, zName
-      );
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to get full path: ",
-                         Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
-        ckfree(zName);
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      for(pBuffer=p->pBuffer; pBuffer; pBuffer=pBuffer->pNext){
-        if( 0==strcmp(pBuffer->zFile, zName) ) break;
-      }
-      ckfree(zName);
-      if( !pBuffer ){
-        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such file: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      if( objc==4 ){
-        int n;
-        u8 *a = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[3], &n);
-        int pgsz = pBuffer->pgsz;
-        if( pgsz==0 ) pgsz = 65536;
-        for(i=0; i*pgsz<n; i++){
-          int nByte = pgsz;
-          tvfsAllocPage(pBuffer, i, pgsz);
-          if( n-i*pgsz<pgsz ){
-            nByte = n;
-          }
-          memcpy(pBuffer->aPage[i], &a[i*pgsz], nByte);
-        }
-      }
-
-      pObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-      for(i=0; pBuffer->aPage[i]; i++){
-        int pgsz = pBuffer->pgsz;
-        if( pgsz==0 ) pgsz = 65536;
-        Tcl_AppendObjToObj(pObj, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(pBuffer->aPage[i], pgsz));
-      }
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pObj);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*  TESTVFS filter METHOD-LIST
-    **
-    **     Activate special processing for those methods contained in the list
-    */
-    case CMD_FILTER: {
-      static struct VfsMethod {
-        char *zName;
-        int mask;
-      } vfsmethod [] = {
-        { "xShmOpen",           TESTVFS_SHMOPEN_MASK },
-        { "xShmLock",           TESTVFS_SHMLOCK_MASK },
-        { "xShmBarrier",        TESTVFS_SHMBARRIER_MASK },
-        { "xShmUnmap",          TESTVFS_SHMCLOSE_MASK },
-        { "xShmMap",            TESTVFS_SHMMAP_MASK },
-        { "xSync",              TESTVFS_SYNC_MASK },
-        { "xDelete",            TESTVFS_DELETE_MASK },
-        { "xWrite",             TESTVFS_WRITE_MASK },
-        { "xRead",              TESTVFS_READ_MASK },
-        { "xTruncate",          TESTVFS_TRUNCATE_MASK },
-        { "xOpen",              TESTVFS_OPEN_MASK },
-        { "xClose",             TESTVFS_CLOSE_MASK },
-        { "xAccess",            TESTVFS_ACCESS_MASK },
-        { "xFullPathname",      TESTVFS_FULLPATHNAME_MASK },
-        { "xUnlock",            TESTVFS_UNLOCK_MASK },
-        { "xLock",              TESTVFS_LOCK_MASK },
-        { "xCheckReservedLock", TESTVFS_CKLOCK_MASK },
-      };
-      Tcl_Obj **apElem = 0;
-      int nElem = 0;
-      int mask = 0;
-      if( objc!=3 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "LIST");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      if( Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &nElem, &apElem) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-      for(i=0; i<nElem; i++){
-        int iMethod;
-        char *zElem = Tcl_GetString(apElem[i]);
-        for(iMethod=0; iMethod<ArraySize(vfsmethod); iMethod++){
-          if( strcmp(zElem, vfsmethod[iMethod].zName)==0 ){
-            mask |= vfsmethod[iMethod].mask;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( iMethod==ArraySize(vfsmethod) ){
-          Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown method: ", zElem, 0);
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-      p->mask = mask;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  TESTVFS script ?SCRIPT?
-    **
-    **  Query or set the script to be run when filtered VFS events
-    **  occur.
-    */
-    case CMD_SCRIPT: {
-      if( objc==3 ){
-        int nByte;
-        if( p->pScript ){
-          Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pScript);
-          p->pScript = 0;
-        }
-        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &nByte);
-        if( nByte>0 ){
-          p->pScript = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[2]);
-          Tcl_IncrRefCount(p->pScript);
-        }
-      }else if( objc!=2 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?SCRIPT?");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-
-      Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-      if( p->pScript ) Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, p->pScript);
-
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** TESTVFS ioerr ?IFAIL PERSIST?
-    **
-    **   Where IFAIL is an integer and PERSIST is boolean.
-    */
-    case CMD_CANTOPENERR:
-    case CMD_IOERR:
-    case CMD_FULLERR: {
-      TestFaultInject *pTest = 0;
-      int iRet;
-
-      switch( aSubcmd[i].eCmd ){
-        case CMD_IOERR: pTest = &p->ioerr_err; break;
-        case CMD_FULLERR: pTest = &p->full_err; break;
-        case CMD_CANTOPENERR: pTest = &p->cantopen_err; break;
-        default: assert(0);
-      }
-      iRet = pTest->nFail;
-      pTest->nFail = 0;
-      pTest->eFault = 0;
-      pTest->iCnt = 0;
-
-      if( objc==4 ){
-        int iCnt, iPersist;
-        if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iCnt)
-         || TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &iPersist)
-        ){
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-        pTest->eFault = iPersist?FAULT_INJECT_PERSISTENT:FAULT_INJECT_TRANSIENT;
-        pTest->iCnt = iCnt;
-      }else if( objc!=2 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CNT PERSIST?");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(iRet));
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case CMD_DELETE: {
-      Tcl_DeleteCommand(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]));
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case CMD_DEVCHAR: {
-      struct DeviceFlag {
-        char *zName;
-        int iValue;
-      } aFlag[] = {
-        { "default",               -1 },
-        { "atomic",                SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                },
-        { "atomic512",             SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512             },
-        { "atomic1k",              SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K              },
-        { "atomic2k",              SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K              },
-        { "atomic4k",              SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K              },
-        { "atomic8k",              SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K              },
-        { "atomic16k",             SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K             },
-        { "atomic32k",             SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K             },
-        { "atomic64k",             SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K             },
-        { "sequential",            SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL            },
-        { "safe_append",           SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND           },
-        { "undeletable_when_open", SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN },
-        { "powersafe_overwrite",   SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE   },
-        { "immutable",             SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE             },
-        { 0, 0 }
-      };
-      Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-      int iFlag;
-
-      if( objc>3 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?ATTR-LIST?");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      if( objc==3 ){
-        int j;
-        int iNew = 0;
-        Tcl_Obj **flags = 0;
-        int nFlags = 0;
-
-        if( Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &nFlags, &flags) ){
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-
-        for(j=0; j<nFlags; j++){
-          int idx = 0;
-          if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, flags[j], aFlag, 
-                sizeof(aFlag[0]), "flag", 0, &idx) 
-          ){
-            return TCL_ERROR;
-          }
-          if( aFlag[idx].iValue<0 && nFlags>1 ){
-            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad flags: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
-            return TCL_ERROR;
-          }
-          iNew |= aFlag[idx].iValue;
-        }
-
-        p->iDevchar = iNew| 0x10000000;
-      }
-
-      pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-      for(iFlag=0; iFlag<sizeof(aFlag)/sizeof(aFlag[0]); iFlag++){
-        if( p->iDevchar & aFlag[iFlag].iValue ){
-          Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
-              interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(aFlag[iFlag].zName, -1)
-          );
-        }
-      }
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
-
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case CMD_SECTORSIZE: {
-      if( objc>3 ){
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?VALUE?");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      if( objc==3 ){
-        int iNew = 0;
-        if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iNew) ){
-          return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-        p->iSectorsize = iNew;
-      }
-      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(p->iSectorsize));
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static void testvfs_obj_del(ClientData cd){
-  Testvfs *p = (Testvfs *)cd;
-  if( p->pScript ) Tcl_DecrRefCount(p->pScript);
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(p->pVfs);
-  ckfree((char *)p->pVfs);
-  ckfree((char *)p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Usage:  testvfs VFSNAME ?SWITCHES?
-**
-** Switches are:
-**
-**   -noshm   BOOLEAN             (True to omit shm methods. Default false)
-**   -default BOOLEAN             (True to make the vfs default. Default false)
-**
-** This command creates two things when it is invoked: an SQLite VFS, and
-** a Tcl command. Both are named VFSNAME. The VFS is installed. It is not
-** installed as the default VFS.
-**
-** The VFS passes all file I/O calls through to the underlying VFS.
-**
-** Whenever the xShmMap method of the VFS
-** is invoked, the SCRIPT is executed as follows:
-**
-**   SCRIPT xShmMap    FILENAME ID
-**
-** The value returned by the invocation of SCRIPT above is interpreted as
-** an SQLite error code and returned to SQLite. Either a symbolic 
-** "SQLITE_OK" or numeric "0" value may be returned.
-**
-** The contents of the shared-memory buffer associated with a given file
-** may be read and set using the following command:
-**
-**   VFSNAME shm FILENAME ?NEWVALUE?
-**
-** When the xShmLock method is invoked by SQLite, the following script is
-** run:
-**
-**   SCRIPT xShmLock    FILENAME ID LOCK
-**
-** where LOCK is of the form "OFFSET NBYTE lock/unlock shared/exclusive"
-*/
-static int testvfs_cmd(
-  ClientData cd,
-  Tcl_Interp *interp,
-  int objc,
-  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-  static sqlite3_vfs tvfs_vfs = {
-    3,                            /* iVersion */
-    0,                            /* szOsFile */
-    0,                            /* mxPathname */
-    0,                            /* pNext */
-    0,                            /* zName */
-    0,                            /* pAppData */
-    tvfsOpen,                     /* xOpen */
-    tvfsDelete,                   /* xDelete */
-    tvfsAccess,                   /* xAccess */
-    tvfsFullPathname,             /* xFullPathname */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-    tvfsDlOpen,                   /* xDlOpen */
-    tvfsDlError,                  /* xDlError */
-    tvfsDlSym,                    /* xDlSym */
-    tvfsDlClose,                  /* xDlClose */
-#else
-    0,                            /* xDlOpen */
-    0,                            /* xDlError */
-    0,                            /* xDlSym */
-    0,                            /* xDlClose */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-    tvfsRandomness,               /* xRandomness */
-    tvfsSleep,                    /* xSleep */
-    tvfsCurrentTime,              /* xCurrentTime */
-    0,                            /* xGetLastError */
-    0,                            /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
-    0,                            /* xSetSystemCall */
-    0,                            /* xGetSystemCall */
-    0,                            /* xNextSystemCall */
-  };
-
-  Testvfs *p;                     /* New object */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* New VFS */
-  char *zVfs;
-  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate at p */
-
-  int i;
-  int isNoshm = 0;                /* True if -noshm is passed */
-  int isFullshm = 0;              /* True if -fullshm is passed */
-  int isDefault = 0;              /* True if -default is passed */
-  int szOsFile = 0;               /* Value passed to -szosfile */
-  int mxPathname = -1;            /* Value passed to -mxpathname */
-  int iVersion = 3;               /* Value passed to -iversion */
-
-  if( objc<2 || 0!=(objc%2) ) goto bad_args;
-  for(i=2; i<objc; i += 2){
-    int nSwitch;
-    char *zSwitch;
-    zSwitch = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &nSwitch); 
-
-    if( nSwitch>2 && 0==strncmp("-noshm", zSwitch, nSwitch) ){
-      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &isNoshm) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      if( isNoshm ) isFullshm = 0;
-    }
-    else if( nSwitch>2 && 0==strncmp("-default", zSwitch, nSwitch) ){
-      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &isDefault) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-    else if( nSwitch>2 && 0==strncmp("-szosfile", zSwitch, nSwitch) ){
-      if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &szOsFile) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-    else if( nSwitch>2 && 0==strncmp("-mxpathname", zSwitch, nSwitch) ){
-      if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &mxPathname) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-    else if( nSwitch>2 && 0==strncmp("-iversion", zSwitch, nSwitch) ){
-      if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &iVersion) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-    else if( nSwitch>2 && 0==strncmp("-fullshm", zSwitch, nSwitch) ){
-      if( Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &isFullshm) ){
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-      }
-      if( isFullshm ) isNoshm = 0;
-    }
-    else{
-      goto bad_args;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( szOsFile<sizeof(TestvfsFile) ){
-    szOsFile = sizeof(TestvfsFile);
-  }
-
-  zVfs = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-  nByte = sizeof(Testvfs) + (int)strlen(zVfs)+1;
-  p = (Testvfs *)ckalloc(nByte);
-  memset(p, 0, nByte);
-  p->iDevchar = -1;
-  p->iSectorsize = -1;
-
-  /* Create the new object command before querying SQLite for a default VFS
-  ** to use for 'real' IO operations. This is because creating the new VFS
-  ** may delete an existing [testvfs] VFS of the same name. If such a VFS
-  ** is currently the default, the new [testvfs] may end up calling the 
-  ** methods of a deleted object.
-  */
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, zVfs, testvfs_obj_cmd, p, testvfs_obj_del);
-  p->pParent = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  p->interp = interp;
-
-  p->zName = (char *)&p[1];
-  memcpy(p->zName, zVfs, strlen(zVfs)+1);
-
-  pVfs = (sqlite3_vfs *)ckalloc(sizeof(sqlite3_vfs));
-  memcpy(pVfs, &tvfs_vfs, sizeof(sqlite3_vfs));
-  pVfs->pAppData = (void *)p;
-  pVfs->iVersion = iVersion;
-  pVfs->zName = p->zName;
-  pVfs->mxPathname = p->pParent->mxPathname;
-  if( mxPathname>=0 && mxPathname<pVfs->mxPathname ){
-    pVfs->mxPathname = mxPathname;
-  }
-  pVfs->szOsFile = szOsFile;
-  p->pVfs = pVfs;
-  p->isNoshm = isNoshm;
-  p->isFullshm = isFullshm;
-  p->mask = TESTVFS_ALL_MASK;
-
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(pVfs, isDefault);
-
-  return TCL_OK;
-
- bad_args:
-  Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "VFSNAME ?-noshm BOOL? ?-fullshm BOOL? ?-default BOOL? ?-mxpathname INT? ?-szosfile INT? ?-iversion INT?");
-  return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-int Sqlitetestvfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
-  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testvfs", testvfs_cmd, 0, 0);
-  return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_vfstrace.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_vfstrace.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d0bc29f0c3c..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_vfstrace.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,892 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2011 March 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code implements a VFS shim that writes diagnostic
-** output for each VFS call, similar to "strace".
-**
-** USAGE:
-**
-** This source file exports a single symbol which is the name of a
-** function:
-**
-**   int vfstrace_register(
-**     const char *zTraceName,         // Name of the newly constructed VFS
-**     const char *zOldVfsName,        // Name of the underlying VFS
-**     int (*xOut)(const char*,void*), // Output routine.  ex: fputs
-**     void *pOutArg,                  // 2nd argument to xOut.  ex: stderr
-**     int makeDefault                 // Make the new VFS the default
-**   );
-**
-** Applications that want to trace their VFS usage must provide a callback
-** function with this prototype:
-**
-**   int traceOutput(const char *zMessage, void *pAppData);
-**
-** This function will "output" the trace messages, where "output" can
-** mean different things to different applications.  The traceOutput function
-** for the command-line shell (see shell.c) is "fputs" from the standard
-** library, which means that all trace output is written on the stream
-** specified by the second argument.  In the case of the command-line shell
-** the second argument is stderr.  Other applications might choose to output
-** trace information to a file, over a socket, or write it into a buffer.
-**
-** The vfstrace_register() function creates a new "shim" VFS named by
-** the zTraceName parameter.  A "shim" VFS is an SQLite backend that does
-** not really perform the duties of a true backend, but simply filters or
-** interprets VFS calls before passing them off to another VFS which does
-** the actual work.  In this case the other VFS - the one that does the
-** real work - is identified by the second parameter, zOldVfsName.  If
-** the 2nd parameter is NULL then the default VFS is used.  The common
-** case is for the 2nd parameter to be NULL.
-**
-** The third and fourth parameters are the pointer to the output function
-** and the second argument to the output function.  For the SQLite
-** command-line shell, when the -vfstrace option is used, these parameters
-** are fputs and stderr, respectively.
-**
-** The fifth argument is true (non-zero) to cause the newly created VFS
-** to become the default VFS.  The common case is for the fifth parameter
-** to be true.
-**
-** The call to vfstrace_register() simply creates the shim VFS that does
-** tracing.  The application must also arrange to use the new VFS for
-** all database connections that are created and for which tracing is 
-** desired.  This can be done by specifying the trace VFS using URI filename
-** notation, or by specifying the trace VFS as the 4th parameter to
-** sqlite3_open_v2() or by making the trace VFS be the default (by setting
-** the 5th parameter of vfstrace_register() to 1).
-**
-**
-** ENABLING VFSTRACE IN A COMMAND-LINE SHELL
-**
-** The SQLite command line shell implemented by the shell.c source file
-** can be used with this module.  To compile in -vfstrace support, first
-** gather this file (test_vfstrace.c), the shell source file (shell.c),
-** and the SQLite amalgamation source files (sqlite3.c, sqlite3.h) into
-** the working directory.  Then compile using a command like the following:
-**
-**    gcc -o sqlite3 -Os -I. -DSQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE \
-**        -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE \
-**        -DHAVE_READLINE -DHAVE_USLEEP=1 \
-**        shell.c test_vfstrace.c sqlite3.c -ldl -lreadline -lncurses
-**
-** The gcc command above works on Linux and provides (in addition to the
-** -vfstrace option) support for FTS3 and FTS4, RTREE, and command-line
-** editing using the readline library.  The command-line shell does not
-** use threads so we added -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 just to make the code
-** run a little faster.   For compiling on a Mac, you'll probably need
-** to omit the -DHAVE_READLINE, the -lreadline, and the -lncurses options.
-** The compilation could be simplified to just this:
-**
-**    gcc -DSQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE \
-**         shell.c test_vfstrace.c sqlite3.c -ldl -lpthread
-**
-** In this second example, all unnecessary options have been removed
-** Note that since the code is now threadsafe, we had to add the -lpthread
-** option to pull in the pthreads library.
-**
-** To cross-compile for windows using MinGW, a command like this might
-** work:
-**
-**    /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32msvc-gcc -o sqlite3.exe -Os -I \
-**         -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE \
-**         shell.c test_vfstrace.c sqlite3.c
-**
-** Similar compiler commands will work on different systems.  The key
-** invariants are (1) you must have -DSQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE so that
-** the shell.c source file will know to include the -vfstrace command-line
-** option and (2) you must compile and link the three source files
-** shell,c, test_vfstrace.c, and sqlite3.c.  
-*/
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is attached to the each trace VFS to
-** provide auxiliary information.
-*/
-typedef struct vfstrace_info vfstrace_info;
-struct vfstrace_info {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRootVfs;              /* The underlying real VFS */
-  int (*xOut)(const char*, void*);    /* Send output here */
-  void *pOutArg;                      /* First argument to xOut */
-  const char *zVfsName;               /* Name of this trace-VFS */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pTraceVfs;             /* Pointer back to the trace VFS */
-};
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_file object for the trace VFS
-*/
-typedef struct vfstrace_file vfstrace_file;
-struct vfstrace_file {
-  sqlite3_file base;        /* Base class.  Must be first */
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo;     /* The trace-VFS to which this file belongs */
-  const char *zFName;       /* Base name of the file */
-  sqlite3_file *pReal;      /* The real underlying file */
-};
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for vfstrace_file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceClose(sqlite3_file*);
-static int vfstraceRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-static int vfstraceWrite(sqlite3_file*,const void*,int iAmt, sqlite3_int64);
-static int vfstraceTruncate(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-static int vfstraceSync(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-static int vfstraceFileSize(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-static int vfstraceLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int vfstraceUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int vfstraceCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int *);
-static int vfstraceFileControl(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-static int vfstraceSectorSize(sqlite3_file*);
-static int vfstraceDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file*);
-static int vfstraceShmLock(sqlite3_file*,int,int,int);
-static int vfstraceShmMap(sqlite3_file*,int,int,int, void volatile **);
-static void vfstraceShmBarrier(sqlite3_file*);
-static int vfstraceShmUnmap(sqlite3_file*,int);
-
-/*
-** Method declarations for vfstrace_vfs.
-*/
-static int vfstraceOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int , int *);
-static int vfstraceDelete(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-static int vfstraceAccess(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *);
-static int vfstraceFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int, char *);
-static void *vfstraceDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-static void vfstraceDlError(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-static void (*vfstraceDlSym(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
-static void vfstraceDlClose(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-static int vfstraceRandomness(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-static int vfstraceSleep(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-static int vfstraceCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-static int vfstraceGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char*);
-static int vfstraceCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
-static int vfstraceSetSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
-static sqlite3_syscall_ptr vfstraceGetSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *);
-static const char *vfstraceNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the tail of the pathname.  Examples:
-**
-**     /home/drh/xyzzy.txt -> xyzzy.txt
-**     xyzzy.txt           -> xyzzy.txt
-*/
-static const char *fileTail(const char *z){
-  int i;
-  if( z==0 ) return 0;
-  i = strlen(z)-1;
-  while( i>0 && z[i-1]!='/' ){ i--; }
-  return &z[i];
-}
-
-/*
-** Send trace output defined by zFormat and subsequent arguments.
-*/
-static void vfstrace_printf(
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo,
-  const char *zFormat,
-  ...
-){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *zMsg;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  zMsg = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  pInfo->xOut(zMsg, pInfo->pOutArg);
-  sqlite3_free(zMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert value rc into a string and print it using zFormat.  zFormat
-** should have exactly one %s
-*/
-static void vfstrace_print_errcode(
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo,
-  const char *zFormat,
-  int rc
-){
-  char zBuf[50];
-  char *zVal;
-  switch( rc ){
-    case SQLITE_OK:         zVal = "SQLITE_OK";          break;
-    case SQLITE_ERROR:      zVal = "SQLITE_ERROR";       break;
-    case SQLITE_PERM:       zVal = "SQLITE_PERM";        break;
-    case SQLITE_ABORT:      zVal = "SQLITE_ABORT";       break;
-    case SQLITE_BUSY:       zVal = "SQLITE_BUSY";        break;
-    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      zVal = "SQLITE_NOMEM";       break;
-    case SQLITE_READONLY:   zVal = "SQLITE_READONLY";    break;
-    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  zVal = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";   break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR:      zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR";       break;
-    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    zVal = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";     break;
-    case SQLITE_FULL:       zVal = "SQLITE_FULL";        break;
-    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   zVal = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";    break;
-    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   zVal = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";    break;
-    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      zVal = "SQLITE_EMPTY";       break;
-    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     zVal = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";      break;
-    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zVal = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";  break;
-    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   zVal = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";    break;
-    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     zVal = "SQLITE_MISUSE";      break;
-    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      zVal = "SQLITE_NOLFS";       break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_READ:         zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ";         break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ:   zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ";   break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE:        zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE";        break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC:        zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC";        break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC:    zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC";    break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE:     zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE";     break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT:        zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT";        break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK:       zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK";       break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK:       zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK";       break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE:       zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE";       break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED:      zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED";      break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM:        zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM";        break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS:       zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS";       break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK:
-                               zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK:         zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK";         break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE:        zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE";        break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE:    zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE";    break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN:      zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN";      break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE:      zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE";      break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK:      zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK";      break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP:       zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP";       break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK:         zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK";         break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH:  zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH";  break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH:     zVal = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH";     break;
-    case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED:   zVal = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED";   break;
-    case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zVal = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE"; break;
-    case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY:      zVal = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY";      break;
-    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zVal = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR"; break;
-    default: {
-       sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", rc);
-       zVal = zBuf;
-       break;
-    }
-  }
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, zFormat, zVal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Append to a buffer.
-*/
-static void strappend(char *z, int *pI, const char *zAppend){
-  int i = *pI;
-  while( zAppend[0] ){ z[i++] = *(zAppend++); }
-  z[i] = 0;
-  *pI = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xClose(%s)", pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xClose(p->pReal);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free((void*)p->base.pMethods);
-    p->base.pMethods = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xRead(%s,n=%d,ofst=%lld)",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, iAmt, iOfst);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  const void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst
-){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xWrite(%s,n=%d,ofst=%lld)",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, iAmt, iOfst);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xTruncate(%s,%lld)", pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName,
-                  size);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xTruncate(p->pReal, size);
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, " -> %d\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  int i;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  memcpy(zBuf, "|0", 3);
-  i = 0;
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL )        strappend(zBuf, &i, "|FULL");
-  else if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL ) strappend(zBuf, &i, "|NORMAL");
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY )    strappend(zBuf, &i, "|DATAONLY");
-  if( flags & ~(SQLITE_SYNC_FULL|SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY) ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf)-i, &zBuf[i], "|0x%x", flags);
-  }
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xSync(%s,%s)", pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName,
-                  &zBuf[1]);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xSync(p->pReal, flags);
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, " -> %d\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current file-size of an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xFileSize(%s)", pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s,", rc);
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, " size=%lld\n", *pSize);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of a lock.
-*/
-static const char *lockName(int eLock){
-  const char *azLockNames[] = {
-     "NONE", "SHARED", "RESERVED", "PENDING", "EXCLUSIVE"
-  };
-  if( eLock<0 || eLock>=sizeof(azLockNames)/sizeof(azLockNames[0]) ){
-    return "???";
-  }else{
-    return azLockNames[eLock];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xLock(%s,%s)", pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName,
-                  lockName(eLock));
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xLock(p->pReal, eLock);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xUnlock(%s,%s)", pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName,
-                  lockName(eLock));
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xUnlock(p->pReal, eLock);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xCheckReservedLock(%s,%d)", 
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(p->pReal, pResOut);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s", rc);
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, ", out=%d\n", *pResOut);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** File control method. For custom operations on an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  char zBuf[100];
-  char *zOp;
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE:    zOp = "LOCKSTATE";          break;
-    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE:  zOp = "GET_LOCKPROXYFILE";  break;
-    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:  zOp = "SET_LOCKPROXYFILE";  break;
-    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO:         zOp = "LAST_ERRNO";         break;
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SIZE_HINT,%lld",
-                       *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg);
-      zOp = zBuf;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "CHUNK_SIZE,%d", *(int*)pArg);
-      zOp = zBuf;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER: zOp = "FILE_POINTER";       break;
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: zOp = "SYNC_OMITTED";       break;
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: zOp = "WIN32_AV_RETRY";   break;
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL:  zOp = "PERSIST_WAL";        break;
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE:    zOp = "OVERWRITE";          break;
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME:      zOp = "VFSNAME";            break;
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: zOp = "TEMPFILENAME";       break;
-    case 0xca093fa0:                zOp = "DB_UNCHANGED";       break;
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA: {
-      const char *const* a = (const char*const*)pArg;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "PRAGMA,[%s,%s]",a[1],a[2]);
-      zOp = zBuf;
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof zBuf, zBuf, "%d", op);
-      zOp = zBuf;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xFileControl(%s,%s)",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, zOp);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xFileControl(p->pReal, op, pArg);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
-  if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("vfstrace.%s/%z",
-                                    pInfo->zVfsName, *(char**)pArg);
-  }
-  if( (op==SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA || op==SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME)
-   && rc==SQLITE_OK && *(char**)pArg ){
-    vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xFileControl(%s,%s) returns %s",
-                    pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, zOp, *(char**)pArg);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector-size in bytes for an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xSectorSize(%s)", pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xSectorSize(p->pReal);
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, " -> %d\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an vfstrace-file.
-*/
-static int vfstraceDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xDeviceCharacteristics(%s)",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(p->pReal);
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, " -> 0x%08x\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Shared-memory operations.
-*/
-static int vfstraceShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  char zLck[100];
-  int i = 0;
-  memcpy(zLck, "|0", 3);
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK )    strappend(zLck, &i, "|UNLOCK");
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_LOCK )      strappend(zLck, &i, "|LOCK");
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED )    strappend(zLck, &i, "|SHARED");
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE ) strappend(zLck, &i, "|EXCLUSIVE");
-  if( flags & ~(0xf) ){
-     sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLck)-i, &zLck[i], "|0x%x", flags);
-  }
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xShmLock(%s,ofst=%d,n=%d,%s)",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, ofst, n, &zLck[1]);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmLock(p->pReal, ofst, n, flags);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-static int vfstraceShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  int iRegion, 
-  int szRegion, 
-  int isWrite, 
-  void volatile **pp
-){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xShmMap(%s,iRegion=%d,szRegion=%d,isWrite=%d,*)",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, iRegion, szRegion, isWrite);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmMap(p->pReal, iRegion, szRegion, isWrite, pp);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-static void vfstraceShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xShmBarrier(%s)\n", pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName);
-  p->pReal->pMethods->xShmBarrier(p->pReal);
-}
-static int vfstraceShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pFile, int delFlag){
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = p->pInfo;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xShmUnmap(%s,delFlag=%d)",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, delFlag);
-  rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmUnmap(p->pReal, delFlag);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Open an vfstrace file handle.
-*/
-static int vfstraceOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
-  const char *zName,
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_file *p = (vfstrace_file *)pFile;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  p->pInfo = pInfo;
-  p->zFName = zName ? fileTail(zName) : "<temp>";
-  p->pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
-  rc = pRoot->xOpen(pRoot, zName, p->pReal, flags, pOutFlags);
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xOpen(%s,flags=0x%x)",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, p->zFName, flags);
-  if( p->pReal->pMethods ){
-    sqlite3_io_methods *pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
-    const sqlite3_io_methods *pSub = p->pReal->pMethods;
-    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
-    pNew->iVersion = pSub->iVersion;
-    pNew->xClose = vfstraceClose;
-    pNew->xRead = vfstraceRead;
-    pNew->xWrite = vfstraceWrite;
-    pNew->xTruncate = vfstraceTruncate;
-    pNew->xSync = vfstraceSync;
-    pNew->xFileSize = vfstraceFileSize;
-    pNew->xLock = vfstraceLock;
-    pNew->xUnlock = vfstraceUnlock;
-    pNew->xCheckReservedLock = vfstraceCheckReservedLock;
-    pNew->xFileControl = vfstraceFileControl;
-    pNew->xSectorSize = vfstraceSectorSize;
-    pNew->xDeviceCharacteristics = vfstraceDeviceCharacteristics;
-    if( pNew->iVersion>=2 ){
-      pNew->xShmMap = pSub->xShmMap ? vfstraceShmMap : 0;
-      pNew->xShmLock = pSub->xShmLock ? vfstraceShmLock : 0;
-      pNew->xShmBarrier = pSub->xShmBarrier ? vfstraceShmBarrier : 0;
-      pNew->xShmUnmap = pSub->xShmUnmap ? vfstraceShmUnmap : 0;
-    }
-    pFile->pMethods = pNew;
-  }
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s", rc);
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    vfstrace_printf(pInfo, ", outFlags=0x%x\n", *pOutFlags);
-  }else{
-    vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "\n");
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true,
-** ensure the file-system modifications are synced to disk before
-** returning.
-*/
-static int vfstraceDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xDelete(\"%s\",%d)",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, zPath, dirSync);
-  rc = pRoot->xDelete(pRoot, zPath, dirSync);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s\n", rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Test for access permissions. Return true if the requested permission
-** is available, or false otherwise.
-*/
-static int vfstraceAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xAccess(\"%s\",%d)",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, zPath, flags);
-  rc = pRoot->xAccess(pRoot, zPath, flags, pResOut);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s", rc);
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, ", out=%d\n", *pResOut);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate buffer zOut with the full canonical pathname corresponding
-** to the pathname in zPath. zOut is guaranteed to point to a buffer
-** of at least (DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
-*/
-static int vfstraceFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int nOut, 
-  char *zOut
-){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  int rc;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xFullPathname(\"%s\")",
-                  pInfo->zVfsName, zPath);
-  rc = pRoot->xFullPathname(pRoot, zPath, nOut, zOut);
-  vfstrace_print_errcode(pInfo, " -> %s", rc);
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, ", out=\"%.*s\"\n", nOut, zOut);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the dynamic library located at zPath and return a handle.
-*/
-static void *vfstraceDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xDlOpen(\"%s\")\n", pInfo->zVfsName, zPath);
-  return pRoot->xDlOpen(pRoot, zPath);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
-** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated 
-** with dynamic libraries.
-*/
-static void vfstraceDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xDlError(%d)", pInfo->zVfsName, nByte);
-  pRoot->xDlError(pRoot, nByte, zErrMsg);
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, " -> \"%s\"", zErrMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle.
-*/
-static void (*vfstraceDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *p,const char *zSym))(void){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xDlSym(\"%s\")\n", pInfo->zVfsName, zSym);
-  return pRoot->xDlSym(pRoot, p, zSym);
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the dynamic library handle pHandle.
-*/
-static void vfstraceDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xDlOpen()\n", pInfo->zVfsName);
-  pRoot->xDlClose(pRoot, pHandle);
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of 
-** random data.
-*/
-static int vfstraceRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.xRandomness(%d)\n", pInfo->zVfsName, nByte);
-  return pRoot->xRandomness(pRoot, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds 
-** actually slept.
-*/
-static int vfstraceSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  return pRoot->xSleep(pRoot, nMicro);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut.
-*/
-static int vfstraceCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  return pRoot->xCurrentTime(pRoot, pTimeOut);
-}
-static int vfstraceCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  return pRoot->xCurrentTimeInt64(pRoot, pTimeOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return th3 emost recent error code and message
-*/
-static int vfstraceGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int iErr, char *zErr){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  return pRoot->xGetLastError(pRoot, iErr, zErr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Override system calls.
-*/
-static int vfstraceSetSystemCall(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
-  const char *zName,
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pFunc
-){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  return pRoot->xSetSystemCall(pRoot, zName, pFunc);
-}
-static sqlite3_syscall_ptr vfstraceGetSystemCall(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
-  const char *zName
-){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  return pRoot->xGetSystemCall(pRoot, zName);
-}
-static const char *vfstraceNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zName){
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)pVfs->pAppData;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot = pInfo->pRootVfs;
-  return pRoot->xNextSystemCall(pRoot, zName);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Clients invoke this routine to construct a new trace-vfs shim.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  
-**
-** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned in the case of a memory allocation error.
-** SQLITE_NOTFOUND is returned if zOldVfsName does not exist.
-*/
-int vfstrace_register(
-   const char *zTraceName,           /* Name of the newly constructed VFS */
-   const char *zOldVfsName,          /* Name of the underlying VFS */
-   int (*xOut)(const char*,void*),   /* Output routine.  ex: fputs */
-   void *pOutArg,                    /* 2nd argument to xOut.  ex: stderr */
-   int makeDefault                   /* True to make the new VFS the default */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNew;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pRoot;
-  vfstrace_info *pInfo;
-  int nName;
-  int nByte;
-
-  pRoot = sqlite3_vfs_find(zOldVfsName);
-  if( pRoot==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-  nName = strlen(zTraceName);
-  nByte = sizeof(*pNew) + sizeof(*pInfo) + nName + 1;
-  pNew = sqlite3_malloc( nByte );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(pNew, 0, nByte);
-  pInfo = (vfstrace_info*)&pNew[1];
-  pNew->iVersion = pRoot->iVersion;
-  pNew->szOsFile = pRoot->szOsFile + sizeof(vfstrace_file);
-  pNew->mxPathname = pRoot->mxPathname;
-  pNew->zName = (char*)&pInfo[1];
-  memcpy((char*)&pInfo[1], zTraceName, nName+1);
-  pNew->pAppData = pInfo;
-  pNew->xOpen = vfstraceOpen;
-  pNew->xDelete = vfstraceDelete;
-  pNew->xAccess = vfstraceAccess;
-  pNew->xFullPathname = vfstraceFullPathname;
-  pNew->xDlOpen = pRoot->xDlOpen==0 ? 0 : vfstraceDlOpen;
-  pNew->xDlError = pRoot->xDlError==0 ? 0 : vfstraceDlError;
-  pNew->xDlSym = pRoot->xDlSym==0 ? 0 : vfstraceDlSym;
-  pNew->xDlClose = pRoot->xDlClose==0 ? 0 : vfstraceDlClose;
-  pNew->xRandomness = vfstraceRandomness;
-  pNew->xSleep = vfstraceSleep;
-  pNew->xCurrentTime = vfstraceCurrentTime;
-  pNew->xGetLastError = pRoot->xGetLastError==0 ? 0 : vfstraceGetLastError;
-  if( pNew->iVersion>=2 ){
-    pNew->xCurrentTimeInt64 = pRoot->xCurrentTimeInt64==0 ? 0 :
-                                   vfstraceCurrentTimeInt64;
-    if( pNew->iVersion>=3 ){
-      pNew->xSetSystemCall = pRoot->xSetSystemCall==0 ? 0 : 
-                                   vfstraceSetSystemCall;
-      pNew->xGetSystemCall = pRoot->xGetSystemCall==0 ? 0 : 
-                                   vfstraceGetSystemCall;
-      pNew->xNextSystemCall = pRoot->xNextSystemCall==0 ? 0 : 
-                                   vfstraceNextSystemCall;
-    }
-  }
-  pInfo->pRootVfs = pRoot;
-  pInfo->xOut = xOut;
-  pInfo->pOutArg = pOutArg;
-  pInfo->zVfsName = pNew->zName;
-  pInfo->pTraceVfs = pNew;
-  vfstrace_printf(pInfo, "%s.enabled_for(\"%s\")\n",
-       pInfo->zVfsName, pRoot->zName);
-  return sqlite3_vfs_register(pNew, makeDefault);
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_wsd.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_wsd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 99e4a056581..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/test_wsd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 September 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** The code in this file contains sample implementations of the 
-** sqlite3_wsd_init() and sqlite3_wsd_find() functions required if the
-** SQLITE_OMIT_WSD symbol is defined at build time.
-*/
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WSD) && defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#define PLS_HASHSIZE 43
-
-typedef struct ProcessLocalStorage ProcessLocalStorage;
-typedef struct ProcessLocalVar ProcessLocalVar;
-
-struct ProcessLocalStorage {
-  ProcessLocalVar *aData[PLS_HASHSIZE];
-  int nFree;
-  u8 *pFree;
-};
-
-struct ProcessLocalVar {
-  void *pKey;
-  ProcessLocalVar *pNext;
-};
-
-static ProcessLocalStorage *pGlobal = 0;
-
-int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J){
-  if( !pGlobal ){
-    int nMalloc = N + sizeof(ProcessLocalStorage) + J*sizeof(ProcessLocalVar);
-    pGlobal = (ProcessLocalStorage *)malloc(nMalloc);
-    if( pGlobal ){
-      memset(pGlobal, 0, sizeof(ProcessLocalStorage));
-      pGlobal->nFree = nMalloc - sizeof(ProcessLocalStorage);
-      pGlobal->pFree = (u8 *)&pGlobal[1];
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pGlobal ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM;
-}
-
-void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L){
-  int i;
-  int iHash = 0;
-  ProcessLocalVar *pVar;
-
-  /* Calculate a hash of K */
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(void*); i++){
-    iHash = (iHash<<3) + ((unsigned char *)&K)[i];
-  }
-  iHash = iHash%PLS_HASHSIZE;
-
-  /* Search the hash table for K. */
-  for(pVar=pGlobal->aData[iHash]; pVar && pVar->pKey!=K; pVar=pVar->pNext);
-
-  /* If no entry for K was found, create and populate a new one. */
-  if( !pVar ){
-    int nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(ProcessLocalVar) + L);
-    assert( pGlobal->nFree>=nByte );
-    pVar = (ProcessLocalVar *)pGlobal->pFree;
-    pVar->pKey = K;
-    pVar->pNext = pGlobal->aData[iHash];
-    pGlobal->aData[iHash] = pVar;
-    pGlobal->nFree -= nByte;
-    pGlobal->pFree += nByte;
-    memcpy(&pVar[1], K, L);
-  }
-
-  return (void *)&pVar[1];
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/threads.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/threads.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 251b9b7631f..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/threads.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2012 July 21
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file presents a simple cross-platform threading interface for
-** use internally by SQLite.
-**
-** A "thread" can be created using sqlite3ThreadCreate().  This thread
-** runs independently of its creator until it is joined using
-** sqlite3ThreadJoin(), at which point it terminates.
-**
-** Threads do not have to be real.  It could be that the work of the
-** "thread" is done by the main thread at either the sqlite3ThreadCreate()
-** or sqlite3ThreadJoin() call.  This is, in fact, what happens in
-** single threaded systems.  Nothing in SQLite requires multiple threads.
-** This interface exists so that applications that want to take advantage
-** of multiple cores can do so, while also allowing applications to stay
-** single-threaded if desired.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#  include "os_win.h"
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-
-/********************************* Unix Pthreads ****************************/
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-
-#define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1  /* Prevent the single-thread code below */
-#include <pthread.h>
-
-/* A running thread */
-struct SQLiteThread {
-  pthread_t tid;                 /* Thread ID */
-  int done;                      /* Set to true when thread finishes */
-  void *pOut;                    /* Result returned by the thread */
-  void *(*xTask)(void*);         /* The thread routine */
-  void *pIn;                     /* Argument to the thread */
-};
-
-/* Create a new thread */
-int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
-  SQLiteThread **ppThread,  /* OUT: Write the thread object here */
-  void *(*xTask)(void*),    /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
-  void *pIn                 /* Argument passed into xTask() */
-){
-  SQLiteThread *p;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( ppThread!=0 );
-  assert( xTask!=0 );
-  /* This routine is never used in single-threaded mode */
-  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex!=0 );
-
-  *ppThread = 0;
-  p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  p->xTask = xTask;
-  p->pIn = pIn;
-  /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a 
-  ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that
-  ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically 
-  ** for testing purposes. */
-  if( sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
-    rc = 1;
-  }else{    
-    rc = pthread_create(&p->tid, 0, xTask, pIn);
-  }
-  if( rc ){
-    p->done = 1;
-    p->pOut = xTask(pIn);
-  }
-  *ppThread = p;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Get the results of the thread */
-int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( ppOut!=0 );
-  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  if( p->done ){
-    *ppOut = p->pOut;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    rc = pthread_join(p->tid, ppOut) ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) */
-/******************************** End Unix Pthreads *************************/
-
-
-/********************************* Win32 Threads ****************************/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS
-
-#define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1  /* Prevent the single-thread code below */
-#include <process.h>
-
-/* A running thread */
-struct SQLiteThread {
-  void *tid;               /* The thread handle */
-  unsigned id;             /* The thread identifier */
-  void *(*xTask)(void*);   /* The routine to run as a thread */
-  void *pIn;               /* Argument to xTask */
-  void *pResult;           /* Result of xTask */
-};
-
-/* Thread procedure Win32 compatibility shim */
-static unsigned __stdcall sqlite3ThreadProc(
-  void *pArg  /* IN: Pointer to the SQLiteThread structure */
-){
-  SQLiteThread *p = (SQLiteThread *)pArg;
-
-  assert( p!=0 );
-#if 0
-  /*
-  ** This assert appears to trigger spuriously on certain
-  ** versions of Windows, possibly due to _beginthreadex()
-  ** and/or CreateThread() not fully setting their thread
-  ** ID parameter before starting the thread.
-  */
-  assert( p->id==GetCurrentThreadId() );
-#endif
-  assert( p->xTask!=0 );
-  p->pResult = p->xTask(p->pIn);
-
-  _endthreadex(0);
-  return 0; /* NOT REACHED */
-}
-
-/* Create a new thread */
-int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
-  SQLiteThread **ppThread,  /* OUT: Write the thread object here */
-  void *(*xTask)(void*),    /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
-  void *pIn                 /* Argument passed into xTask() */
-){
-  SQLiteThread *p;
-
-  assert( ppThread!=0 );
-  assert( xTask!=0 );
-  *ppThread = 0;
-  p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a 
-  ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that
-  ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically 
-  ** (via the sqlite3FaultSim() term of the conditional) for testing
-  ** purposes. */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
-    memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  }else{
-    p->xTask = xTask;
-    p->pIn = pIn;
-    p->tid = (void*)_beginthreadex(0, 0, sqlite3ThreadProc, p, 0, &p->id);
-    if( p->tid==0 ){
-      memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->xTask==0 ){
-    p->id = GetCurrentThreadId();
-    p->pResult = xTask(pIn);
-  }
-  *ppThread = p;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject); /* os_win.c */
-
-/* Get the results of the thread */
-int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){
-  DWORD rc;
-  BOOL bRc;
-
-  assert( ppOut!=0 );
-  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  if( p->xTask==0 ){
-    /* assert( p->id==GetCurrentThreadId() ); */
-    rc = WAIT_OBJECT_0;
-    assert( p->tid==0 );
-  }else{
-    assert( p->id!=0 && p->id!=GetCurrentThreadId() );
-    rc = sqlite3Win32Wait((HANDLE)p->tid);
-    assert( rc!=WAIT_IO_COMPLETION );
-    bRc = CloseHandle((HANDLE)p->tid);
-    assert( bRc );
-  }
-  if( rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0 ) *ppOut = p->pResult;
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return (rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS */
-/******************************** End Win32 Threads *************************/
-
-
-/********************************* Single-Threaded **************************/
-#ifndef SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED
-/*
-** This implementation does not actually create a new thread.  It does the
-** work of the thread in the main thread, when either the thread is created
-** or when it is joined
-*/
-
-/* A running thread */
-struct SQLiteThread {
-  void *(*xTask)(void*);   /* The routine to run as a thread */
-  void *pIn;               /* Argument to xTask */
-  void *pResult;           /* Result of xTask */
-};
-
-/* Create a new thread */
-int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
-  SQLiteThread **ppThread,  /* OUT: Write the thread object here */
-  void *(*xTask)(void*),    /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
-  void *pIn                 /* Argument passed into xTask() */
-){
-  SQLiteThread *p;
-
-  assert( ppThread!=0 );
-  assert( xTask!=0 );
-  *ppThread = 0;
-  p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  if( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p)/17)&1 ){
-    p->xTask = xTask;
-    p->pIn = pIn;
-  }else{
-    p->xTask = 0;
-    p->pResult = xTask(pIn);
-  }
-  *ppThread = p;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Get the results of the thread */
-int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){
-
-  assert( ppOut!=0 );
-  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  if( p->xTask ){
-    *ppOut = p->xTask(p->pIn);
-  }else{
-    *ppOut = p->pResult;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  {
-    void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);
-    if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED) */
-/****************************** End Single-Threaded *************************/
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/tokenize.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/tokenize.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b5ad279010..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/tokenize.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,529 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
-**
-** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
-** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
-** parser for analysis.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/*
-** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
-** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
-** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
-** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
-** need to be translated.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
-const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
-/* 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   A   B   C   D   E   F */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 0x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 1x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 2x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 3x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 4x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 5x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 95,  0,  0,  /* 6x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 7x */
-   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 8x */
-   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 9x */
-   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ax */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Bx */
-   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Cx */
-   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Dx */
-   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ex */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Fx */
-};
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
-** it is a keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
-** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
-**
-** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
-** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
-** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
-** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
-** the #include below.
-*/
-#include "keywordhash.h"
-
-
-/*
-** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
-** IdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
-**
-** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
-** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
-**
-** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
-** end result.
-**
-** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identifiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
-** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
-** But the feature is undocumented.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 4x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 5x */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,  /* 6x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* 8x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0,  /* 9x */
-    1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Ax */
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* Bx */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Cx */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Dx */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Ex */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Fx */
-};
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
-
-/* Make the IdChar function accessible from ctime.c */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8 c){ return IdChar(c); }
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
-** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
-*/
-int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
-  int i, c;
-  switch( *z ){
-    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
-      testcase( z[0]==' ' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='\t' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='\n' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='\f' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='\r' );
-      for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '-': {
-      if( z[1]=='-' ){
-        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
-        *tokenType = TK_SPACE;   /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
-        return i;
-      }
-      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '(': {
-      *tokenType = TK_LP;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case ')': {
-      *tokenType = TK_RP;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case ';': {
-      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '+': {
-      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '*': {
-      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '/': {
-      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
-        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
-      if( c ) i++;
-      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;   /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '%': {
-      *tokenType = TK_REM;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '=': {
-      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
-      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
-    }
-    case '<': {
-      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_LE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='>' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_NE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='<' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_LT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    case '>': {
-      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_GE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='>' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_GT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    case '!': {
-      if( z[1]!='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_NE;
-        return 2;
-      }
-    }
-    case '|': {
-      if( z[1]!='|' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
-        return 1;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
-        return 2;
-      }
-    }
-    case ',': {
-      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '&': {
-      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '~': {
-      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '`':
-    case '\'':
-    case '"': {
-      int delim = z[0];
-      testcase( delim=='`' );
-      testcase( delim=='\'' );
-      testcase( delim=='"' );
-      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
-        if( c==delim ){
-          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
-            i++;
-          }else{
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( c=='\'' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_STRING;
-        return i+1;
-      }else if( c!=0 ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ID;
-        return i+1;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        return i;
-      }
-    }
-    case '.': {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
-#endif
-      {
-        *tokenType = TK_DOT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-      /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
-      ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
-    }
-    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
-    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
-      testcase( z[0]=='0' );  testcase( z[0]=='1' );  testcase( z[0]=='2' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='3' );  testcase( z[0]=='4' );  testcase( z[0]=='5' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='6' );  testcase( z[0]=='7' );  testcase( z[0]=='8' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='9' );
-      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
-      if( z[0]=='0' && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X') && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2]) ){
-        for(i=3; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-        return i;
-      }
-#endif
-      for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      if( z[i]=='.' ){
-        i++;
-        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
-        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
-      }
-      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
-           ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) 
-            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
-           )
-      ){
-        i += 2;
-        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
-        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
-      }
-#endif
-      while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        i++;
-      }
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '[': {
-      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
-      *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '?': {
-      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
-      for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-      return i;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-    case '$':
-#endif
-    case '@':  /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
-    case '#':
-    case ':': {
-      int n = 0;
-      testcase( z[0]=='$' );  testcase( z[0]=='@' );
-      testcase( z[0]==':' );  testcase( z[0]=='#' );
-      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
-      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
-        if( IdChar(c) ){
-          n++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-        }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
-          do{
-            i++;
-          }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
-          if( c==')' ){
-            i++;
-          }else{
-            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-          }
-          break;
-        }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
-          i++;
-#endif
-        }else{
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-      return i;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case 'x': case 'X': {
-      testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' );
-      if( z[1]=='\'' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
-        for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-        if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){
-          *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-          while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; }
-        }
-        if( z[i] ) i++;
-        return i;
-      }
-      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
-        break;
-      }
-      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
-      return i;
-    }
-  }
-  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
-** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
-** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into 
-** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
-** error message.
-*/
-int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int nErr = 0;                   /* Number of errors encountered */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-  void *pEngine;                  /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
-  int tokenType;                  /* type of the next token */
-  int lastTokenParsed = -1;       /* type of the previous token */
-  u8 enableLookaside;             /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* The database connection */
-  int mxSqlLen;                   /* Max length of an SQL string */
-
-  assert( zSql!=0 );
-  mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
-  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
-    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
-  }
-  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  pParse->zTail = zSql;
-  i = 0;
-  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
-  /* sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: "); */
-  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc(sqlite3Malloc);
-  if( pEngine==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
-  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nzVar==0 );
-  assert( pParse->azVar==0 );
-  enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
-  if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
-  while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
-    assert( i>=0 );
-    pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
-    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
-    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
-    if( i>mxSqlLen ){
-      pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-      break;
-    }
-    switch( tokenType ){
-      case TK_SPACE: {
-        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
-          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-          goto abort_parse;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
-                        &pParse->sLastToken);
-        goto abort_parse;
-      }
-      case TK_SEMI: {
-        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
-        /* Fall thru into the default case */
-      }
-      default: {
-        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
-        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto abort_parse;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-abort_parse:
-  assert( nErr==0 );
-  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-    assert( zSql[i]==0 );
-    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
-      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
-    }
-    if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-    }
-  }
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MallocMutex());
-  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
-      sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
-  );
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MallocMutex());
-#endif /* YYDEBUG */
-  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
-  db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
-    pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
-  }
-  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
-  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
-    *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
-    sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg);
-    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
-    nErr++;
-  }
-  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
-    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
-    pParse->aTableLock = 0;
-    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock);
-#endif
-
-  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
-    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
-    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
-    */
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
-  }
-
-  if( pParse->bFreeWith ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWith);
-  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
-  for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar);
-  while( pParse->pAinc ){
-    AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
-    pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-  while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
-    Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
-    pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
-  }
-  assert( nErr==0 || pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  return nErr;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/treeview.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/treeview.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 971de4e8bc4..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/treeview.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,442 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2015-06-08
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains C code to implement the TreeView debugging routines.
-** These routines print a parse tree to standard output for debugging and
-** analysis. 
-**
-** The interfaces in this file is only available when compiling
-** with SQLITE_DEBUG.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-
-/*
-** Add a new subitem to the tree.  The moreToFollow flag indicates that this
-** is not the last item in the tree.
-*/
-static TreeView *sqlite3TreeViewPush(TreeView *p, u8 moreToFollow){
-  if( p==0 ){
-    p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) );
-    if( p==0 ) return 0;
-    memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  }else{
-    p->iLevel++;
-  }
-  assert( moreToFollow==0 || moreToFollow==1 );
-  if( p->iLevel<sizeof(p->bLine) ) p->bLine[p->iLevel] = moreToFollow;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Finished with one layer of the tree
-*/
-static void sqlite3TreeViewPop(TreeView *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  p->iLevel--;
-  if( p->iLevel<0 ) sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate a single line of output for the tree, with a prefix that contains
-** all the appropriate tree lines
-*/
-static void sqlite3TreeViewLine(TreeView *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int i;
-  StrAccum acc;
-  char zBuf[500];
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
-  if( p ){
-    for(i=0; i<p->iLevel && i<sizeof(p->bLine)-1; i++){
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, p->bLine[i] ? "|   " : "    ", 4);
-    }
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, p->bLine[i] ? "|-- " : "'-- ", 4);
-  }
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( zBuf[acc.nChar-1]!='\n' ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, "\n", 1);
-  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
-  fflush(stdout);
-}
-
-/*
-** Shorthand for starting a new tree item that consists of a single label
-*/
-static void sqlite3TreeViewItem(TreeView *p, const char *zLabel,u8 moreFollows){
-  p = sqlite3TreeViewPush(p, moreFollows);
-  sqlite3TreeViewLine(p, "%s", zLabel);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object.
-*/
-void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 moreToFollow){
-  int n = 0;
-  int cnt = 0;
-  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
-  do{
-    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s (0x%p) selFlags=0x%x",
-      ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""),
-      ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : ""), p, p->selFlags
-    );
-    if( cnt++ ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-    if( p->pPrior ){
-      n = 1000;
-    }else{
-      n = 0;
-      if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ) n++;
-      if( p->pWhere ) n++;
-      if( p->pGroupBy ) n++;
-      if( p->pHaving ) n++;
-      if( p->pOrderBy ) n++;
-      if( p->pLimit ) n++;
-      if( p->pOffset ) n++;
-    }
-    sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pEList, (n--)>0, "result-set");
-    if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){
-      int i;
-      pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, (n--)>0);
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FROM");
-      for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
-        StrAccum x;
-        char zLine[100];
-        sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zLine, sizeof(zLine), 0);
-        sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, "{%d,*}", pItem->iCursor);
-        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " %s.%s", pItem->zDatabase, pItem->zName);
-        }else if( pItem->zName ){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " %s", pItem->zName);
-        }
-        if( pItem->pTab ){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " tabname=%Q", pItem->pTab->zName);
-        }
-        if( pItem->zAlias ){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias);
-        }
-        if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " LEFT-JOIN");
-        }
-        sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
-        sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<p->pSrc->nSrc-1); 
-        if( pItem->pSelect ){
-          sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pItem->pSelect, 0);
-        }
-        if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ){
-          sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pItem->u1.pFuncArg, 0, "func-args:");
-        }
-        sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-      }
-      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-    }
-    if( p->pWhere ){
-      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "WHERE", (n--)>0);
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pWhere, 0);
-      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-    }
-    if( p->pGroupBy ){
-      sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pGroupBy, (n--)>0, "GROUPBY");
-    }
-    if( p->pHaving ){
-      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "HAVING", (n--)>0);
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pHaving, 0);
-      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-    }
-    if( p->pOrderBy ){
-      sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pOrderBy, (n--)>0, "ORDERBY");
-    }
-    if( p->pLimit ){
-      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "LIMIT", (n--)>0);
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pLimit, 0);
-      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-    }
-    if( p->pOffset ){
-      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "OFFSET", (n--)>0);
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pOffset, 0);
-      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-    }
-    if( p->pPrior ){
-      const char *zOp = "UNION";
-      switch( p->op ){
-        case TK_ALL:         zOp = "UNION ALL";  break;
-        case TK_INTERSECT:   zOp = "INTERSECT";  break;
-        case TK_EXCEPT:      zOp = "EXCEPT";     break;
-      }
-      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zOp, 1);
-    }
-    p = p->pPrior;
-  }while( p!=0 );
-  sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree.
-*/
-void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 moreToFollow){
-  const char *zBinOp = 0;   /* Binary operator */
-  const char *zUniOp = 0;   /* Unary operator */
-  char zFlgs[30];
-  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
-  if( pExpr==0 ){
-    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil");
-    sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pExpr->flags ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zFlgs),zFlgs,"  flags=0x%x",pExpr->flags);
-  }else{
-    zFlgs[0] = 0;
-  }
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG{%d:%d}%s",
-            pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
-        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
-        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLUMN(%d)%s", pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "{%d:%d}%s",
-                             pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_INTEGER: {
-      if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
-        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    case TK_FLOAT: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NULL: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"NULL");
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case TK_BLOB: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case TK_VARIABLE: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)",
-                          pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_REGISTER: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ID: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"ID \"%w\"", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-    case TK_CAST: {
-      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"CAST %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-    case TK_LT:      zBinOp = "LT";     break;
-    case TK_LE:      zBinOp = "LE";     break;
-    case TK_GT:      zBinOp = "GT";     break;
-    case TK_GE:      zBinOp = "GE";     break;
-    case TK_NE:      zBinOp = "NE";     break;
-    case TK_EQ:      zBinOp = "EQ";     break;
-    case TK_IS:      zBinOp = "IS";     break;
-    case TK_ISNOT:   zBinOp = "ISNOT";  break;
-    case TK_AND:     zBinOp = "AND";    break;
-    case TK_OR:      zBinOp = "OR";     break;
-    case TK_PLUS:    zBinOp = "ADD";    break;
-    case TK_STAR:    zBinOp = "MUL";    break;
-    case TK_MINUS:   zBinOp = "SUB";    break;
-    case TK_REM:     zBinOp = "REM";    break;
-    case TK_BITAND:  zBinOp = "BITAND"; break;
-    case TK_BITOR:   zBinOp = "BITOR";  break;
-    case TK_SLASH:   zBinOp = "DIV";    break;
-    case TK_LSHIFT:  zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break;
-    case TK_RSHIFT:  zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break;
-    case TK_CONCAT:  zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break;
-    case TK_DOT:     zBinOp = "DOT";    break;
-
-    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
-    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
-    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
-    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
-    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
-    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;
-
-    case TK_COLLATE: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLLATE %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
-    case TK_FUNCTION: {
-      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
-        pFarg = 0;
-      }else{
-        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
-      }
-      if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
-        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q",
-                             pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FUNCTION %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      }
-      if( pFarg ){
-        sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pFarg, 0, 0);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_EXISTS: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "EXISTS-expr");
-      sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-expr");
-      sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IN: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "IN");
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-        sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-    /*
-    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
-    **
-    ** This is equivalent to
-    **
-    **    x>=y AND x<=z
-    **
-    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
-    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
-    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
-    */
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft;
-      Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
-      Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "BETWEEN");
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pX, 1);
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pY, 1);
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pZ, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_TRIGGER: {
-      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
-      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
-      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
-      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
-      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
-      ** read the rowid field.
-      */
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)", 
-          pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_CASE: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "CASE");
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
-      sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    case TK_RAISE: {
-      const char *zType = "unk";
-      switch( pExpr->affinity ){
-        case OE_Rollback:   zType = "rollback";  break;
-        case OE_Abort:      zType = "abort";     break;
-        case OE_Fail:       zType = "fail";      break;
-        case OE_Ignore:     zType = "ignore";    break;
-      }
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "RAISE %s(%Q)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "op=%d", pExpr->op);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( zBinOp ){
-    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s%s", zBinOp, zFlgs);
-    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
-    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pRight, 0);
-  }else if( zUniOp ){
-    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s%s", zUniOp, zFlgs);
-    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list.
-*/
-void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(
-  TreeView *pView,
-  const ExprList *pList,
-  u8 moreToFollow,
-  const char *zLabel
-){
-  int i;
-  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
-  if( zLabel==0 || zLabel[0]==0 ) zLabel = "LIST";
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s (empty)", zLabel);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zLabel);
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-      int j = pList->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol;
-      if( j ){
-        sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 0);
-        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "iOrderByCol=%d", j);
-      }
-      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pList->a[i].pExpr, i<pList->nExpr-1);
-      if( j ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/trigger.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/trigger.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2eba0cf92cd..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/trigger.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1119 +0,0 @@
-/*
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/*
-** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
-*/
-void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
-  while( pTriggerStep ){
-    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
-    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
-
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
-
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to 
-** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
-**
-** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
-** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger.  But there might be additional
-** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema.  This routine prepends all
-** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list
-** and returns the combined list.
-**
-** To state it another way:  This routine returns a list of all triggers
-** that fire off of pTab.  The list will include any TEMP triggers on
-** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger.
-*/
-Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema;
-  Trigger *pList = 0;                  /* List of triggers to return */
-
-  if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
-    HashElem *p;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) );
-    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-      Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
-      if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
-       && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) 
-      ){
-        pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
-        pList = pTrig;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
-}
-
-/*
-** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
-** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
-** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
-** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
-** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
-** construction process.
-*/
-void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
-  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
-  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
-  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
-  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
-  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
-  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
-  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
-  int isTemp,         /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
-  int noErr           /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
-){
-  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;  /* The new trigger */
-  Table *pTab;            /* Table that the trigger fires off of */
-  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
-  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
-  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
-  DbFixer sFix;           /* State vector for the DB fixer */
-  int iTabDb;             /* Index of the database holding pTab */
-
-  assert( pName1!=0 );   /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
-  assert( pName2!=0 );
-  assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE );
-  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
-  if( isTemp ){
-    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
-    if( pName2->n>0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-    iDb = 1;
-    pName = pName1;
-  }else{
-    /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-    if( iDb<0 ){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
-  if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed:
-  **
-  **    CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab ....
-  **                                                 ^^^^^^^^
-  **
-  ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database
-  ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of SQLITE_MASTER.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase);
-    pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
-  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
-  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
-  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
-  if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab
-        && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
-    iDb = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
-  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
-  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName);
-  if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
-  if( !pTab ){
-    /* The table does not exist. */
-    if( db->init.iDb==1 ){
-      /* Ticket #3810.
-      ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are
-      ** dropped too.  But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table
-      ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the
-      ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the
-      ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped.  This results in an
-      ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing.
-      */
-      db->init.orphanTrigger = 1;
-    }
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
-  ** specified name exists */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),zName) ){
-    if( !noErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
-    }else{
-      assert( !db->init.busy );
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    }
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
-  ** of triggers.
-  */
-  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
-        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
-        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
-    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
-    if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
-  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
-  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
-  ** elsewhere.
-  */
-  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
-    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
-  }
-
-  /* Build the Trigger object */
-  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
-  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
-  pTrigger->zName = zName;
-  zName = 0;
-  pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
-  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-  pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
-  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
-  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
-  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
-  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
-
-trigger_cleanup:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
-  if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
-  }else{
-    assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
-** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
-*/
-void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
-  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
-  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
-){
-  Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;   /* Trigger being finished */
-  char *zName;                            /* Name of trigger */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* The database */
-  DbFixer sFix;                           /* Fixer object */
-  int iDb;                                /* Database containing the trigger */
-  Token nameToken;                        /* Trigger name for error reporting */
-
-  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
-  if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-  zName = pTrig->zName;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
-  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
-  while( pStepList ){
-    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
-    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
-  }
-  nameToken.z = pTrig->zName;
-  nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z);
-  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken);
-  if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) 
-   || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) 
-  ){
-    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* if we are not initializing,
-  ** build the sqlite_master entry
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *z;
-
-    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-       "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
-       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName,
-       pTrig->table, z);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
-        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
-  }
-
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
-    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, pTrig);
-    if( pTrig ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
-      Table *pTab;
-      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table);
-      assert( pTab!=0 );
-      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
-      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
-    }
-  }
-
-triggerfinish_cleanup:
-  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig);
-  assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
-  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
-** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
-** body of a TRIGGER.  
-*/
-TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
-  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
-  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
-  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step.  The allocated space
-** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set.
-*/
-static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database connection */
-  u8 op,                      /* Trigger opcode */
-  Token *pName                /* The target name */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-
-  pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n + 1);
-  if( pTriggerStep ){
-    char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1];
-    memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n);
-    sqlite3Dequote(z);
-    pTriggerStep->zTarget = z;
-    pTriggerStep->op = op;
-  }
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
-** to the new trigger step.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
-** body of a trigger.
-*/
-TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* The database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
-  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
-  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
-  u8 orconf           /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-
-  assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
-
-  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName);
-  if( pTriggerStep ){
-    pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-    pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
-    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
-  }
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
-** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
-** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
-*/
-TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* The database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
-  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
-  u8 orconf            /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-
-  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName);
-  if( pTriggerStep ){
-    pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
-** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
-** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
-*/
-TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,      /* The table from which rows are deleted */
-  Expr *pWhere            /* The WHERE clause */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-
-  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName);
-  if( pTriggerStep ){
-    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-    pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
-*/
-void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
-  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
-**
-** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
-** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
-** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
-** instead of the trigger name.
-**/
-void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
-  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
-  int i;
-  const char *zDb;
-  const char *zName;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
-  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
-  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
-    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName);
-    if( pTrigger ) break;
-  }
-  if( !pTrigger ){
-    if( !noErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
-    }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
-
-drop_trigger_cleanup:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
-** is set on.
-*/
-static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
-  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
-*/
-void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
-  Table   *pTable;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
-  assert( pTable );
-  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
-      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
-  */
-  assert( pTable!=0 );
-  if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
-    int base;
-    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
-    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
-      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
-      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 1 */
-      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        2},
-      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
-      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 4: "trigger" */
-      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        2},
-      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
-      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
-      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
-    };
-
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
-    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger, iLn);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0);
-    if( pParse->nMem<3 ){
-      pParse->nMem = 3;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
-*/
-void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
-  Trigger *pTrigger;
-  Hash *pHash;
-
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
-  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, 0);
-  if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
-    if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
-      Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
-      Trigger **pp;
-      for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
-      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
-    }
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
-** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
-** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
-** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
-** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
-** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
-** if there is no match.
-*/
-static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
-  int e;
-  if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1;
-  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
-    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
-** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is 
-** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
-** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
-*/
-Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,            /* The table the contains the triggers */
-  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
-  ExprList *pChanges,     /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
-  int *pMask              /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
-){
-  int mask = 0;
-  Trigger *pList = 0;
-  Trigger *p;
-
-  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
-  }
-  assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 );
-  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){
-      mask |= p->tr_tm;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pMask ){
-    *pMask = mask;
-  }
-  return (mask ? pList : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert the pStep->zTarget string into a SrcList and return a pointer
-** to that SrcList.
-**
-** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
-** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
-** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
-** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
-** wants.
-*/
-static SrcList *targetSrcList(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
-  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
-
-  pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( pSrc ){
-    assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );
-    pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pStep->zTarget);
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
-    if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
-      assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-      pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-    }
-  }
-  return pSrc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single 
-** trigger.
-*/
-static int codeTriggerProgram(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
-  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
-  int orconf                /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
-){
-  TriggerStep *pStep;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel );
-  assert( pStepList );
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){
-    /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step
-    ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger
-    ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use
-    ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger
-    ** step statement. Example:
-    **
-    **   CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN;
-    **     INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b);
-    **   END;
-    **
-    **   INSERT INTO t1 ... ;            -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy
-    **   INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ;  -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy
-    */
-    pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;
-    assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 );
-
-    switch( pStep->op ){
-      case TK_UPDATE: {
-        sqlite3Update(pParse, 
-          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
-          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), 
-          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 
-          pParse->eOrconf
-        );
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_INSERT: {
-        sqlite3Insert(pParse, 
-          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
-          sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), 
-          sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), 
-          pParse->eOrconf
-        );
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_DELETE: {
-        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, 
-          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
-          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0)
-        );
-        break;
-      }
-      default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); {
-        SelectDest sDest;
-        Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0);
-        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0);
-        sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest);
-        sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-        break;
-      }
-    } 
-    if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-/*
-** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE
-** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging.
-*/
-static const char *onErrorText(int onError){
-  switch( onError ){
-    case OE_Abort:    return "abort";
-    case OE_Rollback: return "rollback";
-    case OE_Fail:     return "fail";
-    case OE_Replace:  return "replace";
-    case OE_Ignore:   return "ignore";
-    case OE_Default:  return "default";
-  }
-  return "n/a";
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe
-** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information
-** from pFrom to pTo.
-*/
-static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){
-  assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr );
-  assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr );
-  if( pTo->nErr==0 ){
-    pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg;
-    pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr;
-    pTo->rc = pFrom->rc;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program 
-** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf.
-*/
-static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
-  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table pTrigger is attached to */
-  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */
-){
-  Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database handle */
-  TriggerPrg *pPrg;           /* Value to return */
-  Expr *pWhen = 0;            /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */
-  Vdbe *v;                    /* Temporary VM */
-  NameContext sNC;            /* Name context for sub-vdbe */
-  SubProgram *pProgram = 0;   /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */
-  Parse *pSubParse;           /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */
-  int iEndTrigger = 0;        /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */
-
-  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
-  assert( pTop->pVdbe );
-
-  /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
-  ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg 
-  ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later.  */
-  pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg));
-  if( !pPrg ) return 0;
-  pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg;
-  pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg;
-  pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram));
-  if( !pProgram ) return 0;
-  sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram);
-  pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger;
-  pPrg->orconf = orconf;
-  pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff;
-  pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff;
-
-  /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the 
-  ** trigger sub-program.  */
-  pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse));
-  if( !pSubParse ) return 0;
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pSubParse;
-  pSubParse->db = db;
-  pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab;
-  pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop;
-  pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName;
-  pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op;
-  pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
-  if( v ){
-    VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", 
-      pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf),
-      (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"),
-        (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""),
-        (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""),
-        (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""),
-      pTab->zName
-    ));
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, 
-      sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
-    );
-#endif
-
-    /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false
-    ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the 
-    ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program.  */
-    if( pTrigger->pWhen ){
-      pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0);
-      if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) 
-       && db->mallocFailed==0 
-      ){
-        iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
-    }
-
-    /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */
-    codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf);
-
-    /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */
-    if( iEndTrigger ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
-    VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf)));
-
-    transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse);
-    if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-      pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg);
-    }
-    pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem;
-    pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab;
-    pProgram->nOnce = pSubParse->nOnce;
-    pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger;
-    pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask;
-    pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask;
-    sqlite3VdbeDelete(v);
-  }
-
-  assert( !pSubParse->pAinc       && !pSubParse->pZombieTab );
-  assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg );
-  sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse);
-  sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse);
-
-  return pPrg;
-}
-    
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for
-** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such
-** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before
-** being returned.
-*/
-static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
-  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */
-  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */
-){
-  Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
-
-  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
-
-  /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the
-  ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with
-  ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere
-  ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry.  */
-  for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; 
-      pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); 
-      pPrg=pPrg->pNext
-  );
-
-  /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */
-  if( !pPrg ){
-    pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf);
-  }
-
-  return pPrg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on 
-** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
-** function are the same as those described in the header function for
-** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
-*/
-void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
-  Trigger *p,          /* Trigger to code */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
-  int reg,             /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */
-  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
-  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */
-  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
-  pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
-  assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-
-  /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program 
-  ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program.  */
-  if( pPrg ){
-    int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers));
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM);
-    VdbeComment(
-        (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf)));
-
-    /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if
-    ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive
-    ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger,
-    ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers
-    ** is clear.  */
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation
-** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
-** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the
-** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then
-** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified.
-**
-** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
-** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
-**
-** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers 
-** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
-** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
-** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
-**
-**   Register       Contains
-**   ------------------------------------------------------
-**   reg+0          OLD.rowid
-**   reg+1          OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
-**   ...            ...
-**   reg+N          OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab
-**   reg+N+1        NEW.rowid
-**   reg+N+2        OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
-**   ...            ...
-**   reg+N+N+1      NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
-**
-** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
-** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or 
-** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). 
-** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
-** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
-** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
-** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through 
-** (reg+N+N+1) are.
-**
-** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
-** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump
-** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program
-** raises an IGNORE exception.
-*/
-void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
-  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
-  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
-  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
-  int reg,             /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */
-  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
-  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
-){
-  Trigger *p;          /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */
-
-  assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE );
-  assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER );
-  assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) );
-
-  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
-
-    /* Sanity checking:  The schema for the trigger and for the table are
-    ** always defined.  The trigger must be in the same schema as the table
-    ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
-    assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
-    assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
-    assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema 
-         || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema );
-
-    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
-    if( p->op==op 
-     && p->tr_tm==tr_tm 
-     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges)
-    ){
-      sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. 
-** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the 
-** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information 
-** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
-** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
-**
-** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the
-** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if
-** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there
-** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
-** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
-**
-** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is 
-** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
-**
-** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
-** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table.
-**
-** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE
-** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only
-** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the
-** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only
-** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm.
-*/
-u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
-  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
-  int isNew,           /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */
-  int tr_tm,           /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
-  int orconf           /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
-){
-  const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE;
-  u32 mask = 0;
-  Trigger *p;
-
-  assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 );
-  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm)
-     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges)
-    ){
-      TriggerPrg *pPrg;
-      pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
-      if( pPrg ){
-        mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew];
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return mask;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/update.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/update.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c814a5b68a6..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/update.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,807 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle UPDATE statements.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Forward declaration */
-static void updateVirtualTable(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
-  Expr *pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
-  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
-  int onError          /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
-);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
-** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the 
-** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
-**
-** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the 
-** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
-** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
-** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
-** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
-** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
-** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
-** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
-**
-** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have 
-** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
-** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated 
-** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
-** into the sqlite_master table.)
-**
-** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
-** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
-** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
-** sqlite3_value objects.
-**
-** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
-** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is 
-** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save 
-** space.
-*/
-void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
-  if( !pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3_value *pValue = 0;
-    u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
-    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
-    assert( i<pTab->nCol );
-    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, 
-                         pCol->affinity, &pValue);
-    if( pValue ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM);
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Process an UPDATE statement.
-**
-**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
-**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
-*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
-*/
-void sqlite3Update(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
-  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
-  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
-){
-  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
-  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
-  int addrTop = 0;       /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
-  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
-  Index *pPk;            /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
-  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
-  int iBaseCur;          /* Base cursor number */
-  int iDataCur;          /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */
-  int iIdxCur;           /* Cursor for the first index */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
-  int *aRegIdx = 0;      /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
-  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
-                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
-                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
-  u8 *aToOpen;           /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */
-  u8 chngPk;             /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */
-  u8 chngRowid;          /* Rowid changed in a normal table */
-  u8 chngKey;            /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */
-  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
-  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
-  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
-  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
-  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
-  int hasFK;             /* True if foreign key processing is required */
-  int labelBreak;        /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */
-  int labelContinue;     /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;            /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;     /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
-  int tmask;             /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
-#endif
-  int newmask;           /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */
-  int iEph = 0;          /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
-  int nKey = 0;          /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */
-  int aiCurOnePass[2];   /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
-
-  /* Register Allocations */
-  int regRowCount = 0;   /* A count of rows changed */
-  int regOldRowid = 0;   /* The old rowid */
-  int regNewRowid = 0;   /* The new rowid */
-  int regNew = 0;        /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */
-  int regOld = 0;        /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */
-  int regRowSet = 0;     /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
-  int regKey = 0;        /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */
-
-  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
-  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** updated is a view.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-  assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 );
-#else
-# define pTrigger 0
-# define isView 0
-# define tmask 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
-  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
-  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
-  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
-  */
-  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++;
-  iIdxCur = iDataCur+1;
-  pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
-    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && pPk!=0 ){
-      iDataCur = pParse->nTab;
-      pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur;
-    }
-    pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[].  
-  ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values.
-  */
-  aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 );
-  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol;
-  aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx);
-  memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
-  aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
-
-  /* Initialize the name-context */
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
-  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
-  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
-  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
-  ** that column.
-  */
-  chngRowid = chngPk = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
-      goto update_cleanup;
-    }
-    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
-          chngRowid = 1;
-          pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
-        }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){
-          chngPk = 1;
-        }
-        aXRef[j] = i;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-      if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
-        j = -1;
-        chngRowid = 1;
-        pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
-        pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-        goto update_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    {
-      int rc;
-      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
-                            j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName,
-                            db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-        goto update_cleanup;
-      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-        aXRef[j] = -1;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 );
-  assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 );
-  assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 );
-  chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk;
-
-  /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop.
-  ** So reset the colUsed mask
-  */
-  pTabList->a[0].colUsed = 0;
-
-  hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey);
-
-  /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table
-  ** being updated.  Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold
-  ** the key for accessing each index.
-  **
-  ** FIXME:  Be smarter about omitting indexes that use expressions.
-  */
-  for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-    int reg;
-    if( chngKey || hasFK || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere || pIdx==pPk ){
-      reg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }else{
-      reg = 0;
-      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
-        i16 iIdxCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-        if( iIdxCol<0 || aXRef[iIdxCol]>=0 ){
-          reg = ++pParse->nMem;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0;
-    aRegIdx[j] = reg;
-  }
-
-  /* Begin generating code. */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-  /* Allocate required registers. */
-  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
-    regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-    if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){
-      regOld = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
-    }
-    if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){
-      regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }
-    regNew = pParse->nMem + 1;
-    pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
-  }
-
-  /* Start the view context. */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
-  }
-
-  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
-  ** an ephemeral table.
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
-  ** WHERE clause.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
-                       pWhere, onError);
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Begin the database scan
-  */
-  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(
-        pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur
-    );
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-    okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
-  
-    /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid);
-    if( !okOnePass ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
-    }
-  
-    /* End the database scan loop.
-    */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }else{
-    int iPk;         /* First of nPk memory cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */
-    i16 nPk;         /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */
-    int addrOpen;    /* Address of the OpenEphemeral instruction */
-
-    assert( pPk!=0 );
-    nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
-    iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += nPk;
-    regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
-    iEph = pParse->nTab++;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk);
-    addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, 
-                               WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-    okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
-    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
-      assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
-      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pPk->aiColumn[i],
-                                      iPk+i);
-    }
-    if( okOnePass ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen);
-      nKey = nPk;
-      regKey = iPk;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey,
-                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pPk), nPk);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey);
-    }
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
-    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
-  }
-
-  labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  if( !isView ){
-    /* 
-    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
-    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
-    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
-    ** to be deleting some records.
-    */
-    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
-      memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
-    }else{
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
-          memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( okOnePass ){
-      if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0;
-      if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iBaseCur, aToOpen,
-                               0, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Top of the update loop */
-  if( okOnePass ){
-    if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] && !isView ){
-      assert( pPk );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey);
-      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
-    }
-    labelContinue = labelBreak;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0);
-  }else if( pPk ){
-    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEph, regKey);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }else{
-    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, labelBreak,
-                             regOldRowid);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to
-  ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified,
-  ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is
-  ** already populated.  */
-  assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid );
-  if( chngRowid ){
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that
-  ** information is needed */
-  if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){
-    u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
-    oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, 
-        pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError
-    );
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( oldmask==0xffffffff
-       || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0)
-       || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0
-      ){
-        testcase(  oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 );
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i);
-      }
-    }
-    if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
-  ** row data. This array is used to check constants, create the new
-  ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
-  ** made by triggers.
-  **
-  ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
-  ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
-  ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
-  ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from 
-  ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger 
-  ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to
-  ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes.
-  */
-  newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
-      pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError
-  );
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
-    }else{
-      j = aXRef[i];
-      if( j>=0 ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
-      }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){
-        /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed 
-        ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or
-        ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via
-        ** a new.* reference in a trigger program.
-        */
-        testcase( i==31 );
-        testcase( i==32 );
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are
-  ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong.
-  */
-  if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
-    sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew);
-    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
-        TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
-
-    /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
-    ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are 
-    ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated
-    ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
-    ** documentation.
-    */
-    if( pPk ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-
-    /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified 
-    ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for 
-    ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their 
-    ** registers in case this has happened.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !isView ){
-    int addr1 = 0;        /* Address of jump instruction */
-    int bReplace = 0;     /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */
-
-    /* Do constraint checks. */
-    assert( regOldRowid>0 );
-    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-        regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace);
-
-    /* Do FK constraint checks. */
-    if( hasFK ){
-      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey);
-    }
-
-    /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record.  */
-    if( bReplace || chngKey ){
-      if( pPk ){
-        addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, 0, regKey, nKey);
-      }else{
-        addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, 0, regOldRowid);
-      }
-      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
-    }
-    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx, -1);
-  
-    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.  */
-    if( hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0);
-    }
-    if( bReplace || chngKey ){
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    }
-
-    if( hasFK ){
-      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
-    }
-  
-    /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
-    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-                             regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0);
-
-    /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
-    ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
-    ** to the row just updated. */ 
-    if( hasFK ){
-      sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Increment the row counter 
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
-      TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
-
-  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
-  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
-  */
-  if( okOnePass ){
-    /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */
-  }else if( pPk ){
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelContinue);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak);
-
-  /* Close all tables */
-  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-    assert( aRegIdx );
-    if( aToOpen[i+1] ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur+i, 0);
-    }
-  }
-  if( iDataCur<iIdxCur ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDataCur, 0);
-
-  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
-  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
-  ** autoincrement tables.
-  */
-  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
-    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-
-update_cleanup:
-  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  return;
-}
-/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
-** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
-** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
-#ifdef isView
- #undef isView
-#endif
-#ifdef pTrigger
- #undef pTrigger
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
-**
-** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special 
-** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table 
-** implementation indicates that pWhere may match at most one row.
-**
-** The default strategy is to create an ephemeral table that contains
-** for each row to be changed:
-**
-**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
-**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row.
-**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
-**
-** Then loop through the contents of this ephemeral table executing a
-** VUpdate for each row. When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
-**
-** The "onepass" strategy does not use an ephemeral table. Instead, it
-** stores the same values (A, B and C above) in a register array and
-** makes a single invocation of VUpdate.
-*/
-static void updateVirtualTable(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
-  Expr *pRowid,        /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
-  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
-  int onError          /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* Virtual machine under construction */
-  int ephemTab;             /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
-  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
-  const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;
-  int nArg = 2 + pTab->nCol;      /* Number of arguments to VUpdate */
-  int regArg;                     /* First register in VUpdate arg array */
-  int regRec;                     /* Register in which to assemble record */
-  int regRowid;                   /* Register for ephem table rowid */
-  int iCsr = pSrc->a[0].iCursor;  /* Cursor used for virtual table scan */
-  int aDummy[2];                  /* Unused arg for sqlite3WhereOkOnePass() */
-  int bOnePass;                   /* True to use onepass strategy */
-  int addr;                       /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */
-
-  /* Allocate nArg registers to martial the arguments to VUpdate. Then
-  ** create and open the ephemeral table in which the records created from
-  ** these arguments will be temporarily stored. */
-  assert( v );
-  ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
-  addr= sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, nArg);
-  regArg = pParse->nMem + 1;
-  pParse->nMem += nArg;
-  regRec = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-
-  /* Start scanning the virtual table */
-  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0,0,WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED,0);
-  if( pWInfo==0 ) return;
-
-  /* Populate the argument registers. */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg);
-  if( pRowid ){
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowid, regArg+1);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg+1);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-    if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, regArg+2+i);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, i, regArg+2+i);
-    }
-  }
-
-  bOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aDummy);
-
-  if( bOnePass ){
-    /* If using the onepass strategy, no-op out the OP_OpenEphemeral coded
-    ** above. Also, if this is a top-level parse (not a trigger), clear the
-    ** multi-write flag so that the VM does not open a statement journal */
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addr);
-    if( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ){
-      pParse->isMultiWrite = 0;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into
-    ** the ephemeral table. */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regArg, nArg, regRec);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, ephemTab, regRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, ephemTab, regRec, regRowid);
-  }
-
-
-  if( bOnePass==0 ){
-    /* End the virtual table scan */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-
-    /* Begin scannning through the ephemeral table. */
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-    /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and 
-    ** invoke the VUpdate method.  */
-    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i, regArg+i);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, nArg, regArg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
-  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-
-  /* End of the ephemeral table scan. Or, if using the onepass strategy,
-  ** jump to here if the scan visited zero rows. */
-  if( bOnePass==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/utf.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/utf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 25f4dadf0c7..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/utf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,530 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 April 13
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
-** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
-**
-** Notes on UTF-8:
-**
-**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
-**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
-**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
-**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**
-**
-** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
-**
-**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
-**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**
-**
-** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
-**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
-**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
-**
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-/*
-** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
-** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
-*/
-const int sqlite3one = 1;
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-
-/*
-** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
-** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
-*/
-static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
-  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
-  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
-};
-
-
-#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
-  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
-  }                                                    \
-  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
-    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
-  }                                                    \
-  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
-    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
-  }else{                                               \
-    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
-  }                                                    \
-}
-
-#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                    \
-  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
-  }else{                                                            \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
-  }                                                                 \
-}
-
-#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                    \
-  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
-  }else{                                                            \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
-  }                                                                 \
-}
-
-#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
-  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
-  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
-  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
-    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
-    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
-    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
-  }                                                                   \
-}
-
-#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
-  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
-  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
-  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
-    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
-    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
-    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
-  }                                                                   \
-}
-
-/*
-** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
-**
-** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
-** is a 0x00.
-**
-** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
-**
-** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
-**
-**  *  This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
-**     be encoded as a multi-byte character.  Any multi-byte character that
-**     attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
-**
-**  *  This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
-**     If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
-**     0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
-**
-**  *  Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
-**     byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
-**     and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
-**     invalid characters.
-**
-**  *  This routine accepts over-length UTF8 encodings
-**     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  It does not change over-length
-**     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
-*/
-#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
-  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
-  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
-    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
-      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
-    }                                                      \
-    if( c<0x80                                             \
-        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
-        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
-  }
-u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(
-  const unsigned char **pz    /* Pointer to string from which to read char */
-){
-  unsigned int c;
-
-  /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
-  ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
-  */
-  c = *((*pz)++);
-  if( c>=0xc0 ){
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
-    while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
-      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++));
-    }
-    if( c<0x80
-        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
-        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }
-  }
-  return c;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*
-** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
-** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
-*/ 
-/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
-** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
-** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
-*/
-SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
-  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
-  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
-  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
-  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
-  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
-  unsigned int c;
-
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
-  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
-  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
-  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
-
-#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  {
-    char zBuf[100];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
-    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
-  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
-  ** differently from the others.
-  */
-  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    u8 temp;
-    int rc;
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
-    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1];
-    while( zIn<zTerm ){
-      temp = *zIn;
-      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
-      zIn++;
-      *zIn++ = temp;
-    }
-    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
-    goto translate_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
-  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
-    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
-    ** A single byte is required for the output string
-    ** nul-terminator.
-    */
-    pMem->n &= ~1;
-    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
-  }else{
-    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
-    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
-    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
-    ** nul-terminator.
-    */
-    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
-  }
-
-  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
-  ** byte past the end.
-  **
-  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained
-  ** from sqlite3_malloc().
-  */
-  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
-  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
-  zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len);
-  if( !zOut ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  z = zOut;
-
-  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
-      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
-        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
-      }
-    }else{
-      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
-        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
-      }
-    }
-    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
-    *z++ = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
-    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
-      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
-        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
-        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
-      }
-    }
-    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
-  }
-  *z = 0;
-  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
-
-  c = pMem->flags;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(c&MEM_AffMask);
-  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
-  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
-  pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
-  pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z);
-
-translate_out:
-#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  {
-    char zBuf[100];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
-    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
-  }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
-** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
-** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
-** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
-**
-** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
-** changed by this function.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u8 bom = 0;
-
-  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
-  if( pMem->n>1 ){
-    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
-    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
-    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
-      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-    }
-    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
-      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  if( bom ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pMem->n -= 2;
-      memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n);
-      pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0';
-      pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0';
-      pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-      pMem->enc = bom;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
-** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
-** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
-** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
-** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
-*/
-int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
-  int r = 0;
-  const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn;
-  const u8 *zTerm;
-  if( nByte>=0 ){
-    zTerm = &z[nByte];
-  }else{
-    zTerm = (const u8*)(-1);
-  }
-  assert( z<=zTerm );
-  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
-    SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-    r++;
-  }
-  return r;
-}
-
-/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. 
-** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8.
-**
-** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
-** UTF-8.  Miscoded characters are removed.
-**
-** The translation is done in-place and aborted if the output
-** overruns the input.
-*/
-int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
-  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
-  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
-  u32 c;
-
-  while( zIn[0] && zOut<=zIn ){
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&zIn);
-    if( c!=0xfffd ){
-      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
-    }
-  }
-  *zOut = 0;
-  return (int)(zOut - zStart);
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
-** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must
-** be freed by the calling function.
-**
-** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
-*/
-char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte, u8 enc){
-  Mem m;
-  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
-  m.db = db;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-    m.z = 0;
-  }
-  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed );
-  return m.z;
-}
-
-/*
-** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
-** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
-** in pZ.  nChar must be non-negative.
-*/
-int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
-  int c;
-  unsigned char const *z = zIn;
-  int n = 0;
-  
-  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
-    while( n<nChar ){
-      READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
-      n++;
-    }
-  }else{
-    while( n<nChar ){
-      READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
-      n++;
-    }
-  }
-  return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn);
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-/*
-** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
-** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
-** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
-*/
-void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
-  unsigned int i, t;
-  unsigned char zBuf[20];
-  unsigned char *z;
-  int n;
-  unsigned int c;
-
-  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
-    z = zBuf;
-    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
-    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
-    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
-    z[0] = 0;
-    z = zBuf;
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z);
-    t = i;
-    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
-    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
-    assert( c==t );
-    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
-    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
-    z = zBuf;
-    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
-    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
-    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
-    z[0] = 0;
-    z = zBuf;
-    READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
-    assert( c==i );
-    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
-    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
-    z = zBuf;
-    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
-    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
-    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
-    z[0] = 0;
-    z = zBuf;
-    READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
-    assert( c==i );
-    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/util.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/util.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f218bb79417..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/util.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1396 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
-**
-** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
-** strings, and stuff like that.
-**
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
-# include <math.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
-  static unsigned dummy = 0;
-  dummy += (unsigned)x;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Give a callback to the test harness that can be used to simulate faults
-** in places where it is difficult or expensive to do so purely by means
-** of inputs.
-**
-** The intent of the integer argument is to let the fault simulator know
-** which of multiple sqlite3FaultSim() calls has been hit.
-**
-** Return whatever integer value the test callback returns, or return
-** SQLITE_OK if no test callback is installed.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-int sqlite3FaultSim(int iTest){
-  int (*xCallback)(int) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback;
-  return xCallback ? xCallback(iTest) : SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
-**
-** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.
-** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems.
-*/
-int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
-  int rc;   /* The value return */
-#if !SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN && !HAVE_ISNAN
-  /*
-  ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably
-  ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.  But we have
-  ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so
-  ** this implementation is provided as an alternative.
-  **
-  ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
-  ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
-  ** warning:
-  **
-  **      This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
-  **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
-  **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
-  **      rules/specifications for math functions.
-  **
-  ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
-  ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise.  From the MSDN 
-  ** documentation:
-  **
-  **      The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons 
-  **      involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN 
-  **      ...
-  */
-#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
-# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
-#endif
-  volatile double y = x;
-  volatile double z = y;
-  rc = (y!=z);
-#else  /* if HAVE_ISNAN */
-  rc = isnan(x);
-#endif /* HAVE_ISNAN */
-  testcase( rc );
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
-
-/*
-** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
-** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
-**
-** The value returned will never be negative.  Nor will it ever be greater
-** than the actual length of the string.  For very long strings (greater
-** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length.
-*/
-int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
-  if( z==0 ) return 0;
-  return 0x3fffffff & (int)strlen(z);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the current error code to err_code and clear any prior error message.
-*/
-void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code){
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  db->errCode = err_code;
-  if( db->pErr ) sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
-** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
-**
-** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
-** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
-** format characters are allowed:
-**
-**      %s      Insert a string
-**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
-**      %d      Insert an integer
-**      %T      Insert a token
-**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
-**
-** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
-** encoded in UTF-8.
-**
-** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
-** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
-** to NULL.
-*/
-void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  db->errCode = err_code;
-  if( zFormat==0 ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, err_code);
-  }else if( db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0 ){
-    char *z;
-    va_list ap;
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
-** The following formatting characters are allowed:
-**
-**      %s      Insert a string
-**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
-**      %d      Insert an integer
-**      %T      Insert a token
-**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
-**
-** This function should be used to report any error that occurs while
-** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
-** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
-** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
-** Functions sqlite3Error() or sqlite3ErrorWithMsg() should be used
-** during statement execution (sqlite3_step() etc.).
-*/
-void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  char *zMsg;
-  va_list ap;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( db->suppressErr ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg);
-  }else{
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
-    pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg;
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
-** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
-** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** The input string must be zero-terminated.  A new zero-terminator
-** is added to the dequoted string.
-**
-** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the
-** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does
-** occur.
-**
-** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
-** brackets from around identifiers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
-** "a-b-c".
-*/
-int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
-  char quote;
-  int i, j;
-  if( z==0 ) return -1;
-  quote = z[0];
-  switch( quote ){
-    case '\'':  break;
-    case '"':   break;
-    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
-    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
-    default:    return -1;
-  }
-  for(i=1, j=0;; i++){
-    assert( z[i] );
-    if( z[i]==quote ){
-      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
-        z[j++] = quote;
-        i++;
-      }else{
-        break;
-      }
-    }else{
-      z[j++] = z[i];
-    }
-  }
-  z[j] = 0;
-  return j;
-}
-
-/* Convenient short-hand */
-#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
-
-/*
-** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
-** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
-**
-** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and
-** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare
-** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
-** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
-** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
-*/
-int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
-  register unsigned char *a, *b;
-  if( zLeft==0 ){
-    return zRight ? -1 : 0;
-  }else if( zRight==0 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
-  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
-  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
-  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
-}
-int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
-  register unsigned char *a, *b;
-  if( zLeft==0 ){
-    return zRight ? -1 : 0;
-  }else if( zRight==0 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
-  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
-  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
-  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
-}
-
-/*
-** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number.
-** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult.
-**
-** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and
-** uses the encoding enc.  The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.
-**
-** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE
-** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text.  Valid numbers
-** are in one of these formats:
-**
-**    [+-]digits[E[+-]digits]
-**    [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits]
-**    [+-].digits[E[+-]digits]
-**
-** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining
-** validity.
-**
-** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine
-** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result
-** into *pResult.
-*/
-int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  int incr;
-  const char *zEnd = z + length;
-  /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */
-  int sign = 1;    /* sign of significand */
-  i64 s = 0;       /* significand */
-  int d = 0;       /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */
-  int esign = 1;   /* sign of exponent */
-  int e = 0;       /* exponent */
-  int eValid = 1;  /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */
-  double result;
-  int nDigits = 0;
-  int nonNum = 0;
-
-  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  *pResult = 0.0;   /* Default return value, in case of an error */
-
-  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    incr = 1;
-  }else{
-    int i;
-    incr = 2;
-    assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
-    for(i=3-enc; i<length && z[i]==0; i+=2){}
-    nonNum = i<length;
-    zEnd = z+i+enc-3;
-    z += (enc&1);
-  }
-
-  /* skip leading spaces */
-  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
-  if( z>=zEnd ) return 0;
-
-  /* get sign of significand */
-  if( *z=='-' ){
-    sign = -1;
-    z+=incr;
-  }else if( *z=='+' ){
-    z+=incr;
-  }
-
-  /* skip leading zeroes */
-  while( z<zEnd && z[0]=='0' ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
-
-  /* copy max significant digits to significand */
-  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
-    s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
-    z+=incr, nDigits++;
-  }
-
-  /* skip non-significant significand digits
-  ** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */
-  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++, d++;
-  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
-
-  /* if decimal point is present */
-  if( *z=='.' ){
-    z+=incr;
-    /* copy digits from after decimal to significand
-    ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */
-    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
-      s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
-      z+=incr, nDigits++, d--;
-    }
-    /* skip non-significant digits */
-    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
-  }
-  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
-
-  /* if exponent is present */
-  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
-    z+=incr;
-    eValid = 0;
-    if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
-    /* get sign of exponent */
-    if( *z=='-' ){
-      esign = -1;
-      z+=incr;
-    }else if( *z=='+' ){
-      z+=incr;
-    }
-    /* copy digits to exponent */
-    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
-      e = e<10000 ? (e*10 + (*z - '0')) : 10000;
-      z+=incr;
-      eValid = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* skip trailing spaces */
-  if( nDigits && eValid ){
-    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
-  }
-
-do_atof_calc:
-  /* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */
-  e = (e*esign) + d;
-  if( e<0 ) {
-    esign = -1;
-    e *= -1;
-  } else {
-    esign = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* if 0 significand */
-  if( !s ) {
-    /* In the IEEE 754 standard, zero is signed.
-    ** Add the sign if we've seen at least one digit */
-    result = (sign<0 && nDigits) ? -(double)0 : (double)0;
-  } else {
-    /* attempt to reduce exponent */
-    if( esign>0 ){
-      while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10;
-    }else{
-      while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10;
-    }
-
-    /* adjust the sign of significand */
-    s = sign<0 ? -s : s;
-
-    /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate
-    ** and store in result. */
-    if( e ){
-      LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
-      /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */
-      if( e>307 && e<342 ){
-        while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
-        if( esign<0 ){
-          result = s / scale;
-          result /= 1.0e+308;
-        }else{
-          result = s * scale;
-          result *= 1.0e+308;
-        }
-      }else if( e>=342 ){
-        if( esign<0 ){
-          result = 0.0*s;
-        }else{
-          result = 1e308*1e308*s;  /* Infinity */
-        }
-      }else{
-        /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be 
-        ** represented exactly. */
-        while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
-        while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; }
-        if( esign<0 ){
-          result = s / scale;
-        }else{
-          result = s * scale;
-        }
-      }
-    } else {
-      result = (double)s;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* store the result */
-  *pResult = result;
-
-  /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */
-  return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0;
-#else
-  return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
-** value 2^63:  9223372036854775808.  Return negative, zero, or positive
-** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
-** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters.
-**
-** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
-** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
-** last digit.  So, for example,
-**
-**      compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1)
-**
-** will return -8.
-*/
-static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){
-  int c = 0;
-  int i;
-                    /* 012345678901234567 */
-  const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580";
-  for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){
-    c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10;
-  }
-  if( c==0 ){
-    c = zNum[18*incr] - '8';
-    testcase( c==(-1) );
-    testcase( c==0 );
-    testcase( c==(+1) );
-  }
-  return c;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.  zNum must be decimal. This
-** routine does *not* accept hexadecimal notation.
-**
-** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement 
-** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
-**
-** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2.  This special
-** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a 
-** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be.
-**
-** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not
-** 9223372036854775808  or if zNum contains any non-numeric text,
-** then return 1.
-**
-** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
-** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.  The encoding is
-** given by enc.
-*/
-int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){
-  int incr;
-  u64 u = 0;
-  int neg = 0; /* assume positive */
-  int i;
-  int c = 0;
-  int nonNum = 0;
-  const char *zStart;
-  const char *zEnd = zNum + length;
-  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    incr = 1;
-  }else{
-    incr = 2;
-    assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
-    for(i=3-enc; i<length && zNum[i]==0; i+=2){}
-    nonNum = i<length;
-    zEnd = zNum+i+enc-3;
-    zNum += (enc&1);
-  }
-  while( zNum<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum+=incr;
-  if( zNum<zEnd ){
-    if( *zNum=='-' ){
-      neg = 1;
-      zNum+=incr;
-    }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
-      zNum+=incr;
-    }
-  }
-  zStart = zNum;
-  while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */
-  for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){
-    u = u*10 + c - '0';
-  }
-  if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){
-    *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64;
-  }else if( neg ){
-    *pNum = -(i64)u;
-  }else{
-    *pNum = (i64)u;
-  }
-  testcase( i==18 );
-  testcase( i==19 );
-  testcase( i==20 );
-  if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]<zEnd) || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19*incr || nonNum ){
-    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
-    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */
-    return 1;
-  }else if( i<19*incr ){
-    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
-    assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers.  Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */
-    c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr);
-    if( c<0 ){
-      /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */
-      assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
-      return 0;
-    }else if( c>0 ){
-      /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */
-      return 1;
-    }else{
-      /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
-      ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
-      assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
-      return neg ? 0 : 2;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Transform a UTF-8 integer literal, in either decimal or hexadecimal,
-** into a 64-bit signed integer.  This routine accepts hexadecimal literals,
-** whereas sqlite3Atoi64() does not.
-**
-** Returns:
-**
-**     0    Successful transformation.  Fits in a 64-bit signed integer.
-**     1    Integer too large for a 64-bit signed integer or is malformed
-**     2    Special case of 9223372036854775808
-*/
-int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char *z, i64 *pOut){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
-  if( z[0]=='0'
-   && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X')
-   && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2])
-  ){
-    u64 u = 0;
-    int i, k;
-    for(i=2; z[i]=='0'; i++){}
-    for(k=i; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[k]); k++){
-      u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(z[k]);
-    }
-    memcpy(pOut, &u, 8);
-    return (z[k]==0 && k-i<=16) ? 0 : 1;
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER */
-  {
-    return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pOut, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
-** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
-**
-** This routine accepts both decimal and hexadecimal notation for integers.
-**
-** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
-** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
-** input number to be zero-terminated.
-*/
-int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
-  sqlite_int64 v = 0;
-  int i, c;
-  int neg = 0;
-  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
-    neg = 1;
-    zNum++;
-  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
-    zNum++;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
-  else if( zNum[0]=='0'
-        && (zNum[1]=='x' || zNum[1]=='X')
-        && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[2])
-  ){
-    u32 u = 0;
-    zNum += 2;
-    while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
-    for(i=0; sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i]) && i<8; i++){
-      u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(zNum[i]);
-    }
-    if( (u&0x80000000)==0 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i])==0 ){
-      memcpy(pValue, &u, 4);
-      return 1;
-    }else{
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
-  for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
-    v = v*10 + c;
-  }
-
-  /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
-  **
-  **             1234567890
-  **     2^31 -> 2147483648
-  */
-  testcase( i==10 );
-  if( i>10 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  testcase( v-neg==2147483647 );
-  if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( neg ){
-    v = -v;
-  }
-  *pValue = (int)v;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string.  If the
-** string is not an integer, just return 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){
-  int x = 0;
-  if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
-  return x;
-}
-
-/*
-** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
-**
-** KEY:
-**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
-**
-**  7 bits - A
-** 14 bits - BA
-** 21 bits - BBA
-** 28 bits - BBBA
-** 35 bits - BBBBA
-** 42 bits - BBBBBA
-** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
-** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
-** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
-*/
-
-/*
-** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
-** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
-** of bytes written is returned.
-**
-** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
-** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
-** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
-** 8 bits and is the last byte.
-*/
-static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
-  int i, j, n;
-  u8 buf[10];
-  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
-    p[8] = (u8)v;
-    v >>= 8;
-    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
-      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
-      v >>= 7;
-    }
-    return 9;
-  }    
-  n = 0;
-  do{
-    buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
-    v >>= 7;
-  }while( v!=0 );
-  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
-  assert( n<=9 );
-  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
-    p[i] = buf[j];
-  }
-  return n;
-}
-int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
-  if( v<=0x7f ){
-    p[0] = v&0x7f;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( v<=0x3fff ){
-    p[0] = ((v>>7)&0x7f)|0x80;
-    p[1] = v&0x7f;
-    return 2;
-  }
-  return putVarint64(p,v);
-}
-
-/*
-** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
-** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
-** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
-**
-** SLOT_2_0     A mask for  (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f
-**
-** SLOT_4_2_0   A mask for  (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0
-*/
-#define SLOT_2_0     0x001fc07f
-#define SLOT_4_2_0   0xf01fc07f
-
-
-/*
-** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
-** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
-*/
-u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
-  u32 a,b,s;
-
-  a = *p;
-  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    *v = a;
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  b = *p;
-  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= 0x7f;
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    *v = a;
-    return 2;
-  }
-
-  /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */
-  assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
-  assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= SLOT_2_0;
-    b &= 0x7f;
-    b = b<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    *v = a;
-    return 3;
-  }
-
-  /* CSE1 from below */
-  a &= SLOT_2_0;
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    b &= SLOT_2_0;
-    /* moved CSE1 up */
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    *v = a;
-    return 4;
-  }
-
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
-  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
-  /* moved CSE1 up */
-  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-  b &= SLOT_2_0;
-  s = a;
-  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    b = b<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>18;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 5;
-  }
-
-  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
-  s = s<<7;
-  s |= b;
-  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
-
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
-    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    a &= SLOT_2_0;
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>18;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 6;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
-    b &= SLOT_2_0;
-    b = b<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>11;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 7;
-  }
-
-  /* CSE2 from below */
-  a &= SLOT_2_0;
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
-    /* moved CSE2 up */
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>4;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 8;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<15;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
-
-  /* moved CSE2 up */
-  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
-  b &= SLOT_2_0;
-  b = b<<8;
-  a |= b;
-
-  s = s<<4;
-  b = p[-4];
-  b &= 0x7f;
-  b = b>>3;
-  s |= b;
-
-  *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-
-  return 9;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
-** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
-**
-** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
-** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
-**
-** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
-** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
-** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
-*/
-u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
-  u32 a,b;
-
-  /* The 1-byte case.  Overwhelmingly the most common.  Handled inline
-  ** by the getVarin32() macro */
-  a = *p;
-  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
-#ifndef getVarint32
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    /* Values between 0 and 127 */
-    *v = a;
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* The 2-byte case */
-  p++;
-  b = *p;
-  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    /* Values between 128 and 16383 */
-    a &= 0x7f;
-    a = a<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 2;
-  }
-
-  /* The 3-byte case */
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */
-    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    b &= 0x7f;
-    b = b<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 3;
-  }
-
-  /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees.
-  ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint.
-  ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size
-  ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string.
-  **
-  ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases.  The very
-  ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint
-  ** routine.
-  */
-#if 1
-  {
-    u64 v64;
-    u8 n;
-
-    p -= 2;
-    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
-    assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
-    if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){
-      *v = 0xffffffff;
-    }else{
-      *v = (u32)v64;
-    }
-    return n;
-  }
-
-#else
-  /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an
-  ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases.  This code is
-  ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test.
-  */
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */
-    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    a = a<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 4;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    /* Values  between 268435456 and 34359738367 */
-    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
-    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
-    b = b<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 5;
-  }
-
-  /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database
-  ** file.  In that case we are not in any hurry.  Use the (relatively
-  ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the
-  ** value. */
-  {
-    u64 v64;
-    u8 n;
-
-    p -= 4;
-    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
-    assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
-    *v = (u32)v64;
-    return n;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
-** 64-bit integer.
-*/
-int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
-  int i;
-  for(i=1; (v >>= 7)!=0; i++){ assert( i<9 ); }
-  return i;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
-*/
-u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
-#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
-  u32 x;
-  memcpy(&x,p,4);
-  return x;
-#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \
-    && defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
-  u32 x;
-  memcpy(&x,p,4);
-  return __builtin_bswap32(x);
-#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \
-    && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300
-  u32 x;
-  memcpy(&x,p,4);
-  return _byteswap_ulong(x);
-#else
-  testcase( p[0]&0x80 );
-  return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
-#endif
-}
-void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
-#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
-  memcpy(p,&v,4);
-#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4003000
-  u32 x = __builtin_bswap32(v);
-  memcpy(p,&x,4);
-#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300
-  u32 x = _byteswap_ulong(v);
-  memcpy(p,&x,4);
-#else
-  p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
-  p[1] = (u8)(v>>16);
-  p[2] = (u8)(v>>8);
-  p[3] = (u8)v;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
-** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
-** character:  0..9a..fA..F
-*/
-u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){
-  assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-  h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-  h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
-#endif
-  return (u8)(h & 0xf);
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-/*
-** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
-** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
-** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
-** the calling routine.
-*/
-void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
-  char *zBlob;
-  int i;
-
-  zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1);
-  n--;
-  if( zBlob ){
-    for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
-      zBlob[i/2] = (sqlite3HexToInt(z[i])<<4) | sqlite3HexToInt(z[i+1]);
-    }
-    zBlob[i/2] = 0;
-  }
-  return zBlob;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
-
-/*
-** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should
-** not have been used.  The "type" of connection pointer is given as the
-** argument.  The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid".
-*/
-static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
-     "API call with %s database connection pointer",
-     zType
-  );
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
-** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
-** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
-** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
-** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be
-** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
-** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
-**
-** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for
-** use.  sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to
-** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
-** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
-*/
-int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
-  u32 magic;
-  if( db==0 ){
-    logBadConnection("NULL");
-    return 0;
-  }
-  magic = db->magic;
-  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
-    if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-      testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-      logBadConnection("unopened");
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
-  u32 magic;
-  magic = db->magic;
-  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
-      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
-      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    logBadConnection("invalid");
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against
-** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA.
-** Return 0 on success.  Or if the operation would have resulted in an
-** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1.
-*/
-int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
-  i64 iA = *pA;
-  testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 );
-  testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 );
-  if( iB>=0 ){
-    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB );
-    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 );
-    if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1;
-  }else{
-    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 );
-    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 );
-    if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
-  }
-  *pA += iB;
-  return 0; 
-}
-int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
-  testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 );
-  if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
-    testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 );
-    if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1;
-    *pA -= iB;
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB);
-  }
-}
-#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32)
-#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31)
-int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
-  i64 iA = *pA;
-  i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r;
-
-  iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32;
-  iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32;
-  iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32;
-  iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32;
-  if( iA1==0 ){
-    if( iB1==0 ){
-      *pA *= iB;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    r = iA0*iB1;
-  }else if( iB1==0 ){
-    r = iA1*iB0;
-  }else{
-    /* If both iA1 and iB1 are non-zero, overflow will result */
-    return 1;
-  }
-  testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 );
-  testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) );
-  testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 );
-  testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 );
-  if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1;
-  r *= TWOPOWER32;
-  if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1;
-  *pA = r;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible.  Or 
-** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
-*/
-int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
-  if( x>=0 ) return x;
-  if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff;
-  return -x;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
-/*
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database
-** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
-** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
-** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
-** characters of the original suffix.
-**
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always
-** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter.
-**
-** Examples:
-**
-**     test.db-journal    =>   test.nal
-**     test.db-wal        =>   test.wal
-**     test.db-shm        =>   test.shm
-**     test.db-mj7f3319fa =>   test.9fa
-*/
-void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2
-  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) )
-#endif
-  {
-    int i, sz;
-    sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-    for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
-    if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* 
-** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values.  This computation is
-** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic
-** value.
-** 
-*/
-LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){
-  static const unsigned char x[] = {
-     10, 10,                         /* 0,1 */
-      9, 9,                          /* 2,3 */
-      8, 8,                          /* 4,5 */
-      7, 7, 7,                       /* 6,7,8 */
-      6, 6, 6,                       /* 9,10,11 */
-      5, 5, 5,                       /* 12-14 */
-      4, 4, 4, 4,                    /* 15-18 */
-      3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,              /* 19-24 */
-      2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,           /* 25-31 */
-  };
-  if( a>=b ){
-    if( a>b+49 ) return a;
-    if( a>b+31 ) return a+1;
-    return a+x[a-b];
-  }else{
-    if( b>a+49 ) return b;
-    if( b>a+31 ) return b+1;
-    return b+x[b-a];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an integer into a LogEst.  In other words, compute an
-** approximation for 10*log2(x).
-*/
-LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){
-  static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 };
-  LogEst y = 40;
-  if( x<8 ){
-    if( x<2 ) return 0;
-    while( x<8 ){  y -= 10; x <<= 1; }
-  }else{
-    while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; }
-    while( x>15 ){  y += 10; x >>= 1; }
-  }
-  return a[x&7] + y - 10;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Convert a double into a LogEst
-** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x).
-*/
-LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){
-  u64 a;
-  LogEst e;
-  assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 );
-  if( x<=1 ) return 0;
-  if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x);
-  memcpy(&a, &x, 8);
-  e = (a>>52) - 1022;
-  return e*10;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** Convert a LogEst into an integer.
-*/
-u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){
-  u64 n;
-  if( x<10 ) return 1;
-  n = x%10;
-  x /= 10;
-  if( n>=5 ) n -= 2;
-  else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1;
-  if( x>=3 ){
-    return x>60 ? (u64)LARGEST_INT64 : (n+8)<<(x-3);
-  }
-  return (n+8)>>(3-x);
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vacuum.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vacuum.c
deleted file mode 100644
index adc802e60b4..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vacuum.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
-**
-** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
-** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-/*
-** Finalize a prepared statement.  If there was an error, store the
-** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
-*/
-static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
-*/
-static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  VVA_ONLY( int rc; )
-  if( !zSql ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  }
-  VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) );
-  return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
-** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
-*/
-static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
-** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
-** in PostgreSQL.  The VACUUM command works as follows:
-**
-**   (1)  Create a new transient database file
-**   (2)  Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into
-**        the new transient database file
-**   (3)  Copy content from the transient database back into the
-**        original database.
-**
-** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately
-** equal to the size of the original database.  The copy operation of
-** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal
-** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal.
-** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the
-** original database is required.  Every page of the database is written
-** approximately 3 times:  Once for step (2) and twice for step (3).
-** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original
-** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to
-** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content.
-**
-** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if
-** the copy of step (3) were replaced by deleting the original database
-** and renaming the transient database as the original.  But that will
-** not work if other processes are attached to the original database.
-** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the
-** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted
-** following reboot.
-*/
-void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, 0);
-  }
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
-*/
-int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
-  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
-  Btree *pTemp;           /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
-  char *zSql = 0;         /* SQL statements */
-  int saved_flags;        /* Saved value of the db->flags */
-  int saved_nChange;      /* Saved value of db->nChange */
-  int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
-  void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*);  /* Saved db->xTrace */
-  Db *pDb = 0;            /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
-  int isMemDb;            /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */
-  int nRes;               /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */
-  int nDb;                /* Number of attached databases */
-
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be 
-  ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
-  ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints.  */
-  saved_flags = db->flags;
-  saved_nChange = db->nChange;
-  saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
-  saved_xTrace = db->xTrace;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
-  db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder);
-  db->xTrace = 0;
-
-  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
-  isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain));
-
-  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
-  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
-  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
-  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
-  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
-  **
-  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
-  ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
-  ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower.  Very little journalling
-  ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
-  ** empty.  Only the journal header is written.  Apparently it takes more
-  ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
-  ** to write the journal header file.
-  */
-  nDb = db->nDb;
-  if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
-    zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;";
-  }else{
-    zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
-  }
-  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql);
-  if( db->nDb>nDb ){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
-    assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
-
-  /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file
-  ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction
-  ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't
-  ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below.  */
-  sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
-
-  nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(pMain);
-
-  /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( db->nextPagesize ){
-    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
-    int nKey;
-    char *zKey;
-    sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
-    if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database
-  ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below,
-  ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database.
-  */
-  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN;");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */
-  if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain))
-                                               ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
-    db->nextPagesize = 0;
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0)
-   || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0))
-   || NEVER(db->mallocFailed)
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto end_of_vacuum;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
-                                           sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
-#endif
-
-  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
-  ** in the temporary database.
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
-      "   AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0"
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
-  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy
-  ** the contents to the temporary database.
-  */
-  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0 );
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_Vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
-      "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'"
-      "FROM main.sqlite_master "
-      "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
-      "  AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0"
-  );
-  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)!=0 );
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Vacuum;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Copy over the sequence table
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
-      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
-      "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' "
-      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-
-  /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
-  ** over to the temporary database.  None of these objects has any
-  ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
-  ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
-  */
-  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
-      "  SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
-      "    FROM main.sqlite_master"
-      "   WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
-      "      OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
-  );
-  if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the 
-  ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs,
-  ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database
-  ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit
-  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit().
-  */
-  {
-    u32 meta;
-    int i;
-
-    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
-    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
-    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
-    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
-    ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
-    */
-    static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
-       BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION,     1,  /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
-       BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0,  /* Preserve the default page cache size */
-       BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING,      0,  /* Preserve the text encoding */
-       BTREE_USER_VERSION,       0,  /* Preserve the user version */
-       BTREE_APPLICATION_ID,     0,  /* Preserve the application id */
-    };
-
-    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
-    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
-
-    /* Copy Btree meta values */
-    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){
-      /* GetMeta() and UpdateMeta() cannot fail in this context because
-      ** we already have page 1 loaded into cache and marked dirty. */
-      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
-      if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-    }
-
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
-#endif
-  }
-
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1);
-
-end_of_vacuum:
-  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
-  db->flags = saved_flags;
-  db->nChange = saved_nChange;
-  db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
-  db->xTrace = saved_xTrace;
-  sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1);
-
-  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
-  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
-  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
-  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
-  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
-  ** is closed by the DETACH.
-  */
-  db->autoCommit = 1;
-
-  if( pDb ){
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-    pDb->pBt = 0;
-    pDb->pSchema = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[]
-  ** array. */ 
-  sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif  /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbe.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbe.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 455befeafb7..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbe.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6696 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** The code in this file implements the function that runs the
-** bytecode of a prepared statement.
-**
-** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
-** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
-** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
-** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
-** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the
-** value of the cell.  This macro verifies that shallow copies are
-** not misused.  A shallow copy of a string or blob just copies a
-** pointer to the string or blob, not the content.  If the original
-** is changed while the copy is still in use, the string or blob might
-** be changed out from under the copy.  This macro verifies that nothing
-** like that ever happens.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M)
-#else
-# define memAboutToChange(P,M)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
-** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
-** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
-** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
-** each instruction in the VDBE.  When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
-** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt.
-**
-** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
-** in an ordinary build.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
-** is executed.  The test procedures use this information to make sure that
-** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times.   This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
-** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode.  The test procedures
-** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
-** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
-static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
-  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
-    sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable is incremented each time the OP_Found opcode
-** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key
-** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_found_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
-** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)  updateMaxBlobsize(P)
-#else
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Invoke the VDBE coverage callback, if that callback is defined.  This
-** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an
-** production builds.
-**
-** M is an integer, 2 or 3, that indices how many different ways the
-** branch can go.  It is usually 2.  "I" is the direction the branch
-** goes.  0 means falls through.  1 means branch is taken.  2 means the
-** second alternative branch is taken.
-**
-** iSrcLine is the source code line (from the __LINE__ macro) that
-** generated the VDBE instruction.  This instrumentation assumes that all
-** source code is in a single file (the amalgamation).  Special values 1
-** and 2 for the iSrcLine parameter mean that this particular branch is
-** always taken or never taken, respectively.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE)
-# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M)
-#else
-# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M)
-  static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){
-    if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){
-      M = iSrcLine;
-      /* Assert the truth of VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken() and 
-      ** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken() */
-      assert( (M & I)==I );
-    }else{
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch==0 ) return;  /*NO_TEST*/
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg,
-                                      iSrcLine,I,M);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
-** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
-*/
-#define Stringify(P, enc) \
-   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc,0)) \
-     { goto no_mem; }
-
-/*
-** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
-** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
-** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
-** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
-** knowing it.
-**
-** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
-** string that the register itself controls.  In other words, it
-** converts an MEM_Ephem string into a string with P.z==P.zMalloc.
-*/
-#define Deephemeralize(P) \
-   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
-       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
-
-/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */
-#define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0)
-
-/*
-** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
-** if we run out of memory.
-*/
-static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
-  Vdbe *p,              /* The virtual machine */
-  int iCur,             /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
-  int nField,           /* Number of fields in the table or index */
-  int iDb,              /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
-  int isBtreeCursor     /* True for B-Tree.  False for pseudo-table or vtab */
-){
-  /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
-  ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a 
-  ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
-  ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
-  **
-  **   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
-  **     purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
-  **     different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
-  **     allocations.
-  **
-  **   * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
-  **     be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
-  **     minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
-  **
-  ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
-  ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
-  ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
-  */
-  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
-
-  int nByte;
-  VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
-  nByte = 
-      ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + 
-      (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0);
-
-  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
-  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
-    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
-    p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){
-    p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
-    memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor));
-    pCx->iDb = iDb;
-    pCx->nField = nField;
-    pCx->aOffset = &pCx->aType[nField];
-    if( isBtreeCursor ){
-      pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
-          &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField];
-      sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor);
-    }
-  }
-  return pCx;
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
-** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
-** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
-** look like a number, leave it alone.
-**
-** If the bTryForInt flag is true, then extra effort is made to give
-** an integer representation.  Strings that look like floating point
-** values but which have no fractional component (example: '48.00')
-** will have a MEM_Int representation when bTryForInt is true.
-**
-** If bTryForInt is false, then if the input string contains a decimal
-** point or exponential notation, the result is only MEM_Real, even
-** if there is an exact integer representation of the quantity.
-*/
-static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){
-  double rValue;
-  i64 iValue;
-  u8 enc = pRec->enc;
-  assert( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==MEM_Str );
-  if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
-  if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
-    pRec->u.i = iValue;
-    pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
-  }else{
-    pRec->u.r = rValue;
-    pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
-    if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
-** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
-**    Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a 
-**    floating-point representation if an integer representation
-**    is not possible.  Note that the integer representation is
-**    always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
-**    an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-**    Convert pRec to a text representation.
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB:
-**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
-*/
-static void applyAffinity(
-  Mem *pRec,          /* The value to apply affinity to */
-  char affinity,      /* The affinity to be applied */
-  u8 enc              /* Use this text encoding */
-){
-  if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
-    if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-      if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
-        if( pRec->flags & MEM_Str ) applyNumericAffinity(pRec,1);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
-      }
-    }
-  }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
-    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
-    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
-    ** representation.
-    */
-    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc, 1);
-    }
-    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
-** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
-** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
-** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
-*/
-int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
-  if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
-    Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
-    applyNumericAffinity(pMem, 0);
-    eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
-  }
-  return eType;
-}
-
-/*
-** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
-** not the internal Mem* type.
-*/
-void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
-  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
-  u8 affinity, 
-  u8 enc
-){
-  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
-}
-
-/*
-** pMem currently only holds a string type (or maybe a BLOB that we can
-** interpret as a string if we want to).  Compute its corresponding
-** numeric type, if has one.  Set the pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i fields
-** accordingly.
-*/
-static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 );
-  if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->u.r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    return MEM_Int;
-  }
-  return MEM_Real;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
-** none.  
-**
-** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
-** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
-*/
-static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
-  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
-    return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
-  }
-  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    return computeNumericType(pMem);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
-** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
-  char *zCsr = zBuf;
-  int f = pMem->flags;
-
-  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
-
-  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
-    int i;
-    char c;
-    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
-      c = 'z';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
-      c = 't';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
-      c = 'e';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
-    }else{
-      c = 's';
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
-    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
-    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
-    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
-      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
-      char z = pMem->z[i];
-      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
-      else *zCsr++ = z;
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
-    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
-    if( f & MEM_Zero ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
-      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
-    }
-    *zCsr = '\0';
-  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
-    int j, k;
-    zBuf[0] = ' ';
-    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
-      zBuf[1] = 'z';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
-      zBuf[1] = 't';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
-      zBuf[1] = 'e';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
-    }else{
-      zBuf[1] = 's';
-    }
-    k = 2;
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
-    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
-    zBuf[k++] = '[';
-    for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
-      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
-      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
-        zBuf[k++] = c;
-      }else{
-        zBuf[k++] = '.';
-      }
-    }
-    zBuf[k++] = ']';
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
-    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
-    zBuf[k++] = 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
-*/
-static void memTracePrint(Mem *p){
-  if( p->flags & MEM_Undefined ){
-    printf(" undefined");
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    printf(" NULL");
-  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
-    printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i);
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
-    printf(" r:%g", p->u.r);
-#endif
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
-    printf(" (rowset)");
-  }else{
-    char zBuf[200];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
-    printf(" %s", zBuf);
-  }
-}
-static void registerTrace(int iReg, Mem *p){
-  printf("REG[%d] = ", iReg);
-  memTracePrint(p);
-  printf("\n");
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace)registerTrace(R,M)
-#else
-#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-
-/* 
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-#include "hwtime.h"
-
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
-** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
-** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the 
-** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
-** 
-** Usage:
-**
-**     assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
-*/
-static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
-  int n = 0;
-  Savepoint *p;
-  for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
-  assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the register of pOp->p2 after first preparing it to be
-** overwritten with an integer value.
-*/ 
-static Mem *out2Prerelease(Vdbe *p, VdbeOp *pOp){
-  Mem *pOut;
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-  return pOut;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can.
-** This is the core of sqlite3_step().  
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeExec(
-  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
-){
-  Op *aOp = p->aOp;          /* Copy of p->aOp */
-  Op *pOp = aOp;             /* Current operation */
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
-  Op *pOrigOp;               /* Value of pOp at the top of the loop */
-#endif
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
-  u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
-  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
-  int iCompare = 0;          /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
-  unsigned nVmStep = 0;      /* Number of virtual machine steps */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  unsigned nProgressLimit = 0;/* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */
-#endif
-  Mem *aMem = p->aMem;       /* Copy of p->aMem */
-  Mem *pIn1 = 0;             /* 1st input operand */
-  Mem *pIn2 = 0;             /* 2nd input operand */
-  Mem *pIn3 = 0;             /* 3rd input operand */
-  Mem *pOut = 0;             /* Output operand */
-  int *aPermute = 0;         /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
-  i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid;  /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  u64 start;                 /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
-#endif
-  /*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/
-
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
-  sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
-  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
-    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
-  assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 );
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  p->iCurrentTime = 0;
-  assert( p->explain==0 );
-  p->pResultSet = 0;
-  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-  if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
-  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  if( db->xProgress ){
-    u32 iPrior = p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP];
-    assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps );
-    nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps - (iPrior % db->nProgressOps);
-  }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  if( p->pc==0
-   && (p->db->flags & (SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeEQP|SQLITE_VdbeTrace))!=0
-  ){
-    int i;
-    int once = 1;
-    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
-    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing ){
-      printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]);
-      }
-    }
-    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeEQP ){
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-        if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ){
-          if( once ) printf("VDBE Query Plan:\n");
-          printf("%s\n", aOp[i].p4.z);
-          once = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace )  printf("VDBE Trace:\n");
-  }
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-#endif
-  for(pOp=&aOp[p->pc]; rc==SQLITE_OK; pOp++){
-    assert( pOp>=aOp && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp]);
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-    start = sqlite3Hwtime();
-#endif
-    nVmStep++;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-    if( p->anExec ) p->anExec[(int)(pOp-aOp)]++;
-#endif
-
-    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
-      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, (int)(pOp - aOp), pOp);
-    }
-#endif
-      
-
-    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
-    ** if we have a special test build.
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
-      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
-      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
-        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
-      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]);
-    }
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
-      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
-    }
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
-      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
-    }
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
-    }
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
-    }
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
-    pOrigOp = pOp;
-#endif
-  
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
-** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
-** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
-** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
-** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
-** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
-** we transition back to normal indentation.
-**
-** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
-** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
-** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
-** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
-** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
-** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
-** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
-** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
-**
-** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
-** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
-** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2, out3.  See
-** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
-**
-** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
-** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
-** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
-** file.
-**
-** SUMMARY:
-**
-**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
-**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
-**
-*****************************************************************************/
-
-/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 * * *
-**
-** An unconditional jump to address P2.
-** The next instruction executed will be 
-** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
-** the program.
-**
-** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode.  However, it
-** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell
-** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down
-** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output.
-*/
-case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */
-jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt:
-  pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1];
-
-  /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev,
-  ** OP_VNext, OP_RowSetNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon
-  ** completion.  Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called
-  ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. 
-  **
-  ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean.
-  ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this
-  ** way for performance, to avoid having to run the interrupt and progress
-  ** checks on every opcode.  This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5%
-  ** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */
-check_for_interrupt:
-  if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
-  ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
-  ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
-  ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
-  ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
-  */
-  if( db->xProgress!=0 && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit ){
-    assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 );
-    nProgressLimit = nVmStep + db->nProgressOps - (nVmStep%db->nProgressOps);
-    if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-      goto vdbe_error_halt;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Gosub P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write the current address onto register P1
-** and then jump to address P2.
-*/
-case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
-  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
-  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pIn1->u.i = (int)(pOp-aOp);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-
-  /* Most jump operations do a goto to this spot in order to update
-  ** the pOp pointer. */
-jump_to_p2:
-  pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1];
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Return P1 * * * *
-**
-** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.  After
-** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
-*/
-case OP_Return: {           /* in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
-  pOp = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
-  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Set up register P1 so that it will Yield to the coroutine
-** located at address P3.
-**
-** If P2!=0 then the coroutine implementation immediately follows
-** this opcode.  So jump over the coroutine implementation to
-** address P2.
-**
-** See also: EndCoroutine
-*/
-case OP_InitCoroutine: {     /* jump */
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 &&  pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
-  assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
-  pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1;
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-  if( pOp->p2 ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
-**
-** The instruction at the address in register P1 is a Yield.
-** Jump to the P2 parameter of that Yield.
-** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
-**
-** See also: InitCoroutine
-*/
-case OP_EndCoroutine: {           /* in1 */
-  VdbeOp *pCaller;
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
-  assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
-  pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
-  assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield );
-  assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2<p->nOp );
-  pOp = &aOp[pCaller->p2 - 1];
-  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Yield P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.  This
-** has the effect of yielding to a coroutine.
-**
-** If the coroutine that is launched by this instruction ends with
-** Yield or Return then continue to the next instruction.  But if
-** the coroutine launched by this instruction ends with
-** EndCoroutine, then jump to P2 rather than continuing with the
-** next instruction.
-**
-** See also: InitCoroutine
-*/
-case OP_Yield: {            /* in1, jump */
-  int pcDest;
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
-  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
-  pIn1->u.i = (int)(pOp - aOp);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-  pOp = &aOp[pcDest];
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  HaltIfNull  P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis:  if r[P3]=null halt
-**
-** Check the value in register P3.  If it is NULL then Halt using
-** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction.  If the
-** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op.
-** The P5 parameter should be 1.
-*/
-case OP_HaltIfNull: {      /* in3 */
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
-  /* Fall through into OP_Halt */
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5
-**
-** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, etc are closed
-** automatically.
-**
-** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
-** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
-** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
-** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
-** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
-** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
-** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
-**
-** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
-**
-** P5 is a value between 0 and 4, inclusive, that modifies the P4 string.
-**
-**    0:  (no change)
-**    1:  NOT NULL contraint failed: P4
-**    2:  UNIQUE constraint failed: P4
-**    3:  CHECK constraint failed: P4
-**    4:  FOREIGN KEY constraint failed: P4
-**
-** If P5 is not zero and P4 is NULL, then everything after the ":" is
-** omitted.
-**
-** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
-** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
-** is the same as executing Halt.
-*/
-case OP_Halt: {
-  const char *zType;
-  const char *zLogFmt;
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
-  int pcx;
-
-  pcx = (int)(pOp - aOp);
-  if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
-    /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
-    pFrame = p->pFrame;
-    p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
-    p->nFrame--;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
-    pcx = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
-    lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
-    if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
-      /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
-      ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
-      ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
-      ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
-      ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
-      pcx = p->aOp[pcx].p2-1;
-    }
-    aOp = p->aOp;
-    aMem = p->aMem;
-    pOp = &aOp[pcx];
-    break;
-  }
-  p->rc = pOp->p1;
-  p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
-  p->pc = pcx;
-  if( p->rc ){
-    if( pOp->p5 ){
-      static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK",
-                                             "FOREIGN KEY" };
-      assert( pOp->p5>=1 && pOp->p5<=4 );
-      testcase( pOp->p5==1 );
-      testcase( pOp->p5==2 );
-      testcase( pOp->p5==3 );
-      testcase( pOp->p5==4 );
-      zType = azType[pOp->p5-1];
-    }else{
-      zType = 0;
-    }
-    assert( zType!=0 || pOp->p4.z!=0 );
-    zLogFmt = "abort at %d in [%s]: %s";
-    if( zType && pOp->p4.z ){
-      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s constraint failed: %s", zType, pOp->p4.z);
-    }else if( pOp->p4.z ){
-      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s constraint failed", zType);
-    }
-    sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, zLogFmt, pcx, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else{
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 );
-    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  goto vdbe_return;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1
-**
-** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Integer: {         /* out2 */
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Int64: {           /* out2 */
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
-  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2 */
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
-  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
-  pOut->u.r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
-**
-** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
-** into a String opcode before it is executed for the first time.  During
-** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
-** as the P1 parameter.
-*/
-case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2 */
-  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
-  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
-    assert( pOut->szMalloc>0 && pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z );
-    assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 );
-    pOut->szMalloc = 0;
-    pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
-    if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
-    }
-    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
-    pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
-    pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
-}
-  
-/* Opcode: String P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)
-**
-** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
-**
-** If P5!=0 and the content of register P3 is greater than zero, then
-** the datatype of the register P2 is converted to BLOB.  The content is
-** the same sequence of bytes, it is merely interpreted as a BLOB instead
-** of a string, as if it had been CAST.
-*/
-case OP_String: {          /* out2 */
-  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
-  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
-  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  if( pOp->p5 ){
-    assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-    assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
-    if( pIn3->u.i ) pOut->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Null P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P2..P3]=NULL
-**
-** Write a NULL into registers P2.  If P3 greater than P2, then also write
-** NULL into register P3 and every register in between P2 and P3.  If P3
-** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is
-** set to NULL.
-**
-** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that
-** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on
-** OP_Ne or OP_Eq.
-*/
-case OP_Null: {           /* out2 */
-  int cnt;
-  u16 nullFlag;
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
-  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
-  while( cnt>0 ){
-    pOut++;
-    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-    pOut->flags = nullFlag;
-    cnt--;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P1]=NULL
-**
-** Set register P1 to have the value NULL as seen by the OP_MakeRecord
-** instruction, but do not free any string or blob memory associated with
-** the register, so that if the value was a string or blob that was
-** previously copied using OP_SCopy, the copies will continue to be valid.
-*/
-case OP_SoftNull: {
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pOut->flags = (pOut->flags|MEM_Null)&~MEM_Undefined;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)
-**
-** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
-** blob in register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Blob: {                /* out2 */
-  assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)
-**
-** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
-**
-** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4.
-** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
-*/
-case OP_Variable: {            /* out2 */
-  Mem *pVar;       /* Value being transferred */
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
-  assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] );
-  pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]
-**
-** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
-** registers P2..P2+P3-1.  Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are
-** left holding a NULL.  It is an error for register ranges
-** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.  It is an error
-** for P3 to be less than 1.
-*/
-case OP_Move: {
-  int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
-  int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
-  int p2;          /* Register to copy to */
-
-  n = pOp->p3;
-  p1 = pOp->p1;
-  p2 = pOp->p2;
-  assert( n>0 && p1>0 && p2>0 );
-  assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 );
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[p1];
-  pOut = &aMem[p2];
-  do{
-    assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
-    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
-    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
-    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<pOut ){
-      pOut->pScopyFrom += pOp->p2 - p1;
-    }
-#endif
-    Deephemeralize(pOut);
-    REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut);
-    pIn1++;
-    pOut++;
-  }while( --n );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]
-**
-** Make a copy of registers P1..P1+P3 into registers P2..P2+P3.
-**
-** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
-** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
-*/
-case OP_Copy: {
-  int n;
-
-  n = pOp->p3;
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
-  while( 1 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
-    Deephemeralize(pOut);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    pOut->pScopyFrom = 0;
-#endif
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut);
-    if( (n--)==0 ) break;
-    pOut++;
-    pIn1++;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]
-**
-** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
-**
-** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
-** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
-** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
-** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
-** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
-** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
-** copy.
-*/
-case OP_SCopy: {            /* out2 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1;
-#endif
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis:  output=r[P1@P2]
-**
-** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
-** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
-** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
-** structure to provide access to the r(P1)..r(P1+P2-1) values as
-** the result row.
-*/
-case OP_ResultRow: {
-  Mem *pMem;
-  int i;
-  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  /* Run the progress counter just before returning.
-  */
-  if( db->xProgress!=0
-   && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit
-   && db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-    goto vdbe_error_halt;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do
-  ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement
-  ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back.  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){
-    assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
-    assert( p->usesStmtJournal );
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then 
-  ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows 
-  ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
-  ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
-  **
-  ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction
-  ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to
-  ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping.
-  ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user
-  ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This
-  ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions.
-  **
-  ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction.  Hence
-  ** the RELEASE call below can never fail.
-  */
-  assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
-  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
-  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
-
-  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
-  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are de-ephemeralized as
-  ** a side effect.
-  */
-  pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  for(i=0; i<pOp->p2; i++){
-    assert( memIsValid(&pMem[i]) );
-    Deephemeralize(&pMem[i]);
-    assert( (pMem[i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0
-            || (pMem[i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]);
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-
-  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
-  */
-  p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp) + 1;
-  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
-  goto vdbe_return;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]
-**
-** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
-** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
-** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
-**
-**   P3 = P2 || P1
-**
-** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
-** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
-** to avoid a memcpy().
-*/
-case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
-  i64 nByte;
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( pIn1!=pOut );
-  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-    break;
-  }
-  if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem;
-  Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
-  Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
-  nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
-  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
-  if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
-    memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
-  }
-  memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
-  pOut->z[nByte]=0;
-  pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0;
-  pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
-  pOut->n = (int)nByte;
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]
-**
-** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]
-**
-**
-** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]
-**
-** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]
-**
-** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in 
-** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is 
-** NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]
-**
-** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by 
-** register P1 and store the result in register P3. 
-** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL.
-** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
-  char bIntint;   /* Started out as two integer operands */
-  u16 flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
-  u16 type1;      /* Numeric type of left operand */
-  u16 type2;      /* Numeric type of right operand */
-  i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
-  i64 iB;         /* Integer value of right operand */
-  double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
-  double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  type1 = numericType(pIn1);
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  type2 = numericType(pIn2);
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
-  if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-  if( (type1 & type2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
-    iA = pIn1->u.i;
-    iB = pIn2->u.i;
-    bIntint = 1;
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-      case OP_Add:       if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
-      case OP_Subtract:  if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
-      case OP_Multiply:  if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
-      case OP_Divide: {
-        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math;
-        iB /= iA;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1;
-        iB %= iA;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    pOut->u.i = iB;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  }else{
-    bIntint = 0;
-fp_math:
-    rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
-    rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-      case OP_Add:         rB += rA;       break;
-      case OP_Subtract:    rB -= rA;       break;
-      case OP_Multiply:    rB *= rA;       break;
-      case OP_Divide: {
-        /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
-        if( rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        rB /= rA;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        iA = (i64)rA;
-        iB = (i64)rB;
-        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1;
-        rB = (double)(iB % iA);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    pOut->u.i = rB;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-#else
-    if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){
-      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-    }
-    pOut->u.r = rB;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
-    if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){
-      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  break;
-
-arithmetic_result_is_null:
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: CollSeq P1 * * P4
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
-** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
-** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
-** functions.
-**
-** If P1 is not zero, then it is a register that a subsequent min() or
-** max() aggregate will set to 1 if the current row is not the minimum or
-** maximum.  The P1 register is initialized to 0 by this instruction.
-**
-** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
-** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
-** publicly.  Only built-in functions have access to this feature.
-*/
-case OP_CollSeq: {
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-  if( pOp->p1 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p1], 0);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Function0 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])
-**
-** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef object that
-** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
-** successors.  The result of the function is stored in register P3.
-** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
-**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
-** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
-** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
-** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
-** invocation of this opcode.
-**
-** See also: Function, AggStep, AggFinal
-*/
-/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])
-**
-** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object that
-** contains a pointer to the function to be run) with P5 arguments taken
-** from register P2 and successors.  The result of the function is stored
-** in register P3.  Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
-**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
-** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
-** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
-** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
-** invocation of this opcode.
-**
-** SQL functions are initially coded as OP_Function0 with P4 pointing
-** to a FuncDef object.  But on first evaluation, the P4 operand is
-** automatically converted into an sqlite3_context object and the operation
-** changed to this OP_Function opcode.  In this way, the initialization of
-** the sqlite3_context object occurs only once, rather than once for each
-** evaluation of the function.
-**
-** See also: Function0, AggStep, AggFinal
-*/
-case OP_Function0: {
-  int n;
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx;
-
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
-  n = pOp->p5;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1) );
-  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
-  pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pCtx) + (n-1)*sizeof(sqlite3_value*));
-  if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCtx->pOut = 0;
-  pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-  pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp);
-  pCtx->pVdbe = p;
-  pCtx->argc = n;
-  pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX;
-  pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx;
-  pOp->opcode = OP_Function;
-  /* Fall through into OP_Function */
-}
-case OP_Function: {
-  int i;
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx;
-
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCCTX );
-  pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx;
-
-  /* If this function is inside of a trigger, the register array in aMem[]
-  ** might change from one evaluation to the next.  The next block of code
-  ** checks to see if the register array has changed, and if so it
-  ** reinitializes the relavant parts of the sqlite3_context object */
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( pCtx->pOut != pOut ){
-    pCtx->pOut = pOut;
-    for(i=pCtx->argc-1; i>=0; i--) pCtx->argv[i] = &aMem[pOp->p2+i];
-  }
-
-  memAboutToChange(p, pCtx->pOut);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){
-    assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) );
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]);
-  }
-#endif
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pCtx->pOut, MEM_Null);
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 0;
-  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
-  (*pCtx->pFunc->xFunc)(pCtx, pCtx->argc, pCtx->argv); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
-  lastRowid = db->lastRowid;  /* Remember rowid changes made by xFunc */
-
-  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
-  if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux ){
-    if( pCtx->isError ){
-      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pCtx->pOut));
-      rc = pCtx->isError;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, pCtx->iOp, pOp->p1);
-  }
-
-  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
-  if( pOut->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pCtx->pOut, encoding);
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pCtx->pOut) ) goto too_big;
-  }
-
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pCtx->pOut);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pCtx->pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]
-**
-** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]
-**
-** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]
-**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]
-**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-  i64 iA;
-  u64 uA;
-  i64 iB;
-  u8 op;
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-    break;
-  }
-  iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
-  iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
-  op = pOp->opcode;
-  if( op==OP_BitAnd ){
-    iA &= iB;
-  }else if( op==OP_BitOr ){
-    iA |= iB;
-  }else if( iB!=0 ){
-    assert( op==OP_ShiftRight || op==OP_ShiftLeft );
-
-    /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */
-    if( iB<0 ){
-      assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 );
-      op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - op;
-      iB = iB>(-64) ? -iB : 64;
-    }
-
-    if( iB>=64 ){
-      iA = (iA>=0 || op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1;
-    }else{
-      memcpy(&uA, &iA, sizeof(uA));
-      if( op==OP_ShiftLeft ){
-        uA <<= iB;
-      }else{
-        uA >>= iB;
-        /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */
-        if( iA<0 ) uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-iB);
-      }
-      memcpy(&iA, &uA, sizeof(iA));
-    }
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = iA;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P1]=r[P1]+P2
-** 
-** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
-** The result is always an integer.
-**
-** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
-*/
-case OP_AddImm: {            /* in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
-** 
-** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If the value
-** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
-** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
-** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
-*/
-case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
-    VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2);
-    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-      if( pOp->p2==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }else{
-        goto jump_to_p2;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
-**
-** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
-**
-** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
-** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
-** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
-** to have only a real value.
-*/
-case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-/* Opcode: Cast P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1])
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be the type defined by P2.
-** 
-** <ul>
-** <li value="97"> TEXT
-** <li value="98"> BLOB
-** <li value="99"> NUMERIC
-** <li value="100"> INTEGER
-** <li value="101"> REAL
-** </ul>
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_Cast: {                  /* in1 */
-  assert( pOp->p2>=SQLITE_AFF_BLOB && pOp->p2<=SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
-  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
-  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB );
-  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
-  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
-  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
-  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemCast(pIn1, pOp->p2, encoding);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-
-/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
-** jump to address P2.  
-**
-** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
-** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump.  If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 
-** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
-**
-** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made 
-** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
-** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
-** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
-** back into the input registers P1 and P3.  So this opcode can cause
-** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
-**
-** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
-** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
-** used to determine the results of the comparison.  If both values
-** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
-** P4 is  used to do the comparison.  If P4 is not specified then
-** memcmp() is used to compare text string.  If both values are
-** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
-** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
-** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump.  Instead,
-** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_NULLEQ bit is set in P5, then NULL values are considered
-** equal to one another, provided that they do not have their MEM_Cleared
-** bit set.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal.  See the Lt opcode for
-** additional information.
-**
-** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
-** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
-** of comparison is false.  If either operand is NULL then the result is true.
-** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
-** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
-** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-**
-** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
-** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
-** of comparison is true.  If either operand is NULL then the result is false.
-** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
-** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
-** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
-** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
-** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
-  int res;            /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
-  char affinity;      /* Affinity to use for comparison */
-  u16 flags1;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
-  u16 flags3;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  flags1 = pIn1->flags;
-  flags3 = pIn3->flags;
-  if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Null ){
-    /* One or both operands are NULL */
-    if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){
-      /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
-      ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
-      ** or not both operands are null.
-      */
-      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
-      assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 );
-      assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 );
-      if( (flags1&MEM_Null)!=0
-       && (flags3&MEM_Null)!=0
-       && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0
-      ){
-        res = 0;  /* Results are equal */
-      }else{
-        res = 1;  /* Results are not equal */
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL,
-      ** then the result is always NULL.
-      ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
-      */
-      if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
-        pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-        MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
-        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-      }else{
-        VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
-        if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
-          goto jump_to_p2;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
-    affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
-    if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
-        applyNumericAffinity(pIn1,0);
-      }
-      if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
-        applyNumericAffinity(pIn3,0);
-      }
-    }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
-      if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Str)==0 && (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){
-        testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
-        testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real );
-        sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn1, encoding, 1);
-        testcase( (flags1&MEM_Dyn) != (pIn1->flags&MEM_Dyn) );
-        flags1 = (pIn1->flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1 & MEM_TypeMask);
-      }
-      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Str)==0 && (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){
-        testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
-        testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Real );
-        sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn3, encoding, 1);
-        testcase( (flags3&MEM_Dyn) != (pIn3->flags&MEM_Dyn) );
-        flags3 = (pIn3->flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags3 & MEM_TypeMask);
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
-    if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pIn1);
-      flags1 &= ~MEM_Zero;
-    }
-    if( pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pIn3);
-      flags3 &= ~MEM_Zero;
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-    res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
-  }
-  switch( pOp->opcode ){
-    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
-    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
-    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
-    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
-    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
-    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
-  }
-
-  /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
-  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags1 & MEM_Dyn) );
-  pIn1->flags = flags1;
-  assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags3 & MEM_Dyn) );
-  pIn3->flags = flags3;
-
-  if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
-    pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-    pOut->u.i = res;
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  }else{
-    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3);
-    if( res ){
-      goto jump_to_p2;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
-**
-** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
-** of integers in P4.
-**
-** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has
-** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should 
-** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
-*/
-case OP_Permutation: {
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
-  assert( pOp->p4.ai );
-  aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]
-**
-** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
-** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B").  Save the result of
-** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
-**
-** If P5 has the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set, then the order of comparison is
-** determined by the most recent OP_Permutation operator.  If the
-** OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit is clear, then register are compared in sequential
-** order.
-**
-** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
-** orders for the comparison.  The permutation applies to registers
-** only.  The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
-**
-** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
-** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
-** and strings are less than blobs.
-*/
-case OP_Compare: {
-  int n;
-  int i;
-  int p1;
-  int p2;
-  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-  int idx;
-  CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
-  int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
-
-  if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ) aPermute = 0;
-  n = pOp->p3;
-  pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
-  p1 = pOp->p1;
-  p2 = pOp->p2;
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( aPermute ){
-    int k, mx = 0;
-    for(k=0; k<n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k];
-    assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-    assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-  }else{
-    assert( p1>0 && p1+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-    assert( p2>0 && p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-    idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i;
-    assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p1+idx]) );
-    assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p2+idx]) );
-    REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &aMem[p1+idx]);
-    REGISTER_TRACE(p2+idx, &aMem[p2+idx]);
-    assert( i<pKeyInfo->nField );
-    pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i];
-    bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i];
-    iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl);
-    if( iCompare ){
-      if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  aPermute = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
-** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
-** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
-*/
-case OP_Jump: {             /* jump */
-  if( iCompare<0 ){
-    VdbeBranchTaken(0,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p1 - 1];
-  }else if( iCompare==0 ){
-    VdbeBranchTaken(1,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1];
-  }else{
-    VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p3 - 1];
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])
-**
-** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
-** write the result into register P3.
-**
-** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
-** the other input is NULL.  A NULL and true or two NULLs give
-** a NULL output.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])
-**
-** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the answer in register P3.
-**
-** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
-** even if the other input is NULL.  A NULL and false or two NULLs
-** give a NULL output.
-*/
-case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
-  int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
-  int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    v1 = 2;
-  }else{
-    v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
-  }
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    v2 = 2;
-  }else{
-    v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
-  }
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
-    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
-    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
-  }else{
-    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
-    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
-  }
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( v1==2 ){
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
-  }else{
-    pOut->u.i = v1;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]
-**
-** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
-** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is 
-** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
-*/
-case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pOut->u.i = !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1]
-**
-** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Store the
-** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2.  If P1 holds
-** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
-*/
-case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pOut->u.i = ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Check the "once" flag number P1. If it is set, jump to instruction P2. 
-** Otherwise, set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.
-** In other words, this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2
-** (but not including P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent
-** times through the loop.
-**
-** All "once" flags are initially cleared whenever a prepared statement
-** first begins to run.
-*/
-case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
-  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
-  VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2);
-  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
-    goto jump_to_p2;
-  }else{
-    p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value
-** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value
-** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
-*/
-case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
-case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
-  int c;
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    c = pOp->p3;
-  }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
-#else
-    c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
-#endif
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
-  }
-  VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2);
-  if( c ){
-    goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis:  if r[P1]==NULL goto P2
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
-*/
-case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
-    goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
-*/
-case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=PX
-**
-** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
-** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
-** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
-** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
-** values in the record, extract a NULL.
-**
-** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
-**
-** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
-** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
-** the result.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
-** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
-** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
-** register has changed should have this bit set.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 when
-** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length()
-** or typeof() function, respectively.  The loading of large blobs can be
-** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof().
-*/
-case OP_Column: {
-  i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
-  int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
-  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
-  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
-  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
-  const u8 *zData;   /* Part of the record being decoded */
-  const u8 *zHdr;    /* Next unparsed byte of the header */
-  const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
-  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
-  u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
-  u32 avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
-  u32 t;             /* A type code from the record header */
-  u16 fx;            /* pDest->flags value */
-  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
-
-  p2 = pOp->p2;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( p2<pC->nField );
-  aOffset = pC->aOffset;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); /* OP_Column never called on virtual table */
-#endif
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ); /* pCrsr NULL on PseudoTables */
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->nullRow );          /* pC->nullRow on PseudoTables */
-
-  /* If the cursor cache is stale, bring it up-to-date */
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-  if( pC->cacheStatus!=p->cacheCtr ){
-    if( pC->nullRow ){
-      if( pCrsr==0 ){
-        assert( pC->pseudoTableReg>0 );
-        pReg = &aMem[pC->pseudoTableReg];
-        assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
-        assert( memIsValid(pReg) );
-        pC->payloadSize = pC->szRow = avail = pReg->n;
-        pC->aRow = (u8*)pReg->z;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
-        goto op_column_out;
-      }
-    }else{
-      assert( pCrsr );
-      if( pC->isTable==0 ){
-        assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
-        VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
-        /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the
-        ** payload size, so it is impossible for payloadSize64 to be
-        ** larger than 32 bits. */
-        assert( (payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)payloadSize64 );
-        pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
-        pC->payloadSize = (u32)payloadSize64;
-      }else{
-        assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
-        VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &pC->payloadSize);
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
-        pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
-      }
-      assert( avail<=65536 );  /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */
-      if( pC->payloadSize <= (u32)avail ){
-        pC->szRow = pC->payloadSize;
-      }else{
-        pC->szRow = avail;
-      }
-      if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-        goto too_big;
-      }
-    }
-    pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
-    pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, offset);
-    pC->nHdrParsed = 0;
-    aOffset[0] = offset;
-
-    /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header.
-    ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation.
-    **
-    ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each.  But 4 and 5 byte
-    ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of
-    ** them, respectively.  So the maximum header length results from a
-    ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three
-    ** extra bytes for the header length itself.  32768*3 + 3 = 98307.
-    */
-    if( offset > 98307 || offset > pC->payloadSize ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto op_column_error;
-    }
-
-    if( avail<offset ){
-      /* pC->aRow does not have to hold the entire row, but it does at least
-      ** need to cover the header of the record.  If pC->aRow does not contain
-      ** the complete header, then set it to zero, forcing the header to be
-      ** dynamically allocated. */
-      pC->aRow = 0;
-      pC->szRow = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* The following goto is an optimization.  It can be omitted and
-    ** everything will still work.  But OP_Column is measurably faster
-    ** by skipping the subsequent conditional, which is always true.
-    */
-    assert( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 );         /* Conditional skipped */
-    goto op_column_read_header;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been
-  ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and pC->aType[].
-  */
-  if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
-    /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try
-    ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field 
-    */
-    op_column_read_header:
-    if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){
-      /* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */
-      if( pC->aRow==0 ){
-        memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, aOffset[0], 
-                                     !pC->isTable, &sMem);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto op_column_error;
-        }
-        zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
-      }else{
-        zData = pC->aRow;
-      }
-  
-      /* Fill in pC->aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */
-      i = pC->nHdrParsed;
-      offset = aOffset[i];
-      zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset;
-      zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0];
-      assert( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
-      do{
-        if( zHdr[0]<0x80 ){
-          t = zHdr[0];
-          zHdr++;
-        }else{
-          zHdr += sqlite3GetVarint32(zHdr, &t);
-        }
-        pC->aType[i] = t;
-        szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
-        offset += szField;
-        if( offset<szField ){  /* True if offset overflows */
-          zHdr = &zEndHdr[1];  /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
-          break;
-        }
-        i++;
-        aOffset[i] = offset;
-      }while( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
-      pC->nHdrParsed = i;
-      pC->iHdrOffset = (u32)(zHdr - zData);
-      if( pC->aRow==0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
-        sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
-      }
-  
-      /* The record is corrupt if any of the following are true:
-      ** (1) the bytes of the header extend past the declared header size
-      **          (zHdr>zEndHdr)
-      ** (2) the entire header was used but not all data was used
-      **          (zHdr==zEndHdr && offset!=pC->payloadSize)
-      ** (3) the end of the data extends beyond the end of the record.
-      **          (offset > pC->payloadSize)
-      */
-      if( (zHdr>=zEndHdr && (zHdr>zEndHdr || offset!=pC->payloadSize))
-       || (offset > pC->payloadSize)
-      ){
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto op_column_error;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If after trying to extract new entries from the header, nHdrParsed is
-    ** still not up to p2, that means that the record has fewer than p2
-    ** columns.  So the result will be either the default value or a NULL.
-    */
-    if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
-      if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
-      }
-      goto op_column_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column.  Control can only
-  ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and pC->aType[p2] are
-  ** all valid.
-  */
-  assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );
-  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest) ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
-  t = pC->aType[p2];
-  if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
-    /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
-    ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */
-    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], t, pDest);
-  }else{
-    /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */
-    if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
-          && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
-     || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
-    ){
-      /* Content is irrelevant for
-      **    1. the typeof() function,
-      **    2. the length(X) function if X is a blob, and
-      **    3. if the content length is zero.
-      ** So we might as well use bogus content rather than reading
-      ** content from disk.  NULL will work for the value for strings
-      ** and blobs and whatever is in the payloadSize64 variable
-      ** will work for everything else. */
-      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(t<=13 ? (u8*)&payloadSize64 : 0, t, pDest);
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, !pC->isTable,
-                                   pDest);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto op_column_error;
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((const u8*)pDest->z, t, pDest);
-      pDest->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem;
-    }
-  }
-  pDest->enc = encoding;
-
-op_column_out:
-  /* If the column value is an ephemeral string, go ahead and persist
-  ** that string in case the cursor moves before the column value is
-  ** used.  The following code does the equivalent of Deephemeralize()
-  ** but does it faster. */
-  if( (pDest->flags & MEM_Ephem)!=0 && pDest->z ){
-    fx = pDest->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
-    assert( fx!=0 );
-    zData = (const u8*)pDest->z;
-    len = pDest->n;
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pDest, len+2) ) goto no_mem;
-    memcpy(pDest->z, zData, len);
-    pDest->z[len] = 0;
-    pDest->z[len+1] = 0;
-    pDest->flags = fx|MEM_Term;
-  }
-op_column_error:
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])
-**
-** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
-**
-** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** memory cell in the range.
-*/
-case OP_Affinity: {
-  const char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
-  char cAff;               /* A single character of affinity */
-
-  zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
-  assert( zAffinity!=0 );
-  assert( zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 );
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  while( (cAff = *(zAffinity++))!=0 ){
-    assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
-    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
-    applyAffinity(pIn1, cAff, encoding);
-    pIn1++;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])
-**
-** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format]
-** use as a data record in a database table or as a key
-** in an index.  The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
-**
-** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long.  The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** field of the index key.
-**
-** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
-** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
-**
-** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity BLOB.
-*/
-case OP_MakeRecord: {
-  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
-  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
-  u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
-  int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
-  i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
-  i64 nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
-  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
-  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
-  Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
-  Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
-  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
-  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
-  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
-  int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] header */
-  int j;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] content */
-  int len;               /* Length of a field */
-
-  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
-  ** like this:
-  **
-  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
-  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  **
-  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
-  ** and so forth.
-  **
-  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
-  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
-  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
-  ** of the record to data0.
-  */
-  nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
-  nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
-  nZero = 0;         /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
-  nField = pOp->p1;
-  zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
-  assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-  pData0 = &aMem[nField];
-  nField = pOp->p2;
-  pLast = &pData0[nField-1];
-  file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
-
-  /* Identify the output register */
-  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-
-  /* Apply the requested affinity to all inputs
-  */
-  assert( pData0<=pLast );
-  if( zAffinity ){
-    pRec = pData0;
-    do{
-      applyAffinity(pRec++, *(zAffinity++), encoding);
-      assert( zAffinity[0]==0 || pRec<=pLast );
-    }while( zAffinity[0] );
-  }
-
-  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
-  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
-  */
-  pRec = pLast;
-  do{
-    assert( memIsValid(pRec) );
-    pRec->uTemp = serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
-    len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
-    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      if( nData ){
-        if( sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec) ) goto no_mem;
-      }else{
-        nZero += pRec->u.nZero;
-        len -= pRec->u.nZero;
-      }
-    }
-    nData += len;
-    testcase( serial_type==127 );
-    testcase( serial_type==128 );
-    nHdr += serial_type<=127 ? 1 : sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
-  }while( (--pRec)>=pData0 );
-
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22564-11647 The header begins with a single varint
-  ** which determines the total number of bytes in the header. The varint
-  ** value is the size of the header in bytes including the size varint
-  ** itself. */
-  testcase( nHdr==126 );
-  testcase( nHdr==127 );
-  if( nHdr<=126 ){
-    /* The common case */
-    nHdr += 1;
-  }else{
-    /* Rare case of a really large header */
-    nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
-    nHdr += nVarint;
-    if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ) nHdr++;
-  }
-  nByte = nHdr+nData;
-  if( nByte+nZero>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store 
-  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
-  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
-  ** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used).
-  */
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, (int)nByte) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
-
-  /* Write the record */
-  i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
-  j = nHdr;
-  assert( pData0<=pLast );
-  pRec = pData0;
-  do{
-    serial_type = pRec->uTemp;
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06529-47362 Following the size varint are one or more
-    ** additional varints, one per column. */
-    i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type);            /* serial type */
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64536-51728 The values for each column in the record
-    ** immediately follow the header. */
-    j += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[j], pRec, serial_type); /* content */
-  }while( (++pRec)<=pLast );
-  assert( i==nHdr );
-  assert( j==nByte );
-
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pOut->n = (int)nByte;
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Blob;
-  if( nZero ){
-    pOut->u.nZero = nZero;
-    pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
-  }
-  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=count()
-**
-** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index 
-** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-case OP_Count: {         /* out2 */
-  i64 nEntry;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-
-  pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr );
-  nEntry = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry);
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pOut->u.i = nEntry;
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
-** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
-** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
-*/
-case OP_Savepoint: {
-  int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
-  char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
-  int nName;
-  Savepoint *pNew;
-  Savepoint *pSavepoint;
-  Savepoint *pTmp;
-  int iSavepoint;
-  int ii;
-
-  p1 = pOp->p1;
-  zName = pOp->p4.z;
-
-  /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
-  ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. 
-  */
-  assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
-  assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
-  assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
-  assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-
-  if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
-    if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
-      /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write 
-      ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot open savepoint - SQL statements in progress");
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else{
-      nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction
-      ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks.
-      ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed
-      ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty.  */
-      assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 );
-      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN,
-                                db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-#endif
-
-      /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
-      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+nName+1);
-      if( pNew ){
-        pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
-        memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1);
-    
-        /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
-        ** "transaction savepoint". */
-        if( db->autoCommit ){
-          db->autoCommit = 0;
-          db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
-        }else{
-          db->nSavepoint++;
-        }
-    
-        /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
-        pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
-        db->pSavepoint = pNew;
-        pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons;
-        pNew->nDeferredImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    iSavepoint = 0;
-
-    /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
-    ** an error is returned to the user.  */
-    for(
-      pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; 
-      pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName);
-      pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext
-    ){
-      iSavepoint++;
-    }
-    if( !pSavepoint ){
-      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "no such savepoint: %s", zName);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
-      /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are 
-      ** active write statements.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot release savepoint - "
-                          "SQL statements in progress");
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else{
-
-      /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
-      ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction 
-      ** is committed. 
-      */
-      int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
-      if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
-        if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto vdbe_return;
-        }
-        db->autoCommit = 1;
-        if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-          p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
-          db->autoCommit = 0;
-          p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-          goto vdbe_return;
-        }
-        db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
-        rc = p->rc;
-      }else{
-        int isSchemaChange;
-        iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1;
-        if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-          isSchemaChange = (db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0;
-          for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
-            rc = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(db->aDb[ii].pBt,
-                                       SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK,
-                                       isSchemaChange==0);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-          }
-        }else{
-          isSchemaChange = 0;
-        }
-        for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
-          rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto abort_due_to_error;
-          }
-        }
-        if( isSchemaChange ){
-          sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-          sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-          db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
-        }
-      }
-  
-      /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all 
-      ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
-      while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){
-        pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
-        db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
-        db->nSavepoint--;
-      }
-
-      /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on 
-      ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred 
-      ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
-      ** when the savepoint was created.  */
-      if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
-        assert( pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
-        db->pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pSavepoint);
-        if( !isTransaction ){
-          db->nSavepoint--;
-        }
-      }else{
-        db->nDeferredCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredCons;
-        db->nDeferredImmCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredImmCons;
-      }
-
-      if( !isTransaction || p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, p1, iSavepoint);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
-** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
-** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails.  A COMMIT fails if
-** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache.
-**
-** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
-*/
-case OP_AutoCommit: {
-  int desiredAutoCommit;
-  int iRollback;
-  int turnOnAC;
-
-  desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
-  iRollback = pOp->p2;
-  turnOnAC = desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit;
-  assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || desiredAutoCommit==0 );
-  assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || iRollback==0 );
-  assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-
-  if( turnOnAC && !iRollback && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
-    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
-    ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. 
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot commit transaction - "
-                        "SQL statements in progress");
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else if( desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
-    if( iRollback ){
-      assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 );
-      sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
-      db->autoCommit = 1;
-    }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto vdbe_return;
-    }else{
-      db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
-      db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit);
-      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-      goto vdbe_return;
-    }
-    assert( db->nStatement==0 );
-    sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
-    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    goto vdbe_return;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeError(p,
-        (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
-        (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
-                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
-         
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already
-** active.
-** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a 
-** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction.
-** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started.
-**
-** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
-** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
-** file used for temporary tables.  Indices of 2 or more are used for
-** attached databases.
-**
-** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is
-** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may
-** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened.
-** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database
-** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other
-** active statements. A statement transaction allows the changes made by this
-** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
-** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction
-** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts.
-**
-** If P5!=0 then this opcode also checks the schema cookie against P3
-** and the schema generation counter against P4.
-** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
-** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
-** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.  If the schema
-** cookie in P3 differs from the schema cookie in the database header or
-** if the schema generation counter in P4 differs from the current
-** generation counter, then an SQLITE_SCHEMA error is raised and execution
-** halts.  The sqlite3_step() wrapper function might then reprepare the
-** statement and rerun it from the beginning.
-*/
-case OP_Transaction: {
-  Btree *pBt;
-  int iMeta;
-  int iGen;
-
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
-  if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-    goto abort_due_to_error;
-  }
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-
-  if( pBt ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
-    testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT );
-    testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY );
-    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
-      p->rc = rc;
-      goto vdbe_return;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-
-    if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal 
-     && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) 
-    ){
-      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
-      if( p->iStatement==0 ){
-        assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
-        db->nStatement++; 
-        p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
-      }
-
-      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt, p->iStatement);
-      }
-
-      /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint
-      ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back,
-      ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too.  */
-      p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons;
-      p->nStmtDefImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons;
-    }
-
-    /* Gather the schema version number for checking:
-    ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-32195-19465 The schema version is used by SQLite
-    ** each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache of the
-    ** schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of the
-    ** database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
-    */
-    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&iMeta);
-    iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration;
-  }else{
-    iGen = iMeta = 0;
-  }
-  assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  if( pOp->p5 && (iMeta!=pOp->p3 || iGen!=pOp->p4.i) ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
-    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie 
-    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
-    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
-    **
-    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
-    ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
-    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
-    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
-    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
-    ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
-    ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within 
-    ** a v-table method.
-    */
-    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
-      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, pOp->p1);
-    }
-    p->expired = 1;
-    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
-** P3==1 is the schema version.  P3==2 is the database format.
-** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
-** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
-** temporary tables.
-**
-** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
-** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
-** executing this instruction.
-*/
-case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2 */
-  int iMeta;
-  int iDb;
-  int iCookie;
-
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-  iDb = pOp->p1;
-  iCookie = pOp->p3;
-  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
-  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
-
-  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pOut->u.i = iMeta;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
-** into cookie number P2 of database P1.  P2==1 is the schema version.  
-** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache 
-** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the 
-** database file used to store temporary tables.
-**
-** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
-*/
-case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
-  Db *pDb;
-  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
-  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
-  if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
-    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
-    pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i;
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
-    /* Record changes in the file format */
-    pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i;
-  }
-  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
-    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
-    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    p->expired = 0;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
-**
-** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
-** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by P3. 
-** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for 
-** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
-** database.  Give the new cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1
-** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
-** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
-**
-** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
-** the value of P2 itself.
-**
-** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
-** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
-** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
-** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
-** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
-** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
-** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
-** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
-**
-** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
-** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
-** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
-** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
-** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
-**
-** See also: OpenWrite, ReopenIdx
-*/
-/* Opcode: ReopenIdx P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
-**
-** The ReopenIdx opcode works exactly like ReadOpen except that it first
-** checks to see if the cursor on P1 is already open with a root page
-** number of P2 and if it is this opcode becomes a no-op.  In other words,
-** if the cursor is already open, do not reopen it.
-**
-** The ReopenIdx opcode may only be used with P5==0 and with P4 being
-** a P4_KEYINFO object.  Furthermore, the P3 value must be the same as
-** every other ReopenIdx or OpenRead for the same cursor number.
-**
-** See the OpenRead opcode documentation for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
-**
-** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
-** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
-** root page.
-**
-** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
-** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
-** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
-** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
-** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the
-** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used.
-**
-** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
-** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
-** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
-**
-** See also OpenRead.
-*/
-case OP_ReopenIdx: {
-  int nField;
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-  int p2;
-  int iDb;
-  int wrFlag;
-  Btree *pX;
-  VdbeCursor *pCur;
-  Db *pDb;
-
-  assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ );
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
-  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  if( pCur && pCur->pgnoRoot==(u32)pOp->p2 ){
-    assert( pCur->iDb==pOp->p3 );      /* Guaranteed by the code generator */
-    goto open_cursor_set_hints;
-  }
-  /* If the cursor is not currently open or is open on a different
-  ** index, then fall through into OP_OpenRead to force a reopen */
-case OP_OpenRead:
-case OP_OpenWrite:
-
-  assert( (pOp->p5&(OPFLAG_P2ISREG|OPFLAG_BULKCSR|OPFLAG_SEEKEQ))==pOp->p5 );
-  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ );
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx
-          || p->readOnly==0 );
-
-  if( p->expired ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  nField = 0;
-  pKeyInfo = 0;
-  p2 = pOp->p2;
-  iDb = pOp->p3;
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  pX = pDb->pBt;
-  assert( pX!=0 );
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
-    wrFlag = 1;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
-      p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
-    }
-  }else{
-    wrFlag = 0;
-  }
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){
-    assert( p2>0 );
-    assert( p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-    pIn2 = &aMem[p2];
-    assert( memIsValid(pIn2) );
-    assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
-    p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
-    /* The p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
-    ** that opcode will always set the p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
-    ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
-    ** before reaching this instruction. */
-    if( NEVER(p2<2) ) {
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
-    pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-    assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
-    assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
-    nField = pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField;
-  }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){
-    nField = pOp->p4.i;
-  }
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
-  assert( nField>=0 );
-  testcase( nField==0 );  /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */
-  pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, 1);
-  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCur->nullRow = 1;
-  pCur->isOrdered = 1;
-  pCur->pgnoRoot = p2;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->pCursor);
-  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-  /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of
-  ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
-  ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
-  ** since moved into the btree layer.  */  
-  pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
-
-open_cursor_set_hints:
-  assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD );
-  assert( OPFLAG_SEEKEQ==BTREE_SEEK_EQ );
-  sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(pCur->pCursor,
-                          (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_BULKCSR|OPFLAG_SEEKEQ)));
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5
-** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
-**
-** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
-** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
-** the main database is read-only.  The ephemeral
-** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
-**
-** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
-** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
-** if P4 is not 0.  If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
-** that defines the format of keys in the index.
-**
-** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined
-** in btree.h.  These flags control aspects of the operation of
-** the btree.  The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are
-** added automatically.
-*/
-/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
-**
-** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral.  It has a
-** different name to distinguish its use.  Tables created using
-** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
-** indices in joins.
-*/
-case OP_OpenAutoindex: 
-case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
-  VdbeCursor *pCx;
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-
-  static const int vfsFlags = 
-      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
-  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
-  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCx->nullRow = 1;
-  pCx->isEphemeral = 1;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBt, 
-                        BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
-    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
-    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
-    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
-    */
-    if( (pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){
-      int pgno;
-      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); 
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
-        assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
-        assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
-        pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, pKeyInfo, pCx->pCursor);
-      }
-      pCx->isTable = 0;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, pCx->pCursor);
-      pCx->isTable = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SorterOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens
-** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large
-** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm.
-**
-** If argument P3 is non-zero, then it indicates that the sorter may
-** assume that a stable sort considering the first P3 fields of each
-** key is sufficient to produce the required results.
-*/
-case OP_SorterOpen: {
-  VdbeCursor *pCx;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
-  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
-  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-  assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->db==db );
-  assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, pOp->p3, pCx);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SequenceTest P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2
-**
-** P1 is a sorter cursor. If the sequence counter is currently zero, jump
-** to P2. Regardless of whether or not the jump is taken, increment the
-** the sequence value.
-*/
-case OP_SequenceTest: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC->pSorter );
-  if( (pC->seqCount++)==0 ){
-    goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]
-**
-** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
-** row of data.  The content of that one row is the content of memory
-** register P2.  In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the 
-** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
-**
-** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
-** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
-** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.  The OP_Column opcode
-** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
-**
-** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
-** the pseudo-table.
-*/
-case OP_OpenPseudo: {
-  VdbeCursor *pCx;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
-  assert( pOp->p3>=0 );
-  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
-  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCx->nullRow = 1;
-  pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;
-  pCx->isTable = 1;
-  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
-**
-** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
-** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
-*/
-case OP_Close: {
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
-  p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
-/* Opcode: ColumnsUsed P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** This opcode (which only exists if SQLite was compiled with
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK) identifies which columns of the
-** table or index for cursor P1 are used.  P4 is a 64-bit integer
-** (P4_INT64) in which the first 63 bits are one for each of the
-** first 63 columns of the table or index that are actually used
-** by the cursor.  The high-order bit is set if any column after
-** the 64th is used.
-*/
-case OP_ColumnsUsed: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC->pCursor );
-  pC->maskUsed = *(u64*)pOp->p4.pI64;
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
-** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
-** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
-** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
-** configured to use Next, not Prev.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
-** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
-** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
-** configured to use Next, not Prev.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
-** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
-** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
-** configured to use Prev, not Next.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
-** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
-** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
-** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
-** configured to use Prev, not Next.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
-*/
-case OP_SeekLT:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_SeekLE:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_SeekGE:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_SeekGT: {       /* jump, in3 */
-  int res;
-  int oc;
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  UnpackedRecord r;
-  int nField;
-  i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
-  assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
-  assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
-  assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
-  assert( pC->isOrdered );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  oc = pOp->opcode;
-  pC->nullRow = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
-#endif
-
-  /* For a cursor with the BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the OP_SeekGE and
-  ** OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be immediately followed
-  ** by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively, with the same key.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ) ){
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE );
-    assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT );
-    assert( pOp[1].p1==pOp[0].p1 );
-    assert( pOp[1].p2==pOp[0].p2 );
-    assert( pOp[1].p3==pOp[0].p3 );
-    assert( pOp[1].p4.i==pOp[0].p4.i );
-  }
-#endif
- 
-  if( pC->isTable ){
-    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
-    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
-    ** the seek, so convert it. */
-    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-    if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
-      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0);
-    }
-    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
-
-    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
-    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
-    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
-        /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
-        ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
-        VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); goto jump_to_p2;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search
-      ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term
-      ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5:
-      **
-      **        (x >  4.9)    ->     (x >= 5)
-      **        (x <= 4.9)    ->     (x <  5)
-      */
-      if( pIn3->u.r<(double)iKey ){
-        assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) );
-        assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) );
-        assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) );
-        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--;
-      }
-
-      /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search
-      ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=.  */
-      else if( pIn3->u.r>(double)iKey ){
-        assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) );
-        assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) );
-        assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) );
-        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++;
-      }
-    } 
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
-    pC->movetoTarget = iKey;  /* Used by OP_Delete */
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-  }else{
-    nField = pOp->p4.i;
-    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-    assert( nField>0 );
-    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-    r.nField = (u16)nField;
-
-    /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
-    **   if( oc==OP_SeekGT || oc==OP_SeekLE ){
-    **     r.default_rc = -1;
-    **   }else{
-    **     r.default_rc = +1;
-    **   }
-    */
-    r.default_rc = ((1 & (oc - OP_SeekLT)) ? -1 : +1);
-    assert( oc!=OP_SeekGT || r.default_rc==-1 );
-    assert( oc!=OP_SeekLE || r.default_rc==-1 );
-    assert( oc!=OP_SeekGE || r.default_rc==+1 );
-    assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 );
-
-    r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
-#endif
-    ExpandBlob(r.aMem);
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-  }
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-  if( oc>=OP_SeekGE ){  assert( oc==OP_SeekGE || oc==OP_SeekGT );
-    if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGT) ){
-      res = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }else{
-      res = 0;
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( oc==OP_SeekLT || oc==OP_SeekLE );
-    if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLT) ){
-      res = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }else{
-      /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
-      ** see if this is the case.
-      */
-      res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
-    }
-  }
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-  if( res ){
-    goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis:  intkey=r[P2]
-**
-** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer.  Arrange
-** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
-**
-** This is actually a deferred seek.  Nothing actually happens until
-** the cursor is used to read a record.  That way, if no reads
-** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
-*/
-case OP_Seek: {    /* in2 */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable );
-  pC->nullRow = 0;
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
-  break;
-}
-  
-
-/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
-** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
-** record.
-**
-** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
-** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
-** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
-**
-** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it can be
-** advanced in the forward direction.  The Next instruction will work,
-** but not the Prev instruction.
-**
-** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe
-*/
-/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
-** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
-** record.
-** 
-** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
-** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2.  If P1 
-** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
-** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
-** matching entry.
-**
-** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
-** advanced in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev
-** opcodes do not work after this operation.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict
-*/
-/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
-** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
-** record.
-** 
-** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
-** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2.  If all terms of the
-** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
-** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix.  If there are no matches, jump
-** immediately to P2.  If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1
-** cursor pointing to the matching row.
-**
-** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the
-** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL.
-**
-** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
-** advanced in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev
-** opcodes do not work after this operation.
-**
-** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
-*/
-case OP_NoConflict:     /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  int alreadyExists;
-  int takeJump;
-  int ii;
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  int res;
-  char *pFree;
-  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
-  UnpackedRecord r;
-  char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*4 + 7];
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++;
-#endif
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
-#endif
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-  pFree = 0;
-  if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
-    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-    r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
-    r.aMem = pIn3;
-    for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){
-      assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[ii]) );
-      ExpandBlob(&r.aMem[ii]);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      if( ii ) REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3+ii, &r.aMem[ii]);
-#endif
-    }
-    pIdxKey = &r;
-  }else{
-    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
-        pC->pKeyInfo, aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec), &pFree
-    );
-    if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem;
-    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
-    ExpandBlob(pIn3);
-    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey);
-  }
-  pIdxKey->default_rc = 0;
-  takeJump = 0;
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){
-    /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the
-    ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not
-    ** conflict */
-    for(ii=0; ii<pIdxKey->nField; ii++){
-      if( pIdxKey->aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
-        takeJump = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    break;
-  }
-  pC->seekResult = res;
-  alreadyExists = (res==0);
-  pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
-    VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2);
-    if( alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  }else{
-    VdbeBranchTaken(takeJump||alreadyExists==0,2);
-    if( takeJump || !alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3]
-**
-** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
-** keys).  P3 is an integer rowid.  If P1 does not contain a record with
-** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.  Or, if P2 is 0, raise an
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then 
-** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next
-** instruction.
-**
-** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
-** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).
-**
-** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced
-** in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will
-** not work following this opcode.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict
-*/
-case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-  u64 iKey;
-
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  pC->seekOp = 0;
-#endif
-  assert( pC->isTable );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  res = 0;
-  iKey = pIn3->u.i;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || res==0 );
-  pC->movetoTarget = iKey;  /* Used by OP_Delete */
-  pC->nullRow = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-  pC->seekResult = res;
-  if( res!=0 ){
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }else{
-      goto jump_to_p2;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++
-**
-** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
-** Write the sequence number into register P2.
-** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
-** instruction.  
-*/
-case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2 */
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
-  break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
-**
-** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
-** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
-** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
-** written to register P2.
-**
-** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds 
-** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
-** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, 
-** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
-** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
-** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
-*/
-case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2 */
-  i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
-  int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
-  int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
-  Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */
-
-  v = 0;
-  res = 0;
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  {
-    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
-    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
-    **
-    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
-    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
-    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
-    ** probabilistic algorithm
-    **
-    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
-    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
-    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
-    ** and try again, up to 100 times.
-    */
-    assert( pC->isTable );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
-#   define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
-#else
-    /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
-    ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL.  The following macro seems
-    ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
-    */
-#   define MAX_ROWID  (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
-#endif
-
-    if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      if( res ){
-        v = 1;   /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */
-      }else{
-        assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC->pCursor) );
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */
-        if( v>=MAX_ROWID ){
-          pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
-        }else{
-          v++;   /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    if( pOp->p3 ){
-      /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
-      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-      if( p->pFrame ){
-        for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
-        /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
-        assert( pOp->p3<=pFrame->nMem );
-        pMem = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3];
-      }else{
-        /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
-        assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-        pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-        memAboutToChange(p, pMem);
-      }
-      assert( memIsValid(pMem) );
-
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
-      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
-      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
-      if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
-        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
-        v = pMem->u.i + 1;
-      }
-      pMem->u.i = v;
-    }
-#endif
-    if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
-      /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the
-      ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database
-      ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until
-      ** it finds one that is not previously used. */
-      assert( pOp->p3==0 );  /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
-                             ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
-      cnt = 0;
-      do{
-        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
-        v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); v++;  /* Ensure that v is greater than zero */
-      }while(  ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)v,
-                                                 0, &res))==SQLITE_OK)
-            && (res==0)
-            && (++cnt<100));
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      assert( v>0 );  /* EV: R-40812-03570 */
-    }
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = v;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]
-**
-** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
-** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
-** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register
-** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
-** be a MEM_Int.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
-** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
-** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of
-** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this
-** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing
-** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is
-** currently pointing to.  Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode
-** has already positioned the cursor correctly.  This is an optimization
-** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an
-** UPDATE operation.  Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode
-** is part of an INSERT operation.  The difference is only important to
-** the update hook.
-**
-** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
-** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook 
-** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
-**
-** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
-** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
-** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
-** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
-** cause any problems.)
-**
-** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
-** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
-*/
-/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis:  intkey=P3 data=r[P2]
-**
-** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
-** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3.
-*/
-case OP_Insert: 
-case OP_InsertInt: {
-  Mem *pData;       /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
-  Mem *pKey;        /* MEM cell holding key  for the record */
-  i64 iKey;         /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;   /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
-  int nZero;        /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
-  int seekResult;   /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
-  const char *zDb;  /* database name - used by the update hook */
-  const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
-  int op;           /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
-
-  pData = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( memIsValid(pData) );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable );
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData);
-
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){
-    pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-    assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
-    assert( memIsValid(pKey) );
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey);
-    iKey = pKey->u.i;
-  }else{
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt );
-    iKey = pOp->p3;
-  }
-
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = iKey;
-  if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    pData->z = 0;
-    pData->n = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
-  }
-  seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0);
-  if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-    nZero = pData->u.nZero;
-  }else{
-    nZero = 0;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
-                          pData->z, pData->n, nZero,
-                          (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND)!=0, seekResult
-  );
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-
-  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
-    zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
-    zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
-    op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
-    assert( pC->isTable );
-    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
-    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 P5
-**
-** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
-**
-** If the P5 parameter is non-zero, the cursor will be left pointing at 
-** either the next or the previous record in the table. If it is left 
-** pointing at the next record, then the next Next instruction will be a 
-** no-op. As a result, in this case it is OK to delete a record from within a
-** Next loop. If P5 is zero, then the cursor is left in an undefined state.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not).
-**
-** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
-** multiple rows.
-**
-** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
-** pointing to.  The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
-** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
-** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
-*/
-case OP_Delete: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  u8 hasUpdateCallback;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );  /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-
-  hasUpdateCallback = db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z && pC->isTable;
-  if( pOp->p5 && hasUpdateCallback ){
-    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &pC->movetoTarget);
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* The seek operation that positioned the cursor prior to OP_Delete will
-  ** have also set the pC->movetoTarget field to the rowid of the row that
-  ** is being deleted */
-  if( pOp->p4.z && pC->isTable && pOp->p5==0 ){
-    i64 iKey = 0;
-    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &iKey);
-    assert( pC->movetoTarget==iKey ); 
-  }
-#endif
- 
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor, pOp->p5);
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-
-  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hasUpdateCallback ){
-    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE,
-                        db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName, pOp->p4.z, pC->movetoTarget);
-    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
-  }
-  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
-  break;
-}
-/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * *
-**
-** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
-** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()).
-** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0.
-** This is used by trigger programs.
-*/
-case OP_ResetCount: {
-  sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
-  p->nChange = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4
-** Synopsis:  if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
-**
-** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
-** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that 
-** the sorter cursor currently points to.  Only the first P4 fields
-** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared.
-**
-** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant
-** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then
-** the comparison is assumed to be equal.
-**
-** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to
-** each other.  Jump to P2 if they are different.
-*/
-case OP_SorterCompare: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  int res;
-  int nKeyCol;
-
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( isSorter(pC) );
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  nKeyCol = pOp->p4.i;
-  res = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res);
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-  if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  break;
-};
-
-/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
-**
-** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1.
-** Then clear the column header cache on cursor P3.
-**
-** This opcode is normally use to move a record out of the sorter and into
-** a register that is the source for a pseudo-table cursor created using
-** OpenPseudo.  That pseudo-table cursor is the one that is identified by
-** parameter P3.  Clearing the P3 column cache as part of this opcode saves
-** us from having to issue a separate NullRow instruction to clear that cache.
-*/
-case OP_SorterData: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( isSorter(pC) );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  p->apCsr[pOp->p3]->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
-**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.  
-** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
-** it is found in the database file.
-**
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-*/
-/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=key
-**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.  
-** The key is copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
-** it is found in the database file.
-**
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-*/
-case OP_RowKey:
-case OP_RowData: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  u32 n;
-  i64 n64;
-
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-
-  /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( isSorter(pC)==0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData );
-  assert( pC->isTable==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->nullRow==0 );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-
-  /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
-  ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
-  ** the cursor.  If this where not the case, on of the following assert()s
-  ** would fail.  Should this ever change (because of changes in the code
-  ** generator) then the fix would be to insert a call to
-  ** sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto().
-  */
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
-#if 0  /* Not required due to the previous to assert() statements */
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-#endif
-
-  if( pC->isTable==0 ){
-    assert( !pC->isTable );
-    VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
-    if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-      goto too_big;
-    }
-    n = (u32)n64;
-  }else{
-    VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* DataSize() cannot fail */
-    if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-      goto too_big;
-    }
-  }
-  testcase( n==0 );
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, MAX(n,32)) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  pOut->n = n;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
-  if( pC->isTable==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
-  }
-  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
-**
-** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
-** P1 is currently point to.
-**
-** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
-** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
-** one opcode now works for both table types.
-*/
-case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2 */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  i64 v;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 || pC->nullRow );
-  if( pC->nullRow ){
-    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
-    break;
-  }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){
-    v = pC->movetoTarget;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  }else if( pC->pVtabCursor ){
-    pVtab = pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-    pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-    assert( pModule->xRowid );
-    rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->pVtabCursor, &v);
-    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-  }else{
-    assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC);
-    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-    if( pC->nullRow ){
-      pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
-      break;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* Always so because of CursorRestore() above */
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = v;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
-**
-** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
-** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
-** write a NULL.
-*/
-case OP_NullRow: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pC->nullRow = 1;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  if( pC->pCursor ){
-    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 
-** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
-**
-** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
-** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
-** configured to use Prev, not Next.
-*/
-case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  res = 0;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
-  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  pC->seekResult = pOp->p3;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  pC->seekOp = OP_Last;
-#endif
-  if( pOp->p2>0 ){
-    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-    if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
-** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
-**
-** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
-** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
-** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
-** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
-** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
-** correctly optimizing out sorts.
-*/
-case OP_SorterSort:    /* jump */
-case OP_Sort: {        /* jump */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_sort_count++;
-  sqlite3_search_count--;
-#endif
-  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++;
-  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
-}
-/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
-** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty, jump immediately to P2.
-** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following 
-** instruction.
-**
-** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
-** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
-** configured to use Next, not Prev.
-*/
-case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) );
-  res = 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  pC->seekOp = OP_Rewind;
-#endif
-  if( isSorter(pC) ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(pC, &res);
-  }else{
-    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-    assert( pCrsr );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }
-  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-  if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
-** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
-**
-** The Next opcode is only valid following an SeekGT, SeekGE, or
-** OP_Rewind opcode used to position the cursor.  Next is not allowed
-** to follow SeekLT, SeekLE, or OP_Last.
-**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  P1 must have
-** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault.
-**
-** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
-** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
-** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
-** always either 0 or 1.
-**
-** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
-** sqlite3BtreeNext().
-**
-** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
-** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
-**
-** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen
-*/
-/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** This opcode works just like Next except that if cursor P1 is not
-** open it behaves a no-op.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
-** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
-**
-**
-** The Prev opcode is only valid following an SeekLT, SeekLE, or
-** OP_Last opcode used to position the cursor.  Prev is not allowed
-** to follow SeekGT, SeekGE, or OP_Rewind.
-**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  If P1 is
-** not open then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
-** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
-** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
-** always either 0 or 1.
-**
-** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
-** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
-**
-** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
-** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
-*/
-/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** This opcode works just like Prev except that if cursor P1 is not
-** open it behaves a no-op.
-*/
-case OP_SorterNext: {  /* jump */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  int res;
-
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( isSorter(pC) );
-  res = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC, &res);
-  goto next_tail;
-case OP_PrevIfOpen:    /* jump */
-case OP_NextIfOpen:    /* jump */
-  if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]==0 ) break;
-  /* Fall through */
-case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
-case OP_Next:          /* jump */
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p5<ArraySize(p->aCounter) );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  res = pOp->p3;
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor );
-  assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) );
-  testcase( res==1 );
-  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
-  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
-  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
-  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious);
-
-  /* The Next opcode is only used after SeekGT, SeekGE, and Rewind.
-  ** The Prev opcode is only used after SeekLT, SeekLE, and Last. */
-  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen
-       || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGE
-       || pC->seekOp==OP_Rewind || pC->seekOp==OP_Found);
-  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen
-       || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLE
-       || pC->seekOp==OP_Last );
-
-  rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res);
-next_tail:
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
-  if( res==0 ){
-    pC->nullRow = 0;
-    p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-    goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt;
-  }else{
-    pC->nullRow = 1;
-  }
-  goto check_for_interrupt;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
-** Synopsis: key=r[P2]
-**
-** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
-** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
-** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
-**
-** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
-** insert is likely to be an append.
-**
-** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is
-** incremented by this instruction.  If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear,
-** then the change counter is unchanged.
-**
-** If P5 has the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT bit set, then the cursor must have
-** just done a seek to the spot where the new entry is to be inserted.
-** This flag avoids doing an extra seek.
-**
-** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
-** for tables is OP_Insert.
-*/
-case OP_SorterInsert:       /* in2 */
-case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  int nKey;
-  const char *zKey;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) );
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(pC, pIn2);
-    }else{
-      nKey = pIn2->n;
-      zKey = pIn2->z;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, 
-          ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0)
-          );
-      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-      pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]
-**
-** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
-** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the 
-** index opened by cursor P1.
-*/
-case OP_IdxDelete: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-  UnpackedRecord r;
-
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
-  r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-  r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
-  r.default_rc = 0;
-  r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
-#endif
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, &r, 0, 0, &res);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr, 0);
-  }
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
-**
-** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
-** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
-** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
-**
-** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
-*/
-case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2 */
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  i64 rowid;
-
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
-  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-
-  /* sqlite3VbeCursorRestore() can only fail if the record has been deleted
-  ** out from under the cursor.  That will never happend for an IdxRowid
-  ** opcode, hence the NEVER() arround the check of the return value.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC);
-  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-
-  if( !pC->nullRow ){
-    rowid = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pCrsr, &rowid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-    pOut->u.i = rowid;
-    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY.  Compare this key value against the index 
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID 
-** fields at the end.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
-** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY.  Compare this key value against the index 
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID 
-** fields at the end.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value
-** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID.  Compare this key value against
-** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
-** ROWID on the P1 index.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
-** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID.  Compare this key value against
-** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
-** ROWID on the P1 index.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is less than or equal to the key value then jump
-** to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-case OP_IdxLE:          /* jump */
-case OP_IdxGT:          /* jump */
-case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump */
-case OP_IdxGE:  {       /* jump */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  int res;
-  UnpackedRecord r;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->isOrdered );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0);
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-  r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
-  if( pOp->opcode<OP_IdxLT ){
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
-    r.default_rc = -1;
-  }else{
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
-    r.default_rc = 0;
-  }
-  r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
-#endif
-  res = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(db, pC, &r, &res);
-  assert( (OP_IdxLE&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) && (OP_IdxGE&1)==(OP_IdxGT&1) );
-  if( (pOp->opcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
-    res = -res;
-  }else{
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
-    res++;
-  }
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2);
-  if( res>0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
-** file is given by P1.
-**
-** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0.  If
-** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
-**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
-** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
-** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
-** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
-** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
-** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
-** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
-** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
-**
-** See also: Clear
-*/
-case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2 */
-  int iMoved;
-  int iDb;
-
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
-  if( db->nVdbeRead > db->nVDestroy+1 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
-    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
-  }else{
-    iDb = pOp->p3;
-    assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
-    iMoved = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only to silence a warning. */
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
-    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pOut->u.i = iMoved;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
-      sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1);
-      /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */
-      assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==iDb+1 );
-      resetSchemaOnFault = iDb+1;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
-**
-** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
-** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
-** remove the table or index from the database file.
-**
-** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
-** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
-**
-** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
-** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change 
-** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. 
-** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
-** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
-**
-** See also: Destroy
-*/
-case OP_Clear: {
-  int nChange;
- 
-  nChange = 0;
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p2) );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
-      db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0)
-  );
-  if( pOp->p3 ){
-    p->nChange += nChange;
-    if( pOp->p3>0 ){
-      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
-      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
-      aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * *
-**
-** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter
-** that is open on cursor P1.
-**
-** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and
-** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen.
-*/
-case OP_ResetSorter: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
- 
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  if( pC->pSorter ){
-    sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->pSorter);
-  }else{
-    assert( pC->isEphemeral );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(pC->pCursor);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1
-**
-** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2
-**
-** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
-** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
-** has an arbitrary key but no data.
-**
-** See also: CreateIndex
-*/
-/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1
-**
-** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2.
-**
-** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
-*/
-case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2 */
-case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2 */
-  int pgno;
-  int flags;
-  Db *pDb;
-
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pgno = 0;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
-    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
-    flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
-  }else{
-    flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
-  pOut->u.i = pgno;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
-** that match the WHERE clause P4. 
-**
-** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
-** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
-*/
-case OP_ParseSchema: {
-  int iDb;
-  const char *zMaster;
-  char *zSql;
-  InitData initData;
-
-  /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
-  ** on every btree.  This is a prerequisite for invoking 
-  ** sqlite3InitCallback().
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
-    assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  iDb = pOp->p1;
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) );
-  /* Used to be a conditional */ {
-    zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    initData.db = db;
-    initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
-    initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
-    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
-       "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid",
-       db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
-    if( zSql==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      assert( db->init.busy==0 );
-      db->init.busy = 1;
-      initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-      db->init.busy = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc ) sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  break;  
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE)
-/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
-**
-** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
-** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
-** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
-*/
-case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1);
-  break;  
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */
-
-/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
-** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep 
-** the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropTable: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
-** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode)
-** in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropIndex: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
-** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep 
-** the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropTrigger: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Store in
-** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
-** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
-**
-** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
-** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
-** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are 
-** seen.  Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
-**
-** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
-** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), ....  There are P2 tables
-** total.
-**
-** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
-** file, not the main database file.
-**
-** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
-*/
-case OP_IntegrityCk: {
-  int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
-  int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
-  int j;          /* Loop counter */
-  int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
-  char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
-  Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
-
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-  nRoot = pOp->p2;
-  assert( nRoot>0 );
-  aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) );
-  if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
-  assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
-    aRoot[j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[j]);
-  }
-  aRoot[j] = 0;
-  assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
-  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p5) );
-  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
-                                 (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot);
-  pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
-  if( nErr==0 ){
-    assert( z==0 );
-  }else if( z==0 ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis:  rowset(P1)=r[P2]
-**
-** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
-** held in register P1.
-**
-** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
-*/
-case OP_RowSetAdd: {       /* in1, in2 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
-    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  }
-  sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=rowset(P1)
-**
-** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
-** register P3.  Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
-** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
-*/
-case OP_RowSetRead: {       /* jump, in1, out3 */
-  i64 val;
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 
-   || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0
-  ){
-    /* The boolean index is empty */
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
-    VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
-    goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt;
-  }else{
-    /* A value was pulled from the index */
-    VdbeBranchTaken(0,2);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val);
-  }
-  goto check_for_interrupt;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
-** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2
-**
-** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1
-** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains
-** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the
-** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the
-** next opcode.
-**
-** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets
-** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set
-** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set
-** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1.  P4 must be either -1 or
-** non-negative.  For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4
-** bits are significant.
-**
-** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test
-** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it,
-** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will
-** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is
-** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was
-** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously
-** inserted as part of some other set).
-*/
-case OP_RowSetTest: {                     /* jump, in1, in3 */
-  int iSet;
-  int exists;
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  iSet = pOp->p4.i;
-  assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
-
-  /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
-  ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset
-  */
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
-    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  }
-
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 );
-  if( iSet ){
-    exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i);
-    VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2);
-    if( exists ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  if( iSet>=0 ){
-    sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-
-/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). 
-**
-** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory 
-** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 
-** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE 
-** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address 
-** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the 
-** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
-**
-** If P5 is non-zero, then recursive program invocation is enabled.
-*/
-case OP_Program: {        /* jump */
-  int nMem;               /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
-  int nByte;              /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
-  Mem *pRt;               /* Register to allocate runtime space */
-  Mem *pMem;              /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
-  Mem *pEnd;              /* Last memory cell in new array */
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
-  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Sub-program to execute */
-  void *t;                /* Token identifying trigger */
-
-  pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
-  pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( pProgram->nOp>0 );
-  
-  /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is 
-  ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
-  ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
-  ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
-  ** 
-  ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is 
-  ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one 
-  ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different 
-  ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
-  ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token 
-  ** variable.  */
-  if( pOp->p5 ){
-    t = pProgram->token;
-    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame && pFrame->token!=t; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
-    if( pFrame ) break;
-  }
-
-  if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    sqlite3VdbeError(p, "too many levels of trigger recursion");
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
-  ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
-  ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt 
-  ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized.  */
-  if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
-    /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the 
-    ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
-    ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
-    ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
-    */
-    nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr;
-    nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
-              + nMem * sizeof(Mem)
-              + pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *)
-              + pProgram->nOnce * sizeof(u8);
-    pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-    if( !pFrame ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt);
-    pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
-    pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame;
-
-    pFrame->v = p;
-    pFrame->nChildMem = nMem;
-    pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr;
-    pFrame->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
-    pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
-    pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
-    pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
-    pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
-    pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
-    pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
-    pFrame->token = pProgram->token;
-    pFrame->aOnceFlag = p->aOnceFlag;
-    pFrame->nOnceFlag = p->nOnceFlag;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-    pFrame->anExec = p->anExec;
-#endif
-
-    pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[pFrame->nChildMem];
-    for(pMem=VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); pMem!=pEnd; pMem++){
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined;
-      pMem->db = db;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame;
-    assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem );
-    assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr );
-    assert( (int)(pOp - aOp)==pFrame->pc );
-  }
-
-  p->nFrame++;
-  pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
-  pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid;
-  pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
-  pFrame->nDbChange = p->db->nChange;
-  p->nChange = 0;
-  p->pFrame = pFrame;
-  p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[-1];
-  p->nMem = pFrame->nChildMem;
-  p->nCursor = (u16)pFrame->nChildCsr;
-  p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1];
-  p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp;
-  p->nOp = pProgram->nOp;
-  p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor];
-  p->nOnceFlag = pProgram->nOnce;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-  p->anExec = 0;
-#endif
-  pOp = &aOp[-1];
-  memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);
-
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the 
-** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory 
-** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames 
-** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* 
-** and old.* values.
-**
-** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
-** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
-** calling OP_Program instruction.
-*/
-case OP_Param: {           /* out2 */
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
-  Mem *pIn;
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pFrame = p->pFrame;
-  pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];   
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem);
-  break;
-}
-
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2
-**
-** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive).
-** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented 
-** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the 
-** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints).
-*/
-case OP_FkCounter: {
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs ){
-    db->nDeferredImmCons += pOp->p2;
-  }else if( pOp->p1 ){
-    db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2;
-  }else{
-    p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2
-**
-** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
-** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next 
-** instruction.
-**
-** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
-** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
-** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
-** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
-*/
-case OP_FkIfZero: {         /* jump */
-  if( pOp->p1 ){
-    VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
-    if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  }else{
-    VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
-    if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])
-**
-** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
-** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
-** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of 
-** its current value and the value in register P2.
-**
-** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
-** an integer.
-*/
-case OP_MemMax: {        /* in2 */
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
-  if( p->pFrame ){
-    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
-    pIn1 = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  }else{
-    pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  }
-  assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
-  if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
-    pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-
-/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2
-**
-** Register P1 must contain an integer.
-** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, subtract P3 from the
-** value in P1 and jump to P2.
-**
-** If the initial value of register P1 is less than 1, then the
-** value is unchanged and control passes through to the next instruction.
-*/
-case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2);
-  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
-    pIn1->u.i -= pOp->p3;
-    goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SetIfNotPos P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]<=0 then r[P2]=P3
-**
-** Register P1 must contain an integer.
-** If the value of register P1 is not positive (if it is less than 1) then
-** set the value of register P2 to be the integer P3.
-*/
-case OP_SetIfNotPos: {        /* in1, in2 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  if( pIn1->u.i<=0 ){
-    pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-    pOut->u.i = pOp->p3;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IfNotZero P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2
-**
-** Register P1 must contain an integer.  If the content of register P1 is
-** initially nonzero, then subtract P3 from the value in register P1 and
-** jump to P2.  If register P1 is initially zero, leave it unchanged
-** and fall through.
-*/
-case OP_IfNotZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
-  if( pIn1->u.i ){
-     pIn1->u.i -= pOp->p3;
-     goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: DecrJumpZero P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2
-**
-** Register P1 must hold an integer.  Decrement the value in register P1
-** then jump to P2 if the new value is exactly zero.
-*/
-case OP_DecrJumpZero: {      /* jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  pIn1->u.i--;
-  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
-  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode: JumpZeroIncr P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: if (r[P1]++)==0 ) goto P2
-**
-** The register P1 must contain an integer.  If register P1 is initially
-** zero, then jump to P2.  Increment register P1 regardless of whether or
-** not the jump is taken.
-*/
-case OP_JumpZeroIncr: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
-  if( (pIn1->u.i++)==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AggStep0 * P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
-**
-** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
-** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
-** structure that specifies the function.  Register P3 is the
-** accumulator.
-**
-** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
-** successors.
-*/
-/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
-**
-** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
-** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context
-** object that is used to run the function.  Register P3 is
-** as the accumulator.
-**
-** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
-** successors.
-**
-** This opcode is initially coded as OP_AggStep0.  On first evaluation,
-** the FuncDef stored in P4 is converted into an sqlite3_context and
-** the opcode is changed.  In this way, the initialization of the
-** sqlite3_context only happens once, instead of on each call to the
-** step function.
-*/
-case OP_AggStep0: {
-  int n;
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx;
-
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
-  n = pOp->p5;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1) );
-  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
-  pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pCtx) + (n-1)*sizeof(sqlite3_value*));
-  if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCtx->pMem = 0;
-  pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-  pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp);
-  pCtx->pVdbe = p;
-  pCtx->argc = n;
-  pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX;
-  pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx;
-  pOp->opcode = OP_AggStep;
-  /* Fall through into OP_AggStep */
-}
-case OP_AggStep: {
-  int i;
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx;
-  Mem *pMem;
-  Mem t;
-
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCCTX );
-  pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx;
-  pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-
-  /* If this function is inside of a trigger, the register array in aMem[]
-  ** might change from one evaluation to the next.  The next block of code
-  ** checks to see if the register array has changed, and if so it
-  ** reinitializes the relavant parts of the sqlite3_context object */
-  if( pCtx->pMem != pMem ){
-    pCtx->pMem = pMem;
-    for(i=pCtx->argc-1; i>=0; i--) pCtx->argv[i] = &aMem[pOp->p2+i];
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){
-    assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) );
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  pMem->n++;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&t, db, MEM_Null);
-  pCtx->pOut = &t;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 0;
-  pCtx->skipFlag = 0;
-  (pCtx->pFunc->xStep)(pCtx,pCtx->argc,pCtx->argv); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
-  if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux ){
-    if( pCtx->isError ){
-      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&t));
-      rc = pCtx->isError;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&t);
-  }else{
-    assert( t.flags==MEM_Null );
-  }
-  if( pCtx->skipFlag ){
-    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
-    i = pOp[-1].p1;
-    if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2
-**
-** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
-** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
-**
-** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
-** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
-** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
-** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
-** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
-** the step function was not previously called.
-*/
-case OP_AggFinal: {
-  Mem *pMem;
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem));
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in
-** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL,
-** RESTART, or TRUNCATE.  Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns
-** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively.  Write the number of pages in the
-** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages
-** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint
-** completes into mem[P3+2].  However on an error, mem[P3+1] and
-** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1.
-*/
-case OP_Checkpoint: {
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-  int aRes[3];                    /* Results */
-  Mem *pMem;                      /* Write results here */
-
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  aRes[0] = 0;
-  aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1;
-  assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
-       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
-       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
-       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE
-  );
-  rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &aRes[1], &aRes[2]);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    aRes[0] = 1;
-  }
-  for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]);
-  }    
-  break;
-};  
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
-/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback
-** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
-** operation. No IO is required.
-**
-** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
-**
-** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
-*/
-case OP_JournalMode: {    /* out2 */
-  Btree *pBt;                     /* Btree to change journal mode of */
-  Pager *pPager;                  /* Pager associated with pBt */
-  int eNew;                       /* New journal mode */
-  int eOld;                       /* The old journal mode */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  const char *zFilename;          /* Name of database file for pPager */
-#endif
-
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  eNew = pOp->p3;
-  assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
-  );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-  pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
-  eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager);
-  if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) eNew = eOld;
-  if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager) ) eNew = eOld;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1);
-
-  /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
-  ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory 
-  */
-  if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
-   && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0           /* Temp file */
-       || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager))   /* No shared-memory support */
-  ){
-    eNew = eOld;
-  }
-
-  if( (eNew!=eOld)
-   && (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
-  ){
-    if( !db->autoCommit || db->nVdbeRead>1 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      sqlite3VdbeError(p,
-          "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction",
-          (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of")
-      );
-      break;
-    }else{
- 
-      if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
-        /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
-        ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log 
-        ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file 
-        ** after a successful return. 
-        */
-        rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
-        }
-      }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
-        /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL.  Use mode OFF
-        ** as an intermediate */
-        sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
-      }
-  
-      /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
-      ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
-      */
-      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 );
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1));
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-  if( rc ){
-    eNew = eOld;
-  }
-  eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
-
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
-  pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(eNew);
-  pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z);
-  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
-  break;
-};
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
-**
-** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
-** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
-** a transaction.
-*/
-case OP_Vacuum: {
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
-** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
-** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
-  Btree *pBt;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
-  VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    goto jump_to_p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
-**
-** Cause precompiled statements to expire.  When an expired statement
-** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically
-** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2())
-** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA.
-** 
-** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
-** then only the currently executing statement is expired.
-*/
-case OP_Expire: {
-  if( !pOp->p1 ){
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-  }else{
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3
-**
-** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
-** the shared-cache feature is enabled. 
-**
-** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
-** on which the lock is acquired.  A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
-** a write lock if P3==1.
-**
-** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
-**
-** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
-** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
-*/
-case OP_TableLock: {
-  u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
-  if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
-    int p1 = pOp->p1; 
-    assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
-    assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) );
-    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
-    if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
-      const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
-      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "database table is locked: %s", z);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the 
-** xBegin method for that table.
-**
-** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
-** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error
-** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED.
-*/
-case OP_VBegin: {
-  VTable *pVTab;
-  pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-  rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab);
-  if( pVTab ) sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVTab->pVtab);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VCreate P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database 
-** P1. Call the xCreate method for that table.
-*/
-case OP_VCreate: {
-  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
-  const char *zTab;  /* Name of the virtual table */
-
-  memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
-  sMem.db = db;
-  /* Because P2 is always a static string, it is impossible for the
-  ** sqlite3VdbeMemCopy() to fail */
-  assert( (aMem[pOp->p2].flags & MEM_Str)!=0 );
-  assert( (aMem[pOp->p2].flags & MEM_Static)!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&sMem, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  zTab = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(&sMem);
-  assert( zTab || db->mallocFailed );
-  if( zTab ){
-    rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, zTab, &p->zErrMsg);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
-** of that table.
-*/
-case OP_VDestroy: {
-  db->nVDestroy++;
-  rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  db->nVDestroy--;
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
-** table and stores that cursor in P1.
-*/
-case OP_VOpen: {
-  VdbeCursor *pCur;
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-  pCur = 0;
-  pVtabCursor = 0;
-  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
-  if( pVtab==0 || NEVER(pVtab->pModule==0) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
-    break;
-  }
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-  rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor);
-  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
-    pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab;
-
-    /* Initialize vdbe cursor object */
-    pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0);
-    if( pCur ){
-      pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor;
-      pVtab->nRef++;
-    }else{
-      assert( db->mallocFailed );
-      pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'
-**
-** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen.  P2 is an address to jump to if
-** the filtered result set is empty.
-**
-** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
-** method of the module.  The interpretation of the P4 string is left
-** to the module implementation.
-**
-** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
-** by P1.  The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
-** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
-** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
-** additional parameters which are passed to
-** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
-**
-** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
-*/
-case OP_VFilter: {   /* jump */
-  int nArg;
-  int iQuery;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  Mem *pQuery;
-  Mem *pArgc;
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  VdbeCursor *pCur;
-  int res;
-  int i;
-  Mem **apArg;
-
-  pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  pArgc = &pQuery[1];
-  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( memIsValid(pQuery) );
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  pVtabCursor = pCur->pVtabCursor;
-  pVtab = pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-
-  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
-  assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
-  nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i;
-  iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i;
-
-  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
-  res = 0;
-  apArg = p->apArg;
-  for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
-    apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1];
-  }
-  rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
-  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor);
-  }
-  pCur->nullRow = 0;
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-  if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)
-**
-** Store the value of the P2-th column of
-** the row of the virtual-table that the 
-** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
-*/
-case OP_VColumn: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  Mem *pDest;
-  sqlite3_context sContext;
-
-  VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
-  if( pCur->nullRow ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
-    break;
-  }
-  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-  assert( pModule->xColumn );
-  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
-  sContext.pOut = pDest;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
-  rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);
-  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-  if( sContext.isError ){
-    rc = sContext.isError;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pDest, encoding);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
-
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
-** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
-** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-case OP_VNext: {   /* jump */
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  int res;
-  VdbeCursor *pCur;
-
-  res = 0;
-  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  if( pCur->nullRow ){
-    break;
-  }
-  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-  assert( pModule->xNext );
-
-  /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
-  ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
-  ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that 
-  ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
-  ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
-  */
-  rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor);
-  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
-  }
-  VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2);
-  if( !res ){
-    /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
-    goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt;
-  }
-  goto check_for_interrupt;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
-** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
-*/
-case OP_VRename: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  Mem *pName;
-
-  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
-  pName = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
-  assert( memIsValid(pName) );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);
-  assert( pName->flags & MEM_Str );
-  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
-  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pName, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z);
-    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-    p->expired = 0;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: data=r[P3@P2]
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
-** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate 
-** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the 
-** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
-**
-** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
-** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
-** is the rowid of a row to delete.  If argv[0] is NULL then no 
-** deletion occurs.  The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new 
-** row.  This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new 
-** rowid for itself.  The subsequent elements in the array are 
-** the values of columns in the new row.
-**
-** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
-** a row to delete.
-**
-** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
-** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() 
-** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
-**
-** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to
-** apply in the case of a constraint failure on an insert or update.
-*/
-case OP_VUpdate: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  int nArg;
-  int i;
-  sqlite_int64 rowid;
-  Mem **apArg;
-  Mem *pX;
-
-  assert( pOp->p2==1        || pOp->p5==OE_Fail   || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback 
-       || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace
-  );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
-  if( pVtab==0 || NEVER(pVtab->pModule==0) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
-    break;
-  }
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-  nArg = pOp->p2;
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
-  if( ALWAYS(pModule->xUpdate) ){
-    u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict;
-    apArg = p->apArg;
-    pX = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-      assert( memIsValid(pX) );
-      memAboutToChange(p, pX);
-      apArg[i] = pX;
-      pX++;
-    }
-    db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5;
-    rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
-    db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict;
-    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){
-      assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
-      db->lastRowid = lastRowid = rowid;
-    }
-    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){
-      if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }else{
-        p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5);
-      }
-    }else{
-      p->nChange++;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
-*/
-case OP_Pagecount: {            /* out2 */
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt);
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
-** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
-** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
-**
-** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
-*/
-case OP_MaxPgcnt: {            /* out2 */
-  unsigned int newMax;
-  Btree *pBt;
-
-  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-  newMax = 0;
-  if( pOp->p3 ){
-    newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
-    if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3;
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* Opcode: Init * P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis:  Start at P2
-**
-** Programs contain a single instance of this opcode as the very first
-** opcode.
-**
-** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
-** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
-** Or if P4 is blank, use the string returned by sqlite3_sql().
-**
-** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2.
-*/
-case OP_Init: {          /* jump */
-  char *zTrace;
-  char *z;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  if( db->xTrace
-   && !p->doingRerun
-   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
-  ){
-    z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace);
-    db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE
-  zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql);
-  if( zTrace ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, i)==0 ) continue;
-      sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace);
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
-   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
-  ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace);
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-  if( pOp->p2 ) goto jump_to_p2;
-  break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
-**
-** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
-** destination.
-*/
-/*
-** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
-** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
-** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
-** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
-*/
-default: {          /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
-  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain );
-  break;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
-** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
-** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
-** restored.
-*****************************************************************************/
-    }
-
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-    {
-      u64 endTime = sqlite3Hwtime();
-      if( endTime>start ) pOrigOp->cycles += endTime - start;
-      pOrigOp->cnt++;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
-    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
-    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
-    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
-    */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    assert( pOp>=&aOp[-1] && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp-1] );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
-      if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc);
-      if( pOrigOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2) ){
-        registerTrace(pOrigOp->p2, &aMem[pOrigOp->p2]);
-      }
-      if( pOrigOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
-        registerTrace(pOrigOp->p3, &aMem[pOrigOp->p3]);
-      }
-    }
-#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-#endif  /* NDEBUG */
-  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
-
-  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
-  ** an error of some kind.
-  */
-vdbe_error_halt:
-  assert( rc );
-  p->rc = rc;
-  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-  sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", 
-                   (int)(pOp - aOp), p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){
-    sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
-  }
-
-  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
-  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
-  ** top. */
-vdbe_return:
-  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
-  testcase( nVmStep>0 );
-  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep;
-  sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-
-  /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-  ** is encountered.
-  */
-too_big:
-  sqlite3VdbeError(p, "string or blob too big");
-  rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
-  */
-no_mem:
-  db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  sqlite3VdbeError(p, "out of memory");
-  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
-  ** should hold the error number.
-  */
-abort_due_to_error:
-  assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-    sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-  }
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
-  ** flag.
-  */
-abort_due_to_interrupt:
-  assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
-  rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-  p->rc = rc;
-  sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbe.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbe.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 01d902ab872..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbe.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
-**
-** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
-** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
-** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
-#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/*
-** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
-** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
-** of this structure.
-*/
-typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
-
-/*
-** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
-** for the VdbeOp definition.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem Mem;
-typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram;
-
-/*
-** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
-** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
-** as an instance of the following structure:
-*/
-struct VdbeOp {
-  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
-  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
-  u8 opflags;         /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */
-  u8 p5;              /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
-  int p1;             /* First operand */
-  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
-  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
-  union p4union {     /* fourth parameter */
-    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
-    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
-    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
-    i64 *pI64;             /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
-    double *pReal;         /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
-    FuncDef *pFunc;        /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
-    sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCCTX */
-    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
-    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
-    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
-    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
-    SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
-    int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *);
-  } p4;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
-#endif
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  u32 cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
-  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-  int iSrcLine;            /* Source-code line that generated this opcode */
-#endif
-};
-typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
-
-
-/*
-** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
-*/
-struct SubProgram {
-  VdbeOp *aOp;                  /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
-  int nOp;                      /* Elements in aOp[] */
-  int nMem;                     /* Number of memory cells required */
-  int nCsr;                     /* Number of cursors required */
-  int nOnce;                    /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
-  void *token;                  /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
-  SubProgram *pNext;            /* Next sub-program already visited */
-};
-
-/*
-** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
-** it takes up less space.
-*/
-struct VdbeOpList {
-  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
-  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
-  signed char p2;     /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
-  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
-};
-typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
-*/
-#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
-#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
-#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
-#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
-#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
-#define P4_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
-#define P4_MEM      (-8)  /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
-#define P4_TRANSIENT  0   /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
-#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
-#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
-#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
-#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
-#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
-#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
-#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
-#define P4_ADVANCE  (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */
-#define P4_FUNCCTX  (-20) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object */
-
-/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */
-#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1
-#define P5_ConstraintUnique  2
-#define P5_ConstraintCheck   3
-#define P5_ConstraintFK      4
-
-/*
-** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
-** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
-*/
-#define COLNAME_NAME     0
-#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
-#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
-#define COLNAME_TABLE    3
-#define COLNAME_COLUMN   4
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define COLNAME_N        5      /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
-#else
-# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-#   define COLNAME_N      1      /* Store only the name */
-# else
-#   define COLNAME_N      2      /* Store the name and decltype */
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
-** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
-** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
-** the macro again restores the address.
-*/
-#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))
-
-/*
-** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
-** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
-*/
-#include "opcodes.h"
-
-/*
-** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
-** for a description of what each of these routines does.
-*/
-Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*);
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
-int sqlite3VdbeGoto(Vdbe*,int);
-int sqlite3VdbeLoadString(Vdbe*,int,const char*);
-void sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(Vdbe*,int,const char*,...);
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const u8*,int);
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno);
-void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe*, u32 addr, u8);
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1);
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2);
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3);
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
-void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
-int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op);
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
-void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*);
-void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
-VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
-int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
-void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
-void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
-void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
-void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
-int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
-void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
-int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
-#endif
-void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
-void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*);
-int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
-void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
-int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
-sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
-void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
-void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
-VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
-sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8);
-void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
-#endif
-int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
-
-void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
-int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
-int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(int, const void *, UnpackedRecord *, int);
-UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **);
-
-typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
-RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
-#endif
-
-/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on
-** each VDBE opcode.
-**
-** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op
-** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code
-** generator.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-  void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
-# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
-  void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
-# define VdbeNoopComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
-# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS
-#   define VdbeModuleComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
-# else
-#   define VdbeModuleComment(X)
-# endif
-#else
-# define VdbeComment(X)
-# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
-# define VdbeModuleComment(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point
-** for VDBE branch instructions.  The coverage testing points are line
-** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file.  VDBE branch coverage testing
-** only works with an amalagmation build.  That's ok since a VDBE branch
-** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only.  No application
-** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on.
-**
-**    VdbeCoverage(v)                  // Mark the previously coded instruction
-**                                     // as a branch
-**
-**    VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional)   // Mark previous if conditional true
-**
-**    VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v)       // Previous branch is always taken
-**
-**    VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v)        // Previous branch is never taken
-**
-** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above.
-** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and
-** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch()
-** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-  void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int);
-# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__)
-# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__)
-# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,2);
-# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,1);
-# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x)
-#else
-# define VdbeCoverage(v)
-# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x)
-# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v)
-# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v)
-# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(Vdbe*, int, int, int, LogEst, const char*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(a,b,c,d,e)
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeInt.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeInt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7884d955b01..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeInt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,508 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 September 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for information that is private to the
-** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
-** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
-** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
-** this header information was factored out.
-*/
-#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
-#define _VDBEINT_H_
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse
-** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
-# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 50
-#endif
-
-/*
-** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
-** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
-** of the following structure.
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
-
-/*
-** Boolean values
-*/
-typedef unsigned Bool;
-
-/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */
-typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter;
-
-/* Opaque type used by the explainer */
-typedef struct Explain Explain;
-
-/* Elements of the linked list at Vdbe.pAuxData */
-typedef struct AuxData AuxData;
-
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
-** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
-** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
-** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
-** is currently pointing to.
-**
-** Cursors can also point to virtual tables, sorters, or "pseudo-tables".
-** A pseudo-table is a single-row table implemented by registers.
-** 
-** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
-** instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct VdbeCursor {
-  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
-  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
-  int seekResult;       /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
-  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
-  i16 nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
-  u16 nHdrParsed;       /* Number of header fields parsed so far */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  u8 seekOp;            /* Most recent seek operation on this cursor */
-#endif
-  i8 iDb;               /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
-  u8 nullRow;           /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
-  u8 deferredMoveto;    /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
-  Bool isEphemeral:1;   /* True for an ephemeral table */
-  Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
-  Bool isTable:1;       /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
-  Bool isOrdered:1;     /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
-  Pgno pgnoRoot;        /* Root page of the open btree cursor */
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
-  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
-  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter;  /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
-  u64 maskUsed;         /* Mask of columns used by this cursor */
-#endif
-
-  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
-  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheStatus matches
-  ** Vdbe.cacheCtr.  Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
-  ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
-  ** the cache is out of date.
-  **
-  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
-  ** be NULL.
-  */
-  u32 cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
-  u32 payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
-  u32 szRow;            /* Byte available in aRow */
-  u32 iHdrOffset;       /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */
-  const u8 *aRow;       /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
-  u32 *aOffset;         /* Pointer to aType[nField] */
-  u32 aType[1];         /* Type values for all entries in the record */
-  /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one
-  ** static element declared in the structure.  nField total array slots for
-  ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */
-};
-typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
-
-/*
-** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
-** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
-** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
-** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, 
-** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
-** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
-** began executing.
-**
-** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory
-** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or
-** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it
-** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame
-** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing
-** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the
-** child frame are released.
-**
-** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is
-** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program.
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
-struct VdbeFrame {
-  Vdbe *v;                /* VM this frame belongs to */
-  VdbeFrame *pParent;     /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */
-  Op *aOp;                /* Program instructions for parent frame */
-  i64 *anExec;            /* Event counters from parent frame */
-  Mem *aMem;              /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */
-  u8 *aOnceFlag;          /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */
-  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */
-  void *token;            /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
-  i64 lastRowid;          /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
-  int nCursor;            /* Number of entries in apCsr */
-  int pc;                 /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */
-  int nOp;                /* Size of aOp array */
-  int nMem;               /* Number of entries in aMem */
-  int nOnceFlag;          /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */
-  int nChildMem;          /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
-  int nChildCsr;          /* Number of cursors for child frame */
-  int nChange;            /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChange)     */
-  int nDbChange;          /* Value of db->nChange */
-};
-
-#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])
-
-/*
-** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
-*/
-#define CACHE_STALE 0
-
-/*
-** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
-** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
-** integer etc.) of the same value.
-*/
-struct Mem {
-  union MemValue {
-    double r;           /* Real value used when MEM_Real is set in flags */
-    i64 i;              /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
-    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
-    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
-    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
-    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
-  } u;
-  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
-  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
-  u8  eSubtype;       /* Subtype for this value */
-  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
-  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
-  /* ShallowCopy only needs to copy the information above */
-  char *zMalloc;      /* Space to hold MEM_Str or MEM_Blob if szMalloc>0 */
-  int szMalloc;       /* Size of the zMalloc allocation */
-  u32 uTemp;          /* Transient storage for serial_type in OP_MakeRecord */
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
-  void (*xDel)(void*);/* Destructor for Mem.z - only valid if MEM_Dyn */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  Mem *pScopyFrom;    /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
-  void *pFiller;      /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member or anything that
-** follows.
-*/
-#define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc)
-
-/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
-** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
-**
-** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
-** No other flags may be set in this case.
-**
-** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
-** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
-** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
-** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
-** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
-*/
-#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
-#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
-#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
-#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
-#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
-#define MEM_AffMask   0x001f   /* Mask of affinity bits */
-#define MEM_RowSet    0x0020   /* Value is a RowSet object */
-#define MEM_Frame     0x0040   /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
-#define MEM_Undefined 0x0080   /* Value is undefined */
-#define MEM_Cleared   0x0100   /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */
-#define MEM_TypeMask  0x01ff   /* Mask of type bits */
-
-
-/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
-** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
-** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
-** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
-*/
-#define MEM_Term      0x0200   /* String rep is nul terminated */
-#define MEM_Dyn       0x0400   /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */
-#define MEM_Static    0x0800   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
-#define MEM_Ephem     0x1000   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
-#define MEM_Agg       0x2000   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
-#define MEM_Zero      0x4000   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  #undef MEM_Zero
-  #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
-*/
-#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
-   ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
-
-/*
-** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid.  This macro
-** is for use inside assert() statements only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#define memIsValid(M)  ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function 
-** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
-** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
-** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
-** when the VM is halted (if not before).
-*/
-struct AuxData {
-  int iOp;                        /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */
-  int iArg;                       /* Index of function argument. */
-  void *pAux;                     /* Aux data pointer */
-  void (*xDelete)(void *);        /* Destructor for the aux data */
-  AuxData *pNext;                 /* Next element in list */
-};
-
-/*
-** The "context" argument for an installable function.  A pointer to an
-** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
-** implement the SQL functions.
-**
-** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
-** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
-** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
-** structure are known.
-**
-** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
-** (Mem) which are only defined there.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_context {
-  Mem *pOut;              /* The return value is stored here */
-  FuncDef *pFunc;         /* Pointer to function information */
-  Mem *pMem;              /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
-  Vdbe *pVdbe;            /* The VM that owns this context */
-  int iOp;                /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
-  int isError;            /* Error code returned by the function. */
-  u8 skipFlag;            /* Skip accumulator loading if true */
-  u8 fErrorOrAux;         /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
-  u8 argc;                /* Number of arguments */
-  sqlite3_value *argv[1]; /* Argument set */
-};
-
-/*
-** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful
-** in describing recursive data structures.
-*/
-struct Explain {
-  Vdbe *pVdbe;       /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */
-  StrAccum str;      /* The string being accumulated */
-  int nIndent;       /* Number of elements in aIndent */
-  u16 aIndent[100];  /* Levels of indentation */
-  char zBase[100];   /* Initial space */
-};
-
-/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures.  Always follow with :N where
-** N is the number of bits.
-*/
-typedef unsigned bft;  /* Bit Field Type */
-
-typedef struct ScanStatus ScanStatus;
-struct ScanStatus {
-  int addrExplain;                /* OP_Explain for loop */
-  int addrLoop;                   /* Address of "loops" counter */
-  int addrVisit;                  /* Address of "rows visited" counter */
-  int iSelectID;                  /* The "Select-ID" for this loop */
-  LogEst nEst;                    /* Estimated output rows per loop */
-  char *zName;                    /* Name of table or index */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
-** state of the virtual machine.
-**
-** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare()
-** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
-*/
-struct Vdbe {
-  sqlite3 *db;            /* The database connection that owns this statement */
-  Op *aOp;                /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
-  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
-  Mem **apArg;            /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
-  Mem *aColName;          /* Column names to return */
-  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
-  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context used to create this Vdbe */
-  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
-  int nOp;                /* Number of instructions in the program */
-  int nCursor;            /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
-  u32 magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
-  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
-  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext;     /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
-  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
-  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
-  char **azVar;           /* Name of variables */
-  ynVar nVar;             /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
-  ynVar nzVar;            /* Number of entries in azVar[] */
-  u32 cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
-  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
-  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  int rcApp;              /* errcode set by sqlite3_result_error_code() */
-#endif
-  u16 nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
-  u8 errorAction;         /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
-  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
-  bft explain:2;          /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
-  bft changeCntOn:1;      /* True to update the change-counter */
-  bft expired:1;          /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
-  bft runOnlyOnce:1;      /* Automatically expire on reset */
-  bft usesStmtJournal:1;  /* True if uses a statement journal */
-  bft readOnly:1;         /* True for statements that do not write */
-  bft bIsReader:1;        /* True for statements that read */
-  bft isPrepareV2:1;      /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
-  bft doingRerun:1;       /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */
-  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
-  yDbMask btreeMask;      /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
-  yDbMask lockMask;       /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */
-  int iStatement;         /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
-  u32 aCounter[5];        /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
-#endif
-  i64 iCurrentTime;       /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */
-  i64 nFkConstraint;      /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
-  i64 nStmtDefCons;       /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
-  i64 nStmtDefImmCons;    /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */
-  char *zSql;             /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
-  void *pFree;            /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* Parent frame */
-  VdbeFrame *pDelFrame;   /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */
-  int nFrame;             /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
-  u32 expmask;            /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */
-  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */
-  int nOnceFlag;          /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */
-  u8 *aOnceFlag;          /* Flags for OP_Once */
-  AuxData *pAuxData;      /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-  i64 *anExec;            /* Number of times each op has been executed */
-  int nScan;              /* Entries in aScan[] */
-  ScanStatus *aScan;      /* Scan definitions for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
-*/
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
-
-/*
-** Function prototypes
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe*, const char *, ...);
-void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
-void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
-int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
-int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor*);
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
-void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
-#endif
-u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
-u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
-u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32);
-u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
-void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe*, int, int);
-
-int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
-int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(sqlite3*,VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
-int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*);
-int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
-int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
-int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
-int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
-void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
-void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
-#else
-  void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
-#endif
-void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem*,sqlite3*,u16);
-void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
-void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
-void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8);
-i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
-double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
-void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
-void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
-void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
-#define VdbeMemDynamic(X)  \
-  (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)
-int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
-const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
-int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int n);
-int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
-void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
-int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
-int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p);
-
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, int, VdbeCursor *);
-void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *);
-void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *, int *);
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-  void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
-  void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
-# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*);
-int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem*);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
-#else
-# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
-#endif
-
-int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
-  void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
-#endif
-int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
-  #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
-#else
-  #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
-  #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeapi.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeapi.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 33c6ba3b287..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeapi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1668 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
-** VDBE.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
-** to be recompiled.  A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
-** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
-** that sqlite3_prepare() generates.  For example, if new functions or
-** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
-** added or changed.
-*/
-int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  return p==0 || p->expired;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized.  Log
-** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise
-** invalid).  Return false if it is ok.
-*/
-static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){
-  if( p->db==0 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement");
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){
-  if( p==0 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement");
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return vdbeSafety(p);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/*
-** Invoke the profile callback.  This routine is only called if we already
-** know that the profile callback is defined and needs to be invoked.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void invokeProfileCallback(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3_int64 iNow;
-  assert( p->startTime>0 );
-  assert( db->xProfile!=0 );
-  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
-  assert( p->zSql!=0 );
-  sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow);
-  db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000);
-  p->startTime = 0;
-}
-/*
-** The checkProfileCallback(DB,P) macro checks to see if a profile callback
-** is needed, and it invokes the callback if it is needed.
-*/
-# define checkProfileCallback(DB,P) \
-   if( ((P)->startTime)>0 ){ invokeProfileCallback(DB,P); }
-#else
-# define checkProfileCallback(DB,P)  /*no-op*/
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
-** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
-** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
-** machine.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
-*/
-int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc;
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL
-    ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
-    if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    checkProfileCallback(db, v);
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
-    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
-** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
-** the prior execution is returned.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
-*/
-int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc;
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    checkProfileCallback(db, v);
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeRewind(v);
-    assert( (rc & (db->errMask))==rc );
-    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
-    p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
-  }
-  if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
-** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
-** structure.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
-  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( p->flags==MEM_Null && p->z==0 );
-      return 0;
-    }
-    p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
-    return p->n ? p->z : 0;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
-  }
-}
-int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return ((Mem*)pVal)->eSubtype;
-}
-const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
-}
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12793-43283 Every value in SQLite has one of five
-** fundamental datatypes: 64-bit signed integer 64-bit IEEE floating
-** point number string BLOB NULL
-*/
-int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
-  static const u8 aType[] = {
-     SQLITE_BLOB,     /* 0x00 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x01 */
-     SQLITE_TEXT,     /* 0x02 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x03 */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x04 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x05 */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x06 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x07 */
-     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x08 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x09 */
-     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x0a */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0b */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x0c */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0d */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x0e */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0f */
-     SQLITE_BLOB,     /* 0x10 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x11 */
-     SQLITE_TEXT,     /* 0x12 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x13 */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x14 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x15 */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x16 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x17 */
-     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x18 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x19 */
-     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x1a */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1b */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x1c */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1d */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x1e */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1f */
-  };
-  return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask];
-}
-
-/* Make a copy of an sqlite3_value object
-*/
-sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value *pOrig){
-  sqlite3_value *pNew;
-  if( pOrig==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
-  memcpy(pNew, pOrig, MEMCELLSIZE);
-  pNew->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
-  pNew->db = 0;
-  if( pNew->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    pNew->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn);
-    pNew->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pNew)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3ValueFree(pNew);
-      pNew = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/* Destroy an sqlite3_value object previously obtained from
-** sqlite3_value_dup().
-*/
-void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value *pOld){
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pOld);
-}
-  
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
-** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
-** the function result.
-**
-** The setStrOrError() function calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
-** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
-** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
-**
-** The invokeValueDestructor(P,X) routine invokes destructor function X()
-** on value P is not going to be used and need to be destroyed.
-*/
-static void setResultStrOrError(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,  /* Function context */
-  const char *z,          /* String pointer */
-  int n,                  /* Bytes in string, or negative */
-  u8 enc,                 /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
-  void (*xDel)(void*)     /* Destructor function */
-){
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
-  }
-}
-static int invokeValueDestructor(
-  const void *p,             /* Value to destroy */
-  void (*xDel)(void*),       /* The destructor */
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx      /* Set a SQLITE_TOOBIG error if no NULL */
-){
-  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
-  if( xDel==0 ){
-    /* noop */
-  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
-    /* noop */
-  }else{
-    xDel((void*)p);
-  }
-  if( pCtx ) sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
-  return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-}
-void sqlite3_result_blob(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( n>=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
-}
-void sqlite3_result_blob64(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  sqlite3_uint64 n,
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
-  if( n>0x7fffffff ){
-    (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx);
-  }else{
-    setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, 0, xDel);
-  }
-}
-void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(pCtx->pOut, rVal);
-}
-void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#endif
-void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, (i64)iVal);
-}
-void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, iVal);
-}
-void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut);
-}
-void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context *pCtx, unsigned int eSubtype){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->pOut->eSubtype = eSubtype & 0xff;
-}
-void sqlite3_result_text(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const char *z, 
-  int n,
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
-}
-void sqlite3_result_text64(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const char *z, 
-  sqlite3_uint64 n,
-  void (*xDel)(void *),
-  unsigned char enc
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
-  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-  if( n>0x7fffffff ){
-    (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx);
-  }else{
-    setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, enc, xDel);
-  }
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-void sqlite3_result_text16(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
-}
-void sqlite3_result_text16be(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
-}
-void sqlite3_result_text16le(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pCtx->pOut, pValue);
-}
-void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, n);
-}
-int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, u64 n){
-  Mem *pOut = pCtx->pOut;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pOut->db->mutex) );
-  if( n>(u64)pOut->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, (int)n);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
-  pCtx->isError = errCode;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pCtx->pVdbe ) pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode;
-#endif
-  if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
-                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
-void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, 
-                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
-void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut);
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-  pCtx->pOut->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It 
-** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
-*/
-static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( pBt ){
-      int nEntry;
-      sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-      nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-      if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
-** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
-**
-** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
-** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a 
-** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
-** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert(p);
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
-    /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying
-    ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE.  But beginning
-    ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
-    ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
-    ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, 
-    ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
-    ** definition.
-    **
-    ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
-    ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE 
-    ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change.  As a
-    ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
-    ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the 
-    ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
-    ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
-    if( (rc = p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
-      sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    }
-#else
-    sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */
-  db = p->db;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto end_of_step;
-  }
-  if( p->pc<0 ){
-    /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
-    ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
-    ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
-    */
-    if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
-      db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
-    }
-
-    assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 
-        || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0)
-    );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-    if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){
-      sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime);
-    }else{
-      assert( p->startTime==0 );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    db->nVdbeActive++;
-    if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++;
-    if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++;
-    p->pc = 0;
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  p->rcApp = SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  if( p->explain ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-  {
-    db->nVdbeExec++;
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
-    db->nVdbeExec--;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  /* If the statement completed successfully, invoke the profile callback */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) checkProfileCallback(db, p);
-#endif
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db);
-    if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-
-  db->errCode = rc;
-  if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-end_of_step:
-  /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be 
-  ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy 
-  ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
-  ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc 
-  ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() 
-  ** were called on statement p.
-  */
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW  || rc==SQLITE_DONE   || rc==SQLITE_ERROR 
-       || (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
-  );
-  assert( (p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE) || p->rc==p->rcApp );
-  if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
-    /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
-    ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
-    ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
-    */ 
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
-  }
-  return (rc&db->errMask);
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step().  Call
-** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work.  If a schema error occurs,
-** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
-*/
-int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Result from sqlite3Step() */
-  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */
-  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;  /* the prepared statement */
-  int cnt = 0;             /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */
-  sqlite3 *db;             /* The database connection */
-
-  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  db = v->db;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  v->doingRerun = 0;
-  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
-         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY ){
-    int savedPc = v->pc;
-    rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK) break;
-    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-    if( savedPc>=0 ) v->doingRerun = 1;
-    assert( v->expired==0 );
-  }
-  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
-    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
-    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
-    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
-    ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 
-    ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
-    ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
-    */
-    const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); 
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
-    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-      v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
-      v->rc = rc2;
-    } else {
-      v->zErrMsg = 0;
-      v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pFunc );
-  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
-**
-** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface
-** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st
-** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and
-** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the
-** application defined function.
-*/
-sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pOut );
-  return p->pOut->db;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current time for a statement.  If the current time
-** is requested more than once within the same run of a single prepared
-** statement, the exact same time is returned for each invocation regardless
-** of the amount of time that elapses between invocations.  In other words,
-** the time returned is always the time of the first call.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){
-  int rc;
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  sqlite3_int64 *piTime = &p->pVdbe->iCurrentTime;
-  assert( p->pVdbe!=0 );
-#else
-  sqlite3_int64 iTime = 0;
-  sqlite3_int64 *piTime = p->pVdbe!=0 ? &p->pVdbe->iCurrentTime : &iTime;
-#endif
-  if( *piTime==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->pOut->db->pVfs, piTime);
-    if( rc ) *piTime = 0;
-  }
-  return *piTime;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
-** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
-** wrong context.  The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
-** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
-** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
-** method of virtual tables.
-*/
-void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
-  sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
-  int NotUsed,               /* Number of arguments to the function */
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2   /* Value of each argument */
-){
-  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
-  char *zErr;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
-      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
-  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-  sqlite3_free(zErr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new aggregate context for p and return a pointer to
-** its pMem->z element.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *createAggContext(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
-  Mem *pMem = p->pMem;
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
-  if( nByte<=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-    pMem->z = 0;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte);
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
-    pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
-    if( pMem->z ){
-      memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
-    }
-  }
-  return (void*)pMem->z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
-** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
-** same context that was returned on prior calls.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
-  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  testcase( nByte<0 );
-  if( (p->pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
-    return createAggContext(p, nByte);
-  }else{
-    return (void*)p->pMem->z;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the auxiliary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
-** the user-function defined by pCtx.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
-  AuxData *pAuxData;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( pCtx->pVdbe==0 ) return 0;
-#else
-  assert( pCtx->pVdbe!=0 );
-#endif
-  for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
-    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
-  }
-
-  return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the auxiliary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
-** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
-** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
-*/
-void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int iArg, 
-  void *pAux, 
-  void (*xDelete)(void*)
-){
-  AuxData *pAuxData;
-  Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
-  if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( pVdbe==0 ) goto failed;
-#else
-  assert( pVdbe!=0 );
-#endif
-
-  for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
-    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
-  }
-  if( pAuxData==0 ){
-    pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData));
-    if( !pAuxData ) goto failed;
-    pAuxData->iOp = pCtx->iOp;
-    pAuxData->iArg = iArg;
-    pAuxData->pNext = pVdbe->pAuxData;
-    pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData;
-    if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux==0 ){
-      pCtx->isError = 0;
-      pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-    }
-  }else if( pAuxData->xDelete ){
-    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
-  }
-
-  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
-  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
-  return;
-
-failed:
-  if( xDelete ){
-    xDelete(pAux);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been 
-** called.
-**
-** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
-** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
-** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
-** context.
-*/
-int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
-  return p->pMem->n;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
-*/
-int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
-** currently executing statement pStmt.
-*/
-int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
-  return pVm->nResColumn;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to static memory containing an SQL NULL value.
-*/
-static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){
-  /* Even though the Mem structure contains an element
-  ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler
-  ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary
-  ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when
-  ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s
-  ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent
-  ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
-  ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
-  ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro.  */
-  static const Mem nullMem 
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
-    __attribute__((aligned(8))) 
-#endif
-    = {
-        /* .u          = */ {0},
-        /* .flags      = */ (u16)MEM_Null,
-        /* .enc        = */ (u8)0,
-        /* .eSubtype   = */ (u8)0,
-        /* .n          = */ (int)0,
-        /* .z          = */ (char*)0,
-        /* .zMalloc    = */ (char*)0,
-        /* .szMalloc   = */ (int)0,
-        /* .uTemp      = */ (u32)0,
-        /* .db         = */ (sqlite3*)0,
-        /* .xDel       = */ (void(*)(void*))0,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-        /* .pScopyFrom = */ (Mem*)0,
-        /* .pFiller    = */ (void*)0,
-#endif
-      };
-  return &nullMem;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
-** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
-** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
-** of NULL.
-*/
-static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  Vdbe *pVm;
-  Mem *pOut;
-
-  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
-    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
-  }else{
-    if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
-      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE);
-    }
-    pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue();
-  }
-  return pOut;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a 
-** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
-** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If 
-** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
-** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
-**
-** Specifically, this is called from within:
-**
-**     sqlite3_column_int()
-**     sqlite3_column_int64()
-**     sqlite3_column_text()
-**     sqlite3_column_text16()
-**     sqlite3_column_real()
-**     sqlite3_column_bytes()
-**     sqlite3_column_bytes16()
-**     sqiite3_column_blob()
-*/
-static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
-{
-  /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
-  ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
-  ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
-  ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
-  */
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( p ){
-    p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-}
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
-** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
-** in the result set.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const void *val;
-  val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
-  ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() 
-  ** expression. 
-  */
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
-  if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
-    pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
-    pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
-  }
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return iType;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
-** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
-**
-** There are up to 5 names for each column.  useType determines which
-** name is returned.  Here are the names:
-**
-**    0      The column name as it should be displayed for output
-**    1      The datatype name for the column
-**    2      The name of the database that the column derives from
-**    3      The name of the table that the column derives from
-**    4      The name of the table column that the result column derives from
-**
-** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
-** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
-*/
-static const void *columnName(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
-  int N,
-  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
-  int useType
-){
-  const void *ret;
-  Vdbe *p;
-  int n;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  ret = 0;
-  p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  db = p->db;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-  if( N<n && N>=0 ){
-    N += useType*n;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
-    ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
-     /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
-    ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
-    */
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 0;
-      ret = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
-** statement pStmt.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Constraint:  If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
-** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
-# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
-         and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-/*
-** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
-** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-/*
-** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
-
-
-/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
-** 
-** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
-*/
-/*
-** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
-** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
-** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
-** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
-**
-** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
-** value in any case.
-*/
-static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
-  Mem *pVar;
-  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
-    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
-        "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
-    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-    return SQLITE_RANGE;
-  }
-  i--;
-  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
-  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
-  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK);
-
-  /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then 
-  ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
-  **
-  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
-  ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
-  ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
-  ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call
-  ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter.
-  */
-  if( p->isPrepareV2 &&
-     ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff)
-  ){
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Bind a text or BLOB value.
-*/
-static int bindText(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,   /* The statement to bind against */
-  int i,                 /* Index of the parameter to bind */
-  const void *zData,     /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
-  int nData,             /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
-  void (*xDel)(void*),   /* Destructor for the data */
-  u8 encoding            /* Encoding for the data */
-){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  Mem *pVar;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( zData!=0 ){
-      pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
-      }
-      sqlite3Error(p->db, rc);
-      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
-    xDel((void*)zData);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_blob(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const void *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
-}
-int sqlite3_bind_blob64(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const void *zData, 
-  sqlite3_uint64 nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
-  if( nData>0x7fffffff ){
-    return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0);
-  }else{
-    return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, 0);
-  }
-}
-int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
-  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
-}
-int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3_bind_text( 
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const char *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-int sqlite3_bind_text64( 
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const char *zData, 
-  sqlite3_uint64 nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*),
-  unsigned char enc
-){
-  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
-  if( nData>0x7fffffff ){
-    return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0);
-  }else{
-    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-    return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, enc);
-  }
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-int sqlite3_bind_text16(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const void *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
-  int rc;
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
-      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->u.r);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
-      if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-        rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
-      rc = bindText(pStmt,i,  pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
-                              pValue->enc);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite3_uint64 n){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  if( n>(u64)p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  }else{
-    assert( (n & 0x7FFFFFFF)==n );
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, n);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
-** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
-** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
-**
-** The result is always UTF-8.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return p->azVar[i-1];
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
-** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
-** return 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( zName ){
-    for(i=0; i<p->nzVar; i++){
-      const char *z = p->azVar[i];
-      if( z && strncmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){
-        return i+1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
-  return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName));
-}
-
-/*
-** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
-*/
-int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
-  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
-  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
-  int i;
-  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
-  assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
-  for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
-** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
-**
-** It is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
-** database connections.  But as this is a deprecated interface, we
-** will not bother to check for that condition.
-**
-** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
-** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
-** SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
-  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
-  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
-  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){
-    pTo->expired = 1;
-  }
-  if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){
-    pFrom->expired = 1;
-  }
-  return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
-** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
-** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
-** the statement in the first place.
-*/
-sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the
-** database.
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset.
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  return v!=0 && v->pc>=0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
-** with database connection pDb.  If pStmt is NULL, return the first
-** prepared statement for the database connection.  Return NULL if there
-** are no more.
-*/
-sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pDb) ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
-  }else{
-    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
-  return pNext;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
-  Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  u32 v;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !pStmt ){
-    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  v = pVdbe->aCounter[op];
-  if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op] = 0;
-  return (int)v;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-/*
-** Return status data for a single loop within query pStmt.
-*/
-int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,            /* Prepared statement being queried */
-  int idx,                        /* Index of loop to report on */
-  int iScanStatusOp,              /* Which metric to return */
-  void *pOut                      /* OUT: Write the answer here */
-){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  ScanStatus *pScan;
-  if( idx<0 || idx>=p->nScan ) return 1;
-  pScan = &p->aScan[idx];
-  switch( iScanStatusOp ){
-    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP: {
-      *(sqlite3_int64*)pOut = p->anExec[pScan->addrLoop];
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT: {
-      *(sqlite3_int64*)pOut = p->anExec[pScan->addrVisit];
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST: {
-      double r = 1.0;
-      LogEst x = pScan->nEst;
-      while( x<100 ){
-        x += 10;
-        r *= 0.5;
-      }
-      *(double*)pOut = r*sqlite3LogEstToInt(x);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME: {
-      *(const char**)pOut = pScan->zName;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN: {
-      if( pScan->addrExplain ){
-        *(const char**)pOut = p->aOp[ pScan->addrExplain ].p4.z;
-      }else{
-        *(const char**)pOut = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID: {
-      if( pScan->addrExplain ){
-        *(int*)pOut = p->aOp[ pScan->addrExplain ].p1;
-      }else{
-        *(int*)pOut = -1;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Zero all counters associated with the sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() data.
-*/
-void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  memset(p->anExec, 0, p->nOp * sizeof(i64));
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeaux.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeaux.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fed69127a7..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeaux.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4263 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 September 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
-** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) 
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Create a new virtual database engine.
-*/
-Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *p;
-  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  p->db = db;
-  if( db->pVdbe ){
-    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
-  }
-  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
-  p->pPrev = 0;
-  db->pVdbe = p;
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
-  p->pParse = pParse;
-  assert( pParse->aLabel==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nLabel==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nOpAlloc==0 );
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the error string stored in Vdbe.zErrMsg
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zErrMsg);
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  p->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-}
-
-/*
-** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
-  assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 );
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG)
-  if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
-#endif
-  assert( p->zSql==0 );
-  p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
-  p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  return p ? p->zSql : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
-  Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
-  char *zTmp;
-  tmp = *pA;
-  *pA = *pB;
-  *pB = tmp;
-  pTmp = pA->pNext;
-  pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
-  pB->pNext = pTmp;
-  pTmp = pA->pPrev;
-  pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
-  pB->pPrev = pTmp;
-  zTmp = pA->zSql;
-  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
-  pB->zSql = zTmp;
-  pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger 
-** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal
-** to 1024/sizeof(Op).
-**
-** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
-** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Parse.nOpAlloc remain 
-** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be 
-** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
-*/
-static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){
-  VdbeOp *pNew;
-  Parse *p = v->pParse;
-
-  /* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force
-  ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for 
-  ** simulated OOM faults.  SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used
-  ** during testing only.  With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array
-  ** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512.  Normal
-  ** operation (without SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) is to double the current
-  ** size of the op array or add 1KB of space, whichever is smaller. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS
-  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc>=512 ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : p->nOpAlloc+nOp);
-#else
-  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nOp);
-#endif
-
-  assert( nOp<=(1024/sizeof(Op)) );
-  assert( nNew>=(p->nOpAlloc+nOp) );
-  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
-  if( pNew ){
-    p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
-    v->aOp = pNew;
-  }
-  return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/* This routine is just a convenient place to set a breakpoint that will
-** fire after each opcode is inserted and displayed using
-** "PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on".
-*/
-static void test_addop_breakpoint(void){
-  static int n = 0;
-  n++;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
-** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
-**
-** Parameters:
-**
-**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
-**
-**    op              The opcode for this instruction
-**
-**    p1, p2, p3      Operands
-**
-** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
-** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
-** operand.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
-  int i;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-
-  i = p->nOp;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
-  if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){
-    if( growOpArray(p, 1) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  p->nOp++;
-  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
-  pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
-  pOp->p5 = 0;
-  pOp->p1 = p1;
-  pOp->p2 = p2;
-  pOp->p3 = p3;
-  pOp->p4.p = 0;
-  pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-  pOp->zComment = 0;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
-    int jj, kk;
-    Parse *pParse = p->pParse;
-    for(jj=kk=0; jj<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; jj++){
-      struct yColCache *x = pParse->aColCache + jj;
-      if( x->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel || x->iReg==0 ) continue;
-      printf(" r[%d]={%d:%d}", x->iReg, x->iTable, x->iColumn);
-      kk++;
-    }
-    if( kk ) printf("\n");
-    sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-    test_addop_breakpoint();
-  }
-#endif
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  pOp->cycles = 0;
-  pOp->cnt = 0;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-  pOp->iSrcLine = 0;
-#endif
-  return i;
-}
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
-}
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
-}
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
-}
-
-/* Generate code for an unconditional jump to instruction iDest
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeGoto(Vdbe *p, int iDest){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_Goto, 0, iDest, 0);
-}
-
-/* Generate code to cause the string zStr to be loaded into
-** register iDest
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeLoadString(Vdbe *p, int iDest, const char *zStr){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, OP_String8, 0, iDest, 0, zStr, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that initializes multiple registers to string or integer
-** constants.  The registers begin with iDest and increase consecutively.
-** One register is initialized for each characgter in zTypes[].  For each
-** "s" character in zTypes[], the register is a string if the argument is
-** not NULL, or OP_Null if the value is a null pointer.  For each "i" character
-** in zTypes[], the register is initialized to an integer.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(Vdbe *p, int iDest, const char *zTypes, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int i;
-  char c;
-  va_start(ap, zTypes);
-  for(i=0; (c = zTypes[i])!=0; i++){
-    if( c=='s' ){
-      const char *z = va_arg(ap, const char*);
-      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(p, z==0 ? OP_Null : OP_String8, 0, iDest++);
-      if( z ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, z, 0);
-    }else{
-      assert( c=='i' );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(p, OP_Integer, va_arg(ap, int), iDest++);
-    }
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
-  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
-  int op,             /* The new opcode */
-  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
-  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
-  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
-  const char *zP4,    /* The P4 operand */
-  int p4type          /* P4 operand type */
-){
-  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
-  return addr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value with a P4_INT64 or
-** P4_REAL type.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(
-  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
-  int op,             /* The new opcode */
-  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
-  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
-  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
-  const u8 *zP4,      /* The P4 operand */
-  int p4type          /* P4 operand type */
-){
-  char *p4copy = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(p), 8);
-  if( p4copy ) memcpy(p4copy, zP4, 8);
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, op, p1, p2, p3, p4copy, p4type);
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode.  This routine is broken out from
-** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees
-** as having been used.
-**
-** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){
-  int j;
-  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j);
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(
-  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
-  int op,             /* The new opcode */
-  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
-  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
-  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
-  int p4              /* The P4 operand as an integer */
-){
-  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32);
-  return addr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
-** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
-** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
-** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
-** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
-** the label into the resolved address.
-**
-** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
-** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
-** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
-**
-** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *v){
-  Parse *p = v->pParse;
-  int i = p->nLabel++;
-  assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){
-    p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, 
-                                       (i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
-  }
-  if( p->aLabel ){
-    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
-  }
-  return -1-i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
-** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
-** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *v, int x){
-  Parse *p = v->pParse;
-  int j = -1-x;
-  assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  assert( j<p->nLabel );
-  assert( j>=0 );
-  if( p->aLabel ){
-    p->aLabel[j] = v->nOp;
-  }
-  p->iFixedOp = v->nOp - 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){
-  p->runOnlyOnce = 1;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */
-
-/*
-** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
-** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may 
-** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
-**
-**   Op *pOp;
-**   VdbeOpIter sIter;
-**
-**   memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
-**   sIter.v = v;                            // v is of type Vdbe* 
-**   while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
-**     // Do something with pOp
-**   }
-**   sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
-** 
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
-struct VdbeOpIter {
-  Vdbe *v;                   /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
-  SubProgram **apSub;        /* Array of subprograms */
-  int nSub;                  /* Number of entries in apSub */
-  int iAddr;                 /* Address of next instruction to return */
-  int iSub;                  /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
-};
-static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
-  Vdbe *v = p->v;
-  Op *pRet = 0;
-  Op *aOp;
-  int nOp;
-
-  if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){
-
-    if( p->iSub==0 ){
-      aOp = v->aOp;
-      nOp = v->nOp;
-    }else{
-      aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
-      nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
-    }
-    assert( p->iAddr<nOp );
-
-    pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr];
-    p->iAddr++;
-    if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
-      p->iSub++;
-      p->iAddr = 0;
-    }
-  
-    if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
-      int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){
-        if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
-      }
-      if( j==p->nSub ){
-        p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
-        if( !p->apSub ){
-          pRet = 0;
-        }else{
-          p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
-** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction
-** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
-** sub-programs contains any of the following:
-**
-**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
-**   *  OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
-**   *  OP_Destroy
-**   *  OP_VUpdate
-**   *  OP_VRename
-**   *  OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
-**   *  OP_CreateTable and OP_InitCoroutine (for CREATE TABLE AS SELECT ...)
-**
-** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
-** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
-** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
-** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
-**
-**   assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
-  int hasAbort = 0;
-  int hasFkCounter = 0;
-  int hasCreateTable = 0;
-  int hasInitCoroutine = 0;
-  Op *pOp;
-  VdbeOpIter sIter;
-  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
-  sIter.v = v;
-
-  while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
-    int opcode = pOp->opcode;
-    if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename 
-     || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) 
-      && ((pOp->p1&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
-    ){
-      hasAbort = 1;
-      break;
-    }
-    if( opcode==OP_CreateTable ) hasCreateTable = 1;
-    if( opcode==OP_InitCoroutine ) hasInitCoroutine = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-    if( opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1 ){
-      hasFkCounter = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
-
-  /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occurred.
-  ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
-  ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
-  ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
-  ** from failing.  */
-  return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort || hasFkCounter
-              || (hasCreateTable && hasInitCoroutine) );
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
-
-/*
-** This routine is called after all opcodes have been inserted.  It loops
-** through all the opcodes and fixes up some details.
-**
-** (1) For each jump instruction with a negative P2 value (a label)
-**     resolve the P2 value to an actual address.
-**
-** (2) Compute the maximum number of arguments used by any SQL function
-**     and store that value in *pMaxFuncArgs.
-**
-** (3) Update the Vdbe.readOnly and Vdbe.bIsReader flags to accurately
-**     indicate what the prepared statement actually does.
-**
-** (4) Initialize the p4.xAdvance pointer on opcodes that use it.
-**
-** (5) Reclaim the memory allocated for storing labels.
-*/
-static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
-  int i;
-  int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
-  Op *pOp;
-  Parse *pParse = p->pParse;
-  int *aLabel = pParse->aLabel;
-  p->readOnly = 1;
-  p->bIsReader = 0;
-  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
-    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
-
-    /* NOTE: Be sure to update mkopcodeh.awk when adding or removing
-    ** cases from this switch! */
-    switch( opcode ){
-      case OP_Transaction: {
-        if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0;
-        /* fall thru */
-      }
-      case OP_AutoCommit:
-      case OP_Savepoint: {
-        p->bIsReader = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-      case OP_Checkpoint:
-#endif
-      case OP_Vacuum:
-      case OP_JournalMode: {
-        p->readOnly = 0;
-        p->bIsReader = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      case OP_VUpdate: {
-        if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
-        break;
-      }
-      case OP_VFilter: {
-        int n;
-        assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
-        assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
-        n = pOp[-1].p1;
-        if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
-        break;
-      }
-#endif
-      case OP_Next:
-      case OP_NextIfOpen:
-      case OP_SorterNext: {
-        pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext;
-        pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
-        break;
-      }
-      case OP_Prev:
-      case OP_PrevIfOpen: {
-        pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious;
-        pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode];
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){
-      assert( -1-pOp->p2<pParse->nLabel );
-      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel);
-  pParse->aLabel = 0;
-  pParse->nLabel = 0;
-  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
-  assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) );
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  return p->nOp;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
-** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
-** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the 
-** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
-**
-** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
-** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and 
-** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the 
-** returned program.
-*/
-VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
-  VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
-  assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );
-
-  /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
-  assert( DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) );
-
-  resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
-  *pnOp = p->nOp;
-  p->aOp = 0;
-  return aOp;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
-** address of the first operation added.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno){
-  int addr, i;
-  VdbeOp *pOut;
-  assert( nOp>0 );
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p, nOp) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  addr = p->nOp;
-  pOut = &p->aOp[addr];
-  for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, aOp++, pOut++){
-    int p2 = aOp->p2;
-    pOut->opcode = aOp->opcode;
-    pOut->p1 = aOp->p1;
-    if( p2<0 ){
-      assert( sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP );
-      pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
-    }else{
-      pOut->p2 = p2;
-    }
-    pOut->p3 = aOp->p3;
-    pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-    pOut->p4.p = 0;
-    pOut->p5 = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-    pOut->zComment = 0;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-    pOut->iSrcLine = iLineno+i;
-#else
-    (void)iLineno;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
-      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  p->nOp += nOp;
-  return addr;
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS)
-/*
-** Add an entry to the array of counters managed by sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus().
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(
-  Vdbe *p,                        /* VM to add scanstatus() to */
-  int addrExplain,                /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */
-  int addrLoop,                   /* Address of loop counter */ 
-  int addrVisit,                  /* Address of rows visited counter */
-  LogEst nEst,                    /* Estimated number of output rows */
-  const char *zName               /* Name of table or index being scanned */
-){
-  int nByte = (p->nScan+1) * sizeof(ScanStatus);
-  ScanStatus *aNew;
-  aNew = (ScanStatus*)sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aScan, nByte);
-  if( aNew ){
-    ScanStatus *pNew = &aNew[p->nScan++];
-    pNew->addrExplain = addrExplain;
-    pNew->addrLoop = addrLoop;
-    pNew->addrVisit = addrVisit;
-    pNew->nEst = nEst;
-    pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(p->db, zName);
-    p->aScan = aNew;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the opcode, or P1, P2, P3, or P5 operands
-** for a specific instruction.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, u8 iNewOpcode){
-  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->opcode = iNewOpcode;
-}
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
-  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p1 = val;
-}
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
-  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p2 = val;
-}
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
-  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p3 = val;
-}
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 p5){
-  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,-1)->p5 = p5;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
-** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
-  p->pParse->iFixedOp = p->nOp - 1;
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it.  If
-** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
-*/
-static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
-  if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
-  }
-}
-
-static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int);
-
-/*
-** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
-*/
-static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
-  if( p4 ){
-    assert( db );
-    switch( p4type ){
-      case P4_FUNCCTX: {
-        freeEphemeralFunction(db, ((sqlite3_context*)p4)->pFunc);
-        /* Fall through into the next case */
-      }
-      case P4_REAL:
-      case P4_INT64:
-      case P4_DYNAMIC:
-      case P4_INTARRAY: {
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_KEYINFO: {
-        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref((KeyInfo*)p4);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_MPRINTF: {
-        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_FUNCDEF: {
-        freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_MEM: {
-        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
-          sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
-        }else{
-          Mem *p = (Mem*)p4;
-          if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_VTAB : {
-        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
-** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain 
-** nOp entries. 
-*/
-static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
-  if( aOp ){
-    Op *pOp;
-    for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){
-      freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
-#endif     
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked
-** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program
-** objects when the VM is no longer required.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){
-  p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram;
-  pVdbe->pProgram = p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){
-  if( addr<p->nOp ){
-    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
-    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-    freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-    memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
-    pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
-    if( addr==p->nOp-1 ) p->nOp--;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If the last opcode is "op" and it is not a jump destination,
-** then remove it.  Return true if and only if an opcode was removed.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe *p, u8 op){
-  if( (p->nOp-1)>(p->pParse->iFixedOp) && p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==op ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(p, p->nOp-1);
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
-**
-** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
-** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
-** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
-** 
-** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
-** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
-** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
-**
-** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
-  Op *pOp;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  db = p->db;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
-    if( n!=P4_VTAB ){
-      freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( p->nOp>0 );
-  assert( addr<p->nOp );
-  if( addr<0 ){
-    addr = p->nOp - 1;
-  }
-  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_NOTUSED
-       || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32
-       || pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
-  freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-  pOp->p4.p = 0;
-  if( n==P4_INT32 ){
-    /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
-    ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
-    pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
-    pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
-  }else if( zP4==0 ){
-    pOp->p4.p = 0;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
-    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
-  }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){
-    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB;
-    sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4);
-    assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db );
-  }else if( n<0 ){
-    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
-  }else{
-    if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
-    pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
-    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the P4 on the most recently added opcode to the KeyInfo for the
-** index given.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  assert( pIdx!=0 );
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIdx),
-                      P4_KEYINFO);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-/*
-** Change the comment on the most recently coded instruction.  Or
-** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction.  This
-** makes the code easier to read during debugging.  None of this happens
-** in a production build.
-*/
-static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
-  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( p->nOp ){
-    assert( p->aOp );
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment);
-    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
-  }
-}
-void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  if( p ){
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-  }
-}
-void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-  }
-}
-#endif  /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-/*
-** Set the value if the iSrcLine field for the previously coded instruction.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){
-  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v,-1)->iSrcLine = iLine;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE */
-
-/*
-** Return the opcode for a given address.  If the address is -1, then
-** return the most recently inserted opcode.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
-** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned.  That opcode
-** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
-** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
-** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from 
-** this routine is a valid pointer.  But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
-** dummy will never be written to.  This is verified by code inspection and
-** by running with Valgrind.
-*/
-VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
-  /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all
-  ** zeros, which is correct.  MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */
-  static VdbeOp dummy;  /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( addr<0 ){
-    addr = p->nOp - 1;
-  }
-  assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
-  }else{
-    return &p->aOp[addr];
-  }
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS)
-/*
-** Return an integer value for one of the parameters to the opcode pOp
-** determined by character c.
-*/
-static int translateP(char c, const Op *pOp){
-  if( c=='1' ) return pOp->p1;
-  if( c=='2' ) return pOp->p2;
-  if( c=='3' ) return pOp->p3;
-  if( c=='4' ) return pOp->p4.i;
-  return pOp->p5;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute a string for the "comment" field of a VDBE opcode listing.
-**
-** The Synopsis: field in comments in the vdbe.c source file gets converted
-** to an extra string that is appended to the sqlite3OpcodeName().  In the
-** absence of other comments, this synopsis becomes the comment on the opcode.
-** Some translation occurs:
-**
-**       "PX"      ->  "r[X]"
-**       "PX@PY"   ->  "r[X..X+Y-1]"  or "r[x]" if y is 0 or 1
-**       "PX@PY+1" ->  "r[X..X+Y]"    or "r[x]" if y is 0
-**       "PY..PY"  ->  "r[X..Y]"      or "r[x]" if y<=x
-*/
-static int displayComment(
-  const Op *pOp,     /* The opcode to be commented */
-  const char *zP4,   /* Previously obtained value for P4 */
-  char *zTemp,       /* Write result here */
-  int nTemp          /* Space available in zTemp[] */
-){
-  const char *zOpName;
-  const char *zSynopsis;
-  int nOpName;
-  int ii, jj;
-  zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);
-  nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName);
-  if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){
-    int seenCom = 0;
-    char c;
-    zSynopsis = zOpName += nOpName + 1;
-    for(ii=jj=0; jj<nTemp-1 && (c = zSynopsis[ii])!=0; ii++){
-      if( c=='P' ){
-        c = zSynopsis[++ii];
-        if( c=='4' ){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", zP4);
-        }else if( c=='X' ){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", pOp->zComment);
-          seenCom = 1;
-        }else{
-          int v1 = translateP(c, pOp);
-          int v2;
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1);
-          if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){
-            ii += 3;
-            jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
-            v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp);
-            if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){
-              ii += 2;
-              v2++;
-            }
-            if( v2>1 ){
-              sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1);
-            }
-          }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){
-            ii += 4;
-          }
-        }
-        jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
-      }else{
-        zTemp[jj++] = c;
-      }
-    }
-    if( !seenCom && jj<nTemp-5 && pOp->zComment ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment);
-      jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
-    }
-    if( jj<nTemp ) zTemp[jj] = 0;
-  }else if( pOp->zComment ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment);
-    jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
-  }else{
-    zTemp[0] = 0;
-    jj = 0;
-  }
-  return jj;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
-     || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
-** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
-*/
-static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
-  char *zP4 = zTemp;
-  assert( nTemp>=20 );
-  switch( pOp->p4type ){
-    case P4_KEYINFO: {
-      int i, j;
-      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-      assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "k(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
-      i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
-      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
-        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
-        const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : "nil";
-        int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl);
-        if( n==6 && memcmp(zColl,"BINARY",6)==0 ){
-          zColl = "B";
-          n = 1;
-        }
-        if( i+n>nTemp-7 ){
-          memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
-          i += 4;
-          break;
-        }
-        zTemp[i++] = ',';
-        if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
-          zTemp[i++] = '-';
-        }
-        memcpy(&zTemp[i], zColl, n+1);
-        i += n;
-      }
-      zTemp[i++] = ')';
-      zTemp[i] = 0;
-      assert( i<nTemp );
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_COLLSEQ: {
-      CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_FUNCDEF: {
-      FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    case P4_FUNCCTX: {
-      FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pCtx->pFunc;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case P4_INT64: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_INT32: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_REAL: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_MEM: {
-      Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
-      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
-        zP4 = pMem->z;
-      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
-      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->u.r);
-      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "NULL");
-      }else{
-        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
-        zP4 = "(blob)";
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    case P4_VTAB: {
-      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p", pVtab);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case P4_INTARRAY: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_ADVANCE: {
-      zTemp[0] = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
-      if( zP4==0 ){
-        zP4 = zTemp;
-        zTemp[0] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( zP4!=0 );
-  return zP4;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
-**
-** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of
-** attached databases that will be use.  A mask of these databases
-** is maintained in p->btreeMask.  The p->lockMask value is the subset of
-** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 );
-  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
-  DbMaskSet(p->btreeMask, i);
-  if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
-    DbMaskSet(p->lockMask, i);
-  }
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-/*
-** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
-** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
-** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also
-** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
-** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
-**
-** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
-** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
-** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle 
-** associated with the VM.
-**
-** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
-** function is a no-op.
-**
-** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared 
-** statement p will ever use.  Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
-** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache.  Then the runtime of
-** this routine is N*N.  But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
-** be a problem.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Db *aDb;
-  int nDb;
-  if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return;  /* The common case */
-  db = p->db;
-  aDb = db->aDb;
-  nDb = db->nDb;
-  for(i=0; i<nDb; i++){
-    if( i!=1 && DbMaskTest(p->lockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
-      sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-/*
-** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter().
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Db *aDb;
-  int nDb;
-  db = p->db;
-  aDb = db->aDb;
-  nDb = db->nDb;
-  for(i=0; i<nDb; i++){
-    if( i!=1 && DbMaskTest(p->lockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt);
-    }
-  }
-}
-void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
-  if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return;  /* The common case */
-  vdbeLeave(p);
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
-  char *zP4;
-  char zPtr[50];
-  char zCom[100];
-  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n";
-  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
-  zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-  displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom));
-#else
-  zCom[0] = 0;
-#endif
-  /* NB:  The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created
-  ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the
-  ** information from the vdbe.c source text */
-  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, 
-      sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
-      zCom
-  );
-  fflush(pOut);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Release an array of N Mem elements
-*/
-static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
-  if( p && N ){
-    Mem *pEnd = &p[N];
-    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-    u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
-    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
-      do{
-        if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
-      }while( (++p)<pEnd );
-      return;
-    }
-    do{
-      assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
-      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
-
-      /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
-      ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is 
-      ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
-      **
-      ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to 
-      ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 
-      ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if 
-      ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
-      ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table 
-      ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() 
-      ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
-      */
-      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
-      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
-      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
-      testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
-      if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
-      }else if( p->szMalloc ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
-        p->szMalloc = 0;
-      }
-
-      p->flags = MEM_Undefined;
-    }while( (++p)<pEnd );
-    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
-** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
-  int i;
-  Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
-  VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
-  for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
-  }
-  releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
-  sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
-**
-** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
-** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
-** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
-**
-** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed.  When
-** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
-** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
-** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
-**
-** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of
-** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeList(
-  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
-){
-  int nRow;                            /* Stop when row count reaches this */
-  int nSub = 0;                        /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
-  SubProgram **apSub = 0;              /* Array of sub-vdbes */
-  Mem *pSub = 0;                       /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;                 /* The database connection */
-  int i;                               /* Loop counter */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
-  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1];             /* First Mem of result set */
-
-  assert( p->explain );
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
-  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-
-  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
-  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
-  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
-  */
-  releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
-  p->pResultSet = 0;
-
-  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
-    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
-  ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
-  ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
-  ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
-  ** so far.  The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
-  ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
-  */
-  nRow = p->nOp;
-  if( p->explain==1 ){
-    /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set.  So we will
-    ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
-    ** to trigger subprograms.  The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9
-    ** cells.  */
-    assert( p->nMem>9 );
-    pSub = &p->aMem[9];
-    if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
-      /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL.  It is
-      ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
-      nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
-      apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
-      nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
-    }
-  }
-
-  do{
-    i = p->pc++;
-  }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
-  if( i>=nRow ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    sqlite3VdbeError(p, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
-  }else{
-    char *zP4;
-    Op *pOp;
-    if( i<p->nOp ){
-      /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the
-      ** main program. */
-      pOp = &p->aOp[i];
-    }else{
-      /* We are currently listing subprograms.  Figure out which one and
-      ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */
-      int j;
-      i -= p->nOp;
-      for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
-        i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
-      }
-      pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
-    }
-    if( p->explain==1 ){
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
-      pMem++;
-  
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
-      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
-      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pMem++;
-
-      /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
-      ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
-      ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
-      ** has not already been seen.
-      */
-      if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
-        int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
-        int j;
-        for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
-          if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
-        }
-        if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0) ){
-          apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
-          apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
-          pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
-          pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
-    pMem++;
-
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
-    pMem++;
-
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pMem->u.i = pOp->p3;                          /* P3 */
-    pMem++;
-
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 32) ){ /* P4 */
-      assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-    zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
-    if( zP4!=pMem->z ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
-    }else{
-      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
-      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-    }
-    pMem++;
-
-    if( p->explain==1 ){
-      if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 4) ){
-        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->n = 2;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5);   /* P5 */
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pMem++;
-  
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-      if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 500) ){
-        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500);
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-#else
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;                       /* Comment */
-#endif
-    }
-
-    p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
-    p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
-    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
-  const char *z = 0;
-  if( p->zSql ){
-    z = p->zSql;
-  }else if( p->nOp>=1 ){
-    const VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[0];
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
-      z = pOp->p4.z;
-      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
-    }
-  }
-  if( z ) printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-/*
-** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
-  int nOp = p->nOp;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-  if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
-  if( nOp<1 ) return;
-  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
-    int i, j;
-    char z[1000];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
-    for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
-    for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
-      if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
-        if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
-          z[j++] = ' ';
-        }
-      }else{
-        z[j++] = z[i];
-      }
-    }
-    z[j] = 0;
-    sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
-
-/*
-** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to
-** that space.  If insufficient space is available, return NULL.
-**
-** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will
-** receive the new memory.  pBuf is normally NULL.  If pBuf is not
-** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that
-** this routine should not allocate any new memory.  When pBuf is not
-** NULL simply return pBuf.  Only allocate new memory space when pBuf
-** is NULL.
-**
-** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed.
-**
-** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the
-** available space.  When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past
-** the end of the allocated space.
-**
-** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed
-** to allocate.  If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the
-** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request.
-*/
-static void *allocSpace(
-  void *pBuf,          /* Where return pointer will be stored */
-  int nByte,           /* Number of bytes to allocate */
-  u8 **ppFrom,         /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
-  u8 *pEnd,            /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
-  int *pnByte          /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
-){
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) );
-  if( pBuf ) return pBuf;
-  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
-  if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){
-    pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom;
-    *ppFrom += nByte;
-  }else{
-    *pnByte += nByte;
-  }
-  return pBuf;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for
-** running it.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
-  int i;
-#endif
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-
-  /* There should be at least one opcode.
-  */
-  assert( p->nOp>0 );
-
-  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  for(i=1; i<p->nMem; i++){
-    assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db );
-  }
-#endif
-  p->pc = -1;
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
-  p->nChange = 0;
-  p->cacheCtr = 1;
-  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
-  p->iStatement = 0;
-  p->nFkConstraint = 0;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-    p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
-    p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after
-** creating the virtual machine.  This involves things such
-** as allocating registers and initializing the program counter.
-** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
-**
-** This function may be called exactly once on each virtual machine.
-** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
-** to run.  After this routine is called, further calls to 
-** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited.  This routine disconnects
-** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
-** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
-** destroyed.
-**
-** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
-** to its initial state after it has been run.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
-  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
-  Parse *pParse                  /* Parsing context */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
-  int nVar;                      /* Number of parameters */
-  int nMem;                      /* Number of VM memory registers */
-  int nCursor;                   /* Number of cursors required */
-  int nArg;                      /* Number of arguments in subprograms */
-  int nOnce;                     /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
-  int n;                         /* Loop counter */
-  u8 *zCsr;                      /* Memory available for allocation */
-  u8 *zEnd;                      /* First byte past allocated memory */
-  int nByte;                     /* How much extra memory is needed */
-
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( p->nOp>0 );
-  assert( pParse!=0 );
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  assert( pParse==p->pParse );
-  db = p->db;
-  assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
-  nVar = pParse->nVar;
-  nMem = pParse->nMem;
-  nCursor = pParse->nTab;
-  nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
-  nOnce = pParse->nOnce;
-  if( nOnce==0 ) nOnce = 1; /* Ensure at least one byte in p->aOnceFlag[] */
-  
-  /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
-  ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
-  ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
-  ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with 
-  ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
-  ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
-  **
-  ** See also: allocateCursor().
-  */
-  nMem += nCursor;
-
-  /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and 
-  ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in.
-  */
-  zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp];            /* Memory avaliable for allocation */
-  zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[pParse->nOpAlloc];  /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */
-
-  resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
-  p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
-  if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
-    nMem = 10;
-  }
-  memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
-  zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
-  p->expired = 0;
-
-  /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two
-  ** passes.  On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the 
-  ** end of the opcode array.  If we are unable to satisfy all memory
-  ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
-  ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation.  
-  **
-  ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
-  ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly
-  ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement.
-  */
-  do {
-    nByte = 0;
-    p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*),
-                          &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    p->aOnceFlag = allocSpace(p->aOnceFlag, nOnce, &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-    p->anExec = allocSpace(p->anExec, p->nOp*sizeof(i64), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-#endif
-    if( nByte ){
-      p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-    }
-    zCsr = p->pFree;
-    zEnd = &zCsr[nByte];
-  }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed );
-
-  p->nCursor = nCursor;
-  p->nOnceFlag = nOnce;
-  if( p->aVar ){
-    p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar;
-    for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
-      p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
-      p->aVar[n].db = db;
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->azVar && pParse->nzVar>0 ){
-    p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar;
-    memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0]));
-    memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0]));
-  }
-  if( p->aMem ){
-    p->aMem--;                      /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
-    p->nMem = nMem;                 /*       not from 0..nMem-1 */
-    for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
-      p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Undefined;
-      p->aMem[n].db = db;
-    }
-  }
-  p->explain = pParse->explain;
-  sqlite3VdbeRewind(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor 
-** happens to hold.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
-  if( pCx==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx);
-  if( pCx->pBt ){
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
-    /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
-    ** the call above. */
-  }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
-    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  else if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
-    sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
-    const sqlite3_module *pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
-    assert( pVtabCursor->pVtab->nRef>0 );
-    pVtabCursor->pVtab->nRef--;
-    pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Close all cursors in the current frame.
-*/
-static void closeCursorsInFrame(Vdbe *p){
-  if( p->apCsr ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
-      VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
-      if( pC ){
-        sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
-        p->apCsr[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
-** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
-** control to the main program.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
-  Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
-  closeCursorsInFrame(v);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-  v->anExec = pFrame->anExec;
-#endif
-  v->aOnceFlag = pFrame->aOnceFlag;
-  v->nOnceFlag = pFrame->nOnceFlag;
-  v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
-  v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
-  v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
-  v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
-  v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
-  v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
-  v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
-  v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
-  v->db->nChange = pFrame->nDbChange;
-  return pFrame->pc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close all cursors.
-**
-** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory 
-** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
-** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
-** open cursors.
-*/
-static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
-  if( p->pFrame ){
-    VdbeFrame *pFrame;
-    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
-    sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
-    p->pFrame = 0;
-    p->nFrame = 0;
-  }
-  assert( p->nFrame==0 );
-  closeCursorsInFrame(p);
-  if( p->aMem ){
-    releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
-  }
-  while( p->pDelFrame ){
-    VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame;
-    p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent;
-    sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel);
-  }
-
-  /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */
-  if( p->pAuxData ) sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, -1, 0);
-  assert( p->pAuxData==0 );
-}
-
-/*
-** Clean up the VM after a single run.
-*/
-static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and 
-  ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up.  */
-  int i;
-  if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 );
-  if( p->aMem ){
-    for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = 0;
-  p->pResultSet = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
-** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
-** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
-** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
-  Mem *pColName;
-  int n;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
-  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
-  n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
-  p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn;
-  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
-  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
-  while( n-- > 0 ){
-    pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
-    pColName->db = p->db;
-    pColName++;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
-** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
-**
-** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
-**
-** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
-** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
-** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
-  Vdbe *p,                         /* Vdbe being configured */
-  int idx,                         /* Index of column zName applies to */
-  int var,                         /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
-  const char *zName,               /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
-  void (*xDel)(void*)              /* Memory management strategy for zName */
-){
-  int rc;
-  Mem *pColName;
-  assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
-  assert( var<COLNAME_N );
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
-  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
-  assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
-** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
-** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
-** takes care of the master journal trickery.
-*/
-static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int needXcommit = 0;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply 
-  ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. 
-  */
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-#endif
-
-  /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
-  ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
-  ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is 
-  ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
-  ** to the transaction.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p);
-
-  /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
-  ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not 
-  ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than 
-  ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
-  ** file is required for an atomic commit.
-  */ 
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
-      needXcommit = 1;
-      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
-      sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-      rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
-  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
-    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
-    if( rc ){
-      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
-  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
-  ** master-journal.
-  **
-  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
-  ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file.  In 
-  ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the 
-  ** simple case then too.
-  */
-  if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
-   || nTrans<=1
-  ){
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. 
-    ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
-    ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
-    ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
-    */
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0);
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
-  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
-  ** committed atomically.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-  else{
-    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
-    int needSync = 0;
-    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
-    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-    sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
-    i64 offset = 0;
-    int res;
-    int retryCount = 0;
-    int nMainFile;
-
-    /* Select a master journal file name */
-    nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile);
-    zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile);
-    if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    do {
-      u32 iRandom;
-      if( retryCount ){
-        if( retryCount>100 ){
-          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster);
-          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-          break;
-        }else if( retryCount==1 ){
-          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster);
-        }
-      }
-      retryCount++;
-      sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
-      sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X",
-                               (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff);
-      /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must
-      ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */
-      assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' );
-      sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster);
-      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
-    }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* Open the master journal. */
-      rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, 
-          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
-          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
-      );
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
- 
-    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
-    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
-    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
-    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
-    ** back independently if a failure occurs.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
-        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
-        if( zFile==0 ){
-          continue;  /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */
-        }
-        assert( zFile[0]!=0 );
-        if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
-          needSync = 1;
-        }
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
-        offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
-    ** flag is set this is not required.
-    */
-    if( needSync 
-     && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
-     && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
-    ){
-      sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-      sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
-    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
-    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
-    **
-    ** If the error occurs during the first call to
-    ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
-    ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
-    ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
-    ** file before the failure occurred.
-    */
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
-    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
-    ** transaction files are deleted.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, needSync);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-    zMaster = 0;
-    if( rc ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
-    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
-    ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
-    ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
-    ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
-    ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
-    */
-    disable_simulated_io_errors();
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    enable_simulated_io_errors();
-
-    sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable
-** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
-** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
-** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
-** step.
-**
-** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  int cnt = 0;
-  int nWrite = 0;
-  int nRead = 0;
-  p = db->pVdbe;
-  while( p ){
-    if( sqlite3_stmt_busy((sqlite3_stmt*)p) ){
-      cnt++;
-      if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
-      if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++;
-    }
-    p = p->pNext;
-  }
-  assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive );
-  assert( nWrite==db->nVdbeWrite );
-  assert( nRead==db->nVdbeRead );
-}
-#else
-#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
-** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
-** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
-** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the 
-** statement transaction is committed.
-**
-** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. 
-** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
-  sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a 
-  ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception
-  ** is that an IO error may have occurred, causing an emergency rollback.
-  ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do.
-  */
-  if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
-    int i;
-    const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
-
-    assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
-    assert( db->nStatement>0 );
-    assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
-
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-      int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
-        }
-        if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = rc2;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    db->nStatement--;
-    p->iStatement = 0;
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the 
-    ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when 
-    ** the statement transaction was opened.  */
-    if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-      db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
-      db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database 
-** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be 
-** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
-** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns 
-** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
-** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) 
-   || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) 
-  ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
-    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
-    sqlite3VdbeError(p, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
-** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
-** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
-**
-** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
-** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.  It is harmless to
-** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
-**
-** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
-** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
-** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
-  int rc;                         /* Used to store transient return codes */
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
-  /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
-  ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
-  ** execution of this virtual machine. 
-  **
-  ** If any of the following errors occur:
-  **
-  **     SQLITE_NOMEM
-  **     SQLITE_IOERR
-  **     SQLITE_FULL
-  **     SQLITE_INTERRUPT
-  **
-  ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
-  ** state.  We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
-  ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
-  */
-
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( p->aOnceFlag ) memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);
-  closeAllCursors(p);
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
-
-  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started or if the
-  ** SQL statement does not read or write a database file.  */
-  if( p->pc>=0 && p->bIsReader ){
-    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
-    int eStatementOp = 0;
-    int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
-
-    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
-    sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
-
-    /* Check for one of the special errors */
-    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
-    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
-                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
-    if( isSpecialError ){
-      /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, 
-      ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint 
-      ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a 
-      ** consistent state.
-      **
-      ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
-      ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error 
-      ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
-      ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
-      ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore 
-      ** the pager to a consistent state.
-      */
-      if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
-        if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){
-          eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
-        }else{
-          /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
-          ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
-          */
-          sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
-          sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
-          db->autoCommit = 1;
-          p->nChange = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
-    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
-    }
-  
-    /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer 
-    ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. 
-    **
-    ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled 
-    ** above has occurred. 
-    */
-    if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 
-     && db->autoCommit 
-     && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) 
-    ){
-      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){
-            sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
-            return SQLITE_ERROR;
-          }
-          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
-        }else{ 
-          /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful 
-          ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
-          ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit 
-          ** is required. */
-          rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){
-          sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
-          return SQLITE_BUSY;
-        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          p->rc = rc;
-          sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
-          p->nChange = 0;
-        }else{
-          db->nDeferredCons = 0;
-          db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
-          db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs;
-          sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
-        }
-      }else{
-        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
-        p->nChange = 0;
-      }
-      db->nStatement = 0;
-    }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){
-      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
-        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE;
-      }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
-        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
-        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
-        db->autoCommit = 1;
-        p->nChange = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
-    ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
-    ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
-    ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the
-    ** current statement error code.
-    */
-    if( eStatementOp ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp);
-      if( rc ){
-        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
-          p->rc = rc;
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-          p->zErrMsg = 0;
-        }
-        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
-        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
-        db->autoCommit = 1;
-        p->nChange = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
-    ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. 
-    */
-    if( p->changeCntOn ){
-      if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
-      }
-      p->nChange = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Release the locks */
-    sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
-  }
-
-  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
-  if( p->pc>=0 ){
-    db->nVdbeActive--;
-    if( !p->readOnly ) db->nVdbeWrite--;
-    if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead--;
-    assert( db->nVdbeActive>=db->nVdbeRead );
-    assert( db->nVdbeRead>=db->nVdbeWrite );
-    assert( db->nVdbeWrite>=0 );
-  }
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
-  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
-  ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() 
-  ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
-  */
-  if( db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
-  }
-
-  assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 );
-  return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
-** in p->rc.  This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed
-** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be 
-** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()).
-**
-** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just
-** copies them to the database handle.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  int rc = p->rc;
-  if( p->zErrMsg ){
-    u8 mallocFailed = db->mallocFailed;
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed;
-    db->errCode = rc;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-/*
-** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, 
-** invoke it.
-*/
-static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog && v->rc==SQLITE_OK && v->zSql && v->pc>=0 ){
-    char *zExpanded = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(v, v->zSql);
-    assert( v->db->init.busy==0 );
-    if( zExpanded ){
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(
-          sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, v->db, zExpanded, 1
-      );
-      sqlite3DbFree(v->db, zExpanded);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define vdbeInvokeSqllog(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
-** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
-**
-** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
-** again.
-**
-** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
-** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  db = p->db;
-
-  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
-  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
-  ** it now.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-
-  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
-  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
-  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
-  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
-  */
-  if( p->pc>=0 ){
-    vdbeInvokeSqllog(p);
-    sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = 0;
-    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
-  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
-    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
-    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
-    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
-    */
-    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
-  */
-  Cleanup(p);
-
-  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
-  */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  {
-    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
-    if( out ){
-      int i;
-      fprintf(out, "---- ");
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
-      }
-      fprintf(out, "\n");
-      if( p->zSql ){
-        char c, pc = 0;
-        fprintf(out, "-- ");
-        for(i=0; (c = p->zSql[i])!=0; i++){
-          if( pc=='\n' ) fprintf(out, "-- ");
-          putc(c, out);
-          pc = c;
-        }
-        if( pc!='\n' ) fprintf(out, "\n");
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-        char zHdr[100];
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zHdr), zHdr, "%6u %12llu %8llu ",
-           p->aOp[i].cnt,
-           p->aOp[i].cycles,
-           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
-        );
-        fprintf(out, "%s", zHdr);
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-      }
-      fclose(out);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  p->iCurrentTime = 0;
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
-  return p->rc & db->errMask;
-}
- 
-/*
-** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
-** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
-    assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If parameter iOp is less than zero, then invoke the destructor for
-** all auxiliary data pointers currently cached by the VM passed as
-** the first argument.
-**
-** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is
-** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user 
-** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of 
-** VM pVdbe, and only then if:
-**
-**    * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting
-**      from left to right), or
-**
-**    * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first
-**      function parameter corresponds to bit 0 etc.).
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe *pVdbe, int iOp, int mask){
-  AuxData **pp = &pVdbe->pAuxData;
-  while( *pp ){
-    AuxData *pAux = *pp;
-    if( (iOp<0)
-     || (pAux->iOp==iOp && (pAux->iArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iArg))))
-    ){
-      testcase( pAux->iArg==31 );
-      if( pAux->xDelete ){
-        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
-      }
-      *pp = pAux->pNext;
-      sqlite3DbFree(pVdbe->db, pAux);
-    }else{
-      pp= &pAux->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument,
-** except for object itself, which is preserved.
-**
-** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
-** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
-** the database connection and frees the object itself.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
-  SubProgram *pSub, *pNext;
-  int i;
-  assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db );
-  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
-  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
-  for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){
-    pNext = pSub->pNext;
-    vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub);
-  }
-  for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]);
-  vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-  for(i=0; i<p->nScan; i++){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aScan[i].zName);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aScan);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire VDBE.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
-  db = p->db;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p);
-  if( p->pPrev ){
-    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
-  }else{
-    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
-    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
-  }
-  if( p->pNext ){
-    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-  }
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
-  p->db = 0;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The cursor "p" has a pending seek operation that has not yet been
-** carried out.  Seek the cursor now.  If an error occurs, return
-** the appropriate error code.
-*/
-static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleDeferredMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
-  int res, rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  extern int sqlite3_search_count;
-#endif
-  assert( p->deferredMoveto );
-  assert( p->isTable );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-  p->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Something has moved cursor "p" out of place.  Maybe the row it was
-** pointed to was deleted out from under it.  Or maybe the btree was
-** rebalanced.  Whatever the cause, try to restore "p" to the place it
-** is supposed to be pointing.  If the row was deleted out from under the
-** cursor, set the cursor to point to a NULL row.
-*/
-static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleMovedCursor(VdbeCursor *p){
-  int isDifferentRow, rc;
-  assert( p->pCursor!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(p->pCursor, &isDifferentRow);
-  p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  if( isDifferentRow ) p->nullRow = 1;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to ensure that the cursor is valid.  Restore the cursor
-** if need be.  Return any I/O error from the restore operation.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor *p){
-  if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) ){
-    return handleMovedCursor(p);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
-** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
-** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
-**
-** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
-** MoveTo now.  If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
-** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
-** a NULL row.
-**
-** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
-** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
-  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
-    return handleDeferredMoveto(p);
-  }
-  if( p->pCursor && sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) ){
-    return handleMovedCursor(p);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following functions:
-**
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
-**
-** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
-** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
-** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
-** integer, stored as a varint.
-**
-** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
-** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
-** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
-** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
-** serial-type and data blob separately.
-**
-** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
-**
-**   serial type        bytes of data      type
-**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
-**      0                     0            NULL
-**      1                     1            signed integer
-**      2                     2            signed integer
-**      3                     3            signed integer
-**      4                     4            signed integer
-**      5                     6            signed integer
-**      6                     8            signed integer
-**      7                     8            IEEE float
-**      8                     0            Integer constant 0
-**      9                     0            Integer constant 1
-**     10,11                               reserved for expansion
-**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
-**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
-**
-** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4.  Prior versions
-** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
-*/
-u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
-  int flags = pMem->flags;
-  u32 n;
-
-  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
-    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
-#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
-    i64 i = pMem->u.i;
-    u64 u;
-    if( i<0 ){
-      u = ~i;
-    }else{
-      u = i;
-    }
-    if( u<=127 ){
-      return ((i&1)==i && file_format>=4) ? 8+(u32)u : 1;
-    }
-    if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
-    if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
-    if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
-    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
-    return 6;
-  }
-  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
-    return 7;
-  }
-  assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
-  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
-  n = (u32)pMem->n;
-  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
-    n += pMem->u.nZero;
-  }
-  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
-}
-
-/*
-** The sizes for serial types less than 12
-*/
-static const u8 sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[] = {
-  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0
-};
-
-/*
-** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
-*/
-u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
-  if( serial_type>=12 ){
-    return (serial_type-12)/2;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating 
-** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the 
-** upper 4 bytes.  Return the result.
-**
-** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
-**
-** (later):  It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
-** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip.  It seems
-** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
-** float in the wrong order.  And that error has been propagated
-** ever since.  The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
-** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
-** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
-** ABI get the byte order right.
-**
-** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
-** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once.  With DEBUG
-** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
-** floating point values is correct.
-**
-** (2007-08-30)  Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
-** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers.  Frank
-** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
-** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full 
-** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard.  (This is the
-** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.)  On such systems, floating point
-** byte swapping becomes very complicated.  To avoid problems,
-** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
-** rather than a 64-bit float.  Frank assures us that the code here
-** works for him.  We, the developers, have no way to independently
-** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
-** so we trust him.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
-  union {
-    u64 r;
-    u32 i[2];
-  } u;
-  u32 t;
-
-  u.r = in;
-  t = u.i[0];
-  u.i[0] = u.i[1];
-  u.i[1] = t;
-  return u.r;
-}
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)  X = floatSwap(X)
-#else
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
-** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
-** Return the number of bytes written.
-**
-** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[].  The caller is responsible
-** for allocating enough space to buf[] to hold the entire field, exclusive
-** of the pMem->u.nZero bytes for a MEM_Zero value.
-**
-** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[].  The number
-** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
-** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
-*/ 
-u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){
-  u32 len;
-
-  /* Integer and Real */
-  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
-    u64 v;
-    u32 i;
-    if( serial_type==7 ){
-      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->u.r) );
-      memcpy(&v, &pMem->u.r, sizeof(v));
-      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
-    }else{
-      v = pMem->u.i;
-    }
-    len = i = sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];
-    assert( i>0 );
-    do{
-      buf[--i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
-      v >>= 8;
-    }while( i );
-    return len;
-  }
-
-  /* String or blob */
-  if( serial_type>=12 ){
-    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
-             == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
-    len = pMem->n;
-    memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
-    return len;
-  }
-
-  /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a
-** big-endian integer.  Return the equivalent native integer
-*/
-#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x)    ((i8)(x)[0])
-#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x)    (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1])
-#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x)  (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2])
-#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x)  (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
-#define FOUR_BYTE_INT(x) (16777216*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
-
-/*
-** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
-** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
-**
-** This function is implemented as two separate routines for performance.
-** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate
-** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer
-** is avoided.
-*/ 
-static u32 SQLITE_NOINLINE serialGet(
-  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
-  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
-  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
-){
-  u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
-  u32 y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4);
-  x = (x<<32) + y;
-  if( serial_type==6 ){
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29851-52272 Value is a big-endian 64-bit
-    ** twos-complement integer. */
-    pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-  }else{
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-57343-49114 Value is a big-endian IEEE 754-2008 64-bit
-    ** floating point number. */
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
-    /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
-    ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
-    ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
-    ** endian.
-    */
-    static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
-    static const double r1 = 1.0;
-    u64 t2 = t1;
-    swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
-    assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
-#endif
-    assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->u.r)==8 );
-    swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
-    memcpy(&pMem->u.r, &x, sizeof(x));
-    pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->u.r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
-  }
-  return 8;
-}
-u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
-  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
-  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
-  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
-){
-  switch( serial_type ){
-    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
-    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
-    case 0: {  /* Null */
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24078-09375 Value is a NULL. */
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-      break;
-    }
-    case 1: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-44885-25196 Value is an 8-bit twos-complement
-      ** integer. */
-      pMem->u.i = ONE_BYTE_INT(buf);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49794-35026 Value is a big-endian 16-bit
-      ** twos-complement integer. */
-      pMem->u.i = TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      return 2;
-    }
-    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37839-54301 Value is a big-endian 24-bit
-      ** twos-complement integer. */
-      pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      return 3;
-    }
-    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit
-      ** twos-complement integer. */
-      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      return 4;
-    }
-    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-50385-09674 Value is a big-endian 48-bit
-      ** twos-complement integer. */
-      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      return 6;
-    }
-    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
-    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
-      /* These use local variables, so do them in a separate routine
-      ** to avoid having to move the frame pointer in the common case */
-      return serialGet(buf,serial_type,pMem);
-    }
-    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
-    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12976-22893 Value is the integer 0. */
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-18143-12121 Value is the integer 1. */
-      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    default: {
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14606-31564 Value is a BLOB that is (N-12)/2 bytes in
-      ** length.
-      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-28401-00140 Value is a string in the text encoding and
-      ** (N-13)/2 bytes in length. */
-      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };
-      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
-      pMem->n = (serial_type-12)/2;
-      pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
-      return pMem->n;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-/*
-** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord
-** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if
-** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo.
-**
-** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
-** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably
-** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should
-** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the 
-** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL
-** before returning.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned.
-*/
-UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* Description of the record */
-  char *pSpace,                   /* Unaligned space available */
-  int szSpace,                    /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
-  char **ppFree                   /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */
-){
-  UnpackedRecord *p;              /* Unpacked record to return */
-  int nOff;                       /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */
-  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes required for *p */
-
-  /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned.
-  ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift 
-  ** it by.  If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero.
-  */
-  nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7;
-  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
-  if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){
-    p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
-    *ppFree = (char *)p;
-    if( !p ) return 0;
-  }else{
-    p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff];
-    *ppFree = 0;
-  }
-
-  p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
-  assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
-  p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-  p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the 
-** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the
-** contents of the decoded record.
-*/ 
-void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,     /* Information about the record format */
-  int nKey,              /* Size of the binary record */
-  const void *pKey,      /* The binary record */
-  UnpackedRecord *p      /* Populate this structure before returning. */
-){
-  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
-  int d; 
-  u32 idx;                        /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */
-  u16 u;                          /* Unsigned loop counter */
-  u32 szHdr;
-  Mem *pMem = p->aMem;
-
-  p->default_rc = 0;
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
-  d = szHdr;
-  u = 0;
-  while( idx<szHdr && d<=nKey ){
-    u32 serial_type;
-
-    idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
-    pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
-    pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
-    /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
-    pMem->szMalloc = 0;
-    d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
-    pMem++;
-    if( (++u)>=p->nField ) break;
-  }
-  assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
-  p->nField = u;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** This function compares two index or table record keys in the same way
-** as the sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() routine. Unlike VdbeRecordCompare(),
-** this function deserializes and compares values using the
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3MemCompare() functions. It is used
-** in assert() statements to ensure that the optimized code in
-** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() returns results with these two primitives.
-**
-** Return true if the result of comparison is equivalent to desiredResult.
-** Return false if there is a disagreement.
-*/
-static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
-  const UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */
-  int desiredResult             /* Correct answer */
-){
-  u32 d1;            /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
-  u32 idx1;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
-  u32 szHdr1;        /* Number of bytes in header */
-  int i = 0;
-  int rc = 0;
-  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-  Mem mem1;
-
-  pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
-  if( pKeyInfo->db==0 ) return 1;
-  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
-  mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
-  /* mem1.flags = 0;  // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */
-  VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
-
-  /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
-  ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
-  ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing 
-  ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
-  ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner.  And so, we choose
-  ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
-  */
-  /*  mem1.u.i = 0;  // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
-  
-  idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
-  if( szHdr1>98307 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-  d1 = szHdr1;
-  assert( pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB );
-  assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
-  assert( pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
-  assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
-  do{
-    u32 serial_type1;
-
-    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
-    idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
-
-    /* Verify that there is enough key space remaining to avoid
-    ** a buffer overread.  The "d1+serial_type1+2" subexpression will
-    ** always be greater than or equal to the amount of required key space.
-    ** Use that approximation to avoid the more expensive call to
-    ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case.
-    */
-    if( d1+serial_type1+2>(u32)nKey1
-     && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1 
-    ){
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Extract the values to be compared.
-    */
-    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
-
-    /* Do the comparison
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]);
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
-      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
-        rc = -rc;  /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */
-      }
-      goto debugCompareEnd;
-    }
-    i++;
-  }while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField );
-
-  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
-  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
-  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).
-  */
-  assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );
-
-  /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
-  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
-  ** value.  */
-  rc = pPKey2->default_rc;
-
-debugCompareEnd:
-  if( desiredResult==0 && rc==0 ) return 1;
-  if( desiredResult<0 && rc<0 ) return 1;
-  if( desiredResult>0 && rc>0 ) return 1;
-  if( CORRUPT_DB ) return 1;
-  if( pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Count the number of fields (a.k.a. columns) in the record given by
-** pKey,nKey.  The verify that this count is less than or equal to the
-** limit given by pKeyInfo->nField + pKeyInfo->nXField.
-**
-** If this constraint is not satisfied, it means that the high-speed
-** vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString() routines will
-** not work correctly.  If this assert() ever fires, it probably means
-** that the KeyInfo.nField or KeyInfo.nXField values were computed
-** incorrectly.
-*/
-static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(
-  int nKey, const void *pKey,   /* The record to verify */ 
-  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo       /* Compare size with this KeyInfo */
-){
-  int nField = 0;
-  u32 szHdr;
-  u32 idx;
-  u32 notUsed;
-  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char*)pKey;
-
-  if( CORRUPT_DB ) return;
-  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
-  assert( nKey>=0 );
-  assert( szHdr<=(u32)nKey );
-  while( idx<szHdr ){
-    idx += getVarint32(aKey+idx, notUsed);
-    nField++;
-  }
-  assert( nField <= pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField );
-}
-#else
-# define vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(A,B,C)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values
-** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero
-** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than 
-** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);".
-*/
-static int vdbeCompareMemString(
-  const Mem *pMem1,
-  const Mem *pMem2,
-  const CollSeq *pColl,
-  u8 *prcErr                      /* If an OOM occurs, set to SQLITE_NOMEM */
-){
-  if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
-    /* The strings are already in the correct encoding.  Call the
-     ** comparison function directly */
-    return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
-  }else{
-    int rc;
-    const void *v1, *v2;
-    int n1, n2;
-    Mem c1;
-    Mem c2;
-    sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c1, pMem1->db, MEM_Null);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c2, pMem1->db, MEM_Null);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
-    v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
-    n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
-    v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
-    n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
-    rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
-    if( (v1==0 || v2==0) && prcErr ) *prcErr = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    return rc;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare two blobs.  Return negative, zero, or positive if the first
-** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, respectively.
-** If one blob is a prefix of the other, then the shorter is the lessor.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3BlobCompare(const Mem *pB1, const Mem *pB2){
-  int c = memcmp(pB1->z, pB2->z, pB1->n>pB2->n ? pB2->n : pB1->n);
-  if( c ) return c;
-  return pB1->n - pB2->n;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
-** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
-** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
-** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
-** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
-**
-** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
-*/
-int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
-  int f1, f2;
-  int combined_flags;
-
-  f1 = pMem1->flags;
-  f2 = pMem2->flags;
-  combined_flags = f1|f2;
-  assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- 
-  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
-  ** are NULL, return 0.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
-  }
-
-  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
-  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
-  ** if both values are integers.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
-    double r1, r2;
-    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
-      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
-      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
-      r1 = pMem1->u.r;
-    }else if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
-      r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
-    }else{
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
-      r2 = pMem2->u.r;
-    }else if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
-      r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
-    }else{
-      return -1;
-    }
-    if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
-    if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
-  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
-    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
-    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
-            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-
-    /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
-    ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
-    ** compiled (this was not always the case).
-    */
-    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
-
-    if( pColl ){
-      return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl, 0);
-    }
-    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
-    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
-  }
- 
-  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
-  return sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem1, pMem2);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that
-** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive 
-** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value
-** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes
-** and returns the value.
-*/
-static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){
-  u32 y;
-  assert( CORRUPT_DB || (serial_type>=1 && serial_type<=9 && serial_type!=7) );
-  switch( serial_type ){
-    case 0:
-    case 1:
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      return ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-    case 2:
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      return TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-    case 3:
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      return THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-    case 4: {
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
-      return (i64)*(int*)&y;
-    }
-    case 5: {
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      return FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-    }
-    case 6: {
-      u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4);
-      return (i64)*(i64*)&x;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return (serial_type - 8);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function compares the two table rows or index records
-** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
-** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or 
-** greater than key2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
-** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
-** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
-** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
-**
-** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already
-** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal.
-**
-** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all 
-** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is 
-** returned.
-**
-** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to 
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, 
-** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the
-** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db).
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
-  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,         /* Right key */
-  int bSkip                       /* If true, skip the first field */
-){
-  u32 d1;                         /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
-  int i;                          /* Index of next field to compare */
-  u32 szHdr1;                     /* Size of record header in bytes */
-  u32 idx1;                       /* Offset of first type in header */
-  int rc = 0;                     /* Return value */
-  Mem *pRhs = pPKey2->aMem;       /* Next field of pPKey2 to compare */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
-  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
-  Mem mem1;
-
-  /* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first
-  ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so
-  ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */
-  if( bSkip ){
-    u32 s1;
-    idx1 = 1 + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], s1);
-    szHdr1 = aKey1[0];
-    d1 = szHdr1 + sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(s1);
-    i = 1;
-    pRhs++;
-  }else{
-    idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
-    d1 = szHdr1;
-    if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ 
-      pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      return 0;  /* Corruption */
-    }
-    i = 0;
-  }
-
-  VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
-  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField 
-       || CORRUPT_DB );
-  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
-  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
-  assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
-  do{
-    u32 serial_type;
-
-    /* RHS is an integer */
-    if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Int ){
-      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
-      testcase( serial_type==12 );
-      if( serial_type>=10 ){
-        rc = +1;
-      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
-        rc = -1;
-      }else if( serial_type==7 ){
-        double rhs = (double)pRhs->u.i;
-        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
-        if( mem1.u.r<rhs ){
-          rc = -1;
-        }else if( mem1.u.r>rhs ){
-          rc = +1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]);
-        i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i;
-        if( lhs<rhs ){
-          rc = -1;
-        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
-          rc = +1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* RHS is real */
-    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){
-      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
-      if( serial_type>=10 ){
-        /* Serial types 12 or greater are strings and blobs (greater than
-        ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future 
-        ** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing
-        ** them to numberic values are.  */
-        rc = +1;
-      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
-        rc = -1;
-      }else{
-        double rhs = pRhs->u.r;
-        double lhs;
-        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
-        if( serial_type==7 ){
-          lhs = mem1.u.r;
-        }else{
-          lhs = (double)mem1.u.i;
-        }
-        if( lhs<rhs ){
-          rc = -1;
-        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
-          rc = +1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* RHS is a string */
-    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){
-      getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
-      testcase( serial_type==12 );
-      if( serial_type<12 ){
-        rc = -1;
-      }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){
-        rc = +1;
-      }else{
-        mem1.n = (serial_type - 12) / 2;
-        testcase( (d1+mem1.n)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
-        testcase( (d1+mem1.n+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
-        if( (d1+mem1.n) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){
-          pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-          return 0;                /* Corruption */
-        }else if( pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
-          mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
-          mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
-          mem1.flags = MEM_Str;
-          mem1.z = (char*)&aKey1[d1];
-          rc = vdbeCompareMemString(
-              &mem1, pRhs, pKeyInfo->aColl[i], &pPKey2->errCode
-          );
-        }else{
-          int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n);
-          rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
-          if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; 
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* RHS is a blob */
-    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){
-      getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
-      testcase( serial_type==12 );
-      if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){
-        rc = -1;
-      }else{
-        int nStr = (serial_type - 12) / 2;
-        testcase( (d1+nStr)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
-        testcase( (d1+nStr+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
-        if( (d1+nStr) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){
-          pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-          return 0;                /* Corruption */
-        }else{
-          int nCmp = MIN(nStr, pRhs->n);
-          rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
-          if( rc==0 ) rc = nStr - pRhs->n;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* RHS is null */
-    else{
-      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
-      rc = (serial_type!=0);
-    }
-
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
-        rc = -rc;
-      }
-      assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, rc) );
-      assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    i++;
-    pRhs++;
-    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
-    idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
-  }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 );
-
-  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
-  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
-  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).  */
-  assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );
-
-  /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
-  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
-  ** value.  */
-  assert( CORRUPT_DB 
-       || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) 
-       || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
-  );
-  return pPKey2->default_rc;
-}
-int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
-  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2          /* Right key */
-){
-  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
-** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the 
-** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
-** byte (i.e. is less than 128).
-**
-** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used
-** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less.
-*/
-static int vdbeRecordCompareInt(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
-  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */
-){
-  const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F];
-  int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1];
-  int res;
-  u32 y;
-  u64 x;
-  i64 v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i;
-  i64 lhs;
-
-  vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo);
-  assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB );
-  switch( serial_type ){
-    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
-      lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
-      lhs = TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
-      lhs = THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
-      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
-      lhs = (i64)*(int*)&y;
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
-      lhs = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 6: { /* 8-byte signed integer */
-      x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
-      x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4);
-      lhs = *(i64*)&x;
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 8: 
-      lhs = 0;
-      break;
-    case 9:
-      lhs = 1;
-      break;
-
-    /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running
-    ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch 
-    ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and
-    ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated
-    ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other 
-    ** compilers might be similar.  */ 
-    case 0: case 7:
-      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2);
-
-    default:
-      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2);
-  }
-
-  if( v>lhs ){
-    res = pPKey2->r1;
-  }else if( v<lhs ){
-    res = pPKey2->r2;
-  }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
-    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing 
-    ** fields.  */
-    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
-  }else{
-    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
-    ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
-    res = pPKey2->default_rc;
-  }
-
-  assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) );
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
-** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field
-** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint 
-** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte.
-*/
-static int vdbeRecordCompareString(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
-  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */
-){
-  const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1;
-  int serial_type;
-  int res;
-
-  vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo);
-  getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);
-  if( serial_type<12 ){
-    res = pPKey2->r1;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
-  }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ 
-    res = pPKey2->r2;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
-  }else{
-    int nCmp;
-    int nStr;
-    int szHdr = aKey1[0];
-
-    nStr = (serial_type-12) / 2;
-    if( (szHdr + nStr) > nKey1 ){
-      pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      return 0;    /* Corruption */
-    }
-    nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr );
-    res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp);
-
-    if( res==0 ){
-      res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
-      if( res==0 ){
-        if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
-          res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
-        }else{
-          res = pPKey2->default_rc;
-        }
-      }else if( res>0 ){
-        res = pPKey2->r2;
-      }else{
-        res = pPKey2->r1;
-      }
-    }else if( res>0 ){
-      res = pPKey2->r2;
-    }else{
-      res = pPKey2->r1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res)
-       || CORRUPT_DB
-       || pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
-  );
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to an sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() compatible function
-** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed
-** as the only argument.
-*/
-RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){
-  /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume
-  ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record
-  ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt()
-  ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the 
-  ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is
-  ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each
-  ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to
-  ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field
-  ** is an integer.
-  **
-  ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with
-  ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal
-  ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes.  */
-  if( (p->pKeyInfo->nField + p->pKeyInfo->nXField)<=13 ){
-    int flags = p->aMem[0].flags;
-    if( p->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
-      p->r1 = 1;
-      p->r2 = -1;
-    }else{
-      p->r1 = -1;
-      p->r2 = 1;
-    }
-    if( (flags & MEM_Int) ){
-      return vdbeRecordCompareInt;
-    }
-    testcase( flags & MEM_Real );
-    testcase( flags & MEM_Null );
-    testcase( flags & MEM_Blob );
-    if( (flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob))==0 && p->pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 ){
-      assert( flags & MEM_Str );
-      return vdbeRecordCompareString;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare;
-}
-
-/*
-** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
-** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
-**
-** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
-** So the content cannot be trusted.  Do appropriate checks on the content.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
-  i64 nCellKey = 0;
-  int rc;
-  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
-  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
-  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
-  Mem m, v;
-
-  /* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
-  ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
-  ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
-  ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits  
-  */
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
-  VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );     /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
-  assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );
-
-  /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0);
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
-  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
-  testcase( szHdr==3 );
-  testcase( szHdr==m.n );
-  if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
-    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
-  }
-
-  /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
-  ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
-  (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
-  testcase( typeRowid==1 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==2 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==3 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==4 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==5 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==6 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==8 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==9 );
-  if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
-    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
-  }
-  lenRowid = sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[typeRowid];
-  testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid );
-  if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){
-    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
-  }
-
-  /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
-  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
-  *rowid = v.u.i;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
-  ** allocated.  Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
-idx_rowid_corruption:
-  testcase( m.szMalloc!=0 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
-** the key string in pUnpacked.  Write into *pRes a number
-** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
-** or greater than pUnpacked.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
-**
-** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
-** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
-** is ignored as well.  Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes 
-** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
-  sqlite3 *db,                     /* Database connection */
-  VdbeCursor *pC,                  /* The cursor to compare against */
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,       /* Unpacked version of key */
-  int *res                         /* Write the comparison result here */
-){
-  i64 nCellKey = 0;
-  int rc;
-  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
-  Mem m;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
-  VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
-  /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way
-  ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
-  if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
-    *res = 0;
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0);
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  db->nChange = nChange;
-  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
-** or reset.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
-  v->changeCntOn = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
-** as expired.
-**
-** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
-** recommend.  Statements expire when things happen that make their
-** programs obsolete.  Removing user-defined functions or collating
-** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
-** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
-*/
-sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
-  return v->db;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
-** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return 
-** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
-** constants) to the value before returning it.
-**
-** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree().
-*/
-sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){
-  assert( iVar>0 );
-  if( v ){
-    Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1];
-    if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){
-      sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db);
-      if( pRet ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem);
-        sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
-      }
-      return pRet;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals
-** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result
-** in a better query plan.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){
-  assert( iVar>0 );
-  if( iVar>32 ){
-    v->expmask = 0xffffffff;
-  }else{
-    v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1));
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored
-** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored
-** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc).
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
-  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeblob.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeblob.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 30a329189e6..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbeblob.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,476 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2007 May 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-
-/*
-** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
-*/
-typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
-struct Incrblob {
-  int flags;              /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
-  int nByte;              /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
-  int iOffset;            /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
-  int iCol;               /* Table column this handle is open on */
-  BtCursor *pCsr;         /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;    /* Statement holding cursor open */
-  sqlite3 *db;            /* The associated database */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks
-** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow.
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row.
-**
-** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
-** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the
-** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may
-** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using
-** sqlite3DbFree().
-**
-** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will 
-** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
-*/
-static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
-  int rc;                         /* Error code */
-  char *zErr = 0;                 /* Error message */
-  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
-
-  /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. 
-  ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid 
-  ** triggering asserts related to mutexes.
-  */
-  assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int );
-  v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0];
-    u32 type = pC->aType[p->iCol];
-    if( type<12 ){
-      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s",
-          type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
-      );
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-      p->pStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      p->iOffset = pC->aType[p->iCol + pC->nField];
-      p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
-      p->pCsr =  pC->pCursor;
-      sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(p->pCsr);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( p->pStmt ){
-    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-    p->pStmt = 0;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }else{
-      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-
-  *pzErr = zErr;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a blob handle.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_open(
-  sqlite3* db,            /* The database connection */
-  const char *zDb,        /* The attached database containing the blob */
-  const char *zTable,     /* The table containing the blob */
-  const char *zColumn,    /* The column containing the blob */
-  sqlite_int64 iRow,      /* The row containing the glob */
-  int flags,              /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob   /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
-){
-  int nAttempt = 0;
-  int iCol;               /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
-
-  /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified 
-  ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
-  ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
-  ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
-  ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
-  **
-  ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
-  ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
-  ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and 
-  ** blob_bytes() functions.
-  **
-  ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
-  ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the 
-  ** transaction.
-  */
-  static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(4);
-  static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
-    /* {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0},  // 0: Inserted separately */
-    {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0},       /* 1: Acquire a read or write lock */
-    /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */
-    {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0},        /* 2: Open cursor 0 for reading */
-    {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0},       /* 3: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
-    {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1},        /* 4: Push the rowid to the stack */
-    {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1},      /* 5: Seek the cursor */
-    {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1},          /* 6  */
-    {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0},       /* 7  */
-    {OP_Goto, 0, 4, 0},            /* 8  */
-    {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0},           /* 9  */
-    {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0},            /* 10 */
-  };
-
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Parse *pParse = 0;
-  Incrblob *pBlob = 0;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( ppBlob==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-#endif
-  *ppBlob = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTable==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-#endif
-  flags = !!flags;                /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
-  pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
-  if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
-  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
-  if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;
-
-  do {
-    memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
-    pParse->db = db;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-    zErr = 0;
-
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
-    if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
-    }
-    if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open table without rowid: %s", zTable);
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-    if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
-    }
-#endif
-    if( !pTab ){
-      if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-        zErr = pParse->zErrMsg;
-        pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
-      }
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-
-    /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-
-    /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
-    ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. 
-    ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these
-    ** descriptions applies for writing.  */
-    if( flags ){
-      const char *zFault = 0;
-      Index *pIdx;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-      if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-        /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
-        ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
-        ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this 
-        ** case.  */
-        FKey *pFKey;
-        for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
-          int j;
-          for(j=0; j<pFKey->nCol; j++){
-            if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){
-              zFault = "foreign key";
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        int j;
-        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
-          /* FIXME: Be smarter about indexes that use expressions */
-          if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol || pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR ){
-            zFault = "indexed";
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( zFault ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-        zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault);
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-        goto blob_open_out;
-      }
-    }
-
-    pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse);
-    assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
-    if( pBlob->pStmt ){
-      Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt;
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, flags, 
-                           pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie,
-                           pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);     
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn);
-
-      /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
-      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); 
-
-      /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 1);
-#else
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->tnum);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, flags);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-#endif
-
-      /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 
-      ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum.  */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 3 - flags);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2 + flags, pTab->tnum);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2 + flags, iDb);
-
-      /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
-      ** think that the table has one more column than it really
-      ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
-      ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
-      ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
-      ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 6, pTab->nCol);
-      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-        pParse->nVar = 1;
-        pParse->nMem = 1;
-        pParse->nTab = 1;
-        sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
-      }
-    }
-   
-    pBlob->flags = flags;
-    pBlob->iCol = iCol;
-    pBlob->db = db;
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow);
-    rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr);
-  } while( (++nAttempt)<SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
-
-blob_open_out:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
-  }else{
-    if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
-  }
-  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
-  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
-** sqlite3_blob_open().
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( p ){
-    db = p->db;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
-*/
-static int blobReadWrite(
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob, 
-  void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  int iOffset, 
-  int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  db = p->db;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
-
-  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || ((sqlite3_int64)iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
-    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else if( v==0 ){
-    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
-    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
-    */
-    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }else{
-    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
-    ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
-    */
-    assert( db == v->db );
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
-    rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
-      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
-      p->pStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      v->rc = rc;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3Error(db, rc);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a blob handle.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
-  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to a blob handle.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
-  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
-**
-** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
-** so no mutex is required for access.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same
-** database table.
-**
-** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
-** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the
-** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all 
-** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) 
-** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){
-  int rc;
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  db = p->db;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
-  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
-    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
-    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
-    */
-    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }else{
-    char *zErr;
-    rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-    }
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbemem.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbemem.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 28dd5d95721..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbemem.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1719 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
-** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
-** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
-** name sqlite_value
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Check invariants on a Mem object.
-**
-** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like
-** this:    assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){
-  /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0.  
-  ** Mem.xDel is might not be initialized if MEM_Dyn is clear.
-  */
-  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 );
-
-  /* MEM_Dyn may only be set if Mem.szMalloc==0.  In this way we
-  ** ensure that if Mem.szMalloc>0 then it is safe to do
-  ** Mem.z = Mem.zMalloc without having to check Mem.flags&MEM_Dyn.
-  ** That saves a few cycles in inner loops. */
-  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->szMalloc==0 );
-
-  /* Cannot be both MEM_Int and MEM_Real at the same time */
-  assert( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
-
-  /* The szMalloc field holds the correct memory allocation size */
-  assert( p->szMalloc==0
-       || p->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db,p->zMalloc) );
-
-  /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly
-  ** one of the following:
-  **
-  **   (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object
-  **   (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel
-  **   (3) An ephemeral string or blob
-  **   (4) A static string or blob
-  */
-  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->n>0 ){
-    assert( 
-      ((p->szMalloc>0 && p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) +
-      ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
-      ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
-      ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1
-    );
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
-** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
-** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
-**
-** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
-** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
-** routine is a no-op.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
-** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
-** between formats.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  int rc;
-#endif
-  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
-           || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-#else
-
-  /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
-  ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least 
-** min(n,32) bytes.
-**
-** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of
-** pMem->z into the new allocation.  pMem must be either a string or
-** blob if bPreserve is true.  If bPreserve is false, any prior content
-** in pMem->z is discarded.
-*/
-SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){
-  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
-  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-
-  /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already
-  ** contain a valid string or blob value.  */
-  assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
-  testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 );
-
-  assert( pMem->szMalloc==0
-       || pMem->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc) );
-  if( pMem->szMalloc<n ){
-    if( n<32 ) n = 32;
-    if( bPreserve && pMem->szMalloc>0 && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
-      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
-      bPreserve = 0;
-    }else{
-      if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
-      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
-    }
-    if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-      pMem->z = 0;
-      pMem->szMalloc = 0;
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( bPreserve && pMem->z && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
-    memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
-  }
-  if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
-    assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
-    pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
-  }
-
-  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
-  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the pMem->zMalloc allocation to be at least szNew bytes.
-** If pMem->zMalloc already meets or exceeds the requested size, this
-** routine is a no-op.
-**
-** Any prior string or blob content in the pMem object may be discarded.
-** The pMem->xDel destructor is called, if it exists.  Though MEM_Str
-** and MEM_Blob values may be discarded, MEM_Int, MEM_Real, and MEM_Null
-** values are preserved.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code (probably SQLITE_NOMEM)
-** if unable to complete the resizing.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int szNew){
-  assert( szNew>0 );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || pMem->szMalloc==0 );
-  if( pMem->szMalloc<szNew ){
-    return sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, szNew, 0);
-  }
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
-  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
-  pMem->flags &= (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change pMem so that its MEM_Str or MEM_Blob value is stored in
-** MEM.zMalloc, where it can be safely written.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
-  int f;
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  ExpandBlob(pMem);
-  f = pMem->flags;
-  if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && (pMem->szMalloc==0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc) ){
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
-    pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-  }
-  pMem->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
-#endif
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
-** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-    int nByte;
-    assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
-    assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-
-    /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
-    nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
-    if( nByte<=0 ){
-      nByte = 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-
-    memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
-    pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
-    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** It is already known that pMem contains an unterminated string.
-** Add the zero terminator.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemAddTerminator(Mem *pMem){
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
-  pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
-  pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Term|MEM_Str) );
-  testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==0 );
-  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))!=MEM_Str ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
-  }else{
-    return vdbeMemAddTerminator(pMem);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
-** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are invalidated if
-** bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false.
-**
-** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
-** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
-** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
-** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
-** user and the latter is an internal programming error.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, u8 enc, u8 bForce){
-  int fg = pMem->flags;
-  const int nByte = 32;
-
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
-  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
-  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
-  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
-
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
-  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
-  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
-  ** 
-  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
-  */
-  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
-  }else{
-    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->u.r);
-  }
-  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
-  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-  if( bForce ) pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
-** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
-** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  SQLITE_OK
-** otherwise.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
-    sqlite3_context ctx;
-    Mem t;
-    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
-    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-    memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
-    memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t));
-    t.flags = MEM_Null;
-    t.db = pMem->db;
-    ctx.pOut = &t;
-    ctx.pMem = pMem;
-    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
-    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
-    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
-    if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
-    memcpy(pMem, &t, sizeof(t));
-    rc = ctx.isError;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the memory cell contains a value that must be freed by
-** invoking the external callback in Mem.xDel, then this routine
-** will free that value.  It also sets Mem.flags to MEM_Null.
-**
-** This is a helper routine for sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() and
-** for sqlite3VdbeMemRelease().  Use those other routines as the
-** entry point for releasing Mem resources.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(Mem *p){
-  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(p) );
-  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
-    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
-    testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
-  }
-  if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
-    assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-    assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 );
-    p->xDel((void *)p->z);
-  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
-    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
-  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
-    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->u.pFrame;
-    pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame;
-    pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
-  }
-  p->flags = MEM_Null;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared
-** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc.
-**
-** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in
-** the unusual case where there really is memory in p that needs
-** to be freed.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClear(Mem *p){
-  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ){
-    vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(p);
-  }
-  if( p->szMalloc ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
-    p->szMalloc = 0;
-  }
-  p->z = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release any memory resources held by the Mem.  Both the memory that is
-** free by Mem.xDel and the Mem.zMalloc allocation are freed.
-**
-** Use this routine prior to clean up prior to abandoning a Mem, or to
-** reset a Mem back to its minimum memory utilization.
-**
-** Use sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() to release just the Mem.xDel space
-** prior to inserting new content into the Mem.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
-  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
-  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) || p->szMalloc ){
-    vdbeMemClear(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
-** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
-** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
-*/
-static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */
-  return r;
-#else
-  /*
-  ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
-  ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
-  ** inconsistently.  And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
-  ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
-  ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
-  */
-  static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
-  static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
-
-  if( r<=(double)minInt ){
-    return minInt;
-  }else if( r>=(double)maxInt ){
-    return maxInt;
-  }else{
-    return (i64)r;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
-** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
-** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
-** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
-** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
-** it into an integer and return that.  If pMem represents an
-** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
-**
-** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
-*/
-i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
-  int flags;
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-  flags = pMem->flags;
-  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
-    return pMem->u.i;
-  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
-    return doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r);
-  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    i64 value = 0;
-    assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
-    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
-    return value;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
-** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
-** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
-** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
-*/
-double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
-    return pMem->u.r;
-  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    return (double)pMem->u.i;
-  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
-    double val = (double)0;
-    sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
-    return val;
-  }else{
-    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
-    return (double)0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
-** MEM_Int if we can.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
-  i64 ix;
-  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
-  ix = doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r);
-
-  /* Only mark the value as an integer if
-  **
-  **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
-  **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
-  **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
-  **
-  ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
-  ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
-  ** values to wrap around.
-  */
-  if( pMem->u.r==ix && ix>SMALLEST_INT64 && ix<LARGEST_INT64 ){
-    pMem->u.i = ix;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
-  pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
-  pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
-**
-** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
-** is a string that does not look completely like a number.  Convert
-** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
-  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){
-    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
-    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){
-      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
-    }else{
-      pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
-      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
-      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
-    }
-  }
-  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
-  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Cast the datatype of the value in pMem according to the affinity
-** "aff".  Casting is different from applying affinity in that a cast
-** is forced.  In other words, the value is converted into the desired
-** affinity even if that results in loss of data.  This routine is
-** used (for example) to implement the SQL "cast()" operator.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem *pMem, u8 aff, u8 encoding){
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ) return;
-  switch( aff ){
-    case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: {   /* Really a cast to BLOB */
-      if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
-        sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
-        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
-        MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob);
-      }else{
-        pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: {
-      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pMem);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: {
-      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_AFF_REAL: {
-      sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      assert( aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
-      assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
-      pMem->flags |= (pMem->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
-      assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
-      pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize bulk memory to be a consistent Mem object.
-**
-** The minimum amount of initialization feasible is performed.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem *pMem, sqlite3 *db, u16 flags){
-  assert( (flags & ~MEM_TypeMask)==0 );
-  pMem->flags = flags;
-  pMem->db = db;
-  pMem->szMalloc = 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
-**
-** This routine calls the Mem.xDel destructor to dispose of values that
-** require the destructor.  But it preserves the Mem.zMalloc memory allocation.
-** To free all resources, use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(), which both calls this
-** routine to invoke the destructor and deallocates Mem.zMalloc.
-**
-** Use this routine to reset the Mem prior to insert a new value.
-**
-** Use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() to complete erase the Mem prior to abandoning it.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
-  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){
-    vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pMem);
-  }else{
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-  }
-}
-void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); 
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
-** n containing all zeros.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
-  pMem->n = 0;
-  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
-  pMem->u.nZero = n;
-  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  pMem->z = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The pMem is known to contain content that needs to be destroyed prior
-** to a value change.  So invoke the destructor, then set the value to
-** a 64-bit integer.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-  pMem->u.i = val;
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type INTEGER.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
-  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){
-    vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(pMem, val);
-  }else{
-    pMem->u.i = val;
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type REAL.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-  if( !sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
-    pMem->u.r = val;
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
-** empty boolean index.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
-  sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-    pMem->szMalloc = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pMem->zMalloc );
-    pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc);
-    pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, pMem->szMalloc);
-    assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
-    pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
-** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
-  assert( p->db!=0 );
-  if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    int n = p->n;
-    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      n += p->u.nZero;
-    }
-    return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }
-  return 0; 
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** This routine prepares a memory cell for modification by breaking
-** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
-** copies of this cell as invalid.
-**
-** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
-** copies are not misused.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){
-  int i;
-  Mem *pX;
-  for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){
-    if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){
-      pX->flags |= MEM_Undefined;
-      pX->pScopyFrom = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-
-/*
-** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
-** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
-** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
-** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeClrCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int eType){
-  vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo);
-  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTo, pFrom, eType);
-}
-void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
-  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
-  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ){ vdbeClrCopy(pTo,pFrom,srcType); return; }
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
-  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
-    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
-    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
-    pTo->flags |= srcType;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
-** freed before the copy is made.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* The pFrom==0 case in the following assert() is when an sqlite3_value
-  ** from sqlite3_value_dup() is used as the argument
-  ** to sqlite3_result_value(). */
-  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db || pFrom->db==0 );
-  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ) vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
-  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
-  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
-      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
-** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
-**
-** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
-  assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
-
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
-  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
-  pFrom->szMalloc = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
-**
-** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
-** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the 
-** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the 
-** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
-** pointer copied.
-**
-** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
-** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs.  If the string can be
-** stored without allocating memory, then it is.  If a memory allocation
-** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged.  In
-** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
-  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
-  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
-  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
-  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
-  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
-){
-  int nByte = n;      /* New value for pMem->n */
-  int iLimit;         /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
-  u16 flags = 0;      /* New value for pMem->flags */
-
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-
-  /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
-  if( !z ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( pMem->db ){
-    iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }else{
-    iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
-  }
-  flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
-  if( nByte<0 ){
-    assert( enc!=0 );
-    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-      nByte = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-      if( nByte>iLimit ) nByte = iLimit+1;
-    }else{
-      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
-    }
-    flags |= MEM_Term;
-  }
-
-  /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
-  ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
-  ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
-  */
-  if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
-    int nAlloc = nByte;
-    if( flags&MEM_Term ){
-      nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
-    }
-    if( nByte>iLimit ){
-      return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-    }
-    testcase( nAlloc==0 );
-    testcase( nAlloc==31 );
-    testcase( nAlloc==32 );
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, MAX(nAlloc,32)) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
-  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
-    pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->z = (char *)z;
-    pMem->xDel = xDel;
-    flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
-  }
-
-  pMem->n = nByte;
-  pMem->flags = flags;
-  pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( nByte>iLimit ){
-    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
-** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
-** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
-** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
-** into the pMem element.
-**
-** The pMem object must have been initialized.  This routine will use
-** pMem->zMalloc to hold the content from the btree, if possible.  New
-** pMem->zMalloc space will be allocated if necessary.  The calling routine
-** is responsible for making sure that the pMem object is eventually
-** destroyed.
-**
-** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
-** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemFromBtreeResize(
-  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
-  u32 offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
-  u32 amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
-  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
-  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
-){
-  int rc;
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-  if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, amt+2)) ){
-    if( key ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pMem->z[amt] = 0;
-      pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->n = (int)amt;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
-  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
-  u32 offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
-  u32 amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
-  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
-  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
-){
-  char *zData;        /* Data from the btree layer */
-  u32 available = 0;  /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
-  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) );
-
-  /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() 
-  ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  if( key ){
-    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
-  }else{
-    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
-  }
-  assert( zData!=0 );
-
-  if( offset+amt<=available ){
-    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
-    pMem->n = (int)amt;
-  }else{
-    rc = vdbeMemFromBtreeResize(pCur, offset, amt, key, pMem);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The pVal argument is known to be a value other than NULL.
-** Convert it into a string with encoding enc and return a pointer
-** to a zero-terminated version of that string.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE const void *valueToText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
-  assert( pVal!=0 );
-  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
-  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Null))==0 );
-  if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
-    pVal->flags |= MEM_Str;
-    if( pVal->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pVal);
-    }
-    if( pVal->enc != (enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
-    }
-    if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
-      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
-      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc, 0);
-    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
-  }
-  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
-              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
-    return pVal->z;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
-** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
-** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
-** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
-** SQLITE_UTF8.
-**
-** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
-** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
-** boundary.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
-  if( !pVal ) return 0;
-  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
-  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  if( (pVal->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Term))==(MEM_Str|MEM_Term) && pVal->enc==enc ){
-    return pVal->z;
-  }
-  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return valueToText(pVal, enc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
-*/
-sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
-  Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
-  if( p ){
-    p->flags = MEM_Null;
-    p->db = db;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to 
-** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details.
-*/
-struct ValueNewStat4Ctx {
-  Parse *pParse;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  UnpackedRecord **ppRec;
-  int iVal;
-};
-
-/*
-** Allocate and return a pointer to a new sqlite3_value object. If
-** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated
-** by calling sqlite3ValueNew().
-**
-** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is 
-** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not
-** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that 
-** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer to
-** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array.
-*/
-static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( p ){
-    UnpackedRecord *pRec = p->ppRec[0];
-
-    if( pRec==0 ){
-      Index *pIdx = p->pIdx;      /* Index being probed */
-      int nByte;                  /* Bytes of space to allocate */
-      int i;                      /* Counter variable */
-      int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;   /* Number of index columns including rowid */
-  
-      nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord));
-      pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-      if( pRec ){
-        pRec->pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(p->pParse, pIdx);
-        if( pRec->pKeyInfo ){
-          assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField==nCol );
-          assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
-          pRec->aMem = (Mem *)((u8*)pRec + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)));
-          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-            pRec->aMem[i].flags = MEM_Null;
-            pRec->aMem[i].db = db;
-          }
-        }else{
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
-          pRec = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      if( pRec==0 ) return 0;
-      p->ppRec[0] = pRec;
-    }
-  
-    pRec->nField = p->iVal+1;
-    return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal];
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */
-  return sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-}
-
-/*
-** The expression object indicated by the second argument is guaranteed
-** to be a scalar SQL function. If
-**
-**   * all function arguments are SQL literals,
-**   * one of the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function flags is set, and
-**   * the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL function flag is not set,
-**
-** then this routine attempts to invoke the SQL function. Assuming no
-** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value 
-** object containing the result before returning SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** Affinity aff is applied to the result of the function before returning.
-** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding 
-** enc.
-**
-** If the conditions above are not met, this function returns SQLITE_OK
-** and sets (*ppVal) to NULL. Or, if an error occurs, (*ppVal) is set to
-** NULL and an SQLite error code returned.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-static int valueFromFunction(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The database connection */
-  Expr *p,                        /* The expression to evaluate */
-  u8 enc,                         /* Encoding to use */
-  u8 aff,                         /* Affinity to use */
-  sqlite3_value **ppVal,          /* Write the new value here */
-  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx   /* Second argument for valueNew() */
-){
-  sqlite3_context ctx;            /* Context object for function invocation */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal = 0;      /* Function arguments */
-  int nVal = 0;                   /* Size of apVal[] array */
-  FuncDef *pFunc = 0;             /* Function definition */
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;        /* New value */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int nName;                      /* Size of function name in bytes */
-  ExprList *pList = 0;            /* Function arguments */
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-
-  assert( pCtx!=0 );
-  assert( (p->flags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 );
-  pList = p->x.pList;
-  if( pList ) nVal = pList->nExpr;
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken);
-  pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, p->u.zToken, nName, nVal, enc, 0);
-  assert( pFunc );
-  if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0 
-   || (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)
-  ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( pList ){
-    apVal = (sqlite3_value**)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(apVal[0]) * nVal);
-    if( apVal==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto value_from_function_out;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<nVal; i++){
-      rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, enc, aff, &apVal[i]);
-      if( apVal[i]==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto value_from_function_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
-  if( pVal==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto value_from_function_out;
-  }
-
-  assert( pCtx->pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
-  ctx.pOut = pVal;
-  ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
-  pFunc->xFunc(&ctx, nVal, apVal);
-  if( ctx.isError ){
-    rc = ctx.isError;
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pCtx->pParse, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pVal));
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVal) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-      pCtx->pParse->nErr++;
-    }
-  }
-  pCtx->pParse->rc = rc;
-
- value_from_function_out:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    pVal = 0;
-  }
-  if( apVal ){
-    for(i=0; i<nVal; i++){
-      sqlite3ValueFree(apVal[i]);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, apVal);
-  }
-
-  *ppVal = pVal;
-  return rc;
-}
-#else
-# define valueFromFunction(a,b,c,d,e,f) SQLITE_OK
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */
-
-/*
-** Extract a value from the supplied expression in the manner described
-** above sqlite3ValueFromExpr(). Allocate the sqlite3_value object
-** using valueNew().
-**
-** If pCtx is NULL and an error occurs after the sqlite3_value object
-** has been allocated, it is freed before returning. Or, if pCtx is not
-** NULL, it is assumed that the caller will free any allocated object
-** in all cases.
-*/
-static int valueFromExpr(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The database connection */
-  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to evaluate */
-  u8 enc,                         /* Encoding to use */
-  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
-  sqlite3_value **ppVal,          /* Write the new value here */
-  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx   /* Second argument for valueNew() */
-){
-  int op;
-  char *zVal = 0;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
-  int negInt = 1;
-  const char *zNeg = "";
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( !pExpr ){
-    *ppVal = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  while( (op = pExpr->op)==TK_UPLUS ) pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
-  if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;
-
-  /* Compressed expressions only appear when parsing the DEFAULT clause
-  ** on a table column definition, and hence only when pCtx==0.  This
-  ** check ensures that an EP_TokenOnly expression is never passed down
-  ** into valueFromFunction(). */
-  assert( (pExpr->flags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 || pCtx==0 );
-
-  if( op==TK_CAST ){
-    u8 aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken,0);
-    rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, enc, aff, ppVal, pCtx);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-    if( *ppVal ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemCast(*ppVal, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(*ppVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
-    }
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Handle negative integers in a single step.  This is needed in the
-  ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808.
-  */
-  if( op==TK_UMINUS
-   && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){
-    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
-    op = pExpr->op;
-    negInt = -1;
-    zNeg = "-";
-  }
-
-  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
-    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
-    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt);
-    }else{
-      zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken);
-      if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
-      sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-    }
-    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
-    }
-    if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
-    if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
-    }
-  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
-    /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs.  Ex: -(-5) */
-    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) 
-     && pVal!=0
-    ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
-      if( pVal->flags & MEM_Real ){
-        pVal->u.r = -pVal->u.r;
-      }else if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
-        pVal->u.r = -(double)SMALLEST_INT64;
-        MemSetTypeFlag(pVal, MEM_Real);
-      }else{
-        pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i;
-      }
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
-    }
-  }else if( op==TK_NULL ){
-    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
-    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-  else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
-    int nVal;
-    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
-    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
-    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
-    if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
-    zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
-    nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1;
-    assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
-                         0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  else if( op==TK_FUNCTION && pCtx!=0 ){
-    rc = valueFromFunction(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, &pVal, pCtx);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  *ppVal = pVal;
-  return rc;
-
-no_mem:
-  db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
-  assert( *ppVal==0 );
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( pCtx==0 ) sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-#else
-  assert( pCtx==0 ); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
-**
-** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
-** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
-** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
-** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
-** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
-** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* The database connection */
-  Expr *pExpr,              /* The expression to evaluate */
-  u8 enc,                   /* Encoding to use */
-  u8 affinity,              /* Affinity to use */
-  sqlite3_value **ppVal     /* Write the new value here */
-){
-  return valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, ppVal, 0);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** The implementation of the sqlite_record() function. This function accepts
-** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database 
-** record (a blob) containing the argument value.
-**
-** This is used to convert the value stored in the 'sample' column of the
-** sqlite_stat3 table to the record format SQLite uses internally.
-*/
-static void recordFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const int file_format = 1;
-  int iSerial;                    /* Serial type */
-  int nSerial;                    /* Bytes of space for iSerial as varint */
-  int nVal;                       /* Bytes of space required for argv[0] */
-  int nRet;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  u8 *aRet;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
-  iSerial = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(argv[0], file_format);
-  nSerial = sqlite3VarintLen(iSerial);
-  nVal = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(iSerial);
-  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal;
-  aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRet);
-  if( aRet==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-  }else{
-    aRet[0] = nSerial+1;
-    putVarint32(&aRet[1], iSerial);
-    sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial);
-    sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register built-in functions used to help read ANALYZE data.
-*/
-void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void){
-  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAnalyzeTableFuncs[] = {
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_record,   1, 0, 0, recordFunc),
-  };
-  int i;
-  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAnalyzeTableFuncs);
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAnalyzeTableFuncs); i++){
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to extract a value from pExpr and use it to construct *ppVal.
-**
-** If pAlloc is not NULL, then an UnpackedRecord object is created for
-** pAlloc if one does not exist and the new value is added to the
-** UnpackedRecord object.
-**
-** A value is extracted in the following cases:
-**
-**  * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL,
-**
-**  * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
-**
-**  * The expression is a literal value.
-**
-** On success, *ppVal is made to point to the extracted value.  The caller
-** is responsible for ensuring that the value is eventually freed.
-*/
-static int stat4ValueFromExpr(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to extract a value from */
-  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
-  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pAlloc,/* How to allocate space.  Or NULL */
-  sqlite3_value **ppVal           /* OUT: New value object (or NULL) */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Skip over any TK_COLLATE nodes */
-  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
-
-  if( !pExpr ){
-    pVal = valueNew(db, pAlloc);
-    if( pVal ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)pVal);
-    }
-  }else if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE
-        || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE)
-  ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    int iBindVar = pExpr->iColumn;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iBindVar);
-    if( (v = pParse->pReprepare)!=0 ){
-      pVal = valueNew(db, pAlloc);
-      if( pVal ){
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem*)pVal, &v->aVar[iBindVar-1]);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, ENC(db));
-        }
-        pVal->db = pParse->db;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, ENC(db), affinity, &pVal, pAlloc);
-  }
-
-  assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==db );
-  *ppVal = pVal;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord 
-** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored 
-** in the sqlite_stat4 table.
-**
-** A single call to this function attempts to populates field iVal (leftmost 
-** is 0 etc.) of the unpacked record with a value extracted from expression
-** pExpr. Extraction of values is possible if:
-**
-**  * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL,
-**
-**  * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
-**
-**  * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value 
-**    from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value).
-**
-** If a value can be extracted, the affinity passed as the 5th argument
-** is applied to it before it is copied into the UnpackedRecord. Output
-** parameter *pbOk is set to true if a value is extracted, or false 
-** otherwise.
-**
-** When this function is called, *ppRec must either point to an object
-** allocated by an earlier call to this function, or must be NULL. If it
-** is NULL and a value can be successfully extracted, a new UnpackedRecord
-** is allocated (and *ppRec set to point to it) before returning.
-**
-** Unless an error is encountered, SQLITE_OK is returned. It is not an
-** error if a value cannot be extracted from pExpr. If an error does
-** occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index being probed */
-  UnpackedRecord **ppRec,         /* IN/OUT: Probe record */
-  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to extract a value from */
-  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
-  int iVal,                       /* Array element to populate */
-  int *pbOk                       /* OUT: True if value was extracted */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
-  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx alloc;
-
-  alloc.pParse = pParse;
-  alloc.pIdx = pIdx;
-  alloc.ppRec = ppRec;
-  alloc.iVal = iVal;
-
-  rc = stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, affinity, &alloc, &pVal);
-  assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==pParse->db );
-  *pbOk = (pVal!=0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to extract a value from expression pExpr using the methods
-** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above. 
-**
-** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return 
-** SQLITE_OK. If no value can be extracted, but no other error occurs
-** (e.g. OOM), return SQLITE_OK and set *ppVal to NULL. Or, if an error
-** does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final value of *ppVal
-** is undefined in this case.
-*/
-int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to extract a value from */
-  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
-  sqlite3_value **ppVal           /* OUT: New value object (or NULL) */
-){
-  return stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, affinity, 0, ppVal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the iCol-th column from the nRec-byte record in pRec.  Write
-** the column value into *ppVal.  If *ppVal is initially NULL then a new
-** sqlite3_value object is allocated.
-**
-** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for 
-** ensuring that the value written into *ppVal is eventually freed.
-*/
-int sqlite3Stat4Column(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const void *pRec,               /* Pointer to buffer containing record */
-  int nRec,                       /* Size of buffer pRec in bytes */
-  int iCol,                       /* Column to extract */
-  sqlite3_value **ppVal           /* OUT: Extracted value */
-){
-  u32 t;                          /* a column type code */
-  int nHdr;                       /* Size of the header in the record */
-  int iHdr;                       /* Next unread header byte */
-  int iField;                     /* Next unread data byte */
-  int szField;                    /* Size of the current data field */
-  int i;                          /* Column index */
-  u8 *a = (u8*)pRec;              /* Typecast byte array */
-  Mem *pMem = *ppVal;             /* Write result into this Mem object */
-
-  assert( iCol>0 );
-  iHdr = getVarint32(a, nHdr);
-  if( nHdr>nRec || iHdr>=nHdr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  iField = nHdr;
-  for(i=0; i<=iCol; i++){
-    iHdr += getVarint32(&a[iHdr], t);
-    testcase( iHdr==nHdr );
-    testcase( iHdr==nHdr+1 );
-    if( iHdr>nHdr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
-    iField += szField;
-  }
-  testcase( iField==nRec );
-  testcase( iField==nRec+1 );
-  if( iField>nRec ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  if( pMem==0 ){
-    pMem = *ppVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    if( pMem==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&a[iField-szField], t, pMem);
-  pMem->enc = ENC(db);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unless it is NULL, the argument must be an UnpackedRecord object returned
-** by an earlier call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). This call deletes
-** the object.
-*/
-void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){
-  if( pRec ){
-    int i;
-    int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField;
-    Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem;
-    sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db;
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&aMem[i]);
-    }
-    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pRec->pKeyInfo);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */
-
-/*
-** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
-*/
-void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
-  sqlite3_value *v,     /* Value to be set */
-  int n,                /* Length of string z */
-  const void *z,        /* Text of the new string */
-  u8 enc,               /* Encoding to use */
-  void (*xDel)(void*)   /* Destructor for the string */
-){
-  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an sqlite3_value object
-*/
-void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
-  if( !v ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
-  sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3ValueBytes() routine returns the number of bytes in the
-** sqlite3_value object assuming that it uses the encoding "enc".
-** The valueBytes() routine is a helper function.
-*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int valueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
-  return valueToText(pVal, enc)!=0 ? pVal->n : 0;
-}
-int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
-  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
-  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Null)==0 || (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
-  if( (p->flags & MEM_Str)!=0 && pVal->enc==enc ){
-    return p->n;
-  }
-  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 ){
-    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      return p->n + p->u.nZero;
-    }else{
-      return p->n;
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->flags & MEM_Null ) return 0;
-  return valueBytes(pVal, enc);
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbesort.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbesort.c
deleted file mode 100644
index afc4d6abe0f..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbesort.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2725 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2011-07-09
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with
-** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys for CREATE INDEX statements
-** or by SELECT statements with ORDER BY clauses that cannot be satisfied
-** using indexes and without LIMIT clauses.
-**
-** The VdbeSorter object implements a multi-threaded external merge sort
-** algorithm that is efficient even if the number of elements being sorted
-** exceeds the available memory.
-**
-** Here is the (internal, non-API) interface between this module and the
-** rest of the SQLite system:
-**
-**    sqlite3VdbeSorterInit()       Create a new VdbeSorter object.
-**
-**    sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite()      Add a single new row to the VdbeSorter
-**                                  object.  The row is a binary blob in the
-**                                  OP_MakeRecord format that contains both
-**                                  the ORDER BY key columns and result columns
-**                                  in the case of a SELECT w/ ORDER BY, or
-**                                  the complete record for an index entry
-**                                  in the case of a CREATE INDEX.
-**
-**    sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind()     Sort all content previously added.
-**                                  Position the read cursor on the
-**                                  first sorted element.
-**
-**    sqlite3VdbeSorterNext()       Advance the read cursor to the next sorted
-**                                  element.
-**
-**    sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey()     Return the complete binary blob for the
-**                                  row currently under the read cursor.
-**
-**    sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare()    Compare the binary blob for the row
-**                                  currently under the read cursor against
-**                                  another binary blob X and report if
-**                                  X is strictly less than the read cursor.
-**                                  Used to enforce uniqueness in a
-**                                  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX statement.
-**
-**    sqlite3VdbeSorterClose()      Close the VdbeSorter object and reclaim
-**                                  all resources.
-**
-**    sqlite3VdbeSorterReset()      Refurbish the VdbeSorter for reuse.  This
-**                                  is like Close() followed by Init() only
-**                                  much faster.
-**
-** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order.  Write() can 
-** only occur in between Init()/Reset() and Rewind().  Next(), Rowkey(), and
-** Compare() can only occur in between Rewind() and Close()/Reset(). i.e.
-**
-**   Init()
-**   for each record: Write()
-**   Rewind()
-**     Rowkey()/Compare()
-**   Next() 
-**   Close()
-**
-** Algorithm:
-**
-** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held 
-** unsorted in main memory. Assuming the amount of memory used never exceeds
-** a threshold, when Rewind() is called the set of records is sorted using
-** an in-memory merge sort. In this case, no temporary files are required
-** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records 
-** directly from main memory.
-**
-** If the amount of space used to store records in main memory exceeds the
-** threshold, then the set of records currently in memory are sorted and
-** written to a temporary file in "Packed Memory Array" (PMA) format.
-** A PMA created at this point is known as a "level-0 PMA". Higher levels
-** of PMAs may be created by merging existing PMAs together - for example
-** merging two or more level-0 PMAs together creates a level-1 PMA.
-**
-** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing 
-** records to a PMA is roughly the same as the limit configured for the
-** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to 
-** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by 
-** that returned by "PRAGMA main.cache_size", in bytes.
-**
-** If the sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then all PMAs generated
-** are appended to a single temporary file. Or, if the sorter is running in
-** multi-threaded mode then up to (N+1) temporary files may be opened, where
-** N is the configured number of worker threads. In this case, instead of
-** sorting the records and writing the PMA to a temporary file itself, the
-** calling thread usually launches a worker thread to do so. Except, if
-** there are already N worker threads running, the main thread does the work
-** itself.
-**
-** The sorter is running in multi-threaded mode if (a) the library was built
-** with pre-processor symbol SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS set to a value greater
-** than zero, and (b) worker threads have been enabled at runtime by calling
-** "PRAGMA threads=N" with some value of N greater than 0.
-**
-** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a 
-** final PMA. So at this point the data is stored in some number of sorted
-** PMAs within temporary files on disk.
-**
-** If there are fewer than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total and the
-** sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then these PMAs are merged
-** incrementally as keys are retreived from the sorter by the VDBE.  The
-** MergeEngine object, described in further detail below, performs this
-** merge.
-**
-** Or, if running in multi-threaded mode, then a background thread is
-** launched to merge the existing PMAs. Once the background thread has
-** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread 
-** begins reading keys from that PMA while the background thread proceeds
-** with merging the next T bytes of data. And so on.
-**
-** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used 
-** by Write() above to determine when to create a new PMA.
-**
-** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when 
-** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used. 
-** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on 
-** disk are merged together. Then T bytes of data from the second set, and
-** so on, such that no operation ever merges more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT
-** PMAs at a time. This done is to improve locality.
-**
-** If running in multi-threaded mode and there are more than
-** SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on disk when Rewind() is called, then more
-** than one background thread may be created. Specifically, there may be
-** one background thread for each temporary file on disk, and one background
-** thread to merge the output of each of the others to a single PMA for
-** the main thread to read from.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-/* 
-** If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, this module outputs various
-** messages to stderr that may be helpful in understanding the performance
-** characteristics of the sorter in multi-threaded mode.
-*/
-#if 0
-# define SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Hard-coded maximum amount of data to accumulate in memory before flushing
-** to a level 0 PMA. The purpose of this limit is to prevent various integer
-** overflows. 512MiB.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAX_PMASZ    (1<<29)
-
-/*
-** Private objects used by the sorter
-*/
-typedef struct MergeEngine MergeEngine;     /* Merge PMAs together */
-typedef struct PmaReader PmaReader;         /* Incrementally read one PMA */
-typedef struct PmaWriter PmaWriter;         /* Incrementally write one PMA */
-typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord;   /* A record being sorted */
-typedef struct SortSubtask SortSubtask;     /* A sub-task in the sort process */
-typedef struct SorterFile SorterFile;       /* Temporary file object wrapper */
-typedef struct SorterList SorterList;       /* In-memory list of records */
-typedef struct IncrMerger IncrMerger;       /* Read & merge multiple PMAs */
-
-/*
-** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data 
-** stored in the file.
-*/
-struct SorterFile {
-  sqlite3_file *pFd;              /* File handle */
-  i64 iEof;                       /* Bytes of data stored in pFd */
-};
-
-/*
-** An in-memory list of objects to be sorted.
-**
-** If aMemory==0 then each object is allocated separately and the objects
-** are connected using SorterRecord.u.pNext.  If aMemory!=0 then all objects
-** are stored in the aMemory[] bulk memory, one right after the other, and
-** are connected using SorterRecord.u.iNext.
-*/
-struct SorterList {
-  SorterRecord *pList;            /* Linked list of records */
-  u8 *aMemory;                    /* If non-NULL, bulk memory to hold pList */
-  int szPMA;                      /* Size of pList as PMA in bytes */
-};
-
-/*
-** The MergeEngine object is used to combine two or more smaller PMAs into
-** one big PMA using a merge operation.  Separate PMAs all need to be
-** combined into one big PMA in order to be able to step through the sorted
-** records in order.
-**
-** The aReadr[] array contains a PmaReader object for each of the PMAs being
-** merged.  An aReadr[] object either points to a valid key or else is at EOF.
-** ("EOF" means "End Of File".  When aReadr[] is at EOF there is no more data.)
-** For the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is
-** actually N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater
-** to or equal to the number of PMAs being merged. The extra aReadr[] elements
-** are treated as if they are empty (always at EOF).
-**
-** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in
-** the MergeEngine.nTree variable.
-**
-** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing
-** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of 
-** comparing aReadr[2*i-N] and aReadr[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the
-** aTree element is set to the index of it. 
-**
-** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any
-** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF
-** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored.
-**
-** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described 
-** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 PmaReaders
-** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that 
-** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused.
-**
-** Example:
-**
-**     aReadr[0] -> Banana
-**     aReadr[1] -> Feijoa
-**     aReadr[2] -> Elderberry
-**     aReadr[3] -> Currant
-**     aReadr[4] -> Grapefruit
-**     aReadr[5] -> Apple
-**     aReadr[6] -> Durian
-**     aReadr[7] -> EOF
-**
-**     aTree[] = { X, 5   0, 5    0, 3, 5, 6 }
-**
-** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by 
-** PmaReader 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, PmaReader 5 will
-** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is
-** "Eggplant":
-**
-**     aReadr[5] -> Eggplant
-**
-** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new PmaReader
-** 5 key to the current key of PmaReader 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The PmaReader
-** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree.
-** The value of PmaReader 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of PmaReader
-** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (Banana<Durian),
-** so the value written into element 1 of the array is 0. As follows:
-**
-**     aTree[] = { X, 0   0, 6    0, 3, 5, 6 }
-**
-** In other words, each time we advance to the next sorter element, log2(N)
-** key comparison operations are required, where N is the number of segments
-** being merged (rounded up to the next power of 2).
-*/
-struct MergeEngine {
-  int nTree;                 /* Used size of aTree/aReadr (power of 2) */
-  SortSubtask *pTask;        /* Used by this thread only */
-  int *aTree;                /* Current state of incremental merge */
-  PmaReader *aReadr;         /* Array of PmaReaders to merge data from */
-};
-
-/*
-** This object represents a single thread of control in a sort operation.
-** Exactly VdbeSorter.nTask instances of this object are allocated
-** as part of each VdbeSorter object. Instances are never allocated any
-** other way. VdbeSorter.nTask is set to the number of worker threads allowed
-** (see SQLITE_CONFIG_WORKER_THREADS) plus one (the main thread).  Thus for
-** single-threaded operation, there is exactly one instance of this object
-** and for multi-threaded operation there are two or more instances.
-**
-** Essentially, this structure contains all those fields of the VdbeSorter
-** structure for which each thread requires a separate instance. For example,
-** each thread requries its own UnpackedRecord object to unpack records in
-** as part of comparison operations.
-**
-** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then, 
-** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for 
-** two purposes:
-**
-**   1. When flushing the contents of memory to a level-0 PMA on disk, to
-**      attempt to select a SortSubtask for which there is not already an
-**      active background thread (since doing so causes the main thread
-**      to block until it finishes).
-**
-**   2. If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, to determine if a call
-**      to sqlite3ThreadJoin() is likely to block. Cases that are likely to
-**      block provoke debugging output.
-**
-** In both cases, the effects of the main thread seeing (bDone==0) even
-** after the thread has finished are not dire. So we don't worry about
-** memory barriers and such here.
-*/
-typedef int (*SorterCompare)(SortSubtask*,int*,const void*,int,const void*,int);
-struct SortSubtask {
-  SQLiteThread *pThread;          /* Background thread, if any */
-  int bDone;                      /* Set if thread is finished but not joined */
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter;            /* Sorter that owns this sub-task */
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Space to unpack a record */
-  SorterList list;                /* List for thread to write to a PMA */
-  int nPMA;                       /* Number of PMAs currently in file */
-  SorterCompare xCompare;         /* Compare function to use */
-  SorterFile file;                /* Temp file for level-0 PMAs */
-  SorterFile file2;               /* Space for other PMAs */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each 
-** sorter cursor created by the VDBE.
-**
-** mxKeysize:
-**   As records are added to the sorter by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(),
-**   this variable is updated so as to be set to the size on disk of the
-**   largest record in the sorter.
-*/
-struct VdbeSorter {
-  int mnPmaSize;                  /* Minimum PMA size, in bytes */
-  int mxPmaSize;                  /* Maximum PMA size, in bytes.  0==no limit */
-  int mxKeysize;                  /* Largest serialized key seen so far */
-  int pgsz;                       /* Main database page size */
-  PmaReader *pReader;             /* Readr data from here after Rewind() */
-  MergeEngine *pMerger;           /* Or here, if bUseThreads==0 */
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;              /* How to compare records */
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Used by VdbeSorterCompare() */
-  SorterList list;                /* List of in-memory records */
-  int iMemory;                    /* Offset of free space in list.aMemory */
-  int nMemory;                    /* Size of list.aMemory allocation in bytes */
-  u8 bUsePMA;                     /* True if one or more PMAs created */
-  u8 bUseThreads;                 /* True to use background threads */
-  u8 iPrev;                       /* Previous thread used to flush PMA */
-  u8 nTask;                       /* Size of aTask[] array */
-  u8 typeMask;
-  SortSubtask aTask[1];           /* One or more subtasks */
-};
-
-#define SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER 0x01
-#define SORTER_TYPE_TEXT    0x02
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following object is used to read records out of a
-** PMA, in sorted order.  The next key to be read is cached in nKey/aKey.
-** aKey might point into aMap or into aBuffer.  If neither of those locations
-** contain a contiguous representation of the key, then aAlloc is allocated
-** and the key is copied into aAlloc and aKey is made to poitn to aAlloc.
-**
-** pFd==0 at EOF.
-*/
-struct PmaReader {
-  i64 iReadOff;               /* Current read offset */
-  i64 iEof;                   /* 1 byte past EOF for this PmaReader */
-  int nAlloc;                 /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */
-  int nKey;                   /* Number of bytes in key */
-  sqlite3_file *pFd;          /* File handle we are reading from */
-  u8 *aAlloc;                 /* Space for aKey if aBuffer and pMap wont work */
-  u8 *aKey;                   /* Pointer to current key */
-  u8 *aBuffer;                /* Current read buffer */
-  int nBuffer;                /* Size of read buffer in bytes */
-  u8 *aMap;                   /* Pointer to mapping of entire file */
-  IncrMerger *pIncr;          /* Incremental merger */
-};
-
-/*
-** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored 
-** within a temp file. However, if the PmaReader.pIncr variable points to
-** an object of the following type, it may be used to iterate/merge through
-** multiple PMAs simultaneously.
-**
-** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and 
-** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1). 
-**
-** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0] 
-** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in 
-** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from 
-** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the 
-** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off 
-** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of 
-** sorted record data from pMerger. 
-**
-** When the PmaReader reaches the end of aFile[0], it blocks until the
-** background thread has finished populating aFile[1]. It then exchanges
-** the contents of the aFile[0] and aFile[1] variables within this structure,
-** sets the PmaReader fields to read from the new aFile[0] and kicks off
-** another background thread to populate the new aFile[1]. And so on, until
-** the contents of pMerger are exhausted.
-**
-** A single-threaded IncrMerger does not open any temporary files of its
-** own. Instead, it has exclusive access to mxSz bytes of space beginning
-** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a 
-** background thread to prepare data for the PmaReader, with a single
-** threaded IncrMerger the allocate part of pTask->file2 is "refilled" with
-** keys from pMerger by the calling thread whenever the PmaReader runs out
-** of data.
-*/
-struct IncrMerger {
-  SortSubtask *pTask;             /* Task that owns this merger */
-  MergeEngine *pMerger;           /* Merge engine thread reads data from */
-  i64 iStartOff;                  /* Offset to start writing file at */
-  int mxSz;                       /* Maximum bytes of data to store */
-  int bEof;                       /* Set to true when merge is finished */
-  int bUseThread;                 /* True to use a bg thread for this object */
-  SorterFile aFile[2];            /* aFile[0] for reading, [1] for writing */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this object is used for writing a PMA.
-**
-** The PMA is written one record at a time.  Each record is of an arbitrary
-** size.  But I/O is more efficient if it occurs in page-sized blocks where
-** each block is aligned on a page boundary.  This object caches writes to
-** the PMA so that aligned, page-size blocks are written.
-*/
-struct PmaWriter {
-  int eFWErr;                     /* Non-zero if in an error state */
-  u8 *aBuffer;                    /* Pointer to write buffer */
-  int nBuffer;                    /* Size of write buffer in bytes */
-  int iBufStart;                  /* First byte of buffer to write */
-  int iBufEnd;                    /* Last byte of buffer to write */
-  i64 iWriteOff;                  /* Offset of start of buffer in file */
-  sqlite3_file *pFd;              /* File handle to write to */
-};
-
-/*
-** This object is the header on a single record while that record is being
-** held in memory and prior to being written out as part of a PMA.
-**
-** How the linked list is connected depends on how memory is being managed
-** by this module. If using a separate allocation for each in-memory record
-** (VdbeSorter.list.aMemory==0), then the list is always connected using the
-** SorterRecord.u.pNext pointers.
-**
-** Or, if using the single large allocation method (VdbeSorter.list.aMemory!=0),
-** then while records are being accumulated the list is linked using the
-** SorterRecord.u.iNext offset. This is because the aMemory[] array may
-** be sqlite3Realloc()ed while records are being accumulated. Once the VM
-** has finished passing records to the sorter, or when the in-memory buffer
-** is full, the list is sorted. As part of the sorting process, it is
-** converted to use the SorterRecord.u.pNext pointers. See function
-** vdbeSorterSort() for details.
-*/
-struct SorterRecord {
-  int nVal;                       /* Size of the record in bytes */
-  union {
-    SorterRecord *pNext;          /* Pointer to next record in list */
-    int iNext;                    /* Offset within aMemory of next record */
-  } u;
-  /* The data for the record immediately follows this header */
-};
-
-/* Return a pointer to the buffer containing the record data for SorterRecord
-** object p. Should be used as if:
-**
-**   void *SRVAL(SorterRecord *p) { return (void*)&p[1]; }
-*/
-#define SRVAL(p) ((void*)((SorterRecord*)(p) + 1))
-
-
-/* Maximum number of PMAs that a single MergeEngine can merge */
-#define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16
-
-static int vdbeIncrSwap(IncrMerger*);
-static void vdbeIncrFree(IncrMerger *);
-
-/*
-** Free all memory belonging to the PmaReader object passed as the
-** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning.
-*/
-static void vdbePmaReaderClear(PmaReader *pReadr){
-  sqlite3_free(pReadr->aAlloc);
-  sqlite3_free(pReadr->aBuffer);
-  if( pReadr->aMap ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap);
-  vdbeIncrFree(pReadr->pIncr);
-  memset(pReadr, 0, sizeof(PmaReader));
-}
-
-/*
-** Read the next nByte bytes of data from the PMA p.
-** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data
-** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite
-** error code.
-**
-** The buffer returned in *ppOut is only valid until the
-** next call to this function.
-*/
-static int vdbePmaReadBlob(
-  PmaReader *p,                   /* PmaReader from which to take the blob */
-  int nByte,                      /* Bytes of data to read */
-  u8 **ppOut                      /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */
-){
-  int iBuf;                       /* Offset within buffer to read from */
-  int nAvail;                     /* Bytes of data available in buffer */
-
-  if( p->aMap ){
-    *ppOut = &p->aMap[p->iReadOff];
-    p->iReadOff += nByte;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  assert( p->aBuffer );
-
-  /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next 
-  ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less
-  ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data.  */
-  iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
-  if( iBuf==0 ){
-    int nRead;                    /* Bytes to read from disk */
-    int rc;                       /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */
-
-    /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */
-    if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){
-      nRead = p->nBuffer;
-    }else{
-      nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff);
-    }
-    assert( nRead>0 );
-
-    /* Readr data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFd, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-  nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; 
-
-  if( nByte<=nAvail ){
-    /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this
-    ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a 
-    ** pointer into the buffer to the caller.  */
-    *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf];
-    p->iReadOff += nByte;
-  }else{
-    /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer.
-    ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested
-    ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller.  */
-    int nRem;                     /* Bytes remaining to copy */
-
-    /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */
-    if( p->nAlloc<nByte ){
-      u8 *aNew;
-      int nNew = MAX(128, p->nAlloc*2);
-      while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2;
-      aNew = sqlite3Realloc(p->aAlloc, nNew);
-      if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      p->nAlloc = nNew;
-      p->aAlloc = aNew;
-    }
-
-    /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of
-    ** p->aAlloc[].  */
-    memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail);
-    p->iReadOff += nAvail;
-    nRem = nByte - nAvail;
-
-    /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into
-    ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer.  */
-    while( nRem>0 ){
-      int rc;                     /* vdbePmaReadBlob() return code */
-      int nCopy;                  /* Number of bytes to copy */
-      u8 *aNext;                  /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */
-
-      nCopy = nRem;
-      if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer;
-      rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(p, nCopy, &aNext);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc );
-      memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy);
-      nRem -= nCopy;
-    }
-
-    *ppOut = p->aAlloc;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to
-** the value read.
-*/
-static int vdbePmaReadVarint(PmaReader *p, u64 *pnOut){
-  int iBuf;
-
-  if( p->aMap ){
-    p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aMap[p->iReadOff], pnOut);
-  }else{
-    iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
-    if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){
-      p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut);
-    }else{
-      u8 aVarint[16], *a;
-      int i = 0, rc;
-      do{
-        rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(p, 1, &a);
-        if( rc ) return rc;
-        aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0];
-      }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 );
-      sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to memory map file pFile. If successful, set *pp to point to the
-** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted 
-** (because the file is too large or the VFS layer is configured not to use
-** mmap), return SQLITE_OK and set *pp to NULL.
-**
-** Or, if an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
-** *pp is undefined in this case.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterMapFile(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterFile *pFile, u8 **pp){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pFile->iEof<=(i64)(pTask->pSorter->db->nMaxSorterMmap) ){
-    sqlite3_file *pFd = pFile->pFd;
-    if( pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)pFile->iEof, (void**)pp);
-      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to
-** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file.  Return SQLITE_OK 
-** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int vdbePmaReaderSeek(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Task context */
-  PmaReader *pReadr,              /* Reader whose cursor is to be moved */
-  SorterFile *pFile,              /* Sorter file to read from */
-  i64 iOff                        /* Offset in pFile */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pReadr->pIncr==0 || pReadr->pIncr->bEof==0 );
-
-  if( sqlite3FaultSim(201) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-  if( pReadr->aMap ){
-    sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap);
-    pReadr->aMap = 0;
-  }
-  pReadr->iReadOff = iOff;
-  pReadr->iEof = pFile->iEof;
-  pReadr->pFd = pFile->pFd;
-
-  rc = vdbeSorterMapFile(pTask, pFile, &pReadr->aMap);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pReadr->aMap==0 ){
-    int pgsz = pTask->pSorter->pgsz;
-    int iBuf = pReadr->iReadOff % pgsz;
-    if( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ){
-      pReadr->aBuffer = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz);
-      if( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      pReadr->nBuffer = pgsz;
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBuf ){
-      int nRead = pgsz - iBuf;
-      if( (pReadr->iReadOff + nRead) > pReadr->iEof ){
-        nRead = (int)(pReadr->iEof - pReadr->iReadOff);
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3OsRead(
-          pReadr->pFd, &pReadr->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, pReadr->iReadOff
-      );
-      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance PmaReader pReadr to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if
-** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does.
-*/
-static int vdbePmaReaderNext(PmaReader *pReadr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-  u64 nRec = 0;                   /* Size of record in bytes */
-
-
-  if( pReadr->iReadOff>=pReadr->iEof ){
-    IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr;
-    int bEof = 1;
-    if( pIncr ){
-      rc = vdbeIncrSwap(pIncr);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bEof==0 ){
-        rc = vdbePmaReaderSeek(
-            pIncr->pTask, pReadr, &pIncr->aFile[0], pIncr->iStartOff
-        );
-        bEof = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( bEof ){
-      /* This is an EOF condition */
-      vdbePmaReaderClear(pReadr);
-      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = vdbePmaReadVarint(pReadr, &nRec);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pReadr->nKey = (int)nRec;
-    rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(pReadr, (int)nRec, &pReadr->aKey);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize PmaReader pReadr to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile
-** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function 
-** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the 
-** PMA is empty).
-**
-** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file 
-** contains a single PMA, and that that PMA omits the initial length varint.
-*/
-static int vdbePmaReaderInit(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Task context */
-  SorterFile *pFile,              /* Sorter file to read from */
-  i64 iStart,                     /* Start offset in pFile */
-  PmaReader *pReadr,              /* PmaReader to populate */
-  i64 *pnByte                     /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */
-){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( pFile->iEof>iStart );
-  assert( pReadr->aAlloc==0 && pReadr->nAlloc==0 );
-  assert( pReadr->aBuffer==0 );
-  assert( pReadr->aMap==0 );
-
-  rc = vdbePmaReaderSeek(pTask, pReadr, pFile, iStart);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u64 nByte;                    /* Size of PMA in bytes */
-    rc = vdbePmaReadVarint(pReadr, &nByte);
-    pReadr->iEof = pReadr->iReadOff + nByte;
-    *pnByte += nByte;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** A version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that it has already been
-** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of 
-** key2.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterCompareTail(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
-  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
-  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
-  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
-){
-  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked;
-  if( *pbKey2Cached==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
-    *pbKey2Cached = 1;
-  }
-  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, 
-** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences
-** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison.
-**
-** If IN/OUT parameter *pbKey2Cached is true when this function is called,
-** it is assumed that (pTask->pUnpacked) contains the unpacked version
-** of key2. If it is false, (pTask->pUnpacked) is populated with the unpacked
-** version of key2 and *pbKey2Cached set to true before returning.
-**
-** If an OOM error is encountered, (pTask->pUnpacked->error_rc) is set
-** to SQLITE_NOMEM.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterCompare(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
-  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
-  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
-  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
-){
-  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked;
-  if( !*pbKey2Cached ){
-    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
-    *pbKey2Cached = 1;
-  }
-  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2);
-}
-
-/*
-** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that
-** the first field of each key is a TEXT value and that the collation
-** sequence to compare them with is BINARY.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterCompareText(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
-  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
-  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
-  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
-){
-  const u8 * const p1 = (const u8 * const)pKey1;
-  const u8 * const p2 = (const u8 * const)pKey2;
-  const u8 * const v1 = &p1[ p1[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 1 */
-  const u8 * const v2 = &p2[ p2[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 2 */
-
-  int n1;
-  int n2;
-  int res;
-
-  getVarint32(&p1[1], n1); n1 = (n1 - 13) / 2;
-  getVarint32(&p2[1], n2); n2 = (n2 - 13) / 2;
-  res = memcmp(v1, v2, MIN(n1, n2));
-  if( res==0 ){
-    res = n1 - n2;
-  }
-
-  if( res==0 ){
-    if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField>1 ){
-      res = vdbeSorterCompareTail(
-          pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2
-      );
-    }
-  }else{
-    if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
-      res = res * -1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that
-** the first field of each key is an INTEGER value.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterCompareInt(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
-  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
-  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
-  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
-){
-  const u8 * const p1 = (const u8 * const)pKey1;
-  const u8 * const p2 = (const u8 * const)pKey2;
-  const int s1 = p1[1];                 /* Left hand serial type */
-  const int s2 = p2[1];                 /* Right hand serial type */
-  const u8 * const v1 = &p1[ p1[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 1 */
-  const u8 * const v2 = &p2[ p2[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 2 */
-  int res;                              /* Return value */
-
-  assert( (s1>0 && s1<7) || s1==8 || s1==9 );
-  assert( (s2>0 && s2<7) || s2==8 || s2==9 );
-
-  if( s1>7 && s2>7 ){
-    res = s1 - s2;
-  }else{
-    if( s1==s2 ){
-      if( (*v1 ^ *v2) & 0x80 ){
-        /* The two values have different signs */
-        res = (*v1 & 0x80) ? -1 : +1;
-      }else{
-        /* The two values have the same sign. Compare using memcmp(). */
-        static const u8 aLen[] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 };
-        int i;
-        res = 0;
-        for(i=0; i<aLen[s1]; i++){
-          if( (res = v1[i] - v2[i]) ) break;
-        }
-      }
-    }else{
-      if( s2>7 ){
-        res = +1;
-      }else if( s1>7 ){
-        res = -1;
-      }else{
-        res = s1 - s2;
-      }
-      assert( res!=0 );
-
-      if( res>0 ){
-        if( *v1 & 0x80 ) res = -1;
-      }else{
-        if( *v2 & 0x80 ) res = +1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( res==0 ){
-    if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField>1 ){
-      res = vdbeSorterCompareTail(
-          pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2
-      );
-    }
-  }else if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
-    res = res * -1;
-  }
-
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
-**
-** Usually, the sorter module uses the value of (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField)
-** to determine the number of fields that should be compared from the
-** records being sorted. However, if the value passed as argument nField
-** is non-zero and the sorter is able to guarantee a stable sort, nField
-** is used instead. This is used when sorting records for a CREATE INDEX
-** statement. In this case, keys are always delivered to the sorter in
-** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part 
-** of the records being sorted. So if the sort is stable, there is never
-** any reason to compare PK fields and they can be ignored for a small
-** performance boost.
-**
-** The sorter can guarantee a stable sort when running in single-threaded
-** mode, but not in multi-threaded mode.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection (for malloc()) */
-  int nField,                     /* Number of key fields in each record */
-  VdbeCursor *pCsr                /* Cursor that holds the new sorter */
-){
-  int pgsz;                       /* Page size of main database */
-  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through aTask[] */
-  int mxCache;                    /* Cache size */
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter;            /* The new sorter */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;              /* Copy of pCsr->pKeyInfo with db==0 */
-  int szKeyInfo;                  /* Size of pCsr->pKeyInfo in bytes */
-  int sz;                         /* Size of pSorter in bytes */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0
-# define nWorker 0
-#else
-  int nWorker;
-#endif
-
-  /* Initialize the upper limit on the number of worker threads */
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-  if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
-    nWorker = 0;
-  }else{
-    nWorker = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS];
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Do not allow the total number of threads (main thread + all workers)
-  ** to exceed the maximum merge count */
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT
-  if( nWorker>=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
-    nWorker = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT-1;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 );
-  szKeyInfo = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*);
-  sz = sizeof(VdbeSorter) + nWorker * sizeof(SortSubtask);
-
-  pSorter = (VdbeSorter*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sz + szKeyInfo);
-  pCsr->pSorter = pSorter;
-  if( pSorter==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    pSorter->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)((u8*)pSorter + sz);
-    memcpy(pKeyInfo, pCsr->pKeyInfo, szKeyInfo);
-    pKeyInfo->db = 0;
-    if( nField && nWorker==0 ){
-      pKeyInfo->nXField += (pKeyInfo->nField - nField);
-      pKeyInfo->nField = nField;
-    }
-    pSorter->pgsz = pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-    pSorter->nTask = nWorker + 1;
-    pSorter->iPrev = nWorker-1;
-    pSorter->bUseThreads = (pSorter->nTask>1);
-    pSorter->db = db;
-    for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
-      SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
-      pTask->pSorter = pSorter;
-    }
-
-    if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
-      u32 szPma = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPma;
-      pSorter->mnPmaSize = szPma * pgsz;
-      mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size;
-      if( mxCache<(int)szPma ) mxCache = (int)szPma;
-      pSorter->mxPmaSize = MIN((i64)mxCache*pgsz, SQLITE_MAX_PMASZ);
-
-      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-26747-61719 When the application provides any amount of
-      ** scratch memory using SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary
-      ** large heap allocations.
-      */
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0 ){
-        assert( pSorter->iMemory==0 );
-        pSorter->nMemory = pgsz;
-        pSorter->list.aMemory = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz);
-        if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( (pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField)<13 
-     && (pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 || pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==db->pDfltColl)
-    ){
-      pSorter->typeMask = SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER | SORTER_TYPE_TEXT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#undef nWorker   /* Defined at the top of this function */
-
-/*
-** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord.
-*/
-static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){
-  SorterRecord *p;
-  SorterRecord *pNext;
-  for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){
-    pNext = p->u.pNext;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All 
-** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning.
-*/
-static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTask->pUnpacked);
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-  /* pTask->list.aMemory can only be non-zero if it was handed memory
-  ** from the main thread.  That only occurs SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
-  if( pTask->list.aMemory ){
-    sqlite3_free(pTask->list.aMemory);
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 );
-    vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pTask->list.pList);
-  }
-  if( pTask->file.pFd ){
-    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file.pFd);
-  }
-  if( pTask->file2.pFd ){
-    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file2.pFd);
-  }
-  memset(pTask, 0, sizeof(SortSubtask));
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS
-static void vdbeSorterWorkDebug(SortSubtask *pTask, const char *zEvent){
-  i64 t;
-  int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask);
-  sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
-  fprintf(stderr, "%lld:%d %s\n", t, iTask, zEvent);
-}
-static void vdbeSorterRewindDebug(const char *zEvent){
-  i64 t;
-  sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), &t);
-  fprintf(stderr, "%lld:X %s\n", t, zEvent);
-}
-static void vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,
-  const char *zEvent
-){
-  i64 t;
-  int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask);
-  sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
-  fprintf(stderr, "%lld:bg%d %s\n", t, iTask, zEvent);
-}
-static void vdbeSorterBlockDebug(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,
-  int bBlocked,
-  const char *zEvent
-){
-  if( bBlocked ){
-    i64 t;
-    sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
-    fprintf(stderr, "%lld:main %s\n", t, zEvent);
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define vdbeSorterWorkDebug(x,y)
-# define vdbeSorterRewindDebug(y)
-# define vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(x,y)
-# define vdbeSorterBlockDebug(x,y,z)
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-/*
-** Join thread pTask->thread.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterJoinThread(SortSubtask *pTask){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pTask->pThread ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS
-    int bDone = pTask->bDone;
-#endif
-    void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(SQLITE_ERROR);
-    vdbeSorterBlockDebug(pTask, !bDone, "enter");
-    (void)sqlite3ThreadJoin(pTask->pThread, &pRet);
-    vdbeSorterBlockDebug(pTask, !bDone, "exit");
-    rc = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pRet);
-    assert( pTask->bDone==1 );
-    pTask->bDone = 0;
-    pTask->pThread = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Launch a background thread to run xTask(pIn).
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterCreateThread(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Thread will use this task object */
-  void *(*xTask)(void*),          /* Routine to run in a separate thread */
-  void *pIn                       /* Argument passed into xTask() */
-){
-  assert( pTask->pThread==0 && pTask->bDone==0 );
-  return sqlite3ThreadCreate(&pTask->pThread, xTask, pIn);
-}
-
-/*
-** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create 
-** level-0 PMAs.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){
-  int rc = rcin;
-  int i;
-
-  /* This function is always called by the main user thread.
-  **
-  ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called, 
-  ** it is possible that thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread
-  ** is currently attempt to join one of the other threads. To avoid a race
-  ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join 
-  ** thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread first. */
-  for(i=pSorter->nTask-1; i>=0; i--){
-    SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
-    int rc2 = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#else
-# define vdbeSorterJoinAll(x,rcin) (rcin)
-# define vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new MergeEngine object capable of handling up to
-** nReader PmaReader inputs.
-**
-** nReader is automatically rounded up to the next power of two.
-** nReader may not exceed SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT even after rounding up.
-*/
-static MergeEngine *vdbeMergeEngineNew(int nReader){
-  int N = 2;                      /* Smallest power of two >= nReader */
-  int nByte;                      /* Total bytes of space to allocate */
-  MergeEngine *pNew;              /* Pointer to allocated object to return */
-
-  assert( nReader<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT );
-
-  while( N<nReader ) N += N;
-  nByte = sizeof(MergeEngine) + N * (sizeof(int) + sizeof(PmaReader));
-
-  pNew = sqlite3FaultSim(100) ? 0 : (MergeEngine*)sqlite3MallocZero(nByte);
-  if( pNew ){
-    pNew->nTree = N;
-    pNew->pTask = 0;
-    pNew->aReadr = (PmaReader*)&pNew[1];
-    pNew->aTree = (int*)&pNew->aReadr[N];
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the MergeEngine object passed as the only argument.
-*/
-static void vdbeMergeEngineFree(MergeEngine *pMerger){
-  int i;
-  if( pMerger ){
-    for(i=0; i<pMerger->nTree; i++){
-      vdbePmaReaderClear(&pMerger->aReadr[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pMerger);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all resources associated with the IncrMerger object indicated by
-** the first argument.
-*/
-static void vdbeIncrFree(IncrMerger *pIncr){
-  if( pIncr ){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-    if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
-      vdbeSorterJoinThread(pIncr->pTask);
-      if( pIncr->aFile[0].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[0].pFd);
-      if( pIncr->aFile[1].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[1].pFd);
-    }
-#endif
-    vdbeMergeEngineFree(pIncr->pMerger);
-    sqlite3_free(pIncr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){
-  int i;
-  (void)vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, SQLITE_OK);
-  assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->pReader==0 );
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-  if( pSorter->pReader ){
-    vdbePmaReaderClear(pSorter->pReader);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pReader);
-    pSorter->pReader = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  vdbeMergeEngineFree(pSorter->pMerger);
-  pSorter->pMerger = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
-    SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
-    vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(db, pTask);
-    pTask->pSorter = pSorter;
-  }
-  if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ){
-    vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pSorter->list.pList);
-  }
-  pSorter->list.pList = 0;
-  pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
-  pSorter->bUsePMA = 0;
-  pSorter->iMemory = 0;
-  pSorter->mxKeysize = 0;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked);
-  pSorter->pUnpacked = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines.
-*/
-void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  if( pSorter ){
-    sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter);
-    sqlite3_free(pSorter->list.aMemory);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter);
-    pCsr->pSorter = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-/*
-** The first argument is a file-handle open on a temporary file. The file
-** is guaranteed to be nByte bytes or smaller in size. This function
-** attempts to extend the file to nByte bytes in size and to ensure that
-** the VFS has memory mapped it.
-**
-** Whether or not the file does end up memory mapped of course depends on
-** the specific VFS implementation.
-*/
-static void vdbeSorterExtendFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file *pFd, i64 nByte){
-  if( nByte<=(i64)(db->nMaxSorterMmap) && pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
-    void *p = 0;
-    int chunksize = 4*1024;
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE, &chunksize);
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nByte);
-    sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)nByte, &p);
-    sqlite3OsUnfetch(pFd, 0, p);
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define vdbeSorterExtendFile(x,y,z)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful,
-** set *ppFd to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, set *ppFd to 0 and return an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle doing sort */
-  i64 nExtend,                    /* Attempt to extend file to this size */
-  sqlite3_file **ppFd
-){
-  int rc;
-  if( sqlite3FaultSim(202) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFd,
-      SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE    | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE    | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &rc
-  );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    i64 max = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE;
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(*ppFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, (void*)&max);
-    if( nExtend>0 ){
-      vdbeSorterExtendFile(db, *ppFd, nExtend);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord 
-** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or 
-** if no allocation was required), or SQLITE_NOMEM otherwise.
-*/
-static int vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(SortSubtask *pTask){
-  if( pTask->pUnpacked==0 ){
-    char *pFree;
-    pTask->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
-        pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &pFree
-    );
-    assert( pTask->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord*)pFree );
-    if( pFree==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    pTask->pUnpacked->nField = pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField;
-    pTask->pUnpacked->errCode = 0;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list.
-** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list.
-*/
-static void vdbeSorterMerge(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Calling thread context */
-  SorterRecord *p1,               /* First list to merge */
-  SorterRecord *p2,               /* Second list to merge */
-  SorterRecord **ppOut            /* OUT: Head of merged list */
-){
-  SorterRecord *pFinal = 0;
-  SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal;
-  int bCached = 0;
-
-  while( p1 && p2 ){
-    int res;
-    res = pTask->xCompare(
-        pTask, &bCached, SRVAL(p1), p1->nVal, SRVAL(p2), p2->nVal
-    );
-
-    if( res<=0 ){
-      *pp = p1;
-      pp = &p1->u.pNext;
-      p1 = p1->u.pNext;
-    }else{
-      *pp = p2;
-      pp = &p2->u.pNext;
-      p2 = p2->u.pNext;
-      bCached = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2;
-  *ppOut = pFinal;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the SorterCompare function to compare values collected by the
-** sorter object passed as the only argument.
-*/
-static SorterCompare vdbeSorterGetCompare(VdbeSorter *p){
-  if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER ){
-    return vdbeSorterCompareInt;
-  }else if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_TEXT ){
-    return vdbeSorterCompareText; 
-  }
-  return vdbeSorterCompare;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return 
-** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if 
-** an error occurs.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
-  int i;
-  SorterRecord **aSlot;
-  SorterRecord *p;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pTask);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  p = pList->pList;
-  pTask->xCompare = vdbeSorterGetCompare(pTask->pSorter);
-
-  aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *));
-  if( !aSlot ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  while( p ){
-    SorterRecord *pNext;
-    if( pList->aMemory ){
-      if( (u8*)p==pList->aMemory ){
-        pNext = 0;
-      }else{
-        assert( p->u.iNext<sqlite3MallocSize(pList->aMemory) );
-        pNext = (SorterRecord*)&pList->aMemory[p->u.iNext];
-      }
-    }else{
-      pNext = p->u.pNext;
-    }
-
-    p->u.pNext = 0;
-    for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){
-      vdbeSorterMerge(pTask, p, aSlot[i], &p);
-      aSlot[i] = 0;
-    }
-    aSlot[i] = p;
-    p = pNext;
-  }
-
-  p = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<64; i++){
-    vdbeSorterMerge(pTask, p, aSlot[i], &p);
-  }
-  pList->pList = p;
-
-  sqlite3_free(aSlot);
-  assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK 
-       || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM 
-  );
-  return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a PMA-writer object.
-*/
-static void vdbePmaWriterInit(
-  sqlite3_file *pFd,              /* File handle to write to */
-  PmaWriter *p,                   /* Object to populate */
-  int nBuf,                       /* Buffer size */
-  i64 iStart                      /* Offset of pFd to begin writing at */
-){
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter));
-  p->aBuffer = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(nBuf);
-  if( !p->aBuffer ){
-    p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf);
-    p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart;
-    p->nBuffer = nBuf;
-    p->pFd = pFd;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Write nData bytes of data to the PMA. Return SQLITE_OK
-** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
-*/
-static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){
-  int nRem = nData;
-  while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){
-    int nCopy = nRem;
-    if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){
-      nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd;
-    }
-
-    memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy);
-    p->iBufEnd += nCopy;
-    if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){
-      p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, 
-          &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, 
-          p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
-      );
-      p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0;
-      p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer;
-    }
-    assert( p->iBufEnd<p->nBuffer );
-
-    nRem -= nCopy;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the PMA-writer object.
-** The results of using the PMA-writer after this call are undefined.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not 
-** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
-**
-** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the
-** last byte written to the file.
-*/
-static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){
-  int rc;
-  if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){
-    p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, 
-        &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, 
-        p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
-    );
-  }
-  *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd);
-  sqlite3_free(p->aBuffer);
-  rc = p->eFWErr;
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return 
-** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
-*/
-static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){
-  int nByte; 
-  u8 aByte[10];
-  nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal);
-  vdbePmaWriteBlob(p, aByte, nByte);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write the current contents of in-memory linked-list pList to a level-0
-** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if 
-** successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-**
-** The format of a PMA is:
-**
-**     * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content
-**       in the PMA (not including the varint itself).
-**
-**     * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. 
-**       Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the 
-**       key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
-  sqlite3 *db = pTask->pSorter->db;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  PmaWriter writer;               /* Object used to write to the file */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA. 
-  ** This is used by an assert() statement at the end of this function.  */
-  i64 iSz = pList->szPMA + sqlite3VarintLen(pList->szPMA) + pTask->file.iEof;
-#endif
-
-  vdbeSorterWorkDebug(pTask, "enter");
-  memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter));
-  assert( pList->szPMA>0 );
-
-  /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */
-  if( pTask->file.pFd==0 ){
-    rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, 0, &pTask->file.pFd);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->file.pFd );
-    assert( pTask->file.iEof==0 );
-    assert( pTask->nPMA==0 );
-  }
-
-  /* Try to get the file to memory map */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    vdbeSorterExtendFile(db, pTask->file.pFd, pTask->file.iEof+pList->szPMA+9);
-  }
-
-  /* Sort the list */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = vdbeSorterSort(pTask, pList);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    SorterRecord *p;
-    SorterRecord *pNext = 0;
-
-    vdbePmaWriterInit(pTask->file.pFd, &writer, pTask->pSorter->pgsz,
-                      pTask->file.iEof);
-    pTask->nPMA++;
-    vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, pList->szPMA);
-    for(p=pList->pList; p; p=pNext){
-      pNext = p->u.pNext;
-      vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal);
-      vdbePmaWriteBlob(&writer, SRVAL(p), p->nVal);
-      if( pList->aMemory==0 ) sqlite3_free(p);
-    }
-    pList->pList = p;
-    rc = vdbePmaWriterFinish(&writer, &pTask->file.iEof);
-  }
-
-  vdbeSorterWorkDebug(pTask, "exit");
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pList->pList==0 );
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->file.iEof==iSz );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the MergeEngine to its next entry.
-** Set *pbEof to true there is no next entry because
-** the MergeEngine has reached the end of all its inputs.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an error code if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int vdbeMergeEngineStep(
-  MergeEngine *pMerger,      /* The merge engine to advance to the next row */
-  int *pbEof                 /* Set TRUE at EOF.  Set false for more content */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int iPrev = pMerger->aTree[1];/* Index of PmaReader to advance */
-  SortSubtask *pTask = pMerger->pTask;
-
-  /* Advance the current PmaReader */
-  rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[iPrev]);
-
-  /* Update contents of aTree[] */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int i;                      /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */
-    PmaReader *pReadr1;         /* First PmaReader to compare */
-    PmaReader *pReadr2;         /* Second PmaReader to compare */
-    int bCached = 0;
-
-    /* Find the first two PmaReaders to compare. The one that was just
-    ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array.  */
-    pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)];
-    pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev | 0x0001)];
-
-    for(i=(pMerger->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){
-      /* Compare pReadr1 and pReadr2. Store the result in variable iRes. */
-      int iRes;
-      if( pReadr1->pFd==0 ){
-        iRes = +1;
-      }else if( pReadr2->pFd==0 ){
-        iRes = -1;
-      }else{
-        iRes = pTask->xCompare(pTask, &bCached,
-            pReadr1->aKey, pReadr1->nKey, pReadr2->aKey, pReadr2->nKey
-        );
-      }
-
-      /* If pReadr1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index.
-      ** Then set pReadr2 to the next PmaReader to compare to pReadr1. In this
-      ** case there is no cache of pReadr2 in pTask->pUnpacked, so set
-      ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pReadr2.
-      **
-      ** Alternatively, if pReadr2 contains the smaller of the two values,
-      ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pReadr1. If vdbeSorterCompare()
-      ** was actually called above, then pTask->pUnpacked now contains
-      ** a value equivalent to pReadr2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent
-      ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pReadr2 again.
-      **
-      ** If the two values were equal, then the value from the oldest
-      ** PMA should be considered smaller. The VdbeSorter.aReadr[] array
-      ** is sorted from oldest to newest, so pReadr1 contains older values
-      ** than pReadr2 iff (pReadr1<pReadr2).  */
-      if( iRes<0 || (iRes==0 && pReadr1<pReadr2) ){
-        pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr1 - pMerger->aReadr);
-        pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
-        bCached = 0;
-      }else{
-        if( pReadr1->pFd ) bCached = 0;
-        pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr2 - pMerger->aReadr);
-        pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
-      }
-    }
-    *pbEof = (pMerger->aReadr[pMerger->aTree[1]].pFd==0);
-  }
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? pTask->pUnpacked->errCode : rc);
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-/*
-** The main routine for background threads that write level-0 PMAs.
-*/
-static void *vdbeSorterFlushThread(void *pCtx){
-  SortSubtask *pTask = (SortSubtask*)pCtx;
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  assert( pTask->bDone==0 );
-  rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(pTask, &pTask->list);
-  pTask->bDone = 1;
-  return SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(rc);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
-
-/*
-** Flush the current contents of VdbeSorter.list to a new PMA, possibly
-** using a background thread.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterFlushPMA(VdbeSorter *pSorter){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0
-  pSorter->bUsePMA = 1;
-  return vdbeSorterListToPMA(&pSorter->aTask[0], &pSorter->list);
-#else
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-  SortSubtask *pTask = 0;    /* Thread context used to create new PMA */
-  int nWorker = (pSorter->nTask-1);
-
-  /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written. 
-  ** Or will be, anyhow.  */
-  pSorter->bUsePMA = 1;
-
-  /* Select a sub-task to sort and flush the current list of in-memory
-  ** records to disk. If the sorter is running in multi-threaded mode,
-  ** round-robin between the first (pSorter->nTask-1) tasks. Except, if
-  ** the background thread from a sub-tasks previous turn is still running,
-  ** skip it. If the first (pSorter->nTask-1) sub-tasks are all still busy,
-  ** fall back to using the final sub-task. The first (pSorter->nTask-1)
-  ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final 
-  ** sub-task uses the main thread. */
-  for(i=0; i<nWorker; i++){
-    int iTest = (pSorter->iPrev + i + 1) % nWorker;
-    pTask = &pSorter->aTask[iTest];
-    if( pTask->bDone ){
-      rc = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->pThread==0 ) break;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( i==nWorker ){
-      /* Use the foreground thread for this operation */
-      rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(&pSorter->aTask[nWorker], &pSorter->list);
-    }else{
-      /* Launch a background thread for this operation */
-      u8 *aMem = pTask->list.aMemory;
-      void *pCtx = (void*)pTask;
-
-      assert( pTask->pThread==0 && pTask->bDone==0 );
-      assert( pTask->list.pList==0 );
-      assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 || pSorter->list.aMemory!=0 );
-
-      pSorter->iPrev = (u8)(pTask - pSorter->aTask);
-      pTask->list = pSorter->list;
-      pSorter->list.pList = 0;
-      pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
-      if( aMem ){
-        pSorter->list.aMemory = aMem;
-        pSorter->nMemory = sqlite3MallocSize(aMem);
-      }else if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){
-        pSorter->list.aMemory = sqlite3Malloc(pSorter->nMemory);
-        if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-
-      rc = vdbeSorterCreateThread(pTask, vdbeSorterFlushThread, pCtx);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS!=0 */
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a record to the sorter.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(
-  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
-  Mem *pVal                       /* Memory cell containing record */
-){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-  SorterRecord *pNew;             /* New list element */
-
-  int bFlush;                     /* True to flush contents of memory to PMA */
-  int nReq;                       /* Bytes of memory required */
-  int nPMA;                       /* Bytes of PMA space required */
-  int t;                          /* serial type of first record field */
-
-  getVarint32((const u8*)&pVal->z[1], t);
-  if( t>0 && t<10 && t!=7 ){
-    pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER;
-  }else if( t>10 && (t & 0x01) ){
-    pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_TEXT;
-  }else{
-    pSorter->typeMask = 0;
-  }
-
-  assert( pSorter );
-
-  /* Figure out whether or not the current contents of memory should be
-  ** flushed to a PMA before continuing. If so, do so.
-  **
-  ** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then
-  ** flush the contents of memory to a new PMA if (a) at least one value is
-  ** already in memory and (b) the new value will not fit in memory.
-  ** 
-  ** Or, if using separate allocations for each record, flush the contents
-  ** of memory to a PMA if either of the following are true:
-  **
-  **   * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater 
-  **     than (page-size * cache-size), or
-  **
-  **   * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater 
-  **     than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true.
-  */
-  nReq = pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord);
-  nPMA = pVal->n + sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n);
-  if( pSorter->mxPmaSize ){
-    if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){
-      bFlush = pSorter->iMemory && (pSorter->iMemory+nReq) > pSorter->mxPmaSize;
-    }else{
-      bFlush = (
-          (pSorter->list.szPMA > pSorter->mxPmaSize)
-       || (pSorter->list.szPMA > pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull())
-      );
-    }
-    if( bFlush ){
-      rc = vdbeSorterFlushPMA(pSorter);
-      pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
-      pSorter->iMemory = 0;
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->list.pList==0 );
-    }
-  }
-
-  pSorter->list.szPMA += nPMA;
-  if( nPMA>pSorter->mxKeysize ){
-    pSorter->mxKeysize = nPMA;
-  }
-
-  if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){
-    int nMin = pSorter->iMemory + nReq;
-
-    if( nMin>pSorter->nMemory ){
-      u8 *aNew;
-      int nNew = pSorter->nMemory * 2;
-      while( nNew < nMin ) nNew = nNew*2;
-      if( nNew > pSorter->mxPmaSize ) nNew = pSorter->mxPmaSize;
-      if( nNew < nMin ) nNew = nMin;
-
-      aNew = sqlite3Realloc(pSorter->list.aMemory, nNew);
-      if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      pSorter->list.pList = (SorterRecord*)(
-          aNew + ((u8*)pSorter->list.pList - pSorter->list.aMemory)
-      );
-      pSorter->list.aMemory = aNew;
-      pSorter->nMemory = nNew;
-    }
-
-    pNew = (SorterRecord*)&pSorter->list.aMemory[pSorter->iMemory];
-    pSorter->iMemory += ROUND8(nReq);
-    pNew->u.iNext = (int)((u8*)(pSorter->list.pList) - pSorter->list.aMemory);
-  }else{
-    pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3Malloc(nReq);
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pNew->u.pNext = pSorter->list.pList;
-  }
-
-  memcpy(SRVAL(pNew), pVal->z, pVal->n);
-  pNew->nVal = pVal->n;
-  pSorter->list.pList = pNew;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read keys from pIncr->pMerger and populate pIncr->aFile[1]. The format
-** of the data stored in aFile[1] is the same as that used by regular PMAs,
-** except that the number-of-bytes varint is omitted from the start.
-*/
-static int vdbeIncrPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int rc2;
-  i64 iStart = pIncr->iStartOff;
-  SorterFile *pOut = &pIncr->aFile[1];
-  SortSubtask *pTask = pIncr->pTask;
-  MergeEngine *pMerger = pIncr->pMerger;
-  PmaWriter writer;
-  assert( pIncr->bEof==0 );
-
-  vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(pTask, "enter");
-
-  vdbePmaWriterInit(pOut->pFd, &writer, pTask->pSorter->pgsz, iStart);
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int dummy;
-    PmaReader *pReader = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[1] ];
-    int nKey = pReader->nKey;
-    i64 iEof = writer.iWriteOff + writer.iBufEnd;
-
-    /* Check if the output file is full or if the input has been exhausted.
-    ** In either case exit the loop. */
-    if( pReader->pFd==0 ) break;
-    if( (iEof + nKey + sqlite3VarintLen(nKey))>(iStart + pIncr->mxSz) ) break;
-
-    /* Write the next key to the output. */
-    vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, nKey);
-    vdbePmaWriteBlob(&writer, pReader->aKey, nKey);
-    assert( pIncr->pMerger->pTask==pTask );
-    rc = vdbeMergeEngineStep(pIncr->pMerger, &dummy);
-  }
-
-  rc2 = vdbePmaWriterFinish(&writer, &pOut->iEof);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(pTask, "exit");
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-/*
-** The main routine for background threads that populate aFile[1] of
-** multi-threaded IncrMerger objects.
-*/
-static void *vdbeIncrPopulateThread(void *pCtx){
-  IncrMerger *pIncr = (IncrMerger*)pCtx;
-  void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR( vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr) );
-  pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1;
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Launch a background thread to populate aFile[1] of pIncr.
-*/
-static int vdbeIncrBgPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){
-  void *p = (void*)pIncr;
-  assert( pIncr->bUseThread );
-  return vdbeSorterCreateThread(pIncr->pTask, vdbeIncrPopulateThread, p);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function is called when the PmaReader corresponding to pIncr has
-** finished reading the contents of aFile[0]. Its purpose is to "refill"
-** aFile[0] such that the PmaReader should start rereading it from the
-** beginning.
-**
-** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading 
-** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0]. 
-**
-** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the 
-** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap 
-** aFile[0] and aFile[1] in place. If the contents of pMerger have not
-** been exhausted, this function also launches a new background thread
-** to populate the new aFile[1].
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-*/
-static int vdbeIncrSwap(IncrMerger *pIncr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-  if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
-    rc = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pIncr->pTask);
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      SorterFile f0 = pIncr->aFile[0];
-      pIncr->aFile[0] = pIncr->aFile[1];
-      pIncr->aFile[1] = f0;
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( pIncr->aFile[0].iEof==pIncr->iStartOff ){
-        pIncr->bEof = 1;
-      }else{
-        rc = vdbeIncrBgPopulate(pIncr);
-      }
-    }
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    rc = vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr);
-    pIncr->aFile[0] = pIncr->aFile[1];
-    if( pIncr->aFile[0].iEof==pIncr->iStartOff ){
-      pIncr->bEof = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and return a new IncrMerger object to read data from pMerger.
-**
-** If an OOM condition is encountered, return NULL. In this case free the
-** pMerger argument before returning.
-*/
-static int vdbeIncrMergerNew(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,     /* The thread that will be using the new IncrMerger */
-  MergeEngine *pMerger,   /* The MergeEngine that the IncrMerger will control */
-  IncrMerger **ppOut      /* Write the new IncrMerger here */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  IncrMerger *pIncr = *ppOut = (IncrMerger*)
-       (sqlite3FaultSim(100) ? 0 : sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(*pIncr)));
-  if( pIncr ){
-    pIncr->pMerger = pMerger;
-    pIncr->pTask = pTask;
-    pIncr->mxSz = MAX(pTask->pSorter->mxKeysize+9,pTask->pSorter->mxPmaSize/2);
-    pTask->file2.iEof += pIncr->mxSz;
-  }else{
-    vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMerger);
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-/*
-** Set the "use-threads" flag on object pIncr.
-*/
-static void vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(IncrMerger *pIncr){
-  pIncr->bUseThread = 1;
-  pIncr->pTask->file2.iEof -= pIncr->mxSz;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
-
-
-
-/*
-** Recompute pMerger->aTree[iOut] by comparing the next keys on the
-** two PmaReaders that feed that entry.  Neither of the PmaReaders
-** are advanced.  This routine merely does the comparison.
-*/
-static void vdbeMergeEngineCompare(
-  MergeEngine *pMerger,  /* Merge engine containing PmaReaders to compare */
-  int iOut               /* Store the result in pMerger->aTree[iOut] */
-){
-  int i1;
-  int i2;
-  int iRes;
-  PmaReader *p1;
-  PmaReader *p2;
-
-  assert( iOut<pMerger->nTree && iOut>0 );
-
-  if( iOut>=(pMerger->nTree/2) ){
-    i1 = (iOut - pMerger->nTree/2) * 2;
-    i2 = i1 + 1;
-  }else{
-    i1 = pMerger->aTree[iOut*2];
-    i2 = pMerger->aTree[iOut*2+1];
-  }
-
-  p1 = &pMerger->aReadr[i1];
-  p2 = &pMerger->aReadr[i2];
-
-  if( p1->pFd==0 ){
-    iRes = i2;
-  }else if( p2->pFd==0 ){
-    iRes = i1;
-  }else{
-    SortSubtask *pTask = pMerger->pTask;
-    int bCached = 0;
-    int res;
-    assert( pTask->pUnpacked!=0 );  /* from vdbeSortSubtaskMain() */
-    res = pTask->xCompare(
-        pTask, &bCached, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey
-    );
-    if( res<=0 ){
-      iRes = i1;
-    }else{
-      iRes = i2;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pMerger->aTree[iOut] = iRes;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the eMode parameter to vdbeMergeEngineInit()
-** and vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit().
-**
-** Only INCRINIT_NORMAL is valid in single-threaded builds (when
-** SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0).  The other values are only used
-** when there exists one or more separate worker threads.
-*/
-#define INCRINIT_NORMAL 0
-#define INCRINIT_TASK   1
-#define INCRINIT_ROOT   2
-
-/* 
-** Forward reference required as the vdbeIncrMergeInit() and
-** vdbePmaReaderIncrInit() routines are called mutually recursively when
-** building a merge tree.
-*/
-static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode);
-
-/*
-** Initialize the MergeEngine object passed as the second argument. Once this
-** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the 
-** MergeEngine object in the usual fashion.
-**
-** If argument eMode is INCRINIT_ROOT, then it is assumed that any IncrMerge
-** objects attached to the PmaReader objects that the merger reads from have
-** already been populated, but that they have not yet populated aFile[0] and
-** set the PmaReader objects up to read from it. In this case all that is
-** required is to call vdbePmaReaderNext() on each PmaReader to point it at
-** its first key.
-**
-** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use 
-** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data 
-** to pMerger.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-*/
-static int vdbeMergeEngineInit(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Thread that will run pMerger */
-  MergeEngine *pMerger,           /* MergeEngine to initialize */
-  int eMode                       /* One of the INCRINIT_XXX constants */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int i;                          /* For looping over PmaReader objects */
-  int nTree = pMerger->nTree;
-
-  /* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */
-  assert( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 || eMode==INCRINIT_NORMAL );
-
-  /* Verify that the MergeEngine is assigned to a single thread */
-  assert( pMerger->pTask==0 );
-  pMerger->pTask = pTask;
-
-  for(i=0; i<nTree; i++){
-    if( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 && eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT ){
-      /* PmaReaders should be normally initialized in order, as if they are
-      ** reading from the same temp file this makes for more linear file IO.
-      ** However, in the INCRINIT_ROOT case, if PmaReader aReadr[nTask-1] is
-      ** in use it will block the vdbePmaReaderNext() call while it uses
-      ** the main thread to fill its buffer. So calling PmaReaderNext()
-      ** on this PmaReader before any of the multi-threaded PmaReaders takes
-      ** better advantage of multi-processor hardware. */
-      rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[nTree-i-1]);
-    }else{
-      rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(&pMerger->aReadr[i], INCRINIT_NORMAL);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  for(i=pMerger->nTree-1; i>0; i--){
-    vdbeMergeEngineCompare(pMerger, i);
-  }
-  return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode;
-}
-
-/*
-** The PmaReader passed as the first argument is guaranteed to be an
-** incremental-reader (pReadr->pIncr!=0). This function serves to open
-** and/or initialize the temp file related fields of the IncrMerge
-** object at (pReadr->pIncr).
-**
-** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_NORMAL, then all PmaReaders
-** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then 
-** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to 
-** the first key in its range.
-**
-** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_TASK, then pReadr is guaranteed
-** to be a multi-threaded PmaReader and this function is being called in a
-** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are 
-** initialized as for INCRINIT_NORMAL and the aFile[1] buffer belonging to
-** pReadr is populated. However, pReadr itself is not set up to point
-** to its first key. A call to vdbePmaReaderNext() is still required to do
-** that. 
-**
-** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately 
-** in the INCRINIT_TASK case is that vdbePmaReaderNext() assumes that it has
-** to block on thread (pTask->thread) before accessing aFile[1]. But, since
-** this entire function is being run by thread (pTask->thread), that will
-** lead to the current background thread attempting to join itself.
-**
-** Finally, if argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_ROOT, it may be assumed
-** that pReadr->pIncr is a multi-threaded IncrMerge objects, and that all
-** child-trees have already been initialized using IncrInit(INCRINIT_TASK).
-** In this case vdbePmaReaderNext() is called on all child PmaReaders and
-** the current PmaReader set to point to the first key in its range.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-*/
-static int vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr;
-  SortSubtask *pTask = pIncr->pTask;
-  sqlite3 *db = pTask->pSorter->db;
-
-  /* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */
-  assert( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 || eMode==INCRINIT_NORMAL );
-
-  rc = vdbeMergeEngineInit(pTask, pIncr->pMerger, eMode);
-
-  /* Set up the required files for pIncr. A multi-theaded IncrMerge object
-  ** requires two temp files to itself, whereas a single-threaded object
-  ** only requires a region of pTask->file2. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int mxSz = pIncr->mxSz;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-    if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
-      rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, mxSz, &pIncr->aFile[0].pFd);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, mxSz, &pIncr->aFile[1].pFd);
-      }
-    }else
-#endif
-    /*if( !pIncr->bUseThread )*/{
-      if( pTask->file2.pFd==0 ){
-        assert( pTask->file2.iEof>0 );
-        rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, pTask->file2.iEof, &pTask->file2.pFd);
-        pTask->file2.iEof = 0;
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pIncr->aFile[1].pFd = pTask->file2.pFd;
-        pIncr->iStartOff = pTask->file2.iEof;
-        pTask->file2.iEof += mxSz;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bUseThread ){
-    /* Use the current thread to populate aFile[1], even though this
-    ** PmaReader is multi-threaded. If this is an INCRINIT_TASK object,
-    ** then this function is already running in background thread 
-    ** pIncr->pTask->thread. 
-    **
-    ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the 
-    ** main VDBE thread. But that is Ok, as that thread cannot return
-    ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the 
-    ** first results are ready from this merger object anyway.
-    */
-    assert( eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK );
-    rc = vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 || eMode!=INCRINIT_TASK) ){
-    rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-/*
-** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in 
-** background threads.
-*/
-static void *vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(void *pCtx){
-  PmaReader *pReader = (PmaReader*)pCtx;
-  void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(
-                  vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReader,INCRINIT_TASK)
-               );
-  pReader->pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1;
-  return pRet;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the PmaReader passed as the first argument is not an incremental-reader
-** (if pReadr->pIncr==0), then this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it invokes
-** the vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() function with the parameters passed to
-** this routine to initialize the incremental merge.
-** 
-** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1), 
-** then a background thread is launched to call vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit().
-** Or, if the IncrMerger is single threaded, the same function is called
-** using the current thread.
-*/
-static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){
-  IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr;   /* Incremental merger */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
-  if( pIncr ){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-    assert( pIncr->bUseThread==0 || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK );
-    if( pIncr->bUseThread ){
-      void *pCtx = (void*)pReadr;
-      rc = vdbeSorterCreateThread(pIncr->pTask, vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit, pCtx);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReadr, eMode);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new MergeEngine object to merge the contents of nPMA level-0
-** PMAs from pTask->file. If no error occurs, set *ppOut to point to
-** the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Or, if an error does occur, set *ppOut
-** to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
-**
-** When this function is called, *piOffset is set to the offset of the
-** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is 
-** set to the offset immediately following the last byte of the last
-** PMA before returning. If an error does occur, then the final value of
-** *piOffset is undefined.
-*/
-static int vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Sorter task to read from */
-  int nPMA,                       /* Number of PMAs to read */
-  i64 *piOffset,                  /* IN/OUT: Readr offset in pTask->file */
-  MergeEngine **ppOut             /* OUT: New merge-engine */
-){
-  MergeEngine *pNew;              /* Merge engine to return */
-  i64 iOff = *piOffset;
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  *ppOut = pNew = vdbeMergeEngineNew(nPMA);
-  if( pNew==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  for(i=0; i<nPMA && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-    i64 nDummy;
-    PmaReader *pReadr = &pNew->aReadr[i];
-    rc = vdbePmaReaderInit(pTask, &pTask->file, iOff, pReadr, &nDummy);
-    iOff = pReadr->iEof;
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    vdbeMergeEngineFree(pNew);
-    *ppOut = 0;
-  }
-  *piOffset = iOff;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the depth of a tree comprising nPMA PMAs, assuming a fanout of
-** SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT. The returned value does not include leaf nodes.
-**
-** i.e.
-**
-**   nPMA<=16    -> TreeDepth() == 0
-**   nPMA<=256   -> TreeDepth() == 1
-**   nPMA<=65536 -> TreeDepth() == 2
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterTreeDepth(int nPMA){
-  int nDepth = 0;
-  i64 nDiv = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
-  while( nDiv < (i64)nPMA ){
-    nDiv = nDiv * SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
-    nDepth++;
-  }
-  return nDepth;
-}
-
-/*
-** pRoot is the root of an incremental merge-tree with depth nDepth (according
-** to vdbeSorterTreeDepth()). pLeaf is the iSeq'th leaf to be added to the
-** tree, counting from zero. This function adds pLeaf to the tree.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, an SQLite error
-** code is returned and pLeaf is freed.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterAddToTree(
-  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Task context */
-  int nDepth,                     /* Depth of tree according to TreeDepth() */
-  int iSeq,                       /* Sequence number of leaf within tree */
-  MergeEngine *pRoot,             /* Root of tree */
-  MergeEngine *pLeaf              /* Leaf to add to tree */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nDiv = 1;
-  int i;
-  MergeEngine *p = pRoot;
-  IncrMerger *pIncr;
-
-  rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pLeaf, &pIncr);
-
-  for(i=1; i<nDepth; i++){
-    nDiv = nDiv * SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
-  }
-
-  for(i=1; i<nDepth && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-    int iIter = (iSeq / nDiv) % SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
-    PmaReader *pReadr = &p->aReadr[iIter];
-
-    if( pReadr->pIncr==0 ){
-      MergeEngine *pNew = vdbeMergeEngineNew(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT);
-      if( pNew==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pNew, &pReadr->pIncr);
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p = pReadr->pIncr->pMerger;
-      nDiv = nDiv / SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    p->aReadr[iSeq % SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT].pIncr = pIncr;
-  }else{
-    vdbeIncrFree(pIncr);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called as part of a SorterRewind() operation on a sorter
-** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp
-** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that 
-** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the
-** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an
-** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value 
-** of *ppOut is undefined.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter,       /* The VDBE cursor that implements the sort */
-  MergeEngine **ppOut        /* Write the MergeEngine here */
-){
-  MergeEngine *pMain = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int iTask;
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-  /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level 
-  ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly 
-  ** one PmaReader per sub-task.  */
-  assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->nTask==1 );
-  if( pSorter->nTask>1 ){
-    pMain = vdbeMergeEngineNew(pSorter->nTask);
-    if( pMain==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){
-    SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[iTask];
-    assert( pTask->nPMA>0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 );
-    if( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 || pTask->nPMA ){
-      MergeEngine *pRoot = 0;     /* Root node of tree for this task */
-      int nDepth = vdbeSorterTreeDepth(pTask->nPMA);
-      i64 iReadOff = 0;
-
-      if( pTask->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
-        rc = vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(pTask, pTask->nPMA, &iReadOff, &pRoot);
-      }else{
-        int i;
-        int iSeq = 0;
-        pRoot = vdbeMergeEngineNew(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT);
-        if( pRoot==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        for(i=0; i<pTask->nPMA && rc==SQLITE_OK; i += SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT){
-          MergeEngine *pMerger = 0; /* New level-0 PMA merger */
-          int nReader;              /* Number of level-0 PMAs to merge */
-
-          nReader = MIN(pTask->nPMA - i, SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT);
-          rc = vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(pTask, nReader, &iReadOff, &pMerger);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = vdbeSorterAddToTree(pTask, nDepth, iSeq++, pRoot, pMerger);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-        if( pMain!=0 ){
-          rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pRoot, &pMain->aReadr[iTask].pIncr);
-        }else
-#endif
-        {
-          assert( pMain==0 );
-          pMain = pRoot;
-        }
-      }else{
-        vdbeMergeEngineFree(pRoot);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMain);
-    pMain = 0;
-  }
-  *ppOut = pMain;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called as part of an sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind() operation
-** on a sorter that has written two or more PMAs to temporary files. It sets
-** up either VdbeSorter.pMerger (for single threaded sorters) or pReader
-** (for multi-threaded sorters) so that it can be used to iterate through
-** all records stored in the sorter.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterSetupMerge(VdbeSorter *pSorter){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  SortSubtask *pTask0 = &pSorter->aTask[0];
-  MergeEngine *pMain = 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
-  sqlite3 *db = pTask0->pSorter->db;
-  int i;
-  SorterCompare xCompare = vdbeSorterGetCompare(pSorter);
-  for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
-    pSorter->aTask[i].xCompare = xCompare;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  rc = vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(pSorter, &pMain);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
-    assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->nTask>1 );
-    if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){
-      int iTask;
-      PmaReader *pReadr = 0;
-      SortSubtask *pLast = &pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1];
-      rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pLast);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pReadr = (PmaReader*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(PmaReader));
-        pSorter->pReader = pReadr;
-        if( pReadr==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pLast, pMain, &pReadr->pIncr);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(pReadr->pIncr);
-          for(iTask=0; iTask<(pSorter->nTask-1); iTask++){
-            IncrMerger *pIncr;
-            if( (pIncr = pMain->aReadr[iTask].pIncr) ){
-              vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(pIncr);
-              assert( pIncr->pTask!=pLast );
-            }
-          }
-          for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){
-            /* Check that:
-            **   
-            **   a) The incremental merge object is configured to use the
-            **      right task, and
-            **   b) If it is using task (nTask-1), it is configured to run
-            **      in single-threaded mode. This is important, as the
-            **      root merge (INCRINIT_ROOT) will be using the same task
-            **      object.
-            */
-            PmaReader *p = &pMain->aReadr[iTask];
-            assert( p->pIncr==0 || (
-                (p->pIncr->pTask==&pSorter->aTask[iTask])             /* a */
-             && (iTask!=pSorter->nTask-1 || p->pIncr->bUseThread==0)  /* b */
-            ));
-            rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(p, INCRINIT_TASK);
-          }
-        }
-        pMain = 0;
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReadr, INCRINIT_ROOT);
-      }
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      rc = vdbeMergeEngineInit(pTask0, pMain, INCRINIT_NORMAL);
-      pSorter->pMerger = pMain;
-      pMain = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMain);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Once the sorter has been populated by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite,
-** this function is called to prepare for iterating through the records
-** in sorted order.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-
-  assert( pSorter );
-
-  /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead,
-  ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly
-  ** from the in-memory list.  */
-  if( pSorter->bUsePMA==0 ){
-    if( pSorter->list.pList ){
-      *pbEof = 0;
-      rc = vdbeSorterSort(&pSorter->aTask[0], &pSorter->list);
-    }else{
-      *pbEof = 1;
-    }
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite() 
-  ** function flushes the contents of memory to disk, it immediately always
-  ** creates a new list consisting of a single key immediately afterwards.
-  ** So the list is never empty at this point.  */
-  assert( pSorter->list.pList );
-  rc = vdbeSorterFlushPMA(pSorter);
-
-  /* Join all threads */
-  rc = vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, rc);
-
-  vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewind");
-
-  /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to 
-  ** incrementally read and merge all remaining PMAs.  */
-  assert( pSorter->pReader==0 );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = vdbeSorterSetupMerge(pSorter);
-    *pbEof = 0;
-  }
-
-  vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewinddone");
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance to the next element in the sorter.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  assert( pSorter->bUsePMA || (pSorter->pReader==0 && pSorter->pMerger==0) );
-  if( pSorter->bUsePMA ){
-    assert( pSorter->pReader==0 || pSorter->pMerger==0 );
-    assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->pReader );
-    assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==1 || pSorter->pMerger );
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-    if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){
-      rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pSorter->pReader);
-      *pbEof = (pSorter->pReader->pFd==0);
-    }else
-#endif
-    /*if( !pSorter->bUseThreads )*/ {
-      assert( pSorter->pMerger!=0 );
-      assert( pSorter->pMerger->pTask==(&pSorter->aTask[0]) );
-      rc = vdbeMergeEngineStep(pSorter->pMerger, pbEof);
-    }
-  }else{
-    SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->list.pList;
-    pSorter->list.pList = pFree->u.pNext;
-    pFree->u.pNext = 0;
-    if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ) vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree);
-    *pbEof = !pSorter->list.pList;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the 
-** current key.
-*/
-static void *vdbeSorterRowkey(
-  const VdbeSorter *pSorter,      /* Sorter object */
-  int *pnKey                      /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */
-){
-  void *pKey;
-  if( pSorter->bUsePMA ){
-    PmaReader *pReader;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
-    if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){
-      pReader = pSorter->pReader;
-    }else
-#endif
-    /*if( !pSorter->bUseThreads )*/{
-      pReader = &pSorter->pMerger->aReadr[pSorter->pMerger->aTree[1]];
-    }
-    *pnKey = pReader->nKey;
-    pKey = pReader->aKey;
-  }else{
-    *pnKey = pSorter->list.pList->nVal;
-    pKey = SRVAL(pSorter->list.pList);
-  }
-  return pKey;
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */
-
-  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, nKey) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pOut->n = nKey;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
-  memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey);
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor
-** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of
-** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record.
-**
-** If the sorter cursor key contains any NULL values, consider it to be
-** less than pVal. Even if pVal also contains NULL values.
-**
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM).
-** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
-** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
-** key.
-**
-** This routine forms the core of the OP_SorterCompare opcode, which in
-** turn is used to verify uniqueness when constructing a UNIQUE INDEX.
-*/
-int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
-  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
-  Mem *pVal,                      /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
-  int nKeyCol,                    /* Compare this many columns */
-  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
-){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked;
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo;
-  int i;
-  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */
-
-  if( r2==0 ){
-    char *p;
-    r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pKeyInfo,0,0,&p);
-    assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord*)p );
-    if( r2==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    r2->nField = nKeyCol;
-  }
-  assert( r2->nField==nKeyCol );
-
-  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
-  sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey, r2);
-  for(i=0; i<nKeyCol; i++){
-    if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
-      *pRes = -1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pVal->n, pVal->z, r2);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbetrace.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbetrace.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c230b505547..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vdbetrace.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2009 November 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters
-** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace().
-**
-** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-
-/*
-** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text.  Return the number of
-** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in
-** a host parameter.  If the text contains no host parameters, return
-** the total number of bytes in the text.
-*/
-static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){
-  int tokenType;
-  int nTotal = 0;
-  int n;
-
-  *pnToken = 0;
-  while( zSql[0] ){
-    n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType);
-    assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL );
-    if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){
-      *pnToken = n;
-      break;
-    }
-    nTotal += n;
-    zSql += n;
-  }
-  return nTotal;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory
-** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the
-** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to 
-** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, 
-** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended
-** to each line of text.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT macro is defined to an integer, then
-** then long strings and blobs are truncated to that many bytes.  This
-** can be used to prevent unreasonably large trace strings when dealing
-** with large (multi-megabyte) strings and blobs.
-**
-** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned
-** is eventually freed.
-**
-** ALGORITHM:  Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of
-** these forms:  ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A.  Take care to avoid text within
-** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments.  For text forms,
-** the host parameter index is found by scanning the prepared
-** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode.  Once the host
-** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[].  Then render
-** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name.
-*/
-char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
-  Vdbe *p,                 /* The prepared statement being evaluated */
-  const char *zRawSql      /* Raw text of the SQL statement */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;             /* The database connection */
-  int idx = 0;             /* Index of a host parameter */
-  int nextIndex = 1;       /* Index of next ? host parameter */
-  int n;                   /* Length of a token prefix */
-  int nToken;              /* Length of the parameter token */
-  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
-  Mem *pVar;               /* Value of a host parameter */
-  StrAccum out;            /* Accumulate the output here */
-  char zBase[100];         /* Initial working space */
-
-  db = p->db;
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, db, zBase, sizeof(zBase), 
-                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
-  if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){
-    while( *zRawSql ){
-      const char *zStart = zRawSql;
-      while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql );
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3);
-      assert( (zRawSql - zStart) > 0 );
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart));
-    }
-  }else if( p->nVar==0 ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, sqlite3Strlen30(zRawSql));
-  }else{
-    while( zRawSql[0] ){
-      n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken);
-      assert( n>0 );
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n);
-      zRawSql += n;
-      assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 );
-      if( nToken==0 ) break;
-      if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){
-        if( nToken>1 ){
-          assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) );
-          sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx);
-        }else{
-          idx = nextIndex;
-        }
-      }else{
-        assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' ||
-                zRawSql[0]=='@' || zRawSql[0]=='#' );
-        testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' );
-        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' );
-        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' );
-        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='#' );
-        idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken);
-        assert( idx>0 );
-      }
-      zRawSql += nToken;
-      nextIndex = idx + 1;
-      assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar );
-      pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1];
-      if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){
-        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4);
-      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){
-        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%lld", pVar->u.i);
-      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){
-        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%!.15g", pVar->u.r);
-      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){
-        int nOut;  /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-        u8 enc = ENC(db);
-        Mem utf8;
-        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-          memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8));
-          utf8.db = db;
-          sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8);
-          pVar = &utf8;
-        }
-#endif
-        nOut = pVar->n;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
-        if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ){
-          nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
-          while( nOut<pVar->n && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; }
-        }
-#endif    
-        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
-        if( nOut<pVar->n ){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut);
-        }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8);
-#endif
-      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero);
-      }else{
-        int nOut;  /* Number of bytes of the blob to include in output */
-        assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob );
-        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2);
-        nOut = pVar->n;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
-        if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ) nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
-#endif
-        for(i=0; i<nOut; i++){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff);
-        }
-        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
-        if( nOut<pVar->n ){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut);
-        }
-#endif
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out);
-}
-
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vtab.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vtab.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6054df3d710..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vtab.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1212 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 June 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the
-** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of
-** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of 
-** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
-** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
-*/
-struct VtabCtx {
-  VTable *pVTable;    /* The virtual table being constructed */
-  Table *pTab;        /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */
-  VtabCtx *pPrior;    /* Parent context (if any) */
-  int bDeclared;      /* True after sqlite3_declare_vtab() is called */
-};
-
-/*
-** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
-** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
-** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
-*/
-static int createModule(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nName;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }else{
-    Module *pMod;
-    pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
-    if( pMod ){
-      Module *pDel;
-      char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
-      memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
-      pMod->zName = zCopy;
-      pMod->pModule = pModule;
-      pMod->pAux = pAux;
-      pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
-      pMod->pEpoTab = 0;
-      pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,(void*)pMod);
-      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod );
-      if( pDel ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux);
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_module(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux                      /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
-** Locks nest.  Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
-** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.  
-**
-** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
-** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){
-  pVTab->nRef++;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table.
-** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access 
-** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise.
-*/
-VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
-  VTable *pVtab;
-  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-  for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext);
-  return pVtab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count
-** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object.
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){
-  sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db;
-
-  assert( db );
-  assert( pVTab->nRef>0 );
-  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE );
-
-  pVTab->nRef--;
-  if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){
-    sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
-    if( p ){
-      p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the
-** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated
-** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. 
-** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with
-** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list.
-*/
-static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
-  VTable *pRet = 0;
-  VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable;
-  p->pVTable = 0;
-
-  /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database 
-  ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments 
-  ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
-  ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
-  ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.
-  */
-  assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
-
-  while( pVTable ){
-    sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db;
-    VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext;
-    assert( db2 );
-    if( db2==db ){
-      pRet = pVTable;
-      p->pVTable = pRet;
-      pRet->pNext = 0;
-    }else{
-      pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect;
-      db2->pDisconnect = pVTable;
-    }
-    pVTable = pNext;
-  }
-
-  assert( !db || pRet );
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object
-** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked
-** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is
-** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable
-** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may
-** be being used by other shared-cache connections).
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
-  VTable **ppVTab;
-
-  assert( IsVirtual(p) );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){
-    if( (*ppVTab)->db==db  ){
-      VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab;
-      *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext;
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list.
-**
-** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all
-** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the 
-** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The
-** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows:
-**
-**   1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex
-**      associated with the database handle itself must be held.
-**
-**   2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to
-**      the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex
-**      associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held
-**      or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then
-**      the database handle mutex is held.
-**
-** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously 
-** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe.
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){
-  VTable *p = db->pDisconnect;
-  db->pDisconnect = 0;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    do {
-      VTable *pNext = p->pNext;
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
-      p = pNext;
-    }while( p );
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
-** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
-** record.
-**
-** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer
-** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable 
-** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema.
-** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database 
-** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the 
-** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures
-** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated 
-** database connection.
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
-  if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p);
-  if( p->azModuleArg ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
-      if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
-** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored.  The
-** string will be freed automatically when the table is
-** deleted.
-*/
-static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
-  int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(2+pTable->nModuleArg);
-  char **azModuleArg;
-  azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
-  if( azModuleArg==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg);
-  }else{
-    int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
-    azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
-    azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
-    pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
-** statement.  The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
-** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Token *pName1,        /* Name of new table, or database name */
-  Token *pName2,        /* Name of new table or NULL */
-  Token *pModuleName,   /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
-  int ifNotExists       /* No error if the table already exists */
-){
-  int iDb;              /* The database the table is being created in */
-  Table *pTable;        /* The new virtual table */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
-
-  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists);
-  pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( pTable==0 ) return;
-  assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-  pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
-  pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, 0);
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
-  assert( (pParse->sNameToken.z==pName2->z && pName2->z!=0)
-       || (pParse->sNameToken.z==pName1->z && pName2->z==0)
-  );
-  pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(
-      &pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pParse->sNameToken.z
-  );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
-  ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
-  ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
-  ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
-  */
-  if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
-    sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, 
-            pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
-** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
-** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
-*/
-static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
-  if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){
-    const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
-    int n = pParse->sArg.n;
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
-** has been completely parsed.
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
-  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;  /* The table being constructed */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
-
-  if( pTab==0 ) return;
-  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
-  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
-  if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
-  
-  /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
-  ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
-  ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
-  ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
-  ** in the sqlite_master table.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    char *zStmt;
-    char *zWhere;
-    int iDb;
-    int iReg;
-    Vdbe *v;
-
-    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
-    if( pEnd ){
-      pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n;
-    }
-    zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
-
-    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
-    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
-    ** the information we've collected.  
-    **
-    ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
-    ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
-    ** by sqlite3StartTable().
-    */
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
-         "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
-       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-      pTab->zName,
-      pTab->zName,
-      zStmt,
-      pParse->regRowid
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
-    zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
-
-    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, iReg, pTab->zName);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, iReg);
-  }
-
-  /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
-  ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until
-  ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
-  ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
-  ** the required virtual table implementations are registered.  */
-  else {
-    Table *pOld;
-    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
-    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, pTab);
-    if( pOld ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
-      return;
-    }
-    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
-** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
-  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
-  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
-  pParse->sArg.n = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
-** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
-  Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
-  if( pArg->z==0 ){
-    pArg->z = p->z;
-    pArg->n = p->n;
-  }else{
-    assert(pArg->z <= p->z);
-    pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
-** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
-** to this procedure.
-*/
-static int vtabCallConstructor(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  Table *pTab,
-  Module *pMod,
-  int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  VtabCtx sCtx;
-  VTable *pVTable;
-  int rc;
-  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
-  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  char *zModuleName;
-  int iDb;
-  VtabCtx *pCtx;
-
-  /* Check that the virtual-table is not already being initialized */
-  for(pCtx=db->pVtabCtx; pCtx; pCtx=pCtx->pPrior){
-    if( pCtx->pTab==pTab ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-          "vtable constructor called recursively: %s", pTab->zName
-      );
-      return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-    }
-  }
-
-  zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
-  if( !zModuleName ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable));
-  if( !pVTable ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pVTable->db = db;
-  pVTable->pMod = pMod;
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-
-  /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
-  assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
-  assert( xConstruct );
-  sCtx.pTab = pTab;
-  sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
-  sCtx.pPrior = db->pVtabCtx;
-  sCtx.bDeclared = 0;
-  db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
-  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
-  db->pVtabCtx = sCtx.pPrior;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  assert( sCtx.pTab==pTab );
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-    if( zErr==0 ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
-    }else {
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
-      sqlite3_free(zErr);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
-  }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
-    /* Justification of ALWAYS():  A correct vtab constructor must allocate
-    ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful.  */
-    memset(pVTable->pVtab, 0, sizeof(pVTable->pVtab[0]));
-    pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
-    pVTable->nRef = 1;
-    if( sCtx.bDeclared==0 ){
-      const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }else{
-      int iCol;
-      u8 oooHidden = 0;
-      /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
-      ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the 
-      ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
-      ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from
-      ** the type string.  */
-      pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable;
-      pTab->pVTable = pVTable;
-
-      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-        char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-        int nType;
-        int i = 0;
-        if( !zType ){
-          pTab->tabFlags |= oooHidden;
-          continue;
-        }
-        nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
-        if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
-          for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
-            if( (0==sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7))
-             && (zType[i+7]=='\0' || zType[i+7]==' ')
-            ){
-              i++;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( i<nType ){
-          int j;
-          int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0);
-          for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){
-            zType[j] = zType[j+nDel];
-          }
-          if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){
-            assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
-            zType[i-1] = '\0';
-          }
-          pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN;
-          oooHidden = TF_OOOHidden;
-        }else{
-          pTab->tabFlags |= oooHidden;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
-** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned 
-** and an error left in pParse.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
-*/
-int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  const char *zMod;
-  Module *pMod;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( pTab );
-  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
-  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);
-
-  if( !pMod ){
-    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    char *zErr = 0;
-    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one
-** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
-*/
-static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){
-  const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
-
-  /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
-  if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
-    VTable **aVTrans;
-    int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
-    aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
-    if( !aVTrans ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
-    db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should
-** have already been reserved using growVTrans().
-*/
-static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
-  /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
-  db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab;
-  sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. 
-**
-** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
-** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
-** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr.
-*/
-int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Module *pMod;
-  const char *zMod;
-
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );
-
-  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
-  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);
-
-  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
-  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
-  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
-  */
-  if( pMod==0 || pMod->pModule->xCreate==0 || pMod->pModule->xDestroy==0 ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
-  }
-
-  /* Justification of ALWAYS():  The xConstructor method is required to
-  ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){
-    rc = growVTrans(db);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab));
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
-** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
-** virtual table module.
-*/
-int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
-  VtabCtx *pCtx;
-  Parse *pParse;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zCreateTable==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pCtx = db->pVtabCtx;
-  if( !pCtx || pCtx->bDeclared ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  pTab = pCtx->pTab;
-  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
-
-  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
-  if( pParse==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    pParse->declareVtab = 1;
-    pParse->db = db;
-    pParse->nQueryLoop = 1;
-  
-    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) 
-     && pParse->pNewTable
-     && !db->mallocFailed
-     && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect
-     && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
-    ){
-      if( !pTab->aCol ){
-        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
-        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
-        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
-        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
-      }
-      pCtx->bDeclared = 1;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
-  
-    if( pParse->pVdbe ){
-      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
-    }
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
-    sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
-    sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
-  }
-
-  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
-** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
-*/
-int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){
-    VTable *p;
-    int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *);
-    for(p=pTab->pVTable; p; p=p->pNext){
-      assert( p->pVtab );
-      if( p->pVtab->nRef>0 ){
-        return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-      }
-    }
-    p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab);
-    xDestroy = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy;
-    assert( xDestroy!=0 );  /* Checked before the virtual table is created */
-    rc = xDestroy(p->pVtab);
-    /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 );
-      p->pVtab = 0;
-      pTab->pVTable = 0;
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
-** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
-** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
-** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
-**
-** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. 
-*/
-static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
-  int i;
-  if( db->aVTrans ){
-    VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
-    db->aVTrans = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
-      VTable *pVTab = aVTrans[i];
-      sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
-      if( p ){
-        int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
-        x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset);
-        if( x ) x(p);
-      }
-      pVTab->iSavepoint = 0;
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aVTrans);
-    db->nVTrans = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans
-** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or
-** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
-**
-** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg.
-*/
-int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
-
-  db->aVTrans = 0;
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
-    int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
-    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab;
-    if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){
-      rc = x(pVtab);
-      sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-    }
-  }
-  db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the 
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
-*/
-int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
-  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the 
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
-*/
-int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
-  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
-** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
-** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
-**
-** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
-** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
-*/
-int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-
-  /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
-  ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
-  ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to 
-  ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-  }
-  if( !pVTab ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  } 
-  pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule;
-
-  if( pModule->xBegin ){
-    int i;
-
-    /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
-      if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the 
-    ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */
-    rc = growVTrans(db);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        int iSvpt = db->nStatement + db->nSavepoint;
-        addToVTrans(db, pVTab);
-        if( iSvpt ) rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, iSvpt-1);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all
-** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint
-** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked.
-**
-** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is 
-** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with
-** an open transaction is invoked.
-**
-** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, 
-** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this
-** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN );
-  assert( iSavepoint>=-1 );
-  if( db->aVTrans ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
-      VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
-      const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule;
-      if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){
-        int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int);
-        switch( op ){
-          case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN:
-            xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint;
-            pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1;
-            break;
-          case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK:
-            xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo;
-            break;
-          default:
-            xMethod = pMod->xRelease;
-            break;
-        }
-        if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){
-          rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation.  The
-** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
-** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
-** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
-**
-** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
-** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
-**
-** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a 
-** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
-** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
-*/
-FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
-  sqlite3 *db,    /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
-  FuncDef *pDef,  /* Function to possibly overload */
-  int nArg,       /* Number of arguments to the function */
-  Expr *pExpr     /* First argument to the function */
-){
-  Table *pTab;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  sqlite3_module *pMod;
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0;
-  void *pArg = 0;
-  FuncDef *pNew;
-  int rc = 0;
-  char *zLowerName;
-  unsigned char *z;
-
-
-  /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
-  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
-  pTab = pExpr->pTab;
-  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef;
-  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef;
-  pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab;
-  assert( pVtab!=0 );
-  assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
-  pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
-  if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
- 
-  /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
-  ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function 
-  */
-  zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
-  if( zLowerName ){
-    for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
-      *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
-    }
-    rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName);
-  }
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    return pDef;
-  }
-
-  /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
-  ** function */
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew)
-                             + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1);
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    return pDef;
-  }
-  *pNew = *pDef;
-  pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
-  memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1);
-  pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
-  pNew->pUserData = pArg;
-  pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
-** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it.  Add pTab to the
-** array if it is missing.  If pTab is already in the array, this routine
-** is a no-op.
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  int i, n;
-  Table **apVtabLock;
-
-  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-  for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nVtabLock; i++){
-    if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
-  }
-  n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]);
-  apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc64(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n);
-  if( apVtabLock ){
-    pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock;
-    pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
-  }else{
-    pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if virtual tale module pMod can be have an eponymous
-** virtual table instance.  If it can, create one if one does not already
-** exist. Return non-zero if the eponymous virtual table instance exists
-** when this routine returns, and return zero if it does not exist.
-**
-** An eponymous virtual table instance is one that is named after its
-** module, and more importantly, does not require a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
-** statement in order to come into existance.  Eponymous virtual table
-** instances always exist.  They cannot be DROP-ed.
-**
-** Any virtual table module for which xConnect and xCreate are the same
-** method can have an eponymous virtual table instance.
-*/
-int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse *pParse, Module *pMod){
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule = pMod->pModule;
-  Table *pTab;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  int nName;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( pMod->pEpoTab ) return 1;
-  if( pModule->xCreate!=0 && pModule->xCreate!=pModule->xConnect ) return 0;
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pMod->zName) + 1;
-  pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) + nName);
-  if( pTab==0 ) return 0;
-  pMod->pEpoTab = pTab;
-  pTab->zName = (char*)&pTab[1];
-  memcpy(pTab->zName, pMod->zName, nName);
-  pTab->nRef = 1;
-  pTab->pSchema = db->aDb[0].pSchema;
-  pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
-  pTab->nModuleArg = 0;
-  pTab->iPKey = -1;
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTab, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName));
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTab, 0);
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTab, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName));
-  rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-    sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pMod);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase the eponymous virtual table instance associated with
-** virtual table module pMod, if it exists.
-*/
-void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){
-  Table *pTab = pMod->pEpoTab;
-  if( pTab!=0 ){
-    sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTab);
-    sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTab);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTab);
-    pMod->pEpoTab = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual
-** table update operation currently in progress.
-**
-** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from
-** within an xUpdate method.
-*/
-int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){
-  static const unsigned char aMap[] = { 
-    SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE 
-  };
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 );
-  assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 );
-  assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 );
-  return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1];
-}
-
-/*
-** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide 
-** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
-** of the virtual table being implemented.
-*/
-int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: {
-      VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx;
-      if( !p ){
-        rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-      }else{
-        assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
-        p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default:
-      rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-      break;
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vxworks.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/vxworks.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 45a44453a7b..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/vxworks.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2015-03-02
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to Wind River's VxWorks
-*/
-#if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
-/* This is VxWorks.  Set up things specially for that OS
-*/
-#include <vxWorks.h>
-#include <pthread.h>  /* amalgamator: dontcache */
-#define OS_VXWORKS 1
-#define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
-#define SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1
-#define SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION 1
-#define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
-#define HAVE_UTIME 1
-#else
-/* This is not VxWorks. */
-#define OS_VXWORKS 0
-#endif /* defined(_WRS_KERNEL) */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/wal.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/wal.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d87d2c17ce9..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/wal.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3181 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 February 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in 
-** "journal_mode=WAL" mode.
-**
-** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT
-**
-** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames".
-** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the
-** database file.  All changes to the database are recorded by writing
-** frames into the WAL.  Transactions commit when a frame is written that
-** contains a commit marker.  A single WAL can and usually does record 
-** multiple transactions.  Periodically, the content of the WAL is
-** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a
-** "checkpoint".
-**
-** A single WAL file can be used multiple times.  In other words, the
-** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new
-** frames can overwrite the old ones.  A WAL always grows from beginning
-** toward the end.  Checksums and counters attached to each frame are
-** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which
-** are leftovers from prior checkpoints.
-**
-** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight
-** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values:
-**
-**     0: Magic number.  0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683
-**     4: File format version.  Currently 3007000
-**     8: Database page size.  Example: 1024
-**    12: Checkpoint sequence number
-**    16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint
-**    20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt
-**    24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
-**    28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
-**
-** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each
-** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes
-** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned 
-** integer values, as follows:
-**
-**     0: Page number.
-**     4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages 
-**        after the commit. For all other records, zero.
-**     8: Salt-1 (copied from the header)
-**    12: Salt-2 (copied from the header)
-**    16: Checksum-1.
-**    20: Checksum-2.
-**
-** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are
-** true:
-**
-**    (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match
-**        salt values in the wal-header
-**
-**    (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header
-**        exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the
-**        WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames
-**        up to and including the current frame.
-**
-** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the
-** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it
-** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682.
-** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a
-** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute
-** the checksum.  The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as
-** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N].  The
-** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows:
-** 
-**   for i from 0 to n-1 step 2:
-**     s0 += x[i] + s1;
-**     s1 += x[i+1] + s0;
-**   endfor
-**
-** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights
-** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element
-** of the sequence being summed.)  The s1 value spans all 32-bit 
-** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term.
-**
-** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the
-** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed.
-** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched
-** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the
-** xSync begins.
-**
-** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2
-** value is randomized.  This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from
-** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together
-** following a crash.
-**
-** READER ALGORITHM
-**
-** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader
-** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P.  If so, then the
-** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame
-** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read.  If the WAL
-** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit
-** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from
-** the database file.
-**
-** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last
-** valid frame in the WAL.  The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value
-** for all subsequent read operations.  New transactions can be appended
-** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value
-** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot
-** of the database from a single point in time.  This technique allows
-** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database
-** content simultaneously.
-**
-** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but 
-** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the
-** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames.  If the
-** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow,
-** and read performance suffers.  To overcome this problem, a separate
-** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the
-** search for frames of a particular page.
-** 
-** WAL-INDEX FORMAT
-**
-** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations
-** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file.  Because
-** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL 
-** on a network filesystem.  All users of the database must be able to
-** share memory.
-**
-** The wal-index is transient.  After a crash, the wal-index can (and should
-** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file.  In fact, the VFS is required
-** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last
-** connection to it closes.  Because the wal-index is transient, it can
-** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform.
-** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values
-** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native
-** byte order of the host computer.
-**
-** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly:  Given
-** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the 
-** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return
-** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M.
-**
-** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or
-** more index blocks.  
-**
-** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL
-** in the mxFrame field.
-**
-** Each index block except for the first contains information on 
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and 
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and
-** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the
-** wal-index.
-**
-** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the
-** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table 
-** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number.
-** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE
-** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the 
-** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the
-** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block
-** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in
-** the log, and so on.
-**
-** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full
-** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers,
-** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the
-** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely
-** contains unused entries.
-**
-** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P
-** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block
-** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and
-** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the
-** beginning.  The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame
-** holding the content for that page.
-**
-** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers.
-** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the
-** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash 
-** table is never more than half full.  The expected number of collisions 
-** prior to finding a match is 1.  Each entry of the hash table is an
-** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same
-** index block.   Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in
-** the mapping section.  (For index blocks other than the last, K will
-** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block
-** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).)  Unused slots of the hash table
-** contain a value of 0.
-**
-** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on
-** P as follows:
-**
-**      iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT
-**
-** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey
-** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is
-** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot
-** be at index iUnused.  (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was
-** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full,
-** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry.  Let 
-** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused,
-** where aHash[iMax]==P.  If there is no iMax entry (if there exists
-** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the
-** current index block.  Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the
-** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references 
-** page P.
-**
-** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the
-** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P.  On
-** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be
-** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to
-** establish that no such entry exists in the block.  Each index block
-** holds over 4000 entries.  So two or three index blocks are sufficient
-** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages.  8 or 10
-** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the
-** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL.  This
-** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL.
-**
-** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K.  Hence, one
-** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started
-** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL
-** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0.
-** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get
-** the correct result.  There may be entries in the hash table with
-** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused
-** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as
-** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table
-** in the first place - which is what reader one wants.  Meanwhile, the
-** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted
-** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.  
-**
-** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries
-** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed
-** from the hash table at this point.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-
-#include "wal.h"
-
-/*
-** Trace output macros
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-int sqlite3WalTrace = 0;
-# define WALTRACE(X)  if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-# define WALTRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats
-** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite.
-**
-** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum
-** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not
-** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
-**
-** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the 
-** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not
-** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite
-** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
-*/
-#define WAL_MAX_VERSION      3007000
-#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000
-
-/*
-** Indices of various locking bytes.   WAL_NREADER is the number
-** of available reader locks and should be at least 3.
-*/
-#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK         0
-#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE      1
-#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK          1
-#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK       2
-#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I)       (3+(I))
-#define WAL_NREADER            (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3)
-
-
-/* Object declarations */
-typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr;
-typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator;
-typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo;
-
-
-/*
-** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content.
-**
-** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this
-** object.
-**
-** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive.
-** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page.  The latter case was
-** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.  
-*/
-struct WalIndexHdr {
-  u32 iVersion;                   /* Wal-index version */
-  u32 unused;                     /* Unused (padding) field */
-  u32 iChange;                    /* Counter incremented each transaction */
-  u8 isInit;                      /* 1 when initialized */
-  u8 bigEndCksum;                 /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */
-  u16 szPage;                     /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */
-  u32 mxFrame;                    /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */
-  u32 nPage;                      /* Size of database in pages */
-  u32 aFrameCksum[2];             /* Checksum of last frame in log */
-  u32 aSalt[2];                   /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */
-  u32 aCksum[2];                  /* Checksum over all prior fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately
-** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr.  This object stores
-** information used by checkpoint.
-**
-** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written
-** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to
-** database "backfilling".)  The nBackfill number is never greater than
-** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame.  nBackfill can only be increased by threads
-** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread).
-** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from
-** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset.
-**
-** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock.  If a reader
-** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than
-** the mxFrame for that reader.  The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff)
-** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused.  aReadMark[0] is 
-** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder
-** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one.  Readers holding
-** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content
-** directly from the database.
-**
-** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that
-** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).  Thus, the value of
-** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark
-** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).
-**
-** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where
-** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is
-** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding
-** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)).  New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the
-** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there
-** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame.  The exception to the
-** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything
-** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers
-** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will
-** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore 
-** the WAL.
-**
-** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL.  However,
-** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been
-** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL
-** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then
-** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start
-** writing new content beginning at frame 1.
-**
-** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in
-** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries.
-*/
-struct WalCkptInfo {
-  u32 nBackfill;                  /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */
-  u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER];     /* Reader marks */
-};
-#define READMARK_NOT_USED  0xffffffff
-
-
-/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at
-** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems
-** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data
-** from the region of the file on which locks are applied.
-*/
-#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET   (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo))
-#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16
-#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE      (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED)
-
-/* Size of header before each frame in wal */
-#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24
-
-/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */
-/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */
-#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32
-
-/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least
-** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit
-** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file.
-**
-** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL
-** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit 
-** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting 
-** all data as 32-bit little-endian words.
-*/
-#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682
-
-/*
-** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, 
-** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned
-** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header.
-*/
-#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) (                               \
-  WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)         \
-)
-
-/*
-** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the
-** following object.
-*/
-struct Wal {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;         /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */
-  sqlite3_file *pDbFd;       /* File handle for the database file */
-  sqlite3_file *pWalFd;      /* File handle for WAL file */
-  u32 iCallback;             /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */
-  i64 mxWalSize;             /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */
-  int nWiData;               /* Size of array apWiData */
-  int szFirstBlock;          /* Size of first block written to WAL file */
-  volatile u32 **apWiData;   /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */
-  u32 szPage;                /* Database page size */
-  i16 readLock;              /* Which read lock is being held.  -1 for none */
-  u8 syncFlags;              /* Flags to use to sync header writes */
-  u8 exclusiveMode;          /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */
-  u8 writeLock;              /* True if in a write transaction */
-  u8 ckptLock;               /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */
-  u8 readOnly;               /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */
-  u8 truncateOnCommit;       /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */
-  u8 syncHeader;             /* Fsync the WAL header if true */
-  u8 padToSectorBoundary;    /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */
-  WalIndexHdr hdr;           /* Wal-index header for current transaction */
-  u32 minFrame;              /* Ignore wal frames before this one */
-  const char *zWalName;      /* Name of WAL file */
-  u32 nCkpt;                 /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  u8 lockError;              /* True if a locking error has occurred */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode.
-*/
-#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE     0
-#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE  1     
-#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2
-
-/*
-** Possible values for WAL.readOnly
-*/
-#define WAL_RDWR        0    /* Normal read/write connection */
-#define WAL_RDONLY      1    /* The WAL file is readonly */
-#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY  2    /* The SHM file is readonly */
-
-/*
-** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of
-** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type.
-*/
-typedef u16 ht_slot;
-
-/*
-** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through
-** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames
-** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the 
-** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with
-** the largest index).
-**
-** The internals of this structure are only accessed by:
-**
-**   walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator,
-**   walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator,
-**   walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator.
-**
-** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()).
-*/
-struct WalIterator {
-  int iPrior;                     /* Last result returned from the iterator */
-  int nSegment;                   /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */
-  struct WalSegment {
-    int iNext;                    /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */
-    ht_slot *aIndex;              /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */
-    u32 *aPgno;                   /* Array of page numbers. */
-    int nEntry;                   /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */
-    int iZero;                    /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */
-  } aSegment[1];                  /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */
-};
-
-/*
-** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There
-** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the
-** wal-index.
-**
-** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and
-** create incompatibilities.
-*/
-#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE      4096                 /* Must be power of 2 */
-#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1     383                  /* Should be prime */
-#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT      (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2)  /* Must be a power of 2 */
-
-/* 
-** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a
-** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete
-** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index.
-*/
-#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE  (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)))
-
-/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */
-#define WALINDEX_PGSZ   (                                         \
-    sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \
-)
-
-/*
-** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index
-** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are
-** numbered from zero.
-**
-** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
-** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
-** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
-*/
-static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */
-  if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
-    int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
-    volatile u32 **apNew;
-    apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc64((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
-    if( !apNew ){
-      *ppPage = 0;
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0,
-           sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData));
-    pWal->apWiData = apNew;
-    pWal->nWiData = iPage+1;
-  }
-
-  /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */
-  if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){
-    if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
-      pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
-      if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, 
-          pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
-      );
-      if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
-        pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage];
-  assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index.
-*/
-static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){
-  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
-  return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index.
-*/
-static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){
-  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
-  return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0];
-}
-
-/*
-** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian
-** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting
-** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it
-** returns the value that would be produced by interpreting the 4 bytes
-** of the input value as a little-endian integer.
-*/
-#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \
-    (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8)  \
-  + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8)  + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \
-)
-
-/*
-** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in 
-** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or
-** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL).
-**
-** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning.
-**
-** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8.
-*/
-static void walChecksumBytes(
-  int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */
-  u8 *a,           /* Content to be checksummed */
-  int nByte,       /* Bytes of content in a[].  Must be a multiple of 8. */
-  const u32 *aIn,  /* Initial checksum value input */
-  u32 *aOut        /* OUT: Final checksum value output */
-){
-  u32 s1, s2;
-  u32 *aData = (u32 *)a;
-  u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte];
-
-  if( aIn ){
-    s1 = aIn[0];
-    s2 = aIn[1];
-  }else{
-    s1 = s2 = 0;
-  }
-
-  assert( nByte>=8 );
-  assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 );
-
-  if( nativeCksum ){
-    do {
-      s1 += *aData++ + s2;
-      s2 += *aData++ + s1;
-    }while( aData<aEnd );
-  }else{
-    do {
-      s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2;
-      s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1;
-      aData += 2;
-    }while( aData<aEnd );
-  }
-
-  aOut[0] = s1;
-  aOut[1] = s2;
-}
-
-static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
-    sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index.
-**
-** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written.
-*/
-static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){
-  volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
-  const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum);
-
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-  pWal->hdr.isInit = 1;
-  pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION;
-  walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum);
-  memcpy((void*)&aHdr[1], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-  walShmBarrier(pWal);
-  memcpy((void*)&aHdr[0], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-}
-
-/*
-** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer
-** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of 
-** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows:
-**
-**     0: Page number.
-**     4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages 
-**        after the commit. For all other records, zero.
-**     8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header)
-**    12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header)
-**    16: Checksum-1.
-**    20: Checksum-2.
-*/
-static void walEncodeFrame(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* The write-ahead log */
-  u32 iPage,                      /* Database page number for frame */
-  u32 nTruncate,                  /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */
-  u8 *aData,                      /* Pointer to page data */
-  u8 *aFrame                      /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */
-){
-  int nativeCksum;                /* True for native byte-order checksums */
-  u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
-  assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
-  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage);
-  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate);
-  memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
-
-  nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
-  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
-  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
-
-  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]);
-  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content
-** in aData[] is valid.  If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and
-** *pnTruncate and return true.  Return if the frame is not valid.
-*/
-static int walDecodeFrame(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* The write-ahead log */
-  u32 *piPage,                    /* OUT: Database page number for frame */
-  u32 *pnTruncate,                /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */
-  u8 *aData,                      /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */
-  u8 *aFrame                      /* Frame data */
-){
-  int nativeCksum;                /* True for native byte-order checksums */
-  u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
-  u32 pgno;                       /* Page number of the frame */
-  assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
-
-  /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header
-  ** match the salt values in the wal-header. 
-  */
-  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero.
-  */
-  pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]);
-  if( pgno==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header,
-  ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, 
-  ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 
-  ** bytes of this frame-header.
-  */
-  nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
-  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
-  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
-  if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) 
-   || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) 
-  ){
-    /* Checksum failed. */
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid.  Return the page number
-  ** and the new database size.
-  */
-  *piPage = pgno;
-  *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]);
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Names of locks.  This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not
-** a part of an ordinary build.
-*/
-static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){
-  if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){
-    return "WRITE-LOCK";
-  }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){
-    return "CKPT-LOCK";
-  }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){
-    return "RECOVER-LOCK";
-  }else{
-    static char zName[15];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]",
-                     lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
-    return zName;
-  }
-}
-#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
-    
-
-/*
-** Set or release locks on the WAL.  Locks are either shared or exclusive.
-** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go
-** through the unlocked state first.
-**
-** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops.
-*/
-static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
-  int rc;
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
-                        SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal,
-            walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-  VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
-  return rc;
-}
-static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
-  (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
-                         SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx)));
-}
-static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n, int fBlock){
-  int rc;
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( fBlock ) sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK, 0);
-  rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
-                        SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal,
-            walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-  VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
-  return rc;
-}
-static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
-  (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
-                         SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal,
-             walLockName(lockIdx), n));
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute a hash on a page number.  The resulting hash value must land
-** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1).  The walHashNext() function advances
-** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision.
-*/
-static int walHash(u32 iPage){
-  assert( iPage>0 );
-  assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 );
-  return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
-}
-static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){
-  return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
-** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
-** numbered starting from 0.
-**
-** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table
-** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame 
-** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
-** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number 
-** (*piZero+N) in the log.
-**
-** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the
-** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1).
-*/
-static int walHashGet(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
-  int iHash,                      /* Find the iHash'th table */
-  volatile ht_slot **paHash,      /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */
-  volatile u32 **paPgno,          /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */
-  u32 *piZero                     /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  volatile u32 *aPgno;
-
-  rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u32 iZero;
-    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
-
-    aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
-    if( iHash==0 ){
-      aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)];
-      iZero = 0;
-    }else{
-      iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
-    }
-  
-    *paPgno = &aPgno[-1];
-    *paHash = aHash;
-    *piZero = iZero;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
-** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
-** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages 
-** are numbered starting from 0.
-*/
-static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){
-  int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
-  assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
-       && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
-       && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
-       && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)
-       && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
-  );
-  return iHash;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL.
-*/
-static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){
-  int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame);
-  if( iHash==0 ){
-    return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1];
-  }
-  return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater
-** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
-**
-** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due
-** to a rollback or savepoint.
-**
-** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be
-** updated.  Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when
-** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are
-** actually needed.
-*/
-static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){
-  volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0;    /* Pointer to hash table to clear */
-  volatile u32 *aPgno = 0;        /* Page number array for hash table */
-  u32 iZero = 0;                  /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */
-  int iLimit = 0;                 /* Zero values greater than this */
-  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */
-  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */
-
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 );
-  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE );
-  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 );
-
-  if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return;
-
-  /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing 
-  ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed
-  ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.
-  */
-  assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) );
-  assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] );
-  walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
-
-  /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater
-  ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
-  */
-  iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero;
-  assert( iLimit>0 );
-  for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){
-    if( aHash[i]>iLimit ){
-      aHash[i] = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with
-  ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. 
-  */
-  nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]);
-  memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-  /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable
-  ** via the hash table even after the cleanup.
-  */
-  if( iLimit ){
-    int j;           /* Loop counter */
-    int iKey;        /* Hash key */
-    for(j=1; j<=iLimit; j++){
-      for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[j]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
-        if( aHash[iKey]==j ) break;
-      }
-      assert( aHash[iKey]==j );
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number
-** pPage into WAL frame iFrame.
-*/
-static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  u32 iZero = 0;                  /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */
-  volatile u32 *aPgno = 0;        /* Page number array */
-  volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0;    /* Hash table */
-
-  rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
-
-  /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the
-  ** page number array and hash table entry.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int iKey;                     /* Hash table key */
-    int idx;                      /* Value to write to hash-table slot */
-    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions */
-
-    idx = iFrame - iZero;
-    assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
-    
-    /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
-    ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding. 
-    */
-    if( idx==1 ){
-      int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
-      memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte);
-    }
-
-    /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
-    ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after
-    ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). 
-    ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from 
-    ** the hash-table before writing any new entries.
-    */
-    if( aPgno[idx] ){
-      walCleanupHash(pWal);
-      assert( !aPgno[idx] );
-    }
-
-    /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */
-    nCollide = idx;
-    for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
-      if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    aPgno[idx] = iPage;
-    aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-    /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals
-    ** the number of entries in the mapping region.
-    */
-    {
-      int i;           /* Loop counter */
-      int nEntry = 0;  /* Number of entries in the hash table */
-      for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i] ) nEntry++; }
-      assert( nEntry==idx );
-    }
-
-    /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable
-    ** via the hash table.  This turns out to be a really, really expensive
-    ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every
-    ** iteration.
-    */
-    if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){
-      int i;           /* Loop counter */
-      for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){
-        for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
-          if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
-        }
-        assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
-      }
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
-  }
-
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. 
-**
-** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the
-** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything
-** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running.  The
-** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know
-** that this thread is running recovery.  If unable to establish
-** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.
-*/
-static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  i64 nSize;                      /* Size of log file */
-  u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0};
-  int iLock;                      /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */
-  int nLock;                      /* Number of locks to hold */
-
-  /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already
-  ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the
-  ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte.
-  ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before
-  ** this function returns.
-  */
-  assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 );
-  assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 );
-  assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE );
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-  iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock;
-  nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock;
-  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal));
-
-  memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto recovery_error;
-  }
-
-  if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){
-    u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE];         /* Buffer to load WAL header into */
-    u8 *aFrame = 0;               /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */
-    int szFrame;                  /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */
-    u8 *aData;                    /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */
-    int iFrame;                   /* Index of last frame read */
-    i64 iOffset;                  /* Next offset to read from log file */
-    int szPage;                   /* Page size according to the log */
-    u32 magic;                    /* Magic value read from WAL header */
-    u32 version;                  /* Magic value read from WAL header */
-    int isValid;                  /* True if this frame is valid */
-
-    /* Read in the WAL header. */
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto recovery_error;
-    }
-
-    /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than
-    ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid 
-    ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole
-    ** WAL file.
-    */
-    magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]);
-    szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]);
-    if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC 
-     || szPage&(szPage-1) 
-     || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
-     || szPage<512 
-    ){
-      goto finished;
-    }
-    pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001);
-    pWal->szPage = szPage;
-    pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]);
-    memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8);
-
-    /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */
-    walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, 
-        aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum
-    );
-    if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24])
-     || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28])
-    ){
-      goto finished;
-    }
-
-    /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that
-    ** are able to understand */
-    version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]);
-    if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-      goto finished;
-    }
-
-    /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */
-    szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
-    aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame);
-    if( !aFrame ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto recovery_error;
-    }
-    aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];
-
-    /* Read all frames from the log file. */
-    iFrame = 0;
-    for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){
-      u32 pgno;                   /* Database page number for frame */
-      u32 nTruncate;              /* dbsize field from frame header */
-
-      /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
-      iFrame++;
-      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-      isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame);
-      if( !isValid ) break;
-      rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-
-      /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */
-      if( nTruncate ){
-        pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
-        pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
-        pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
-        testcase( szPage<=32768 );
-        testcase( szPage>=65536 );
-        aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
-        aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
-      }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_free(aFrame);
-  }
-
-finished:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;
-    int i;
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0];
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1];
-    walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
-
-    /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is 
-    ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and
-    ** checkpointers.
-    */
-    pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
-    pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
-    pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0;
-    for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
-    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-
-    /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an
-    ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance
-    ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without
-    ** checkpointing the log file.
-    */
-    if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL,
-          "recovered %d frames from WAL file %s",
-          pWal->hdr.mxFrame, pWal->zWalName
-      );
-    }
-  }
-
-recovery_error:
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-  walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an open wal-index.
-*/
-static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){
-      sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]);
-      pWal->apWiData[i] = 0;
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete);
-  }
-}
-
-/* 
-** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must 
-** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
-** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
-**
-** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function
-** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other
-** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process
-** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
-** system would be badly broken.
-**
-** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and 
-** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
-** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,              /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */
-  sqlite3_file *pDbFd,            /* The open database file */
-  const char *zWalName,           /* Name of the WAL file */
-  int bNoShm,                     /* True to run in heap-memory mode */
-  i64 mxWalSize,                  /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */
-  Wal **ppWal                     /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  Wal *pRet;                      /* Object to allocate and return */
-  int flags;                      /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */
-
-  assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] );
-  assert( pDbFd );
-
-  /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before
-  ** this source file.  Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets
-  ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value.
-  */
-#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE
-  assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
-#endif
-#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE
-  assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
-#endif
-
-
-  /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */
-  *ppWal = 0;
-  pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile);
-  if( !pRet ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  pRet->pVfs = pVfs;
-  pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1];
-  pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd;
-  pRet->readLock = -1;
-  pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize;
-  pRet->zWalName = zWalName;
-  pRet->syncHeader = 1;
-  pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1;
-  pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE);
-
-  /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */
-  flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL);
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
-    pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY;
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    walIndexClose(pRet, 0);
-    sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd);
-    sqlite3_free(pRet);
-  }else{
-    int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pDbFd);
-    if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; }
-    if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){
-      pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0;
-    }
-    *ppWal = pRet;
-    WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet));
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset.
-*/
-void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){
-  if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that
-** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the
-** same WalIterator object.   Write into *piFrame the frame index where
-** that page was last written into the WAL.  Write into *piPage the page
-** number.
-**
-** Return 0 on success.  If there are no pages in the WAL with a page
-** number larger than *piPage, then return 1.
-*/
-static int walIteratorNext(
-  WalIterator *p,               /* Iterator */
-  u32 *piPage,                  /* OUT: The page number of the next page */
-  u32 *piFrame                  /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */
-){
-  u32 iMin;                     /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */
-  u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF;        /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */
-  int i;                        /* For looping through segments */
-
-  iMin = p->iPrior;
-  assert( iMin<0xffffffff );
-  for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){
-    struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i];
-    while( pSegment->iNext<pSegment->nEntry ){
-      u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]];
-      if( iPg>iMin ){
-        if( iPg<iRet ){
-          iRet = iPg;
-          *piFrame = pSegment->iZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext];
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      pSegment->iNext++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet;
-  return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list.
-**
-** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices.  The sort key is
-** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]].  Upon entry, the following
-** is guaranteed for all J<K:
-**
-**        aContent[aLeft[J]] < aContent[aLeft[K]]
-**        aContent[aRight[J]] < aContent[aRight[K]]
-**
-** This routine overwrites aRight[] with a new (probably longer) sequence
-** of indices such that the aRight[] contains every index that appears in
-** either aLeft[] or the old aRight[] and such that the second condition
-** above is still met.
-**
-** The aContent[aLeft[X]] values will be unique for all X.  And the
-** aContent[aRight[X]] values will be unique too.  But there might be
-** one or more combinations of X and Y such that
-**
-**      aLeft[X]!=aRight[Y]  &&  aContent[aLeft[X]] == aContent[aRight[Y]]
-**
-** When that happens, omit the aLeft[X] and use the aRight[Y] index.
-*/
-static void walMerge(
-  const u32 *aContent,            /* Pages in wal - keys for the sort */
-  ht_slot *aLeft,                 /* IN: Left hand input list */
-  int nLeft,                      /* IN: Elements in array *paLeft */
-  ht_slot **paRight,              /* IN/OUT: Right hand input list */
-  int *pnRight,                   /* IN/OUT: Elements in *paRight */
-  ht_slot *aTmp                   /* Temporary buffer */
-){
-  int iLeft = 0;                  /* Current index in aLeft */
-  int iRight = 0;                 /* Current index in aRight */
-  int iOut = 0;                   /* Current index in output buffer */
-  int nRight = *pnRight;
-  ht_slot *aRight = *paRight;
-
-  assert( nLeft>0 && nRight>0 );
-  while( iRight<nRight || iLeft<nLeft ){
-    ht_slot logpage;
-    Pgno dbpage;
-
-    if( (iLeft<nLeft) 
-     && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]])
-    ){
-      logpage = aLeft[iLeft++];
-    }else{
-      logpage = aRight[iRight++];
-    }
-    dbpage = aContent[logpage];
-
-    aTmp[iOut++] = logpage;
-    if( iLeft<nLeft && aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]==dbpage ) iLeft++;
-
-    assert( iLeft>=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage );
-    assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage );
-  }
-
-  *paRight = aLeft;
-  *pnRight = iOut;
-  memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key.
-** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the
-** larger aList[] values.
-**
-** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[].  The values in
-** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J<K:
-**
-**      aContent[aList[J]] < aContent[aList[K]]
-**
-** For any X and Y such that
-**
-**      aContent[aList[X]] == aContent[aList[Y]]
-**
-** Keep the larger of the two values aList[X] and aList[Y] and discard
-** the smaller.
-*/
-static void walMergesort(
-  const u32 *aContent,            /* Pages in wal */
-  ht_slot *aBuffer,               /* Buffer of at least *pnList items to use */
-  ht_slot *aList,                 /* IN/OUT: List to sort */
-  int *pnList                     /* IN/OUT: Number of elements in aList[] */
-){
-  struct Sublist {
-    int nList;                    /* Number of elements in aList */
-    ht_slot *aList;               /* Pointer to sub-list content */
-  };
-
-  const int nList = *pnList;      /* Size of input list */
-  int nMerge = 0;                 /* Number of elements in list aMerge */
-  ht_slot *aMerge = 0;            /* List to be merged */
-  int iList;                      /* Index into input list */
-  u32 iSub = 0;                   /* Index into aSub array */
-  struct Sublist aSub[13];        /* Array of sub-lists */
-
-  memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub));
-  assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 );
-  assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) );
-
-  for(iList=0; iList<nList; iList++){
-    nMerge = 1;
-    aMerge = &aList[iList];
-    for(iSub=0; iList & (1<<iSub); iSub++){
-      struct Sublist *p;
-      assert( iSub<ArraySize(aSub) );
-      p = &aSub[iSub];
-      assert( p->aList && p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
-      assert( p->aList==&aList[iList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
-      walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
-    }
-    aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge;
-    aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge;
-  }
-
-  for(iSub++; iSub<ArraySize(aSub); iSub++){
-    if( nList & (1<<iSub) ){
-      struct Sublist *p;
-      assert( iSub<ArraySize(aSub) );
-      p = &aSub[iSub];
-      assert( p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
-      assert( p->aList==&aList[nList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
-      walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
-    }
-  }
-  assert( aMerge==aList );
-  *pnList = nMerge;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  {
-    int i;
-    for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){
-      assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] );
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* 
-** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit().
-*/
-static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all 
-** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint
-** lock.
-**
-** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object
-** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine
-** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined.
-**
-** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the
-** WalIterator object when it has finished with it.
-*/
-static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){
-  WalIterator *p;                 /* Return value */
-  int nSegment;                   /* Number of segments to merge */
-  u32 iLast;                      /* Last frame in log */
-  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to allocate */
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  ht_slot *aTmp;                  /* Temp space used by merge-sort */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-
-  /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And
-  ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0).
-  */
-  assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 );
-  iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-
-  /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */
-  nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1;
-  nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) 
-        + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment)
-        + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot);
-  p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(p, 0, nByte);
-  p->nSegment = nSegment;
-
-  /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block
-  ** of memory will be freed before this function returns.
-  */
-  aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3_malloc64(
-      sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast)
-  );
-  if( !aTmp ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){
-    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
-    u32 iZero;
-    volatile u32 *aPgno;
-
-    rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int j;                      /* Counter variable */
-      int nEntry;                 /* Number of entries in this segment */
-      ht_slot *aIndex;            /* Sorted index for this segment */
-
-      aPgno++;
-      if( (i+1)==nSegment ){
-        nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero);
-      }else{
-        nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno);
-      }
-      aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero];
-      iZero++;
-  
-      for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){
-        aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j;
-      }
-      walMergesort((u32 *)aPgno, aTmp, aIndex, &nEntry);
-      p->aSegment[i].iZero = iZero;
-      p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry;
-      p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex;
-      p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(aTmp);
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    walIteratorFree(p);
-  }
-  *pp = p;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
-** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a
-** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the
-** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0.
-*/
-static int walBusyLock(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL connection */
-  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
-  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-  int lockIdx,                    /* Offset of first byte to lock */
-  int n                           /* Number of bytes to lock */
-){
-  int rc;
-  do {
-    rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n, 0);
-  }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function.
-** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database.
-*/
-static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){
-  return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following is guaranteed when this function is called:
-**
-**   a) the WRITER lock is held,
-**   b) the entire log file has been checkpointed, and
-**   c) any existing readers are reading exclusively from the database
-**      file - there are no readers that may attempt to read a frame from
-**      the log file.
-**
-** This function updates the shared-memory structures so that the next
-** client to write to the database (which may be this one) does so by
-** writing frames into the start of the log file.
-**
-** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the 
-** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e. 
-** one obtained from sqlite3_randomness()).
-*/
-static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){
-  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-  u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt;   /* Big-endian salt values */
-  pWal->nCkpt++;
-  pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0;
-  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0]));
-  memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt[1], &salt1, 4);
-  walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
-  pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
-  pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0;
-  for(i=2; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
-  assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 );
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file
-** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent.
-**
-** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited
-** by active readers.  This routine will never overwrite a database page
-** that a concurrent reader might be using.
-**
-** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
-** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL.  That means that if 
-** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background 
-** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
-**
-** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
-** into the database.  This ensures that if the new content is persistent
-** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset.
-**
-** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
-** WAL content is copied into the database file.  This second fsync makes
-** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
-** database file.
-**
-** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
-** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill.  
-** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
-** its value.)
-**
-** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
-** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
-** time.
-*/
-static int walCheckpoint(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
-  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
-  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
-  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */
-  u8 *zBuf                        /* Temporary buffer to use */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int szPage;                     /* Database page-size */
-  WalIterator *pIter = 0;         /* Wal iterator context */
-  u32 iDbpage = 0;                /* Next database page to write */
-  u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */
-  u32 mxSafeFrame;                /* Max frame that can be backfilled */
-  u32 mxPage;                     /* Max database page to write */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;    /* The checkpoint status information */
-
-  szPage = walPagesize(pWal);
-  testcase( szPage<=32768 );
-  testcase( szPage>=65536 );
-  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
-  if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
-
-    /* Allocate the iterator */
-    rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    assert( pIter );
-
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked
-    ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */
-    assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 );
-
-    /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
-    ** safe to write into the database.  Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
-    ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
-    ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
-    */
-    mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-    mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
-    for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
-      /* Thread-sanitizer reports that the following is an unsafe read,
-      ** as some other thread may be in the process of updating the value
-      ** of the aReadMark[] slot. The assumption here is that if that is
-      ** happening, the other client may only be increasing the value,
-      ** not decreasing it. So assuming either that either the "old" or
-      ** "new" version of the value is read, and not some arbitrary value
-      ** that would never be written by a real client, things are still 
-      ** safe.  */
-      u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
-      if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
-        assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
-        rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED);
-          walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
-        }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-          mxSafeFrame = y;
-          xBusy = 0;
-        }else{
-          goto walcheckpoint_out;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame
-     && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0),1))==SQLITE_OK
-    ){
-      i64 nSize;                    /* Current size of database file */
-      u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;
-
-      /* Sync the WAL to disk */
-      if( sync_flags ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
-      }
-
-      /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint
-      ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer.
-      */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage);
-        rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){
-          sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq);
-        }
-      }
-
-
-      /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file */
-      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
-        i64 iOffset;
-        assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );
-        if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ){
-          continue;
-        }
-        iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
-        /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
-        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-        iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage;
-        testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) );
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-      }
-
-      /* If work was actually accomplished... */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){
-          i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage;
-          testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) );
-          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){
-            rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags);
-          }
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */
-      walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1);
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure
-      ** just because there are active readers.  */
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART or TRUNCATE operation, and the
-  ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block 
-  ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that 
-  ** the next process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
-    assert( pWal->writeLock );
-    if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else if( eMode>=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
-      u32 salt1;
-      sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1);
-      assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
-      rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ){
-          /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-44699-57140 This mode works the same way as
-          ** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the addition that it also
-          ** truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior to a
-          ** successful return.
-          **
-          ** In theory, it might be safe to do this without updating the
-          ** wal-index header in shared memory, as all subsequent reader or
-          ** writer clients should see that the entire log file has been
-          ** checkpointed and behave accordingly. This seems unsafe though,
-          ** as it would leave the system in a state where the contents of
-          ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the 
-          ** file-system. To avoid this, update the wal-index header to
-          ** indicate that the log file contains zero valid frames.  */
-          walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1);
-          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, 0);
-        }
-        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
- walcheckpoint_out:
-  walIteratorFree(pIter);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate
-** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it.
-*/
-static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){
-  i64 sz;
-  int rx;
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz);
-  if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){
-    rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax);
-  }
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  if( rx ){
-    sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a connection to a log file.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalClose(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal to close */
-  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
-  int nBuf,
-  u8 *zBuf                        /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pWal ){
-    int isDelete = 0;             /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
-
-    /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the
-    ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
-    ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
-    ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
-    ** the wal and wal-index files.
-    **
-    ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
-        pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
-          pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
-      );
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        int bPersist = -1;
-        sqlite3OsFileControlHint(
-            pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist
-        );
-        if( bPersist!=1 ){
-          /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and
-          ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal
-          ** mode (!bPersist) */
-          isDelete = 1;
-        }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
-          /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint
-          ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent
-          ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a
-          ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0).  Note that we truncate
-          ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might
-          ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */
-          walLimitSize(pWal, 0);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete);
-    sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd);
-    if( isDelete ){
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0);
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    }
-    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal));
-    sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData);
-    sqlite3_free(pWal);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to read the wal-index header.  Return 0 on success and 1 if
-** there is a problem.
-**
-** The wal-index is in shared memory.  Another thread or process might
-** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to
-** read it, which might result in inconsistency.  A dirty read is detected
-** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by
-** a checksum on the header.
-**
-** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from
-** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header
-** and *pChanged is set to 1.
-**
-** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header
-** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero.
-*/
-static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
-  u32 aCksum[2];                  /* Checksum on the header content */
-  WalIndexHdr h1, h2;             /* Two copies of the header content */
-  WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr;     /* Header in shared memory */
-
-  /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */
-  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
-
-  /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the
-  ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP,
-  ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read
-  ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero.
-  **
-  ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index.
-  ** When reading, read [0] first then [1].  Writes are in the reverse order.
-  ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from
-  ** reordering the reads and writes.
-  */
-  aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
-  memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1));
-  walShmBarrier(pWal);
-  memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2));
-
-  if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){
-    return 1;   /* Dirty read */
-  }  
-  if( h1.isInit==0 ){
-    return 1;   /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */
-  }
-  walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum);
-  if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){
-    return 1;   /* Checksum does not match */
-  }
-
-  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
-    *pChanged = 1;
-    memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-    pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
-    testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 );
-    testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 );
-  }
-
-  /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
-** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
-** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
-**
-** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
-** changed by this operation.  If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
-** to 0.
-**
-** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. 
-** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int badHdr;                     /* True if a header read failed */
-  volatile u32 *page0;            /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
-
-  /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the 
-  ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
-  */
-  assert( pChanged );
-  rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  };
-  assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
-
-  /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
-  ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
-  ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently 
-  ** being modified by another thread or process.
-  */
-  badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1);
-
-  /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race
-  ** with a writer.  So get a WRITE lock and try again.
-  */
-  assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
-  if( badHdr ){
-    if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){
-      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){
-        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK);
-        rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY;
-      }
-    }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1, 1)) ){
-      pWal->writeLock = 1;
-      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){
-        badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged);
-        if( badHdr ){
-          /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
-          ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
-          ** needs to be reconstructed.  So run recovery to do exactly that.
-          */
-          rc = walIndexRecover(pWal);
-          *pChanged = 1;
-        }
-      }
-      pWal->writeLock = 0;
-      walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make
-  ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that
-  ** this version of SQLite cannot understand.
-  */
-  if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){
-    rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to
-** be retried.
-*/
-#define WAL_RETRY  (-1)
-
-/*
-** Attempt to start a read transaction.  This might fail due to a race or
-** other transient condition.  When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to
-** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately.
-**
-** On success return SQLITE_OK.  On a permanent failure (such an
-** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running
-** recovery) return a positive error code.
-**
-** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
-** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
-** checkpointed.  If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() 
-** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr.  If the 
-** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication 
-** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be 
-** flushed.)  When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
-** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
-**
-** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to
-** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY.
-** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the
-** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive
-** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL.  The
-** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue
-** and is not honoring the locking protocol.  There is a vanishingly small
-** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really
-** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
-** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
-**
-** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on 
-** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock).  The pWal->readLock integer is
-** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER.  If pWal->readLock==(-1)
-** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock.  The reader must not
-** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and
-** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock].  The reader will
-** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0
-** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL
-** completely and get all content directly from the database file.
-** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and
-** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success.
-** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the
-** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1.
-**
-** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header
-** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the
-** checkpoint process do as much work as possible.  This routine might
-** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does
-** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding
-** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values.
-*/
-static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){
-  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;    /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */
-  u32 mxReadMark;                 /* Largest aReadMark[] value */
-  int mxI;                        /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code  */
-
-  assert( pWal->readLock<0 );     /* Not currently locked */
-
-  /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error.
-  **
-  ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
-  ** instances of time.  No I/O or other system calls are done while the
-  ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But 
-  ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
-  ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, 
-  ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock.  In that case,
-  ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
-  **
-  ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep().  The first few
-  ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond.  Really this
-  ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay.  But on the 10th
-  ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, 
-  ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds.
-  ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds.
-  */
-  if( cnt>5 ){
-    int nDelay = 1;                      /* Pause time in microseconds */
-    if( cnt>100 ){
-      VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; )
-      return SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
-    }
-    if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*(cnt-9)*39;
-    sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay);
-  }
-
-  if( !useWal ){
-    rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process
-      ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY.  If recovery is known to
-      ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY.  There is a race here
-      ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY
-      ** would be technically correct.  But the race is benign since with
-      ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be
-      ** right on the second iteration.
-      */
-      if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){
-        /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
-        ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
-        ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS 
-        ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the 
-        ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region 
-        ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
-        */
-        rc = WAL_RETRY;
-      }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){
-        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK);
-        rc = WAL_RETRY;
-      }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY;
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
-  if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
-    /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty).
-    ** and can be safely ignored.
-    */
-    rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
-    walShmBarrier(pWal);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
-        /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
-        ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
-        ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
-        ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
-        ** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
-        ** happening, this is usually correct.
-        **
-        ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log 
-        ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
-        ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
-        ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
-        ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
-        */
-        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
-        return WAL_RETRY;
-      }
-      pWal->readLock = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use
-  ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits.  The job now is
-  ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to
-  ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry.
-  */
-  mxReadMark = 0;
-  mxI = 0;
-  for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
-    u32 thisMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
-    if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
-      assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED );
-      mxReadMark = thisMark;
-      mxI = i;
-    }
-  }
-  /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */
-  {
-    if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0
-     && (mxReadMark<pWal->hdr.mxFrame || mxI==0)
-    ){
-      for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
-        rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1, 0);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          mxReadMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-          mxI = i;
-          walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
-          break;
-        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( mxI==0 ){
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 );
-      return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK;
-    }
-
-    rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
-    if( rc ){
-      return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc;
-    }
-    /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the
-    ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index
-    ** header have changed.
-    **
-    ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change
-    ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained
-    ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility
-    ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames
-    ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been
-    ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things
-    ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of
-    ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry
-    ** instead.
-    **
-    ** Before checking that the live wal-index header has not changed
-    ** since it was read, set Wal.minFrame to the first frame in the wal
-    ** file that has not yet been checkpointed. This client will not need
-    ** to read any frames earlier than minFrame from the wal file - they
-    ** can be safely read directly from the database file.
-    **
-    ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of 
-    ** nBackfill and checking that the wal-header in shared-memory still
-    ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the 
-    ** checkpointer that set nBackfill was not working with a wal-index
-    ** header newer than that cached in pWal->hdr. If it were, that could
-    ** cause a problem. The checkpointer could omit to checkpoint
-    ** a version of page X that lies before pWal->minFrame (call that version
-    ** A) on the basis that there is a newer version (version B) of the same
-    ** page later in the wal file. But if version B happens to like past
-    ** frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame - then the client would incorrectly assume
-    ** that it can read version A from the database file. However, since
-    ** we can guarantee that the checkpointer that set nBackfill could not
-    ** see any pages past pWal->hdr.mxFrame, this problem does not come up.
-    */
-    pWal->minFrame = pInfo->nBackfill+1;
-    walShmBarrier(pWal);
-    if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark
-     || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))
-    ){
-      walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
-      return WAL_RETRY;
-    }else{
-      assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
-      pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin a read transaction on the database.
-**
-** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason:
-** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current
-** instant in time.  The current thread will continue to use this snapshot.
-** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but
-** that extra content is ignored by the current thread.
-**
-** If the database contents have changes since the previous read
-** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning.  The
-** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and
-** needs to be flushed.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int cnt = 0;                    /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */
-
-  do{
-    rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt);
-  }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
-  testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
-  testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
-  testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
-  testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Finish with a read transaction.  All this does is release the
-** read-lock.
-*/
-void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){
-  sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
-  if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){
-    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
-    pWal->readLock = -1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that
-** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead
-** to zero.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an
-** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalFindFrame(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
-  Pgno pgno,                      /* Database page number to read data for */
-  u32 *piRead                     /* OUT: Frame number (or zero) */
-){
-  u32 iRead = 0;                  /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */
-  u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;  /* Last page in WAL for this reader */
-  int iHash;                      /* Used to loop through N hash tables */
-  int iMinHash;
-
-  /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */
-  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
-
-  /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
-  ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
-  ** in this case as an optimization.  Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, 
-  ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the 
-  ** WAL were empty.
-  */
-  if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){
-    *piRead = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number
-  ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one
-  ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
-  **
-  ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
-  ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash 
-  ** table). This means the value just read from the hash 
-  ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the 
-  ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
-  ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
-  ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
-  ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was
-  ** opened remain unmodified.
-  **
-  ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
-  ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required 
-  ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
-  **
-  **   (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): 
-  **     This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
-  **
-  **   (iFrame<=iLast): 
-  **     This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
-  **     table after the current read-transaction had started.
-  */
-  iMinHash = walFramePage(pWal->minFrame);
-  for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=iMinHash && iRead==0; iHash--){
-    volatile ht_slot *aHash;      /* Pointer to hash table */
-    volatile u32 *aPgno;          /* Pointer to array of page numbers */
-    u32 iZero;                    /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */
-    int iKey;                     /* Hash slot index */
-    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
-    int rc;                       /* Error code */
-
-    rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT;
-    for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
-      u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero;
-      if( iFrame<=iLast && iFrame>=pWal->minFrame && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){
-        assert( iFrame>iRead || CORRUPT_DB );
-        iRead = iFrame;
-      }
-      if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-  /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search
-  ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the
-  ** result obtained using the hash indexes above.  */
-  {
-    u32 iRead2 = 0;
-    u32 iTest;
-    assert( pWal->minFrame>0 );
-    for(iTest=iLast; iTest>=pWal->minFrame; iTest--){
-      if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){
-        iRead2 = iTest;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( iRead==iRead2 );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  *piRead = iRead;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut
-** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an
-** error code otherwise.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalReadFrame(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
-  u32 iRead,                      /* Frame to read */
-  int nOut,                       /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */
-  u8 *pOut                        /* Buffer to write page data to */
-){
-  int sz;
-  i64 iOffset;
-  sz = pWal->hdr.szPage;
-  sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16);
-  testcase( sz<=32768 );
-  testcase( sz>=65536 );
-  iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
-  /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
-  return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown).
-*/
-Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){
-  if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){
-    return pWal->hdr.nPage;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* 
-** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL.
-**
-** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call
-** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction().
-**
-** If another thread or process has written into the database since
-** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this
-** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork.  So this routine
-** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started.
-**
-** There can only be a single writer active at a time.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
-  int rc;
-
-  /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read
-  ** transaction. */
-  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
-
-  if( pWal->readOnly ){
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-
-  /* Only one writer allowed at a time.  Get the write lock.  Return
-  ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable.
-  */
-  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pWal->writeLock = 1;
-
-  /* If another connection has written to the database file since the
-  ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then
-  ** the write is disallowed.
-  */
-  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
-    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
-    pWal->writeLock = 0;
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** End a write transaction.  The commit has already been done.  This
-** routine merely releases the lock.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
-  if( pWal->writeLock ){
-    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
-    pWal->writeLock = 0;
-    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this
-** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction.
-**
-** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written
-** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns
-** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is
-** returned to the caller.
-**
-** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this
-** function returns SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){
-    Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-    Pgno iFrame;
-  
-    /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it
-    ** was in before the client began writing to the database. 
-    */
-    memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-
-    for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; 
-        ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; 
-        iFrame++
-    ){
-      /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number
-      ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and 
-      ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op
-      ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b)
-      ** is false).
-      **
-      ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there
-      ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And
-      ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is
-      ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail.
-      */
-      assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 );
-      rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame));
-    }
-    if( iMax!=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) walCleanupHash(pWal);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 
-** values. This function populates the array with values required to 
-** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current 
-** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()).
-*/
-void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-  aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-  aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
-  aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
-  aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by
-** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array
-** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated
-** by a call to WalSavepoint().
-*/
-int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-  assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
-
-  if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){
-    /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction
-    ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around
-    ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match.
-    */
-    aWalData[0] = 0;
-    aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
-  }
-
-  if( aWalData[0]<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
-    pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0];
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1];
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2];
-    walCleanupHash(pWal);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log
-** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending
-** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the
-** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so,
-** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left
-** unchanged.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether
-** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned
-** if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int cnt;
-
-  if( pWal->readLock==0 ){
-    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
-    assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
-    if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){
-      u32 salt1;
-      sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1);
-      rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no
-        ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions
-        ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the
-        ** wal-index header to reflect this.
-        **
-        ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only
-        ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also
-        ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo()
-        ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back.  */
-        walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1);
-        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
-      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
-    pWal->readLock = -1;
-    cnt = 0;
-    do{
-      int notUsed;
-      rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, &notUsed, 1, ++cnt);
-    }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
-    assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */
-    testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
-    testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
-    testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where
-** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into
-** walWriteToLog().
-*/
-typedef struct WalWriter {
-  Wal *pWal;                   /* The complete WAL information */
-  sqlite3_file *pFd;           /* The WAL file to which we write */
-  sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint;    /* Fsync at this offset */
-  int syncFlags;               /* Flags for the fsync */
-  int szPage;                  /* Size of one page */
-} WalWriter;
-
-/*
-** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset.
-** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary.
-**
-** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt,
-** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the
-** rest.
-*/
-static int walWriteToLog(
-  WalWriter *p,              /* WAL to write to */
-  void *pContent,            /* Content to be written */
-  int iAmt,                  /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite3_int64 iOffset      /* Start writing at this offset */
-){
-  int rc;
-  if( iOffset<p->iSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){
-    int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset);
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    iOffset += iFirstAmt;
-    iAmt -= iFirstAmt;
-    pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent);
-    assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) );
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
-    if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write out a single frame of the WAL
-*/
-static int walWriteOneFrame(
-  WalWriter *p,               /* Where to write the frame */
-  PgHdr *pPage,               /* The page of the frame to be written */
-  int nTruncate,              /* The commit flag.  Usually 0.  >0 for commit */
-  sqlite3_int64 iOffset       /* Byte offset at which to write */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Result code from subfunctions */
-  void *pData;                    /* Data actually written */
-  u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];   /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-  if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
-  pData = pPage->pData;
-#endif
-  walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame);
-  rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  /* Write the page data */
-  rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock
-** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()).
-*/
-int sqlite3WalFrames(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal handle to write to */
-  int szPage,                     /* Database page-size in bytes */
-  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of dirty pages to write */
-  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
-  int isCommit,                   /* True if this is a commit */
-  int sync_flags                  /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Used to catch return codes */
-  u32 iFrame;                     /* Next frame address */
-  PgHdr *p;                       /* Iterator to run through pList with. */
-  PgHdr *pLast = 0;               /* Last frame in list */
-  int nExtra = 0;                 /* Number of extra copies of last page */
-  int szFrame;                    /* The size of a single frame */
-  i64 iOffset;                    /* Next byte to write in WAL file */
-  WalWriter w;                    /* The writer */
-
-  assert( pList );
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-
-  /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0.  If
-  ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */
-  assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) );
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){}
-    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n",
-              pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill"));
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the
-  ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL
-  ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of
-  ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format.
-  */
-  iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-  if( iFrame==0 ){
-    u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE];      /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */
-    u32 aCksum[2];                /* Checksum for wal-header */
-
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN));
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION);
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage);
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt);
-    if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt);
-    memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
-    walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum);
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]);
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]);
-    
-    pWal->szPage = szPage;
-    pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0];
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1];
-    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1;
-
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0);
-    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless
-    ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF).  Otherwise
-    ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in
-    ** database corruption.  See the ticket:
-    **
-    **     http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee
-    */
-    if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage );
-
-  /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */
-  w.pWal = pWal;
-  w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd;
-  w.iSyncPoint = 0;
-  w.syncFlags = sync_flags;
-  w.szPage = szPage;
-  iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage);
-  szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
-
-  /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */
-  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
-    int nDbSize;   /* 0 normally.  Positive == commit flag */
-    iFrame++;
-    assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) );
-    nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0;
-    rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    pLast = p;
-    iOffset += szFrame;
-  }
-
-  /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad
-  ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file.
-  **
-  ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a
-  ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL.  If synchronous==NORMAL
-  ** or synchronous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed.
-  **
-  ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not
-  ** needed and only the sync is done.  If padding is needed, then the
-  ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector
-  ** boundary is crossed.  Only the part of the WAL prior to the last
-  ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends
-  ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync.
-  */
-  if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){
-    if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){
-      int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd);
-      w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize;
-      while( iOffset<w.iSyncPoint ){
-        rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, pLast, nTruncate, iOffset);
-        if( rc ) return rc;
-        iOffset += szFrame;
-        nExtra++;
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(w.pFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If this frame set completes the first transaction in the WAL and
-  ** if PRAGMA journal_size_limit is set, then truncate the WAL to the
-  ** journal size limit, if possible.
-  */
-  if( isCommit && pWal->truncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
-    i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize;
-    if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){
-      sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage);
-    }
-    walLimitSize(pWal, sz);
-    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the 
-  ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index
-  ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may
-  ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten.
-  */
-  iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-  for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){
-    iFrame++;
-    rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno);
-  }
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){
-    iFrame++;
-    nExtra--;
-    rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* Update the private copy of the header. */
-    pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
-    testcase( szPage<=32768 );
-    testcase( szPage>=65536 );
-    pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
-    if( isCommit ){
-      pWal->hdr.iChange++;
-      pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
-    }
-    /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */
-    if( isCommit ){
-      walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
-      pWal->iCallback = iFrame;
-    }
-  }
-
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and
-** related interfaces.
-**
-** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as
-** we can from WAL into the database.
-**
-** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler
-** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
-  int eMode,                      /* PASSIVE, FULL, RESTART, or TRUNCATE */
-  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
-  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
-  int nBuf,                       /* Size of temporary buffer */
-  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
-  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
-  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int isChanged = 0;              /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */
-  int eMode2 = eMode;             /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */
-  int (*xBusy2)(void*) = xBusy;   /* Busy handler for eMode2 */
-
-  assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 );
-  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
-
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked
-  ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */
-  assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 );
-
-  if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal));
-
-  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive 
-  ** "checkpoint" lock on the database file. */
-  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-10421-19736 If any other process is running a
-    ** checkpoint operation at the same time, the lock cannot be obtained and
-    ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
-    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53820-33897 Even if there is a busy-handler configured,
-    ** it will not be invoked in this case.
-    */
-    testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
-    testcase( xBusy!=0 );
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pWal->ckptLock = 1;
-
-  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59782-36818 The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and
-  ** TRUNCATE modes also obtain the exclusive "writer" lock on the database
-  ** file.
-  **
-  ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60642-04082 If the writer lock cannot be obtained
-  ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the
-  ** writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the
-  ** lock is successfully obtained.
-  */
-  if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
-    rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pWal->writeLock = 1;
-    }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
-      xBusy2 = 0;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the wal-index header. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged);
-    if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
-      sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }else{
-      rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy2, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf);
-    }
-
-    /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-      if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( isChanged ){
-    /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was 
-    ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now
-    ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that
-    ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that
-    ** the cache needs to be reset.
-    */
-    memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-  }
-
-  /* Release the locks. */
-  sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
-  walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
-  pWal->ckptLock = 0;
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc);
-}
-
-/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
-** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
-** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
-** the last call, then return 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){
-  u32 ret = 0;
-  if( pWal ){
-    ret = pWal->iCallback;
-    pWal->iCallback = 0;
-  }
-  return (int)ret;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out
-** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.
-**
-** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE
-** into locking_mode=NORMAL.  This means that we must acquire a lock
-** on the pWal->readLock byte.  If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL
-** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0.  If the
-** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1.  This
-** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
-** lock on the main database file.
-**
-** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into 
-** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  This means that the pWal->readLock must
-** be released.  Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
-** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
-** routine is a no-op.  The pager must already hold the exclusive lock
-** on the main database file before invoking this operation.
-**
-** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do
-** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it
-** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking
-** the op==1 case.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){
-  int rc;
-  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
-  assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 );
-
-  /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a 
-  ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot 
-  ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
-  ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
-  ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
-  */
-  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
-  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) );
-
-  if( op==0 ){
-    if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){
-      pWal->exclusiveMode = 0;
-      if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
-      }
-      rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
-    }else{
-      /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */
-      rc = 0;
-    }
-  }else if( op>0 ){
-    assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 );
-    assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
-    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
-    pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
-    rc = 1;
-  }else{
-    rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
-** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
-*/
-int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){
-  return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE );
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-/*
-** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a
-** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known,
-** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL).
-*/
-int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){
-  assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 );
-  return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/wal.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/wal.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 092546354b3..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/wal.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2010 February 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging 
-** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to 
-** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _WAL_H_
-#define _WAL_H_
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of
-** sqlite3WalFrames():
-*/
-#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS  0x20   /* Sync at the end of each transaction */
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK       0x13   /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z)                   0
-# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
-# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z)                0
-# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z)     0
-# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
-# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y)                     0
-# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y)      0
-# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x)        0
-# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z)                   0
-# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
-# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z)            0
-# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z)           0
-# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalCallback(z)                   0
-# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z)            0
-# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z)                 0
-# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z)                  0
-# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z)              0
-#else
-
-#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
-
-/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. 
-** There is one object of this type for each pager. 
-*/
-typedef struct Wal Wal;
-
-/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
-int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
-int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);
-
-/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
-void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
-
-/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot.  A 
-** snapshot is like a read-transaction.  It is the state of the database
-** at an instant in time.  sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
-** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
-** write to or checkpoint the WAL.  sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the
-** transaction and releases the lock.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *);
-void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal);
-
-/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */
-int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *);
-int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *);
-
-/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */
-Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal);
-
-/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */
-int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
-int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
-
-/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */
-int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx);
-
-/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write
-** position in the WAL */
-void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
-
-/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame.  Called in
-** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */
-int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
-
-/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
-int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
-
-/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ 
-int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* Write-ahead log connection */
-  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
-  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
-  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
-  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer nBuf */
-  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
-  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
-  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
-);
-
-/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
-** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
-** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
-** the last call, then return 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal);
-
-/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released)
-** by the pager layer on the database file.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op);
-
-/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
-** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
-*/
-int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content
-** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created).
-*/
-int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal);
-#endif
-
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-#endif /* _WAL_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/walker.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/walker.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e0f2cd60b..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/walker.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2008 August 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
-** an SQL statement.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
-** of the expression, while descending.  (In other words, the callback
-** is invoked before visiting children.)
-**
-** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
-** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
-**
-**    WRC_Continue      Continue descending down the tree.
-**
-**    WRC_Prune         Do not descend into child nodes.  But allow
-**                      the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
-**
-**    WRC_Abort         Do no more callbacks.  Unwind the stack and
-**                      return the top-level walk call.
-**
-** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
-** and WRC_Continue to continue.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  int rc;
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) );
-  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
-  rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
-  if( rc==WRC_Continue
-              && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){
-    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    }else{
-      if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc & WRC_Abort;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
-** an abort request is seen.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
-  int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( p ){
-    for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-      if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p.  Do
-** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
-** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
-** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
-** FROM clause of SELECT statement p.  Do not invoke the select
-** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
-** and on any subqueries further down in the tree.  Return 
-** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
-*/
-int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
-    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-      if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc
-       && sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pItem->u1.pFuncArg)
-      ){
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-} 
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
-** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
-** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. 
-**
-** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before
-** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2()
-** method, if it is not NULL, is invoked following the walk of the 
-** expressions and FROM clause.
-**
-** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions.  Return WRC_Abort if
-** there is an abort request.
-**
-** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
-** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
-*/
-int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  int rc;
-  if( p==0 || (pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 && pWalker->xSelectCallback2==0) ){
-    return WRC_Continue;
-  }
-  rc = WRC_Continue;
-  pWalker->walkerDepth++;
-  while( p ){
-    if( pWalker->xSelectCallback ){
-       rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
-       if( rc ) break;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p)
-     || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p)
-    ){
-      pWalker->walkerDepth--;
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-    if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2 ){
-      pWalker->xSelectCallback2(pWalker, p);
-    }
-    p = p->pPrior;
-  }
-  pWalker->walkerDepth--;
-  return rc & WRC_Abort;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/where.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/where.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0adc698401c..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/where.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4608 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
-** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is responsible for
-** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
-** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
-** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
-** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "whereInt.h"
-
-/* Forward declaration of methods */
-static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int);
-
-/* Test variable that can be set to enable WHERE tracing */
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Return the estimated number of output rows from a WHERE clause
-*/
-u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  return sqlite3LogEstToInt(pWInfo->nRowOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this
-** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing.
-*/
-int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  return pWInfo->eDistinct;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order.
-** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted.
-*/
-int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  return pWInfo->nOBSat;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue
-** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause.
-*/
-int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 );
-  return pWInfo->iContinue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break
-** out of a WHERE loop.
-*/
-int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  return pWInfo->iBreak;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return ONEPASS_OFF (0) if an UPDATE or DELETE statement is unable to
-** operate directly on the rowis returned by a WHERE clause.  Return
-** ONEPASS_SINGLE (1) if the statement can operation directly because only
-** a single row is to be changed.  Return ONEPASS_MULTI (2) if the one-pass
-** optimization can be used on multiple 
-**
-** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true)
-** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS
-** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1].  iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data
-** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index.
-** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used.
-** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing.
-**
-** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is
-** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization.
-*/
-int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){
-  memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2);
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-  if( sqlite3WhereTrace && pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s cursors: %d %d\n",
-         pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ? "ONEPASS_SINGLE" : "ONEPASS_MULTI",
-         aiCur[0], aiCur[1]);
-  }
-#endif
-  return pWInfo->eOnePass;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the content of pSrc into pDest
-*/
-static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){
-  pDest->n = pSrc->n;
-  memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0]));
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet.
-**
-** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be
-** appended, or it might be discarded.  Do whatever is the right thing
-** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far.
-*/
-static int whereOrInsert(
-  WhereOrSet *pSet,      /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */
-  Bitmask prereq,        /* Prerequisites of the new entry */
-  LogEst rRun,           /* Run-cost of the new entry */
-  LogEst nOut            /* Number of outputs for the new entry */
-){
-  u16 i;
-  WhereOrCost *p;
-  for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){
-    if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){
-      goto whereOrInsert_done;
-    }
-    if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pSet->n<N_OR_COST ){
-    p = &pSet->a[pSet->n++];
-    p->nOut = nOut;
-  }else{
-    p = pSet->a;
-    for(i=1; i<pSet->n; i++){
-      if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i;
-    }
-    if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0;
-  }
-whereOrInsert_done:
-  p->prereq = prereq;
-  p->rRun = rRun;
-  if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number.  Return 0 if
-** iCursor is not in the set.
-*/
-Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
-  int i;
-  assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
-  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
-    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
-      return MASKBIT(i);
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
-**
-** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause.  The number of
-** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine.  So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
-** array will never overflow.
-*/
-static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
-  assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
-  pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria
-** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit().
-** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms.
-*/
-static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){
-  int iCur;            /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */
-  i16 iColumn;         /* The column on the LHS of the term.  -1 for IPK */
-  Expr *pX;            /* An expression being tested */
-  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;    /* The term being tested */
-  int k = pScan->k;    /* Where to start scanning */
-
-  while( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ){
-    iCur = pScan->aiCur[pScan->iEquiv-1];
-    iColumn = pScan->aiColumn[pScan->iEquiv-1];
-    if( iColumn==XN_EXPR && pScan->pIdxExpr==0 ) return 0;
-    while( (pWC = pScan->pWC)!=0 ){
-      for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; k<pWC->nTerm; k++, pTerm++){
-        if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
-         && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
-         && (iColumn!=XN_EXPR
-             || sqlite3ExprCompare(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft,pScan->pIdxExpr,iCur)==0)
-         && (pScan->iEquiv<=1 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
-        ){
-          if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0
-           && pScan->nEquiv<ArraySize(pScan->aiCur)
-           && (pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr->pRight))->op==TK_COLUMN
-          ){
-            int j;
-            for(j=0; j<pScan->nEquiv; j++){
-              if( pScan->aiCur[j]==pX->iTable
-               && pScan->aiColumn[j]==pX->iColumn ){
-                  break;
-              }
-            }
-            if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){
-              pScan->aiCur[j] = pX->iTable;
-              pScan->aiColumn[j] = pX->iColumn;
-              pScan->nEquiv++;
-            }
-          }
-          if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){
-            /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */
-            if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){
-              CollSeq *pColl;
-              Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse;
-              pX = pTerm->pExpr;
-              if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){
-                continue;
-              }
-              assert(pX->pLeft);
-              pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse,
-                                                  pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
-              if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
-              if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){
-                continue;
-              }
-            }
-            if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0
-             && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN
-             && pX->iTable==pScan->aiCur[0]
-             && pX->iColumn==pScan->aiColumn[0]
-            ){
-              testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
-              continue;
-            }
-            pScan->k = k+1;
-            return pTerm;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      pScan->pWC = pScan->pWC->pOuter;
-      k = 0;
-    }
-    pScan->pWC = pScan->pOrigWC;
-    k = 0;
-    pScan->iEquiv++;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object.  Return a pointer to the
-** first match.  Return NULL if there are no matches.
-**
-** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC.  It will look
-** for terms of the form "X <op> <expr>" where X is column iColumn of table
-** iCur.  The <op> must be one of the operators described by opMask.
-**
-** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the
-** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form
-** "Y <op> <expr>".  The number of levels of transitivity is limited,
-** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements.
-**
-** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with
-** index pIdx.
-*/
-static WhereTerm *whereScanInit(
-  WhereScan *pScan,       /* The WhereScan object being initialized */
-  WhereClause *pWC,       /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */
-  int iCur,               /* Cursor to scan for */
-  int iColumn,            /* Column to scan for */
-  u32 opMask,             /* Operator(s) to scan for */
-  Index *pIdx             /* Must be compatible with this index */
-){
-  int j = 0;
-
-  /* memset(pScan, 0, sizeof(*pScan)); */
-  pScan->pOrigWC = pWC;
-  pScan->pWC = pWC;
-  pScan->pIdxExpr = 0;
-  if( pIdx ){
-    j = iColumn;
-    iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
-    if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ) pScan->pIdxExpr = pIdx->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr;
-  }
-  if( pIdx && iColumn>=0 ){
-    pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
-    pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j];
-  }else{
-    pScan->idxaff = 0;
-    pScan->zCollName = 0;
-  }
-  pScan->opMask = opMask;
-  pScan->k = 0;
-  pScan->aiCur[0] = iCur;
-  pScan->aiColumn[0] = iColumn;
-  pScan->nEquiv = 1;
-  pScan->iEquiv = 1;
-  return whereScanNext(pScan);
-}
-
-/*
-** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>"
-** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and <op> is one of
-** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter.
-** Return a pointer to the term.  Return 0 if not found.
-**
-** If pIdx!=0 then search for terms matching the iColumn-th column of pIdx
-** rather than the iColumn-th column of table iCur.
-**
-** The term returned might by Y=<expr> if there is another constraint in
-** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y.  Any such constraints will be
-** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field.  The
-** aiCur[]/iaColumn[] arrays hold X and all its equivalents. There are 11
-** slots in aiCur[]/aiColumn[] so that means we can look for X plus up to 10
-** other equivalent values.  Hence a search for X will return <expr> if X=A1
-** and A1=A2 and A2=A3 and ... and A9=A10 and A10=<expr>.
-**
-** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X <op> <expr>"
-** then try for the one with no dependencies on <expr> - in other words where
-** <expr> is a constant expression of some kind.  Only return entries of
-** the form "X <op> Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of
-** the form "X <op> <const-expr>" exist.   If no terms with a constant RHS
-** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV.
-*/
-WhereTerm *sqlite3WhereFindTerm(
-  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
-  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
-  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
-  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
-  u32 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
-  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
-){
-  WhereTerm *pResult = 0;
-  WhereTerm *p;
-  WhereScan scan;
-
-  p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx);
-  op &= WO_EQ|WO_IS;
-  while( p ){
-    if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){
-      if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&op)!=0 ){
-        testcase( p->eOperator & WO_IS );
-        return p;
-      }
-      if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p;
-    }
-    p = whereScanNext(&scan);
-  }
-  return pResult;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function searches pList for an entry that matches the iCol-th column
-** of index pIdx.
-**
-** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If
-** no expression is found, -1 is returned.
-*/
-static int findIndexCol(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  ExprList *pList,                /* Expression list to search */
-  int iBase,                      /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */
-  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index to match column of */
-  int iCol                        /* Column of index to match */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol];
-
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
-    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
-     && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
-     && p->iTable==iBase
-    ){
-      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
-      if( pColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
-        return i;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the iCol-th column of index pIdx is NOT NULL
-*/
-static int indexColumnNotNull(Index *pIdx, int iCol){
-  int j;
-  assert( pIdx!=0 );
-  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pIdx->nColumn );
-  j = pIdx->aiColumn[iCol];
-  if( j>=0 ){
-    return pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull;
-  }else if( j==(-1) ){
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    assert( j==(-2) );
-    return 0;  /* Assume an indexed expression can always yield a NULL */
-
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument
-** is redundant.
-**
-** A DISTINCT list is redundant if any subset of the columns in the
-** DISTINCT list are collectively unique and individually non-null.
-*/
-static int isDistinctRedundant(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* Parsing context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,        /* The FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC,         /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pDistinct       /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */
-){
-  Table *pTab;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int i;                          
-  int iBase;
-
-  /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of
-  ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT 
-  ** clause is redundant. */
-  if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
-  iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor;
-  pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
-
-  /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return 
-  ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
-  ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr);
-    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes
-  ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if:
-  **
-  **   1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and
-  **
-  **   2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct
-  **      list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X",
-  **      where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the
-  **      comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index.
-  **
-  **   3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not
-  **      contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint.
-  */
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) continue;
-    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
-      if( 0==sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iBase, i, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){
-        if( findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i)<0 ) break;
-        if( indexColumnNotNull(pIdx, i)==0 ) break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){
-      /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2.
-*/
-static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){
-  return N<=10 ? 0 : sqlite3LogEst(N) - 33;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code.
-**
-** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column
-** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine 
-** instead of via table lookup.
-**
-** If the bIncrRowid parameter is 0, then any OP_Rowid instructions on
-** cursor iTabCur are transformed into OP_Null. Or, if bIncrRowid is non-zero,
-** then each OP_Rowid is transformed into an instruction to increment the
-** value stored in its output register.
-*/
-static void translateColumnToCopy(
-  Vdbe *v,            /* The VDBE containing code to translate */
-  int iStart,         /* Translate from this opcode to the end */
-  int iTabCur,        /* OP_Column/OP_Rowid references to this table */
-  int iRegister,      /* The first column is in this register */
-  int bIncrRowid      /* If non-zero, transform OP_rowid to OP_AddImm(1) */
-){
-  VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, iStart);
-  int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  for(; iStart<iEnd; iStart++, pOp++){
-    if( pOp->p1!=iTabCur ) continue;
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
-      pOp->opcode = OP_Copy;
-      pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + iRegister;
-      pOp->p2 = pOp->p3;
-      pOp->p3 = 0;
-    }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
-      if( bIncrRowid ){
-        /* Increment the value stored in the P2 operand of the OP_Rowid. */
-        pOp->opcode = OP_AddImm;
-        pOp->p1 = pOp->p2;
-        pOp->p2 = 1;
-      }else{
-        pOp->opcode = OP_Null;
-        pOp->p1 = 0;
-        pOp->p3 = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
-** structure.  Used for testing and debugging only.  If neither
-** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
-** are no-ops.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
-static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
-       p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
-       p->aConstraint[i].op,
-       p->aConstraint[i].usable);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
-       p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
-  }
-}
-static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
-       p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
-  }
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows);
-}
-#else
-#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
-#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it
-** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate
-** index existed.
-*/
-static int termCanDriveIndex(
-  WhereTerm *pTerm,              /* WHERE clause term to check */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,     /* Table we are trying to access */
-  Bitmask notReady               /* Tables in outer loops of the join */
-){
-  char aff;
-  if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0;
-  if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) return 0;
-  if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0;
-  if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0;
-  aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity;
-  if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0;
-  testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS );
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-/*
-** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index
-** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator
-** makes use of the automatic index.
-*/
-static void constructAutomaticIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
-  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */
-  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel          /* Write new index here */
-){
-  int nKeyCol;                /* Number of columns in the constructed index */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;           /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
-  WhereTerm *pWCEnd;          /* End of pWC->a[] */
-  Index *pIdx;                /* Object describing the transient index */
-  Vdbe *v;                    /* Prepared statement under construction */
-  int addrInit;               /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */
-  Table *pTable;              /* The table being indexed */
-  int addrTop;                /* Top of the index fill loop */
-  int regRecord;              /* Register holding an index record */
-  int n;                      /* Column counter */
-  int i;                      /* Loop counter */
-  int mxBitCol;               /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */
-  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to on a column */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;           /* The Loop object */
-  char *zNotUsed;             /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */
-  Bitmask idxCols;            /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */
-  Bitmask extraCols;          /* Bitmap of additional columns */
-  u8 sentWarning = 0;         /* True if a warnning has been issued */
-  Expr *pPartial = 0;         /* Partial Index Expression */
-  int iContinue = 0;          /* Jump here to skip excluded rows */
-  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* FROM clause term being indexed */
-  int addrCounter;            /* Address where integer counter is initialized */
-  int regBase;                /* Array of registers where record is assembled */
-
-  /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the
-  ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  addrInit = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-  /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index
-  ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */
-  nKeyCol = 0;
-  pTable = pSrc->pTab;
-  pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
-  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-  idxCols = 0;
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
-    Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)    /* prereq always non-zero */
-         || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pSrc->iCursor   /*   for the right-hand   */
-         || pLoop->prereq!=0 );                     /*   table of a LEFT JOIN */
-    if( pLoop->prereq==0
-     && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)==0
-     && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
-     && sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pExpr, pSrc->iCursor) ){
-      pPartial = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pPartial,
-                                sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0));
-    }
-    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
-      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
-      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
-      testcase( iCol==BMS );
-      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
-      if( !sentWarning ){
-        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX,
-            "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName,
-            pTable->aCol[iCol].zName);
-        sentWarning = 1;
-      }
-      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
-        if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ){
-          goto end_auto_index_create;
-        }
-        pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm;
-        idxCols |= cMask;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( nKeyCol>0 );
-  pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol;
-  pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED
-                     | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
-
-  /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a
-  ** covering index.  A "covering index" is an index that contains all
-  ** columns that are needed by the query.  With a covering index, the
-  ** original table never needs to be accessed.  Automatic indices must
-  ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the
-  ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used
-  ** if they go out of sync.
-  */
-  extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1));
-  mxBitCol = MIN(BMS-1,pTable->nCol);
-  testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 );
-  testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 );
-  for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
-    if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ) nKeyCol++;
-  }
-  if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){
-    nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */
-  pIdx = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(pParse->db, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed);
-  if( pIdx==0 ) goto end_auto_index_create;
-  pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx;
-  pIdx->zName = "auto-index";
-  pIdx->pTable = pTable;
-  n = 0;
-  idxCols = 0;
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
-    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
-      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
-      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
-      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
-      testcase( iCol==BMS );
-      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
-        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
-        idxCols |= cMask;
-        pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
-        pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
-        pIdx->azColl[n] = pColl ? pColl->zName : "BINARY";
-        n++;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq );
-
-  /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into
-  ** a covering index */
-  for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
-    if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ){
-      pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
-      pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
-      n++;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){
-    for(i=BMS-1; i<pTable->nCol; i++){
-      pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
-      pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
-      n++;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( n==nKeyCol );
-  pIdx->aiColumn[n] = XN_ROWID;
-  pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
-
-  /* Create the automatic index */
-  assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 );
-  pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1);
-  sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-  VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName));
-
-  /* Fill the automatic index with content */
-  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-  pTabItem = &pWC->pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-  if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){
-    int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn;
-    addrCounter = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub);
-    addrTop =  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regYield);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName));
-  }else{
-    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  if( pPartial ){
-    iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pPartial, iContinue, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_PARTIALIDX;
-  }
-  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  regBase = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
-      pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0
-  );
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
-  if( pPartial ) sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
-  if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addrCounter, regBase+n);
-    translateColumnToCopy(v, addrTop, pLevel->iTabCur, pTabItem->regResult, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop);
-    pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine = 0;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-  
-  /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit);
-
-end_auto_index_create:
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pPartial);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the 
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure
-** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free().
-*/
-static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  WhereClause *pWC,
-  Bitmask mUnusable,              /* Ignore terms with these prereqs */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,
-  ExprList *pOrderBy
-){
-  int i, j;
-  int nTerm;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
-  struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int nOrderBy;
-  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
-
-  /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
-  ** to this virtual table */
-  for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
-    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
-    if( pTerm->prereqRight & mUnusable ) continue;
-    assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL );
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV|WO_IS))==0 ) continue;
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
-    assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) );
-    nTerm++;
-  }
-
-  /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
-  ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
-  ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
-  */
-  nOrderBy = 0;
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    int n = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-      Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-      if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
-    }
-    if( i==n){
-      nOrderBy = n;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
-  */
-  pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
-                           + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
-                           + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
-  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the structure.  The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
-  ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
-  ** changing them.  We have to do some funky casting in order to
-  ** initialize those fields.
-  */
-  pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
-  pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
-  pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
-  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
-  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
-  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
-  *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
-  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
-                                                                   pUsage;
-
-  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
-    u8 op;
-    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
-    if( pTerm->prereqRight & mUnusable ) continue;
-    assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL );
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV|WO_IS))==0 ) continue;
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
-    assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) );
-    pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
-    pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
-    op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL;
-    if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ;
-    pIdxCons[j].op = op;
-    /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
-    ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
-    ** following asserts verify this fact. */
-    assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
-    assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
-    assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
-    assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
-    assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
-    assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
-    assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
-    j++;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
-    Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-    pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
-    pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
-  }
-
-  return pIdxInfo;
-}
-
-/*
-** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function
-** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex()
-** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that
-** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function.
-**
-** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a
-** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output
-** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated.
-**
-** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the
-** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates
-** that this is required.
-*/
-static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab;
-  int i;
-  int rc;
-
-  TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p);
-  rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p);
-  TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p);
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
-  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-
-  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
-    if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-          "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pParse->nErr;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an
-** index.  Store the results in aStat as follows:
-**
-**    aStat[0]      Est. number of rows less than pRec
-**    aStat[1]      Est. number of rows equal to pRec
-**
-** Return the index of the sample that is the smallest sample that
-** is greater than or equal to pRec. Note that this index is not an index
-** into the aSample[] array - it is an index into a virtual set of samples
-** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record 
-** pRec. 
-*/
-static int whereKeyStats(
-  Parse *pParse,              /* Database connection */
-  Index *pIdx,                /* Index to consider domain of */
-  UnpackedRecord *pRec,       /* Vector of values to consider */
-  int roundUp,                /* Round up if true.  Round down if false */
-  tRowcnt *aStat              /* OUT: stats written here */
-){
-  IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
-  int iCol;                   /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */
-  int i;                      /* Index of first sample >= pRec */
-  int iSample;                /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */
-  int iMin = 0;               /* Smallest sample not yet tested */
-  int iTest;                  /* Next sample to test */
-  int res;                    /* Result of comparison operation */
-  int nField;                 /* Number of fields in pRec */
-  tRowcnt iLower = 0;         /* anLt[] + anEq[] of largest sample pRec is > */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse );
-#endif
-  assert( pRec!=0 );
-  assert( pIdx->nSample>0 );
-  assert( pRec->nField>0 && pRec->nField<=pIdx->nSampleCol );
-
-  /* Do a binary search to find the first sample greater than or equal
-  ** to pRec. If pRec contains a single field, the set of samples to search
-  ** is simply the aSample[] array. If the samples in aSample[] contain more
-  ** than one fields, all fields following the first are ignored.
-  **
-  ** If pRec contains N fields, where N is more than one, then as well as the
-  ** samples in aSample[] (truncated to N fields), the search also has to
-  ** consider prefixes of those samples. For example, if the set of samples
-  ** in aSample is:
-  **
-  **     aSample[0] = (a, 5) 
-  **     aSample[1] = (a, 10) 
-  **     aSample[2] = (b, 5) 
-  **     aSample[3] = (c, 100) 
-  **     aSample[4] = (c, 105)
-  **
-  ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the 
-  ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize, 
-  ** the code actually searches this set:
-  **
-  **     0: (a) 
-  **     1: (a, 5) 
-  **     2: (a, 10) 
-  **     3: (a, 10) 
-  **     4: (b) 
-  **     5: (b, 5) 
-  **     6: (c) 
-  **     7: (c, 100) 
-  **     8: (c, 105)
-  **     9: (c, 105)
-  **
-  ** For each sample in the aSample[] array, N samples are present in the
-  ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on 
-  ** sample aSample[0]. Samples 2 and 3 on aSample[1] etc.
-  **
-  ** Often, sample i of each block of N effective samples has (i+1) fields.
-  ** Except, each sample may be extended to ensure that it is greater than or
-  ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above, 
-  ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it 
-  ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it 
-  ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result, 
-  ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not 
-  ** cause any problems.
-  */
-  nField = pRec->nField;
-  iCol = 0;
-  iSample = pIdx->nSample * nField;
-  do{
-    int iSamp;                    /* Index in aSample[] of test sample */
-    int n;                        /* Number of fields in test sample */
-
-    iTest = (iMin+iSample)/2;
-    iSamp = iTest / nField;
-    if( iSamp>0 ){
-      /* The proposed effective sample is a prefix of sample aSample[iSamp].
-      ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField) 
-      ** fields that is greater than the previous effective sample.  */
-      for(n=(iTest % nField) + 1; n<nField; n++){
-        if( aSample[iSamp-1].anLt[n-1]!=aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] ) break;
-      }
-    }else{
-      n = iTest + 1;
-    }
-
-    pRec->nField = n;
-    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iSamp].n, aSample[iSamp].p, pRec);
-    if( res<0 ){
-      iLower = aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] + aSample[iSamp].anEq[n-1];
-      iMin = iTest+1;
-    }else if( res==0 && n<nField ){
-      iLower = aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1];
-      iMin = iTest+1;
-      res = -1;
-    }else{
-      iSample = iTest;
-      iCol = n-1;
-    }
-  }while( res && iMin<iSample );
-  i = iSample / nField;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* The following assert statements check that the binary search code
-  ** above found the right answer. This block serves no purpose other
-  ** than to invoke the asserts.  */
-  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-    if( res==0 ){
-      /* If (res==0) is true, then pRec must be equal to sample i. */
-      assert( i<pIdx->nSample );
-      assert( iCol==nField-1 );
-      pRec->nField = nField;
-      assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec) 
-           || pParse->db->mallocFailed 
-      );
-    }else{
-      /* Unless i==pIdx->nSample, indicating that pRec is larger than
-      ** all samples in the aSample[] array, pRec must be smaller than the
-      ** (iCol+1) field prefix of sample i.  */
-      assert( i<=pIdx->nSample && i>=0 );
-      pRec->nField = iCol+1;
-      assert( i==pIdx->nSample 
-           || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0
-           || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-
-      /* if i==0 and iCol==0, then record pRec is smaller than all samples
-      ** in the aSample[] array. Otherwise, if (iCol>0) then pRec must
-      ** be greater than or equal to the (iCol) field prefix of sample i.
-      ** If (i>0), then pRec must also be greater than sample (i-1).  */
-      if( iCol>0 ){
-        pRec->nField = iCol;
-        assert( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)<=0
-             || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-      }
-      if( i>0 ){
-        pRec->nField = nField;
-        assert( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec)<0
-             || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-  if( res==0 ){
-    /* Record pRec is equal to sample i */
-    assert( iCol==nField-1 );
-    aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
-    aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
-  }else{
-    /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first 
-    ** sample that is greater than pRec. Or, if i==pIdx->nSample then pRec
-    ** is larger than all samples in the array. */
-    tRowcnt iUpper, iGap;
-    if( i>=pIdx->nSample ){
-      iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]);
-    }else{
-      iUpper = aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
-    }
-
-    if( iLower>=iUpper ){
-      iGap = 0;
-    }else{
-      iGap = iUpper - iLower;
-    }
-    if( roundUp ){
-      iGap = (iGap*2)/3;
-    }else{
-      iGap = iGap/3;
-    }
-    aStat[0] = iLower + iGap;
-    aStat[1] = pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol];
-  }
-
-  /* Restore the pRec->nField value before returning.  */
-  pRec->nField = nField;
-  return i;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-/*
-** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower
-** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated 
-** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number
-** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account.
-**
-** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term,
-** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of
-** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term
-** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25.
-*/
-static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){
-  LogEst nRet = nNew;
-  if( pTerm ){
-    if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){
-      nRet += pTerm->truthProb;
-    }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
-      nRet -= 20;        assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) );
-    }
-  }
-  return nRet;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Return the affinity for a single column of an index.
-*/
-static char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int iCol){
-  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pIdx->nColumn );
-  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
-    if( sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pIdx)==0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-  }
-  return pIdx->zColAff[iCol];
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/* 
-** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a
-** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example:
-**
-**   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c);
-**   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?;
-**
-** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows 
-** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate 
-** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based
-** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple 
-** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with 
-** by the caller.
-**
-** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values
-** extracted from pLower and pUpper with the corresponding column in each
-** sample. If L and U are the number of samples found to be less than or
-** equal to the values extracted from pLower and pUpper respectively, and
-** N is the total number of samples, the pLoop->nOut value is adjusted
-** as follows:
-**
-**   nOut = nOut * ( min(U - L, 1) / N )
-**
-** If pLower is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from the term, L is
-** set to zero. If pUpper is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from it,
-** U is set to N.
-**
-** Normally, this function sets *pbDone to 1 before returning. However,
-** if no value can be extracted from either pLower or pUpper (and so the
-** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone
-** is left as is.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, 
-** SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int whereRangeSkipScanEst(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
-  WhereTerm *pLower,   /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
-  WhereTerm *pUpper,   /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop,    /* Update the .nOut value of this loop */
-  int *pbDone          /* Set to true if at least one expr. value extracted */
-){
-  Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-  int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int nLower = -1;
-  int nUpper = p->nSample+1;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u8 aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(db, p, nEq);
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  
-  sqlite3_value *p1 = 0;          /* Value extracted from pLower */
-  sqlite3_value *p2 = 0;          /* Value extracted from pUpper */
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;        /* Value extracted from record */
-
-  pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, p->azColl[nEq]);
-  if( pLower ){
-    rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pLower->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p1);
-    nLower = 0;
-  }
-  if( pUpper && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pUpper->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p2);
-    nUpper = p2 ? 0 : p->nSample;
-  }
-
-  if( p1 || p2 ){
-    int i;
-    int nDiff;
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nSample; i++){
-      rc = sqlite3Stat4Column(db, p->aSample[i].p, p->aSample[i].n, nEq, &pVal);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p1 ){
-        int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p1, pVal, pColl);
-        if( res>=0 ) nLower++;
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p2 ){
-        int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p2, pVal, pColl);
-        if( res>=0 ) nUpper++;
-      }
-    }
-    nDiff = (nUpper - nLower);
-    if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1;
-
-    /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the 
-    ** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback
-    ** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating
-    ** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows
-    ** using the method described in the header comment for this function. */
-    if( nDiff!=1 || pUpper==0 || pLower==0 ){
-      int nAdjust = (sqlite3LogEst(p->nSample) - sqlite3LogEst(nDiff));
-      pLoop->nOut -= nAdjust;
-      *pbDone = 1;
-      WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range skip-scan regions: %u..%u  adjust=%d est=%d\n",
-                           nLower, nUpper, nAdjust*-1, pLoop->nOut));
-    }
-
-  }else{
-    assert( *pbDone==0 );
-  }
-
-  sqlite3ValueFree(p1);
-  sqlite3ValueFree(p2);
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-/*
-** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited
-** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper
-** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper
-** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For
-** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a):
-**
-**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
-**                    |_____|   |_____|
-**                       |         |
-**                     pLower    pUpper
-**
-** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in
-** place of the corresponding WhereTerm.
-**
-** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the number of the index
-** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of
-** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example,
-** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is:
-**
-**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ...
-**
-** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second 
-** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is:
-**
-**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
-**
-** then nEq is set to 0.
-**
-** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the
-** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without 
-** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of 
-** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced)
-** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper.
-** 
-** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be
-** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. 
-** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of
-** rows visited by a factor of 64.
-*/
-static int whereRangeScanEst(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
-  WhereTerm *pLower,   /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
-  WhereTerm *pUpper,   /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop     /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nOut = pLoop->nOut;
-  LogEst nNew;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-  int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
-
-  if( p->nSample>0 && nEq<p->nSampleCol ){
-    if( nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid ){
-      UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec;
-      tRowcnt a[2];
-      u8 aff;
-
-      /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in 
-      ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The
-      ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the
-      ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most
-      ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower.
-      **
-      ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it
-      ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the
-      ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even
-      ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and 
-      ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values is used.
-      **
-      ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows
-      ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound
-      ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values
-      ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used.
-      **
-      ** The number of rows between the two bounds is then just iUpper-iLower.
-      */
-      tRowcnt iLower;     /* Rows less than the lower bound */
-      tRowcnt iUpper;     /* Rows less than the upper bound */
-      int iLwrIdx = -2;   /* aSample[] for the lower bound */
-      int iUprIdx = -1;   /* aSample[] for the upper bound */
-
-      if( pRec ){
-        testcase( pRec->nField!=pBuilder->nRecValid );
-        pRec->nField = pBuilder->nRecValid;
-      }
-      aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(pParse->db, p, nEq);
-      assert( nEq!=p->nKeyCol || aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
-      /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */
-      if( nEq==0 ){
-        iLower = 0;
-        iUpper = p->nRowEst0;
-      }else{
-        /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must 
-        ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst().  */
-        whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
-        iLower = a[0];
-        iUpper = a[0] + a[1];
-      }
-
-      assert( pLower==0 || (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 );
-      assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 );
-      assert( p->aSortOrder!=0 );
-      if( p->aSortOrder[nEq] ){
-        /* The roles of pLower and pUpper are swapped for a DESC index */
-        SWAP(WhereTerm*, pLower, pUpper);
-      }
-
-      /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */
-      if( pLower ){
-        int bOk;                    /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */
-        Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight;
-        rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){
-          tRowcnt iNew;
-          iLwrIdx = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
-          iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_LE)) ? a[1] : 0);
-          if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew;
-          nOut--;
-          pLower = 0;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */
-      if( pUpper ){
-        int bOk;                    /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */
-        Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight;
-        rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){
-          tRowcnt iNew;
-          iUprIdx = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a);
-          iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_LE)) ? a[1] : 0);
-          if( iNew<iUpper ) iUpper = iNew;
-          nOut--;
-          pUpper = 0;
-        }
-      }
-
-      pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( iUpper>iLower ){
-          nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower);
-          /* TUNING:  If both iUpper and iLower are derived from the same
-          ** sample, then assume they are 4x more selective.  This brings
-          ** the estimated selectivity more in line with what it would be
-          ** if estimated without the use of STAT3/4 tables. */
-          if( iLwrIdx==iUprIdx ) nNew -= 20;  assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) );
-        }else{
-          nNew = 10;        assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
-        }
-        if( nNew<nOut ){
-          nOut = nNew;
-        }
-        WHERETRACE(0x10, ("STAT4 range scan: %u..%u  est=%d\n",
-                           (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, nOut));
-      }
-    }else{
-      int bDone = 0;
-      rc = whereRangeSkipScanEst(pParse, pLower, pUpper, pLoop, &bDone);
-      if( bDone ) return rc;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder);
-  assert( pLower || pUpper );
-#endif
-  assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
-  nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut);
-  nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew);
-
-  /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit and neither limit
-  ** has an application-defined likelihood(), assume the range is
-  ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended
-  ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the
-  ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to
-  ** match 1/64 of the index. */ 
-  if( pLower && pLower->truthProb>0 && pUpper && pUpper->truthProb>0 ){
-    nNew -= 20;
-  }
-
-  nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0);
-  if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10;
-  if( nNew<nOut ) nOut = nNew;
-#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
-  if( pLoop->nOut>nOut ){
-    WHERETRACE(0x10,("Range scan lowers nOut from %d to %d\n",
-                    pLoop->nOut, nOut));
-  }
-#endif
-  pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
-** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in
-** the histogram data.  This only works when x is the left-most
-** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available
-** for that index.  When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is
-** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE".
-**
-** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. 
-** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
-** non-zero.
-**
-** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
-** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
-** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
-** in the pParse structure.
-*/
-static int whereEqualScanEst(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
-  Expr *pExpr,         /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */
-  tRowcnt *pnRow       /* Write the revised row estimate here */
-){
-  Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex;
-  int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq;
-  UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec;
-  u8 aff;                   /* Column affinity */
-  int rc;                   /* Subfunction return code */
-  tRowcnt a[2];             /* Statistics */
-  int bOk;
-
-  assert( nEq>=1 );
-  assert( nEq<=p->nColumn );
-  assert( p->aSample!=0 );
-  assert( p->nSample>0 );
-  assert( pBuilder->nRecValid<nEq );
-
-  /* If values are not available for all fields of the index to the left
-  ** of this one, no estimate can be made. Return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. */
-  if( pBuilder->nRecValid<(nEq-1) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-  }
-
-  /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue()
-  ** below would return the same value.  */
-  if( nEq>=p->nColumn ){
-    *pnRow = 1;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(pParse->db, p, nEq-1);
-  rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq-1, &bOk);
-  pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-  pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq;
-
-  whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
-  WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions: %d\n", (int)a[1]));
-  *pnRow = a[1];
-  
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
-** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator
-** is a list of values.  Example:
-**
-**        WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
-**
-** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. 
-** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
-** non-zero.
-**
-** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
-** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
-** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
-** in the pParse structure.
-*/
-static int whereInScanEst(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
-  ExprList *pList,     /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */
-  tRowcnt *pnRow       /* Write the revised row estimate here */
-){
-  Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex;
-  i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]);
-  int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Subfunction return code */
-  tRowcnt nEst;           /* Number of rows for a single term */
-  tRowcnt nRowEst = 0;    /* New estimate of the number of rows */
-  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
-
-  assert( p->aSample!=0 );
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    nEst = nRow0;
-    rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst);
-    nRowEst += nEst;
-    pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0;
-    *pnRow = nRowEst;
-    WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%d\n", nRowEst));
-  }
-  assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid );
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-/*
-** Print the content of a WhereTerm object
-*/
-static void whereTermPrint(WhereTerm *pTerm, int iTerm){
-  if( pTerm==0 ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("TERM-%-3d NULL\n", iTerm);
-  }else{
-    char zType[4];
-    memcpy(zType, "...", 4);
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V';
-    if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV  ) zType[1] = 'E';
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L';
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf(
-       "TERM-%-3d %p %s cursor=%-3d prob=%-3d op=0x%03x wtFlags=0x%04x\n",
-       iTerm, pTerm, zType, pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->truthProb,
-       pTerm->eOperator, pTerm->wtFlags);
-    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pTerm->pExpr, 0);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-/*
-** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes
-*/
-static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;
-  int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+7)/8;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab;
-  Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId,
-                     p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s",
-                     pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName);
-  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
-    const char *zName;
-    if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){
-      if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){
-        int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1;
-        while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--;
-        zName += i;
-      }
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s","");
-    }
-  }else{
-    char *z;
-    if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){
-      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)",
-                p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
-    }else{
-      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
-    }
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z);
-    sqlite3_free(z);
-  }
-  if( p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x %d-%d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm,p->nSkip);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm);
-  }
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut);
-  if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nLTerm; i++){
-      whereTermPrint(p->aLTerm[i], i);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed
-** to whereLoopClear harmlessly.
-*/
-static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){
-  p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace;
-  p->nLTerm = 0;
-  p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace);
-  p->wsFlags = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the WhereLoop.u union.  Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact.
-*/
-static void whereLoopClearUnion(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
-  if( p->wsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){
-    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){
-      sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr);
-      p->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
-      p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0;
-    }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex);
-      p->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object
-*/
-static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
-  if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm);
-  whereLoopClearUnion(db, p);
-  whereLoopInit(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n.
-*/
-static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){
-  WhereTerm **paNew;
-  if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  n = (n+7)&~7;
-  paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n);
-  if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot);
-  if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm);
-  p->aLTerm = paNew;
-  p->nLSlot = n;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first.
-*/
-static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){
-  whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo);
-  if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){
-    memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u));
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ);
-  memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0]));
-  if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){
-    pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
-  }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){
-    pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete a WhereLoop object
-*/
-static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
-  whereLoopClear(db, p);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a WhereInfo structure
-*/
-static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
-      WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
-      if( pLevel->pWLoop && (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE) ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC);
-    while( pWInfo->pLoops ){
-      WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops;
-      pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop;
-      whereLoopDelete(db, p);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if all of the following are true:
-**
-**   (1)  X has the same or lower cost that Y
-**   (2)  X is a proper subset of Y
-**   (3)  X skips at least as many columns as Y
-**
-** By "proper subset" we mean that X uses fewer WHERE clause terms
-** than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is also used
-** by Y.
-**
-** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought
-** to have a lower cost.  This routine returns TRUE when that cost 
-** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted.  The third rule
-** was added because if X uses skip-scan less than Y it still might
-** deserve a lower cost even if it is a proper subset of Y.
-*/
-static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(
-  const WhereLoop *pX,       /* First WhereLoop to compare */
-  const WhereLoop *pY        /* Compare against this WhereLoop */
-){
-  int i, j;
-  if( pX->nLTerm-pX->nSkip >= pY->nLTerm-pY->nSkip ){
-    return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */
-  }
-  if( pY->nSkip > pX->nSkip ) return 0;
-  if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){
-    if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0;    /* X costs more than Y */
-    if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0;    /* X costs more than Y */
-  }
-  for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
-    if( pX->aLTerm[i]==0 ) continue;
-    for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
-      if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break;
-    }
-    if( j<0 ) return 0;  /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */
-  }
-  return 1;  /* All conditions meet */
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so
-** that:
-**
-**   (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper
-**       subset of pTemplate
-**
-**   (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate
-**       is a proper subset.
-**
-** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer
-** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is
-** also used by Y.
-*/
-static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){
-  if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return;
-  for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){
-    if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue;
-    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue;
-    if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){
-      /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its 
-      ** subset p. */
-      WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n",
-                       pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut-1));
-      pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun;
-      pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1;
-    }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){
-      /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since
-      ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */
-      WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n",
-                       pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut+1));
-      pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun;
-      pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be
-** supplanted by pTemplate.
-**
-** Return NULL if the WhereLoop list contains an entry that can supplant
-** pTemplate, in other words if pTemplate does not belong on the list.
-**
-** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can supplant, then return the
-** link that points to pX.
-**
-** If pTemplate cannot supplant any existing element of the list but needs
-** to be added to the list, then return a pointer to the tail of the list.
-*/
-static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser(
-  WhereLoop **ppPrev,
-  const WhereLoop *pTemplate
-){
-  WhereLoop *p;
-  for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){
-    if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){
-      /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different
-      ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately.  Neither is
-      ** a candidate to replace the other. */
-      continue;
-    }
-    /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero
-    ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN
-    ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */
-    assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 
-                 || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup );
-
-    /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index
-    ** case first.  Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger
-    ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */
-    assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup );
-
-    /* Any loop using an appliation-defined index (or PRIMARY KEY or
-    ** UNIQUE constraint) with one or more == constraints is better
-    ** than an automatic index. Unless it is a skip-scan. */
-    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0
-     && (pTemplate->nSkip)==0
-     && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
-     && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_EQ)!=0
-     && (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq
-    ){
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be
-    ** discarded.  WhereLoop p is better if:
-    **   (1)  p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and
-    **   (2)  p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate
-    */
-    if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq    /* (1)  */
-     && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup                  /* (2a) */
-     && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun                      /* (2b) */
-     && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut                      /* (2c) */
-    ){
-      return 0;  /* Discard pTemplate */
-    }
-
-    /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten
-    ** with pTemplate.  pTemplate is better than p if:
-    **   (1)  pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and
-    **   (2)  pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p.
-    */
-    if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq   /* (1)  */
-     && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun                             /* (2a) */
-     && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut                             /* (2b) */
-    ){
-      assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */
-      break;   /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */
-    }
-  }
-  return ppPrev;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied.
-**
-** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template
-** is better and has fewer dependencies.  Or the template will be ignored
-** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has
-** fewer dependencies than the template.  Otherwise a new WhereLoop is
-** added based on the template.
-**
-** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the
-** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops.  That
-** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object.  This special
-** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing.
-**
-** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we
-** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the
-** new template is better.  Loops may be overwritten if the following 
-** conditions are met:
-**
-**    (1)  They have the same iTab.
-**    (2)  They have the same iSortIdx.
-**    (3)  The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop
-**    (4)  The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop
-*/
-static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){
-  WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p;
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
-
-  /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs
-  ** and prereqs.
-  */
-  if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){
-    if( pTemplate->nLTerm ){
-#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-      u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n;
-      int x =
-#endif
-      whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun,
-                                    pTemplate->nOut);
-#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
-      if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?"   or-%d:  ":"   or-X:  ", n);
-        whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate
-  */
-  whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate);
-  ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate);
-
-  if( ppPrev==0 ){
-    /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better
-    ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */
-#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
-    if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("   skip: ");
-      whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
-    }
-#endif
-    return SQLITE_OK;  
-  }else{
-    p = *ppPrev;
-  }
-
-  /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten
-  ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new
-  ** WhereLoop and insert it.
-  */
-#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
-  if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
-    if( p!=0 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("replace: ");
-      whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC);
-    }
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("    add: ");
-    whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( p==0 ){
-    /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */
-    *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(WhereLoop));
-    if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    whereLoopInit(p);
-    p->pNextLoop = 0;
-  }else{
-    /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[].  But before we do, first
-    ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides
-    ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */
-    WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop;
-    WhereLoop *pToDel;
-    while( *ppTail ){
-      ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate);
-      if( ppTail==0 ) break;
-      pToDel = *ppTail;
-      if( pToDel==0 ) break;
-      *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop;
-#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
-      if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf(" delete: ");
-        whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC);
-      }
-#endif
-      whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel);
-    }
-  }
-  whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate);
-  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
-    Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex;
-    if( pIndex && pIndex->tnum==0 ){
-      p->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the
-** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an
-** index.
-*
-** For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index
-** and which has a truth probability assigned by one of the likelihood(),
-** likely(), or unlikely() SQL functions, reduce the estimated number
-** of output rows by the probability specified.
-**
-** TUNING:  For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index
-** and which does not have an assigned truth probability, heuristics
-** described below are used to try to estimate the truth probability.
-** TODO --> Perhaps this is something that could be improved by better
-** table statistics.
-**
-** Heuristic 1:  Estimate the truth probability as 93.75%.  The 93.75%
-** value corresponds to -1 in LogEst notation, so this means decrement
-** the WhereLoop.nOut field for every such WHERE clause term.
-**
-** Heuristic 2:  If there exists one or more WHERE clause terms of the
-** form "x==EXPR" and EXPR is not a constant 0 or 1, then make sure the
-** final output row estimate is no greater than 1/4 of the total number
-** of rows in the table.  In other words, assume that x==EXPR will filter
-** out at least 3 out of 4 rows.  If EXPR is -1 or 0 or 1, then maybe the
-** "x" column is boolean or else -1 or 0 or 1 is a common default value
-** on the "x" column and so in that case only cap the output row estimate
-** at 1/2 instead of 1/4.
-*/
-static void whereLoopOutputAdjust(
-  WhereClause *pWC,      /* The WHERE clause */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop,      /* The loop to adjust downward */
-  LogEst nRow            /* Number of rows in the entire table */
-){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX;
-  Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf);
-  int i, j, k;
-  LogEst iReduce = 0;    /* pLoop->nOut should not exceed nRow-iReduce */
-
-  assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 );
-  for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){
-    if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break;
-    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue;
-    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue;
-    for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
-      pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
-      if( pX==0 ) continue;
-      if( pX==pTerm ) break;
-      if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break;
-    }
-    if( j<0 ){
-      if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){
-        /* If a truth probability is specified using the likelihood() hints,
-        ** then use the probability provided by the application. */
-        pLoop->nOut += pTerm->truthProb;
-      }else{
-        /* In the absence of explicit truth probabilities, use heuristics to
-        ** guess a reasonable truth probability. */
-        pLoop->nOut--;
-        if( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){
-          Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
-          testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS );
-          if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pRight, &k) && k>=(-1) && k<=1 ){
-            k = 10;
-          }else{
-            k = 20;
-          }
-          if( iReduce<k ) iReduce = k;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( pLoop->nOut > nRow-iReduce )  pLoop->nOut = nRow - iReduce;
-}
-
-/*
-** Adjust the cost C by the costMult facter T.  This only occurs if
-** compiled with -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
-# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T)  C += T
-#else
-# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the 
-** index pIndex. Try to match one more.
-**
-** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the 
-** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq 
-** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this 
-** function returns.
-**
-** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
-*/
-static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,     /* The WhereLoop factory */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,      /* FROM clause term being analyzed */
-  Index *pProbe,                  /* An index on pSrc */
-  LogEst nInMul                   /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;  /* WHERE analyse context */
-  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;        /* Parsing context */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database connection malloc context */
-  WhereLoop *pNew;                /* Template WhereLoop under construction */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WhereTerm under consideration */
-  int opMask;                     /* Valid operators for constraints */
-  WhereScan scan;                 /* Iterator for WHERE terms */
-  Bitmask saved_prereq;           /* Original value of pNew->prereq */
-  u16 saved_nLTerm;               /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */
-  u16 saved_nEq;                  /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */
-  u16 saved_nSkip;                /* Original value of pNew->nSkip */
-  u32 saved_wsFlags;              /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */
-  LogEst saved_nOut;              /* Original value of pNew->nOut */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  LogEst rSize;                   /* Number of rows in the table */
-  LogEst rLogSize;                /* Logarithm of table size */
-  WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */
-
-  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
-  assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 );
-  if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
-    opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE;
-  }else if( /*pProbe->tnum<=0 ||*/ (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
-    opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE;
-  }else{
-    opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS;
-  }
-  if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE);
-
-  assert( pNew->u.btree.nEq<pProbe->nColumn );
-
-  saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq;
-  saved_nSkip = pNew->nSkip;
-  saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm;
-  saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags;
-  saved_prereq = pNew->prereq;
-  saved_nOut = pNew->nOut;
-  pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, saved_nEq,
-                        opMask, pProbe);
-  pNew->rSetup = 0;
-  rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
-  rLogSize = estLog(rSize);
-  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){
-    u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator;   /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */
-    LogEst rCostIdx;
-    LogEst nOutUnadjusted;        /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */
-    int nIn = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid;
-#endif
-    if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0)
-     && indexColumnNotNull(pProbe, saved_nEq)
-    ){
-      continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */
-    }
-    if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue;
-
-    /* Do not allow the upper bound of a LIKE optimization range constraint
-    ** to mix with a lower range bound from some other source */
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT && pTerm->eOperator==WO_LT ) continue;
-
-    pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
-    pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
-    pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm;
-    if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */
-    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm;
-    pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf;
-
-    assert( nInMul==0
-        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 
-        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 
-        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 
-    );
-
-    if( eOp & WO_IN ){
-      Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-        /* "x IN (SELECT ...)":  TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */
-        nIn = 46;  assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) );
-      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){
-        /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */
-        nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr);
-      }
-      assert( nIn>0 );  /* RHS always has 2 or more terms...  The parser
-                        ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */
-
-    }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){
-      int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq];
-      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
-      assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq );
-      if( iCol==XN_ROWID 
-       || (iCol>0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1)
-      ){
-        if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->uniqNotNull==0 ){
-          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
-        }else{
-          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
-        }
-      }
-    }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
-      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
-    }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){
-      testcase( eOp & WO_GT );
-      testcase( eOp & WO_GE );
-      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
-      pBtm = pTerm;
-      pTop = 0;
-      if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ){
-        /* Range contraints that come from the LIKE optimization are
-        ** always used in pairs. */
-        pTop = &pTerm[1];
-        assert( (pTop-(pTerm->pWC->a))<pTerm->pWC->nTerm );
-        assert( pTop->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT );
-        assert( pTop->eOperator==WO_LT );
-        if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */
-        pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTop;
-        pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
-      }
-    }else{
-      assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) );
-      testcase( eOp & WO_LT );
-      testcase( eOp & WO_LE );
-      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
-      pTop = pTerm;
-      pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ?
-                     pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0;
-    }
-
-    /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to
-    ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the
-    ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all 
-    ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates
-    ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul).  */
-    assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
-    if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
-      /* Adjust nOut using stat3/stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat3/stat4
-      ** data, using some other estimate.  */
-      whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew);
-    }else{
-      int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq;
-      assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS) );
-
-      assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
-      if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq]>=0 ){
-        assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 );
-        testcase( eOp & WO_IN );
-        pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb;
-        pNew->nOut -= nIn;
-      }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-        tRowcnt nOut = 0;
-        if( nInMul==0 
-         && pProbe->nSample 
-         && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol
-         && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect))
-        ){
-          Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-          if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS))!=0 ){
-            testcase( eOp & WO_EQ );
-            testcase( eOp & WO_IS );
-            testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL );
-            rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut);
-          }else{
-            rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut);
-          }
-          if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;          /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */
-          if( nOut ){
-            pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut);
-            if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
-            pNew->nOut -= nIn;
-          }
-        }
-        if( nOut==0 )
-#endif
-        {
-          pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]);
-          if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
-            /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a 
-            ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows 
-            ** as (col=?). */
-            pNew->nOut += 10;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add
-    ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index
-    ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of
-    ** visiting the rows in the main table.  */
-    rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow;
-    pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx);
-    if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){
-      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16);
-    }
-    ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pProbe->pTable->costMult);
-
-    nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut;
-    pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn;
-    pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn;
-    whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew, rSize);
-    rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-
-    if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
-      pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
-    }else{
-      pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted;
-    }
-
-    if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0
-     && pNew->u.btree.nEq<pProbe->nColumn
-    ){
-      whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn);
-    }
-    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
-#endif
-  }
-  pNew->prereq = saved_prereq;
-  pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
-  pNew->nSkip = saved_nSkip;
-  pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
-  pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
-  pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm;
-
-  /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints
-  ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average
-  ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. 
-  **
-  ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
-  ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
-  ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
-  ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. 
-  ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
-  ** more expensive.  */
-  assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) );
-  if( saved_nEq==saved_nSkip
-   && saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol
-   && pProbe->noSkipScan==0
-   && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42  /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */
-   && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK
-  ){
-    LogEst nIter;
-    pNew->u.btree.nEq++;
-    pNew->nSkip++;
-    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0;
-    pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN;
-    nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1];
-    pNew->nOut -= nIter;
-    /* TUNING:  Because uncertainties in the estimates for skip-scan queries,
-    ** add a 1.375 fudge factor to make skip-scan slightly less likely. */
-    nIter += 5;
-    whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul);
-    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
-    pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
-    pNew->nSkip = saved_nSkip;
-    pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in
-** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder.
-**
-** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or
-** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that
-** ORDER BY clause.
-*/
-static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
-  Index *pIndex,
-  int iCursor
-){
-  ExprList *pOB;
-  ExprList *aColExpr;
-  int ii, jj;
-
-  if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0;
-  if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0;
-  for(ii=0; ii<pOB->nExpr; ii++){
-    Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr);
-    if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){
-      if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
-      for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){
-        if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1;
-      }
-    }else if( (aColExpr = pIndex->aColExpr)!=0 ){
-      for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){
-        if( pIndex->aiColumn[jj]!=XN_EXPR ) continue;
-        if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExpr,aColExpr->a[jj].pExpr,iCursor)==0 ){
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a bitmask where 1s indicate that the corresponding column of
-** the table is used by an index.  Only the first 63 columns are considered.
-*/
-static Bitmask columnsInIndex(Index *pIdx){
-  Bitmask m = 0;
-  int j;
-  for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){
-    int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
-    if( x>=0 ){
-      testcase( x==BMS-1 );
-      testcase( x==BMS-2 );
-      if( x<BMS-1 ) m |= MASKBIT(x);
-    }
-  }
-  return m;
-}
-
-/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used
-** in the current query.  Return true if it can be and false if not.
-*/
-static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){
-  int i;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){
-    if( !whereUsablePartialIndex(iTab,pWC,pWhere->pLeft) ) return 0;
-    pWhere = pWhere->pRight;
-  }
-  for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
-    Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-    if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pExpr, pWhere, iTab) 
-     && (!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable==iTab)
-    ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table
-** is idenfied by pBuilder->pNew->iTab.  That table is guaranteed to be
-** a b-tree table, not a virtual table.
-**
-** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function
-** are calculated as follows:
-**
-** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows:
-**
-**     cost = nRow * 3.0                    // full-table scan
-**     cost = nRow * K                      // scan of covering index
-**     cost = nRow * (K+3.0)                // scan of non-covering index
-**
-** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative 
-** estimated average size of the index and table records.
-**
-** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited
-** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on 
-** the index b-tree:
-**
-**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit)          // covering index
-**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit)    // non-covering index
-**
-** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the 
-** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when 
-** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans.
-**
-** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount
-** of uncertainty.  For this reason, scoring is designed to pick plans that
-** "do the least harm" if the estimates are inaccurate.  For example, a
-** log(nRow) factor is omitted from a non-covering index scan in order to
-** bias the scoring in favor of using an index, since the worst-case
-** performance of using an index is far better than the worst-case performance
-** of a full table scan.
-*/
-static int whereLoopAddBtree(
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */
-  Bitmask mExtra              /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;          /* WHERE analysis context */
-  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
-  Index sPk;                  /* A fake index object for the primary key */
-  LogEst aiRowEstPk[2];       /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */
-  i16 aiColumnPk = -1;        /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */
-  SrcList *pTabList;          /* The FROM clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc;  /* The FROM clause btree term to add */
-  WhereLoop *pNew;            /* Template WhereLoop object */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Return code */
-  int iSortIdx = 1;           /* Index number */
-  int b;                      /* A boolean value */
-  LogEst rSize;               /* number of rows in the table */
-  LogEst rLogSize;            /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */
-  WhereClause *pWC;           /* The parsed WHERE clause */
-  Table *pTab;                /* Table being queried */
-  
-  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
-  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
-  pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab;
-  pTab = pSrc->pTab;
-  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
-  assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) );
-
-  if( pSrc->pIBIndex ){
-    /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */
-    pProbe = pSrc->pIBIndex;
-  }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-    pProbe = pTab->pIndex;
-  }else{
-    /* There is no INDEXED BY clause.  Create a fake Index object in local
-    ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index.  Make this
-    ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real
-    ** indices to follow */
-    Index *pFirst;                  /* First of real indices on the table */
-    memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index));
-    sPk.nKeyCol = 1;
-    sPk.nColumn = 1;
-    sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk;
-    sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk;
-    sPk.onError = OE_Replace;
-    sPk.pTable = pTab;
-    sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow;
-    aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst;
-    aiRowEstPk[1] = 0;
-    pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
-    if( pSrc->fg.notIndexed==0 ){
-      /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the
-      ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */
-      sPk.pNext = pFirst;
-    }
-    pProbe = &sPk;
-  }
-  rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst;
-  rLogSize = estLog(rSize);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-  /* Automatic indexes */
-  if( !pBuilder->pOrSet      /* Not part of an OR optimization */
-   && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_NO_AUTOINDEX)==0
-   && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0
-   && pSrc->pIBIndex==0      /* Has no INDEXED BY clause */
-   && !pSrc->fg.notIndexed   /* Has no NOT INDEXED clause */
-   && HasRowid(pTab)         /* Not WITHOUT ROWID table. (FIXME: Why not?) */
-   && !pSrc->fg.isCorrelated /* Not a correlated subquery */
-   && !pSrc->fg.isRecursive  /* Not a recursive common table expression. */
-  ){
-    /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */
-    WhereTerm *pTerm;
-    WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
-    for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
-      if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue;
-      if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){
-        pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1;
-        pNew->nSkip = 0;
-        pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
-        pNew->nLTerm = 1;
-        pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
-        /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is
-        ** estimated to be X*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in
-        ** the table being indexed and where X is 7 (LogEst=28) for normal
-        ** tables or 1.375 (LogEst=4) for views and subqueries.  The value
-        ** of X is smaller for views and subqueries so that the query planner
-        ** will be more aggressive about generating automatic indexes for
-        ** those objects, since there is no opportunity to add schema
-        ** indexes on subqueries and views. */
-        pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 4;
-        if( pTab->pSelect==0 && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 ){
-          pNew->rSetup += 24;
-        }
-        ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rSetup, pTab->costMult);
-        /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table.  This
-        ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way
-        ** of knowing how selective the index will ultimately be.  It would
-        ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */
-        pNew->nOut = 43;  assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) );
-        pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut);
-        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
-        pNew->prereq = mExtra | pTerm->prereqRight;
-        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
-
-  /* Loop over all indices
-  */
-  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){
-    if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0
-     && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pSrc->iCursor, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){
-      testcase( pNew->iTab!=pSrc->iCursor );  /* See ticket [98d973b8f5] */
-      continue;  /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */
-    }
-    rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
-    pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0;
-    pNew->nSkip = 0;
-    pNew->nLTerm = 0;
-    pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
-    pNew->rSetup = 0;
-    pNew->prereq = mExtra;
-    pNew->nOut = rSize;
-    pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe;
-    b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor);
-    /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */
-    assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 );
-    if( pProbe->tnum<=0 ){
-      /* Integer primary key index */
-      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK;
-
-      /* Full table scan */
-      pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
-      /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */
-      pNew->rRun = rSize + 16;
-      ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
-      whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize);
-      rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-      pNew->nOut = rSize;
-      if( rc ) break;
-    }else{
-      Bitmask m;
-      if( pProbe->isCovering ){
-        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED;
-        m = 0;
-      }else{
-        m = pSrc->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pProbe);
-        pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED;
-      }
-
-      /* Full scan via index */
-      if( b
-       || !HasRowid(pTab)
-       || ( m==0
-         && pProbe->bUnordered==0
-         && (pProbe->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow)
-         && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0
-         && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis
-         && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan)
-          )
-      ){
-        pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
-
-        /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is
-        ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the
-        ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan,
-        ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0).  */
-        pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow;
-        if( m!=0 ){
-          pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16);
-        }
-        ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
-        whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize);
-        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-        pNew->nOut = rSize;
-        if( rc ) break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec);
-    pBuilder->nRecValid = 0;
-    pBuilder->pRec = 0;
-#endif
-
-    /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is
-    ** considered. */
-    if( pSrc->pIBIndex ) break;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by
-** pBuilder->pNew->iTab.  That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table.
-**
-** If there are no LEFT or CROSS JOIN joins in the query, both mExtra and
-** mUnusable are set to 0. Otherwise, mExtra is a mask of all FROM clause
-** entries that occur before the virtual table in the FROM clause and are
-** separated from it by at least one LEFT or CROSS JOIN. Similarly, the
-** mUnusable mask contains all FROM clause entries that occur after the
-** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or 
-** CROSS JOIN. 
-**
-** For example, if the query were:
-**
-**   ... FROM t1, t2 LEFT JOIN t3, t4, vt CROSS JOIN t5, t6;
-**
-** then mExtra corresponds to (t1, t2) and mUnusable to (t5, t6).
-**
-** All the tables in mExtra must be scanned before the current virtual 
-** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by 
-** mExtra may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex. 
-** Conversely, all tables in mUnusable must be scanned after the current
-** virtual table, so any terms for which the prerequisites overlap with
-** mUnusable should always be configured as "not-usable" for xBestIndex.
-*/
-static int whereLoopAddVirtual(
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,  /* WHERE clause information */
-  Bitmask mExtra,              /* Tables that must be scanned before this one */
-  Bitmask mUnusable            /* Tables that must be scanned after this one */
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;           /* WHERE analysis context */
-  Parse *pParse;               /* The parsing context */
-  WhereClause *pWC;            /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc;   /* The FROM clause term to search */
-  Table *pTab;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int i, j;
-  int iTerm, mxTerm;
-  int nConstraint;
-  int seenIn = 0;              /* True if an IN operator is seen */
-  int seenVar = 0;             /* True if a non-constant constraint is seen */
-  int iPhase;                  /* 0: const w/o IN, 1: const, 2: no IN,  2: IN */
-  WhereLoop *pNew;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( (mExtra & mUnusable)==0 );
-  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
-  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
-  pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab];
-  pTab = pSrc->pTab;
-  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-  pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc,pBuilder->pOrderBy);
-  if( pIdxInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pNew->prereq = 0;
-  pNew->rSetup = 0;
-  pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
-  pNew->nLTerm = 0;
-  pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
-  pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
-  nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint;
-  if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, nConstraint) ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  for(iPhase=0; iPhase<=3; iPhase++){
-    if( !seenIn && (iPhase&1)!=0 ){
-      iPhase++;
-      if( iPhase>3 ) break;
-    }
-    if( !seenVar && iPhase>1 ) break;
-    pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
-    for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
-      j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
-      switch( iPhase ){
-        case 0:    /* Constants without IN operator */
-          pIdxCons->usable = 0;
-          if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){
-            seenIn = 1;
-          }
-          if( (pTerm->prereqRight & ~mExtra)!=0 ){
-            seenVar = 1;
-          }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0 ){
-            pIdxCons->usable = 1;
-          }
-          break;
-        case 1:    /* Constants with IN operators */
-          assert( seenIn );
-          pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight & ~mExtra)==0;
-          break;
-        case 2:    /* Variables without IN */
-          assert( seenVar );
-          pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0;
-          break;
-        default:   /* Variables with IN */
-          assert( seenVar && seenIn );
-          pIdxCons->usable = 1;
-          break;
-      }
-    }
-    memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
-    if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
-    pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
-    pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
-    pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
-    pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
-    pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2;
-    pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25;
-    pIdxInfo->idxFlags = 0;
-    rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo);
-    if( rc ) goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit;
-    pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
-    pNew->prereq = mExtra;
-    mxTerm = -1;
-    assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint );
-    for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++) pNew->aLTerm[i] = 0;
-    pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
-      if( (iTerm = pUsage[i].argvIndex - 1)>=0 ){
-        j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
-        if( iTerm>=nConstraint
-         || j<0
-         || j>=pWC->nTerm
-         || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0
-        ){
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s.xBestIndex() malfunction", pTab->zName);
-          goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit;
-        }
-        testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 );
-        testcase( j==0 );
-        testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 );
-        pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
-        pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight;
-        assert( iTerm<pNew->nLSlot );
-        pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm;
-        if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm;
-        testcase( iTerm==15 );
-        testcase( iTerm==16 );
-        if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<<iTerm;
-        if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){
-          if( pUsage[i].omit==0 ){
-            /* Do not attempt to use an IN constraint if the virtual table
-            ** says that the equivalent EQ constraint cannot be safely omitted.
-            ** If we do attempt to use such a constraint, some rows might be
-            ** repeated in the output. */
-            break;
-          }
-          /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not
-          ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms
-          ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and
-          ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge
-          ** together.  */
-          pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
-          pIdxInfo->idxFlags &= ~SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( i>=nConstraint ){
-      pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1;
-      assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot );
-      pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum;
-      pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr;
-      pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
-      pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr;
-      pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ?
-                                      pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0);
-      pNew->rSetup = 0;
-      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost);
-      pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows);
-
-      /* Set the WHERE_ONEROW flag if the xBestIndex() method indicated
-      ** that the scan will visit at most one row. Clear it otherwise. */
-      if( pIdxInfo->idxFlags & SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE ){
-        pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
-      }else{
-        pNew->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_ONEROW;
-      }
-      whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-      if( pNew->u.vtab.needFree ){
-        sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr);
-        pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }  
-
-whereLoopAddVtab_exit:
-  if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms.  This works for either
-** btrees or virtual tables.
-*/
-static int whereLoopAddOr(
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, 
-  Bitmask mExtra, 
-  Bitmask mUnusable
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  WhereClause *pWC;
-  WhereLoop *pNew;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int iCur;
-  WhereClause tempWC;
-  WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild;
-  WhereOrSet sSum, sCur;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  
-  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
-  pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
-  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
-  memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum));
-  pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab;
-  iCur = pItem->iCursor;
-
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd && rc==SQLITE_OK; pTerm++){
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0
-     && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 
-    ){
-      WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
-      WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
-      WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
-      int once = 1;
-      int i, j;
-    
-      sSubBuild = *pBuilder;
-      sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0;
-      sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur;
-
-      WHERETRACE(0x200, ("Begin processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm));
-      for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerm<pOrWCEnd; pOrTerm++){
-        if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
-          sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
-        }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
-          tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;
-          tempWC.pOuter = pWC;
-          tempWC.op = TK_AND;
-          tempWC.nTerm = 1;
-          tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
-          sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC;
-        }else{
-          continue;
-        }
-        sCur.n = 0;
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-        WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n", 
-                   (int)(pOrTerm-pOrWC->a), pTerm, sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm));
-        if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x400 ){
-          for(i=0; i<sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm; i++){
-            whereTermPrint(&sSubBuild.pWC->a[i], i);
-          }
-        }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-        if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
-          rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mExtra, mUnusable);
-        }else
-#endif
-        {
-          rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mExtra);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = whereLoopAddOr(&sSubBuild, mExtra, mUnusable);
-        }
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 );
-        if( sCur.n==0 ){
-          sSum.n = 0;
-          break;
-        }else if( once ){
-          whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur);
-          once = 0;
-        }else{
-          WhereOrSet sPrev;
-          whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum);
-          sSum.n = 0;
-          for(i=0; i<sPrev.n; i++){
-            for(j=0; j<sCur.n; j++){
-              whereOrInsert(&sSum, sPrev.a[i].prereq | sCur.a[j].prereq,
-                            sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].rRun, sCur.a[j].rRun),
-                            sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].nOut, sCur.a[j].nOut));
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      pNew->nLTerm = 1;
-      pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
-      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
-      pNew->rSetup = 0;
-      pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
-      memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u));
-      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<sSum.n; i++){
-        /* TUNING: Currently sSum.a[i].rRun is set to the sum of the costs
-        ** of all sub-scans required by the OR-scan. However, due to rounding
-        ** errors, it may be that the cost of the OR-scan is equal to its
-        ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty 
-        ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that 
-        ** this does not happen. Otherwise, for WHERE clauses such as the
-        ** following where there is an index on "y":
-        **
-        **     WHERE likelihood(x=?, 0.99) OR y=?
-        **
-        ** the planner may elect to "OR" together a full-table scan and an
-        ** index lookup. And other similarly odd results.  */
-        pNew->rRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1;
-        pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut;
-        pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq;
-        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-      }
-      WHERETRACE(0x200, ("End processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm));
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables 
-*/
-static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  Bitmask mExtra = 0;
-  Bitmask mPrior = 0;
-  int iTab;
-  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  struct SrcList_item *pEnd = &pTabList->a[pWInfo->nLevel];
-  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  WhereLoop *pNew;
-  u8 priorJointype = 0;
-
-  /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */
-  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
-  whereLoopInit(pNew);
-  for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; pItem<pEnd; iTab++, pItem++){
-    Bitmask mUnusable = 0;
-    pNew->iTab = iTab;
-    pNew->maskSelf = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor);
-    if( ((pItem->fg.jointype|priorJointype) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){
-      /* This condition is true when pItem is the FROM clause term on the
-      ** right-hand-side of a LEFT or CROSS JOIN.  */
-      mExtra = mPrior;
-    }
-    priorJointype = pItem->fg.jointype;
-    if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
-      struct SrcList_item *p;
-      for(p=&pItem[1]; p<pEnd; p++){
-        if( mUnusable || (p->fg.jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS)) ){
-          mUnusable |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, p->iCursor);
-        }
-      }
-      rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mExtra, mUnusable);
-    }else{
-      rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mExtra);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mExtra, mUnusable);
-    }
-    mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf;
-    if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) break;
-  }
-
-  whereLoopClear(db, pNew);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 5th
-** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY
-** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation.  Return N:
-** 
-**   N>0:   N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
-**   N==0:  No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
-**   N<0:   Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.   
-**
-** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as
-** strict.  With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that
-** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another.  GROUP BY
-** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long
-** as equivalent rows are grouped together.  Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT
-** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order.  With ORDER BY, the 
-** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order.
-*/
-static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo,    /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */
-  WherePath *pPath,     /* The WherePath to check */
-  u16 wctrlFlags,       /* Might contain WHERE_GROUPBY or WHERE_DISTINCTBY */
-  u16 nLoop,            /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */
-  WhereLoop *pLast,     /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */
-  Bitmask *pRevMask     /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */
-){
-  u8 revSet;            /* True if rev is known */
-  u8 rev;               /* Composite sort order */
-  u8 revIdx;            /* Index sort order */
-  u8 isOrderDistinct;   /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */
-  u8 distinctColumns;   /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */
-  u8 isMatch;           /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */
-  u16 nKeyCol;          /* Number of key columns in pIndex */
-  u16 nColumn;          /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */
-  u16 nOrderBy;         /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  int iLoop;            /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */
-  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
-  int iCur;             /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */
-  int iColumn;          /* A column number within table iCur */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;     /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
-  Expr *pOBExpr;        /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */
-  CollSeq *pColl;       /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */
-  Index *pIndex;        /* The index associated with pLoop */
-  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;  /* Database connection */
-  Bitmask obSat = 0;    /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */
-  Bitmask obDone;       /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */
-  Bitmask orderDistinctMask;  /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */
-  Bitmask ready;              /* Mask of inner loops */
-
-  /*
-  ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one
-  ** row of output.  A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true:
-  **  (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ.
-  **  (b) The index is unique
-  ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row.
-  ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags.
-  **
-  ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from
-  ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every
-  ** row of the WhereLoop.  Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically
-  ** order-distinct.   A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause
-  ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being
-  ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that 
-  ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct.
-  ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL.
-  **
-  ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the
-  ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is
-  ** automatically order-distinct.
-  */
-
-  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
-  if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0;
-
-  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 );
-  if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0;  /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */
-  isOrderDistinct = 1;
-  obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1;
-  orderDistinctMask = 0;
-  ready = 0;
-  for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat<obDone && iLoop<=nLoop; iLoop++){
-    if( iLoop>0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf;
-    pLoop = iLoop<nLoop ? pPath->aLoop[iLoop] : pLast;
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){
-      if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone;
-      break;
-    }
-    iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor;
-
-    /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of
-    ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE
-    ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer
-    ** loops.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
-      if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
-      pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
-      if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue;
-      if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue;
-      pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn,
-                       ~ready, WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS, 0);
-      if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
-      if( (pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
-        const char *z1, *z2;
-        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
-        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-        z1 = pColl->zName;
-        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pTerm->pExpr);
-        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-        z2 = pColl->zName;
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)!=0 ) continue;
-        testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS );
-      }
-      obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
-    }
-
-    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){
-      if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){
-        pIndex = 0;
-        nKeyCol = 0;
-        nColumn = 1;
-      }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){
-        return 0;
-      }else{
-        nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol;
-        nColumn = pIndex->nColumn;
-        assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) );
-        assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==XN_ROWID
-                          || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable));
-        isOrderDistinct = IsUniqueIndex(pIndex);
-      }
-
-      /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones
-      ** that are not constrained by == or IN.
-      */
-      rev = revSet = 0;
-      distinctColumns = 0;
-      for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){
-        u8 bOnce;   /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */
-
-        /* Skip over == and IS NULL terms */
-        if( j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq
-         && pLoop->nSkip==0
-         && ((i = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator) & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS))!=0
-        ){
-          if( i & WO_ISNULL ){
-            testcase( isOrderDistinct );
-            isOrderDistinct = 0;
-          }
-          continue;  
-        }
-
-        /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order
-        ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index.
-        */
-        if( pIndex ){
-          iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j];
-          revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j];
-          if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = -1;
-        }else{
-          iColumn = XN_ROWID;
-          revIdx = 0;
-        }
-
-        /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this
-        ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered
-        */
-        if( isOrderDistinct
-         && iColumn>=0
-         && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq
-         && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0
-        ){
-          isOrderDistinct = 0;
-        }
-
-        /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column
-        ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off 
-        */
-        bOnce = 1;
-        isMatch = 0;
-        for(i=0; bOnce && i<nOrderBy; i++){
-          if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
-          pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
-          testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY );
-          testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY );
-          if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0;
-          if( iColumn>=(-1) ){
-            if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue;
-            if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue;
-            if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue;
-          }else{
-            if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pOBExpr,pIndex->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr,iCur) ){
-              continue;
-            }
-          }
-          if( iColumn>=0 ){
-            pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
-            if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-            if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue;
-          }
-          isMatch = 1;
-          break;
-        }
-        if( isMatch && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){
-          /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause.
-          ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */
-          if( revSet ){
-            if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder ) isMatch = 0;
-          }else{
-            rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
-            if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop);
-            revSet = 1;
-          }
-        }
-        if( isMatch ){
-          if( iColumn<0 ){
-            testcase( distinctColumns==0 );
-            distinctColumns = 1;
-          }
-          obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
-        }else{
-          /* No match found */
-          if( j==0 || j<nKeyCol ){
-            testcase( isOrderDistinct!=0 );
-            isOrderDistinct = 0;
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-      } /* end Loop over all index columns */
-      if( distinctColumns ){
-        testcase( isOrderDistinct==0 );
-        isOrderDistinct = 1;
-      }
-    } /* end-if not one-row */
-
-    /* Mark off any other ORDER BY terms that reference pLoop */
-    if( isOrderDistinct ){
-      orderDistinctMask |= pLoop->maskSelf;
-      for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
-        Expr *p;
-        Bitmask mTerm;
-        if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
-        p = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-        mTerm = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p);
-        if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue;
-        if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){
-          obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */
-  if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy;
-  if( !isOrderDistinct ){
-    for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){
-      Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1;
-      if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(),
-** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP
-** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the
-** request.
-**
-** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine
-** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or
-** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However,
-** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then
-** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns
-** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false
-** otherwise.
-**
-** For example, assuming:
-**
-**   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y);
-**
-** then
-**
-**   SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y;   -- IsSorted()==1
-**   SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x;   -- IsSorted()==0
-*/
-int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY );
-  assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP );
-  return pWInfo->sorted;
-}
-
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-/* For debugging use only: */
-static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){
-  static char zName[65];
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<nLoop; i++){ zName[i] = pPath->aLoop[i]->cId; }
-  if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId;
-  zName[i] = 0;
-  return zName;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have 
-** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in
-** order.
-*/
-static LogEst whereSortingCost(
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo,
-  LogEst nRow,
-  int nOrderBy,
-  int nSorted
-){
-  /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is 
-  ** the number of rows to sort is:
-  **
-  **   cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)).
-  ** 
-  ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y 
-  ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the 
-  ** sorting cost to:
-  **
-  **   cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X)
-  **
-  ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale
-  ** below.  */
-  LogEst rScale, rSortCost;
-  assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) );
-  rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-nSorted)*100/nOrderBy) - 66;
-  rSortCost = nRow + estLog(nRow) + rScale + 16;
-
-  /* TUNING: The cost of implementing DISTINCT using a B-TREE is
-  ** similar but with a larger constant of proportionality. 
-  ** Multiply by an additional factor of 3.0.  */
-  if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
-    rSortCost += 16;
-  }
-
-  return rSortCost;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine
-** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop
-** once.  This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields.
-**
-** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted
-** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation).  Or, ignore sorting
-** costs if nRowEst==0.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation
-** error occurs.
-*/
-static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){
-  int mxChoice;             /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */
-  int nLoop;                /* Number of terms in the join */
-  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing context */
-  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection */
-  int iLoop;                /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */
-  int ii, jj;               /* Loop counters */
-  int mxI = 0;              /* Index of next entry to replace */
-  int nOrderBy;             /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */
-  LogEst mxCost = 0;        /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */
-  LogEst mxUnsorted = 0;    /* Maximum unsorted cost of a set of path */
-  int nTo, nFrom;           /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */
-  WherePath *aFrom;         /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */
-  WherePath *aTo;           /* The nTo best paths at the current level */
-  WherePath *pFrom;         /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */
-  WherePath *pTo;           /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */
-  WhereLoop *pWLoop;        /* One of the WhereLoop objects */
-  WhereLoop **pX;           /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */
-  LogEst *aSortCost = 0;    /* Sorting and partial sorting costs */
-  char *pSpace;             /* Temporary memory used by this routine */
-  int nSpace;               /* Bytes of space allocated at pSpace */
-
-  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel;
-  /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked.
-  ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed.
-  ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */
-  mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10);
-  assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc );
-  WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver.  (nRowEst=%d)\n", nRowEst));
-
-  /* If nRowEst is zero and there is an ORDER BY clause, ignore it. In this
-  ** case the purpose of this call is to estimate the number of rows returned
-  ** by the overall query. Once this estimate has been obtained, the caller
-  ** will invoke this function a second time, passing the estimate as the
-  ** nRowEst parameter.  */
-  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){
-    nOrderBy = 0;
-  }else{
-    nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo, aFrom and aSortCost[] */
-  nSpace = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2;
-  nSpace += sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy;
-  pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nSpace);
-  if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace;
-  aFrom = aTo+mxChoice;
-  memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0]));
-  pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice);
-  for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){
-    pFrom->aLoop = pX;
-  }
-  if( nOrderBy ){
-    /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and it is not being ignored, set up
-    ** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array
-    ** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the
-    ** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of
-    ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array 
-    ** index.  */
-    aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX;
-    memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy);
-  }
-  assert( aSortCost==0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)&aSortCost[nOrderBy] );
-  assert( aSortCost!=0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)pX );
-
-  /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops.
-  **
-  ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 28.  If the cost
-  ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 28
-  ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */
-  aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 48);  assert( 48==sqlite3LogEst(28) );
-  nFrom = 1;
-  assert( aFrom[0].isOrdered==0 );
-  if( nOrderBy ){
-    /* If nLoop is zero, then there are no FROM terms in the query. Since
-    ** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results
-    ** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to
-    ** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to
-    ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered, 
-    ** depending on the loops added to the current plan.  */
-    aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy;
-  }
-
-  /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation
-  ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next.  Keep track of the mxChoice
-  ** best paths at each generation */
-  for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
-    nTo = 0;
-    for(ii=0, pFrom=aFrom; ii<nFrom; ii++, pFrom++){
-      for(pWLoop=pWInfo->pLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){
-        LogEst nOut;                      /* Rows visited by (pFrom+pWLoop) */
-        LogEst rCost;                     /* Cost of path (pFrom+pWLoop) */
-        LogEst rUnsorted;                 /* Unsorted cost of (pFrom+pWLoop) */
-        i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered;  /* isOrdered for (pFrom+pWLoop) */
-        Bitmask maskNew;                  /* Mask of src visited by (..) */
-        Bitmask revMask = 0;              /* Mask of rev-order loops for (..) */
-
-        if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
-        if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
-        /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. 
-        ** Compute its cost */
-        rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow);
-        rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted);
-        nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut;
-        maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
-        if( isOrdered<0 ){
-          isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo,
-                       pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags,
-                       iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask);
-        }else{
-          revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
-        }
-        if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrdered<nOrderBy ){
-          if( aSortCost[isOrdered]==0 ){
-            aSortCost[isOrdered] = whereSortingCost(
-                pWInfo, nRowEst, nOrderBy, isOrdered
-            );
-          }
-          rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, aSortCost[isOrdered]);
-
-          WHERETRACE(0x002,
-              ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n",
-               aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, 
-               rUnsorted, rCost));
-        }else{
-          rCost = rUnsorted;
-        }
-
-        /* Check to see if pWLoop should be added to the set of
-        ** mxChoice best-so-far paths.
-        **
-        ** First look for an existing path among best-so-far paths
-        ** that covers the same set of loops and has the same isOrdered
-        ** setting as the current path candidate.
-        **
-        ** The term "((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0" is equivalent
-        ** to (pTo->isOrdered==(-1))==(isOrdered==(-1))" for the range
-        ** of legal values for isOrdered, -1..64.
-        */
-        for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jj<nTo; jj++, pTo++){
-          if( pTo->maskLoop==maskNew
-           && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0
-          ){
-            testcase( jj==nTo-1 );
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( jj>=nTo ){
-          /* None of the existing best-so-far paths match the candidate. */
-          if( nTo>=mxChoice
-           && (rCost>mxCost || (rCost==mxCost && rUnsorted>=mxUnsorted))
-          ){
-            /* The current candidate is no better than any of the mxChoice
-            ** paths currently in the best-so-far buffer.  So discard
-            ** this candidate as not viable. */
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
-            if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
-              sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip   %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
-                  wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
-                  isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-            }
-#endif
-            continue;
-          }
-          /* If we reach this points it means that the new candidate path
-          ** needs to be added to the set of best-so-far paths. */
-          if( nTo<mxChoice ){
-            /* Increase the size of the aTo set by one */
-            jj = nTo++;
-          }else{
-            /* New path replaces the prior worst to keep count below mxChoice */
-            jj = mxI;
-          }
-          pTo = &aTo[jj];
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
-          if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
-            sqlite3DebugPrintf("New    %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
-                wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
-                isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-          }
-#endif
-        }else{
-          /* Control reaches here if best-so-far path pTo=aTo[jj] covers the
-          ** same set of loops and has the sam isOrdered setting as the
-          ** candidate path.  Check to see if the candidate should replace
-          ** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped */
-          if( pTo->rCost<rCost || (pTo->rCost==rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut) ){
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
-            if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
-              sqlite3DebugPrintf(
-                  "Skip   %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
-                  wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
-                  isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-              sqlite3DebugPrintf("   vs %s cost=%-3d,%d order=%c\n",
-                  wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
-                  pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-            }
-#endif
-            /* Discard the candidate path from further consideration */
-            testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost );
-            continue;
-          }
-          testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 );
-          /* Control reaches here if the candidate path is better than the
-          ** pTo path.  Replace pTo with the candidate. */
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
-          if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
-            sqlite3DebugPrintf(
-                "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
-                wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
-                isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-            sqlite3DebugPrintf("  was %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
-                wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
-                pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-          }
-#endif
-        }
-        /* pWLoop is a winner.  Add it to the set of best so far */
-        pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
-        pTo->revLoop = revMask;
-        pTo->nRow = nOut;
-        pTo->rCost = rCost;
-        pTo->rUnsorted = rUnsorted;
-        pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered;
-        memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop);
-        pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop;
-        if( nTo>=mxChoice ){
-          mxI = 0;
-          mxCost = aTo[0].rCost;
-          mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow;
-          for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){
-            if( pTo->rCost>mxCost 
-             || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted) 
-            ){
-              mxCost = pTo->rCost;
-              mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted;
-              mxI = jj;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED  /* >=2 */
-    if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x02 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop);
-      for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; ii<nTo; ii++, pTo++){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %s cost=%-3d nrow=%-3d order=%c",
-           wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
-           pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?');
-        if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){
-          sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */
-    pFrom = aTo;
-    aTo = aFrom;
-    aFrom = pFrom;
-    nFrom = nTo;
-  }
-
-  if( nFrom==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution");
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  
-  /* Find the lowest cost path.  pFrom will be left pointing to that path */
-  pFrom = aFrom;
-  for(ii=1; ii<nFrom; ii++){
-    if( pFrom->rCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii];
-  }
-  assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop );
-  /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */
-  for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
-    WhereLevel *pLevel = pWInfo->a + iLoop;
-    pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop];
-    pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab;
-    pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor;
-  }
-  if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0
-   && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0
-   && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP
-   && nRowEst
-  ){
-    Bitmask notUsed;
-    int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pResultSet, pFrom,
-                 WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &notUsed);
-    if( rc==pWInfo->pResultSet->nExpr ){
-      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
-    if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){
-      if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
-        pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered;
-      if( pWInfo->nOBSat<0 ) pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;
-      pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
-    }
-    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP)
-        && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0
-    ){
-      Bitmask revMask = 0;
-      int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, 
-          pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask
-      );
-      assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 );
-      if( nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
-        pWInfo->sorted = 1;
-        pWInfo->revMask = revMask;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow;
-
-  /* Free temporary memory and return success */
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have
-** simple == constraints against indexed fields.  This routine attempts
-** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the
-** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare()
-** times for the common case.
-**
-** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this
-** no-frills query planner.  Return zero if this query needs the 
-** general-purpose query planner.
-*/
-static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  WhereClause *pWC;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;
-  int iCur;
-  int j;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  
-  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE ) return 0;
-  assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 );
-  pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
-  pTab = pItem->pTab;
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
-  if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) return 0;
-  iCur = pItem->iCursor;
-  pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
-  pLoop = pBuilder->pNew;
-  pLoop->wsFlags = 0;
-  pLoop->nSkip = 0;
-  pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IS, 0);
-  if( pTerm ){
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
-    pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW;
-    pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
-    pLoop->nLTerm = 1;
-    pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1;
-    /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */
-    pLoop->rRun = 33;  /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */
-  }else{
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      int opMask;
-      assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm );
-      if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)
-       || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 
-       || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) 
-      ) continue;
-      opMask = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? (WO_EQ|WO_IS) : WO_EQ;
-      for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
-        pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, j, 0, opMask, pIdx);
-        if( pTerm==0 ) break;
-        testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
-        pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm;
-      }
-      if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue;
-      pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED;
-      if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pIdx))==0 ){
-        pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
-      }
-      pLoop->nLTerm = j;
-      pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j;
-      pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx;
-      /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */
-      pLoop->rRun = 39;  /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pLoop->wsFlags ){
-    pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1;
-    pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop;
-    pLoop->maskSelf = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
-    pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur;
-    pWInfo->nRowOut = 1;
-    if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat =  pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
-    if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
-      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    pLoop->cId = '0';
-#endif
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
-** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
-** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
-** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
-** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
-**
-** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
-**
-** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
-** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
-** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
-** example, if the SQL is this:
-**
-**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
-**
-** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
-**
-**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
-**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
-**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
-**            ...
-**          end                     \    Code generated
-**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
-**      end                         /
-**
-** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
-** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
-** use of indices.  Note also that when the IN operator appears in
-** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
-** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
-**
-** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
-** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
-** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
-** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
-**
-** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
-** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries.  The [...] code
-** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
-** data from the various tables of the loop.
-**
-** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
-** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
-** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
-** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
-** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
-** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
-**
-** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
-** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
-** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
-** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
-** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
-** most loop)
-**
-** OUTER JOINS
-**
-** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
-**
-**    foreach row1 in t1 do
-**      flag = 0
-**      foreach row2 in t2 do
-**        start:
-**          ...
-**          flag = 1
-**      end
-**      if flag==0 then
-**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
-**        goto start
-**      fi
-**    end
-**
-** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
-**
-** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause
-** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement
-** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
-** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL.
-**
-** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index.  If 
-** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index
-** to use for OR clause processing.  The WHERE clause should use this
-** specific cursor.  If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is
-** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices.  iIdxCur should
-** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is
-** used.
-*/
-WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,    /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */
-  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */
-  ExprList *pResultSet, /* Result set of the query */
-  u16 wctrlFlags,       /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
-  int iIdxCur           /* If WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, index cursor number */
-){
-  int nByteWInfo;            /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
-  int nTabList;              /* Number of elements in pTabList */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
-  Bitmask notReady;          /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
-  WhereLoopBuilder sWLB;     /* The WhereLoop builder */
-  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;    /* The expression mask set */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel;        /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;          /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */
-  int ii;                    /* Loop counter */
-  sqlite3 *db;               /* Database connection */
-  int rc;                    /* Return code */
-
-  assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)==0 || (
-        (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 
-     && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 
-  ));
-
-  /* Variable initialization */
-  db = pParse->db;
-  memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB));
-
-  /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */
-  testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 );
-  if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0;
-  sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-
-  /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via
-  ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */
-  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){
-    wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT;
-  }
-
-  /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
-  ** bits in a Bitmask 
-  */
-  testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
-  if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in 
-  ** pTabList.  But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should
-  ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
-  ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
-  */
-  nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc;
-
-  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
-  ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo
-  ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure
-  ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte
-  ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on
-  ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below.
-  */
-  nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel));
-  pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop));
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
-    pWInfo = 0;
-    goto whereBeginError;
-  }
-  pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1;
-  pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList;
-  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
-  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
-  pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  pWInfo->pResultSet = pResultSet;
-  pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
-  pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
-  assert( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF );  /* ONEPASS defaults to OFF */
-  pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
-  sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo;
-  sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
-  sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo);
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) );
-  whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  sWLB.pNew->cId = '*';
-#endif
-
-  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
-  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
-  */
-  initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
-  sqlite3WhereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo);
-  sqlite3WhereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND);
-    
-  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
-  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
-  */
-  for(ii=0; ii<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; ii++){
-    if( nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr) ){
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak,
-                         SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      sWLB.pWC->a[ii].wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Special case: No FROM clause
-  */
-  if( nTabList==0 ){
-    if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-    if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
-      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause.
-  **
-  ** The N-th term of the FROM clause is assigned a bitmask of 1<<N.
-  **
-  ** The rule of the previous sentence ensures thta if X is the bitmask for
-  ** a table T, then X-1 is the bitmask for all other tables to the left of T.
-  ** Knowing the bitmask for all tables to the left of a left join is
-  ** important.  Ticket #3015.
-  **
-  ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in
-  ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables.  nTabList is normally
-  ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the
-  ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set.
-  */
-  for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){
-    createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor);
-    sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(pParse, &pTabList->a[ii], &pWInfo->sWC);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){
-    Bitmask m = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor);
-    assert( m==MASKBIT(ii) );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. */
-  sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
-
-  if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
-    if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pResultSet) ){
-      /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless.  Ignore it. */
-      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
-    }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){
-      /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */
-      pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY;
-      pWInfo->pOrderBy = pResultSet;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */
-  WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Start *** (wctrlFlags: 0x%x)\n",
-             wctrlFlags));
-#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
-  if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){ /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; i++){
-      whereTermPrint(&sWLB.pWC->a[i], i);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){
-    rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB);
-    if( rc ) goto whereBeginError;
-  
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-    if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){    /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects */
-      WhereLoop *p;
-      int i;
-      static const char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz"
-                                             "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ";
-      for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){
-        p->cId = zLabel[i%sizeof(zLabel)];
-        whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-  
-    wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0);
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
-    if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
-       wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1);
-       if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){
-     pWInfo->revMask = (Bitmask)(-1);
-  }
-  if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){
-    goto whereBeginError;
-  }
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-  if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut);
-    if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask);
-    }
-    switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){
-      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=unique");
-        break;
-      }
-      case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: {
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=ordered");
-        break;
-      }
-      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: {
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=unordered");
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-    for(ii=0; ii<pWInfo->nLevel; ii++){
-      whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not effect the result */
-  if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2
-   && pResultSet!=0
-   && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin)
-  ){
-    Bitmask tabUsed = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet);
-    if( sWLB.pOrderBy ){
-      tabUsed |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy);
-    }
-    while( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 ){
-      WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd;
-      pLoop = pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1].pWLoop;
-      if( (pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) break;
-      if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0
-       && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0
-      ){
-        break;
-      }
-      if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) break;
-      pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm;
-      for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTerm<pEnd; pTerm++){
-        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0
-         && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
-        ){
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( pTerm<pEnd ) break;
-      WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("-> drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId));
-      pWInfo->nLevel--;
-      nTabList--;
-    }
-  }
-  WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
-  pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut;
-
-  /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
-  ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
-  ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constrains
-  ** the statement to update or delete a single row.
-  */
-  assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
-  if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 ){
-    int wsFlags = pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags;
-    int bOnerow = (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0;
-    if( bOnerow || ( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)
-       && 0==(wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)
-    )){
-      pWInfo->eOnePass = bOnerow ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_MULTI;
-      if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) ){
-        pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
-  ** searching those tables.
-  */
-  for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; ii<nTabList; ii++, pLevel++){
-    Table *pTab;     /* Table to open */
-    int iDb;         /* Index of database containing table/index */
-    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;
-
-    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){
-      /* Do nothing */
-    }else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
-      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
-      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
-    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      /* noop */
-    }else
-#endif
-    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
-         && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){
-      int op = OP_OpenRead;
-      if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
-        op = OP_OpenWrite;
-        pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor;
-      };
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
-      assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur );
-      testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
-      testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS );
-      if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol<BMS && HasRowid(pTab) ){
-        Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
-        int n = 0;
-        for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 
-                            SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32);
-        assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
-      }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, pTabItem->iCursor, 0, 0,
-                            (const u8*)&pTabItem->colUsed, P4_INT64);
-#endif
-    }else{
-      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-    }
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
-      Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-      int iIndexCur;
-      int op = OP_OpenRead;
-      /* iIdxCur is always set if to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */
-      assert( iIdxCur!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 );
-      if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx)
-       && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0
-      ){
-        /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a
-        ** WITHOUT ROWID table.  No need for a separate index */
-        iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur;
-        op = 0;
-      }else if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
-        Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex;
-        iIndexCur = iIdxCur;
-        assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED );
-        while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){
-          iIndexCur++;
-          pJ = pJ->pNext;
-        }
-        op = OP_OpenWrite;
-        pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur;
-      }else if( iIdxCur && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ){
-        iIndexCur = iIdxCur;
-        if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_REOPEN_IDX ) op = OP_ReopenIdx;
-      }else{
-        iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++;
-      }
-      pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur;
-      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-      assert( iIndexCur>=0 );
-      if( op ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx);
-        if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0
-         && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_SKIPSCAN))==0
-         && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0
-        ){
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ); /* Hint to COMDB2 */
-        }
-        VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
-        {
-          u64 colUsed = 0;
-          int ii, jj;
-          for(ii=0; ii<pIx->nColumn; ii++){
-            jj = pIx->aiColumn[ii];
-            if( jj<0 ) continue;
-            if( jj>63 ) jj = 63;
-            if( (pTabItem->colUsed & MASKBIT(jj))==0 ) continue;
-            colUsed |= ((u64)1)<<(ii<63 ? ii : 63);
-          }
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, iIndexCur, 0, 0,
-                                (u8*)&colUsed, P4_INT64);
-        }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK */
-      }
-    }
-    if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-  }
-  pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
-
-  /* Generate the code to do the search.  Each iteration of the for
-  ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
-  ** program.
-  */
-  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  for(ii=0; ii<nTabList; ii++){
-    int addrExplain;
-    int wsFlags;
-    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[ii];
-    wsFlags = pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-    if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){
-      constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC,
-                &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel);
-      if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
-    }
-#endif
-    addrExplain = sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(
-        pParse, pTabList, pLevel, ii, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags
-    );
-    pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    notReady = sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, ii, notReady);
-    pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont;
-    if( (wsFlags&WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 && (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)==0 ){
-      sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(v, pTabList, pLevel, addrExplain);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Done. */
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core"));
-  return pWInfo;
-
-  /* Jump here if malloc fails */
-whereBeginError:
-  if( pWInfo ){
-    pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
-    whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
-*/
-void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  WhereLevel *pLevel;
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;
-  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Generate loop termination code.
-  */
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core"));
-  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-  for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){
-    int addr;
-    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
-    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
-    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext);
-    }
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){
-      struct InLoop *pIn;
-      int j;
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt);
-      for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_PrevIfOpen);
-        VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_NextIfOpen);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
-    if( pLevel->addrSkip ){
-      sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrSkip);
-      VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName));
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2);
-    }
-    if( pLevel->addrLikeRep ){
-      int op;
-      if( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pLevel->addrLikeRep-1)->p1 ){
-        op = OP_DecrJumpZero;
-      }else{
-        op = OP_JumpZeroIncr;
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pLevel->iLikeRepCntr, pLevel->addrLikeRep);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
-           || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
-      if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
-      }
-      if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
-      }
-      if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrFirst);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-    }
-    VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i,
-                     pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName));
-  }
-
-  /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
-  ** Set it.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
-
-  assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc );
-  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){
-    int k, last;
-    VdbeOp *pOp;
-    Index *pIdx = 0;
-    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
-    assert( pTab!=0 );
-    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-
-    /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of
-    ** the co-routine into OP_Copy of result contained in a register.
-    ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null.
-    */
-    if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine && !db->mallocFailed ){
-      translateColumnToCopy(v, pLevel->addrBody, pLevel->iTabCur,
-                            pTabItem->regResult, 0);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin.
-    ** Except, do not close cursors that will be reused by the OR optimization
-    ** (WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE).  And do not close the OP_OpenWrite cursors
-    ** created for the ONEPASS optimization.
-    */
-    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0
-     && pTab->pSelect==0
-     && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0
-    ){
-      int ws = pLoop->wsFlags;
-      if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
-      }
-      if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
-       && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 
-       && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1]
-      ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data
-    ** from the index instead of from the table where possible.  In some cases
-    ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can
-    ** yield a significant performance boost.
-    ** 
-    ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
-    ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
-    ** directly.  This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
-    ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
-    ** reference the index.
-    */
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){
-      pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-    }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
-      pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx;
-    }
-    if( pIdx
-     && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable))
-     && !db->mallocFailed
-    ){
-      last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      k = pLevel->addrBody;
-      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k);
-      for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){
-        if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
-        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
-          int x = pOp->p2;
-          assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab );
-          if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-            Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-            x = pPk->aiColumn[x];
-            assert( x>=0 );
-          }
-          x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x);
-          if( x>=0 ){
-            pOp->p2 = x;
-            pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-          }
-          assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 );
-        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
-          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-          pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Final cleanup
-  */
-  pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
-  whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
-  return;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/whereInt.h b/lib/libsqlite3/src/whereInt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cae09acc828..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/whereInt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,532 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2013-11-12
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query
-** planner logic in "where.c".  These definitions are broken out into
-** a separate source file for easier editing.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Trace output macros
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace;
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \
-    && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE))
-# define WHERETRACE(K,X)  if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1
-#else
-# define WHERETRACE(K,X)
-#endif
-
-/* Forward references
-*/
-typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
-typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet;
-typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo;
-typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo;
-typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
-typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop;
-typedef struct WherePath WherePath;
-typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
-typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder;
-typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan;
-typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost;
-typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet;
-
-/*
-** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested
-** loop in WHERE clause.
-**
-** Contrast this object with WhereLoop.  This object describes the
-** implementation of the loop.  WhereLoop describes the algorithm.
-** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of
-** its elements.
-**
-** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for
-** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the
-** nested loops as implemented).  The order of WhereLevel objects determines
-** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and
-** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop.
-*/
-struct WhereLevel {
-  int iLeftJoin;        /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
-  int iTabCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
-  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */
-  int addrBrk;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
-  int addrNxt;          /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
-  int addrSkip;         /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */
-  int addrCont;         /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
-  int addrFirst;        /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
-  int addrBody;         /* Beginning of the body of this loop */
-  int iLikeRepCntr;     /* LIKE range processing counter register */
-  int addrLikeRep;      /* LIKE range processing address */
-  u8 iFrom;             /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
-  u8 op, p3, p5;        /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */
-  int p1, p2;           /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */
-  union {               /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */
-    struct {
-      int nIn;              /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */
-      struct InLoop {
-        int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
-        int addrInTop;         /* Top of the IN loop */
-        u8 eEndLoopOp;         /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */
-      } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
-    } in;                 /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
-    Index *pCovidx;       /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */
-  } u;
-  struct WhereLoop *pWLoop;  /* The selected WhereLoop object */
-  Bitmask notReady;          /* FROM entries not usable at this level */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-  int addrVisit;        /* Address at which row is visited */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one
-** term of a join.  Every term of the FROM clause will have at least
-** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints
-** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the
-** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a
-** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with
-** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm.
-**
-** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop
-** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with
-** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies
-** and that minimize the overall cost.
-*/
-struct WhereLoop {
-  Bitmask prereq;       /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */
-  Bitmask maskSelf;     /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  char cId;             /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */
-#endif
-  u8 iTab;              /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */
-  u8 iSortIdx;          /* Sorting index number.  0==None */
-  LogEst rSetup;        /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */
-  LogEst rRun;          /* Cost of running each loop */
-  LogEst nOut;          /* Estimated number of output rows */
-  union {
-    struct {               /* Information for internal btree tables */
-      u16 nEq;               /* Number of equality constraints */
-      Index *pIndex;         /* Index used, or NULL */
-    } btree;
-    struct {               /* Information for virtual tables */
-      int idxNum;            /* Index number */
-      u8 needFree;           /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */
-      i8 isOrdered;          /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */
-      u16 omitMask;          /* Terms that may be omitted */
-      char *idxStr;          /* Index identifier string */
-    } vtab;
-  } u;
-  u32 wsFlags;          /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */
-  u16 nLTerm;           /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */
-  u16 nSkip;            /* Number of NULL aLTerm[] entries */
-  /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/
-# define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot)
-  u16 nLSlot;           /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */
-  WhereTerm **aLTerm;   /* WhereTerms used */
-  WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */
-  WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[3];  /* Initial aLTerm[] space */
-};
-
-/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a
-** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause.
-** See WhereOrSet for additional information 
-*/
-struct WhereOrCost {
-  Bitmask prereq;     /* Prerequisites */
-  LogEst rRun;        /* Cost of running this subquery */
-  LogEst nOut;        /* Number of outputs for this subquery */
-};
-
-/* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that
-** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing.  Only the
-** best N_OR_COST elements are retained.
-*/
-#define N_OR_COST 3
-struct WhereOrSet {
-  u16 n;                      /* Number of valid a[] entries */
-  WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST];   /* Set of best costs */
-};
-
-/*
-** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects
-** that implement some or all of a query plan.
-**
-** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs
-** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes.  (That is
-** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a
-** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not
-** one-to-one as are graph nodes.  But it is a useful visualization aid.)
-** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some
-** or all of the WhereLoop objects once.
-**
-** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length
-** 1.  Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects
-** of length 2.  And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the
-** number of nodes in the FROM clause.  The best (lowest cost) WherePath
-** at the end is the chosen query plan.
-*/
-struct WherePath {
-  Bitmask maskLoop;     /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */
-  Bitmask revLoop;      /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */
-  LogEst nRow;          /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */
-  LogEst rCost;         /* Total cost of this path */
-  LogEst rUnsorted;     /* Total cost of this path ignoring sorting costs */
-  i8 isOrdered;         /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */
-  WhereLoop **aLoop;    /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */
-};
-
-/*
-** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
-** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
-** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators,
-** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR.
-**
-** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.  
-** The following identity holds:
-**
-**        WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
-**
-** When a term is of the form:
-**
-**              X <op> <expr>
-**
-** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
-** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the
-** cursor number and column number for X.  WhereTerm.eOperator records
-** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below.  The
-** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
-** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
-**
-** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR:
-**
-**         (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR ....
-**
-** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR
-** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that
-** is collected about the OR clause.
-**
-** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous
-** categories, then eOperator==0.  The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set
-** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately
-** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful.
-**
-** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
-** but they do so indirectly.  A single WhereMaskSet structure translates
-** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
-** fields.  The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
-** bits that will fit in a Bitmask.  The VDBE cursor numbers might be
-** spread out over the non-negative integers.  For example, the cursor
-** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45.  The WhereMaskSet
-** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
-** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
-** bits in the Bitmask.  So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
-** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
-**
-** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits
-** in prereqRight and prereqAll.  The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite
-** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables.
-*/
-struct WhereTerm {
-  Expr *pExpr;            /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */
-  int iParent;            /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
-  int leftCursor;         /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
-  union {
-    int leftColumn;         /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
-    WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;   /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */
-    WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */
-  } u;
-  LogEst truthProb;       /* Probability of truth for this expression */
-  u16 eOperator;          /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */
-  u16 wtFlags;            /* TERM_xxx bit flags.  See below */
-  u8 nChild;              /* Number of children that must disable us */
-  WhereClause *pWC;       /* The clause this term is part of */
-  Bitmask prereqRight;    /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */
-  Bitmask prereqAll;      /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags
-*/
-#define TERM_DYNAMIC    0x01   /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */
-#define TERM_VIRTUAL    0x02   /* Added by the optimizer.  Do not code */
-#define TERM_CODED      0x04   /* This term is already coded */
-#define TERM_COPIED     0x08   /* Has a child */
-#define TERM_ORINFO     0x10   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */
-#define TERM_ANDINFO    0x20   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */
-#define TERM_OR_OK      0x40   /* Used during OR-clause processing */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-#  define TERM_VNULL    0x80   /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */
-#else
-#  define TERM_VNULL    0x00   /* Disabled if not using stat3 */
-#endif
-#define TERM_LIKEOPT    0x100  /* Virtual terms from the LIKE optimization */
-#define TERM_LIKECOND   0x200  /* Conditionally this LIKE operator term */
-#define TERM_LIKE       0x400  /* The original LIKE operator */
-#define TERM_IS         0x800  /* Term.pExpr is an IS operator */
-
-/*
-** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating
-** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner.
-*/
-struct WhereScan {
-  WhereClause *pOrigWC;      /* Original, innermost WhereClause */
-  WhereClause *pWC;          /* WhereClause currently being scanned */
-  char *zCollName;           /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */
-  Expr *pIdxExpr;            /* Search for this index expression */
-  char idxaff;               /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */
-  unsigned char nEquiv;      /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */
-  unsigned char iEquiv;      /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */
-  u32 opMask;                /* Acceptable operators */
-  int k;                     /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */
-  int aiCur[11];             /* Cursors in the equivalence class */
-  i16 aiColumn[11];          /* Corresponding column number in the eq-class */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
-** WHERE clause.  Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
-**
-** Explanation of pOuter:  For a WHERE clause of the form
-**
-**           a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f
-**
-** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for
-** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)".  The pOuter field of the
-** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause.
-*/
-struct WhereClause {
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;       /* WHERE clause processing context */
-  WhereClause *pOuter;     /* Outer conjunction */
-  u8 op;                   /* Split operator.  TK_AND or TK_OR */
-  int nTerm;               /* Number of terms */
-  int nSlot;               /* Number of entries in a[] */
-  WhereTerm *a;            /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
-#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
-  WhereTerm aStatic[1];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
-#else
-  WhereTerm aStatic[8];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to
-** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct WhereOrInfo {
-  WhereClause wc;          /* Decomposition into subterms */
-  Bitmask indexable;       /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */
-};
-
-/*
-** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to
-** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct WhereAndInfo {
-  WhereClause wc;          /* The subexpression broken out */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
-** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
-**
-** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in 
-** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields.  For any given WHERE 
-** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
-** contain gaps in the numbering sequence.  But we want to make maximum
-** use of the bits in our bitmasks.  This structure provides a mapping
-** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
-** with 0.
-**
-** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
-** corresponds VDBE cursor number B.  The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
-**
-** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
-** cursors:  4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73.  Then the  WhereMaskSet structure
-** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
-**
-** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered.  In the example
-** above, the mapping might go like this:  4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
-** 57->5, 73->4.  Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
-** does not really matter.  What is important is that sparse cursor
-** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
-** no gaps.
-*/
-struct WhereMaskSet {
-  int n;                        /* Number of assigned cursor values */
-  int ix[BMS];                  /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
-};
-
-/*
-** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object
-*/
-#define initMaskSet(P)  (P)->n=0
-
-/*
-** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed
-** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query.
-*/
-struct WhereLoopBuilder {
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;        /* Information about this WHERE */
-  WhereClause *pWC;         /* WHERE clause terms */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;       /* ORDER BY clause */
-  WhereLoop *pNew;          /* Template WhereLoop */
-  WhereOrSet *pOrSet;       /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  UnpackedRecord *pRec;     /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */
-  int nRecValid;            /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
-** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
-** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
-** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
-** into the second half to give some continuity.
-**
-** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query
-** planner.
-*/
-struct WhereInfo {
-  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  SrcList *pTabList;        /* List of tables in the join */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;       /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */
-  ExprList *pResultSet;     /* Result set. DISTINCT operates on these */
-  WhereLoop *pLoops;        /* List of all WhereLoop objects */
-  Bitmask revMask;          /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */
-  LogEst nRowOut;           /* Estimated number of output rows */
-  u16 wctrlFlags;           /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-  i8 nOBSat;                /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
-  u8 sorted;                /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */
-  u8 eOnePass;              /* ONEPASS_OFF, or _SINGLE, or _MULTI */
-  u8 untestedTerms;         /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */
-  u8 eDistinct;             /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values below */
-  u8 nLevel;                /* Number of nested loop */
-  int iTop;                 /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
-  int iContinue;            /* Jump here to continue with next record */
-  int iBreak;               /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
-  int savedNQueryLoop;      /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
-  int aiCurOnePass[2];      /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */
-  WhereMaskSet sMaskSet;    /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */
-  WhereClause sWC;          /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
-  WhereLevel a[1];          /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
-};
-
-/*
-** Private interfaces - callable only by other where.c routines.
-**
-** where.c:
-*/
-Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet*,int);
-WhereTerm *sqlite3WhereFindTerm(
-  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
-  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
-  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
-  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
-  u32 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
-  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
-);
-
-/* wherecode.c: */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,              /* Table list this loop refers to */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel,             /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */
-  int iLevel,                     /* Value for "level" column of output */
-  int iFrom,                      /* Value for "from" column of output */
-  u16 wctrlFlags                  /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-);
-#else
-# define sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(
-  Vdbe *v,                        /* Vdbe to add scanstatus entry to */
-  SrcList *pSrclist,              /* FROM clause pLvl reads data from */
-  WhereLevel *pLvl,               /* Level to add scanstatus() entry for */
-  int addrExplain                 /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */
-);
-#else
-# define sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(a, b, c, d) ((void)d)
-#endif
-Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart(
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo,   /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
-  int iLevel,          /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
-  Bitmask notReady     /* Which tables are currently available */
-);
-
-/* whereexpr.c: */
-void sqlite3WhereClauseInit(WhereClause*,WhereInfo*);
-void sqlite3WhereClauseClear(WhereClause*);
-void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause*,Expr*,u8);
-Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Expr*);
-Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*);
-void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*);
-void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(Parse*, struct SrcList_item*, WhereClause*);
-
-
-
-
-
-/*
-** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects.  These are all
-** operators that are of interest to the query planner.  An
-** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
-** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause.
-*/
-#define WO_IN     0x0001
-#define WO_EQ     0x0002
-#define WO_LT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_LE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_GT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_GE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_MATCH  0x0040
-#define WO_IS     0x0080
-#define WO_ISNULL 0x0100
-#define WO_OR     0x0200       /* Two or more OR-connected terms */
-#define WO_AND    0x0400       /* Two or more AND-connected terms */
-#define WO_EQUIV  0x0800       /* Of the form A==B, both columns */
-#define WO_NOOP   0x1000       /* This term does not restrict search space */
-
-#define WO_ALL    0x1fff       /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */
-#define WO_SINGLE 0x01ff       /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */
-
-/*
-** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field.
-** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to
-** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents.
-*/
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ    0x00000001  /* x=EXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002  /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN    0x00000004  /* x IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL  0x00000008  /* x IS NULL */
-#define WHERE_CONSTRAINT   0x0000000f  /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */
-#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT    0x00000010  /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT    0x00000020  /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT   0x00000030  /* Both x>EXPR and x<EXPR */
-#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x00000040  /* Use index only - omit table */
-#define WHERE_IPK          0x00000100  /* x is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-#define WHERE_INDEXED      0x00000200  /* WhereLoop.u.btree.pIndex is valid */
-#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x00000400  /* WhereLoop.u.vtab is valid */
-#define WHERE_IN_ABLE      0x00000800  /* Able to support an IN operator */
-#define WHERE_ONEROW       0x00001000  /* Selects no more than one row */
-#define WHERE_MULTI_OR     0x00002000  /* OR using multiple indices */
-#define WHERE_AUTO_INDEX   0x00004000  /* Uses an ephemeral index */
-#define WHERE_SKIPSCAN     0x00008000  /* Uses the skip-scan algorithm */
-#define WHERE_UNQ_WANTED   0x00010000  /* WHERE_ONEROW would have been helpful*/
-#define WHERE_PARTIALIDX   0x00020000  /* The automatic index is partial */
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/wherecode.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/wherecode.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 910ff34e02d..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/wherecode.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1514 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2015-06-06
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
-** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.
-**
-** This file was split off from where.c on 2015-06-06 in order to reduce the
-** size of where.c and make it easier to edit.  This file contains the routines
-** that actually generate the bulk of the WHERE loop code.  The original where.c
-** file retains the code that does query planning and analysis.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "whereInt.h"
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below
-**
-** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term
-** at a time.  This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression.
-** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent
-** terms only.
-*/
-static void explainAppendTerm(
-  StrAccum *pStr,             /* The text expression being built */
-  int iTerm,                  /* Index of this term.  First is zero */
-  const char *zColumn,        /* Name of the column */
-  const char *zOp             /* Name of the operator */
-){
-  if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pStr, zColumn);
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1);
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the i-th column of the pIdx index.
-*/
-static const char *explainIndexColumnName(Index *pIdx, int i){
-  i = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-  if( i==XN_EXPR ) return "<expr>";
-  if( i==XN_ROWID ) return "rowid";
-  return pIdx->pTable->aCol[i].zName;
-}
-
-/*
-** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This 
-** function appends text to pStr that describes the subset of table
-** rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an SQL expression.
-**
-** For example, if the query:
-**
-**   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2;
-**
-** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a
-** string similar to:
-**
-**   "a=? AND b>?"
-*/
-static void explainIndexRange(StrAccum *pStr, WhereLoop *pLoop){
-  Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-  u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
-  u16 nSkip = pLoop->nSkip;
-  int i, j;
-
-  if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " (", 2);
-  for(i=0; i<nEq; i++){
-    const char *z = explainIndexColumnName(pIndex, i);
-    if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
-    sqlite3XPrintf(pStr, 0, i>=nSkip ? "%s=?" : "ANY(%s)", z);
-  }
-
-  j = i;
-  if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
-    const char *z = explainIndexColumnName(pIndex, i);
-    explainAppendTerm(pStr, i++, z, ">");
-  }
-  if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
-    const char *z = explainIndexColumnName(pIndex, j);
-    explainAppendTerm(pStr, i, z, "<");
-  }
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, ")", 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
-** command, or if either SQLITE_DEBUG or SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS was
-** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode 
-** is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in pLevel.
-**
-** If an OP_Explain opcode is added to the VM, its address is returned.
-** Otherwise, if no OP_Explain is coded, zero is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,              /* Table list this loop refers to */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel,             /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */
-  int iLevel,                     /* Value for "level" column of output */
-  int iFrom,                      /* Value for "from" column of output */
-  u16 wctrlFlags                  /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-){
-  int ret = 0;
-#if !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS)
-  if( pParse->explain==2 )
-#endif
-  {
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* VM being constructed */
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;     /* Database handle */
-    int iId = pParse->iSelectId;  /* Select id (left-most output column) */
-    int isSearch;                 /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */
-    WhereLoop *pLoop;             /* The controlling WhereLoop object */
-    u32 flags;                    /* Flags that describe this loop */
-    char *zMsg;                   /* Text to add to EQP output */
-    StrAccum str;                 /* EQP output string */
-    char zBuf[100];               /* Initial space for EQP output string */
-
-    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-    flags = pLoop->wsFlags;
-    if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return 0;
-
-    isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0
-            || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0))
-            || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX));
-
-    sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, db, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&str, isSearch ? "SEARCH" : "SCAN");
-    if( pItem->pSelect ){
-      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " SUBQUERY %d", pItem->iSelectId);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " TABLE %s", pItem->zName);
-    }
-
-    if( pItem->zAlias ){
-      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " AS %s", pItem->zAlias);
-    }
-    if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0 ){
-      const char *zFmt = 0;
-      Index *pIdx;
-
-      assert( pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 );
-      pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-      assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) );
-      if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
-        if( isSearch ){
-          zFmt = "PRIMARY KEY";
-        }
-      }else if( flags & WHERE_PARTIALIDX ){
-        zFmt = "AUTOMATIC PARTIAL COVERING INDEX";
-      }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){
-        zFmt = "AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX";
-      }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
-        zFmt = "COVERING INDEX %s";
-      }else{
-        zFmt = "INDEX %s";
-      }
-      if( zFmt ){
-        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&str, " USING ", 7);
-        sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, zFmt, pIdx->zName);
-        explainIndexRange(&str, pLoop);
-      }
-    }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){
-      const char *zRangeOp;
-      if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){
-        zRangeOp = "=";
-      }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){
-        zRangeOp = ">? AND rowid<";
-      }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
-        zRangeOp = ">";
-      }else{
-        assert( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT);
-        zRangeOp = "<";
-      }
-      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid%s?)",zRangeOp);
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
-      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s",
-                  pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr);
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS
-    if( pLoop->nOut>=10 ){
-      sqlite3XPrintf(&str, 0, " (~%llu rows)", sqlite3LogEstToInt(pLoop->nOut));
-    }else{
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&str, " (~1 row)", 9);
-    }
-#endif
-    zMsg = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str);
-    ret = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg,P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-  return ret;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-/*
-** Configure the VM passed as the first argument with an
-** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to 
-** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM 
-** clause that the scan reads data from.
-**
-** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an 
-** OP_Explain instruction that describes the same loop.
-*/
-void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(
-  Vdbe *v,                        /* Vdbe to add scanstatus entry to */
-  SrcList *pSrclist,              /* FROM clause pLvl reads data from */
-  WhereLevel *pLvl,               /* Level to add scanstatus() entry for */
-  int addrExplain                 /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */
-){
-  const char *zObj = 0;
-  WhereLoop *pLoop = pLvl->pWLoop;
-  if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0  &&  pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){
-    zObj = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName;
-  }else{
-    zObj = pSrclist->a[pLvl->iFrom].zName;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(
-      v, addrExplain, pLvl->addrBody, pLvl->addrVisit, pLoop->nOut, zObj
-  );
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
-** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
-** or USING clause of that join.
-**
-** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
-**
-**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
-**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
-**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
-**
-** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
-** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
-** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
-**
-** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
-** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  When terms are satisfied
-** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
-** loop.  We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
-** but joins might run a little slower.  The trick is to disable as much
-** as we can without disabling too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get
-** the wrong answer.  See ticket #813.
-**
-** If all the children of a term are disabled, then that term is also
-** automatically disabled.  In this way, terms get disabled if derived
-** virtual terms are tested first.  For example:
-**
-**      x GLOB 'abc*' AND x>='abc' AND x<'acd'
-**      \___________/     \______/     \_____/
-**         parent          child1       child2
-**
-** Only the parent term was in the original WHERE clause.  The child1
-** and child2 terms were added by the LIKE optimization.  If both of
-** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be 
-** skipped.
-**
-** Usually the parent term is marked as TERM_CODED.  But if the parent
-** term was originally TERM_LIKE, then the parent gets TERM_LIKECOND instead.
-** The TERM_LIKECOND marking indicates that the term should be coded inside
-** a conditional such that is only evaluated on the second pass of a
-** LIKE-optimization loop, when scanning BLOBs instead of strings.
-*/
-static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
-  int nLoop = 0;
-  while( pTerm
-      && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0
-      && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
-      && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0
-  ){
-    if( nLoop && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKE)!=0 ){
-      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_LIKECOND;
-    }else{
-      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
-    }
-    if( pTerm->iParent<0 ) break;
-    pTerm = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
-    pTerm->nChild--;
-    if( pTerm->nChild!=0 ) break;
-    nLoop++;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
-** to the n registers starting at base. 
-**
-** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB entries (which are no-ops) at the
-** beginning and end of zAff are ignored.  If all entries in zAff are
-** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, then no code gets generated.
-**
-** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free
-** to modify zAff after this routine returns.
-*/
-static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  if( zAff==0 ){
-    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( v!=0 );
-
-  /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_BLOB entries at the beginning
-  ** and end of the affinity string.
-  */
-  while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){
-    n--;
-    base++;
-    zAff++;
-  }
-  while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){
-    n--;
-  }
-
-  /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */
-  if( n>0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
-** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be 
-** coded.
-**
-** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg.
-**
-** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its
-** result is left on the stack.  For constraints of the form X IN (...)
-** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
-*/
-static int codeEqualityTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm,   /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */
-  int iEq,            /* Index of the equality term within this level */
-  int bRev,           /* True for reverse-order IN operations */
-  int iTarget         /* Attempt to leave results in this register */
-){
-  Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int iReg;                  /* Register holding results */
-
-  assert( iTarget>0 );
-  if( pX->op==TK_EQ || pX->op==TK_IS ){
-    iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
-  }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    iReg = iTarget;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  }else{
-    int eType;
-    int iTab;
-    struct InLoop *pIn;
-    WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-
-    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0
-      && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0
-      && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq]
-    ){
-      testcase( iEq==0 );
-      testcase( bRev );
-      bRev = !bRev;
-    }
-    assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
-    iReg = iTarget;
-    eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0);
-    if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){
-      testcase( bRev );
-      bRev = !bRev;
-    }
-    iTab = pX->iTable;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev);
-    assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 );
-    pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE;
-    if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){
-      pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    }
-    pLevel->u.in.nIn++;
-    pLevel->u.in.aInLoop =
-       sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop,
-                              sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn);
-    pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop;
-    if( pIn ){
-      pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1;
-      pIn->iCur = iTab;
-      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
-        pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
-      }else{
-        pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
-      }
-      pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_PrevIfOpen : OP_NextIfOpen;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }else{
-      pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
-  return iReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
-** index scan.
-**
-** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
-** Suppose the WHERE clause is this:  a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
-** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
-** example, the third "c" value is an inequality.  So only two 
-** constraints are coded.  This routine will generate code to evaluate
-** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3).  The current values for a and b will be stored
-** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
-**
-** In the example above nEq==2.  But this subroutine works for any value
-** of nEq including 0.  If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
-** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and
-** compute the affinity string.
-**
-** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1.  It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints
-** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq.  nExtraReg is 1 if there is
-** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that
-** occurs after the nEq quality constraints.
-**
-** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns
-** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that
-** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for
-** start and termination conditions of the loop.
-** key value of the loop.  If one or more IN operators appear, then
-** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
-** use.
-**
-** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a
-** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using
-** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated
-** with equality constraints that use BLOB or NONE affinity are set to
-** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB. This is to deal with SQL such as the following:
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b);
-**   SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b;
-**
-** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since
-** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has BLOB/NONE affinity,
-** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of
-** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity
-** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_BLOB.
-*/
-static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
-  int bRev,             /* Reverse the order of IN operators */
-  int nExtraReg,        /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
-  char **pzAff          /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */
-){
-  u16 nEq;                      /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
-  u16 nSkip;                    /* Number of left-most columns to skip */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The vm under construction */
-  Index *pIdx;                  /* The index being used for this loop */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single constraint term */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;             /* The WhereLoop object */
-  int j;                        /* Loop counter */
-  int regBase;                  /* Base register */
-  int nReg;                     /* Number of registers to allocate */
-  char *zAff;                   /* Affinity string to return */
-
-  /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */
-  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-  assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
-  nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
-  nSkip = pLoop->nSkip;
-  pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-  assert( pIdx!=0 );
-
-  /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
-  */
-  regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
-  nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg;
-  pParse->nMem += nReg;
-
-  zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx));
-  if( !zAff ){
-    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-
-  if( nSkip ){
-    int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
-    VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName));
-    j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-    pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT),
-                            iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j);
-    for(j=0; j<nSkip; j++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, j, regBase+j);
-      testcase( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR );
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", explainIndexColumnName(pIdx, j)));
-    }
-  }    
-
-  /* Evaluate the equality constraints
-  */
-  assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq );
-  for(j=nSkip; j<nEq; j++){
-    int r1;
-    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
-    assert( pTerm!=0 );
-    /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. 
-    ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */
-    testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 );
-    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-    r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j);
-    if( r1!=regBase+j ){
-      if( nReg==1 ){
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase);
-        regBase = r1;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
-      }
-    }
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
-      Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
-      if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_IS)==0 && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      if( zAff ){
-        if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){
-          zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-        }
-        if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){
-          zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  *pzAff = zAff;
-  return regBase;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the most recently coded instruction is a constant range contraint
-** that originated from the LIKE optimization, then change the P3 to be
-** pLoop->iLikeRepCntr and set P5.
-**
-** The LIKE optimization trys to evaluate "x LIKE 'abc%'" as a range
-** expression: "x>='ABC' AND x<'abd'".  But this requires that the range
-** scan loop run twice, once for strings and a second time for BLOBs.
-** The OP_String opcodes on the second pass convert the upper and lower
-** bound string contants to blobs.  This routine makes the necessary changes
-** to the OP_String opcodes for that to happen.
-*/
-static void whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(
-  Vdbe *v,                /* prepared statement under construction */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel,     /* The loop that contains the LIKE operator */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm        /* The upper or lower bound just coded */
-){
-  if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ){
-    VdbeOp *pOp;
-    assert( pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>0 );
-    pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
-    assert( pOp!=0 );
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8 
-            || pTerm->pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-    pOp->p3 = pLevel->iLikeRepCntr;
-    pOp->p5 = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
-** implementation described by pWInfo.
-*/
-Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart(
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo,   /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
-  int iLevel,          /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
-  Bitmask notReady     /* Which tables are currently available */
-){
-  int j, k;            /* Loop counters */
-  int iCur;            /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
-  int addrNxt;         /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
-  int omitTable;       /* True if we use the index only */
-  int bRev;            /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel;  /* The where level to be coded */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;    /* The WhereLoop object being coded */
-  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WHERE clause term */
-  Parse *pParse;                  /* Parsing context */
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
-  Vdbe *v;                        /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
-  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* FROM clause term being coded */
-  int addrBrk;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
-  int addrCont;                   /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */
-  int iRowidReg = 0;        /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */
-  int iReleaseReg = 0;      /* Temp register to free before returning */
-
-  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel];
-  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-  pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-  iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
-  pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
-  bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1;
-  omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 
-           && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0;
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName));
-
-  /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
-  ** for the current loop.  Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop.
-  ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
-  ** loop.
-  **
-  ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that
-  ** means to continue with the next IN value combination.  When
-  ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label
-  ** is the same as "addrBrk".
-  */
-  addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-  /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
-  ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
-  ** row of the left table of the join.
-  */
-  if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
-    pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
-    VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
-  }
-
-  /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */
-  if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){
-    int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub);
-    pLevel->p2 =  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName));
-    pLevel->op = OP_Goto;
-  }else
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if(  (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
-    /* Case 1:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
-    **          to access the data.
-    */
-    int iReg;   /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
-    int addrNotFound;
-    int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm;
-
-    sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-    iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
-    addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk;
-    for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
-      int iTarget = iReg+j+2;
-      pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
-      if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
-      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
-        codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget);
-        addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTerm->pExpr->pRight, iTarget);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg,
-                      pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr,
-                      pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
-    for(j=0; j<nConstraint && j<16; j++){
-      if( (pLoop->u.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){
-        disableTerm(pLevel, pLoop->aLTerm[j]);
-      }
-    }
-    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-    pLevel->op = pWInfo->eOnePass ? OP_Noop : OP_VNext;
-    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
-    sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-  if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0
-   && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0
-  ){
-    /* Case 2:  We can directly reference a single row using an
-    **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
-    **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
-    **          construct.
-    */
-    assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 );
-    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
-    assert( pTerm!=0 );
-    assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
-    assert( omitTable==0 );
-    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-    iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg);
-    if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg);
-    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, iRowidReg, 1);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
-    VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
-    pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
-  }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0
-         && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0
-  ){
-    /* Case 3:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
-    */
-    int testOp = OP_Noop;
-    int start;
-    int memEndValue = 0;
-    WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
-
-    assert( omitTable==0 );
-    j = 0;
-    pStart = pEnd = 0;
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
-    assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 );
-    if( bRev ){
-      pTerm = pStart;
-      pStart = pEnd;
-      pEnd = pTerm;
-    }
-    if( pStart ){
-      Expr *pX;             /* The expression that defines the start bound */
-      int r1, rTemp;        /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
-
-      /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding 
-      ** seek opcodes.  It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
-      */
-      const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
-           /* TK_GT */  OP_SeekGT,
-           /* TK_LE */  OP_SeekLE,
-           /* TK_LT */  OP_SeekLT,
-           /* TK_GE */  OP_SeekGE
-      };
-      assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 );      /* Make sure the ordering.. */
-      assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );      /*  ... of the TK_xx values... */
-      assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 );      /*  ... is correcct. */
-
-      assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
-      testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-      pX = pStart->pExpr;
-      assert( pX!=0 );
-      testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1);
-      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp);
-      disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
-    }
-    if( pEnd ){
-      Expr *pX;
-      pX = pEnd->pExpr;
-      assert( pX!=0 );
-      assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
-      testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */
-      testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-      memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue);
-      if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
-        testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
-      }else{
-        testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
-      }
-      disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
-    }
-    start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
-    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-    pLevel->p2 = start;
-    assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
-    if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
-      iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    }
-  }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
-    /* Case 4: A scan using an index.
-    **
-    **         The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality 
-    **         terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
-    **         left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
-    **         inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
-    **         column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only 
-    **         the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
-    **         use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the 
-    **         index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all 
-    **         optimized:
-    **
-    **            x=5
-    **            x=5 AND y=10
-    **            x=5 AND y<10
-    **            x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
-    **            x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
-    **
-    **         The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
-    **         the x=5 term:
-    **
-    **            x=5 AND z<10
-    **
-    **         N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
-    **         If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
-    **         least one.
-    **
-    **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
-    **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
-    **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
-    */  
-    static const u8 aStartOp[] = {
-      0,
-      0,
-      OP_Rewind,           /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq &&  !bRev) */
-      OP_Last,             /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq &&   bRev) */
-      OP_SeekGT,           /* 4: (start_constraints  && !startEq && !bRev) */
-      OP_SeekLT,           /* 5: (start_constraints  && !startEq &&  bRev) */
-      OP_SeekGE,           /* 6: (start_constraints  &&  startEq && !bRev) */
-      OP_SeekLE            /* 7: (start_constraints  &&  startEq &&  bRev) */
-    };
-    static const u8 aEndOp[] = {
-      OP_IdxGE,            /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */
-      OP_IdxGT,            /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev &&  endEq) */
-      OP_IdxLE,            /* 2: (end_constraints &&  bRev && !endEq) */
-      OP_IdxLT,            /* 3: (end_constraints &&  bRev &&  endEq) */
-    };
-    u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;     /* Number of == or IN terms */
-    int regBase;                 /* Base register holding constraint values */
-    WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0;  /* Inequality constraint at range start */
-    WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0;    /* Inequality constraint at range end */
-    int startEq;                 /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
-    int endEq;                   /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
-    int start_constraints;       /* Start of range is constrained */
-    int nConstraint;             /* Number of constraint terms */
-    Index *pIdx;                 /* The index we will be using */
-    int iIdxCur;                 /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
-    int nExtraReg = 0;           /* Number of extra registers needed */
-    int op;                      /* Instruction opcode */
-    char *zStartAff;             /* Affinity for start of range constraint */
-    char cEndAff = 0;            /* Affinity for end of range constraint */
-    u8 bSeekPastNull = 0;        /* True to seek past initial nulls */
-    u8 bStopAtNull = 0;          /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */
-
-    pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-    iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-    assert( nEq>=pLoop->nSkip );
-
-    /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that 
-    ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." 
-    ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
-    ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
-    ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
-    ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
-    ** this requires some special handling.
-    */
-    assert( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0
-         || pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr==1
-         || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 );
-    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
-     && pWInfo->nOBSat>0
-     && (pIdx->nKeyCol>nEq)
-    ){
-      assert( pLoop->nSkip==0 );
-      bSeekPastNull = 1;
-      nExtraReg = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end 
-    ** of the range. 
-    */
-    j = nEq;
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
-      pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
-      nExtraReg = 1;
-      /* Like optimization range constraints always occur in pairs */
-      assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 || 
-              (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0 );
-    }
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
-      pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
-      nExtraReg = 1;
-      if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)!=0 ){
-        assert( pRangeStart!=0 );                     /* LIKE opt constraints */
-        assert( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT );   /* occur in pairs */
-        pLevel->iLikeRepCntr = ++pParse->nMem;
-        testcase( bRev );
-        testcase( pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
-                          bRev ^ (pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC),
-                          pLevel->iLikeRepCntr);
-        VdbeComment((v, "LIKE loop counter"));
-        pLevel->addrLikeRep = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      }
-      if( pRangeStart==0
-       && (j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq])>=0 
-       && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0
-      ){
-        bSeekPastNull = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
-
-    /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
-    ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
-    ** starting at regBase.
-    */
-    regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff);
-    assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq );
-    if( zStartAff ) cEndAff = zStartAff[nEq];
-    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
-
-    /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
-    ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
-    ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
-    */
-    if( (nEq<pIdx->nKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC))
-     || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq)
-    ){
-      SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
-      SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull);
-    }
-
-    testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
-    testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
-    testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
-    testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
-    startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
-    endEq =   !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
-    start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
-
-    /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
-    nConstraint = nEq;
-    if( pRangeStart ){
-      Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight;
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
-      whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeStart);
-      if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
-       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
-      ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      if( zStartAff ){
-        if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB){
-          /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions
-          ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to 
-          ** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB.  */
-          zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-        }
-        if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){
-          zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
-        }
-      }  
-      nConstraint++;
-      testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-    }else if( bSeekPastNull ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
-      nConstraint++;
-      startEq = 0;
-      start_constraints = 1;
-    }
-    codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff);
-    op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
-    assert( op!=0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind);  testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last);    testcase( op==OP_Last );
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT);  testcase( op==OP_SeekGT );
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE);  testcase( op==OP_SeekGE );
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE);  testcase( op==OP_SeekLE );
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT);  testcase( op==OP_SeekLT );
-
-    /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
-    ** range (if any).
-    */
-    nConstraint = nEq;
-    if( pRangeEnd ){
-      Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight;
-      sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1);
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
-      whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeEnd);
-      if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
-       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
-      ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, cEndAff)!=SQLITE_AFF_BLOB
-       && !sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, cEndAff)
-      ){
-        codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1, &cEndAff);
-      }
-      nConstraint++;
-      testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-    }else if( bStopAtNull ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
-      endEq = 0;
-      nConstraint++;
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff);
-
-    /* Top of the loop body */
-    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-
-    /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
-    if( nConstraint ){
-      op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq];
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxGT );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT );
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE );
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT );
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxLE );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE );
-    }
-
-    /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
-    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
-    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
-    if( omitTable ){
-      /* pIdx is a covering index.  No need to access the main table. */
-    }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){
-      iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
-      if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowidReg);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg);  /* Deferred seek */
-      }
-    }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){
-      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
-      iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
-      for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
-        k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont,
-                           iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-
-    /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable 
-    ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
-    */
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){
-      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
-    }else if( bRev ){
-      pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
-    }else{
-      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
-    }
-    pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
-    pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0;
-    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){
-      pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
-    }else{
-      assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
-    }
-  }else
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
-  if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
-    /* Case 5:  Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR
-    **
-    ** Example:
-    **
-    **   CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d);
-    **   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
-    **   CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
-    **   CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c);
-    **
-    **   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13)
-    **
-    ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR.
-    ** The top of the loop looks like this:
-    **
-    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
-    **
-    ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to
-    ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted
-    ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the
-    ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd().
-    **
-    **        sqlite3WhereBegin(<term>)
-    **          RowSetTest                  # Insert rowid into rowset
-    **          Gosub      2 A
-    **        sqlite3WhereEnd()
-    **
-    ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target
-    ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto.
-    **
-    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
-    **          Goto       B                # The loop is finished.
-    **
-    **       A: <loop body>                 # Return data, whatever.
-    **
-    **          Return     2                # Jump back to the Gosub
-    **
-    **       B: <after the loop>
-    **
-    ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
-    ** use an ephemeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary
-    ** keys of the rows we have already seen.
-    **
-    */
-    WhereClause *pOrWc;    /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
-    SrcList *pOrTab;       /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */
-    Index *pCov = 0;             /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */
-    int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++;  /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */
-
-    int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;           /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
-    int regRowset = 0;                        /* Register for RowSet object */
-    int regRowid = 0;                         /* Register holding rowid */
-    int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Start of loop body */
-    int iRetInit;                             /* Address of regReturn init */
-    int untestedTerms = 0;             /* Some terms not completely tested */
-    int ii;                            /* Loop counter */
-    u16 wctrlFlags;                    /* Flags for sub-WHERE clause */
-    Expr *pAndExpr = 0;                /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */
-    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
-   
-    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
-    assert( pTerm!=0 );
-    assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR );
-    assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
-    pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
-    pLevel->op = OP_Return;
-    pLevel->p1 = regReturn;
-
-    /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned
-    ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots.
-    ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin().
-    */
-    if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){
-      int nNotReady;                 /* The number of notReady tables */
-      struct SrcList_item *origSrc;     /* Original list of tables */
-      nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1;
-      pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db,
-                            sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0]));
-      if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady;
-      pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1);
-      pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc;
-      memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem));
-      origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
-      for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){
-        memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k]));
-      }
-    }else{
-      pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
-    }
-
-    /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is 
-    ** equivalent to an empty rowset.  Or, create an ephemeral index
-    ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID.
-    **
-    ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction 
-    ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
-    ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
-    ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the 
-    ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to 
-    ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
-    ** called on an uninitialized cursor.
-    */
-    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
-      if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-        regRowset = ++pParse->nMem;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset);
-      }else{
-        Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-        regRowset = pParse->nTab++;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
-      }
-      regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }
-    iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn);
-
-    /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form:  (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y
-    ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z
-    ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will
-    ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below.
-    **
-    ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is
-    ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the
-    ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as 
-    ** indices.
-    **
-    ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term
-    ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN.
-    ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4
-    */
-    if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){
-      int iTerm;
-      for(iTerm=0; iTerm<pWC->nTerm; iTerm++){
-        Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr;
-        if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue;
-        if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue;
-        if( (pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) continue;
-        if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue;
-        testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO );
-        pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
-        pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAndExpr, pExpr);
-      }
-      if( pAndExpr ){
-        pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND, 0, pAndExpr, 0);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause.  After
-    ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each
-    ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine.
-    */
-    wctrlFlags =  WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE
-                | WHERE_FORCE_TABLE
-                | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY
-                | WHERE_NO_AUTOINDEX;
-    for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
-      WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
-      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
-        WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;           /* Info for single OR-term scan */
-        Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */
-        int jmp1 = 0;                   /* Address of jump operation */
-        if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
-          pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr;
-          pOrExpr = pAndExpr;
-        }
-        /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
-        WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("Subplan for OR-clause:\n"));
-        pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0,
-                                      wctrlFlags, iCovCur);
-        assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed );
-        if( pSubWInfo ){
-          WhereLoop *pSubLoop;
-          int addrExplain = sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(
-              pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
-          );
-          sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(v, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], addrExplain);
-
-          /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body.  First skip over
-          ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the
-          ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same
-          ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses.
-          */
-          if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
-            int r;
-            int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii);
-            if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-              r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, regRowid, 0);
-              jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0,
-                                           r,iSet);
-              VdbeCoverage(v);
-            }else{
-              Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-              int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
-              int iPk;
-
-              /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */
-              r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk);
-              for(iPk=0; iPk<nPk; iPk++){
-                int iCol = pPk->aiColumn[iPk];
-                int rx;
-                rx = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, iCol, iCur,r+iPk,0);
-                if( rx!=r+iPk ){
-                  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, rx, r+iPk);
-                }
-              }
-
-              /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so,
-              ** the row has already been included in the result set and
-              ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise,
-              ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing
-              ** the row.
-              **
-              ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet
-              ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in
-              ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no 
-              ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never 
-              ** be tested for.  */ 
-              if( iSet ){
-                jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk);
-                VdbeCoverage(v);
-              }
-              if( iSet>=0 ){
-                sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid);
-                sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid, 0);
-                if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
-              }
-
-              /* Release the array of temp registers */
-              sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk);
-            }
-          }
-
-          /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody);
-
-          /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the
-          ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */
-          if( jmp1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp1);
-
-          /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term
-          ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table.  The
-          ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will
-          ** need to be tested later.
-          */
-          if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1;
-
-          /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same
-          ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number
-          ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may
-          ** be possible to use that index as a covering index.
-          **
-          ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that
-          ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term
-          ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous
-          ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set 
-          ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will 
-          ** be available.
-          */
-          pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop;
-          assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 );
-          if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
-           && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov)
-           && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex))
-          ){
-            assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur );
-            pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-            wctrlFlags |= WHERE_REOPEN_IDX;
-          }else{
-            pCov = 0;
-          }
-
-          /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
-          sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov;
-    if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur;
-    if( pAndExpr ){
-      pAndExpr->pLeft = 0;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
-    sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody);
-
-    if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab);
-    if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-  {
-    /* Case 6:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
-    **          scan of the entire table.
-    */
-    static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev };
-    static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last };
-    assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 );
-    if( pTabItem->fg.isRecursive ){
-      /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in
-      ** a pseudo-cursor.  No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */
-      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
-    }else{
-      pLevel->op = aStep[bRev];
-      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-      pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
-      pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
-  pLevel->addrVisit = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-#endif
-
-  /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
-  ** computed using the current set of tables.
-  */
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
-    Expr *pE;
-    int skipLikeAddr = 0;
-    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){
-      testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0
-               && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 );
-      pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1;
-      continue;
-    }
-    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
-    assert( pE!=0 );
-    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKECOND ){
-      assert( pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>0 );
-      skipLikeAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, pLevel->iLikeRepCntr);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    if( skipLikeAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, skipLikeAddr);
-    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
-  }
-
-  /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity
-  ** of the "==" operator.
-  **
-  ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123"
-  ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded,
-  ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code
-  ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint.
-  */
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
-    Expr *pE, *pEAlt;
-    WhereTerm *pAlt;
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) continue;
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)==0 ) continue;
-    if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue;
-    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue;
-    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) );
-    assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 );
-    pAlt = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady,
-                    WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS, 0);
-    if( pAlt==0 ) continue;
-    if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ );
-    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IS );
-    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN );
-    VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint"));
-    pEAlt = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pEAlt));
-    if( pEAlt ){
-      *pEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr;
-      pEAlt->pLeft = pE->pLeft;
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      sqlite3StackFree(db, pEAlt);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
-  ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
-  */
-  if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
-    pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
-    VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
-    sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-    for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
-      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
-      if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){
-        assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms );
-        continue;
-      }
-      assert( pTerm->pExpr );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pLevel->notReady;
-}
diff --git a/lib/libsqlite3/src/whereexpr.c b/lib/libsqlite3/src/whereexpr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fadde790104..00000000000
--- a/lib/libsqlite3/src/whereexpr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1336 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2015-06-08
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
-** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.
-**
-** This file was originally part of where.c but was split out to improve
-** readability and editabiliity.  This file contains utility routines for
-** analyzing Expr objects in the WHERE clause.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "whereInt.h"
-
-/* Forward declarations */
-static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);
-
-/*
-** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object.
-*/
-static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){
-  sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&p->wc);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object.
-*/
-static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){
-  sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&p->wc);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC.
-** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags.
-** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success.
-** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory
-** allocation error.  The memory allocation failure will be recorded in
-** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it.
-**
-** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary.
-**
-** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
-** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC.
-** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm.
-**
-** WARNING:  This routine might reallocate the space used to store
-** WhereTerms.  All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after
-** calling this routine.  Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
-** the pWC->a[] array.
-*/
-static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u16 wtFlags){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int idx;
-  testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-  if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
-    WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
-    sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
-    pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
-    if( pWC->a==0 ){
-      if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
-        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p);
-      }
-      pWC->a = pOld;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
-    if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld);
-    }
-    pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]);
-    memset(&pWC->a[pWC->nTerm], 0, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*(pWC->nSlot-pWC->nTerm));
-  }
-  pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++];
-  if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){
-    pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 270;
-  }else{
-    pTerm->truthProb = 1;
-  }
-  pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(p);
-  pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags;
-  pTerm->pWC = pWC;
-  pTerm->iParent = -1;
-  return idx;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
-** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term.  The allowed operators are
-** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", and "IS NULL"
-*/
-static int allowedOp(int op){
-  assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE );
-  assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE );
-  assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE );
-  assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 );
-  return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL || op==TK_IS;
-}
-
-/*
-** Commute a comparison operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
-** are converted into "Y op X".
-**
-** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the
-** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure
-** that the collating sequence does not change.  For example:
-** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on
-** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence 
-** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag
-** is not commuted.
-*/
-static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate);
-  u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate);
-  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
-  if( expRight==expLeft ){
-    /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */
-    if( expRight ){
-      /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators.  Make sure X is always
-      ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */
-      pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
-    }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
-      /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default
-      ** collating sequence.  So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause
-      ** it to be searched first. */
-      pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate;
-    }
-  }
-  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
-  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
-    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
-    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
-    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
-    assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
-    assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
-    pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
-*/
-static u16 operatorMask(int op){
-  u16 c;
-  assert( allowedOp(op) );
-  if( op==TK_IN ){
-    c = WO_IN;
-  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    c = WO_ISNULL;
-  }else if( op==TK_IS ){
-    c = WO_IS;
-  }else{
-    assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff );
-    c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ));
-  }
-  assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
-  assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
-  assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
-  assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
-  assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
-  assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
-  assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
-  assert( op!=TK_IS || c==WO_IS );
-  return c;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-/*
-** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
-** can be optimized using inequality constraints.  Return TRUE if it is
-** so and false if not.
-**
-** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
-** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.  The LHS must be a column
-** that may only be NULL, a string, or a BLOB, never a number. (This means
-** that virtual tables cannot participate in the LIKE optimization.)  The
-** collating sequence for the column on the LHS must be appropriate for
-** the operator.
-*/
-static int isLikeOrGlob(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Expr *pExpr,      /* Test this expression */
-  Expr **ppPrefix,  /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */
-  int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
-  int *pnoCase      /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
-){
-  const char *z = 0;         /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
-  Expr *pRight, *pLeft;      /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
-  ExprList *pList;           /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
-  int c;                     /* One character in z[] */
-  int cnt;                   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
-  char wc[3];                /* Wildcard characters */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection */
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
-  int op;                    /* Opcode of pRight */
-
-  if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-  if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
-#endif
-  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
-  pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
-  if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN 
-   || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 
-   || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab)  /* Value might be numeric */
-  ){
-    /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must
-    ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */
-
-  pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr);
-  op = pRight->op;
-  if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
-    Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare;
-    int iCol = pRight->iColumn;
-    pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB);
-    if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){
-      z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol);
-    assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER );
-  }else if( op==TK_STRING ){
-    z = pRight->u.zToken;
-  }
-  if( z ){
-    cnt = 0;
-    while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){
-      cnt++;
-    }
-    if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
-      Expr *pPrefix;
-      *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
-      pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z);
-      if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0;
-      *ppPrefix = pPrefix;
-      if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
-        Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-        sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn);
-        if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){
-          /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current
-          ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE
-          ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
-          ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
-          ** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
-          */ 
-          int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-          sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
-          sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-        }
-      }
-    }else{
-      z = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  return (z!=0);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
-**
-**         column MATCH expr
-**
-** If it is then return TRUE.  If not, return FALSE.
-*/
-static int isMatchOfColumn(
-  Expr *pExpr      /* Test this expression */
-){
-  ExprList *pList;
-
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
-  if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
-** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
-*/
-static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
-  if( pDerived ){
-    pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
-    pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark term iChild as being a child of term iParent
-*/
-static void markTermAsChild(WhereClause *pWC, int iChild, int iParent){
-  pWC->a[iChild].iParent = iParent;
-  pWC->a[iChild].truthProb = pWC->a[iParent].truthProb;
-  pWC->a[iParent].nChild++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the N-th AND-connected subterm of pTerm.  Or if pTerm is not
-** a conjunction, then return just pTerm when N==0.  If N is exceeds
-** the number of available subterms, return NULL.
-*/
-static WhereTerm *whereNthSubterm(WhereTerm *pTerm, int N){
-  if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_AND ){
-    return N==0 ? pTerm : 0;
-  }
-  if( N<pTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc.nTerm ){
-    return &pTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc.a[N];
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Subterms pOne and pTwo are contained within WHERE clause pWC.  The
-** two subterms are in disjunction - they are OR-ed together.
-**
-** If these two terms are both of the form:  "A op B" with the same
-** A and B values but different operators and if the operators are
-** compatible (if one is = and the other is <, for example) then
-** add a new virtual AND term to pWC that is the combination of the
-** two.
-**
-** Some examples:
-**
-**    x<y OR x=y    -->     x<=y
-**    x=y OR x=y    -->     x=y
-**    x<=y OR x<y   -->     x<=y
-**
-** The following is NOT generated:
-**
-**    x<y OR x>y    -->     x!=y     
-*/
-static void whereCombineDisjuncts(
-  SrcList *pSrc,         /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC,      /* The complete WHERE clause */
-  WhereTerm *pOne,       /* First disjunct */
-  WhereTerm *pTwo        /* Second disjunct */
-){
-  u16 eOp = pOne->eOperator | pTwo->eOperator;
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* Database connection (for malloc) */
-  Expr *pNew;            /* New virtual expression */
-  int op;                /* Operator for the combined expression */
-  int idxNew;            /* Index in pWC of the next virtual term */
-
-  if( (pOne->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE))==0 ) return;
-  if( (pTwo->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE))==0 ) return;
-  if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE))!=eOp
-   && (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_GT|WO_GE))!=eOp ) return;
-  assert( pOne->pExpr->pLeft!=0 && pOne->pExpr->pRight!=0 );
-  assert( pTwo->pExpr->pLeft!=0 && pTwo->pExpr->pRight!=0 );
-  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pOne->pExpr->pLeft, pTwo->pExpr->pLeft, -1) ) return;
-  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pOne->pExpr->pRight, pTwo->pExpr->pRight, -1) )return;
-  /* If we reach this point, it means the two subterms can be combined */
-  if( (eOp & (eOp-1))!=0 ){
-    if( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ){
-      eOp = WO_LE;
-    }else{
-      assert( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) );
-      eOp = WO_GE;
-    }
-  }
-  db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
-  pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOne->pExpr, 0);
-  if( pNew==0 ) return;
-  for(op=TK_EQ; eOp!=(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); op++){ assert( op<TK_GE ); }
-  pNew->op = op;
-  idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-  exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-/*
-** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected
-** subterms.  So in:
-**
-**     ... WHERE  (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13)
-**                          ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-**
-** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example.
-** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under
-** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis.  Hence:
-**
-**     WhereTerm.wtFlags   |=  TERM_ORINFO
-**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo  =  a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object
-**
-** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms.
-** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms.
-** Examples of terms under analysis:
-**
-**     (A)     t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5
-**     (B)     x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3
-**     (C)     t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15)
-**     (D)     x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*')
-**     (E)     (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6)
-**     (F)     x>A OR (x=A AND y>=B)
-**
-** CASE 1:
-**
-** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and
-** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual
-** term that is an equivalent IN expression.  In other words, if the term
-** being analyzed is:
-**
-**      x = expr1  OR  expr2 = x  OR  x = expr3
-**
-** then create a new virtual term like this:
-**
-**      x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
-**
-** CASE 2:
-**
-** If there are exactly two disjuncts and one side has x>A and the other side
-** has x=A (for the same x and A) then add a new virtual conjunct term to the
-** WHERE clause of the form "x>=A".  Example:
-**
-**      x>A OR (x=A AND y>B)    adds:    x>=A
-**
-** The added conjunct can sometimes be helpful in query planning.
-**
-** CASE 3:
-**
-** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set
-**
-**     WhereTerm.eOperator              =  WO_OR
-**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable  |=  the cursor number for table T
-**
-** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
-** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and 
-** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
-** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
-** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable.  Indexable AND 
-** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
-** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
-**
-** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
-** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
-** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
-** is decided elsewhere.  This analysis only looks at whether subterms
-** appropriate for indexing exist.
-**
-** All examples A through E above satisfy case 3.  But if a term
-** also satisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
-** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 3 is not
-** satisfied.
-**
-** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable.  For example,
-** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
-**
-** Terms that satisfy case 3 are candidates for lookup by using
-** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing
-** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object.  This is similar
-** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines.
-**
-** OTHERWISE:
-**
-** If none of cases 1, 2, or 3 apply, then leave the eOperator set to
-** zero.  This term is not useful for search.
-*/
-static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm(
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the complete WHERE clause */
-  int idxTerm               /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;        /* WHERE clause processing context */
-  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;         /* Parser context */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* Database connection */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];    /* The term to be analyzed */
-  Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;             /* The expression of the term */
-  int i;                                  /* Loop counters */
-  WhereClause *pOrWc;       /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */
-  WhereTerm *pOrTerm;       /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */
-  WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;     /* Additional information associated with pTerm */
-  Bitmask chngToIN;         /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */
-  Bitmask indexable;        /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */
-
-  /*
-  ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms.  The subterms are
-  ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo
-  ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term.
-  */
-  assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 );
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR );
-  pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo));
-  if( pOrInfo==0 ) return;
-  pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO;
-  pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc;
-  sqlite3WhereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo);
-  sqlite3WhereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR);
-  sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pSrc, pOrWc);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 );
-
-  /*
-  ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 3.
-  */
-  indexable = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){
-    if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){
-      WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo;
-      assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 );
-      chngToIN = 0;
-      pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo));
-      if( pAndInfo ){
-        WhereClause *pAndWC;
-        WhereTerm *pAndTerm;
-        int j;
-        Bitmask b = 0;
-        pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo;
-        pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO;
-        pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND;
-        pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc;
-        sqlite3WhereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo);
-        sqlite3WhereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND);
-        sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pSrc, pAndWC);
-        pAndWC->pOuter = pWC;
-        testcase( db->mallocFailed );
-        if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-          for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
-            assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
-            if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){
-              b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        indexable &= b;
-      }
-    }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){
-      /* Skip this term for now.  We revisit it when we process the
-      ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */
-    }else{
-      Bitmask b;
-      b = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor);
-      if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){
-        WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent];
-        b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor);
-      }
-      indexable &= b;
-      if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){
-        chngToIN = 0;
-      }else{
-        chngToIN &= b;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 3.  The set might be
-  ** empty.
-  */
-  pOrInfo->indexable = indexable;
-  pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR;
-
-  /* For a two-way OR, attempt to implementation case 2.
-  */
-  if( indexable && pOrWc->nTerm==2 ){
-    int iOne = 0;
-    WhereTerm *pOne;
-    while( (pOne = whereNthSubterm(&pOrWc->a[0],iOne++))!=0 ){
-      int iTwo = 0;
-      WhereTerm *pTwo;
-      while( (pTwo = whereNthSubterm(&pOrWc->a[1],iTwo++))!=0 ){
-        whereCombineDisjuncts(pSrc, pWC, pOne, pTwo);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1.  But
-  ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really
-  ** is satisfied.
-  **
-  ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits.  The 0-bit case means
-  ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an
-  ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain
-  ** something other than == on a column in the single table.  The 1-bit
-  ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form
-  ** "table.column=expr" for some single table.  The one bit that is set
-  ** will correspond to the common table.  We still need to check to make
-  ** sure the same column is used on all terms.  The 2-bit case is when
-  ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column".  It
-  ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column
-  ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of
-  ** the OR clause.
-  **
-  ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the
-  ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized.
-  */
-  if( chngToIN ){
-    int okToChngToIN = 0;     /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */
-    int iColumn = -1;         /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */
-    int iCursor = -1;         /* Table cursor common to all terms */
-    int j = 0;                /* Loop counter */
-
-    /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the
-    ** other of the == operator in every subterm.  That table and column
-    ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn.  There might not be any
-    ** such table and column.  Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table
-    ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found.
-    */
-    for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){
-      pOrTerm = pOrWc->a;
-      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
-        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
-        pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
-        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){
-          /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and
-          ** current term is from the first iteration.  So skip this term. */
-          assert( j==1 );
-          continue;
-        }
-        if( (chngToIN & sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,
-                                            pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
-          /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
-          ** chngToIN set but t1 is not.  This term will be either preceded
-          ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a).  Skip this term 
-          ** and use its inversion. */
-          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
-          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-          assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) );
-          continue;
-        }
-        iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn;
-        iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor;
-        break;
-      }
-      if( i<0 ){
-        /* No candidate table+column was found.  This can only occur
-        ** on the second iteration */
-        assert( j==1 );
-        assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) );
-        assert( chngToIN==sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) );
-        break;
-      }
-      testcase( j==1 );
-
-      /* We have found a candidate table and column.  Check to see if that
-      ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */
-      okToChngToIN = 1;
-      for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){
-        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
-        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
-          pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
-        }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){
-          okToChngToIN = 0;
-        }else{
-          int affLeft, affRight;
-          /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
-          ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type
-          ** conversions are required on the right.  (Ticket #2249)
-          */
-          affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
-          affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
-          if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){
-            okToChngToIN = 0;
-          }else{
-            pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
-    ** case 1.  In that case, construct a new virtual term that is 
-    ** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
-    */
-    if( okToChngToIN ){
-      Expr *pDup;            /* A transient duplicate expression */
-      ExprList *pList = 0;   /* The RHS of the IN operator */
-      Expr *pLeft = 0;       /* The LHS of the IN operator */
-      Expr *pNew;            /* The complete IN operator */
-
-      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
-        if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
-        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
-        assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor );
-        assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn );
-        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0);
-        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup);
-        pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
-      }
-      assert( pLeft!=0 );
-      pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
-      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
-      if( pNew ){
-        int idxNew;
-        transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
-        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
-        pNew->x.pList = pList;
-        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-        testcase( idxNew==0 );
-        exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
-        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-        markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-      }
-      pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP;  /* case 1 trumps case 3 */
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** We already know that pExpr is a binary operator where both operands are
-** column references.  This routine checks to see if pExpr is an equivalence
-** relation:
-**   1.  The SQLITE_Transitive optimization must be enabled
-**   2.  Must be either an == or an IS operator
-**   3.  Not originating in the ON clause of an OUTER JOIN
-**   4.  The affinities of A and B must be compatible
-**   5a. Both operands use the same collating sequence OR
-**   5b. The overall collating sequence is BINARY
-** If this routine returns TRUE, that means that the RHS can be substituted
-** for the LHS anyplace else in the WHERE clause where the LHS column occurs.
-** This is an optimization.  No harm comes from returning 0.  But if 1 is
-** returned when it should not be, then incorrect answers might result.
-*/
-static int termIsEquivalence(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  char aff1, aff2;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  const char *zColl1, *zColl2;
-  if( !OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Transitive) ) return 0;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ && pExpr->op!=TK_IS ) return 0;
-  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
-  aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
-  aff2 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pRight);
-  if( aff1!=aff2
-   && (!sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || !sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2))
-  ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight);
-  if( pColl==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, "BINARY")==0 ) return 1;
-  pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
-  /* Since pLeft and pRight are both a column references, their collating
-  ** sequence should always be defined. */
-  zColl1 = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : 0;
-  pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
-  zColl2 = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : 0;
-  return sqlite3StrICmp(zColl1, zColl2)==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Recursively walk the expressions of a SELECT statement and generate
-** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
-** tree.
-*/
-static Bitmask exprSelectUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  while( pS ){
-    SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc;
-    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
-    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
-    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
-    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
-    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
-    if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-        mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect);
-        mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn);
-      }
-    }
-    pS = pS->pPrior;
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-
-/*
-** Expression pExpr is one operand of a comparison operator that might
-** be useful for indexing.  This routine checks to see if pExpr appears
-** in any index.  Return TRUE (1) if pExpr is an indexed term and return
-** FALSE (0) if not.  If TRUE is returned, also set *piCur to the cursor
-** number of the table that is indexed and *piColumn to the column number
-** of the column that is indexed, or -2 if an expression is being indexed.
-**
-** If pExpr is a TK_COLUMN column reference, then this routine always returns
-** true even if that particular column is not indexed, because the column
-** might be added to an automatic index later.
-*/
-static int exprMightBeIndexed(
-  SrcList *pFrom,        /* The FROM clause */
-  Bitmask mPrereq,       /* Bitmask of FROM clause terms referenced by pExpr */
-  Expr *pExpr,           /* An operand of a comparison operator */
-  int *piCur,            /* Write the referenced table cursor number here */
-  int *piColumn          /* Write the referenced table column number here */
-){
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int i;
-  int iCur;
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-    *piCur = pExpr->iTable;
-    *piColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( mPrereq==0 ) return 0;                 /* No table references */
-  if( (mPrereq&(mPrereq-1))!=0 ) return 0;   /* Refs more than one table */
-  for(i=0; mPrereq>1; i++, mPrereq>>=1){}
-  iCur = pFrom->a[i].iCursor;
-  for(pIdx=pFrom->a[i].pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    if( pIdx->aColExpr==0 ) continue;
-    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
-      if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]!=(-2) ) continue;
-      if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExpr, pIdx->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, iCur)==0 ){
-        *piCur = iCur;
-        *piColumn = -2;
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
-** "pExpr" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
-** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
-** structure.
-**
-** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted
-** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>".
-**
-** If the expression is of the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are
-** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual
-** term of the form "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and
-** analyzed separately.  The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED
-** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr
-** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it
-** is a commuted copy of a prior term.)  The original term has nChild=1
-** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term.
-*/
-static void exprAnalyze(
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the WHERE clause */
-  int idxTerm               /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;                /* The term to be analyzed */
-  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;          /* Set of table index masks */
-  Expr *pExpr;                     /* The expression to be analyzed */
-  Bitmask prereqLeft;              /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */
-  Bitmask prereqAll;               /* Prerequesites of pExpr */
-  Bitmask extraRight = 0;          /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */
-  Expr *pStr1 = 0;                 /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
-  int isComplete = 0;              /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */
-  int noCase = 0;                  /* uppercase equivalent to lowercase */
-  int op;                          /* Top-level operator.  pExpr->op */
-  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;  /* Parsing context */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;        /* Database connection */
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    return;
-  }
-  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-  pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
-  pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE );
-  prereqLeft = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  if( op==TK_IN ){
-    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-      pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect);
-    }else{
-      pTerm->prereqRight = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList);
-    }
-  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
-  }else{
-    pTerm->prereqRight = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
-  }
-  prereqAll = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
-  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
-    Bitmask x = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
-    prereqAll |= x;
-    extraRight = x-1;  /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
-                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
-  }
-  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
-  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
-  pTerm->iParent = -1;
-  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
-  if( allowedOp(op) ){
-    int iCur, iColumn;
-    Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft);
-    Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight);
-    u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV;
-    if( exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, prereqLeft, pLeft, &iCur, &iColumn) ){
-      pTerm->leftCursor = iCur;
-      pTerm->u.leftColumn = iColumn;
-      pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask;
-    }
-    if( op==TK_IS ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_IS;
-    if( pRight 
-     && exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, pTerm->prereqRight, pRight, &iCur, &iColumn)
-    ){
-      WhereTerm *pNew;
-      Expr *pDup;
-      u16 eExtraOp = 0;        /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */
-      if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
-        int idxNew;
-        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
-        if( db->mallocFailed ){
-          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
-          return;
-        }
-        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-        if( idxNew==0 ) return;
-        pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
-        markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
-        if( op==TK_IS ) pNew->wtFlags |= TERM_IS;
-        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-        pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
-
-        if( termIsEquivalence(pParse, pDup) ){
-          pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV;
-          eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV;
-        }
-      }else{
-        pDup = pExpr;
-        pNew = pTerm;
-      }
-      exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
-      pNew->leftCursor = iCur;
-      pNew->u.leftColumn = iColumn;
-      testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft );
-      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight;
-      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
-      pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask;
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
-  /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
-  ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements.  For example:
-  **
-  **      a BETWEEN b AND c
-  **
-  ** is converted into:
-  **
-  **      (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c)
-  **
-  ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object.
-  ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN
-  ** term.  That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are
-  ** skipped.  Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original
-  ** BETWEEN term is skipped.
-  */
-  else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
-    ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
-    int i;
-    static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
-    assert( pList!=0 );
-    assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
-    for(i=0; i<2; i++){
-      Expr *pNewExpr;
-      int idxNew;
-      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], 
-                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0),
-                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0);
-      transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr);
-      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-      testcase( idxNew==0 );
-      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-  /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by
-  ** an OR operator.
-  */
-  else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
-    assert( pWC->op==TK_AND );
-    exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm);
-    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-  /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
-  ** operator.
-  **
-  ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'aBc%'" is changed into constraints
-  **
-  **          x>='ABC' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'aBc%'
-  **
-  ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
-  ** termination condition "abd".  If case is not significant (the default
-  ** for LIKE) then the lower-bound is made all uppercase and the upper-
-  ** bound is made all lowercase so that the bounds also work when comparing
-  ** BLOBs.
-  */
-  if( pWC->op==TK_AND 
-   && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase)
-  ){
-    Expr *pLeft;       /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
-    Expr *pStr2;       /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
-    Expr *pNewExpr1;
-    Expr *pNewExpr2;
-    int idxNew1;
-    int idxNew2;
-    const char *zCollSeqName;     /* Name of collating sequence */
-    const u16 wtFlags = TERM_LIKEOPT | TERM_VIRTUAL | TERM_DYNAMIC;
-
-    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
-    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
-
-    /* Convert the lower bound to upper-case and the upper bound to
-    ** lower-case (upper-case is less than lower-case in ASCII) so that
-    ** the range constraints also work for BLOBs
-    */
-    if( noCase && !pParse->db->mallocFailed ){
-      int i;
-      char c;
-      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_LIKE;
-      for(i=0; (c = pStr1->u.zToken[i])!=0; i++){
-        pStr1->u.zToken[i] = sqlite3Toupper(c);
-        pStr2->u.zToken[i] = sqlite3Tolower(c);
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-      u8 c, *pC;       /* Last character before the first wildcard */
-      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1];
-      c = *pC;
-      if( noCase ){
-        /* The point is to increment the last character before the first
-        ** wildcard.  But if we increment '@', that will push it into the
-        ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the 
-        ** inequality.  To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
-        ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
-        */
-        if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0;
-        c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
-      }
-      *pC = c + 1;
-    }
-    zCollSeqName = noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY";
-    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
-    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE,
-           sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse,pNewExpr1,zCollSeqName),
-           pStr1, 0);
-    transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr);
-    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, wtFlags);
-    testcase( idxNew1==0 );
-    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
-    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
-    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT,
-           sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse,pNewExpr2,zCollSeqName),
-           pStr2, 0);
-    transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr);
-    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, wtFlags);
-    testcase( idxNew2==0 );
-    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
-    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-    if( isComplete ){
-      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew1, idxTerm);
-      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew2, idxTerm);
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
-  ** current expression is of the form:  column MATCH expr.
-  ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
-  ** virtual tables.  The native query optimizer does not attempt
-  ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
-  */
-  if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){
-    int idxNew;
-    Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
-    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
-    Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;
-
-    pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
-    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
-    prereqExpr = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
-    prereqColumn = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
-    if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
-      Expr *pNewExpr;
-      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, 
-                              0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0);
-      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-      testcase( idxNew==0 );
-      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
-      pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
-      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
-      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
-      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the
-  ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently
-  ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  So construct a
-  ** virtual term of that form.
-  **
-  ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL.
-  */
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL
-   && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN
-   && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0
-   && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat34)
-  ){
-    Expr *pNewExpr;
-    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-    int idxNew;
-    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
-
-    pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT,
-                            sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0),
-                            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
-
-    idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr,
-                              TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL);
-    if( idxNew ){
-      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
-      pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0;
-      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT;
-      markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm);
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
-      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-  /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
-  ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
-  */
-  pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
-}
-
-/***************************************************************************
-** Routines with file scope above.  Interface to the rest of the where.c
-** subsystem follows.
-***************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
-** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
-** operator specified in the op parameter.  The WhereClause structure
-** is filled with pointers to subexpressions.  For example:
-**
-**    WHERE  a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
-**           \________/     \_______________/     \________________/
-**            slot[0]            slot[1]               slot[2]
-**
-** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered.  All this routine
-** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
-**
-** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
-** the WhereClause.a[] array.  The slot[] array grows as needed to contain
-** all terms of the WHERE clause.
-*/
-void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){
-  Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
-  pWC->op = op;
-  if( pE2==0 ) return;
-  if( pE2->op!=op ){
-    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3WhereSplit(pWC, pE2->pLeft, op);
-    sqlite3WhereSplit(pWC, pE2->pRight, op);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
-*/
-void sqlite3WhereClauseInit(
-  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo        /* The WHERE processing context */
-){
-  pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo;
-  pWC->pOuter = 0;
-  pWC->nTerm = 0;
-  pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
-  pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate a WhereClause structure.  The WhereClause structure
-** itself is not freed.  This routine is the inverse of sqlite3WhereClauseInit().
-*/
-void sqlite3WhereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
-  int i;
-  WhereTerm *a;
-  sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
-  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
-    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr);
-    }
-    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){
-      whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo);
-    }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){
-      whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo);
-    }
-  }
-  if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate
-** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
-** tree.
-*/
-Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-    mask = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
-    return mask;
-  }
-  mask = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
-  mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-    mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect);
-  }else{
-    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList);
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  if( pList ){
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-      mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
-    }
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.  
-**
-** Note that exprAnalyze() might add new virtual terms onto the
-** end of the WHERE clause.  We do not want to analyze these new
-** virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end and work forward
-** so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
-*/
-void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(
-  SrcList *pTabList,       /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC         /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
-    exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** For table-valued-functions, transform the function arguments into
-** new WHERE clause terms.  
-**
-** Each function argument translates into an equality constraint against
-** a HIDDEN column in the table.
-*/
-void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(
-  Parse *pParse,                    /* Parsing context */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem,       /* The FROM clause term to process */
-  WhereClause *pWC                  /* Xfer function arguments to here */
-){
-  Table *pTab;
-  int j, k;
-  ExprList *pArgs;
-  Expr *pColRef;
-  Expr *pTerm;
-  if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ) return;
-  pTab = pItem->pTab;
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
-  pArgs = pItem->u1.pFuncArg;
-  assert( pArgs!=0 );
-  for(j=k=0; j<pArgs->nExpr; j++){
-    while( k<pTab->nCol && (pTab->aCol[k].colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)==0 ){ k++; }
-    if( k>=pTab->nCol ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on %s() - max %d",
-                      pTab->zName, j);
-      return;
-    }
-    pColRef = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( pColRef==0 ) return;
-    pColRef->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
-    pColRef->iColumn = k++;
-    pColRef->pTab = pTab;
-    pTerm = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pColRef,
-                         sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pArgs->a[j].pExpr, 0), 0);
-    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pTerm, TERM_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}